-- Hoogle documentation, generated by Haddock
-- See Hoogle, http://www.haskell.org/hoogle/


-- | A wrapper for gi-gtk, adding a few more idiomatic API parts on top
--   
--   A wrapper for gi-gtk, adding a few more idiomatic API parts on top
@package gi-gtk-hs
@version 0.3.9


-- | A module aimed at making working with GtkBuilder easier. It's meant to
--   be used like this (requires OverloadedStrings):
--   
--   <pre>
--   buildUI :: BuildFn ()
--   buildUI = do
--       mainWin &lt;- buildMainWin
--       buildAboutDialog
--   
--       widgetShowAll mainWin
--   
--   buildMainWin :: BuildFn ApplicationWindow
--   buildMainWin = do
--       buildHeaderBar
--       buildMenuBar
--       buildMainArea
--   
--       mainWin &lt;- getObject' ApplicationWindow "mainWin"
--       on mainWin Destroy mainQuit
--       return mainWin
--   
--   buildAboutDialog :: BuildFn AboutDialog
--   ...
--   
--   buildHeaderBar :: BuildFn HeaderBar
--   ...
--   
--   buildMenuBar :: BuildFn MenuBar
--   ...
--   
--   buildMainArea :: BuildFn Grid
--   ...
--   </pre>
module Data.GI.Gtk.BuildFn
type BuildFn a = ReaderT Builder IO a
buildWithBuilder :: MonadIO m => BuildFn a -> Builder -> m a
getObject :: GObject a => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> Text -> BuildFn a


-- | Common types and classes for the ModelView modules.
module Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types
newtype TypedTreeModel row
TypedTreeModel :: ManagedPtr (TypedTreeModel row) -> TypedTreeModel row
class IsTypedTreeModel model
toTypedTreeModel :: IsTypedTreeModel model => model row -> TypedTreeModel row
unsafeTreeModelToGeneric :: TreeModel -> model row
newtype TypedTreeModelSort row
TypedTreeModelSort :: ManagedPtr (TypedTreeModelSort row) -> TypedTreeModelSort row
unsafeTreeModelSortToGeneric :: TreeModelSort -> TypedTreeModelSort row
newtype TypedTreeModelFilter row
TypedTreeModelFilter :: ManagedPtr (TypedTreeModelFilter row) -> TypedTreeModelFilter row
unsafeTreeModelFilterToGeneric :: TreeModelFilter -> TypedTreeModelFilter row

-- | TreePath is a list of indices to specify a subtree or node in a
--   <a>TreeModel</a>. The node that correspond to a given <a>TreePath</a>
--   might change if nodes are removed or added and a <a>TreePath</a> may
--   refer to a different or even non-existent node after a modification of
--   the model. In contrast, a <a>TreeIter</a> is a more compact
--   representation of a <a>TreePath</a> which becomes invalid after each
--   modification of the underlying model. An intelligent index that is
--   adjusted with each update of the model to point to the same node
--   (whenever possible) is <a>TreeRowReference</a>.
treePathNewFromIndices' :: MonadIO m => [Int32] -> m TreePath
treePathGetIndices' :: MonadIO m => TreePath -> m [Int32]
withTreePath :: MonadIO m => [Int32] -> (TreePath -> m a) -> m a

-- | Convert a comma or colon separated string into a <a>TreePath</a>. Any
--   non-digit characters are assumed to separate indices, thus, the
--   function always is always successful.
stringToTreePath :: Text -> [Int32]
treeSelectionGetSelectedRows' :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection sel) => sel -> m [TreePath]

-- | Accessing a row for a specific value. Used for <tt>ColumnMap</tt>.
data ColumnAccess row
[CAInvalid] :: ColumnAccess row
[CAInt] :: (row -> Int32) -> ColumnAccess row
[CABool] :: (row -> Bool) -> ColumnAccess row
[CAString] :: (row -> Text) -> ColumnAccess row
[CAPixbuf] :: (row -> Pixbuf) -> ColumnAccess row

-- | The type of a tree column.
data ColumnId row ty
ColumnId :: (GValue -> IO ty) -> ((row -> ty) -> ColumnAccess row) -> Int32 -> ColumnId row ty
comboQuark :: Word32
equalManagedPtr :: ManagedPtrNewtype a => a -> a -> Bool
instance Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.IsTypedTreeModel Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.TypedTreeModelFilter
instance Data.GI.Base.Overloading.HasParentTypes (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.TypedTreeModelSort row)
instance Data.GI.Base.BasicTypes.TypedObject (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.TypedTreeModelSort row)
instance Data.GI.Base.BasicTypes.GObject (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.TypedTreeModelSort row)
instance Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.IsTypedTreeModel Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.TypedTreeModelSort
instance Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.IsTypedTreeModel Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.TypedTreeModel


-- | The tree interface used by <tt>TreeView</tt>.
module Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.TreeModel

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowInserted</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeModel #rowInserted callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeModelRowInserted :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowInserted</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeModel #rowInserted callback
--   </pre>
onTreeModelRowInserted :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelRowInsertedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback :: TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelRowInserted :: MonadIO m => TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelRowInsertedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeModelRowInsertedCallback :: Maybe TreeModelRowInsertedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowHasChildToggled</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeModel #rowHasChildToggled callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeModelRowHasChildToggled :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowHasChildToggled</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeModel #rowHasChildToggled callback
--   </pre>
onTreeModelRowHasChildToggled :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback :: TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelRowHasChildToggled :: MonadIO m => TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback :: Maybe TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowDeleted</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeModel #rowDeleted callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeModelRowDeleted :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowDeleted</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeModel #rowDeleted callback
--   </pre>
onTreeModelRowDeleted :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelRowDeletedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback :: TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelRowDeleted :: MonadIO m => TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelRowDeletedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeModelRowDeletedCallback :: Maybe TreeModelRowDeletedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeModel #rowChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeModelRowChanged :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeModel #rowChanged callback
--   </pre>
onTreeModelRowChanged :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelRowChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeModelRowChangedCallback :: TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelRowChanged :: MonadIO m => TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelRowChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeModelRowChangedCallback :: Maybe TreeModelRowChangedCallback

-- | Lets the tree unref the node.
--   
--   This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more
--   specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for
--   performance reasons. For more information on what this means, see
--   <a>treeModelRefNode</a>.
--   
--   Please note that nodes that are deleted are not unreffed.
treeModelUnrefNode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>TreeModel</a>::<tt><i>rows-reordered</i></tt> signal on
--   <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
--   
--   This should be called by models when their rows have been reordered.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
treeModelRowsReordered :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> Maybe TreeIter -> [Int32] -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>rowInserted</a> signal on <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
treeModelRowInserted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>rowHasChildToggled</a> signal on
--   <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>. This should be called by models after the
--   child state of a node changes.
treeModelRowHasChildToggled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>rowDeleted</a> signal on <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
--   
--   This should be called by models after a row has been removed. The
--   location pointed to by <i><tt>path</tt></i> should be the location
--   that the row previously was at. It may not be a valid location
--   anymore.
--   
--   Nodes that are deleted are not unreffed, this means that any
--   outstanding references on the deleted node should not be released.
treeModelRowDeleted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>rowChanged</a> signal on <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
treeModelRowChanged :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Lets the tree ref the node.
--   
--   This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more
--   specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for
--   performance reasons.
--   
--   This function is primarily meant as a way for views to let caching
--   models know when nodes are being displayed (and hence, whether or not
--   to cache that node). Being displayed means a node is in an expanded
--   branch, regardless of whether the node is currently visible in the
--   viewport. For example, a file-system based model would not want to
--   keep the entire file-hierarchy in memory, just the sections that are
--   currently being displayed by every current view.
--   
--   A model should be expected to be able to get an iter independent of
--   its reffed state.
treeModelRefNode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to point to the previous node at the current
--   level.
--   
--   If there is no previous <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, <a>False</a> is returned
--   and <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to be invalid.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
treeModelIterPrevious :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to be the parent of <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>child</tt></i> is at the toplevel, and doesn’t have a
--   parent, then <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to an invalid iterator and
--   <a>False</a> is returned. <i><tt>child</tt></i> will remain a valid
--   node after this function has been called.
--   
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be initialized before the lookup is
--   performed, so <i><tt>child</tt></i> and <i><tt>iter</tt></i> cannot
--   point to the same memory location.
treeModelIterParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to be the child of <i><tt>parent</tt></i>,
--   using the given index.
--   
--   The first index is 0. If <i><tt>n</tt></i> is too big, or
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> has no children, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to
--   an invalid iterator and <a>False</a> is returned.
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> will remain a valid node after this function
--   has been called. As a special case, if <i><tt>parent</tt></i> is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, then the <i><tt>n</tt></i>-th root node is set.
treeModelIterNthChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> Int32 -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to point to the node following it at the
--   current level.
--   
--   If there is no next <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, <a>False</a> is returned and
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to be invalid.
treeModelIterNext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns the number of children that <i><tt>iter</tt></i> has.
--   
--   As a special case, if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then the
--   number of toplevel nodes is returned.
treeModelIterNChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> has children, <a>False</a>
--   otherwise.
treeModelIterHasChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to point to the first child of
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>parent</tt></i> has no children, <a>False</a> is returned
--   and <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to be invalid. <i><tt>parent</tt></i>
--   will remain a valid node after this function has been called.
--   
--   If <i><tt>parent</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> returns the first node,
--   equivalent to <tt>gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (tree_model,
--   iter);</tt>
treeModelIterChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Generates a string representation of the iter.
--   
--   This string is a “:” separated list of numbers. For example,
--   “4:10:0:3” would be an acceptable return value for this string.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeModelGetStringFromIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Text

-- | Returns a newly-created <a>TreePath</a>-struct referenced by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
--   
--   This path should be freed with <a>treePathFree</a>.
treeModelGetPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m TreePath

-- | Returns the number of columns supported by <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
treeModelGetNColumns :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to a valid iterator pointing to
--   <i><tt>pathString</tt></i>, if it exists. Otherwise,
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is left invalid and <a>False</a> is returned.
treeModelGetIterFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Text -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Initializes <i><tt>iter</tt></i> with the first iterator in the tree
--   (the one at the path "0") and returns <a>True</a>. Returns
--   <a>False</a> if the tree is empty.
treeModelGetIterFirst :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Returns a set of flags supported by this interface.
--   
--   The flags are a bitwise combination of <a>TreeModelFlags</a>. The
--   flags supported should not change during the lifetime of the
--   <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
treeModelGetFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m [TreeModelFlags]

-- | Returns the type of the column.
treeModelGetColumnType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Int32 -> m GType

-- | Calls func on each node in model in a depth-first fashion.
--   
--   If <i><tt>func</tt></i> returns <a>True</a>, then the tree ceases to
--   be walked, and <a>treeModelForeach</a> returns.
treeModelForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeModelForeachFunc -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>TreeModel</a>, with <i><tt>childModel</tt></i> as the
--   child_model and <i><tt>root</tt></i> as the virtual root.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Maybe TreePath -> m TreeModel

-- | Cast to <a>TreeModel</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeModel :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModel o) => o -> m TreeModel

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeModelRowChangedCallback :: C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback :: C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback</a>.
mk_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback :: C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback :: C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted when a row in the model has changed.
type TreeModelRowChangedCallback = TreePath -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a row has been deleted.
--   
--   Note that no iterator is passed to the signal handler, since the row
--   is already deleted.
--   
--   This should be called by models after a row has been removed. The
--   location pointed to by <i><tt>path</tt></i> should be the location
--   that the row previously was at. It may not be a valid location
--   anymore.
type TreeModelRowDeletedCallback = TreePath -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a row has gotten the first child row or
--   lost its last child row.
type TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback = TreePath -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a new row has been inserted in the model.
--   
--   Note that the row may still be empty at this point, since it is a
--   common pattern to first insert an empty row, and then fill it with the
--   desired values.
type TreeModelRowInsertedCallback = TreePath -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeModel
TreeModel :: ManagedPtr TreeModel -> TreeModel

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TreeModel</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTreeModel</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeModel o) => IsTreeModel o
type family ResolveTreeModelMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeModelFilterNewMethodInfo
data TreeModelForeachMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetColumnTypeMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetFlagsMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetIterFirstMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetIterFromStringMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetIterMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetNColumnsMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetPathMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetStringFromIterMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetValueMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterChildrenMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterHasChildMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterNChildrenMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterNextMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterNthChildMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterParentMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterPreviousMethodInfo
data TreeModelRefNodeMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowChangedMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowChangedSignalInfo
data TreeModelRowDeletedMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowDeletedSignalInfo
data TreeModelRowHasChildToggledMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowHasChildToggledSignalInfo
data TreeModelRowInsertedMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowInsertedSignalInfo
data TreeModelRowsReorderedMethodInfo
data TreeModelUnrefNodeMethodInfo

-- | The type of a tree column.
data ColumnId row ty

-- | Create a <a>ColumnId</a> to extract an integer.
makeColumnIdInt :: Int32 -> ColumnId row Int32

-- | Create a <a>ColumnId</a> to extract an Boolean.
makeColumnIdBool :: Int32 -> ColumnId row Bool

-- | Create a <a>ColumnId</a> to extract an string.
makeColumnIdString :: Int32 -> ColumnId row Text

-- | Create a <a>ColumnId</a> to extract an <a>Pixbuf</a>.
makeColumnIdPixbuf :: Int32 -> ColumnId row Pixbuf

-- | The invalid <a>ColumnId</a>. Widgets use this value if no column id
--   has been set.
invalidColumnId :: ColumnId row ty

-- | Convert a <a>ColumnId</a> to a bare number.
columnIdToNumber :: ColumnId row ty -> Int32

-- | Convert a comma or colon separated string into a <a>TreePath</a>. Any
--   non-digit characters are assumed to separate indices, thus, the
--   function always is always successful.
stringToTreePath :: Text -> [Int32]

-- | Read the value of at a specific column and <a>TreeIter</a>.
treeModelGetValue :: IsTreeModel self => self -> TreeIter -> ColumnId row ty -> IO ty

-- | Gets the a <a>TreeIter</a> or Nothing if the path is invalid or empty
treeModelGetIter :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModel model) => model -> TreePath -> m (Maybe TreeIter)
instance GHC.Classes.Eq (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.ColumnId row ty)
instance GHC.Show.Show (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.ColumnId row ty)


-- | Allows a custom data structure to be used with the <tt>TreeView</tt>
--   and other widgets that follow the model-view-controller paradigm. The
--   two models <a>ListStore</a> and <a>TreeStore</a> are based on the
--   <a>CustomStore</a>. Even if no application-specific tree model should
--   be implemented, this module is relevant in that it provides the
--   functions <a>customStoreSetColumn</a> and <a>customStoreGetRow</a>
--   functions.
module Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.CustomStore

-- | A <a>CustomStore</a> is an instance of a Gtk+ <a>TreeModel</a> and can
--   thus be used for any widget that stores data in a <a>TreeModel</a>.
--   The user may either create an instance of a <a>CustomStore</a> or use
--   one of the pre-defined models <a>ListStore</a> or <a>TreeStore</a>.
newtype CustomStore private row
CustomStore :: ManagedPtr (CustomStore private row) -> CustomStore private row

-- | These flags indicate various properties of a <a>TreeModel</a>.
--   
--   They are returned by <a>treeModelGetFlags</a>, and must be static for
--   the lifetime of the object. A more complete description of
--   <tt><i>GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST</i></tt> can be found in the
--   overview of this section.
data TreeModelFlags

-- | iterators survive all signals emitted by the tree
TreeModelFlagsItersPersist :: TreeModelFlags

-- | the model is a list only, and never has children
TreeModelFlagsListOnly :: TreeModelFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTreeModelFlags :: Int -> TreeModelFlags

-- | The <a>TreeModelIface</a> structure contains all functions that are
--   required to implement an application-specific <a>TreeModel</a>.
data TreeModelIface row
TreeModelIface :: IO [TreeModelFlags] -> (TreePath -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)) -> (TreeIter -> IO TreePath) -> (TreeIter -> IO row) -> (TreeIter -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)) -> (Maybe TreeIter -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)) -> (TreeIter -> IO Bool) -> (Maybe TreeIter -> IO Int) -> (Maybe TreeIter -> Int -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)) -> (TreeIter -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)) -> (TreeIter -> IO ()) -> (TreeIter -> IO ()) -> TreeModelIface row

-- | Return the flags that are valid for this model.
[treeModelIfaceGetFlags] :: TreeModelIface row -> IO [TreeModelFlags]

-- | Convert an path into the tree into a more concise <a>TreeIter</a>.
--   Return <tt>Nothing</tt> if the path does not exit.
[treeModelIfaceGetIter] :: TreeModelIface row -> TreePath -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)

-- | Convert an iterator to a path. The iterator will always be valid.
[treeModelIfaceGetPath] :: TreeModelIface row -> TreeIter -> IO TreePath

-- | Retrieve a row at the given iterator.
[treeModelIfaceGetRow] :: TreeModelIface row -> TreeIter -> IO row

-- | Advance the given iterator to the next node at the same level. Return
--   <tt>Nothing</tt> if there is no next node at this level.
[treeModelIfaceIterNext] :: TreeModelIface row -> TreeIter -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)

-- | Advance the given iterator to the first child of this iterator. Return
--   <tt>Notihing</tt> if the node at this iterator has no children.
[treeModelIfaceIterChildren] :: TreeModelIface row -> Maybe TreeIter -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)

-- | Check if the node at the given iterator has children.
[treeModelIfaceIterHasChild] :: TreeModelIface row -> TreeIter -> IO Bool

-- | Query the number of children the the node at the given iteratore has.
[treeModelIfaceIterNChildren] :: TreeModelIface row -> Maybe TreeIter -> IO Int

-- | Ask for an iterator to the <tt>n</tt>th child. Return <tt>Nothing</tt>
--   if no such child exists.
[treeModelIfaceIterNthChild] :: TreeModelIface row -> Maybe TreeIter -> Int -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)

-- | Ask for an iterator to the parent of the node.
[treeModelIfaceIterParent] :: TreeModelIface row -> TreeIter -> IO (Maybe TreeIter)

-- | Increase a reference count for this node. A positive reference count
--   indicates that the node is used (that is, most likely it is visible)
--   in at least one widget. Tracking reference counts for nodes is
--   optional but may be useful to infer when a given row can be discarded
--   if it was retrieved from an external source.
[treeModelIfaceRefNode] :: TreeModelIface row -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | Decrement the reference count of the given node.
[treeModelIfaceUnrefNode] :: TreeModelIface row -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | A structure containing functions that enable this widget to be used as
--   a source in drag-and-drop.
data DragSourceIface model row
DragSourceIface :: (model row -> TreePath -> IO Bool) -> (model row -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> IO Bool) -> (model row -> TreePath -> IO Bool) -> DragSourceIface model row

-- | Determine if the row at the given path is draggable. Return
--   <tt>False</tt> if for some reason this row should not be dragged by
--   the user.
[customDragSourceRowDraggable] :: DragSourceIface model row -> model row -> TreePath -> IO Bool

-- | Fill in the <a>SelectionData</a> structure with information on the
--   given node using <a>selectionDataSet</a>.
[customDragSourceDragDataGet] :: DragSourceIface model row -> model row -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> IO Bool

-- | The widget is informed that the row at the given path should be
--   deleted as the result of this drag.
[customDragSourceDragDataDelete] :: DragSourceIface model row -> model row -> TreePath -> IO Bool

-- | A structure containing functions that enable this widget to be used as
--   a target in drag-and-drop.
data DragDestIface model row
DragDestIface :: (model row -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> IO Bool) -> (model row -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> IO Bool) -> DragDestIface model row

-- | Tell the drag-and-drop mechanism if the row can be dropped at the
--   given path.
[customDragDestRowDropPossible] :: DragDestIface model row -> model row -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> IO Bool

-- | The data in the <tt>SelectionDataM</tt> structure should be read using
--   <a>selectionDataGet</a> and its information be used to insert a new
--   row at the given path.
[customDragDestDragDataReceived] :: DragDestIface model row -> model row -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> IO Bool

-- | Create a new store that implements the <a>TreeModelIface</a> interface
--   and optionally the <a>DragSourceIface</a> and the
--   <a>DragDestIface</a>. If the latter two are set to <tt>Nothing</tt> a
--   dummy interface is substituted that rejects every drag and drop.
customStoreNew :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModel (model row), IsTypedTreeModel model) => private -> (CustomStore private row -> model row) -> TreeModelIface row -> Maybe (DragSourceIface model row) -> Maybe (DragDestIface model row) -> m (model row)

-- | Extract a row of the given model at the given <a>TreeIter</a>.
customStoreGetRow :: (MonadIO m, IsTypedTreeModel model) => model row -> TreeIter -> m row

-- | Set or update a column mapping. This function should be used before
--   the model is installed into a widget since the number of defined
--   columns are only checked once by widgets.
customStoreSetColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTypedTreeModel model) => model row -> ColumnId row ty -> (row -> ty) -> m ()

-- | Return the private data stored in this <a>CustomStore</a>. The private
--   data is meant as a container for the data stored in this model.
customStoreGetPrivate :: CustomStore private row -> private

-- | Query the current value of the stamp that is used to create
--   <a>TreeIter</a> iterators. The stamp is compared each time a view
--   accesses this store. If the stamp doesn't match, a warning is emitted.
--   The stamp should be updated each time a the data in the model changes.
--   The rationale is that a view should never use a stale <a>TreeIter</a>,
--   i.e., one that refers to an old model.
customStoreGetStamp :: MonadIO m => CustomStore private row -> m Int32

-- | Create a new stamp. See <a>customStoreGetStamp</a>.
customStoreInvalidateIters :: MonadIO m => CustomStore private row -> m ()
instance Data.GI.Base.Overloading.HasParentTypes (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.CustomStore.CustomStore private row)
instance Data.GI.Base.BasicTypes.TypedObject (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.CustomStore.CustomStore private row)
instance Data.GI.Base.BasicTypes.GObject (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.CustomStore.CustomStore private row)


-- | Standard model to store list data.
module Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.SeqStore
newtype SeqStore a
SeqStore :: ManagedPtr (CustomStore (IORef (Seq a)) a) -> SeqStore a

-- | Create a new <a>TreeModel</a> that contains a list of elements.
seqStoreNew :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => [a] -> m (SeqStore a)

-- | Create a new <a>TreeModel</a> that contains a list of elements. In
--   addition, specify two interfaces for drag and drop.
seqStoreNewDND :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => [a] -> Maybe (DragSourceIface SeqStore a) -> Maybe (DragDestIface SeqStore a) -> m (SeqStore a)

-- | Default drag functions for <a>SeqStore</a>. These functions allow the
--   rows of the model to serve as drag source. Any row is allowed to be
--   dragged and the data set in the <tt>SelectionDataM</tt> object is set
--   with <a>treeSetRowDragData</a>, i.e. it contains the model and the
--   <tt>TreePath</tt> to the row.
seqStoreDefaultDragSourceIface :: DragSourceIface SeqStore row

-- | Default drop functions for <a>SeqStore</a>. These functions accept a
--   row and insert the row into the new location if it is dragged into a
--   tree view that uses the same model.
seqStoreDefaultDragDestIface :: DragDestIface SeqStore row

-- | Convert a <tt>TreeIterRaw</tt> to an an index into the
--   <a>SeqStore</a>. Note that this function merely extracts the second
--   element of the <tt>TreeIterRaw</tt>.
seqStoreIterToIndex :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => TreeIter -> m Int32

-- | Extract the value at the given index.
seqStoreGetValue :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => SeqStore a -> Int32 -> m a

-- | Extract the value at the given index.
seqStoreSafeGetValue :: MonadIO m => SeqStore a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe a)

-- | Update the value at the given index. The index must exist.
seqStoreSetValue :: MonadIO m => SeqStore a -> Int32 -> a -> m ()

-- | Extract all data from the store.
seqStoreToList :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => SeqStore a -> m [a]

-- | Query the number of elements in the store.
seqStoreGetSize :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => SeqStore a -> m Int32

-- | Insert an element in front of the given element. The element is
--   appended if the index is greater or equal to the size of the list.
seqStoreInsert :: MonadIO m => SeqStore a -> Int32 -> a -> m ()

-- | Insert an element in front of the given element.
seqStoreInsertBefore :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => SeqStore a -> TreeIter -> a -> m ()

-- | Insert an element after the given element.
seqStoreInsertAfter :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => SeqStore a -> TreeIter -> a -> m ()

-- | Prepend the element to the store.
seqStorePrepend :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => SeqStore a -> a -> m ()

-- | Append an element to the store. Returns the index of the inserted
--   element.
seqStoreAppend :: MonadIO m => SeqStore a -> a -> m Int32

-- | Remove the element at the given index.
seqStoreRemove :: MonadIO m => SeqStore a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Empty the store.
seqStoreClear :: MonadIO m => SeqStore a -> m ()
instance Data.GI.Base.Overloading.HasParentTypes (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.SeqStore.SeqStore a)
instance Data.GI.Base.BasicTypes.TypedObject (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.SeqStore.SeqStore a)
instance Data.GI.Base.BasicTypes.GObject (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.SeqStore.SeqStore a)
instance Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.IsTypedTreeModel Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.SeqStore.SeqStore


-- | Standard model to store hierarchical data.
module Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.ForestStore

-- | A store for hierarchical data.
newtype ForestStore a
ForestStore :: ManagedPtr (CustomStore (IORef (Store a)) a) -> ForestStore a

-- | Create a new list store.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>The given rose tree determines the initial content and may be the
--   empty list. Each <a>Tree</a> in the forest corresponds to one
--   top-level node.</li>
--   <li>The ForestStore maintains the initially given Forest and aligns
--   the <a>TreePath</a> bits to fit in 96-bit length <a>TreeIter</a>
--   storage.</li>
--   <li>Additionally, a cache is used to achieve higher performance if
--   operating on recently used TreePaths.</li>
--   <li><b>Note:</b> due to the limited amount of bits available in
--   TreeIter storage, only limited depth forests can be used with this
--   implementation, the result of too deep Forests is an undefined
--   behaviour while trying to retrieve the deeply nested nodes. For
--   example: assuming the average requiement is 8 bits per tree level (max
--   number of children at the level is 255), then we can only use 12
--   levels deep trees (96/8) - any further levels in a TreePath will not
--   be encoded in the corresponding TreeIter storage.</li>
--   </ul>
forestStoreNew :: MonadIO m => Forest a -> m (ForestStore a)

-- | Create a new list store.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>In addition to <a>forestStoreNew</a>, this function takes an two
--   interfaces to implement user-defined drag-and-drop functionality.</li>
--   </ul>
forestStoreNewDND :: MonadIO m => Forest a -> Maybe (DragSourceIface ForestStore a) -> Maybe (DragDestIface ForestStore a) -> m (ForestStore a)

-- | Default drag functions for <a>ForestStore</a>. These functions allow
--   the rows of the model to serve as drag source. Any row is allowed to
--   be dragged and the data set in the <tt>SelectionDataM</tt> object is
--   set with <a>treeSetRowDragData</a>, i.e. it contains the model and the
--   <a>TreePath</a> to the row.
forestStoreDefaultDragSourceIface :: DragSourceIface ForestStore row

-- | Default drop functions for <a>ForestStore</a>. These functions accept
--   a row and insert the row into the new location if it is dragged into a
--   tree view that uses the same model.
forestStoreDefaultDragDestIface :: DragDestIface ForestStore row

-- | Extract one node from the current model. Fails if the given
--   <a>TreePath</a> refers to a non-existent node.
forestStoreGetValue :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m) => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> m a

-- | Extract a subtree from the current model. Fails if the given
--   <a>TreePath</a> refers to a non-existent node.
forestStoreGetTree :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> m (Tree a)

-- | Extract the forest from the current model.
forestStoreGetForest :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> m (Forest a)

-- | Extract a subtree from the current model. Like
--   <a>forestStoreGetTree</a> but returns <tt>Nothing</tt> if the path
--   refers to a non-existant node.
forestStoreLookup :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> m (Maybe (Tree a))

-- | Set a node in the store.
forestStoreSetValue :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> a -> m ()

-- | Insert a single node into the store.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>This function inserts a single node without children into the
--   tree. Its arguments are similar to those of
--   <a>forestStoreInsert</a>.</li>
--   </ul>
forestStoreInsert :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> Int -> a -> m ()

-- | Insert a node into the store.
forestStoreInsertTree :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> Int -> Tree a -> m ()

-- | Insert nodes into the store.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>The given list of nodes is inserted into given parent at
--   <tt>pos</tt>. If the parent existed, the function returns <tt>Just
--   path</tt> where <tt>path</tt> is the position of the newly inserted
--   elements. If <tt>pos</tt> is negative or greater or equal to the
--   number of children of the node at <tt>path</tt>, the new nodes are
--   appended to the list.</li>
--   </ul>
forestStoreInsertForest :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> Int -> Forest a -> m ()

-- | Remove a node from the store.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>The node denoted by the path is removed, along with all its
--   children. The function returns <tt>True</tt> if the given node was
--   found.</li>
--   </ul>
forestStoreRemove :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> m Bool
forestStoreClear :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> m ()

-- | Change a node in the store.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Returns <tt>True</tt> if the node was found. For a monadic
--   version, see <a>forestStoreChangeM</a>.</li>
--   </ul>
forestStoreChange :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> (a -> a) -> m Bool

-- | Change a node in the store.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Returns <tt>True</tt> if the node was found. For a purely
--   functional version, see <a>forestStoreChange</a>.</li>
--   </ul>
forestStoreChangeM :: MonadIO m => ForestStore a -> TreePath -> (a -> m a) -> m Bool
instance Data.GI.Base.Overloading.HasParentTypes (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.ForestStore.ForestStore a)
instance Data.GI.Base.BasicTypes.TypedObject (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.ForestStore.ForestStore a)
instance Data.GI.Base.BasicTypes.GObject (Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.ForestStore.ForestStore a)
instance Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.Types.IsTypedTreeModel Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.ForestStore.ForestStore


-- | An interface for packing cells
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Module available since Gtk+ version 2.4</li>
--   </ul>
module Data.GI.Gtk.ModelView.CellLayout

-- | Adds an attribute mapping to the renderer <tt>cell</tt>. The
--   <tt>column</tt> is the <a>ColumnId</a> of the model to get a value
--   from, and the <tt>attribute</tt> is the parameter on <tt>cell</tt> to
--   be set from the value. So for example if column 2 of the model
--   contains strings, you could have the "text" attribute of a
--   <tt>CellRendererText</tt> get its values from column 2.
--   
--   cellLayoutAddColumnAttribute :: (MonadIO m, IsCellLayout self,
--   IsCellRenderer cell) =&gt; self -&gt; cell -- ^ <tt>cell</tt> - A
--   <a>CellRenderer</a>. -&gt; ReadWriteAttr cell a v -- ^
--   <tt>attribute</tt> - An attribute of a renderer. -&gt; ColumnId row v
--   -- ^ <tt>column</tt> - The virtual column of the model from which to
--   -- retrieve the attribute. -&gt; m () cellLayoutAddColumnAttribute
--   self cell attr column = cellLayoutAddAttribute self cell (T.pack $
--   show attr) (columnIdToNumber column)
--   
--   Specify how a row of the <tt>model</tt> defines the attributes of the
--   <a>CellRenderer</a> <tt>cell</tt>. This is a convenience wrapper
--   around <tt>cellLayoutSetAttributeFunc</tt> in that it sets the cells
--   of the <tt>cell</tt> with the data retrieved from the model.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Note on using <a>TreeModelSort</a> and <a>TreeModelFilter</a>:
--   These two models wrap another model, the so-called child model,
--   instead of storing their own data. This raises the problem that the
--   data of cell renderers must be set using the child model, while the
--   <a>TreeIter</a>s that the view works with refer to the model that
--   encapsulates the child model. For convenience, this function
--   transparently translates an iterator to the child model before
--   extracting the data using e.g.
--   <a>treeModelSortConvertIterToChildIter</a>. Hence, it is possible to
--   install the encapsulating model in the view and to pass the child
--   model to this function.</li>
--   </ul>
cellLayoutSetAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsCellLayout self, IsCellRenderer cell, IsTreeModel (model row), IsTypedTreeModel model) => self -> cell -> model row -> (row -> [AttrOp cell 'AttrSet]) -> m ()

-- | Like <a>cellLayoutSetAttributes</a>, but allows any IO action to be
--   used
cellLayoutSetDataFunction :: (MonadIO m, IsCellLayout self, IsCellRenderer cell, IsTreeModel (model row), IsTypedTreeModel model) => self -> cell -> model row -> (row -> IO ()) -> m ()

-- | Install a function that looks up a row in the model and sets the
--   attributes of the <a>CellRenderer</a> <tt>cell</tt> using the row's
--   content.
cellLayoutSetDataFunc' :: (MonadIO m, IsCellLayout self, IsCellRenderer cell, IsTreeModel model) => self -> cell -> model -> (TreeIter -> IO ()) -> m ()
convertIterFromParentToChildModel :: TreeIter -> TreeModel -> TreeModel -> IO TreeIter


-- | A widget used to choose from a list of items.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Module available since Gtk+ version 2.4</li>
--   </ul>
module Data.GI.Gtk.ComboBox

-- | Convenience function which constructs a new text combo box that is a
--   <a>ComboBox</a> just displaying strings. This function internally
--   calls <a>comboBoxSetModelText</a> after creating a new combo box.
comboBoxNewText :: MonadIO m => m ComboBox

-- | Create a combo box that holds strings.
--   
--   This function stores a <a>SeqStore</a> with the widget and sets the
--   model to the list store. The widget can contain only strings. The
--   model can be retrieved with <a>comboBoxGetModel</a>. The list store
--   can be retrieved with <a>comboBoxGetModelText</a>. Any exisiting model
--   or renderers are removed before setting the new text model. Note that
--   the functions <a>comboBoxAppendText</a>, <a>comboBoxInsertText</a>,
--   <a>comboBoxPrependText</a>, <a>comboBoxRemoveText</a> and
--   <a>comboBoxGetActiveText</a> can be called on a combo box only once
--   <a>comboBoxSetModelText</a> is called.
comboBoxSetModelText :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox self) => self -> m (SeqStore Text)

-- | Retrieve the model that was created with <a>comboBoxSetModelText</a>.
comboBoxGetModelText :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox self) => self -> m (SeqStore Text)

-- | Appends <tt>string</tt> to the list of strings stored in
--   <tt>comboBox</tt>. Note that you can only use this function with combo
--   boxes constructed with <a>comboBoxNewText</a>. Returns the index of
--   the appended text.
comboBoxAppendText :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox self) => self -> Text -> m Int32

-- | Inserts <tt>string</tt> at <tt>position</tt> in the list of strings
--   stored in <tt>comboBox</tt>. Note that you can only use this function
--   with combo boxes constructed with <a>comboBoxNewText</a>.
comboBoxInsertText :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox self) => self -> Int32 -> Text -> m ()

-- | Prepends <tt>string</tt> to the list of strings stored in
--   <tt>comboBox</tt>. Note that you can only use this function with combo
--   boxes constructed with <a>comboBoxNewText</a>.
comboBoxPrependText :: (Applicative m, MonadIO m, IsComboBox self) => self -> Text -> m ()

-- | Removes the string at <tt>position</tt> from <tt>comboBox</tt>. Note
--   that you can only use this function with combo boxes constructed with
--   <a>comboBoxNewText</a>.
comboBoxRemoveText :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox self) => self -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Returns the currently active string in <tt>comboBox</tt> or
--   <tt>Nothing</tt> if none is selected. Note that you can only use this
--   function with combo boxes constructed with <a>comboBoxNewText</a>.
comboBoxGetActiveText :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox self) => self -> m (Maybe Text)

module Data.GI.Gtk

-- | A newtype for use on the haskell side.
newtype GType
GType :: CGType -> GType
[gtypeToCGType] :: GType -> CGType

-- | If the passed in <tt><a>Maybe</a> <a>GError</a></tt> is not
--   <a>Nothing</a>, store a copy in the passed in pointer, unless the
--   pointer is <a>nullPtr</a>.
maybePokeGError :: Ptr (Ptr GError) -> Maybe GError -> IO ()

-- | Like <a>propagateGError</a>, but allows to specify a custom handler
--   instead of just throwing the exception.
checkGError :: (Ptr (Ptr GError) -> IO a) -> (GError -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Run the given function catching possible <a>GError</a>s in its
--   execution. If a <a>GError</a> is emitted this throws the corresponding
--   exception.
propagateGError :: (Ptr (Ptr GError) -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | A verson of <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a> with the arguments swapped
--   around.
handleGErrorJustDomain :: GErrorClass err => (err -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | A verson of <a>handleGErrorJust</a> with the arguments swapped around.
handleGErrorJust :: GErrorClass err => err -> (GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Catch all GErrors from a particular error domain. The handler function
--   should just deal with one error enumeration type. If you need to catch
--   errors from more than one error domain, use this function twice with
--   an appropriate handler functions for each.
--   
--   <pre>
--   catchGErrorJustDomain
--     loadImage
--     (\err message -&gt; case err of
--         PixbufErrorCorruptImage -&gt; ...
--         PixbufErrorInsufficientMemory -&gt; ...
--         PixbufErrorUnknownType -&gt; ...
--         _ -&gt; ...)
--   </pre>
catchGErrorJustDomain :: GErrorClass err => IO a -> (err -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | This will catch just a specific GError exception. If you need to catch
--   a range of related errors, <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a> is probably
--   more appropriate. Example:
--   
--   <pre>
--   do image &lt;- catchGErrorJust PixbufErrorCorruptImage
--                 loadImage
--                 (\errorMessage -&gt; do log errorMessage
--                                      return mssingImagePlaceholder)
--   </pre>
catchGErrorJust :: GErrorClass err => err -> IO a -> (GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | A text message describing the <a>GError</a>.
gerrorMessage :: GError -> IO GErrorMessage

-- | The numeric code for the given <a>GError</a>.
gerrorCode :: GError -> IO GErrorCode

-- | Return the domain for the given <a>GError</a>. This is a GQuark, a
--   textual representation can be obtained with <a>quarkToString</a>.
gerrorDomain :: GError -> IO GQuark

-- | Create a new <a>GError</a>.
gerrorNew :: GErrorDomain -> GErrorCode -> GErrorMessage -> IO GError

-- | A GError, consisting of a domain, code and a human readable message.
--   These can be accessed by <a>gerrorDomain</a>, <a>gerrorCode</a> and
--   <a>gerrorMessage</a> below.
newtype GError
GError :: ManagedPtr GError -> GError

-- | A code used to identify the "namespace" of the error. Within each
--   error domain all the error codes are defined in an enumeration. Each
--   gtk/gnome module that uses GErrors has its own error domain. The
--   rationale behind using error domains is so that each module can
--   organise its own error codes without having to coordinate on a global
--   error code list.
type GErrorDomain = GQuark

-- | A code to identify a specific error within a given
--   <a>GErrorDomain</a>. Most of time you will not need to deal with this
--   raw code since there is an enumeration type for each error domain. Of
--   course which enumeration to use depends on the error domain, but if
--   you use <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a> or <a>handleGErrorJustDomain</a>,
--   this is worked out for you automatically.
type GErrorCode = Int32

-- | A human readable error message.
type GErrorMessage = Text

-- | Each error domain's error enumeration type should be an instance of
--   this class. This class helps to hide the raw error and domain codes
--   from the user.
--   
--   Example for <a>PixbufError</a>:
--   
--   <pre>
--   instance GErrorClass PixbufError where
--     gerrorClassDomain _ = "gdk-pixbuf-error-quark"
--   </pre>
class Enum err => GErrorClass err
gerrorClassDomain :: GErrorClass err => err -> Text

-- | Connect a signal to a handler, running the handler after the default
--   one.
after :: forall object info m. (GObject object, MonadIO m, SignalInfo info) => object -> SignalProxy object info -> HaskellCallbackType info -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal to a signal handler.
on :: forall object info m. (GObject object, MonadIO m, SignalInfo info) => object -> SignalProxy object info -> HaskellCallbackType info -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Support for overloaded signal connectors.
data SignalProxy object info

-- | A signal connector annotated with a detail.
[:::] :: forall object info. SignalProxy object info -> Text -> SignalProxy object info

-- | A signal connector for the <tt>notify</tt> signal on the given
--   property.
[PropertyNotify] :: forall info1 (propName :: Symbol) object (pl :: Symbol). (info1 ~ ResolveAttribute propName object, AttrInfo info1, pl ~ AttrLabel info1, KnownSymbol pl) => AttrLabelProxy propName -> SignalProxy object GObjectNotifySignalInfo

-- | Get the value of an attribute for an object.
get :: forall info (attr :: Symbol) obj result m. (AttrGetC info obj attr result, MonadIO m) => obj -> AttrLabelProxy attr -> m result

-- | Set a number of properties for some object.
set :: forall o m. MonadIO m => o -> [AttrOp o 'AttrSet] -> m ()

-- | Constructors for the different operations allowed on an attribute.
data AttrOp obj (tag :: AttrOpTag)

-- | Assign a value to an attribute
[:=] :: forall obj info (attr :: Symbol) (tag :: AttrOpTag) b. (HasAttributeList obj, info ~ ResolveAttribute attr obj, AttrInfo info, AttrBaseTypeConstraint info obj, AttrOpAllowed tag info obj, AttrSetTypeConstraint info b) => AttrLabelProxy attr -> b -> AttrOp obj tag

-- | Assign the result of an IO action to an attribute
[:=>] :: forall obj info (attr :: Symbol) (tag :: AttrOpTag) b. (HasAttributeList obj, info ~ ResolveAttribute attr obj, AttrInfo info, AttrBaseTypeConstraint info obj, AttrOpAllowed tag info obj, AttrSetTypeConstraint info b) => AttrLabelProxy attr -> IO b -> AttrOp obj tag

-- | Apply an update function to an attribute
[:~] :: forall obj info (attr :: Symbol) (tag :: AttrOpTag) b a. (HasAttributeList obj, info ~ ResolveAttribute attr obj, AttrInfo info, AttrBaseTypeConstraint info obj, tag ~ 'AttrSet, AttrOpAllowed 'AttrSet info obj, AttrOpAllowed 'AttrGet info obj, AttrSetTypeConstraint info b, a ~ AttrGetType info) => AttrLabelProxy attr -> (a -> b) -> AttrOp obj tag

-- | Apply an IO update function to an attribute
[:~>] :: forall obj info (attr :: Symbol) (tag :: AttrOpTag) b a. (HasAttributeList obj, info ~ ResolveAttribute attr obj, AttrInfo info, AttrBaseTypeConstraint info obj, tag ~ 'AttrSet, AttrOpAllowed 'AttrSet info obj, AttrOpAllowed 'AttrGet info obj, AttrSetTypeConstraint info b, a ~ AttrGetType info) => AttrLabelProxy attr -> (a -> IO b) -> AttrOp obj tag

-- | Assign a value to an attribute, allocating any necessary memory for
--   representing the Haskell value as a C value. Note that it is the
--   responsibility of the caller to make sure that the memory is freed
--   when no longer used, otherwise there will be a memory leak. In the
--   majority of cases you probably want to use <a>:=</a> instead, which
--   has no potential memory leaks (at the cost of sometimes requiring some
--   explicit Haskell -&gt; C marshalling).
[:&=] :: forall obj info (attr :: Symbol) (tag :: AttrOpTag) b. (HasAttributeList obj, info ~ ResolveAttribute attr obj, AttrInfo info, AttrBaseTypeConstraint info obj, AttrOpAllowed tag info obj, AttrTransferTypeConstraint info b, AttrSetTypeConstraint info (AttrTransferType info)) => AttrLabelProxy attr -> b -> AttrOp obj tag
infixr 0 :=
infixr 0 :=>
infixr 0 :~
infixr 0 :~>

-- | Haskell-side representation of a <tt>GValue</tt>.
newtype GValue
GValue :: ManagedPtr GValue -> GValue

-- | A convenience class for marshaling back and forth between Haskell
--   values and <a>GValue</a>s.
class IsGValue a
toGValue :: IsGValue a => a -> IO GValue
fromGValue :: IsGValue a => GValue -> IO a

-- | Extract the children of a <a>GVariant</a> tuple into a list.
gvariantToTuple :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe [GVariant])

-- | Given a list of <a>GVariant</a>, construct a <a>GVariant</a> tuple
--   containing the elements in the list.
gvariantFromTuple :: [GVariant] -> IO GVariant

-- | Unpack a <a>GVariant</a> array into its elements.
gvariantToList :: IsGVariant a => GVariant -> IO (Maybe [a])

-- | Given a list of elements construct a <a>GVariant</a> array containing
--   them.
gvariantFromList :: IsGVariant a => [a] -> IO GVariant

-- | Unpack a <a>GVariant</a> into a <a>Map</a>. Notice that this assumes
--   that all the elements in the <a>GVariant</a> array of
--   <a>GVariantDictEntry</a> are of the same type, which is not necessary
--   for a generic <a>GVariant</a>, so this is somewhat restrictive. For
--   the general case it is necessary to use <a>gvariantToList</a> plus
--   <a>gvariantToDictEntry</a> directly.
gvariantToMap :: (IsGVariant key, IsGVariantBasicType key, IsGVariant value) => GVariant -> IO (Maybe (Map key value))

-- | Pack a <tt>Map</tt> into a <a>GVariant</a> for dictionary type, which
--   is just an array of <a>GVariantDictEntry</a>.
gvariantFromMap :: (IsGVariant key, IsGVariantBasicType key, IsGVariant value) => Map key value -> IO GVariant

-- | Unpack a DictEntry variant into <tt>key</tt> and <tt>value</tt>, which
--   are returned as a two element tuple in case of success.
gvariantToDictEntry :: (IsGVariant key, IsGVariantBasicType key, IsGVariant value) => GVariant -> IO (Maybe (key, value))

-- | Construct a <a>GVariant</a> of type DictEntry from the given
--   <tt>key</tt> and <tt>value</tt>. The key must be a basic
--   <a>GVariant</a> type, i.e. not a container. This is determined by
--   whether it belongs to the <a>IsGVariantBasicType</a> typeclass. On the
--   other hand <tt>value</tt> is an arbitrary <a>GVariant</a>, and in
--   particular it can be a container type.
gvariantFromDictEntry :: (IsGVariant key, IsGVariantBasicType key, IsGVariant value) => key -> value -> IO GVariant

-- | Try to decode a maybe <a>GVariant</a> into the corresponding
--   <a>Maybe</a> type. If the conversion is successful this returns
--   <tt>Just x</tt>, where <tt>x</tt> itself is of <a>Maybe</a> type. So,
--   in particular, <tt>Just Nothing</tt> indicates a successful call, and
--   means that the GVariant of maybe type was empty.
gvariantToMaybe :: IsGVariant a => GVariant -> IO (Maybe (Maybe a))

-- | Convert a <a>Maybe</a> value into a corresponding <a>GVariant</a> of
--   maybe type.
gvariantFromMaybe :: IsGVariant a => Maybe a -> IO GVariant

-- | Encode a <a>ByteString</a> into a list of bytes <a>GVariant</a>.
gvariantFromBytestring :: ByteString -> IO GVariant

-- | Extract a zero terminated list of bytes into a <a>ByteString</a>.
gvariantToBytestring :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe ByteString)

-- | Unbox a <a>GVariant</a> contained inside another <a>GVariant</a>.
gvariantToGVariant :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe GVariant)

-- | Box a <a>GVariant</a> inside another <a>GVariant</a>.
gvariantFromGVariant :: GVariant -> IO GVariant

-- | Extract a <a>GVariantSignature</a> from a <a>GVariant</a>, represented
--   as <a>Text</a>.
gvariantToSignature :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GVariant</a> containing an DBus signature. In order to
--   build a <a>GVariantSignature</a> value see
--   <a>newGVariantSignature</a>.
gvariantFromSignature :: GVariantSignature -> IO GVariant

-- | Return the <a>Text</a> representation of a <a>GVariantSignature</a>.
gvariantSignatureToText :: GVariantSignature -> Text

-- | Try to construct a DBus object path. If the passed string is not a
--   valid DBus signature <a>Nothing</a> will be returned.
newGVariantSignature :: Text -> Maybe GVariantSignature

-- | Extract a <a>GVariantObjectPath</a> from a <a>GVariant</a>,
--   represented as its underlying <a>Text</a> representation.
gvariantToObjectPath :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GVariant</a> containing an object path. In order to
--   build a <a>GVariantObjectPath</a> value see
--   <a>newGVariantObjectPath</a>.
gvariantFromObjectPath :: GVariantObjectPath -> IO GVariant

-- | Return the <a>Text</a> representation of a <a>GVariantObjectPath</a>.
gvariantObjectPathToText :: GVariantObjectPath -> Text

-- | Try to construct a DBus object path. If the passed string is not a
--   valid object path <a>Nothing</a> will be returned.
newGVariantObjectPath :: Text -> Maybe GVariantObjectPath

-- | Encode a <a>Text</a> into an UTF-8 encoded string <a>GVariant</a>.
gvariantFromText :: Text -> IO GVariant

-- | Decode an UTF-8 encoded string <a>GVariant</a> into <a>Text</a>.
gvariantToText :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Text)
gvariantToDouble :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Double)
gvariantFromDouble :: Double -> IO GVariant

-- | Extract the DBus handle (an <a>Int32</a>) inside a <a>GVariant</a>.
gvariantToHandle :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Int32)

-- | Convert a DBus handle (an <a>Int32</a>) into a <a>GVariant</a>.
gvariantFromHandle :: Int32 -> IO GVariant
gvariantToWord64 :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Word64)
gvariantFromWord64 :: Word64 -> IO GVariant
gvariantToInt64 :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Int64)
gvariantFromInt64 :: Int64 -> IO GVariant
gvariantToWord32 :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Word32)
gvariantFromWord32 :: Word32 -> IO GVariant
gvariantToInt32 :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Int32)
gvariantFromInt32 :: Int32 -> IO GVariant
gvariantToWord16 :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Word16)
gvariantFromWord16 :: Word16 -> IO GVariant
gvariantToInt16 :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Int16)
gvariantFromInt16 :: Int16 -> IO GVariant
gvariantToWord8 :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Word8)
gvariantFromWord8 :: Word8 -> IO GVariant
gvariantToBool :: GVariant -> IO (Maybe Bool)
gvariantFromBool :: Bool -> IO GVariant

-- | Disown a <a>GVariant</a>, i.e. do not unref the underlying object when
--   the Haskell object is garbage collected.
disownGVariant :: GVariant -> IO (Ptr GVariant)

-- | Remove a reference to the given <a>GVariant</a>.
unrefGVariant :: GVariant -> IO ()

-- | Construct a Haskell wrapper for the given <a>GVariant</a>, without
--   assuming ownership.
newGVariantFromPtr :: Ptr GVariant -> IO GVariant

-- | Take ownership of a passed in <a>Ptr</a> (typically created just for
--   us, so if it is floating we sink it).
wrapGVariantPtr :: Ptr GVariant -> IO GVariant

-- | Get the expected type of a <a>GVariant</a>, in <a>GVariant</a>
--   notation. See
--   <a>https://developer.gnome.org/glib/stable/glib-GVariantType.html</a>
--   for the meaning of the resulting format string.
gvariantGetTypeString :: GVariant -> IO Text

-- | An alias for <tt>Nothing :: Maybe GVariant</tt> to save some typing.
noGVariant :: Maybe GVariant

-- | The typeclass for types that can be automatically marshalled into
--   <a>GVariant</a> using <a>toGVariant</a> and <a>fromGVariant</a>.
class IsGVariant a

-- | Convert a value of the given type into a GVariant.
toGVariant :: IsGVariant a => a -> IO GVariant

-- | Try to decode a <a>GVariant</a> into a target type. If the conversion
--   fails we return <a>Nothing</a>. The type that was expected can be
--   obtained by calling <a>toGVariantFormatString</a>, and the actual type
--   as understood by the <a>GVariant</a> code can be obtained by calling
--   <tt>gvariantToTypeString</tt>.
fromGVariant :: IsGVariant a => GVariant -> IO (Maybe a)

-- | The expected format string for this type (the argument is ignored).
toGVariantFormatString :: IsGVariant a => a -> Text

-- | The typeclass for basic type <a>GVariant</a> types, i.e. those that
--   are not containers.
class Ord a => IsGVariantBasicType a

-- | Haskell has no notion of one element tuples, but GVariants do, so the
--   following allows for marshalling one element tuples properly using
--   <a>fromGVariant</a> and <a>toGVariant</a>. For instance, to construct
--   a single element tuple containing a string, you could do
--   
--   <pre>
--   toGVariant (GVariantSinglet "Test")
--   </pre>
newtype GVariantSinglet a
GVariantSinglet :: a -> GVariantSinglet a
newtype GVariantHandle
GVariantHandle :: Int32 -> GVariantHandle

-- | An object representing a DBus object path, which is a particular type
--   of <a>GVariant</a> too. (Just a string with some specific
--   requirements.) In order to construct/deconstruct a
--   <a>GVariantObjectPath</a> one can use <a>newGVariantObjectPath</a> and
--   <a>gvariantObjectPathToText</a>.
data GVariantObjectPath

-- | An object representing a DBus signature, which is a particular type of
--   <a>GVariant</a> too. (Just a string with some specific requirements.)
--   In order to construct/deconstruct a <a>GVariantSignature</a> one can
--   use <a>newGVariantSignature</a> and <a>gvariantSignatureToText</a>.
data GVariantSignature

-- | A DictEntry <a>GVariant</a> is isomorphic to a two-tuple. Wrapping the
--   values into a <tt>GVariantDictentry</tt> allows the <a>IsGVariant</a>
--   instance to do the right thing.
data GVariantDictEntry key value
GVariantDictEntry :: key -> value -> GVariantDictEntry key value
mapGSList :: (Ptr a -> IO b) -> Ptr (GSList (Ptr a)) -> IO ()
mapGList :: (Ptr a -> IO b) -> Ptr (GList (Ptr a)) -> IO ()
mapPtrArray :: (Ptr a -> IO b) -> Ptr (GPtrArray (Ptr a)) -> IO ()
mapGArray :: Storable a => (a -> IO b) -> Ptr (GArray a) -> IO ()
mapCArrayWithLength :: (Storable a, Integral b) => b -> (a -> IO c) -> Ptr a -> IO ()
unpackBoxedArrayWithLength :: (Integral a, GBoxed b) => Int -> a -> Ptr b -> IO [Ptr b]
unpackBlockArrayWithLength :: Integral a => Int -> a -> Ptr b -> IO [Ptr b]

-- | Given a set of pointers to blocks of memory of the specified size,
--   copy the contents of these blocks to a freshly-allocated (with
--   <a>allocBytes</a>) continuous area of memory.
packBlockArray :: Int -> [Ptr a] -> IO (Ptr a)
mapZeroTerminatedCArray :: (Ptr a -> IO b) -> Ptr (Ptr a) -> IO ()
unpackZeroTerminatedPtrArray :: Ptr (Ptr a) -> IO [Ptr a]
unpackPtrArrayWithLength :: Integral a => a -> Ptr (Ptr b) -> IO [Ptr b]
packZeroTerminatedPtrArray :: [Ptr a] -> IO (Ptr (Ptr a))
packPtrArray :: [Ptr a] -> IO (Ptr (Ptr a))
cstringToByteString :: HasCallStack => CString -> IO ByteString
byteStringToCString :: ByteString -> IO CString
cstringToText :: HasCallStack => CString -> IO Text
withTextCString :: Text -> (CString -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Convert <a>Text</a> into a <a>CString</a>, using the GLib allocator.
textToCString :: Text -> IO CString
cstringToString :: HasCallStack => CString -> IO String
stringToCString :: String -> IO CString
unpackFileNameArrayWithLength :: (HasCallStack, Integral a) => a -> Ptr CString -> IO [String]
unpackZeroTerminatedFileNameArray :: HasCallStack => Ptr CString -> IO [String]
packZeroTerminatedFileNameArray :: [String] -> IO (Ptr CString)
packFileNameArray :: [String] -> IO (Ptr CString)
unpackUTF8CArrayWithLength :: (HasCallStack, Integral a) => a -> Ptr CString -> IO [Text]
unpackZeroTerminatedUTF8CArray :: HasCallStack => Ptr CString -> IO [Text]
packZeroTerminatedUTF8CArray :: [Text] -> IO (Ptr CString)
packUTF8CArray :: [Text] -> IO (Ptr CString)
unpackMapZeroTerminatedStorableArray :: (Eq a, Num a, Storable a) => (a -> b) -> Ptr a -> IO [b]
unpackMapStorableArrayWithLength :: (Integral a, Storable b) => (b -> c) -> a -> Ptr b -> IO [c]
packMapZeroTerminatedStorableArray :: forall a b. (Num b, Storable b) => (a -> b) -> [a] -> IO (Ptr b)
packMapStorableArray :: forall a b. Storable b => (a -> b) -> [a] -> IO (Ptr b)
unpackZeroTerminatedStorableArray :: (Eq a, Num a, Storable a) => Ptr a -> IO [a]
unpackStorableArrayWithLength :: (Integral a, Storable b) => a -> Ptr b -> IO [b]
packZeroTerminatedStorableArray :: (Num a, Storable a) => [a] -> IO (Ptr a)
packStorableArray :: Storable a => [a] -> IO (Ptr a)
unpackZeroTerminatedByteString :: Ptr Word8 -> IO ByteString
unpackByteStringWithLength :: Integral a => a -> Ptr Word8 -> IO ByteString
packZeroTerminatedByteString :: ByteString -> IO (Ptr Word8)
packByteString :: ByteString -> IO (Ptr Word8)
unpackGHashTable :: Ptr (GHashTable a b) -> IO [(PtrWrapped a, PtrWrapped b)]
packGHashTable :: GHashFunc a -> GEqualFunc a -> Maybe (GDestroyNotify a) -> Maybe (GDestroyNotify b) -> [(PtrWrapped a, PtrWrapped b)] -> IO (Ptr (GHashTable a b))
unpackGByteArray :: Ptr GByteArray -> IO ByteString
packGByteArray :: ByteString -> IO (Ptr GByteArray)
unpackGPtrArray :: Ptr (GPtrArray (Ptr a)) -> IO [Ptr a]
packGPtrArray :: [Ptr a] -> IO (Ptr (GPtrArray (Ptr a)))
unpackGArray :: Storable a => Ptr (GArray a) -> IO [a]
packGArray :: Storable a => [a] -> IO (Ptr (GArray a))

-- | Given a GSList construct the corresponding Haskell list.
unpackGSList :: Ptr (GSList (Ptr a)) -> IO [Ptr a]

-- | Given a Haskell list of items, construct a GSList with those values.
packGSList :: [Ptr a] -> IO (Ptr (GSList (Ptr a)))

-- | Given a GSList construct the corresponding Haskell list.
unpackGList :: Ptr (GList (Ptr a)) -> IO [Ptr a]

-- | Given a Haskell list of items, construct a GList with those values.
packGList :: [Ptr a] -> IO (Ptr (GList (Ptr a)))
wordToGFlags :: (Storable a, Integral a, Bits a, IsGFlag b) => a -> [b]
gflagsToWord :: (Num b, IsGFlag a) => [a] -> b
unrefGArray :: Ptr (GArray a) -> IO ()
unrefPtrArray :: Ptr (GPtrArray a) -> IO ()
unrefGByteArray :: Ptr GByteArray -> IO ()
unrefGHashTable :: Ptr (GHashTable a b) -> IO ()

-- | Make a copy of a wrapped pointer using <tt>memcpy</tt> into a freshly
--   allocated memory region of the given size.
copyBytes :: (HasCallStack, CallocPtr a) => Int -> Ptr a -> IO (Ptr a)

-- | Wrap a pointer, making a copy of the data.
newPtr :: (HasCallStack, BoxedPtr a) => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> Ptr a -> IO a

-- | Wrap a pointer, taking ownership of it.
wrapPtr :: (HasCallStack, BoxedPtr a) => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> Ptr a -> IO a

-- | Disown a boxed object, that is, do not free the associated foreign
--   GBoxed when the Haskell object gets garbage collected. Returns the
--   pointer to the underlying <a>GBoxed</a>.
disownBoxed :: (HasCallStack, GBoxed a) => a -> IO (Ptr a)

-- | Free the memory associated with a boxed object. Note that this disowns
--   the associated <a>ManagedPtr</a> via <a>disownManagedPtr</a>.
freeBoxed :: (HasCallStack, GBoxed a) => a -> IO ()

-- | Like <a>copyBoxed</a>, but acting directly on a pointer, instead of a
--   managed pointer.
copyBoxedPtr :: GBoxed a => Ptr a -> IO (Ptr a)

-- | Make a copy of the given boxed object.
copyBoxed :: (HasCallStack, GBoxed a) => a -> IO (Ptr a)

-- | Like <a>newBoxed</a>, but we do not make a copy (we "steal" the passed
--   object, so now it is managed by the Haskell runtime).
wrapBoxed :: (HasCallStack, GBoxed a) => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> Ptr a -> IO a

-- | Construct a Haskell wrapper for the given boxed object. We make a copy
--   of the object.
newBoxed :: (HasCallStack, GBoxed a) => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> Ptr a -> IO a

-- | Disown a GObject, that is, do not unref the associated foreign GObject
--   when the Haskell object gets garbage collected. Returns the pointer to
--   the underlying GObject.
disownObject :: (HasCallStack, GObject a) => a -> IO (Ptr b)

-- | Decrease the reference count of the given <a>GObject</a>. The memory
--   associated with the object may be released if the reference count
--   reaches 0.
unrefObject :: (HasCallStack, GObject a) => a -> IO ()

-- | Unref the given <a>GObject</a> and disown it. Use this if you want to
--   manually release the memory associated to a given <a>GObject</a>
--   (assuming that no other reference to the underlying C object exists)
--   before the garbage collector does it. It is typically not safe to
--   access the <a>GObject</a> after calling this function.
releaseObject :: (HasCallStack, GObject a) => a -> IO ()

-- | Same as <a>newObject</a>, but we steal ownership of the object.
wrapObject :: (HasCallStack, GObject a, GObject b) => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> Ptr b -> IO a

-- | Construct a Haskell wrapper for a <a>GObject</a>, increasing its
--   reference count, or taking ownership of the floating reference if
--   there is one.
newObject :: (HasCallStack, GObject a, GObject b) => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> Ptr b -> IO a

-- | Cast a typed object to a new type (without any assumption that both
--   types descend from <a>GObject</a>), assuming that the cast will
--   succeed. This function will call <a>error</a> if the cast is illegal.
unsafeCastTo :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype o, TypedObject o, ManagedPtrNewtype o', TypedObject o') => (ManagedPtr o' -> o') -> o -> IO o'

-- | Cast from one object type to another, checking that the cast is valid.
--   If it is not, we return <a>Nothing</a>. Usage:
--   
--   <pre>
--   maybeWidget &lt;- castTo Widget label
--   </pre>
castTo :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype o, TypedObject o, ManagedPtrNewtype o', TypedObject o', GObject o') => (ManagedPtr o' -> o') -> o -> IO (Maybe o')

-- | Check whether the given object is an instance of the given type.
checkInstanceType :: (ManagedPtrNewtype o, TypedObject o) => o -> GType -> IO Bool

-- | Ensure that the <a>Ptr</a> in the given managed pointer is still alive
--   (i.e. it has not been garbage collected by the runtime) at the point
--   that this is called.
touchManagedPtr :: ManagedPtrNewtype a => a -> IO ()

-- | Same as <a>unsafeManagedPtrGetPtr</a>, but is polymorphic on the
--   return type.
unsafeManagedPtrCastPtr :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype a) => a -> IO (Ptr b)

-- | Return the <a>Ptr</a> in a given managed pointer. As the name says,
--   this is potentially unsafe: the given <a>Ptr</a> may only be used
--   <i>before</i> a call to <a>touchManagedPtr</a>. This function is of
--   most interest to the autogenerated bindings, for hand-written code
--   <a>withManagedPtr</a> is almost always a better choice.
unsafeManagedPtrGetPtr :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype a) => a -> IO (Ptr a)

-- | Perform the IO action with a transient managed pointer. The managed
--   pointer will be valid while calling the action, but will be disowned
--   as soon as the action finished.
withTransient :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype a) => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> Ptr a -> (a -> IO b) -> IO b

-- | Perform an IO action taking a list of <a>Ptr</a> on a list of managed
--   pointers.
withManagedPtrList :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype a) => [a] -> ([Ptr a] -> IO c) -> IO c

-- | Like <a>withManagedPtr</a>, but accepts a <a>Maybe</a> type. If the
--   passed value is <a>Nothing</a> the inner action will be executed with
--   a <a>nullPtr</a> argument.
maybeWithManagedPtr :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype a) => Maybe a -> (Ptr a -> IO c) -> IO c

-- | Perform an IO action on the <a>Ptr</a> inside a managed pointer.
withManagedPtr :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype a) => a -> (Ptr a -> IO c) -> IO c

-- | Do not run the finalizers upon garbage collection of the
--   <a>ManagedPtr</a>.
disownManagedPtr :: (HasCallStack, ManagedPtrNewtype a) => a -> IO (Ptr b)

-- | Thin wrapper over <a>newForeignPtr_</a>.
newManagedPtr_ :: Ptr a -> IO (ManagedPtr a)

-- | Version of <a>newManagedPtr</a> taking a <a>FinalizerPtr</a> and a
--   corresponding <a>Ptr</a>, as in <a>newForeignPtr</a>.
newManagedPtr' :: HasCallStack => FinalizerPtr a -> Ptr a -> IO (ManagedPtr a)

-- | Thin wrapper over <a>newForeignPtr</a>.
newManagedPtr :: HasCallStack => Ptr a -> IO () -> IO (ManagedPtr a)

-- | Safe coercions to a parent class. For instance:
--   
--   <pre>
--   #show $ label `asA` Gtk.Widget
--   </pre>
asA :: (ManagedPtrNewtype a, ManagedPtrNewtype b, HasParentTypes b, IsDescendantOf a b) => b -> (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> a

-- | Extract a <a>CString</a> wrapped into a <a>Ptr</a> coming from a
--   <tt>GHashTable</tt>.
cstringUnpackPtr :: PtrWrapped CString -> CString

-- | Pack a <a>CString</a> into a <a>Ptr</a> than can go into a
--   <tt>GHashTable</tt>.
cstringPackPtr :: CString -> PtrWrapped CString

-- | Extract a <a>Ptr</a> from a <a>PtrWrapped</a> <a>Ptr</a>.
ptrUnpackPtr :: PtrWrapped (Ptr a) -> Ptr a

-- | Pack a <a>Ptr</a> into a <a>PtrWrapped</a> <a>Ptr</a>.
ptrPackPtr :: Ptr a -> PtrWrapped (Ptr a)

-- | Compute the hash for a <a>Ptr</a>.
gDirectHash :: GHashFunc (Ptr a)

-- | Check whether two pointers are equal.
gDirectEqual :: GEqualFunc (Ptr a)

-- | Compute the hash for a <a>CString</a>.
gStrHash :: GHashFunc CString

-- | Check whether two <a>CString</a>s are equal.
gStrEqual :: GEqualFunc CString

-- | A pointer to a hashing function on the C side.
type GHashFunc a = FunPtr PtrWrapped a -> IO Word32

-- | A pointer to an equality checking function on the C side.
type GEqualFunc a = FunPtr PtrWrapped a -> PtrWrapped a -> IO Int32

-- | A convenient synonym for <tt>Nothing :: Maybe GParamSpec</tt>.
noGParamSpec :: Maybe GParamSpec

-- | Get the name assigned to the given <a>GType</a>.
gtypeName :: GType -> IO String

-- | Free the given <a>GList</a>.
g_list_free :: Ptr (GList a) -> IO ()

-- | Free the given <a>GSList</a>.
g_slist_free :: Ptr (GSList a) -> IO ()

-- | Thin wrapper over <a>ForeignPtr</a>, supporting the extra notion of
--   <tt>disowning</tt>, that is, not running the finalizers associated
--   with the foreign ptr.
data ManagedPtr a
ManagedPtr :: ForeignPtr a -> Maybe CallStack -> IORef (Maybe CallStack) -> ManagedPtr a
[managedForeignPtr] :: ManagedPtr a -> ForeignPtr a

-- | <a>CallStack</a> for the call that created the pointer.
[managedPtrAllocCallStack] :: ManagedPtr a -> Maybe CallStack

-- | When disowned, the <a>CallStack</a> for the disowning call.
[managedPtrIsDisowned] :: ManagedPtr a -> IORef (Maybe CallStack)

-- | A constraint ensuring that the given type is a newtype over a
--   <a>ManagedPtr</a>.
class Coercible a ManagedPtr () => ManagedPtrNewtype a
toManagedPtr :: ManagedPtrNewtype a => a -> ManagedPtr a

-- | Pointers to chunks of memory which we know how to copy and release.
class ManagedPtrNewtype a => BoxedPtr a

-- | Make a copy of the given <a>BoxedPtr</a>.
boxedPtrCopy :: BoxedPtr a => a -> IO a

-- | A pointer to a function for freeing the given pointer.
boxedPtrFree :: BoxedPtr a => a -> IO ()

-- | A ptr to a memory block which we know how to allocate and fill with
--   zero.
class BoxedPtr a => CallocPtr a

-- | Allocate a zero-initialized block of memory for the given type.
boxedPtrCalloc :: CallocPtr a => IO (Ptr a)

-- | A wrapped object that has an associated GLib type. This does not
--   necessarily descend from <a>GObject</a>, that constraint is
--   implemented by <a>GObject</a> below.
class HasParentTypes a => TypedObject a

-- | The <a>GType</a> for this object.
glibType :: TypedObject a => IO GType

-- | Chunks of memory whose allocation/deallocation info has been
--   registered with the GLib type system.
class (ManagedPtrNewtype a, TypedObject a) => GBoxed a

-- | A wrapped <a>GObject</a>, or any other type that descends from it.
class (ManagedPtrNewtype a, TypedObject a) => GObject a

-- | Enums with an associated <a>GType</a>.
class TypedObject a => BoxedEnum a

-- | Flags with an associated <a>GType</a>.
class TypedObject a => BoxedFlags a

-- | A type identifier in the GLib type system. This is the low-level type
--   associated with the representation in memory, when using this on the
--   Haskell side use <a>GType</a> below.
type CGType = Word64

-- | A common omission in the introspection data is missing (nullable)
--   annotations for return types, when they clearly are nullable. (A
--   common idiom is "Returns: valid value, or %NULL if something went
--   wrong.")
--   
--   Haskell wrappers will raise this exception if the return value is an
--   unexpected <a>nullPtr</a>.
data UnexpectedNullPointerReturn
UnexpectedNullPointerReturn :: Text -> UnexpectedNullPointerReturn
[nullPtrErrorMsg] :: UnexpectedNullPointerReturn -> Text

-- | A <a>GVariant</a>. See <a>Data.GI.Base.GVariant</a> for further
--   methods.
newtype GVariant
GVariant :: ManagedPtr GVariant -> GVariant

-- | A <a>GParamSpec</a>. See <a>Data.GI.Base.GParamSpec</a> for further
--   methods.
newtype GParamSpec
GParamSpec :: ManagedPtr GParamSpec -> GParamSpec

-- | An enum usable as a flag for a function.
class Enum a => IsGFlag a

-- | A <a>GArray</a>. Marshalling for this type is done in
--   <a>Data.GI.Base.BasicConversions</a>, it is mapped to a list on the
--   Haskell side.
data GArray a
GArray :: Ptr (GArray a) -> GArray a

-- | A <a>GPtrArray</a>. Marshalling for this type is done in
--   <a>Data.GI.Base.BasicConversions</a>, it is mapped to a list on the
--   Haskell side.
data GPtrArray a
GPtrArray :: Ptr (GPtrArray a) -> GPtrArray a

-- | A <a>GByteArray</a>. Marshalling for this type is done in
--   <a>Data.GI.Base.BasicConversions</a>, it is packed to a
--   <a>ByteString</a> on the Haskell side.
data GByteArray
GByteArray :: Ptr GByteArray -> GByteArray

-- | A <a>GHashTable</a>. It is mapped to a <a>Map</a> on the Haskell side.
data GHashTable a b
GHashTable :: Ptr (GHashTable a b) -> GHashTable a b

-- | A <a>GList</a>, mapped to a list on the Haskell side. Marshalling is
--   done in <a>Data.GI.Base.BasicConversions</a>.
data GList a
GList :: Ptr (GList a) -> GList a

-- | A <a>GSList</a>, mapped to a list on the Haskell side. Marshalling is
--   done in <a>Data.GI.Base.BasicConversions</a>.
data GSList a
GSList :: Ptr (GSList a) -> GSList a

-- | Some APIs, such as <a>GHashTable</a>, pass around scalar types wrapped
--   into a pointer. We encode such a type as follows.
newtype PtrWrapped a
PtrWrapped :: Ptr a -> PtrWrapped a
[unwrapPtr] :: PtrWrapped a -> Ptr a

-- | Destroy the memory associated with a given pointer.
type GDestroyNotify a = FunPtr Ptr a -> IO ()

-- | The basic type. This corresponds to a wrapped <tt>GClosure</tt> on the
--   C side, which is a boxed object.
data GClosure a

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype WindowGeometryInfo
WindowGeometryInfo :: ManagedPtr WindowGeometryInfo -> WindowGeometryInfo

-- | Decrements the reference count on <i><tt>path</tt></i>, freeing the
--   structure if the reference count reaches 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetPathUnref :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> m ()

-- | Dumps the widget path into a string representation. It tries to match
--   the CSS style as closely as possible (Note that there might be paths
--   that cannot be represented in CSS).
--   
--   The main use of this code is for debugging purposes, so that you can
--   <tt><i>g_print()</i></tt> the path or dump it in a gdb session.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetPathToString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> m Text

-- | Increments the reference count on <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetPathRef :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> m WidgetPath

-- | Prepends a widget type to the widget hierachy represented by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathPrependType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> GType -> m ()

-- | Returns the number of <a>Widget</a> <tt><i>GTypes</i></tt> between the
--   represented widget and its topmost container.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> m Int32

-- | Sets the widget name for the widget found at position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the widget hierarchy defined by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   If you want to update just a single state flag, you need to do this
--   manually, as this function updates all state flags.
--   
--   <h2>Setting a flag</h2>
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (path, pos, gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (path, pos) | flag);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <h2>Unsetting a flag</h2>
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (path, pos, gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (path, pos) &amp; ~flag);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
widgetPathIterSetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> [StateFlags] -> m ()

-- | Sets the object type for a given position in the widget hierarchy
--   defined by <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterSetObjectType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> GType -> m ()

-- | Sets the object name for a given position in the widget hierarchy
--   defined by <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   When set, the object name overrides the object type when matching CSS.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
widgetPathIterSetObjectName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the widget name for the widget found at position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the widget hierarchy defined by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterSetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Text -> m ()

-- | Removes the region <i><tt>name</tt></i> from the widget at position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the hierarchy defined in <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterRemoveRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Text -> m ()

-- | Removes the class <i><tt>name</tt></i> from the widget at position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the hierarchy defined in <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterRemoveClass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Text -> m ()

-- | Returns a list with all the region names defined for the widget at
--   position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the hierarchy defined in
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterListRegions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m [Text]

-- | Returns a list with all the class names defined for the widget at
--   position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the hierarchy defined in
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterListClasses :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m [Text]

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the widget at position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> has
--   the class <i><tt>name</tt></i> defined, <a>False</a> otherwise.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterHasRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Text -> m (Bool, [RegionFlags])

-- | See <a>widgetPathIterHasRegion</a>. This is a version that operates
--   with GQuarks.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterHasQregion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Word32 -> m (Bool, [RegionFlags])

-- | See <a>widgetPathIterHasName</a>. This is a version that operates on
--   <tt><i>GQuarks</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterHasQname :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | See <a>widgetPathIterHasClass</a>. This is a version that operates
--   with GQuarks.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterHasQclass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the widget at position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> has
--   the name <i><tt>name</tt></i>, <a>False</a> otherwise.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterHasName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the widget at position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> has
--   the class <i><tt>name</tt></i> defined, <a>False</a> otherwise.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterHasClass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Returns the state flags corresponding to the widget found at the
--   position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the widget hierarchy defined by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
widgetPathIterGetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m [StateFlags]

-- | Returns the list of siblings for the element at <i><tt>pos</tt></i>.
--   If the element was not added with siblings, <a>Nothing</a> is
--   returned.
widgetPathIterGetSiblings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m WidgetPath

-- | Returns the index into the list of siblings for the element at
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> as returned by <a>widgetPathIterGetSiblings</a>.
--   If that function would return <a>Nothing</a> because the element at
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> has no siblings, this function will return 0.
widgetPathIterGetSiblingIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m Word32

-- | Returns the object <a>GType</a> that is at position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the widget hierarchy defined in
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterGetObjectType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m GType

-- | Returns the object name that is at position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the
--   widget hierarchy defined in <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
widgetPathIterGetObjectName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns the name corresponding to the widget found at the position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the widget hierarchy defined by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>
widgetPathIterGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Removes all regions from the widget at position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in
--   the hierarchy defined in <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterClearRegions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Removes all classes from the widget at position <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in
--   the hierarchy defined in <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterClearClasses :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Adds the region <i><tt>name</tt></i> to the widget at position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the hierarchy defined in <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   See <a>styleContextAddRegion</a>.
--   
--   Region names must only contain lowercase letters and “-”, starting
--   always with a lowercase letter.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterAddRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Text -> [RegionFlags] -> m ()

-- | Adds the class <i><tt>name</tt></i> to the widget at position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i> in the hierarchy defined in <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   See <a>styleContextAddClass</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIterAddClass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> Int32 -> Text -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the widget type represented by this path is
--   <i><tt>type</tt></i>, or a subtype of it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathIsType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> GType -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if any of the parents of the widget represented in
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i> is of type <i><tt>type</tt></i>, or any subtype
--   of it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathHasParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> GType -> m Bool

-- | Returns the topmost object type, that is, the object type this path is
--   representing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathGetObjectType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> m GType

-- | Decrements the reference count on <i><tt>path</tt></i>, freeing the
--   structure if the reference count reaches 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> m ()

-- | Returns a copy of <i><tt>path</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> m WidgetPath

-- | Appends a widget type with all its siblings to the widget hierarchy
--   represented by <i><tt>path</tt></i>. Using this function instead of
--   <a>widgetPathAppendType</a> will allow the CSS theming to use sibling
--   matches in selectors and apply :nth-<tt><i>child()</i></tt> pseudo
--   classes. In turn, it requires a lot more care in widget
--   implementations as widgets need to make sure to call
--   <a>widgetResetStyle</a> on all involved widgets when the
--   <i><tt>siblings</tt></i> path changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetPathAppendWithSiblings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> WidgetPath -> Word32 -> m Int32

-- | Appends a widget type to the widget hierarchy represented by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathAppendType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetPath -> GType -> m Int32

-- | Appends the data from <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to the widget hierarchy
--   represented by <i><tt>path</tt></i>. This function is a shortcut for
--   adding information from <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to the given
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>. This includes setting the name or adding the
--   style classes from <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetPathAppendForWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => WidgetPath -> a -> m Int32

-- | Returns an empty widget path.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetPathNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m WidgetPath

-- | Finds the first accelerator in any <a>AccelGroup</a> attached to
--   <i><tt>object</tt></i> that matches <i><tt>accelKey</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>accelMods</tt></i>, and activates that accelerator.
accelGroupsActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Gets a list of all accel groups which are attached to
--   <i><tt>object</tt></i>.
accelGroupsFromObject :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => a -> m [AccelGroup]

-- | Gets the modifier mask.
--   
--   The modifier mask determines which modifiers are considered
--   significant for keyboard accelerators. See
--   <a>acceleratorSetDefaultModMask</a>.
acceleratorGetDefaultModMask :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m [ModifierType]

-- | Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string which
--   can be used to represent the accelerator to the user.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
acceleratorGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Text

-- | Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a (possibly
--   translated) string that can be displayed to a user, similarly to
--   <a>acceleratorGetLabel</a>, but handling keycodes.
--   
--   This is only useful for system-level components, applications should
--   use <a>acceleratorParse</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
acceleratorGetLabelWithKeycode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDisplay a) => Maybe a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Text

-- | Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string
--   parseable by <a>acceleratorParse</a>. For example, if you pass in
--   <a>KEY_q</a> and <tt><i>GDK_CONTROL_MASK</i></tt>, this function
--   returns “&lt;Control&gt;q”.
--   
--   If you need to display accelerators in the user interface, see
--   <a>acceleratorGetLabel</a>.
acceleratorName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Text

-- | Converts an accelerator keyval and modifier mask into a string
--   parseable by <a>acceleratorParseWithKeycode</a>, similarly to
--   <a>acceleratorName</a> but handling keycodes. This is only useful for
--   system-level components, applications should use
--   <a>acceleratorParse</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
acceleratorNameWithKeycode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDisplay a) => Maybe a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Text

-- | Parses a string representing an accelerator. The format looks like
--   “&lt;Control&gt;a” or “&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1” or
--   “&lt;Release&gt;z” (the last one is for key release).
--   
--   The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also
--   abbreviations such as “&lt;Ctl&gt;” and “&lt;Ctrl&gt;”. Key names are
--   parsed using <a>keyvalFromName</a>. For character keys the name is not
--   the symbol, but the lowercase name, e.g. one would use
--   “&lt;Ctrl&gt;minus” instead of “&lt;Ctrl&gt;-”.
--   
--   If the parse fails, <i><tt>acceleratorKey</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>acceleratorMods</tt></i> will be set to 0 (zero).
acceleratorParse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (Word32, [ModifierType])

-- | Parses a string representing an accelerator, similarly to
--   <a>acceleratorParse</a> but handles keycodes as well. This is only
--   useful for system-level components, applications should use
--   <a>acceleratorParse</a> instead.
--   
--   If <i><tt>acceleratorCodes</tt></i> is given and the result stored in
--   it is non-<a>Nothing</a>, the result must be freed with <a>free</a>.
--   
--   If a keycode is present in the accelerator and no
--   <i><tt>acceleratorCodes</tt></i> is given, the parse will fail.
--   
--   If the parse fails, <i><tt>acceleratorKey</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>acceleratorMods</tt></i> and <i><tt>acceleratorCodes</tt></i>
--   will be set to 0 (zero).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
acceleratorParseWithKeycode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (Word32, [Word32], [ModifierType])

-- | Sets the modifiers that will be considered significant for keyboard
--   accelerators. The default mod mask depends on the GDK backend in use,
--   but will typically include <tt><i>GDK_CONTROL_MASK</i></tt> |
--   <tt><i>GDK_SHIFT_MASK</i></tt> | <tt><i>GDK_MOD1_MASK</i></tt> |
--   <tt><i>GDK_SUPER_MASK</i></tt> | <tt><i>GDK_HYPER_MASK</i></tt> |
--   <tt><i>GDK_META_MASK</i></tt>. In other words, Control, Shift, Alt,
--   Super, Hyper and Meta. Other modifiers will by default be ignored by
--   <a>AccelGroup</a>.
--   
--   You must include at least the three modifiers Control, Shift and Alt
--   in any value you pass to this function.
--   
--   The default mod mask should be changed on application startup, before
--   using any accelerator groups.
acceleratorSetDefaultModMask :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Determines whether a given keyval and modifier mask constitute a valid
--   keyboard accelerator. For example, the <a>KEY_a</a> keyval plus
--   <tt><i>GDK_CONTROL_MASK</i></tt> is valid - this is a “Ctrl+a”
--   accelerator. But, you can't, for instance, use the
--   <a>KEY_Control_L</a> keyval as an accelerator.
acceleratorValid :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if dialogs are expected to use an alternative
--   button order on the screen <i><tt>screen</tt></i>. See
--   <tt><i>gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order()</i></tt> for more
--   details about alternative button order.
--   
--   If you need to use this function, you should probably connect to the
--   <a>notify</a>:gtk-alternative-button-order signal on the
--   <a>Settings</a> object associated to <i><tt>screen</tt></i>, in order
--   to be notified if the button order setting changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
alternativeDialogButtonOrder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => Maybe a -> m Bool

-- | Find a key binding matching <i><tt>keyval</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>modifiers</tt></i> and activate the binding on
--   <i><tt>object</tt></i>.
bindingsActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Looks up key bindings for <i><tt>object</tt></i> to find one matching
--   <i><tt>event</tt></i>, and if one was found, activate it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
bindingsActivateEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => a -> EventKey -> m Bool

-- | This function is supposed to be called in <a>draw</a> implementations
--   for widgets that support multiple windows. <i><tt>cr</tt></i> must be
--   untransformed from invoking of the draw function. This function will
--   return <a>True</a> if the contents of the given <i><tt>window</tt></i>
--   are supposed to be drawn and <a>False</a> otherwise. Note that when
--   the drawing was not initiated by the windowing system this function
--   will return <a>True</a> for all windows, so you need to draw the
--   bottommost window first. Also, do not use “else if” statements to
--   check which window should be drawn.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cairoShouldDrawWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => Context -> a -> m Bool

-- | Transforms the given cairo context <i><tt>cr</tt></i> that from
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-relative coordinates to
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i>-relative coordinates. If the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>’s window is not an ancestor of
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i>, no modification will be applied.
--   
--   This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when preparing
--   an expose event to be emitted with the <a>draw</a> signal. It is
--   intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from GTK+ 2 to the
--   rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cairoTransformToWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWindow b) => Context -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Checks that the GTK+ library in use is compatible with the given
--   version. Generally you would pass in the constants
--   <a>MAJOR_VERSION</a>, <a>MINOR_VERSION</a>, <a>MICRO_VERSION</a> as
--   the three arguments to this function; that produces a check that the
--   library in use is compatible with the version of GTK+ the application
--   or module was compiled against.
--   
--   Compatibility is defined by two things: first the version of the
--   running library is newer than the version
--   <i><tt>requiredMajor</tt></i>.required_minor.<i><tt>requiredMicro</tt></i>.
--   Second the running library must be binary compatible with the version
--   <i><tt>requiredMajor</tt></i>.required_minor.<i><tt>requiredMicro</tt></i>
--   (same major version.)
--   
--   This function is primarily for GTK+ modules; the module can call this
--   function to check that it wasn’t loaded into an incompatible version
--   of GTK+. However, such a check isn’t completely reliable, since the
--   module may be linked against an old version of GTK+ and calling the
--   old version of <a>checkVersion</a>, but still get loaded into an
--   application using a newer version of GTK+.
checkVersion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Adds a GTK+ grab on <i><tt>device</tt></i>, so all the events on
--   <i><tt>device</tt></i> and its associated pointer or keyboard (if any)
--   are delivered to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. If the
--   <i><tt>blockOthers</tt></i> parameter is <a>True</a>, any other
--   devices will be unable to interact with <i><tt>widget</tt></i> during
--   the grab.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
deviceGrabAdd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Removes a device grab from the given widget.
--   
--   You have to pair calls to <a>deviceGrabAdd</a> and
--   <a>deviceGrabRemove</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
deviceGrabRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Prevents <a>init</a>, <a>initCheck</a>, <a>initWithArgs</a> and
--   <a>parseArgs</a> from automatically calling <tt>setlocale (LC_ALL,
--   "")</tt>. You would want to use this function if you wanted to set the
--   locale for your program to something other than the user’s locale, or
--   if you wanted to set different values for different locale categories.
--   
--   Most programs should not need to call this function.
disableSetlocale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ()

-- | Distributes <i><tt>extraSpace</tt></i> to child <i><tt>sizes</tt></i>
--   by bringing smaller children up to natural size first.
--   
--   The remaining space will be added to the <i><tt>minimumSize</tt></i>
--   member of the GtkRequestedSize struct. If all sizes reach their
--   natural size then the remaining space is returned.
distributeNaturalAllocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> [RequestedSize] -> m (Int32, [RequestedSize])

-- | Cancels an ongoing drag operation on the source side.
--   
--   If you want to be able to cancel a drag operation in this way, you
--   need to keep a pointer to the drag context, either from an explicit
--   call to <a>widgetDragBeginWithCoordinates</a>, or by connecting to
--   <a>dragBegin</a>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>context</tt></i> does not refer to an ongoing drag
--   operation, this function does nothing.
--   
--   If a drag is cancelled in this way, the <i><tt>result</tt></i>
--   argument of <a>dragFailed</a> is set to
--   <i><tt>gTKDRAGRESULTERROR</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
dragCancel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Informs the drag source that the drop is finished, and that the data
--   of the drag will no longer be required.
dragFinish :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a) => a -> Bool -> Bool -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Determines the source widget for a drag.
dragGetSourceWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Sets the icon for a particular drag to the default icon.
dragSetIconDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon for a given drag from the given <i><tt>icon</tt></i>.
--   See the documentation for <a>dragSetIconName</a> for more details
--   about using icons in drag and drop.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
dragSetIconGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a, IsIcon b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon for a given drag from a named themed icon. See the docs
--   for <a>IconTheme</a> for more details. Note that the size of the icon
--   depends on the icon theme (the icon is loaded at the symbolic size
--   <tt><i>GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND</i></tt>), thus <i><tt>hotX</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>hotY</tt></i> have to be used with care.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
dragSetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i> as the icon for a given drag.
dragSetIconPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon for a given drag from a stock ID.
dragSetIconStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>surface</tt></i> as the icon for a given drag. GTK+
--   retains references for the arguments, and will release them when they
--   are no longer needed.
--   
--   To position the surface relative to the mouse, use
--   <tt><i>cairo_surface_set_device_offset()</i></tt> on
--   <i><tt>surface</tt></i>. The mouse cursor will be positioned at the
--   (0,0) coordinate of the surface.
dragSetIconSurface :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a) => a -> Surface -> m ()

-- | Changes the icon for drag operation to a given widget. GTK+ will not
--   destroy the widget, so if you don’t want it to persist, you should
--   connect to the “drag-end” signal and destroy it yourself.
dragSetIconWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDragContext a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a text caret on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> at <i><tt>location</tt></i>.
--   This is not a style function but merely a convenience function for
--   drawing the standard cursor shape.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
drawInsertionCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Context -> Rectangle -> Bool -> TextDirection -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Checks if any events are pending.
--   
--   This can be used to update the UI and invoke timeouts etc. while doing
--   some time intensive computation.
--   
--   <h2>Updating the UI during a long computation</h2>
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   // computation going on...
--   
--   while (gtk_events_pending ())
--     gtk_main_iteration ();
--   
--   // ...computation continued
--   </pre>
eventsPending :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Bool

-- | Analogical to <a>true</a>, this function does nothing but always
--   returns <a>False</a>.
false :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Bool

-- | Returns the binary age as passed to <tt>libtool</tt> when building the
--   GTK+ library the process is running against. If <tt>libtool</tt> means
--   nothing to you, don't worry about it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
getBinaryAge :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Word32

-- | Obtains a copy of the event currently being processed by GTK+.
--   
--   For example, if you are handling a <a>clicked</a> signal, the current
--   event will be the <a>EventButton</a> that triggered the <a>clicked</a>
--   signal.
getCurrentEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m (Maybe Event)

-- | If there is a current event and it has a device, return that device,
--   otherwise return <a>Nothing</a>.
getCurrentEventDevice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m (Maybe Device)

-- | If there is a current event and it has a state field, place that state
--   field in <i><tt>state</tt></i> and return <a>True</a>, otherwise
--   return <a>False</a>.
getCurrentEventState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m (Bool, [ModifierType])

-- | If there is a current event and it has a timestamp, return that
--   timestamp, otherwise return <a>CURRENT_TIME</a>.
getCurrentEventTime :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Word32

-- | Returns the GTK+ debug flags.
--   
--   This function is intended for GTK+ modules that want to adjust their
--   debug output based on GTK+ debug flags.
getDebugFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Word32

-- | Returns the <a>Language</a> for the default language currently in
--   effect. (Note that this can change over the life of an application.)
--   The default language is derived from the current locale. It
--   determines, for example, whether GTK+ uses the right-to-left or
--   left-to-right text direction.
--   
--   This function is equivalent to <a>languageGetDefault</a>. See that
--   function for details.
getDefaultLanguage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Language

-- | If <i><tt>event</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> or the event was not
--   associated with any widget, returns <a>Nothing</a>, otherwise returns
--   the widget that received the event originally.
getEventWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Event -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns the interface age as passed to <tt>libtool</tt> when building
--   the GTK+ library the process is running against. If <tt>libtool</tt>
--   means nothing to you, don't worry about it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
getInterfaceAge :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Word32

-- | Get the direction of the current locale. This is the expected reading
--   direction for text and UI.
--   
--   This function depends on the current locale being set with
--   <tt><i>setlocale()</i></tt> and will default to setting the
--   <a>TextDirectionLtr</a> direction otherwise. <a>TextDirectionNone</a>
--   will never be returned.
--   
--   GTK+ sets the default text direction according to the locale during
--   <a>init</a>, and you should normally use <a>widgetGetDirection</a> or
--   <a>widgetGetDefaultDirection</a> to obtain the current direcion.
--   
--   This function is only needed rare cases when the locale is changed
--   after GTK+ has already been initialized. In this case, you can use it
--   to update the default text direction as follows:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   setlocale (LC_ALL, new_locale);
--   direction = gtk_get_locale_direction ();
--   gtk_widget_set_default_direction (direction);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
getLocaleDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TextDirection

-- | Returns the major version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+
--   version 3.1.5 this is 3.)
--   
--   This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library
--   your code is running against. Contrast with the <a>MAJOR_VERSION</a>
--   macro, which represents the major version of the GTK+ headers you have
--   included when compiling your code.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
getMajorVersion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Word32

-- | Returns the micro version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+
--   version 3.1.5 this is 5.)
--   
--   This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library
--   your code is are running against. Contrast with the
--   <a>MICRO_VERSION</a> macro, which represents the micro version of the
--   GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
getMicroVersion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Word32

-- | Returns the minor version number of the GTK+ library. (e.g. in GTK+
--   version 3.1.5 this is 1.)
--   
--   This function is in the library, so it represents the GTK+ library
--   your code is are running against. Contrast with the
--   <a>MINOR_VERSION</a> macro, which represents the minor version of the
--   GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
getMinorVersion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Word32

-- | Returns a <a>OptionGroup</a> for the commandline arguments recognized
--   by GTK+ and GDK.
--   
--   You should add this group to your <a>OptionContext</a> with
--   <a>optionContextAddGroup</a>, if you are using
--   <a>optionContextParse</a> to parse your commandline arguments.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
getOptionGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m OptionGroup

-- | Queries the current grab of the default window group.
grabGetCurrent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Call this function before using any other GTK+ functions in your GUI
--   applications. It will initialize everything needed to operate the
--   toolkit and parses some standard command line options.
--   
--   Although you are expected to pass the <i><tt>argc</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>argv</tt></i> parameters from <tt><i>main()</i></tt> to this
--   function, it is possible to pass <a>Nothing</a> if
--   <i><tt>argv</tt></i> is not available or commandline handling is not
--   required.
--   
--   <i><tt>argc</tt></i> and <i><tt>argv</tt></i> are adjusted accordingly
--   so your own code will never see those standard arguments.
--   
--   Note that there are some alternative ways to initialize GTK+: if you
--   are calling <a>parseArgs</a>, <a>initCheck</a>, <a>initWithArgs</a> or
--   <a>optionContextParse</a> with the option group returned by
--   <a>getOptionGroup</a>, you don’t have to call <a>init</a>.
--   
--   And if you are using <a>Application</a>, you don't have to call any of
--   the initialization functions either; the
--   <a>Application</a>::<tt><i>startup</i></tt> handler does it for you.
--   
--   This function will terminate your program if it was unable to
--   initialize the windowing system for some reason. If you want your
--   program to fall back to a textual interface you want to call
--   <a>initCheck</a> instead.
--   
--   Since 2.18, GTK+ calls <tt>signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN)</tt> during
--   initialization, to ignore SIGPIPE signals, since these are almost
--   never wanted in graphical applications. If you do need to handle
--   SIGPIPE for some reason, reset the handler after <a>init</a>, but
--   notice that other libraries (e.g. libdbus or gvfs) might do similar
--   things.
init :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe [Text] -> m (Maybe [Text])

-- | This function does the same work as <a>init</a> with only a single
--   change: It does not terminate the program if the commandline arguments
--   couldn’t be parsed or the windowing system can’t be initialized.
--   Instead it returns <a>False</a> on failure.
--   
--   This way the application can fall back to some other means of
--   communication with the user - for example a curses or command line
--   interface.
--   
--   Note that calling any GTK function or instantiating any GTK type after
--   this function returns <a>False</a> results in undefined behavior.
initCheck :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe [Text] -> m (Bool, Maybe [Text])

-- | This function does the same work as <a>initCheck</a>. Additionally, it
--   allows you to add your own commandline options, and it automatically
--   generates nicely formatted <tt>--help</tt> output. Note that your
--   program will be terminated after writing out the help output.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
initWithArgs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe [Text] -> Maybe Text -> [OptionEntry] -> Maybe Text -> m (Maybe [Text])

-- | Removes the key snooper function with the given id.
keySnooperRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m ()

-- | Runs the main loop until <a>mainQuit</a> is called.
--   
--   You can nest calls to <a>main</a>. In that case <a>mainQuit</a> will
--   make the innermost invocation of the main loop return.
main :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ()

-- | Processes a single GDK event.
--   
--   This is public only to allow filtering of events between GDK and GTK+.
--   You will not usually need to call this function directly.
--   
--   While you should not call this function directly, you might want to
--   know how exactly events are handled. So here is what this function
--   does with the event:
--   
--   <ol>
--   <li>Compress enter/leave notify events. If the event passed build an
--   enter/leave pair together with the next event (peeked from GDK), both
--   events are thrown away. This is to avoid a backlog of
--   (de-)highlighting widgets crossed by the pointer.</li>
--   <li>Find the widget which got the event. If the widget can’t be
--   determined the event is thrown away unless it belongs to a INCR
--   transaction.</li>
--   <li>Then the event is pushed onto a stack so you can query the
--   currently handled event with <a>getCurrentEvent</a>.</li>
--   <li>The event is sent to a widget. If a grab is active all events for
--   widgets that are not in the contained in the grab widget are sent to
--   the latter with a few exceptions: - Deletion and destruction events
--   are still sent to the event widget for obvious reasons. - Events which
--   directly relate to the visual representation of the event widget. -
--   Leave events are delivered to the event widget if there was an enter
--   event delivered to it before without the paired leave event. - Drag
--   events are not redirected because it is unclear what the semantics of
--   that would be. Another point of interest might be that all key events
--   are first passed through the key snooper functions if there are any.
--   Read the description of <tt><i>gtk_key_snooper_install()</i></tt> if
--   you need this feature.</li>
--   <li>After finishing the delivery the event is popped from the event
--   stack.</li>
--   </ol>
mainDoEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Event -> m ()

-- | Runs a single iteration of the mainloop.
--   
--   If no events are waiting to be processed GTK+ will block until the
--   next event is noticed. If you don’t want to block look at
--   <a>mainIterationDo</a> or check if any events are pending with
--   <a>eventsPending</a> first.
mainIteration :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Bool

-- | Runs a single iteration of the mainloop. If no events are available
--   either return or block depending on the value of
--   <i><tt>blocking</tt></i>.
mainIterationDo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m Bool

-- | Asks for the current nesting level of the main loop.
mainLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Word32

-- | Makes the innermost invocation of the main loop return when it regains
--   control.
mainQuit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ()

-- | Draws an arrow in the given rectangle on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using the
--   given parameters. <i><tt>arrowType</tt></i> determines the direction
--   of the arrow.
paintArrow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> ArrowType -> Bool -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a box on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> with the given parameters.
paintBox :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a box in <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using the given style and state and
--   shadow type, leaving a gap in one side.
paintBoxGap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> PositionType -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a check button indicator in the given rectangle on
--   <i><tt>cr</tt></i> with the given parameters.
paintCheck :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a diamond in the given rectangle on <i><tt>window</tt></i> using
--   the given parameters.
paintDiamond :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws an expander as used in <a>TreeView</a>. <i><tt>x</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>y</tt></i> specify the center the expander. The size of the
--   expander is determined by the “expander-size” style property of
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. (If widget is not specified or doesn’t have an
--   “expander-size” property, an unspecified default size will be used,
--   since the caller doesn't have sufficient information to position the
--   expander, this is likely not useful.) The expander is expander_size
--   pixels tall in the collapsed position and expander_size pixels wide in
--   the expanded position.
paintExpander :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> ExpanderStyle -> m ()

-- | Draws an extension, i.e. a notebook tab.
paintExtension :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Draws a flat box on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> with the given parameters.
paintFlatBox :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a focus indicator around the given rectangle on
--   <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using the given style.
paintFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a handle as used in <a>HandleBox</a> and <a>Paned</a>.
paintHandle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Draws a horizontal line from (<i><tt>x1</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>)
--   to (<i><tt>x2</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>) in <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using
--   the given style and state.
paintHline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a layout on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using the given parameters.
paintLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b, IsLayout c) => a -> Context -> StateType -> Bool -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> c -> m ()

-- | Draws a radio button indicator in the given rectangle on
--   <i><tt>cr</tt></i> with the given parameters.
paintOption :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a resize grip in the given rectangle on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using
--   the given parameters.
paintResizeGrip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> WindowEdge -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a shadow around the given rectangle in <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using
--   the given style and state and shadow type.
paintShadow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a shadow around the given rectangle in <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using
--   the given style and state and shadow type, leaving a gap in one side.
paintShadowGap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> PositionType -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a slider in the given rectangle on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using the
--   given style and orientation.
paintSlider :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Draws a spinner on <i><tt>window</tt></i> using the given parameters.
paintSpinner :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Word32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws an option menu tab (i.e. the up and down pointing arrows) in the
--   given rectangle on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using the given parameters.
paintTab :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> ShadowType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Draws a vertical line from (<i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y1_</tt></i>) to
--   (<i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y2_</tt></i>) in <i><tt>cr</tt></i> using
--   the given style and state.
paintVline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> StateType -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Parses command line arguments, and initializes global attributes of
--   GTK+, but does not actually open a connection to a display. (See
--   <a>displayOpen</a>, <a>getDisplayArgName</a>)
--   
--   Any arguments used by GTK+ or GDK are removed from the array and
--   <i><tt>argc</tt></i> and <i><tt>argv</tt></i> are updated accordingly.
--   
--   There is no need to call this function explicitly if you are using
--   <a>init</a>, or <a>initCheck</a>.
--   
--   Note that many aspects of GTK+ require a display connection to
--   function, so this way of initializing GTK+ is really only useful for
--   specialized use cases.
parseArgs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Text] -> m (Bool, [Text])

-- | Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from
--   <i><tt>pageSetup</tt></i>. If the user cancels the dialog, the
--   returned <a>PageSetup</a> is identical to the passed in
--   <i><tt>pageSetup</tt></i>, otherwise it contains the modifications
--   done in the dialog.
--   
--   Note that this function may use a recursive mainloop to show the page
--   setup dialog. See <a>printRunPageSetupDialogAsync</a> if this is a
--   problem.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printRunPageSetupDialog :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsPageSetup b, IsPrintSettings c) => Maybe a -> Maybe b -> c -> m PageSetup

-- | Runs a page setup dialog, letting the user modify the values from
--   <i><tt>pageSetup</tt></i>.
--   
--   In contrast to <a>printRunPageSetupDialog</a>, this function returns
--   after showing the page setup dialog on platforms that support this,
--   and calls <i><tt>doneCb</tt></i> from a signal handler for the
--   <a>response</a> signal of the dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printRunPageSetupDialogAsync :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsPageSetup b, IsPrintSettings c) => Maybe a -> Maybe b -> c -> PageSetupDoneFunc -> m ()

-- | Sends an event to a widget, propagating the event to parent widgets if
--   the event remains unhandled.
--   
--   Events received by GTK+ from GDK normally begin in <a>mainDoEvent</a>.
--   Depending on the type of event, existence of modal dialogs, grabs,
--   etc., the event may be propagated; if so, this function is used.
--   
--   <a>propagateEvent</a> calls <a>widgetEvent</a> on each widget it
--   decides to send the event to. So <a>widgetEvent</a> is the
--   lowest-level function; it simply emits the <a>event</a> and possibly
--   an event-specific signal on a widget. <a>propagateEvent</a> is a bit
--   higher-level, and <a>mainDoEvent</a> is the highest level.
--   
--   All that said, you most likely don’t want to use any of these
--   functions; synthesizing events is rarely needed. There are almost
--   certainly better ways to achieve your goals. For example, use
--   <a>windowInvalidateRect</a> or <a>widgetQueueDraw</a> instead of
--   making up expose events.
propagateEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Event -> m ()

-- | Adds a file to the list of files to be parsed at the end of
--   <a>init</a>.
rcAddDefaultFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Char] -> m ()

-- | Searches for a theme engine in the GTK+ search path. This function is
--   not useful for applications and should not be used.
rcFindModuleInPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m [Char]

-- | Looks up a file in pixmap path for the specified <a>Settings</a>. If
--   the file is not found, it outputs a warning message using
--   <tt><i>g_warning()</i></tt> and returns <a>Nothing</a>.
rcFindPixmapInPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> Scanner -> Text -> m [Char]

-- | Retrieves the current list of RC files that will be parsed at the end
--   of <a>init</a>.
rcGetDefaultFiles :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m [[Char]]

-- | Obtains the path to the IM modules file. See the documentation of the
--   <tt>GTK_IM_MODULE_FILE</tt> environment variable for more details.
rcGetImModuleFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m [Char]

-- | Obtains the path in which to look for IM modules. See the
--   documentation of the <tt>GTK_PATH</tt> environment variable for more
--   details about looking up modules. This function is useful solely for
--   utilities supplied with GTK+ and should not be used by applications
--   under normal circumstances.
rcGetImModulePath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m [Char]

-- | Returns a directory in which GTK+ looks for theme engines. For full
--   information about the search for theme engines, see the docs for
--   <tt>GTK_PATH</tt> in [Running GTK+ Applications][gtk-running].
rcGetModuleDir :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m [Char]

-- | Finds all matching RC styles for a given widget, composites them
--   together, and then creates a <a>Style</a> representing the composite
--   appearance. (GTK+ actually keeps a cache of previously created styles,
--   so a new style may not be created.)
rcGetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Style

-- | Creates up a <a>Style</a> from styles defined in a RC file by
--   providing the raw components used in matching. This function may be
--   useful when creating pseudo-widgets that should be themed like widgets
--   but don’t actually have corresponding GTK+ widgets. An example of this
--   would be items inside a GNOME canvas widget.
--   
--   The action of <a>rcGetStyle</a> is similar to:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   gtk_widget_path (widget, NULL, &amp;path, NULL);
--   gtk_widget_class_path (widget, NULL, &amp;class_path, NULL);
--   gtk_rc_get_style_by_paths (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
--                              path, class_path,
--                              G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
--   </pre>
rcGetStyleByPaths :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> GType -> m (Maybe Style)

-- | Returns the standard directory in which themes should be installed.
--   (GTK+ does not actually use this directory itself.)
rcGetThemeDir :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Text

-- | Parses a given resource file.
rcParse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ()

-- | Parses a color in the format expected in a RC file.
--   
--   Note that theme engines should use <a>rcParseColorFull</a> in order to
--   support symbolic colors.
rcParseColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Scanner -> m (Word32, Color)

-- | Parses a color in the format expected in a RC file. If
--   <i><tt>style</tt></i> is not <a>Nothing</a>, it will be consulted to
--   resolve references to symbolic colors.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
rcParseColorFull :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRcStyle a) => Scanner -> Maybe a -> m (Word32, Color)

-- | Parses a <a>PathPriorityType</a> variable from the format expected in
--   a RC file.
rcParsePriority :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Scanner -> PathPriorityType -> m Word32

-- | Parses a <a>StateType</a> variable from the format expected in a RC
--   file.
rcParseState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Scanner -> m (Word32, StateType)

-- | Parses resource information directly from a string.
rcParseString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ()

-- | If the modification time on any previously read file for the default
--   <a>Settings</a> has changed, discard all style information and then
--   reread all previously read RC files.
rcReparseAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Bool

-- | If the modification time on any previously read file for the given
--   <a>Settings</a> has changed, discard all style information and then
--   reread all previously read RC files.
rcReparseAllForSettings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | This function recomputes the styles for all widgets that use a
--   particular <a>Settings</a> object. (There is one <a>Settings</a>
--   object per <a>Screen</a>, see <a>settingsGetForScreen</a>); It is
--   useful when some global parameter has changed that affects the
--   appearance of all widgets, because when a widget gets a new style, it
--   will both redraw and recompute any cached information about its
--   appearance. As an example, it is used when the default font size set
--   by the operating system changes. Note that this function doesn’t
--   affect widgets that have a style set explicitly on them with
--   <a>widgetSetStyle</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
rcResetStyles :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the list of files that GTK+ will read at the end of <a>init</a>.
rcSetDefaultFiles :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [[Char]] -> m ()

-- | Renders an activity indicator (such as in <a>Spinner</a>). The state
--   <a>StateFlagsChecked</a> determines whether there is activity going
--   on.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderActivity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders an arrow pointing to <i><tt>angle</tt></i>.
--   
--   Typical arrow rendering at 0, 1⁄2 π;, π; and 3⁄2 π:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderArrow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders the background of an element.
--   
--   Typical background rendering, showing the effect of
--   <tt>background-image</tt>, <tt>border-width</tt> and
--   <tt>border-radius</tt>:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0.</i>
renderBackground :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Returns the area that will be affected (i.e. drawn to) when calling
--   <a>renderBackground</a> for the given <i><tt>context</tt></i> and
--   rectangle.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
renderBackgroundGetClip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m Rectangle

-- | Renders a checkmark (as in a <a>CheckButton</a>).
--   
--   The <a>StateFlagsChecked</a> state determines whether the check is on
--   or off, and <a>StateFlagsInconsistent</a> determines whether it should
--   be marked as undefined.
--   
--   Typical checkmark rendering:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderCheck :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders an expander (as used in <a>TreeView</a> and <a>Expander</a>)
--   in the area defined by <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i>, <i><tt>height</tt></i>. The state
--   <a>StateFlagsChecked</a> determines whether the expander is collapsed
--   or expanded.
--   
--   Typical expander rendering:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderExpander :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders a extension (as in a <a>Notebook</a> tab) in the rectangle
--   defined by <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i>, <i><tt>height</tt></i>. The side where the
--   extension connects to is defined by <i><tt>gapSide</tt></i>.
--   
--   Typical extension rendering:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderExtension :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Renders a focus indicator on the rectangle determined by
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>, <i><tt>width</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i>.
--   
--   Typical focus rendering:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders a frame around the rectangle defined by <i><tt>x</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>y</tt></i>, <i><tt>width</tt></i>, <i><tt>height</tt></i>.
--   
--   Examples of frame rendering, showing the effect of
--   <tt>border-image</tt>, <tt>border-color</tt>, <tt>border-width</tt>,
--   <tt>border-radius</tt> and junctions:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderFrame :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders a frame around the rectangle defined by (<i><tt>x</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>y</tt></i>, <i><tt>width</tt></i>, <i><tt>height</tt></i>),
--   leaving a gap on one side. <i><tt>xy0Gap</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>xy1Gap</tt></i> will mean X coordinates for
--   <a>PositionTypeTop</a> and <a>PositionTypeBottom</a> gap sides, and Y
--   coordinates for <a>PositionTypeLeft</a> and <a>PositionTypeRight</a>.
--   
--   Typical rendering of a frame with a gap:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderFrameGap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> PositionType -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders a handle (as in <a>HandleBox</a>, <a>Paned</a> and
--   <a>Window</a>’s resize grip), in the rectangle determined by
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>, <i><tt>width</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i>.
--   
--   Handles rendered for the paned and grip classes:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderHandle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders the icon in <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i> at the specified
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> coordinates.
--   
--   This function will render the icon in <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i> at
--   exactly its size, regardless of scaling factors, which may not be
--   appropriate when drawing on displays with high pixel densities.
--   
--   You probably want to use <a>renderIconSurface</a> instead, if you
--   already have a Cairo surface.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
renderIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> Context -> b -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders the icon specified by <i><tt>source</tt></i> at the given
--   <i><tt>size</tt></i>, returning the result in a pixbuf.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderIconPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> IconSource -> Int32 -> m Pixbuf

-- | Renders the icon in <i><tt>surface</tt></i> at the specified
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
renderIconSurface :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Surface -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Draws a text caret on <i><tt>cr</tt></i> at the specified index of
--   <i><tt>layout</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
renderInsertionCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsLayout b) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> b -> Int32 -> Direction -> m ()

-- | Renders <i><tt>layout</tt></i> on the coordinates <i><tt>x</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>y</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsLayout b) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> b -> m ()

-- | Renders a line from (x0, y0) to (x1, y1).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders an option mark (as in a <a>RadioButton</a>), the
--   <a>StateFlagsChecked</a> state will determine whether the option is on
--   or off, and <a>StateFlagsInconsistent</a> whether it should be marked
--   as undefined.
--   
--   Typical option mark rendering:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderOption :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Renders a slider (as in <a>Scale</a>) in the rectangle defined by
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>, <i><tt>width</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i>. <i><tt>orientation</tt></i> defines whether
--   the slider is vertical or horizontal.
--   
--   Typical slider rendering:
--   
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
renderSlider :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Converts a color from RGB space to HSV.
--   
--   Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range; output values will be in
--   the same range.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
rgbToHsv :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> Double -> m (Double, Double, Double)

-- | Appends a specified target to the list of supported targets for a
--   given widget and selection.
selectionAddTarget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Atom -> Atom -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Prepends a table of targets to the list of supported targets for a
--   given widget and selection.
selectionAddTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Atom -> [TargetEntry] -> m ()

-- | Remove all targets registered for the given selection for the widget.
selectionClearTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Atom -> m ()

-- | Requests the contents of a selection. When received, a
--   “selection-received” signal will be generated.
selectionConvert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Atom -> Atom -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Claims ownership of a given selection for a particular widget, or, if
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, release ownership of the
--   selection.
selectionOwnerSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => Maybe a -> Atom -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Claim ownership of a given selection for a particular widget, or, if
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, release ownership of the
--   selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
selectionOwnerSetForDisplay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDisplay a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> Atom -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Removes all handlers and unsets ownership of all selections for a
--   widget. Called when widget is being destroyed. This function will not
--   generally be called by applications.
selectionRemoveAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the GTK+ debug flags.
setDebugFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m ()

-- | A convenience function for launching the default application to show
--   the uri. Like <a>showUriOnWindow</a>, but takes a screen as transient
--   parent instead of a window.
--   
--   Note that this function is deprecated as it does not pass the
--   necessary information for helpers to parent their dialog properly,
--   when run from sandboxed applications for example.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
showUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => Maybe a -> Text -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | This is a convenience function for launching the default application
--   to show the uri. The uri must be of a form understood by GIO (i.e. you
--   need to install gvfs to get support for uri schemes such as http:// or
--   ftp://, as only local files are handled by GIO itself). Typical
--   examples are
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li><pre>file:///home/gnome/pict.jpg</pre></li>
--   <li><pre>http://www.gnome.org</pre></li>
--   <li><pre>mailto:me@gnome.org</pre></li>
--   </ul>
--   
--   Ideally the timestamp is taken from the event triggering the
--   <a>showUri</a> call. If timestamp is not known you can take
--   <a>CURRENT_TIME</a>.
--   
--   This is the recommended call to be used as it passes information
--   necessary for sandbox helpers to parent their dialogs properly.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
showUriOnWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => Maybe a -> Text -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Registers each of the stock items in <i><tt>items</tt></i>. If an item
--   already exists with the same stock ID as one of the
--   <i><tt>items</tt></i>, the old item gets replaced. The stock items are
--   copied, so GTK+ does not hold any pointer into <i><tt>items</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>items</tt></i> can be freed. Use <a>stockAddStatic</a> if
--   <i><tt>items</tt></i> is persistent and GTK+ need not copy the array.
stockAdd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [StockItem] -> m ()

-- | Same as <a>stockAdd</a>, but doesn’t copy <i><tt>items</tt></i>, so
--   <i><tt>items</tt></i> must persist until application exit.
stockAddStatic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [StockItem] -> m ()

-- | Retrieves a list of all known stock IDs added to a <a>IconFactory</a>
--   or registered with <a>stockAdd</a>. The list must be freed with
--   <tt><i>g_slist_free()</i></tt>, and each string in the list must be
--   freed with <a>free</a>.
stockListIds :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m [Text]

-- | Fills <i><tt>item</tt></i> with the registered values for
--   <i><tt>stockId</tt></i>, returning <a>True</a> if
--   <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> was known.
stockLookup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (Bool, StockItem)

-- | Sets a function to be used for translating the <i><tt>label</tt></i>
--   of a stock item.
--   
--   If no function is registered for a translation domain, <a>dgettext</a>
--   is used.
--   
--   The function is used for all stock items whose
--   <i><tt>translationDomain</tt></i> matches <i><tt>domain</tt></i>. Note
--   that it is possible to use strings different from the actual gettext
--   translation domain of your application for this, as long as your
--   <a>TranslateFunc</a> uses the correct domain when calling
--   <tt><i>dgettext()</i></tt>. This can be useful, e.g. when dealing with
--   message contexts:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkStockItem items[] = {
--    { MY_ITEM1, NC_("odd items", "Item 1"), 0, 0, "odd-item-domain" },
--    { MY_ITEM2, NC_("even items", "Item 2"), 0, 0, "even-item-domain" },
--   };
--   
--   gchar *
--   my_translate_func (const gchar *msgid,
--                      gpointer     data)
--   {
--     gchar *msgctxt = data;
--   
--     return (gchar*)g_dpgettext2 (GETTEXT_PACKAGE, msgctxt, msgid);
--   }
--   
--   ...
--   
--   gtk_stock_add (items, G_N_ELEMENTS (items));
--   gtk_stock_set_translate_func ("odd-item-domain", my_translate_func, "odd items");
--   gtk_stock_set_translate_func ("even-item-domain", my_translate_func, "even items");
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
stockSetTranslateFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> TranslateFunc -> m ()

-- | This function frees a target table as returned by
--   <a>targetTableNewFromList</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
targetTableFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [TargetEntry] -> m ()

-- | This function creates an <a>TargetEntry</a> array that contains the
--   same targets as the passed <tt><i>list</i></tt>. The returned table is
--   newly allocated and should be freed using <a>targetTableFree</a> when
--   no longer needed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
targetTableNewFromList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> m [TargetEntry]

-- | Determines if any of the targets in <i><tt>targets</tt></i> can be
--   used to provide a <a>Pixbuf</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
targetsIncludeImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Atom] -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Determines if any of the targets in <i><tt>targets</tt></i> can be
--   used to provide rich text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
targetsIncludeRichText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => [Atom] -> a -> m Bool

-- | Determines if any of the targets in <i><tt>targets</tt></i> can be
--   used to provide text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
targetsIncludeText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Atom] -> m Bool

-- | Determines if any of the targets in <i><tt>targets</tt></i> can be
--   used to provide an uri list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
targetsIncludeUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Atom] -> m Bool

-- | Create a simple window with window title <i><tt>windowTitle</tt></i>
--   and text contents <i><tt>dialogText</tt></i>. The window will quit any
--   running <a>main</a>-loop when destroyed, and it will automatically be
--   destroyed upon test function teardown.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testCreateSimpleWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Text -> m Widget

-- | This function will search <i><tt>widget</tt></i> and all its
--   descendants for a GtkLabel widget with a text string matching
--   <i><tt>labelPattern</tt></i>. The <i><tt>labelPattern</tt></i> may
--   contain asterisks “*” and question marks “?” as placeholders,
--   <a>patternMatch</a> is used for the matching. Note that locales other
--   than "C“ tend to alter (translate” label strings, so this function is
--   genrally only useful in test programs with predetermined locales, see
--   <tt><i>gtk_test_init()</i></tt> for more details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testFindLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> m Widget

-- | This function will search siblings of <i><tt>baseWidget</tt></i> and
--   siblings of its ancestors for all widgets matching
--   <i><tt>widgetType</tt></i>. Of the matching widgets, the one that is
--   geometrically closest to <i><tt>baseWidget</tt></i> will be returned.
--   The general purpose of this function is to find the most likely
--   “action” widget, relative to another labeling widget. Such as finding
--   a button or text entry widget, given its corresponding label widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testFindSibling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> GType -> m Widget

-- | This function will search the descendants of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>
--   for a widget of type <i><tt>widgetType</tt></i> that has a label
--   matching <i><tt>labelPattern</tt></i> next to it. This is most useful
--   for automated GUI testing, e.g. to find the “OK” button in a dialog
--   and synthesize clicks on it. However see <a>testFindLabel</a>,
--   <a>testFindSibling</a> and <a>testWidgetClick</a> for possible caveats
--   involving the search of such widgets and synthesizing widget events.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testFindWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> GType -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Return the type ids that have been registered after calling
--   <a>testRegisterAllTypes</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testListAllTypes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ([GType], Word32)

-- | Force registration of all core Gtk+ and Gdk object types. This allowes
--   to refer to any of those object types via <a>typeFromName</a> after
--   calling this function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testRegisterAllTypes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ()

-- | Retrive the literal adjustment value for GtkRange based widgets and
--   spin buttons. Note that the value returned by this function is
--   anything between the lower and upper bounds of the adjustment
--   belonging to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>, and is not a percentage as passed
--   in to <a>testSliderSetPerc</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testSliderGetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Double

-- | This function will adjust the slider position of all GtkRange based
--   widgets, such as scrollbars or scales, it’ll also adjust spin buttons.
--   The adjustment value of these widgets is set to a value between the
--   lower and upper limits, according to the <i><tt>percentage</tt></i>
--   argument.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testSliderSetPerc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | This function will generate a <i><tt>button</tt></i> click in the
--   upwards or downwards spin button arrow areas, usually leading to an
--   increase or decrease of spin button’s value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testSpinButtonClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> Word32 -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Retrive the text string of <i><tt>widget</tt></i> if it is a GtkLabel,
--   GtkEditable (entry and text widgets) or GtkTextView.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testTextGet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Text

-- | Set the text string of <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>string</tt></i> if it is a GtkLabel, GtkEditable (entry and
--   text widgets) or GtkTextView.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testTextSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | This function will generate a <i><tt>button</tt></i> click (button
--   press and button release event) in the middle of the first GdkWindow
--   found that belongs to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. For windowless widgets
--   like <a>Button</a> (which returns <a>False</a> from
--   <a>widgetGetHasWindow</a>), this will often be an input-only event
--   window. For other widgets, this is usually widget-&gt;window. Certain
--   caveats should be considered when using this function, in particular
--   because the mouse pointer is warped to the button click location, see
--   <a>testSimulateButton</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testWidgetClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | This function will generate keyboard press and release events in the
--   middle of the first GdkWindow found that belongs to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. For windowless widgets like <a>Button</a>
--   (which returns <a>False</a> from <a>widgetGetHasWindow</a>), this will
--   often be an input-only event window. For other widgets, this is
--   usually widget-&gt;window. Certain caveats should be considered when
--   using this function, in particular because the mouse pointer is warped
--   to the key press location, see <a>testSimulateKey</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
testWidgetSendKey :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Enters the main loop and waits for <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to be
--   “drawn”. In this context that means it waits for the frame clock of
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to have run a full styling, layout and drawing
--   cycle.
--   
--   This function is intended to be used for syncing with actions that
--   depend on <i><tt>widget</tt></i> relayouting or on interaction with
--   the display server.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
testWidgetWaitForDraw :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Obtains a <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i> and <i><tt>path</tt></i> from
--   selection data of target type <tt><i>GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW</i></tt>.
--   Normally called from a drag_data_received handler. This function can
--   only be used if <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i> originates from the same
--   process that’s calling this function, because a pointer to the tree
--   model is being passed around. If you aren’t in the same process, then
--   you'll get memory corruption. In the <a>TreeDragDest</a>
--   drag_data_received handler, you can assume that selection data of type
--   <tt><i>GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW</i></tt> is in from the current process. The
--   returned path must be freed with <a>treePathFree</a>.
treeGetRowDragData :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m (Bool, Maybe TreeModel, Maybe TreePath)

-- | Sets selection data of target type <tt><i>GTK_TREE_MODEL_ROW</i></tt>.
--   Normally used in a drag_data_get handler.
treeSetRowDragData :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => SelectionData -> a -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | All this function does it to return <a>True</a>.
--   
--   This can be useful for example if you want to inhibit the deletion of
--   a window. Of course you should not do this as the user expects a
--   reaction from clicking the close icon of the window...
--   
--   <h2>A persistent window</h2>
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   #include &lt;gtk/gtk.h&gt;
--   
--   int
--   main (int argc, char **argv)
--   {
--     GtkWidget *win, *but;
--     const char *text = "Close yourself. I mean it!";
--   
--     gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
--   
--     win = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
--     g_signal_connect (win,
--                       "delete-event",
--                       G_CALLBACK (gtk_true),
--                       NULL);
--     g_signal_connect (win, "destroy",
--                       G_CALLBACK (gtk_main_quit),
--                       NULL);
--   
--     but = gtk_button_new_with_label (text);
--     g_signal_connect_swapped (but, "clicked",
--                               G_CALLBACK (gtk_object_destroy),
--                               win);
--     gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (win), but);
--   
--     gtk_widget_show_all (win);
--   
--     gtk_main ();
--   
--     return 0;
--   }
--   </pre>
true :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Bool

-- | Sets the <a>CellLayoutDataFunc</a> to use for
--   <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function is used instead of the standard attributes mapping for
--   setting the column value, and should set the value of
--   <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>’s cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
--   
--   <i><tt>func</tt></i> may be <a>Nothing</a> to remove a previously set
--   function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
cellLayoutSetCellDataFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Maybe CellLayoutDataFunc -> m ()

-- | Re-inserts <i><tt>cell</tt></i> at <i><tt>position</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>cell</tt></i> has already to be packed into
--   <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i> for this to function properly.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
cellLayoutReorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Packs the <i><tt>cell</tt></i> into the beginning of
--   <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>. If <i><tt>expand</tt></i> is <a>False</a>,
--   then the <i><tt>cell</tt></i> is allocated no more space than it
--   needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which
--   <i><tt>expand</tt></i> is <a>True</a>.
--   
--   Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
cellLayoutPackStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Adds the <i><tt>cell</tt></i> to the end of
--   <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>. If <i><tt>expand</tt></i> is <a>False</a>,
--   then the <i><tt>cell</tt></i> is allocated no more space than it
--   needs. Any unused space is divided evenly between cells for which
--   <i><tt>expand</tt></i> is <a>True</a>.
--   
--   Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
cellLayoutPackEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns the cell renderers which have been added to
--   <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
cellLayoutGetCells :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a) => a -> m [CellRenderer]

-- | Returns the underlying <a>CellArea</a> which might be
--   <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i> if called on a <a>CellArea</a> or might be
--   <a>Nothing</a> if no <a>CellArea</a> is used by
--   <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellLayoutGetArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a) => a -> m (Maybe CellArea)

-- | Clears all existing attributes previously set with
--   <tt><i>gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes()</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
cellLayoutClearAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>
--   and removes all renderers from <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
cellLayoutClear :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a) => a -> m ()

-- | Adds an attribute mapping to the list in <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>.
--   
--   The <i><tt>column</tt></i> is the column of the model to get a value
--   from, and the <i><tt>attribute</tt></i> is the parameter on
--   <i><tt>cell</tt></i> to be set from the value. So for example if
--   column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the “text”
--   attribute of a <a>CellRendererText</a> get its values from column 2.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
cellLayoutAddAttribute :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>CellLayout</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellLayout :: (MonadIO m, IsCellLayout o) => o -> m CellLayout

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>fontActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fontChooser #fontActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterFontChooserFontActivated :: (IsFontChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FontChooserFontActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>fontActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fontChooser #fontActivated callback
--   </pre>
onFontChooserFontActivated :: (IsFontChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FontChooserFontActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FontChooserFontActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback :: FontChooserFontActivatedCallback -> C_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FontChooserFontActivated :: MonadIO m => FontChooserFontActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FontChooserFontActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noFontChooserFontActivatedCallback :: Maybe FontChooserFontActivatedCallback

-- | Shows or hides the editable preview entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserSetShowPreviewEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the text displayed in the preview area. The <i><tt>text</tt></i>
--   is used to show how the selected font looks.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserSetPreviewText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the desired level of granularity for selecting fonts.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
fontChooserSetLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> [FontChooserLevel] -> m ()

-- | Sets the language to use for font features.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
fontChooserSetLanguage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets a custom font map to use for this font chooser widget. A custom
--   font map can be used to present application-specific fonts instead of
--   or in addition to the normal system fonts.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   FcConfig *config;
--   PangoFontMap *fontmap;
--   
--   config = FcInitLoadConfigAndFonts ();
--   FcConfigAppFontAddFile (config, my_app_font_file);
--   
--   fontmap = pango_cairo_font_map_new_for_font_type (CAIRO_FONT_TYPE_FT);
--   pango_fc_font_map_set_config (PANGO_FC_FONT_MAP (fontmap), config);
--   
--   gtk_font_chooser_set_font_map (font_chooser, fontmap);
--   </pre>
--   
--   Note that other GTK+ widgets will only be able to use the
--   application-specific font if it is present in the font map they use:
--   
--   <pre>
--   context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (label);
--   pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
fontChooserSetFontMap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a, IsFontMap b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the currently-selected font from <i><tt>fontDesc</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserSetFontDesc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> FontDescription -> m ()

-- | Sets the currently-selected font.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserSetFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds a filter function that decides which fonts to display in the font
--   chooser.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserSetFilterFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> Maybe FontFilterFunc -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the preview entry is shown or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserGetShowPreviewEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserGetPreviewText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the current level of granularity for selecting fonts.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
fontChooserGetLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m [FontChooserLevel]

-- | Gets the language that is used for font features.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
fontChooserGetLanguage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m Text

-- | The selected font size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserGetFontSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the custom font map of this font chooser widget, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if it does not have one.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
fontChooserGetFontMap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe FontMap)

-- | Gets the currently-selected font features.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
fontChooserGetFontFeatures :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the <a>FontFamily</a> representing the selected font family. Font
--   families are a collection of font faces.
--   
--   If the selected font is not installed, returns <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserGetFontFamily :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe FontFamily)

-- | Gets the <a>FontFace</a> representing the selected font group details
--   (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc).
--   
--   If the selected font is not installed, returns <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserGetFontFace :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe FontFace)

-- | Gets the currently-selected font.
--   
--   Note that this can be a different string than what you set with
--   <a>fontChooserSetFont</a>, as the font chooser widget may normalize
--   font names and thus return a string with a different structure. For
--   example, “Helvetica Italic Bold 12” could be normalized to “Helvetica
--   Bold Italic 12”.
--   
--   Use <a>fontDescriptionEqual</a> if you want to compare two font
--   descriptions.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserGetFontDesc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe FontDescription)

-- | Gets the currently-selected font name.
--   
--   Note that this can be a different string than what you set with
--   <a>fontChooserSetFont</a>, as the font chooser widget may normalize
--   font names and thus return a string with a different structure. For
--   example, “Helvetica Italic Bold 12” could be normalized to “Helvetica
--   Bold Italic 12”.
--   
--   Use <a>fontDescriptionEqual</a> if you want to compare two font
--   descriptions.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserGetFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-preview-entry</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontChooserShowPreviewEntry :: (IsFontChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-preview-entry</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontChooser [ #showPreviewEntry <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontChooserShowPreviewEntry :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-preview-entry</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontChooser #showPreviewEntry
--   </pre>
getFontChooserShowPreviewEntry :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>preview-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontChooserPreviewText :: (IsFontChooser o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>preview-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontChooser [ #previewText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontChooserPreviewText :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>preview-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontChooser #previewText
--   </pre>
getFontChooserPreviewText :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>level</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontChooserLevel :: (IsFontChooser o, MonadIO m) => [FontChooserLevel] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>level</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontChooser [ #level <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontChooserLevel :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> [FontChooserLevel] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>level</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontChooser #level
--   </pre>
getFontChooserLevel :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> m [FontChooserLevel]

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>language</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontChooserLanguage :: (IsFontChooser o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontChooser [ #language <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontChooserLanguage :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontChooser #language
--   </pre>
getFontChooserLanguage :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font-features</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontChooser #fontFeatures
--   </pre>
getFontChooserFontFeatures :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontChooserFontDesc :: (IsFontChooser o, MonadIO m) => FontDescription -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontChooser [ #fontDesc <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontChooserFontDesc :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> FontDescription -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontChooser #fontDesc
--   </pre>
getFontChooserFontDesc :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe FontDescription)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontChooserFont :: (IsFontChooser o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontChooser [ #font <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontChooserFont :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontChooser #font
--   </pre>
getFontChooserFont :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>FontChooser</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFontChooser :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooser o) => o -> m FontChooser

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback :: C_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback)

-- | Emitted when a font is activated. This usually happens when the user
--   double clicks an item, or an item is selected and the user presses one
--   of the keys Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter.
type FontChooserFontActivatedCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FontChooserFontActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> recentChooser #selectionChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterRecentChooserSelectionChanged :: (IsRecentChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> recentChooser #selectionChanged callback
--   </pre>
onRecentChooserSelectionChanged :: (IsRecentChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback :: RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> C_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RecentChooserSelectionChanged :: MonadIO m => RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noRecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback :: Maybe RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>itemActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> recentChooser #itemActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterRecentChooserItemActivated :: (IsRecentChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>itemActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> recentChooser #itemActivated callback
--   </pre>
onRecentChooserItemActivated :: (IsRecentChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback :: RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback -> C_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RecentChooserItemActivated :: MonadIO m => RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noRecentChooserItemActivatedCallback :: Maybe RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback

-- | Unselects <i><tt>uri</tt></i> inside <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserUnselectUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Unselects all the items inside <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserUnselectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m ()

-- | Changes the sorting order of the recently used resources list
--   displayed by <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetSortType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> RecentSortType -> m ()

-- | Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be
--   <i><tt>sortFunc</tt></i>. If the <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> has the sort
--   type set to <tt><i>GTK_RECENT_SORT_CUSTOM</i></tt> then the chooser
--   will sort using this function.
--   
--   To the comparison function will be passed two <a>RecentInfo</a>
--   structs and <i><tt>sortData</tt></i>; <i><tt>sortFunc</tt></i> should
--   return a positive integer if the first item comes before the second,
--   zero if the two items are equal and a negative integer if the first
--   item comes after the second.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> RecentSortFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets whether to show a tooltips containing the full path of each
--   recently used resource in a <a>RecentChooser</a> widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetShowTips :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Whether to show recently used resources marked registered as private.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetShowPrivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> should display the recently used
--   resources that it didn’t find. This only applies to local resources.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetShowNotFound :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> should show an icon near the
--   resource when displaying it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetShowIcons :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> can select multiple items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetSelectMultiple :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether only local resources, that is resources using the file://
--   URI scheme, should be shown in the recently used resources selector.
--   If <i><tt>localOnly</tt></i> is <a>True</a> (the default) then the
--   shown resources are guaranteed to be accessible through the operating
--   system native file system.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetLocalOnly :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the number of items that should be returned by
--   <a>recentChooserGetItems</a> and <a>recentChooserGetUris</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetLimit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>filter</tt></i> as the current <a>RecentFilter</a> object
--   used by <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> to affect the displayed recently used
--   resources.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a, IsRecentFilter b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>uri</tt></i> as the current URI for
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSetCurrentUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Selects <i><tt>uri</tt></i> inside <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSelectUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Selects all the items inside <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>, if the
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> supports multiple selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserSelectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>filter</tt></i> from the list of <a>RecentFilter</a>
--   objects held by <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserRemoveFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a, IsRecentFilter b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Gets the <a>RecentFilter</a> objects held by <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserListFilters :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m [RecentFilter]

-- | Gets the URI of the recently used resources.
--   
--   The return value of this function is affected by the “sort-type” and
--   “limit” properties of <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   Since the returned array is <a>Nothing</a> terminated,
--   <i><tt>length</tt></i> may be <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetUris :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m ([Text], Word64)

-- | Gets the value set by <a>recentChooserSetSortType</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetSortType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m RecentSortType

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> should display tooltips
--   containing the full path of a recently user resource.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetShowTips :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> should display recently used
--   resources registered as private.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetShowPrivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves whether <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> should show the recently
--   used resources that were not found.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetShowNotFound :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves whether <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> should show an icon near the
--   resource.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetShowIcons :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> can select multiple items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetSelectMultiple :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether only local resources should be shown in the recently used
--   resources selector. See <a>recentChooserSetLocalOnly</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetLocalOnly :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the number of items returned by <a>recentChooserGetItems</a> and
--   <a>recentChooserGetUris</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetLimit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the list of recently used resources in form of <a>RecentInfo</a>
--   objects.
--   
--   The return value of this function is affected by the “sort-type” and
--   “limit” properties of <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetItems :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m [RecentInfo]

-- | Gets the <a>RecentFilter</a> object currently used by
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> to affect the display of the recently used
--   resources.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m RecentFilter

-- | Gets the URI currently selected by <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetCurrentUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the <a>RecentInfo</a> currently selected by
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserGetCurrentItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a) => a -> m RecentInfo

-- | Adds <i><tt>filter</tt></i> to the list of <a>RecentFilter</a> objects
--   held by <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>.
--   
--   If no previous filter objects were defined, this function will call
--   <a>recentChooserSetFilter</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserAddFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser a, IsRecentFilter b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sort-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserSortType :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m) => RecentSortType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sort-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #sortType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserSortType :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> RecentSortType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sort-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #sortType
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserSortType :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m RecentSortType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-tips</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserShowTips :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-tips</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #showTips <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserShowTips :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-tips</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #showTips
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserShowTips :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-private</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserShowPrivate :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-private</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #showPrivate <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserShowPrivate :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-private</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #showPrivate
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserShowPrivate :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-not-found</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserShowNotFound :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-not-found</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #showNotFound <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserShowNotFound :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-not-found</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #showNotFound
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserShowNotFound :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-icons</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserShowIcons :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-icons</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #showIcons <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserShowIcons :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-icons</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #showIcons
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserShowIcons :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>select-multiple</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserSelectMultiple :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>select-multiple</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #selectMultiple <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserSelectMultiple :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>select-multiple</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #selectMultiple
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserSelectMultiple :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>recent-manager</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserRecentManager :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserLocalOnly :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #localOnly <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserLocalOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #localOnly
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserLocalOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>limit</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserLimit :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>limit</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #limit <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserLimit :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>limit</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #limit
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserLimit :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>filter</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #filter
--   </pre>
clearRecentChooserFilter :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>filter</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserFilter :: (IsRecentChooser o, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>filter</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooser [ #filter <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserFilter :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o, IsRecentFilter a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>filter</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooser #filter
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserFilter :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m RecentFilter

-- | Cast to <a>RecentChooser</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRecentChooser :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooser o) => o -> m RecentChooser

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback :: C_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback</a>.
mk_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback :: C_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted when the user "activates" a recent item in the
--   recent chooser. This can happen by double-clicking on an item in the
--   recently used resources list, or by pressing <tt>Enter</tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RecentChooserItemActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when there is a change in the set of selected
--   recently used resources. This can happen when a user modifies the
--   selection with the mouse or the keyboard, or when explicitly calling
--   functions to change the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RecentChooserSelectionChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowInserted</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeModel #rowInserted callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeModelRowInserted :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowInserted</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeModel #rowInserted callback
--   </pre>
onTreeModelRowInserted :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelRowInsertedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback :: TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelRowInserted :: MonadIO m => TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelRowInsertedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeModelRowInsertedCallback :: Maybe TreeModelRowInsertedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowHasChildToggled</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeModel #rowHasChildToggled callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeModelRowHasChildToggled :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowHasChildToggled</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeModel #rowHasChildToggled callback
--   </pre>
onTreeModelRowHasChildToggled :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback :: TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelRowHasChildToggled :: MonadIO m => TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback :: Maybe TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowDeleted</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeModel #rowDeleted callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeModelRowDeleted :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowDeleted</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeModel #rowDeleted callback
--   </pre>
onTreeModelRowDeleted :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelRowDeletedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback :: TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelRowDeleted :: MonadIO m => TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelRowDeletedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeModelRowDeletedCallback :: Maybe TreeModelRowDeletedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeModel #rowChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeModelRowChanged :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeModel #rowChanged callback
--   </pre>
onTreeModelRowChanged :: (IsTreeModel a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelRowChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeModelRowChangedCallback :: TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelRowChanged :: MonadIO m => TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelRowChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeModelRowChangedCallback :: Maybe TreeModelRowChangedCallback

-- | Lets the tree unref the node.
--   
--   This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more
--   specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for
--   performance reasons. For more information on what this means, see
--   <a>treeModelRefNode</a>.
--   
--   Please note that nodes that are deleted are not unreffed.
treeModelUnrefNode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>TreeModel</a>::<tt><i>rows-reordered</i></tt> signal on
--   <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
--   
--   This should be called by models when their rows have been reordered.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
treeModelRowsReordered :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> Maybe TreeIter -> [Int32] -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>rowInserted</a> signal on <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
treeModelRowInserted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>rowHasChildToggled</a> signal on
--   <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>. This should be called by models after the
--   child state of a node changes.
treeModelRowHasChildToggled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>rowDeleted</a> signal on <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
--   
--   This should be called by models after a row has been removed. The
--   location pointed to by <i><tt>path</tt></i> should be the location
--   that the row previously was at. It may not be a valid location
--   anymore.
--   
--   Nodes that are deleted are not unreffed, this means that any
--   outstanding references on the deleted node should not be released.
treeModelRowDeleted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>rowChanged</a> signal on <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
treeModelRowChanged :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Lets the tree ref the node.
--   
--   This is an optional method for models to implement. To be more
--   specific, models may ignore this call as it exists primarily for
--   performance reasons.
--   
--   This function is primarily meant as a way for views to let caching
--   models know when nodes are being displayed (and hence, whether or not
--   to cache that node). Being displayed means a node is in an expanded
--   branch, regardless of whether the node is currently visible in the
--   viewport. For example, a file-system based model would not want to
--   keep the entire file-hierarchy in memory, just the sections that are
--   currently being displayed by every current view.
--   
--   A model should be expected to be able to get an iter independent of
--   its reffed state.
treeModelRefNode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to point to the previous node at the current
--   level.
--   
--   If there is no previous <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, <a>False</a> is returned
--   and <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to be invalid.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
treeModelIterPrevious :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to be the parent of <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>child</tt></i> is at the toplevel, and doesn’t have a
--   parent, then <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to an invalid iterator and
--   <a>False</a> is returned. <i><tt>child</tt></i> will remain a valid
--   node after this function has been called.
--   
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be initialized before the lookup is
--   performed, so <i><tt>child</tt></i> and <i><tt>iter</tt></i> cannot
--   point to the same memory location.
treeModelIterParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to be the child of <i><tt>parent</tt></i>,
--   using the given index.
--   
--   The first index is 0. If <i><tt>n</tt></i> is too big, or
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> has no children, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to
--   an invalid iterator and <a>False</a> is returned.
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> will remain a valid node after this function
--   has been called. As a special case, if <i><tt>parent</tt></i> is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, then the <i><tt>n</tt></i>-th root node is set.
treeModelIterNthChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> Int32 -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to point to the node following it at the
--   current level.
--   
--   If there is no next <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, <a>False</a> is returned and
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to be invalid.
treeModelIterNext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns the number of children that <i><tt>iter</tt></i> has.
--   
--   As a special case, if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then the
--   number of toplevel nodes is returned.
treeModelIterNChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> has children, <a>False</a>
--   otherwise.
treeModelIterHasChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to point to the first child of
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>parent</tt></i> has no children, <a>False</a> is returned
--   and <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to be invalid. <i><tt>parent</tt></i>
--   will remain a valid node after this function has been called.
--   
--   If <i><tt>parent</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> returns the first node,
--   equivalent to <tt>gtk_tree_model_get_iter_first (tree_model,
--   iter);</tt>
treeModelIterChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Generates a string representation of the iter.
--   
--   This string is a “:” separated list of numbers. For example,
--   “4:10:0:3” would be an acceptable return value for this string.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeModelGetStringFromIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Text

-- | Returns a newly-created <a>TreePath</a>-struct referenced by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
--   
--   This path should be freed with <a>treePathFree</a>.
treeModelGetPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeIter -> m TreePath

-- | Returns the number of columns supported by <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
treeModelGetNColumns :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to a valid iterator pointing to
--   <i><tt>pathString</tt></i>, if it exists. Otherwise,
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is left invalid and <a>False</a> is returned.
treeModelGetIterFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Text -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Initializes <i><tt>iter</tt></i> with the first iterator in the tree
--   (the one at the path "0") and returns <a>True</a>. Returns
--   <a>False</a> if the tree is empty.
treeModelGetIterFirst :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Returns a set of flags supported by this interface.
--   
--   The flags are a bitwise combination of <a>TreeModelFlags</a>. The
--   flags supported should not change during the lifetime of the
--   <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
treeModelGetFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m [TreeModelFlags]

-- | Returns the type of the column.
treeModelGetColumnType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Int32 -> m GType

-- | Calls func on each node in model in a depth-first fashion.
--   
--   If <i><tt>func</tt></i> returns <a>True</a>, then the tree ceases to
--   be walked, and <a>treeModelForeach</a> returns.
treeModelForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreeModelForeachFunc -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>TreeModel</a>, with <i><tt>childModel</tt></i> as the
--   child_model and <i><tt>root</tt></i> as the virtual root.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> Maybe TreePath -> m TreeModel

-- | Cast to <a>TreeModel</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeModel :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModel o) => o -> m TreeModel

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeModelRowChangedCallback :: C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback :: C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback</a>.
mk_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback :: C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback :: C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted when a row in the model has changed.
type TreeModelRowChangedCallback = TreePath -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelRowChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a row has been deleted.
--   
--   Note that no iterator is passed to the signal handler, since the row
--   is already deleted.
--   
--   This should be called by models after a row has been removed. The
--   location pointed to by <i><tt>path</tt></i> should be the location
--   that the row previously was at. It may not be a valid location
--   anymore.
type TreeModelRowDeletedCallback = TreePath -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelRowDeletedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a row has gotten the first child row or
--   lost its last child row.
type TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback = TreePath -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelRowHasChildToggledCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a new row has been inserted in the model.
--   
--   Note that the row may still be empty at this point, since it is a
--   common pattern to first insert an empty row, and then fill it with the
--   desired values.
type TreeModelRowInsertedCallback = TreePath -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelRowInsertedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>sortColumnChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeSortable #sortColumnChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeSortableSortColumnChanged :: (IsTreeSortable a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>sortColumnChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeSortable #sortColumnChanged callback
--   </pre>
onTreeSortableSortColumnChanged :: (IsTreeSortable a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback :: TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback -> C_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeSortableSortColumnChanged :: MonadIO m => TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback :: Maybe TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback

-- | Emits a <a>sortColumnChanged</a> signal on <i><tt>sortable</tt></i>.
treeSortableSortColumnChanged :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSortable a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the comparison function used when sorting to be
--   <i><tt>sortFunc</tt></i>. If the current sort column id of
--   <i><tt>sortable</tt></i> is the same as <i><tt>sortColumnId</tt></i>,
--   then the model will sort using this function.
treeSortableSetSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSortable a) => a -> Int32 -> TreeIterCompareFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the current sort column to be <i><tt>sortColumnId</tt></i>. The
--   <i><tt>sortable</tt></i> will resort itself to reflect this change,
--   after emitting a <a>sortColumnChanged</a> signal.
--   <i><tt>sortColumnId</tt></i> may either be a regular column id, or one
--   of the following special values:
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li><a>TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID</a>: the default sort
--   function will be used, if it is set</li>
--   <li><a>TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID</a>: no sorting will
--   occur</li>
--   </ul>
treeSortableSetSortColumnId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSortable a) => a -> Int32 -> SortType -> m ()

-- | Sets the default comparison function used when sorting to be
--   <i><tt>sortFunc</tt></i>. If the current sort column id of
--   <i><tt>sortable</tt></i> is
--   <a>TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID</a>, then the model will sort
--   using this function.
--   
--   If <i><tt>sortFunc</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then there will be no
--   default comparison function. This means that once the model has been
--   sorted, it can’t go back to the default state. In this case, when the
--   current sort column id of <i><tt>sortable</tt></i> is
--   <a>TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID</a>, the model will be
--   unsorted.
treeSortableSetDefaultSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSortable a) => a -> TreeIterCompareFunc -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the model has a default sort function. This is
--   used primarily by GtkTreeViewColumns in order to determine if a model
--   can go back to the default state, or not.
treeSortableHasDefaultSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSortable a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Fills in <i><tt>sortColumnId</tt></i> and <i><tt>order</tt></i> with
--   the current sort column and the order. It returns <a>True</a> unless
--   the <i><tt>sortColumnId</tt></i> is
--   <a>TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID</a> or
--   <a>TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID</a>.
treeSortableGetSortColumnId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSortable a) => a -> m (Bool, Int32, SortType)

-- | Cast to <a>TreeSortable</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeSortable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeSortable o) => o -> m TreeSortable

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback :: C_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback)

-- | The <a>sortColumnChanged</a> signal is emitted when the sort column or
--   sort order of <i><tt>sortable</tt></i> is changed. The signal is
--   emitted before the contents of <i><tt>sortable</tt></i> are resorted.
type TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeSortableSortColumnChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Finds the <a>AccelGroup</a> to which <i><tt>closure</tt></i> is
--   connected; see <a>accelGroupConnect</a>.
accelGroupFromAccelClosure :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GClosure a -> m (Maybe AccelGroup)

-- | Undoes the last call to <a>accelGroupLock</a> on this
--   <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i>.
accelGroupUnlock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> m ()

-- | Queries an accelerator group for all entries matching
--   <i><tt>accelKey</tt></i> and <i><tt>accelMods</tt></i>.
accelGroupQuery :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m (Maybe [AccelGroupEntry])

-- | Locks the given accelerator group.
--   
--   Locking an acelerator group prevents the accelerators contained within
--   it to be changed during runtime. Refer to <a>accelMapChangeEntry</a>
--   about runtime accelerator changes.
--   
--   If called more than once, <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i> remains locked
--   until <a>accelGroupUnlock</a> has been called an equivalent number of
--   times.
accelGroupLock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> m ()

-- | Gets a <a>ModifierType</a> representing the mask for this
--   <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i>. For example,
--   <tt><i>GDK_CONTROL_MASK</i></tt>, <tt><i>GDK_SHIFT_MASK</i></tt>, etc.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
accelGroupGetModifierMask :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> m [ModifierType]

-- | Locks are added and removed using <a>accelGroupLock</a> and
--   <a>accelGroupUnlock</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
accelGroupGetIsLocked :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Finds the first entry in an accelerator group for which
--   <i><tt>findFunc</tt></i> returns <a>True</a> and returns its
--   <a>AccelKey</a>.
accelGroupFind :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> AccelGroupFindFunc -> m AccelKey

-- | Removes an accelerator previously installed through
--   <a>accelGroupConnect</a>.
accelGroupDisconnectKey :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Removes an accelerator previously installed through
--   <a>accelGroupConnect</a>.
--   
--   Since 2.20 <i><tt>closure</tt></i> can be <a>Nothing</a>.
accelGroupDisconnect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> Maybe (GClosure b) -> m Bool

-- | Installs an accelerator in this group, using an accelerator path to
--   look up the appropriate key and modifiers (see
--   <a>accelMapAddEntry</a>). When <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i> is being
--   activated in response to a call to <a>accelGroupsActivate</a>,
--   <i><tt>closure</tt></i> will be invoked if the
--   <i><tt>accelKey</tt></i> and <i><tt>accelMods</tt></i> from
--   <a>accelGroupsActivate</a> match the key and modifiers for the path.
--   
--   The signature used for the <i><tt>closure</tt></i> is that of
--   <a>AccelGroupActivate</a>.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> string will be stored in a
--   <tt><i>GQuark</i></tt>. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you
--   can save some memory by interning it first with
--   <a>internStaticString</a>.
accelGroupConnectByPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> Text -> GClosure b -> m ()

-- | Installs an accelerator in this group. When <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i>
--   is being activated in response to a call to
--   <a>accelGroupsActivate</a>, <i><tt>closure</tt></i> will be invoked if
--   the <i><tt>accelKey</tt></i> and <i><tt>accelMods</tt></i> from
--   <a>accelGroupsActivate</a> match those of this connection.
--   
--   The signature used for the <i><tt>closure</tt></i> is that of
--   <a>AccelGroupActivate</a>.
--   
--   Note that, due to implementation details, a single closure can only be
--   connected to one accelerator group.
accelGroupConnect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> [AccelFlags] -> GClosure C_AccelGroupActivate -> m ()

-- | Finds the first accelerator in <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i> that matches
--   <i><tt>accelKey</tt></i> and <i><tt>accelMods</tt></i>, and activates
--   it.
accelGroupActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a, IsObject b) => a -> Word32 -> b -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>AccelGroup</a>.
accelGroupNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m AccelGroup

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>modifier-mask</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelGroup #modifierMask
--   </pre>
getAccelGroupModifierMask :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup o) => o -> m [ModifierType]

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-locked</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelGroup #isLocked
--   </pre>
getAccelGroupIsLocked :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> accelGroup #accelChanged callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>accel-changed::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
afterAccelGroupAccelChanged :: (IsAccelGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> accelGroup #accelChanged callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>accel-changed::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
onAccelGroupAccelChanged :: (IsAccelGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback :: AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback -> C_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AccelGroupAccelChanged :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noAccelGroupAccelChangedCallback :: Maybe AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelActivate</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> accelGroup #accelActivate callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>accel-activate::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
afterAccelGroupAccelActivate :: (IsAccelGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelActivate</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> accelGroup #accelActivate callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>accel-activate::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
onAccelGroupAccelActivate :: (IsAccelGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback :: AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback -> C_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AccelGroupAccelActivate :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noAccelGroupAccelActivateCallback :: Maybe AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>AccelGroup</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAccelGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup o) => o -> m AccelGroup

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback</a>.
mk_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback :: C_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback</a>.
mk_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback :: C_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback)

-- | The accel-activate signal is an implementation detail of
--   <a>AccelGroup</a> and not meant to be used by applications.
type AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback = Object -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AccelGroupAccelActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Object -> Word32 -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The accel-changed signal is emitted when an entry is added to or
--   removed from the accel group.
--   
--   Widgets like <a>AccelLabel</a> which display an associated accelerator
--   should connect to this signal, and rebuild their visual representation
--   if the <i><tt>accelClosure</tt></i> is theirs.
type AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback = Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> GClosure () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AccelGroupAccelChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> CUInt -> Ptr GClosure () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Undoes the last call to <a>accelMapLockPath</a> on this
--   <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i>. Refer to <a>accelMapLockPath</a> for
--   information about accelerator path locking.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
accelMapUnlockPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ()

-- | Filedescriptor variant of <a>accelMapSave</a>.
--   
--   Note that the file descriptor will not be closed by this function.
accelMapSaveFd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m ()

-- | Saves current accelerator specifications (accelerator path, key and
--   modifiers) to <i><tt>fileName</tt></i>. The file is written in a
--   format suitable to be read back in by <a>accelMapLoad</a>.
accelMapSave :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Char] -> m ()

-- | Looks up the accelerator entry for <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> and fills
--   in <i><tt>key</tt></i>.
accelMapLookupEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (Bool, AccelKey)

-- | Locks the given accelerator path. If the accelerator map doesn’t yet
--   contain an entry for <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i>, a new one is created.
--   
--   Locking an accelerator path prevents its accelerator from being
--   changed during runtime. A locked accelerator path can be unlocked by
--   <a>accelMapUnlockPath</a>. Refer to <a>accelMapChangeEntry</a> for
--   information about runtime accelerator changes.
--   
--   If called more than once, <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> remains locked
--   until <a>accelMapUnlockPath</a> has been called an equivalent number
--   of times.
--   
--   Note that locking of individual accelerator paths is independent from
--   locking the <a>AccelGroup</a> containing them. For runtime accelerator
--   changes to be possible, both the accelerator path and its
--   <a>AccelGroup</a> have to be unlocked.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
accelMapLockPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ()

-- | <a>Scanner</a> variant of <a>accelMapLoad</a>.
accelMapLoadScanner :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Scanner -> m ()

-- | Filedescriptor variant of <a>accelMapLoad</a>.
--   
--   Note that the file descriptor will not be closed by this function.
accelMapLoadFd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m ()

-- | Parses a file previously saved with <a>accelMapSave</a> for
--   accelerator specifications, and propagates them accordingly.
accelMapLoad :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Char] -> m ()

-- | Gets the singleton global <a>AccelMap</a> object. This object is
--   useful only for notification of changes to the accelerator map via the
--   <a>changed</a> signal; it isn’t a parameter to the other accelerator
--   map functions.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
accelMapGet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m AccelMap

-- | Loops over all entries in the accelerator map, and execute
--   <i><tt>foreachFunc</tt></i> on each. The signature of
--   <i><tt>foreachFunc</tt></i> is that of <a>AccelMapForeach</a>, the
--   <i><tt>changed</tt></i> parameter indicates whether this accelerator
--   was changed during runtime (thus, would need saving during an
--   accelerator map dump).
accelMapForeachUnfiltered :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Ptr () -> AccelMapForeach -> m ()

-- | Loops over the entries in the accelerator map whose accel path doesn’t
--   match any of the filters added with <a>accelMapAddFilter</a>, and
--   execute <i><tt>foreachFunc</tt></i> on each. The signature of
--   <i><tt>foreachFunc</tt></i> is that of <a>AccelMapForeach</a>, the
--   <i><tt>changed</tt></i> parameter indicates whether this accelerator
--   was changed during runtime (thus, would need saving during an
--   accelerator map dump).
accelMapForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Ptr () -> AccelMapForeach -> m ()

-- | Changes the <i><tt>accelKey</tt></i> and <i><tt>accelMods</tt></i>
--   currently associated with <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i>. Due to conflicts
--   with other accelerators, a change may not always be possible,
--   <i><tt>replace</tt></i> indicates whether other accelerators may be
--   deleted to resolve such conflicts. A change will only occur if all
--   conflicts could be resolved (which might not be the case if
--   conflicting accelerators are locked). Successful changes are indicated
--   by a <a>True</a> return value.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> string will be stored in a
--   <tt><i>GQuark</i></tt>. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you
--   can save some memory by interning it first with
--   <a>internStaticString</a>.
accelMapChangeEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Adds a filter to the global list of accel path filters.
--   
--   Accel map entries whose accel path matches one of the filters are
--   skipped by <a>accelMapForeach</a>.
--   
--   This function is intended for GTK+ modules that create their own
--   menus, but don’t want them to be saved into the applications
--   accelerator map dump.
accelMapAddFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ()

-- | Registers a new accelerator with the global accelerator map. This
--   function should only be called once per <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> with
--   the canonical <i><tt>accelKey</tt></i> and <i><tt>accelMods</tt></i>
--   for this path. To change the accelerator during runtime
--   programatically, use <a>accelMapChangeEntry</a>.
--   
--   Set <i><tt>accelKey</tt></i> and <i><tt>accelMods</tt></i> to 0 to
--   request a removal of the accelerator.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> string will be stored in a
--   <tt><i>GQuark</i></tt>. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you
--   can save some memory by interning it first with
--   <a>internStaticString</a>.
accelMapAddEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> accelMap #changed callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>changed::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
afterAccelMapChanged :: (IsAccelMap a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> AccelMapChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> accelMap #changed callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>changed::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
onAccelMapChanged :: (IsAccelMap a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> AccelMapChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AccelMapChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AccelMapChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_AccelMapChangedCallback :: AccelMapChangedCallback -> C_AccelMapChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AccelMapChanged :: MonadIO m => AccelMapChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_AccelMapChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AccelMapChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noAccelMapChangedCallback :: Maybe AccelMapChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>AccelMap</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAccelMap :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelMap o) => o -> m AccelMap

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AccelMapChangedCallback</a>.
mk_AccelMapChangedCallback :: C_AccelMapChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AccelMapChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AccelMap
AccelMap :: ManagedPtr AccelMap -> AccelMap

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>AccelMap</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toAccelMap</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AccelMap o) => IsAccelMap o

-- | Notifies of a change in the global accelerator map. The path is also
--   used as the detail for the signal, so it is possible to connect to
--   changed::<tt>accel_path</tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type AccelMapChangedCallback = Text -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AccelMapChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Word32 -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Translates a string using the function set with
--   <a>actionGroupSetTranslateFunc</a>. This is mainly intended for
--   language bindings.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
actionGroupTranslateString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> Text -> m Text

-- | Changes the visible of <i><tt>actionGroup</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupSetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the translation domain and uses <a>dgettext</a> for translating
--   the <i><tt>label</tt></i> and <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> of
--   <tt><i>GtkActionEntrys</i></tt> added by
--   <tt><i>gtk_action_group_add_actions()</i></tt>.
--   
--   If you’re not using <tt><i>gettext()</i></tt> for localization, see
--   <a>actionGroupSetTranslateFunc</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupSetTranslationDomain :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets a function to be used for translating the <i><tt>label</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> of <tt><i>GtkActionEntrys</i></tt> added
--   by <tt><i>gtk_action_group_add_actions()</i></tt>.
--   
--   If you’re using <tt><i>gettext()</i></tt>, it is enough to set the
--   translation domain with <a>actionGroupSetTranslationDomain</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupSetTranslateFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> TranslateFunc -> m ()

-- | Changes the sensitivity of <i><tt>actionGroup</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupSetSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the accelerator group to be used by every action in this group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
actionGroupSetAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Removes an action object from the action group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupRemoveAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a, IsAction b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Lists the actions in the action group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupListActions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> m [Action]

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the group is visible. The constituent actions
--   can only be logically visible (see <a>actionIsVisible</a>) if they are
--   visible (see <a>actionGetVisible</a>) and their group is visible.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupGetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the group is sensitive. The constituent actions
--   can only be logically sensitive (see <a>actionIsSensitive</a>) if they
--   are sensitive (see <a>actionGetSensitive</a>) and their group is
--   sensitive.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupGetSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the name of the action group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> m Text

-- | Looks up an action in the action group by name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupGetAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe Action)

-- | Gets the accelerator group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
actionGroupGetAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> m AccelGroup

-- | Adds an action object to the action group and sets up the accelerator.
--   
--   If <i><tt>accelerator</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, attempts to use the
--   accelerator associated with the stock_id of the action.
--   
--   Accel paths are set to
--   <tt>&lt;Actions&gt;/group-name/action-name</tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupAddActionWithAccel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a, IsAction b) => a -> b -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Adds an action object to the action group. Note that this function
--   does not set up the accel path of the action, which can lead to
--   problems if a user tries to modify the accelerator of a menuitem
--   associated with the action. Therefore you must either set the accel
--   path yourself with <a>actionSetAccelPath</a>, or use
--   <tt>gtk_action_group_add_action_with_accel (..., NULL)</tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupAddAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a, IsAction b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>ActionGroup</a> object. The name of the action group
--   is used when associating [keybindings][Action-Accel] with the actions.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGroupNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ActionGroup

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionGroupVisible :: (IsActionGroup o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionGroup [ #visible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionGroupVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionGroup #visible
--   </pre>
getActionGroupVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionGroupSensitive :: (IsActionGroup o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionGroup [ #sensitive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionGroupSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionGroup #sensitive
--   </pre>
getActionGroupSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionGroupName :: (IsActionGroup o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionGroup #name
--   </pre>
getActionGroupName :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelGroup
--   </pre>
clearActionGroupAccelGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionGroupAccelGroup :: (IsActionGroup o, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionGroup [ #accelGroup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionGroupAccelGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o, IsAccelGroup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionGroup #accelGroup
--   </pre>
getActionGroupAccelGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o) => o -> m AccelGroup

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preActivate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> actionGroup #preActivate callback
--   </pre>
afterActionGroupPreActivate :: (IsActionGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionGroupPreActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preActivate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> actionGroup #preActivate callback
--   </pre>
onActionGroupPreActivate :: (IsActionGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionGroupPreActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ActionGroupPreActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback :: ActionGroupPreActivateCallback -> C_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ActionGroupPreActivate :: MonadIO m => ActionGroupPreActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ActionGroupPreActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noActionGroupPreActivateCallback :: Maybe ActionGroupPreActivateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>postActivate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> actionGroup #postActivate callback
--   </pre>
afterActionGroupPostActivate :: (IsActionGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionGroupPostActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>postActivate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> actionGroup #postActivate callback
--   </pre>
onActionGroupPostActivate :: (IsActionGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionGroupPostActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ActionGroupPostActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback :: ActionGroupPostActivateCallback -> C_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ActionGroupPostActivate :: MonadIO m => ActionGroupPostActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ActionGroupPostActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noActionGroupPostActivateCallback :: Maybe ActionGroupPostActivateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>disconnectProxy</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> actionGroup #disconnectProxy callback
--   </pre>
afterActionGroupDisconnectProxy :: (IsActionGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>disconnectProxy</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> actionGroup #disconnectProxy callback
--   </pre>
onActionGroupDisconnectProxy :: (IsActionGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback</a>.
wrap_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback :: ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback -> C_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ActionGroupDisconnectProxy :: MonadIO m => ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback -> m (GClosure C_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback</a></tt>.
noActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback :: Maybe ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>connectProxy</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> actionGroup #connectProxy callback
--   </pre>
afterActionGroupConnectProxy :: (IsActionGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>connectProxy</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> actionGroup #connectProxy callback
--   </pre>
onActionGroupConnectProxy :: (IsActionGroup a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback</a>.
wrap_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback :: ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback -> C_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ActionGroupConnectProxy :: MonadIO m => ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback -> m (GClosure C_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback</a></tt>.
noActionGroupConnectProxyCallback :: Maybe ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ActionGroup</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toActionGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsActionGroup o) => o -> m ActionGroup

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback</a>.
mk_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback :: C_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback</a>.
mk_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback :: C_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback</a>.
mk_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback :: C_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback</a>.
mk_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback :: C_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback)

-- | The <a>connectProxy</a> signal is emitted after connecting a proxy to
--   an action in the group. Note that the proxy may have been connected to
--   a different action before.
--   
--   This is intended for simple customizations for which a custom action
--   class would be too clumsy, e.g. showing tooltips for menuitems in the
--   statusbar.
--   
--   <a>UIManager</a> proxies the signal and provides global notification
--   just before any action is connected to a proxy, which is probably more
--   convenient to use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback = Action -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ActionGroupConnectProxyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Action -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>disconnectProxy</a> signal is emitted after disconnecting a
--   proxy from an action in the group.
--   
--   <a>UIManager</a> proxies the signal and provides global notification
--   just before any action is connected to a proxy, which is probably more
--   convenient to use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback = Action -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ActionGroupDisconnectProxyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Action -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>postActivate</a> signal is emitted just after the
--   <i><tt>action</tt></i> in the <i><tt>actionGroup</tt></i> is activated
--   
--   This is intended for <a>UIManager</a> to proxy the signal and provide
--   global notification just after any action is activated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ActionGroupPostActivateCallback = Action -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ActionGroupPostActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Action -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>preActivate</a> signal is emitted just before the
--   <i><tt>action</tt></i> in the <i><tt>actionGroup</tt></i> is activated
--   
--   This is intended for <a>UIManager</a> to proxy the signal and provide
--   global notification just before any action is activated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ActionGroupPreActivateCallback = Action -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ActionGroupPreActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Action -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Forces <i><tt>assistant</tt></i> to recompute the buttons state.
--   
--   GTK+ automatically takes care of this in most situations, e.g. when
--   the user goes to a different page, or when the visibility or
--   completeness of a page changes.
--   
--   One situation where it can be necessary to call this function is when
--   changing a value on the current page affects the future page flow of
--   the assistant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantUpdateButtonsState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the page type for <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   The page type determines the page behavior in the
--   <i><tt>assistant</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantSetPageType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> AssistantPageType -> m ()

-- | Sets a title for <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   The title is displayed in the header area of the assistant when
--   <i><tt>page</tt></i> is the current page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantSetPageTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets a side image for <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   This image used to be displayed in the side area of the assistant when
--   <i><tt>page</tt></i> is the current page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantSetPageSideImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b, IsPixbuf c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> m ()

-- | Sets a header image for <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantSetPageHeaderImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b, IsPixbuf c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the assistant is adding padding around the page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
assistantSetPageHasPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>page</tt></i> contents are complete.
--   
--   This will make <i><tt>assistant</tt></i> update the buttons state to
--   be able to continue the task.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantSetPageComplete :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the page forwarding function to be <i><tt>pageFunc</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function will be used to determine what will be the next page
--   when the user presses the forward button. Setting
--   <i><tt>pageFunc</tt></i> to <a>Nothing</a> will make the assistant to
--   use the default forward function, which just goes to the next visible
--   page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantSetForwardPageFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> Maybe AssistantPageFunc -> m ()

-- | Switches the page to <i><tt>pageNum</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that this will only be necessary in custom buttons, as the
--   <i><tt>assistant</tt></i> flow can be set with
--   <a>assistantSetForwardPageFunc</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantSetCurrentPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Removes the <i><tt>pageNum</tt></i>’s page from
--   <i><tt>assistant</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
assistantRemovePage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Removes a widget from the action area of a <a>Assistant</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantRemoveActionWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Navigate to the previous visited page.
--   
--   It is a programming error to call this function when no previous page
--   is available.
--   
--   This function is for use when creating pages of the
--   <tt><i>GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM</i></tt> type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
assistantPreviousPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> m ()

-- | Prepends a page to the <i><tt>assistant</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantPrependPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Navigate to the next page.
--   
--   It is a programming error to call this function when there is no next
--   page.
--   
--   This function is for use when creating pages of the
--   <tt><i>GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM</i></tt> type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
assistantNextPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> m ()

-- | Inserts a page in the <i><tt>assistant</tt></i> at a given position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantInsertPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Gets the page type of <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantGetPageType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m AssistantPageType

-- | Gets the title for <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantGetPageTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Text

-- | Gets the side image for <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantGetPageSideImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Pixbuf

-- | Gets the header image for <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantGetPageHeaderImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Pixbuf

-- | Gets whether page has padding.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
assistantGetPageHasPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>page</tt></i> is complete.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantGetPageComplete :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Returns the child widget contained in page number
--   <i><tt>pageNum</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantGetNthPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns the number of pages in the <i><tt>assistant</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantGetNPages :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the page number of the current page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantGetCurrentPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Erases the visited page history so the back button is not shown on the
--   current page, and removes the cancel button from subsequent pages.
--   
--   Use this when the information provided up to the current page is
--   hereafter deemed permanent and cannot be modified or undone. For
--   example, showing a progress page to track a long-running, unreversible
--   operation after the user has clicked apply on a confirmation page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
assistantCommit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a) => a -> m ()

-- | Appends a page to the <i><tt>assistant</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantAppendPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Adds a widget to the action area of a <a>Assistant</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantAddActionWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAssistant a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Assistant</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
assistantNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Assistant

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-header-bar</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAssistantUseHeaderBar :: (IsAssistant o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-header-bar</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> assistant #useHeaderBar
--   </pre>
getAssistantUseHeaderBar :: (MonadIO m, IsAssistant o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>prepare</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> assistant #prepare callback
--   </pre>
afterAssistantPrepare :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantPrepareCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>prepare</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> assistant #prepare callback
--   </pre>
onAssistantPrepare :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantPrepareCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AssistantPrepareCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AssistantPrepareCallback</a>.
wrap_AssistantPrepareCallback :: AssistantPrepareCallback -> C_AssistantPrepareCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AssistantPrepare :: MonadIO m => AssistantPrepareCallback -> m (GClosure C_AssistantPrepareCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AssistantPrepareCallback</a></tt>.
noAssistantPrepareCallback :: Maybe AssistantPrepareCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>escape</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> assistant #escape callback
--   </pre>
afterAssistantEscape :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantEscapeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>escape</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> assistant #escape callback
--   </pre>
onAssistantEscape :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantEscapeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AssistantEscapeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AssistantEscapeCallback</a>.
wrap_AssistantEscapeCallback :: AssistantEscapeCallback -> C_AssistantEscapeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AssistantEscape :: MonadIO m => AssistantEscapeCallback -> m (GClosure C_AssistantEscapeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AssistantEscapeCallback</a></tt>.
noAssistantEscapeCallback :: Maybe AssistantEscapeCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>close</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> assistant #close callback
--   </pre>
afterAssistantClose :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantCloseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>close</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> assistant #close callback
--   </pre>
onAssistantClose :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantCloseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AssistantCloseCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AssistantCloseCallback</a>.
wrap_AssistantCloseCallback :: AssistantCloseCallback -> C_AssistantCloseCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AssistantClose :: MonadIO m => AssistantCloseCallback -> m (GClosure C_AssistantCloseCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AssistantCloseCallback</a></tt>.
noAssistantCloseCallback :: Maybe AssistantCloseCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancel</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> assistant #cancel callback
--   </pre>
afterAssistantCancel :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantCancelCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancel</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> assistant #cancel callback
--   </pre>
onAssistantCancel :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantCancelCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AssistantCancelCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AssistantCancelCallback</a>.
wrap_AssistantCancelCallback :: AssistantCancelCallback -> C_AssistantCancelCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AssistantCancel :: MonadIO m => AssistantCancelCallback -> m (GClosure C_AssistantCancelCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AssistantCancelCallback</a></tt>.
noAssistantCancelCallback :: Maybe AssistantCancelCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>apply</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> assistant #apply callback
--   </pre>
afterAssistantApply :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantApplyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>apply</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> assistant #apply callback
--   </pre>
onAssistantApply :: (IsAssistant a, MonadIO m) => a -> AssistantApplyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AssistantApplyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AssistantApplyCallback</a>.
wrap_AssistantApplyCallback :: AssistantApplyCallback -> C_AssistantApplyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AssistantApply :: MonadIO m => AssistantApplyCallback -> m (GClosure C_AssistantApplyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AssistantApplyCallback</a></tt>.
noAssistantApplyCallback :: Maybe AssistantApplyCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Assistant</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAssistant :: (MonadIO m, IsAssistant o) => o -> m Assistant

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AssistantApplyCallback</a>.
mk_AssistantApplyCallback :: C_AssistantApplyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AssistantApplyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AssistantCancelCallback</a>.
mk_AssistantCancelCallback :: C_AssistantCancelCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AssistantCancelCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AssistantCloseCallback</a>.
mk_AssistantCloseCallback :: C_AssistantCloseCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AssistantCloseCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AssistantEscapeCallback</a>.
mk_AssistantEscapeCallback :: C_AssistantEscapeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AssistantEscapeCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AssistantPrepareCallback</a>.
mk_AssistantPrepareCallback :: C_AssistantPrepareCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AssistantPrepareCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Assistant
Assistant :: ManagedPtr Assistant -> Assistant

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Assistant</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toAssistant</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Assistant o) => IsAssistant o

-- | The <a>apply</a> signal is emitted when the apply button is clicked.
--   
--   The default behavior of the <a>Assistant</a> is to switch to the page
--   after the current page, unless the current page is the last one.
--   
--   A handler for the <a>apply</a> signal should carry out the actions for
--   which the wizard has collected data. If the action takes a long time
--   to complete, you might consider putting a page of type
--   <a>AssistantPageTypeProgress</a> after the confirmation page and
--   handle this operation within the <a>prepare</a> signal of the progress
--   page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type AssistantApplyCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AssistantApplyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>cancel</a> signal is emitted when then the cancel button is
--   clicked.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type AssistantCancelCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AssistantCancelCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>close</a> signal is emitted either when the close button of a
--   summary page is clicked, or when the apply button in the last page in
--   the flow (of type <a>AssistantPageTypeConfirm</a>) is clicked.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type AssistantCloseCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AssistantCloseCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type AssistantEscapeCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AssistantEscapeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>prepare</a> signal is emitted when a new page is set as the
--   assistant's current page, before making the new page visible.
--   
--   A handler for this signal can do any preparations which are necessary
--   before showing <i><tt>page</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type AssistantPrepareCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AssistantPrepareCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Like <a>builderValueFromString</a>, this function demarshals a value
--   from a string, but takes a <a>GType</a> instead of <a>ParamSpec</a>.
--   This function calls <a>valueInit</a> on the <i><tt>value</tt></i>
--   argument, so it need not be initialised beforehand.
--   
--   Upon errors <a>False</a> will be returned and <i><tt>error</tt></i>
--   will be assigned a <a>GError</a> from the
--   <tt><i>GTK_BUILDER_ERROR</i></tt> domain.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderValueFromStringType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> GType -> Text -> m GValue

-- | This function demarshals a value from a string. This function calls
--   <a>valueInit</a> on the <i><tt>value</tt></i> argument, so it need not
--   be initialised beforehand.
--   
--   This function can handle char, uchar, boolean, int, uint, long, ulong,
--   enum, flags, float, double, string, <a>Color</a>, <a>RGBA</a> and
--   <a>Adjustment</a> type values. Support for <a>Widget</a> type values
--   is still to come.
--   
--   Upon errors <a>False</a> will be returned and <i><tt>error</tt></i>
--   will be assigned a <a>GError</a> from the
--   <tt><i>GTK_BUILDER_ERROR</i></tt> domain.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderValueFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> GParamSpec -> Text -> m GValue

-- | Sets the translation domain of <i><tt>builder</tt></i>. See
--   <a>Builder</a>:<tt><i>translation-domain</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderSetTranslationDomain :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the application associated with <i><tt>builder</tt></i>.
--   
--   You only need this function if there is more than one
--   <a>Application</a> in your process. <i><tt>application</tt></i> cannot
--   be <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
builderSetApplication :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a, IsApplication b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Looks up a type by name, using the virtual function that
--   <a>Builder</a> has for that purpose. This is mainly used when
--   implementing the <a>Buildable</a> interface on a type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderGetTypeFromName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> m GType

-- | Gets the translation domain of <i><tt>builder</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderGetTranslationDomain :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets all objects that have been constructed by
--   <i><tt>builder</tt></i>. Note that this function does not increment
--   the reference counts of the returned objects.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderGetObjects :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> m [Object]

-- | Gets the object named <i><tt>name</tt></i>. Note that this function
--   does not increment the reference count of the returned object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderGetObject :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe Object)

-- | Gets the <a>Application</a> associated with the builder.
--   
--   The <a>Application</a> is used for creating action proxies as
--   requested from XML that the builder is loading.
--   
--   By default, the builder uses the default application: the one from
--   <a>applicationGetDefault</a>. If you want to use another application
--   for constructing proxies, use <a>builderSetApplication</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
builderGetApplication :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> m (Maybe Application)

-- | Main private entry point for building composite container components
--   from template XML.
--   
--   This is exported purely to let gtk-builder-tool validate templates,
--   applications have no need to call this function.
builderExtendWithTemplate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> GType -> Text -> Word64 -> m Word32

-- | Add <i><tt>object</tt></i> to the <i><tt>builder</tt></i> object pool
--   so it can be referenced just like any other object built by builder.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
builderExposeObject :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a, IsObject b) => a -> Text -> b -> m ()

-- | This function can be thought of the interpreted language binding
--   version of <a>builderConnectSignals</a>, except that it does not
--   require GModule to function correctly.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderConnectSignalsFull :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> BuilderConnectFunc -> m ()

-- | This method is a simpler variation of
--   <a>builderConnectSignalsFull</a>. It uses symbols explicitly added to
--   <i><tt>builder</tt></i> with prior calls to
--   <a>builderAddCallbackSymbol</a>. In the case that symbols are not
--   explicitly added; it uses <a>Module</a>’s introspective features (by
--   opening the module <a>Nothing</a>) to look at the application’s symbol
--   table. From here it tries to match the signal handler names given in
--   the interface description with symbols in the application and connects
--   the signals. Note that this function can only be called once,
--   subsequent calls will do nothing.
--   
--   Note that unless <a>builderAddCallbackSymbol</a> is called for all
--   signal callbacks which are referenced by the loaded XML, this function
--   will require that <a>Module</a> be supported on the platform.
--   
--   If you rely on <a>Module</a> support to lookup callbacks in the symbol
--   table, the following details should be noted:
--   
--   When compiling applications for Windows, you must declare signal
--   callbacks with <tt><i>G_MODULE_EXPORT</i></tt>, or they will not be
--   put in the symbol table. On Linux and Unices, this is not necessary;
--   applications should instead be compiled with the -Wl,--export-dynamic
--   CFLAGS, and linked against gmodule-export-2.0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderConnectSignals :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Parses a string containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI]
--   building only the requested objects and merges them with the current
--   contents of <i><tt>builder</tt></i>.
--   
--   Upon errors 0 will be returned and <i><tt>error</tt></i> will be
--   assigned a <a>GError</a> from the <tt><i>GTK_BUILDER_ERROR</i></tt> or
--   <tt><i>G_MARKUP_ERROR</i></tt> domain.
--   
--   If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its
--   child (for instance a <a>TreeView</a> that depends on its
--   <a>TreeModel</a>), you have to explicitly list all of them in
--   <i><tt>objectIds</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
builderAddObjectsFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> Word64 -> [Text] -> m Word32

-- | Parses a resource file containing a [GtkBuilder UI
--   definition][BUILDER-UI] building only the requested objects and merges
--   them with the current contents of <i><tt>builder</tt></i>.
--   
--   Upon errors 0 will be returned and <i><tt>error</tt></i> will be
--   assigned a <a>GError</a> from the <tt><i>GTK_BUILDER_ERROR</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>G_MARKUP_ERROR</i></tt> or <tt><i>G_RESOURCE_ERROR</i></tt>
--   domain.
--   
--   If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its
--   child (for instance a <a>TreeView</a> that depends on its
--   <a>TreeModel</a>), you have to explicitly list all of them in
--   <i><tt>objectIds</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
builderAddObjectsFromResource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> [Text] -> m Word32

-- | Parses a file containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI]
--   building only the requested objects and merges them with the current
--   contents of <i><tt>builder</tt></i>.
--   
--   Upon errors 0 will be returned and <i><tt>error</tt></i> will be
--   assigned a <a>GError</a> from the <tt><i>GTK_BUILDER_ERROR</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>G_MARKUP_ERROR</i></tt> or <tt><i>G_FILE_ERROR</i></tt> domain.
--   
--   If you are adding an object that depends on an object that is not its
--   child (for instance a <a>TreeView</a> that depends on its
--   <a>TreeModel</a>), you have to explicitly list all of them in
--   <i><tt>objectIds</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
builderAddObjectsFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> [Text] -> m Word32

-- | Parses a string containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI]
--   and merges it with the current contents of <i><tt>builder</tt></i>.
--   
--   Most users will probably want to use <a>builderNewFromString</a>.
--   
--   Upon errors 0 will be returned and <i><tt>error</tt></i> will be
--   assigned a <a>GError</a> from the <tt><i>GTK_BUILDER_ERROR</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>G_MARKUP_ERROR</i></tt> or
--   <tt><i>G_VARIANT_PARSE_ERROR</i></tt> domain.
--   
--   It’s not really reasonable to attempt to handle failures of this call.
--   The only reasonable thing to do when an error is detected is to call
--   <tt><i>g_error()</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderAddFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> Int64 -> m Word32

-- | Parses a resource file containing a [GtkBuilder UI
--   definition][BUILDER-UI] and merges it with the current contents of
--   <i><tt>builder</tt></i>.
--   
--   Most users will probably want to use <a>builderNewFromResource</a>.
--   
--   If an error occurs, 0 will be returned and <i><tt>error</tt></i> will
--   be assigned a <a>GError</a> from the
--   <tt><i>GTK_BUILDER_ERROR</i></tt>, <tt><i>G_MARKUP_ERROR</i></tt> or
--   <tt><i>G_RESOURCE_ERROR</i></tt> domain.
--   
--   It’s not really reasonable to attempt to handle failures of this call.
--   The only reasonable thing to do when an error is detected is to call
--   <tt><i>g_error()</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
builderAddFromResource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> m Word32

-- | Parses a file containing a [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] and
--   merges it with the current contents of <i><tt>builder</tt></i>.
--   
--   Most users will probably want to use <a>builderNewFromFile</a>.
--   
--   If an error occurs, 0 will be returned and <i><tt>error</tt></i> will
--   be assigned a <a>GError</a> from the
--   <tt><i>GTK_BUILDER_ERROR</i></tt>, <tt><i>G_MARKUP_ERROR</i></tt> or
--   <tt><i>G_FILE_ERROR</i></tt> domain.
--   
--   It’s not really reasonable to attempt to handle failures of this call.
--   You should not use this function with untrusted files (ie: files that
--   are not part of your application). Broken <a>Builder</a> files can
--   easily crash your program, and it’s possible that memory was leaked
--   leading up to the reported failure. The only reasonable thing to do
--   when an error is detected is to call <tt><i>g_error()</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderAddFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> m Word32

-- | Adds the <i><tt>callbackSymbol</tt></i> to the scope of
--   <i><tt>builder</tt></i> under the given <i><tt>callbackName</tt></i>.
--   
--   Using this function overrides the behavior of
--   <a>builderConnectSignals</a> for any callback symbols that are added.
--   Using this method allows for better encapsulation as it does not
--   require that callback symbols be declared in the global namespace.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
builderAddCallbackSymbol :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a) => a -> Text -> Callback -> m ()

-- | Builds the user interface described by <i><tt>string</tt></i> (in the
--   [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] format).
--   
--   If <i><tt>string</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>-terminated, then
--   <i><tt>length</tt></i> should be -1. If <i><tt>length</tt></i> is not
--   -1, then it is the length of <i><tt>string</tt></i>.
--   
--   If there is an error parsing <i><tt>string</tt></i> then the program
--   will be aborted. You should not attempt to parse user interface
--   description from untrusted sources.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
builderNewFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Int64 -> m Builder

-- | Builds the [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] at
--   <i><tt>resourcePath</tt></i>.
--   
--   If there is an error locating the resource or parsing the description,
--   then the program will be aborted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
builderNewFromResource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m Builder

-- | Builds the [GtkBuilder UI definition][BUILDER-UI] in the file
--   <i><tt>filename</tt></i>.
--   
--   If there is an error opening the file or parsing the description then
--   the program will be aborted. You should only ever attempt to parse
--   user interface descriptions that are shipped as part of your program.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
builderNewFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m Builder

-- | Creates a new empty builder object.
--   
--   This function is only useful if you intend to make multiple calls to
--   <a>builderAddFromFile</a>, <a>builderAddFromResource</a> or
--   <a>builderAddFromString</a> in order to merge multiple UI descriptions
--   into a single builder.
--   
--   Most users will probably want to use <a>builderNewFromFile</a>,
--   <a>builderNewFromResource</a> or <a>builderNewFromString</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
builderNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Builder

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>translation-domain</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #translationDomain
--   </pre>
clearBuilderTranslationDomain :: (MonadIO m, IsBuilder o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>translation-domain</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructBuilderTranslationDomain :: (IsBuilder o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>translation-domain</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> builder [ #translationDomain <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBuilderTranslationDomain :: (MonadIO m, IsBuilder o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>translation-domain</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> builder #translationDomain
--   </pre>
getBuilderTranslationDomain :: (MonadIO m, IsBuilder o) => o -> m Text

-- | Cast to <a>Builder</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toBuilder :: (MonadIO m, IsBuilder o) => o -> m Builder

-- | Removes the visual marker from a particular day.
calendarUnmarkDay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets display options (whether to display the heading and the month
--   headings).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
calendarSetDisplayOptions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> [CalendarDisplayOptions] -> m ()

-- | Updates the width of detail cells. See
--   <a>Calendar</a>:<tt><i>detail-width-chars</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
calendarSetDetailWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Updates the height of detail cells. See
--   <a>Calendar</a>:<tt><i>detail-height-rows</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
calendarSetDetailHeightRows :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Installs a function which provides Pango markup with detail
--   information for each day. Examples for such details are holidays or
--   appointments. That information is shown below each day when
--   <a>Calendar</a>:<tt><i>show-details</i></tt> is set. A tooltip
--   containing with full detail information is provided, if the entire
--   text should not fit into the details area, or if
--   <a>Calendar</a>:<tt><i>show-details</i></tt> is not set.
--   
--   The size of the details area can be restricted by setting the
--   <a>Calendar</a>:<tt><i>detail-width-chars</i></tt> and
--   <a>Calendar</a>:<tt><i>detail-height-rows</i></tt> properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
calendarSetDetailFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> CalendarDetailFunc -> m ()

-- | Shifts the calendar to a different month.
calendarSelectMonth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Selects a day from the current month.
calendarSelectDay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Places a visual marker on a particular day.
calendarMarkDay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Returns the current display options of <i><tt>calendar</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
calendarGetDisplayOptions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> m [CalendarDisplayOptions]

-- | Queries the width of detail cells, in characters. See
--   <a>Calendar</a>:<tt><i>detail-width-chars</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
calendarGetDetailWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Queries the height of detail cells, in rows. See
--   <a>Calendar</a>:<tt><i>detail-width-chars</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
calendarGetDetailHeightRows :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns if the <i><tt>day</tt></i> of the <i><tt>calendar</tt></i> is
--   already marked.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
calendarGetDayIsMarked :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the selected date from a <a>Calendar</a>.
calendarGetDate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> m (Word32, Word32, Word32)

-- | Remove all visual markers.
calendarClearMarks :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new calendar, with the current date being selected.
calendarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Calendar

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>year</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarYear :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>year</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #year <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarYear :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>year</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #year
--   </pre>
getCalendarYear :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-week-numbers</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarShowWeekNumbers :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-week-numbers</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #showWeekNumbers <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarShowWeekNumbers :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-week-numbers</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #showWeekNumbers
--   </pre>
getCalendarShowWeekNumbers :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-heading</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarShowHeading :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-heading</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #showHeading <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarShowHeading :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-heading</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #showHeading
--   </pre>
getCalendarShowHeading :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-details</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarShowDetails :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-details</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #showDetails <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarShowDetails :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-details</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #showDetails
--   </pre>
getCalendarShowDetails :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-day-names</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarShowDayNames :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-day-names</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #showDayNames <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarShowDayNames :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-day-names</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #showDayNames
--   </pre>
getCalendarShowDayNames :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>no-month-change</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarNoMonthChange :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>no-month-change</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #noMonthChange <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarNoMonthChange :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>no-month-change</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #noMonthChange
--   </pre>
getCalendarNoMonthChange :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>month</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarMonth :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>month</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #month <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarMonth :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>month</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #month
--   </pre>
getCalendarMonth :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>detail-width-chars</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarDetailWidthChars :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>detail-width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #detailWidthChars <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarDetailWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>detail-width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #detailWidthChars
--   </pre>
getCalendarDetailWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>detail-height-rows</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarDetailHeightRows :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>detail-height-rows</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #detailHeightRows <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarDetailHeightRows :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>detail-height-rows</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #detailHeightRows
--   </pre>
getCalendarDetailHeightRows :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>day</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCalendarDay :: (IsCalendar o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>day</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> calendar [ #day <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCalendarDay :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>day</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> calendar #day
--   </pre>
getCalendarDay :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>prevYear</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> calendar #prevYear callback
--   </pre>
afterCalendarPrevYear :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarPrevYearCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>prevYear</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> calendar #prevYear callback
--   </pre>
onCalendarPrevYear :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarPrevYearCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CalendarPrevYearCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CalendarPrevYearCallback</a>.
wrap_CalendarPrevYearCallback :: CalendarPrevYearCallback -> C_CalendarPrevYearCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CalendarPrevYear :: MonadIO m => CalendarPrevYearCallback -> m (GClosure C_CalendarPrevYearCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarPrevYearCallback</a></tt>.
noCalendarPrevYearCallback :: Maybe CalendarPrevYearCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>prevMonth</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> calendar #prevMonth callback
--   </pre>
afterCalendarPrevMonth :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarPrevMonthCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>prevMonth</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> calendar #prevMonth callback
--   </pre>
onCalendarPrevMonth :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarPrevMonthCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CalendarPrevMonthCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CalendarPrevMonthCallback</a>.
wrap_CalendarPrevMonthCallback :: CalendarPrevMonthCallback -> C_CalendarPrevMonthCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CalendarPrevMonth :: MonadIO m => CalendarPrevMonthCallback -> m (GClosure C_CalendarPrevMonthCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarPrevMonthCallback</a></tt>.
noCalendarPrevMonthCallback :: Maybe CalendarPrevMonthCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>nextYear</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> calendar #nextYear callback
--   </pre>
afterCalendarNextYear :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarNextYearCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>nextYear</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> calendar #nextYear callback
--   </pre>
onCalendarNextYear :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarNextYearCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CalendarNextYearCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CalendarNextYearCallback</a>.
wrap_CalendarNextYearCallback :: CalendarNextYearCallback -> C_CalendarNextYearCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CalendarNextYear :: MonadIO m => CalendarNextYearCallback -> m (GClosure C_CalendarNextYearCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarNextYearCallback</a></tt>.
noCalendarNextYearCallback :: Maybe CalendarNextYearCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>nextMonth</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> calendar #nextMonth callback
--   </pre>
afterCalendarNextMonth :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarNextMonthCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>nextMonth</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> calendar #nextMonth callback
--   </pre>
onCalendarNextMonth :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarNextMonthCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CalendarNextMonthCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CalendarNextMonthCallback</a>.
wrap_CalendarNextMonthCallback :: CalendarNextMonthCallback -> C_CalendarNextMonthCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CalendarNextMonth :: MonadIO m => CalendarNextMonthCallback -> m (GClosure C_CalendarNextMonthCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarNextMonthCallback</a></tt>.
noCalendarNextMonthCallback :: Maybe CalendarNextMonthCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>monthChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> calendar #monthChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterCalendarMonthChanged :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarMonthChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>monthChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> calendar #monthChanged callback
--   </pre>
onCalendarMonthChanged :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarMonthChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CalendarMonthChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CalendarMonthChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_CalendarMonthChangedCallback :: CalendarMonthChangedCallback -> C_CalendarMonthChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CalendarMonthChanged :: MonadIO m => CalendarMonthChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_CalendarMonthChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarMonthChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noCalendarMonthChangedCallback :: Maybe CalendarMonthChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>daySelectedDoubleClick</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> calendar #daySelectedDoubleClick callback
--   </pre>
afterCalendarDaySelectedDoubleClick :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>daySelectedDoubleClick</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> calendar #daySelectedDoubleClick callback
--   </pre>
onCalendarDaySelectedDoubleClick :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback</a>.
wrap_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback :: CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback -> C_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClick :: MonadIO m => CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback -> m (GClosure C_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback</a></tt>.
noCalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback :: Maybe CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>daySelected</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> calendar #daySelected callback
--   </pre>
afterCalendarDaySelected :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarDaySelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>daySelected</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> calendar #daySelected callback
--   </pre>
onCalendarDaySelected :: (IsCalendar a, MonadIO m) => a -> CalendarDaySelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CalendarDaySelectedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CalendarDaySelectedCallback</a>.
wrap_CalendarDaySelectedCallback :: CalendarDaySelectedCallback -> C_CalendarDaySelectedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CalendarDaySelected :: MonadIO m => CalendarDaySelectedCallback -> m (GClosure C_CalendarDaySelectedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarDaySelectedCallback</a></tt>.
noCalendarDaySelectedCallback :: Maybe CalendarDaySelectedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Calendar</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCalendar :: (MonadIO m, IsCalendar o) => o -> m Calendar

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CalendarDaySelectedCallback</a>.
mk_CalendarDaySelectedCallback :: C_CalendarDaySelectedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CalendarDaySelectedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback</a>.
mk_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback :: C_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CalendarMonthChangedCallback</a>.
mk_CalendarMonthChangedCallback :: C_CalendarMonthChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CalendarMonthChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CalendarNextMonthCallback</a>.
mk_CalendarNextMonthCallback :: C_CalendarNextMonthCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CalendarNextMonthCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CalendarNextYearCallback</a>.
mk_CalendarNextYearCallback :: C_CalendarNextYearCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CalendarNextYearCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CalendarPrevMonthCallback</a>.
mk_CalendarPrevMonthCallback :: C_CalendarPrevMonthCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CalendarPrevMonthCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CalendarPrevYearCallback</a>.
mk_CalendarPrevYearCallback :: C_CalendarPrevYearCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CalendarPrevYearCallback)

-- | Emitted when the user selects a day.
type CalendarDaySelectedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CalendarDaySelectedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the user double-clicks a day.
type CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the user clicks a button to change the selected month on
--   a calendar.
type CalendarMonthChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CalendarMonthChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the user switched to the next month.
type CalendarNextMonthCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CalendarNextMonthCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when user switched to the next year.
type CalendarNextYearCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CalendarNextYearCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the user switched to the previous month.
type CalendarPrevMonthCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CalendarPrevMonthCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when user switched to the previous year.
type CalendarPrevYearCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CalendarPrevYearCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Explicitly stops the editing of the currently edited cell.
--   
--   If <i><tt>canceled</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the currently edited cell
--   renderer will emit the <a>editingCanceled</a> signal, otherwise the
--   the <a>editingDone</a> signal will be emitted on the current edit
--   widget.
--   
--   See <a>cellAreaGetEditedCell</a> and <a>cellAreaGetEditWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaStopEditing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Explicitly sets the currently focused cell to
--   <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>.
--   
--   This is generally called by implementations of
--   <a>CellAreaClass</a>.<tt><i>focus</i></tt>() or
--   <a>CellAreaClass</a>.<tt><i>event</i></tt>(), however it can also be
--   used to implement functions such as <a>treeViewSetCursorOnCell</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaSetFocusCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | This is a convenience function for <a>CellArea</a> implementations to
--   request size for cell renderers. It’s important to use this function
--   to request size and then use <a>cellAreaInnerCellArea</a> at render
--   and event time since this function will add padding around the cell
--   for focus painting.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaRequestRenderer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> Orientation -> c -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Renders <i><tt>area</tt></i>’s cells according to
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i>’s layout onto <i><tt>widget</tt></i> at the given
--   coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaRender :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> Context -> Rectangle -> Rectangle -> [CellRendererState] -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> from <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>’s focus
--   sibling list (see <a>cellAreaAddFocusSibling</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaRemoveFocusSibling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b, IsCellRenderer c) => a -> b -> c -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> from <i><tt>area</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> is one of
--   <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>’s focus siblings (see
--   <a>cellAreaAddFocusSibling</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaIsFocusSibling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b, IsCellRenderer c) => a -> b -> c -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the area can do anything when activated, after
--   applying new attributes to <i><tt>area</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaIsActivatable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m Bool

-- | This is a convenience function for <a>CellArea</a> implementations to
--   get the inner area where a given <a>CellRenderer</a> will be rendered.
--   It removes any padding previously added by
--   <a>cellAreaRequestRenderer</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaInnerCellArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Rectangle -> m Rectangle

-- | Checks if <i><tt>area</tt></i> contains <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaHasRenderer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether the area prefers a height-for-width layout or a
--   width-for-height layout.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetRequestMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m SizeRequestMode

-- | Retrieves a cell area’s minimum and natural width if it would be given
--   the specified <i><tt>height</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> stores some geometrical information in
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> along the way while calling
--   <a>cellAreaGetPreferredHeight</a>. It’s important to perform a series
--   of <a>cellAreaGetPreferredHeight</a> requests with
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> first and then call
--   <a>cellAreaGetPreferredWidthForHeight</a> on each cell area
--   individually to get the height for width of each fully requested row.
--   
--   If at some point, the height of a single row changes, it should be
--   requested with <a>cellAreaGetPreferredHeight</a> again and then the
--   full height of the requested rows checked again with
--   <a>cellAreaContextGetPreferredHeight</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetPreferredWidthForHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves a cell area’s initial minimum and natural width.
--   
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> will store some geometrical information in
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> along the way; when requesting sizes over an
--   arbitrary number of rows, it’s not important to check the
--   <i><tt>minimumWidth</tt></i> and <i><tt>naturalWidth</tt></i> of this
--   call but rather to consult <a>cellAreaContextGetPreferredWidth</a>
--   after a series of requests.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetPreferredWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves a cell area’s minimum and natural height if it would be
--   given the specified <i><tt>width</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> stores some geometrical information in
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> along the way while calling
--   <a>cellAreaGetPreferredWidth</a>. It’s important to perform a series
--   of <a>cellAreaGetPreferredWidth</a> requests with
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> first and then call
--   <a>cellAreaGetPreferredHeightForWidth</a> on each cell area
--   individually to get the height for width of each fully requested row.
--   
--   If at some point, the width of a single row changes, it should be
--   requested with <a>cellAreaGetPreferredWidth</a> again and then the
--   full width of the requested rows checked again with
--   <a>cellAreaContextGetPreferredWidth</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetPreferredHeightForWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves a cell area’s initial minimum and natural height.
--   
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> will store some geometrical information in
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> along the way; when requesting sizes over an
--   arbitrary number of rows, it’s not important to check the
--   <i><tt>minimumHeight</tt></i> and <i><tt>naturalHeight</tt></i> of
--   this call but rather to consult
--   <a>cellAreaContextGetPreferredHeight</a> after a series of requests.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetPreferredHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the focus sibling cell renderers for <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetFocusSiblings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m [CellRenderer]

-- | Gets the <a>CellRenderer</a> which is expected to be focusable for
--   which <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> is, or may be a sibling.
--   
--   This is handy for <a>CellArea</a> subclasses when handling events,
--   after determining the renderer at the event location it can then chose
--   to activate the focus cell for which the event cell may have been a
--   sibling.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetFocusFromSibling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m (Maybe CellRenderer)

-- | Retrieves the currently focused cell for <i><tt>area</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetFocusCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m CellRenderer

-- | Gets the <a>CellRenderer</a> in <i><tt>area</tt></i> that is currently
--   being edited.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetEditedCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m CellRenderer

-- | Gets the <a>CellEditable</a> widget currently used to edit the
--   currently edited cell.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetEditWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m CellEditable

-- | Gets the current <a>TreePath</a> string for the currently applied
--   <a>TreeIter</a>, this is implicitly updated when
--   <a>cellAreaApplyAttributes</a> is called and can be used to interact
--   with renderers from <a>CellArea</a> subclasses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetCurrentPathString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the <a>CellRenderer</a> at <i><tt>x</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>y</tt></i> coordinates inside <i><tt>area</tt></i> and
--   optionally returns the full cell allocation for it inside
--   <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetCellAtPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> Rectangle -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (CellRenderer, Rectangle)

-- | Derives the allocation of <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> inside
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> if <i><tt>area</tt></i> were to be renderered in
--   <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaGetCellAllocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c, IsCellRenderer d) => a -> b -> c -> d -> Rectangle -> m Rectangle

-- | Calls <i><tt>callback</tt></i> for every <a>CellRenderer</a> in
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> with the allocated rectangle inside
--   <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaForeachAlloc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> Rectangle -> Rectangle -> CellAllocCallback -> m ()

-- | Calls <i><tt>callback</tt></i> for every <a>CellRenderer</a> in
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> CellCallback -> m ()

-- | This should be called by the <i><tt>area</tt></i>’s owning layout
--   widget when focus is to be passed to <i><tt>area</tt></i>, or moved
--   within <i><tt>area</tt></i> for a given <i><tt>direction</tt></i> and
--   row data.
--   
--   Implementing <a>CellArea</a> classes should implement this method to
--   receive and navigate focus in its own way particular to how it lays
--   out cells.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> DirectionType -> m Bool

-- | Delegates event handling to a <a>CellArea</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> Event -> Rectangle -> [CellRendererState] -> m Int32

-- | Creates a <a>CellAreaContext</a> to be used with <i><tt>area</tt></i>
--   for all purposes. <a>CellAreaContext</a> stores geometry information
--   for rows for which it was operated on, it is important to use the same
--   context for the same row of data at all times (i.e. one should render
--   and handle events with the same <a>CellAreaContext</a> which was used
--   to request the size of those rows of data).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaCreateContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m CellAreaContext

-- | This is sometimes needed for cases where rows need to share alignments
--   in one orientation but may be separately grouped in the opposing
--   orientation.
--   
--   For instance, <a>IconView</a> creates all icons (rows) to have the
--   same width and the cells theirin to have the same horizontal
--   alignments. However each row of icons may have a separate collective
--   height. <a>IconView</a> uses this to request the heights of each row
--   based on a context which was already used to request all the row
--   widths that are to be displayed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaCopyContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b) => a -> b -> m CellAreaContext

-- | Sets a cell property for <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> in
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaCellSetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Text -> GValue -> m ()

-- | Gets the value of a cell property for <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> in
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaCellGetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Text -> GValue -> m ()

-- | Returns the model column that an attribute has been mapped to, or -1
--   if the attribute is not mapped.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
cellAreaAttributeGetColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Text -> m Int32

-- | Disconnects <i><tt>attribute</tt></i> for the <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>
--   in <i><tt>area</tt></i> so that attribute will no longer be updated
--   with values from the model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaAttributeDisconnect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Text -> m ()

-- | Connects an <i><tt>attribute</tt></i> to apply values from
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i> for the <a>TreeModel</a> in use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaAttributeConnect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Applies any connected attributes to the renderers in
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> by pulling the values from
--   <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaApplyAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsTreeModel b) => a -> b -> TreeIter -> Bool -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> to <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>’s focusable
--   area, focus will be drawn around <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> and all of
--   its siblings if <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> can focus for a given row.
--   
--   Events handled by focus siblings can also activate the given focusable
--   <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaAddFocusSibling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b, IsCellRenderer c) => a -> b -> c -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> to <i><tt>area</tt></i> with the default
--   child cell properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaAdd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | This is used by <a>CellArea</a> subclasses when handling events to
--   activate cells, the base <a>CellArea</a> class activates cells for
--   keyboard events for free in its own
--   GtkCellArea-&gt;<tt><i>activate()</i></tt> implementation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaActivateCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsWidget b, IsCellRenderer c) => a -> b -> c -> Event -> Rectangle -> [CellRendererState] -> m Bool

-- | Activates <i><tt>area</tt></i>, usually by activating the currently
--   focused cell, however some subclasses which embed widgets in the area
--   can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> c -> Rectangle -> [CellRendererState] -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>focus-cell</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellAreaFocusCell :: (IsCellArea o, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus-cell</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellArea [ #focusCell <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellAreaFocusCell :: (MonadIO m, IsCellArea o, IsCellRenderer a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>focus-cell</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellArea #focusCell
--   </pre>
getCellAreaFocusCell :: (MonadIO m, IsCellArea o) => o -> m CellRenderer

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>edited-cell</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellArea #editedCell
--   </pre>
getCellAreaEditedCell :: (MonadIO m, IsCellArea o) => o -> m CellRenderer

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>edit-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellArea #editWidget
--   </pre>
getCellAreaEditWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsCellArea o) => o -> m CellEditable

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>removeEditable</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellArea #removeEditable callback
--   </pre>
afterCellAreaRemoveEditable :: (IsCellArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>removeEditable</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellArea #removeEditable callback
--   </pre>
onCellAreaRemoveEditable :: (IsCellArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback</a>.
wrap_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback :: CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback -> C_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellAreaRemoveEditable :: MonadIO m => CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback</a></tt>.
noCellAreaRemoveEditableCallback :: Maybe CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellArea #focusChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterCellAreaFocusChanged :: (IsCellArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellAreaFocusChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellArea #focusChanged callback
--   </pre>
onCellAreaFocusChanged :: (IsCellArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellAreaFocusChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellAreaFocusChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback :: CellAreaFocusChangedCallback -> C_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellAreaFocusChanged :: MonadIO m => CellAreaFocusChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellAreaFocusChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noCellAreaFocusChangedCallback :: Maybe CellAreaFocusChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>applyAttributes</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellArea #applyAttributes callback
--   </pre>
afterCellAreaApplyAttributes :: (IsCellArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>applyAttributes</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellArea #applyAttributes callback
--   </pre>
onCellAreaApplyAttributes :: (IsCellArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback</a>.
wrap_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback :: CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback -> C_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellAreaApplyAttributes :: MonadIO m => CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback</a></tt>.
noCellAreaApplyAttributesCallback :: Maybe CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>addEditable</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellArea #addEditable callback
--   </pre>
afterCellAreaAddEditable :: (IsCellArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellAreaAddEditableCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>addEditable</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellArea #addEditable callback
--   </pre>
onCellAreaAddEditable :: (IsCellArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellAreaAddEditableCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellAreaAddEditableCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellAreaAddEditableCallback</a>.
wrap_CellAreaAddEditableCallback :: CellAreaAddEditableCallback -> C_CellAreaAddEditableCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellAreaAddEditable :: MonadIO m => CellAreaAddEditableCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellAreaAddEditableCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellAreaAddEditableCallback</a></tt>.
noCellAreaAddEditableCallback :: Maybe CellAreaAddEditableCallback

-- | Cast to <a>CellArea</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellArea :: (MonadIO m, IsCellArea o) => o -> m CellArea

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellAreaAddEditableCallback</a>.
mk_CellAreaAddEditableCallback :: C_CellAreaAddEditableCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellAreaAddEditableCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback</a>.
mk_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback :: C_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback</a>.
mk_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback :: C_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback</a>.
mk_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback :: C_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback)

-- | Indicates that editing has started on <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> and
--   that <i><tt>editable</tt></i> should be added to the owning
--   cell-layouting widget at <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
type CellAreaAddEditableCallback = CellRenderer -> CellEditable -> Rectangle -> Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellAreaAddEditableCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr CellRenderer -> Ptr CellEditable -> Ptr Rectangle -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever applying attributes to
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> from <i><tt>model</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
type CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> Bool -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellAreaApplyAttributesCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreeIter -> CInt -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Indicates that focus changed on this <i><tt>area</tt></i>. This signal
--   is emitted either as a result of focus handling or event handling.
--   
--   It's possible that the signal is emitted even if the currently focused
--   renderer did not change, this is because focus may change to the same
--   renderer in the same cell area for a different row of data.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
type CellAreaFocusChangedCallback = CellRenderer -> Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellAreaFocusChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr CellRenderer -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Indicates that editing finished on <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> and that
--   <i><tt>editable</tt></i> should be removed from the owning
--   cell-layouting widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
type CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback = CellRenderer -> CellEditable -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellAreaRemoveEditableCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr CellRenderer -> Ptr CellEditable -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Returns the clipboard object for the given selection. Cut/copy/paste
--   menu items and keyboard shortcuts should use the default clipboard,
--   returned by passing <tt><i>GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD</i></tt> for
--   <i><tt>selection</tt></i>. (<tt><i>GDK_NONE</i></tt> is supported as a
--   synonym for GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD for backwards compatibility
--   reasons.) The currently-selected object or text should be provided on
--   the clipboard identified by <tt><i>GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY</i></tt>.
--   Cut/copy/paste menu items conceptually copy the contents of the
--   <tt><i>GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY</i></tt> clipboard to the default
--   clipboard, i.e. they copy the selection to what the user sees as the
--   clipboard.
--   
--   (Passing <tt><i>GDK_NONE</i></tt> is the same as using
--   <tt>gdk_atom_intern ("CLIPBOARD", FALSE)</tt>.
--   
--   See the <a>FreeDesktop Clipboard Specification</a> for a detailed
--   discussion of the “CLIPBOARD” vs. “PRIMARY” selections under the X
--   window system. On Win32 the <tt><i>GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY</i></tt>
--   clipboard is essentially ignored.)
--   
--   It’s possible to have arbitrary named clipboards; if you do invent new
--   clipboards, you should prefix the selection name with an underscore
--   (because the ICCCM requires that nonstandard atoms are
--   underscore-prefixed), and namespace it as well. For example, if your
--   application called “Foo” has a special-purpose clipboard, you might
--   call it “_FOO_SPECIAL_CLIPBOARD”.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
clipboardGetForDisplay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDisplay a) => a -> Atom -> m Clipboard

-- | Returns the default clipboard object for use with cut/copy/paste menu
--   items and keyboard shortcuts.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
clipboardGetDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDisplay a) => a -> m Clipboard

-- | Returns the clipboard object for the given selection. See
--   <a>clipboardGetForDisplay</a> for complete details.
clipboardGet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Atom -> m Clipboard

-- | Test to see if there is a list of URIs available to be pasted This is
--   done by requesting the TARGETS atom and checking if it contains the
--   URI targets. This function waits for the data to be received using the
--   main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the
--   wait.
--   
--   This function is a little faster than calling
--   <a>clipboardWaitForUris</a> since it doesn’t need to retrieve the
--   actual URI data.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
clipboardWaitIsUrisAvailable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Test to see if there is text available to be pasted This is done by
--   requesting the TARGETS atom and checking if it contains any of the
--   supported text targets. This function waits for the data to be
--   received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be
--   dispatched during the wait.
--   
--   This function is a little faster than calling
--   <a>clipboardWaitForText</a> since it doesn’t need to retrieve the
--   actual text.
clipboardWaitIsTextAvailable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Checks if a clipboard supports pasting data of a given type. This
--   function can be used to determine if a “Paste” menu item should be
--   insensitive or not.
--   
--   If you want to see if there’s text available on the clipboard, use
--   gtk_clipboard_wait_is_text_available () instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
clipboardWaitIsTargetAvailable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> Atom -> m Bool

-- | Test to see if there is rich text available to be pasted This is done
--   by requesting the TARGETS atom and checking if it contains any of the
--   supported rich text targets. This function waits for the data to be
--   received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be
--   dispatched during the wait.
--   
--   This function is a little faster than calling
--   <a>clipboardWaitForRichText</a> since it doesn’t need to retrieve the
--   actual text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
clipboardWaitIsRichTextAvailable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a, IsTextBuffer b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Test to see if there is an image available to be pasted This is done
--   by requesting the TARGETS atom and checking if it contains any of the
--   supported image targets. This function waits for the data to be
--   received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be
--   dispatched during the wait.
--   
--   This function is a little faster than calling
--   <a>clipboardWaitForImage</a> since it doesn’t need to retrieve the
--   actual image data.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
clipboardWaitIsImageAvailable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard as URIs. This function waits
--   for the data to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts,
--   etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
clipboardWaitForUris :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m (Maybe [Text])

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard as text and converts the result
--   to UTF-8 if necessary. This function waits for the data to be received
--   using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched
--   during the wait.
clipboardWaitForText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns a list of targets that are present on the clipboard, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if there aren’t any targets available. The returned
--   list must be freed with <a>free</a>. This function waits for the data
--   to be received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be
--   dispatched during the wait.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
clipboardWaitForTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m (Bool, [Atom])

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard as image and converts the
--   result to a <a>Pixbuf</a>. This function waits for the data to be
--   received using the main loop, so events, timeouts, etc, may be
--   dispatched during the wait.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
clipboardWaitForImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard using the given target. This
--   function waits for the data to be received using the main loop, so
--   events, timeouts, etc, may be dispatched during the wait.
clipboardWaitForContents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> Atom -> m (Maybe SelectionData)

-- | Stores the current clipboard data somewhere so that it will stay
--   around after the application has quit.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
clipboardStore :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the contents of the clipboard to the given UTF-8 string. GTK+
--   will make a copy of the text and take responsibility for responding
--   for requests for the text, and for converting the text into the
--   requested format.
clipboardSetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the contents of the clipboard to the given <a>Pixbuf</a>. GTK+
--   will take responsibility for responding for requests for the image,
--   and for converting the image into the requested format.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
clipboardSetImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Hints that the clipboard data should be stored somewhere when the
--   application exits or when gtk_clipboard_store () is called.
--   
--   This value is reset when the clipboard owner changes. Where the
--   clipboard data is stored is platform dependent, see
--   gdk_display_store_clipboard () for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
clipboardSetCanStore :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> Maybe [TargetEntry] -> m ()

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard as URIs. When the URIs are
--   later received <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will be called.
--   
--   The <i><tt>uris</tt></i> parameter to <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will
--   contain the resulting array of URIs if the request succeeded, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if it failed. This could happen for various reasons, in
--   particular if the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the
--   clipboard could not be converted into URI form.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
clipboardRequestUris :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> ClipboardURIReceivedFunc -> m ()

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard as text. When the text is later
--   received, it will be converted to UTF-8 if necessary, and
--   <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will be called.
--   
--   The <i><tt>text</tt></i> parameter to <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will
--   contain the resulting text if the request succeeded, or <a>Nothing</a>
--   if it failed. This could happen for various reasons, in particular if
--   the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the clipboard could not
--   be converted into text form.
clipboardRequestText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> ClipboardTextReceivedFunc -> m ()

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard as list of supported targets.
--   When the list is later received, <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will be
--   called.
--   
--   The <i><tt>targets</tt></i> parameter to <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will
--   contain the resulting targets if the request succeeded, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if it failed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
clipboardRequestTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc -> m ()

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard as rich text. When the rich
--   text is later received, <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will be called.
--   
--   The <i><tt>text</tt></i> parameter to <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will
--   contain the resulting rich text if the request succeeded, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if it failed. The <i><tt>length</tt></i> parameter will
--   contain <i><tt>text</tt></i>’s length. This function can fail for
--   various reasons, in particular if the clipboard was empty or if the
--   contents of the clipboard could not be converted into rich text form.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
clipboardRequestRichText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a, IsTextBuffer b) => a -> b -> ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc -> m ()

-- | Requests the contents of the clipboard as image. When the image is
--   later received, it will be converted to a <a>Pixbuf</a>, and
--   <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will be called.
--   
--   The <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i> parameter to <i><tt>callback</tt></i> will
--   contain the resulting <a>Pixbuf</a> if the request succeeded, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if it failed. This could happen for various reasons, in
--   particular if the clipboard was empty or if the contents of the
--   clipboard could not be converted into an image.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
clipboardRequestImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> ClipboardImageReceivedFunc -> m ()

-- | Requests the contents of clipboard as the given target. When the
--   results of the result are later received the supplied callback will be
--   called.
clipboardRequestContents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> Atom -> ClipboardReceivedFunc -> m ()

-- | If the clipboard contents callbacks were set with
--   <tt><i>gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner()</i></tt>, and the
--   <tt><i>gtk_clipboard_set_with_data()</i></tt> or <a>clipboardClear</a>
--   has not subsequently called, returns the owner set by
--   <tt><i>gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner()</i></tt>.
clipboardGetOwner :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m (Maybe Object)

-- | Gets the <a>Display</a> associated with <i><tt>clipboard</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
clipboardGetDisplay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m Display

-- | Clears the contents of the clipboard. Generally this should only be
--   called between the time you call
--   <tt><i>gtk_clipboard_set_with_owner()</i></tt> or
--   <tt><i>gtk_clipboard_set_with_data()</i></tt>, and when the
--   <i><tt>clearFunc</tt></i> you supplied is called. Otherwise, the
--   clipboard may be owned by someone else.
clipboardClear :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => a -> m ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>ownerChange</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> clipboard #ownerChange callback
--   </pre>
afterClipboardOwnerChange :: (IsClipboard a, MonadIO m) => a -> ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>ownerChange</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> clipboard #ownerChange callback
--   </pre>
onClipboardOwnerChange :: (IsClipboard a, MonadIO m) => a -> ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback</a>.
wrap_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback :: ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback -> C_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardOwnerChange :: MonadIO m => ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback</a></tt>.
noClipboardOwnerChangeCallback :: Maybe ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Clipboard</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toClipboard :: (MonadIO m, IsClipboard o) => o -> m Clipboard

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback</a>.
mk_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback :: C_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback)

-- | The <a>ownerChange</a> signal is emitted when GTK+ receives an event
--   that indicates that the ownership of the selection associated with
--   <i><tt>clipboard</tt></i> has changed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
type ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback = EventOwnerChange -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardOwnerChangeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventOwnerChange -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the wrap width of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> to be
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i>. The wrap width is basically the preferred
--   number of columns when you want the popup to be layed out in a table.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxSetWrapWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the menu’s title in tearoff mode.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
comboBoxSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the column with row span information for <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>
--   to be <i><tt>rowSpan</tt></i>. The row span column contains integers
--   which indicate how many rows an item should span.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxSetRowSpanColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a
--   row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator function is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
comboBoxSetRowSeparatorFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc -> m ()

-- | Specifies whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching
--   the allocated width of the combo box.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxSetPopupFixedWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the model used by <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> to be
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i>. Will unset a previously set model (if
--   applicable). If model is <a>Nothing</a>, then it will unset the model.
--   
--   Note that this function does not clear the cell renderers, you have to
--   call <a>cellLayoutClear</a> yourself if you need to set up different
--   cell renderers for the new model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxSetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a, IsTreeModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the model column which <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> should use to get
--   string IDs for values from. The column <i><tt>idColumn</tt></i> in the
--   model of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> must be of type
--   <tt><i>G_TYPE_STRING</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxSetIdColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the combo box will grab focus when it is clicked with the
--   mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like
--   toolbars where you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main
--   area of the application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
comboBoxSetFocusOnClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the model column which <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> should use to get
--   strings from to be <i><tt>textColumn</tt></i>. The column
--   <i><tt>textColumn</tt></i> in the model of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>
--   must be of type <tt><i>G_TYPE_STRING</i></tt>.
--   
--   This is only relevant if <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> has been created
--   with <a>ComboBox</a>:<tt><i>has-entry</i></tt> as <a>True</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxSetEntryTextColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the column with column span information for
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> to be <i><tt>columnSpan</tt></i>. The column
--   span column contains integers which indicate how many columns an item
--   should span.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxSetColumnSpanColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the dropdown button of the combo box should be always
--   sensitive (<a>SensitivityTypeOn</a>), never sensitive
--   (<a>SensitivityTypeOff</a>) or only if there is at least one item to
--   display (<a>SensitivityTypeAuto</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
comboBoxSetButtonSensitivity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> SensitivityType -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the popup menu should have a tearoff menu item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
comboBoxSetAddTearoffs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the current active item to be the one referenced by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, or unsets the active item if
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxSetActiveIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Changes the active row of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> to the one that has
--   an ID equal to <i><tt>activeId</tt></i>, or unsets the active row if
--   <i><tt>activeId</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>. Rows having a
--   <a>Nothing</a> ID string cannot be made active by this function.
--   
--   If the <a>ComboBox</a>:<tt><i>id-column</i></tt> property of
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> is unset or if no row has the given ID then
--   the function does nothing and returns <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxSetActiveId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m Bool

-- | Sets the active item of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> to be the item at
--   <i><tt>index</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxSetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Pops up the menu or dropdown list of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>, the
--   popup window will be grabbed so only <i><tt>device</tt></i> and its
--   associated pointer/keyboard are the only <tt><i>GdkDevices</i></tt>
--   able to send events to it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxPopupForDevice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Pops up the menu or dropdown list of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility
--   technologies; applications should have little use for it.
--   
--   Before calling this, <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> must be mapped, or
--   nothing will happen.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxPopup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Hides the menu or dropdown list of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility
--   technologies; applications should have little use for it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxPopdown :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns the wrap width which is used to determine the number of
--   columns for the popup menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, the
--   combo box is in table mode.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
comboBoxGetWrapWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the current title of the menu in tearoff mode. See
--   <a>comboBoxSetAddTearoffs</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
comboBoxGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the column with row span information for
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
comboBoxGetRowSpanColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets whether the popup uses a fixed width matching the allocated width
--   of the combo box.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxGetPopupFixedWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the accessible object corresponding to the combo box’s popup.
--   
--   This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility
--   technologies; applications should have little use for it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
comboBoxGetPopupAccessible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Object

-- | Returns the <a>TreeModel</a> which is acting as data source for
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxGetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m TreeModel

-- | Returns the column which <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> is using to get
--   string IDs for values from.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxGetIdColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether the combo box has an entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxGetHasEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the
--   mouse. See <a>comboBoxSetFocusOnClick</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
comboBoxGetFocusOnClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the column which <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> is using to get the
--   strings from to display in the internal entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxGetEntryTextColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the column with column span information for
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
comboBoxGetColumnSpanColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether the combo box sets the dropdown button sensitive or
--   not when there are no items in the model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
comboBoxGetButtonSensitivity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m SensitivityType

-- | Gets the current value of the :add-tearoffs property.
comboBoxGetAddTearoffs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to point to the currently active item, if
--   any item is active. Otherwise, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is left unchanged.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxGetActiveIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | Returns the ID of the active row of <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>. This
--   value is taken from the active row and the column specified by the
--   <a>ComboBox</a>:<tt><i>id-column</i></tt> property of
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> (see <a>comboBoxSetIdColumn</a>).
--   
--   The returned value is an interned string which means that you can
--   compare the pointer by value to other interned strings and that you
--   must not free it.
--   
--   If the <a>ComboBox</a>:<tt><i>id-column</i></tt> property of
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i> is not set, or if no row is active, or if the
--   active row has a <a>Nothing</a> ID value, then <a>Nothing</a> is
--   returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxGetActiveId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns the index of the currently active item, or -1 if there’s no
--   active item. If the model is a non-flat treemodel, and the active item
--   is not an immediate child of the root of the tree, this function
--   returns <tt>gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]</tt>, where
--   <tt>path</tt> is the <a>TreePath</a> of the active item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxGetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBox a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Creates a new empty <a>ComboBox</a> with an entry and with the model
--   initialized to <i><tt>model</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxNewWithModelAndEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m ComboBox

-- | Creates a new <a>ComboBox</a> with the model initialized to
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxNewWithModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m ComboBox

-- | Creates a new empty <a>ComboBox</a> with an entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxNewWithEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ComboBox

-- | Creates a new empty <a>ComboBox</a> with an entry.
--   
--   The new combo box will use <i><tt>area</tt></i> to layout cells.
comboBoxNewWithAreaAndEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m ComboBox

-- | Creates a new empty <a>ComboBox</a> using <i><tt>area</tt></i> to
--   layout cells.
comboBoxNewWithArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m ComboBox

-- | Creates a new empty <a>ComboBox</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
comboBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ComboBox

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxWrapWidth :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #wrapWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxWrapWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #wrapWidth
--   </pre>
getComboBoxWrapWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tearoff-title</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tearoffTitle
--   </pre>
clearComboBoxTearoffTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tearoff-title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxTearoffTitle :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tearoff-title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #tearoffTitle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxTearoffTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tearoff-title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #tearoffTitle
--   </pre>
getComboBoxTearoffTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>row-span-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxRowSpanColumn :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>row-span-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #rowSpanColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxRowSpanColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>row-span-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #rowSpanColumn
--   </pre>
getComboBoxRowSpanColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>popup-shown</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #popupShown
--   </pre>
getComboBoxPopupShown :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>popup-fixed-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxPopupFixedWidth :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popup-fixed-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #popupFixedWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxPopupFixedWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>popup-fixed-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #popupFixedWidth
--   </pre>
getComboBoxPopupFixedWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #model
--   </pre>
clearComboBoxModel :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxModel :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #model <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxModel :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o, IsTreeModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #model
--   </pre>
getComboBoxModel :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m TreeModel

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>id-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxIdColumn :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>id-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #idColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxIdColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>id-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #idColumn
--   </pre>
getComboBoxIdColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-frame</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxHasFrame :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-frame</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #hasFrame <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxHasFrame :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-frame</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #hasFrame
--   </pre>
getComboBoxHasFrame :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-entry</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxHasEntry :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-entry</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #hasEntry
--   </pre>
getComboBoxHasEntry :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>entry-text-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxEntryTextColumn :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>entry-text-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #entryTextColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxEntryTextColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>entry-text-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #entryTextColumn
--   </pre>
getComboBoxEntryTextColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>column-span-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxColumnSpanColumn :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>column-span-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #columnSpanColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxColumnSpanColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>column-span-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #columnSpanColumn
--   </pre>
getComboBoxColumnSpanColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxCellArea :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #cellArea
--   </pre>
getComboBoxCellArea :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m (Maybe CellArea)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>button-sensitivity</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxButtonSensitivity :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => SensitivityType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>button-sensitivity</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #buttonSensitivity <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxButtonSensitivity :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> SensitivityType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>button-sensitivity</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #buttonSensitivity
--   </pre>
getComboBoxButtonSensitivity :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m SensitivityType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>add-tearoffs</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxAddTearoffs :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>add-tearoffs</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #addTearoffs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxAddTearoffs :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>add-tearoffs</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #addTearoffs
--   </pre>
getComboBoxAddTearoffs :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active-id</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #activeId
--   </pre>
clearComboBoxActiveId :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active-id</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxActiveId :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #activeId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxActiveId :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #activeId
--   </pre>
getComboBoxActiveId :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructComboBoxActive :: (IsComboBox o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> comboBox [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setComboBoxActive :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> comboBox #active
--   </pre>
getComboBoxActive :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popup</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> comboBox #popup callback
--   </pre>
afterComboBoxPopup :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxPopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popup</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> comboBox #popup callback
--   </pre>
onComboBoxPopup :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxPopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ComboBoxPopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxPopupCallback</a>.
wrap_ComboBoxPopupCallback :: ComboBoxPopupCallback -> C_ComboBoxPopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ComboBoxPopup :: MonadIO m => ComboBoxPopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_ComboBoxPopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ComboBoxPopupCallback</a></tt>.
noComboBoxPopupCallback :: Maybe ComboBoxPopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popdown</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> comboBox #popdown callback
--   </pre>
afterComboBoxPopdown :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxPopdownCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popdown</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> comboBox #popdown callback
--   </pre>
onComboBoxPopdown :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxPopdownCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ComboBoxPopdownCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxPopdownCallback</a>.
wrap_ComboBoxPopdownCallback :: ComboBoxPopdownCallback -> C_ComboBoxPopdownCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ComboBoxPopdown :: MonadIO m => ComboBoxPopdownCallback -> m (GClosure C_ComboBoxPopdownCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ComboBoxPopdownCallback</a></tt>.
noComboBoxPopdownCallback :: Maybe ComboBoxPopdownCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveActive</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> comboBox #moveActive callback
--   </pre>
afterComboBoxMoveActive :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveActive</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> comboBox #moveActive callback
--   </pre>
onComboBoxMoveActive :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback</a>.
wrap_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback :: ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback -> C_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ComboBoxMoveActive :: MonadIO m => ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback -> m (GClosure C_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback</a></tt>.
noComboBoxMoveActiveCallback :: Maybe ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>formatEntryText</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> comboBox #formatEntryText callback
--   </pre>
afterComboBoxFormatEntryText :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>formatEntryText</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> comboBox #formatEntryText callback
--   </pre>
onComboBoxFormatEntryText :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback</a>.
wrap_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback :: ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback -> C_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ComboBoxFormatEntryText :: MonadIO m => ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback -> m (GClosure C_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback</a></tt>.
noComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback :: Maybe ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> comboBox #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterComboBoxChanged :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> comboBox #changed callback
--   </pre>
onComboBoxChanged :: (IsComboBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ComboBoxChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ComboBoxChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_ComboBoxChangedCallback :: ComboBoxChangedCallback -> C_ComboBoxChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ComboBoxChanged :: MonadIO m => ComboBoxChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ComboBoxChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ComboBoxChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noComboBoxChangedCallback :: Maybe ComboBoxChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ComboBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toComboBox :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBox o) => o -> m ComboBox

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxChangedCallback</a>.
mk_ComboBoxChangedCallback :: C_ComboBoxChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ComboBoxChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback</a>.
mk_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback :: C_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback</a>.
mk_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback :: C_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxPopdownCallback</a>.
mk_ComboBoxPopdownCallback :: C_ComboBoxPopdownCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ComboBoxPopdownCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ComboBoxPopupCallback</a>.
mk_ComboBoxPopupCallback :: C_ComboBoxPopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ComboBoxPopupCallback)

-- | The changed signal is emitted when the active item is changed. The can
--   be due to the user selecting a different item from the list, or due to
--   a call to <a>comboBoxSetActiveIter</a>. It will also be emitted while
--   typing into the entry of a combo box with an entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ComboBoxChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ComboBoxChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | For combo boxes that are created with an entry (See
--   GtkComboBox:has-entry).
--   
--   A signal which allows you to change how the text displayed in a combo
--   box's entry is displayed.
--   
--   Connect a signal handler which returns an allocated string
--   representing <i><tt>path</tt></i>. That string will then be used to
--   set the text in the combo box's entry. The default signal handler uses
--   the text from the
--   GtkComboBox[entryTextColumn](#g:signal:entryTextColumn) model column.
--   
--   Here's an example signal handler which fetches data from the model and
--   displays it in the entry.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static gchar*
--   format_entry_text_callback (GtkComboBox *combo,
--                               const gchar *path,
--                               gpointer     user_data)
--   {
--     GtkTreeIter iter;
--     GtkTreeModel model;
--     gdouble      value;
--   
--     model = gtk_combo_box_get_model (combo);
--   
--     gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string (model, &amp;iter, path);
--     gtk_tree_model_get (model, &amp;iter,
--                         THE_DOUBLE_VALUE_COLUMN, &amp;value,
--                         -1);
--   
--     return g_strdup_printf ("%g", value);
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
type ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback = Text -> IO Text

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ComboBoxFormatEntryTextCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO CString

-- | The <a>moveActive</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to move the active
--   selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback = ScrollType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ComboBoxMoveActiveCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>popdown</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted to popdown the combo box list.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Alt+Up and Escape.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type ComboBoxPopdownCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ComboBoxPopdownCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>popup</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted to popup the combo box list.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Alt+Down.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type ComboBoxPopupCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ComboBoxPopupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Removes a focus chain explicitly set with
--   <a>containerSetFocusChain</a>.
containerUnsetFocusChain :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the resize mode for the container.
--   
--   The resize mode of a container determines whether a resize request
--   will be passed to the container’s parent, queued for later execution
--   or executed immediately.
containerSetResizeMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> ResizeMode -> m ()

-- | Sets the <i><tt>reallocateRedraws</tt></i> flag of the container to
--   the given value.
--   
--   Containers requesting reallocation redraws get automatically redrawn
--   if any of their children changed allocation.
containerSetReallocateRedraws :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a
--   child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show
--   that widget. This function sets the vertical alignment. See
--   <a>scrolledWindowGetVadjustment</a> for a typical way of obtaining the
--   adjustment and <a>containerSetFocusHadjustment</a> for setting the
--   horizontal adjustment.
--   
--   The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate
--   system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.
containerSetFocusVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a
--   child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show
--   that widget. This function sets the horizontal alignment. See
--   <a>scrolledWindowGetHadjustment</a> for a typical way of obtaining the
--   adjustment and <a>containerSetFocusVadjustment</a> for setting the
--   vertical adjustment.
--   
--   The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate
--   system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.
containerSetFocusHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets, or unsets if <i><tt>child</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the
--   focused child of <i><tt>container</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function emits the
--   GtkContainer[set_focus_child](#g:signal:set_focus_child) signal of
--   <i><tt>container</tt></i>. Implementations of <a>Container</a> can
--   override the default behaviour by overriding the class closure of this
--   signal.
--   
--   This is function is mostly meant to be used by widgets. Applications
--   can use <a>widgetGrabFocus</a> to manually set the focus to a specific
--   widget.
containerSetFocusChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+.
--   
--   In principle each widget in the chain should be a descendant of the
--   container, but this is not enforced by this method, since it’s allowed
--   to set the focus chain before you pack the widgets, or have a widget
--   in the chain that isn’t always packed. The necessary checks are done
--   when the focus chain is actually traversed.
containerSetFocusChain :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> [b] -> m ()

-- | Sets the border width of the container.
--   
--   The border width of a container is the amount of space to leave around
--   the outside of the container. The only exception to this is
--   <a>Window</a>; because toplevel windows can’t leave space outside,
--   they leave the space inside. The border is added on all sides of the
--   container. To add space to only one side, use a specific
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin</i></tt> property on the child widget, for
--   example <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-top</i></tt>.
containerSetBorderWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
containerResizeChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>widget</tt></i> from <i><tt>container</tt></i>.
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> must be inside <i><tt>container</tt></i>. Note
--   that <i><tt>container</tt></i> will own a reference to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>, and that this may be the last reference held;
--   so removing a widget from its container can destroy that widget. If
--   you want to use <i><tt>widget</tt></i> again, you need to add a
--   reference to it before removing it from a container, using
--   <a>objectRef</a>. If you don’t want to use <i><tt>widget</tt></i>
--   again it’s usually more efficient to simply destroy it directly using
--   <a>widgetDestroy</a> since this will remove it from the container and
--   help break any circular reference count cycles.
containerRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send
--   synthetic <a>draw</a> calls to all children that don’t have their own
--   <tt><i>GdkWindows</i></tt>. This function provides a convenient way of
--   doing this. A container, when it receives a call to its <a>draw</a>
--   function, calls <a>containerPropagateDraw</a> once for each child,
--   passing in the <i><tt>cr</tt></i> the container received.
--   
--   <a>containerPropagateDraw</a> takes care of translating the origin of
--   <i><tt>cr</tt></i>, and deciding whether the draw needs to be sent to
--   the child. It is a convenient and optimized way of getting the same
--   effect as calling <a>widgetDraw</a> on the child directly.
--   
--   In most cases, a container can simply either inherit the <a>draw</a>
--   implementation from <a>Container</a>, or do some drawing and then
--   chain to the <a>draw</a> implementation from <a>Container</a>.
containerPropagateDraw :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Context -> m ()

-- | Returns the resize mode for the container. See
--   gtk_container_set_resize_mode ().
containerGetResizeMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m ResizeMode

-- | Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget
--   hierarchy from the toplevel down to and including
--   <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
containerGetPathForChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m WidgetPath

-- | Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See
--   <a>containerSetFocusVadjustment</a>.
containerGetFocusVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m (Maybe Adjustment)

-- | Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See
--   gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().
containerGetFocusHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m (Maybe Adjustment)

-- | Returns the current focus child widget inside
--   <i><tt>container</tt></i>. This is not the currently focused widget.
--   That can be obtained by calling <a>windowGetFocus</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
containerGetFocusChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been set
--   explicitly. If no focus chain has been explicitly set, GTK+ computes
--   the focus chain based on the positions of the children. In that case,
--   GTK+ stores <a>Nothing</a> in <i><tt>focusableWidgets</tt></i> and
--   returns <a>False</a>.
containerGetFocusChain :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m (Bool, [Widget])

-- | Returns the container’s non-internal children. See
--   <a>containerForall</a> for details on what constitutes an "internal"
--   child.
containerGetChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m [Widget]

-- | Retrieves the border width of the container. See
--   <a>containerSetBorderWidth</a>.
containerGetBorderWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Invokes <i><tt>callback</tt></i> on each non-internal child of
--   <i><tt>container</tt></i>. See <a>containerForall</a> for details on
--   what constitutes an “internal” child. For all practical purposes, this
--   function should iterate over precisely those child widgets that were
--   added to the container by the application with explicit
--   <tt><i>add()</i></tt> calls.
--   
--   It is permissible to remove the child from the
--   <i><tt>callback</tt></i> handler.
--   
--   Most applications should use <a>containerForeach</a>, rather than
--   <a>containerForall</a>.
containerForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> Callback -> m ()

-- | Invokes <i><tt>callback</tt></i> on each direct child of
--   <i><tt>container</tt></i>, including children that are considered
--   “internal” (implementation details of the container). “Internal”
--   children generally weren’t added by the user of the container, but
--   were added by the container implementation itself.
--   
--   Most applications should use <a>containerForeach</a>, rather than
--   <a>containerForall</a>.
containerForall :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> Callback -> m ()

-- | Returns the type of the children supported by the container.
--   
--   Note that this may return <tt><i>G_TYPE_NONE</i></tt> to indicate that
--   no more children can be added, e.g. for a <a>Paned</a> which already
--   has two children.
containerChildType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m GType

-- | Sets a child property for <i><tt>child</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>container</tt></i>.
containerChildSetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Text -> GValue -> m ()

-- | Emits a <a>childNotify</a> signal for the [child
--   property][child-properties] specified by <i><tt>pspec</tt></i> on the
--   child.
--   
--   This is an analogue of <a>objectNotifyByPspec</a> for child
--   properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
containerChildNotifyByPspec :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> GParamSpec -> m ()

-- | Emits a <a>childNotify</a> signal for the [child
--   property][child-properties] <i><tt>childProperty</tt></i> on the
--   child.
--   
--   This is an analogue of <a>objectNotify</a> for child properties.
--   
--   Also see <a>widgetChildNotify</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
containerChildNotify :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Text -> m ()

-- | Gets the value of a child property for <i><tt>child</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>container</tt></i>.
containerChildGetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Text -> GValue -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
containerCheckResize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to <i><tt>container</tt></i>. Typically
--   used for simple containers such as <a>Window</a>, <a>Frame</a>, or
--   <a>Button</a>; for more complicated layout containers such as
--   <a>Box</a> or <a>Grid</a>, this function will pick default packing
--   parameters that may not be correct. So consider functions such as
--   <a>boxPackStart</a> and <a>gridAttach</a> as an alternative to
--   <a>containerAdd</a> in those cases. A widget may be added to only one
--   container at a time; you can’t place the same widget inside two
--   different containers.
--   
--   Note that some containers, such as <a>ScrolledWindow</a> or
--   <a>ListBox</a>, may add intermediate children between the added widget
--   and the container.
containerAdd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>resize-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructContainerResizeMode :: (IsContainer o, MonadIO m) => ResizeMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>resize-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> container [ #resizeMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerResizeMode :: (MonadIO m, IsContainer o) => o -> ResizeMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>resize-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> container #resizeMode
--   </pre>
getContainerResizeMode :: (MonadIO m, IsContainer o) => o -> m ResizeMode

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>child</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #child
--   </pre>
clearContainerChild :: (MonadIO m, IsContainer o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>child</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructContainerChild :: (IsContainer o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> container [ #child <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerChild :: (MonadIO m, IsContainer o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>border-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructContainerBorderWidth :: (IsContainer o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>border-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> container [ #borderWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerBorderWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsContainer o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>border-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> container #borderWidth
--   </pre>
getContainerBorderWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsContainer o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>setFocusChild</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> container #setFocusChild callback
--   </pre>
afterContainerSetFocusChild :: (IsContainer a, MonadIO m) => a -> ContainerSetFocusChildCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>setFocusChild</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> container #setFocusChild callback
--   </pre>
onContainerSetFocusChild :: (IsContainer a, MonadIO m) => a -> ContainerSetFocusChildCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerSetFocusChildCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback :: ContainerSetFocusChildCallback -> C_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerSetFocusChild :: MonadIO m => ContainerSetFocusChildCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerSetFocusChildCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerSetFocusChildCallback :: Maybe ContainerSetFocusChildCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>remove</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> container #remove callback
--   </pre>
afterContainerRemove :: (IsContainer a, MonadIO m) => a -> ContainerRemoveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>remove</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> container #remove callback
--   </pre>
onContainerRemove :: (IsContainer a, MonadIO m) => a -> ContainerRemoveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerRemoveCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerRemoveCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerRemoveCallback :: ContainerRemoveCallback -> C_ContainerRemoveCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerRemove :: MonadIO m => ContainerRemoveCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerRemoveCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerRemoveCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerRemoveCallback :: Maybe ContainerRemoveCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>checkResize</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> container #checkResize callback
--   </pre>
afterContainerCheckResize :: (IsContainer a, MonadIO m) => a -> ContainerCheckResizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>checkResize</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> container #checkResize callback
--   </pre>
onContainerCheckResize :: (IsContainer a, MonadIO m) => a -> ContainerCheckResizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerCheckResizeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerCheckResizeCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerCheckResizeCallback :: ContainerCheckResizeCallback -> C_ContainerCheckResizeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerCheckResize :: MonadIO m => ContainerCheckResizeCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerCheckResizeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerCheckResizeCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerCheckResizeCallback :: Maybe ContainerCheckResizeCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>add</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> container #add callback
--   </pre>
afterContainerAdd :: (IsContainer a, MonadIO m) => a -> ContainerAddCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>add</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> container #add callback
--   </pre>
onContainerAdd :: (IsContainer a, MonadIO m) => a -> ContainerAddCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerAddCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerAddCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerAddCallback :: ContainerAddCallback -> C_ContainerAddCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerAdd :: MonadIO m => ContainerAddCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerAddCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerAddCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerAddCallback :: Maybe ContainerAddCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Container</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toContainer :: (MonadIO m, IsContainer o) => o -> m Container

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerAddCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerAddCallback :: C_ContainerAddCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerAddCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerCheckResizeCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerCheckResizeCallback :: C_ContainerCheckResizeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerCheckResizeCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerRemoveCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerRemoveCallback :: C_ContainerRemoveCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerRemoveCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback :: C_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerAddCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerAddCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerCheckResizeCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerCheckResizeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerRemoveCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerRemoveCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerSetFocusChildCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerSetFocusChildCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Convenience function for setting up the most used case of this code: a
--   completion list with just strings. This function will set up
--   <i><tt>completion</tt></i> to have a list displaying all (and just)
--   strings in the completion list, and to get those strings from
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i> in the model of <i><tt>completion</tt></i>.
--   
--   This functions creates and adds a <a>CellRendererText</a> for the
--   selected column. If you need to set the text column, but don't want
--   the cell renderer, use <tt><i>g_object_set()</i></tt> to set the
--   <a>EntryCompletion</a>:<tt><i>text-column</i></tt> property directly.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionSetTextColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is
--   only a single match. You may want to set this to <a>False</a> if you
--   are using [inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion].
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
entryCompletionSetPopupSingleMatch :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the completion popup window will be resized to be the
--   same width as the entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
entryCompletionSetPopupSetWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
entryCompletionSetPopupCompletion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the model for a <a>EntryCompletion</a>. If
--   <i><tt>completion</tt></i> already has a model set, it will remove it
--   before setting the new model. If model is <a>Nothing</a>, then it will
--   unset the model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionSetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a, IsTreeModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Requires the length of the search key for <i><tt>completion</tt></i>
--   to be at least <i><tt>length</tt></i>. This is useful for long lists,
--   where completing using a small key takes a lot of time and will come
--   up with meaningless results anyway (ie, a too large dataset).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionSetMinimumKeyLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the match function for <i><tt>completion</tt></i> to be
--   <i><tt>func</tt></i>. The match function is used to determine if a row
--   should or should not be in the completion list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionSetMatchFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> EntryCompletionMatchFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets whether it is possible to cycle through the possible completions
--   inside the entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
entryCompletionSetInlineSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the common prefix of the possible completions should be
--   automatically inserted in the entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
entryCompletionSetInlineCompletion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Requests a prefix insertion.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
entryCompletionInsertPrefix :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m ()

-- | Inserts an action in <i><tt>completion</tt></i>’s action item list at
--   position <i><tt>index_</tt></i> with text <i><tt>text</tt></i>. If you
--   want the action item to have markup, use
--   <a>entryCompletionInsertActionMarkup</a>.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>index_</tt></i> is a relative position in the list of
--   actions and the position of an action can change when deleting a
--   different action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionInsertActionText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Int32 -> Text -> m ()

-- | Inserts an action in <i><tt>completion</tt></i>’s action item list at
--   position <i><tt>index_</tt></i> with markup <i><tt>markup</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionInsertActionMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Int32 -> Text -> m ()

-- | Returns the column in the model of <i><tt>completion</tt></i> to get
--   strings from.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
entryCompletionGetTextColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether the completion popup window will appear even if there
--   is only a single match.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
entryCompletionGetPopupSingleMatch :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the completion popup window will be resized to the
--   width of the entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
entryCompletionGetPopupSetWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
entryCompletionGetPopupCompletion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the model the <a>EntryCompletion</a> is using as data source.
--   Returns <a>Nothing</a> if the model is unset.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionGetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Returns the minimum key length as set for <i><tt>completion</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionGetMinimumKeyLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if inline-selection mode is turned on.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
entryCompletionGetInlineSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the common prefix of the possible completions should
--   be automatically inserted in the entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
entryCompletionGetInlineCompletion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the entry <i><tt>completion</tt></i> has been attached to.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionGetEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Get the original text entered by the user that triggered the
--   completion or <a>Nothing</a> if there’s no completion ongoing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
entryCompletionGetCompletionPrefix :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m Text

-- | Deletes the action at <i><tt>index_</tt></i> from
--   <i><tt>completion</tt></i>’s action list.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>index_</tt></i> is a relative position and the
--   position of an action may have changed since it was inserted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionDeleteAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Computes the common prefix that is shared by all rows in
--   <i><tt>completion</tt></i> that start with <i><tt>key</tt></i>. If no
--   row matches <i><tt>key</tt></i>, <a>Nothing</a> will be returned. Note
--   that a text column must have been set for this function to work, see
--   <a>entryCompletionSetTextColumn</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
entryCompletionComputePrefix :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Requests a completion operation, or in other words a refiltering of
--   the current list with completions, using the current key. The
--   completion list view will be updated accordingly.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionComplete :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>EntryCompletion</a> object using the specified
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> to layout cells in the underlying
--   <a>TreeViewColumn</a> for the drop-down menu.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
entryCompletionNewWithArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m EntryCompletion

-- | Creates a new <a>EntryCompletion</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryCompletionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m EntryCompletion

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionTextColumn :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryCompletion [ #textColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletionTextColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #textColumn
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionTextColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>popup-single-match</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionPopupSingleMatch :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popup-single-match</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryCompletion [ #popupSingleMatch <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletionPopupSingleMatch :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>popup-single-match</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #popupSingleMatch
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionPopupSingleMatch :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>popup-set-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionPopupSetWidth :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popup-set-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryCompletion [ #popupSetWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletionPopupSetWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>popup-set-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #popupSetWidth
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionPopupSetWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>popup-completion</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionPopupCompletion :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popup-completion</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryCompletion [ #popupCompletion <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletionPopupCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>popup-completion</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #popupCompletion
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionPopupCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #model
--   </pre>
clearEntryCompletionModel :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionModel :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryCompletion [ #model <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletionModel :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o, IsTreeModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #model
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionModel :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>minimum-key-length</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionMinimumKeyLength :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>minimum-key-length</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryCompletion [ #minimumKeyLength <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletionMinimumKeyLength :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>minimum-key-length</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #minimumKeyLength
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionMinimumKeyLength :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inline-selection</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionInlineSelection :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inline-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryCompletion [ #inlineSelection <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletionInlineSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inline-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #inlineSelection
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionInlineSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inline-completion</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionInlineCompletion :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inline-completion</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryCompletion [ #inlineCompletion <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletionInlineCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inline-completion</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #inlineCompletion
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionInlineCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletionCellArea :: (IsEntryCompletion o, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryCompletion #cellArea
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletionCellArea :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m (Maybe CellArea)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>noMatches</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entryCompletion #noMatches callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryCompletionNoMatches :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>noMatches</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entryCompletion #noMatches callback
--   </pre>
onEntryCompletionNoMatches :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback :: EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback -> C_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryCompletionNoMatches :: MonadIO m => EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback :: Maybe EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>matchSelected</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entryCompletion #matchSelected callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryCompletionMatchSelected :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>matchSelected</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entryCompletion #matchSelected callback
--   </pre>
onEntryCompletionMatchSelected :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback :: EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback -> C_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryCompletionMatchSelected :: MonadIO m => EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback :: Maybe EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertPrefix</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entryCompletion #insertPrefix callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryCompletionInsertPrefix :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertPrefix</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entryCompletion #insertPrefix callback
--   </pre>
onEntryCompletionInsertPrefix :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback :: EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback -> C_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryCompletionInsertPrefix :: MonadIO m => EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback :: Maybe EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cursorOnMatch</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entryCompletion #cursorOnMatch callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryCompletionCursorOnMatch :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cursorOnMatch</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entryCompletion #cursorOnMatch callback
--   </pre>
onEntryCompletionCursorOnMatch :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback :: EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback -> C_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatch :: MonadIO m => EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback :: Maybe EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>actionActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entryCompletion #actionActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryCompletionActionActivated :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>actionActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entryCompletion #actionActivated callback
--   </pre>
onEntryCompletionActionActivated :: (IsEntryCompletion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback :: EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback -> C_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryCompletionActionActivated :: MonadIO m => EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback :: Maybe EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>EntryCompletion</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEntryCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion o) => o -> m EntryCompletion

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback :: C_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback</a>.
mk_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback :: C_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback</a>.
mk_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback :: C_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback</a>.
mk_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback :: C_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback</a>.
mk_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback :: C_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback)

-- | Gets emitted when an action is activated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback = Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryCompletionActionActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Gets emitted when a match from the cursor is on a match of the list.
--   The default behaviour is to replace the contents of the entry with the
--   contents of the text column in the row pointed to by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>model</tt></i> is the model that was passed to
--   <a>entryCompletionSetModel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Gets emitted when the inline autocompletion is triggered. The default
--   behaviour is to make the entry display the whole prefix and select the
--   newly inserted part.
--   
--   Applications may connect to this signal in order to insert only a
--   smaller part of the <i><tt>prefix</tt></i> into the entry - e.g. the
--   entry used in the <a>FileChooser</a> inserts only the part of the
--   prefix up to the next '/'.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
type EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback = Text -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryCompletionInsertPrefixCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Gets emitted when a match from the list is selected. The default
--   behaviour is to replace the contents of the entry with the contents of
--   the text column in the row pointed to by <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>model</tt></i> is the model that was passed to
--   <a>entryCompletionSetModel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryCompletionMatchSelectedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Gets emitted when the filter model has zero number of rows in
--   completion_complete method. (In other words when GtkEntryCompletion is
--   out of suggestions)
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryCompletionNoMatchesCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Serialize a file filter to an a{sv} variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
fileFilterToGvariant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> m GVariant

-- | Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string that
--   will be displayed in the file selector user interface if there is a
--   selectable list of filters.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileFilterSetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the
--   <a>FileFilterInfo</a> passed to <a>fileFilterFilter</a>
--   
--   This function will not typically be used by applications; it is
--   intended principally for use in the implementation of
--   <a>FileChooser</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileFilterGetNeeded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> m [FileFilterFlags]

-- | Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See
--   <a>fileFilterSetName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileFilterGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Tests whether a file should be displayed according to
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i>. The <a>FileFilterInfo</a>
--   <i><tt>filterInfo</tt></i> should include the fields returned from
--   <a>fileFilterGetNeeded</a>.
--   
--   This function will not typically be used by applications; it is
--   intended principally for use in the implementation of
--   <a>FileChooser</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileFilterFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> FileFilterInfo -> m Bool

-- | Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported by
--   GdkPixbuf.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileFilterAddPixbufFormats :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> m ()

-- | Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileFilterAddPattern :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to <i><tt>filter</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileFilterAddMimeType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds rule to a filter that allows files based on a custom callback
--   function. The bitfield <i><tt>needed</tt></i> which is passed in
--   provides information about what sorts of information that the filter
--   function needs; this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive
--   information when it isn’t needed by the filter.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileFilterAddCustom :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> [FileFilterFlags] -> FileFilterFunc -> m ()

-- | Deserialize a file filter from an a{sv} variant in the format produced
--   by <a>fileFilterToGvariant</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
fileFilterNewFromGvariant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GVariant -> m FileFilter

-- | Creates a new <a>FileFilter</a> with no rules added to it. Such a
--   filter doesn’t accept any files, so is not particularly useful until
--   you add rules with <a>fileFilterAddMimeType</a>,
--   <a>fileFilterAddPattern</a>, or <a>fileFilterAddCustom</a>. To create
--   a filter that accepts any file, use:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkFileFilter *filter = gtk_file_filter_new ();
--   gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileFilterNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m FileFilter

-- | Cast to <a>FileFilter</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFileFilter :: (MonadIO m, IsFileFilter o) => o -> m FileFilter

-- | Unselects a single child of <i><tt>box</tt></i>, if the selection mode
--   allows it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxUnselectChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a, IsFlowBoxChild b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Unselect all children of <i><tt>box</tt></i>, if the selection mode
--   allows it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxUnselectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in <i><tt>box</tt></i>. The
--   adjustment is also used for autoscrolling during rubberband selection.
--   See <a>scrolledWindowGetVadjustment</a> for a typical way of obtaining
--   the adjustment, and <a>flowBoxSetHadjustment</a>for setting the
--   horizontal adjustment.
--   
--   The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate
--   system as the allocation for immediate children of the box.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | By setting a sort function on the <i><tt>box</tt></i>, one can
--   dynamically reorder the children of the box, based on the contents of
--   the children.
--   
--   The <i><tt>sortFunc</tt></i> will be called for each child after the
--   call, and will continue to be called each time a child changes (via
--   <a>flowBoxChildChanged</a>) and when <a>flowBoxInvalidateSort</a> is
--   called.
--   
--   Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model
--   (see <a>flowBoxBindModel</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Maybe FlowBoxSortFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets how selection works in <i><tt>box</tt></i>. See
--   <a>SelectionMode</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetSelectionMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> SelectionMode -> m ()

-- | Sets the vertical space to add between children. See the
--   <a>FlowBox</a>:<tt><i>row-spacing</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the minimum number of children to line up in
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i>’s orientation before flowing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetMinChildrenPerLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the maximum number of children to request and allocate space for
--   in <i><tt>box</tt></i>’s orientation.
--   
--   Setting the maximum number of children per line limits the overall
--   natural size request to be no more than <i><tt>nChildren</tt></i>
--   children long in the given orientation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetMaxChildrenPerLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>FlowBox</a>:<tt><i>homogeneous</i></tt> property of
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i>, controlling whether or not all children of
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i> are given equal space in the box.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in <i><tt>box</tt></i>. The
--   adjustment is also used for autoscrolling during rubberband selection.
--   See <a>scrolledWindowGetHadjustment</a> for a typical way of obtaining
--   the adjustment, and <a>flowBoxSetVadjustment</a>for setting the
--   vertical adjustment.
--   
--   The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate
--   system as the allocation for immediate children of the box.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | By setting a filter function on the <i><tt>box</tt></i> one can decide
--   dynamically which of the children to show. For instance, to implement
--   a search function that only shows the children matching the search
--   terms.
--   
--   The <i><tt>filterFunc</tt></i> will be called for each child after the
--   call, and it will continue to be called each time a child changes (via
--   <a>flowBoxChildChanged</a>) or when <a>flowBoxInvalidateFilter</a> is
--   called.
--   
--   Note that using a filter function is incompatible with using a model
--   (see <a>flowBoxBindModel</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetFilterFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Maybe FlowBoxFilterFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the horizontal space to add between children. See the
--   <a>FlowBox</a>:<tt><i>column-spacing</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetColumnSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>single</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, children will be activated
--   when you click on them, otherwise you need to double-click.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSetActivateOnSingleClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Calls a function for each selected child.
--   
--   Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSelectedForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> FlowBoxForeachFunc -> m ()

-- | Selects a single child of <i><tt>box</tt></i>, if the selection mode
--   allows it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSelectChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a, IsFlowBoxChild b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Select all children of <i><tt>box</tt></i>, if the selection mode
--   allows it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxSelectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Updates the sorting for all children.
--   
--   Call this when the result of the sort function on <i><tt>box</tt></i>
--   is changed due to an external factor.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxInvalidateSort :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Updates the filtering for all children.
--   
--   Call this function when the result of the filter function on the
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i> is changed due ot an external factor. For
--   instance, this would be used if the filter function just looked for a
--   specific search term, and the entry with the string has changed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxInvalidateFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Inserts the <i><tt>widget</tt></i> into <i><tt>box</tt></i> at
--   <i><tt>position</tt></i>.
--   
--   If a sort function is set, the widget will actually be inserted at the
--   calculated position and this function has the same effect as
--   <a>containerAdd</a>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>position</tt></i> is -1, or larger than the total number of
--   children in the <i><tt>box</tt></i>, then the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>
--   will be appended to the end.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the selection mode of <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetSelectionMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m SelectionMode

-- | Creates a list of all selected children.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetSelectedChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m [FlowBoxChild]

-- | Gets the vertical spacing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Gets the minimum number of children per line.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetMinChildrenPerLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Gets the maximum number of children per line.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetMaxChildrenPerLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the same
--   size). See <a>boxSetHomogeneous</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the horizontal spacing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetColumnSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Gets the child in the (<i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>) position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22.6</i>
flowBoxGetChildAtPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Maybe FlowBoxChild)

-- | Gets the nth child in the <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetChildAtIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe FlowBoxChild)

-- | Returns whether children activate on single clicks.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxGetActivateOnSingleClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Binds <i><tt>model</tt></i> to <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>box</tt></i> was already bound to a model, that previous
--   binding is destroyed.
--   
--   The contents of <i><tt>box</tt></i> are cleared and then filled with
--   widgets that represent items from <i><tt>model</tt></i>.
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i> is updated whenever <i><tt>model</tt></i> changes.
--   If <i><tt>model</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, <i><tt>box</tt></i> is
--   left empty.
--   
--   It is undefined to add or remove widgets directly (for example, with
--   <a>flowBoxInsert</a> or <a>containerAdd</a>) while <i><tt>box</tt></i>
--   is bound to a model.
--   
--   Note that using a model is incompatible with the filtering and sorting
--   functionality in GtkFlowBox. When using a model, filtering and sorting
--   should be implemented by the model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
flowBoxBindModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a, IsListModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> m ()

-- | Creates a GtkFlowBox.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m FlowBox

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFlowBoxSelectionMode :: (IsFlowBox o, MonadIO m) => SelectionMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> flowBox [ #selectionMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFlowBoxSelectionMode :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> SelectionMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> flowBox #selectionMode
--   </pre>
getFlowBoxSelectionMode :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> m SelectionMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFlowBoxRowSpacing :: (IsFlowBox o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> flowBox [ #rowSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFlowBoxRowSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> flowBox #rowSpacing
--   </pre>
getFlowBoxRowSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>min-children-per-line</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFlowBoxMinChildrenPerLine :: (IsFlowBox o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>min-children-per-line</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> flowBox [ #minChildrenPerLine <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFlowBoxMinChildrenPerLine :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>min-children-per-line</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> flowBox #minChildrenPerLine
--   </pre>
getFlowBoxMinChildrenPerLine :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-children-per-line</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFlowBoxMaxChildrenPerLine :: (IsFlowBox o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-children-per-line</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> flowBox [ #maxChildrenPerLine <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFlowBoxMaxChildrenPerLine :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-children-per-line</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> flowBox #maxChildrenPerLine
--   </pre>
getFlowBoxMaxChildrenPerLine :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFlowBoxHomogeneous :: (IsFlowBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> flowBox [ #homogeneous <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFlowBoxHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> flowBox #homogeneous
--   </pre>
getFlowBoxHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFlowBoxColumnSpacing :: (IsFlowBox o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> flowBox [ #columnSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFlowBoxColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> flowBox #columnSpacing
--   </pre>
getFlowBoxColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFlowBoxActivateOnSingleClick :: (IsFlowBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> flowBox [ #activateOnSingleClick <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFlowBoxActivateOnSingleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> flowBox #activateOnSingleClick
--   </pre>
getFlowBoxActivateOnSingleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unselectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> flowBox #unselectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterFlowBoxUnselectAll :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unselectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> flowBox #unselectAll callback
--   </pre>
onFlowBoxUnselectAll :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback :: FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback -> C_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxUnselectAll :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxUnselectAllCallback :: Maybe FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorChild</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> flowBox #toggleCursorChild callback
--   </pre>
afterFlowBoxToggleCursorChild :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorChild</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> flowBox #toggleCursorChild callback
--   </pre>
onFlowBoxToggleCursorChild :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback :: FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback -> C_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxToggleCursorChild :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback :: Maybe FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectedChildrenChanged</a>
--   signal, to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> flowBox #selectedChildrenChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterFlowBoxSelectedChildrenChanged :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectedChildrenChanged</a>
--   signal, to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> flowBox #selectedChildrenChanged callback
--   </pre>
onFlowBoxSelectedChildrenChanged :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback :: FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback -> C_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChanged :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback :: Maybe FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> flowBox #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterFlowBoxSelectAll :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> flowBox #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
onFlowBoxSelectAll :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxSelectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback :: FlowBoxSelectAllCallback -> C_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxSelectAll :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxSelectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxSelectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxSelectAllCallback :: Maybe FlowBoxSelectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> flowBox #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterFlowBoxMoveCursor :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> flowBox #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
onFlowBoxMoveCursor :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback :: FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback -> C_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxMoveCursor :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxMoveCursorCallback :: Maybe FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>childActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> flowBox #childActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterFlowBoxChildActivated :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>childActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> flowBox #childActivated callback
--   </pre>
onFlowBoxChildActivated :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback :: FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback -> C_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxChildActivated :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxChildActivatedCallback :: Maybe FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCursorChild</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> flowBox #activateCursorChild callback
--   </pre>
afterFlowBoxActivateCursorChild :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCursorChild</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> flowBox #activateCursorChild callback
--   </pre>
onFlowBoxActivateCursorChild :: (IsFlowBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback :: FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback -> C_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxActivateCursorChild :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback :: Maybe FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback

-- | Cast to <a>FlowBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFlowBox :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBox o) => o -> m FlowBox

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback</a>.
mk_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback :: C_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback :: C_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback</a>.
mk_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback :: C_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback</a>.
mk_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback :: C_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback</a>.
mk_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback :: C_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback</a>.
mk_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback :: C_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback</a>.
mk_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback :: C_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback)

-- | The <a>activateCursorChild</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user activates
--   the <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
type FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxActivateCursorChildCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>childActivated</a> signal is emitted when a child has been
--   activated by the user.
type FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback = FlowBoxChild -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxChildActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr FlowBoxChild -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>moveCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   cursor movement.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control the
--   cursor programmatically.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal come in two variants, the variant
--   with the Shift modifier extends the selection, the variant without the
--   Shift modifer does not. There are too many key combinations to list
--   them all here.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Arrow keys move by individual children</li>
--   <li>Home/End keys move to the ends of the box</li>
--   <li>PageUp/PageDown keys move vertically by pages</li>
--   </ul>
type FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback = MovementStep -> Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxMoveCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>selectAll</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted to select all children of the box, if the selection
--   mode permits it.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-a.
type FlowBoxSelectAllCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxSelectAllCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>selectedChildrenChanged</a> signal is emitted when the set of
--   selected children changes.
--   
--   Use <a>flowBoxSelectedForeach</a> or <a>flowBoxGetSelectedChildren</a>
--   to obtain the selected children.
type FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>toggleCursorChild</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which toggles the selection of the child
--   that has the focus.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-Space.
type FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxToggleCursorChildCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>unselectAll</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to unselect all children
--   of the box, if the selection mode permits it.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a.
type FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxUnselectAllCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Undoes the effect of <a>iconViewEnableModelDragSource</a>. Calling
--   this method sets <a>IconView</a>:<tt><i>reorderable</i></tt> to
--   <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewUnsetModelDragSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Undoes the effect of <a>iconViewEnableModelDragDest</a>. Calling this
--   method sets <a>IconView</a>:<tt><i>reorderable</i></tt> to
--   <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewUnsetModelDragDest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Unselects the row at <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewUnselectPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Unselects all the icons.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewUnselectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the tip area of <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> to be the area covered by
--   the item at <i><tt>path</tt></i>. See also
--   <a>iconViewSetTooltipColumn</a> for a simpler alternative. See also
--   <a>tooltipSetTipArea</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
iconViewSetTooltipItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a, IsTooltip b) => a -> b -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full items,
--   you can use this function to have <a>IconView</a> handle these
--   automatically for you. <i><tt>column</tt></i> should be set to the
--   column in <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>’s model containing the tooltip
--   texts, or -1 to disable this feature.
--   
--   When enabled, <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> will be set to
--   <a>True</a> and <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> will connect a
--   <a>queryTooltip</a> signal handler.
--   
--   Note that the signal handler sets the text with
--   <a>tooltipSetMarkup</a>, so &amp;, &lt;, etc have to be escaped in the
--   text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
iconViewSetTooltipColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the tip area of <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> to the area which
--   <i><tt>cell</tt></i> occupies in the item pointed to by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>. See also <a>tooltipSetTipArea</a>.
--   
--   See also <a>iconViewSetTooltipColumn</a> for a simpler alternative.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
iconViewSetTooltipCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a, IsTooltip b, IsCellRenderer c) => a -> b -> TreePath -> Maybe c -> m ()

-- | Sets the column with text for <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> to be
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i>. The text column must be of type
--   <tt><i>G_TYPE_STRING</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetTextColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>spacing</a> property which specifies the space which is
--   inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the selection mode of the <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetSelectionMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> SelectionMode -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>rowSpacing</a> property which specifies the space which is
--   inserted between the rows of the icon view.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models
--   that support the <a>TreeDragSourceIface</a> and the
--   <a>TreeDragDestIface</a>. Both <a>TreeStore</a> and <a>ListStore</a>
--   support these. If <i><tt>reorderable</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then the
--   user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping rows. The
--   developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the model's
--   row_inserted and row_deleted signals. The reordering is implemented by
--   setting up the icon view as a drag source and destination. Therefore,
--   drag and drop can not be used in a reorderable view for any other
--   purpose.
--   
--   This function does not give you any degree of control over the order
--   -- any reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should
--   probably handle drag and drop manually.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewSetReorderable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the column with pixbufs for <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> to be
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i>. The pixbuf column must be of type
--   <tt><i>GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF</i></tt>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetPixbufColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the model for a <a>IconView</a>. If the <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>
--   already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new
--   model. If <i><tt>model</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then it will unset
--   the old model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a, IsTreeModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the column with markup information for <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>
--   to be <i><tt>column</tt></i>. The markup column must be of type
--   <tt><i>G_TYPE_STRING</i></tt>. If the markup column is set to
--   something, it overrides the text column set by
--   <a>iconViewSetTextColumn</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetMarkupColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>margin</a> property which specifies the space which is
--   inserted at the top, bottom, left and right of the icon view.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>itemWidth</a> property which specifies the width to use
--   for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically
--   determine a suitable item size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetItemWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>IconView</a>:<tt><i>item-padding</i></tt> property which
--   specifies the padding around each of the icon view’s items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
iconViewSetItemPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>itemOrientation</a> property which determines whether the
--   labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetItemOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Sets the item that is highlighted for feedback.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewSetDragDestItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Maybe TreePath -> IconViewDropPosition -> m ()

-- | Sets the current keyboard focus to be at <i><tt>path</tt></i>, and
--   selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user’s attention
--   on a particular item. If <i><tt>cell</tt></i> is not <a>Nothing</a>,
--   then focus is given to the cell specified by it. Additionally, if
--   <i><tt>startEditing</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then editing should be
--   started in the specified cell.
--   
--   This function is often followed by <tt>gtk_widget_grab_focus
--   (icon_view)</tt> in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please
--   note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewSetCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> TreePath -> Maybe b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>columns</a> property which determines in how many columns
--   the icons are arranged. If <i><tt>columns</tt></i> is -1, the number
--   of columns will be chosen automatically to fill the available area.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetColumns :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>columnSpacing</a> property which specifies the space which
--   is inserted between the columns of the icon view.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSetColumnSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Causes the <a>itemActivated</a> signal to be emitted on a single click
--   instead of a double click.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
iconViewSetActivateOnSingleClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Calls a function for each selected icon. Note that the model or
--   selection cannot be modified from within this function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSelectedForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> IconViewForeachFunc -> m ()

-- | Selects the row at <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSelectPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Selects all the icons. <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> must has its selection
--   mode set to <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewSelectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Moves the alignments of <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> to the position
--   specified by <i><tt>path</tt></i>. <i><tt>rowAlign</tt></i> determines
--   where the row is placed, and <i><tt>colAlign</tt></i> determines where
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i> is placed. Both are expected to be between 0.0
--   and 1.0. 0.0 means left/top alignment, 1.0 means right/bottom
--   alignment, 0.5 means center.
--   
--   If <i><tt>useAlign</tt></i> is <a>False</a>, then the alignment
--   arguments are ignored, and the tree does the minimum amount of work to
--   scroll the item onto the screen. This means that the item will be
--   scrolled to the edge closest to its current position. If the item is
--   currently visible on the screen, nothing is done.
--   
--   This function only works if the model is set, and <i><tt>path</tt></i>
--   is a valid row on the model. If the model changes before the
--   <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> is realized, the centered path will be
--   modified to reflect this change.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewScrollToPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> TreePath -> Bool -> Float -> Float -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the icon pointed to by <i><tt>path</tt></i> is
--   currently selected. If <i><tt>path</tt></i> does not point to a valid
--   location, <a>False</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewPathIsSelected :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Activates the item determined by <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewItemActivated :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>startPath</tt></i> and <i><tt>endPath</tt></i> to be the
--   first and last visible path. Note that there may be invisible paths in
--   between.
--   
--   Both paths should be freed with <a>treePathFree</a> after use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewGetVisibleRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m (Bool, TreePath, TreePath)

-- | This function is supposed to be used in a <a>queryTooltip</a> signal
--   handler for <a>IconView</a>. The <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>keyboardTip</tt></i> values which are received in the
--   signal handler, should be passed to this function without
--   modification.
--   
--   The return value indicates whether there is an icon view item at the
--   given coordinates (<a>True</a>) or not (<a>False</a>) for mouse
--   tooltips. For keyboard tooltips the item returned will be the cursor
--   item. When <a>True</a>, then any of <i><tt>model</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i> and <i><tt>iter</tt></i> which have been provided
--   will be set to point to that row and the corresponding model.
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> will always be converted to be
--   relative to <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>’s bin_window if
--   <i><tt>keyboardTooltip</tt></i> is <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
iconViewGetTooltipContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Bool -> m (Bool, Int32, Int32, TreeModel, TreePath, TreeIter)

-- | Returns the column of <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>’s model which is being
--   used for displaying tooltips on <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>’s rows.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
iconViewGetTooltipColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the column with text for <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetTextColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the value of the <a>spacing</a> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the selection mode of the <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetSelectionMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m SelectionMode

-- | Creates a list of paths of all selected items. Additionally, if you
--   are planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you
--   may want to convert the returned list into a list of
--   <tt><i>GtkTreeRowReferences</i></tt>. To do this, you can use
--   <a>treeRowReferenceNew</a>.
--   
--   To free the return value, use:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetSelectedItems :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m [TreePath]

-- | Returns the value of the <a>rowSpacing</a> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves whether the user can reorder the list via drag-and-drop. See
--   <a>iconViewSetReorderable</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewGetReorderable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the column with pixbufs for <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetPixbufColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Finds the path at the point (<i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>),
--   relative to bin_window coordinates. See <a>iconViewGetItemAtPos</a>,
--   if you are also interested in the cell at the specified position. See
--   <a>iconViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords</a> for converting widget
--   coordinates to bin_window coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetPathAtPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Maybe TreePath)

-- | Returns the model the <a>IconView</a> is based on. Returns
--   <a>Nothing</a> if the model is unset.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Returns the column with markup text for <i><tt>iconView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetMarkupColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the value of the <a>margin</a> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the value of the <a>itemWidth</a> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetItemWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the row in which the item <i><tt>path</tt></i> is currently
--   displayed. Row numbers start at 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
iconViewGetItemRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> TreePath -> m Int32

-- | Returns the value of the <a>itemPadding</a> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
iconViewGetItemPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the value of the <a>itemOrientation</a> property which
--   determines whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of
--   below.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetItemOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Orientation

-- | Gets the column in which the item <i><tt>path</tt></i> is currently
--   displayed. Column numbers start at 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
iconViewGetItemColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> TreePath -> m Int32

-- | Finds the path at the point (<i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>),
--   relative to bin_window coordinates. In contrast to
--   <a>iconViewGetPathAtPos</a>, this function also obtains the cell at
--   the specified position. The returned path should be freed with
--   <a>treePathFree</a>. See <a>iconViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords</a>
--   for converting widget coordinates to bin_window coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewGetItemAtPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Bool, TreePath, CellRenderer)

-- | Gets information about the item that is highlighted for feedback.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewGetDragDestItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m (TreePath, IconViewDropPosition)

-- | Determines the destination item for a given position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewGetDestItemAtPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Bool, TreePath, IconViewDropPosition)

-- | Fills in <i><tt>path</tt></i> and <i><tt>cell</tt></i> with the
--   current cursor path and cell. If the cursor isn’t currently set, then
--   *<i><tt>path</tt></i> will be <a>Nothing</a>. If no cell currently has
--   focus, then *<i><tt>cell</tt></i> will be <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   The returned <a>TreePath</a> must be freed with <a>treePathFree</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewGetCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m (Bool, TreePath, CellRenderer)

-- | Returns the value of the <a>columns</a> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetColumns :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the value of the <a>columnSpacing</a> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewGetColumnSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Fills the bounding rectangle in widget coordinates for the cell
--   specified by <i><tt>path</tt></i> and <i><tt>cell</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>cell</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> the main cell area is used.
--   
--   This function is only valid if <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> is realized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
iconViewGetCellRect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> TreePath -> Maybe b -> m (Bool, Rectangle)

-- | Gets the setting set by <a>iconViewSetActivateOnSingleClick</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
iconViewGetActivateOnSingleClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Turns <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> into a drag source for automatic DND.
--   Calling this method sets <a>IconView</a>:<tt><i>reorderable</i></tt>
--   to <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewEnableModelDragSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> [ModifierType] -> [TargetEntry] -> [DragAction] -> m ()

-- | Turns <i><tt>iconView</tt></i> into a drop destination for automatic
--   DND. Calling this method sets
--   <a>IconView</a>:<tt><i>reorderable</i></tt> to <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewEnableModelDragDest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> [TargetEntry] -> [DragAction] -> m ()

-- | Creates a <a>Surface</a> representation of the item at
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>. This image is used for a drag icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
iconViewCreateDragIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> TreePath -> m Surface

-- | Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window, as
--   expected by e.g. <a>iconViewGetPathAtPos</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
iconViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Creates a new <a>IconView</a> widget with the model
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewNewWithModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m IconView

-- | Creates a new <a>IconView</a> widget using the specified
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i> to layout cells inside the icons.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
iconViewNewWithArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m IconView

-- | Creates a new <a>IconView</a> widget
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconViewNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m IconView

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewTooltipColumn :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #tooltipColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewTooltipColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #tooltipColumn
--   </pre>
getIconViewTooltipColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewTextColumn :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #textColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewTextColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #textColumn
--   </pre>
getIconViewTextColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewSpacing :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #spacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #spacing
--   </pre>
getIconViewSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewSelectionMode :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => SelectionMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #selectionMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewSelectionMode :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> SelectionMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #selectionMode
--   </pre>
getIconViewSelectionMode :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m SelectionMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewRowSpacing :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #rowSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewRowSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #rowSpacing
--   </pre>
getIconViewRowSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewReorderable :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #reorderable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewReorderable :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #reorderable
--   </pre>
getIconViewReorderable :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixbuf-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewPixbufColumn :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #pixbufColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewPixbufColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #pixbufColumn
--   </pre>
getIconViewPixbufColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #model
--   </pre>
clearIconViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewModel :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #model <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o, IsTreeModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #model
--   </pre>
getIconViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>markup-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewMarkupColumn :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>markup-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #markupColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewMarkupColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>markup-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #markupColumn
--   </pre>
getIconViewMarkupColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewMargin :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #margin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #margin
--   </pre>
getIconViewMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>item-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewItemWidth :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>item-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #itemWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewItemWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>item-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #itemWidth
--   </pre>
getIconViewItemWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>item-padding</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewItemPadding :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>item-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #itemPadding <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewItemPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>item-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #itemPadding
--   </pre>
getIconViewItemPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>item-orientation</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewItemOrientation :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Orientation -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>item-orientation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #itemOrientation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewItemOrientation :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>item-orientation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #itemOrientation
--   </pre>
getIconViewItemOrientation :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Orientation

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>columns</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewColumns :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>columns</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #columns <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewColumns :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>columns</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #columns
--   </pre>
getIconViewColumns :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewColumnSpacing :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #columnSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #columnSpacing
--   </pre>
getIconViewColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewCellArea :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #cellArea
--   </pre>
getIconViewCellArea :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m (Maybe CellArea)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIconViewActivateOnSingleClick :: (IsIconView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iconView [ #activateOnSingleClick <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIconViewActivateOnSingleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iconView #activateOnSingleClick
--   </pre>
getIconViewActivateOnSingleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unselectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconView #unselectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterIconViewUnselectAll :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewUnselectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unselectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconView #unselectAll callback
--   </pre>
onIconViewUnselectAll :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewUnselectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewUnselectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconViewUnselectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_IconViewUnselectAllCallback :: IconViewUnselectAllCallback -> C_IconViewUnselectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewUnselectAll :: MonadIO m => IconViewUnselectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconViewUnselectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewUnselectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noIconViewUnselectAllCallback :: Maybe IconViewUnselectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorItem</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconView #toggleCursorItem callback
--   </pre>
afterIconViewToggleCursorItem :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorItem</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconView #toggleCursorItem callback
--   </pre>
onIconViewToggleCursorItem :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback</a>.
wrap_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback :: IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback -> C_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewToggleCursorItem :: MonadIO m => IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback</a></tt>.
noIconViewToggleCursorItemCallback :: Maybe IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconView #selectionChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterIconViewSelectionChanged :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewSelectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconView #selectionChanged callback
--   </pre>
onIconViewSelectionChanged :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewSelectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewSelectionChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback :: IconViewSelectionChangedCallback -> C_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewSelectionChanged :: MonadIO m => IconViewSelectionChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewSelectionChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noIconViewSelectionChangedCallback :: Maybe IconViewSelectionChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectCursorItem</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconView #selectCursorItem callback
--   </pre>
afterIconViewSelectCursorItem :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectCursorItem</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconView #selectCursorItem callback
--   </pre>
onIconViewSelectCursorItem :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback</a>.
wrap_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback :: IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback -> C_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewSelectCursorItem :: MonadIO m => IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback</a></tt>.
noIconViewSelectCursorItemCallback :: Maybe IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconView #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterIconViewSelectAll :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconView #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
onIconViewSelectAll :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewSelectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconViewSelectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_IconViewSelectAllCallback :: IconViewSelectAllCallback -> C_IconViewSelectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewSelectAll :: MonadIO m => IconViewSelectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconViewSelectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewSelectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noIconViewSelectAllCallback :: Maybe IconViewSelectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconView #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterIconViewMoveCursor :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconView #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
onIconViewMoveCursor :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewMoveCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconViewMoveCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_IconViewMoveCursorCallback :: IconViewMoveCursorCallback -> C_IconViewMoveCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewMoveCursor :: MonadIO m => IconViewMoveCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconViewMoveCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewMoveCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noIconViewMoveCursorCallback :: Maybe IconViewMoveCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>itemActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconView #itemActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterIconViewItemActivated :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewItemActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>itemActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconView #itemActivated callback
--   </pre>
onIconViewItemActivated :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewItemActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewItemActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconViewItemActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_IconViewItemActivatedCallback :: IconViewItemActivatedCallback -> C_IconViewItemActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewItemActivated :: MonadIO m => IconViewItemActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconViewItemActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewItemActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noIconViewItemActivatedCallback :: Maybe IconViewItemActivatedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCursorItem</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconView #activateCursorItem callback
--   </pre>
afterIconViewActivateCursorItem :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCursorItem</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconView #activateCursorItem callback
--   </pre>
onIconViewActivateCursorItem :: (IsIconView a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback</a>.
wrap_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback :: IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback -> C_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewActivateCursorItem :: MonadIO m => IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback</a></tt>.
noIconViewActivateCursorItemCallback :: Maybe IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback

-- | Cast to <a>IconView</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toIconView :: (MonadIO m, IsIconView o) => o -> m IconView

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback</a>.
mk_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback :: C_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewItemActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_IconViewItemActivatedCallback :: C_IconViewItemActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewItemActivatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewMoveCursorCallback</a>.
mk_IconViewMoveCursorCallback :: C_IconViewMoveCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewMoveCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewSelectAllCallback</a>.
mk_IconViewSelectAllCallback :: C_IconViewSelectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewSelectAllCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback</a>.
mk_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback :: C_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback</a>.
mk_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback :: C_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback</a>.
mk_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback :: C_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewUnselectAllCallback</a>.
mk_IconViewUnselectAllCallback :: C_IconViewUnselectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewUnselectAllCallback)

-- | A [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the
--   user activates the currently focused item.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control
--   activation programmatically.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Space, Return and Enter.
type IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewActivateCursorItemCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>itemActivated</a> signal is emitted when the method
--   <a>iconViewItemActivated</a> is called, when the user double clicks an
--   item with the "activate-on-single-click" property set to <a>False</a>,
--   or when the user single clicks an item when the
--   "activate-on-single-click" property set to <a>True</a>. It is also
--   emitted when a non-editable item is selected and one of the keys:
--   Space, Return or Enter is pressed.
type IconViewItemActivatedCallback = TreePath -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewItemActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>moveCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   cursor movement.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control the
--   cursor programmatically.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal include
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Arrow keys which move by individual steps</li>
--   <li>Home/End keys which move to the first/last item</li>
--   <li>PageUp/PageDown which move by "pages"</li>
--   </ul>
--   
--   All of these will extend the selection when combined with the Shift
--   modifier.
type IconViewMoveCursorCallback = MovementStep -> Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewMoveCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | A [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the
--   user selects all items.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control
--   selection programmatically.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-a.
type IconViewSelectAllCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewSelectAllCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the
--   user selects the item that is currently focused.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control
--   selection programmatically.
--   
--   There is no default binding for this signal.
type IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewSelectCursorItemCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>selectionChanged</a> signal is emitted when the selection (i.e.
--   the set of selected items) changes.
type IconViewSelectionChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewSelectionChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the
--   user toggles whether the currently focused item is selected or not.
--   The exact effect of this depend on the selection mode.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control
--   selection programmatically.
--   
--   There is no default binding for this signal is Ctrl-Space.
type IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewToggleCursorItemCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the
--   user unselects all items.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control
--   selection programmatically.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a.
type IconViewUnselectAllCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewUnselectAllCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Unselects a single row of <i><tt>box</tt></i>, if the selection mode
--   allows it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxUnselectRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsListBoxRow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Unselect all children of <i><tt>box</tt></i>, if the selection mode
--   allows it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxUnselectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | By setting a sort function on the <i><tt>box</tt></i> one can
--   dynamically reorder the rows of the list, based on the contents of the
--   rows.
--   
--   The <i><tt>sortFunc</tt></i> will be called for each row after the
--   call, and will continue to be called each time a row changes (via
--   <a>listBoxRowChanged</a>) and when <a>listBoxInvalidateSort</a> is
--   called.
--   
--   Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model
--   (see <a>listBoxBindModel</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxSetSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> Maybe ListBoxSortFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets how selection works in the listbox. See <a>SelectionMode</a> for
--   details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxSetSelectionMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> SelectionMode -> m ()

-- | Sets the placeholder widget that is shown in the list when it doesn't
--   display any visible children.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxSetPlaceholder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | By setting a header function on the <i><tt>box</tt></i> one can
--   dynamically add headers in front of rows, depending on the contents of
--   the row and its position in the list. For instance, one could use it
--   to add headers in front of the first item of a new kind, in a list
--   sorted by the kind.
--   
--   The <i><tt>updateHeader</tt></i> can look at the current header widget
--   using <a>listBoxRowGetHeader</a> and either update the state of the
--   widget as needed, or set a new one using <a>listBoxRowSetHeader</a>.
--   If no header is needed, set the header to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   Note that you may get many calls <i><tt>updateHeader</tt></i> to this
--   for a particular row when e.g. changing things that don’t affect the
--   header. In this case it is important for performance to not blindly
--   replace an existing header with an identical one.
--   
--   The <i><tt>updateHeader</tt></i> function will be called for each row
--   after the call, and it will continue to be called each time a row
--   changes (via <a>listBoxRowChanged</a>) and when the row before changes
--   (either by <a>listBoxRowChanged</a> on the previous row, or when the
--   previous row becomes a different row). It is also called for all rows
--   when <a>listBoxInvalidateHeaders</a> is called.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxSetHeaderFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> Maybe ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc -> m ()

-- | By setting a filter function on the <i><tt>box</tt></i> one can decide
--   dynamically which of the rows to show. For instance, to implement a
--   search function on a list that filters the original list to only show
--   the matching rows.
--   
--   The <i><tt>filterFunc</tt></i> will be called for each row after the
--   call, and it will continue to be called each time a row changes (via
--   <a>listBoxRowChanged</a>) or when <a>listBoxInvalidateFilter</a> is
--   called.
--   
--   Note that using a filter function is incompatible with using a model
--   (see <a>listBoxBindModel</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxSetFilterFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> Maybe ListBoxFilterFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the adjustment (if any) that the widget uses to for vertical
--   scrolling. For instance, this is used to get the page size for
--   PageUp/Down key handling.
--   
--   In the normal case when the <i><tt>box</tt></i> is packed inside a
--   <a>ScrolledWindow</a> the adjustment from that will be picked up
--   automatically, so there is no need to manually do that.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxSetAdjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>single</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, rows will be activated when
--   you click on them, otherwise you need to double-click.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxSetActivateOnSingleClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Calls a function for each selected child.
--   
--   Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxSelectedForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> ListBoxForeachFunc -> m ()

-- | Make <i><tt>row</tt></i> the currently selected row.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxSelectRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsListBoxRow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Select all children of <i><tt>box</tt></i>, if the selection mode
--   allows it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxSelectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Prepend a widget to the list. If a sort function is set, the widget
--   will actually be inserted at the calculated position and this function
--   has the same effect of <a>containerAdd</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxPrepend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Update the sorting for all rows. Call this when result of the sort
--   function on the <i><tt>box</tt></i> is changed due to an external
--   factor.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxInvalidateSort :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Update the separators for all rows. Call this when result of the
--   header function on the <i><tt>box</tt></i> is changed due to an
--   external factor.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxInvalidateHeaders :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Update the filtering for all rows. Call this when result of the filter
--   function on the <i><tt>box</tt></i> is changed due to an external
--   factor. For instance, this would be used if the filter function just
--   looked for a specific search string and the entry with the search
--   string has changed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxInvalidateFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | Insert the <i><tt>child</tt></i> into the <i><tt>box</tt></i> at
--   <i><tt>position</tt></i>. If a sort function is set, the widget will
--   actually be inserted at the calculated position and this function has
--   the same effect of <a>containerAdd</a>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>position</tt></i> is -1, or larger than the total number of
--   items in the <i><tt>box</tt></i>, then the <i><tt>child</tt></i> will
--   be appended to the end.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the selection mode of the listbox.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxGetSelectionMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m SelectionMode

-- | Creates a list of all selected children.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxGetSelectedRows :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m [ListBoxRow]

-- | Gets the selected row.
--   
--   Note that the box may allow multiple selection, in which case you
--   should use <a>listBoxSelectedForeach</a> to find all selected rows.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxGetSelectedRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m ListBoxRow

-- | Gets the row at the <i><tt>y</tt></i> position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxGetRowAtY :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe ListBoxRow)

-- | Gets the n-th child in the list (not counting headers). If
--   <i><tt>index_</tt></i> is negative or larger than the number of items
--   in the list, <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxGetRowAtIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe ListBoxRow)

-- | Gets the adjustment (if any) that the widget uses to for vertical
--   scrolling.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxGetAdjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Returns whether rows activate on single clicks.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxGetActivateOnSingleClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | If a row has previously been highlighted via
--   <a>listBoxDragHighlightRow</a> it will have the highlight removed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxDragUnhighlightRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a) => a -> m ()

-- | This is a helper function for implementing DnD onto a <a>ListBox</a>.
--   The passed in <i><tt>row</tt></i> will be highlighted via
--   <a>widgetDragHighlight</a>, and any previously highlighted row will be
--   unhighlighted.
--   
--   The row will also be unhighlighted when the widget gets a drag leave
--   event.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxDragHighlightRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsListBoxRow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Binds <i><tt>model</tt></i> to <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>box</tt></i> was already bound to a model, that previous
--   binding is destroyed.
--   
--   The contents of <i><tt>box</tt></i> are cleared and then filled with
--   widgets that represent items from <i><tt>model</tt></i>.
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i> is updated whenever <i><tt>model</tt></i> changes.
--   If <i><tt>model</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, <i><tt>box</tt></i> is
--   left empty.
--   
--   It is undefined to add or remove widgets directly (for example, with
--   <a>listBoxInsert</a> or <a>containerAdd</a>) while <i><tt>box</tt></i>
--   is bound to a model.
--   
--   Note that using a model is incompatible with the filtering and sorting
--   functionality in GtkListBox. When using a model, filtering and sorting
--   should be implemented by the model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
listBoxBindModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsListModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> Maybe ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>ListBox</a> container.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ListBox

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructListBoxSelectionMode :: (IsListBox o, MonadIO m) => SelectionMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> listBox [ #selectionMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setListBoxSelectionMode :: (MonadIO m, IsListBox o) => o -> SelectionMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> listBox #selectionMode
--   </pre>
getListBoxSelectionMode :: (MonadIO m, IsListBox o) => o -> m SelectionMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructListBoxActivateOnSingleClick :: (IsListBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> listBox [ #activateOnSingleClick <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setListBoxActivateOnSingleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsListBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> listBox #activateOnSingleClick
--   </pre>
getListBoxActivateOnSingleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsListBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unselectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBox #unselectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxUnselectAll :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxUnselectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unselectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBox #unselectAll callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxUnselectAll :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxUnselectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxUnselectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback :: ListBoxUnselectAllCallback -> C_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxUnselectAll :: MonadIO m => ListBoxUnselectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxUnselectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxUnselectAllCallback :: Maybe ListBoxUnselectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorRow</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBox #toggleCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxToggleCursorRow :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorRow</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBox #toggleCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxToggleCursorRow :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback :: ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback -> C_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxToggleCursorRow :: MonadIO m => ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback :: Maybe ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectedRowsChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBox #selectedRowsChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxSelectedRowsChanged :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectedRowsChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBox #selectedRowsChanged callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxSelectedRowsChanged :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback :: ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback -> C_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxSelectedRowsChanged :: MonadIO m => ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback :: Maybe ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBox #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxSelectAll :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBox #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxSelectAll :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxSelectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxSelectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxSelectAllCallback :: ListBoxSelectAllCallback -> C_ListBoxSelectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxSelectAll :: MonadIO m => ListBoxSelectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxSelectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxSelectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxSelectAllCallback :: Maybe ListBoxSelectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowSelected</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBox #rowSelected callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxRowSelected :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxRowSelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowSelected</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBox #rowSelected callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxRowSelected :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxRowSelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxRowSelectedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback :: ListBoxRowSelectedCallback -> C_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxRowSelected :: MonadIO m => ListBoxRowSelectedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxRowSelectedCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxRowSelectedCallback :: Maybe ListBoxRowSelectedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowActivated</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBox #rowActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxRowActivated :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxRowActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowActivated</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBox #rowActivated callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxRowActivated :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxRowActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxRowActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback :: ListBoxRowActivatedCallback -> C_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxRowActivated :: MonadIO m => ListBoxRowActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxRowActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxRowActivatedCallback :: Maybe ListBoxRowActivatedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBox #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxMoveCursor :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBox #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxMoveCursor :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxMoveCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback :: ListBoxMoveCursorCallback -> C_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxMoveCursor :: MonadIO m => ListBoxMoveCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxMoveCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxMoveCursorCallback :: Maybe ListBoxMoveCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCursorRow</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBox #activateCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxActivateCursorRow :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCursorRow</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBox #activateCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxActivateCursorRow :: (IsListBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback :: ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback -> C_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxActivateCursorRow :: MonadIO m => ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback :: Maybe ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ListBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toListBox :: (MonadIO m, IsListBox o) => o -> m ListBox

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback :: C_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback :: C_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback :: C_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback :: C_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxSelectAllCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxSelectAllCallback :: C_ListBoxSelectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxSelectAllCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback :: C_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback :: C_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback :: C_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxActivateCursorRowCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ListBoxMoveCursorCallback = MovementStep -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxMoveCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>rowActivated</a> signal is emitted when a row has been
--   activated by the user.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxRowActivatedCallback = ListBoxRow -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxRowActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>rowSelected</a> signal is emitted when a new row is selected,
--   or (with a <a>Nothing</a> <i><tt>row</tt></i>) when the selection is
--   cleared.
--   
--   When the <i><tt>box</tt></i> is using
--   <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE</i></tt>, this signal will not give you
--   the full picture of selection changes, and you should use the
--   <a>selectedRowsChanged</a> signal instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxRowSelectedCallback = Maybe ListBoxRow -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxRowSelectedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>selectAll</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted to select all children of the box, if the selection
--   mode permits it.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-a.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type ListBoxSelectAllCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxSelectAllCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>selectedRowsChanged</a> signal is emitted when the set of
--   selected rows changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxToggleCursorRowCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>unselectAll</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to unselect all children
--   of the box, if the selection mode permits it.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type ListBoxUnselectAllCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxUnselectAllCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Returns a list of the menus which are attached to this widget. This
--   list is owned by GTK+ and must not be modified.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
menuGetForAttachWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m [Widget]

-- | Sets the title string for the menu.
--   
--   The title is displayed when the menu is shown as a tearoff menu. If
--   <i><tt>title</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the menu will see if it is
--   attached to a parent menu item, and if so it will try to use the same
--   text as that menu item’s label.
menuSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Changes the tearoff state of the menu. A menu is normally displayed as
--   drop down menu which persists as long as the menu is active. It can
--   also be displayed as a tearoff menu which persists until it is closed
--   or reattached.
menuSetTearoffState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Screen</a> on which the menu will be displayed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
menuSetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsScreen b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the menu should reserve space for drawing toggles or
--   icons, regardless of their actual presence.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
menuSetReserveToggleSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Informs GTK+ on which monitor a menu should be popped up. See
--   <a>monitorGetGeometry</a>.
--   
--   This function should be called from a <a>MenuPositionFunc</a> if the
--   menu should not appear on the same monitor as the pointer. This
--   information can’t be reliably inferred from the coordinates returned
--   by a <a>MenuPositionFunc</a>, since, for very long menus, these
--   coordinates may extend beyond the monitor boundaries or even the
--   screen boundaries.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
menuSetMonitor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Selects the specified menu item within the menu. This is used by the
--   <a>ComboBox</a> and should not be used by anyone else.
menuSetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets an accelerator path for this menu from which accelerator paths
--   for its immediate children, its menu items, can be constructed. The
--   main purpose of this function is to spare the programmer the
--   inconvenience of having to call <a>menuItemSetAccelPath</a> on each
--   menu item that should support runtime user changable accelerators.
--   Instead, by just calling <a>menuSetAccelPath</a> on their parent, each
--   menu item of this menu, that contains a label describing its purpose,
--   automatically gets an accel path assigned.
--   
--   For example, a menu containing menu items “New” and “Exit”, will,
--   after <tt>gtk_menu_set_accel_path (menu,
--   "&lt;Gnumeric-Sheet&gt;/File");</tt> has been called, assign its items
--   the accel paths: <tt>"&lt;Gnumeric-Sheet&gt;/File/New"</tt> and
--   <tt>"&lt;Gnumeric-Sheet&gt;/File/Exit"</tt>.
--   
--   Assigning accel paths to menu items then enables the user to change
--   their accelerators at runtime. More details about accelerator paths
--   and their default setups can be found at <a>accelMapAddEntry</a>.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> string will be stored in a
--   <tt><i>GQuark</i></tt>. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you
--   can save some memory by interning it first with
--   <a>internStaticString</a>.
menuSetAccelPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Set the <a>AccelGroup</a> which holds global accelerators for the
--   menu. This accelerator group needs to also be added to all windows
--   that this menu is being used in with <a>windowAddAccelGroup</a>, in
--   order for those windows to support all the accelerators contained in
--   this group.
menuSetAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Repositions the menu according to its position function.
menuReposition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m ()

-- | Moves <i><tt>child</tt></i> to a new <i><tt>position</tt></i> in the
--   list of <i><tt>menu</tt></i> children.
menuReorderChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Displays a menu and makes it available for selection.
--   
--   Applications can use this function to display context-sensitive menus,
--   and will typically supply <a>Nothing</a> for the
--   <i><tt>parentMenuShell</tt></i>, <i><tt>parentMenuItem</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>func</tt></i>, <i><tt>data</tt></i> and <i><tt>destroy</tt></i>
--   parameters. The default menu positioning function will position the
--   menu at the current position of <i><tt>device</tt></i> (or its
--   corresponding pointer).
--   
--   The <i><tt>button</tt></i> parameter should be the mouse button
--   pressed to initiate the menu popup. If the menu popup was initiated by
--   something other than a mouse button press, such as a mouse button
--   release or a keypress, <i><tt>button</tt></i> should be 0.
--   
--   The <i><tt>activateTime</tt></i> parameter is used to conflict-resolve
--   initiation of concurrent requests for mouse/keyboard grab requests. To
--   function properly, this needs to be the time stamp of the user event
--   (such as a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the
--   popup. Only if no such event is available, <a>getCurrentEventTime</a>
--   can be used instead.
--   
--   Note that this function does not work very well on GDK backends that
--   do not have global coordinates, such as Wayland or Mir. You should
--   probably use one of the gtk_menu_popup_at_ variants, which do not have
--   this problem.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
menuPopupForDevice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsDevice b, IsWidget c, IsWidget d) => a -> Maybe b -> Maybe c -> Maybe d -> Maybe MenuPositionFunc -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Displays <i><tt>menu</tt></i> and makes it available for selection.
--   
--   See gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer () to pop up a menu at the master
--   pointer. gtk_menu_popup_at_rect () also allows you to position a menu
--   at an arbitrary rectangle.
--   
--   
--   <i><tt>menu</tt></i> will be positioned at <i><tt>widget</tt></i>,
--   aligning their anchor points. <i><tt>widgetAnchor</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>menuAnchor</tt></i> determine anchor points on
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> and <i><tt>menu</tt></i> to pin together.
--   <i><tt>menu</tt></i> can optionally be offset by
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>rect-anchor-dx</i></tt> and
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>rect-anchor-dy</i></tt>.
--   
--   Anchors should be specified under the assumption that the text
--   direction is left-to-right; they will be flipped horizontally
--   automatically if the text direction is right-to-left.
--   
--   Other properties that influence the behaviour of this function are
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>anchor-hints</i></tt> and
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>menu-type-hint</i></tt>. Connect to the
--   <a>poppedUp</a> signal to find out how it was actually positioned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
menuPopupAtWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Gravity -> Gravity -> Maybe Event -> m ()

-- | Displays <i><tt>menu</tt></i> and makes it available for selection.
--   
--   See gtk_menu_popup_at_widget () and gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (),
--   which handle more common cases for popping up menus.
--   
--   <i><tt>menu</tt></i> will be positioned at <i><tt>rect</tt></i>,
--   aligning their anchor points. <i><tt>rect</tt></i> is relative to the
--   top-left corner of <i><tt>rectWindow</tt></i>.
--   <i><tt>rectAnchor</tt></i> and <i><tt>menuAnchor</tt></i> determine
--   anchor points on <i><tt>rect</tt></i> and <i><tt>menu</tt></i> to pin
--   together. <i><tt>menu</tt></i> can optionally be offset by
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>rect-anchor-dx</i></tt> and
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>rect-anchor-dy</i></tt>.
--   
--   Anchors should be specified under the assumption that the text
--   direction is left-to-right; they will be flipped horizontally
--   automatically if the text direction is right-to-left.
--   
--   Other properties that influence the behaviour of this function are
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>anchor-hints</i></tt> and
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>menu-type-hint</i></tt>. Connect to the
--   <a>poppedUp</a> signal to find out how it was actually positioned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
menuPopupAtRect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> Rectangle -> Gravity -> Gravity -> Maybe Event -> m ()

-- | Displays <i><tt>menu</tt></i> and makes it available for selection.
--   
--   See gtk_menu_popup_at_widget () to pop up a menu at a widget.
--   gtk_menu_popup_at_rect () also allows you to position a menu at an
--   arbitrary rectangle.
--   
--   <i><tt>menu</tt></i> will be positioned at the pointer associated with
--   <i><tt>triggerEvent</tt></i>.
--   
--   Properties that influence the behaviour of this function are
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>anchor-hints</i></tt>,
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>rect-anchor-dx</i></tt>,
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>rect-anchor-dy</i></tt>, and
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>menu-type-hint</i></tt>. Connect to the
--   <a>poppedUp</a> signal to find out how it was actually positioned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
menuPopupAtPointer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> Maybe Event -> m ()

-- | Displays a menu and makes it available for selection.
--   
--   Applications can use this function to display context-sensitive menus,
--   and will typically supply <a>Nothing</a> for the
--   <i><tt>parentMenuShell</tt></i>, <i><tt>parentMenuItem</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>func</tt></i> and <i><tt>data</tt></i> parameters. The default
--   menu positioning function will position the menu at the current mouse
--   cursor position.
--   
--   The <i><tt>button</tt></i> parameter should be the mouse button
--   pressed to initiate the menu popup. If the menu popup was initiated by
--   something other than a mouse button press, such as a mouse button
--   release or a keypress, <i><tt>button</tt></i> should be 0.
--   
--   The <i><tt>activateTime</tt></i> parameter is used to conflict-resolve
--   initiation of concurrent requests for mouse/keyboard grab requests. To
--   function properly, this needs to be the timestamp of the user event
--   (such as a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the
--   popup. Only if no such event is available, <a>getCurrentEventTime</a>
--   can be used instead.
--   
--   Note that this function does not work very well on GDK backends that
--   do not have global coordinates, such as Wayland or Mir. You should
--   probably use one of the gtk_menu_popup_at_ variants, which do not have
--   this problem.
menuPopup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c) => a -> Maybe b -> Maybe c -> Maybe MenuPositionFunc -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Removes the menu from the screen.
menuPopdown :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m ()

-- | Places <i><tt>menu</tt></i> on the given monitor.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
menuPlaceOnMonitor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsMonitor b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns the title of the menu. See <a>menuSetTitle</a>.
menuGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns whether the menu is torn off. See <a>menuSetTearoffState</a>.
menuGetTearoffState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the menu reserves space for toggles and icons,
--   regardless of their actual presence.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
menuGetReserveToggleSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the number of the monitor on which to show the menu.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
menuGetMonitor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the <a>Widget</a> that the menu is attached to.
menuGetAttachWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns the selected menu item from the menu. This is used by the
--   <a>ComboBox</a>.
menuGetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Retrieves the accelerator path set on the menu.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
menuGetAccelPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the <a>AccelGroup</a> which holds global accelerators for the
--   menu. See <a>menuSetAccelGroup</a>.
menuGetAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m AccelGroup

-- | Detaches the menu from the widget to which it had been attached. This
--   function will call the callback function, <i><tt>detacher</tt></i>,
--   provided when the <a>menuAttachToWidget</a> function was called.
menuDetach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m ()

-- | Attaches the menu to the widget and provides a callback function that
--   will be invoked when the menu calls <a>menuDetach</a> during its
--   destruction.
--   
--   If the menu is attached to the widget then it will be destroyed when
--   the widget is destroyed, as if it was a child widget. An attached menu
--   will also move between screens correctly if the widgets moves between
--   screens.
menuAttachToWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Maybe MenuDetachFunc -> m ()

-- | Adds a new <a>MenuItem</a> to a (table) menu. The number of “cells”
--   that an item will occupy is specified by <i><tt>leftAttach</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>rightAttach</tt></i>, <i><tt>topAttach</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>bottomAttach</tt></i>. These each represent the leftmost,
--   rightmost, uppermost and lower column and row numbers of the table.
--   (Columns and rows are indexed from zero).
--   
--   Note that this function is not related to <a>menuDetach</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
menuAttach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a <a>Menu</a> and populates it with menu items and submenus
--   according to <i><tt>model</tt></i>.
--   
--   The created menu items are connected to actions found in the
--   <a>ApplicationWindow</a> to which the menu belongs - typically by
--   means of being attached to a widget (see <a>menuAttachToWidget</a>)
--   that is contained within the <tt><i>GtkApplicationWindows</i></tt>
--   widget hierarchy.
--   
--   Actions can also be added using <a>widgetInsertActionGroup</a> on the
--   menu's attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
menuNewFromModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuModel a) => a -> m Menu

-- | Creates a new <a>Menu</a>
menuNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Menu

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tearoff-title</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tearoffTitle
--   </pre>
clearMenuTearoffTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tearoff-title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuTearoffTitle :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tearoff-title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #tearoffTitle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuTearoffTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tearoff-title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #tearoffTitle
--   </pre>
getMenuTearoffTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tearoff-state</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuTearoffState :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tearoff-state</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #tearoffState <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuTearoffState :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tearoff-state</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #tearoffState
--   </pre>
getMenuTearoffState :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>reserve-toggle-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuReserveToggleSize :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>reserve-toggle-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #reserveToggleSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuReserveToggleSize :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>reserve-toggle-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #reserveToggleSize
--   </pre>
getMenuReserveToggleSize :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rect-anchor-dy</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuRectAnchorDy :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rect-anchor-dy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #rectAnchorDy <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuRectAnchorDy :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rect-anchor-dy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #rectAnchorDy
--   </pre>
getMenuRectAnchorDy :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rect-anchor-dx</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuRectAnchorDx :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rect-anchor-dx</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #rectAnchorDx <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuRectAnchorDx :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rect-anchor-dx</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #rectAnchorDx
--   </pre>
getMenuRectAnchorDx :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>monitor</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuMonitor :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>monitor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #monitor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuMonitor :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>monitor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #monitor
--   </pre>
getMenuMonitor :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>menu-type-hint</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuMenuTypeHint :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => WindowTypeHint -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menu-type-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #menuTypeHint <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuMenuTypeHint :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> WindowTypeHint -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>menu-type-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #menuTypeHint
--   </pre>
getMenuMenuTypeHint :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m WindowTypeHint

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attach-widget</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #attachWidget
--   </pre>
clearMenuAttachWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>attach-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuAttachWidget :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attach-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #attachWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuAttachWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>attach-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #attachWidget
--   </pre>
getMenuAttachWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>anchor-hints</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuAnchorHints :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => [AnchorHints] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>anchor-hints</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #anchorHints <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuAnchorHints :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> [AnchorHints] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>anchor-hints</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #anchorHints
--   </pre>
getMenuAnchorHints :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m [AnchorHints]

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuActive :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuActive :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #active
--   </pre>
getMenuActive :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-path</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelPath
--   </pre>
clearMenuAccelPath :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-path</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuAccelPath :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-path</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #accelPath <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuAccelPath :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-path</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #accelPath
--   </pre>
getMenuAccelPath :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelGroup
--   </pre>
clearMenuAccelGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuAccelGroup :: (IsMenu o, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menu [ #accelGroup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuAccelGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o, IsAccelGroup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menu #accelGroup
--   </pre>
getMenuAccelGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m AccelGroup

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>poppedUp</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menu #poppedUp callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuPoppedUp :: (IsMenu a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuPoppedUpCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>poppedUp</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menu #poppedUp callback
--   </pre>
onMenuPoppedUp :: (IsMenu a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuPoppedUpCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuPoppedUpCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuPoppedUpCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuPoppedUpCallback :: MenuPoppedUpCallback -> C_MenuPoppedUpCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuPoppedUp :: MonadIO m => MenuPoppedUpCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuPoppedUpCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuPoppedUpCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuPoppedUpCallback :: Maybe MenuPoppedUpCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveScroll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menu #moveScroll callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuMoveScroll :: (IsMenu a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuMoveScrollCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveScroll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menu #moveScroll callback
--   </pre>
onMenuMoveScroll :: (IsMenu a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuMoveScrollCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuMoveScrollCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuMoveScrollCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuMoveScrollCallback :: MenuMoveScrollCallback -> C_MenuMoveScrollCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuMoveScroll :: MonadIO m => MenuMoveScrollCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuMoveScrollCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuMoveScrollCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuMoveScrollCallback :: Maybe MenuMoveScrollCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Menu</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsMenu o) => o -> m Menu

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuMoveScrollCallback</a>.
mk_MenuMoveScrollCallback :: C_MenuMoveScrollCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuMoveScrollCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuPoppedUpCallback</a>.
mk_MenuPoppedUpCallback :: C_MenuPoppedUpCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuPoppedUpCallback)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type MenuMoveScrollCallback = ScrollType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuMoveScrollCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the position of <i><tt>menu</tt></i> is finalized after
--   being popped up using gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (),
--   gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (), or gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer ().
--   
--   <i><tt>menu</tt></i> might be flipped over the anchor rectangle in
--   order to keep it on-screen, in which case <i><tt>flippedX</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>flippedY</tt></i> will be set to <a>True</a> accordingly.
--   
--   <i><tt>flippedRect</tt></i> is the ideal position of
--   <i><tt>menu</tt></i> after any possible flipping, but before any
--   possible sliding. <i><tt>finalRect</tt></i> is
--   <i><tt>flippedRect</tt></i>, but possibly translated in the case that
--   flipping is still ineffective in keeping <i><tt>menu</tt></i>
--   on-screen.
--   
--   
--   The blue menu is <i><tt>menu</tt></i>'s ideal position, the green menu
--   is <i><tt>flippedRect</tt></i>, and the red menu is
--   <i><tt>finalRect</tt></i>.
--   
--   See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (),
--   gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (),
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>anchor-hints</i></tt>,
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>rect-anchor-dx</i></tt>,
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>rect-anchor-dy</i></tt>, and
--   <a>Menu</a>:<tt><i>menu-type-hint</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
type MenuPoppedUpCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> Bool -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuPoppedUpCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> Ptr () -> CInt -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Removes any value associated with <i><tt>key</tt></i>. This has the
--   same effect as setting the value to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsUnset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | This function adds the print settings from <i><tt>settings</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>keyFile</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
printSettingsToKeyFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> KeyFile -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Serialize print settings to an a{sv} variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
printSettingsToGvariant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m GVariant

-- | This function saves the print settings from <i><tt>settings</tt></i>
--   to <i><tt>fileName</tt></i>. If the file could not be loaded then
--   error is set to either a <a>FileError</a> or <a>KeyFileError</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
printSettingsToFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetUseColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetReverse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the values of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION</a>,
--   <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X</a> and
--   <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
printSettingsSetResolutionXy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the values of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION</a>,
--   <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X</a> and
--   <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetResolution :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetQuality :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> PrintQuality -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
printSettingsSetPrinterLpi :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Convenience function to set <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER</a> to
--   <i><tt>printer</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetPrinter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetPrintPages :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> PrintPages -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetPaperWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Double -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT</a>,
--   <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH</a> and
--   <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetPaperSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> PaperSize -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetPaperHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Double -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetPageSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> PageSet -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetPageRanges :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> [PageRange] -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetOutputBin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> PageOrientation -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
printSettingsSetNumberUpLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> NumberUpLayout -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetNumberUp :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetNCopies :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE</a>.
--   
--   The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetMediaType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Associates a length in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i> with
--   <i><tt>key</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> Double -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>key</tt></i> to an integer value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetInt :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetFinishings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetDuplex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> PrintDuplex -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>key</tt></i> to a double value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetDouble :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetDither :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetDefaultSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetCollate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>key</tt></i> to a boolean value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSetBool :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Associates <i><tt>value</tt></i> with <i><tt>key</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Reads the print settings from the group <i><tt>groupName</tt></i> in
--   <i><tt>keyFile</tt></i>. If the file could not be loaded then error is
--   set to either a <a>FileError</a> or <a>KeyFileError</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
printSettingsLoadKeyFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> KeyFile -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Reads the print settings from <i><tt>fileName</tt></i>. If the file
--   could not be loaded then error is set to either a <a>FileError</a> or
--   <a>KeyFileError</a>. See <a>printSettingsToFile</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
printSettingsLoadFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a>, if a value is associated with
--   <i><tt>key</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsHasKey :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetUseColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Double

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetReverse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
printSettingsGetResolutionY :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
printSettingsGetResolutionX :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetResolution :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetQuality :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m PrintQuality

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
printSettingsGetPrinterLpi :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Double

-- | Convenience function to obtain the value of
--   <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetPrinter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetPrintPages :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m PrintPages

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH</a>, converted to
--   <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetPaperWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT</a>, converted to a
--   <a>PaperSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetPaperSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m PaperSize

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT</a>, converted to
--   <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetPaperHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetPageSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m PageSet

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetPageRanges :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m [PageRange]

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetOutputBin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Text

-- | Get the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION</a>, converted to a
--   <a>PageOrientation</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m PageOrientation

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
printSettingsGetNumberUpLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m NumberUpLayout

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetNumberUp :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetNCopies :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE</a>.
--   
--   The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetMediaType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the value associated with <i><tt>key</tt></i>, interpreted as
--   a length. The returned value is converted to <i><tt>units</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Returns the value of <i><tt>key</tt></i>, interpreted as an integer,
--   or the default value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetIntWithDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Returns the integer value of <i><tt>key</tt></i>, or 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetInt :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetFinishings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetDuplex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m PrintDuplex

-- | Returns the floating point number represented by the value that is
--   associated with <i><tt>key</tt></i>, or <i><tt>defaultVal</tt></i> if
--   the value does not represent a floating point number.
--   
--   Floating point numbers are parsed with <a>asciiStrtod</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetDoubleWithDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> Double -> m Double

-- | Returns the double value associated with <i><tt>key</tt></i>, or 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetDouble :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m Double

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetDither :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetDefaultSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the value of <a>PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetCollate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the boolean represented by the value that is associated with
--   <i><tt>key</tt></i>.
--   
--   The string “true” represents <a>True</a>, any other string
--   <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGetBool :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Looks up the string value associated with <i><tt>key</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsGet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> Text -> m Text

-- | Calls <i><tt>func</tt></i> for each key-value pair of
--   <i><tt>settings</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> PrintSettingsFunc -> m ()

-- | Copies a <a>PrintSettings</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m PrintSettings

-- | Reads the print settings from the group <i><tt>groupName</tt></i> in
--   <i><tt>keyFile</tt></i>. Returns a new <a>PrintSettings</a> object
--   with the restored settings, or <a>Nothing</a> if an error occurred. If
--   the file could not be loaded then error is set to either a
--   <a>FileError</a> or <a>KeyFileError</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
printSettingsNewFromKeyFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => KeyFile -> Maybe Text -> m PrintSettings

-- | Deserialize print settings from an a{sv} variant in the format
--   produced by <a>printSettingsToGvariant</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
printSettingsNewFromGvariant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GVariant -> m PrintSettings

-- | Reads the print settings from <i><tt>fileName</tt></i>. Returns a new
--   <a>PrintSettings</a> object with the restored settings, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if an error occurred. If the file could not be loaded
--   then error is set to either a <a>FileError</a> or <a>KeyFileError</a>.
--   See <a>printSettingsToFile</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
printSettingsNewFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Char] -> m PrintSettings

-- | Creates a new <a>PrintSettings</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printSettingsNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m PrintSettings

-- | Cast to <a>PrintSettings</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPrintSettings :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings o) => o -> m PrintSettings

-- | Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string that
--   will be displayed in the recently used resources selector user
--   interface if there is a selectable list of filters.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterSetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Gets the fields that need to be filled in for the
--   <a>RecentFilterInfo</a> passed to <a>recentFilterFilter</a>
--   
--   This function will not typically be used by applications; it is
--   intended principally for use in the implementation of
--   <a>RecentChooser</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterGetNeeded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> m [RecentFilterFlags]

-- | Gets the human-readable name for the filter. See
--   <a>recentFilterSetName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Tests whether a file should be displayed according to
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i>. The <a>RecentFilterInfo</a>
--   <i><tt>filterInfo</tt></i> should include the fields returned from
--   <a>recentFilterGetNeeded</a>, and must set the
--   <a>RecentFilterInfo</a>.<tt><i>contains</i></tt> field of
--   <i><tt>filterInfo</tt></i> to indicate which fields have been set.
--   
--   This function will not typically be used by applications; it is
--   intended principally for use in the implementation of
--   <a>RecentChooser</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> RecentFilterInfo -> m Bool

-- | Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported by
--   GdkPixbuf.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterAddPixbufFormats :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> m ()

-- | Adds a rule that allows resources based on a pattern matching their
--   display name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterAddPattern :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds a rule that allows resources based on their registered MIME type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterAddMimeType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the group to
--   which they belong
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterAddGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds a rule to a filter that allows resources based on a custom
--   callback function. The bitfield <i><tt>needed</tt></i> which is passed
--   in provides information about what sorts of information that the
--   filter function needs; this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive
--   information when it isn’t needed by the filter.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterAddCustom :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> [RecentFilterFlags] -> RecentFilterFunc -> m ()

-- | Adds a rule that allows resources based on the name of the application
--   that has registered them.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterAddApplication :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds a rule that allows resources based on their age - that is, the
--   number of days elapsed since they were last modified.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterAddAge :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>RecentFilter</a> with no rules added to it. Such
--   filter does not accept any recently used resources, so is not
--   particularly useful until you add rules with
--   <a>recentFilterAddPattern</a>, <a>recentFilterAddMimeType</a>,
--   <a>recentFilterAddApplication</a>, <a>recentFilterAddAge</a>. To
--   create a filter that accepts any recently used resource, use:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkRecentFilter *filter = gtk_recent_filter_new ();
--   gtk_recent_filter_add_pattern (filter, "*");
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentFilterNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m RecentFilter

-- | Cast to <a>RecentFilter</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRecentFilter :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentFilter o) => o -> m RecentFilter

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
settingsInstallPropertyParser :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GParamSpec -> RcPropertyParser -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
settingsInstallProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GParamSpec -> m ()

-- | Gets the <a>Settings</a> object for <i><tt>screen</tt></i>, creating
--   it if necessary.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
settingsGetForScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m Settings

-- | Gets the <a>Settings</a> object for the default GDK screen, creating
--   it if necessary. See <a>settingsGetForScreen</a>.
settingsGetDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m (Maybe Settings)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
settingsSetStringProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> Text -> Text -> Text -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
settingsSetPropertyValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> Text -> SettingsValue -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
settingsSetLongProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> Text -> CLong -> Text -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
settingsSetDoubleProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> Text -> Double -> Text -> m ()

-- | Undoes the effect of calling <tt><i>g_object_set()</i></tt> to install
--   an application-specific value for a setting. After this call, the
--   setting will again follow the session-wide value for this setting.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
settingsResetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSettings a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkXftRgba
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkXftRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-xft-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkXftRgba :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkXftRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkXftRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkXftRgba
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkXftRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-hintstyle</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkXftHintstyle
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkXftHintstyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-xft-hintstyle</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkXftHintstyle :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-hintstyle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkXftHintstyle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkXftHintstyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-hintstyle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkXftHintstyle
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkXftHintstyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-xft-hinting</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkXftHinting :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-hinting</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkXftHinting <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkXftHinting :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-hinting</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkXftHinting
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkXftHinting :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-xft-dpi</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkXftDpi :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-dpi</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkXftDpi <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkXftDpi :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-dpi</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkXftDpi
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkXftDpi :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-xft-antialias</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkXftAntialias :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-antialias</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkXftAntialias <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkXftAntialias :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-xft-antialias</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkXftAntialias
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkXftAntialias :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-visible-focus</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkVisibleFocus :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => PolicyType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-visible-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkVisibleFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkVisibleFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> PolicyType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-visible-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkVisibleFocus
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkVisibleFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m PolicyType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-touchscreen-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTouchscreenMode :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-touchscreen-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTouchscreenMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTouchscreenMode :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-touchscreen-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTouchscreenMode
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTouchscreenMode :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-tooltip-timeout</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTooltipTimeout :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-tooltip-timeout</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTooltipTimeout <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTooltipTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-tooltip-timeout</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTooltipTimeout
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTooltipTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-tooltip-browse-timeout</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTooltipBrowseTimeout :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-tooltip-browse-timeout</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTooltipBrowseTimeout <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTooltipBrowseTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-tooltip-browse-timeout</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTooltipBrowseTimeout
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTooltipBrowseTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-tooltip-browse-mode-timeout</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTooltipBrowseModeTimeout :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-tooltip-browse-mode-timeout</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTooltipBrowseModeTimeout <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTooltipBrowseModeTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-tooltip-browse-mode-timeout</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTooltipBrowseModeTimeout
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTooltipBrowseModeTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-toolbar-style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkToolbarStyle :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => ToolbarStyle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-toolbar-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkToolbarStyle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkToolbarStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> ToolbarStyle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-toolbar-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkToolbarStyle
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkToolbarStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ToolbarStyle

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-toolbar-icon-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkToolbarIconSize :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => IconSize -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-toolbar-icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkToolbarIconSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkToolbarIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> IconSize -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-toolbar-icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkToolbarIconSize
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkToolbarIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m IconSize

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-right-click</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkTitlebarRightClick
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkTitlebarRightClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-titlebar-right-click</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTitlebarRightClick :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-right-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTitlebarRightClick <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTitlebarRightClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-right-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTitlebarRightClick
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTitlebarRightClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-middle-click</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkTitlebarMiddleClick
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkTitlebarMiddleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-titlebar-middle-click</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTitlebarMiddleClick :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-middle-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTitlebarMiddleClick <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTitlebarMiddleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-middle-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTitlebarMiddleClick
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTitlebarMiddleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-double-click</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkTitlebarDoubleClick
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkTitlebarDoubleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-titlebar-double-click</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTitlebarDoubleClick :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-double-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTitlebarDoubleClick <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTitlebarDoubleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-titlebar-double-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTitlebarDoubleClick
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTitlebarDoubleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-timeout-repeat</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTimeoutRepeat :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-timeout-repeat</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTimeoutRepeat <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTimeoutRepeat :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-timeout-repeat</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTimeoutRepeat
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTimeoutRepeat :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-timeout-initial</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTimeoutInitial :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-timeout-initial</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTimeoutInitial <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTimeoutInitial :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-timeout-initial</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTimeoutInitial
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTimeoutInitial :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-timeout-expand</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkTimeoutExpand :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-timeout-expand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkTimeoutExpand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkTimeoutExpand :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-timeout-expand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkTimeoutExpand
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkTimeoutExpand :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-theme-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkThemeName
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-theme-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkThemeName :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkThemeName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkThemeName
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-split-cursor</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkSplitCursor :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-split-cursor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkSplitCursor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkSplitCursor :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-split-cursor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkSplitCursor
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkSplitCursor :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-sound-theme-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkSoundThemeName
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkSoundThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-sound-theme-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkSoundThemeName :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-sound-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkSoundThemeName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkSoundThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-sound-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkSoundThemeName
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkSoundThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-show-unicode-menu</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkShowUnicodeMenu :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-show-unicode-menu</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkShowUnicodeMenu <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkShowUnicodeMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-show-unicode-menu</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkShowUnicodeMenu
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkShowUnicodeMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-show-input-method-menu</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkShowInputMethodMenu :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-show-input-method-menu</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkShowInputMethodMenu <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkShowInputMethodMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-show-input-method-menu</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkShowInputMethodMenu
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkShowInputMethodMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-menubar</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkShellShowsMenubar :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-menubar</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkShellShowsMenubar <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkShellShowsMenubar :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-menubar</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkShellShowsMenubar
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkShellShowsMenubar :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-desktop</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkShellShowsDesktop :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-desktop</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkShellShowsDesktop <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkShellShowsDesktop :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-desktop</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkShellShowsDesktop
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkShellShowsDesktop :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-app-menu</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkShellShowsAppMenu :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-app-menu</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkShellShowsAppMenu <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkShellShowsAppMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-shell-shows-app-menu</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkShellShowsAppMenu
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkShellShowsAppMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-scrolled-window-placement</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkScrolledWindowPlacement :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => CornerType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-scrolled-window-placement</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkScrolledWindowPlacement <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkScrolledWindowPlacement :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> CornerType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-scrolled-window-placement</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkScrolledWindowPlacement
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkScrolledWindowPlacement :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m CornerType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-recent-files-max-age</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkRecentFilesMaxAge :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-recent-files-max-age</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkRecentFilesMaxAge <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkRecentFilesMaxAge :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-recent-files-max-age</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkRecentFilesMaxAge
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkRecentFilesMaxAge :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-recent-files-limit</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkRecentFilesLimit :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-recent-files-limit</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkRecentFilesLimit <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkRecentFilesLimit :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-recent-files-limit</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkRecentFilesLimit
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkRecentFilesLimit :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-recent-files-enabled</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkRecentFilesEnabled :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-recent-files-enabled</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkRecentFilesEnabled <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkRecentFilesEnabled :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-recent-files-enabled</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkRecentFilesEnabled
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkRecentFilesEnabled :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-print-preview-command</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkPrintPreviewCommand
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkPrintPreviewCommand :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-print-preview-command</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkPrintPreviewCommand :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-print-preview-command</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkPrintPreviewCommand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkPrintPreviewCommand :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-print-preview-command</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkPrintPreviewCommand
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkPrintPreviewCommand :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-print-backends</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkPrintBackends
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkPrintBackends :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-print-backends</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkPrintBackends :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-print-backends</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkPrintBackends <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkPrintBackends :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-print-backends</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkPrintBackends
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkPrintBackends :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-primary-button-warps-slider</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkPrimaryButtonWarpsSlider :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-primary-button-warps-slider</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkPrimaryButtonWarpsSlider <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkPrimaryButtonWarpsSlider :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-primary-button-warps-slider</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkPrimaryButtonWarpsSlider
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkPrimaryButtonWarpsSlider :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-overlay-scrolling</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkOverlayScrolling :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-overlay-scrolling</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkOverlayScrolling <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkOverlayScrolling :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-overlay-scrolling</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkOverlayScrolling
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkOverlayScrolling :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-modules</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkModules
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkModules :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-modules</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkModules :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-modules</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkModules <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkModules :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-modules</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkModules
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkModules :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-menu-popup-delay</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkMenuPopupDelay :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-popup-delay</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkMenuPopupDelay <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkMenuPopupDelay :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-popup-delay</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkMenuPopupDelay
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkMenuPopupDelay :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-menu-popdown-delay</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkMenuPopdownDelay :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-popdown-delay</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkMenuPopdownDelay <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkMenuPopdownDelay :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-popdown-delay</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkMenuPopdownDelay
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkMenuPopdownDelay :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-menu-images</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkMenuImages :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-images</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkMenuImages <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkMenuImages :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-images</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkMenuImages
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkMenuImages :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-menu-bar-popup-delay</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkMenuBarPopupDelay :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-bar-popup-delay</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkMenuBarPopupDelay <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkMenuBarPopupDelay :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-bar-popup-delay</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkMenuBarPopupDelay
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkMenuBarPopupDelay :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-bar-accel</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkMenuBarAccel
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkMenuBarAccel :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-menu-bar-accel</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkMenuBarAccel :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-bar-accel</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkMenuBarAccel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkMenuBarAccel :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-menu-bar-accel</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkMenuBarAccel
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkMenuBarAccel :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-long-press-time</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkLongPressTime :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-long-press-time</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkLongPressTime <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkLongPressTime :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-long-press-time</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkLongPressTime
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkLongPressTime :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-label-select-on-focus</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkLabelSelectOnFocus :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-label-select-on-focus</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkLabelSelectOnFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkLabelSelectOnFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-label-select-on-focus</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkLabelSelectOnFocus
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkLabelSelectOnFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-keynav-wrap-around</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkKeynavWrapAround :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-keynav-wrap-around</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkKeynavWrapAround <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkKeynavWrapAround :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-keynav-wrap-around</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkKeynavWrapAround
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkKeynavWrapAround :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-keynav-use-caret</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkKeynavUseCaret :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-keynav-use-caret</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkKeynavUseCaret <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkKeynavUseCaret :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-keynav-use-caret</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkKeynavUseCaret
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkKeynavUseCaret :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-keynav-cursor-only</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkKeynavCursorOnly :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-keynav-cursor-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkKeynavCursorOnly <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkKeynavCursorOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-keynav-cursor-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkKeynavCursorOnly
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkKeynavCursorOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-key-theme-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkKeyThemeName
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkKeyThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-key-theme-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkKeyThemeName :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-key-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkKeyThemeName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkKeyThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-key-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkKeyThemeName
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkKeyThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-im-status-style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkImStatusStyle :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => IMStatusStyle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-im-status-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkImStatusStyle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkImStatusStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> IMStatusStyle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-im-status-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkImStatusStyle
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkImStatusStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m IMStatusStyle

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-im-preedit-style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkImPreeditStyle :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => IMPreeditStyle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-im-preedit-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkImPreeditStyle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkImPreeditStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> IMPreeditStyle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-im-preedit-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkImPreeditStyle
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkImPreeditStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m IMPreeditStyle

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-im-module</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkImModule
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-im-module</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkImModule :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-im-module</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkImModule <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-im-module</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkImModule
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-icon-theme-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkIconThemeName
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkIconThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-icon-theme-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkIconThemeName :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-icon-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkIconThemeName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkIconThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-icon-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkIconThemeName
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkIconThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-icon-sizes</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkIconSizes
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkIconSizes :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-icon-sizes</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkIconSizes :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-icon-sizes</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkIconSizes <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkIconSizes :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-icon-sizes</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkIconSizes
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkIconSizes :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-fontconfig-timestamp</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkFontconfigTimestamp :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-fontconfig-timestamp</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkFontconfigTimestamp <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkFontconfigTimestamp :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-fontconfig-timestamp</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkFontconfigTimestamp
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkFontconfigTimestamp :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-font-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkFontName
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-font-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkFontName :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-font-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkFontName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-font-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkFontName
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-file-chooser-backend</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkFileChooserBackend
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkFileChooserBackend :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-file-chooser-backend</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkFileChooserBackend :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-file-chooser-backend</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkFileChooserBackend <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkFileChooserBackend :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-file-chooser-backend</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkFileChooserBackend
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkFileChooserBackend :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-fallback-icon-theme</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkFallbackIconTheme
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkFallbackIconTheme :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-fallback-icon-theme</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkFallbackIconTheme :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-fallback-icon-theme</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkFallbackIconTheme <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkFallbackIconTheme :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-fallback-icon-theme</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkFallbackIconTheme
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkFallbackIconTheme :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-error-bell</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkErrorBell :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-error-bell</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkErrorBell <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkErrorBell :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-error-bell</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkErrorBell
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkErrorBell :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-entry-select-on-focus</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEntrySelectOnFocus :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-entry-select-on-focus</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEntrySelectOnFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEntrySelectOnFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-entry-select-on-focus</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEntrySelectOnFocus
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEntrySelectOnFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-entry-password-hint-timeout</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEntryPasswordHintTimeout :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-entry-password-hint-timeout</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEntryPasswordHintTimeout <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEntryPasswordHintTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-entry-password-hint-timeout</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEntryPasswordHintTimeout
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEntryPasswordHintTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-enable-tooltips</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEnableTooltips :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-tooltips</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEnableTooltips <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEnableTooltips :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-tooltips</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEnableTooltips
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEnableTooltips :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-enable-primary-paste</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEnablePrimaryPaste :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-primary-paste</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEnablePrimaryPaste <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEnablePrimaryPaste :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-primary-paste</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEnablePrimaryPaste
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEnablePrimaryPaste :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-enable-mnemonics</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEnableMnemonics :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-mnemonics</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEnableMnemonics <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEnableMnemonics :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-mnemonics</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEnableMnemonics
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEnableMnemonics :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-enable-input-feedback-sounds</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEnableInputFeedbackSounds :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-input-feedback-sounds</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEnableInputFeedbackSounds <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEnableInputFeedbackSounds :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-input-feedback-sounds</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEnableInputFeedbackSounds
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEnableInputFeedbackSounds :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-enable-event-sounds</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEnableEventSounds :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-event-sounds</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEnableEventSounds <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEnableEventSounds :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-event-sounds</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEnableEventSounds
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEnableEventSounds :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-enable-animations</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEnableAnimations :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-animations</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEnableAnimations <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEnableAnimations :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-animations</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEnableAnimations
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEnableAnimations :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-enable-accels</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkEnableAccels :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-accels</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkEnableAccels <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkEnableAccels :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-enable-accels</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkEnableAccels
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkEnableAccels :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-double-click-time</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkDoubleClickTime :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-double-click-time</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkDoubleClickTime <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkDoubleClickTime :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-double-click-time</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkDoubleClickTime
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkDoubleClickTime :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-double-click-distance</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkDoubleClickDistance :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-double-click-distance</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkDoubleClickDistance <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkDoubleClickDistance :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-double-click-distance</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkDoubleClickDistance
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkDoubleClickDistance :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-dnd-drag-threshold</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkDndDragThreshold :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-dnd-drag-threshold</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkDndDragThreshold <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkDndDragThreshold :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-dnd-drag-threshold</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkDndDragThreshold
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkDndDragThreshold :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-dialogs-use-header</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkDialogsUseHeader :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-dialogs-use-header</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkDialogsUseHeader <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkDialogsUseHeader :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-dialogs-use-header</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkDialogsUseHeader
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkDialogsUseHeader :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-decoration-layout</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkDecorationLayout
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkDecorationLayout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-decoration-layout</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkDecorationLayout :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-decoration-layout</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkDecorationLayout <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkDecorationLayout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-decoration-layout</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkDecorationLayout
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkDecorationLayout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-cursor-theme-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkCursorThemeSize :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-theme-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkCursorThemeSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkCursorThemeSize :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-theme-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkCursorThemeSize
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkCursorThemeSize :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-theme-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkCursorThemeName
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkCursorThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-cursor-theme-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkCursorThemeName :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkCursorThemeName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkCursorThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-theme-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkCursorThemeName
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkCursorThemeName :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink-timeout</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkCursorBlinkTimeout :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink-timeout</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkCursorBlinkTimeout <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkCursorBlinkTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink-timeout</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkCursorBlinkTimeout
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkCursorBlinkTimeout :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink-time</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkCursorBlinkTime :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink-time</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkCursorBlinkTime <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkCursorBlinkTime :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink-time</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkCursorBlinkTime
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkCursorBlinkTime :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkCursorBlink :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkCursorBlink <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkCursorBlink :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-blink</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkCursorBlink
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkCursorBlink :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-cursor-aspect-ratio</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkCursorAspectRatio :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-aspect-ratio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkCursorAspectRatio <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkCursorAspectRatio :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-cursor-aspect-ratio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkCursorAspectRatio
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkCursorAspectRatio :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Float

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-color-scheme</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkColorScheme
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkColorScheme :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-color-scheme</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkColorScheme :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-color-scheme</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkColorScheme <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkColorScheme :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-color-scheme</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkColorScheme
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkColorScheme :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-color-palette</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gtkColorPalette
--   </pre>
clearSettingsGtkColorPalette :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-color-palette</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkColorPalette :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-color-palette</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkColorPalette <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkColorPalette :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-color-palette</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkColorPalette
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkColorPalette :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-can-change-accels</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkCanChangeAccels :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-can-change-accels</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkCanChangeAccels <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkCanChangeAccels :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-can-change-accels</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkCanChangeAccels
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkCanChangeAccels :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-button-images</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkButtonImages :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-button-images</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkButtonImages <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkButtonImages :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-button-images</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkButtonImages
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkButtonImages :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-auto-mnemonics</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkAutoMnemonics :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-auto-mnemonics</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkAutoMnemonics <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkAutoMnemonics :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-auto-mnemonics</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkAutoMnemonics
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkAutoMnemonics :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-application-prefer-dark-theme</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkApplicationPreferDarkTheme :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-application-prefer-dark-theme</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkApplicationPreferDarkTheme <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkApplicationPreferDarkTheme :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-application-prefer-dark-theme</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkApplicationPreferDarkTheme
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkApplicationPreferDarkTheme :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-alternative-sort-arrows</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkAlternativeSortArrows :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-alternative-sort-arrows</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkAlternativeSortArrows <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkAlternativeSortArrows :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-alternative-sort-arrows</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkAlternativeSortArrows
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkAlternativeSortArrows :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gtk-alternative-button-order</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSettingsGtkAlternativeButtonOrder :: (IsSettings o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gtk-alternative-button-order</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settings [ #gtkAlternativeButtonOrder <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsGtkAlternativeButtonOrder :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gtk-alternative-button-order</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settings #gtkAlternativeButtonOrder
--   </pre>
getSettingsGtkAlternativeButtonOrder :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>Settings</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSettings :: (MonadIO m, IsSettings o) => o -> m Settings

-- | This function unregisters a rich text format that was previously
--   registered using <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeFormat</a> or
--   <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeTagset</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferUnregisterSerializeFormat :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Atom -> m ()

-- | This function unregisters a rich text format that was previously
--   registered using <a>textBufferRegisterDeserializeFormat</a> or
--   <a>textBufferRegisterDeserializeTagset</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferUnregisterDeserializeFormat :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Atom -> m ()

-- | Deletes current contents of <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>, and inserts
--   <i><tt>text</tt></i> instead. If <i><tt>len</tt></i> is -1,
--   <i><tt>text</tt></i> must be nul-terminated. <i><tt>text</tt></i> must
--   be valid UTF-8.
textBufferSetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Used to keep track of whether the buffer has been modified since the
--   last time it was saved. Whenever the buffer is saved to disk, call
--   gtk_text_buffer_set_modified (<i><tt>buffer</tt></i>, FALSE). When the
--   buffer is modified, it will automatically toggled on the modified bit
--   again. When the modified bit flips, the buffer emits the
--   <a>modifiedChanged</a> signal.
textBufferSetModified :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | This function serializes the portion of text between
--   <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> in the rich text format
--   represented by <i><tt>format</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i><tt>formats</tt></i> to be used must be registered using
--   <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeFormat</a> or
--   <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeTagset</a> beforehand.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferSerialize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextBuffer b) => a -> b -> Atom -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ByteString

-- | This function moves the “insert” and “selection_bound” marks
--   simultaneously. If you move them in two steps with
--   <a>textBufferMoveMark</a>, you will temporarily select a region in
--   between their old and new locations, which can be pretty inefficient
--   since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff to be
--   recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can be
--   optimized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textBufferSelectRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Calls <a>textTagTableLookup</a> on the buffer’s tag table to get a
--   <a>TextTag</a>, then calls <a>textBufferRemoveTag</a>.
textBufferRemoveTagByName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Emits the “remove-tag” signal. The default handler for the signal
--   removes all occurrences of <i><tt>tag</tt></i> from the given range.
--   <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> don’t have to be in
--   order.
textBufferRemoveTag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextTag b) => a -> b -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Removes a <a>Clipboard</a> added with
--   <a>textBufferAddSelectionClipboard</a>.
textBufferRemoveSelectionClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsClipboard b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Removes all tags in the range between <i><tt>start</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>end</tt></i>. Be careful with this function; it could remove
--   tags added in code unrelated to the code you’re currently writing.
--   That is, using this function is probably a bad idea if you have two or
--   more unrelated code sections that add tags.
textBufferRemoveAllTags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | This function registers GTK+’s internal rich text serialization format
--   with the passed <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>. The internal format does not
--   comply to any standard rich text format and only works between
--   <a>TextBuffer</a> instances. It is capable of serializing all of a
--   text buffer’s tags and embedded pixbufs.
--   
--   This function is just a wrapper around
--   <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeFormat</a>. The mime type used for
--   registering is “application/x-gtk-text-buffer-rich-text”, or
--   “application/x-gtk-text-buffer-rich-text;format=<i><tt>tagsetName</tt></i>”
--   if a <i><tt>tagsetName</tt></i> was passed.
--   
--   The <i><tt>tagsetName</tt></i> can be used to restrict the transfer of
--   rich text to buffers with compatible sets of tags, in order to avoid
--   unknown tags from being pasted. It is probably the common case to pass
--   an identifier != <a>Nothing</a> here, since the <a>Nothing</a> tagset
--   requires the receiving buffer to deal with with pasting of arbitrary
--   tags.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferRegisterSerializeTagset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m Atom

-- | This function registers a rich text serialization
--   <i><tt>function</tt></i> along with its <i><tt>mimeType</tt></i> with
--   the passed <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferRegisterSerializeFormat :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> TextBufferSerializeFunc -> m Atom

-- | This function registers GTK+’s internal rich text serialization format
--   with the passed <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>. See
--   <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeTagset</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferRegisterDeserializeTagset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m Atom

-- | This function registers a rich text deserialization
--   <i><tt>function</tt></i> along with its <i><tt>mimeType</tt></i> with
--   the passed <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferRegisterDeserializeFormat :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> FunPtr C_TextBufferDeserializeFunc -> m Atom

-- | This function moves the “insert” and “selection_bound” marks
--   simultaneously. If you move them to the same place in two steps with
--   <a>textBufferMoveMark</a>, you will temporarily select a region in
--   between their old and new locations, which can be pretty inefficient
--   since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff to be
--   recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can be
--   optimized.
textBufferPlaceCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Pastes the contents of a clipboard. If
--   <i><tt>overrideLocation</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the pasted text
--   will be inserted at the cursor position, or the buffer selection will
--   be replaced if the selection is non-empty.
--   
--   Note: pasting is asynchronous, that is, we’ll ask for the paste data
--   and return, and at some point later after the main loop runs, the
--   paste data will be inserted.
textBufferPasteClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsClipboard b) => a -> b -> Maybe TextIter -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Moves the mark named <i><tt>name</tt></i> (which must exist) to
--   location <i><tt>where</tt></i>. See <a>textBufferMoveMark</a> for
--   details.
textBufferMoveMarkByName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Moves <i><tt>mark</tt></i> to the new location <i><tt>where</tt></i>.
--   Emits the <a>markSet</a> signal as notification of the move.
textBufferMoveMark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextMark b) => a -> b -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Same as <a>textBufferInsertRange</a>, but does nothing if the
--   insertion point isn’t editable. The <i><tt>defaultEditable</tt></i>
--   parameter indicates whether the text is editable at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> if no tags enclosing <i><tt>iter</tt></i> affect
--   editability. Typically the result of <a>textViewGetEditable</a> is
--   appropriate here.
textBufferInsertRangeInteractive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> TextIter -> TextIter -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Copies text, tags, and pixbufs between <i><tt>start</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>end</tt></i> (the order of <i><tt>start</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>end</tt></i> doesn’t matter) and inserts the copy at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. Used instead of simply getting/inserting text
--   because it preserves images and tags. If <i><tt>start</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>end</tt></i> are in a different buffer from
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>, the two buffers must share the same tag table.
--   
--   Implemented via emissions of the insert_text and apply_tag signals, so
--   expect those.
textBufferInsertRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Inserts an image into the text buffer at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. The
--   image will be counted as one character in character counts, and when
--   obtaining the buffer contents as a string, will be represented by the
--   Unicode “object replacement character” 0xFFFC. Note that the “slice”
--   variants for obtaining portions of the buffer as a string include this
--   character for pixbufs, but the “text” variants do not. e.g. see
--   <a>textBufferGetSlice</a> and <a>textBufferGetText</a>.
textBufferInsertPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> TextIter -> b -> m ()

-- | Inserts the text in <i><tt>markup</tt></i> at position
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. <i><tt>markup</tt></i> will be inserted in its
--   entirety and must be nul-terminated and valid UTF-8. Emits the
--   <a>insertText</a> signal, possibly multiple times; insertion actually
--   occurs in the default handler for the signal. <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   will point to the end of the inserted text on return.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
textBufferInsertMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Calls <a>textBufferInsertInteractive</a> at the cursor position.
--   
--   <i><tt>defaultEditable</tt></i> indicates the editability of text that
--   doesn't have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the
--   result of <a>textViewGetEditable</a> is appropriate here.
textBufferInsertInteractiveAtCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Like <a>textBufferInsert</a>, but the insertion will not occur if
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is at a non-editable location in the buffer.
--   Usually you want to prevent insertions at ineditable locations if the
--   insertion results from a user action (is interactive).
--   
--   <i><tt>defaultEditable</tt></i> indicates the editability of text that
--   doesn't have a tag affecting editability applied to it. Typically the
--   result of <a>textViewGetEditable</a> is appropriate here.
textBufferInsertInteractive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> Text -> Int32 -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Inserts a child widget anchor into the text buffer at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. The anchor will be counted as one character in
--   character counts, and when obtaining the buffer contents as a string,
--   will be represented by the Unicode “object replacement character”
--   0xFFFC. Note that the “slice” variants for obtaining portions of the
--   buffer as a string include this character for child anchors, but the
--   “text” variants do not. E.g. see <a>textBufferGetSlice</a> and
--   <a>textBufferGetText</a>. Consider <a>textBufferCreateChildAnchor</a>
--   as a more convenient alternative to this function. The buffer will add
--   a reference to the anchor, so you can unref it after insertion.
textBufferInsertChildAnchor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextChildAnchor b) => a -> TextIter -> b -> m ()

-- | Simply calls <a>textBufferInsert</a>, using the current cursor
--   position as the insertion point.
textBufferInsertAtCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Inserts <i><tt>len</tt></i> bytes of <i><tt>text</tt></i> at position
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. If <i><tt>len</tt></i> is -1,
--   <i><tt>text</tt></i> must be nul-terminated and will be inserted in
--   its entirety. Emits the “insert-text” signal; insertion actually
--   occurs in the default handler for the signal. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is
--   invalidated when insertion occurs (because the buffer contents
--   change), but the default signal handler revalidates it to point to the
--   end of the inserted text.
textBufferInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Returns the text in the range
--   [<i><tt>start</tt></i>,<i><tt>end</tt></i>). Excludes undisplayed text
--   (text marked with tags that set the invisibility attribute) if
--   <i><tt>includeHiddenChars</tt></i> is <a>False</a>. Does not include
--   characters representing embedded images, so byte and character indexes
--   into the returned string do not correspond to byte and character
--   indexes into the buffer. Contrast with <a>textBufferGetSlice</a>.
textBufferGetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> TextIter -> Bool -> m Text

-- | Get the <a>TextTagTable</a> associated with this buffer.
textBufferGetTagTable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m TextTagTable

-- | Initialized <i><tt>iter</tt></i> with the first position in the text
--   buffer. This is the same as using <a>textBufferGetIterAtOffset</a> to
--   get the iter at character offset 0.
textBufferGetStartIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m TextIter

-- | Returns the text in the range
--   [<i><tt>start</tt></i>,<i><tt>end</tt></i>). Excludes undisplayed text
--   (text marked with tags that set the invisibility attribute) if
--   <i><tt>includeHiddenChars</tt></i> is <a>False</a>. The returned
--   string includes a 0xFFFC character whenever the buffer contains
--   embedded images, so byte and character indexes into the returned
--   string do correspond to byte and character indexes into the buffer.
--   Contrast with <a>textBufferGetText</a>. Note that 0xFFFC can occur in
--   normal text as well, so it is not a reliable indicator that a pixbuf
--   or widget is in the buffer.
textBufferGetSlice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> TextIter -> Bool -> m Text

-- | This function returns the rich text serialize formats registered with
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i> using <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeFormat</a>
--   or <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeTagset</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferGetSerializeFormats :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m [Atom]

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if some text is selected; places the bounds of the
--   selection in <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> (if the
--   selection has length 0, then <i><tt>start</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>end</tt></i> are filled in with the same value).
--   <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> will be in ascending
--   order. If <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> are NULL, then
--   they are not filled in, but the return value still indicates whether
--   text is selected.
textBufferGetSelectionBounds :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m (Bool, TextIter, TextIter)

-- | Returns the mark that represents the selection bound. Equivalent to
--   calling <a>textBufferGetMark</a> to get the mark named
--   “selection_bound”, but very slightly more efficient, and involves less
--   typing.
--   
--   The currently-selected text in <i><tt>buffer</tt></i> is the region
--   between the “selection_bound” and “insert” marks. If “selection_bound”
--   and “insert” are in the same place, then there is no current
--   selection. <a>textBufferGetSelectionBounds</a> is another convenient
--   function for handling the selection, if you just want to know whether
--   there’s a selection and what its bounds are.
textBufferGetSelectionBound :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m TextMark

-- | This function returns the list of targets this text buffer supports
--   for pasting and as DND destination. The targets in the list are added
--   with <i><tt>info</tt></i> values from the <a>TextBufferTargetInfo</a>
--   enum, using <a>targetListAddRichTextTargets</a> and
--   <a>targetListAddTextTargets</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferGetPasteTargetList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m TargetList

-- | Indicates whether the buffer has been modified since the last call to
--   <a>textBufferSetModified</a> set the modification flag to
--   <a>False</a>. Used for example to enable a “save” function in a text
--   editor.
textBufferGetModified :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the mark named <i><tt>name</tt></i> in buffer
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>, or <a>Nothing</a> if no such mark exists in
--   the buffer.
textBufferGetMark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe TextMark)

-- | Obtains the number of lines in the buffer. This value is cached, so
--   the function is very fast.
textBufferGetLineCount :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Initializes <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to a position
--   <i><tt>charOffset</tt></i> chars from the start of the entire buffer.
--   If <i><tt>charOffset</tt></i> is -1 or greater than the number of
--   characters in the buffer, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is initialized to the
--   end iterator, the iterator one past the last valid character in the
--   buffer.
textBufferGetIterAtOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Int32 -> m TextIter

-- | Initializes <i><tt>iter</tt></i> with the current position of
--   <i><tt>mark</tt></i>.
textBufferGetIterAtMark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextMark b) => a -> b -> m TextIter

-- | Obtains an iterator pointing to <i><tt>charOffset</tt></i> within the
--   given line. Note characters, not bytes; UTF-8 may encode one character
--   as multiple bytes.
--   
--   Before the 3.20 version, it was not allowed to pass an invalid
--   location.
--   
--   Since the 3.20 version, if <i><tt>lineNumber</tt></i> is greater than
--   the number of lines in the <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>, the end iterator is
--   returned. And if <i><tt>charOffset</tt></i> is off the end of the
--   line, the iterator at the end of the line is returned.
textBufferGetIterAtLineOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m TextIter

-- | Obtains an iterator pointing to <i><tt>byteIndex</tt></i> within the
--   given line. <i><tt>byteIndex</tt></i> must be the start of a UTF-8
--   character. Note bytes, not characters; UTF-8 may encode one character
--   as multiple bytes.
--   
--   Before the 3.20 version, it was not allowed to pass an invalid
--   location.
--   
--   Since the 3.20 version, if <i><tt>lineNumber</tt></i> is greater than
--   the number of lines in the <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>, the end iterator is
--   returned. And if <i><tt>byteIndex</tt></i> is off the end of the line,
--   the iterator at the end of the line is returned.
textBufferGetIterAtLineIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m TextIter

-- | Initializes <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the start of the given line. If
--   <i><tt>lineNumber</tt></i> is greater than the number of lines in the
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>, the end iterator is returned.
textBufferGetIterAtLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Int32 -> m TextIter

-- | Obtains the location of <i><tt>anchor</tt></i> within
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>.
textBufferGetIterAtChildAnchor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextChildAnchor b) => a -> b -> m TextIter

-- | Returns the mark that represents the cursor (insertion point).
--   Equivalent to calling <a>textBufferGetMark</a> to get the mark named
--   “insert”, but very slightly more efficient, and involves less typing.
textBufferGetInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m TextMark

-- | Indicates whether the buffer has some text currently selected.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferGetHasSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Initializes <i><tt>iter</tt></i> with the “end iterator,” one past the
--   last valid character in the text buffer. If dereferenced with
--   <a>textIterGetChar</a>, the end iterator has a character value of 0.
--   The entire buffer lies in the range from the first position in the
--   buffer (call <a>textBufferGetStartIter</a> to get character position
--   0) to the end iterator.
textBufferGetEndIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m TextIter

-- | This function returns the rich text deserialize formats registered
--   with <i><tt>buffer</tt></i> using
--   <a>textBufferRegisterDeserializeFormat</a> or
--   <a>textBufferRegisterDeserializeTagset</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferGetDeserializeFormats :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m [Atom]

-- | This function returns the list of targets this text buffer can provide
--   for copying and as DND source. The targets in the list are added with
--   <i><tt>info</tt></i> values from the <a>TextBufferTargetInfo</a> enum,
--   using <a>targetListAddRichTextTargets</a> and
--   <a>targetListAddTextTargets</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferGetCopyTargetList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m TargetList

-- | Gets the number of characters in the buffer; note that characters and
--   bytes are not the same, you can’t e.g. expect the contents of the
--   buffer in string form to be this many bytes long. The character count
--   is cached, so this function is very fast.
textBufferGetCharCount :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the first and last iterators in the buffer, i.e. the entire
--   buffer lies within the range
--   [<i><tt>start</tt></i>,<i><tt>end</tt></i>).
textBufferGetBounds :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m (TextIter, TextIter)

-- | Should be paired with a call to <a>textBufferBeginUserAction</a>. See
--   that function for a full explanation.
textBufferEndUserAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m ()

-- | Use this function to allow a rich text deserialization function to
--   create new tags in the receiving buffer. Note that using this function
--   is almost always a bad idea, because the rich text functions you
--   register should know how to map the rich text format they handler to
--   your text buffers set of tags.
--   
--   The ability of creating new (arbitrary!) tags in the receiving buffer
--   is meant for special rich text formats like the internal one that is
--   registered using <a>textBufferRegisterDeserializeTagset</a>, because
--   that format is essentially a dump of the internal structure of the
--   source buffer, including its tag names.
--   
--   You should allow creation of tags only if you know what you are doing,
--   e.g. if you defined a tagset name for your application suite’s text
--   buffers and you know that it’s fine to receive new tags from these
--   buffers, because you know that your application can handle the newly
--   created tags.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferDeserializeSetCanCreateTags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Atom -> Bool -> m ()

-- | This functions returns the value set with
--   <a>textBufferDeserializeSetCanCreateTags</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferDeserializeGetCanCreateTags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Atom -> m Bool

-- | This function deserializes rich text in format <i><tt>format</tt></i>
--   and inserts it at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i><tt>formats</tt></i> to be used must be registered using
--   <a>textBufferRegisterDeserializeFormat</a> or
--   <a>textBufferRegisterDeserializeTagset</a> beforehand.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
textBufferDeserialize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextBuffer b) => a -> b -> Atom -> TextIter -> ByteString -> m ()

-- | Deletes the range between the “insert” and “selection_bound” marks,
--   that is, the currently-selected text. If <i><tt>interactive</tt></i>
--   is <a>True</a>, the editability of the selection will be considered
--   (users can’t delete uneditable text).
textBufferDeleteSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Bool -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Deletes the mark named <i><tt>name</tt></i>; the mark must exist. See
--   <a>textBufferDeleteMark</a> for details.
textBufferDeleteMarkByName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Deletes <i><tt>mark</tt></i>, so that it’s no longer located anywhere
--   in the buffer. Removes the reference the buffer holds to the mark, so
--   if you haven’t called <a>objectRef</a> on the mark, it will be freed.
--   Even if the mark isn’t freed, most operations on <i><tt>mark</tt></i>
--   become invalid, until it gets added to a buffer again with
--   <a>textBufferAddMark</a>. Use <a>textMarkGetDeleted</a> to find out if
--   a mark has been removed from its buffer. The <a>markDeleted</a> signal
--   will be emitted as notification after the mark is deleted.
textBufferDeleteMark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextMark b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Deletes all editable text in the given range. Calls
--   <a>textBufferDelete</a> for each editable sub-range of
--   [<i><tt>start</tt></i>,<i><tt>end</tt></i>). <i><tt>start</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>end</tt></i> are revalidated to point to the location of the
--   last deleted range, or left untouched if no text was deleted.
textBufferDeleteInteractive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> TextIter -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Deletes text between <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i>.
--   The order of <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> is not
--   actually relevant; <a>textBufferDelete</a> will reorder them. This
--   function actually emits the “delete-range” signal, and the default
--   handler of that signal deletes the text. Because the buffer is
--   modified, all outstanding iterators become invalid after calling this
--   function; however, the <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i>
--   will be re-initialized to point to the location where text was
--   deleted.
textBufferDelete :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Copies the currently-selected text to a clipboard, then deletes said
--   text if it’s editable.
textBufferCutClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsClipboard b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Creates a mark at position <i><tt>where</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>markName</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the mark is anonymous;
--   otherwise, the mark can be retrieved by name using
--   <a>textBufferGetMark</a>. If a mark has left gravity, and text is
--   inserted at the mark’s current location, the mark will be moved to the
--   left of the newly-inserted text. If the mark has right gravity
--   (<i><tt>leftGravity</tt></i> = <a>False</a>), the mark will end up on
--   the right of newly-inserted text. The standard left-to-right cursor is
--   a mark with right gravity (when you type, the cursor stays on the
--   right side of the text you’re typing).
--   
--   The caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned
--   <a>TextMark</a>, so you can ignore the return value if you like. Marks
--   are owned by the buffer and go away when the buffer does.
--   
--   Emits the <a>markSet</a> signal as notification of the mark's initial
--   placement.
textBufferCreateMark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Maybe Text -> TextIter -> Bool -> m TextMark

-- | This is a convenience function which simply creates a child anchor
--   with <a>textChildAnchorNew</a> and inserts it into the buffer with
--   <a>textBufferInsertChildAnchor</a>. The new anchor is owned by the
--   buffer; no reference count is returned to the caller of
--   <a>textBufferCreateChildAnchor</a>.
textBufferCreateChildAnchor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> m TextChildAnchor

-- | Copies the currently-selected text to a clipboard.
textBufferCopyClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsClipboard b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Called to indicate that the buffer operations between here and a call
--   to <a>textBufferEndUserAction</a> are part of a single user-visible
--   operation. The operations between <a>textBufferBeginUserAction</a> and
--   <a>textBufferEndUserAction</a> can then be grouped when creating an
--   undo stack. <a>TextBuffer</a> maintains a count of calls to
--   <a>textBufferBeginUserAction</a> that have not been closed with a call
--   to <a>textBufferEndUserAction</a>, and emits the “begin-user-action”
--   and “end-user-action” signals only for the outermost pair of calls.
--   This allows you to build user actions from other user actions.
--   
--   The “interactive” buffer mutation functions, such as
--   <a>textBufferInsertInteractive</a>, automatically call begin/end user
--   action around the buffer operations they perform, so there's no need
--   to add extra calls if you user action consists solely of a single call
--   to one of those functions.
textBufferBeginUserAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m ()

-- | Performs the appropriate action as if the user hit the delete key with
--   the cursor at the position specified by <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. In the
--   normal case a single character will be deleted, but when combining
--   accents are involved, more than one character can be deleted, and when
--   precomposed character and accent combinations are involved, less than
--   one character will be deleted.
--   
--   Because the buffer is modified, all outstanding iterators become
--   invalid after calling this function; however, the <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   will be re-initialized to point to the location where text was
--   deleted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
textBufferBackspace :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> TextIter -> Bool -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Calls <a>textTagTableLookup</a> on the buffer’s tag table to get a
--   <a>TextTag</a>, then calls <a>textBufferApplyTag</a>.
textBufferApplyTagByName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> Text -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Emits the “apply-tag” signal on <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>. The default
--   handler for the signal applies <i><tt>tag</tt></i> to the given range.
--   <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> do not have to be in
--   order.
textBufferApplyTag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextTag b) => a -> b -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>clipboard</tt></i> to the list of clipboards in which the
--   selection contents of <i><tt>buffer</tt></i> are available. In most
--   cases, <i><tt>clipboard</tt></i> will be the <a>Clipboard</a> of type
--   <tt><i>GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY</i></tt> for a view of
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>.
textBufferAddSelectionClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsClipboard b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Adds the mark at position <i><tt>where</tt></i>. The mark must not be
--   added to another buffer, and if its name is not <a>Nothing</a> then
--   there must not be another mark in the buffer with the same name.
--   
--   Emits the <a>markSet</a> signal as notification of the mark's initial
--   placement.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
textBufferAddMark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextMark b) => a -> b -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Creates a new text buffer.
textBufferNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTagTable a) => Maybe a -> m TextBuffer

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #text
--   </pre>
clearTextBufferText :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextBufferText :: (IsTextBuffer o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textBuffer [ #text <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextBufferText :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textBuffer #text
--   </pre>
getTextBufferText :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tag-table</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextBufferTagTable :: (IsTextBuffer o, MonadIO m, IsTextTagTable a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tag-table</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textBuffer #tagTable
--   </pre>
getTextBufferTagTable :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> m TextTagTable

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>paste-target-list</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textBuffer #pasteTargetList
--   </pre>
getTextBufferPasteTargetList :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> m TargetList

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textBuffer #hasSelection
--   </pre>
getTextBufferHasSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cursor-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textBuffer #cursorPosition
--   </pre>
getTextBufferCursorPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>copy-target-list</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textBuffer #copyTargetList
--   </pre>
getTextBufferCopyTargetList :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> m TargetList

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>removeTag</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #removeTag callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferRemoveTag :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferRemoveTagCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>removeTag</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #removeTag callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferRemoveTag :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferRemoveTagCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferRemoveTagCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback :: TextBufferRemoveTagCallback -> C_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferRemoveTag :: MonadIO m => TextBufferRemoveTagCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferRemoveTagCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferRemoveTagCallback :: Maybe TextBufferRemoveTagCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pasteDone</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #pasteDone callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferPasteDone :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferPasteDoneCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pasteDone</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #pasteDone callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferPasteDone :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferPasteDoneCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferPasteDoneCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback :: TextBufferPasteDoneCallback -> C_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferPasteDone :: MonadIO m => TextBufferPasteDoneCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferPasteDoneCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferPasteDoneCallback :: Maybe TextBufferPasteDoneCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>modifiedChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #modifiedChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferModifiedChanged :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>modifiedChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #modifiedChanged callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferModifiedChanged :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback :: TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback -> C_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferModifiedChanged :: MonadIO m => TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferModifiedChangedCallback :: Maybe TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>markSet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #markSet callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferMarkSet :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferMarkSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>markSet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #markSet callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferMarkSet :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferMarkSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferMarkSetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferMarkSetCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferMarkSetCallback :: TextBufferMarkSetCallback -> C_TextBufferMarkSetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferMarkSet :: MonadIO m => TextBufferMarkSetCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferMarkSetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferMarkSetCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferMarkSetCallback :: Maybe TextBufferMarkSetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>markDeleted</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #markDeleted callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferMarkDeleted :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>markDeleted</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #markDeleted callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferMarkDeleted :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback :: TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback -> C_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferMarkDeleted :: MonadIO m => TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferMarkDeletedCallback :: Maybe TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertText</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #insertText callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferInsertText :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferInsertTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertText</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #insertText callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferInsertText :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferInsertTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferInsertTextCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferInsertTextCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferInsertTextCallback :: TextBufferInsertTextCallback -> C_TextBufferInsertTextCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferInsertText :: MonadIO m => TextBufferInsertTextCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferInsertTextCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferInsertTextCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferInsertTextCallback :: Maybe TextBufferInsertTextCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertPixbuf</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #insertPixbuf callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferInsertPixbuf :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertPixbuf</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #insertPixbuf callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferInsertPixbuf :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback :: TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback -> C_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferInsertPixbuf :: MonadIO m => TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferInsertPixbufCallback :: Maybe TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertChildAnchor</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #insertChildAnchor callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferInsertChildAnchor :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertChildAnchor</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #insertChildAnchor callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferInsertChildAnchor :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback :: TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback -> C_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferInsertChildAnchor :: MonadIO m => TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback :: Maybe TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>endUserAction</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #endUserAction callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferEndUserAction :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferEndUserActionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>endUserAction</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #endUserAction callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferEndUserAction :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferEndUserActionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferEndUserActionCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback :: TextBufferEndUserActionCallback -> C_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferEndUserAction :: MonadIO m => TextBufferEndUserActionCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferEndUserActionCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferEndUserActionCallback :: Maybe TextBufferEndUserActionCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteRange</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #deleteRange callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferDeleteRange :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteRange</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #deleteRange callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferDeleteRange :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback :: TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback -> C_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferDeleteRange :: MonadIO m => TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferDeleteRangeCallback :: Maybe TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferChanged :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #changed callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferChanged :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferChangedCallback :: TextBufferChangedCallback -> C_TextBufferChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferChanged :: MonadIO m => TextBufferChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferChangedCallback :: Maybe TextBufferChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>beginUserAction</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #beginUserAction callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferBeginUserAction :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>beginUserAction</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #beginUserAction callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferBeginUserAction :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback :: TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback -> C_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferBeginUserAction :: MonadIO m => TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferBeginUserActionCallback :: Maybe TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>applyTag</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textBuffer #applyTag callback
--   </pre>
afterTextBufferApplyTag :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferApplyTagCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>applyTag</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textBuffer #applyTag callback
--   </pre>
onTextBufferApplyTag :: (IsTextBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextBufferApplyTagCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferApplyTagCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferApplyTagCallback</a>.
wrap_TextBufferApplyTagCallback :: TextBufferApplyTagCallback -> C_TextBufferApplyTagCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferApplyTag :: MonadIO m => TextBufferApplyTagCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferApplyTagCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferApplyTagCallback</a></tt>.
noTextBufferApplyTagCallback :: Maybe TextBufferApplyTagCallback

-- | Cast to <a>TextBuffer</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTextBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer o) => o -> m TextBuffer

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferApplyTagCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferApplyTagCallback :: C_TextBufferApplyTagCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferApplyTagCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback :: C_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferChangedCallback :: C_TextBufferChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback :: C_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback :: C_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback :: C_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback :: C_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferInsertTextCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferInsertTextCallback :: C_TextBufferInsertTextCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferInsertTextCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback :: C_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferMarkSetCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferMarkSetCallback :: C_TextBufferMarkSetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferMarkSetCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback :: C_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback :: C_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback</a>.
mk_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback :: C_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback)

-- | The <a>applyTag</a> signal is emitted to apply a tag to a range of
--   text in a <a>TextBuffer</a>. Applying actually occurs in the default
--   handler.
--   
--   Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not
--   invalidate the <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> iters (or
--   has to revalidate them).
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferApplyTag</a>,
--   <tt><i>gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags()</i></tt>,
--   <a>textBufferInsertRange</a>.
type TextBufferApplyTagCallback = TextTag -> TextIter -> TextIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferApplyTagCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextTag -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>beginUserAction</a> signal is emitted at the beginning of a
--   single user-visible operation on a <a>TextBuffer</a>.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferBeginUserAction</a>,
--   <a>textBufferInsertInteractive</a>,
--   <a>textBufferInsertRangeInteractive</a>,
--   <a>textBufferDeleteInteractive</a>, <a>textBufferBackspace</a>,
--   <a>textBufferDeleteSelection</a>.
type TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferBeginUserActionCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>changed</a> signal is emitted when the content of a
--   <a>TextBuffer</a> has changed.
type TextBufferChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>deleteRange</a> signal is emitted to delete a range from a
--   <a>TextBuffer</a>.
--   
--   Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not
--   invalidate the <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> iters (or
--   has to revalidate them). The default signal handler revalidates the
--   <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> iters to both point to
--   the location where text was deleted. Handlers which run after the
--   default handler (see <tt><i>g_signal_connect_after()</i></tt>) do not
--   have access to the deleted text.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferDelete</a>.
type TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback = TextIter -> TextIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferDeleteRangeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>endUserAction</a> signal is emitted at the end of a single
--   user-visible operation on the <a>TextBuffer</a>.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferEndUserAction</a>,
--   <a>textBufferInsertInteractive</a>,
--   <a>textBufferInsertRangeInteractive</a>,
--   <a>textBufferDeleteInteractive</a>, <a>textBufferBackspace</a>,
--   <a>textBufferDeleteSelection</a>, <a>textBufferBackspace</a>.
type TextBufferEndUserActionCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferEndUserActionCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>insertChildAnchor</a> signal is emitted to insert a
--   <a>TextChildAnchor</a> in a <a>TextBuffer</a>. Insertion actually
--   occurs in the default handler.
--   
--   Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not
--   invalidate the <i><tt>location</tt></i> iter (or has to revalidate
--   it). The default signal handler revalidates it to be placed after the
--   inserted <i><tt>anchor</tt></i>.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferInsertChildAnchor</a>.
type TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback = TextIter -> TextChildAnchor -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferInsertChildAnchorCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr TextChildAnchor -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>insertPixbuf</a> signal is emitted to insert a <a>Pixbuf</a> in
--   a <a>TextBuffer</a>. Insertion actually occurs in the default handler.
--   
--   Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not
--   invalidate the <i><tt>location</tt></i> iter (or has to revalidate
--   it). The default signal handler revalidates it to be placed after the
--   inserted <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i>.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferInsertPixbuf</a>.
type TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback = TextIter -> Pixbuf -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferInsertPixbufCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr Pixbuf -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>insertText</a> signal is emitted to insert text in a
--   <a>TextBuffer</a>. Insertion actually occurs in the default handler.
--   
--   Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not
--   invalidate the <i><tt>location</tt></i> iter (or has to revalidate
--   it). The default signal handler revalidates it to point to the end of
--   the inserted text.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferInsert</a>, <a>textBufferInsertRange</a>.
type TextBufferInsertTextCallback = TextIter -> Text -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferInsertTextCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextIter -> CString -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>markDeleted</a> signal is emitted as notification after a
--   <a>TextMark</a> is deleted.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferDeleteMark</a>.
type TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback = TextMark -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferMarkDeletedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextMark -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>markSet</a> signal is emitted as notification after a
--   <a>TextMark</a> is set.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferCreateMark</a>, <a>textBufferMoveMark</a>.
type TextBufferMarkSetCallback = TextIter -> TextMark -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferMarkSetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr TextMark -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>modifiedChanged</a> signal is emitted when the modified bit of
--   a <a>TextBuffer</a> flips.
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferSetModified</a>.
type TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferModifiedChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The paste-done signal is emitted after paste operation has been
--   completed. This is useful to properly scroll the view to the end of
--   the pasted text. See <a>textBufferPasteClipboard</a> for more details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
type TextBufferPasteDoneCallback = Clipboard -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferPasteDoneCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Clipboard -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>removeTag</a> signal is emitted to remove all occurrences of
--   <i><tt>tag</tt></i> from a range of text in a <a>TextBuffer</a>.
--   Removal actually occurs in the default handler.
--   
--   Note that if your handler runs before the default handler it must not
--   invalidate the <i><tt>start</tt></i> and <i><tt>end</tt></i> iters (or
--   has to revalidate them).
--   
--   See also: <a>textBufferRemoveTag</a>.
type TextBufferRemoveTagCallback = TextTag -> TextIter -> TextIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferRemoveTagCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextTag -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Remove a tag from the table. If a <a>TextBuffer</a> has
--   <i><tt>table</tt></i> as its tag table, the tag is removed from the
--   buffer. The table’s reference to the tag is removed, so the tag will
--   end up destroyed if you don’t have a reference to it.
textTagTableRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTagTable a, IsTextTag b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Look up a named tag.
textTagTableLookup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTagTable a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe TextTag)

-- | Returns the size of the table (number of tags)
textTagTableGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTagTable a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Calls <i><tt>func</tt></i> on each tag in <i><tt>table</tt></i>, with
--   user data <i><tt>data</tt></i>. Note that the table may not be
--   modified while iterating over it (you can’t add/remove tags).
textTagTableForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTagTable a) => a -> TextTagTableForeach -> m ()

-- | Add a tag to the table. The tag is assigned the highest priority in
--   the table.
--   
--   <i><tt>tag</tt></i> must not be in a tag table already, and may not
--   have the same name as an already-added tag.
textTagTableAdd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTagTable a, IsTextTag b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>TextTagTable</a>. The table contains no tags by
--   default.
textTagTableNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TextTagTable

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>tagRemoved</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textTagTable #tagRemoved callback
--   </pre>
afterTextTagTableTagRemoved :: (IsTextTagTable a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>tagRemoved</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textTagTable #tagRemoved callback
--   </pre>
onTextTagTableTagRemoved :: (IsTextTagTable a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback</a>.
wrap_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback :: TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback -> C_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextTagTableTagRemoved :: MonadIO m => TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback</a></tt>.
noTextTagTableTagRemovedCallback :: Maybe TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>tagChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textTagTable #tagChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterTextTagTableTagChanged :: (IsTextTagTable a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextTagTableTagChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>tagChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textTagTable #tagChanged callback
--   </pre>
onTextTagTableTagChanged :: (IsTextTagTable a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextTagTableTagChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextTagTableTagChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback :: TextTagTableTagChangedCallback -> C_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextTagTableTagChanged :: MonadIO m => TextTagTableTagChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextTagTableTagChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTextTagTableTagChangedCallback :: Maybe TextTagTableTagChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>tagAdded</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textTagTable #tagAdded callback
--   </pre>
afterTextTagTableTagAdded :: (IsTextTagTable a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextTagTableTagAddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>tagAdded</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textTagTable #tagAdded callback
--   </pre>
onTextTagTableTagAdded :: (IsTextTagTable a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextTagTableTagAddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextTagTableTagAddedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback</a>.
wrap_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback :: TextTagTableTagAddedCallback -> C_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextTagTableTagAdded :: MonadIO m => TextTagTableTagAddedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextTagTableTagAddedCallback</a></tt>.
noTextTagTableTagAddedCallback :: Maybe TextTagTableTagAddedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>TextTagTable</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTextTagTable :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTagTable o) => o -> m TextTagTable

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback</a>.
mk_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback :: C_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback :: C_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback</a>.
mk_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback :: C_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TextTagTableTagAddedCallback = TextTag -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextTagTableTagAddedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextTag -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TextTagTableTagChangedCallback = TextTag -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextTagTableTagChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextTag -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback = TextTag -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextTagTableTagRemovedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TextTag -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the visible function used when filtering the
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i> to be <i><tt>func</tt></i>. The function should
--   return <a>True</a> if the given row should be visible and <a>False</a>
--   otherwise.
--   
--   If the condition calculated by the function changes over time (e.g.
--   because it depends on some global parameters), you must call
--   <a>treeModelFilterRefilter</a> to keep the visibility information of
--   the model up-to-date.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>func</tt></i> is called whenever a row is inserted,
--   when it may still be empty. The visible function should therefore take
--   special care of empty rows, like in the example below.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static gboolean
--   visible_func (GtkTreeModel *model,
--                 GtkTreeIter  *iter,
--                 gpointer      data)
--   {
--     // Visible if row is non-empty and first column is “HI”
--     gchar *str;
--     gboolean visible = FALSE;
--   
--     gtk_tree_model_get (model, iter, 0, &amp;str, -1);
--     if (str &amp;&amp; strcmp (str, "HI") == 0)
--       visible = TRUE;
--     g_free (str);
--   
--     return visible;
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   Note that <a>treeModelFilterSetVisibleFunc</a> or
--   <a>treeModelFilterSetVisibleColumn</a> can only be called once for a
--   given filter model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterSetVisibleFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>column</tt></i> of the child_model to be the column where
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i> should look for visibility information.
--   <i><tt>columns</tt></i> should be a column of type
--   <tt><i>G_TYPE_BOOLEAN</i></tt>, where <a>True</a> means that a row is
--   visible, and <a>False</a> if not.
--   
--   Note that <a>treeModelFilterSetVisibleFunc</a> or
--   <a>treeModelFilterSetVisibleColumn</a> can only be called once for a
--   given filter model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterSetVisibleColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Emits <a>row_changed</a> for each row in the child model, which causes
--   the filter to re-evaluate whether a row is visible or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterRefilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns a pointer to the child model of <i><tt>filter</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterGetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> m TreeModel

-- | Converts <i><tt>filterPath</tt></i> to a path on the child model of
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i>. That is, <i><tt>filterPath</tt></i> points to
--   a location in <i><tt>filter</tt></i>. The returned path will point to
--   the same location in the model not being filtered. If
--   <i><tt>filterPath</tt></i> does not point to a location in the child
--   model, <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterConvertPathToChildPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> TreePath -> m (Maybe TreePath)

-- | Sets <i><tt>childIter</tt></i> to point to the row pointed to by
--   <i><tt>filterIter</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterConvertIterToChildIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Converts <i><tt>childPath</tt></i> to a path relative to
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i>. That is, <i><tt>childPath</tt></i> points to a
--   path in the child model. The rerturned path will point to the same row
--   in the filtered model. If <i><tt>childPath</tt></i> isn’t a valid path
--   on the child model or points to a row which is not visible in
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i>, then <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterConvertChildPathToPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> TreePath -> m (Maybe TreePath)

-- | Sets <i><tt>filterIter</tt></i> to point to the row in
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i> that corresponds to the row pointed at by
--   <i><tt>childIter</tt></i>. If <i><tt>filterIter</tt></i> was not set,
--   <a>False</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterConvertChildIterToIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> TreeIter -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | This function should almost never be called. It clears the
--   <i><tt>filter</tt></i> of any cached iterators that haven’t been
--   reffed with <a>treeModelRefNode</a>. This might be useful if the child
--   model being filtered is static (and doesn’t change often) and there
--   has been a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of this
--   function, all unreffed iters will be invalid.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeModelFilterClearCache :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter a) => a -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>virtual-root</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeModelFilterVirtualRoot :: (IsTreeModelFilter o, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>virtual-root</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeModelFilter #virtualRoot
--   </pre>
getTreeModelFilterVirtualRoot :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter o) => o -> m (Maybe TreePath)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>child-model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeModelFilterChildModel :: (IsTreeModelFilter o, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>child-model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeModelFilter #childModel
--   </pre>
getTreeModelFilterChildModel :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter o) => o -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Cast to <a>TreeModelFilter</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeModelFilter :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModelFilter o) => o -> m TreeModelFilter

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeModelFilter
TreeModelFilter :: ManagedPtr TreeModelFilter -> TreeModelFilter

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>TreeModelFilter</a>, for instance with <a>toTreeModelFilter</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeModelFilter o) => IsTreeModelFilter o

-- | Unselects a range of nodes, determined by <i><tt>startPath</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>endPath</tt></i> inclusive.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeSelectionUnselectRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreePath -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Unselects the row at <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
treeSelectionUnselectPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Unselects the specified iterator.
treeSelectionUnselectIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Unselects all the nodes.
treeSelectionUnselectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the selection function.
--   
--   If set, this function is called before any node is selected or
--   unselected, giving some control over which nodes are selected. The
--   select function should return <a>True</a> if the state of the node may
--   be toggled, and <a>False</a> if the state of the node should be left
--   unchanged.
treeSelectionSetSelectFunction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> Maybe TreeSelectionFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the selection mode of the <i><tt>selection</tt></i>. If the
--   previous type was <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE</i></tt>, then the
--   anchor is kept selected, if it was previously selected.
treeSelectionSetMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> SelectionMode -> m ()

-- | Calls a function for each selected node. Note that you cannot modify
--   the tree or selection from within this function. As a result,
--   <a>treeSelectionGetSelectedRows</a> might be more useful.
treeSelectionSelectedForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreeSelectionForeachFunc -> m ()

-- | Selects a range of nodes, determined by <i><tt>startPath</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>endPath</tt></i> inclusive. <i><tt>selection</tt></i> must be
--   set to <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE</i></tt> mode.
treeSelectionSelectRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreePath -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Select the row at <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
treeSelectionSelectPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Selects the specified iterator.
treeSelectionSelectIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Selects all the nodes. <i><tt>selection</tt></i> must be set to
--   <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE</i></tt> mode.
treeSelectionSelectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the row pointed to by <i><tt>path</tt></i> is
--   currently selected. If <i><tt>path</tt></i> does not point to a valid
--   location, <a>False</a> is returned
treeSelectionPathIsSelected :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the row at <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is currently
--   selected.
treeSelectionIterIsSelected :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns the tree view associated with <i><tt>selection</tt></i>.
treeSelectionGetTreeView :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> m TreeView

-- | Creates a list of path of all selected rows. Additionally, if you are
--   planning on modifying the model after calling this function, you may
--   want to convert the returned list into a list of
--   <tt><i>GtkTreeRowReferences</i></tt>. To do this, you can use
--   <a>treeRowReferenceNew</a>.
--   
--   To free the return value, use:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   g_list_free_full (list, (GDestroyNotify) gtk_tree_path_free);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeSelectionGetSelectedRows :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> m ([TreePath], TreeModel)

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the currently selected node if
--   <i><tt>selection</tt></i> is set to
--   <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE</i></tt> or
--   <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE</i></tt>. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> may be NULL
--   if you just want to test if <i><tt>selection</tt></i> has any selected
--   nodes. <i><tt>model</tt></i> is filled with the current model as a
--   convenience. This function will not work if you use
--   <i><tt>selection</tt></i> is <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE</i></tt>.
treeSelectionGetSelected :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> m (Bool, TreeModel, TreeIter)

-- | Gets the selection mode for <i><tt>selection</tt></i>. See
--   <a>treeSelectionSetMode</a>.
treeSelectionGetMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> m SelectionMode

-- | Returns the number of rows that have been selected in
--   <i><tt>tree</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeSelectionCountSelectedRows :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeSelectionMode :: (IsTreeSelection o, MonadIO m) => SelectionMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeSelection [ #mode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeSelectionMode :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection o) => o -> SelectionMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeSelection #mode
--   </pre>
getTreeSelectionMode :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection o) => o -> m SelectionMode

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeSelection #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeSelectionChanged :: (IsTreeSelection a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeSelectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeSelection #changed callback
--   </pre>
onTreeSelectionChanged :: (IsTreeSelection a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeSelectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeSelectionChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeSelectionChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeSelectionChangedCallback :: TreeSelectionChangedCallback -> C_TreeSelectionChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeSelectionChanged :: MonadIO m => TreeSelectionChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeSelectionChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeSelectionChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeSelectionChangedCallback :: Maybe TreeSelectionChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>TreeSelection</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection o) => o -> m TreeSelection

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeSelectionChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeSelectionChangedCallback :: C_TreeSelectionChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeSelectionChangedCallback)

-- | Emitted whenever the selection has (possibly) changed. Please note
--   that this signal is mostly a hint. It may only be emitted once when a
--   range of rows are selected, and it may occasionally be emitted when
--   nothing has happened.
type TreeSelectionChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeSelectionChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Undoes the effect of <a>treeViewEnableModelDragSource</a>. Calling
--   this method sets <a>TreeView</a>:<tt><i>reorderable</i></tt> to
--   <a>False</a>.
treeViewUnsetRowsDragSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Undoes the effect of <a>treeViewEnableModelDragDest</a>. Calling this
--   method sets <a>TreeView</a>:<tt><i>reorderable</i></tt> to
--   <a>False</a>.
treeViewUnsetRowsDragDest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Adjustment</a> for the current vertical aspect.
treeViewSetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the tip area of <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> to be the area covered by
--   the row at <i><tt>path</tt></i>. See also
--   <a>treeViewSetTooltipColumn</a> for a simpler alternative. See also
--   <a>tooltipSetTipArea</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewSetTooltipRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTooltip b) => a -> b -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you
--   can use this function to have <a>TreeView</a> handle these
--   automatically for you. <i><tt>column</tt></i> should be set to the
--   column in <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>’s model containing the tooltip
--   texts, or -1 to disable this feature.
--   
--   When enabled, <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> will be set to
--   <a>True</a> and <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> will connect a
--   <a>queryTooltip</a> signal handler.
--   
--   Note that the signal handler sets the text with
--   <a>tooltipSetMarkup</a>, so &amp;, &lt;, etc have to be escaped in the
--   text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewSetTooltipColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the tip area of <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> to the area
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>, <i><tt>column</tt></i> and <i><tt>cell</tt></i>
--   have in common. For example if <i><tt>path</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>
--   and <i><tt>column</tt></i> is set, the tip area will be set to the
--   full area covered by <i><tt>column</tt></i>. See also
--   <a>tooltipSetTipArea</a>.
--   
--   Note that if <i><tt>path</tt></i> is not specified and
--   <i><tt>cell</tt></i> is set and part of a column containing the
--   expander, the tooltip might not show and hide at the correct position.
--   In such cases <i><tt>path</tt></i> must be set to the current node
--   under the mouse cursor for this function to operate correctly.
--   
--   See also <a>treeViewSetTooltipColumn</a> for a simpler alternative.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewSetTooltipCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTooltip b, IsTreeViewColumn c, IsCellRenderer d) => a -> b -> Maybe TreePath -> Maybe c -> Maybe d -> m ()

-- | Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. When disabled there will be no expanders
--   visible in trees and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows
--   by default. Also note that hiding the expanders will disable the
--   default indentation. You can set a custom indentation in this case
--   using <a>treeViewSetLevelIndentation</a>. This does not have any
--   visible effects for lists.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewSetShowExpanders :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewSetSearchPositionFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Maybe TreeViewSearchPositionFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities;
--   note that somewhat like <tt><i>strcmp()</i></tt> returning 0 for
--   equality <a>TreeViewSearchEqualFunc</a> returns <a>False</a> on
--   matches.
treeViewSetSearchEqualFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> TreeViewSearchEqualFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. This is useful when you want to provide a
--   search entry in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing
--   <a>Nothing</a> for <i><tt>entry</tt></i> will make the interactive
--   search code use the built-in popup entry again.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewSetSearchEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsEntry b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>column</tt></i> as the column where the interactive search
--   code should search in for the current model.
--   
--   If the search column is set, users can use the
--   “start-interactive-search” key binding to bring up search popup. The
--   enable-search property controls whether simply typing text will also
--   start an interactive search.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>column</tt></i> refers to a column of the current
--   model. The search column is reset to -1 when the model is changed.
treeViewSetSearchColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets a hint for the theme to draw even/odd rows in the
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> with different colors, also known as "zebra
--   striping".
--   
--   This function tells the GTK+ theme that the user interface for your
--   application requires users to read across tree rows and associate
--   cells with one another.
--   
--   Do not use it just because you prefer the appearance of the ruled
--   tree; that’s a question for the theme. Some themes will draw tree rows
--   in alternating colors even when rules are turned off, and users who
--   prefer that appearance all the time can choose those themes. You
--   should call this function only as a semantic hint to the theme engine
--   that your tree makes alternating colors useful from a functional
--   standpoint (since it has lots of columns, generally).
treeViewSetRulesHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Enables or disables rubber banding in <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. If the
--   selection mode is <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE</i></tt>, rubber
--   banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the
--   mouse.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewSetRubberBanding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a
--   row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator function is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
treeViewSetRowSeparatorFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Maybe TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc -> m ()

-- | This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models
--   that support the <a>TreeDragSourceIface</a> and the
--   <a>TreeDragDestIface</a>. Both <a>TreeStore</a> and <a>ListStore</a>
--   support these. If <i><tt>reorderable</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then the
--   user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping rows. The
--   developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the model’s
--   <a>rowInserted</a> and <a>rowDeleted</a> signals. The reordering is
--   implemented by setting up the tree view as a drag source and
--   destination. Therefore, drag and drop can not be used in a reorderable
--   view for any other purpose.
--   
--   This function does not give you any degree of control over the order
--   -- any reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should
--   probably handle drag and drop manually.
treeViewSetReorderable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the model for a <a>TreeView</a>. If the <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>
--   already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new
--   model. If <i><tt>model</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then it will unset
--   the old model.
treeViewSetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> in addition to the default indentation. The
--   value should be specified in pixels, a value of 0 disables this
--   feature and in this case only the default indentation will be used.
--   This does not have any visible effects for lists.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewSetLevelIndentation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Enables or disables the hover selection mode of
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. Hover selection makes the selected row
--   follow the pointer. Currently, this works only for the selection modes
--   <a>SelectionModeSingle</a> and <a>SelectionModeBrowse</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
treeViewSetHoverSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. Hover expansion makes rows expand or
--   collapse if the pointer moves over them.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
treeViewSetHoverExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the visibility state of the headers.
treeViewSetHeadersVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Allow the column title buttons to be clicked.
treeViewSetHeadersClickable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Adjustment</a> for the current horizontal aspect.
treeViewSetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets which grid lines to draw in <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewSetGridLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> TreeViewGridLines -> m ()

-- | Enables or disables the fixed height mode of <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   Fixed height mode speeds up <a>TreeView</a> by assuming that all rows
--   have the same height. Only enable this option if all rows are the same
--   height and all columns are of type <a>TreeViewColumnSizingFixed</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
treeViewSetFixedHeightMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. If <i><tt>column</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>,
--   then the expander arrow is always at the first visible column.
--   
--   If you do not want expander arrow to appear in your tree, set the
--   expander column to a hidden column.
treeViewSetExpanderColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. This does not have any visible effects for
--   lists.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewSetEnableTreeLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>enableSearch</tt></i> is set, then the user can type in text
--   to search through the tree interactively (this is sometimes called
--   "typeahead find").
--   
--   Note that even if this is <a>False</a>, the user can still initiate a
--   search using the “start-interactive-search” key binding.
treeViewSetEnableSearch :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the row that is highlighted for feedback. If <i><tt>path</tt></i>
--   is <a>Nothing</a>, an existing highlight is removed.
treeViewSetDragDestRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Maybe TreePath -> TreeViewDropPosition -> m ()

-- | This function should almost never be used. It is meant for private use
--   by ATK for determining the number of visible children that are removed
--   when the user collapses a row, or a row is deleted.
treeViewSetDestroyCountFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Maybe TreeDestroyCountFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the current keyboard focus to be at <i><tt>path</tt></i>, and
--   selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user’s attention
--   on a particular row. If <i><tt>focusColumn</tt></i> is not
--   <a>Nothing</a>, then focus is given to the column specified by it. If
--   <i><tt>focusColumn</tt></i> and <i><tt>focusCell</tt></i> are not
--   <a>Nothing</a>, and <i><tt>focusColumn</tt></i> contains 2 or more
--   editable or activatable cells, then focus is given to the cell
--   specified by <i><tt>focusCell</tt></i>. Additionally, if
--   <i><tt>focusColumn</tt></i> is specified, and
--   <i><tt>startEditing</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then editing should be
--   started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by
--   <i><tt>gtkWidgetGrabFocus</tt></i> (<i><tt>treeView</tt></i>) in order
--   to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can
--   only happen when the widget is realized.
--   
--   If <i><tt>path</tt></i> is invalid for <i><tt>model</tt></i>, the
--   current cursor (if any) will be unset and the function will return
--   without failing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeViewSetCursorOnCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b, IsCellRenderer c) => a -> TreePath -> Maybe b -> Maybe c -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the current keyboard focus to be at <i><tt>path</tt></i>, and
--   selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user’s attention
--   on a particular row. If <i><tt>focusColumn</tt></i> is not
--   <a>Nothing</a>, then focus is given to the column specified by it.
--   Additionally, if <i><tt>focusColumn</tt></i> is specified, and
--   <i><tt>startEditing</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then editing should be
--   started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by
--   <i><tt>gtkWidgetGrabFocus</tt></i> (<i><tt>treeView</tt></i>) in order
--   to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can
--   only happen when the widget is realized.
--   
--   If <i><tt>path</tt></i> is invalid for <i><tt>model</tt></i>, the
--   current cursor (if any) will be unset and the function will return
--   without failing.
treeViewSetCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> TreePath -> Maybe b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped
--   when dragged. This function is called on every column pair in turn at
--   the beginning of a column drag to determine where a drop can take
--   place. The arguments passed to <i><tt>func</tt></i> are: the
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>, the <a>TreeViewColumn</a> being dragged, the
--   two <a>TreeViewColumn</a> s determining the drop spot, and
--   <i><tt>userData</tt></i>. If either of the <a>TreeViewColumn</a>
--   arguments for the drop spot are <a>Nothing</a>, then they indicate an
--   edge. If <i><tt>func</tt></i> is set to be <a>Nothing</a>, then
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> reverts to the default behavior of allowing
--   all columns to be dropped everywhere.
treeViewSetColumnDragFunction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Maybe TreeViewColumnDropFunc -> m ()

-- | Cause the <a>rowActivated</a> signal to be emitted on a single click
--   instead of a double click.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
treeViewSetActivateOnSingleClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible
--   area is <i><tt>treeX</tt></i>, <i><tt>treeY</tt></i>, where
--   <i><tt>treeX</tt></i> and <i><tt>treeY</tt></i> are specified in tree
--   coordinates. The <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> must be realized before this
--   function is called. If it isn't, you probably want to be using
--   <a>treeViewScrollToCell</a>.
--   
--   If either <i><tt>treeX</tt></i> or <i><tt>treeY</tt></i> are -1, then
--   that direction isn’t scrolled.
treeViewScrollToPoint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Moves the alignments of <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> to the position
--   specified by <i><tt>column</tt></i> and <i><tt>path</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then no horizontal scrolling
--   occurs. Likewise, if <i><tt>path</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> no
--   vertical scrolling occurs. At a minimum, one of <i><tt>column</tt></i>
--   or <i><tt>path</tt></i> need to be non-<a>Nothing</a>.
--   <i><tt>rowAlign</tt></i> determines where the row is placed, and
--   <i><tt>colAlign</tt></i> determines where <i><tt>column</tt></i> is
--   placed. Both are expected to be between 0.0 and 1.0. 0.0 means
--   left/top alignment, 1.0 means right/bottom alignment, 0.5 means
--   center.
--   
--   If <i><tt>useAlign</tt></i> is <a>False</a>, then the alignment
--   arguments are ignored, and the tree does the minimum amount of work to
--   scroll the cell onto the screen. This means that the cell will be
--   scrolled to the edge closest to its current position. If the cell is
--   currently visible on the screen, nothing is done.
--   
--   This function only works if the model is set, and <i><tt>path</tt></i>
--   is a valid row on the model. If the model changes before the
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> is realized, the centered path will be
--   modified to reflect this change.
treeViewScrollToCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> Maybe TreePath -> Maybe b -> Bool -> Float -> Float -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the node pointed to by <i><tt>path</tt></i> is
--   expanded in <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
treeViewRowExpanded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Activates the cell determined by <i><tt>path</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i>.
treeViewRowActivated :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> TreePath -> b -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>column</tt></i> from <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
treeViewRemoveColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Moves <i><tt>column</tt></i> to be after to
--   <i><tt>baseColumn</tt></i>. If <i><tt>baseColumn</tt></i> is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, then <i><tt>column</tt></i> is placed in the first
--   position.
treeViewMoveColumnAfter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b, IsTreeViewColumn c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> m ()

-- | Calls <i><tt>func</tt></i> on all expanded rows.
treeViewMapExpandedRows :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> TreeViewMappingFunc -> m ()

-- | Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewIsRubberBandingActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determine whether the point (<i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>) in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> is blank, that is no cell content nor an
--   expander arrow is drawn at the location. If so, the location can be
--   considered as the background. You might wish to take special action on
--   clicks on the background, such as clearing a current selection, having
--   a custom context menu or starting rubber banding.
--   
--   The <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> coordinate that are
--   provided must be relative to bin_window coordinates. That is,
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> must come from an event on
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> where <tt>event-&gt;window ==
--   gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window ()</tt>.
--   
--   For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from
--   GtkWidget[queryTooltip](#g:signal:queryTooltip)), please see
--   <a>treeViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords</a>.
--   
--   The <i><tt>path</tt></i>, <i><tt>column</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>cellX</tt></i> and <i><tt>cellY</tt></i> arguments will be
--   filled in likewise as for <a>treeViewGetPathAtPos</a>. Please see
--   <a>treeViewGetPathAtPos</a> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
treeViewIsBlankAtPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Bool, Maybe TreePath, Maybe TreeViewColumn, Int32, Int32)

-- | Convenience function that inserts a new column into the
--   <a>TreeView</a> with the given cell renderer and a
--   <a>TreeCellDataFunc</a> to set cell renderer attributes (normally
--   using data from the model). See also
--   <a>treeViewColumnSetCellDataFunc</a>, <a>treeViewColumnPackStart</a>.
--   If <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then the
--   new column will have its “sizing” property set to be
--   GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
treeViewInsertColumnWithDataFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> Int32 -> Text -> b -> TreeCellDataFunc -> m Int32

-- | This inserts the <i><tt>column</tt></i> into the
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> at <i><tt>position</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>position</tt></i> is -1, then the column is inserted at the
--   end. If <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i> must have its “sizing” property set to be
--   GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
treeViewInsertColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Fills <i><tt>visibleRect</tt></i> with the currently-visible region of
--   the buffer, in tree coordinates. Convert to bin_window coordinates
--   with <a>treeViewConvertTreeToBinWindowCoords</a>. Tree coordinates
--   start at 0,0 for row 0 of the tree, and cover the entire scrollable
--   area of the tree.
treeViewGetVisibleRect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Rectangle

-- | Sets <i><tt>startPath</tt></i> and <i><tt>endPath</tt></i> to be the
--   first and last visible path. Note that there may be invisible paths in
--   between.
--   
--   The paths should be freed with <a>treePathFree</a> after use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
treeViewGetVisibleRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m (Bool, TreePath, TreePath)

-- | Gets the <a>Adjustment</a> currently being used for the vertical
--   aspect.
treeViewGetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | This function is supposed to be used in a <a>queryTooltip</a> signal
--   handler for <a>TreeView</a>. The <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>keyboardTip</tt></i> values which are received in the
--   signal handler, should be passed to this function without
--   modification.
--   
--   The return value indicates whether there is a tree view row at the
--   given coordinates (<a>True</a>) or not (<a>False</a>) for mouse
--   tooltips. For keyboard tooltips the row returned will be the cursor
--   row. When <a>True</a>, then any of <i><tt>model</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i> and <i><tt>iter</tt></i> which have been provided
--   will be set to point to that row and the corresponding model.
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> will always be converted to be
--   relative to <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>’s bin_window if
--   <i><tt>keyboardTooltip</tt></i> is <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewGetTooltipContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Bool -> m (Bool, Int32, Int32, Maybe TreeModel, TreePath, TreeIter)

-- | Returns the column of <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>’s model which is being
--   used for displaying tooltips on <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>’s rows.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewGetTooltipColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewGetShowExpanders :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the <a>TreeSelection</a> associated with
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
treeViewGetSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m TreeSelection

-- | Returns the <a>Entry</a> which is currently in use as interactive
--   search entry for <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. In case the built-in entry
--   is being used, <a>Nothing</a> will be returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewGetSearchEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Entry

-- | Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code.
treeViewGetSearchColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the setting set by <a>treeViewSetRulesHint</a>.
treeViewGetRulesHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. If the selection mode is
--   <tt><i>GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE</i></tt>, rubber banding will allow the
--   user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewGetRubberBanding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See
--   <a>treeViewSetReorderable</a>.
treeViewGetReorderable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Finds the path at the point (<i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>),
--   relative to bin_window coordinates (please see
--   <a>treeViewGetBinWindow</a>). That is, <i><tt>x</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>y</tt></i> are relative to an events coordinates.
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> must come from an event on the
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> only where <tt>event-&gt;window ==
--   gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window ()</tt>. It is primarily for things like
--   popup menus. If <i><tt>path</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a>, then it
--   will be filled with the <a>TreePath</a> at that point. This path
--   should be freed with <a>treePathFree</a>. If <i><tt>column</tt></i> is
--   non-<a>Nothing</a>, then it will be filled with the column at that
--   point. <i><tt>cellX</tt></i> and <i><tt>cellY</tt></i> return the
--   coordinates relative to the cell background (i.e. the
--   <i><tt>backgroundArea</tt></i> passed to <a>cellRendererRender</a>).
--   This function is only meaningful if <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> is
--   realized. Therefore this function will always return <a>False</a> if
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> is not realized or does not have a model.
--   
--   For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from
--   GtkWidget[queryTooltip](#g:signal:queryTooltip)), please see
--   <a>treeViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords</a>.
treeViewGetPathAtPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Bool, Maybe TreePath, Maybe TreeViewColumn, Int32, Int32)

-- | Queries the number of columns in the given <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
treeViewGetNColumns :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Returns the model the <a>TreeView</a> is based on. Returns
--   <a>Nothing</a> if the model is unset.
treeViewGetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels
--   in <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewGetLevelIndentation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
treeViewGetHoverSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
treeViewGetHoverExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the headers on the <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> are
--   visible.
treeViewGetHeadersVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether all header columns are clickable.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewGetHeadersClickable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the <a>Adjustment</a> currently being used for the horizontal
--   aspect.
treeViewGetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Returns which grid lines are enabled in <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewGetGridLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m TreeViewGridLines

-- | Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
treeViewGetFixedHeightMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the column that is the current expander column. This column
--   has the expander arrow drawn next to it.
treeViewGetExpanderColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m TreeViewColumn

-- | Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeViewGetEnableTreeLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching
--   by typing in text.
treeViewGetEnableSearch :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets information about the row that is highlighted for feedback.
treeViewGetDragDestRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m (Maybe TreePath, TreeViewDropPosition)

-- | Determines the destination row for a given position.
--   <i><tt>dragX</tt></i> and <i><tt>dragY</tt></i> are expected to be in
--   widget coordinates. This function is only meaningful if
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> is realized. Therefore this function will
--   always return <a>False</a> if <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> is not realized
--   or does not have a model.
treeViewGetDestRowAtPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Bool, Maybe TreePath, TreeViewDropPosition)

-- | Fills in <i><tt>path</tt></i> and <i><tt>focusColumn</tt></i> with the
--   current path and focus column. If the cursor isn’t currently set, then
--   *<i><tt>path</tt></i> will be <a>Nothing</a>. If no column currently
--   has focus, then *<i><tt>focusColumn</tt></i> will be <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   The returned <a>TreePath</a> must be freed with <a>treePathFree</a>
--   when you are done with it.
treeViewGetCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m (Maybe TreePath, Maybe TreeViewColumn)

-- | Returns a <a>List</a> of all the <a>TreeViewColumn</a> s currently in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>. The returned list must be freed with
--   g_list_free ().
treeViewGetColumns :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m [TreeViewColumn]

-- | Gets the <a>TreeViewColumn</a> at the given position in the
--   <tt><i>tree_view</i></tt>.
treeViewGetColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe TreeViewColumn)

-- | Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at
--   the row specified by <i><tt>path</tt></i> and the column specified by
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i>. If <i><tt>path</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, or
--   points to a path not currently displayed, the <i><tt>y</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i> fields of the rectangle will be filled with 0.
--   If <i><tt>column</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the <i><tt>x</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> fields will be filled with 0. The sum of all
--   cell rects does not cover the entire tree; there are extra pixels in
--   between rows, for example. The returned rectangle is equivalent to the
--   <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i> passed to <a>cellRendererRender</a>. This
--   function is only valid if <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> is realized.
treeViewGetCellArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> Maybe TreePath -> Maybe b -> m Rectangle

-- | Returns the window that <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> renders to. This is
--   used primarily to compare to <tt>event-&gt;window</tt> to confirm that
--   the event on <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> is on the right window.
treeViewGetBinWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at
--   the row specified by <i><tt>path</tt></i> and the column specified by
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i>. If <i><tt>path</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, or
--   points to a node not found in the tree, the <i><tt>y</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i> fields of the rectangle will be filled with 0.
--   If <i><tt>column</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the <i><tt>x</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> fields will be filled with 0. The returned
--   rectangle is equivalent to the <i><tt>backgroundArea</tt></i> passed
--   to <a>cellRendererRender</a>. These background areas tile to cover the
--   entire bin window. Contrast with the <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i>,
--   returned by <a>treeViewGetCellArea</a>, which returns only the cell
--   itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area.
treeViewGetBackgroundArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> Maybe TreePath -> Maybe b -> m Rectangle

-- | Gets the setting set by <a>treeViewSetActivateOnSingleClick</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
treeViewGetActivateOnSingleClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Expands the row at <i><tt>path</tt></i>. This will also expand all
--   parent rows of <i><tt>path</tt></i> as necessary.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeViewExpandToPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Opens the row so its children are visible.
treeViewExpandRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> TreePath -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Recursively expands all nodes in the <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
treeViewExpandAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Turns <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> into a drag source for automatic DND.
--   Calling this method sets <a>TreeView</a>:<tt><i>reorderable</i></tt>
--   to <a>False</a>.
treeViewEnableModelDragSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> [ModifierType] -> [TargetEntry] -> [DragAction] -> m ()

-- | Turns <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> into a drop destination for automatic
--   DND. Calling this method sets
--   <a>TreeView</a>:<tt><i>reorderable</i></tt> to <a>False</a>.
treeViewEnableModelDragDest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> [TargetEntry] -> [DragAction] -> m ()

-- | Creates a <a>Surface</a> representation of the row at
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>. This image is used for a drag icon.
treeViewCreateRowDragIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> TreePath -> m Surface

-- | Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full
--   scrollable area of the tree).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewConvertWidgetToTreeCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window (see
--   <a>treeViewGetBinWindow</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the
--   tree) to widget coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewConvertTreeToWidgetCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the
--   tree) to bin_window coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewConvertTreeToBinWindowCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Converts bin_window coordinates (see <a>treeViewGetBinWindow</a>) to
--   widget relative coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewConvertBinWindowToWidgetCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full
--   scrollable area of the tree).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewConvertBinWindowToTreeCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Only works after the
--   treeview has been realized.
treeViewColumnsAutosize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist).
treeViewCollapseRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i>.
treeViewCollapseAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Appends <i><tt>column</tt></i> to the list of columns. If
--   <i><tt>treeView</tt></i> has “fixed_height” mode enabled, then
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i> must have its “sizing” property set to be
--   GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.
treeViewAppendColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Creates a new <a>TreeView</a> widget with the model initialized to
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i>.
treeViewNewWithModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m TreeView

-- | Creates a new <a>TreeView</a> widget.
treeViewNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TreeView

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewTooltipColumn :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #tooltipColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewTooltipColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #tooltipColumn
--   </pre>
getTreeViewTooltipColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-expanders</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewShowExpanders :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-expanders</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #showExpanders <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewShowExpanders :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-expanders</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #showExpanders
--   </pre>
getTreeViewShowExpanders :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>search-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewSearchColumn :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>search-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #searchColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewSearchColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>search-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #searchColumn
--   </pre>
getTreeViewSearchColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rules-hint</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewRulesHint :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rules-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #rulesHint <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewRulesHint :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rules-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #rulesHint
--   </pre>
getTreeViewRulesHint :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rubber-banding</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewRubberBanding :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rubber-banding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #rubberBanding <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewRubberBanding :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rubber-banding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #rubberBanding
--   </pre>
getTreeViewRubberBanding :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewReorderable :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #reorderable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewReorderable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #reorderable
--   </pre>
getTreeViewReorderable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #model
--   </pre>
clearTreeViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewModel :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #model <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o, IsTreeModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #model
--   </pre>
getTreeViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>level-indentation</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewLevelIndentation :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>level-indentation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #levelIndentation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewLevelIndentation :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>level-indentation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #levelIndentation
--   </pre>
getTreeViewLevelIndentation :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hover-selection</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewHoverSelection :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hover-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #hoverSelection <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewHoverSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hover-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #hoverSelection
--   </pre>
getTreeViewHoverSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hover-expand</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewHoverExpand :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hover-expand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #hoverExpand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewHoverExpand :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hover-expand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #hoverExpand
--   </pre>
getTreeViewHoverExpand :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>headers-visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewHeadersVisible :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>headers-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #headersVisible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewHeadersVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>headers-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #headersVisible
--   </pre>
getTreeViewHeadersVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>headers-clickable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewHeadersClickable :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>headers-clickable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #headersClickable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewHeadersClickable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>headers-clickable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #headersClickable
--   </pre>
getTreeViewHeadersClickable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>fixed-height-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewFixedHeightMode :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>fixed-height-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #fixedHeightMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewFixedHeightMode :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>fixed-height-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #fixedHeightMode
--   </pre>
getTreeViewFixedHeightMode :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>expander-column</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #expanderColumn
--   </pre>
clearTreeViewExpanderColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>expander-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewExpanderColumn :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>expander-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #expanderColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewExpanderColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o, IsTreeViewColumn a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>expander-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #expanderColumn
--   </pre>
getTreeViewExpanderColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m TreeViewColumn

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>enable-tree-lines</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewEnableTreeLines :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>enable-tree-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #enableTreeLines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewEnableTreeLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>enable-tree-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #enableTreeLines
--   </pre>
getTreeViewEnableTreeLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>enable-search</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewEnableSearch :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>enable-search</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #enableSearch <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewEnableSearch :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>enable-search</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #enableSearch
--   </pre>
getTreeViewEnableSearch :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>enable-grid-lines</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewEnableGridLines :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => TreeViewGridLines -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>enable-grid-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #enableGridLines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewEnableGridLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> TreeViewGridLines -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>enable-grid-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #enableGridLines
--   </pre>
getTreeViewEnableGridLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m TreeViewGridLines

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewActivateOnSingleClick :: (IsTreeView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeView [ #activateOnSingleClick <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewActivateOnSingleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>activate-on-single-click</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeView #activateOnSingleClick
--   </pre>
getTreeViewActivateOnSingleClick :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unselectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #unselectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewUnselectAll :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewUnselectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unselectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #unselectAll callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewUnselectAll :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewUnselectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewUnselectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback :: TreeViewUnselectAllCallback -> C_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewUnselectAll :: MonadIO m => TreeViewUnselectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewUnselectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewUnselectAllCallback :: Maybe TreeViewUnselectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorRow</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #toggleCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewToggleCursorRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorRow</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #toggleCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewToggleCursorRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback :: TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback -> C_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewToggleCursorRow :: MonadIO m => TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback :: Maybe TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>testExpandRow</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #testExpandRow callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewTestExpandRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>testExpandRow</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #testExpandRow callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewTestExpandRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback :: TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback -> C_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewTestExpandRow :: MonadIO m => TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewTestExpandRowCallback :: Maybe TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>testCollapseRow</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #testCollapseRow callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewTestCollapseRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>testCollapseRow</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #testCollapseRow callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewTestCollapseRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback :: TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback -> C_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewTestCollapseRow :: MonadIO m => TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback :: Maybe TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>startInteractiveSearch</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #startInteractiveSearch callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewStartInteractiveSearch :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>startInteractiveSearch</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #startInteractiveSearch callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewStartInteractiveSearch :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback :: TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback -> C_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearch :: MonadIO m => TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback :: Maybe TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectCursorRow</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #selectCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewSelectCursorRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectCursorRow</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #selectCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewSelectCursorRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback :: TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback -> C_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewSelectCursorRow :: MonadIO m => TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback :: Maybe TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectCursorParent</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #selectCursorParent callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewSelectCursorParent :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectCursorParent</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #selectCursorParent callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewSelectCursorParent :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback :: TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback -> C_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewSelectCursorParent :: MonadIO m => TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback :: Maybe TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewSelectAll :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewSelectAll :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewSelectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSelectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewSelectAllCallback :: TreeViewSelectAllCallback -> C_TreeViewSelectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewSelectAll :: MonadIO m => TreeViewSelectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewSelectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewSelectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewSelectAllCallback :: Maybe TreeViewSelectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowExpanded</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #rowExpanded callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewRowExpanded :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewRowExpandedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowExpanded</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #rowExpanded callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewRowExpanded :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewRowExpandedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewRowExpandedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback :: TreeViewRowExpandedCallback -> C_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewRowExpanded :: MonadIO m => TreeViewRowExpandedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewRowExpandedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewRowExpandedCallback :: Maybe TreeViewRowExpandedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowCollapsed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #rowCollapsed callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewRowCollapsed :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowCollapsed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #rowCollapsed callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewRowCollapsed :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback :: TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback -> C_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewRowCollapsed :: MonadIO m => TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewRowCollapsedCallback :: Maybe TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowActivated</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #rowActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewRowActivated :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewRowActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>rowActivated</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #rowActivated callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewRowActivated :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewRowActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewRowActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback :: TreeViewRowActivatedCallback -> C_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewRowActivated :: MonadIO m => TreeViewRowActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewRowActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewRowActivatedCallback :: Maybe TreeViewRowActivatedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewMoveCursor :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewMoveCursor :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewMoveCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback :: TreeViewMoveCursorCallback -> C_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewMoveCursor :: MonadIO m => TreeViewMoveCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewMoveCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewMoveCursorCallback :: Maybe TreeViewMoveCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>expandCollapseCursorRow</a>
--   signal, to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #expandCollapseCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>expandCollapseCursorRow</a>
--   signal, to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #expandCollapseCursorRow callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRow :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback :: TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback -> C_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRow :: MonadIO m => TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback :: Maybe TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cursorChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #cursorChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewCursorChanged :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewCursorChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cursorChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #cursorChanged callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewCursorChanged :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewCursorChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewCursorChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback :: TreeViewCursorChangedCallback -> C_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewCursorChanged :: MonadIO m => TreeViewCursorChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewCursorChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewCursorChangedCallback :: Maybe TreeViewCursorChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>columnsChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeView #columnsChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewColumnsChanged :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>columnsChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeView #columnsChanged callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewColumnsChanged :: (IsTreeView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback :: TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback -> C_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewColumnsChanged :: MonadIO m => TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewColumnsChangedCallback :: Maybe TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>TreeView</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeView :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeView o) => o -> m TreeView

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback :: C_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback :: C_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback :: C_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback :: C_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback :: C_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback :: C_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback :: C_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSelectAllCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewSelectAllCallback :: C_TreeViewSelectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewSelectAllCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback :: C_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback :: C_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback :: C_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback :: C_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback :: C_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback :: C_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback :: C_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback)

-- | The number of columns of the treeview has changed.
type TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewColumnsChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed.
type TreeViewCursorChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewCursorChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback = Bool -> Bool -> Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> CInt -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>moveCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user presses one
--   of the cursor keys.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control the
--   cursor programmatically. In contrast to <a>treeViewSetCursor</a> and
--   <a>treeViewSetCursorOnCell</a> when moving horizontally
--   <a>moveCursor</a> does not reset the current selection.
type TreeViewMoveCursorCallback = MovementStep -> Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewMoveCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method
--   <a>treeViewRowActivated</a> is called, when the user double clicks a
--   treeview row with the "activate-on-single-click" property set to
--   <a>False</a>, or when the user single clicks a row when the
--   "activate-on-single-click" property set to <a>True</a>. It is also
--   emitted when a non-editable row is selected and one of the keys:
--   Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter is pressed.
--   
--   For selection handling refer to the [tree widget conceptual
--   overview][TreeWidget] as well as <a>TreeSelection</a>.
type TreeViewRowActivatedCallback = TreePath -> TreeViewColumn -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewRowActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeViewColumn -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The given row has been collapsed (child nodes are hidden).
type TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback = TreeIter -> TreePath -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewRowCollapsedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The given row has been expanded (child nodes are shown).
type TreeViewRowExpandedCallback = TreeIter -> TreePath -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewRowExpandedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewSelectAllCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewSelectAllCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewSelectCursorParentCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback = Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewSelectCursorRowCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes). Use
--   this signal if you need to control the collapsibility of individual
--   rows.
type TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback = TreeIter -> TreePath -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewTestCollapseRowCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes). Use
--   this signal if you need to control the expandability of individual
--   rows.
type TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback = TreeIter -> TreePath -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewTestExpandRowCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewToggleCursorRowCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewUnselectAllCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewUnselectAllCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Sets the widget in the header to be <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. If widget
--   is <a>Nothing</a>, then the header button is set with a <a>Label</a>
--   set to the title of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>.
treeViewColumnSetWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the visibility of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>.
treeViewColumnSetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the title of the <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>. If a custom widget
--   has been set, then this value is ignored.
treeViewColumnSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the spacing field of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>, which is the
--   number of pixels to place between cell renderers packed into it.
treeViewColumnSetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Changes the appearance of the sort indicator.
--   
--   This does not actually sort the model. Use
--   <a>treeViewColumnSetSortColumnId</a> if you want automatic sorting
--   support. This function is primarily for custom sorting behavior, and
--   should be used in conjunction with <a>treeSortableSetSortColumnId</a>
--   to do that. For custom models, the mechanism will vary.
--   
--   The sort indicator changes direction to indicate normal sort or
--   reverse sort. Note that you must have the sort indicator enabled to
--   see anything when calling this function; see
--   <a>treeViewColumnSetSortIndicator</a>.
treeViewColumnSetSortOrder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> SortType -> m ()

-- | Call this function with a <i><tt>setting</tt></i> of <a>True</a> to
--   display an arrow in the header button indicating the column is sorted.
--   Call <a>treeViewColumnSetSortOrder</a> to change the direction of the
--   arrow.
treeViewColumnSetSortIndicator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the logical <i><tt>sortColumnId</tt></i> that this column sorts
--   on when this column is selected for sorting. Doing so makes the column
--   header clickable.
treeViewColumnSetSortColumnId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the growth behavior of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>type</tt></i>.
treeViewColumnSetSizing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> TreeViewColumnSizing -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>resizable</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then the user can
--   explicitly resize the column by grabbing the outer edge of the column
--   button. If resizable is <a>True</a> and sizing mode of the column is
--   <tt><i>GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE</i></tt>, then the sizing mode is
--   changed to <tt><i>GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY</i></tt>.
treeViewColumnSetResizable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>reorderable</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then the column can be
--   reordered by the end user dragging the header.
treeViewColumnSetReorderable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the minimum width of the <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>minWidth</tt></i> is -1, then the minimum width is unset.
treeViewColumnSetMinWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the maximum width of the <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>maxWidth</tt></i> is -1, then the maximum width is unset. Note,
--   the column can actually be wider than max width if it’s the last
--   column in a view. In this case, the column expands to fill any extra
--   space.
treeViewColumnSetMaxWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>fixedWidth</tt></i> is not -1, sets the fixed width of
--   <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>; otherwise unsets it. The effective value
--   of <i><tt>fixedWidth</tt></i> is clamped between the minimum and
--   maximum width of the column; however, the value stored in the
--   “fixed-width” property is not clamped. If the column sizing is
--   <tt><i>GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_GROW_ONLY</i></tt> or
--   <tt><i>GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_AUTOSIZE</i></tt>, setting a fixed width
--   overrides the automatically calculated width. Note that
--   <i><tt>fixedWidth</tt></i> is only a hint to GTK+; the width actually
--   allocated to the column may be greater or less than requested.
--   
--   Along with “expand”, the “fixed-width” property changes when the
--   column is resized by the user.
treeViewColumnSetFixedWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the column to take available extra space. This space is shared
--   equally amongst all columns that have the expand set to <a>True</a>.
--   If no column has this option set, then the last column gets all extra
--   space. By default, every column is created with this <a>False</a>.
--   
--   Along with “fixed-width”, the “expand” property changes when the
--   column is resized by the user.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeViewColumnSetExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the header to be active if <i><tt>clickable</tt></i> is
--   <a>True</a>. When the header is active, then it can take keyboard
--   focus, and can be clicked.
treeViewColumnSetClickable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>TreeCellDataFunc</a> to use for the column. This function
--   is used instead of the standard attributes mapping for setting the
--   column value, and should set the value of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>'s
--   cell renderer as appropriate. <i><tt>func</tt></i> may be
--   <a>Nothing</a> to remove an older one.
treeViewColumnSetCellDataFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Maybe TreeCellDataFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the alignment of the title or custom widget inside the column
--   header. The alignment determines its location inside the button -- 0.0
--   for left, 0.5 for center, 1.0 for right.
treeViewColumnSetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Float -> m ()

-- | Flags the column, and the cell renderers added to this column, to have
--   their sizes renegotiated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
treeViewColumnQueueResize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m ()

-- | Packs the <i><tt>cell</tt></i> into the beginning of the column. If
--   <i><tt>expand</tt></i> is <a>False</a>, then the <i><tt>cell</tt></i>
--   is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided
--   evenly between cells for which <i><tt>expand</tt></i> is <a>True</a>.
treeViewColumnPackStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Adds the <i><tt>cell</tt></i> to end of the column. If
--   <i><tt>expand</tt></i> is <a>False</a>, then the <i><tt>cell</tt></i>
--   is allocated no more space than it needs. Any unused space is divided
--   evenly between cells for which <i><tt>expand</tt></i> is <a>True</a>.
treeViewColumnPackEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns the current X offset of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> in pixels.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
treeViewColumnGetXOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the current size of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> in pixels.
treeViewColumnGetWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the <a>Widget</a> in the button on the column header. If a
--   custom widget has not been set then <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
treeViewColumnGetWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> is visible.
treeViewColumnGetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the <a>TreeView</a> wherein <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> has
--   been inserted. If <i><tt>column</tt></i> is currently not inserted in
--   any tree view, <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeViewColumnGetTreeView :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns the title of the widget.
treeViewColumnGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the spacing of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>.
treeViewColumnGetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value set by <a>treeViewColumnSetSortOrder</a>.
treeViewColumnGetSortOrder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m SortType

-- | Gets the value set by <a>treeViewColumnSetSortIndicator</a>.
treeViewColumnGetSortIndicator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the logical <i><tt>sortColumnId</tt></i> that the model sorts on
--   when this column is selected for sorting. See
--   <a>treeViewColumnSetSortColumnId</a>.
treeViewColumnGetSortColumnId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the current type of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>.
treeViewColumnGetSizing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m TreeViewColumnSizing

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> can be resized
--   by the end user.
treeViewColumnGetResizable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> can be reordered
--   by the user.
treeViewColumnGetReorderable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the minimum width in pixels of the <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>,
--   or -1 if no minimum width is set.
treeViewColumnGetMinWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the maximum width in pixels of the <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>,
--   or -1 if no maximum width is set.
treeViewColumnGetMaxWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the fixed width of the column. This may not be the actual
--   displayed width of the column; for that, use
--   <a>treeViewColumnGetWidth</a>.
treeViewColumnGetFixedWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the column expands to fill available space.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
treeViewColumnGetExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the user can click on the header for the
--   column.
treeViewColumnGetClickable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the button used in the treeview column header
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
treeViewColumnGetButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns the current x alignment of <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>. This
--   value can range between 0.0 and 1.0.
treeViewColumnGetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Float

-- | Sets the current keyboard focus to be at <i><tt>cell</tt></i>, if the
--   column contains 2 or more editable and activatable cells.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeViewColumnFocusCell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Emits the “clicked” signal on the column. This function will only work
--   if <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> is clickable.
treeViewColumnClicked :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m ()

-- | Clears all existing attributes previously set with
--   <tt><i>gtk_tree_view_column_set_attributes()</i></tt>.
treeViewColumnClearAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on the
--   <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>.
treeViewColumnClear :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the cell renderer based on the <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. That is, for every attribute mapping in
--   <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>, it will get a value from the set column on
--   the <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, and use that value to set the attribute on
--   the cell renderer. This is used primarily by the <a>TreeView</a>.
treeViewColumnCellSetCellData :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsTreeModel b) => a -> b -> TreeIter -> Bool -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if any of the cells packed into the
--   <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i> are visible. For this to be meaningful, you
--   must first initialize the cells with
--   <a>treeViewColumnCellSetCellData</a>
treeViewColumnCellIsVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the width and height needed to render the column. This is used
--   primarily by the <a>TreeView</a>.
treeViewColumnCellGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a) => a -> Maybe Rectangle -> m (Int32, Int32, Int32, Int32)

-- | Obtains the horizontal position and size of a cell in a column. If the
--   cell is not found in the column, <i><tt>startPos</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> are not changed and <a>False</a> is returned.
treeViewColumnCellGetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> m (Bool, Int32, Int32)

-- | Adds an attribute mapping to the list in <i><tt>treeColumn</tt></i>.
--   The <i><tt>column</tt></i> is the column of the model to get a value
--   from, and the <i><tt>attribute</tt></i> is the parameter on
--   <i><tt>cellRenderer</tt></i> to be set from the value. So for example
--   if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the “text”
--   attribute of a <a>CellRendererText</a> get its values from column 2.
treeViewColumnAddAttribute :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>TreeViewColumn</a> using <i><tt>area</tt></i> to
--   render its cells.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
treeViewColumnNewWithArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m TreeViewColumn

-- | Creates a new <a>TreeViewColumn</a>.
treeViewColumnNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TreeViewColumn

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>x-offset</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #xOffset
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnXOffset :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #width
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #widget
--   </pre>
clearTreeViewColumnWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnWidget :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #widget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #widget
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnVisible :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #visible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #visible
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnTitle :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #title
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnSpacing :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #spacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #spacing
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sort-order</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnSortOrder :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => SortType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sort-order</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #sortOrder <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnSortOrder :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> SortType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sort-order</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #sortOrder
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnSortOrder :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m SortType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sort-indicator</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnSortIndicator :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sort-indicator</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #sortIndicator <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnSortIndicator :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sort-indicator</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #sortIndicator
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnSortIndicator :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sort-column-id</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnSortColumnId :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sort-column-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #sortColumnId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnSortColumnId :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sort-column-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #sortColumnId
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnSortColumnId :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sizing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnSizing :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => TreeViewColumnSizing -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sizing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #sizing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnSizing :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> TreeViewColumnSizing -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sizing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #sizing
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnSizing :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m TreeViewColumnSizing

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>resizable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnResizable :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>resizable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #resizable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnResizable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>resizable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #resizable
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnResizable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnReorderable :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #reorderable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnReorderable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>reorderable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #reorderable
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnReorderable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>min-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnMinWidth :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>min-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #minWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnMinWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>min-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #minWidth
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnMinWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnMaxWidth :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #maxWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnMaxWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #maxWidth
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnMaxWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>fixed-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnFixedWidth :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>fixed-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #fixedWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnFixedWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>fixed-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #fixedWidth
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnFixedWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>expand</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnExpand :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>expand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #expand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnExpand :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>expand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #expand
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnExpand :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>clickable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnClickable :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>clickable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #clickable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnClickable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>clickable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #clickable
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnClickable :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnCellArea :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #cellArea
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnCellArea :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m (Maybe CellArea)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>alignment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeViewColumnAlignment :: (IsTreeViewColumn o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>alignment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeViewColumn [ #alignment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeViewColumnAlignment :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>alignment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeViewColumn #alignment
--   </pre>
getTreeViewColumnAlignment :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m Float

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>clicked</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> treeViewColumn #clicked callback
--   </pre>
afterTreeViewColumnClicked :: (IsTreeViewColumn a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewColumnClickedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>clicked</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> treeViewColumn #clicked callback
--   </pre>
onTreeViewColumnClicked :: (IsTreeViewColumn a, MonadIO m) => a -> TreeViewColumnClickedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewColumnClickedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback</a>.
wrap_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback :: TreeViewColumnClickedCallback -> C_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewColumnClicked :: MonadIO m => TreeViewColumnClickedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewColumnClickedCallback</a></tt>.
noTreeViewColumnClickedCallback :: Maybe TreeViewColumnClickedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>TreeViewColumn</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeViewColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn o) => o -> m TreeViewColumn

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback</a>.
mk_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback :: C_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewColumnClickedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewColumnClickedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the direction has
--   not been explicitly set by <a>widgetSetDirection</a>.
widgetSetDefaultDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until the
--   corresponding <a>widgetPopCompositeChild</a> call.
--   
--   A composite child is a child that’s an implementation detail of the
--   container it’s inside and should not be visible to people using the
--   container. Composite children aren’t treated differently by GTK+ (but
--   see <a>containerForeach</a> vs. <a>containerForall</a>), but e.g. GUI
--   builders might want to treat them in a different way.
widgetPushCompositeChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ()

-- | Cancels the effect of a previous call to
--   <a>widgetPushCompositeChild</a>.
widgetPopCompositeChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ()

-- | Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
widgetGetDefaultStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Style

-- | Obtains the current default reading direction. See
--   <a>widgetSetDefaultDirection</a>.
widgetGetDefaultDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TextDirection

-- | This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
--   values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
--   See <a>widgetSetStateFlags</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetUnsetStateFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m ()

-- | Unregisters a <a>Window</a> from the widget that was previously set up
--   with <a>widgetRegisterWindow</a>. You need to call this when the
--   window is no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
widgetUnregisterWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | This function is only useful in widget implementations. Causes a
--   widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources associated with the
--   widget, such as <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;window).
widgetUnrealize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | This function is only for use in widget implementations. Should be
--   called by implementations of the remove method on <a>Container</a>, to
--   dissociate a child from the container.
widgetUnparent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a
--   widget to be unmapped if it’s currently mapped.
widgetUnmap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is located. See
--   <a>tooltipTriggerTooltipQuery</a> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetTriggerTooltipQuery :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Translate coordinates relative to <i><tt>srcWidget</tt></i>’s
--   allocation to coordinates relative to <i><tt>destWidget</tt></i>’s
--   allocations. In order to perform this operation, both widgets must be
--   realized, and must share a common toplevel.
widgetTranslateCoordinates :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Bool, Int32, Int32)

-- | Reverts the effect of a previous call to
--   <a>widgetFreezeChildNotify</a>. This causes all queued
--   <a>childNotify</a> signals on <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to be emitted.
widgetThawChildNotify :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Gets the value of a style property of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
widgetStyleGetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> GValue -> m ()

-- | This function attaches the widget’s <a>Style</a> to the widget's
--   <a>Window</a>. It is a replacement for
--   
--   <pre>
--   widget-&gt;style = gtk_style_attach (widget-&gt;style, widget-&gt;window);
--   </pre>
--   
--   and should only ever be called in a derived widget’s “realize”
--   implementation which does not chain up to its parent class' “realize”
--   implementation, because one of the parent classes (finally
--   <a>Widget</a>) would attach the style itself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
widgetStyleAttach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | This function is typically used when implementing a <a>Container</a>
--   subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container uses
--   this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what size
--   allocations to give them with <a>widgetSizeAllocate</a>.
--   
--   You can also call this function from an application, with some
--   caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget to
--   be associated with a screen, because font information may be needed.
--   Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
--   
--   Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size a
--   widget will actually be allocated.
widgetSizeRequest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Requisition

-- | This function is only used by <a>Container</a> subclasses, to assign a
--   size, position and (optionally) baseline to their child widgets.
--   
--   In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. It will
--   be forced to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation
--   virtual and adjust_baseline_allocation methods on the child will be
--   used to adjust the allocation and baseline. Standard adjustments
--   include removing the widget's margins, and applying the widget’s
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>halign</i></tt> and
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>valign</i></tt> properties.
--   
--   If the child widget does not have a valign of <a>AlignBaseline</a> the
--   baseline argument is ignored and -1 is used instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetSizeAllocateWithBaseline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Rectangle -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | This function is only used by <a>Container</a> subclasses, to assign a
--   size and position to their child widgets.
--   
--   In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced to
--   a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual method on
--   the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard adjustments
--   include removing the widget’s margins, and applying the widget’s
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>halign</i></tt> and
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>valign</i></tt> properties.
--   
--   For baseline support in containers you need to use
--   <a>widgetSizeAllocateWithBaseline</a> instead.
widgetSizeAllocate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Rectangle -> m ()

-- | Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget (i.e. a
--   <a>Window</a> that has not yet been shown), enter the main loop and
--   wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful; because the
--   main loop is running, anything can happen during this function.
widgetShowNow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is a
--   container).
widgetShowAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn’t shown will not
--   appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
--   container, it’s easier to call <a>widgetShowAll</a> on the container,
--   instead of individually showing the widgets.
--   
--   Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget, in
--   addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
--   
--   When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
--   mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
--   toplevel container is realized and mapped.
widgetShow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets a shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for transparent
--   windows etc., see <a>windowShapeCombineRegion</a> for more
--   information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetShapeCombineRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe Region -> m ()

-- | Sets a widget’s window. This function should only be used in a
--   widget’s <a>realize</a> implementation. The <tt><i>window</i></tt>
--   passed is usually either new window created with <a>windowNew</a>, or
--   the window of its parent widget as returned by
--   <a>widgetGetParentWindow</a>.
--   
--   Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own <a>Window</a>
--   by calling <a>widgetSetHasWindow</a>. This is usually done in the
--   widget’s <tt><i>init()</i></tt> function.
--   
--   Note that this function does not add any reference to
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetSetWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
--   creating <tt><i>GdkWindows</i></tt>. The visual must be on the same
--   <a>Screen</a> as returned by <a>widgetGetScreen</a>, so handling the
--   <a>screenChanged</a> signal is necessary.
--   
--   Setting a new <i><tt>visual</tt></i> will not cause
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to recreate its windows, so you should call
--   this function before <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is realized.
widgetSetVisual :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsVisual b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the visibility state of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. Note that setting
--   this to <a>True</a> doesn’t mean the widget is actually viewable, see
--   <a>widgetGetVisible</a>.
--   
--   This function simply calls <a>widgetShow</a> or <a>widgetHide</a> but
--   is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on some
--   condition.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetSetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the vexpand flag (see <a>widgetGetVexpand</a>) will be
--   used.
--   
--   See <a>widgetSetHexpandSet</a> for more detail.
widgetSetVexpandSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space.
--   
--   See <a>widgetSetHexpand</a> for more detail.
widgetSetVexpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the vertical alignment of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>valign</i></tt> property.
widgetSetValign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Align -> m ()

-- | Replaces the default window used for displaying tooltips with
--   <i><tt>customWindow</tt></i>. GTK+ will take care of showing and
--   hiding <i><tt>customWindow</tt></i> at the right moment, to behave
--   likewise as the default tooltip window. If
--   <i><tt>customWindow</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the default tooltip
--   window will be used.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetSetTooltipWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>text</tt></i> as the contents of the tooltip. This
--   function will take care of setting
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> to <a>True</a> and of the
--   default handler for the <a>queryTooltip</a> signal.
--   
--   See also the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>tooltip-text</i></tt> property and
--   <a>tooltipSetText</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetSetTooltipText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>markup</tt></i> as the contents of the tooltip, which is
--   marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
--   
--   This function will take care of setting
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> to <a>True</a> and of the
--   default handler for the <a>queryTooltip</a> signal.
--   
--   See also the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>tooltip-markup</i></tt> property and
--   <a>tooltipSetMarkup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetSetTooltipMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is
--   <a>True</a>, <i><tt>widget</tt></i> will start receiving multiple, per
--   device enter/leave events. Note that if custom
--   <tt><i>GdkWindows</i></tt> are created in <a>realize</a>,
--   <a>windowSetSupportMultidevice</a> will have to be called manually on
--   them.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetSetSupportMultidevice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Used to set the <a>Style</a> for a widget
--   (<i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;style). Since GTK 3, this function does
--   nothing, the passed in style is ignored.
widgetSetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsStyle b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
--   values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
--   
--   This function accepts the values <a>StateFlagsDirLtr</a> and
--   <a>StateFlagsDirRtl</a> but ignores them. If you want to set the
--   widget's direction, use <a>widgetSetDirection</a>.
--   
--   It is worth mentioning that any other state than
--   <a>StateFlagsInsensitive</a>, will be propagated down to all
--   non-internal children if <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is a <a>Container</a>,
--   while <a>StateFlagsInsensitive</a> itself will be propagated down to
--   all <a>Container</a> children by different means than turning on the
--   state flag down the hierarchy, both <a>widgetGetStateFlags</a> and
--   <a>widgetIsSensitive</a> will make use of these.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetSetStateFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> Bool -> m ()

-- | This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state of
--   a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set the
--   state using wrapper functions such as <a>widgetSetSensitive</a>.
widgetSetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> StateType -> m ()

-- | Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget’s size request
--   will be at least <i><tt>width</tt></i> by <i><tt>height</tt></i>. You
--   can use this function to force a widget to be larger than it normally
--   would be.
--   
--   In most cases, <a>windowSetDefaultSize</a> is a better choice for
--   toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
--   still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request will
--   force them to leave the window at least as large as the size request.
--   When dealing with window sizes, <a>windowSetGeometryHints</a> can be a
--   useful function as well.
--   
--   Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
--   translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
--   can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
--   basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be correct.
--   
--   The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can accept
--   while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly. However in
--   some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than its requested
--   size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more space than it
--   requested.
--   
--   If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then the
--   “natural” size request of the widget will be used instead.
--   
--   The size request set here does not include any margin from the
--   <a>Widget</a> properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
--   margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding or
--   border properties set by any subclass of <a>Widget</a>.
widgetSetSizeRequest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
--   can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are “grayed out” and the
--   user can’t interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
--   “inactive”, “disabled”, or “ghosted” in some other toolkits.
widgetSetSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
--   allocation changes. By default, this setting is <a>True</a> and the
--   entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget leaves
--   the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this setting off
--   will improve performance.
--   
--   Note that for widgets where <a>widgetGetHasWindow</a> is <a>False</a>
--   setting this flag to <a>False</a> turns off all allocation on
--   resizing: the widget will not even redraw if its position changes;
--   this is to allow containers that don’t draw anything to avoid excess
--   invalidations. If you set this flag on a widget with no window that
--   does draw on <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;window, you are responsible
--   for invalidating both the old and new allocation of the widget when
--   the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating regions newly
--   when the widget increases size.
widgetSetRedrawOnAllocate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Specifies whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> will be treated as the
--   default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if
--   another widget is the default.
--   
--   See <a>widgetGrabDefault</a> for details about the meaning of
--   “default”.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetSetReceivesDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Marks the widget as being realized. This function must only be called
--   after all <tt><i>GdkWindows</i></tt> for the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>
--   have been created and registered.
--   
--   This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
--   “realize” or “unrealize” implementation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
widgetSetRealized :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets a non default parent window for <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   For <a>Window</a> classes, setting a <i><tt>parentWindow</tt></i>
--   effects whether the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded
--   into other widgets.
--   
--   For <a>Window</a> classes, this needs to be called before the window
--   is realized.
widgetSetParentWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
--   <a>Container</a>. Sets the container as the parent of
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>, and takes care of some details such as
--   updating the state and style of the child to reflect its new location.
--   The opposite function is <a>widgetUnparent</a>.
widgetSetParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Request the <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to be rendered partially
--   transparent, with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully
--   opaque. (Opacity values are clamped to the [0,1] range.). This works
--   on both toplevel widget, and child widgets, although there are some
--   limitations:
--   
--   For toplevel widgets this depends on the capabilities of the windowing
--   system. On X11 this has any effect only on X screens with a
--   compositing manager running. See <a>widgetIsComposited</a>. On Windows
--   it should work always, although setting a window’s opacity after the
--   window has been shown causes it to flicker once on Windows.
--   
--   For child widgets it doesn’t work if any affected widget has a native
--   window, or disables double buffering.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
widgetSetOpacity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>no-show-all</i></tt> property, which
--   determines whether calls to <a>widgetShowAll</a> will affect this
--   widget.
--   
--   This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with
--   externally controlled visibility, see <a>UIManager</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetSetNoShowAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a CSS
--   file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name in the
--   CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the same page
--   as the docs for <a>StyleContext</a>).
--   
--   Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit and
--   represent elements in a selector (period, #, &gt;, *...), so using
--   these will make your widget impossible to match by name. Any
--   combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
--   suffice.
widgetSetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the top margin of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-top</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetSetMarginTop :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the start margin of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-start</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
widgetSetMarginStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the right margin of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-right</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetSetMarginRight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the left margin of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-left</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetSetMarginLeft :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the end margin of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-end</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
widgetSetMarginEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the bottom margin of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-bottom</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetSetMarginBottom :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Marks the widget as being mapped.
--   
--   This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's “map”
--   or “unmap” implementation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
widgetSetMapped :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the hexpand flag (see <a>widgetGetHexpand</a>) will be
--   used.
--   
--   The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
--   <a>widgetSetHexpand</a> to set hexpand, so the most likely reason to
--   use this function would be to unset an explicit expand flag.
--   
--   If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed expand value based
--   on child widgets. If hexpand is not set, then the expand value depends
--   on whether any children of the widget would like to expand.
--   
--   There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here for
--   completeness and consistency.
widgetSetHexpandSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
--   space. When a user resizes a <a>Window</a>, widgets with expand=TRUE
--   generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or scrollable
--   area or document in your window would often be set to expand.
--   
--   Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
--   widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra room.
--   
--   By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children want
--   to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given its
--   current children and state, call <a>widgetComputeExpand</a>. A
--   container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
--   expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
--   method on <a>Widget</a>.).
--   
--   Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
--   automatic expand behavior.
--   
--   This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand, regardless
--   of children. The override occurs because <a>widgetSetHexpand</a> sets
--   the hexpand-set property (see <a>widgetSetHexpandSet</a>) which causes
--   the widget’s hexpand value to be used, rather than looking at children
--   and widget state.
widgetSetHexpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Specifies whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> has a <a>Window</a> of its
--   own. Note that all realized widgets have a non-<a>Nothing</a> “window”
--   pointer (<a>widgetGetWindow</a> never returns a <a>Nothing</a> window
--   when a widget is realized), but for many of them it’s actually the
--   <a>Window</a> of one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create
--   a <tt><i>window</i></tt> for themselves in <a>realize</a> must
--   announce this by calling this function with <i><tt>hasWindow</tt></i>
--   = <a>False</a>.
--   
--   This function should only be called by widget implementations, and
--   they should call it in their <tt><i>init()</i></tt> function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetSetHasWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the has-tooltip property on <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>hasTooltip</tt></i>. See
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetSetHasTooltip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the horizontal alignment of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>halign</i></tt> property.
widgetSetHalign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Align -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>FontOptions</a> used for Pango rendering in this widget.
--   When not set, the default font options for the <a>Screen</a> will be
--   used.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
widgetSetFontOptions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe FontOptions -> m ()

-- | Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget
--   will inherit the font map from its parent.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
widgetSetFontMap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsFontMap b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the
--   mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like
--   toolbars where you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main
--   area of the application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
widgetSetFocusOnClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the event mask (see <a>EventMask</a>) for a widget. The event
--   mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind that
--   different widgets have different default event masks, and by changing
--   the event mask you may disrupt a widget’s functionality, so be
--   careful. This function must be called while a widget is unrealized.
--   Consider <a>widgetAddEvents</a> for widgets that are already realized,
--   or if you want to preserve the existing event mask. This function
--   can’t be used with widgets that have no window. (See
--   <a>widgetGetHasWindow</a>). To get events on those widgets, place them
--   inside a <a>EventBox</a> and receive events on the event box.
widgetSetEvents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [EventMask] -> m ()

-- | Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function to
--   turn off the buffering. “Double buffered” simply means that
--   <a>windowBeginDrawFrame</a> and <a>windowEndDrawFrame</a> are called
--   automatically around expose events sent to the widget.
--   <a>windowBeginDrawFrame</a> diverts all drawing to a widget's window
--   to an offscreen buffer, and <a>windowEndDrawFrame</a> draws the buffer
--   to the screen. The result is that users see the window update in one
--   smooth step, and don’t see individual graphics primitives being
--   rendered.
--   
--   In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don’t flicker, so you
--   would only use this function to turn off double buffering if you had
--   special needs and really knew what you were doing.
--   
--   Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle expose
--   events, since even the clearing to the background color or pixmap will
--   not happen automatically (as it is done in
--   <a>windowBeginDrawFrame</a>).
--   
--   In 3.10 GTK and GDK have been restructured for translucent drawing.
--   Since then expose events for double-buffered widgets are culled into a
--   single event to the toplevel GDK window. If you now unset double
--   buffering, you will cause a separate rendering pass for every widget.
--   This will likely cause rendering problems - in particular related to
--   stacking - and usually increases rendering times significantly.
widgetSetDoubleBuffered :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
--   controls the primary direction for widgets containing text, and also
--   the direction in which the children of a container are packed. The
--   ability to set the direction is present in order so that correct
--   localization into languages with right-to-left reading directions can
--   be done. Generally, applications will let the default reading
--   direction present, except for containers where the containers are
--   arranged in an order that is explicitly visual rather than logical
--   (such as buttons for text justification).
--   
--   If the direction is set to <a>TextDirectionNone</a>, then the value
--   set by <a>widgetSetDefaultDirection</a> will be used.
widgetSetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Sets the device event mask (see <a>EventMask</a>) for a widget. The
--   event mask determines which events a widget will receive from
--   <i><tt>device</tt></i>. Keep in mind that different widgets have
--   different default event masks, and by changing the event mask you may
--   disrupt a widget’s functionality, so be careful. This function must be
--   called while a widget is unrealized. Consider
--   <a>widgetAddDeviceEvents</a> for widgets that are already realized, or
--   if you want to preserve the existing event mask. This function can’t
--   be used with windowless widgets (which return <a>False</a> from
--   <a>widgetGetHasWindow</a>); to get events on those widgets, place them
--   inside a <a>EventBox</a> and receive events on the event box.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetSetDeviceEvents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> [EventMask] -> m ()

-- | Enables or disables a <a>Device</a> to interact with
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> and all its children.
--   
--   It does so by descending through the <a>Window</a> hierarchy and
--   enabling the same mask that is has for core events (i.e. the one that
--   <a>windowGetEvents</a> returns).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetSetDeviceEnabled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be a composite child of
--   its parent; see <a>widgetPushCompositeChild</a>.
widgetSetCompositeName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the widget’s clip. This must not be used directly, but from
--   within a widget’s size_allocate method. It must be called after
--   <a>widgetSetAllocation</a> (or after chaining up to the parent class),
--   because that function resets the clip.
--   
--   The clip set should be the area that <i><tt>widget</tt></i> draws on.
--   If <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is a <a>Container</a>, the area must contain
--   all children's clips.
--   
--   If this function is not called by <i><tt>widget</tt></i> during a
--   <a>sizeAllocate</a> handler, the clip will be set to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s allocation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
widgetSetClip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Rectangle -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> should be mapped along with its
--   when its parent is mapped and <i><tt>widget</tt></i> has been shown
--   with <a>widgetShow</a>.
--   
--   The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to a
--   container with <a>widgetSetParent</a>, to avoid mapping children
--   unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However it will be
--   reset to its default state of <a>True</a> when the widget is removed
--   from a container.
--   
--   Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not queue a
--   resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of a widget is
--   computed from all visible children, whether or not they are mapped. If
--   this is not the case, the container can queue a resize itself.
--   
--   This function is only useful for container implementations and never
--   should be called by an application.
widgetSetChildVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Specifies whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> can own the input focus. See
--   <a>widgetGrabFocus</a> for actually setting the input focus on a
--   widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetSetCanFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Specifies whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> can be a default widget. See
--   <a>widgetGrabDefault</a> for details about the meaning of “default”.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetSetCanDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an
--   <a>draw</a> handler.
--   
--   This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of the
--   GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets that do
--   pay attention to the flag, such as <a>EventBox</a> and <a>Window</a>,
--   the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
--   background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The
--   application is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget
--   background.
--   
--   Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
widgetSetAppPaintable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the widget’s allocation. This should not be used directly, but
--   from within a widget’s size_allocate method.
--   
--   The allocation set should be the “adjusted” or actual allocation. If
--   you’re implementing a <a>Container</a>, you want to use
--   <a>widgetSizeAllocate</a> instead of <a>widgetSetAllocation</a>. The
--   GtkWidgetClass[adjust_size_allocation](#g:signal:adjust_size_allocation)
--   virtual method adjusts the allocation inside <a>widgetSizeAllocate</a>
--   to create an adjusted allocation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetSetAllocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Rectangle -> m ()

-- | Given an accelerator group, <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i>, and an
--   accelerator path, <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i>, sets up an accelerator in
--   <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i> so whenever the key binding that is defined
--   for <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> is pressed, <i><tt>widget</tt></i> will
--   be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any accelerator
--   group) installed by previous calls to <a>widgetSetAccelPath</a>.
--   Associating accelerators with paths allows them to be modified by the
--   user and the modifications to be saved for future use. (See
--   <a>accelMapSave</a>.)
--   
--   This function is a low level function that would most likely be used
--   by a menu creation system like <a>UIManager</a>. If you use
--   <a>UIManager</a>, setting up accelerator paths will be done
--   automatically.
--   
--   Even when you you aren’t using <a>UIManager</a>, if you only want to
--   set up accelerators on menu items <a>menuItemSetAccelPath</a> provides
--   a somewhat more convenient interface.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> string will be stored in a
--   <tt><i>GQuark</i></tt>. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you
--   can save some memory by interning it first with
--   <a>internStaticString</a>.
widgetSetAccelPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> Maybe Text -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sends the focus change <i><tt>event</tt></i> to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>
--   
--   This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time
--   it should be used is when it is necessary for a <a>Widget</a> to
--   assign focus to a widget that is semantically owned by the first
--   widget even though it’s not a direct child - for instance, a search
--   entry in a floating window similar to the quick search in
--   <a>TreeView</a>.
--   
--   An example of its usage is:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
--   
--   fevent-&gt;focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
--   fevent-&gt;focus_change.in = TRUE;
--   fevent-&gt;focus_change.window = _gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
--   if (fevent-&gt;focus_change.window != NULL)
--     g_object_ref (fevent-&gt;focus_change.window);
--   
--   gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
--   
--   gdk_event_free (event);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
widgetSendFocusChange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Event -> m Bool

-- | Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit an expose
--   event on a widget. This function is not normally used directly. The
--   only time it is used is when propagating an expose event to a
--   windowless child widget (<a>widgetGetHasWindow</a> is <a>False</a>),
--   and that is normally done using <a>containerPropagateDraw</a>.
--   
--   If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn, use
--   <a>windowInvalidateRect</a> or <a>windowInvalidateRegion</a>. To cause
--   the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call with a call to
--   <a>windowProcessUpdates</a>.
widgetSendExpose :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Event -> m Int32

-- | Updates the style context of <i><tt>widget</tt></i> and all
--   descendants by updating its widget path. <tt><i>GtkContainers</i></tt>
--   may want to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a
--   different style might apply to it. See also
--   <a>containerGetPathForChild</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetResetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Reset the styles of <i><tt>widget</tt></i> and all descendents, so
--   when they are looked up again, they get the correct values for the
--   currently loaded RC file settings.
--   
--   This function is not useful for applications.
widgetResetRcStyles :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Moves a widget from one <a>Container</a> to another, handling
--   reference count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
widgetReparent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style settings
--   for <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to look up <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> and
--   render it to a pixbuf. <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> should be a stock icon
--   ID such as <a>STOCK_OPEN</a> or <a>STOCK_OK</a>. <i><tt>size</tt></i>
--   should be a size such as <tt><i>GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU</i></tt>.
--   
--   The pixels in the returned <a>Pixbuf</a> are shared with the rest of
--   the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
--   after use with <a>objectUnref</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetRenderIconPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | A convenience function that uses the theme settings for
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to look up <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> and render
--   it to a pixbuf. <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> should be a stock icon ID such
--   as <a>STOCK_OPEN</a> or <a>STOCK_OK</a>. <i><tt>size</tt></i> should
--   be a size such as <tt><i>GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU</i></tt>.
--   <i><tt>detail</tt></i> should be a string that identifies the widget
--   or code doing the rendering, so that theme engines can special-case
--   rendering for that widget or code.
--   
--   The pixels in the returned <a>Pixbuf</a> are shared with the rest of
--   the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
--   after use with <a>objectUnref</a>.
widgetRenderIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Maybe Text -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Removes a tick callback previously registered with
--   <a>widgetAddTickCallback</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
widgetRemoveTickCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for this widget.
--   (See <a>widgetListMnemonicLabels</a>). The widget must have previously
--   been added to the list with <a>widgetAddMnemonicLabel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetRemoveMnemonicLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Removes an accelerator from <i><tt>widget</tt></i>, previously
--   installed with <a>widgetAddAccelerator</a>.
widgetRemoveAccelerator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> b -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Registers a <a>Window</a> with the widget and sets it up so that the
--   widget receives events for it. Call <a>widgetUnregisterWindow</a> when
--   destroying the window.
--   
--   Before 3.8 you needed to call <a>windowSetUserData</a> directly to set
--   this up. This is now deprecated and you should use
--   <a>widgetRegisterWindow</a> instead. Old code will keep working as is,
--   although some new features like transparency might not work perfectly.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
widgetRegisterWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Computes the intersection of a <i><tt>widget</tt></i>’s area and
--   <i><tt>region</tt></i>, returning the intersection. The result may be
--   empty, use <tt><i>cairo_region_is_empty()</i></tt> to check.
widgetRegionIntersect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Region -> m Region

-- | Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a widget.
--   For example, <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;window will be created when a
--   widget is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you
--   show a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
--   realized and mapped automatically.
--   
--   Realizing a widget requires all the widget’s parent widgets to be
--   realized; calling <a>widgetRealize</a> realizes the widget’s parents
--   in addition to <i><tt>widget</tt></i> itself. If a widget is not yet
--   inside a toplevel window when you realize it, bad things will happen.
--   
--   This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and isn’t
--   very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might need it, a
--   better approach is to connect to a signal that will be called after
--   the widget is realized automatically, such as <a>draw</a>. Or simply
--   g_signal_connect () to the <a>realize</a> signal.
widgetRealize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | This function works like <a>widgetQueueResize</a>, except that the
--   widget is not invalidated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetQueueResizeNoRedraw :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | This function is only for use in widget implementations. Flags a
--   widget to have its size renegotiated; should be called when a widget
--   for some reason has a new size request. For example, when you change
--   the text in a <a>Label</a>, <a>Label</a> queues a resize to ensure
--   there’s enough space for the new text.
--   
--   Note that you cannot call <a>widgetQueueResize</a> on a widget from
--   inside its implementation of the
--   GtkWidgetClass[size_allocate](#g:signal:size_allocate) virtual method.
--   Calls to <a>widgetQueueResize</a> from inside
--   GtkWidgetClass[size_allocate](#g:signal:size_allocate) will be
--   silently ignored.
widgetQueueResize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Invalidates the area of <i><tt>widget</tt></i> defined by
--   <i><tt>region</tt></i> by calling <a>windowInvalidateRegion</a> on the
--   widget’s window and all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes
--   idle (after the current batch of events has been processed, roughly),
--   the window will receive expose events for the union of all regions
--   that have been invalidated.
--   
--   Normally you would only use this function in widget implementations.
--   You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a <a>DrawingArea</a> or
--   some portion thereof.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetQueueDrawRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Region -> m ()

-- | Convenience function that calls <a>widgetQueueDrawRegion</a> on the
--   region created from the given coordinates.
--   
--   The region here is specified in widget coordinates. Widget coordinates
--   are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are defined as
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;window coordinates for widgets that return
--   <a>True</a> for <a>widgetGetHasWindow</a>, and are relative to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;allocation.x,
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;allocation.y otherwise.
--   
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> or <i><tt>height</tt></i> may be 0, in this case
--   this function does nothing. Negative values for <i><tt>width</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>height</tt></i> are not allowed.
widgetQueueDrawArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Equivalent to calling <a>widgetQueueDrawArea</a> for the entire area
--   of a widget.
widgetQueueDraw :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Mark <i><tt>widget</tt></i> as needing to recompute its expand flags.
--   Call this function when setting legacy expand child properties on the
--   child of a container.
--   
--   See <a>widgetComputeExpand</a>.
widgetQueueComputeExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | This function is only for use in widget implementations.
--   
--   Flags the widget for a rerun of the
--   GtkWidgetClass[size_allocate](#g:signal:size_allocate) function. Use
--   this function instead of <a>widgetQueueResize</a> when the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s size request didn't change but it wants to
--   reposition its contents.
--   
--   An example user of this function is <a>widgetSetHalign</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
widgetQueueAllocate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Obtains the full path to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. The path is simply
--   the name of a widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy,
--   separated by periods. The name of a widget comes from
--   <a>widgetGetName</a>. Paths are used to apply styles to a widget in
--   gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the widget by
--   default (e.g. “GtkButton”) or can be set to an application-specific
--   value with <a>widgetSetName</a>. By setting the name of a widget, you
--   allow users or theme authors to apply styles to that specific widget
--   in their gtkrc file. <i><tt>pathReversedP</tt></i> fills in the path
--   in reverse order, i.e. starting with <i><tt>widget</tt></i>’s name
--   instead of starting with the name of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>’s
--   outermost ancestor.
widgetPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Word32, Text, Text)

-- | Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
--   
--   All other style values are left untouched. See
--   <a>widgetOverrideColor</a> for overriding the foreground or background
--   color.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetOverrideSymbolicColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> Maybe RGBA -> m ()

-- | Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left
--   untouched. See <a>widgetOverrideColor</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetOverrideFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe FontDescription -> m ()

-- | Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the cursor-color
--   and secondary-cursor-color style properties. All other style values
--   are left untouched. See also <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>.
--   
--   Note that the underlying properties have the <a>Color</a> type, so the
--   alpha value in <i><tt>primary</tt></i> and <i><tt>secondary</tt></i>
--   will be ignored.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetOverrideCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe RGBA -> Maybe RGBA -> m ()

-- | Sets the color to use for a widget.
--   
--   All other style values are left untouched.
--   
--   This function does not act recursively. Setting the color of a
--   container does not affect its children. Note that some widgets that
--   you may not think of as containers, for instance
--   <tt><i>GtkButtons</i></tt>, are actually containers.
--   
--   This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to change a
--   widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets library and intend
--   this change to be themeable, it is better done by setting meaningful
--   CSS classes in your widget/container implementation through
--   <a>styleContextAddClass</a>.
--   
--   This way, your widget library can install a <a>CssProvider</a> with
--   the <a>STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK</a> priority in order to
--   provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and this
--   theming may fully overridden by the user’s theme.
--   
--   Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired results
--   (such as uniform background color everywhere), in these cases it is
--   better to fully style such widgets through a <a>CssProvider</a> with
--   the <a>STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION</a> priority.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetOverrideColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> Maybe RGBA -> m ()

-- | Sets the background color to use for a widget.
--   
--   All other style values are left untouched. See
--   <a>widgetOverrideColor</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetOverrideBackgroundColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> Maybe RGBA -> m ()

-- | Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state.
--   
--   All other style values are left untouched. The text color is the
--   foreground color used along with the base color (see
--   <a>widgetModifyBase</a>) for widgets such as <a>Entry</a> and
--   <a>TextView</a>. See also <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>.
widgetModifyText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> StateType -> Maybe Color -> m ()

-- | Modifies style values on the widget.
--   
--   Modifications made using this technique take precedence over style
--   values set via an RC file, however, they will be overridden if a style
--   is explicitly set on the widget using <a>widgetSetStyle</a>. The
--   <a>RcStyle</a>-struct is designed so each field can either be set or
--   unset, so it is possible, using this function, to modify some style
--   values and leave the others unchanged.
--   
--   Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
--   with previous calls to <a>widgetModifyStyle</a> or with such functions
--   as <a>widgetModifyFg</a>. If you wish to retain previous values, you
--   must first call <a>widgetGetModifierStyle</a>, make your modifications
--   to the returned style, then call <a>widgetModifyStyle</a> with that
--   style. On the other hand, if you first call <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>,
--   subsequent calls to such functions <a>widgetModifyFg</a> will have a
--   cumulative effect with the initial modifications.
widgetModifyStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsRcStyle b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the font to use for a widget.
--   
--   All other style values are left untouched. See also
--   <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>.
widgetModifyFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe FontDescription -> m ()

-- | Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
--   
--   All other style values are left untouched. See also
--   <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>.
widgetModifyFg :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> StateType -> Maybe Color -> m ()

-- | Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the <a>Widget</a>
--   cursor-color and secondary-cursor-color style properties.
--   
--   All other style values are left untouched. See also
--   <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetModifyCursor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe Color -> Maybe Color -> m ()

-- | Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
--   
--   All other style values are left untouched. See also
--   <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>.
--   
--   <pre>
--   Note that “no window” widgets (which have the @/GTK_NO_WINDOW/@
--   flag set) draw on their parent container’s window and thus may
--   not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g.
--   t'GI.Gtk.Objects.Label.Label'.
--   
--   To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the
--   background color on their parent; if you want to set the background
--   of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in
--   a t'GI.Gtk.Objects.EventBox.EventBox' widget and setting the background color on that.
--   </pre>
widgetModifyBg :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> StateType -> Maybe Color -> m ()

-- | Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state. All other
--   style values are left untouched. The base color is the background
--   color used along with the text color (see <a>widgetModifyText</a>) for
--   widgets such as <a>Entry</a> and <a>TextView</a>. See also
--   <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>.
--   
--   <pre>
--   Note that “no window” widgets (which have the @/GTK_NO_WINDOW/@
--   flag set) draw on their parent container’s window and thus may
--   not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g.
--   t'GI.Gtk.Objects.Label.Label'.
--   
--   To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the
--   base color on their parent; if you want to set the background
--   of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in
--   a t'GI.Gtk.Objects.EventBox.EventBox' widget and setting the base color on that.
--   </pre>
widgetModifyBase :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> StateType -> Maybe Color -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>mnemonicActivate</a> signal.
widgetMnemonicActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a
--   widget to be mapped if it isn’t already.
widgetMap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
--   which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
--   <a>labelSetMnemonicWidget</a>).
--   
--   The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you want
--   to iterate through the list and perform actions involving callbacks
--   that might destroy the widgets, you must call <tt>g_list_foreach
--   (result, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</tt> first, and then unref all the
--   widgets afterwards.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetListMnemonicLabels :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m [Widget]

-- | Retrieves a <a>Nothing</a>-terminated array of strings containing the
--   prefixes of <a>ActionGroup</a>'s available to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
widgetListActionPrefixes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Lists the closures used by <i><tt>widget</tt></i> for accelerator
--   group connections with <a>accelGroupConnectByPath</a> or
--   <a>accelGroupConnect</a>. The closures can be used to monitor
--   accelerator changes on <i><tt>widget</tt></i>, by connecting to the
--   <i><tt>gtkAccelGroup</tt></i><a>accelChanged</a> signal of the
--   <a>AccelGroup</a> of a closure which can be found out with
--   <a>accelGroupFromAccelClosure</a>.
widgetListAccelClosures :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m [GClosure b]

-- | This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within a
--   single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
--   <a>keynavFailed</a> signal on the widget and its return value should
--   be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
--   <a>widgetChildFocus</a>:
--   
--   When <a>True</a> is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
--   navigation is OK and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the focus
--   to.
--   
--   When <a>False</a> is returned, the caller should continue with
--   keyboard navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
--   <a>widgetChildFocus</a> on the widget’s toplevel.
--   
--   The default <a>keynavFailed</a> handler returns <a>False</a> for
--   <a>DirectionTypeTabForward</a> and <a>DirectionTypeTabBackward</a>.
--   For the other values of <a>DirectionType</a> it returns <a>True</a>.
--   
--   Whenever the default handler returns <a>True</a>, it also calls
--   <a>widgetErrorBell</a> to notify the user of the failed keyboard
--   navigation.
--   
--   A use case for providing an own implementation of <a>keynavFailed</a>
--   (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
--   <a>Entry</a> widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
--   entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
--   that require entering license keys.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetKeynavFailed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> DirectionType -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
--   visible.
--   
--   This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
--   
--   See also <a>widgetGetVisible</a> and <a>widgetSetVisible</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
widgetIsVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is a toplevel widget.
--   
--   Currently only <a>Window</a> and <a>Invisible</a> (and out-of-process
--   <tt><i>GtkPlugs</i></tt>) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have
--   no parent widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetIsToplevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the widget’s effective sensitivity, which means it is
--   sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetIsSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its toplevel.
--   (This does not mean that the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-focus</i></tt>
--   property is necessarily set; <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-focus</i></tt>
--   will only be set if the toplevel widget additionally has the global
--   input focus.)
widgetIsFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> can be drawn to. A widget
--   can be drawn to if it is mapped and visible.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetIsDrawable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> can rely on having its alpha channel
--   drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a compositing
--   manager is running for <i><tt>widget</tt></i>’s screen.
--   
--   Please note that the semantics of this call will change in the future
--   if used on a widget that has a composited window in its hierarchy (as
--   set by <a>windowSetComposited</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
widgetIsComposited :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is somewhere inside
--   <i><tt>ancestor</tt></i>, possibly with intermediate containers.
widgetIsAncestor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Computes the intersection of a <i><tt>widget</tt></i>’s area and
--   <i><tt>area</tt></i>, storing the intersection in
--   <i><tt>intersection</tt></i>, and returns <a>True</a> if there was an
--   intersection. <i><tt>intersection</tt></i> may be <a>Nothing</a> if
--   you’re only interested in whether there was an intersection.
widgetIntersect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Rectangle -> m (Bool, Maybe Rectangle)

-- | Inserts <i><tt>group</tt></i> into <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. Children of
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> that implement <a>Actionable</a> can then be
--   associated with actions in <i><tt>group</tt></i> by setting their
--   “action-name” to <i><tt>prefix</tt></i>.<tt>action-name</tt>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>group</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, a previously inserted
--   group for <i><tt>name</tt></i> is removed from <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
widgetInsertActionGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsActionGroup b) => a -> Text -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for
--   windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
--   <a>windowInputShapeCombineRegion</a> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetInputShapeCombineRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe Region -> m ()

-- | Creates and initializes child widgets defined in templates. This
--   function must be called in the instance initializer for any class
--   which assigned itself a template using <a>widgetClassSetTemplate</a>
--   
--   It is important to call this function in the instance initializer of a
--   <a>Widget</a> subclass and not in
--   <a>Object</a>.<tt><i>constructed</i></tt>() or
--   <a>Object</a>.<tt><i>constructor</i></tt>() for two reasons.
--   
--   One reason is that generally derived widgets will assume that parent
--   class composite widgets have been created in their instance
--   initializers.
--   
--   Another reason is that when calling <tt><i>g_object_new()</i></tt> on
--   a widget with composite templates, it’s important to build the
--   composite widgets before the construct properties are set. Properties
--   passed to <tt><i>g_object_new()</i></tt> should take precedence over
--   properties set in the private template XML.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetInitTemplate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed. This
--   information can sometimes be used to avoid doing unnecessary work.
widgetInDestruction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Utility function; intended to be connected to the <a>deleteEvent</a>
--   signal on a <a>Window</a>. The function calls <a>widgetHide</a> on its
--   argument, then returns <a>True</a>. If connected to
--   <a>deleteEvent</a>, the result is that clicking the close button for a
--   window (on the window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but
--   not destroy the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when
--   <a>deleteEvent</a> is received.
widgetHideOnDelete :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Reverses the effects of <a>widgetShow</a>, causing the widget to be
--   hidden (invisible to the user).
widgetHide :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that it has
--   the global input focus. This is a convenience function for use in
--   <a>draw</a> handlers that takes into account whether focus indication
--   should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See <a>windowGetFocusVisible</a> for more
--   information about focus indication.
--   
--   To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
--   <a>widgetHasFocus</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetHasVisibleFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Checks whether there is a <a>Screen</a> is associated with this
--   widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated screen, and all
--   widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel window at the top.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
widgetHasScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc
--   mechanism.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
widgetHasRcStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it is
--   the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
--   
--   See also <a>widgetGrabAdd</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetHasGrab :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
--   <a>widgetIsFocus</a> for the difference between having the global
--   input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetHasFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is the current default
--   widget within its toplevel. See <a>widgetSetCanDefault</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetHasDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Removes the grab from the given widget.
--   
--   You have to pair calls to <a>widgetGrabAdd</a> and
--   <a>widgetGrabRemove</a>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>widget</tt></i> does not have the grab, this function does
--   nothing.
widgetGrabRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Causes <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to have the keyboard focus for the
--   <a>Window</a> it's inside. <i><tt>widget</tt></i> must be a focusable
--   widget, such as a <a>Entry</a>; something like <a>Frame</a> won’t
--   work.
--   
--   More precisely, it must have the <tt><i>GTK_CAN_FOCUS</i></tt> flag
--   set. Use <a>widgetSetCanFocus</a> to modify that flag.
--   
--   The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by
--   the related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the
--   widget will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
widgetGrabFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Causes <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to become the default widget.
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> must be able to be a default widget; typically
--   you would ensure this yourself by calling <a>widgetSetCanDefault</a>
--   with a <a>True</a> value. The default widget is activated when the
--   user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be activatable,
--   that is, <a>widgetActivate</a> should affect them. Note that
--   <a>Entry</a> widgets require the “activates-default” property set to
--   <a>True</a> before they activate the default widget when Enter is
--   pressed and the <a>Entry</a> is focused.
widgetGrabDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Makes <i><tt>widget</tt></i> the current grabbed widget.
--   
--   This means that interaction with other widgets in the same application
--   is blocked and mouse as well as keyboard events are delivered to this
--   widget.
--   
--   If <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is not sensitive, it is not set as the
--   current grabbed widget and this function does nothing.
widgetGrabAdd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, <a>Nothing</a>
--   otherwise
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
widgetGetWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Gets the visual that will be used to render <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
widgetGetVisual :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Visual

-- | Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to take into
--   account whether the widget’s parent is also marked as visible, use
--   <a>widgetIsVisible</a> instead.
--   
--   This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
--   
--   See <a>widgetSetVisible</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether <a>widgetSetVexpand</a> has been used to explicitly set
--   the expand flag on this widget.
--   
--   See <a>widgetGetHexpandSet</a> for more detail.
widgetGetVexpandSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space.
--   
--   See <a>widgetGetHexpand</a> for more detail.
widgetGetVexpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>valign</i></tt> property,
--   including <a>AlignBaseline</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetGetValignWithBaseline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Align

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>valign</i></tt> property.
--   
--   For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return
--   <a>AlignBaseline</a>, but instead it will convert it to
--   <a>AlignFill</a>. If your widget want to support baseline aligned
--   children it must use <a>widgetGetValignWithBaseline</a>, or
--   <tt>g_object_get (widget, "valign", &amp;value, NULL)</tt>, which will
--   also report the true value.
widgetGetValign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Align

-- | This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is a part of. If <i><tt>widget</tt></i> has no
--   parent widgets, it will be returned as the topmost widget. No
--   reference will be added to the returned widget; it should not be
--   unreferenced.
--   
--   Note the difference in behavior vs. <a>widgetGetAncestor</a>;
--   <tt>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</tt> would
--   return <a>Nothing</a> if <i><tt>widget</tt></i> wasn’t inside a
--   toplevel window, and if the window was inside a <a>Window</a>-derived
--   widget which was in turn inside the toplevel <a>Window</a>. While the
--   second case may seem unlikely, it actually happens when a <a>Plug</a>
--   is embedded inside a <a>Socket</a> within the same application.
--   
--   To reliably find the toplevel <a>Window</a>, use
--   <a>widgetGetToplevel</a> and call <tt><i>GTK_IS_WINDOW()</i></tt> on
--   the result. For instance, to get the title of a widget's toplevel
--   window, one might use:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static const char *
--   get_widget_toplevel_title (GtkWidget *widget)
--   {
--     GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
--     if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
--       {
--         return gtk_window_get_title (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
--       }
--   
--     return NULL;
--   }
--   </pre>
widgetGetToplevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns the <a>Window</a> of the current tooltip. This can be the
--   GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set using
--   <a>widgetSetTooltipWindow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetGetTooltipWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Window

-- | Gets the contents of the tooltip for <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetGetTooltipText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the contents of the tooltip for <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetGetTooltipMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Fetch an object build from the template XML for
--   <i><tt>widgetType</tt></i> in this <i><tt>widget</tt></i> instance.
--   
--   This will only report children which were previously declared with
--   <a>widgetClassBindTemplateChildFull</a> or one of its variants.
--   
--   This function is only meant to be called for code which is private to
--   the <i><tt>widgetType</tt></i> which declared the child and is meant
--   for language bindings which cannot easily make use of the GObject
--   structure offsets.
widgetGetTemplateChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> GType -> Text -> m Object

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is multiple pointer
--   aware. See <a>widgetSetSupportMultidevice</a> for more information.
widgetGetSupportMultidevice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the style context associated to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. The
--   returned object is guaranteed to be the same for the lifetime of
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
widgetGetStyleContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m StyleContext

-- | Simply an accessor function that returns
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;style.
widgetGetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Style

-- | Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning that
--   the effective <a>StateFlagsInsensitive</a> state will be returned,
--   that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> itself is sensitive.
--   
--   Also note that if you are looking for a way to obtain the
--   <a>StateFlags</a> to pass to a <a>StyleContext</a> method, you should
--   look at <a>styleContextGetState</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetStateFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m [StateFlags]

-- | Returns the widget’s state. See <a>widgetSetState</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m StateType

-- | Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
--   <a>widgetSetSizeRequest</a>. A value of -1 stored in
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> or <i><tt>height</tt></i> indicates that that
--   dimension has not been set explicitly and the natural requisition of
--   the widget will be used instead. See <a>widgetSetSizeRequest</a>. To
--   get the size a widget will actually request, call
--   <a>widgetGetPreferredSize</a> instead of this function.
widgetGetSizeRequest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
--   
--   Note that this function can only be called when the <a>Widget</a> is
--   attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific to a
--   particular <a>Screen</a>.
widgetGetSettings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Settings

-- | Returns the widget’s sensitivity (in the sense of returning the value
--   that has been set using <a>widgetSetSensitive</a>).
--   
--   The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both
--   its own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See
--   <a>widgetIsSensitive</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Get the <a>Screen</a> from the toplevel window associated with this
--   widget. This function can only be called after the widget has been
--   added to a widget hierarchy with a <a>Window</a> at the top.
--   
--   In general, you should only create screen specific resources when a
--   widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the
--   widget is unrealized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
widgetGetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Screen

-- | Retrieves the internal scale factor that maps from window coordinates
--   to the actual device pixels. On traditional systems this is 1, on high
--   density outputs, it can be a higher value (typically 2).
--   
--   See <a>windowGetScaleFactor</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetGetScaleFactor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
--   only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy
--   with <a>Window</a> at the top.
--   
--   The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
--   <a>Window</a> associated with the window. In general, you should only
--   create display specific resources when a widget has been realized, and
--   you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
widgetGetRootWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Window

-- | Retrieves the widget’s requisition.
--   
--   This function should only be used by widget implementations in order
--   to figure whether the widget’s requisition has actually changed after
--   some internal state change (so that they can call
--   <a>widgetQueueResize</a> instead of <a>widgetQueueDraw</a>).
--   
--   Normally, <a>widgetSizeRequest</a> should be used.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
widgetGetRequisition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Requisition

-- | Gets whether the widget prefers a height-for-width layout or a
--   width-for-height layout.
--   
--   <a>Bin</a> widgets generally propagate the preference of their child,
--   container widgets need to request something either in context of their
--   children or in context of their allocation capabilities.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetRequestMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m SizeRequestMode

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is always treated as the
--   default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if
--   another widget is the default.
--   
--   See <a>widgetSetReceivesDefault</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetReceivesDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is realized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
widgetGetRealized :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves a widget’s minimum and natural width if it would be given
--   the specified <i><tt>height</tt></i>.
--   
--   The returned request will be modified by the
--   GtkWidgetClass[adjust_size_request](#g:signal:adjust_size_request)
--   virtual method and by any <tt><i>GtkSizeGroups</i></tt> that have been
--   applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used
--   for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetPreferredWidthForHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves a widget’s initial minimum and natural width.
--   
--   This call is specific to height-for-width requests.
--   
--   The returned request will be modified by the
--   GtkWidgetClass[adjust_size_request](#g:signal:adjust_size_request)
--   virtual method and by any <tt><i>GtkSizeGroups</i></tt> that have been
--   applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used
--   for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetPreferredWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a widget, taking into
--   account the widget’s preference for height-for-width management.
--   
--   This is used to retrieve a suitable size by container widgets which do
--   not impose any restrictions on the child placement. It can be used to
--   deduce toplevel window and menu sizes as well as child widgets in
--   free-form containers such as GtkLayout.
--   
--   Handle with care. Note that the natural height of a height-for-width
--   widget will generally be a smaller size than the minimum height, since
--   the required height for the natural width is generally smaller than
--   the required height for the minimum width.
--   
--   Use <a>widgetGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth</a> if you want to
--   support baseline alignment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetPreferredSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Requisition, Requisition)

-- | Retrieves a widget’s minimum and natural height if it would be given
--   the specified <i><tt>width</tt></i>.
--   
--   The returned request will be modified by the
--   GtkWidgetClass[adjust_size_request](#g:signal:adjust_size_request)
--   virtual method and by any <tt><i>GtkSizeGroups</i></tt> that have been
--   applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used
--   for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetPreferredHeightForWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves a widget’s minimum and natural height and the corresponding
--   baselines if it would be given the specified <i><tt>width</tt></i>, or
--   the default height if <i><tt>width</tt></i> is -1. The baselines may
--   be -1 which means that no baseline is requested for this widget.
--   
--   The returned request will be modified by the
--   GtkWidgetClass[adjust_size_request](g:signal:adjust_baseline_request)
--   virtual methods and by any <tt><i>GtkSizeGroups</i></tt> that have
--   been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be
--   used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget
--   itself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32, Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves a widget’s initial minimum and natural height.
--   
--   This call is specific to width-for-height requests.
--   
--   The returned request will be modified by the
--   GtkWidgetClass[adjust_size_request](#g:signal:adjust_size_request)
--   virtual method and by any <tt><i>GtkSizeGroups</i></tt> that have been
--   applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used
--   for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetPreferredHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
--   Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
--   defined as <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;window coordinates for widgets
--   that return <a>True</a> for <a>widgetGetHasWindow</a>; and are
--   relative to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;allocation.x,
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;allocation.y otherwise.
widgetGetPointer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Returns the <a>WidgetPath</a> representing <i><tt>widget</tt></i>, if
--   the widget is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will
--   be created.
widgetGetPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m WidgetPath

-- | Gets <i><tt>widget</tt></i>’s parent window, or <a>Nothing</a> if it
--   does not have one.
widgetGetParentWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Returns the parent container of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
widgetGetParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets a <a>Context</a> with the appropriate font map, font description,
--   and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned by
--   <a>widgetCreatePangoContext</a>, this context is owned by the widget
--   (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes or the widget
--   is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to match any
--   changes to the widget’s attributes. This can be tracked by using the
--   <a>screenChanged</a> signal on the widget.
widgetGetPangoContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Context

-- | Fetches the requested opacity for this widget. See
--   <a>widgetSetOpacity</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
widgetGetOpacity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Double

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>no-show-all</i></tt> property, which determines
--   whether calls to <a>widgetShowAll</a> will affect this widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetGetNoShowAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the name of a widget. See <a>widgetSetName</a> for the
--   significance of widget names.
widgetGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
--   <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>.) If no style has previously set, a new
--   <a>RcStyle</a> will be created with all values unset, and set as the
--   modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc style,
--   you must call <a>widgetModifyStyle</a>, passing in the returned rc
--   style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
--   
--   Caution: passing the style back to <a>widgetModifyStyle</a> will
--   normally end up destroying it, because <a>widgetModifyStyle</a> copies
--   the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style, thus
--   dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference to
--   the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
widgetGetModifierStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m RcStyle

-- | Returns the modifier mask the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>’s windowing
--   system backend uses for a particular purpose.
--   
--   See <a>keymapGetModifierMask</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
widgetGetModifierMask :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> ModifierIntent -> m [ModifierType]

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-top</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetMarginTop :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-start</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
widgetGetMarginStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-right</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetMarginRight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-left</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetMarginLeft :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-end</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
widgetGetMarginEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>margin-bottom</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetMarginBottom :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Whether the widget is mapped.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
widgetGetMapped :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether <a>widgetSetHexpand</a> has been used to explicitly set
--   the expand flag on this widget.
--   
--   If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed expand value based
--   on child widgets. If hexpand is not set, then the expand value depends
--   on whether any children of the widget would like to expand.
--   
--   There are few reasons to use this function, but it’s here for
--   completeness and consistency.
widgetGetHexpandSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
--   space. When a user resizes a <a>Window</a>, widgets with expand=TRUE
--   generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or scrollable
--   area or document in your window would often be set to expand.
--   
--   Containers should use <a>widgetComputeExpand</a> rather than this
--   function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children, has the
--   expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to expand, the parent
--   may ask to expand also.
--   
--   This function only looks at the widget’s own hexpand flag, rather than
--   computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget wants
--   to expand.
widgetGetHexpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> has a <a>Window</a> of its
--   own. See <a>widgetSetHasWindow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetHasWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetGetHasTooltip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>halign</i></tt> property.
--   
--   For backwards compatibility reasons this method will never return
--   <a>AlignBaseline</a>, but instead it will convert it to
--   <a>AlignFill</a>. Baselines are not supported for horizontal
--   alignment.
widgetGetHalign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Align

-- | Obtains the frame clock for a widget. The frame clock is a global
--   “ticker” that can be used to drive animations and repaints. The most
--   common reason to get the frame clock is to call
--   <a>frameClockGetFrameTime</a>, in order to get a time to use for
--   animating. For example you might record the start of the animation
--   with an initial value from <a>frameClockGetFrameTime</a>, and then
--   update the animation by calling <a>frameClockGetFrameTime</a> again
--   during each repaint.
--   
--   <a>frameClockRequestPhase</a> will result in a new frame on the clock,
--   but won’t necessarily repaint any widgets. To repaint a widget, you
--   have to use <a>widgetQueueDraw</a> which invalidates the widget (thus
--   scheduling it to receive a draw on the next frame).
--   <a>widgetQueueDraw</a> will also end up requesting a frame on the
--   appropriate frame clock.
--   
--   A widget’s frame clock will not change while the widget is mapped.
--   Reparenting a widget (which implies a temporary unmap) can change the
--   widget’s frame clock.
--   
--   Unrealized widgets do not have a frame clock.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
widgetGetFrameClock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe FrameClock)

-- | Returns the <a>FontOptions</a> used for Pango rendering. When not set,
--   the defaults font options for the <a>Screen</a> will be used.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
widgetGetFontOptions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe FontOptions)

-- | Gets the font map that has been set with <a>widgetSetFontMap</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
widgetGetFontMap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe FontMap)

-- | Returns whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with
--   the mouse. See <a>widgetSetFocusOnClick</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
widgetGetFocusOnClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the event mask (see <a>EventMask</a>) for the widget. These
--   are the events that the widget will receive.
--   
--   Note: Internally, the widget event mask will be the logical OR of the
--   event mask set through <a>widgetSetEvents</a> or
--   <a>widgetAddEvents</a>, and the event mask necessary to cater for
--   every <a>EventController</a> created for the widget.
widgetGetEvents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
--   
--   See <a>widgetSetDoubleBuffered</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetDoubleBuffered :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Get the <a>Display</a> for the toplevel window associated with this
--   widget. This function can only be called after the widget has been
--   added to a widget hierarchy with a <a>Window</a> at the top.
--   
--   In general, you should only create display specific resources when a
--   widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the
--   widget is unrealized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
widgetGetDisplay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Display

-- | Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
--   <a>widgetSetDirection</a>.
widgetGetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m TextDirection

-- | Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific
--   device. These are the events that the widget will receive when
--   <i><tt>device</tt></i> operates on it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetDeviceEvents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> m [EventMask]

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>device</tt></i> can interact with
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> and its children. See
--   <a>widgetSetDeviceEnabled</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetGetDeviceEnabled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the composite name of a widget.
widgetGetCompositeName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to be used with
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. <i><tt>widget</tt></i> must have a
--   <a>Display</a> associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
--   window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
widgetGetClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Atom -> m Clipboard

-- | Retrieves the widget’s clip area.
--   
--   The clip area is the area in which all of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s
--   drawing will happen. Other toolkits call it the bounding box.
--   
--   Historically, in GTK+ the clip area has been equal to the allocation
--   retrieved via <a>widgetGetAllocation</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
widgetGetClip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Rectangle

-- | Gets the value set with <a>widgetSetChildVisible</a>. If you feel a
--   need to use this function, your code probably needs reorganization.
--   
--   This function is only useful for container implementations and never
--   should be called by an application.
widgetGetChildVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;requisition, unless someone has forced a
--   particular geometry on the widget (e.g. with
--   <a>widgetSetSizeRequest</a>), in which case it returns that geometry
--   instead of the widget's requisition.
--   
--   This function differs from <a>widgetSizeRequest</a> in that it
--   retrieves the last size request value from
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;requisition, while <a>widgetSizeRequest</a>
--   actually calls the "size_request" method on <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to
--   compute the size request and fill in
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;requisition, and only then returns
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;requisition.
--   
--   Because this function does not call the “size_request” method, it can
--   only be used when you know that <i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;requisition
--   is up-to-date, that is, <a>widgetSizeRequest</a> has been called since
--   the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
--   implementations have this information; applications should use
--   <a>widgetSizeRequest</a>.
widgetGetChildRequisition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Requisition

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> can own the input focus. See
--   <a>widgetSetCanFocus</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetCanFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>widget</tt></i> can be a default widget. See
--   <a>widgetSetCanDefault</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetCanDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an
--   <a>draw</a> handler.
--   
--   See <a>widgetSetAppPaintable</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetAppPaintable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the first ancestor of <i><tt>widget</tt></i> with type
--   <i><tt>widgetType</tt></i>. For example, <tt>gtk_widget_get_ancestor
--   (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</tt> gets the first <a>Box</a> that’s an
--   ancestor of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. No reference will be added to the
--   returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note about
--   checking for a toplevel <a>Window</a> in the docs for
--   <a>widgetGetToplevel</a>.
--   
--   Note that unlike <a>widgetIsAncestor</a>, <a>widgetGetAncestor</a>
--   considers <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to be an ancestor of itself.
widgetGetAncestor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> GType -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Retrieves the widget’s allocation.
--   
--   Note, when implementing a <a>Container</a>: a widget’s allocation will
--   be its “adjusted” allocation, that is, the widget’s parent container
--   typically calls <a>widgetSizeAllocate</a> with an allocation, and that
--   allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin and alignment for
--   example) before assignment to the widget. <a>widgetGetAllocation</a>
--   returns the adjusted allocation that was actually assigned to the
--   widget. The adjusted allocation is guaranteed to be completely
--   contained within the <a>widgetSizeAllocate</a> allocation, however. So
--   a <a>Container</a> is guaranteed that its children stay inside the
--   assigned bounds, but not that they have exactly the bounds the
--   container assigned. There is no way to get the original allocation
--   assigned by <a>widgetSizeAllocate</a>, since it isn’t stored; if a
--   container implementation needs that information it will have to track
--   it itself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
widgetGetAllocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Rectangle

-- | Returns the width that has currently been allocated to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. This function is intended to be used when
--   implementing handlers for the <a>draw</a> function.
widgetGetAllocatedWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the widget’s allocated size.
--   
--   This function returns the last values passed to
--   <a>widgetSizeAllocateWithBaseline</a>. The value differs from the size
--   returned in <a>widgetGetAllocation</a> in that functions like
--   <a>widgetSetHalign</a> can adjust the allocation, but not the value
--   returned by this function.
--   
--   If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
widgetGetAllocatedSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Rectangle, Int32)

-- | Returns the height that has currently been allocated to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. This function is intended to be used when
--   implementing handlers for the <a>draw</a> function.
widgetGetAllocatedHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the baseline that has currently been allocated to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. This function is intended to be used when
--   implementing handlers for the <a>draw</a> function, and when
--   allocating child widgets in
--   <a>Widget</a>::<tt><i>size_allocate</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetGetAllocatedBaseline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the <a>ActionGroup</a> that was registered using
--   <i><tt>prefix</tt></i>. The resulting <a>ActionGroup</a> may have been
--   registered to <i><tt>widget</tt></i> or any <a>Widget</a> in its
--   ancestry.
--   
--   If no action group was found matching <i><tt>prefix</tt></i>, then
--   <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
widgetGetActionGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe ActionGroup)

-- | Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
--   assistive technology.
--   
--   If accessibility support is not available, this <a>Object</a> instance
--   may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific <a>Object</a>
--   implementation is available for the widget instance in question, it
--   will inherit an <a>Object</a> implementation from the first ancestor
--   class for which such an implementation is defined.
--   
--   The documentation of the <a>ATK</a> library contains more information
--   about accessible objects and their uses.
widgetGetAccessible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Object

-- | Stops emission of <a>childNotify</a> signals on
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. The signals are queued until
--   <a>widgetThawChildNotify</a> is called on <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   This is the analogue of <a>objectFreezeNotify</a> for child
--   properties.
widgetFreezeChildNotify :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit the event signals
--   on a widget (those signals should never be emitted without using this
--   function to do so). If you want to synthesize an event though, don’t
--   use this function; instead, use <a>mainDoEvent</a> so the event will
--   behave as if it were in the event queue. Don’t synthesize expose
--   events; instead, use <a>windowInvalidateRect</a> to invalidate a
--   region of the window.
widgetEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Event -> m Bool

-- | Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget. If the
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-error-bell</i></tt> setting is <a>True</a>,
--   it calls <a>windowBeep</a>, otherwise it does nothing.
--   
--   Note that the effect of <a>windowBeep</a> can be configured in many
--   ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
--   or window manager that is used.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
widgetErrorBell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Ensures that <i><tt>widget</tt></i> has a style
--   (<i><tt>widget</tt></i>-&gt;style).
--   
--   Not a very useful function; most of the time, if you want the style,
--   the widget is realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a
--   style already.
widgetEnsureStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Draws <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to <i><tt>cr</tt></i>. The top left
--   corner of the widget will be drawn to the currently set origin point
--   of <i><tt>cr</tt></i>.
--   
--   You should pass a cairo context as <i><tt>cr</tt></i> argument that is
--   in an original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined.
--   For example changing the operator using
--   <tt><i>cairo_set_operator()</i></tt> or the line width using
--   <tt><i>cairo_set_line_width()</i></tt> might have unwanted side
--   effects. You may however change the context’s transform matrix - like
--   with <tt><i>cairo_scale()</i></tt>, <tt><i>cairo_translate()</i></tt>
--   or <tt><i>cairo_set_matrix()</i></tt> and clip region with
--   <tt><i>cairo_clip()</i></tt> prior to calling this function. Also, it
--   is fine to modify the context with <tt><i>cairo_save()</i></tt> and
--   <tt><i>cairo_push_group()</i></tt> prior to calling this function.
--   
--   Note that special-purpose widgets may contain special code for
--   rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen and
--   when rendered using <a>widgetDraw</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetDraw :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Context -> m ()

-- | Removes a highlight set by <a>widgetDragHighlight</a> from a widget.
widgetDragUnhighlight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Undoes the effects of <a>widgetDragSourceSet</a>.
widgetDragSourceUnset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop.
--   The widget must first be made into a drag source with
--   <a>widgetDragSourceSet</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetDragSourceSetTargetList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe TargetList -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to
--   a stock icon.
widgetDragSourceSetIconStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget
--   from a <a>Pixbuf</a>. GTK+ retains a reference for
--   <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i> and will release it when it is no longer
--   needed.
widgetDragSourceSetIconPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to
--   a themed icon. See the docs for <a>IconTheme</a> for more details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
widgetDragSourceSetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to
--   <i><tt>icon</tt></i>. See the docs for <a>IconTheme</a> for more
--   details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetDragSourceSetIconGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsIcon b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets up a widget so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the
--   user clicks and drags on the widget. The widget must have a window.
widgetDragSourceSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [ModifierType] -> Maybe [TargetEntry] -> [DragAction] -> m ()

-- | Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for drag-and-drop.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetDragSourceGetTargetList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe TargetList)

-- | Add the URI targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to the target
--   list of the drag source. The targets are added with
--   <i><tt>info</tt></i> = 0. If you need another value, use
--   <a>targetListAddUriTargets</a> and
--   <a>widgetDragSourceSetTargetList</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
widgetDragSourceAddUriTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Add the text targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to the target
--   list of the drag source. The targets are added with
--   <i><tt>info</tt></i> = 0. If you need another value, use
--   <a>targetListAddTextTargets</a> and
--   <a>widgetDragSourceSetTargetList</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
widgetDragSourceAddTextTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Add the writable image targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to
--   the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with
--   <i><tt>info</tt></i> = 0. If you need another value, use
--   <a>targetListAddImageTargets</a> and
--   <a>widgetDragSourceSetTargetList</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
widgetDragSourceAddImageTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Highlights a widget as a currently hovered drop target. To end the
--   highlight, call <a>widgetDragUnhighlight</a>. GTK+ calls this
--   automatically if <a>DestDefaultsHighlight</a> is set.
widgetDragHighlight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Gets the data associated with a drag. When the data is received or the
--   retrieval fails, GTK+ will emit a <a>dragDataReceived</a> signal.
--   Failure of the retrieval is indicated by the length field of the
--   <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i> signal parameter being negative.
--   However, when <a>widgetDragGetData</a> is called implicitely because
--   the <a>DestDefaultsDrop</a> was set, then the widget will not receive
--   notification of failed drops.
widgetDragGetData :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => a -> b -> Atom -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Clears information about a drop destination set with
--   <a>widgetDragDestSet</a>. The widget will no longer receive
--   notification of drags.
widgetDragDestUnset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Tells the widget to emit <a>dragMotion</a> and <a>dragLeave</a> events
--   regardless of the targets and the <a>DestDefaultsMotion</a> flag.
--   
--   This may be used when a widget wants to do generic actions regardless
--   of the targets that the source offers.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
widgetDragDestSetTrackMotion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the target types that this widget can accept from drag-and-drop.
--   The widget must first be made into a drag destination with
--   <a>widgetDragDestSet</a>.
widgetDragDestSetTargetList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe TargetList -> m ()

-- | Sets this widget as a proxy for drops to another window.
widgetDragDestSetProxy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> DragProtocol -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets a widget as a potential drop destination, and adds default
--   behaviors.
--   
--   The default behaviors listed in <i><tt>flags</tt></i> have an effect
--   similar to installing default handlers for the widget’s drag-and-drop
--   signals ([dragMotion]("GI.Gtk.Objects.Widgetg:signal:dragDrop"), ...).
--   They all exist for convenience. When passing
--   <tt><i>GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL</i></tt> for instance it is sufficient to
--   connect to the widget’s <a>dragDataReceived</a> signal to get
--   primitive, but consistent drag-and-drop support.
--   
--   Things become more complicated when you try to preview the dragged
--   data, as described in the documentation for <a>dragMotion</a>. The
--   default behaviors described by <i><tt>flags</tt></i> make some
--   assumptions, that can conflict with your own signal handlers. For
--   instance <tt><i>GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP</i></tt> causes invokations of
--   <a>dragStatus</a> in the context of <a>dragMotion</a>, and invokations
--   of <a>dragFinish</a> in <a>dragDataReceived</a>. Especially the later
--   is dramatic, when your own <a>dragMotion</a> handler calls
--   <a>widgetDragGetData</a> to inspect the dragged data.
--   
--   There’s no way to set a default action here, you can use the
--   <a>dragMotion</a> callback for that. Here’s an example which selects
--   the action to use depending on whether the control key is pressed or
--   not:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static void
--   drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
--                GdkDragContext *context,
--                gint x,
--                gint y,
--                guint time)
--   {
--     GdkModifierType mask;
--   
--     gdk_window_get_pointer (gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
--                             NULL, NULL, &amp;mask);
--     if (mask &amp; GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
--       gdk_drag_status (context, GDK_ACTION_COPY, time);
--     else
--       gdk_drag_status (context, GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
--   }
--   </pre>
widgetDragDestSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [DestDefaults] -> Maybe [TargetEntry] -> [DragAction] -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the widget has been configured to always emit
--   <a>dragMotion</a> signals.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
widgetDragDestGetTrackMotion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the list of targets this widget can accept from drag-and-drop.
widgetDragDestGetTargetList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Maybe TargetList)

-- | Looks for a match between the supported targets of
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> and the <i><tt>destTargetList</tt></i>,
--   returning the first matching target, otherwise returning
--   <tt><i>GDK_NONE</i></tt>. <i><tt>destTargetList</tt></i> should
--   usually be the return value from <a>widgetDragDestGetTargetList</a>,
--   but some widgets may have different valid targets for different parts
--   of the widget; in that case, they will have to implement a drag_motion
--   handler that passes the correct target list to this function.
widgetDragDestFindTarget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => a -> b -> Maybe TargetList -> m (Maybe Atom)

-- | Add the URI targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to the target
--   list of the drag destination. The targets are added with
--   <i><tt>info</tt></i> = 0. If you need another value, use
--   <a>targetListAddUriTargets</a> and <a>widgetDragDestSetTargetList</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
widgetDragDestAddUriTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Add the text targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to the target
--   list of the drag destination. The targets are added with
--   <i><tt>info</tt></i> = 0. If you need another value, use
--   <a>targetListAddTextTargets</a> and
--   <a>widgetDragDestSetTargetList</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
widgetDragDestAddTextTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Add the image targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to the target
--   list of the drag destination. The targets are added with
--   <i><tt>info</tt></i> = 0. If you need another value, use
--   <a>targetListAddImageTargets</a> and
--   <a>widgetDragDestSetTargetList</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
widgetDragDestAddImageTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Checks to see if a mouse drag starting at (<i><tt>startX</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>startY</tt></i>) and ending at (<i><tt>currentX</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>currentY</tt></i>) has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus
--   should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation.
widgetDragCheckThreshold :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Initiates a drag on the source side. The function only needs to be
--   used when the application is starting drags itself, and is not needed
--   when <a>widgetDragSourceSet</a> is used.
--   
--   The <i><tt>event</tt></i> is used to retrieve the timestamp that will
--   be used internally to grab the pointer. If <i><tt>event</tt></i> is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, then <a>CURRENT_TIME</a> will be used. However, you
--   should try to pass a real event in all cases, since that can be used
--   to get information about the drag.
--   
--   Generally there are three cases when you want to start a drag by hand
--   by calling this function:
--   
--   <ol>
--   <li>During a <a>buttonPressEvent</a> handler, if you want to start a
--   drag immediately when the user presses the mouse button. Pass the
--   <i><tt>event</tt></i> that you have in your <a>buttonPressEvent</a>
--   handler.</li>
--   <li>During a <a>motionNotifyEvent</a> handler, if you want to start a
--   drag when the mouse moves past a certain threshold distance after a
--   button-press. Pass the <i><tt>event</tt></i> that you have in your
--   <a>motionNotifyEvent</a> handler.</li>
--   <li>During a timeout handler, if you want to start a drag after the
--   mouse button is held down for some time. Try to save the last event
--   that you got from the mouse, using <a>eventCopy</a>, and pass it to
--   this function (remember to free the event with <a>eventFree</a> when
--   you are done). If you really cannot pass a real event, pass
--   <a>Nothing</a> instead.</li>
--   </ol>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetDragBeginWithCoordinates :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> TargetList -> [DragAction] -> Int32 -> Maybe Event -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m DragContext

-- | This function is equivalent to <a>widgetDragBeginWithCoordinates</a>,
--   passing -1, -1 as coordinates.
widgetDragBegin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> TargetList -> [DragAction] -> Int32 -> Maybe Event -> m DragContext

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>device</tt></i> has been shadowed by a
--   GTK+ device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending events to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. This may be used in the <a>grabNotify</a>
--   signal to check for specific devices. See <a>deviceGrabAdd</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetDeviceIsShadowed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | This function sets *<i><tt>widgetPointer</tt></i> to <a>Nothing</a> if
--   <i><tt>widgetPointer</tt></i> != <a>Nothing</a>. It’s intended to be
--   used as a callback connected to the “destroy” signal of a widget. You
--   connect <a>widgetDestroyed</a> as a signal handler, and pass the
--   address of your widget variable as user data. Then when the widget is
--   destroyed, the variable will be set to <a>Nothing</a>. Useful for
--   example to avoid multiple copies of the same dialog.
widgetDestroyed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Widget

-- | Destroys a widget.
--   
--   When a widget is destroyed all references it holds on other objects
--   will be released:
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>if the widget is inside a container, it will be removed from its
--   parent</li>
--   <li>if the widget is a container, all its children will be destroyed,
--   recursively</li>
--   <li>if the widget is a top level, it will be removed from the list of
--   top level widgets that GTK+ maintains internally</li>
--   </ul>
--   
--   It's expected that all references held on the widget will also be
--   released; you should connect to the <a>destroy</a> signal if you hold
--   a reference to <i><tt>widget</tt></i> and you wish to remove it when
--   this function is called. It is not necessary to do so if you are
--   implementing a <a>Container</a>, as you'll be able to use the
--   <a>ContainerClass</a>.<tt><i>remove</i></tt>() virtual function for
--   that.
--   
--   It's important to notice that <a>widgetDestroy</a> will only cause the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to be finalized if no additional references,
--   acquired using <a>objectRef</a>, are held on it. In case additional
--   references are in place, the <i><tt>widget</tt></i> will be in an
--   "inert" state after calling this function; <i><tt>widget</tt></i> will
--   still point to valid memory, allowing you to release the references
--   you hold, but you may not query the widget's own state.
--   
--   You should typically call this function on top level widgets, and
--   rarely on child widgets.
--   
--   See also: <a>containerRemove</a>
widgetDestroy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Layout</a> with the appropriate font map, font
--   description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget.
--   
--   If you keep a <a>Layout</a> created in this way around, you need to
--   re-create it when the widget <a>Context</a> is replaced. This can be
--   tracked by using the <a>screenChanged</a> signal on the widget.
widgetCreatePangoLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m Layout

-- | Creates a new <a>Context</a> with the appropriate font map, font
--   options, font description, and base direction for drawing text for
--   this widget. See also <a>widgetGetPangoContext</a>.
widgetCreatePangoContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Context

-- | Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space when
--   possible. Containers should check this, rather than looking at
--   <a>widgetGetHexpand</a> or <a>widgetGetVexpand</a>.
--   
--   This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
--   visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible widgets
--   are not expanded.
--   
--   The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
--   set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set, the
--   widget may expand if some of its children do.
widgetComputeExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Orientation -> m Bool

-- | Same as <a>widgetPath</a>, but always uses the name of a widget’s
--   type, never uses a custom name set with <a>widgetSetName</a>.
widgetClassPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (Word32, Text, Text)

-- | Emits a <a>childNotify</a> signal for the [child
--   property][child-properties] <i><tt>childProperty</tt></i> on
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   This is the analogue of <a>objectNotify</a> for child properties.
--   
--   Also see <a>containerChildNotify</a>.
widgetChildNotify :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
--   writing an app, you’d use <a>widgetGrabFocus</a> to move the focus to
--   a particular widget, and <a>containerSetFocusChain</a> to change the
--   focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those functions
--   instead.
--   
--   <a>widgetChildFocus</a> is called by containers as the user moves
--   around the window using keyboard shortcuts. <i><tt>direction</tt></i>
--   indicates what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right,
--   tab forward, tab backward). <a>widgetChildFocus</a> emits the
--   <a>focus</a> signal; widgets override the default handler for this
--   signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
--   
--   The default <a>focus</a> handler for a widget should return
--   <a>True</a> if moving in <i><tt>direction</tt></i> left the focus on a
--   focusable location inside that widget, and <a>False</a> if moving in
--   <i><tt>direction</tt></i> moved the focus outside the widget. If
--   returning <a>True</a>, widgets normally call <a>widgetGrabFocus</a> to
--   place the focus accordingly; if returning <a>False</a>, they don’t
--   modify the current focus location.
widgetChildFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> DirectionType -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified
--   by <i><tt>signalId</tt></i> can currently be activated. This is done
--   by emitting the <a>canActivateAccel</a> signal on
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>; if the signal isn’t overridden by a handler or
--   in a derived widget, then the default check is that the widget must be
--   sensitive, and the widget and all its ancestors mapped.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetCanActivateAccel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Queues an animation frame update and adds a callback to be called
--   before each frame. Until the tick callback is removed, it will be
--   called frequently (usually at the frame rate of the output device or
--   as quickly as the application can be repainted, whichever is slower).
--   For this reason, is most suitable for handling graphics that change
--   every frame or every few frames. The tick callback does not
--   automatically imply a relayout or repaint. If you want a repaint or
--   relayout, and aren’t changing widget properties that would trigger
--   that (for example, changing the text of a <a>Label</a>), then you will
--   have to call <a>widgetQueueResize</a> or <a>widgetQueueDrawArea</a>
--   yourself.
--   
--   <a>frameClockGetFrameTime</a> should generally be used for timing
--   continuous animations and
--   <a>frameTimingsGetPredictedPresentationTime</a> if you are trying to
--   display isolated frames at particular times.
--   
--   This is a more convenient alternative to connecting directly to the
--   <a>update</a> signal of <a>FrameClock</a>, since you don't have to
--   worry about when a <a>FrameClock</a> is assigned to a widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
widgetAddTickCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> TickCallback -> m Word32

-- | Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See
--   <a>widgetListMnemonicLabels</a>). Note the list of mnemonic labels for
--   the widget is cleared when the widget is destroyed, so the caller must
--   make sure to update its internal state at this point as well, by using
--   a connection to the <a>destroy</a> signal or a weak notifier.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
widgetAddMnemonicLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Adds the events in the bitfield <i><tt>events</tt></i> to the event
--   mask for <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See <a>widgetSetEvents</a> and the
--   [input handling overview][event-masks] for details.
widgetAddEvents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [EventMask] -> m ()

-- | Adds the device events in the bitfield <i><tt>events</tt></i> to the
--   event mask for <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. See
--   <a>widgetSetDeviceEvents</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
widgetAddDeviceEvents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> [EventMask] -> m ()

-- | Installs an accelerator for this <i><tt>widget</tt></i> in
--   <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i> that causes <i><tt>accelSignal</tt></i> to
--   be emitted if the accelerator is activated. The
--   <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i> needs to be added to the widget’s toplevel
--   via <a>windowAddAccelGroup</a>, and the signal must be of type
--   <a>SignalFlagsAction</a>. Accelerators added through this function are
--   not user changeable during runtime. If you want to support
--   accelerators that can be changed by the user, use
--   <a>accelMapAddEntry</a> and <a>widgetSetAccelPath</a> or
--   <a>menuItemSetAccelPath</a> instead.
widgetAddAccelerator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> Text -> b -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> [AccelFlags] -> m ()

-- | For widgets that can be “activated” (buttons, menu items, etc.) this
--   function activates them. Activation is what happens when you press
--   Enter on a widget during key navigation. If <i><tt>widget</tt></i>
--   isn't activatable, the function returns <a>False</a>.
widgetActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>window</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #window
--   </pre>
getWidgetWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>width-request</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetWidthRequest :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>width-request</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #widthRequest <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetWidthRequest :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width-request</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #widthRequest
--   </pre>
getWidgetWidthRequest :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetVisible :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #visible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #visible
--   </pre>
getWidgetVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>vexpand-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetVexpandSet :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vexpand-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #vexpandSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetVexpandSet :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>vexpand-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #vexpandSet
--   </pre>
getWidgetVexpandSet :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>vexpand</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetVexpand :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vexpand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #vexpand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetVexpand :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>vexpand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #vexpand
--   </pre>
getWidgetVexpand :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>valign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetValign :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Align -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>valign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #valign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetValign :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Align -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>valign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #valign
--   </pre>
getWidgetValign :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Align

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-text</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltipText
--   </pre>
clearWidgetTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetTooltipText :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #tooltipText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #tooltipText
--   </pre>
getWidgetTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-markup</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltipMarkup
--   </pre>
clearWidgetTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetTooltipMarkup :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #tooltipMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #tooltipMarkup
--   </pre>
getWidgetTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #style
--   </pre>
clearWidgetStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetStyle :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m, IsStyle a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #style <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o, IsStyle a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #style
--   </pre>
getWidgetStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Style

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetSensitive :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #sensitive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #sensitive
--   </pre>
getWidgetSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>scale-factor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #scaleFactor
--   </pre>
getWidgetScaleFactor :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>receives-default</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetReceivesDefault :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>receives-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #receivesDefault <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetReceivesDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>receives-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #receivesDefault
--   </pre>
getWidgetReceivesDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #parent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetParent :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>parent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetParent :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #parent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetParent :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o, IsContainer a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #parent
--   </pre>
getWidgetParent :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m (Maybe Container)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>opacity</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetOpacity :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>opacity</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #opacity <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetOpacity :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>opacity</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #opacity
--   </pre>
getWidgetOpacity :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>no-show-all</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetNoShowAll :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>no-show-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #noShowAll <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetNoShowAll :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>no-show-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #noShowAll
--   </pre>
getWidgetNoShowAll :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetName :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #name <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetName :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #name
--   </pre>
getWidgetName :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>margin-top</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetMarginTop :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>margin-top</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #marginTop <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetMarginTop :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>margin-top</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #marginTop
--   </pre>
getWidgetMarginTop :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>margin-start</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetMarginStart :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>margin-start</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #marginStart <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetMarginStart :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>margin-start</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #marginStart
--   </pre>
getWidgetMarginStart :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>margin-right</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetMarginRight :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>margin-right</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #marginRight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetMarginRight :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>margin-right</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #marginRight
--   </pre>
getWidgetMarginRight :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>margin-left</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetMarginLeft :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>margin-left</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #marginLeft <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetMarginLeft :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>margin-left</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #marginLeft
--   </pre>
getWidgetMarginLeft :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>margin-end</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetMarginEnd :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>margin-end</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #marginEnd <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetMarginEnd :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>margin-end</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #marginEnd
--   </pre>
getWidgetMarginEnd :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>margin-bottom</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetMarginBottom :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>margin-bottom</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #marginBottom <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetMarginBottom :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>margin-bottom</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #marginBottom
--   </pre>
getWidgetMarginBottom :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetMargin :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #margin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #margin
--   </pre>
getWidgetMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>is-focus</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetIsFocus :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>is-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #isFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetIsFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #isFocus
--   </pre>
getWidgetIsFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hexpand-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetHexpandSet :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hexpand-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #hexpandSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetHexpandSet :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hexpand-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #hexpandSet
--   </pre>
getWidgetHexpandSet :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hexpand</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetHexpand :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hexpand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #hexpand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetHexpand :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hexpand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #hexpand
--   </pre>
getWidgetHexpand :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>height-request</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetHeightRequest :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>height-request</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #heightRequest <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetHeightRequest :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>height-request</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #heightRequest
--   </pre>
getWidgetHeightRequest :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-tooltip</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetHasTooltip :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-tooltip</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #hasTooltip <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetHasTooltip :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-tooltip</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #hasTooltip
--   </pre>
getWidgetHasTooltip :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-focus</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetHasFocus :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #hasFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetHasFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #hasFocus
--   </pre>
getWidgetHasFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-default</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetHasDefault :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #hasDefault <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetHasDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #hasDefault
--   </pre>
getWidgetHasDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>halign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetHalign :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Align -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>halign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #halign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetHalign :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Align -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>halign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #halign
--   </pre>
getWidgetHalign :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Align

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>focus-on-click</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetFocusOnClick :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus-on-click</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #focusOnClick <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetFocusOnClick :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>focus-on-click</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #focusOnClick
--   </pre>
getWidgetFocusOnClick :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>expand</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetExpand :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>expand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #expand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetExpand :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>expand</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #expand
--   </pre>
getWidgetExpand :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>events</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetEvents :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => [EventMask] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>events</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #events <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetEvents :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> [EventMask] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>events</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #events
--   </pre>
getWidgetEvents :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m [EventMask]

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>double-buffered</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetDoubleBuffered :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>double-buffered</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #doubleBuffered <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetDoubleBuffered :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>double-buffered</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #doubleBuffered
--   </pre>
getWidgetDoubleBuffered :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>composite-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #compositeChild
--   </pre>
getWidgetCompositeChild :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>can-focus</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetCanFocus :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>can-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #canFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetCanFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>can-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #canFocus
--   </pre>
getWidgetCanFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>can-default</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetCanDefault :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>can-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #canDefault <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetCanDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>can-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #canDefault
--   </pre>
getWidgetCanDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>app-paintable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWidgetAppPaintable :: (IsWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>app-paintable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widget [ #appPaintable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetAppPaintable :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>app-paintable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widget #appPaintable
--   </pre>
getWidgetAppPaintable :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>windowStateEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #windowStateEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetWindowStateEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetWindowStateEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>windowStateEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #windowStateEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetWindowStateEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetWindowStateEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetWindowStateEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback :: WidgetWindowStateEventCallback -> C_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetWindowStateEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetWindowStateEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetWindowStateEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetWindowStateEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetWindowStateEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>visibilityNotifyEvent</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #visibilityNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetVisibilityNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>visibilityNotifyEvent</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #visibilityNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetVisibilityNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback :: WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback -> C_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unrealize</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #unrealize callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetUnrealize :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetUnrealizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unrealize</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #unrealize callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetUnrealize :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetUnrealizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetUnrealizeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetUnrealizeCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetUnrealizeCallback :: WidgetUnrealizeCallback -> C_WidgetUnrealizeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetUnrealize :: MonadIO m => WidgetUnrealizeCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetUnrealizeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetUnrealizeCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetUnrealizeCallback :: Maybe WidgetUnrealizeCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unmapEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #unmapEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetUnmapEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetUnmapEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unmapEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #unmapEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetUnmapEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetUnmapEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetUnmapEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetUnmapEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetUnmapEventCallback :: WidgetUnmapEventCallback -> C_WidgetUnmapEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetUnmapEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetUnmapEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetUnmapEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetUnmapEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetUnmapEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetUnmapEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unmap</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #unmap callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetUnmap :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetUnmapCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unmap</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #unmap callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetUnmap :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetUnmapCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetUnmapCallback</a> into a <a>C_WidgetUnmapCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetUnmapCallback :: WidgetUnmapCallback -> C_WidgetUnmapCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetUnmap :: MonadIO m => WidgetUnmapCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetUnmapCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetUnmapCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetUnmapCallback :: Maybe WidgetUnmapCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>touchEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #touchEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetTouchEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetTouchEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>touchEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #touchEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetTouchEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetTouchEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetTouchEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetTouchEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetTouchEventCallback :: WidgetTouchEventCallback -> C_WidgetTouchEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetTouchEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetTouchEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetTouchEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetTouchEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetTouchEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetTouchEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>styleUpdated</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #styleUpdated callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetStyleUpdated :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>styleUpdated</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #styleUpdated callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetStyleUpdated :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback :: WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback -> C_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetStyleUpdated :: MonadIO m => WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetStyleUpdatedCallback :: Maybe WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>styleSet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #styleSet callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetStyleSet :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetStyleSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>styleSet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #styleSet callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetStyleSet :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetStyleSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetStyleSetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetStyleSetCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetStyleSetCallback :: WidgetStyleSetCallback -> C_WidgetStyleSetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetStyleSet :: MonadIO m => WidgetStyleSetCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetStyleSetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetStyleSetCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetStyleSetCallback :: Maybe WidgetStyleSetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stateFlagsChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #stateFlagsChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetStateFlagsChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stateFlagsChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #stateFlagsChanged callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetStateFlagsChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback :: WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback -> C_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetStateFlagsChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback :: Maybe WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stateChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #stateChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetStateChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetStateChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stateChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #stateChanged callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetStateChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetStateChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetStateChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetStateChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetStateChangedCallback :: WidgetStateChangedCallback -> C_WidgetStateChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetStateChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetStateChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetStateChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetStateChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetStateChangedCallback :: Maybe WidgetStateChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>sizeAllocate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #sizeAllocate callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetSizeAllocate :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSizeAllocateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>sizeAllocate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #sizeAllocate callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetSizeAllocate :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSizeAllocateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetSizeAllocateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback :: WidgetSizeAllocateCallback -> C_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetSizeAllocate :: MonadIO m => WidgetSizeAllocateCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetSizeAllocateCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetSizeAllocateCallback :: Maybe WidgetSizeAllocateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showHelp</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #showHelp callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetShowHelp :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetShowHelpCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showHelp</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #showHelp callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetShowHelp :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetShowHelpCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetShowHelpCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetShowHelpCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetShowHelpCallback :: WidgetShowHelpCallback -> C_WidgetShowHelpCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetShowHelp :: MonadIO m => WidgetShowHelpCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetShowHelpCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetShowHelpCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetShowHelpCallback :: Maybe WidgetShowHelpCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>show</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #show callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetShow :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetShowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>show</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #show callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetShow :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetShowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetShowCallback</a> into a <a>C_WidgetShowCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetShowCallback :: WidgetShowCallback -> C_WidgetShowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetShow :: MonadIO m => WidgetShowCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetShowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetShowCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetShowCallback :: Maybe WidgetShowCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionRequestEvent</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #selectionRequestEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetSelectionRequestEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionRequestEvent</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #selectionRequestEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetSelectionRequestEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback :: WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback -> C_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetSelectionRequestEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionReceived</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #selectionReceived callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetSelectionReceived :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionReceived</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #selectionReceived callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetSelectionReceived :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback :: WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback -> C_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetSelectionReceived :: MonadIO m => WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetSelectionReceivedCallback :: Maybe WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionNotifyEvent</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #selectionNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetSelectionNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionNotifyEvent</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #selectionNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetSelectionNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback :: WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback -> C_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetSelectionNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionGet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #selectionGet callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetSelectionGet :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionGetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionGet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #selectionGet callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetSelectionGet :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionGetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetSelectionGetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionGetCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetSelectionGetCallback :: WidgetSelectionGetCallback -> C_WidgetSelectionGetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetSelectionGet :: MonadIO m => WidgetSelectionGetCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetSelectionGetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetSelectionGetCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetSelectionGetCallback :: Maybe WidgetSelectionGetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionClearEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #selectionClearEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetSelectionClearEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionClearEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #selectionClearEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetSelectionClearEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback :: WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback -> C_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetSelectionClearEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetSelectionClearEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #scrollEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetScrollEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetScrollEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #scrollEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetScrollEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetScrollEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetScrollEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetScrollEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetScrollEventCallback :: WidgetScrollEventCallback -> C_WidgetScrollEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetScrollEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetScrollEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetScrollEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetScrollEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetScrollEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetScrollEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>screenChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #screenChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetScreenChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetScreenChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>screenChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #screenChanged callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetScreenChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetScreenChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetScreenChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetScreenChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetScreenChangedCallback :: WidgetScreenChangedCallback -> C_WidgetScreenChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetScreenChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetScreenChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetScreenChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetScreenChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetScreenChangedCallback :: Maybe WidgetScreenChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>realize</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #realize callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetRealize :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetRealizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>realize</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #realize callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetRealize :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetRealizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetRealizeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetRealizeCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetRealizeCallback :: WidgetRealizeCallback -> C_WidgetRealizeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetRealize :: MonadIO m => WidgetRealizeCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetRealizeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetRealizeCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetRealizeCallback :: Maybe WidgetRealizeCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>queryTooltip</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #queryTooltip callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetQueryTooltip :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetQueryTooltipCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>queryTooltip</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #queryTooltip callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetQueryTooltip :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetQueryTooltipCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetQueryTooltipCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback :: WidgetQueryTooltipCallback -> C_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetQueryTooltip :: MonadIO m => WidgetQueryTooltipCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetQueryTooltipCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetQueryTooltipCallback :: Maybe WidgetQueryTooltipCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>proximityOutEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #proximityOutEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetProximityOutEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetProximityOutEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>proximityOutEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #proximityOutEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetProximityOutEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetProximityOutEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetProximityOutEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback :: WidgetProximityOutEventCallback -> C_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetProximityOutEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetProximityOutEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetProximityOutEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetProximityOutEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetProximityOutEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>proximityInEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #proximityInEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetProximityInEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetProximityInEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>proximityInEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #proximityInEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetProximityInEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetProximityInEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetProximityInEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetProximityInEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetProximityInEventCallback :: WidgetProximityInEventCallback -> C_WidgetProximityInEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetProximityInEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetProximityInEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetProximityInEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetProximityInEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetProximityInEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetProximityInEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>propertyNotifyEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #propertyNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetPropertyNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>propertyNotifyEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #propertyNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetPropertyNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback :: WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback -> C_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetPropertyNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popupMenu</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #popupMenu callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetPopupMenu :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetPopupMenuCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popupMenu</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #popupMenu callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetPopupMenu :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetPopupMenuCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetPopupMenuCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetPopupMenuCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetPopupMenuCallback :: WidgetPopupMenuCallback -> C_WidgetPopupMenuCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetPopupMenu :: MonadIO m => WidgetPopupMenuCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetPopupMenuCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetPopupMenuCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetPopupMenuCallback :: Maybe WidgetPopupMenuCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>parentSet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #parentSet callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetParentSet :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetParentSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>parentSet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #parentSet callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetParentSet :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetParentSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetParentSetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetParentSetCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetParentSetCallback :: WidgetParentSetCallback -> C_WidgetParentSetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetParentSet :: MonadIO m => WidgetParentSetCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetParentSetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetParentSetCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetParentSetCallback :: Maybe WidgetParentSetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveFocus</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #moveFocus callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetMoveFocus :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMoveFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveFocus</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #moveFocus callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetMoveFocus :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMoveFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetMoveFocusCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetMoveFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetMoveFocusCallback :: WidgetMoveFocusCallback -> C_WidgetMoveFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetMoveFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetMoveFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetMoveFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetMoveFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetMoveFocusCallback :: Maybe WidgetMoveFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>motionNotifyEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #motionNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetMotionNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>motionNotifyEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #motionNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetMotionNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback :: WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback -> C_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetMotionNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>mnemonicActivate</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #mnemonicActivate callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetMnemonicActivate :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>mnemonicActivate</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #mnemonicActivate callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetMnemonicActivate :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback :: WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback -> C_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetMnemonicActivate :: MonadIO m => WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetMnemonicActivateCallback :: Maybe WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>mapEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #mapEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetMapEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMapEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>mapEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #mapEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetMapEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMapEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetMapEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetMapEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetMapEventCallback :: WidgetMapEventCallback -> C_WidgetMapEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetMapEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetMapEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetMapEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetMapEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetMapEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetMapEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>map</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #map callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetMap :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMapCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>map</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #map callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetMap :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetMapCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetMapCallback</a> into a <a>C_WidgetMapCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetMapCallback :: WidgetMapCallback -> C_WidgetMapCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetMap :: MonadIO m => WidgetMapCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetMapCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetMapCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetMapCallback :: Maybe WidgetMapCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>leaveNotifyEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #leaveNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetLeaveNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>leaveNotifyEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #leaveNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetLeaveNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback :: WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback -> C_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetLeaveNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keynavFailed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #keynavFailed callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetKeynavFailed :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetKeynavFailedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keynavFailed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #keynavFailed callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetKeynavFailed :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetKeynavFailedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetKeynavFailedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback :: WidgetKeynavFailedCallback -> C_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetKeynavFailed :: MonadIO m => WidgetKeynavFailedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetKeynavFailedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetKeynavFailedCallback :: Maybe WidgetKeynavFailedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keyReleaseEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #keyReleaseEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetKeyReleaseEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keyReleaseEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #keyReleaseEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetKeyReleaseEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback :: WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback -> C_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetKeyReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keyPressEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #keyPressEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetKeyPressEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetKeyPressEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keyPressEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #keyPressEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetKeyPressEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetKeyPressEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetKeyPressEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback :: WidgetKeyPressEventCallback -> C_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetKeyPressEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetKeyPressEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetKeyPressEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetKeyPressEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetKeyPressEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>hierarchyChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #hierarchyChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetHierarchyChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>hierarchyChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #hierarchyChanged callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetHierarchyChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback :: WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback -> C_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetHierarchyChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetHierarchyChangedCallback :: Maybe WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>hide</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #hide callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetHide :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetHideCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>hide</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #hide callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetHide :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetHideCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetHideCallback</a> into a <a>C_WidgetHideCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetHideCallback :: WidgetHideCallback -> C_WidgetHideCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetHide :: MonadIO m => WidgetHideCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetHideCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetHideCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetHideCallback :: Maybe WidgetHideCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>grabNotify</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #grabNotify callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetGrabNotify :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetGrabNotifyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>grabNotify</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #grabNotify callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetGrabNotify :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetGrabNotifyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetGrabNotifyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback :: WidgetGrabNotifyCallback -> C_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetGrabNotify :: MonadIO m => WidgetGrabNotifyCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetGrabNotifyCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetGrabNotifyCallback :: Maybe WidgetGrabNotifyCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>grabFocus</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #grabFocus callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetGrabFocus :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetGrabFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>grabFocus</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #grabFocus callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetGrabFocus :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetGrabFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetGrabFocusCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetGrabFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetGrabFocusCallback :: WidgetGrabFocusCallback -> C_WidgetGrabFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetGrabFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetGrabFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetGrabFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetGrabFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetGrabFocusCallback :: Maybe WidgetGrabFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>grabBrokenEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #grabBrokenEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetGrabBrokenEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>grabBrokenEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #grabBrokenEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetGrabBrokenEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback :: WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback -> C_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetGrabBrokenEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusOutEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #focusOutEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetFocusOutEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetFocusOutEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusOutEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #focusOutEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetFocusOutEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetFocusOutEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetFocusOutEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback :: WidgetFocusOutEventCallback -> C_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetFocusOutEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetFocusOutEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetFocusOutEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetFocusOutEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetFocusOutEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusInEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #focusInEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetFocusInEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetFocusInEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusInEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #focusInEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetFocusInEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetFocusInEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetFocusInEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetFocusInEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetFocusInEventCallback :: WidgetFocusInEventCallback -> C_WidgetFocusInEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetFocusInEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetFocusInEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetFocusInEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetFocusInEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetFocusInEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetFocusInEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focus</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #focus callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetFocus :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focus</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #focus callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetFocus :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetFocusCallback</a> into a <a>C_WidgetFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetFocusCallback :: WidgetFocusCallback -> C_WidgetFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetFocusCallback :: Maybe WidgetFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>eventAfter</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #eventAfter callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetEventAfter :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetEventAfterCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>eventAfter</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #eventAfter callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetEventAfter :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetEventAfterCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetEventAfterCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetEventAfterCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetEventAfterCallback :: WidgetEventAfterCallback -> C_WidgetEventAfterCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetEventAfter :: MonadIO m => WidgetEventAfterCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetEventAfterCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetEventAfterCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetEventAfterCallback :: Maybe WidgetEventAfterCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>event</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #event callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>event</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #event callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetEventCallback</a> into a <a>C_WidgetEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetEventCallback :: WidgetEventCallback -> C_WidgetEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>enterNotifyEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #enterNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetEnterNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>enterNotifyEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #enterNotifyEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetEnterNotifyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback :: WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback -> C_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetEnterNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>draw</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #draw callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDraw :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDrawCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>draw</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #draw callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDraw :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDrawCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDrawCallback</a> into a <a>C_WidgetDrawCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDrawCallback :: WidgetDrawCallback -> C_WidgetDrawCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDraw :: MonadIO m => WidgetDrawCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDrawCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDrawCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDrawCallback :: Maybe WidgetDrawCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragMotion</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragMotion callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragMotion :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragMotionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragMotion</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragMotion callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragMotion :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragMotionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragMotionCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragMotionCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragMotionCallback :: WidgetDragMotionCallback -> C_WidgetDragMotionCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragMotion :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragMotionCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragMotionCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragMotionCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragMotionCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragMotionCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragLeave</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragLeave callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragLeave :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragLeaveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragLeave</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragLeave callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragLeave :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragLeaveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragLeaveCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragLeaveCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragLeaveCallback :: WidgetDragLeaveCallback -> C_WidgetDragLeaveCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragLeave :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragLeaveCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragLeaveCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragLeaveCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragLeaveCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragLeaveCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragFailed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragFailed callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragFailed :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragFailedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragFailed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragFailed callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragFailed :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragFailedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragFailedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragFailedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragFailedCallback :: WidgetDragFailedCallback -> C_WidgetDragFailedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragFailed :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragFailedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragFailedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragFailedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragFailedCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragFailedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragEnd callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragEnd :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragEnd callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragEnd :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragEndCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragEndCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragEndCallback :: WidgetDragEndCallback -> C_WidgetDragEndCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragEnd :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragEndCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragEndCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragEndCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragEndCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragEndCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragDrop</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragDrop callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragDrop :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragDropCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragDrop</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragDrop callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragDrop :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragDropCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragDropCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragDropCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragDropCallback :: WidgetDragDropCallback -> C_WidgetDragDropCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragDrop :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragDropCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragDropCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragDropCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragDropCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragDropCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragDataReceived</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragDataReceived callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragDataReceived :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragDataReceived</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragDataReceived callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragDataReceived :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback :: WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback -> C_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragDataReceived :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragDataReceivedCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragDataGet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragDataGet callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragDataGet :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragDataGetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragDataGet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragDataGet callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragDataGet :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragDataGetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragDataGetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragDataGetCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragDataGetCallback :: WidgetDragDataGetCallback -> C_WidgetDragDataGetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragDataGet :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragDataGetCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragDataGetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragDataGetCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragDataGetCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragDataGetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragDataDelete</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragDataDelete callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragDataDelete :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragDataDelete</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragDataDelete callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragDataDelete :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback :: WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback -> C_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragDataDelete :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragDataDeleteCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragBegin</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #dragBegin callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDragBegin :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragBeginCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragBegin</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #dragBegin callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDragBegin :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDragBeginCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDragBeginCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragBeginCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDragBeginCallback :: WidgetDragBeginCallback -> C_WidgetDragBeginCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDragBegin :: MonadIO m => WidgetDragBeginCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDragBeginCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDragBeginCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDragBeginCallback :: Maybe WidgetDragBeginCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>directionChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #directionChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDirectionChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDirectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>directionChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #directionChanged callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDirectionChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDirectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDirectionChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback :: WidgetDirectionChangedCallback -> C_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDirectionChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetDirectionChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDirectionChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDirectionChangedCallback :: Maybe WidgetDirectionChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>destroyEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #destroyEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDestroyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDestroyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>destroyEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #destroyEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDestroyEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDestroyEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDestroyEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDestroyEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDestroyEventCallback :: WidgetDestroyEventCallback -> C_WidgetDestroyEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDestroyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetDestroyEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDestroyEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDestroyEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDestroyEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetDestroyEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>destroy</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #destroy callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDestroy :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDestroyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>destroy</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #destroy callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDestroy :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDestroyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDestroyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDestroyCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDestroyCallback :: WidgetDestroyCallback -> C_WidgetDestroyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDestroy :: MonadIO m => WidgetDestroyCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDestroyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDestroyCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDestroyCallback :: Maybe WidgetDestroyCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #deleteEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDeleteEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDeleteEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #deleteEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDeleteEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDeleteEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDeleteEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDeleteEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDeleteEventCallback :: WidgetDeleteEventCallback -> C_WidgetDeleteEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDeleteEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetDeleteEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDeleteEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDeleteEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDeleteEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetDeleteEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>damageEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #damageEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetDamageEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDamageEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>damageEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #damageEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetDamageEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetDamageEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetDamageEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetDamageEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetDamageEventCallback :: WidgetDamageEventCallback -> C_WidgetDamageEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetDamageEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetDamageEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetDamageEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetDamageEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetDamageEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetDamageEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>configureEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #configureEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetConfigureEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetConfigureEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>configureEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #configureEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetConfigureEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetConfigureEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetConfigureEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetConfigureEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetConfigureEventCallback :: WidgetConfigureEventCallback -> C_WidgetConfigureEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetConfigureEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetConfigureEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetConfigureEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetConfigureEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetConfigureEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetConfigureEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>compositedChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #compositedChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetCompositedChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetCompositedChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>compositedChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #compositedChanged callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetCompositedChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetCompositedChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetCompositedChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback :: WidgetCompositedChangedCallback -> C_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetCompositedChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetCompositedChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetCompositedChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetCompositedChangedCallback :: Maybe WidgetCompositedChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>childNotify</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #childNotify callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>child-notify::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
afterWidgetChildNotify :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> WidgetChildNotifyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>childNotify</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #childNotify callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>child-notify::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
onWidgetChildNotify :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> WidgetChildNotifyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetChildNotifyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetChildNotifyCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetChildNotifyCallback :: WidgetChildNotifyCallback -> C_WidgetChildNotifyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetChildNotify :: MonadIO m => WidgetChildNotifyCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetChildNotifyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetChildNotifyCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetChildNotifyCallback :: Maybe WidgetChildNotifyCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>canActivateAccel</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #canActivateAccel callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetCanActivateAccel :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>canActivateAccel</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #canActivateAccel callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetCanActivateAccel :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback :: WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback -> C_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetCanActivateAccel :: MonadIO m => WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetCanActivateAccelCallback :: Maybe WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>buttonReleaseEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #buttonReleaseEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetButtonReleaseEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>buttonReleaseEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #buttonReleaseEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetButtonReleaseEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback :: WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback -> C_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetButtonReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>buttonPressEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #buttonPressEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetButtonPressEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetButtonPressEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>buttonPressEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #buttonPressEvent callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetButtonPressEvent :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetButtonPressEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetButtonPressEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback :: WidgetButtonPressEventCallback -> C_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetButtonPressEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetButtonPressEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetButtonPressEventCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetButtonPressEventCallback :: Maybe WidgetButtonPressEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelClosuresChanged</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> widget #accelClosuresChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterWidgetAccelClosuresChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelClosuresChanged</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> widget #accelClosuresChanged callback
--   </pre>
onWidgetAccelClosuresChanged :: (IsWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback :: WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback -> C_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetAccelClosuresChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback :: Maybe WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Widget</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsWidget o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback :: C_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback :: C_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback :: C_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback :: C_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetChildNotifyCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetChildNotifyCallback :: C_WidgetChildNotifyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetChildNotifyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback :: C_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetConfigureEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetConfigureEventCallback :: C_WidgetConfigureEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetConfigureEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDamageEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDamageEventCallback :: C_WidgetDamageEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDamageEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDeleteEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDeleteEventCallback :: C_WidgetDeleteEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDeleteEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDestroyCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDestroyCallback :: C_WidgetDestroyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDestroyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDestroyEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDestroyEventCallback :: C_WidgetDestroyEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDestroyEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback :: C_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragBeginCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragBeginCallback :: C_WidgetDragBeginCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragBeginCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback :: C_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragDataGetCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragDataGetCallback :: C_WidgetDragDataGetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragDataGetCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback :: C_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragDropCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragDropCallback :: C_WidgetDragDropCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragDropCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragEndCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragEndCallback :: C_WidgetDragEndCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragEndCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragFailedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragFailedCallback :: C_WidgetDragFailedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragFailedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragLeaveCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragLeaveCallback :: C_WidgetDragLeaveCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragLeaveCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDragMotionCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDragMotionCallback :: C_WidgetDragMotionCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDragMotionCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetDrawCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetDrawCallback :: C_WidgetDrawCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetDrawCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback :: C_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetEventCallback :: C_WidgetEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetEventAfterCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetEventAfterCallback :: C_WidgetEventAfterCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetEventAfterCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetFocusCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetFocusCallback :: C_WidgetFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetFocusCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetFocusInEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetFocusInEventCallback :: C_WidgetFocusInEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetFocusInEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback :: C_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback :: C_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetGrabFocusCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetGrabFocusCallback :: C_WidgetGrabFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetGrabFocusCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback :: C_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetHideCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetHideCallback :: C_WidgetHideCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetHideCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback :: C_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback :: C_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback :: C_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback :: C_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback :: C_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetMapCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetMapCallback :: C_WidgetMapCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetMapCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetMapEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetMapEventCallback :: C_WidgetMapEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetMapEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback :: C_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback :: C_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetMoveFocusCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetMoveFocusCallback :: C_WidgetMoveFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetMoveFocusCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetParentSetCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetParentSetCallback :: C_WidgetParentSetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetParentSetCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetPopupMenuCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetPopupMenuCallback :: C_WidgetPopupMenuCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetPopupMenuCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback :: C_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetProximityInEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetProximityInEventCallback :: C_WidgetProximityInEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetProximityInEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback :: C_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback :: C_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetRealizeCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetRealizeCallback :: C_WidgetRealizeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetRealizeCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetScreenChangedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetScreenChangedCallback :: C_WidgetScreenChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetScreenChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetScrollEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetScrollEventCallback :: C_WidgetScrollEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetScrollEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback :: C_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionGetCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetSelectionGetCallback :: C_WidgetSelectionGetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetSelectionGetCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback :: C_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback :: C_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback :: C_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetShowCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetShowCallback :: C_WidgetShowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetShowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetShowHelpCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetShowHelpCallback :: C_WidgetShowHelpCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetShowHelpCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback :: C_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetStateChangedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetStateChangedCallback :: C_WidgetStateChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetStateChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback :: C_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetStyleSetCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetStyleSetCallback :: C_WidgetStyleSetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetStyleSetCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback :: C_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetTouchEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetTouchEventCallback :: C_WidgetTouchEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetTouchEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetUnmapCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetUnmapCallback :: C_WidgetUnmapCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetUnmapCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetUnmapEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetUnmapEventCallback :: C_WidgetUnmapEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetUnmapEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetUnrealizeCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetUnrealizeCallback :: C_WidgetUnrealizeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetUnrealizeCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback :: C_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback :: C_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetAccelClosuresChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>buttonPressEvent</a> signal will be emitted when a button
--   (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetButtonPressEventCallback = EventButton -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetButtonPressEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventButton -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>buttonReleaseEvent</a> signal will be emitted when a button
--   (typically from a mouse) is released.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback = EventButton -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetButtonReleaseEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventButton -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified
--   by <i><tt>signalId</tt></i> can currently be activated. This signal is
--   present to allow applications and derived widgets to override the
--   default <a>Widget</a> handling for determining whether an accelerator
--   can be activated.
type WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback = Word32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetCanActivateAccelCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>childNotify</a> signal is emitted for each [child
--   property][child-properties] that has changed on an object. The
--   signal's detail holds the property name.
type WidgetChildNotifyCallback = GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetChildNotifyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr GParamSpec -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>compositedChanged</a> signal is emitted when the composited
--   status of <i><tt>widgets</tt></i> screen changes. See
--   <a>screenIsComposited</a>.
type WidgetCompositedChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetCompositedChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>configureEvent</a> signal will be emitted when the size,
--   position or stacking of the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window has
--   changed.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK</i></tt> mask. GDK will
--   enable this mask automatically for all new windows.
type WidgetConfigureEventCallback = EventConfigure -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetConfigureEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventConfigure -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Emitted when a redirected window belonging to <i><tt>widget</tt></i>
--   gets drawn into. The region/area members of the event shows what area
--   of the redirected drawable was drawn into.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
type WidgetDamageEventCallback = EventExpose -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDamageEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventExpose -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>deleteEvent</a> signal is emitted if a user requests that a
--   toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
--   destroys the window. Connecting <a>widgetHideOnDelete</a> to this
--   signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that it can
--   later be shown again without reconstructing it.
type WidgetDeleteEventCallback = Event -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDeleteEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Event -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
--   the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
--   if all references are released.
--   
--   This signal is not suitable for saving widget state.
type WidgetDestroyCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDestroyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>destroyEvent</a> signal is emitted when a <a>Window</a> is
--   destroyed. You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect
--   themselves from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns
--   the window at destroy time.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK</i></tt> mask. GDK will
--   enable this mask automatically for all new windows.
type WidgetDestroyEventCallback = Event -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDestroyEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Event -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>directionChanged</a> signal is emitted when the text direction
--   of a widget changes.
type WidgetDirectionChangedCallback = TextDirection -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDirectionChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>dragBegin</a> signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
--   is started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
--   custom drag icon with e.g. <a>widgetDragSourceSetIconPixbuf</a>.
--   
--   Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
--   this signal, so you may have to use
--   <tt><i>g_signal_connect_after()</i></tt> to override what the default
--   handler did.
type WidgetDragBeginCallback = DragContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragBeginCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>dragDataDelete</a> signal is emitted on the drag source when a
--   drag with the action <a>DragActionMove</a> is successfully completed.
--   The signal handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been
--   dropped. What "delete" means depends on the context of the drag
--   operation.
type WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback = DragContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragDataDeleteCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>dragDataGet</a> signal is emitted on the drag source when the
--   drop site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility
--   of the signal handler to fill <i><tt>data</tt></i> with the data in
--   the format which is indicated by <i><tt>info</tt></i>. See
--   <a>selectionDataSet</a> and <a>selectionDataSetText</a>.
type WidgetDragDataGetCallback = DragContext -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragDataGetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>dragDataReceived</a> signal is emitted on the drop site when
--   the dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order
--   to determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is
--   expected to call <a>dragStatus</a> and not finish the drag. If the
--   data was received in response to a <a>dragDrop</a> signal (and this is
--   the last target to be received), the handler for this signal is
--   expected to process the received data and then call <a>dragFinish</a>,
--   setting the <i><tt>success</tt></i> parameter depending on whether the
--   data was processed successfully.
--   
--   Applications must create some means to determine why the signal was
--   emitted and therefore whether to call <a>dragStatus</a> or
--   <a>dragFinish</a>.
--   
--   The handler may inspect the selected action with
--   <a>dragContextGetSelectedAction</a> before calling <a>dragFinish</a>,
--   e.g. to implement <a>DragActionAsk</a> as shown in the following
--   example:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   void
--   drag_data_received (GtkWidget          *widget,
--                       GdkDragContext     *context,
--                       gint                x,
--                       gint                y,
--                       GtkSelectionData   *data,
--                       guint               info,
--                       guint               time)
--   {
--     if ((data-&gt;length &gt;= 0) &amp;&amp; (data-&gt;format == 8))
--       {
--         GdkDragAction action;
--   
--         // handle data here
--   
--         action = gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (context);
--         if (action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
--           {
--             GtkWidget *dialog;
--             gint response;
--   
--             dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
--                                              GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
--                                              GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
--                                              GTK_MESSAGE_INFO,
--                                              GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
--                                              "Move the data ?\n");
--             response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
--             gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
--   
--             if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
--               action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
--             else
--               action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
--            }
--   
--         gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, action == GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
--       }
--     else
--       gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
--    }
--   </pre>
type WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback = DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragDataReceivedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>dragDrop</a> signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
--   drops the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine
--   whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in
--   a drop zone, it returns <a>False</a> and no further processing is
--   necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns <a>True</a>. In this case,
--   the handler must ensure that <a>dragFinish</a> is called to let the
--   source know that the drop is done. The call to <a>dragFinish</a> can
--   be done either directly or in a <a>dragDataReceived</a> handler which
--   gets triggered by calling <a>widgetDragGetData</a> to receive the data
--   for one or more of the supported targets.
type WidgetDragDropCallback = DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragDropCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>dragEnd</a> signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
--   finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo things
--   done in <a>dragBegin</a>.
type WidgetDragEndCallback = DragContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragEndCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>dragFailed</a> signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
--   has failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed
--   DnD operation based on the type of error, it returns <a>True</a> is
--   the failure has been already handled (not showing the default "drag
--   operation failed" animation), otherwise it returns <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type WidgetDragFailedCallback = DragContext -> DragResult -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragFailedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>dragLeave</a> signal is emitted on the drop site when the
--   cursor leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal
--   is to undo things done in <a>dragMotion</a>, e.g. undo highlighting
--   with <a>widgetDragUnhighlight</a>.
--   
--   Likewise, the <a>dragLeave</a> signal is also emitted before the
--   <a>dragDrop</a> signal, for instance to allow cleaning up of a preview
--   item created in the <a>dragMotion</a> signal handler.
type WidgetDragLeaveCallback = DragContext -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragLeaveCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>dragMotion</a> signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
--   moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
--   must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
--   If it is not in a drop zone, it returns <a>False</a> and no further
--   processing is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns <a>True</a>.
--   In this case, the handler is responsible for providing the necessary
--   information for displaying feedback to the user, by calling
--   <a>dragStatus</a>.
--   
--   If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
--   made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
--   handler may inspect the dragged data by calling
--   <a>widgetDragGetData</a> and defer the <a>dragStatus</a> call to the
--   <a>dragDataReceived</a> handler. Note that you must pass
--   <tt><i>GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION</i></tt> or
--   <tt><i>GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL</i></tt> to <a>widgetDragDestSet</a> when
--   using the drag-motion signal that way.
--   
--   Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
--   keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since
--   the last <a>dragLeave</a> and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
--   an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically
--   highlight the drop site with <a>widgetDragHighlight</a>.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static void
--   drag_motion (GtkWidget      *widget,
--                GdkDragContext *context,
--                gint            x,
--                gint            y,
--                guint           time)
--   {
--     GdkAtom target;
--   
--     PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
--   
--     if (!private_data-&gt;drag_highlight)
--      {
--        private_data-&gt;drag_highlight = 1;
--        gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
--      }
--   
--     target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
--     if (target == GDK_NONE)
--       gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
--     else
--      {
--        private_data-&gt;pending_status
--           = gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (context);
--        gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
--      }
--   
--     return TRUE;
--   }
--   
--   static void
--   drag_data_received (GtkWidget        *widget,
--                       GdkDragContext   *context,
--                       gint              x,
--                       gint              y,
--                       GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
--                       guint             info,
--                       guint             time)
--   {
--     PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
--   
--     if (private_data-&gt;suggested_action)
--      {
--        private_data-&gt;suggested_action = 0;
--   
--        // We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
--        // rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
--        // supposed to call gdk_drag_status(), not actually paste in
--        // the data.
--   
--        str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
--        if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
--          gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
--        else
--          gdk_drag_status (context,
--                           private_data-&gt;suggested_action,
--                           time);
--      }
--     else
--      {
--        // accept the drop
--      }
--   }
--   </pre>
type WidgetDragMotionCallback = DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDragMotionCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself. The
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s top left corner must be painted at the origin
--   of the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
--   <a>widgetGetAllocatedWidth</a> and <a>widgetGetAllocatedHeight</a>.
--   
--   Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo context
--   passed as <i><tt>cr</tt></i> in any way they like and don't need to
--   restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling
--   <tt><i>cairo_save()</i></tt> before and
--   <tt><i>cairo_restore()</i></tt> after invoking the handler.
--   
--   The signal handler will get a <i><tt>cr</tt></i> with a clip region
--   already set to the widget's dirty region, i.e. to the area that needs
--   repainting. Complicated widgets that want to avoid redrawing
--   themselves completely can get the full extents of the clip region with
--   <a>cairoGetClipRectangle</a>, or they can get a finer-grained
--   representation of the dirty region with
--   <tt><i>cairo_copy_clip_rectangle_list()</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
type WidgetDrawCallback = Context -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetDrawCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Context -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>enterNotifyEvent</a> will be emitted when the pointer enters
--   the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback = EventCrossing -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetEnterNotifyEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventCrossing -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event
--   delivered to a widget: one generic <a>event</a> signal, another, more
--   specific, signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
--   <a>keyPressEvent</a>) and finally a generic <a>eventAfter</a> signal.
type WidgetEventCallback = Event -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Event -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | After the emission of the <a>event</a> signal and (optionally) the
--   second more specific signal, <a>eventAfter</a> will be emitted
--   regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
type WidgetEventAfterCallback = Event -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetEventAfterCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Event -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetFocusCallback = DirectionType -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetFocusCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>focusInEvent</a> signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
--   enters the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK</i></tt> mask.
type WidgetFocusInEventCallback = EventFocus -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetFocusInEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventFocus -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>focusOutEvent</a> signal will be emitted when the keyboard
--   focus leaves the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK</i></tt> mask.
type WidgetFocusOutEventCallback = EventFocus -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetFocusOutEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventFocus -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> gets broken.
--   
--   On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable (i.e. it
--   or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same application grabs
--   the pointer or keyboard again.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
type WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback = EventGrabBroken -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetGrabBrokenEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventGrabBroken -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetGrabFocusCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetGrabFocusCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>grabNotify</a> signal is emitted when a widget becomes shadowed
--   by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on another widget, or
--   when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab being removed.
--   
--   A widget is shadowed by a <a>widgetGrabAdd</a> when the topmost grab
--   widget in the grab stack of its window group is not its ancestor.
type WidgetGrabNotifyCallback = Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetGrabNotifyCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>hide</a> signal is emitted when <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is
--   hidden, for example with <a>widgetHide</a>.
type WidgetHideCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetHideCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>hierarchyChanged</a> signal is emitted when the anchored state
--   of a widget changes. A widget is “anchored” when its toplevel ancestor
--   is a <a>Window</a>. This signal is emitted when a widget changes from
--   un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
type WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback = Maybe Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetHierarchyChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>keyPressEvent</a> signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The
--   signal emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is
--   kept pressed.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetKeyPressEventCallback = EventKey -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetKeyPressEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventKey -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>keyReleaseEvent</a> signal is emitted when a key is released.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback = EventKey -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetKeyReleaseEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventKey -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails. See
--   <a>widgetKeynavFailed</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type WidgetKeynavFailedCallback = DirectionType -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetKeynavFailedCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>leaveNotifyEvent</a> will be emitted when the pointer leaves
--   the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback = EventCrossing -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetLeaveNotifyEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventCrossing -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>map</a> signal is emitted when <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is going
--   to be mapped, that is when the widget is visible (which is controlled
--   with <a>widgetSetVisible</a>) and all its parents up to the toplevel
--   widget are also visible. Once the map has occurred, <a>mapEvent</a>
--   will be emitted.
--   
--   The <a>map</a> signal can be used to determine whether a widget will
--   be drawn, for instance it can resume an animation that was stopped
--   during the emission of <a>unmap</a>.
type WidgetMapCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetMapCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>mapEvent</a> signal will be emitted when the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window is mapped. A window is mapped when it
--   becomes visible on the screen.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK</i></tt> mask. GDK will
--   enable this mask automatically for all new windows.
type WidgetMapEventCallback = EventAny -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetMapEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventAny -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The default handler for this signal activates <i><tt>widget</tt></i>
--   if <i><tt>groupCycling</tt></i> is <a>False</a>, or just makes
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> grab focus if <i><tt>groupCycling</tt></i> is
--   <a>True</a>.
type WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback = Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetMnemonicActivateCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>motionNotifyEvent</a> signal is emitted when the pointer moves
--   over the widget's <a>Window</a>.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback = EventMotion -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetMotionNotifyEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventMotion -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetMoveFocusCallback = DirectionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetMoveFocusCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>parentSet</a> signal is emitted when a new parent has been set
--   on a widget.
type WidgetParentSetCallback = Maybe Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetParentSetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
--   menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
--   by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can
--   cause the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the <a>Entry</a>
--   widget creates a menu with clipboard commands. See the [Popup Menu
--   Migration Checklist][checklist-popup-menu] for an example of how to
--   use this signal.
type WidgetPopupMenuCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetPopupMenuCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>propertyNotifyEvent</a> signal will be emitted when a property
--   on the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window has been changed or deleted.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK</i></tt> mask.
type WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback = EventProperty -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetPropertyNotifyEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventProperty -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | To receive this signal the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetProximityInEventCallback = EventProximity -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetProximityInEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventProximity -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | To receive this signal the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetProximityOutEventCallback = EventProximity -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetProximityOutEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventProximity -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Emitted when <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> is <a>True</a>
--   and the hover timeout has expired with the cursor hovering "above"
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>; or emitted when <i><tt>widget</tt></i> got
--   focus in keyboard mode.
--   
--   Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
--   whether a tooltip should be shown for <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. If this
--   is the case <a>True</a> should be returned, <a>False</a> otherwise.
--   Note that if <i><tt>keyboardMode</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the values
--   of <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> are undefined and should
--   not be used.
--   
--   The signal handler is free to manipulate <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> with
--   the therefore destined function calls.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type WidgetQueryTooltipCallback = Int32 -> Int32 -> Bool -> Tooltip -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetQueryTooltipCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Int32 -> CInt -> Ptr Tooltip -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>realize</a> signal is emitted when <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is
--   associated with a <a>Window</a>, which means that <a>widgetRealize</a>
--   has been called or the widget has been mapped (that is, it is going to
--   be drawn).
type WidgetRealizeCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetRealizeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>screenChanged</a> signal gets emitted when the screen of a
--   widget has changed.
type WidgetScreenChangedCallback = Maybe Screen -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetScreenChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Screen -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>scrollEvent</a> signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
--   range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate button
--   press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_SCROLL_MASK</i></tt> mask.
--   
--   This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
type WidgetScrollEventCallback = EventScroll -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetScrollEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventScroll -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>selectionClearEvent</a> signal will be emitted when the the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window has lost ownership of a selection.
type WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback = EventSelection -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetSelectionClearEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventSelection -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetSelectionGetCallback = SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetSelectionGetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback = EventSelection -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetSelectionNotifyEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventSelection -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback = SelectionData -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetSelectionReceivedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>selectionRequestEvent</a> signal will be emitted when another
--   client requests ownership of the selection owned by the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window.
type WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback = EventSelection -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetSelectionRequestEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventSelection -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>show</a> signal is emitted when <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is
--   shown, for example with <a>widgetShow</a>.
type WidgetShowCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetShowCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetShowHelpCallback = WidgetHelpType -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetShowHelpCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetSizeAllocateCallback = Rectangle -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetSizeAllocateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Rectangle -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>stateChanged</a> signal is emitted when the widget state
--   changes. See <a>widgetGetState</a>.
type WidgetStateChangedCallback = StateType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetStateChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>stateFlagsChanged</a> signal is emitted when the widget state
--   changes, see <a>widgetGetStateFlags</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
type WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback = [StateFlags] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetStateFlagsChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>styleSet</a> signal is emitted when a new style has been set on
--   a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
--   <a>widgetModifyBase</a> also cause this signal to be emitted.
--   
--   Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
--   <a>Style</a>. To track changes to the <a>StyleContext</a> associated
--   with a widget, use the <a>styleUpdated</a> signal.
type WidgetStyleSetCallback = Maybe Style -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetStyleSetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Style -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>styleUpdated</a> signal is a convenience signal that is emitted
--   when the <a>changed</a> signal is emitted on the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s associated <a>StyleContext</a> as returned by
--   <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a>.
--   
--   Note that style-modifying functions like <a>widgetOverrideColor</a>
--   also cause this signal to be emitted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
type WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetStyleUpdatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetTouchEventCallback = Event -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetTouchEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Event -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>unmap</a> signal is emitted when <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is
--   going to be unmapped, which means that either it or any of its parents
--   up to the toplevel widget have been set as hidden.
--   
--   As <a>unmap</a> indicates that a widget will not be shown any longer,
--   it can be used to, for example, stop an animation on the widget.
type WidgetUnmapCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetUnmapCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>unmapEvent</a> signal will be emitted when the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window is unmapped. A window is unmapped when
--   it becomes invisible on the screen.
--   
--   To receive this signal, the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK</i></tt> mask. GDK will
--   enable this mask automatically for all new windows.
type WidgetUnmapEventCallback = EventAny -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetUnmapEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventAny -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>unrealize</a> signal is emitted when the <a>Window</a>
--   associated with <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is destroyed, which means that
--   <a>widgetUnrealize</a> has been called or the widget has been unmapped
--   (that is, it is going to be hidden).
type WidgetUnrealizeCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetUnrealizeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>visibilityNotifyEvent</a> will be emitted when the
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>'s window is obscured or unobscured.
--   
--   To receive this signal the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK</i></tt> mask.
type WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback = EventVisibility -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventVisibility -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>windowStateEvent</a> will be emitted when the state of the
--   toplevel window associated to the <i><tt>widget</tt></i> changes.
--   
--   To receive this signal the <a>Window</a> associated to the widget
--   needs to enable the <tt><i>GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK</i></tt> mask. GDK will
--   enable this mask automatically for all new windows.
type WidgetWindowStateEventCallback = EventWindowState -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetWindowStateEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventWindowState -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Installs a child property on a container class.
containerClassInstallChildProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => ContainerClass -> Word32 -> GParamSpec -> m ()

-- | Modifies a subclass of <a>ContainerClass</a> to automatically add and
--   remove the border-width setting on GtkContainer. This allows the
--   subclass to ignore the border width in its size request and allocate
--   methods. The intent is for a subclass to invoke this in its class_init
--   function.
--   
--   <a>containerClassHandleBorderWidth</a> is necessary because it would
--   break API too badly to make this behavior the default. So subclasses
--   must “opt in” to the parent class handling border_width for them.
containerClassHandleBorderWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Finds a child property of a container class by name.
containerClassFindChildProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => ContainerClass -> Text -> m (Maybe GParamSpec)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_path_for_child</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getPathForChild
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassGetPathForChild :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_path_for_child</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #getPathForChild <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassGetPathForChild :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>get_path_for_child</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #getPathForChild
--   </pre>
getContainerClassGetPathForChild :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_child_property</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getChildProperty
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassGetChildProperty :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_child_property</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #getChildProperty <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassGetChildProperty :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>get_child_property</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #getChildProperty
--   </pre>
getContainerClassGetChildProperty :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>set_child_property</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #setChildProperty
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassSetChildProperty :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>set_child_property</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #setChildProperty <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassSetChildProperty :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>set_child_property</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #setChildProperty
--   </pre>
getContainerClassSetChildProperty :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>composite_name</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #compositeName
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassCompositeName :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>composite_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #compositeName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassCompositeName :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>composite_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #compositeName
--   </pre>
getContainerClassCompositeName :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>child_type</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #childType
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassChildType :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>child_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #childType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassChildType :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>child_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #childType
--   </pre>
getContainerClassChildType :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>set_focus_child</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #setFocusChild
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassSetFocusChild :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>set_focus_child</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #setFocusChild <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassSetFocusChild :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>set_focus_child</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #setFocusChild
--   </pre>
getContainerClassSetFocusChild :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>forall</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #forall
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassForall :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>forall</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #forall <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassForall :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>forall</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #forall
--   </pre>
getContainerClassForall :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassForallFieldCallback_WithClosures)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>check_resize</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #checkResize
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassCheckResize :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>check_resize</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #checkResize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassCheckResize :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>check_resize</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #checkResize
--   </pre>
getContainerClassCheckResize :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>remove</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #remove
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassRemove :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>remove</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #remove <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassRemove :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>remove</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #remove
--   </pre>
getContainerClassRemove :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>add</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #add
--   </pre>
clearContainerClassAdd :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>add</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> containerClass [ #add <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setContainerClassAdd :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> FunPtr C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>add</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #add
--   </pre>
getContainerClassAdd :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m (Maybe ContainerClassAddFieldCallback)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>parent_class</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> containerClass #parentClass
--   </pre>
getContainerClassParentClass :: MonadIO m => ContainerClass -> m WidgetClass

-- | Construct a <a>ContainerClass</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroContainerClass :: MonadIO m => m ContainerClass

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ContainerClass
ContainerClass :: ManagedPtr ContainerClass -> ContainerClass

-- | This is equivalent to (<a>textIterStartsTag</a> ||
--   <a>textIterEndsTag</a>), i.e. it tells you whether a range with
--   <i><tt>tag</tt></i> applied to it begins or ends at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
textIterTogglesTag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => TextIter -> Maybe a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>iter</tt></i> begins a natural-language
--   word. Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for
--   nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango
--   word break algorithms).
textIterStartsWord :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>tag</tt></i> is toggled on at exactly
--   this point. If <i><tt>tag</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, returns
--   <a>True</a> if any tag is toggled on at this point.
--   
--   Note that if <a>textIterStartsTag</a> returns <a>True</a>, it means
--   that <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is at the beginning of the tagged range, and
--   that the character at <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is inside the tagged range.
--   In other words, unlike <a>textIterEndsTag</a>, if
--   <a>textIterStartsTag</a> returns <a>True</a>, <a>textIterHasTag</a>
--   will also return <a>True</a> for the same parameters.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
textIterStartsTag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => TextIter -> Maybe a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>iter</tt></i> begins a sentence. Sentence
--   boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly
--   any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text
--   boundary algorithms).
textIterStartsSentence :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> begins a paragraph, i.e.
--   if <a>textIterGetLineOffset</a> would return 0. However this function
--   is potentially more efficient than <a>textIterGetLineOffset</a>
--   because it doesn’t have to compute the offset, it just has to see
--   whether it’s 0.
textIterStartsLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Like <a>textIterSetLineOffset</a>, but the offset is in visible
--   characters, i.e. text with a tag making it invisible is not counted in
--   the offset.
textIterSetVisibleLineOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Like <a>textIterSetLineIndex</a>, but the index is in visible bytes,
--   i.e. text with a tag making it invisible is not counted in the index.
textIterSetVisibleLineIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to point to <i><tt>charOffset</tt></i>.
--   <i><tt>charOffset</tt></i> counts from the start of the entire text
--   buffer, starting with 0.
textIterSetOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> within a line, to a new character (not
--   byte) offset. The given character offset must be less than or equal to
--   the number of characters in the line; if equal, <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   moves to the start of the next line. See <a>textIterSetLineIndex</a>
--   if you have a byte index rather than a character offset.
textIterSetLineOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Same as <a>textIterSetLineOffset</a>, but works with a byte index. The
--   given byte index must be at the start of a character, it can’t be in
--   the middle of a UTF-8 encoded character.
textIterSetLineIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Moves iterator <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the start of the line
--   <i><tt>lineNumber</tt></i>. If <i><tt>lineNumber</tt></i> is negative
--   or larger than the number of lines in the buffer, moves
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the start of the last line in the buffer.
textIterSetLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Swaps the value of <i><tt>first</tt></i> and <i><tt>second</tt></i> if
--   <i><tt>second</tt></i> comes before <i><tt>first</tt></i> in the
--   buffer. That is, ensures that <i><tt>first</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>second</tt></i> are in sequence. Most text buffer functions
--   that take a range call this automatically on your behalf, so there’s
--   no real reason to call it yourself in those cases. There are some
--   exceptions, such as <a>textIterInRange</a>, that expect a pre-sorted
--   range.
textIterOrder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is the first iterator in
--   the buffer, that is if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> has a character offset of
--   0.
textIterIsStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is the end iterator, i.e.
--   one past the last dereferenceable iterator in the buffer.
--   <a>textIterIsEnd</a> is the most efficient way to check whether an
--   iterator is the end iterator.
textIterIsEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | See <a>textIterForwardCursorPosition</a> or <a>LogAttr</a> or
--   <a>break</a> for details on what a cursor position is.
textIterIsCursorPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether the character pointed by <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is
--   part of a natural-language word (as opposed to say inside some
--   whitespace). Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct
--   for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango
--   word break algorithms).
--   
--   Note that if <a>textIterStartsWord</a> returns <a>True</a>, then this
--   function returns <a>True</a> too, since <i><tt>iter</tt></i> points to
--   the first character of the word.
textIterInsideWord :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is inside a sentence (as
--   opposed to in between two sentences, e.g. after a period and before
--   the first letter of the next sentence). Sentence boundaries are
--   determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly any language (if
--   not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text boundary algorithms).
textIterInsideSentence :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Checks whether <i><tt>iter</tt></i> falls in the range
--   [<i><tt>start</tt></i>, <i><tt>end</tt></i>). <i><tt>start</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>end</tt></i> must be in ascending order.
textIterInRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> points to a character that
--   is part of a range tagged with <i><tt>tag</tt></i>. See also
--   <a>textIterStartsTag</a> and <a>textIterEndsTag</a>.
textIterHasTag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => TextIter -> a -> m Bool

-- | Like <a>textIterGetText</a>, but invisible text is not included.
--   Invisible text is usually invisible because a <a>TextTag</a> with the
--   “invisible” attribute turned on has been applied to it.
textIterGetVisibleText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> m Text

-- | Like <a>textIterGetSlice</a>, but invisible text is not included.
--   Invisible text is usually invisible because a <a>TextTag</a> with the
--   “invisible” attribute turned on has been applied to it.
textIterGetVisibleSlice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> m Text

-- | Returns the offset in characters from the start of the line to the
--   given <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, not counting characters that are invisible
--   due to tags with the “invisible” flag toggled on.
textIterGetVisibleLineOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns the number of bytes from the start of the line to the given
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, not counting bytes that are invisible due to
--   tags with the “invisible” flag toggled on.
textIterGetVisibleLineIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns a list of <a>TextTag</a> that are toggled on or off at this
--   point. (If <i><tt>toggledOn</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the list contains
--   tags that are toggled on.) If a tag is toggled on at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, then some non-empty range of characters
--   following <i><tt>iter</tt></i> has that tag applied to it. If a tag is
--   toggled off, then some non-empty range following <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   does not have the tag applied to it.
textIterGetToggledTags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Bool -> m [TextTag]

-- | Returns text in the given range. If the range contains non-text
--   elements such as images, the character and byte offsets in the
--   returned string will not correspond to character and byte offsets in
--   the buffer. If you want offsets to correspond, see
--   <a>textIterGetSlice</a>.
textIterGetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> m Text

-- | Returns a list of tags that apply to <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, in
--   ascending order of priority (highest-priority tags are last). The
--   <a>TextTag</a> in the list don’t have a reference added, but you have
--   to free the list itself.
textIterGetTags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m [TextTag]

-- | Returns the text in the given range. A “slice” is an array of
--   characters encoded in UTF-8 format, including the Unicode “unknown”
--   character 0xFFFC for iterable non-character elements in the buffer,
--   such as images. Because images are encoded in the slice, byte and
--   character offsets in the returned array will correspond to byte
--   offsets in the text buffer. Note that 0xFFFC can occur in normal text
--   as well, so it is not a reliable indicator that a pixbuf or widget is
--   in the buffer.
textIterGetSlice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> m Text

-- | If the element at <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is a pixbuf, the pixbuf is
--   returned (with no new reference count added). Otherwise,
--   <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
textIterGetPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Pixbuf

-- | Returns the character offset of an iterator. Each character in a
--   <a>TextBuffer</a> has an offset, starting with 0 for the first
--   character in the buffer. Use <a>textBufferGetIterAtOffset</a> to
--   convert an offset back into an iterator.
textIterGetOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns a list of all <a>TextMark</a> at this location. Because marks
--   are not iterable (they don’t take up any "space" in the buffer, they
--   are just marks in between iterable locations), multiple marks can
--   exist in the same place. The returned list is not in any meaningful
--   order.
textIterGetMarks :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m [TextMark]

-- | Returns the character offset of the iterator, counting from the start
--   of a newline-terminated line. The first character on the line has
--   offset 0.
textIterGetLineOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns the byte index of the iterator, counting from the start of a
--   newline-terminated line. Remember that <a>TextBuffer</a> encodes text
--   in UTF-8, and that characters can require a variable number of bytes
--   to represent.
textIterGetLineIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns the line number containing the iterator. Lines in a
--   <a>TextBuffer</a> are numbered beginning with 0 for the first line in
--   the buffer.
textIterGetLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Int32

-- | A convenience wrapper around <a>textIterGetAttributes</a>, which
--   returns the language in effect at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. If no tags
--   affecting language apply to <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, the return value is
--   identical to that of <a>getDefaultLanguage</a>.
textIterGetLanguage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Language

-- | If the location at <i><tt>iter</tt></i> contains a child anchor, the
--   anchor is returned (with no new reference count added). Otherwise,
--   <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
textIterGetChildAnchor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m TextChildAnchor

-- | Returns the number of characters in the line containing
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, including the paragraph delimiters.
textIterGetCharsInLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Int32

-- | The Unicode character at this iterator is returned. (Equivalent to
--   operator* on a C++ iterator.) If the element at this iterator is a
--   non-character element, such as an image embedded in the buffer, the
--   Unicode “unknown” character 0xFFFC is returned. If invoked on the end
--   iterator, zero is returned; zero is not a valid Unicode character. So
--   you can write a loop which ends when <a>textIterGetChar</a> returns 0.
textIterGetChar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Char

-- | Returns the number of bytes in the line containing
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, including the paragraph delimiters.
textIterGetBytesInLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns the <a>TextBuffer</a> this iterator is associated with.
textIterGetBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m TextBuffer

-- | Computes the effect of any tags applied to this spot in the text. The
--   <i><tt>values</tt></i> parameter should be initialized to the default
--   settings you wish to use if no tags are in effect. You’d typically
--   obtain the defaults from <a>textViewGetDefaultAttributes</a>.
--   
--   <a>textIterGetAttributes</a> will modify <i><tt>values</tt></i>,
--   applying the effects of any tags present at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. If
--   any tags affected <i><tt>values</tt></i>, the function returns
--   <a>True</a>.
textIterGetAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m (Bool, TextAttributes)

-- | Free an iterator allocated on the heap. This function is intended for
--   use in language bindings, and is not especially useful for
--   applications, because iterators can simply be allocated on the stack.
textIterFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m ()

-- | Calls <a>textIterForwardWordEnd</a> up to <i><tt>count</tt></i> times.
textIterForwardWordEnds :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves forward to the next word end. (If <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is
--   currently on a word end, moves forward to the next one after that.)
--   Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly
--   any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
--   algorithms).
textIterForwardWordEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Calls <a>textIterForwardVisibleWordEnd</a> up to <i><tt>count</tt></i>
--   times.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textIterForwardVisibleWordEnds :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves forward to the next visible word end. (If <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   is currently on a word end, moves forward to the next one after that.)
--   Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly
--   any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
--   algorithms).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textIterForwardVisibleWordEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>count</tt></i> visible lines forward, if possible (if
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> would move past the start or end of the buffer,
--   moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates
--   whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the
--   iterator didn’t move, or moved onto the end iterator, then
--   <a>False</a> is returned. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is 0, the function
--   does nothing and returns <a>False</a>. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is
--   negative, moves backward by 0 - <i><tt>count</tt></i> lines.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
textIterForwardVisibleLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the start of the next visible line.
--   Returns <a>True</a> if there was a next line to move to, and
--   <a>False</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> was simply moved to the end of
--   the buffer and is now not dereferenceable, or if <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   was already at the end of the buffer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
textIterForwardVisibleLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves up to <i><tt>count</tt></i> visible cursor positions. See
--   <a>textIterForwardCursorPosition</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textIterForwardVisibleCursorPositions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> forward to the next visible cursor
--   position. See <a>textIterForwardCursorPosition</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textIterForwardVisibleCursorPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves forward to the next toggle (on or off) of the <a>TextTag</a>
--   <i><tt>tag</tt></i>, or to the next toggle of any tag if
--   <i><tt>tag</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>. If no matching tag toggles are
--   found, returns <a>False</a>, otherwise <a>True</a>. Does not return
--   toggles located at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, only toggles after
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the location of the
--   toggle, or to the end of the buffer if no toggle is found.
textIterForwardToTagToggle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => TextIter -> Maybe a -> m Bool

-- | Moves the iterator to point to the paragraph delimiter characters,
--   which will be either a newline, a carriage return, a carriage
--   return/newline in sequence, or the Unicode paragraph separator
--   character. If the iterator is already at the paragraph delimiter
--   characters, moves to the paragraph delimiter characters for the next
--   line. If <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is on the last line in the buffer, which
--   does not end in paragraph delimiters, moves to the end iterator (end
--   of the last line), and returns <a>False</a>.
textIterForwardToLineEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> forward to the “end iterator,” which points
--   one past the last valid character in the buffer.
--   <a>textIterGetChar</a> called on the end iterator returns 0, which is
--   convenient for writing loops.
textIterForwardToEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m ()

-- | Calls <a>textIterForwardSentenceEnd</a> <i><tt>count</tt></i> times
--   (or until <a>textIterForwardSentenceEnd</a> returns <a>False</a>). If
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> is negative, moves backward instead of forward.
textIterForwardSentenceEnds :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves forward to the next sentence end. (If <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is at
--   the end of a sentence, moves to the next end of sentence.) Sentence
--   boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly
--   any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text
--   boundary algorithms).
textIterForwardSentenceEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Searches forward for <i><tt>str</tt></i>. Any match is returned by
--   setting <i><tt>matchStart</tt></i> to the first character of the match
--   and <i><tt>matchEnd</tt></i> to the first character after the match.
--   The search will not continue past <i><tt>limit</tt></i>. Note that a
--   search is a linear or O(n) operation, so you may wish to use
--   <i><tt>limit</tt></i> to avoid locking up your UI on large buffers.
--   
--   <i><tt>matchStart</tt></i> will never be set to a <a>TextIter</a>
--   located before <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, even if there is a possible
--   <i><tt>matchEnd</tt></i> after or at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
textIterForwardSearch :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Text -> [TextSearchFlags] -> Maybe TextIter -> m (Bool, TextIter, TextIter)

-- | Moves <i><tt>count</tt></i> lines forward, if possible (if
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> would move past the start or end of the buffer,
--   moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates
--   whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the
--   iterator didn’t move, or moved onto the end iterator, then
--   <a>False</a> is returned. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is 0, the function
--   does nothing and returns <a>False</a>. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is
--   negative, moves backward by 0 - <i><tt>count</tt></i> lines.
textIterForwardLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the start of the next line. If the iter
--   is already on the last line of the buffer, moves the iter to the end
--   of the current line. If after the operation, the iter is at the end of
--   the buffer and not dereferencable, returns <a>False</a>. Otherwise,
--   returns <a>True</a>.
textIterForwardLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Advances <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, calling <i><tt>pred</tt></i> on each
--   character. If <i><tt>pred</tt></i> returns <a>True</a>, returns
--   <a>True</a> and stops scanning. If <i><tt>pred</tt></i> never returns
--   <a>True</a>, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to <i><tt>limit</tt></i> if
--   <i><tt>limit</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a>, otherwise to the end
--   iterator.
textIterForwardFindChar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextCharPredicate -> Maybe TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves up to <i><tt>count</tt></i> cursor positions. See
--   <a>textIterForwardCursorPosition</a> for details.
textIterForwardCursorPositions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> forward by a single cursor position. Cursor
--   positions are (unsurprisingly) positions where the cursor can appear.
--   Perhaps surprisingly, there may not be a cursor position between all
--   characters. The most common example for European languages would be a
--   carriage return/newline sequence. For some Unicode characters, the
--   equivalent of say the letter “a” with an accent mark will be
--   represented as two characters, first the letter then a "combining
--   mark" that causes the accent to be rendered; so the cursor can’t go
--   between those two characters. See also the <a>LogAttr</a>-struct and
--   <a>break</a> function.
textIterForwardCursorPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>count</tt></i> characters if possible (if
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> would move past the start or end of the buffer,
--   moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates
--   whether the new position of <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is different from its
--   original position, and dereferenceable (the last iterator in the
--   buffer is not dereferenceable). If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is 0, the
--   function does nothing and returns <a>False</a>.
textIterForwardChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> forward by one character offset. Note that
--   images embedded in the buffer occupy 1 character slot, so
--   <a>textIterForwardChar</a> may actually move onto an image instead of
--   a character, if you have images in your buffer. If
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is the end iterator or one character before it,
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will now point at the end iterator, and
--   <a>textIterForwardChar</a> returns <a>False</a> for convenience when
--   writing loops.
textIterForwardChar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Tests whether two iterators are equal, using the fastest possible
--   mechanism. This function is very fast; you can expect it to perform
--   better than e.g. getting the character offset for each iterator and
--   comparing the offsets yourself. Also, it’s a bit faster than
--   <a>textIterCompare</a>.
textIterEqual :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>iter</tt></i> ends a natural-language word.
--   Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly
--   any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
--   algorithms).
textIterEndsWord :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>tag</tt></i> is toggled off at exactly
--   this point. If <i><tt>tag</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, returns
--   <a>True</a> if any tag is toggled off at this point.
--   
--   Note that if <a>textIterEndsTag</a> returns <a>True</a>, it means that
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is at the end of the tagged range, but that the
--   character at <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is outside the tagged range. In
--   other words, unlike <a>textIterStartsTag</a>, if
--   <a>textIterEndsTag</a> returns <a>True</a>, <a>textIterHasTag</a> will
--   return <a>False</a> for the same parameters.
textIterEndsTag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => TextIter -> Maybe a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>iter</tt></i> ends a sentence. Sentence
--   boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly
--   any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango text
--   boundary algorithms).
textIterEndsSentence :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> points to the start of the
--   paragraph delimiter characters for a line (delimiters will be either a
--   newline, a carriage return, a carriage return followed by a newline,
--   or a Unicode paragraph separator character). Note that an iterator
--   pointing to the \n of a \r\n pair will not be counted as the end of a
--   line, the line ends before the \r. The end iterator is considered to
--   be at the end of a line, even though there are no paragraph delimiter
--   chars there.
textIterEndsLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the character at <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is within an
--   editable region of text. Non-editable text is “locked” and can’t be
--   changed by the user via <a>TextView</a>. This function is simply a
--   convenience wrapper around <a>textIterGetAttributes</a>. If no tags
--   applied to this text affect editability,
--   <i><tt>defaultSetting</tt></i> will be returned.
--   
--   You don’t want to use this function to decide whether text can be
--   inserted at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, because for insertion you don’t want
--   to know whether the char at <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is inside an editable
--   range, you want to know whether a new character inserted at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> would be inside an editable range. Use
--   <a>textIterCanInsert</a> to handle this case.
textIterEditable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Creates a dynamically-allocated copy of an iterator. This function is
--   not useful in applications, because iterators can be copied with a
--   simple assignment (<tt>GtkTextIter i = j;</tt>). The function is used
--   by language bindings.
textIterCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m TextIter

-- | A <tt><i>qsort()</i></tt>-style function that returns negative if
--   <i><tt>lhs</tt></i> is less than <i><tt>rhs</tt></i>, positive if
--   <i><tt>lhs</tt></i> is greater than <i><tt>rhs</tt></i>, and 0 if
--   they’re equal. Ordering is in character offset order, i.e. the first
--   character in the buffer is less than the second character in the
--   buffer.
textIterCompare :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> m Int32

-- | Considering the default editability of the buffer, and tags that
--   affect editability, determines whether text inserted at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> would be editable. If text inserted at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> would be editable then the user should be allowed
--   to insert text at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
--   <a>textBufferInsertInteractive</a> uses this function to decide
--   whether insertions are allowed at a given position.
textIterCanInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>tag</tt></i> is toggled on at exactly
--   this point. If <i><tt>tag</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, returns
--   <a>True</a> if any tag is toggled on at this point.
--   
--   Note that if <a>textIterBeginsTag</a> returns <a>True</a>, it means
--   that <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is at the beginning of the tagged range, and
--   that the character at <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is inside the tagged range.
--   In other words, unlike <a>textIterEndsTag</a>, if
--   <a>textIterBeginsTag</a> returns <a>True</a>, <a>textIterHasTag</a>
--   will also return <a>True</a> for the same parameters.
textIterBeginsTag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => TextIter -> Maybe a -> m Bool

-- | Calls <a>textIterBackwardWordStart</a> up to <i><tt>count</tt></i>
--   times.
textIterBackwardWordStarts :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves backward to the previous word start. (If <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is
--   currently on a word start, moves backward to the next one after that.)
--   Word breaks are determined by Pango and should be correct for nearly
--   any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango word break
--   algorithms).
textIterBackwardWordStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Calls <a>textIterBackwardVisibleWordStart</a> up to
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> times.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textIterBackwardVisibleWordStarts :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves backward to the previous visible word start. (If
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is currently on a word start, moves backward to
--   the next one after that.) Word breaks are determined by Pango and
--   should be correct for nearly any language (if not, the correct fix
--   would be to the Pango word break algorithms).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textIterBackwardVisibleWordStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>count</tt></i> visible lines backward, if possible (if
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> would move past the start or end of the buffer,
--   moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates
--   whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the
--   iterator didn’t move, or moved onto the end iterator, then
--   <a>False</a> is returned. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is 0, the function
--   does nothing and returns <a>False</a>. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is
--   negative, moves forward by 0 - <i><tt>count</tt></i> lines.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
textIterBackwardVisibleLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the start of the previous visible line.
--   Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> could be moved; i.e. if
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> was at character offset 0, this function returns
--   <a>False</a>. Therefore if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> was already on line 0,
--   but not at the start of the line, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is snapped to
--   the start of the line and the function returns <a>True</a>. (Note that
--   this implies that in a loop calling this function, the line number may
--   not change on every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.)
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
textIterBackwardVisibleLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves up to <i><tt>count</tt></i> visible cursor positions. See
--   <a>textIterBackwardCursorPosition</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textIterBackwardVisibleCursorPositions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> forward to the previous visible cursor
--   position. See <a>textIterBackwardCursorPosition</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textIterBackwardVisibleCursorPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves backward to the next toggle (on or off) of the <a>TextTag</a>
--   <i><tt>tag</tt></i>, or to the next toggle of any tag if
--   <i><tt>tag</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>. If no matching tag toggles are
--   found, returns <a>False</a>, otherwise <a>True</a>. Does not return
--   toggles located at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, only toggles before
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. Sets <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the location of the
--   toggle, or the start of the buffer if no toggle is found.
textIterBackwardToTagToggle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => TextIter -> Maybe a -> m Bool

-- | Calls <a>textIterBackwardSentenceStart</a> up to <i><tt>count</tt></i>
--   times, or until it returns <a>False</a>. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is
--   negative, moves forward instead of backward.
textIterBackwardSentenceStarts :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves backward to the previous sentence start; if <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   is already at the start of a sentence, moves backward to the next one.
--   Sentence boundaries are determined by Pango and should be correct for
--   nearly any language (if not, the correct fix would be to the Pango
--   text boundary algorithms).
textIterBackwardSentenceStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Same as <a>textIterForwardSearch</a>, but moves backward.
--   
--   <i><tt>matchEnd</tt></i> will never be set to a <a>TextIter</a>
--   located after <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, even if there is a possible
--   <i><tt>matchStart</tt></i> before or at <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
textIterBackwardSearch :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Text -> [TextSearchFlags] -> Maybe TextIter -> m (Bool, TextIter, TextIter)

-- | Moves <i><tt>count</tt></i> lines backward, if possible (if
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> would move past the start or end of the buffer,
--   moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates
--   whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the
--   iterator didn’t move, or moved onto the end iterator, then
--   <a>False</a> is returned. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is 0, the function
--   does nothing and returns <a>False</a>. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is
--   negative, moves forward by 0 - <i><tt>count</tt></i> lines.
textIterBackwardLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> to the start of the previous line. Returns
--   <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> could be moved; i.e. if
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> was at character offset 0, this function returns
--   <a>False</a>. Therefore if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> was already on line 0,
--   but not at the start of the line, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is snapped to
--   the start of the line and the function returns <a>True</a>. (Note that
--   this implies that in a loop calling this function, the line number may
--   not change on every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.)
textIterBackwardLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Same as <a>textIterForwardFindChar</a>, but goes backward from
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
textIterBackwardFindChar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextCharPredicate -> Maybe TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves up to <i><tt>count</tt></i> cursor positions. See
--   <a>textIterForwardCursorPosition</a> for details.
textIterBackwardCursorPositions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Like <a>textIterForwardCursorPosition</a>, but moves backward.
textIterBackwardCursorPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves <i><tt>count</tt></i> characters backward, if possible (if
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> would move past the start or end of the buffer,
--   moves to the start or end of the buffer). The return value indicates
--   whether the iterator moved onto a dereferenceable position; if the
--   iterator didn’t move, or moved onto the end iterator, then
--   <a>False</a> is returned. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is 0, the function
--   does nothing and returns <a>False</a>.
textIterBackwardChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves backward by one character offset. Returns <a>True</a> if
--   movement was possible; if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> was the first in the
--   buffer (character offset 0), <a>textIterBackwardChar</a> returns
--   <a>False</a> for convenience when writing loops.
textIterBackwardChar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Assigns the value of <i><tt>other</tt></i> to <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
--   This function is not useful in applications, because iterators can be
--   assigned with <tt>GtkTextIter i = j;</tt>. The function is used by
--   language bindings.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
textIterAssign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextIter -> TextIter -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>TextIter</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroTextIter :: MonadIO m => m TextIter

-- | A convenience function to call <a>widgetClassSetTemplate</a>.
--   
--   Note that any class that installs templates must call
--   <a>widgetInitTemplate</a> in the widget’s instance initializer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetClassSetTemplateFromResource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> Text -> m ()

-- | This should be called at class initialization time to specify the
--   GtkBuilder XML to be used to extend a widget.
--   
--   For convenience, <a>widgetClassSetTemplateFromResource</a> is also
--   provided.
--   
--   Note that any class that installs templates must call
--   <a>widgetInitTemplate</a> in the widget’s instance initializer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetClassSetTemplate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> Bytes -> m ()

-- | Sets the name to be used for CSS matching of widgets.
--   
--   If this function is not called for a given class, the name of the
--   parent class is used.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
widgetClassSetCssName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> Text -> m ()

-- | For use in language bindings, this will override the default
--   <a>BuilderConnectFunc</a> to be used when parsing GtkBuilder XML from
--   this class’s template data.
--   
--   Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
--   initializer after calling <a>widgetClassSetTemplate</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetClassSetConnectFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> BuilderConnectFunc -> m ()

-- | Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
--   <i><tt>widgetClass</tt></i>. The given <i><tt>type</tt></i> must be a
--   subtype of the type used for accessibles of the parent class.
--   
--   This function should only be called from class init functions of
--   widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetClassSetAccessibleType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> GType -> m ()

-- | Sets the default <a>Role</a> to be set on accessibles created for
--   widgets of <i><tt>widgetClass</tt></i>. Accessibles may decide to not
--   honor this setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
--   <a>widgetClassSetAccessibleType</a> will reset this value.
--   
--   In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
--   accessibles created for <i><tt>widgetClass</tt></i>, you should
--   provide your own accessible type and use
--   <a>widgetClassSetAccessibleType</a> instead.
--   
--   If <i><tt>role</tt></i> is <tt><i>ATK_ROLE_INVALID</i></tt>, the
--   default role will not be changed and the accessible’s default role
--   will be used instead.
--   
--   This function should only be called from class init functions of
--   widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
widgetClassSetAccessibleRole :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> Role -> m ()

-- | Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the style
--   property is determined by the value type of <i><tt>pspec</tt></i>.
widgetClassInstallStyleProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> GParamSpec -> m ()

-- | Gets the name used by this class for matching in CSS code. See
--   <a>widgetClassSetCssName</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
widgetClassGetCssName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> m Text

-- | Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
widgetClassFindStyleProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> Text -> m GParamSpec

-- | Automatically assign an object declared in the class template XML to
--   be set to a location on a freshly built instance’s private data, or
--   alternatively accessible via <a>widgetGetTemplateChild</a>.
--   
--   The struct can point either into the public instance, then you should
--   use G_STRUCT_OFFSET(WidgetType, member) for
--   <i><tt>structOffset</tt></i>, or in the private struct, then you
--   should use G_PRIVATE_OFFSET(WidgetType, member).
--   
--   An explicit strong reference will be held automatically for the
--   duration of your instance’s life cycle, it will be released
--   automatically when <a>ObjectClass</a>.<tt><i>dispose</i></tt>() runs
--   on your instance and if a <i><tt>structOffset</tt></i> that is != 0 is
--   specified, then the automatic location in your instance public or
--   private data will be set to <a>Nothing</a>. You can however access an
--   automated child pointer the first time your classes
--   <a>ObjectClass</a>.<tt><i>dispose</i></tt>() runs, or alternatively in
--   <a>WidgetClass</a>.<tt><i>destroy</i></tt>().
--   
--   If <i><tt>internalChild</tt></i> is specified,
--   <a>BuildableIface</a>.<tt><i>get_internal_child</i></tt>() will be
--   automatically implemented by the <a>Widget</a> class so there is no
--   need to implement it manually.
--   
--   The wrapper macros
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child()</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal()</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private()</i></tt> and
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal_private()</i></tt>
--   might be more convenient to use.
--   
--   Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
--   initializer after calling <a>widgetClassSetTemplate</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetClassBindTemplateChildFull :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> Text -> Bool -> Int64 -> m ()

-- | Declares a <i><tt>callbackSymbol</tt></i> to handle
--   <i><tt>callbackName</tt></i> from the template XML defined for
--   <i><tt>widgetType</tt></i>. See <a>builderAddCallbackSymbol</a>.
--   
--   Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class
--   initializer after calling <a>widgetClassSetTemplate</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
widgetClassBindTemplateCallbackFull :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WidgetClass -> Text -> Callback -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>queue_draw_region</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #queueDrawRegion
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassQueueDrawRegion :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>queue_draw_region</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #queueDrawRegion <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassQueueDrawRegion :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>queue_draw_region</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #queueDrawRegion
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassQueueDrawRegion :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjust_baseline_allocation</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #adjustBaselineAllocation
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocation :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjust_baseline_allocation</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #adjustBaselineAllocation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocation :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>adjust_baseline_allocation</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #adjustBaselineAllocation
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocation :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjust_baseline_request</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #adjustBaselineRequest
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequest :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjust_baseline_request</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #adjustBaselineRequest <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequest :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>adjust_baseline_request</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #adjustBaselineRequest
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequest :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the
--   “<tt>get_preferred_height_and_baseline_for_width</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the
--   “<tt>get_preferred_height_and_baseline_for_width</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #getPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the
--   “<tt>get_preferred_height_and_baseline_for_width</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #getPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>touch_event</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #touchEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassTouchEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>touch_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #touchEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassTouchEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>touch_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #touchEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassTouchEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style_updated</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #styleUpdated
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassStyleUpdated :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style_updated</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #styleUpdated <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassStyleUpdated :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>style_updated</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #styleUpdated
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassStyleUpdated :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjust_size_allocation</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #adjustSizeAllocation
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocation :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjust_size_allocation</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #adjustSizeAllocation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocation :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>adjust_size_allocation</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #adjustSizeAllocation
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocation :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjust_size_request</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #adjustSizeRequest
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassAdjustSizeRequest :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjust_size_request</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #adjustSizeRequest <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassAdjustSizeRequest :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>adjust_size_request</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #adjustSizeRequest
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassAdjustSizeRequest :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>compute_expand</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #computeExpand
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassComputeExpand :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>compute_expand</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #computeExpand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassComputeExpand :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>compute_expand</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #computeExpand
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassComputeExpand :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>query_tooltip</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #queryTooltip
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassQueryTooltip :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>query_tooltip</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #queryTooltip <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassQueryTooltip :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>query_tooltip</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #queryTooltip
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassQueryTooltip :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>composited_changed</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #compositedChanged
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassCompositedChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>composited_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #compositedChanged <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassCompositedChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>composited_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #compositedChanged
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassCompositedChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>can_activate_accel</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #canActivateAccel
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassCanActivateAccel :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>can_activate_accel</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #canActivateAccel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassCanActivateAccel :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>can_activate_accel</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #canActivateAccel
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassCanActivateAccel :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>screen_changed</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #screenChanged
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassScreenChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>screen_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #screenChanged <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassScreenChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>screen_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #screenChanged
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassScreenChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_accessible</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getAccessible
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGetAccessible :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_accessible</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #getAccessible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGetAccessible :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>get_accessible</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #getAccessible
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGetAccessible :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show_help</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #showHelp
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassShowHelp :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show_help</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #showHelp <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassShowHelp :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show_help</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #showHelp
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassShowHelp :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popup_menu</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #popupMenu
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassPopupMenu :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popup_menu</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #popupMenu <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassPopupMenu :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>popup_menu</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #popupMenu
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassPopupMenu :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_failed</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragFailed
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragFailed :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_failed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragFailed <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragFailed :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_failed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragFailed
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragFailed :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_data_received</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragDataReceived
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragDataReceived :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_data_received</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragDataReceived <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragDataReceived :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_data_received</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragDataReceived
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragDataReceived :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_drop</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragDrop
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragDrop :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_drop</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragDrop <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragDrop :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_drop</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragDrop
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragDrop :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_motion</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragMotion
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragMotion :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_motion</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragMotion <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragMotion :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_motion</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragMotion
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragMotion :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_leave</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragLeave
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragLeave :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_leave</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragLeave <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragLeave :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_leave</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragLeave
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragLeave :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_data_delete</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragDataDelete
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragDataDelete :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_data_delete</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragDataDelete <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragDataDelete :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_data_delete</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragDataDelete
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragDataDelete :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_data_get</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragDataGet
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragDataGet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_data_get</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragDataGet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragDataGet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_data_get</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragDataGet
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragDataGet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_end</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragEnd
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragEnd :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_end</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragEnd <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragEnd :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_end</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragEnd
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragEnd :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_begin</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dragBegin
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDragBegin :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>drag_begin</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dragBegin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDragBegin :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>drag_begin</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dragBegin
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDragBegin :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_received</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #selectionReceived
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassSelectionReceived :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_received</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #selectionReceived <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassSelectionReceived :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection_received</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #selectionReceived
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassSelectionReceived :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_get</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #selectionGet
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassSelectionGet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_get</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #selectionGet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassSelectionGet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection_get</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #selectionGet
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassSelectionGet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>grab_broken_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #grabBrokenEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGrabBrokenEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>grab_broken_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #grabBrokenEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGrabBrokenEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>grab_broken_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #grabBrokenEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGrabBrokenEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>damage_event</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #damageEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDamageEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>damage_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #damageEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDamageEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>damage_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #damageEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDamageEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>window_state_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #windowStateEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassWindowStateEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>window_state_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #windowStateEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassWindowStateEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>window_state_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #windowStateEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassWindowStateEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visibility_notify_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #visibilityNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visibility_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #visibilityNotifyEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visibility_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #visibilityNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>proximity_out_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #proximityOutEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassProximityOutEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>proximity_out_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #proximityOutEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassProximityOutEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>proximity_out_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #proximityOutEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassProximityOutEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>proximity_in_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #proximityInEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassProximityInEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>proximity_in_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #proximityInEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassProximityInEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>proximity_in_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #proximityInEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassProximityInEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_notify_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #selectionNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassSelectionNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #selectionNotifyEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassSelectionNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #selectionNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassSelectionNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_request_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #selectionRequestEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassSelectionRequestEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_request_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #selectionRequestEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassSelectionRequestEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection_request_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #selectionRequestEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassSelectionRequestEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_clear_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #selectionClearEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassSelectionClearEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selection_clear_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #selectionClearEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassSelectionClearEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection_clear_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #selectionClearEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassSelectionClearEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>property_notify_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #propertyNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassPropertyNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>property_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #propertyNotifyEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassPropertyNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>property_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #propertyNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassPropertyNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>unmap_event</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #unmapEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassUnmapEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>unmap_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #unmapEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassUnmapEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>unmap_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #unmapEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassUnmapEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>map_event</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #mapEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassMapEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>map_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #mapEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassMapEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>map_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #mapEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassMapEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus_out_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #focusOutEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassFocusOutEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus_out_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #focusOutEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassFocusOutEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>focus_out_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #focusOutEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassFocusOutEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus_in_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #focusInEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassFocusInEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus_in_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #focusInEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassFocusInEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>focus_in_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #focusInEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassFocusInEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>configure_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #configureEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassConfigureEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>configure_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #configureEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassConfigureEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>configure_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #configureEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassConfigureEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>leave_notify_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #leaveNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassLeaveNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>leave_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #leaveNotifyEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassLeaveNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>leave_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #leaveNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassLeaveNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>enter_notify_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #enterNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassEnterNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>enter_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #enterNotifyEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassEnterNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>enter_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #enterNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassEnterNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>key_release_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #keyReleaseEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassKeyReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>key_release_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #keyReleaseEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassKeyReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>key_release_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #keyReleaseEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassKeyReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>key_press_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #keyPressEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassKeyPressEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>key_press_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #keyPressEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassKeyPressEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>key_press_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #keyPressEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassKeyPressEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>destroy_event</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #destroyEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDestroyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>destroy_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #destroyEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDestroyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>destroy_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #destroyEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDestroyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>delete_event</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #deleteEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDeleteEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>delete_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #deleteEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDeleteEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>delete_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #deleteEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDeleteEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>motion_notify_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #motionNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassMotionNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>motion_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #motionNotifyEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassMotionNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>motion_notify_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #motionNotifyEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassMotionNotifyEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>scroll_event</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #scrollEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassScrollEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>scroll_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #scrollEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassScrollEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>scroll_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #scrollEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassScrollEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>button_release_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #buttonReleaseEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassButtonReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>button_release_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #buttonReleaseEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassButtonReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>button_release_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #buttonReleaseEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassButtonReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>button_press_event</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #buttonPressEvent
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassButtonPressEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>button_press_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #buttonPressEvent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassButtonPressEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>button_press_event</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #buttonPressEvent
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassButtonPressEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>event</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #event
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>event</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #event <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>event</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #event
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassEvent :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassEventFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>keynav_failed</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #keynavFailed
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassKeynavFailed :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>keynav_failed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #keynavFailed <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassKeynavFailed :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>keynav_failed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #keynavFailed
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassKeynavFailed :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>move_focus</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #moveFocus
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassMoveFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>move_focus</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #moveFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassMoveFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>move_focus</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #moveFocus
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassMoveFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #focus
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #focus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>focus</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #focus
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>grab_focus</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #grabFocus
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGrabFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>grab_focus</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #grabFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGrabFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>grab_focus</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #grabFocus
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGrabFocus :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mnemonic_activate</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #mnemonicActivate
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassMnemonicActivate :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mnemonic_activate</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #mnemonicActivate <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassMnemonicActivate :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mnemonic_activate</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #mnemonicActivate
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassMnemonicActivate :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_height_for_width</tt>” field
--   to <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getPreferredHeightForWidth
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_height_for_width</tt>” field.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #getPreferredHeightForWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_height_for_width</tt>” field.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #getPreferredHeightForWidth
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_width</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getPreferredWidth
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGetPreferredWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_width</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #getPreferredWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGetPreferredWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_width</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #getPreferredWidth
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGetPreferredWidth :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_width_for_height</tt>” field
--   to <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getPreferredWidthForHeight
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeight :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_width_for_height</tt>” field.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #getPreferredWidthForHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeight :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_width_for_height</tt>” field.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #getPreferredWidthForHeight
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeight :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_height</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getPreferredHeight
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGetPreferredHeight :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_height</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #getPreferredHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGetPreferredHeight :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>get_preferred_height</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #getPreferredHeight
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGetPreferredHeight :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_request_mode</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #getRequestMode
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGetRequestMode :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>get_request_mode</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #getRequestMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGetRequestMode :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>get_request_mode</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #getRequestMode
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGetRequestMode :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #draw
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDraw :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #draw <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDraw :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>draw</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #draw
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDraw :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>child_notify</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #childNotify
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassChildNotify :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>child_notify</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #childNotify <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassChildNotify :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>child_notify</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #childNotify
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassChildNotify :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>grab_notify</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #grabNotify
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassGrabNotify :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>grab_notify</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #grabNotify <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassGrabNotify :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>grab_notify</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #grabNotify
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassGrabNotify :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>direction_changed</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #directionChanged
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDirectionChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>direction_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #directionChanged <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDirectionChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>direction_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #directionChanged
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDirectionChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style_set</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #styleSet
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassStyleSet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style_set</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #styleSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassStyleSet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>style_set</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #styleSet
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassStyleSet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hierarchy_changed</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #hierarchyChanged
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassHierarchyChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hierarchy_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #hierarchyChanged <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassHierarchyChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hierarchy_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #hierarchyChanged
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassHierarchyChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parent_set</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #parentSet
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassParentSet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parent_set</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #parentSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassParentSet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>parent_set</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #parentSet
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassParentSet :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>state_flags_changed</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stateFlagsChanged
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassStateFlagsChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>state_flags_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #stateFlagsChanged <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassStateFlagsChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>state_flags_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #stateFlagsChanged
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassStateFlagsChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>state_changed</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stateChanged
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassStateChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>state_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #stateChanged <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassStateChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>state_changed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #stateChanged
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassStateChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size_allocate</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #sizeAllocate
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassSizeAllocate :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size_allocate</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #sizeAllocate <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassSizeAllocate :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size_allocate</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #sizeAllocate
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassSizeAllocate :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>unrealize</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #unrealize
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassUnrealize :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>unrealize</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #unrealize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassUnrealize :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>unrealize</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #unrealize
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassUnrealize :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>realize</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #realize
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassRealize :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>realize</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #realize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassRealize :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>realize</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #realize
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassRealize :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>unmap</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #unmap
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassUnmap :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>unmap</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #unmap <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassUnmap :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>unmap</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #unmap
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassUnmap :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>map</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #map
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassMap :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>map</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #map <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassMap :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>map</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #map
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassMap :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassMapFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hide</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #hide
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassHide :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hide</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #hide <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassHide :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hide</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #hide
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassHide :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassHideFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show_all</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #showAll
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassShowAll :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show_all</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #showAll <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassShowAll :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show_all</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #showAll
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassShowAll :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #show
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassShow :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #show <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassShow :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #show
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassShow :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassShowFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>destroy</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #destroy
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDestroy :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>destroy</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #destroy <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDestroy :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>destroy</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #destroy
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDestroy :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>dispatch_child_properties_changed</tt>”
--   field to <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #dispatchChildPropertiesChanged
--   </pre>
clearWidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>dispatch_child_properties_changed</tt>”
--   field. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #dispatchChildPropertiesChanged <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> FunPtr C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>dispatch_child_properties_changed</tt>”
--   field. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #dispatchChildPropertiesChanged
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChanged :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m (Maybe WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>activate_signal</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> widgetClass [ #activateSignal <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWidgetClassActivateSignal :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>activate_signal</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #activateSignal
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassActivateSignal :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m Word32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>parent_class</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> widgetClass #parentClass
--   </pre>
getWidgetClassParentClass :: MonadIO m => WidgetClass -> m InitiallyUnownedClass

-- | Construct a <a>WidgetClass</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroWidgetClass :: MonadIO m => m WidgetClass

-- | Wrap a <a>AccelGroupActivate</a> into a <a>C_AccelGroupActivate</a>.
wrap_AccelGroupActivate :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_AccelGroupActivate)) -> AccelGroupActivate -> C_AccelGroupActivate

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AccelGroupActivate :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupActivate -> m (GClosure C_AccelGroupActivate)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AccelGroupActivate</a></tt>.
noAccelGroupActivate :: Maybe AccelGroupActivate

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_AccelGroupActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a, IsObject b) => FunPtr C_AccelGroupActivate -> a -> b -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>AccelGroupFindFunc</a> into a <a>C_AccelGroupFindFunc</a>.
wrap_AccelGroupFindFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_AccelGroupFindFunc)) -> AccelGroupFindFunc_WithClosures -> C_AccelGroupFindFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AccelGroupFindFunc :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupFindFunc -> m (GClosure C_AccelGroupFindFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_AccelGroupFindFunc :: AccelGroupFindFunc -> AccelGroupFindFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AccelGroupFindFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noAccelGroupFindFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe AccelGroupFindFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AccelGroupFindFunc</a></tt>.
noAccelGroupFindFunc :: Maybe AccelGroupFindFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_AccelGroupFindFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_AccelGroupFindFunc -> AccelKey -> GClosure a -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>AccelMapForeach</a> into a <a>C_AccelMapForeach</a>.
wrap_AccelMapForeach :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_AccelMapForeach)) -> AccelMapForeach -> C_AccelMapForeach

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AccelMapForeach :: MonadIO m => AccelMapForeach -> m (GClosure C_AccelMapForeach)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AccelMapForeach</a></tt>.
noAccelMapForeach :: Maybe AccelMapForeach

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_AccelMapForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_AccelMapForeach -> Ptr () -> Text -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>AssistantPageFunc</a> into a <a>C_AssistantPageFunc</a>.
wrap_AssistantPageFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_AssistantPageFunc)) -> AssistantPageFunc_WithClosures -> C_AssistantPageFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AssistantPageFunc :: MonadIO m => AssistantPageFunc -> m (GClosure C_AssistantPageFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_AssistantPageFunc :: AssistantPageFunc -> AssistantPageFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AssistantPageFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noAssistantPageFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe AssistantPageFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AssistantPageFunc</a></tt>.
noAssistantPageFunc :: Maybe AssistantPageFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_AssistantPageFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_AssistantPageFunc -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> m Int32

-- | Wrap a <a>BuilderConnectFunc</a> into a <a>C_BuilderConnectFunc</a>.
wrap_BuilderConnectFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_BuilderConnectFunc)) -> BuilderConnectFunc_WithClosures -> C_BuilderConnectFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_BuilderConnectFunc :: MonadIO m => BuilderConnectFunc -> m (GClosure C_BuilderConnectFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_BuilderConnectFunc :: BuilderConnectFunc -> BuilderConnectFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>BuilderConnectFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noBuilderConnectFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe BuilderConnectFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>BuilderConnectFunc</a></tt>.
noBuilderConnectFunc :: Maybe BuilderConnectFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_BuilderConnectFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuilder a, IsObject b, IsObject c) => FunPtr C_BuilderConnectFunc -> a -> b -> Text -> Text -> Maybe c -> [ConnectFlags] -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>CalendarDetailFunc</a> into a <a>C_CalendarDetailFunc</a>.
wrap_CalendarDetailFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_CalendarDetailFunc)) -> CalendarDetailFunc_WithClosures -> C_CalendarDetailFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CalendarDetailFunc :: MonadIO m => CalendarDetailFunc -> m (GClosure C_CalendarDetailFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_CalendarDetailFunc :: CalendarDetailFunc -> CalendarDetailFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarDetailFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noCalendarDetailFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe CalendarDetailFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CalendarDetailFunc</a></tt>.
noCalendarDetailFunc :: Maybe CalendarDetailFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_CalendarDetailFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCalendar a) => FunPtr C_CalendarDetailFunc -> a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Wrap a <a>Callback</a> into a <a>C_Callback</a>.
wrap_Callback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_Callback)) -> Callback_WithClosures -> C_Callback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_Callback :: MonadIO m => Callback -> m (GClosure C_Callback)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_Callback :: Callback -> Callback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>Callback_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noCallback_WithClosures :: Maybe Callback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>Callback</a></tt>.
noCallback :: Maybe Callback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_Callback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_Callback -> a -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>CellAllocCallback</a> into a <a>C_CellAllocCallback</a>.
wrap_CellAllocCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_CellAllocCallback)) -> CellAllocCallback_WithClosures -> C_CellAllocCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellAllocCallback :: MonadIO m => CellAllocCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellAllocCallback)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_CellAllocCallback :: CellAllocCallback -> CellAllocCallback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellAllocCallback_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noCellAllocCallback_WithClosures :: Maybe CellAllocCallback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellAllocCallback</a></tt>.
noCellAllocCallback :: Maybe CellAllocCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_CellAllocCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => FunPtr C_CellAllocCallback -> a -> Rectangle -> Rectangle -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>CellCallback</a> into a <a>C_CellCallback</a>.
wrap_CellCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_CellCallback)) -> CellCallback_WithClosures -> C_CellCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellCallback :: MonadIO m => CellCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellCallback)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_CellCallback :: CellCallback -> CellCallback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellCallback_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noCellCallback_WithClosures :: Maybe CellCallback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellCallback</a></tt>.
noCellCallback :: Maybe CellCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_CellCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => FunPtr C_CellCallback -> a -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>CellLayoutDataFunc</a> into a <a>C_CellLayoutDataFunc</a>.
wrap_CellLayoutDataFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_CellLayoutDataFunc)) -> CellLayoutDataFunc_WithClosures -> C_CellLayoutDataFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellLayoutDataFunc :: MonadIO m => CellLayoutDataFunc -> m (GClosure C_CellLayoutDataFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_CellLayoutDataFunc :: CellLayoutDataFunc -> CellLayoutDataFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellLayoutDataFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noCellLayoutDataFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe CellLayoutDataFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellLayoutDataFunc</a></tt>.
noCellLayoutDataFunc :: Maybe CellLayoutDataFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_CellLayoutDataFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellLayout a, IsCellRenderer b, IsTreeModel c) => FunPtr C_CellLayoutDataFunc -> a -> b -> c -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardClearFunc</a> into a <a>C_ClipboardClearFunc</a>.
wrap_ClipboardClearFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ClipboardClearFunc)) -> ClipboardClearFunc -> C_ClipboardClearFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardClearFunc :: MonadIO m => ClipboardClearFunc -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardClearFunc)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardClearFunc</a></tt>.
noClipboardClearFunc :: Maybe ClipboardClearFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ClipboardClearFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => FunPtr C_ClipboardClearFunc -> a -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardGetFunc</a> into a <a>C_ClipboardGetFunc</a>.
wrap_ClipboardGetFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ClipboardGetFunc)) -> ClipboardGetFunc -> C_ClipboardGetFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardGetFunc :: MonadIO m => ClipboardGetFunc -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardGetFunc)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardGetFunc</a></tt>.
noClipboardGetFunc :: Maybe ClipboardGetFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ClipboardGetFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => FunPtr C_ClipboardGetFunc -> a -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardImageReceivedFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc</a>.
wrap_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc)) -> ClipboardImageReceivedFunc_WithClosures -> C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc :: MonadIO m => ClipboardImageReceivedFunc -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc :: ClipboardImageReceivedFunc -> ClipboardImageReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardImageReceivedFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noClipboardImageReceivedFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ClipboardImageReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardImageReceivedFunc</a></tt>.
noClipboardImageReceivedFunc :: Maybe ClipboardImageReceivedFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a, IsPixbuf b) => FunPtr C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc -> a -> Maybe b -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardReceivedFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ClipboardReceivedFunc</a>.
wrap_ClipboardReceivedFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ClipboardReceivedFunc)) -> ClipboardReceivedFunc_WithClosures -> C_ClipboardReceivedFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardReceivedFunc :: MonadIO m => ClipboardReceivedFunc -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardReceivedFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ClipboardReceivedFunc :: ClipboardReceivedFunc -> ClipboardReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardReceivedFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noClipboardReceivedFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ClipboardReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardReceivedFunc</a></tt>.
noClipboardReceivedFunc :: Maybe ClipboardReceivedFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ClipboardReceivedFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => FunPtr C_ClipboardReceivedFunc -> a -> SelectionData -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc</a>.
wrap_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc)) -> ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures -> C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc :: MonadIO m => ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc :: ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc -> ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc</a></tt>.
noClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc :: Maybe ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => FunPtr C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc -> a -> Atom -> Maybe Text -> Word64 -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc</a>.
wrap_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc)) -> ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc_WithClosures -> C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc :: MonadIO m => ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc :: ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc -> ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc</a></tt>.
noClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc :: Maybe ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => FunPtr C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc -> a -> Maybe [Atom] -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardTextReceivedFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc</a>.
wrap_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc)) -> ClipboardTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures -> C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc :: MonadIO m => ClipboardTextReceivedFunc -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc :: ClipboardTextReceivedFunc -> ClipboardTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noClipboardTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ClipboardTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardTextReceivedFunc</a></tt>.
noClipboardTextReceivedFunc :: Maybe ClipboardTextReceivedFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => FunPtr C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc -> a -> Maybe Text -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ClipboardURIReceivedFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc</a>.
wrap_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc)) -> ClipboardURIReceivedFunc_WithClosures -> C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc :: MonadIO m => ClipboardURIReceivedFunc -> m (GClosure C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc :: ClipboardURIReceivedFunc -> ClipboardURIReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardURIReceivedFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noClipboardURIReceivedFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ClipboardURIReceivedFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ClipboardURIReceivedFunc</a></tt>.
noClipboardURIReceivedFunc :: Maybe ClipboardURIReceivedFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsClipboard a) => FunPtr C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc -> a -> [Text] -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc</a>.
wrap_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc)) -> ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc -> C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc :: MonadIO m => ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc -> m (GClosure C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc</a></tt>.
noColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc :: Maybe ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc -> [Color] -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc</a>.
wrap_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc)) -> ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc -> C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc :: MonadIO m => ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc -> m (GClosure C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc</a></tt>.
noColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc :: Maybe ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => FunPtr C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc -> a -> [Color] -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassAddFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassAddFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassAddFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassAddFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassAddFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassAddFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback -> a -> m GType

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m Text

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassForallFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassForallFieldCallback_WithClosures -> C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassForallFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback :: ContainerClassForallFieldCallback -> ContainerClassForallFieldCallback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassForallFieldCallback_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noContainerClassForallFieldCallback_WithClosures :: Maybe ContainerClassForallFieldCallback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassForallFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassForallFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassForallFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback -> a -> Bool -> Callback_WithClosures -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> a -> b -> Word32 -> GValue -> GParamSpec -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m WidgetPath

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> a -> b -> Word32 -> GValue -> GParamSpec -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback)) -> ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback -> C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback :: Maybe ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainer a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback -> a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryCompletionMatchFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc</a>.
wrap_EntryCompletionMatchFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc)) -> EntryCompletionMatchFunc_WithClosures -> C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryCompletionMatchFunc :: MonadIO m => EntryCompletionMatchFunc -> m (GClosure C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_EntryCompletionMatchFunc :: EntryCompletionMatchFunc -> EntryCompletionMatchFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCompletionMatchFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noEntryCompletionMatchFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe EntryCompletionMatchFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCompletionMatchFunc</a></tt>.
noEntryCompletionMatchFunc :: Maybe EntryCompletionMatchFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_EntryCompletionMatchFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => FunPtr C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc -> a -> Text -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>FileFilterFunc</a> into a <a>C_FileFilterFunc</a>.
wrap_FileFilterFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_FileFilterFunc)) -> FileFilterFunc_WithClosures -> C_FileFilterFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileFilterFunc :: MonadIO m => FileFilterFunc -> m (GClosure C_FileFilterFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_FileFilterFunc :: FileFilterFunc -> FileFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileFilterFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noFileFilterFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe FileFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileFilterFunc</a></tt>.
noFileFilterFunc :: Maybe FileFilterFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_FileFilterFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_FileFilterFunc -> FileFilterInfo -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc)) -> FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures -> C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: Maybe FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => FunPtr C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> Maybe a -> Ptr () -> m Widget

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxFilterFunc</a> into a <a>C_FlowBoxFilterFunc</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxFilterFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_FlowBoxFilterFunc)) -> FlowBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures -> C_FlowBoxFilterFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxFilterFunc :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxFilterFunc -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxFilterFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_FlowBoxFilterFunc :: FlowBoxFilterFunc -> FlowBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe FlowBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxFilterFunc</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxFilterFunc :: Maybe FlowBoxFilterFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_FlowBoxFilterFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBoxChild a) => FunPtr C_FlowBoxFilterFunc -> a -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxForeachFunc</a> into a <a>C_FlowBoxForeachFunc</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxForeachFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_FlowBoxForeachFunc)) -> FlowBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures -> C_FlowBoxForeachFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxForeachFunc :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxForeachFunc -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxForeachFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_FlowBoxForeachFunc :: FlowBoxForeachFunc -> FlowBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe FlowBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxForeachFunc</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxForeachFunc :: Maybe FlowBoxForeachFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_FlowBoxForeachFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBox a, IsFlowBoxChild b) => FunPtr C_FlowBoxForeachFunc -> a -> b -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxSortFunc</a> into a <a>C_FlowBoxSortFunc</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxSortFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_FlowBoxSortFunc)) -> FlowBoxSortFunc_WithClosures -> C_FlowBoxSortFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxSortFunc :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxSortFunc -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxSortFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_FlowBoxSortFunc :: FlowBoxSortFunc -> FlowBoxSortFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxSortFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxSortFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe FlowBoxSortFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxSortFunc</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxSortFunc :: Maybe FlowBoxSortFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_FlowBoxSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBoxChild a, IsFlowBoxChild b) => FunPtr C_FlowBoxSortFunc -> a -> b -> Ptr () -> m Int32

-- | Wrap a <a>FontFilterFunc</a> into a <a>C_FontFilterFunc</a>.
wrap_FontFilterFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_FontFilterFunc)) -> FontFilterFunc_WithClosures -> C_FontFilterFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FontFilterFunc :: MonadIO m => FontFilterFunc -> m (GClosure C_FontFilterFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_FontFilterFunc :: FontFilterFunc -> FontFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FontFilterFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noFontFilterFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe FontFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FontFilterFunc</a></tt>.
noFontFilterFunc :: Maybe FontFilterFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_FontFilterFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontFamily a, IsFontFace b) => FunPtr C_FontFilterFunc -> a -> b -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>IconViewForeachFunc</a> into a <a>C_IconViewForeachFunc</a>.
wrap_IconViewForeachFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_IconViewForeachFunc)) -> IconViewForeachFunc_WithClosures -> C_IconViewForeachFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconViewForeachFunc :: MonadIO m => IconViewForeachFunc -> m (GClosure C_IconViewForeachFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_IconViewForeachFunc :: IconViewForeachFunc -> IconViewForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewForeachFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noIconViewForeachFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe IconViewForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconViewForeachFunc</a></tt>.
noIconViewForeachFunc :: Maybe IconViewForeachFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_IconViewForeachFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconView a) => FunPtr C_IconViewForeachFunc -> a -> TreePath -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>KeySnoopFunc</a> into a <a>C_KeySnoopFunc</a>.
wrap_KeySnoopFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_KeySnoopFunc)) -> KeySnoopFunc_WithClosures -> C_KeySnoopFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_KeySnoopFunc :: MonadIO m => KeySnoopFunc -> m (GClosure C_KeySnoopFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_KeySnoopFunc :: KeySnoopFunc -> KeySnoopFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>KeySnoopFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noKeySnoopFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe KeySnoopFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>KeySnoopFunc</a></tt>.
noKeySnoopFunc :: Maybe KeySnoopFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_KeySnoopFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_KeySnoopFunc -> a -> EventKey -> Ptr () -> m Int32

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc</a>.
wrap_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc)) -> ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures -> C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: MonadIO m => ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noListBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc</a></tt>.
noListBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: Maybe ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => FunPtr C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> a -> Ptr () -> m Widget

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxFilterFunc</a> into a <a>C_ListBoxFilterFunc</a>.
wrap_ListBoxFilterFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ListBoxFilterFunc)) -> ListBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures -> C_ListBoxFilterFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxFilterFunc :: MonadIO m => ListBoxFilterFunc -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxFilterFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ListBoxFilterFunc :: ListBoxFilterFunc -> ListBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noListBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ListBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxFilterFunc</a></tt>.
noListBoxFilterFunc :: Maybe ListBoxFilterFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ListBoxFilterFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => FunPtr C_ListBoxFilterFunc -> a -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxForeachFunc</a> into a <a>C_ListBoxForeachFunc</a>.
wrap_ListBoxForeachFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ListBoxForeachFunc)) -> ListBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures -> C_ListBoxForeachFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxForeachFunc :: MonadIO m => ListBoxForeachFunc -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxForeachFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ListBoxForeachFunc :: ListBoxForeachFunc -> ListBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noListBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ListBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxForeachFunc</a></tt>.
noListBoxForeachFunc :: Maybe ListBoxForeachFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ListBoxForeachFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBox a, IsListBoxRow b) => FunPtr C_ListBoxForeachFunc -> a -> b -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxSortFunc</a> into a <a>C_ListBoxSortFunc</a>.
wrap_ListBoxSortFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ListBoxSortFunc)) -> ListBoxSortFunc_WithClosures -> C_ListBoxSortFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxSortFunc :: MonadIO m => ListBoxSortFunc -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxSortFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ListBoxSortFunc :: ListBoxSortFunc -> ListBoxSortFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxSortFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noListBoxSortFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ListBoxSortFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxSortFunc</a></tt>.
noListBoxSortFunc :: Maybe ListBoxSortFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ListBoxSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a, IsListBoxRow b) => FunPtr C_ListBoxSortFunc -> a -> b -> Ptr () -> m Int32

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc</a>.
wrap_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc)) -> ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc_WithClosures -> C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc :: MonadIO m => ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc :: ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc -> ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc</a></tt>.
noListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc :: Maybe ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a, IsListBoxRow b) => FunPtr C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc -> a -> Maybe b -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuDetachFunc</a> into a <a>C_MenuDetachFunc</a>.
wrap_MenuDetachFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_MenuDetachFunc)) -> MenuDetachFunc -> C_MenuDetachFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuDetachFunc :: MonadIO m => MenuDetachFunc -> m (GClosure C_MenuDetachFunc)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuDetachFunc</a></tt>.
noMenuDetachFunc :: Maybe MenuDetachFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_MenuDetachFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsMenu b) => FunPtr C_MenuDetachFunc -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuPositionFunc</a> into a <a>C_MenuPositionFunc</a>.
wrap_MenuPositionFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_MenuPositionFunc)) -> MenuPositionFunc_WithClosures -> C_MenuPositionFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuPositionFunc :: MonadIO m => MenuPositionFunc -> m (GClosure C_MenuPositionFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_MenuPositionFunc :: MenuPositionFunc -> MenuPositionFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuPositionFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noMenuPositionFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe MenuPositionFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuPositionFunc</a></tt>.
noMenuPositionFunc :: Maybe MenuPositionFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_MenuPositionFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => FunPtr C_MenuPositionFunc -> a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> m (Int32, Int32, Bool)

-- | Wrap a <a>ModuleDisplayInitFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc</a>.
wrap_ModuleDisplayInitFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc)) -> ModuleDisplayInitFunc -> C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ModuleDisplayInitFunc :: MonadIO m => ModuleDisplayInitFunc -> m (GClosure C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ModuleDisplayInitFunc</a></tt>.
noModuleDisplayInitFunc :: Maybe ModuleDisplayInitFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ModuleDisplayInitFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDisplay a) => FunPtr C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>ModuleInitFunc</a> into a <a>C_ModuleInitFunc</a>.
wrap_ModuleInitFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_ModuleInitFunc)) -> ModuleInitFunc -> C_ModuleInitFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ModuleInitFunc :: MonadIO m => ModuleInitFunc -> m (GClosure C_ModuleInitFunc)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ModuleInitFunc</a></tt>.
noModuleInitFunc :: Maybe ModuleInitFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_ModuleInitFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_ModuleInitFunc -> Maybe [Text] -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>PageSetupDoneFunc</a> into a <a>C_PageSetupDoneFunc</a>.
wrap_PageSetupDoneFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_PageSetupDoneFunc)) -> PageSetupDoneFunc_WithClosures -> C_PageSetupDoneFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PageSetupDoneFunc :: MonadIO m => PageSetupDoneFunc -> m (GClosure C_PageSetupDoneFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_PageSetupDoneFunc :: PageSetupDoneFunc -> PageSetupDoneFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PageSetupDoneFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noPageSetupDoneFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe PageSetupDoneFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PageSetupDoneFunc</a></tt>.
noPageSetupDoneFunc :: Maybe PageSetupDoneFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_PageSetupDoneFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => FunPtr C_PageSetupDoneFunc -> a -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintSettingsFunc</a> into a <a>C_PrintSettingsFunc</a>.
wrap_PrintSettingsFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_PrintSettingsFunc)) -> PrintSettingsFunc_WithClosures -> C_PrintSettingsFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintSettingsFunc :: MonadIO m => PrintSettingsFunc -> m (GClosure C_PrintSettingsFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_PrintSettingsFunc :: PrintSettingsFunc -> PrintSettingsFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintSettingsFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noPrintSettingsFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe PrintSettingsFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintSettingsFunc</a></tt>.
noPrintSettingsFunc :: Maybe PrintSettingsFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_PrintSettingsFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_PrintSettingsFunc -> Text -> Text -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>RcPropertyParser</a> into a <a>C_RcPropertyParser</a>.
wrap_RcPropertyParser :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_RcPropertyParser)) -> RcPropertyParser -> C_RcPropertyParser

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RcPropertyParser :: MonadIO m => RcPropertyParser -> m (GClosure C_RcPropertyParser)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RcPropertyParser</a></tt>.
noRcPropertyParser :: Maybe RcPropertyParser

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_RcPropertyParser :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_RcPropertyParser -> GParamSpec -> String -> GValue -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>RecentFilterFunc</a> into a <a>C_RecentFilterFunc</a>.
wrap_RecentFilterFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_RecentFilterFunc)) -> RecentFilterFunc_WithClosures -> C_RecentFilterFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RecentFilterFunc :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterFunc -> m (GClosure C_RecentFilterFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_RecentFilterFunc :: RecentFilterFunc -> RecentFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RecentFilterFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noRecentFilterFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe RecentFilterFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RecentFilterFunc</a></tt>.
noRecentFilterFunc :: Maybe RecentFilterFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_RecentFilterFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_RecentFilterFunc -> RecentFilterInfo -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>RecentSortFunc</a> into a <a>C_RecentSortFunc</a>.
wrap_RecentSortFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_RecentSortFunc)) -> RecentSortFunc_WithClosures -> C_RecentSortFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RecentSortFunc :: MonadIO m => RecentSortFunc -> m (GClosure C_RecentSortFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_RecentSortFunc :: RecentSortFunc -> RecentSortFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RecentSortFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noRecentSortFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe RecentSortFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RecentSortFunc</a></tt>.
noRecentSortFunc :: Maybe RecentSortFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_RecentSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_RecentSortFunc -> RecentInfo -> RecentInfo -> Ptr () -> m Int32

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StylePropertyParser</a></tt>.
noStylePropertyParser :: Maybe StylePropertyParser

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_StylePropertyParser :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_StylePropertyParser -> Text -> GValue -> m ()

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TextBufferDeserializeFunc :: TextBufferDeserializeFunc -> TextBufferDeserializeFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferDeserializeFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTextBufferDeserializeFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TextBufferDeserializeFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferDeserializeFunc</a></tt>.
noTextBufferDeserializeFunc :: Maybe TextBufferDeserializeFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TextBufferDeserializeFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextBuffer b) => FunPtr C_TextBufferDeserializeFunc -> a -> b -> TextIter -> ByteString -> Bool -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>TextBufferSerializeFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextBufferSerializeFunc</a>.
wrap_TextBufferSerializeFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TextBufferSerializeFunc)) -> TextBufferSerializeFunc_WithClosures -> C_TextBufferSerializeFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextBufferSerializeFunc :: MonadIO m => TextBufferSerializeFunc -> m (GClosure C_TextBufferSerializeFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TextBufferSerializeFunc :: TextBufferSerializeFunc -> TextBufferSerializeFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferSerializeFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTextBufferSerializeFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TextBufferSerializeFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextBufferSerializeFunc</a></tt>.
noTextBufferSerializeFunc :: Maybe TextBufferSerializeFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TextBufferSerializeFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a, IsTextBuffer b) => FunPtr C_TextBufferSerializeFunc -> a -> b -> TextIter -> TextIter -> Word64 -> Ptr () -> m Word8

-- | Wrap a <a>TextCharPredicate</a> into a <a>C_TextCharPredicate</a>.
wrap_TextCharPredicate :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TextCharPredicate)) -> TextCharPredicate_WithClosures -> C_TextCharPredicate

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextCharPredicate :: MonadIO m => TextCharPredicate -> m (GClosure C_TextCharPredicate)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TextCharPredicate :: TextCharPredicate -> TextCharPredicate_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextCharPredicate_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTextCharPredicate_WithClosures :: Maybe TextCharPredicate_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextCharPredicate</a></tt>.
noTextCharPredicate :: Maybe TextCharPredicate

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TextCharPredicate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_TextCharPredicate -> Char -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>TextTagTableForeach</a> into a <a>C_TextTagTableForeach</a>.
wrap_TextTagTableForeach :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TextTagTableForeach)) -> TextTagTableForeach_WithClosures -> C_TextTagTableForeach

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextTagTableForeach :: MonadIO m => TextTagTableForeach -> m (GClosure C_TextTagTableForeach)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TextTagTableForeach :: TextTagTableForeach -> TextTagTableForeach_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextTagTableForeach_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTextTagTableForeach_WithClosures :: Maybe TextTagTableForeach_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextTagTableForeach</a></tt>.
noTextTagTableForeach :: Maybe TextTagTableForeach

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TextTagTableForeach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => FunPtr C_TextTagTableForeach -> a -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>TickCallback</a> into a <a>C_TickCallback</a>.
wrap_TickCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TickCallback)) -> TickCallback_WithClosures -> C_TickCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TickCallback :: MonadIO m => TickCallback -> m (GClosure C_TickCallback)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TickCallback :: TickCallback -> TickCallback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TickCallback_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTickCallback_WithClosures :: Maybe TickCallback_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TickCallback</a></tt>.
noTickCallback :: Maybe TickCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TickCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsFrameClock b) => FunPtr C_TickCallback -> a -> b -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>TranslateFunc</a> into a <a>C_TranslateFunc</a>.
wrap_TranslateFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TranslateFunc)) -> TranslateFunc_WithClosures -> C_TranslateFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TranslateFunc :: MonadIO m => TranslateFunc -> m (GClosure C_TranslateFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TranslateFunc :: TranslateFunc -> TranslateFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TranslateFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTranslateFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TranslateFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TranslateFunc</a></tt>.
noTranslateFunc :: Maybe TranslateFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TranslateFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FunPtr C_TranslateFunc -> Text -> Ptr () -> m Text

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeCellDataFunc</a> into a <a>C_TreeCellDataFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeCellDataFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeCellDataFunc)) -> TreeCellDataFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeCellDataFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeCellDataFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeCellDataFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeCellDataFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeCellDataFunc :: TreeCellDataFunc -> TreeCellDataFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeCellDataFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeCellDataFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeCellDataFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeCellDataFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeCellDataFunc :: Maybe TreeCellDataFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeCellDataFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeViewColumn a, IsCellRenderer b, IsTreeModel c) => FunPtr C_TreeCellDataFunc -> a -> b -> c -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeDestroyCountFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeDestroyCountFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeDestroyCountFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeDestroyCountFunc)) -> TreeDestroyCountFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeDestroyCountFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeDestroyCountFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeDestroyCountFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeDestroyCountFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeDestroyCountFunc :: TreeDestroyCountFunc -> TreeDestroyCountFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeDestroyCountFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeDestroyCountFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeDestroyCountFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeDestroyCountFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeDestroyCountFunc :: Maybe TreeDestroyCountFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeDestroyCountFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => FunPtr C_TreeDestroyCountFunc -> a -> TreePath -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeIterCompareFunc</a> into a <a>C_TreeIterCompareFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeIterCompareFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeIterCompareFunc)) -> TreeIterCompareFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeIterCompareFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeIterCompareFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeIterCompareFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeIterCompareFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeIterCompareFunc :: TreeIterCompareFunc -> TreeIterCompareFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeIterCompareFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeIterCompareFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeIterCompareFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeIterCompareFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeIterCompareFunc :: Maybe TreeIterCompareFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeIterCompareFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => FunPtr C_TreeIterCompareFunc -> a -> TreeIter -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m Int32

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc)) -> TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc :: TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc -> TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeModelFilterVisibleFunc :: Maybe TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => FunPtr C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc -> a -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeModelForeachFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeModelForeachFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeModelForeachFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeModelForeachFunc)) -> TreeModelForeachFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeModelForeachFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeModelForeachFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeModelForeachFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeModelForeachFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeModelForeachFunc :: TreeModelForeachFunc -> TreeModelForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelForeachFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeModelForeachFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeModelForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeModelForeachFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeModelForeachFunc :: Maybe TreeModelForeachFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeModelForeachFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => FunPtr C_TreeModelForeachFunc -> a -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeSelectionForeachFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeSelectionForeachFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc)) -> TreeSelectionForeachFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeSelectionForeachFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeSelectionForeachFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeSelectionForeachFunc :: TreeSelectionForeachFunc -> TreeSelectionForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeSelectionForeachFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeSelectionForeachFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeSelectionForeachFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeSelectionForeachFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeSelectionForeachFunc :: Maybe TreeSelectionForeachFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeSelectionForeachFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => FunPtr C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc -> a -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeSelectionFunc</a> into a <a>C_TreeSelectionFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeSelectionFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeSelectionFunc)) -> TreeSelectionFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeSelectionFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeSelectionFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeSelectionFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeSelectionFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeSelectionFunc :: TreeSelectionFunc -> TreeSelectionFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeSelectionFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeSelectionFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeSelectionFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeSelectionFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeSelectionFunc :: Maybe TreeSelectionFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeSelectionFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeSelection a, IsTreeModel b) => FunPtr C_TreeSelectionFunc -> a -> b -> TreePath -> Bool -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewColumnDropFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeViewColumnDropFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc)) -> TreeViewColumnDropFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewColumnDropFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeViewColumnDropFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeViewColumnDropFunc :: TreeViewColumnDropFunc -> TreeViewColumnDropFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewColumnDropFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeViewColumnDropFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeViewColumnDropFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewColumnDropFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeViewColumnDropFunc :: Maybe TreeViewColumnDropFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeViewColumnDropFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsTreeViewColumn b, IsTreeViewColumn c, IsTreeViewColumn d) => FunPtr C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc -> a -> b -> c -> d -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewMappingFunc</a> into a <a>C_TreeViewMappingFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeViewMappingFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeViewMappingFunc)) -> TreeViewMappingFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeViewMappingFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewMappingFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeViewMappingFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewMappingFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeViewMappingFunc :: TreeViewMappingFunc -> TreeViewMappingFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewMappingFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeViewMappingFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeViewMappingFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewMappingFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeViewMappingFunc :: Maybe TreeViewMappingFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeViewMappingFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a) => FunPtr C_TreeViewMappingFunc -> a -> TreePath -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc)) -> TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc :: TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc -> TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc :: Maybe TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => FunPtr C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc -> a -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewSearchEqualFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc)) -> TreeViewSearchEqualFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeViewSearchEqualFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc :: TreeViewSearchEqualFunc -> TreeViewSearchEqualFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewSearchEqualFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeViewSearchEqualFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeViewSearchEqualFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewSearchEqualFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeViewSearchEqualFunc :: Maybe TreeViewSearchEqualFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => FunPtr C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc -> a -> Int32 -> Text -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>TreeViewSearchPositionFunc</a> into a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc</a>.
wrap_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc)) -> TreeViewSearchPositionFunc_WithClosures -> C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc :: MonadIO m => TreeViewSearchPositionFunc -> m (GClosure C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc)

-- | A simple wrapper that ignores the closure arguments.
drop_closures_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc :: TreeViewSearchPositionFunc -> TreeViewSearchPositionFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewSearchPositionFunc_WithClosures</a></tt>.
noTreeViewSearchPositionFunc_WithClosures :: Maybe TreeViewSearchPositionFunc_WithClosures

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TreeViewSearchPositionFunc</a></tt>.
noTreeViewSearchPositionFunc :: Maybe TreeViewSearchPositionFunc

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeView a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc -> a -> b -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback -> a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback -> a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback -> a -> Orientation -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback -> a -> Orientation -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventButton -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventButton -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback -> a -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback -> a -> GParamSpec -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback -> a -> Bool -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventConfigure -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventExpose -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventAny -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventAny -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback -> a -> TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback</a>
--   into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback -> a -> Word32 -> GParamSpec -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback -> a -> b -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback -> a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback -> a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback -> a -> b -> DragResult -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback -> a -> b -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsDragContext b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback -> a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassDrawFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback -> a -> Context -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventCrossing -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback -> a -> Event -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassFocusFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback -> a -> DirectionType -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventFocus -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventFocus -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback -> a -> m Object

-- | Wrap a
--   <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback</a>
--   into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback -> a -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32, Int32, Int32)

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback -> a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback</a> into
--   a <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback -> a -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback -> a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback</a> into
--   a <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback -> a -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback -> a -> m SizeRequestMode

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventGrabBroken -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback -> a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassHideFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassHideFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassHideFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassHideFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassHideFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassHideFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventKey -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventKey -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback -> a -> DirectionType -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventCrossing -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventAny -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassMapFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassMapFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassMapFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassMapFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassMapFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassMapFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback -> a -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventMotion -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback -> a -> DirectionType -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsWidget b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback -> a -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventProperty -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventProximity -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventProximity -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsTooltip b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback -> a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Bool -> b -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback -> a -> Region -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsScreen b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventScroll -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventSelection -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback -> a -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventSelection -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback -> a -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventSelection -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassShowFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassShowFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassShowFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassShowFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassShowFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassShowFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback -> a -> WidgetHelpType -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback -> a -> Rectangle -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback -> a -> StateType -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback -> a -> [StateFlags] -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsStyle b) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback -> a -> b -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventTouch -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventAny -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback -> a -> m ()

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventVisibility -> m Bool

-- | Wrap a <a>WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback</a>.
wrap_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback :: Maybe (Ptr (FunPtr C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback)) -> WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback -> C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback :: MonadIO m => WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback -> m (GClosure C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback</a></tt>.
noWidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback :: Maybe WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback

-- | Given a pointer to a foreign C function, wrap it into a function
--   callable from Haskell.
dynamic_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => FunPtr C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback -> a -> EventWindowState -> m Bool

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback</a>.
mk_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback :: C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc</a>.
mk_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc :: C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc</a>.
mk_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc :: C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc</a>.
mk_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc :: C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewMappingFunc</a>.
mk_TreeViewMappingFunc :: C_TreeViewMappingFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewMappingFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc</a>.
mk_TreeViewColumnDropFunc :: C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeSelectionFunc</a>.
mk_TreeSelectionFunc :: C_TreeSelectionFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeSelectionFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc</a>.
mk_TreeSelectionForeachFunc :: C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelForeachFunc</a>.
mk_TreeModelForeachFunc :: C_TreeModelForeachFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelForeachFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc</a>.
mk_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc :: C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeIterCompareFunc</a>.
mk_TreeIterCompareFunc :: C_TreeIterCompareFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeIterCompareFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeDestroyCountFunc</a>.
mk_TreeDestroyCountFunc :: C_TreeDestroyCountFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeDestroyCountFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TreeCellDataFunc</a>.
mk_TreeCellDataFunc :: C_TreeCellDataFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TreeCellDataFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TranslateFunc</a>.
mk_TranslateFunc :: C_TranslateFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TranslateFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TickCallback</a>.
mk_TickCallback :: C_TickCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TickCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextTagTableForeach</a>.
mk_TextTagTableForeach :: C_TextTagTableForeach -> IO (FunPtr C_TextTagTableForeach)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextCharPredicate</a>.
mk_TextCharPredicate :: C_TextCharPredicate -> IO (FunPtr C_TextCharPredicate)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferSerializeFunc</a>.
mk_TextBufferSerializeFunc :: C_TextBufferSerializeFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferSerializeFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextBufferDeserializeFunc</a>.
mk_TextBufferDeserializeFunc :: C_TextBufferDeserializeFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_TextBufferDeserializeFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StylePropertyParser</a>.
mk_StylePropertyParser :: C_StylePropertyParser -> IO (FunPtr C_StylePropertyParser)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RecentSortFunc</a>.
mk_RecentSortFunc :: C_RecentSortFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_RecentSortFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RecentFilterFunc</a>.
mk_RecentFilterFunc :: C_RecentFilterFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_RecentFilterFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RcPropertyParser</a>.
mk_RcPropertyParser :: C_RcPropertyParser -> IO (FunPtr C_RcPropertyParser)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintSettingsFunc</a>.
mk_PrintSettingsFunc :: C_PrintSettingsFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintSettingsFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PageSetupDoneFunc</a>.
mk_PageSetupDoneFunc :: C_PageSetupDoneFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_PageSetupDoneFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ModuleInitFunc</a>.
mk_ModuleInitFunc :: C_ModuleInitFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ModuleInitFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc</a>.
mk_ModuleDisplayInitFunc :: C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuPositionFunc</a>.
mk_MenuPositionFunc :: C_MenuPositionFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuPositionFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuDetachFunc</a>.
mk_MenuDetachFunc :: C_MenuDetachFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuDetachFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc</a>.
mk_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc :: C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxSortFunc</a>.
mk_ListBoxSortFunc :: C_ListBoxSortFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxSortFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxForeachFunc</a>.
mk_ListBoxForeachFunc :: C_ListBoxForeachFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxForeachFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxFilterFunc</a>.
mk_ListBoxFilterFunc :: C_ListBoxFilterFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxFilterFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc</a>.
mk_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_KeySnoopFunc</a>.
mk_KeySnoopFunc :: C_KeySnoopFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_KeySnoopFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconViewForeachFunc</a>.
mk_IconViewForeachFunc :: C_IconViewForeachFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_IconViewForeachFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FontFilterFunc</a>.
mk_FontFilterFunc :: C_FontFilterFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_FontFilterFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxSortFunc</a>.
mk_FlowBoxSortFunc :: C_FlowBoxSortFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxSortFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxForeachFunc</a>.
mk_FlowBoxForeachFunc :: C_FlowBoxForeachFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxForeachFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxFilterFunc</a>.
mk_FlowBoxFilterFunc :: C_FlowBoxFilterFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxFilterFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc</a>.
mk_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc :: C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileFilterFunc</a>.
mk_FileFilterFunc :: C_FileFilterFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_FileFilterFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc</a>.
mk_EntryCompletionMatchFunc :: C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback</a>.
mk_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback :: C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc</a>.
mk_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc :: C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc</a>.
mk_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc :: C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc</a>.
mk_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc :: C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc</a>.
mk_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc :: C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc</a>.
mk_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc :: C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc</a>.
mk_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc :: C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardReceivedFunc</a>.
mk_ClipboardReceivedFunc :: C_ClipboardReceivedFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardReceivedFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc</a>.
mk_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc :: C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardGetFunc</a>.
mk_ClipboardGetFunc :: C_ClipboardGetFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardGetFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ClipboardClearFunc</a>.
mk_ClipboardClearFunc :: C_ClipboardClearFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_ClipboardClearFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellLayoutDataFunc</a>.
mk_CellLayoutDataFunc :: C_CellLayoutDataFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_CellLayoutDataFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellCallback</a>.
mk_CellCallback :: C_CellCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellAllocCallback</a>.
mk_CellAllocCallback :: C_CellAllocCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellAllocCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_Callback</a>.
mk_Callback :: C_Callback -> IO (FunPtr C_Callback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CalendarDetailFunc</a>.
mk_CalendarDetailFunc :: C_CalendarDetailFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_CalendarDetailFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_BuilderConnectFunc</a>.
mk_BuilderConnectFunc :: C_BuilderConnectFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_BuilderConnectFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AssistantPageFunc</a>.
mk_AssistantPageFunc :: C_AssistantPageFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_AssistantPageFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AccelMapForeach</a>.
mk_AccelMapForeach :: C_AccelMapForeach -> IO (FunPtr C_AccelMapForeach)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AccelGroupFindFunc</a>.
mk_AccelGroupFindFunc :: C_AccelGroupFindFunc -> IO (FunPtr C_AccelGroupFindFunc)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AccelGroupActivate</a>.
mk_AccelGroupActivate :: C_AccelGroupActivate -> IO (FunPtr C_AccelGroupActivate)

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventWindowState -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassWindowStateEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventWindowState -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventVisibility -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassVisibilityNotifyEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventVisibility -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassUnrealizeFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassUnmapFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventAny -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassUnmapEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventAny -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventTouch -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassTouchEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventTouch -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassStyleUpdatedFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Style -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassStyleSetFieldCallback = Widget -> Style -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassStateFlagsChangedFieldCallback = Widget -> [StateFlags] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassStateChangedFieldCallback = Widget -> StateType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Rectangle -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassSizeAllocateFieldCallback = Widget -> Rectangle -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassShowHelpFieldCallback = Widget -> WidgetHelpType -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassShowFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassShowFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassShowAllFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventSelection -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassSelectionRequestEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventSelection -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassSelectionReceivedFieldCallback = Widget -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventSelection -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassSelectionNotifyEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventSelection -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassSelectionGetFieldCallback = Widget -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventSelection -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassSelectionClearEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventSelection -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventScroll -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassScrollEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventScroll -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Screen -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassScreenChangedFieldCallback = Widget -> Screen -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassRealizeFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Region -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassQueueDrawRegionFieldCallback = Widget -> Region -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Int32 -> Int32 -> CInt -> Ptr Tooltip -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassQueryTooltipFieldCallback = Widget -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Bool -> Tooltip -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventProximity -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassProximityOutEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventProximity -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventProximity -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassProximityInEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventProximity -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventProperty -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassPropertyNotifyEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventProperty -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassPopupMenuFieldCallback = Widget -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassParentSetFieldCallback = Widget -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassMoveFocusFieldCallback = Widget -> DirectionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventMotion -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassMotionNotifyEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventMotion -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CInt -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassMnemonicActivateFieldCallback = Widget -> Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassMapFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassMapFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventAny -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassMapEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventAny -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventCrossing -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassLeaveNotifyEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventCrossing -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassKeynavFailedFieldCallback = Widget -> DirectionType -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventKey -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassKeyReleaseEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventKey -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventKey -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassKeyPressEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventKey -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassHierarchyChangedFieldCallback = Widget -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassHideFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassHideFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CInt -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGrabNotifyFieldCallback = Widget -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGrabFocusFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventGrabBroken -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGrabBrokenEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventGrabBroken -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO CUInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGetRequestModeFieldCallback = Widget -> IO SizeRequestMode

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthForHeightFieldCallback = Widget -> Int32 -> IO (Int32, Int32)

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGetPreferredWidthFieldCallback = Widget -> IO (Int32, Int32)

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightForWidthFieldCallback = Widget -> Int32 -> IO (Int32, Int32)

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightFieldCallback = Widget -> IO (Int32, Int32)

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthFieldCallback = Widget -> Int32 -> IO (Int32, Int32, Int32, Int32)

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO Ptr Object

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassGetAccessibleFieldCallback = Widget -> IO Object

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventFocus -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassFocusOutEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventFocus -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventFocus -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassFocusInEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventFocus -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassFocusFieldCallback = Widget -> DirectionType -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Event -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassEventFieldCallback = Widget -> Event -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventCrossing -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassEnterNotifyEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventCrossing -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Context -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDrawFieldCallback = Widget -> Context -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragMotionFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragLeaveFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> CUInt -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragFailedFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> DragResult -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragEndFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragDropFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragDataReceivedFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> Int32 -> Int32 -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragDataGetFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragDataDeleteFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr DragContext -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDragBeginFieldCallback = Widget -> DragContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Word32 -> Ptr GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDispatchChildPropertiesChangedFieldCallback = Widget -> Word32 -> GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDirectionChangedFieldCallback = Widget -> TextDirection -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDestroyFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventAny -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDestroyEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventAny -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventAny -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDeleteEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventAny -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventExpose -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassDamageEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventExpose -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventConfigure -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassConfigureEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventConfigure -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CInt -> CInt -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassComputeExpandFieldCallback = Widget -> Bool -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassCompositedChangedFieldCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassChildNotifyFieldCallback = Widget -> GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Word32 -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassCanActivateAccelFieldCallback = Widget -> Word32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventButton -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassButtonReleaseEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventButton -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventButton -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassButtonPressEventFieldCallback = Widget -> EventButton -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassAdjustSizeRequestFieldCallback = Widget -> Orientation -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassAdjustSizeAllocationFieldCallback = Widget -> Orientation -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassAdjustBaselineRequestFieldCallback = Widget -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback = Ptr Widget -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type WidgetClassAdjustBaselineAllocationFieldCallback = Widget -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewSearchPositionFunc = Ptr TreeView -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewSearchPositionFunc = TreeView -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeViewSearchPositionFunc_WithClosures = TreeView -> Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewSearchEqualFunc = Ptr TreeModel -> Int32 -> CString -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | A function used for checking whether a row in <i><tt>model</tt></i>
--   matches a search key string entered by the user. Note the return value
--   is reversed from what you would normally expect, though it has some
--   similarity to <tt><i>strcmp()</i></tt> returning 0 for equal strings.
type TreeViewSearchEqualFunc = TreeModel -> Int32 -> Text -> TreeIter -> IO Bool

-- | A function used for checking whether a row in <i><tt>model</tt></i>
--   matches a search key string entered by the user. Note the return value
--   is reversed from what you would normally expect, though it has some
--   similarity to <tt><i>strcmp()</i></tt> returning 0 for equal strings.
type TreeViewSearchEqualFunc_WithClosures = TreeModel -> Int32 -> Text -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc = Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Function type for determining whether the row pointed to by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> should be rendered as a separator. A common way
--   to implement this is to have a boolean column in the model, whose
--   values the <a>TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc</a> returns.
type TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> IO Bool

-- | Function type for determining whether the row pointed to by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> should be rendered as a separator. A common way
--   to implement this is to have a boolean column in the model, whose
--   values the <a>TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc</a> returns.
type TreeViewRowSeparatorFunc_WithClosures = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewMappingFunc = Ptr TreeView -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Function used for <a>treeViewMapExpandedRows</a>.
type TreeViewMappingFunc = TreeView -> TreePath -> IO ()

-- | Function used for <a>treeViewMapExpandedRows</a>.
type TreeViewMappingFunc_WithClosures = TreeView -> TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeViewColumnDropFunc = Ptr TreeView -> Ptr TreeViewColumn -> Ptr TreeViewColumn -> Ptr TreeViewColumn -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Function type for determining whether <i><tt>column</tt></i> can be
--   dropped in a particular spot (as determined by
--   <i><tt>prevColumn</tt></i> and <i><tt>nextColumn</tt></i>). In left to
--   right locales, <i><tt>prevColumn</tt></i> is on the left of the
--   potential drop spot, and <i><tt>nextColumn</tt></i> is on the right.
--   In right to left mode, this is reversed. This function should return
--   <a>True</a> if the spot is a valid drop spot. Please note that
--   returning <a>True</a> does not actually indicate that the column drop
--   was made, but is meant only to indicate a possible drop spot to the
--   user.
type TreeViewColumnDropFunc = TreeView -> TreeViewColumn -> TreeViewColumn -> TreeViewColumn -> IO Bool

-- | Function type for determining whether <i><tt>column</tt></i> can be
--   dropped in a particular spot (as determined by
--   <i><tt>prevColumn</tt></i> and <i><tt>nextColumn</tt></i>). In left to
--   right locales, <i><tt>prevColumn</tt></i> is on the left of the
--   potential drop spot, and <i><tt>nextColumn</tt></i> is on the right.
--   In right to left mode, this is reversed. This function should return
--   <a>True</a> if the spot is a valid drop spot. Please note that
--   returning <a>True</a> does not actually indicate that the column drop
--   was made, but is meant only to indicate a possible drop spot to the
--   user.
type TreeViewColumnDropFunc_WithClosures = TreeView -> TreeViewColumn -> TreeViewColumn -> TreeViewColumn -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeSelectionFunc = Ptr TreeSelection -> Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreePath -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | A function used by <a>treeSelectionSetSelectFunction</a> to filter
--   whether or not a row may be selected. It is called whenever a row's
--   state might change. A return value of <a>True</a> indicates to
--   <i><tt>selection</tt></i> that it is okay to change the selection.
type TreeSelectionFunc = TreeSelection -> TreeModel -> TreePath -> Bool -> IO Bool

-- | A function used by <a>treeSelectionSetSelectFunction</a> to filter
--   whether or not a row may be selected. It is called whenever a row's
--   state might change. A return value of <a>True</a> indicates to
--   <i><tt>selection</tt></i> that it is okay to change the selection.
type TreeSelectionFunc_WithClosures = TreeSelection -> TreeModel -> TreePath -> Bool -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeSelectionForeachFunc = Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function used by <a>treeSelectionSelectedForeach</a> to map all
--   selected rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view.
type TreeSelectionForeachFunc = TreeModel -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | A function used by <a>treeSelectionSelectedForeach</a> to map all
--   selected rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view.
type TreeSelectionForeachFunc_WithClosures = TreeModel -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelForeachFunc = Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Type of the callback passed to <a>treeModelForeach</a> to iterate over
--   the rows in a tree model.
type TreeModelForeachFunc = TreeModel -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> IO Bool

-- | Type of the callback passed to <a>treeModelForeach</a> to iterate over
--   the rows in a tree model.
type TreeModelForeachFunc_WithClosures = TreeModel -> TreePath -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc = Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | A function which decides whether the row indicated by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is visible.
type TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> IO Bool

-- | A function which decides whether the row indicated by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is visible.
type TreeModelFilterVisibleFunc_WithClosures = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeIterCompareFunc = Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | A GtkTreeIterCompareFunc should return a negative integer, zero, or a
--   positive integer if <i><tt>a</tt></i> sorts before <i><tt>b</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>a</tt></i> sorts with <i><tt>b</tt></i>, or <i><tt>a</tt></i>
--   sorts after <i><tt>b</tt></i> respectively. If two iters compare as
--   equal, their order in the sorted model is undefined. In order to
--   ensure that the <a>TreeSortable</a> behaves as expected, the
--   GtkTreeIterCompareFunc must define a partial order on the model, i.e.
--   it must be reflexive, antisymmetric and transitive.
--   
--   For example, if <i><tt>model</tt></i> is a product catalogue, then a
--   compare function for the “price” column could be one which returns
--   <tt>price_of(@a) - price_of(@b)</tt>.
type TreeIterCompareFunc = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> TreeIter -> IO Int32

-- | A GtkTreeIterCompareFunc should return a negative integer, zero, or a
--   positive integer if <i><tt>a</tt></i> sorts before <i><tt>b</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>a</tt></i> sorts with <i><tt>b</tt></i>, or <i><tt>a</tt></i>
--   sorts after <i><tt>b</tt></i> respectively. If two iters compare as
--   equal, their order in the sorted model is undefined. In order to
--   ensure that the <a>TreeSortable</a> behaves as expected, the
--   GtkTreeIterCompareFunc must define a partial order on the model, i.e.
--   it must be reflexive, antisymmetric and transitive.
--   
--   For example, if <i><tt>model</tt></i> is a product catalogue, then a
--   compare function for the “price” column could be one which returns
--   <tt>price_of(@a) - price_of(@b)</tt>.
type TreeIterCompareFunc_WithClosures = TreeModel -> TreeIter -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeDestroyCountFunc = Ptr TreeView -> Ptr TreePath -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeDestroyCountFunc = TreeView -> TreePath -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TreeDestroyCountFunc_WithClosures = TreeView -> TreePath -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TreeCellDataFunc = Ptr TreeViewColumn -> Ptr CellRenderer -> Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function to set the properties of a cell instead of just using the
--   straight mapping between the cell and the model. This is useful for
--   customizing the cell renderer. For example, a function might get an
--   integer from the <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>, and render it to the
--   “text” attribute of “cell” by converting it to its written equivalent.
--   This is set by calling <a>treeViewColumnSetCellDataFunc</a>
type TreeCellDataFunc = TreeViewColumn -> CellRenderer -> TreeModel -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | A function to set the properties of a cell instead of just using the
--   straight mapping between the cell and the model. This is useful for
--   customizing the cell renderer. For example, a function might get an
--   integer from the <i><tt>treeModel</tt></i>, and render it to the
--   “text” attribute of “cell” by converting it to its written equivalent.
--   This is set by calling <a>treeViewColumnSetCellDataFunc</a>
type TreeCellDataFunc_WithClosures = TreeViewColumn -> CellRenderer -> TreeModel -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TranslateFunc = CString -> Ptr () -> IO CString

-- | The function used to translate messages in e.g. <a>IconFactory</a> and
--   <a>ActionGroup</a>.
type TranslateFunc = Text -> IO Text

-- | The function used to translate messages in e.g. <a>IconFactory</a> and
--   <a>ActionGroup</a>.
type TranslateFunc_WithClosures = Text -> Ptr () -> IO Text

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TickCallback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr FrameClock -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Callback type for adding a function to update animations. See
--   <a>widgetAddTickCallback</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
type TickCallback = Widget -> FrameClock -> IO Bool

-- | Callback type for adding a function to update animations. See
--   <a>widgetAddTickCallback</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
type TickCallback_WithClosures = Widget -> FrameClock -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextTagTableForeach = Ptr TextTag -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TextTagTableForeach = TextTag -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TextTagTableForeach_WithClosures = TextTag -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextCharPredicate = CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TextCharPredicate = Char -> IO Bool

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type TextCharPredicate_WithClosures = Char -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferSerializeFunc = Ptr TextBuffer -> Ptr TextBuffer -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr TextIter -> Word64 -> Ptr () -> IO Word8

-- | A function that is called to serialize the content of a text buffer.
--   It must return the serialized form of the content.
type TextBufferSerializeFunc = TextBuffer -> TextBuffer -> TextIter -> TextIter -> Word64 -> IO Word8

-- | A function that is called to serialize the content of a text buffer.
--   It must return the serialized form of the content.
type TextBufferSerializeFunc_WithClosures = TextBuffer -> TextBuffer -> TextIter -> TextIter -> Word64 -> Ptr () -> IO Word8

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextBufferDeserializeFunc = Ptr TextBuffer -> Ptr TextBuffer -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr Word8 -> Word64 -> CInt -> Ptr () -> Ptr Ptr GError -> IO CInt

-- | A function that is called to deserialize rich text that has been
--   serialized with <a>textBufferSerialize</a>, and insert it at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
type TextBufferDeserializeFunc = TextBuffer -> TextBuffer -> TextIter -> ByteString -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | A function that is called to deserialize rich text that has been
--   serialized with <a>textBufferSerialize</a>, and insert it at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
type TextBufferDeserializeFunc_WithClosures = TextBuffer -> TextBuffer -> TextIter -> ByteString -> Bool -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StylePropertyParser = CString -> Ptr GValue -> Ptr Ptr GError -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type StylePropertyParser = Text -> GValue -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RecentSortFunc = Ptr RecentInfo -> Ptr RecentInfo -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type RecentSortFunc = RecentInfo -> RecentInfo -> IO Int32

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type RecentSortFunc_WithClosures = RecentInfo -> RecentInfo -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RecentFilterFunc = Ptr RecentFilterInfo -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The type of function that is used with custom filters, see
--   <a>recentFilterAddCustom</a>.
type RecentFilterFunc = RecentFilterInfo -> IO Bool

-- | The type of function that is used with custom filters, see
--   <a>recentFilterAddCustom</a>.
type RecentFilterFunc_WithClosures = RecentFilterInfo -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RcPropertyParser = Ptr GParamSpec -> Ptr String -> Ptr GValue -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type RcPropertyParser = GParamSpec -> String -> GValue -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintSettingsFunc = CString -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type PrintSettingsFunc = Text -> Text -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type PrintSettingsFunc_WithClosures = Text -> Text -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PageSetupDoneFunc = Ptr PageSetup -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The type of function that is passed to
--   <a>printRunPageSetupDialogAsync</a>.
--   
--   This function will be called when the page setup dialog is dismissed,
--   and also serves as destroy notify for <i><tt>data</tt></i>.
type PageSetupDoneFunc = PageSetup -> IO ()

-- | The type of function that is passed to
--   <a>printRunPageSetupDialogAsync</a>.
--   
--   This function will be called when the page setup dialog is dismissed,
--   and also serves as destroy notify for <i><tt>data</tt></i>.
type PageSetupDoneFunc_WithClosures = PageSetup -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ModuleInitFunc = Int32 -> Ptr CString -> IO ()

-- | Each GTK+ module must have a function
--   <tt><i>gtk_module_init()</i></tt> with this prototype. This function
--   is called after loading the module.
type ModuleInitFunc = Maybe [Text] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ModuleDisplayInitFunc = Ptr Display -> IO ()

-- | A multihead-aware GTK+ module may have a
--   <tt><i>gtk_module_display_init()</i></tt> function with this
--   prototype. GTK+ calls this function for each opened display.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
type ModuleDisplayInitFunc = Display -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuPositionFunc = Ptr Menu -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A user function supplied when calling <a>menuPopup</a> which controls
--   the positioning of the menu when it is displayed. The function sets
--   the <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> parameters to the
--   coordinates where the menu is to be drawn. To make the menu appear on
--   a different monitor than the mouse pointer, <a>menuSetMonitor</a> must
--   be called.
type MenuPositionFunc = Menu -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO (Int32, Int32, Bool)

-- | A user function supplied when calling <a>menuPopup</a> which controls
--   the positioning of the menu when it is displayed. The function sets
--   the <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> parameters to the
--   coordinates where the menu is to be drawn. To make the menu appear on
--   a different monitor than the mouse pointer, <a>menuSetMonitor</a> must
--   be called.
type MenuPositionFunc_WithClosures = Menu -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO (Int32, Int32, Bool)

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuDetachFunc = Ptr Widget -> Ptr Menu -> IO ()

-- | A user function supplied when calling <a>menuAttachToWidget</a> which
--   will be called when the menu is later detached from the widget.
type MenuDetachFunc = Widget -> Menu -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc = Ptr ListBoxRow -> Ptr ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Whenever <i><tt>row</tt></i> changes or which row is before
--   <i><tt>row</tt></i> changes this is called, which lets you update the
--   header on <i><tt>row</tt></i>. You may remove or set a new one via
--   <a>listBoxRowSetHeader</a> or just change the state of the current
--   header widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc = ListBoxRow -> Maybe ListBoxRow -> IO ()

-- | Whenever <i><tt>row</tt></i> changes or which row is before
--   <i><tt>row</tt></i> changes this is called, which lets you update the
--   header on <i><tt>row</tt></i>. You may remove or set a new one via
--   <a>listBoxRowSetHeader</a> or just change the state of the current
--   header widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc_WithClosures = ListBoxRow -> Maybe ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxSortFunc = Ptr ListBoxRow -> Ptr ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | Compare two rows to determine which should be first.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxSortFunc = ListBoxRow -> ListBoxRow -> IO Int32

-- | Compare two rows to determine which should be first.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxSortFunc_WithClosures = ListBoxRow -> ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxForeachFunc = Ptr ListBox -> Ptr ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function used by <a>listBoxSelectedForeach</a>. It will be called on
--   every selected child of the <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type ListBoxForeachFunc = ListBox -> ListBoxRow -> IO ()

-- | A function used by <a>listBoxSelectedForeach</a>. It will be called on
--   every selected child of the <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type ListBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures = ListBox -> ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxFilterFunc = Ptr ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Will be called whenever the row changes or is added and lets you
--   control if the row should be visible or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxFilterFunc = ListBoxRow -> IO Bool

-- | Will be called whenever the row changes or is added and lets you
--   control if the row should be visible or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures = ListBoxRow -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc = Ptr Object -> Ptr () -> IO Ptr Widget

-- | Called for list boxes that are bound to a <a>ListModel</a> with
--   <a>listBoxBindModel</a> for each item that gets added to the model.
--   
--   Versions of GTK+ prior to 3.18 called <a>widgetShowAll</a> on the rows
--   created by the GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc, but this forced all widgets
--   inside the row to be shown, and is no longer the case. Applications
--   should be updated to show the desired row widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc = Object -> IO Widget

-- | Called for list boxes that are bound to a <a>ListModel</a> with
--   <a>listBoxBindModel</a> for each item that gets added to the model.
--   
--   Versions of GTK+ prior to 3.18 called <a>widgetShowAll</a> on the rows
--   created by the GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc, but this forced all widgets
--   inside the row to be shown, and is no longer the case. Applications
--   should be updated to show the desired row widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type ListBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures = Object -> Ptr () -> IO Widget

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_KeySnoopFunc = Ptr Widget -> Ptr EventKey -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | Key snooper functions are called before normal event delivery. They
--   can be used to implement custom key event handling.
type KeySnoopFunc = Widget -> EventKey -> IO Int32

-- | Key snooper functions are called before normal event delivery. They
--   can be used to implement custom key event handling.
type KeySnoopFunc_WithClosures = Widget -> EventKey -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconViewForeachFunc = Ptr IconView -> Ptr TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function used by <a>iconViewSelectedForeach</a> to map all selected
--   rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view.
type IconViewForeachFunc = IconView -> TreePath -> IO ()

-- | A function used by <a>iconViewSelectedForeach</a> to map all selected
--   rows. It will be called on every selected row in the view.
type IconViewForeachFunc_WithClosures = IconView -> TreePath -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FontFilterFunc = Ptr FontFamily -> Ptr FontFace -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The type of function that is used for deciding what fonts get shown in
--   a <a>FontChooser</a>. See <a>fontChooserSetFilterFunc</a>.
type FontFilterFunc = FontFamily -> FontFace -> IO Bool

-- | The type of function that is used for deciding what fonts get shown in
--   a <a>FontChooser</a>. See <a>fontChooserSetFilterFunc</a>.
type FontFilterFunc_WithClosures = FontFamily -> FontFace -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxSortFunc = Ptr FlowBoxChild -> Ptr FlowBoxChild -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | A function to compare two children to determine which should come
--   first.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
type FlowBoxSortFunc = FlowBoxChild -> FlowBoxChild -> IO Int32

-- | A function to compare two children to determine which should come
--   first.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
type FlowBoxSortFunc_WithClosures = FlowBoxChild -> FlowBoxChild -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxForeachFunc = Ptr FlowBox -> Ptr FlowBoxChild -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function used by <a>flowBoxSelectedForeach</a>. It will be called on
--   every selected child of the <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
type FlowBoxForeachFunc = FlowBox -> FlowBoxChild -> IO ()

-- | A function used by <a>flowBoxSelectedForeach</a>. It will be called on
--   every selected child of the <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
type FlowBoxForeachFunc_WithClosures = FlowBox -> FlowBoxChild -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxFilterFunc = Ptr FlowBoxChild -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | A function that will be called whenrever a child changes or is added.
--   It lets you control if the child should be visible or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
type FlowBoxFilterFunc = FlowBoxChild -> IO Bool

-- | A function that will be called whenrever a child changes or is added.
--   It lets you control if the child should be visible or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
type FlowBoxFilterFunc_WithClosures = FlowBoxChild -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc = Ptr Object -> Ptr () -> IO Ptr Widget

-- | Called for flow boxes that are bound to a <a>ListModel</a> with
--   <a>flowBoxBindModel</a> for each item that gets added to the model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
type FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc = Maybe Object -> IO Widget

-- | Called for flow boxes that are bound to a <a>ListModel</a> with
--   <a>flowBoxBindModel</a> for each item that gets added to the model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
type FlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc_WithClosures = Maybe Object -> Ptr () -> IO Widget

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileFilterFunc = Ptr FileFilterInfo -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The type of function that is used with custom filters, see
--   <a>fileFilterAddCustom</a>.
type FileFilterFunc = FileFilterInfo -> IO Bool

-- | The type of function that is used with custom filters, see
--   <a>fileFilterAddCustom</a>.
type FileFilterFunc_WithClosures = FileFilterInfo -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryCompletionMatchFunc = Ptr EntryCompletion -> CString -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | A function which decides whether the row indicated by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> matches a given <i><tt>key</tt></i>, and should
--   be displayed as a possible completion for <i><tt>key</tt></i>. Note
--   that <i><tt>key</tt></i> is normalized and case-folded (see
--   <a>utf8Normalize</a> and <a>utf8Casefold</a>). If this is not
--   appropriate, match functions have access to the unmodified key via
--   <tt>gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (gtk_entry_completion_get_entry
--   ()))</tt>.
type EntryCompletionMatchFunc = EntryCompletion -> Text -> TreeIter -> IO Bool

-- | A function which decides whether the row indicated by
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> matches a given <i><tt>key</tt></i>, and should
--   be displayed as a possible completion for <i><tt>key</tt></i>. Note
--   that <i><tt>key</tt></i> is normalized and case-folded (see
--   <a>utf8Normalize</a> and <a>utf8Casefold</a>). If this is not
--   appropriate, match functions have access to the unmodified key via
--   <tt>gtk_entry_get_text (GTK_ENTRY (gtk_entry_completion_get_entry
--   ()))</tt>.
type EntryCompletionMatchFunc_WithClosures = EntryCompletion -> Text -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassSetFocusChildFieldCallback = Container -> Maybe Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> Ptr Widget -> Word32 -> Ptr GValue -> Ptr GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassSetChildPropertyFieldCallback = Container -> Widget -> Word32 -> GValue -> GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassRemoveFieldCallback = Container -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> Ptr Widget -> IO Ptr WidgetPath

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassGetPathForChildFieldCallback = Container -> Widget -> IO WidgetPath

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> Ptr Widget -> Word32 -> Ptr GValue -> Ptr GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassGetChildPropertyFieldCallback = Container -> Widget -> Word32 -> GValue -> GParamSpec -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassForallFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> CInt -> FunPtr C_Callback -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassForallFieldCallback = Container -> Bool -> Callback_WithClosures -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassForallFieldCallback_WithClosures = Container -> Bool -> Callback_WithClosures -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> Ptr Widget -> IO CString

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassCompositeNameFieldCallback = Container -> Widget -> IO Text

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> IO CGType

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassChildTypeFieldCallback = Container -> IO GType

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassCheckResizeFieldCallback = Container -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ContainerClassAddFieldCallback = Ptr Container -> Ptr Widget -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ContainerClassAddFieldCallback = Container -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc = Ptr Screen -> Ptr Color -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
type ColorSelectionChangePaletteWithScreenFunc = Screen -> [Color] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc = Ptr Color -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ColorSelectionChangePaletteFunc = [Color] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardURIReceivedFunc = Ptr Clipboard -> Ptr CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestUris</a> are received, or when the request fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
type ClipboardURIReceivedFunc = Clipboard -> [Text] -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestUris</a> are received, or when the request fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
type ClipboardURIReceivedFunc_WithClosures = Clipboard -> [Text] -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardTextReceivedFunc = Ptr Clipboard -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestText</a> are received, or when the request fails.
type ClipboardTextReceivedFunc = Clipboard -> Maybe Text -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestText</a> are received, or when the request fails.
type ClipboardTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures = Clipboard -> Maybe Text -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc = Ptr Clipboard -> Ptr Ptr Atom -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestTargets</a> are received, or when the request
--   fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc = Clipboard -> Maybe [Atom] -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestTargets</a> are received, or when the request
--   fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ClipboardTargetsReceivedFunc_WithClosures = Clipboard -> Maybe [Atom] -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc = Ptr Clipboard -> Ptr Atom -> CString -> Word64 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestRichText</a> are received, or when the request
--   fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc = Clipboard -> Atom -> Maybe Text -> Word64 -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestRichText</a> are received, or when the request
--   fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type ClipboardRichTextReceivedFunc_WithClosures = Clipboard -> Atom -> Maybe Text -> Word64 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardReceivedFunc = Ptr Clipboard -> Ptr SelectionData -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestContents</a> are received, or when the request
--   fails.
type ClipboardReceivedFunc = Clipboard -> SelectionData -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestContents</a> are received, or when the request
--   fails.
type ClipboardReceivedFunc_WithClosures = Clipboard -> SelectionData -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardImageReceivedFunc = Ptr Clipboard -> Ptr Pixbuf -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestImage</a> are received, or when the request fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
type ClipboardImageReceivedFunc = Clipboard -> Maybe Pixbuf -> IO ()

-- | A function to be called when the results of
--   <a>clipboardRequestImage</a> are received, or when the request fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
type ClipboardImageReceivedFunc_WithClosures = Clipboard -> Maybe Pixbuf -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardGetFunc = Ptr Clipboard -> Ptr SelectionData -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function that will be called to provide the contents of the
--   selection. If multiple types of data were advertised, the requested
--   type can be determined from the <i><tt>info</tt></i> parameter or by
--   checking the target field of <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i>. If the
--   data could successfully be converted into then it should be stored
--   into the <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i> object by calling
--   <a>selectionDataSet</a> (or related functions such as
--   <a>selectionDataSetText</a>). If no data is set, the requestor will be
--   informed that the attempt to get the data failed.
type ClipboardGetFunc = Clipboard -> SelectionData -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ClipboardClearFunc = Ptr Clipboard -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function that will be called when the contents of the clipboard are
--   changed or cleared. Once this has called, the
--   <i><tt>userDataOrOwner</tt></i> argument will not be used again.
type ClipboardClearFunc = Clipboard -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellLayoutDataFunc = Ptr CellLayout -> Ptr CellRenderer -> Ptr TreeModel -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A function which should set the value of <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>’s
--   cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
type CellLayoutDataFunc = CellLayout -> CellRenderer -> TreeModel -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | A function which should set the value of <i><tt>cellLayout</tt></i>’s
--   cell renderer(s) as appropriate.
type CellLayoutDataFunc_WithClosures = CellLayout -> CellRenderer -> TreeModel -> TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellCallback = Ptr CellRenderer -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the cell
--   renderers of a <a>CellArea</a>, see <a>cellAreaForeach</a>.
type CellCallback = CellRenderer -> IO Bool

-- | The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the cell
--   renderers of a <a>CellArea</a>, see <a>cellAreaForeach</a>.
type CellCallback_WithClosures = CellRenderer -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellAllocCallback = Ptr CellRenderer -> Ptr Rectangle -> Ptr Rectangle -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the cell
--   renderers and their allocated areas inside a <a>CellArea</a>, see
--   <a>cellAreaForeachAlloc</a>.
type CellAllocCallback = CellRenderer -> Rectangle -> Rectangle -> IO Bool

-- | The type of the callback functions used for iterating over the cell
--   renderers and their allocated areas inside a <a>CellArea</a>, see
--   <a>cellAreaForeachAlloc</a>.
type CellAllocCallback_WithClosures = CellRenderer -> Rectangle -> Rectangle -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_Callback = Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The type of the callback functions used for e.g. iterating over the
--   children of a container, see <a>containerForeach</a>.
type Callback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | The type of the callback functions used for e.g. iterating over the
--   children of a container, see <a>containerForeach</a>.
type Callback_WithClosures = Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CalendarDetailFunc = Ptr Calendar -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO CString

-- | This kind of functions provide Pango markup with detail information
--   for the specified day. Examples for such details are holidays or
--   appointments. The function returns <a>Nothing</a> when no information
--   is available.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
type CalendarDetailFunc = Calendar -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> IO Maybe Text

-- | This kind of functions provide Pango markup with detail information
--   for the specified day. Examples for such details are holidays or
--   appointments. The function returns <a>Nothing</a> when no information
--   is available.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
type CalendarDetailFunc_WithClosures = Calendar -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO Maybe Text

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_BuilderConnectFunc = Ptr Builder -> Ptr Object -> CString -> CString -> Ptr Object -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This is the signature of a function used to connect signals. It is
--   used by the <a>builderConnectSignals</a> and
--   <a>builderConnectSignalsFull</a> methods. It is mainly intended for
--   interpreted language bindings, but could be useful where the
--   programmer wants more control over the signal connection process. Note
--   that this function can only be called once, subsequent calls will do
--   nothing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type BuilderConnectFunc = Builder -> Object -> Text -> Text -> Maybe Object -> [ConnectFlags] -> IO ()

-- | This is the signature of a function used to connect signals. It is
--   used by the <a>builderConnectSignals</a> and
--   <a>builderConnectSignalsFull</a> methods. It is mainly intended for
--   interpreted language bindings, but could be useful where the
--   programmer wants more control over the signal connection process. Note
--   that this function can only be called once, subsequent calls will do
--   nothing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type BuilderConnectFunc_WithClosures = Builder -> Object -> Text -> Text -> Maybe Object -> [ConnectFlags] -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AssistantPageFunc = Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | A function used by <a>assistantSetForwardPageFunc</a> to know which is
--   the next page given a current one. It’s called both for computing the
--   next page when the user presses the “forward” button and for handling
--   the behavior of the “last” button.
type AssistantPageFunc = Int32 -> IO Int32

-- | A function used by <a>assistantSetForwardPageFunc</a> to know which is
--   the next page given a current one. It’s called both for computing the
--   next page when the user presses the “forward” button and for handling
--   the behavior of the “last” button.
type AssistantPageFunc_WithClosures = Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AccelMapForeach = Ptr () -> CString -> Word32 -> CUInt -> CInt -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type AccelMapForeach = Ptr () -> Text -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AccelGroupFindFunc = Ptr AccelKey -> Ptr GClosure () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
type AccelGroupFindFunc = AccelKey -> GClosure () -> IO Bool

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
type AccelGroupFindFunc_WithClosures = AccelKey -> GClosure () -> Ptr () -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AccelGroupActivate = Ptr AccelGroup -> Ptr Object -> Word32 -> CUInt -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type AccelGroupActivate = AccelGroup -> Object -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> IO Bool

-- | Looks up a widget style property as defined by
--   <i><tt>provider</tt></i> for the widget represented by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleProviderGetStyleProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProvider a) => a -> WidgetPath -> [StateFlags] -> GParamSpec -> m (Bool, GValue)

-- | Returns the style settings affecting a widget defined by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>, or <a>Nothing</a> if <i><tt>provider</tt></i>
--   doesn’t contemplate styling <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleProviderGetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProvider a) => a -> WidgetPath -> m (Maybe StyleProperties)

-- | Returns the <a>IconFactory</a> defined to be in use for
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>, or <a>Nothing</a> if none is defined.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleProviderGetIconFactory :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProvider a) => a -> WidgetPath -> m (Maybe IconFactory)

-- | This function recomputes the styles for all widgets under a particular
--   <a>Screen</a>. This is useful when some global parameter has changed
--   that affects the appearance of all widgets, because when a widget gets
--   a new style, it will both redraw and recompute any cached information
--   about its appearance. As an example, it is used when the color scheme
--   changes in the related <a>Settings</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextResetWidgets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>provider</tt></i> from the global style providers list
--   in <i><tt>screen</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextRemoveProviderForScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a, IsStyleProvider b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Adds a global style provider to <i><tt>screen</tt></i>, which will be
--   used in style construction for all <tt><i>GtkStyleContexts</i></tt>
--   under <i><tt>screen</tt></i>.
--   
--   GTK+ uses this to make styling information from <a>Settings</a>
--   available.
--   
--   Note: If both priorities are the same, A <a>StyleProvider</a> added
--   through <a>styleContextAddProvider</a> takes precedence over another
--   added through this function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextAddProviderForScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a, IsStyleProvider b) => a -> b -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Converts the style context into a string representation.
--   
--   The string representation always includes information about the name,
--   state, id, visibility and style classes of the CSS node that is
--   backing <i><tt>context</tt></i>. Depending on the flags, more
--   information may be included.
--   
--   This function is intended for testing and debugging of the CSS
--   implementation in GTK+. There are no guarantees about the format of
--   the returned string, it may change.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
styleContextToString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StyleContextPrintFlags] -> m Text

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if there is a transition animation running for the
--   current region (see <a>styleContextPushAnimatableRegion</a>).
--   
--   If <i><tt>progress</tt></i> is not <a>Nothing</a>, the animation
--   progress will be returned there, 0.0 means the state is closest to
--   being unset, while 1.0 means it’s closest to being set. This means
--   transition animation will run from 0 to 1 when <i><tt>state</tt></i>
--   is being set and from 1 to 0 when it’s being unset.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextStateIsRunning :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> StateType -> m (Bool, Double)

-- | Sets the state to be used for style matching.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextSetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m ()

-- | Attaches <i><tt>context</tt></i> to the given screen.
--   
--   The screen is used to add style information from “global” style
--   providers, such as the screen’s <a>Settings</a> instance.
--   
--   If you are using a <a>StyleContext</a> returned from
--   <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a>, you do not need to call this yourself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextSetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsScreen b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the scale to use when getting image assets for the style.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
styleContextSetScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>WidgetPath</a> used for style matching. As a consequence,
--   the style will be regenerated to match the new given path.
--   
--   If you are using a <a>StyleContext</a> returned from
--   <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a>, you do not need to call this yourself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextSetPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> WidgetPath -> m ()

-- | Sets the parent style context for <i><tt>context</tt></i>. The parent
--   style context is used to implement <a>inheritance</a> of properties.
--   
--   If you are using a <a>StyleContext</a> returned from
--   <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a>, the parent will be set for you.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
styleContextSetParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsStyleContext b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the sides where rendered elements (mostly through
--   <a>renderFrame</a>) will visually connect with other visual elements.
--   
--   This is merely a hint that may or may not be honored by themes.
--   
--   Container widgets are expected to set junction hints as appropriate
--   for their children, so it should not normally be necessary to call
--   this function manually.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextSetJunctionSides :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [JunctionSides] -> m ()

-- | Attaches <i><tt>context</tt></i> to the given frame clock.
--   
--   The frame clock is used for the timing of animations.
--   
--   If you are using a <a>StyleContext</a> returned from
--   <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a>, you do not need to call this yourself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
styleContextSetFrameClock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsFrameClock b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the reading direction for rendering purposes.
--   
--   If you are using a <a>StyleContext</a> returned from
--   <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a>, you do not need to call this yourself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextSetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Sets the background of <i><tt>window</tt></i> to the background
--   pattern or color specified in <i><tt>context</tt></i> for its current
--   state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextSetBackground :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | This function is analogous to <a>windowScroll</a>, and should be
--   called together with it so the invalidation areas for any ongoing
--   animation are scrolled together with it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextScrollAnimations :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Saves the <i><tt>context</tt></i> state, so temporary modifications
--   done through <a>styleContextAddClass</a>,
--   <a>styleContextRemoveClass</a>, <a>styleContextSetState</a>, etc. can
--   quickly be reverted in one go through <a>styleContextRestore</a>.
--   
--   The matching call to <a>styleContextRestore</a> must be done before
--   GTK returns to the main loop.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextSave :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Restores <i><tt>context</tt></i> state to a previous stage. See
--   <a>styleContextSave</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextRestore :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Removes a region from <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextRemoveRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>provider</tt></i> from the style providers list in
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextRemoveProvider :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsStyleProvider b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>className</tt></i> from <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextRemoveClass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Pushes an animatable region, so all further gtk_render_*() calls
--   between this call and the following
--   <a>styleContextPopAnimatableRegion</a> will potentially show
--   transition animations for this region if
--   <a>styleContextNotifyStateChange</a> is called for a given state, and
--   the current theme/style defines transition animations for state
--   changes.
--   
--   The <i><tt>regionId</tt></i> used must be unique in
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> so the themes can uniquely identify rendered
--   elements subject to a state transition.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextPushAnimatableRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Pops an animatable region from <i><tt>context</tt></i>. See
--   <a>styleContextPushAnimatableRegion</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextPopAnimatableRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Notifies a state change on <i><tt>context</tt></i>, so if the current
--   style makes use of transition animations, one will be started so all
--   rendered elements under <i><tt>regionId</tt></i> are animated for
--   state <i><tt>state</tt></i> being set to value
--   <i><tt>stateValue</tt></i>.
--   
--   The <i><tt>window</tt></i> parameter is used in order to invalidate
--   the rendered area as the animation runs, so make sure it is the same
--   window that is being rendered on by the gtk_render_*() functions.
--   
--   If <i><tt>regionId</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, all rendered elements
--   using <i><tt>context</tt></i> will be affected by this state
--   transition.
--   
--   As a practical example, a <a>Button</a> notifying a state transition
--   on the prelight state: &gt; <a>language="C" --</a>
--   &gt;gtk_style_context_notify_state_change (context, &gt;
--   gtk_widget_get_window (widget), &gt; NULL, &gt; GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT,
--   &gt; button-&gt;in_button);
--   
--   Can be handled in the CSS file like this: &gt; <a>language="CSS"
--   --</a> &gt;button { &gt; background-color: #f00 &gt;} &gt;
--   &gt;button:hover { &gt; background-color: #fff; &gt; transition: 200ms
--   linear &gt;}
--   
--   This combination will animate the button background from red to white
--   if a pointer enters the button, and back to red if the pointer leaves
--   the button.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>state</tt></i> is used when finding the transition
--   parameters, which is why the style places the transition under the
--   :hover pseudo-class.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextNotifyStateChange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> Ptr () -> StateType -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Looks up <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> in the icon factories associated to
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> and the default icon factory, returning an
--   icon set if found, otherwise <a>Nothing</a>.
styleContextLookupIconSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe IconSet)

-- | Looks up and resolves a color name in the <i><tt>context</tt></i>
--   color map.
styleContextLookupColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> m (Bool, RGBA)

-- | Returns the list of regions currently defined in
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextListRegions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Returns the list of classes currently defined in
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextListClasses :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Invalidates <i><tt>context</tt></i> style information, so it will be
--   reconstructed again. It is useful if you modify the
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> and need the new information immediately.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextInvalidate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>context</tt></i> has the region defined.
--   If <i><tt>flagsReturn</tt></i> is not <a>Nothing</a>, it is set to the
--   flags affecting the region.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextHasRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> m (Bool, [RegionFlags])

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>context</tt></i> currently has defined
--   the given class name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextHasClass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value for a widget style property.
--   
--   When <i><tt>value</tt></i> is no longer needed, <a>valueUnset</a> must
--   be called to free any allocated memory.
styleContextGetStyleProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> GValue -> m ()

-- | Returns the state used for style matching.
--   
--   This method should only be used to retrieve the <a>StateFlags</a> to
--   pass to <a>StyleContext</a> methods, like
--   <a>styleContextGetPadding</a>. If you need to retrieve the current
--   state of a <a>Widget</a>, use <a>widgetGetStateFlags</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m [StateFlags]

-- | Queries the location in the CSS where <i><tt>property</tt></i> was
--   defined for the current <i><tt>context</tt></i>. Note that the state
--   to be queried is taken from <a>styleContextGetState</a>.
--   
--   If the location is not available, <a>Nothing</a> will be returned. The
--   location might not be available for various reasons, such as the
--   property being overridden, <i><tt>property</tt></i> not naming a
--   supported CSS property or tracking of definitions being disabled for
--   performance reasons.
--   
--   Shorthand CSS properties cannot be queried for a location and will
--   always return <a>Nothing</a>.
styleContextGetSection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe CssSection)

-- | Returns the <a>Screen</a> to which <i><tt>context</tt></i> is
--   attached.
styleContextGetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m Screen

-- | Returns the scale used for assets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
styleContextGetScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets a style property from <i><tt>context</tt></i> for the given
--   state.
--   
--   Note that not all CSS properties that are supported by GTK+ can be
--   retrieved in this way, since they may not be representable as
--   <a>Value</a>. GTK+ defines macros for a number of properties that can
--   be used with this function.
--   
--   Note that passing a state other than the current state of
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> is not recommended unless the style context
--   has been saved with <a>styleContextSave</a>.
--   
--   When <i><tt>value</tt></i> is no longer needed, <a>valueUnset</a> must
--   be called to free any allocated memory.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> [StateFlags] -> m GValue

-- | Returns the widget path used for style matching.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m WidgetPath

-- | Gets the parent context set via <a>styleContextSetParent</a>. See that
--   function for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
styleContextGetParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m (Maybe StyleContext)

-- | Gets the padding for a given state as a <a>Border</a>. See
--   <tt><i>gtk_style_context_get()</i></tt> and
--   <a>STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m Border

-- | Gets the margin for a given state as a <a>Border</a>. See
--   <tt><i>gtk_style_property_get()</i></tt> and
--   <a>STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m Border

-- | Returns the sides where rendered elements connect visually with
--   others.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetJunctionSides :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m [JunctionSides]

-- | Returns the <a>FrameClock</a> to which <i><tt>context</tt></i> is
--   attached.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
styleContextGetFrameClock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m (Maybe FrameClock)

-- | Returns the font description for a given state. The returned object is
--   const and will remain valid until the <a>changed</a> signal happens.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m FontDescription

-- | Returns the widget direction used for rendering.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m TextDirection

-- | Gets the foreground color for a given state.
--   
--   See <a>styleContextGetProperty</a> and <a>STYLE_PROPERTY_COLOR</a> for
--   details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m RGBA

-- | Gets the border color for a given state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetBorderColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m RGBA

-- | Gets the border for a given state as a <a>Border</a>.
--   
--   See <a>styleContextGetProperty</a> and
--   <a>STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetBorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m Border

-- | Gets the background color for a given state.
--   
--   This function is far less useful than it seems, and it should not be
--   used in newly written code. CSS has no concept of "background color",
--   as a background can be an image, or a gradient, or any other pattern
--   including solid colors.
--   
--   The only reason why you would call
--   <a>styleContextGetBackgroundColor</a> is to use the returned value to
--   draw the background with it; the correct way to achieve this result is
--   to use <a>renderBackground</a> instead, along with CSS style classes
--   to modify the color to be rendered.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextGetBackgroundColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m RGBA

-- | Stops all running animations for <i><tt>regionId</tt></i> and all
--   animatable regions underneath.
--   
--   A <a>Nothing</a> <i><tt>regionId</tt></i> will stop all ongoing
--   animations in <i><tt>context</tt></i>, when dealing with a
--   <a>StyleContext</a> obtained through <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a>,
--   this is normally done for you in all circumstances you would expect
--   all widget to be stopped, so this should be only used in complex
--   widgets with different animatable regions.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextCancelAnimations :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Adds a region to <i><tt>context</tt></i>, so posterior calls to
--   <tt><i>gtk_style_context_get()</i></tt> or any of the gtk_render_*()
--   functions will make use of this new region for styling.
--   
--   In the CSS file format, a <a>TreeView</a> defining a “row” region,
--   would be matched by:
--   
--   <pre>
--    &lt;!-- language="CSS" --&gt;
--   treeview row { ... }
--   </pre>
--   
--   Pseudo-classes are used for matching <i><tt>flags</tt></i>, so the two
--   following rules: &gt; <a>language="CSS" --</a> &gt;treeview
--   row:nth-child(even) { ... } &gt;treeview row:nth-child(odd) { ... }
--   
--   would apply to even and odd rows, respectively.
--   
--   Region names must only contain lowercase letters and “-”, starting
--   always with a lowercase letter.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextAddRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> [RegionFlags] -> m ()

-- | Adds a style provider to <i><tt>context</tt></i>, to be used in style
--   construction. Note that a style provider added by this function only
--   affects the style of the widget to which <i><tt>context</tt></i>
--   belongs. If you want to affect the style of all widgets, use
--   <a>styleContextAddProviderForScreen</a>.
--   
--   Note: If both priorities are the same, a <a>StyleProvider</a> added
--   through this function takes precedence over another added through
--   <a>styleContextAddProviderForScreen</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextAddProvider :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsStyleProvider b) => a -> b -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Adds a style class to <i><tt>context</tt></i>, so posterior calls to
--   <tt><i>gtk_style_context_get()</i></tt> or any of the gtk_render_*()
--   functions will make use of this new class for styling.
--   
--   In the CSS file format, a <a>Entry</a> defining a “search” class,
--   would be matched by:
--   
--   <pre>
--    &lt;!-- language="CSS" --&gt;
--   entry.search { ... }
--   </pre>
--   
--   While any widget defining a “search” class would be matched by: &gt;
--   <a>language="CSS" --</a> &gt;.search { ... }
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleContextAddClass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a standalone <a>StyleContext</a>, this style context won’t be
--   attached to any widget, so you may want to call
--   <a>styleContextSetPath</a> yourself.
--   
--   This function is only useful when using the theming layer separated
--   from GTK+, if you are using <a>StyleContext</a> to theme
--   <tt><i>GtkWidgets</i></tt>, use <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a> in order
--   to get a style context ready to theme the widget.
styleContextNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m StyleContext

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>screen</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStyleContextScreen :: (IsStyleContext o, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> styleContext [ #screen <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStyleContextScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o, IsScreen a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> styleContext #screen
--   </pre>
getStyleContextScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o) => o -> m Screen

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #parent
--   </pre>
clearStyleContextParent :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>parent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStyleContextParent :: (IsStyleContext o, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> styleContext [ #parent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStyleContextParent :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o, IsStyleContext a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> styleContext #parent
--   </pre>
getStyleContextParent :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o) => o -> m (Maybe StyleContext)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paint-clock</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #paintClock
--   </pre>
clearStyleContextPaintClock :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>paint-clock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStyleContextPaintClock :: (IsStyleContext o, MonadIO m, IsFrameClock a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paint-clock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> styleContext [ #paintClock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStyleContextPaintClock :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o, IsFrameClock a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>paint-clock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> styleContext #paintClock
--   </pre>
getStyleContextPaintClock :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o) => o -> m (Maybe FrameClock)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>direction</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStyleContextDirection :: (IsStyleContext o, MonadIO m) => TextDirection -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> styleContext [ #direction <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStyleContextDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o) => o -> TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> styleContext #direction
--   </pre>
getStyleContextDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o) => o -> m TextDirection

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> styleContext #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterStyleContextChanged :: (IsStyleContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> StyleContextChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> styleContext #changed callback
--   </pre>
onStyleContextChanged :: (IsStyleContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> StyleContextChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StyleContextChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StyleContextChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_StyleContextChangedCallback :: StyleContextChangedCallback -> C_StyleContextChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StyleContextChanged :: MonadIO m => StyleContextChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_StyleContextChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StyleContextChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noStyleContextChangedCallback :: Maybe StyleContextChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>StyleContext</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStyleContext :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleContext o) => o -> m StyleContext

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StyleContextChangedCallback</a>.
mk_StyleContextChangedCallback :: C_StyleContextChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StyleContextChangedCallback)

-- | The <a>changed</a> signal is emitted when there is a change in the
--   <a>StyleContext</a>.
--   
--   For a <a>StyleContext</a> returned by <a>widgetGetStyleContext</a>,
--   the <a>styleUpdated</a> signal/vfunc might be more convenient to use.
--   
--   This signal is useful when using the theming layer standalone.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
type StyleContextChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StyleContextChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Loads and initializes a theming engine module from the standard
--   directories.
themingEngineLoad :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (Maybe ThemingEngine)

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if there is a transition animation running for the
--   current region (see <a>styleContextPushAnimatableRegion</a>).
--   
--   If <i><tt>progress</tt></i> is not <a>Nothing</a>, the animation
--   progress will be returned there, 0.0 means the state is closest to
--   being <a>False</a>, while 1.0 means it’s closest to being <a>True</a>.
--   This means transition animations will run from 0 to 1 when
--   <i><tt>state</tt></i> is being set to <a>True</a> and from 1 to 0 when
--   it’s being set to <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineStateIsRunning :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> StateType -> m (Bool, Double)

-- | Looks up and resolves a color name in the current style’s color map.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineLookupColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> Text -> m (Bool, RGBA)

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the currently rendered contents have the region
--   defined. If <i><tt>flagsReturn</tt></i> is not <a>Nothing</a>, it is
--   set to the flags affecting the region.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineHasRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> Text -> m (Bool, [RegionFlags])

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the currently rendered contents have defined
--   the given class name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineHasClass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value for a widget style property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetStyleProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> Text -> m GValue

-- | returns the state used when rendering.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> m [StateFlags]

-- | Returns the <a>Screen</a> to which <i><tt>engine</tt></i> currently
--   rendering to.
themingEngineGetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> m (Maybe Screen)

-- | Gets a property value as retrieved from the style settings that apply
--   to the currently rendered element.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> Text -> [StateFlags] -> m GValue

-- | Returns the widget path used for style matching.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> m WidgetPath

-- | Gets the padding for a given state as a <a>Border</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m Border

-- | Gets the margin for a given state as a <a>Border</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m Border

-- | Returns the widget direction used for rendering.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetJunctionSides :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> m [JunctionSides]

-- | Returns the font description for a given state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m FontDescription

-- | Returns the widget direction used for rendering.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> m TextDirection

-- | Gets the foreground color for a given state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m RGBA

-- | Gets the border color for a given state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetBorderColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m RGBA

-- | Gets the border for a given state as a <a>Border</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetBorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m Border

-- | Gets the background color for a given state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
themingEngineGetBackgroundColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine a) => a -> [StateFlags] -> m RGBA

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructThemingEngineName :: (IsThemingEngine o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> themingEngine #name
--   </pre>
getThemingEngineName :: (MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>ThemingEngine</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toThemingEngine :: (MonadIO m, IsThemingEngine o) => o -> m ThemingEngine

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ThemingEngine
ThemingEngine :: ManagedPtr ThemingEngine -> ThemingEngine

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ThemingEngine</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toThemingEngine</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ThemingEngine o) => IsThemingEngine o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype WidgetPath
WidgetPath :: ManagedPtr WidgetPath -> WidgetPath

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype WidgetClass
WidgetClass :: ManagedPtr WidgetClass -> WidgetClass

-- | Lets a set of row reference created by <a>treeRowReferenceNewProxy</a>
--   know that the model emitted the <a>rowInserted</a> signal.
treeRowReferenceInserted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Lets a set of row reference created by <a>treeRowReferenceNewProxy</a>
--   know that the model emitted the <a>rowDeleted</a> signal.
treeRowReferenceDeleted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => a -> TreePath -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the <i><tt>reference</tt></i> is
--   non-<a>Nothing</a> and refers to a current valid path.
treeRowReferenceValid :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreeRowReference -> m Bool

-- | Returns a path that the row reference currently points to, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if the path pointed to is no longer valid.
treeRowReferenceGetPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreeRowReference -> m (Maybe TreePath)

-- | Returns the model that the row reference is monitoring.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
treeRowReferenceGetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreeRowReference -> m TreeModel

-- | Free’s <i><tt>reference</tt></i>. <i><tt>reference</tt></i> may be
--   <a>Nothing</a>
treeRowReferenceFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreeRowReference -> m ()

-- | Copies a <a>TreeRowReference</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeRowReferenceCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreeRowReference -> m TreeRowReference

-- | You do not need to use this function.
--   
--   Creates a row reference based on <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   This reference will keep pointing to the node pointed to by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>, so long as it exists. If <i><tt>path</tt></i>
--   isn’t a valid path in <i><tt>model</tt></i>, then <a>Nothing</a> is
--   returned. However, unlike references created with
--   <a>treeRowReferenceNew</a>, it does not listen to the model for
--   changes. The creator of the row reference must do this explicitly
--   using <a>treeRowReferenceInserted</a>, <a>treeRowReferenceDeleted</a>,
--   <tt><i>gtk_tree_row_reference_reordered()</i></tt>.
--   
--   These functions must be called exactly once per proxy when the
--   corresponding signal on the model is emitted. This single call updates
--   all row references for that proxy. Since built-in GTK+ objects like
--   <a>TreeView</a> already use this mechanism internally, using them as
--   the proxy object will produce unpredictable results. Further more,
--   passing the same object as <i><tt>model</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>proxy</tt></i> doesn’t work for reasons of internal
--   implementation.
--   
--   This type of row reference is primarily meant by structures that need
--   to carefully monitor exactly when a row reference updates itself, and
--   is not generally needed by most applications.
treeRowReferenceNewProxy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a, IsTreeModel b) => a -> b -> TreePath -> m TreeRowReference

-- | Creates a row reference based on <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   This reference will keep pointing to the node pointed to by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>, so long as it exists. Any changes that occur on
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i> are propagated, and the path is updated
--   appropriately. If <i><tt>path</tt></i> isn’t a valid path in
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i>, then <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
treeRowReferenceNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> TreePath -> m TreeRowReference

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeRowReference
TreeRowReference :: ManagedPtr TreeRowReference -> TreeRowReference

-- | Moves the <i><tt>path</tt></i> to point to its parent node, if it has
--   a parent.
treePathUp :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Generates a string representation of the path.
--   
--   This string is a “:” separated list of numbers. For example,
--   “4:10:0:3” would be an acceptable return value for this string.
treePathToString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m Text

-- | Moves the <i><tt>path</tt></i> to point to the previous node at the
--   current depth, if it exists.
treePathPrev :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Prepends a new index to a path.
--   
--   As a result, the depth of the path is increased.
treePathPrependIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Moves the <i><tt>path</tt></i> to point to the next node at the
--   current depth.
treePathNext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>path</tt></i> is a descendant of
--   <i><tt>ancestor</tt></i>.
treePathIsDescendant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>descendant</tt></i> is a descendant of
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
treePathIsAncestor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current indices of <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   This is an array of integers, each representing a node in a tree. It
--   also returns the number of elements in the array. The array should not
--   be freed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
treePathGetIndices :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m (Maybe [Int32])

-- | Returns the current depth of <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
treePathGetDepth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m Int32

-- | Frees <i><tt>path</tt></i>. If <i><tt>path</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>,
--   it simply returns.
treePathFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m ()

-- | Moves <i><tt>path</tt></i> to point to the first child of the current
--   path.
treePathDown :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>TreePath</a>-struct as a copy of
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
treePathCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> m TreePath

-- | Compares two paths.
--   
--   If <i><tt>a</tt></i> appears before <i><tt>b</tt></i> in a tree, then
--   -1 is returned. If <i><tt>b</tt></i> appears before <i><tt>a</tt></i>,
--   then 1 is returned. If the two nodes are equal, then 0 is returned.
treePathCompare :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> TreePath -> m Int32

-- | Appends a new index to a path.
--   
--   As a result, the depth of the path is increased.
treePathAppendIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreePath -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>TreePath</a>-struct initialized to
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i> is expected to be a colon separated list of
--   numbers. For example, the string “10:4:0” would create a path of depth
--   3 pointing to the 11th child of the root node, the 5th child of that
--   11th child, and the 1st child of that 5th child. If an invalid path
--   string is passed in, <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
treePathNewFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m TreePath

-- | Creates a new path with the given <i><tt>indices</tt></i> array of
--   <i><tt>length</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
treePathNewFromIndices :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Int32] -> m TreePath

-- | Creates a new <a>TreePath</a>-struct.
--   
--   The string representation of this path is “0”.
treePathNewFirst :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TreePath

-- | Creates a new <a>TreePath</a>-struct. This refers to a row.
treePathNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TreePath

-- | Determines whether a drop is possible before the given
--   <i><tt>destPath</tt></i>, at the same depth as
--   <i><tt>destPath</tt></i>. i.e., can we drop the data in
--   <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i> at that location.
--   <i><tt>destPath</tt></i> does not have to exist; the return value will
--   almost certainly be <a>False</a> if the parent of
--   <i><tt>destPath</tt></i> doesn’t exist, though.
treeDragDestRowDropPossible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeDragDest a) => a -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> m Bool

-- | Asks the <a>TreeDragDest</a> to insert a row before the path
--   <i><tt>dest</tt></i>, deriving the contents of the row from
--   <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i>. If <i><tt>dest</tt></i> is outside the
--   tree so that inserting before it is impossible, <a>False</a> will be
--   returned. Also, <a>False</a> may be returned if the new row is not
--   created for some model-specific reason. Should robustly handle a
--   <i><tt>dest</tt></i> no longer found in the model!
treeDragDestDragDataReceived :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeDragDest a) => a -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> m Bool

-- | Asks the <a>TreeDragSource</a> whether a particular row can be used as
--   the source of a DND operation. If the source doesn’t implement this
--   interface, the row is assumed draggable.
treeDragSourceRowDraggable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeDragSource a) => a -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Asks the <a>TreeDragSource</a> to fill in
--   <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i> with a representation of the row at
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>. <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i>-&gt;target gives
--   the required type of the data. Should robustly handle a
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i> no longer found in the model!
treeDragSourceDragDataGet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeDragSource a) => a -> TreePath -> SelectionData -> m Bool

-- | Asks the <a>TreeDragSource</a> to delete the row at
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>, because it was moved somewhere else via
--   drag-and-drop. Returns <a>False</a> if the deletion fails because
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i> no longer exists, or for some model-specific
--   reason. Should robustly handle a <i><tt>path</tt></i> no longer found
--   in the model!
treeDragSourceDragDataDelete :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeDragSource a) => a -> TreePath -> m Bool

-- | Sets the model for <i><tt>cellView</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>cellView</tt></i> already has a model set, it will remove it
--   before setting the new model. If <i><tt>model</tt></i> is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, then it will unset the old model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewSetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a, IsTreeModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>cellView</tt></i> should request space to fit the
--   entire <a>TreeModel</a>.
--   
--   This is used by <a>ComboBox</a> to ensure that the cell view displayed
--   on the combo box’s button always gets enough space and does not resize
--   when selection changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellViewSetFitModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>cellView</tt></i> should draw all of its cells in
--   a sensitive state, this is used by <a>ComboBox</a> menus to ensure
--   that rows with insensitive cells that contain children appear
--   sensitive in the parent menu item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellViewSetDrawSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the row of the model that is currently displayed by the
--   <a>CellView</a>. If the path is unset, then the contents of the
--   cellview “stick” at their last value; this is not normally a desired
--   result, but may be a needed intermediate state if say, the model for
--   the <a>CellView</a> becomes temporarily empty.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewSetDisplayedRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> Maybe TreePath -> m ()

-- | Sets the background color of <i><tt>cellView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellViewSetBackgroundRgba :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Sets the background color of <i><tt>view</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewSetBackgroundColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> Color -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>requisition</tt></i> to the size needed by
--   <i><tt>cellView</tt></i> to display the model row pointed to by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewGetSizeOfRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> TreePath -> m (Bool, Requisition)

-- | Returns the model for <i><tt>cellView</tt></i>. If no model is used
--   <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
cellViewGetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>cellView</tt></i> is configured to request space
--   to fit the entire <a>TreeModel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellViewGetFitModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>cellView</tt></i> is configured to draw all of its
--   cells in a sensitive state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellViewGetDrawSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns a <a>TreePath</a> referring to the currently displayed row. If
--   no row is currently displayed, <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewGetDisplayedRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellView a) => a -> m (Maybe TreePath)

-- | Creates a new <a>CellView</a> widget, adds a <a>CellRendererText</a>
--   to it, and makes it show <i><tt>text</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewNewWithText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m CellView

-- | Creates a new <a>CellView</a> widget, adds a <a>CellRendererPixbuf</a>
--   to it, and makes it show <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewNewWithPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m CellView

-- | Creates a new <a>CellView</a> widget, adds a <a>CellRendererText</a>
--   to it, and makes it show <i><tt>markup</tt></i>. The text can be
--   marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewNewWithMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m CellView

-- | Creates a new <a>CellView</a> widget with a specific <a>CellArea</a>
--   to layout cells and a specific <a>CellAreaContext</a>.
--   
--   Specifying the same context for a handfull of cells lets the
--   underlying area synchronize the geometry for those cells, in this way
--   alignments with cellviews for other rows are possible.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewNewWithContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a, IsCellAreaContext b) => a -> b -> m CellView

-- | Creates a new <a>CellView</a> widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellViewNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellView

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #model
--   </pre>
clearCellViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewModel :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellView [ #model <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o, IsTreeModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellView #model
--   </pre>
getCellViewModel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>fit-model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewFitModel :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>fit-model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellView [ #fitModel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellViewFitModel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>fit-model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellView #fitModel
--   </pre>
getCellViewFitModel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>draw-sensitive</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewDrawSensitive :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw-sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellView [ #drawSensitive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellViewDrawSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>draw-sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellView #drawSensitive
--   </pre>
getCellViewDrawSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-area-context</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewCellAreaContext :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-area-context</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellView #cellAreaContext
--   </pre>
getCellViewCellAreaContext :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m (Maybe CellAreaContext)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewCellArea :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-area</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellView #cellArea
--   </pre>
getCellViewCellArea :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m (Maybe CellArea)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewBackgroundSet :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellView [ #backgroundSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellViewBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellView #backgroundSet
--   </pre>
getCellViewBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewBackgroundRgba :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellView [ #backgroundRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellViewBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellView #backgroundRgba
--   </pre>
getCellViewBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #backgroundGdk
--   </pre>
clearCellViewBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewBackgroundGdk :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellView [ #backgroundGdk <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellViewBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellView #backgroundGdk
--   </pre>
getCellViewBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #background
--   </pre>
clearCellViewBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellViewBackground :: (IsCellView o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellView [ #background <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellViewBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>CellView</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellView :: (MonadIO m, IsCellView o) => o -> m CellView

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellView
CellView :: ManagedPtr CellView -> CellView

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CellView</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toCellView</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellView o) => IsCellView o

-- | This resets the default sort function to be in the “unsorted” state.
--   That is, it is in the same order as the child model. It will re-sort
--   the model to be in the same order as the child model only if the
--   <a>TreeModelSort</a> is in “unsorted” state.
treeModelSortResetDefaultSortFunc :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort a) => a -> m ()

-- | <pre>
--   This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and\/or testing
--   purposes.
--   </pre>
--   
--   Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this
--   <a>TreeModelSort</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeModelSortIterIsValid :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns the model the <a>TreeModelSort</a> is sorting.
treeModelSortGetModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort a) => a -> m TreeModel

-- | Converts <i><tt>sortedPath</tt></i> to a path on the child model of
--   <i><tt>treeModelSort</tt></i>. That is, <i><tt>sortedPath</tt></i>
--   points to a location in <i><tt>treeModelSort</tt></i>. The returned
--   path will point to the same location in the model not being sorted. If
--   <i><tt>sortedPath</tt></i> does not point to a location in the child
--   model, <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
treeModelSortConvertPathToChildPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort a) => a -> TreePath -> m (Maybe TreePath)

-- | Sets <i><tt>childIter</tt></i> to point to the row pointed to by
--   <i><tt>sortedIter</tt></i>.
treeModelSortConvertIterToChildIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort a) => a -> TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Converts <i><tt>childPath</tt></i> to a path relative to
--   <i><tt>treeModelSort</tt></i>. That is, <i><tt>childPath</tt></i>
--   points to a path in the child model. The returned path will point to
--   the same row in the sorted model. If <i><tt>childPath</tt></i> isn’t a
--   valid path on the child model, then <a>Nothing</a> is returned.
treeModelSortConvertChildPathToPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort a) => a -> TreePath -> m (Maybe TreePath)

-- | Sets <i><tt>sortIter</tt></i> to point to the row in
--   <i><tt>treeModelSort</tt></i> that corresponds to the row pointed at
--   by <i><tt>childIter</tt></i>. If <i><tt>sortIter</tt></i> was not set,
--   <a>False</a> is returned. Note: a boolean is only returned since 2.14.
treeModelSortConvertChildIterToIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort a) => a -> TreeIter -> m (Bool, TreeIter)

-- | This function should almost never be called. It clears the
--   <i><tt>treeModelSort</tt></i> of any cached iterators that haven’t
--   been reffed with <a>treeModelRefNode</a>. This might be useful if the
--   child model being sorted is static (and doesn’t change often) and
--   there has been a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of
--   this function, all unreffed iters will be invalid.
treeModelSortClearCache :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>TreeModelSort</a>, with <i><tt>childModel</tt></i> as
--   the child model.
treeModelSortNewWithModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m TreeModelSort

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTreeModelSortModel :: (IsTreeModelSort o, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeModelSort #model
--   </pre>
getTreeModelSortModel :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort o) => o -> m TreeModel

-- | Cast to <a>TreeModelSort</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeModelSort :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeModelSort o) => o -> m TreeModelSort

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeModelSort
TreeModelSort :: ManagedPtr TreeModelSort -> TreeModelSort

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TreeModelSort</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toTreeModelSort</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeModelSort o) => IsTreeModelSort o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreePath
TreePath :: ManagedPtr TreePath -> TreePath

-- | Frees an iterator that has been allocated by <a>treeIterCopy</a>.
--   
--   This function is mainly used for language bindings.
treeIterFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Creates a dynamically allocated tree iterator as a copy of
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function is not intended for use in applications, because you can
--   just copy the structs by value (<tt>GtkTreeIter new_iter =
--   iter;</tt>). You must free this iter with <a>treeIterFree</a>.
treeIterCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>user_data3</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #userData3
--   </pre>
clearTreeIterUserData3 :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>user_data3</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeIter [ #userData3 <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeIterUserData3 :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>user_data3</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeIter #userData3
--   </pre>
getTreeIterUserData3 :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> m (Ptr ())

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>user_data2</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #userData2
--   </pre>
clearTreeIterUserData2 :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>user_data2</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeIter [ #userData2 <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeIterUserData2 :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>user_data2</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeIter #userData2
--   </pre>
getTreeIterUserData2 :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> m (Ptr ())

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>user_data</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #userData
--   </pre>
clearTreeIterUserData :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>user_data</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeIter [ #userData <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeIterUserData :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>user_data</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeIter #userData
--   </pre>
getTreeIterUserData :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> m (Ptr ())

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stamp</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> treeIter [ #stamp <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTreeIterStamp :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stamp</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> treeIter #stamp
--   </pre>
getTreeIterStamp :: MonadIO m => TreeIter -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>TreeIter</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroTreeIter :: MonadIO m => m TreeIter

-- | Creates a new <a>CellRendererCombo</a>. Adjust how text is drawn using
--   object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with
--   <tt><i>g_object_set()</i></tt>). Also, with <a>TreeViewColumn</a>, you
--   can bind a property to a value in a <a>TreeModel</a>. For example, you
--   can bind the “text” property on the cell renderer to a string value in
--   the model, thus rendering a different string in each row of the
--   <a>TreeView</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellRendererComboNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellRendererCombo

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererComboTextColumn :: (IsCellRendererCombo o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererCombo [ #textColumn <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererComboTextColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererCombo o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text-column</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererCombo #textColumn
--   </pre>
getCellRendererComboTextColumn :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererCombo o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #model
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererComboModel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererCombo o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererComboModel :: (IsCellRendererCombo o, MonadIO m, IsTreeModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererCombo [ #model <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererComboModel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererCombo o, IsTreeModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererCombo #model
--   </pre>
getCellRendererComboModel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererCombo o) => o -> m (Maybe TreeModel)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-entry</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererComboHasEntry :: (IsCellRendererCombo o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-entry</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererCombo [ #hasEntry <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererComboHasEntry :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererCombo o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-entry</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererCombo #hasEntry
--   </pre>
getCellRendererComboHasEntry :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererCombo o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellRendererCombo #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterCellRendererComboChanged :: (IsCellRendererCombo a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererComboChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellRendererCombo #changed callback
--   </pre>
onCellRendererComboChanged :: (IsCellRendererCombo a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererComboChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellRendererComboChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellRendererComboChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_CellRendererComboChangedCallback :: CellRendererComboChangedCallback -> C_CellRendererComboChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellRendererComboChanged :: MonadIO m => CellRendererComboChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellRendererComboChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellRendererComboChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noCellRendererComboChangedCallback :: Maybe CellRendererComboChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>CellRendererCombo</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRendererCombo :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererCombo o) => o -> m CellRendererCombo

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellRendererComboChangedCallback</a>.
mk_CellRendererComboChangedCallback :: C_CellRendererComboChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellRendererComboChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRendererCombo
CellRendererCombo :: ManagedPtr CellRendererCombo -> CellRendererCombo

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellRendererCombo</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toCellRendererCombo</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRendererCombo o) => IsCellRendererCombo o

-- | This signal is emitted each time after the user selected an item in
--   the combo box, either by using the mouse or the arrow keys. Contrary
--   to GtkComboBox, GtkCellRendererCombo[changed](#g:signal:changed) is
--   not emitted for changes made to a selected item in the entry. The
--   argument <i><tt>newIter</tt></i> corresponds to the newly selected
--   item in the combo box and it is relative to the GtkTreeModel set via
--   the model property on GtkCellRendererCombo.
--   
--   Note that as soon as you change the model displayed in the tree view,
--   the tree view will immediately cease the editing operating. This means
--   that you most probably want to refrain from changing the model until
--   the combo cell renderer emits the edited or editing_canceled signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
type CellRendererComboChangedCallback = Text -> TreeIter -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellRendererComboChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr TreeIter -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Swaps <i><tt>a</tt></i> and <i><tt>b</tt></i> in
--   <i><tt>store</tt></i>. Note that this function only works with
--   unsorted stores.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
listStoreSwap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | A variant of <tt><i>gtk_list_store_set_valist()</i></tt> which takes
--   the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
--   function is mainly intended for language-bindings and in case the
--   number of columns to change is not known until run-time.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
listStoreSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> [Int32] -> [GValue] -> m ()

-- | Sets the data in the cell specified by <i><tt>iter</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i>. The type of <i><tt>value</tt></i> must be
--   convertible to the type of the column.
listStoreSetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> Int32 -> GValue -> m ()

-- | This function is meant primarily for <tt><i>GObjects</i></tt> that
--   inherit from <a>ListStore</a>, and should only be used when
--   constructing a new <a>ListStore</a>. It will not function after a row
--   has been added, or a method on the <a>TreeModel</a> interface is
--   called.
listStoreSetColumnTypes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> [GType] -> m ()

-- | Reorders <i><tt>store</tt></i> to follow the order indicated by
--   <i><tt>newOrder</tt></i>. Note that this function only works with
--   unsorted stores.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
listStoreReorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> [Int32] -> m ()

-- | Removes the given row from the list store. After being removed,
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to be the next valid row, or invalidated
--   if it pointed to the last row in <i><tt>listStore</tt></i>.
listStoreRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Prepends a new row to <i><tt>listStore</tt></i>. <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after
--   this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call
--   <tt><i>gtk_list_store_set()</i></tt> or <a>listStoreSetValue</a>.
listStorePrepend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> m TreeIter

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> in <i><tt>store</tt></i> to the position
--   before <i><tt>position</tt></i>. Note that this function only works
--   with unsorted stores. If <i><tt>position</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>,
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be moved to the end of the list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
listStoreMoveBefore :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> Maybe TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> in <i><tt>store</tt></i> to the position
--   after <i><tt>position</tt></i>. Note that this function only works
--   with unsorted stores. If <i><tt>position</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>,
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be moved to the start of the list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
listStoreMoveAfter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> Maybe TreeIter -> m ()

-- | <pre>
--   This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and\/or testing
--   purposes.
--   </pre>
--   
--   Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this <a>ListStore</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
listStoreIterIsValid :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | A variant of <tt><i>gtk_list_store_insert_with_values()</i></tt> which
--   takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
--   function is mainly intended for language-bindings.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
listStoreInsertWithValuesv :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> Int32 -> [Int32] -> [GValue] -> m TreeIter

-- | Inserts a new row before <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then the row will be
--   appended to the end of the list. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be changed
--   to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this function is
--   called. To fill in values, you need to call
--   <tt><i>gtk_list_store_set()</i></tt> or <a>listStoreSetValue</a>.
listStoreInsertBefore :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Inserts a new row after <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then the row will be
--   prepended to the beginning of the list. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be
--   changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this
--   function is called. To fill in values, you need to call
--   <tt><i>gtk_list_store_set()</i></tt> or <a>listStoreSetValue</a>.
listStoreInsertAfter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Creates a new row at <i><tt>position</tt></i>. <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   will be changed to point to this new row. If <i><tt>position</tt></i>
--   is -1 or is larger than the number of rows on the list, then the new
--   row will be appended to the list. The row will be empty after this
--   function is called. To fill in values, you need to call
--   <tt><i>gtk_list_store_set()</i></tt> or <a>listStoreSetValue</a>.
listStoreInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> Int32 -> m TreeIter

-- | Removes all rows from the list store.
listStoreClear :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> m ()

-- | Appends a new row to <i><tt>listStore</tt></i>. <i><tt>iter</tt></i>
--   will be changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after
--   this function is called. To fill in values, you need to call
--   <tt><i>gtk_list_store_set()</i></tt> or <a>listStoreSetValue</a>.
listStoreAppend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListStore a) => a -> m TreeIter

-- | Non-vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.
listStoreNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [GType] -> m ListStore

-- | Cast to <a>ListStore</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toListStore :: (MonadIO m, IsListStore o) => o -> m ListStore

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ListStore
ListStore :: ManagedPtr ListStore -> ListStore

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ListStore</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toListStore</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ListStore o) => IsListStore o

-- | Swaps <i><tt>a</tt></i> and <i><tt>b</tt></i> in the same level of
--   <i><tt>treeStore</tt></i>. Note that this function only works with
--   unsorted stores.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeStoreSwap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> TreeIter -> m ()

-- | A variant of <tt><i>gtk_tree_store_set_valist()</i></tt> which takes
--   the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
--   function is mainly intended for language bindings or in case the
--   number of columns to change is not known until run-time.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
treeStoreSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> [Int32] -> [GValue] -> m ()

-- | Sets the data in the cell specified by <i><tt>iter</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>column</tt></i>. The type of <i><tt>value</tt></i> must be
--   convertible to the type of the column.
treeStoreSetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> Int32 -> GValue -> m ()

-- | This function is meant primarily for <tt><i>GObjects</i></tt> that
--   inherit from <a>TreeStore</a>, and should only be used when
--   constructing a new <a>TreeStore</a>. It will not function after a row
--   has been added, or a method on the <a>TreeModel</a> interface is
--   called.
treeStoreSetColumnTypes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> [GType] -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>iter</tt></i> from <i><tt>treeStore</tt></i>. After
--   being removed, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is set to the next valid row at
--   that level, or invalidated if it previously pointed to the last one.
treeStoreRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Prepends a new row to <i><tt>treeStore</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a>, then it will prepend the
--   new row before the first child of <i><tt>parent</tt></i>, otherwise it
--   will prepend a row to the top level. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be
--   changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this
--   function is called. To fill in values, you need to call
--   <tt><i>gtk_tree_store_set()</i></tt> or <a>treeStoreSetValue</a>.
treeStorePrepend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> in <i><tt>treeStore</tt></i> to the
--   position before <i><tt>position</tt></i>. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>position</tt></i> should be in the same level. Note that this
--   function only works with unsorted stores. If <i><tt>position</tt></i>
--   is <a>Nothing</a>, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be moved to the end of
--   the level.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeStoreMoveBefore :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> Maybe TreeIter -> m ()

-- | Moves <i><tt>iter</tt></i> in <i><tt>treeStore</tt></i> to the
--   position after <i><tt>position</tt></i>. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>position</tt></i> should be in the same level. Note that this
--   function only works with unsorted stores. If <i><tt>position</tt></i>
--   is <a>Nothing</a>, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be moved to the start of
--   the level.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeStoreMoveAfter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> Maybe TreeIter -> m ()

-- | WARNING: This function is slow. Only use it for debugging and/or
--   testing purposes.
--   
--   Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this <a>TreeStore</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
treeStoreIterIsValid :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | Returns the depth of <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. This will be 0 for anything
--   on the root level, 1 for anything down a level, etc.
treeStoreIterDepth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> m Int32

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is an ancestor of
--   <i><tt>descendant</tt></i>. That is, <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is the
--   parent (or grandparent or great-grandparent) of
--   <i><tt>descendant</tt></i>.
treeStoreIsAncestor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> TreeIter -> TreeIter -> m Bool

-- | A variant of <tt><i>gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values()</i></tt> which
--   takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This
--   function is mainly intended for language bindings.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
treeStoreInsertWithValues :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> Int32 -> [Int32] -> [GValue] -> m TreeIter

-- | Inserts a new row before <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then the row will be
--   appended to <i><tt>parent</tt></i> ’s children. If
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> and <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> are <a>Nothing</a>,
--   then the row will be appended to the toplevel. If both
--   <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> and <i><tt>parent</tt></i> are set, then
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> must be the parent of <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>.
--   When <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> is set, <i><tt>parent</tt></i> is
--   optional.
--   
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be changed to point to this new row. The row
--   will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you
--   need to call <tt><i>gtk_tree_store_set()</i></tt> or
--   <a>treeStoreSetValue</a>.
treeStoreInsertBefore :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> Maybe TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Inserts a new row after <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, then the row will be
--   prepended to <i><tt>parent</tt></i> ’s children. If
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> and <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> are <a>Nothing</a>,
--   then the row will be prepended to the toplevel. If both
--   <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> and <i><tt>parent</tt></i> are set, then
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> must be the parent of <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>.
--   When <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> is set, <i><tt>parent</tt></i> is
--   optional.
--   
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be changed to point to this new row. The row
--   will be empty after this function is called. To fill in values, you
--   need to call <tt><i>gtk_tree_store_set()</i></tt> or
--   <a>treeStoreSetValue</a>.
treeStoreInsertAfter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> Maybe TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Creates a new row at <i><tt>position</tt></i>. If parent is
--   non-<a>Nothing</a>, then the row will be made a child of
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i>. Otherwise, the row will be created at the
--   toplevel. If <i><tt>position</tt></i> is -1 or is larger than the
--   number of rows at that level, then the new row will be inserted to the
--   end of the list. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be changed to point to this
--   new row. The row will be empty after this function is called. To fill
--   in values, you need to call <tt><i>gtk_tree_store_set()</i></tt> or
--   <a>treeStoreSetValue</a>.
treeStoreInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> Int32 -> m TreeIter

-- | Removes all rows from <i><tt>treeStore</tt></i>
treeStoreClear :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> m ()

-- | Appends a new row to <i><tt>treeStore</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>parent</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a>, then it will append the
--   new row after the last child of <i><tt>parent</tt></i>, otherwise it
--   will append a row to the top level. <i><tt>iter</tt></i> will be
--   changed to point to this new row. The row will be empty after this
--   function is called. To fill in values, you need to call
--   <tt><i>gtk_tree_store_set()</i></tt> or <a>treeStoreSetValue</a>.
treeStoreAppend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTreeStore a) => a -> Maybe TreeIter -> m TreeIter

-- | Non vararg creation function. Used primarily by language bindings.
treeStoreNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [GType] -> m TreeStore

-- | Cast to <a>TreeStore</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeStore :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeStore o) => o -> m TreeStore

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeStore
TreeStore :: ManagedPtr TreeStore -> TreeStore

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TreeStore</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTreeStore</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeStore o) => IsTreeStore o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeIter
TreeIter :: ManagedPtr TreeIter -> TreeIter

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>is_active</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleActionEntry [ #isActive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionEntryIsActive :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is_active</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleActionEntry #isActive
--   </pre>
getToggleActionEntryIsActive :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>callback</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #callback
--   </pre>
clearToggleActionEntryCallback :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>callback</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleActionEntry [ #callback <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionEntryCallback :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> FunPtr C_Callback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>callback</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleActionEntry #callback
--   </pre>
getToggleActionEntryCallback :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m (Maybe Callback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltip
--   </pre>
clearToggleActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleActionEntry [ #tooltip <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleActionEntry #tooltip
--   </pre>
getToggleActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelerator
--   </pre>
clearToggleActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleActionEntry [ #accelerator <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleActionEntry #accelerator
--   </pre>
getToggleActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearToggleActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleActionEntry [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleActionEntry #label
--   </pre>
getToggleActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stockId
--   </pre>
clearToggleActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleActionEntry [ #stockId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleActionEntry #stockId
--   </pre>
getToggleActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #name
--   </pre>
clearToggleActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleActionEntry [ #name <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleActionEntry #name
--   </pre>
getToggleActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>ToggleActionEntry</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroToggleActionEntry :: MonadIO m => m ToggleActionEntry

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToggleActionEntry
ToggleActionEntry :: ManagedPtr ToggleActionEntry -> ToggleActionEntry

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ThemeEngine
ThemeEngine :: ManagedPtr ThemeEngine -> ThemeEngine

-- | Sets the priority of a <a>TextTag</a>. Valid priorities start at 0 and
--   go to one less than <a>textTagTableGetSize</a>. Each tag in a table
--   has a unique priority; setting the priority of one tag shifts the
--   priorities of all the other tags in the table to maintain a unique
--   priority for each tag. Higher priority tags “win” if two tags both set
--   the same text attribute. When adding a tag to a tag table, it will be
--   assigned the highest priority in the table by default; so normally the
--   precedence of a set of tags is the order in which they were added to
--   the table, or created with
--   <tt><i>gtk_text_buffer_create_tag()</i></tt>, which adds the tag to
--   the buffer’s table automatically.
textTagSetPriority :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the tag priority.
textTagGetPriority :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Emits the “event” signal on the <a>TextTag</a>.
textTagEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a, IsObject b) => a -> b -> Event -> TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Emits the <a>tagChanged</a> signal on the <a>TextTagTable</a> where
--   the tag is included.
--   
--   The signal is already emitted when setting a <a>TextTag</a> property.
--   This function is useful for a <a>TextTag</a> subclass.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
textTagChanged :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextTag a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Creates a <a>TextTag</a>. Configure the tag using object arguments,
--   i.e. using <tt><i>g_object_set()</i></tt>.
textTagNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> m TextTag

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap-mode-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagWrapModeSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #wrapModeSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagWrapModeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #wrapModeSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagWrapModeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagWrapMode :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => WrapMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #wrapMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagWrapMode :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> WrapMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #wrapMode
--   </pre>
getTextTagWrapMode :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m WrapMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>weight-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagWeightSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>weight-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #weightSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagWeightSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>weight-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #weightSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagWeightSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>weight</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagWeight :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>weight</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #weight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagWeight :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>weight</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #weight
--   </pre>
getTextTagWeight :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>variant-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagVariantSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>variant-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #variantSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagVariantSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>variant-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #variantSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagVariantSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>variant</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagVariant :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Variant -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>variant</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #variant <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagVariant :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Variant -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>variant</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #variant
--   </pre>
getTextTagVariant :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Variant

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>underline-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagUnderlineSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>underline-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #underlineSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagUnderlineSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>underline-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #underlineSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagUnderlineSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>underline-rgba-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagUnderlineRgbaSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>underline-rgba-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #underlineRgbaSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagUnderlineRgbaSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>underline-rgba-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #underlineRgbaSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagUnderlineRgbaSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>underline-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #underlineRgba
--   </pre>
clearTextTagUnderlineRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>underline-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagUnderlineRgba :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>underline-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #underlineRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagUnderlineRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>underline-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #underlineRgba
--   </pre>
getTextTagUnderlineRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>underline</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagUnderline :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Underline -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #underline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Underline -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #underline
--   </pre>
getTextTagUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Underline

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tabs-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagTabsSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tabs-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #tabsSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagTabsSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tabs-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #tabsSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagTabsSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tabs
--   </pre>
clearTextTagTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagTabs :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => TabArray -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #tabs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> TabArray -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #tabs
--   </pre>
getTextTagTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe TabArray)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>style-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagStyleSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #styleSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagStyleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>style-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #styleSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagStyleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagStyle :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Style -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #style <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Style -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #style
--   </pre>
getTextTagStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Style

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>strikethrough-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagStrikethroughSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #strikethroughSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagStrikethroughSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #strikethroughSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagStrikethroughSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>strikethrough-rgba-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagStrikethroughRgbaSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-rgba-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #strikethroughRgbaSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagStrikethroughRgbaSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-rgba-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #strikethroughRgbaSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagStrikethroughRgbaSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #strikethroughRgba
--   </pre>
clearTextTagStrikethroughRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>strikethrough-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagStrikethroughRgba :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #strikethroughRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagStrikethroughRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #strikethroughRgba
--   </pre>
getTextTagStrikethroughRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>strikethrough</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagStrikethrough :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>strikethrough</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #strikethrough <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagStrikethrough :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>strikethrough</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #strikethrough
--   </pre>
getTextTagStrikethrough :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stretch-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagStretchSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stretch-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #stretchSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagStretchSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stretch-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #stretchSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagStretchSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stretch</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagStretch :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Stretch -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stretch</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #stretch <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagStretch :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Stretch -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stretch</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #stretch
--   </pre>
getTextTagStretch :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Stretch

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>size-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagSizeSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #sizeSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagSizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #sizeSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagSizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>size-points</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagSizePoints :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size-points</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #sizePoints <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagSizePoints :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size-points</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #sizePoints
--   </pre>
getTextTagSizePoints :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagSize :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #size <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagSize :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #size
--   </pre>
getTextTagSize :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>scale-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagScaleSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>scale-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #scaleSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagScaleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>scale-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #scaleSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagScaleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>scale</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagScale :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>scale</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #scale <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagScale :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>scale</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #scale
--   </pre>
getTextTagScale :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rise-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagRiseSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rise-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #riseSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagRiseSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rise-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #riseSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagRiseSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rise</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagRise :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rise</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #rise <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagRise :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rise</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #rise
--   </pre>
getTextTagRise :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>right-margin-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagRightMarginSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>right-margin-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #rightMarginSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagRightMarginSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>right-margin-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #rightMarginSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagRightMarginSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>right-margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagRightMargin :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>right-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #rightMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagRightMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>right-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #rightMargin
--   </pre>
getTextTagRightMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagPixelsInsideWrapSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #pixelsInsideWrapSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagPixelsInsideWrapSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #pixelsInsideWrapSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagPixelsInsideWrapSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagPixelsInsideWrap :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #pixelsInsideWrap <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagPixelsInsideWrap :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #pixelsInsideWrap
--   </pre>
getTextTagPixelsInsideWrap :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-below-lines-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagPixelsBelowLinesSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-below-lines-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #pixelsBelowLinesSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagPixelsBelowLinesSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-below-lines-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #pixelsBelowLinesSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagPixelsBelowLinesSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-below-lines</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagPixelsBelowLines :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-below-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #pixelsBelowLines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagPixelsBelowLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-below-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #pixelsBelowLines
--   </pre>
getTextTagPixelsBelowLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-above-lines-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagPixelsAboveLinesSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-above-lines-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #pixelsAboveLinesSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagPixelsAboveLinesSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-above-lines-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #pixelsAboveLinesSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagPixelsAboveLinesSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-above-lines</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagPixelsAboveLines :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-above-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #pixelsAboveLines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagPixelsAboveLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-above-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #pixelsAboveLines
--   </pre>
getTextTagPixelsAboveLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>paragraph-background-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagParagraphBackgroundSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background-set</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #paragraphBackgroundSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagParagraphBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background-set</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #paragraphBackgroundSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagParagraphBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #paragraphBackgroundRgba
--   </pre>
clearTextTagParagraphBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>paragraph-background-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagParagraphBackgroundRgba :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background-rgba</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #paragraphBackgroundRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagParagraphBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background-rgba</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #paragraphBackgroundRgba
--   </pre>
getTextTagParagraphBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background-gdk</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #paragraphBackgroundGdk
--   </pre>
clearTextTagParagraphBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>paragraph-background-gdk</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagParagraphBackgroundGdk :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background-gdk</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #paragraphBackgroundGdk <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagParagraphBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background-gdk</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #paragraphBackgroundGdk
--   </pre>
getTextTagParagraphBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #paragraphBackground
--   </pre>
clearTextTagParagraphBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>paragraph-background</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagParagraphBackground :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>paragraph-background</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #paragraphBackground <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagParagraphBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagName :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #name
--   </pre>
getTextTagName :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>letter-spacing-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagLetterSpacingSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>letter-spacing-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #letterSpacingSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagLetterSpacingSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>letter-spacing-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #letterSpacingSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagLetterSpacingSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>letter-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagLetterSpacing :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>letter-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #letterSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagLetterSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>letter-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #letterSpacing
--   </pre>
getTextTagLetterSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>left-margin-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagLeftMarginSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>left-margin-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #leftMarginSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagLeftMarginSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>left-margin-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #leftMarginSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagLeftMarginSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>left-margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagLeftMargin :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>left-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #leftMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagLeftMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>left-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #leftMargin
--   </pre>
getTextTagLeftMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>language-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagLanguageSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #languageSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagLanguageSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>language-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #languageSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagLanguageSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #language
--   </pre>
clearTextTagLanguage :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>language</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagLanguage :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #language <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagLanguage :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #language
--   </pre>
getTextTagLanguage :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>justification-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagJustificationSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>justification-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #justificationSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagJustificationSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>justification-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #justificationSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagJustificationSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>justification</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagJustification :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Justification -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>justification</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #justification <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagJustification :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Justification -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>justification</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #justification
--   </pre>
getTextTagJustification :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Justification

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>invisible-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagInvisibleSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>invisible-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #invisibleSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagInvisibleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>invisible-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #invisibleSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagInvisibleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>invisible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagInvisible :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>invisible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #invisible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagInvisible :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>invisible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #invisible
--   </pre>
getTextTagInvisible :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>indent-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagIndentSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>indent-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #indentSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagIndentSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>indent-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #indentSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagIndentSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>indent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagIndent :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>indent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #indent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagIndent :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>indent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #indent
--   </pre>
getTextTagIndent :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>foreground-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagForegroundSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #foregroundSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagForegroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>foreground-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #foregroundSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagForegroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #foregroundRgba
--   </pre>
clearTextTagForegroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>foreground-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagForegroundRgba :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #foregroundRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagForegroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>foreground-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #foregroundRgba
--   </pre>
getTextTagForegroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-gdk</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #foregroundGdk
--   </pre>
clearTextTagForegroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>foreground-gdk</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagForegroundGdk :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #foregroundGdk <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagForegroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>foreground-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #foregroundGdk
--   </pre>
getTextTagForegroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #foreground
--   </pre>
clearTextTagForeground :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>foreground</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagForeground :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #foreground <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagForeground :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font-features-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagFontFeaturesSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-features-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #fontFeaturesSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagFontFeaturesSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font-features-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #fontFeaturesSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagFontFeaturesSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-features</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #fontFeatures
--   </pre>
clearTextTagFontFeatures :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font-features</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagFontFeatures :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-features</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #fontFeatures <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagFontFeatures :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font-features</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #fontFeatures
--   </pre>
getTextTagFontFeatures :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #fontDesc
--   </pre>
clearTextTagFontDesc :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagFontDesc :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => FontDescription -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #fontDesc <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagFontDesc :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> FontDescription -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #fontDesc
--   </pre>
getTextTagFontDesc :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe FontDescription)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #font
--   </pre>
clearTextTagFont :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagFont :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #font <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagFont :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #font
--   </pre>
getTextTagFont :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>family-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagFamilySet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>family-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #familySet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagFamilySet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>family-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #familySet
--   </pre>
getTextTagFamilySet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>family</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #family
--   </pre>
clearTextTagFamily :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>family</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagFamily :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>family</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #family <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagFamily :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>family</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #family
--   </pre>
getTextTagFamily :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>fallback-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagFallbackSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>fallback-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #fallbackSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagFallbackSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>fallback-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #fallbackSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagFallbackSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>fallback</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagFallback :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>fallback</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #fallback <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagFallback :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>fallback</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #fallback
--   </pre>
getTextTagFallback :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>editable-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagEditableSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>editable-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #editableSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagEditableSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editable-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #editableSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagEditableSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>editable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagEditable :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #editable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #editable
--   </pre>
getTextTagEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>direction</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagDirection :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => TextDirection -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #direction <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #direction
--   </pre>
getTextTagDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m TextDirection

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagBackgroundSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #backgroundSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #backgroundSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #backgroundRgba
--   </pre>
clearTextTagBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagBackgroundRgba :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #backgroundRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #backgroundRgba
--   </pre>
getTextTagBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #backgroundGdk
--   </pre>
clearTextTagBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagBackgroundGdk :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #backgroundGdk <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #backgroundGdk
--   </pre>
getTextTagBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-full-height-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagBackgroundFullHeightSet :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-full-height-set</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #backgroundFullHeightSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagBackgroundFullHeightSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-full-height-set</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #backgroundFullHeightSet
--   </pre>
getTextTagBackgroundFullHeightSet :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-full-height</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagBackgroundFullHeight :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-full-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #backgroundFullHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagBackgroundFullHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-full-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #backgroundFullHeight
--   </pre>
getTextTagBackgroundFullHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #background
--   </pre>
clearTextTagBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagBackground :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #background <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accumulative-margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextTagAccumulativeMargin :: (IsTextTag o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accumulative-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textTag [ #accumulativeMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextTagAccumulativeMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accumulative-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textTag #accumulativeMargin
--   </pre>
getTextTagAccumulativeMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>event</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textTag #event callback
--   </pre>
afterTextTagEvent :: (IsTextTag a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextTagEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>event</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textTag #event callback
--   </pre>
onTextTagEvent :: (IsTextTag a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextTagEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextTagEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextTagEventCallback</a>.
wrap_TextTagEventCallback :: TextTagEventCallback -> C_TextTagEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextTagEvent :: MonadIO m => TextTagEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextTagEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextTagEventCallback</a></tt>.
noTextTagEventCallback :: Maybe TextTagEventCallback

-- | Cast to <a>TextTag</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTextTag :: (MonadIO m, IsTextTag o) => o -> m TextTag

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextTagEventCallback</a>.
mk_TextTagEventCallback :: C_TextTagEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextTagEventCallback)

-- | The <a>event</a> signal is emitted when an event occurs on a region of
--   the buffer marked with this tag.
type TextTagEventCallback = Object -> Event -> TextIter -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextTagEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Object -> Ptr Event -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Converts coordinates on the window identified by <i><tt>win</tt></i>
--   to buffer coordinates, storing the result in
--   (<i><tt>bufferX</tt></i>,<i><tt>bufferY</tt></i>).
--   
--   Note that you can’t convert coordinates for a nonexisting window (see
--   <a>textViewSetBorderWindowSize</a>).
textViewWindowToBufferCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextWindowType -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Determines whether <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is at the start of a display
--   line. See <a>textViewForwardDisplayLine</a> for an explanation of
--   display lines vs. paragraphs.
textViewStartsDisplayLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Sets the line wrapping for the view.
textViewSetWrapMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> WrapMode -> m ()

-- | Sets the top margin for text in <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that this function is confusingly named. In CSS terms, the value
--   set here is padding.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
textViewSetTopMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the default tab stops for paragraphs in <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   Tags in the buffer may override the default.
textViewSetTabs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TabArray -> m ()

-- | Sets the default right margin for text in the text view. Tags in the
--   buffer may override the default.
--   
--   Note that this function is confusingly named. In CSS terms, the value
--   set here is padding.
textViewSetRightMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to leave between
--   display/wrapped lines within a paragraph. May be overridden by tags in
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i>’s buffer.
textViewSetPixelsInsideWrap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the default number of pixels of blank space to put below
--   paragraphs in <i><tt>textView</tt></i>. May be overridden by tags
--   applied to <i><tt>textView</tt></i>’s buffer.
textViewSetPixelsBelowLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the default number of blank pixels above paragraphs in
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i>. Tags in the buffer for
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i> may override the defaults.
textViewSetPixelsAboveLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Changes the <a>TextView</a> overwrite mode.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textViewSetOverwrite :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>TextView</a>:<tt><i>monospace</i></tt> property, which
--   indicates that the text view should use monospace fonts.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
textViewSetMonospace :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the default left margin for text in <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   Tags in the buffer may override the default.
--   
--   Note that this function is confusingly named. In CSS terms, the value
--   set here is padding.
textViewSetLeftMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the default justification of text in <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   Tags in the view’s buffer may override the default.
textViewSetJustification :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Justification -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>TextView</a>:<tt><i>input-purpose</i></tt> property which
--   can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust
--   their behaviour.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
textViewSetInputPurpose :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> InputPurpose -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>TextView</a>:<tt><i>input-hints</i></tt> property, which
--   allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
textViewSetInputHints :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> [InputHints] -> m ()

-- | Sets the default indentation for paragraphs in
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i>. Tags in the buffer may override the default.
textViewSetIndent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the default editability of the <a>TextView</a>. You can override
--   this default setting with tags in the buffer, using the “editable”
--   attribute of tags.
textViewSetEditable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Toggles whether the insertion point should be displayed. A buffer with
--   no editable text probably shouldn’t have a visible cursor, so you may
--   want to turn the cursor off.
--   
--   Note that this property may be overridden by the
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-keynave-use-caret</i></tt> settings.
textViewSetCursorVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>buffer</tt></i> as the buffer being displayed by
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i>. The previous buffer displayed by the text
--   view is unreferenced, and a reference is added to
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>. If you owned a reference to
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i> before passing it to this function, you must
--   remove that reference yourself; <a>TextView</a> will not “adopt” it.
textViewSetBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a, IsTextBuffer b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the bottom margin for text in <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that this function is confusingly named. In CSS terms, the value
--   set here is padding.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
textViewSetBottomMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the width of <a>TextWindowTypeLeft</a> or
--   <a>TextWindowTypeRight</a>, or the height of <a>TextWindowTypeTop</a>
--   or <a>TextWindowTypeBottom</a>. Automatically destroys the
--   corresponding window if the size is set to 0, and creates the window
--   if the size is set to non-zero. This function can only be used for the
--   “border windows”, and it won’t work with <a>TextWindowTypeWidget</a>,
--   <a>TextWindowTypeText</a>, or <a>TextWindowTypePrivate</a>.
textViewSetBorderWindowSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextWindowType -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the behavior of the text widget when the Tab key is pressed. If
--   <i><tt>acceptsTab</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, a tab character is
--   inserted. If <i><tt>acceptsTab</tt></i> is <a>False</a> the keyboard
--   focus is moved to the next widget in the focus chain.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textViewSetAcceptsTab :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Scrolls <i><tt>textView</tt></i> so that <i><tt>mark</tt></i> is on
--   the screen in the position indicated by <i><tt>xalign</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>yalign</tt></i>. An alignment of 0.0 indicates left or top, 1.0
--   indicates right or bottom, 0.5 means center. If
--   <i><tt>useAlign</tt></i> is <a>False</a>, the text scrolls the minimal
--   distance to get the mark onscreen, possibly not scrolling at all. The
--   effective screen for purposes of this function is reduced by a margin
--   of size <i><tt>withinMargin</tt></i>.
textViewScrollToMark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a, IsTextMark b) => a -> b -> Double -> Bool -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Scrolls <i><tt>textView</tt></i> so that <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is on
--   the screen in the position indicated by <i><tt>xalign</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>yalign</tt></i>. An alignment of 0.0 indicates left or top, 1.0
--   indicates right or bottom, 0.5 means center. If
--   <i><tt>useAlign</tt></i> is <a>False</a>, the text scrolls the minimal
--   distance to get the mark onscreen, possibly not scrolling at all. The
--   effective screen for purposes of this function is reduced by a margin
--   of size <i><tt>withinMargin</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that this function uses the currently-computed height of the
--   lines in the text buffer. Line heights are computed in an idle
--   handler; so this function may not have the desired effect if it’s
--   called before the height computations. To avoid oddness, consider
--   using <a>textViewScrollToMark</a> which saves a point to be scrolled
--   to after line validation.
textViewScrollToIter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> Double -> Bool -> Double -> Double -> m Bool

-- | Scrolls <i><tt>textView</tt></i> the minimum distance such that
--   <i><tt>mark</tt></i> is contained within the visible area of the
--   widget.
textViewScrollMarkOnscreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a, IsTextMark b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Reset the input method context of the text view if needed.
--   
--   This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer would
--   confuse on-going input method behavior.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
textViewResetImContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Ensures that the cursor is shown (i.e. not in an 'off' blink interval)
--   and resets the time that it will stay blinking (or visible, in case
--   blinking is disabled).
--   
--   This function should be called in response to user input (e.g. from
--   derived classes that override the textview's <a>keyPressEvent</a>
--   handler).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
textViewResetCursorBlink :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m ()

-- | Moves the cursor to the currently visible region of the buffer, it it
--   isn’t there already.
textViewPlaceCursorOnscreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Move the iterator a given number of characters visually, treating it
--   as the strong cursor position. If <i><tt>count</tt></i> is positive,
--   then the new strong cursor position will be <i><tt>count</tt></i>
--   positions to the right of the old cursor position. If
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i> is negative then the new strong cursor position
--   will be <i><tt>count</tt></i> positions to the left of the old cursor
--   position.
--   
--   In the presence of bi-directional text, the correspondence between
--   logical and visual order will depend on the direction of the current
--   run, and there may be jumps when the cursor is moved off of the end of
--   a run.
textViewMoveVisually :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Moves a mark within the buffer so that it's located within the
--   currently-visible text area.
textViewMoveMarkOnscreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a, IsTextMark b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Updates the position of a child, as for
--   <a>textViewAddChildInWindow</a>.
textViewMoveChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Allow the <a>TextView</a> input method to internally handle key press
--   and release events. If this function returns <a>True</a>, then no
--   further processing should be done for this key event. See
--   <a>iMContextFilterKeypress</a>.
--   
--   Note that you are expected to call this function from your handler
--   when overriding key event handling. This is needed in the case when
--   you need to insert your own key handling between the input method and
--   the default key event handling of the <a>TextView</a>.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static gboolean
--   gtk_foo_bar_key_press_event (GtkWidget   *widget,
--                                GdkEventKey *event)
--   {
--     guint keyval;
--   
--     gdk_event_get_keyval ((GdkEvent*)event, &amp;keyval);
--   
--     if (keyval == GDK_KEY_Return || keyval == GDK_KEY_KP_Enter)
--       {
--         if (gtk_text_view_im_context_filter_keypress (GTK_TEXT_VIEW (widget), event))
--           return TRUE;
--       }
--   
--     // Do some stuff
--   
--     return GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (gtk_foo_bar_parent_class)-&gt;key_press_event (widget, event);
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
textViewImContextFilterKeypress :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> EventKey -> m Bool

-- | Gets the line wrapping for the view.
textViewGetWrapMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m WrapMode

-- | Usually used to find out which window an event corresponds to.
--   
--   If you connect to an event signal on <i><tt>textView</tt></i>, this
--   function should be called on <tt>event-&gt;window</tt> to see which
--   window it was.
textViewGetWindowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m TextWindowType

-- | Retrieves the <a>Window</a> corresponding to an area of the text view;
--   possible windows include the overall widget window, child windows on
--   the left, right, top, bottom, and the window that displays the text
--   buffer. Windows are <a>Nothing</a> and nonexistent if their width or
--   height is 0, and are nonexistent before the widget has been realized.
textViewGetWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextWindowType -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Fills <i><tt>visibleRect</tt></i> with the currently-visible region of
--   the buffer, in buffer coordinates. Convert to window coordinates with
--   <a>textViewBufferToWindowCoords</a>.
textViewGetVisibleRect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Rectangle

-- | Gets the vertical-scrolling <a>Adjustment</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
textViewGetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Gets the top margin for text in the <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
textViewGetTopMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the default tabs for <i><tt>textView</tt></i>. Tags in the buffer
--   may override the defaults. The returned array will be <a>Nothing</a>
--   if “standard” (8-space) tabs are used. Free the return value with
--   <a>tabArrayFree</a>.
textViewGetTabs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m (Maybe TabArray)

-- | Gets the default right margin for text in <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   Tags in the buffer may override the default.
textViewGetRightMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value set by <a>textViewSetPixelsInsideWrap</a>.
textViewGetPixelsInsideWrap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value set by <a>textViewSetPixelsBelowLines</a>.
--   
--   The line space is the sum of the value returned by this function and
--   the value returned by <a>textViewGetPixelsAboveLines</a>.
textViewGetPixelsBelowLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the default number of pixels to put above paragraphs. Adding this
--   function with <a>textViewGetPixelsBelowLines</a> is equal to the line
--   space between each paragraph.
textViewGetPixelsAboveLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether the <a>TextView</a> is in overwrite mode or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textViewGetOverwrite :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of the <a>TextView</a>:<tt><i>monospace</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
textViewGetMonospace :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the y coordinate of the top of the line containing
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>, and the height of the line. The coordinate is a
--   buffer coordinate; convert to window coordinates with
--   <a>textViewBufferToWindowCoords</a>.
textViewGetLineYrange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the <a>TextIter</a> at the start of the line containing the
--   coordinate <i><tt>y</tt></i>. <i><tt>y</tt></i> is in buffer
--   coordinates, convert from window coordinates with
--   <a>textViewWindowToBufferCoords</a>. If non-<a>Nothing</a>,
--   <i><tt>lineTop</tt></i> will be filled with the coordinate of the top
--   edge of the line.
textViewGetLineAtY :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> m (TextIter, Int32)

-- | Gets the default left margin size of paragraphs in the
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i>. Tags in the buffer may override the default.
textViewGetLeftMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the default justification of paragraphs in
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i>. Tags in the buffer may override the default.
textViewGetJustification :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Justification

-- | Gets a rectangle which roughly contains the character at
--   <i><tt>iter</tt></i>. The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates;
--   use <a>textViewBufferToWindowCoords</a> to convert these coordinates
--   to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view.
textViewGetIterLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> m Rectangle

-- | Retrieves the iterator pointing to the character at buffer coordinates
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i>. Buffer coordinates are
--   coordinates for the entire buffer, not just the currently-displayed
--   portion. If you have coordinates from an event, you have to convert
--   those to buffer coordinates with <a>textViewWindowToBufferCoords</a>.
--   
--   Note that this is different from <a>textViewGetIterAtLocation</a>,
--   which returns cursor locations, i.e. positions between characters.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
textViewGetIterAtPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Bool, TextIter, Int32)

-- | Retrieves the iterator at buffer coordinates <i><tt>x</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>y</tt></i>. Buffer coordinates are coordinates for the entire
--   buffer, not just the currently-displayed portion. If you have
--   coordinates from an event, you have to convert those to buffer
--   coordinates with <a>textViewWindowToBufferCoords</a>.
textViewGetIterAtLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Bool, TextIter)

-- | Gets the value of the <a>TextView</a>:<tt><i>input-purpose</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
textViewGetInputPurpose :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m InputPurpose

-- | Gets the value of the <a>TextView</a>:<tt><i>input-hints</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
textViewGetInputHints :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m [InputHints]

-- | Gets the default indentation of paragraphs in
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i>. Tags in the view’s buffer may override the
--   default. The indentation may be negative.
textViewGetIndent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the horizontal-scrolling <a>Adjustment</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
textViewGetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Returns the default editability of the <a>TextView</a>. Tags in the
--   buffer may override this setting for some ranges of text.
textViewGetEditable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Obtains a copy of the default text attributes. These are the
--   attributes used for text unless a tag overrides them. You’d typically
--   pass the default attributes in to <a>textIterGetAttributes</a> in
--   order to get the attributes in effect at a given text position.
--   
--   The return value is a copy owned by the caller of this function, and
--   should be freed with <a>textAttributesUnref</a>.
textViewGetDefaultAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m TextAttributes

-- | Find out whether the cursor should be displayed.
textViewGetCursorVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Given an <i><tt>iter</tt></i> within a text layout, determine the
--   positions of the strong and weak cursors if the insertion point is at
--   that iterator. The position of each cursor is stored as a zero-width
--   rectangle. The strong cursor location is the location where characters
--   of the directionality equal to the base direction of the paragraph are
--   inserted. The weak cursor location is the location where characters of
--   the directionality opposite to the base direction of the paragraph are
--   inserted.
--   
--   If <i><tt>iter</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the actual cursor position
--   is used.
--   
--   Note that if <i><tt>iter</tt></i> happens to be the actual cursor
--   position, and there is currently an IM preedit sequence being entered,
--   the returned locations will be adjusted to account for the preedit
--   cursor’s offset within the preedit sequence.
--   
--   The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use
--   <a>textViewBufferToWindowCoords</a> to convert these coordinates to
--   coordinates for one of the windows in the text view.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
textViewGetCursorLocations :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> Maybe TextIter -> m (Rectangle, Rectangle)

-- | Returns the <a>TextBuffer</a> being displayed by this text view. The
--   reference count on the buffer is not incremented; the caller of this
--   function won’t own a new reference.
textViewGetBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m TextBuffer

-- | Gets the bottom margin for text in the <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
textViewGetBottomMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the width of the specified border window. See
--   <a>textViewSetBorderWindowSize</a>.
textViewGetBorderWindowSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextWindowType -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether pressing the Tab key inserts a tab characters.
--   <a>textViewSetAcceptsTab</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
textViewGetAcceptsTab :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Moves the given <i><tt>iter</tt></i> forward to the next display line
--   end. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are
--   separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display
--   lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned
--   off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are
--   divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view’s
--   width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the
--   contents of the <a>TextBuffer</a>.
textViewForwardDisplayLineEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves the given <i><tt>iter</tt></i> forward by one display (wrapped)
--   line. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are
--   separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display
--   lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned
--   off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are
--   divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view’s
--   width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the
--   contents of the <a>TextBuffer</a>.
textViewForwardDisplayLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Converts coordinate (<i><tt>bufferX</tt></i>, <i><tt>bufferY</tt></i>)
--   to coordinates for the window <i><tt>win</tt></i>, and stores the
--   result in (<i><tt>windowX</tt></i>, <i><tt>windowY</tt></i>).
--   
--   Note that you can’t convert coordinates for a nonexisting window (see
--   <a>textViewSetBorderWindowSize</a>).
textViewBufferToWindowCoords :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextWindowType -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Moves the given <i><tt>iter</tt></i> backward to the next display line
--   start. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are
--   separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display
--   lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned
--   off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are
--   divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view’s
--   width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the
--   contents of the <a>TextBuffer</a>.
textViewBackwardDisplayLineStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Moves the given <i><tt>iter</tt></i> backward by one display (wrapped)
--   line. A display line is different from a paragraph. Paragraphs are
--   separated by newlines or other paragraph separator characters. Display
--   lines are created by line-wrapping a paragraph. If wrapping is turned
--   off, display lines and paragraphs will be the same. Display lines are
--   divided differently for each view, since they depend on the view’s
--   width; paragraphs are the same in all views, since they depend on the
--   contents of the <a>TextBuffer</a>.
textViewBackwardDisplayLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a) => a -> TextIter -> m Bool

-- | Adds a child at fixed coordinates in one of the text widget's windows.
--   
--   The window must have nonzero size (see
--   <a>textViewSetBorderWindowSize</a>). Note that the child coordinates
--   are given relative to scrolling. When placing a child in
--   <tt><i>GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET</i></tt>, scrolling is irrelevant, the
--   child floats above all scrollable areas. But when placing a child in
--   one of the scrollable windows (border windows or text window) it will
--   move with the scrolling as needed.
textViewAddChildInWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> TextWindowType -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Adds a child widget in the text buffer, at the given
--   <i><tt>anchor</tt></i>.
textViewAddChildAtAnchor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextView a, IsWidget b, IsTextChildAnchor c) => a -> b -> c -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>TextView</a> widget displaying the buffer
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>. One buffer can be shared among many widgets.
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i> may be <a>Nothing</a> to create a default
--   buffer, in which case this function is equivalent to
--   <a>textViewNew</a>. The text view adds its own reference count to the
--   buffer; it does not take over an existing reference.
textViewNewWithBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m TextView

-- | Creates a new <a>TextView</a>. If you don’t call
--   <a>textViewSetBuffer</a> before using the text view, an empty default
--   buffer will be created for you. Get the buffer with
--   <a>textViewGetBuffer</a>. If you want to specify your own buffer,
--   consider <a>textViewNewWithBuffer</a>.
textViewNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TextView

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewWrapMode :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => WrapMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #wrapMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewWrapMode :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> WrapMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #wrapMode
--   </pre>
getTextViewWrapMode :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m WrapMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>top-margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewTopMargin :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>top-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #topMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewTopMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>top-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #topMargin
--   </pre>
getTextViewTopMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewTabs :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => TabArray -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #tabs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> TabArray -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #tabs
--   </pre>
getTextViewTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m (Maybe TabArray)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>right-margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewRightMargin :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>right-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #rightMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewRightMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>right-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #rightMargin
--   </pre>
getTextViewRightMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewPopulateAll :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #populateAll <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewPopulateAll :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #populateAll
--   </pre>
getTextViewPopulateAll :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewPixelsInsideWrap :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #pixelsInsideWrap <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewPixelsInsideWrap :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-inside-wrap</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #pixelsInsideWrap
--   </pre>
getTextViewPixelsInsideWrap :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-below-lines</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewPixelsBelowLines :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-below-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #pixelsBelowLines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewPixelsBelowLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-below-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #pixelsBelowLines
--   </pre>
getTextViewPixelsBelowLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixels-above-lines</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewPixelsAboveLines :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels-above-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #pixelsAboveLines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewPixelsAboveLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels-above-lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #pixelsAboveLines
--   </pre>
getTextViewPixelsAboveLines :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>overwrite</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewOverwrite :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>overwrite</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #overwrite <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewOverwrite :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>overwrite</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #overwrite
--   </pre>
getTextViewOverwrite :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>monospace</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewMonospace :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>monospace</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #monospace <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewMonospace :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>monospace</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #monospace
--   </pre>
getTextViewMonospace :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>left-margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewLeftMargin :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>left-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #leftMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewLeftMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>left-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #leftMargin
--   </pre>
getTextViewLeftMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>justification</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewJustification :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Justification -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>justification</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #justification <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewJustification :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Justification -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>justification</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #justification
--   </pre>
getTextViewJustification :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Justification

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewInputPurpose :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => InputPurpose -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #inputPurpose <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewInputPurpose :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> InputPurpose -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #inputPurpose
--   </pre>
getTextViewInputPurpose :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m InputPurpose

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewInputHints :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => [InputHints] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #inputHints <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewInputHints :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> [InputHints] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #inputHints
--   </pre>
getTextViewInputHints :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m [InputHints]

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>indent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewIndent :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>indent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #indent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewIndent :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>indent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #indent
--   </pre>
getTextViewIndent :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>im-module</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #imModule
--   </pre>
clearTextViewImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>im-module</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewImModule :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>im-module</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #imModule <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>im-module</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #imModule
--   </pre>
getTextViewImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>editable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewEditable :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #editable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #editable
--   </pre>
getTextViewEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cursor-visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewCursorVisible :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cursor-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #cursorVisible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewCursorVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cursor-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #cursorVisible
--   </pre>
getTextViewCursorVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>buffer</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #buffer
--   </pre>
clearTextViewBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>buffer</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewBuffer :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>buffer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #buffer <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o, IsTextBuffer a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>buffer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #buffer
--   </pre>
getTextViewBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m TextBuffer

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>bottom-margin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewBottomMargin :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>bottom-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #bottomMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewBottomMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>bottom-margin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #bottomMargin
--   </pre>
getTextViewBottomMargin :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accepts-tab</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextViewAcceptsTab :: (IsTextView o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accepts-tab</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textView [ #acceptsTab <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextViewAcceptsTab :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accepts-tab</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textView #acceptsTab
--   </pre>
getTextViewAcceptsTab :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleOverwrite</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #toggleOverwrite callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewToggleOverwrite :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleOverwrite</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #toggleOverwrite callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewToggleOverwrite :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback :: TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback -> C_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewToggleOverwrite :: MonadIO m => TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewToggleOverwriteCallback :: Maybe TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorVisible</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #toggleCursorVisible callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewToggleCursorVisible :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleCursorVisible</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #toggleCursorVisible callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewToggleCursorVisible :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback :: TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback -> C_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewToggleCursorVisible :: MonadIO m => TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback :: Maybe TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>setAnchor</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #setAnchor callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewSetAnchor :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewSetAnchorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>setAnchor</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #setAnchor callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewSetAnchor :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewSetAnchorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewSetAnchorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewSetAnchorCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewSetAnchorCallback :: TextViewSetAnchorCallback -> C_TextViewSetAnchorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewSetAnchor :: MonadIO m => TextViewSetAnchorCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewSetAnchorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewSetAnchorCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewSetAnchorCallback :: Maybe TextViewSetAnchorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewSelectAll :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectAll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #selectAll callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewSelectAll :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewSelectAllCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewSelectAllCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewSelectAllCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewSelectAllCallback :: TextViewSelectAllCallback -> C_TextViewSelectAllCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewSelectAll :: MonadIO m => TextViewSelectAllCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewSelectAllCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewSelectAllCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewSelectAllCallback :: Maybe TextViewSelectAllCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #preeditChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewPreeditChanged :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewPreeditChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #preeditChanged callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewPreeditChanged :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewPreeditChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewPreeditChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback :: TextViewPreeditChangedCallback -> C_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewPreeditChanged :: MonadIO m => TextViewPreeditChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewPreeditChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewPreeditChangedCallback :: Maybe TextViewPreeditChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewPopulatePopup :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewPopulatePopup :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewPopulatePopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback :: TextViewPopulatePopupCallback -> C_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewPopulatePopup :: MonadIO m => TextViewPopulatePopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewPopulatePopupCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewPopulatePopupCallback :: Maybe TextViewPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pasteClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #pasteClipboard callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewPasteClipboard :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewPasteClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pasteClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #pasteClipboard callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewPasteClipboard :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewPasteClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewPasteClipboardCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback :: TextViewPasteClipboardCallback -> C_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewPasteClipboard :: MonadIO m => TextViewPasteClipboardCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewPasteClipboardCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewPasteClipboardCallback :: Maybe TextViewPasteClipboardCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveViewport</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #moveViewport callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewMoveViewport :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewMoveViewportCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveViewport</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #moveViewport callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewMoveViewport :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewMoveViewportCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewMoveViewportCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewMoveViewportCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewMoveViewportCallback :: TextViewMoveViewportCallback -> C_TextViewMoveViewportCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewMoveViewport :: MonadIO m => TextViewMoveViewportCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewMoveViewportCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewMoveViewportCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewMoveViewportCallback :: Maybe TextViewMoveViewportCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewMoveCursor :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewMoveCursor :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewMoveCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewMoveCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewMoveCursorCallback :: TextViewMoveCursorCallback -> C_TextViewMoveCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewMoveCursor :: MonadIO m => TextViewMoveCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewMoveCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewMoveCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewMoveCursorCallback :: Maybe TextViewMoveCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertEmoji</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #insertEmoji callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewInsertEmoji :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewInsertEmojiCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertEmoji</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #insertEmoji callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewInsertEmoji :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewInsertEmojiCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewInsertEmojiCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback :: TextViewInsertEmojiCallback -> C_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewInsertEmoji :: MonadIO m => TextViewInsertEmojiCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewInsertEmojiCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewInsertEmojiCallback :: Maybe TextViewInsertEmojiCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertAtCursor</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #insertAtCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewInsertAtCursor :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertAtCursor</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #insertAtCursor callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewInsertAtCursor :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback :: TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback -> C_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewInsertAtCursor :: MonadIO m => TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewInsertAtCursorCallback :: Maybe TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>extendSelection</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #extendSelection callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewExtendSelection :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewExtendSelectionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>extendSelection</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #extendSelection callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewExtendSelection :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewExtendSelectionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewExtendSelectionCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback :: TextViewExtendSelectionCallback -> C_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewExtendSelection :: MonadIO m => TextViewExtendSelectionCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewExtendSelectionCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewExtendSelectionCallback :: Maybe TextViewExtendSelectionCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteFromCursor</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #deleteFromCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewDeleteFromCursor :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteFromCursor</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #deleteFromCursor callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewDeleteFromCursor :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback :: TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback -> C_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewDeleteFromCursor :: MonadIO m => TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback :: Maybe TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cutClipboard</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #cutClipboard callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewCutClipboard :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewCutClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cutClipboard</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #cutClipboard callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewCutClipboard :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewCutClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewCutClipboardCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewCutClipboardCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewCutClipboardCallback :: TextViewCutClipboardCallback -> C_TextViewCutClipboardCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewCutClipboard :: MonadIO m => TextViewCutClipboardCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewCutClipboardCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewCutClipboardCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewCutClipboardCallback :: Maybe TextViewCutClipboardCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>copyClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #copyClipboard callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewCopyClipboard :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewCopyClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>copyClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #copyClipboard callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewCopyClipboard :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewCopyClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewCopyClipboardCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback :: TextViewCopyClipboardCallback -> C_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewCopyClipboard :: MonadIO m => TextViewCopyClipboardCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewCopyClipboardCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewCopyClipboardCallback :: Maybe TextViewCopyClipboardCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>backspace</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> textView #backspace callback
--   </pre>
afterTextViewBackspace :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewBackspaceCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>backspace</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> textView #backspace callback
--   </pre>
onTextViewBackspace :: (IsTextView a, MonadIO m) => a -> TextViewBackspaceCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>TextViewBackspaceCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_TextViewBackspaceCallback</a>.
wrap_TextViewBackspaceCallback :: TextViewBackspaceCallback -> C_TextViewBackspaceCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_TextViewBackspace :: MonadIO m => TextViewBackspaceCallback -> m (GClosure C_TextViewBackspaceCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>TextViewBackspaceCallback</a></tt>.
noTextViewBackspaceCallback :: Maybe TextViewBackspaceCallback

-- | Cast to <a>TextView</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTextView :: (MonadIO m, IsTextView o) => o -> m TextView

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewBackspaceCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewBackspaceCallback :: C_TextViewBackspaceCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewBackspaceCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback :: C_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewCutClipboardCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewCutClipboardCallback :: C_TextViewCutClipboardCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewCutClipboardCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback :: C_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback :: C_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback :: C_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback :: C_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewMoveCursorCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewMoveCursorCallback :: C_TextViewMoveCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewMoveCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewMoveViewportCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewMoveViewportCallback :: C_TextViewMoveViewportCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewMoveViewportCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback :: C_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback :: C_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback :: C_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewSelectAllCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewSelectAllCallback :: C_TextViewSelectAllCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewSelectAllCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewSetAnchorCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewSetAnchorCallback :: C_TextViewSetAnchorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewSetAnchorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback :: C_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback</a>.
mk_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback :: C_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextView
TextView :: ManagedPtr TextView -> TextView

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TextView</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTextView</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TextView o) => IsTextView o

-- | The <a>backspace</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user asks for it.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Backspace and
--   Shift-Backspace.
type TextViewBackspaceCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewBackspaceCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>copyClipboard</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to copy the selection to
--   the clipboard.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-c and Ctrl-Insert.
type TextViewCopyClipboardCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewCopyClipboardCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>cutClipboard</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to cut the selection to
--   the clipboard.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-x and Shift-Delete.
type TextViewCutClipboardCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewCutClipboardCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>deleteFromCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   text deletion.
--   
--   If the <i><tt>type</tt></i> is <a>DeleteTypeChars</a>, GTK+ deletes
--   the selection if there is one, otherwise it deletes the requested
--   number of characters.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Delete for deleting a
--   character, Ctrl-Delete for deleting a word and Ctrl-Backspace for
--   deleting a word backwords.
type TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback = DeleteType -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewDeleteFromCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>extendSelection</a> signal is emitted when the selection needs
--   to be extended at <i><tt>location</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type TextViewExtendSelectionCallback = TextExtendSelection -> TextIter -> TextIter -> TextIter -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewExtendSelectionCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr TextIter -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>insertAtCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates
--   the insertion of a fixed string at the cursor.
--   
--   This signal has no default bindings.
type TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewInsertAtCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>insertEmoji</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to present the Emoji
--   chooser for the <i><tt>textView</tt></i>.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-. and Ctrl-;
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22.27</i>
type TextViewInsertEmojiCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewInsertEmojiCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>moveCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   cursor movement. If the cursor is not visible in
--   <i><tt>textView</tt></i>, this signal causes the viewport to be moved
--   instead.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control the
--   cursor programmatically.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal come in two variants, the variant
--   with the Shift modifier extends the selection, the variant without the
--   Shift modifer does not. There are too many key combinations to list
--   them all here.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Arrow keys move by individual characters/lines</li>
--   <li>Ctrl-arrow key combinations move by words/paragraphs</li>
--   <li>Home/End keys move to the ends of the buffer</li>
--   <li>PageUp/PageDown keys move vertically by pages</li>
--   <li>Ctrl-PageUp/PageDown keys move horizontally by pages</li>
--   </ul>
type TextViewMoveCursorCallback = MovementStep -> Int32 -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewMoveCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>moveViewport</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which can be bound to key combinations to
--   allow the user to move the viewport, i.e. change what part of the text
--   view is visible in a containing scrolled window.
--   
--   There are no default bindings for this signal.
type TextViewMoveViewportCallback = ScrollStep -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewMoveViewportCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>pasteClipboard</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to paste the contents of
--   the clipboard into the text view.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-v and Shift-Insert.
type TextViewPasteClipboardCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewPasteClipboardCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>populatePopup</a> signal gets emitted before showing the
--   context menu of the text view.
--   
--   If you need to add items to the context menu, connect to this signal
--   and append your items to the <i><tt>popup</tt></i>, which will be a
--   <a>Menu</a> in this case.
--   
--   If <a>TextView</a>:<tt><i>populate-all</i></tt> is <a>True</a>, this
--   signal will also be emitted to populate touch popups. In this case,
--   <i><tt>popup</tt></i> will be a different container, e.g. a
--   <a>Toolbar</a>.
--   
--   The signal handler should not make assumptions about the type of
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>, but check whether <i><tt>popup</tt></i> is a
--   <a>Menu</a> or <a>Toolbar</a> or another kind of container.
type TextViewPopulatePopupCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewPopulatePopupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately be
--   committed to the buffer. So if you are interested in the text, connect
--   to this signal.
--   
--   This signal is only emitted if the text at the given position is
--   actually editable.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
type TextViewPreeditChangedCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewPreeditChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>selectAll</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted to select or unselect the complete contents of the
--   text view.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-a and Ctrl-/ for
--   selecting and Shift-Ctrl-a and Ctrl-\ for unselecting.
type TextViewSelectAllCallback = Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewSelectAllCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>setAnchor</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user initiates setting the "anchor" mark.
--   The "anchor" mark gets placed at the same position as the "insert"
--   mark.
--   
--   This signal has no default bindings.
type TextViewSetAnchorCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewSetAnchorCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>toggleCursorVisible</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to toggle the
--   <a>TextView</a>:<tt><i>cursor-visible</i></tt> property.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is F7.
type TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewToggleCursorVisibleCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>toggleOverwrite</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to toggle the overwrite
--   mode of the text view.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Insert.
type TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_TextViewToggleOverwriteCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextIter
TextIter :: ManagedPtr TextIter -> TextIter

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextBTree
TextBTree :: ManagedPtr TextBTree -> TextBTree

-- | Decrements the reference count on <i><tt>values</tt></i>, freeing the
--   structure if the reference count reaches 0.
textAttributesUnref :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextAttributes -> m ()

-- | Increments the reference count on <i><tt>values</tt></i>.
textAttributesRef :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextAttributes -> m TextAttributes

-- | Copies the values from <i><tt>src</tt></i> to <i><tt>dest</tt></i> so
--   that <i><tt>dest</tt></i> has the same values as <i><tt>src</tt></i>.
--   Frees existing values in <i><tt>dest</tt></i>.
textAttributesCopyValues :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextAttributes -> TextAttributes -> m ()

-- | Copies <i><tt>src</tt></i> and returns a new <a>TextAttributes</a>.
textAttributesCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TextAttributes -> m TextAttributes

-- | Creates a <a>TextAttributes</a>, which describes a set of properties
--   on some text.
textAttributesNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TextAttributes

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>letter_spacing</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #letterSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesLetterSpacing :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>letter_spacing</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #letterSpacing
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesLetterSpacing :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>no_fallback</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #noFallback <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesNoFallback :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>no_fallback</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #noFallback
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesNoFallback :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #editable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesEditable :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #editable
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesEditable :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>bg_full_height</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #bgFullHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesBgFullHeight :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>bg_full_height</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #bgFullHeight
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesBgFullHeight :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>invisible</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #invisible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesInvisible :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>invisible</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #invisible
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesInvisible :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #language
--   </pre>
clearTextAttributesLanguage :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #language <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesLanguage :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Ptr Language -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #language
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesLanguage :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m (Maybe Language)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap_mode</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #wrapMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesWrapMode :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> WrapMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap_mode</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #wrapMode
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesWrapMode :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m WrapMode

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tabs
--   </pre>
clearTextAttributesTabs :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #tabs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesTabs :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Ptr TabArray -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #tabs
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesTabs :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m (Maybe TabArray)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels_inside_wrap</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #pixelsInsideWrap <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesPixelsInsideWrap :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels_inside_wrap</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #pixelsInsideWrap
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesPixelsInsideWrap :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels_below_lines</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #pixelsBelowLines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesPixelsBelowLines :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels_below_lines</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #pixelsBelowLines
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesPixelsBelowLines :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixels_above_lines</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #pixelsAboveLines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesPixelsAboveLines :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixels_above_lines</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #pixelsAboveLines
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesPixelsAboveLines :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>indent</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #indent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesIndent :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>indent</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #indent
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesIndent :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>right_margin</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #rightMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesRightMargin :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>right_margin</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #rightMargin
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesRightMargin :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>left_margin</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #leftMargin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesLeftMargin :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>left_margin</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #leftMargin
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesLeftMargin :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font_scale</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #fontScale <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesFontScale :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font_scale</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #fontScale
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesFontScale :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Double

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #font
--   </pre>
clearTextAttributesFont :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #font <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesFont :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Ptr FontDescription -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #font
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesFont :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m (Maybe FontDescription)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #direction <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesDirection :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #direction
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesDirection :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m TextDirection

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>justification</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAttributes [ #justification <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAttributesJustification :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> Justification -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>justification</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #justification
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesJustification :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m Justification

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>appearance</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAttributes #appearance
--   </pre>
getTextAttributesAppearance :: MonadIO m => TextAttributes -> m TextAppearance

-- | Construct a <a>TextAttributes</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroTextAttributes :: MonadIO m => m TextAttributes

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextAttributes
TextAttributes :: ManagedPtr TextAttributes -> TextAttributes

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>is_text</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAppearance [ #isText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAppearanceIsText :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is_text</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAppearance #isText
--   </pre>
getTextAppearanceIsText :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inside_selection</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAppearance [ #insideSelection <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAppearanceInsideSelection :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inside_selection</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAppearance #insideSelection
--   </pre>
getTextAppearanceInsideSelection :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw_bg</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAppearance [ #drawBg <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAppearanceDrawBg :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>draw_bg</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAppearance #drawBg
--   </pre>
getTextAppearanceDrawBg :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>strikethrough</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAppearance [ #strikethrough <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAppearanceStrikethrough :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>strikethrough</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAppearance #strikethrough
--   </pre>
getTextAppearanceStrikethrough :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>underline</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAppearance [ #underline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAppearanceUnderline :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>underline</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAppearance #underline
--   </pre>
getTextAppearanceUnderline :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rise</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> textAppearance [ #rise <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTextAppearanceRise :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rise</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAppearance #rise
--   </pre>
getTextAppearanceRise :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>fg_color</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAppearance #fgColor
--   </pre>
getTextAppearanceFgColor :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> m Color

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>bg_color</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textAppearance #bgColor
--   </pre>
getTextAppearanceBgColor :: MonadIO m => TextAppearance -> m Color

-- | Construct a <a>TextAppearance</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroTextAppearance :: MonadIO m => m TextAppearance

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextAppearance
TextAppearance :: ManagedPtr TextAppearance -> TextAppearance

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>info</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> targetPair [ #info <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTargetPairInfo :: MonadIO m => TargetPair -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>info</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> targetPair #info
--   </pre>
getTargetPairInfo :: MonadIO m => TargetPair -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>flags</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> targetPair [ #flags <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTargetPairFlags :: MonadIO m => TargetPair -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>flags</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> targetPair #flags
--   </pre>
getTargetPairFlags :: MonadIO m => TargetPair -> m Word32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>target</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> targetPair #target
--   </pre>
getTargetPairTarget :: MonadIO m => TargetPair -> m Atom

-- | Construct a <a>TargetPair</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroTargetPair :: MonadIO m => m TargetPair

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TargetPair
TargetPair :: ManagedPtr TargetPair -> TargetPair

-- | Decreases the reference count of a <a>TargetList</a> by one. If the
--   resulting reference count is zero, frees the list.
targetListUnref :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> m ()

-- | Removes a target from a target list.
targetListRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> Atom -> m ()

-- | Increases the reference count of a <a>TargetList</a> by one.
targetListRef :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> m TargetList

-- | Looks up a given target in a <a>TargetList</a>.
targetListFind :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> Atom -> m (Bool, Word32)

-- | Appends the URI targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to the
--   target list. All targets are added with the same <i><tt>info</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
targetListAddUriTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Appends the text targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to the
--   target list. All targets are added with the same <i><tt>info</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
targetListAddTextTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Prepends a table of <a>TargetEntry</a> to a target list.
targetListAddTable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> [TargetEntry] -> m ()

-- | Appends the rich text targets registered with
--   <a>textBufferRegisterSerializeFormat</a> or
--   <a>textBufferRegisterDeserializeFormat</a> to the target list. All
--   targets are added with the same <i><tt>info</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
targetListAddRichTextTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => TargetList -> Word32 -> Bool -> a -> m ()

-- | Appends the image targets supported by <a>SelectionData</a> to the
--   target list. All targets are added with the same <i><tt>info</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
targetListAddImageTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> Word32 -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Appends another target to a <a>TargetList</a>.
targetListAdd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetList -> Atom -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>TargetList</a> from an array of <a>TargetEntry</a>.
targetListNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe [TargetEntry] -> m TargetList

-- | Unsets the invisible char previously set with
--   <a>entrySetInvisibleChar</a>. So that the default invisible char is
--   used again.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryUnsetInvisibleChar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m ()

-- | Converts from a position in the entry contents (returned by
--   <a>entryGetText</a>) to a position in the entry’s <a>Layout</a>
--   (returned by <a>entryGetLayout</a>, with text retrieved via
--   <a>layoutGetText</a>).
entryTextIndexToLayoutIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Changes the size request of the entry to be about the right size for
--   <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> characters. Note that it changes the size
--   request, the size can still be affected by how you pack the widget
--   into containers. If <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> is -1, the size reverts to
--   the default entry size.
entrySetWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the contents of the entry are visible or not. When
--   visibility is set to <a>False</a>, characters are displayed as the
--   invisible char, and will also appear that way when the text in the
--   entry widget is copied elsewhere.
--   
--   By default, GTK+ picks the best invisible character available in the
--   current font, but it can be changed with <a>entrySetInvisibleChar</a>.
--   
--   Note that you probably want to set
--   <a>Entry</a>:<tt><i>input-purpose</i></tt> to
--   <a>InputPurposePassword</a> or <a>InputPurposePin</a> to inform input
--   methods about the purpose of this entry, in addition to setting
--   visibility to <a>False</a>.
entrySetVisibility :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the text in the widget to the given value, replacing the current
--   contents.
--   
--   See <a>entryBufferSetText</a>.
entrySetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets a <a>TabArray</a>; the tabstops in the array are applied to the
--   entry text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
entrySetTabs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> TabArray -> m ()

-- | Sets the fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing
--   block for each call to <a>entryProgressPulse</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetProgressPulseStep :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Causes the entry’s progress indicator to “fill in” the given fraction
--   of the bar. The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetProgressFraction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets text to be displayed in <i><tt>entry</tt></i> when it is empty
--   and unfocused. This can be used to give a visual hint of the expected
--   contents of the <a>Entry</a>.
--   
--   Note that since the placeholder text gets removed when the entry
--   received focus, using this feature is a bit problematic if the entry
--   is given the initial focus in a window. Sometimes this can be worked
--   around by delaying the initial focus setting until the first key event
--   arrives.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
entrySetPlaceholderText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the text is overwritten when typing in the <a>Entry</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
entrySetOverwriteMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the desired maximum width in characters of <i><tt>entry</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
entrySetMaxWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the widget. If the
--   current contents are longer than the given length, then they will be
--   truncated to fit.
--   
--   This is equivalent to getting <i><tt>entry</tt></i>'s
--   <a>EntryBuffer</a> and calling <a>entryBufferSetMaxLength</a> on it.
--   ]|
entrySetMaxLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the character to use in place of the actual text when
--   <a>entrySetVisibility</a> has been called to set text visibility to
--   <a>False</a>. i.e. this is the character used in “password mode” to
--   show the user how many characters have been typed. By default, GTK+
--   picks the best invisible char available in the current font. If you
--   set the invisible char to 0, then the user will get no feedback at
--   all; there will be no text on the screen as they type.
entrySetInvisibleChar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Char -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Entry</a>:<tt><i>input-purpose</i></tt> property which can
--   be used by on-screen keyboards and other input methods to adjust their
--   behaviour.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
entrySetInputPurpose :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> InputPurpose -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Entry</a>:<tt><i>input-hints</i></tt> property, which
--   allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
entrySetInputHints :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> [InputHints] -> m ()

-- | Sets <tt><i>entry</i></tt>’s inner-border property to
--   <i><tt>border</tt></i>, or clears it if <a>Nothing</a> is passed. The
--   inner-border is the area around the entry’s text, but inside its
--   frame.
--   
--   If set, this property overrides the inner-border style property.
--   Overriding the style-provided border is useful when you want to do
--   in-place editing of some text in a canvas or list widget, where
--   pixel-exact positioning of the entry is important.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
entrySetInnerBorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Maybe Border -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> as the contents of the tooltip for the
--   icon at the specified position.
--   
--   Use <a>Nothing</a> for <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> to remove an existing
--   tooltip.
--   
--   See also <a>widgetSetTooltipText</a> and
--   <a>entrySetIconTooltipMarkup</a>.
--   
--   If you unset the widget tooltip via <a>widgetSetTooltipText</a> or
--   <a>widgetSetTooltipMarkup</a>, this sets GtkWidget:has-tooltip to
--   <a>False</a>, which suppresses icon tooltips too. You can resolve this
--   by then calling <a>widgetSetHasTooltip</a> to set
--   GtkWidget:has-tooltip back to <a>True</a>, or setting at least one
--   non-empty tooltip on any icon achieves the same result.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconTooltipText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> as the contents of the tooltip for the
--   icon at the specified position. <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> is assumed to
--   be marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
--   
--   Use <a>Nothing</a> for <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> to remove an existing
--   tooltip.
--   
--   See also <a>widgetSetTooltipMarkup</a> and
--   <a>entrySetIconTooltipText</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconTooltipMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the sensitivity for the specified icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon shown in the entry at the specified position from a
--   stock image.
--   
--   If <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, no icon will be shown in
--   the specified position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon shown in the specified position using a pixbuf.
--   
--   If <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, no icon will be shown in
--   the specified position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconFromPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon shown in the entry at the specified position from the
--   current icon theme.
--   
--   If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed
--   instead.
--   
--   If <i><tt>iconName</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, no icon will be shown
--   in the specified position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconFromIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon shown in the entry at the specified position from the
--   current icon theme. If the icon isn’t known, a “broken image” icon
--   will be displayed instead.
--   
--   If <i><tt>icon</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, no icon will be shown in
--   the specified position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconFromGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a, IsIcon b) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets up the icon at the given position so that GTK+ will start a drag
--   operation when the user clicks and drags the icon.
--   
--   To handle the drag operation, you need to connect to the usual
--   <a>dragDataGet</a> (or possibly <a>dragDataDelete</a>) signal, and use
--   <a>entryGetCurrentIconDragSource</a> in your signal handler to find
--   out if the drag was started from an icon.
--   
--   By default, GTK+ uses the icon as the drag icon. You can use the
--   <a>dragBegin</a> signal to set a different icon. Note that you have to
--   use <tt><i>g_signal_connect_after()</i></tt> to ensure that your
--   signal handler gets executed after the default handler.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconDragSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> TargetList -> [DragAction] -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the icon is activatable.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entrySetIconActivatable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the entry has a beveled frame around it.
entrySetHasFrame :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Hooks up an adjustment to the cursor position in an entry, so that
--   when the cursor is moved, the adjustment is scrolled to show that
--   position. See <a>scrolledWindowGetHadjustment</a> for a typical way of
--   obtaining the adjustment.
--   
--   The adjustment has to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate
--   system as the entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
entrySetCursorHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>completion</tt></i> to be the auxiliary completion object
--   to use with <i><tt>entry</tt></i>. All further configuration of the
--   completion mechanism is done on <i><tt>completion</tt></i> using the
--   <a>EntryCompletion</a> API. Completion is disabled if
--   <i><tt>completion</tt></i> is set to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entrySetCompletion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a, IsEntryCompletion b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Set the <a>EntryBuffer</a> object which holds the text for this
--   widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entrySetBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a, IsEntryBuffer b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets a <a>AttrList</a>; the attributes in the list are applied to the
--   entry text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
entrySetAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> AttrList -> m ()

-- | Sets the alignment for the contents of the entry. This controls the
--   horizontal positioning of the contents when the displayed text is
--   shorter than the width of the entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entrySetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Float -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>setting</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, pressing Enter in the
--   <i><tt>entry</tt></i> will activate the default widget for the window
--   containing the entry. This usually means that the dialog box
--   containing the entry will be closed, since the default widget is
--   usually one of the dialog buttons.
--   
--   (For experts: if <i><tt>setting</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the entry
--   calls <a>windowActivateDefault</a> on the window containing the entry,
--   in the default handler for the <a>activate</a> signal.)
entrySetActivatesDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Reset the input method context of the entry if needed.
--   
--   This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer would
--   confuse on-going input method behavior.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
entryResetImContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m ()

-- | Indicates that some progress is made, but you don’t know how much.
--   Causes the entry’s progress indicator to enter “activity mode,” where
--   a block bounces back and forth. Each call to <a>entryProgressPulse</a>
--   causes the block to move by a little bit (the amount of movement per
--   pulse is determined by <a>entrySetProgressPulseStep</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryProgressPulse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m ()

-- | Converts from a position in the entry’s <a>Layout</a> (returned by
--   <a>entryGetLayout</a>) to a position in the entry contents (returned
--   by <a>entryGetText</a>).
entryLayoutIndexToTextIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Allow the <a>Entry</a> input method to internally handle key press and
--   release events. If this function returns <a>True</a>, then no further
--   processing should be done for this key event. See
--   <a>iMContextFilterKeypress</a>.
--   
--   Note that you are expected to call this function from your handler
--   when overriding key event handling. This is needed in the case when
--   you need to insert your own key handling between the input method and
--   the default key event handling of the <a>Entry</a>. See
--   <a>textViewResetImContext</a> for an example of use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
entryImContextFilterKeypress :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EventKey -> m Bool

-- | Causes <i><tt>entry</tt></i> to have keyboard focus.
--   
--   It behaves like <a>widgetGrabFocus</a>, except that it doesn't select
--   the contents of the entry. You only want to call this on some special
--   entries which the user usually doesn't want to replace all text in,
--   such as search-as-you-type entries.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
entryGrabFocusWithoutSelecting :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m ()

-- | Gets the value set by <a>entrySetWidthChars</a>.
entryGetWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves whether the text in <i><tt>entry</tt></i> is visible. See
--   <a>entrySetVisibility</a>.
entryGetVisibility :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the current length of the text in <i><tt>entry</tt></i>.
--   
--   This is equivalent to getting <i><tt>entry</tt></i>'s
--   <a>EntryBuffer</a> and calling <a>entryBufferGetLength</a> on it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
entryGetTextLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Word16

-- | Gets the area where the entry’s text is drawn. This function is useful
--   when drawing something to the entry in a draw callback.
--   
--   If the entry is not realized, <i><tt>textArea</tt></i> is filled with
--   zeros.
--   
--   See also <a>entryGetIconArea</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
entryGetTextArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Rectangle

-- | Retrieves the contents of the entry widget. See also
--   <a>editableGetChars</a>.
--   
--   This is equivalent to getting <i><tt>entry</tt></i>'s
--   <a>EntryBuffer</a> and calling <a>entryBufferGetText</a> on it.
entryGetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the tabstops that were set on the entry using
--   <a>entrySetTabs</a>, if any.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
entryGetTabs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m (Maybe TabArray)

-- | Retrieves the pulse step set with <a>entrySetProgressPulseStep</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetProgressPulseStep :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Double

-- | Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed. See
--   <a>entrySetProgressFraction</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetProgressFraction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Double

-- | Retrieves the text that will be displayed when <i><tt>entry</tt></i>
--   is empty and unfocused
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
entryGetPlaceholderText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the value set by <a>entrySetOverwriteMode</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
entryGetOverwriteMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the desired maximum width of <i><tt>entry</tt></i>, in
--   characters. See <a>entrySetMaxWidthChars</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
entryGetMaxWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in
--   <i><tt>entry</tt></i>. See <a>entrySetMaxLength</a>.
--   
--   This is equivalent to getting <i><tt>entry</tt></i>'s
--   <a>EntryBuffer</a> and calling <a>entryBufferGetMaxLength</a> on it.
entryGetMaxLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Obtains the position of the <a>Layout</a> used to render text in the
--   entry, in widget coordinates. Useful if you want to line up the text
--   in an entry with some other text, e.g. when using the entry to
--   implement editable cells in a sheet widget.
--   
--   Also useful to convert mouse events into coordinates inside the
--   <a>Layout</a>, e.g. to take some action if some part of the entry text
--   is clicked.
--   
--   Note that as the user scrolls around in the entry the offsets will
--   change; you’ll need to connect to the
--   “notify[scrollOffset](#g:signal:scrollOffset)” signal to track this.
--   Remember when using the <a>Layout</a> functions you need to convert to
--   and from pixels using <tt><i>PANGO_PIXELS()</i></tt> or <a>SCALE</a>.
--   
--   Keep in mind that the layout text may contain a preedit string, so
--   <a>entryLayoutIndexToTextIndex</a> and
--   <a>entryTextIndexToLayoutIndex</a> are needed to convert byte indices
--   in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents.
entryGetLayoutOffsets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the <a>Layout</a> used to display the entry. The layout is useful
--   to e.g. convert text positions to pixel positions, in combination with
--   <a>entryGetLayoutOffsets</a>. The returned layout is owned by the
--   entry and must not be modified or freed by the caller.
--   
--   Keep in mind that the layout text may contain a preedit string, so
--   <a>entryLayoutIndexToTextIndex</a> and
--   <a>entryTextIndexToLayoutIndex</a> are needed to convert byte indices
--   in the layout to byte indices in the entry contents.
entryGetLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Layout

-- | Retrieves the character displayed in place of the real characters for
--   entries with visibility set to false. See
--   <a>entrySetInvisibleChar</a>.
entryGetInvisibleChar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Char

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Entry</a>:<tt><i>input-purpose</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
entryGetInputPurpose :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m InputPurpose

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Entry</a>:<tt><i>input-hints</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
entryGetInputHints :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m [InputHints]

-- | This function returns the entry’s
--   <a>Entry</a>:<tt><i>inner-border</i></tt> property. See
--   <a>entrySetInnerBorder</a> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
entryGetInnerBorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m (Maybe Border)

-- | Gets the contents of the tooltip on the icon at the specified position
--   in <i><tt>entry</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconTooltipText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the contents of the tooltip on the icon at the specified position
--   in <i><tt>entry</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconTooltipMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the type of representation being used by the icon to store image
--   data. If the icon has no image data, the return value will be
--   <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconStorageType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m ImageType

-- | Retrieves the stock id used for the icon, or <a>Nothing</a> if there
--   is no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by
--   pixbuf, icon name or gicon).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m Text

-- | Returns whether the icon appears sensitive or insensitive.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the image used for the icon.
--   
--   Unlike the other methods of setting and getting icon data, this method
--   will work regardless of whether the icon was set using a
--   <a>Pixbuf</a>, a <a>Icon</a>, a stock item, or an icon name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Retrieves the icon name used for the icon, or <a>Nothing</a> if there
--   is no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by
--   pixbuf, stock or gicon).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Retrieves the <a>Icon</a> used for the icon, or <a>Nothing</a> if
--   there is no icon or if the icon was set by some other method (e.g., by
--   stock, pixbuf, or icon name).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Finds the icon at the given position and return its index. The
--   position’s coordinates are relative to the <i><tt>entry</tt></i>’s top
--   left corner. If <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i> doesn’t lie
--   inside an icon, -1 is returned. This function is intended for use in a
--   <a>queryTooltip</a> signal handler.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconAtPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Gets the area where entry’s icon at <i><tt>iconPos</tt></i> is drawn.
--   This function is useful when drawing something to the entry in a draw
--   callback.
--   
--   If the entry is not realized or has no icon at the given position,
--   <i><tt>iconArea</tt></i> is filled with zeros. Otherwise,
--   <i><tt>iconArea</tt></i> will be filled with the icon’s allocation,
--   relative to <i><tt>entry</tt></i>’s allocation.
--   
--   See also <a>entryGetTextArea</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
entryGetIconArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m Rectangle

-- | Returns whether the icon is activatable.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetIconActivatable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> EntryIconPosition -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value set by <a>entrySetHasFrame</a>.
entryGetHasFrame :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the horizontal cursor adjustment for the entry. See
--   <a>entrySetCursorHadjustment</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
entryGetCursorHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m (Maybe Adjustment)

-- | Returns the index of the icon which is the source of the current DND
--   operation, or -1.
--   
--   This function is meant to be used in a <a>dragDataGet</a> callback.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
entryGetCurrentIconDragSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the auxiliary completion object currently in use by
--   <i><tt>entry</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryGetCompletion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m EntryCompletion

-- | Get the <a>EntryBuffer</a> object which holds the text for this
--   widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryGetBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m EntryBuffer

-- | Gets the attribute list that was set on the entry using
--   <a>entrySetAttributes</a>, if any.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
entryGetAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m (Maybe AttrList)

-- | Gets the value set by <a>entrySetAlignment</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
entryGetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Float

-- | Retrieves the value set by <a>entrySetActivatesDefault</a>.
entryGetActivatesDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntry a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryNewWithBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> m Entry

-- | Creates a new entry.
entryNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Entry

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryXalign :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #xalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #xalign
--   </pre>
getEntryXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryWidthChars :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #widthChars <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #widthChars
--   </pre>
getEntryWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visibility</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryVisibility :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visibility</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #visibility <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryVisibility :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visibility</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #visibility
--   </pre>
getEntryVisibility :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>truncate-multiline</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryTruncateMultiline :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>truncate-multiline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #truncateMultiline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryTruncateMultiline :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>truncate-multiline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #truncateMultiline
--   </pre>
getEntryTruncateMultiline :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text-length</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #textLength
--   </pre>
getEntryTextLength :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryText :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #text <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #text
--   </pre>
getEntryText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryTabs :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => TabArray -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #tabs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> TabArray -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tabs</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #tabs
--   </pre>
getEntryTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe TabArray)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-emoji-icon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryShowEmojiIcon :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-emoji-icon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #showEmojiIcon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryShowEmojiIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-emoji-icon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #showEmojiIcon
--   </pre>
getEntryShowEmojiIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryShadowType :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => ShadowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #shadowType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #shadowType
--   </pre>
getEntryShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ShadowType

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection-bound</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #selectionBound
--   </pre>
getEntrySelectionBound :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-tooltip-text</tt>” property
--   to <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #secondaryIconTooltipText
--   </pre>
clearEntrySecondaryIconTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-icon-tooltip-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntrySecondaryIconTooltipText :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-tooltip-text</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #secondaryIconTooltipText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntrySecondaryIconTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-tooltip-text</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconTooltipText
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-tooltip-markup</tt>” property
--   to <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #secondaryIconTooltipMarkup
--   </pre>
clearEntrySecondaryIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-icon-tooltip-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntrySecondaryIconTooltipMarkup :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-tooltip-markup</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #secondaryIconTooltipMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntrySecondaryIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-tooltip-markup</tt>”
--   property. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconTooltipMarkup
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-storage-type</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconStorageType
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconStorageType :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ImageType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-stock</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #secondaryIconStock
--   </pre>
clearEntrySecondaryIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-icon-stock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntrySecondaryIconStock :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #secondaryIconStock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntrySecondaryIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconStock
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-icon-sensitive</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntrySecondaryIconSensitive :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-sensitive</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #secondaryIconSensitive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntrySecondaryIconSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-sensitive</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconSensitive
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-pixbuf</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #secondaryIconPixbuf
--   </pre>
clearEntrySecondaryIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-icon-pixbuf</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntrySecondaryIconPixbuf :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #secondaryIconPixbuf <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntrySecondaryIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconPixbuf
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #secondaryIconName
--   </pre>
clearEntrySecondaryIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntrySecondaryIconName :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #secondaryIconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntrySecondaryIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconName
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-gicon</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #secondaryIconGicon
--   </pre>
clearEntrySecondaryIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-icon-gicon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntrySecondaryIconGicon :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #secondaryIconGicon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntrySecondaryIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconGicon
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-icon-activatable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntrySecondaryIconActivatable :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-activatable</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #secondaryIconActivatable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntrySecondaryIconActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-icon-activatable</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #secondaryIconActivatable
--   </pre>
getEntrySecondaryIconActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>scroll-offset</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #scrollOffset
--   </pre>
getEntryScrollOffset :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>progress-pulse-step</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryProgressPulseStep :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>progress-pulse-step</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #progressPulseStep <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryProgressPulseStep :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>progress-pulse-step</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #progressPulseStep
--   </pre>
getEntryProgressPulseStep :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>progress-fraction</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryProgressFraction :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>progress-fraction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #progressFraction <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryProgressFraction :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>progress-fraction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #progressFraction
--   </pre>
getEntryProgressFraction :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Double

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-tooltip-text</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #primaryIconTooltipText
--   </pre>
clearEntryPrimaryIconTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>primary-icon-tooltip-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPrimaryIconTooltipText :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-tooltip-text</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #primaryIconTooltipText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPrimaryIconTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-tooltip-text</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconTooltipText
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-tooltip-markup</tt>” property
--   to <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #primaryIconTooltipMarkup
--   </pre>
clearEntryPrimaryIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>primary-icon-tooltip-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPrimaryIconTooltipMarkup :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-tooltip-markup</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #primaryIconTooltipMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPrimaryIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-tooltip-markup</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconTooltipMarkup
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-storage-type</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconStorageType
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconStorageType :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ImageType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-stock</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #primaryIconStock
--   </pre>
clearEntryPrimaryIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>primary-icon-stock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPrimaryIconStock :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #primaryIconStock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPrimaryIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconStock
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>primary-icon-sensitive</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPrimaryIconSensitive :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #primaryIconSensitive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPrimaryIconSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconSensitive
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-pixbuf</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #primaryIconPixbuf
--   </pre>
clearEntryPrimaryIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>primary-icon-pixbuf</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPrimaryIconPixbuf :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #primaryIconPixbuf <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPrimaryIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconPixbuf
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #primaryIconName
--   </pre>
clearEntryPrimaryIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>primary-icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPrimaryIconName :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #primaryIconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPrimaryIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconName
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-gicon</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #primaryIconGicon
--   </pre>
clearEntryPrimaryIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>primary-icon-gicon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPrimaryIconGicon :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #primaryIconGicon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPrimaryIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconGicon
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>primary-icon-activatable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPrimaryIconActivatable :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-activatable</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #primaryIconActivatable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPrimaryIconActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>primary-icon-activatable</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #primaryIconActivatable
--   </pre>
getEntryPrimaryIconActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPopulateAll :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #populateAll <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPopulateAll :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #populateAll
--   </pre>
getEntryPopulateAll :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>placeholder-text</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #placeholderText
--   </pre>
clearEntryPlaceholderText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>placeholder-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryPlaceholderText :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>placeholder-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #placeholderText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryPlaceholderText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>placeholder-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #placeholderText
--   </pre>
getEntryPlaceholderText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>overwrite-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryOverwriteMode :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>overwrite-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #overwriteMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryOverwriteMode :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>overwrite-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #overwriteMode
--   </pre>
getEntryOverwriteMode :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryMaxWidthChars :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #maxWidthChars <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryMaxWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #maxWidthChars
--   </pre>
getEntryMaxWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-length</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryMaxLength :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-length</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #maxLength <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryMaxLength :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-length</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #maxLength
--   </pre>
getEntryMaxLength :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>invisible-char-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryInvisibleCharSet :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>invisible-char-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #invisibleCharSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryInvisibleCharSet :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>invisible-char-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #invisibleCharSet
--   </pre>
getEntryInvisibleCharSet :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>invisible-char</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryInvisibleChar :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>invisible-char</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #invisibleChar <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryInvisibleChar :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>invisible-char</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #invisibleChar
--   </pre>
getEntryInvisibleChar :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryInputPurpose :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => InputPurpose -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #inputPurpose <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryInputPurpose :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> InputPurpose -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #inputPurpose
--   </pre>
getEntryInputPurpose :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m InputPurpose

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryInputHints :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => [InputHints] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #inputHints <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryInputHints :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> [InputHints] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #inputHints
--   </pre>
getEntryInputHints :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m [InputHints]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inner-border</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #innerBorder
--   </pre>
clearEntryInnerBorder :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inner-border</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryInnerBorder :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Border -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inner-border</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #innerBorder <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryInnerBorder :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Border -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inner-border</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #innerBorder
--   </pre>
getEntryInnerBorder :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Border)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>im-module</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #imModule
--   </pre>
clearEntryImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>im-module</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryImModule :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>im-module</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #imModule <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>im-module</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #imModule
--   </pre>
getEntryImModule :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-frame</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryHasFrame :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-frame</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #hasFrame <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryHasFrame :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-frame</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #hasFrame
--   </pre>
getEntryHasFrame :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>enable-emoji-completion</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryEnableEmojiCompletion :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>enable-emoji-completion</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #enableEmojiCompletion <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryEnableEmojiCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>enable-emoji-completion</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #enableEmojiCompletion
--   </pre>
getEntryEnableEmojiCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>editable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryEditable :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #editable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #editable
--   </pre>
getEntryEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cursor-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #cursorPosition
--   </pre>
getEntryCursorPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>completion</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #completion
--   </pre>
clearEntryCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>completion</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCompletion :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m, IsEntryCompletion a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>completion</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #completion <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o, IsEntryCompletion a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>completion</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #completion
--   </pre>
getEntryCompletion :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m EntryCompletion

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>caps-lock-warning</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryCapsLockWarning :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>caps-lock-warning</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #capsLockWarning <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryCapsLockWarning :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>caps-lock-warning</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #capsLockWarning
--   </pre>
getEntryCapsLockWarning :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>buffer</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryBuffer :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>buffer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #buffer <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o, IsEntryBuffer a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>buffer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #buffer
--   </pre>
getEntryBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m EntryBuffer

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryAttributes :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => AttrList -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #attributes <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> AttrList -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #attributes
--   </pre>
getEntryAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m (Maybe AttrList)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>activates-default</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryActivatesDefault :: (IsEntry o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>activates-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entry [ #activatesDefault <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryActivatesDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>activates-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entry #activatesDefault
--   </pre>
getEntryActivatesDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleOverwrite</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #toggleOverwrite callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryToggleOverwrite :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryToggleOverwriteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleOverwrite</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #toggleOverwrite callback
--   </pre>
onEntryToggleOverwrite :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryToggleOverwriteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryToggleOverwriteCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback :: EntryToggleOverwriteCallback -> C_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryToggleOverwrite :: MonadIO m => EntryToggleOverwriteCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryToggleOverwriteCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryToggleOverwriteCallback :: Maybe EntryToggleOverwriteCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #preeditChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryPreeditChanged :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryPreeditChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #preeditChanged callback
--   </pre>
onEntryPreeditChanged :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryPreeditChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryPreeditChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryPreeditChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryPreeditChangedCallback :: EntryPreeditChangedCallback -> C_EntryPreeditChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryPreeditChanged :: MonadIO m => EntryPreeditChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryPreeditChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryPreeditChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryPreeditChangedCallback :: Maybe EntryPreeditChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryPopulatePopup :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
onEntryPopulatePopup :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryPopulatePopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryPopulatePopupCallback :: EntryPopulatePopupCallback -> C_EntryPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryPopulatePopup :: MonadIO m => EntryPopulatePopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryPopulatePopupCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryPopulatePopupCallback :: Maybe EntryPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pasteClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #pasteClipboard callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryPasteClipboard :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryPasteClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pasteClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #pasteClipboard callback
--   </pre>
onEntryPasteClipboard :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryPasteClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryPasteClipboardCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryPasteClipboardCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryPasteClipboardCallback :: EntryPasteClipboardCallback -> C_EntryPasteClipboardCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryPasteClipboard :: MonadIO m => EntryPasteClipboardCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryPasteClipboardCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryPasteClipboardCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryPasteClipboardCallback :: Maybe EntryPasteClipboardCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryMoveCursor :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
onEntryMoveCursor :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryMoveCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryMoveCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryMoveCursorCallback :: EntryMoveCursorCallback -> C_EntryMoveCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryMoveCursor :: MonadIO m => EntryMoveCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryMoveCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryMoveCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryMoveCursorCallback :: Maybe EntryMoveCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertEmoji</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #insertEmoji callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryInsertEmoji :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryInsertEmojiCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertEmoji</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #insertEmoji callback
--   </pre>
onEntryInsertEmoji :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryInsertEmojiCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryInsertEmojiCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryInsertEmojiCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryInsertEmojiCallback :: EntryInsertEmojiCallback -> C_EntryInsertEmojiCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryInsertEmoji :: MonadIO m => EntryInsertEmojiCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryInsertEmojiCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryInsertEmojiCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryInsertEmojiCallback :: Maybe EntryInsertEmojiCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertAtCursor</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #insertAtCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryInsertAtCursor :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryInsertAtCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertAtCursor</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #insertAtCursor callback
--   </pre>
onEntryInsertAtCursor :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryInsertAtCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryInsertAtCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback :: EntryInsertAtCursorCallback -> C_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryInsertAtCursor :: MonadIO m => EntryInsertAtCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryInsertAtCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryInsertAtCursorCallback :: Maybe EntryInsertAtCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>iconRelease</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #iconRelease callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryIconRelease :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryIconReleaseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>iconRelease</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #iconRelease callback
--   </pre>
onEntryIconRelease :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryIconReleaseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryIconReleaseCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryIconReleaseCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryIconReleaseCallback :: EntryIconReleaseCallback -> C_EntryIconReleaseCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryIconRelease :: MonadIO m => EntryIconReleaseCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryIconReleaseCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryIconReleaseCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryIconReleaseCallback :: Maybe EntryIconReleaseCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>iconPress</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #iconPress callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryIconPress :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryIconPressCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>iconPress</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #iconPress callback
--   </pre>
onEntryIconPress :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryIconPressCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryIconPressCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryIconPressCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryIconPressCallback :: EntryIconPressCallback -> C_EntryIconPressCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryIconPress :: MonadIO m => EntryIconPressCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryIconPressCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryIconPressCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryIconPressCallback :: Maybe EntryIconPressCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteFromCursor</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #deleteFromCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryDeleteFromCursor :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteFromCursor</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #deleteFromCursor callback
--   </pre>
onEntryDeleteFromCursor :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback :: EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback -> C_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryDeleteFromCursor :: MonadIO m => EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryDeleteFromCursorCallback :: Maybe EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cutClipboard</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #cutClipboard callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryCutClipboard :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCutClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cutClipboard</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #cutClipboard callback
--   </pre>
onEntryCutClipboard :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCutClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryCutClipboardCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryCutClipboardCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryCutClipboardCallback :: EntryCutClipboardCallback -> C_EntryCutClipboardCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryCutClipboard :: MonadIO m => EntryCutClipboardCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryCutClipboardCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCutClipboardCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryCutClipboardCallback :: Maybe EntryCutClipboardCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>copyClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #copyClipboard callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryCopyClipboard :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCopyClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>copyClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #copyClipboard callback
--   </pre>
onEntryCopyClipboard :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryCopyClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryCopyClipboardCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryCopyClipboardCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryCopyClipboardCallback :: EntryCopyClipboardCallback -> C_EntryCopyClipboardCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryCopyClipboard :: MonadIO m => EntryCopyClipboardCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryCopyClipboardCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryCopyClipboardCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryCopyClipboardCallback :: Maybe EntryCopyClipboardCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>backspace</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #backspace callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryBackspace :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryBackspaceCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>backspace</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #backspace callback
--   </pre>
onEntryBackspace :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryBackspaceCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryBackspaceCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryBackspaceCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryBackspaceCallback :: EntryBackspaceCallback -> C_EntryBackspaceCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryBackspace :: MonadIO m => EntryBackspaceCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryBackspaceCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryBackspaceCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryBackspaceCallback :: Maybe EntryBackspaceCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entry #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryActivate :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entry #activate callback
--   </pre>
onEntryActivate :: (IsEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryActivateCallback :: EntryActivateCallback -> C_EntryActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryActivate :: MonadIO m => EntryActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryActivateCallback :: Maybe EntryActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Entry</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEntry :: (MonadIO m, IsEntry o) => o -> m Entry

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryActivateCallback</a>.
mk_EntryActivateCallback :: C_EntryActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryBackspaceCallback</a>.
mk_EntryBackspaceCallback :: C_EntryBackspaceCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryBackspaceCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryCopyClipboardCallback</a>.
mk_EntryCopyClipboardCallback :: C_EntryCopyClipboardCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryCopyClipboardCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryCutClipboardCallback</a>.
mk_EntryCutClipboardCallback :: C_EntryCutClipboardCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryCutClipboardCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback</a>.
mk_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback :: C_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryIconPressCallback</a>.
mk_EntryIconPressCallback :: C_EntryIconPressCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryIconPressCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryIconReleaseCallback</a>.
mk_EntryIconReleaseCallback :: C_EntryIconReleaseCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryIconReleaseCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback</a>.
mk_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback :: C_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryInsertEmojiCallback</a>.
mk_EntryInsertEmojiCallback :: C_EntryInsertEmojiCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryInsertEmojiCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryMoveCursorCallback</a>.
mk_EntryMoveCursorCallback :: C_EntryMoveCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryMoveCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryPasteClipboardCallback</a>.
mk_EntryPasteClipboardCallback :: C_EntryPasteClipboardCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryPasteClipboardCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
mk_EntryPopulatePopupCallback :: C_EntryPopulatePopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryPreeditChangedCallback</a>.
mk_EntryPreeditChangedCallback :: C_EntryPreeditChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryPreeditChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback</a>.
mk_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback :: C_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback)

-- | The <a>activate</a> signal is emitted when the user hits the Enter
--   key.
--   
--   While this signal is used as a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal],
--   it is also commonly used by applications to intercept activation of
--   entries.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the Enter key.
type EntryActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>backspace</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user asks for it.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Backspace and
--   Shift-Backspace.
type EntryBackspaceCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryBackspaceCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>copyClipboard</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to copy the selection to
--   the clipboard.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-c and Ctrl-Insert.
type EntryCopyClipboardCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryCopyClipboardCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>cutClipboard</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to cut the selection to
--   the clipboard.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-x and Shift-Delete.
type EntryCutClipboardCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryCutClipboardCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>deleteFromCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   text deletion.
--   
--   If the <i><tt>type</tt></i> is <a>DeleteTypeChars</a>, GTK+ deletes
--   the selection if there is one, otherwise it deletes the requested
--   number of characters.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Delete for deleting a
--   character and Ctrl-Delete for deleting a word.
type EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback = DeleteType -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryDeleteFromCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>iconPress</a> signal is emitted when an activatable icon is
--   clicked.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
type EntryIconPressCallback = EntryIconPosition -> EventButton -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryIconPressCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr EventButton -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>iconRelease</a> signal is emitted on the button release from a
--   mouse click over an activatable icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
type EntryIconReleaseCallback = EntryIconPosition -> EventButton -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryIconReleaseCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr EventButton -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>insertAtCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates
--   the insertion of a fixed string at the cursor.
--   
--   This signal has no default bindings.
type EntryInsertAtCursorCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryInsertAtCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>insertEmoji</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to present the Emoji
--   chooser for the <i><tt>entry</tt></i>.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-. and Ctrl-;
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22.27</i>
type EntryInsertEmojiCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryInsertEmojiCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>moveCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   cursor movement. If the cursor is not visible in
--   <i><tt>entry</tt></i>, this signal causes the viewport to be moved
--   instead.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control the
--   cursor programmatically.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal come in two variants, the variant
--   with the Shift modifier extends the selection, the variant without the
--   Shift modifer does not. There are too many key combinations to list
--   them all here.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Arrow keys move by individual characters/lines</li>
--   <li>Ctrl-arrow key combinations move by words/paragraphs</li>
--   <li>Home/End keys move to the ends of the buffer</li>
--   </ul>
type EntryMoveCursorCallback = MovementStep -> Int32 -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryMoveCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>pasteClipboard</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to paste the contents of
--   the clipboard into the text view.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-v and Shift-Insert.
type EntryPasteClipboardCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryPasteClipboardCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>populatePopup</a> signal gets emitted before showing the
--   context menu of the entry.
--   
--   If you need to add items to the context menu, connect to this signal
--   and append your items to the <i><tt>widget</tt></i>, which will be a
--   <a>Menu</a> in this case.
--   
--   If <a>Entry</a>:<tt><i>populate-all</i></tt> is <a>True</a>, this
--   signal will also be emitted to populate touch popups. In this case,
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i> will be a different container, e.g. a
--   <a>Toolbar</a>. The signal handler should not make assumptions about
--   the type of <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
type EntryPopulatePopupCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryPopulatePopupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately be
--   committed to the buffer. So if you are interested in the text, connect
--   to this signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
type EntryPreeditChangedCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryPreeditChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>toggleOverwrite</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to toggle the overwrite
--   mode of the entry.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Insert.
type EntryToggleOverwriteCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryToggleOverwriteCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TargetList
TargetList :: ManagedPtr TargetList -> TargetList

-- | Frees a <a>TargetEntry</a> returned from <a>targetEntryNew</a> or
--   <a>targetEntryCopy</a>.
targetEntryFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetEntry -> m ()

-- | Makes a copy of a <a>TargetEntry</a> and its data.
targetEntryCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => TargetEntry -> m TargetEntry

-- | Makes a new <a>TargetEntry</a>.
targetEntryNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m TargetEntry

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>info</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> targetEntry [ #info <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTargetEntryInfo :: MonadIO m => TargetEntry -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>info</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> targetEntry #info
--   </pre>
getTargetEntryInfo :: MonadIO m => TargetEntry -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>flags</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> targetEntry [ #flags <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTargetEntryFlags :: MonadIO m => TargetEntry -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>flags</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> targetEntry #flags
--   </pre>
getTargetEntryFlags :: MonadIO m => TargetEntry -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>target</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #target
--   </pre>
clearTargetEntryTarget :: MonadIO m => TargetEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>target</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> targetEntry [ #target <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTargetEntryTarget :: MonadIO m => TargetEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>target</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> targetEntry #target
--   </pre>
getTargetEntryTarget :: MonadIO m => TargetEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>TargetEntry</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroTargetEntry :: MonadIO m => m TargetEntry

-- | Gets the target entry for a dragged <a>ToolItem</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetDragTargetItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TargetEntry

-- | Get the target entry for a dragged <a>ToolItemGroup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetDragTargetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TargetEntry

-- | Unsets a toolbar style set with <a>toolPaletteSetStyle</a>, so that
--   user preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteUnsetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> m ()

-- | Unsets the tool palette icon size set with
--   <a>toolPaletteSetIconSize</a>, so that user preferences will be used
--   to determine the icon size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteUnsetIconSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the style (text, icons or both) of items in the tool palette.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteSetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> ToolbarStyle -> m ()

-- | Sets the size of icons in the tool palette.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteSetIconSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the position of the group as an index of the tool palette. If
--   position is 0 the group will become the first child, if position is -1
--   it will become the last child.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteSetGroupPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a, IsToolItemGroup b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the group should be given extra space.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteSetExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a, IsToolItemGroup b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the group should be exclusive or not. If an exclusive
--   group is expanded all other groups are collapsed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteSetExclusive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a, IsToolItemGroup b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the tool palette as a drag source. Enables all groups and items
--   in the tool palette as drag sources on button 1 and button 3 press
--   with copy and move actions. See <a>widgetDragSourceSet</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteSetDragSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> [ToolPaletteDragTargets] -> m ()

-- | Gets the vertical adjustment of the tool palette.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Gets the style (icons, text or both) of items in the tool palette.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> m ToolbarStyle

-- | Gets the size of icons in the tool palette. See
--   <a>toolPaletteSetIconSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetIconSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the horizontal adjustment of the tool palette.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Gets the position of <i><tt>group</tt></i> in <i><tt>palette</tt></i>
--   as index. See <a>toolPaletteSetGroupPosition</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetGroupPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a, IsToolItemGroup b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Gets whether group should be given extra space. See
--   <a>toolPaletteSetExpand</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a, IsToolItemGroup b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>group</tt></i> is exclusive or not. See
--   <a>toolPaletteSetExclusive</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetExclusive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a, IsToolItemGroup b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Gets the item at position (x, y). See <a>toolPaletteGetDropGroup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetDropItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Maybe ToolItem)

-- | Gets the group at position (x, y).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetDropGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Maybe ToolItemGroup)

-- | Get the dragged item from the selection. This could be a
--   <a>ToolItem</a> or a <a>ToolItemGroup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteGetDragItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a) => a -> SelectionData -> m Widget

-- | Sets <i><tt>palette</tt></i> as drag source (see
--   <a>toolPaletteSetDragSource</a>) and sets <i><tt>widget</tt></i> as a
--   drag destination for drags from <i><tt>palette</tt></i>. See
--   <a>widgetDragDestSet</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteAddDragDest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolPalette a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> [DestDefaults] -> [ToolPaletteDragTargets] -> [DragAction] -> m ()

-- | Creates a new tool palette.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolPaletteNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ToolPalette

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>toolbar-style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolPaletteToolbarStyle :: (IsToolPalette o, MonadIO m) => ToolbarStyle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>toolbar-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolPalette [ #toolbarStyle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolPaletteToolbarStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsToolPalette o) => o -> ToolbarStyle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>toolbar-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolPalette #toolbarStyle
--   </pre>
getToolPaletteToolbarStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsToolPalette o) => o -> m ToolbarStyle

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-size-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolPaletteIconSizeSet :: (IsToolPalette o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-size-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolPalette [ #iconSizeSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolPaletteIconSizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsToolPalette o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-size-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolPalette #iconSizeSet
--   </pre>
getToolPaletteIconSizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsToolPalette o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolPaletteIconSize :: (IsToolPalette o, MonadIO m) => IconSize -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolPalette [ #iconSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolPaletteIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsToolPalette o) => o -> IconSize -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolPalette #iconSize
--   </pre>
getToolPaletteIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsToolPalette o) => o -> m IconSize

-- | Cast to <a>ToolPalette</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToolPalette :: (MonadIO m, IsToolPalette o) => o -> m ToolPalette

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToolPalette
ToolPalette :: ManagedPtr ToolPalette -> ToolPalette

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ToolPalette</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toToolPalette</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToolPalette o) => IsToolPalette o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TargetEntry
TargetEntry :: ManagedPtr TargetEntry -> TargetEntry

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>empty</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableRowCol [ #empty <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowColEmpty :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>empty</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableRowCol #empty
--   </pre>
getTableRowColEmpty :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>shrink</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableRowCol [ #shrink <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowColShrink :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>shrink</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableRowCol #shrink
--   </pre>
getTableRowColShrink :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>expand</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableRowCol [ #expand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowColExpand :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>expand</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableRowCol #expand
--   </pre>
getTableRowColExpand :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>need_shrink</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableRowCol [ #needShrink <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowColNeedShrink :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>need_shrink</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableRowCol #needShrink
--   </pre>
getTableRowColNeedShrink :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>need_expand</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableRowCol [ #needExpand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowColNeedExpand :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>need_expand</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableRowCol #needExpand
--   </pre>
getTableRowColNeedExpand :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableRowCol [ #spacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowColSpacing :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableRowCol #spacing
--   </pre>
getTableRowColSpacing :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> m Word16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>allocation</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableRowCol [ #allocation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowColAllocation :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>allocation</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableRowCol #allocation
--   </pre>
getTableRowColAllocation :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> m Word16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>requisition</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableRowCol [ #requisition <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowColRequisition :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>requisition</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableRowCol #requisition
--   </pre>
getTableRowColRequisition :: MonadIO m => TableRowCol -> m Word16

-- | Construct a <a>TableRowCol</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroTableRowCol :: MonadIO m => m TableRowCol

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TableRowCol
TableRowCol :: ManagedPtr TableRowCol -> TableRowCol

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yfill</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #yfill <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildYfill :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yfill</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #yfill
--   </pre>
getTableChildYfill :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xfill</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #xfill <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildXfill :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xfill</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #xfill
--   </pre>
getTableChildXfill :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yshrink</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #yshrink <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildYshrink :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yshrink</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #yshrink
--   </pre>
getTableChildYshrink :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xshrink</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #xshrink <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildXshrink :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xshrink</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #xshrink
--   </pre>
getTableChildXshrink :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yexpand</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #yexpand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildYexpand :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yexpand</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #yexpand
--   </pre>
getTableChildYexpand :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xexpand</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #xexpand <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildXexpand :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xexpand</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #xexpand
--   </pre>
getTableChildXexpand :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ypadding</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #ypadding <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildYpadding :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ypadding</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #ypadding
--   </pre>
getTableChildYpadding :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xpadding</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #xpadding <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildXpadding :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xpadding</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #xpadding
--   </pre>
getTableChildXpadding :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>bottom_attach</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #bottomAttach <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildBottomAttach :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>bottom_attach</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #bottomAttach
--   </pre>
getTableChildBottomAttach :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>top_attach</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #topAttach <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildTopAttach :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>top_attach</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #topAttach
--   </pre>
getTableChildTopAttach :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>right_attach</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #rightAttach <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildRightAttach :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>right_attach</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #rightAttach
--   </pre>
getTableChildRightAttach :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>left_attach</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #leftAttach <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildLeftAttach :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>left_attach</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #leftAttach
--   </pre>
getTableChildLeftAttach :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m Word16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #widget
--   </pre>
clearTableChildWidget :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> tableChild [ #widget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableChildWidget :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> Ptr Widget -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> tableChild #widget
--   </pre>
getTableChildWidget :: MonadIO m => TableChild -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Construct a <a>TableChild</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroTableChild :: MonadIO m => m TableChild

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TableChild
TableChild :: ManagedPtr TableChild -> TableChild

-- | Decreases the reference count of <i><tt>color</tt></i>, freeing its
--   memory if the reference count reaches 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
symbolicColorUnref :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SymbolicColor -> m ()

-- | Converts the given <i><tt>color</tt></i> to a string representation.
--   This is useful both for debugging and for serialization of strings.
--   The format of the string may change between different versions of GTK,
--   but it is guaranteed that the GTK css parser is able to read the
--   string and create the same symbolic color from it.
symbolicColorToString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SymbolicColor -> m Text

-- | If <i><tt>color</tt></i> is resolvable, <i><tt>resolvedColor</tt></i>
--   will be filled in with the resolved color, and <a>True</a> will be
--   returned. Generally, if <i><tt>color</tt></i> can’t be resolved, it is
--   due to it being defined on top of a named color that doesn’t exist in
--   <i><tt>props</tt></i>.
--   
--   When <i><tt>props</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, resolving of named
--   colors will fail, so if your <i><tt>color</tt></i> is or references
--   such a color, this function will return <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
symbolicColorResolve :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a) => SymbolicColor -> Maybe a -> m (Bool, RGBA)

-- | Increases the reference count of <i><tt>color</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
symbolicColorRef :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SymbolicColor -> m SymbolicColor

-- | Creates a symbolic color based on the current win32 theme.
--   
--   Note that while this call is available on all platforms the actual
--   value returned is not reliable on non-win32 platforms.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
symbolicColorNewWin32 :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Int32 -> m SymbolicColor

-- | Creates a symbolic color defined as a shade of another color. A factor
--   &gt; 1.0 would resolve to a brighter color, while &lt; 1.0 would
--   resolve to a darker color.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
symbolicColorNewShade :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SymbolicColor -> Double -> m SymbolicColor

-- | Creates a symbolic color pointing to an unresolved named color. See
--   <a>styleContextLookupColor</a> and <a>stylePropertiesLookupColor</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
symbolicColorNewName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m SymbolicColor

-- | Creates a symbolic color defined as a mix of another two colors. a mix
--   factor of 0 would resolve to <i><tt>color1</tt></i>, while a factor of
--   1 would resolve to <i><tt>color2</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
symbolicColorNewMix :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SymbolicColor -> SymbolicColor -> Double -> m SymbolicColor

-- | Creates a symbolic color pointing to a literal color.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
symbolicColorNewLiteral :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m SymbolicColor

-- | Creates a symbolic color by modifying the relative alpha value of
--   <i><tt>color</tt></i>. A factor &lt; 1.0 would resolve to a more
--   transparent color, while &gt; 1.0 would resolve to a more opaque
--   color.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
symbolicColorNewAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SymbolicColor -> Double -> m SymbolicColor

-- | Unsets a style property in <i><tt>props</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
stylePropertiesUnsetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a) => a -> Text -> [StateFlags] -> m ()

-- | Sets a styling property in <i><tt>props</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
stylePropertiesSetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a) => a -> Text -> [StateFlags] -> GValue -> m ()

-- | Merges into <i><tt>props</tt></i> all the style information contained
--   in <i><tt>propsToMerge</tt></i>. If <i><tt>replace</tt></i> is
--   <a>True</a>, the values will be overwritten, if it is <a>False</a>,
--   the older values will prevail.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
stylePropertiesMerge :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a, IsStyleProperties b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Maps <i><tt>color</tt></i> so it can be referenced by
--   <i><tt>name</tt></i>. See <a>stylePropertiesLookupColor</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
stylePropertiesMapColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a) => a -> Text -> SymbolicColor -> m ()

-- | Returns the symbolic color that is mapped to <i><tt>name</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
stylePropertiesLookupColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a) => a -> Text -> m SymbolicColor

-- | Gets a style property from <i><tt>props</tt></i> for the given state.
--   When done with <i><tt>value</tt></i>, <a>valueUnset</a> needs to be
--   called to free any allocated memory.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
stylePropertiesGetProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a) => a -> Text -> [StateFlags] -> m (Bool, GValue)

-- | Clears all style information from <i><tt>props</tt></i>.
stylePropertiesClear :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns a newly created <a>StyleProperties</a>
stylePropertiesNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m StyleProperties

-- | Cast to <a>StyleProperties</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStyleProperties :: (MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties o) => o -> m StyleProperties

-- | Decreases the reference count of <i><tt>gradient</tt></i>, freeing its
--   memory if the reference count reaches 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
gradientUnref :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Gradient -> m ()

-- | Creates a string representation for <i><tt>gradient</tt></i> that is
--   suitable for using in GTK CSS files.
gradientToString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Gradient -> m Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
gradientResolveForContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => Gradient -> a -> m Pattern

-- | If <i><tt>gradient</tt></i> is resolvable,
--   <i><tt>resolvedGradient</tt></i> will be filled in with the resolved
--   gradient as a cairo_pattern_t, and <a>True</a> will be returned.
--   Generally, if <i><tt>gradient</tt></i> can’t be resolved, it is due to
--   it being defined on top of a named color that doesn't exist in
--   <i><tt>props</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
gradientResolve :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleProperties a) => Gradient -> a -> m (Bool, Pattern)

-- | Increases the reference count of <i><tt>gradient</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
gradientRef :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Gradient -> m Gradient

-- | Adds a stop color to <i><tt>gradient</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
gradientAddColorStop :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Gradient -> Double -> SymbolicColor -> m ()

-- | Creates a new radial gradient along the two circles defined by (x0,
--   y0, radius0) and (x1, y1, radius1). Before using the gradient a number
--   of stop colors must be added through <a>gradientAddColorStop</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
gradientNewRadial :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m Gradient

-- | Creates a new linear gradient along the line defined by (x0, y0) and
--   (x1, y1). Before using the gradient a number of stop colors must be
--   added through <a>gradientAddColorStop</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
gradientNewLinear :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m Gradient

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Gradient
Gradient :: ManagedPtr Gradient -> Gradient

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SymbolicColor
SymbolicColor :: ManagedPtr SymbolicColor -> SymbolicColor

-- | Frees a stock item allocated on the heap, such as one returned by
--   <tt><i>gtk_stock_item_copy()</i></tt>. Also frees the fields inside
--   the stock item, if they are not <a>Nothing</a>.
stockItemFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => StockItem -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>translation_domain</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #translationDomain
--   </pre>
clearStockItemTranslationDomain :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>translation_domain</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stockItem [ #translationDomain <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStockItemTranslationDomain :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>translation_domain</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stockItem #translationDomain
--   </pre>
getStockItemTranslationDomain :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>keyval</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stockItem [ #keyval <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStockItemKeyval :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>keyval</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stockItem #keyval
--   </pre>
getStockItemKeyval :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>modifier</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stockItem [ #modifier <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStockItemModifier :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>modifier</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stockItem #modifier
--   </pre>
getStockItemModifier :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> m [ModifierType]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearStockItemLabel :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stockItem [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStockItemLabel :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stockItem #label
--   </pre>
getStockItemLabel :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stockId
--   </pre>
clearStockItemStockId :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stockItem [ #stockId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStockItemStockId :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stockItem #stockId
--   </pre>
getStockItemStockId :: MonadIO m => StockItem -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>StockItem</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroStockItem :: MonadIO m => m StockItem

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StockItem
StockItem :: ManagedPtr StockItem -> StockItem

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #value
--   </pre>
clearSettingsValueValue :: MonadIO m => SettingsValue -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settingsValue [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsValueValue :: MonadIO m => SettingsValue -> Ptr GValue -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settingsValue #value
--   </pre>
getSettingsValueValue :: MonadIO m => SettingsValue -> m (Maybe GValue)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>origin</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #origin
--   </pre>
clearSettingsValueOrigin :: MonadIO m => SettingsValue -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>origin</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> settingsValue [ #origin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSettingsValueOrigin :: MonadIO m => SettingsValue -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>origin</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> settingsValue #origin
--   </pre>
getSettingsValueOrigin :: MonadIO m => SettingsValue -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>SettingsValue</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroSettingsValue :: MonadIO m => m SettingsValue

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SettingsValue
SettingsValue :: ManagedPtr SettingsValue -> SettingsValue

-- | Given a <a>SelectionData</a> object holding a list of targets,
--   determines if any of the targets in <i><tt>targets</tt></i> can be
--   used to provide a list or URIs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
selectionDataTargetsIncludeUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m Bool

-- | Given a <a>SelectionData</a> object holding a list of targets,
--   determines if any of the targets in <i><tt>targets</tt></i> can be
--   used to provide text.
selectionDataTargetsIncludeText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m Bool

-- | Given a <a>SelectionData</a> object holding a list of targets,
--   determines if any of the targets in <i><tt>targets</tt></i> can be
--   used to provide rich text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
selectionDataTargetsIncludeRichText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextBuffer a) => SelectionData -> a -> m Bool

-- | Given a <a>SelectionData</a> object holding a list of targets,
--   determines if any of the targets in <i><tt>targets</tt></i> can be
--   used to provide a <a>Pixbuf</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
selectionDataTargetsIncludeImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> Bool -> m Bool

-- | Sets the contents of the selection from a list of URIs. The string is
--   converted to the form determined by
--   <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i>-&gt;target.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
selectionDataSetUris :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> [Text] -> m Bool

-- | Sets the contents of the selection from a UTF-8 encoded string. The
--   string is converted to the form determined by
--   <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i>-&gt;target.
selectionDataSetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> Text -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Sets the contents of the selection from a <a>Pixbuf</a> The pixbuf is
--   converted to the form determined by
--   <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i>-&gt;target.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
selectionDataSetPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => SelectionData -> a -> m Bool

-- | Stores new data into a <a>SelectionData</a> object. Should only be
--   called from a selection handler callback. Zero-terminates the stored
--   data.
selectionDataSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> Atom -> Int32 -> ByteString -> m ()

-- | Gets the contents of the selection data as array of URIs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
selectionDataGetUris :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m [Text]

-- | Gets the contents of the selection data as a UTF-8 string.
selectionDataGetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the contents of <i><tt>selectionData</tt></i> as an array of
--   targets. This can be used to interpret the results of getting the
--   standard TARGETS target that is always supplied for any selection.
selectionDataGetTargets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m (Bool, [Atom])

-- | Retrieves the target of the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
selectionDataGetTarget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m Atom

-- | Retrieves the selection <a>Atom</a> of the selection data.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
selectionDataGetSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m Atom

-- | Gets the contents of the selection data as a <a>Pixbuf</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
selectionDataGetPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Retrieves the length of the raw data of the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
selectionDataGetLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the format of the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
selectionDataGetFormat :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the display of the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
selectionDataGetDisplay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m Display

-- | Retrieves the raw data of the selection along with its length.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
selectionDataGetData :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m ByteString

-- | Retrieves the data type of the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
selectionDataGetDataType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m Atom

-- | Frees a <a>SelectionData</a>-struct returned from
--   <a>selectionDataCopy</a>.
selectionDataFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m ()

-- | Makes a copy of a <a>SelectionData</a>-struct and its data.
selectionDataCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SelectionData -> m SelectionData

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SelectionData
SelectionData :: ManagedPtr SelectionData -> SelectionData

-- | Frees a <a>Requisition</a>.
requisitionFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Requisition -> m ()

-- | Copies a <a>Requisition</a>.
requisitionCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Requisition -> m Requisition

-- | Allocates a new <a>Requisition</a>-struct and initializes its elements
--   to zero.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
requisitionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Requisition

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>height</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> requisition [ #height <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRequisitionHeight :: MonadIO m => Requisition -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>height</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> requisition #height
--   </pre>
getRequisitionHeight :: MonadIO m => Requisition -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>width</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> requisition [ #width <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRequisitionWidth :: MonadIO m => Requisition -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> requisition #width
--   </pre>
getRequisitionWidth :: MonadIO m => Requisition -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>Requisition</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroRequisition :: MonadIO m => m Requisition

-- | Informs the cell renderer that the editing is stopped. If
--   <i><tt>canceled</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the cell renderer will emit
--   the <a>editingCanceled</a> signal.
--   
--   This function should be called by cell renderer implementations in
--   response to the <a>editingDone</a> signal of <a>CellEditable</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellRendererStopEditing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Starts editing the contents of this <i><tt>cell</tt></i>, through a
--   new <a>CellEditable</a> widget created by the
--   <a>CellRendererClass</a>.<tt><i>start_editing</i></tt> virtual
--   function.
cellRendererStartEditing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe Event -> b -> Text -> Rectangle -> Rectangle -> [CellRendererState] -> m (Maybe CellEditable)

-- | Sets the cell renderer’s visibility.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererSetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the cell renderer’s sensitivity.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererSetSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the renderer’s padding.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererSetPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the renderer size to be explicit, independent of the properties
--   set.
cellRendererSetFixedSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the renderer’s alignment within its available space.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererSetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> Float -> Float -> m ()

-- | Invokes the virtual render function of the <a>CellRenderer</a>. The
--   three passed-in rectangles are areas in <i><tt>cr</tt></i>. Most
--   renderers will draw within <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i>; the xalign,
--   yalign, xpad, and ypad fields of the <a>CellRenderer</a> should be
--   honored with respect to <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i>.
--   <i><tt>backgroundArea</tt></i> includes the blank space around the
--   cell, and also the area containing the tree expander; so the
--   <i><tt>backgroundArea</tt></i> rectangles for all cells tile to cover
--   the entire <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
cellRendererRender :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> Context -> b -> Rectangle -> Rectangle -> [CellRendererState] -> m ()

-- | Checks whether the cell renderer can do something when activated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererIsActivatable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the cell renderer’s visibility.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererGetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Translates the cell renderer state to <a>StateFlags</a>, based on the
--   cell renderer and widget sensitivity, and the given
--   <a>CellRendererState</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererGetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> [CellRendererState] -> m [StateFlags]

-- | Obtains the width and height needed to render the cell. Used by view
--   widgets to determine the appropriate size for the cell_area passed to
--   <a>cellRendererRender</a>. If <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i> is not
--   <a>Nothing</a>, fills in the x and y offsets (if set) of the cell
--   relative to this location.
--   
--   Please note that the values set in <i><tt>width</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i>, as well as those in <i><tt>xOffset</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>yOffset</tt></i> are inclusive of the xpad and ypad
--   properties.
cellRendererGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Maybe Rectangle -> m (Int32, Int32, Int32, Int32)

-- | Returns the cell renderer’s sensitivity.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererGetSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether the cell renderer prefers a height-for-width layout or a
--   width-for-height layout.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererGetRequestMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m SizeRequestMode

-- | Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural width if it were
--   rendered to <i><tt>widget</tt></i> with the specified
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererGetPreferredWidthForHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererGetPreferredWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a cell taking into account
--   the widget’s preference for height-for-width management.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererGetPreferredSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m (Requisition, Requisition)

-- | Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural height if it were
--   rendered to <i><tt>widget</tt></i> with the specified
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererGetPreferredHeightForWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererGetPreferredHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Fills in <i><tt>xpad</tt></i> and <i><tt>ypad</tt></i> with the
--   appropriate values of <i><tt>cell</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererGetPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Fills in <i><tt>width</tt></i> and <i><tt>height</tt></i> with the
--   appropriate size of <i><tt>cell</tt></i>.
cellRendererGetFixedSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Fills in <i><tt>xalign</tt></i> and <i><tt>yalign</tt></i> with the
--   appropriate values of <i><tt>cell</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererGetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m (Float, Float)

-- | Gets the aligned area used by <i><tt>cell</tt></i> inside
--   <i><tt>cellArea</tt></i>. Used for finding the appropriate edit and
--   focus rectangle.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellRendererGetAlignedArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> [CellRendererState] -> Rectangle -> m Rectangle

-- | Passes an activate event to the cell renderer for possible processing.
--   Some cell renderers may use events; for example,
--   <a>CellRendererToggle</a> toggles when it gets a mouse click.
cellRendererActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a, IsWidget b) => a -> Event -> b -> Text -> Rectangle -> Rectangle -> [CellRendererState] -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ypad</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererYpad :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ypad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #ypad <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererYpad :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ypad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #ypad
--   </pre>
getCellRendererYpad :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererYalign :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #yalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #yalign
--   </pre>
getCellRendererYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xpad</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererXpad :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xpad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #xpad <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererXpad :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xpad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #xpad
--   </pre>
getCellRendererXpad :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererXalign :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #xalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #xalign
--   </pre>
getCellRendererXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererWidth :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #width <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #width
--   </pre>
getCellRendererWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererVisible :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #visible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #visible
--   </pre>
getCellRendererVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererSensitive :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #sensitive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #sensitive
--   </pre>
getCellRendererSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererMode :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => CellRendererMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #mode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererMode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> CellRendererMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #mode
--   </pre>
getCellRendererMode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m CellRendererMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>is-expander</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererIsExpander :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>is-expander</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #isExpander <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererIsExpander :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-expander</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #isExpander
--   </pre>
getCellRendererIsExpander :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>is-expanded</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererIsExpanded :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>is-expanded</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #isExpanded <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererIsExpanded :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-expanded</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #isExpanded
--   </pre>
getCellRendererIsExpanded :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>height</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererHeight :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #height <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #height
--   </pre>
getCellRendererHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #editing
--   </pre>
getCellRendererEditing :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-background-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererCellBackgroundSet :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cell-background-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #cellBackgroundSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererCellBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-background-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #cellBackgroundSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererCellBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cell-background-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #cellBackgroundRgba
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererCellBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-background-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererCellBackgroundRgba :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cell-background-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #cellBackgroundRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererCellBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-background-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #cellBackgroundRgba
--   </pre>
getCellRendererCellBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cell-background-gdk</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #cellBackgroundGdk
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererCellBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-background-gdk</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererCellBackgroundGdk :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cell-background-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #cellBackgroundGdk <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererCellBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cell-background-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRenderer #cellBackgroundGdk
--   </pre>
getCellRendererCellBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cell-background</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #cellBackground
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererCellBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cell-background</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererCellBackground :: (IsCellRenderer o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cell-background</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRenderer [ #cellBackground <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererCellBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>editingStarted</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellRenderer #editingStarted callback
--   </pre>
afterCellRendererEditingStarted :: (IsCellRenderer a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererEditingStartedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>editingStarted</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellRenderer #editingStarted callback
--   </pre>
onCellRendererEditingStarted :: (IsCellRenderer a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererEditingStartedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellRendererEditingStartedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback</a>.
wrap_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback :: CellRendererEditingStartedCallback -> C_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellRendererEditingStarted :: MonadIO m => CellRendererEditingStartedCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellRendererEditingStartedCallback</a></tt>.
noCellRendererEditingStartedCallback :: Maybe CellRendererEditingStartedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>editingCanceled</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellRenderer #editingCanceled callback
--   </pre>
afterCellRendererEditingCanceled :: (IsCellRenderer a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>editingCanceled</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellRenderer #editingCanceled callback
--   </pre>
onCellRendererEditingCanceled :: (IsCellRenderer a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback</a>.
wrap_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback :: CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback -> C_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellRendererEditingCanceled :: MonadIO m => CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback</a></tt>.
noCellRendererEditingCanceledCallback :: Maybe CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback

-- | Cast to <a>CellRenderer</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRenderer :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer o) => o -> m CellRenderer

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback</a>.
mk_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback :: C_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback</a>.
mk_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback :: C_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback)

-- | This signal gets emitted when the user cancels the process of editing
--   a cell. For example, an editable cell renderer could be written to
--   cancel editing when the user presses Escape.
--   
--   See also: <a>cellRendererStopEditing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellRendererEditingCanceledCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal gets emitted when a cell starts to be edited. The intended
--   use of this signal is to do special setup on <i><tt>editable</tt></i>,
--   e.g. adding a <a>EntryCompletion</a> or setting up additional columns
--   in a <a>ComboBox</a>.
--   
--   See <a>cellEditableStartEditing</a> for information on the lifecycle
--   of the <i><tt>editable</tt></i> and a way to do setup that doesn’t
--   depend on the <i><tt>renderer</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that GTK+ doesn't guarantee that cell renderers will continue to
--   use the same kind of widget for editing in future releases, therefore
--   you should check the type of <i><tt>editable</tt></i> before doing any
--   specific setup, as in the following example:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static void
--   text_editing_started (GtkCellRenderer *cell,
--                         GtkCellEditable *editable,
--                         const gchar     *path,
--                         gpointer         data)
--   {
--     if (GTK_IS_ENTRY (editable))
--       {
--         GtkEntry *entry = GTK_ENTRY (editable);
--         
--         // ... create a GtkEntryCompletion
--         
--         gtk_entry_set_completion (entry, completion);
--       }
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
type CellRendererEditingStartedCallback = CellEditable -> Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellRendererEditingStartedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr CellEditable -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Requisition
Requisition :: ManagedPtr Requisition -> Requisition

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>natural_size</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> requestedSize [ #naturalSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRequestedSizeNaturalSize :: MonadIO m => RequestedSize -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>natural_size</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> requestedSize #naturalSize
--   </pre>
getRequestedSizeNaturalSize :: MonadIO m => RequestedSize -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>minimum_size</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> requestedSize [ #minimumSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRequestedSizeMinimumSize :: MonadIO m => RequestedSize -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>minimum_size</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> requestedSize #minimumSize
--   </pre>
getRequestedSizeMinimumSize :: MonadIO m => RequestedSize -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>data</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #data
--   </pre>
clearRequestedSizeData :: MonadIO m => RequestedSize -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>data</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> requestedSize [ #data <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRequestedSizeData :: MonadIO m => RequestedSize -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>data</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> requestedSize #data
--   </pre>
getRequestedSizeData :: MonadIO m => RequestedSize -> m (Ptr ())

-- | Construct a <a>RequestedSize</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroRequestedSize :: MonadIO m => m RequestedSize

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RequestedSize
RequestedSize :: ManagedPtr RequestedSize -> RequestedSize

-- | Decreases the reference count of <i><tt>info</tt></i> by one. If the
--   reference count reaches zero, <i><tt>info</tt></i> is deallocated, and
--   the memory freed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoUnref :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m ()

-- | Increases the reference count of <i><tt>recentInfo</tt></i> by one.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoRef :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m RecentInfo

-- | Checks whether two <a>RecentInfo</a>-struct point to the same
--   resource.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoMatch :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> RecentInfo -> m Bool

-- | Gets the name of the last application that have registered the
--   recently used resource represented by <i><tt>info</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoLastApplication :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Text

-- | Checks whether the resource is local or not by looking at the scheme
--   of its URI.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoIsLocal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Bool

-- | Checks whether <i><tt>groupName</tt></i> appears inside the groups
--   registered for the recently used item <i><tt>info</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoHasGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Checks whether an application registered this resource using
--   <i><tt>appName</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoHasApplication :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the meta-data
--   for the resource was last visited.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetVisited :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m CLong

-- | Gets a displayable version of the resource’s URI. If the resource is
--   local, it returns a local path; if the resource is not local, it
--   returns the UTF-8 encoded content of <a>recentInfoGetUri</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetUriDisplay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the URI of the resource.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Text

-- | Computes a valid UTF-8 string that can be used as the name of the item
--   in a menu or list. For example, calling this function on an item that
--   refers to “file:///foo/bar.txt” will yield “bar.txt”.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetShortName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Text

-- | Gets the value of the “private” flag. Resources in the recently used
--   list that have this flag set to <a>True</a> should only be displayed
--   by the applications that have registered them.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetPrivateHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Bool

-- | Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the meta-data
--   for the resource was last modified.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetModified :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m CLong

-- | Gets the MIME type of the resource.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetMimeType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Text

-- | Retrieves the icon of size <i><tt>size</tt></i> associated to the
--   resource MIME type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> Int32 -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Returns all groups registered for the recently used item
--   <i><tt>info</tt></i>. The array of returned group names will be
--   <a>Nothing</a> terminated, so length might optionally be
--   <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetGroups :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m ([Text], Word64)

-- | Retrieves the icon associated to the resource MIME type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
recentInfoGetGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Gets the name of the resource. If none has been defined, the basename
--   of the resource is obtained.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetDisplayName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Text

-- | Gets the (short) description of the resource.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetDescription :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Text

-- | Retrieves the list of applications that have registered this resource.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetApplications :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m ([Text], Word64)

-- | Gets the data regarding the application that has registered the
--   resource pointed by <i><tt>info</tt></i>.
--   
--   If the command line contains any escape characters defined inside the
--   storage specification, they will be expanded.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetApplicationInfo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> Text -> m (Bool, Text, Word32, CLong)

-- | Gets the number of days elapsed since the last update of the resource
--   pointed by <i><tt>info</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetAge :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Int32

-- | Gets the timestamp (seconds from system’s Epoch) when the resource was
--   added to the recently used resources list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoGetAdded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m CLong

-- | Checks whether the resource pointed by <i><tt>info</tt></i> still
--   exists. At the moment this check is done only on resources pointing to
--   local files.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentInfoExists :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> m Bool

-- | Creates a <a>AppInfo</a> for the specified <a>RecentInfo</a>
recentInfoCreateAppInfo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RecentInfo -> Maybe Text -> m (Maybe AppInfo)

-- | Gets a unique instance of <a>RecentManager</a>, that you can share in
--   your application without caring about memory management.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerGetDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m RecentManager

-- | Removes a resource pointed by <i><tt>uri</tt></i> from the recently
--   used resources list handled by a recent manager.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerRemoveItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Purges every item from the recently used resources list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerPurgeItems :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Changes the location of a recently used resource from
--   <i><tt>uri</tt></i> to <i><tt>newUri</tt></i>.
--   
--   Please note that this function will not affect the resource pointed by
--   the URIs, but only the URI used in the recently used resources list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerMoveItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> Text -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Searches for a URI inside the recently used resources list, and
--   returns a <a>RecentInfo</a>-struct containing informations about the
--   resource like its MIME type, or its display name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerLookupItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe RecentInfo)

-- | Checks whether there is a recently used resource registered with
--   <i><tt>uri</tt></i> inside the recent manager.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerHasItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Gets the list of recently used resources.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerGetItems :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> m [RecentInfo]

-- | Adds a new resource, pointed by <i><tt>uri</tt></i>, into the recently
--   used resources list.
--   
--   This function automatically retrieves some of the needed metadata and
--   setting other metadata to common default values; it then feeds the
--   data to <a>recentManagerAddFull</a>.
--   
--   See <a>recentManagerAddFull</a> if you want to explicitly define the
--   metadata for the resource pointed by <i><tt>uri</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerAddItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Adds a new resource, pointed by <i><tt>uri</tt></i>, into the recently
--   used resources list, using the metadata specified inside the
--   <a>RecentData</a>-struct passed in <i><tt>recentData</tt></i>.
--   
--   The passed URI will be used to identify this resource inside the list.
--   
--   In order to register the new recently used resource, metadata about
--   the resource must be passed as well as the URI; the metadata is stored
--   in a <a>RecentData</a>-struct, which must contain the MIME type of the
--   resource pointed by the URI; the name of the application that is
--   registering the item, and a command line to be used when launching the
--   item.
--   
--   Optionally, a <a>RecentData</a>-struct might contain a UTF-8 string to
--   be used when viewing the item instead of the last component of the
--   URI; a short description of the item; whether the item should be
--   considered private - that is, should be displayed only by the
--   applications that have registered it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerAddFull :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> Text -> RecentData -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new recent manager object. Recent manager objects are used
--   to handle the list of recently used resources. A <a>RecentManager</a>
--   object monitors the recently used resources list, and emits the
--   “changed” signal each time something inside the list changes.
--   
--   <a>RecentManager</a> objects are expensive: be sure to create them
--   only when needed. You should use <a>recentManagerGetDefault</a>
--   instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentManagerNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m RecentManager

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentManager #size
--   </pre>
getRecentManagerSize :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentManager o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>filename</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentManagerFilename :: (IsRecentManager o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>filename</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentManager #filename
--   </pre>
getRecentManagerFilename :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentManager o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> recentManager #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterRecentManagerChanged :: (IsRecentManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> RecentManagerChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> recentManager #changed callback
--   </pre>
onRecentManagerChanged :: (IsRecentManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> RecentManagerChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RecentManagerChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RecentManagerChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_RecentManagerChangedCallback :: RecentManagerChangedCallback -> C_RecentManagerChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RecentManagerChanged :: MonadIO m => RecentManagerChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_RecentManagerChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RecentManagerChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noRecentManagerChangedCallback :: Maybe RecentManagerChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>RecentManager</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRecentManager :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentManager o) => o -> m RecentManager

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RecentManagerChangedCallback</a>.
mk_RecentManagerChangedCallback :: C_RecentManagerChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RecentManagerChangedCallback)

-- | Emitted when the current recently used resources manager changes its
--   contents, either by calling <a>recentManagerAddItem</a> or by another
--   application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type RecentManagerChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RecentManagerChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentInfo
RecentInfo :: ManagedPtr RecentInfo -> RecentInfo

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>age</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentFilterInfo [ #age <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentFilterInfoAge :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>age</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentFilterInfo #age
--   </pre>
getRecentFilterInfoAge :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>groups</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #groups
--   </pre>
clearRecentFilterInfoGroups :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>groups</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentFilterInfo [ #groups <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentFilterInfoGroups :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> Ptr CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>groups</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentFilterInfo #groups
--   </pre>
getRecentFilterInfoGroups :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m (Maybe [Text])

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>applications</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #applications
--   </pre>
clearRecentFilterInfoApplications :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>applications</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentFilterInfo [ #applications <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentFilterInfoApplications :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> Ptr CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>applications</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentFilterInfo #applications
--   </pre>
getRecentFilterInfoApplications :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m (Maybe [Text])

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #mimeType
--   </pre>
clearRecentFilterInfoMimeType :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentFilterInfo [ #mimeType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentFilterInfoMimeType :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentFilterInfo #mimeType
--   </pre>
getRecentFilterInfoMimeType :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #displayName
--   </pre>
clearRecentFilterInfoDisplayName :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentFilterInfo [ #displayName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentFilterInfoDisplayName :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentFilterInfo #displayName
--   </pre>
getRecentFilterInfoDisplayName :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>uri</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #uri
--   </pre>
clearRecentFilterInfoUri :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>uri</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentFilterInfo [ #uri <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentFilterInfoUri :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>uri</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentFilterInfo #uri
--   </pre>
getRecentFilterInfoUri :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>contains</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentFilterInfo [ #contains <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentFilterInfoContains :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> [RecentFilterFlags] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>contains</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentFilterInfo #contains
--   </pre>
getRecentFilterInfoContains :: MonadIO m => RecentFilterInfo -> m [RecentFilterFlags]

-- | Construct a <a>RecentFilterInfo</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroRecentFilterInfo :: MonadIO m => m RecentFilterInfo

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentFilterInfo
RecentFilterInfo :: ManagedPtr RecentFilterInfo -> RecentFilterInfo

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>is_private</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentData [ #isPrivate <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentDataIsPrivate :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is_private</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentData #isPrivate
--   </pre>
getRecentDataIsPrivate :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>groups</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #groups
--   </pre>
clearRecentDataGroups :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>groups</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentData [ #groups <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentDataGroups :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> Ptr CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>groups</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentData #groups
--   </pre>
getRecentDataGroups :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m (Maybe [Text])

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>app_exec</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #appExec
--   </pre>
clearRecentDataAppExec :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>app_exec</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentData [ #appExec <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentDataAppExec :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>app_exec</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentData #appExec
--   </pre>
getRecentDataAppExec :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>app_name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #appName
--   </pre>
clearRecentDataAppName :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>app_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentData [ #appName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentDataAppName :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>app_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentData #appName
--   </pre>
getRecentDataAppName :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #mimeType
--   </pre>
clearRecentDataMimeType :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentData [ #mimeType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentDataMimeType :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentData #mimeType
--   </pre>
getRecentDataMimeType :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>description</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #description
--   </pre>
clearRecentDataDescription :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>description</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentData [ #description <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentDataDescription :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>description</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentData #description
--   </pre>
getRecentDataDescription :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #displayName
--   </pre>
clearRecentDataDisplayName :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentData [ #displayName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentDataDisplayName :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentData #displayName
--   </pre>
getRecentDataDisplayName :: MonadIO m => RecentData -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>RecentData</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroRecentData :: MonadIO m => m RecentData

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentData
RecentData :: ManagedPtr RecentData -> RecentData

-- | A <a>RcPropertyParser</a> for use with
--   <a>settingsInstallPropertyParser</a> or
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser()</i></tt> which
--   parses a requisition in the form <tt>"{ width, height }"</tt> for
--   integers <tt><i>width</i></tt> and <tt><i>height</i></tt>.
rcPropertyParseRequisition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GParamSpec -> String -> GValue -> m Bool

-- | A <a>RcPropertyParser</a> for use with
--   <a>settingsInstallPropertyParser</a> or
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser()</i></tt> which
--   parses flags.
--   
--   Flags can be specified by their name, their nickname or numerically.
--   Multiple flags can be specified in the form <tt>"( flag1 | flag2 | ...
--   )"</tt>.
rcPropertyParseFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GParamSpec -> String -> GValue -> m Bool

-- | A <a>RcPropertyParser</a> for use with
--   <a>settingsInstallPropertyParser</a> or
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser()</i></tt> which
--   parses a single enumeration value.
--   
--   The enumeration value can be specified by its name, its nickname or
--   its numeric value. For consistency with flags parsing, the value may
--   be surrounded by parentheses.
rcPropertyParseEnum :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GParamSpec -> String -> GValue -> m Bool

-- | A <a>RcPropertyParser</a> for use with
--   <a>settingsInstallPropertyParser</a> or
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser()</i></tt> which
--   parses a color given either by its name or in the form <tt>{ red,
--   green, blue }</tt> where red, green and blue are integers between 0
--   and 65535 or floating-point numbers between 0 and 1.
rcPropertyParseColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GParamSpec -> String -> GValue -> m Bool

-- | A <a>RcPropertyParser</a> for use with
--   <a>settingsInstallPropertyParser</a> or
--   <tt><i>gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser()</i></tt> which
--   parses borders in the form <tt>"{ left, right, top, bottom }"</tt> for
--   integers left, right, top and bottom.
rcPropertyParseBorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GParamSpec -> String -> GValue -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #value
--   </pre>
clearRcPropertyValue :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> rcProperty [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRcPropertyValue :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> Ptr GValue -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> rcProperty #value
--   </pre>
getRcPropertyValue :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> m (Maybe GValue)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>origin</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #origin
--   </pre>
clearRcPropertyOrigin :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>origin</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> rcProperty [ #origin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRcPropertyOrigin :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>origin</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> rcProperty #origin
--   </pre>
getRcPropertyOrigin :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>property_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> rcProperty [ #propertyName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRcPropertyPropertyName :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>property_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> rcProperty #propertyName
--   </pre>
getRcPropertyPropertyName :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>type_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> rcProperty [ #typeName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRcPropertyTypeName :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>type_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> rcProperty #typeName
--   </pre>
getRcPropertyTypeName :: MonadIO m => RcProperty -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>RcProperty</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroRcProperty :: MonadIO m => m RcProperty

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RcProperty
RcProperty :: ManagedPtr RcProperty -> RcProperty

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RcContext
RcContext :: ManagedPtr RcContext -> RcContext

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioActionEntry [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionEntryValue :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> radioActionEntry #value
--   </pre>
getRadioActionEntryValue :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltip
--   </pre>
clearRadioActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioActionEntry [ #tooltip <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> radioActionEntry #tooltip
--   </pre>
getRadioActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelerator
--   </pre>
clearRadioActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioActionEntry [ #accelerator <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> radioActionEntry #accelerator
--   </pre>
getRadioActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearRadioActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioActionEntry [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> radioActionEntry #label
--   </pre>
getRadioActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stockId
--   </pre>
clearRadioActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioActionEntry [ #stockId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> radioActionEntry #stockId
--   </pre>
getRadioActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #name
--   </pre>
clearRadioActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioActionEntry [ #name <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> radioActionEntry #name
--   </pre>
getRadioActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => RadioActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>RadioActionEntry</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroRadioActionEntry :: MonadIO m => m RadioActionEntry

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RadioActionEntry
RadioActionEntry :: ManagedPtr RadioActionEntry -> RadioActionEntry

-- | Creates a list of known paper sizes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
paperSizeGetPaperSizes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m [PaperSize]

-- | Returns the name of the default paper size, which depends on the
--   current locale.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Text

-- | This function adds the paper size from <i><tt>size</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>keyFile</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
paperSizeToKeyFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> KeyFile -> Text -> m ()

-- | Serialize a paper size to an a{sv} variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
paperSizeToGvariant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> m GVariant

-- | Changes the dimensions of a <i><tt>size</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> x <i><tt>height</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeSetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> Double -> Double -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>size</tt></i> is an IPP standard paper
--   size.
paperSizeIsIpp :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> m Bool

-- | Compares two <a>PaperSize</a> objects.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeIsEqual :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> PaperSize -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>size</tt></i> is not a standard paper
--   size.
paperSizeIsCustom :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> m Bool

-- | Gets the paper width of the <a>PaperSize</a>, in units of
--   <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the PPD name of the <a>PaperSize</a>, which may be
--   <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetPpdName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> m Text

-- | Gets the name of the <a>PaperSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> m Text

-- | Gets the paper height of the <a>PaperSize</a>, in units of
--   <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the human-readable name of the <a>PaperSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetDisplayName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> m Text

-- | Gets the default top margin for the <a>PaperSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetDefaultTopMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the default right margin for the <a>PaperSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetDefaultRightMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the default left margin for the <a>PaperSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetDefaultLeftMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the default bottom margin for the <a>PaperSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeGetDefaultBottomMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Free the given <a>PaperSize</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> m ()

-- | Copies an existing <a>PaperSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => PaperSize -> m PaperSize

-- | Creates a new <a>PaperSize</a> object by using PPD information.
--   
--   If <i><tt>ppdName</tt></i> is not a recognized PPD paper name,
--   <i><tt>ppdDisplayName</tt></i>, <i><tt>width</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i> are used to construct a custom <a>PaperSize</a>
--   object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeNewFromPpd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Text -> Double -> Double -> m PaperSize

-- | Reads a paper size from the group <i><tt>groupName</tt></i> in the key
--   file <i><tt>keyFile</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
paperSizeNewFromKeyFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => KeyFile -> Maybe Text -> m PaperSize

-- | Creates a new <a>PaperSize</a> object by using IPP information.
--   
--   If <i><tt>ippName</tt></i> is not a recognized paper name,
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> and <i><tt>height</tt></i> are used to construct
--   a custom <a>PaperSize</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
paperSizeNewFromIpp :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Double -> Double -> m PaperSize

-- | Deserialize a paper size from an a{sv} variant in the format produced
--   by <a>paperSizeToGvariant</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
paperSizeNewFromGvariant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GVariant -> m PaperSize

-- | Creates a new <a>PaperSize</a> object with the given parameters.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeNewCustom :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Text -> Double -> Double -> Unit -> m PaperSize

-- | Creates a new <a>PaperSize</a> object by parsing a <a>PWG
--   5101.1-2002</a> paper name.
--   
--   If <i><tt>name</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the default paper size is
--   returned, see <a>paperSizeGetDefault</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
paperSizeNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> m PaperSize

-- | This function adds the page setup from <i><tt>setup</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>keyFile</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
pageSetupToKeyFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> KeyFile -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Serialize page setup to an a{sv} variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
pageSetupToGvariant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> m GVariant

-- | This function saves the information from <i><tt>setup</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>fileName</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
pageSetupToFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Sets the top margin of the <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupSetTopMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Double -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Sets the right margin of the <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupSetRightMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Double -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Sets the paper size of the <a>PageSetup</a> and modifies the margins
--   according to the new paper size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupSetPaperSizeAndDefaultMargins :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> PaperSize -> m ()

-- | Sets the paper size of the <a>PageSetup</a> without changing the
--   margins. See <a>pageSetupSetPaperSizeAndDefaultMargins</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupSetPaperSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> PaperSize -> m ()

-- | Sets the page orientation of the <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupSetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> PageOrientation -> m ()

-- | Sets the left margin of the <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupSetLeftMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Double -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Sets the bottom margin of the <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupSetBottomMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Double -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Reads the page setup from the group <i><tt>groupName</tt></i> in the
--   key file <i><tt>keyFile</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
pageSetupLoadKeyFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> KeyFile -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Reads the page setup from the file <i><tt>fileName</tt></i>. See
--   <a>pageSetupToFile</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
pageSetupLoadFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Gets the top margin in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetTopMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the right margin in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetRightMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Returns the paper width in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that this function takes orientation, but not margins into
--   consideration. See <a>pageSetupGetPageWidth</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetPaperWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the paper size of the <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetPaperSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> m PaperSize

-- | Returns the paper height in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that this function takes orientation, but not margins into
--   consideration. See <a>pageSetupGetPageHeight</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetPaperHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Returns the page width in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that this function takes orientation and margins into
--   consideration. See <a>pageSetupGetPaperWidth</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetPageWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Returns the page height in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that this function takes orientation and margins into
--   consideration. See <a>pageSetupGetPaperHeight</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetPageHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the page orientation of the <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> m PageOrientation

-- | Gets the left margin in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetLeftMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Gets the bottom margin in units of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupGetBottomMargin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> Unit -> m Double

-- | Copies a <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> m PageSetup

-- | Reads the page setup from the group <i><tt>groupName</tt></i> in the
--   key file <i><tt>keyFile</tt></i>. Returns a new <a>PageSetup</a>
--   object with the restored page setup, or <a>Nothing</a> if an error
--   occurred.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
pageSetupNewFromKeyFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => KeyFile -> Maybe Text -> m PageSetup

-- | Desrialize a page setup from an a{sv} variant in the format produced
--   by <a>pageSetupToGvariant</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
pageSetupNewFromGvariant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => GVariant -> m PageSetup

-- | Reads the page setup from the file <i><tt>fileName</tt></i>. Returns a
--   new <a>PageSetup</a> object with the restored page setup, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if an error occurred. See <a>pageSetupToFile</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
pageSetupNewFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Char] -> m PageSetup

-- | Creates a new <a>PageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pageSetupNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m PageSetup

-- | Cast to <a>PageSetup</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPageSetup :: (MonadIO m, IsPageSetup o) => o -> m PageSetup

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PaperSize
PaperSize :: ManagedPtr PaperSize -> PaperSize

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>end</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> pageRange [ #end <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPageRangeEnd :: MonadIO m => PageRange -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>end</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> pageRange #end
--   </pre>
getPageRangeEnd :: MonadIO m => PageRange -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>start</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> pageRange [ #start <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPageRangeStart :: MonadIO m => PageRange -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>start</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> pageRange #start
--   </pre>
getPageRangeStart :: MonadIO m => PageRange -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>PageRange</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroPageRange :: MonadIO m => m PageRange

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PageRange
PageRange :: ManagedPtr PageRange -> PageRange

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action_name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #actionName
--   </pre>
clearPadActionEntryActionName :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> padActionEntry [ #actionName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPadActionEntryActionName :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>action_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> padActionEntry #actionName
--   </pre>
getPadActionEntryActionName :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearPadActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> padActionEntry [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPadActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> padActionEntry #label
--   </pre>
getPadActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> padActionEntry [ #mode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPadActionEntryMode :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> padActionEntry #mode
--   </pre>
getPadActionEntryMode :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>index</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> padActionEntry [ #index <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPadActionEntryIndex :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>index</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> padActionEntry #index
--   </pre>
getPadActionEntryIndex :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>type</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> padActionEntry [ #type <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPadActionEntryType :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> PadActionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>type</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> padActionEntry #type
--   </pre>
getPadActionEntryType :: MonadIO m => PadActionEntry -> m PadActionType

-- | Construct a <a>PadActionEntry</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroPadActionEntry :: MonadIO m => m PadActionEntry

-- | This is a convenience function to add a group of action entries on
--   <i><tt>controller</tt></i>. See <a>PadActionEntry</a> and
--   <a>padControllerSetAction</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
padControllerSetActionEntries :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPadController a) => a -> [PadActionEntry] -> m ()

-- | Adds an individual action to <i><tt>controller</tt></i>. This action
--   will only be activated if the given button/ring/strip number in
--   <i><tt>index</tt></i> is interacted while the current mode is
--   <i><tt>mode</tt></i>. -1 may be used for simple cases, so the action
--   is triggered on all modes.
--   
--   The given <i><tt>label</tt></i> should be considered user-visible, so
--   internationalization rules apply. Some windowing systems may be able
--   to use those for user feedback.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
padControllerSetAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPadController a) => a -> PadActionType -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Text -> Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>PadController</a> that will associate events from
--   <i><tt>pad</tt></i> to actions. A <a>Nothing</a> pad may be provided
--   so the controller manages all pad devices generically, it is
--   discouraged to mix <a>PadController</a> objects with <a>Nothing</a>
--   and non-<a>Nothing</a> <i><tt>pad</tt></i> argument on the same
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i>, as execution order is not guaranteed.
--   
--   The <a>PadController</a> is created with no mapped actions. In order
--   to map pad events to actions, use <a>padControllerSetActionEntries</a>
--   or <a>padControllerSetAction</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
padControllerNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsActionGroup b, IsDevice c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> m PadController

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pad</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructPadControllerPad :: (IsPadController o, MonadIO m, IsDevice a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> padController #pad
--   </pre>
getPadControllerPad :: (MonadIO m, IsPadController o) => o -> m (Maybe Device)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>action-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPadControllerActionGroup :: (IsPadController o, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>action-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> padController #actionGroup
--   </pre>
getPadControllerActionGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsPadController o) => o -> m (Maybe ActionGroup)

-- | Cast to <a>PadController</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPadController :: (MonadIO m, IsPadController o) => o -> m PadController

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PadController
PadController :: ManagedPtr PadController -> PadController

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>PadController</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toPadController</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PadController o) => IsPadController o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PadActionEntry
PadActionEntry :: ManagedPtr PadActionEntry -> PadActionEntry

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype LabelSelectionInfo
LabelSelectionInfo :: ManagedPtr LabelSelectionInfo -> LabelSelectionInfo

-- | If the widget state is wildcarded, this source can be used as the base
--   image for an icon in any <a>StateType</a>. If the widget state is not
--   wildcarded, then the state the source applies to should be set with
--   <a>iconSourceSetState</a> and the icon source will only be used with
--   that specific state.
--   
--   <a>IconSet</a> prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
--   wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
--   
--   <a>IconSet</a> will normally transform wildcarded source images to
--   produce an appropriate icon for a given state, for example lightening
--   an image on prelight, but will not modify source images that match
--   exactly.
iconSourceSetStateWildcarded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the widget state this icon source is intended to be used with.
--   
--   Setting the widget state on an icon source makes no difference if the
--   state is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually call
--   <a>iconSourceSetStateWildcarded</a> to un-wildcard it in addition to
--   calling this function.
iconSourceSetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> StateType -> m ()

-- | If the icon size is wildcarded, this source can be used as the base
--   image for an icon of any size. If the size is not wildcarded, then the
--   size the source applies to should be set with <a>iconSourceSetSize</a>
--   and the icon source will only be used with that specific size.
--   
--   <a>IconSet</a> prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
--   wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
--   
--   <a>IconSet</a> will normally scale wildcarded source images to produce
--   an appropriate icon at a given size, but will not change the size of
--   source images that match exactly.
iconSourceSetSizeWildcarded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon size this icon source is intended to be used with.
--   
--   Setting the icon size on an icon source makes no difference if the
--   size is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually call
--   <a>iconSourceSetSizeWildcarded</a> to un-wildcard it in addition to
--   calling this function.
iconSourceSetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets a pixbuf to use as a base image when creating icon variants for
--   <a>IconSet</a>.
iconSourceSetPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => IconSource -> a -> m ()

-- | Sets the name of an icon to look up in the current icon theme to use
--   as a base image when creating icon variants for <a>IconSet</a>.
iconSourceSetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the name of an image file to use as a base image when creating
--   icon variants for <a>IconSet</a>. The filename must be absolute.
iconSourceSetFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | If the text direction is wildcarded, this source can be used as the
--   base image for an icon in any <a>TextDirection</a>. If the text
--   direction is not wildcarded, then the text direction the icon source
--   applies to should be set with <a>iconSourceSetDirection</a>, and the
--   icon source will only be used with that text direction.
--   
--   <a>IconSet</a> prefers non-wildcarded sources (exact matches) over
--   wildcarded sources, and will use an exact match when possible.
iconSourceSetDirectionWildcarded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the text direction this icon source is intended to be used with.
--   
--   Setting the text direction on an icon source makes no difference if
--   the text direction is wildcarded. Therefore, you should usually call
--   <a>iconSourceSetDirectionWildcarded</a> to un-wildcard it in addition
--   to calling this function.
iconSourceSetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Gets the value set by <a>iconSourceSetStateWildcarded</a>.
iconSourceGetStateWildcarded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the widget state this icon source applies to. The return value
--   is only useful/meaningful if the widget state is not wildcarded.
iconSourceGetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m StateType

-- | Gets the value set by <a>iconSourceSetSizeWildcarded</a>.
iconSourceGetSizeWildcarded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the icon size this source applies to. The return value is only
--   useful/meaningful if the icon size is not wildcarded.
iconSourceGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the source pixbuf, or <a>Nothing</a> if none is set. In
--   addition, if a filename source is in use, this function in some cases
--   will return the pixbuf from loaded from the filename. This is, for
--   example, true for the GtkIconSource passed to the <a>Style</a>
--   <tt><i>render_icon()</i></tt> virtual function. The reference count on
--   the pixbuf is not incremented.
iconSourceGetPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m Pixbuf

-- | Retrieves the source icon name, or <a>Nothing</a> if none is set. The
--   icon_name is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
--   persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
iconSourceGetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m Text

-- | Retrieves the source filename, or <a>Nothing</a> if none is set. The
--   filename is not a copy, and should not be modified or expected to
--   persist beyond the lifetime of the icon source.
iconSourceGetFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m [Char]

-- | Gets the value set by <a>iconSourceSetDirectionWildcarded</a>.
iconSourceGetDirectionWildcarded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the text direction this icon source applies to. The return
--   value is only useful/meaningful if the text direction is not
--   wildcarded.
iconSourceGetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m TextDirection

-- | Frees a dynamically-allocated icon source, along with its filename,
--   size, and pixbuf fields if those are not <a>Nothing</a>.
iconSourceFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m ()

-- | Creates a copy of <i><tt>source</tt></i>; mostly useful for language
--   bindings.
iconSourceCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSource -> m IconSource

-- | Creates a new <a>IconSource</a>. A <a>IconSource</a> contains a
--   <a>Pixbuf</a> (or image filename) that serves as the base image for
--   one or more of the icons in a <a>IconSet</a>, along with a
--   specification for which icons in the icon set will be based on that
--   pixbuf or image file. An icon set contains a set of icons that
--   represent “the same” logical concept in different states, different
--   global text directions, and different sizes.
--   
--   So for example a web browser’s “Back to Previous Page” icon might
--   point in a different direction in Hebrew and in English; it might look
--   different when insensitive; and it might change size depending on
--   toolbar mode (small/large icons). So a single icon set would contain
--   all those variants of the icon. <a>IconSet</a> contains a list of
--   <a>IconSource</a> from which it can derive specific icon variants in
--   the set.
--   
--   In the simplest case, <a>IconSet</a> contains one source pixbuf from
--   which it derives all variants. The convenience function
--   <a>iconSetNewFromPixbuf</a> handles this case; if you only have one
--   source pixbuf, just use that function.
--   
--   If you want to use a different base pixbuf for different icon
--   variants, you create multiple icon sources, mark which variants
--   they’ll be used to create, and add them to the icon set with
--   <a>iconSetAddSource</a>.
--   
--   By default, the icon source has all parameters wildcarded. That is,
--   the icon source will be used as the base icon for any desired text
--   direction, widget state, or icon size.
iconSourceNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m IconSource

-- | Sets the background of <i><tt>window</tt></i> to the background color
--   or pixmap specified by <i><tt>style</tt></i> for the given state.
styleSetBackground :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> StateType -> m ()

-- | Renders the icon specified by <i><tt>source</tt></i> at the given
--   <i><tt>size</tt></i> according to the given parameters and returns the
--   result in a pixbuf.
styleRenderIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => a -> IconSource -> TextDirection -> StateType -> Int32 -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> m Pixbuf

-- | Looks up <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> in the icon factories associated with
--   <i><tt>style</tt></i> and the default icon factory, returning an icon
--   set if found, otherwise <a>Nothing</a>.
styleLookupIconSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a) => a -> Text -> m IconSet

-- | Looks up <i><tt>colorName</tt></i> in the style’s logical color
--   mappings, filling in <i><tt>color</tt></i> and returning <a>True</a>
--   if found, otherwise returning <a>False</a>. Do not cache the found
--   mapping, because it depends on the <a>Style</a> and might change when
--   a theme switch occurs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
styleLookupColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a) => a -> Text -> m (Bool, Color)

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>style</tt></i> has an associated
--   <a>StyleContext</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
styleHasContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Queries the value of a style property corresponding to a widget class
--   is in the given style.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
styleGetStyleProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a) => a -> GType -> Text -> m GValue

-- | Detaches a style from a window. If the style is not attached to any
--   windows anymore, it is unrealized. See
--   <tt><i>gtk_style_attach()</i></tt>.
styleDetach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a copy of the passed in <a>Style</a> object.
styleCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a) => a -> m Style

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
styleApplyDefaultBackground :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWindow b) => a -> Context -> b -> StateType -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Style</a>.
styleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Style

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>context</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStyleContext :: (IsStyle o, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>context</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> style #context
--   </pre>
getStyleContext :: (MonadIO m, IsStyle o) => o -> m (Maybe StyleContext)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unrealize</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> style #unrealize callback
--   </pre>
afterStyleUnrealize :: (IsStyle a, MonadIO m) => a -> StyleUnrealizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unrealize</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> style #unrealize callback
--   </pre>
onStyleUnrealize :: (IsStyle a, MonadIO m) => a -> StyleUnrealizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StyleUnrealizeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StyleUnrealizeCallback</a>.
wrap_StyleUnrealizeCallback :: StyleUnrealizeCallback -> C_StyleUnrealizeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StyleUnrealize :: MonadIO m => StyleUnrealizeCallback -> m (GClosure C_StyleUnrealizeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StyleUnrealizeCallback</a></tt>.
noStyleUnrealizeCallback :: Maybe StyleUnrealizeCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>realize</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> style #realize callback
--   </pre>
afterStyleRealize :: (IsStyle a, MonadIO m) => a -> StyleRealizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>realize</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> style #realize callback
--   </pre>
onStyleRealize :: (IsStyle a, MonadIO m) => a -> StyleRealizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StyleRealizeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StyleRealizeCallback</a>.
wrap_StyleRealizeCallback :: StyleRealizeCallback -> C_StyleRealizeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StyleRealize :: MonadIO m => StyleRealizeCallback -> m (GClosure C_StyleRealizeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StyleRealizeCallback</a></tt>.
noStyleRealizeCallback :: Maybe StyleRealizeCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Style</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsStyle o) => o -> m Style

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StyleRealizeCallback</a>.
mk_StyleRealizeCallback :: C_StyleRealizeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StyleRealizeCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StyleUnrealizeCallback</a>.
mk_StyleUnrealizeCallback :: C_StyleUnrealizeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StyleUnrealizeCallback)

-- | Emitted when the style has been initialized for a particular visual.
--   Connecting to this signal is probably seldom useful since most of the
--   time applications and widgets only deal with styles that have been
--   already realized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type StyleRealizeCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StyleRealizeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the aspects of the style specific to a particular visual
--   is being cleaned up. A connection to this signal can be useful if a
--   widget wants to cache objects as object data on <a>Style</a>. This
--   signal provides a convenient place to free such cached objects.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type StyleUnrealizeCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StyleUnrealizeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Decrements the reference count on <i><tt>iconSet</tt></i>, and frees
--   memory if the reference count reaches 0.
iconSetUnref :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSet -> m ()

-- | Renders an icon using <a>renderIconPixbuf</a> and converts it to a
--   cairo surface.
--   
--   This function never returns <a>Nothing</a>; if the icon can’t be
--   rendered (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default
--   "missing image" icon will be returned instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
iconSetRenderIconSurface :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a, IsWindow b) => IconSet -> a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Maybe b -> m Surface

-- | Renders an icon using <a>renderIconPixbuf</a>. In most cases,
--   <a>widgetRenderIconPixbuf</a> is better, since it automatically
--   provides most of the arguments from the current widget settings. This
--   function never returns <a>Nothing</a>; if the icon can’t be rendered
--   (perhaps because an image file fails to load), a default "missing
--   image" icon will be returned instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
iconSetRenderIconPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => IconSet -> a -> Int32 -> m Pixbuf

-- | Renders an icon using <a>styleRenderIcon</a>. In most cases,
--   <a>widgetRenderIcon</a> is better, since it automatically provides
--   most of the arguments from the current widget settings. This function
--   never returns <a>Nothing</a>; if the icon can’t be rendered (perhaps
--   because an image file fails to load), a default "missing image" icon
--   will be returned instead.
iconSetRenderIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStyle a, IsWidget b) => IconSet -> Maybe a -> TextDirection -> StateType -> Int32 -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> m Pixbuf

-- | Increments the reference count on <i><tt>iconSet</tt></i>.
iconSetRef :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSet -> m IconSet

-- | Obtains a list of icon sizes this icon set can render. The returned
--   array must be freed with <a>free</a>.
iconSetGetSizes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSet -> m [Int32]

-- | Copies <i><tt>iconSet</tt></i> by value.
iconSetCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSet -> m IconSet

-- | Icon sets have a list of <a>IconSource</a>, which they use as base
--   icons for rendering icons in different states and sizes. Icons are
--   scaled, made to look insensitive, etc. in <a>iconSetRenderIcon</a>,
--   but <a>IconSet</a> needs base images to work with. The base images and
--   when to use them are described by a <a>IconSource</a>.
--   
--   This function copies <i><tt>source</tt></i>, so you can reuse the same
--   source immediately without affecting the icon set.
--   
--   An example of when you’d use this function: a web browser’s "Back to
--   Previous Page" icon might point in a different direction in Hebrew and
--   in English; it might look different when insensitive; and it might
--   change size depending on toolbar mode (small/large icons). So a single
--   icon set would contain all those variants of the icon, and you might
--   add a separate source for each one.
--   
--   You should nearly always add a “default” icon source with all fields
--   wildcarded, which will be used as a fallback if no more specific
--   source matches. <a>IconSet</a> always prefers more specific icon
--   sources to more generic icon sources. The order in which you add the
--   sources to the icon set does not matter.
--   
--   <a>iconSetNewFromPixbuf</a> creates a new icon set with a default icon
--   source based on the given pixbuf.
iconSetAddSource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSet -> IconSource -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>IconSet</a> with <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i> as the
--   default/fallback source image. If you don’t add any additional
--   <a>IconSource</a> to the icon set, all variants of the icon will be
--   created from <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i>, using scaling, pixelation, etc.
--   as required to adjust the icon size or make the icon look
--   insensitive/prelighted.
iconSetNewFromPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m IconSet

-- | Creates a new <a>IconSet</a>. A <a>IconSet</a> represents a single
--   icon in various sizes and widget states. It can provide a
--   <a>Pixbuf</a> for a given size and state on request, and automatically
--   caches some of the rendered <a>Pixbuf</a> objects.
--   
--   Normally you would use <a>widgetRenderIconPixbuf</a> instead of using
--   <a>IconSet</a> directly. The one case where you’d use <a>IconSet</a>
--   is to create application-specific icon sets to place in a
--   <a>IconFactory</a>.
iconSetNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m IconSet

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IconSource
IconSource :: ManagedPtr IconSource -> IconSource

-- | Looks for an icon in the list of default icon factories. For display
--   to the user, you should use <a>styleLookupIconSet</a> on the
--   <a>Style</a> for the widget that will display the icon, instead of
--   using this function directly, so that themes are taken into account.
iconFactoryLookupDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m IconSet

-- | Removes an icon factory from the list of default icon factories. Not
--   normally used; you might use it for a library that can be unloaded or
--   shut down.
iconFactoryRemoveDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconFactory a) => a -> m ()

-- | Looks up <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> in the icon factory, returning an
--   icon set if found, otherwise <a>Nothing</a>. For display to the user,
--   you should use <a>styleLookupIconSet</a> on the <a>Style</a> for the
--   widget that will display the icon, instead of using this function
--   directly, so that themes are taken into account.
iconFactoryLookup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconFactory a) => a -> Text -> m IconSet

-- | Adds an icon factory to the list of icon factories searched by
--   <a>styleLookupIconSet</a>. This means that, for example,
--   <a>imageNewFromStock</a> will be able to find icons in
--   <i><tt>factory</tt></i>. There will normally be an icon factory added
--   for each library or application that comes with icons. The default
--   icon factories can be overridden by themes.
iconFactoryAddDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconFactory a) => a -> m ()

-- | Adds the given <i><tt>iconSet</tt></i> to the icon factory, under the
--   name <i><tt>stockId</tt></i>. <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> should be
--   namespaced for your application, e.g. “myapp-whatever-icon”. Normally
--   applications create a <a>IconFactory</a>, then add it to the list of
--   default factories with <a>iconFactoryAddDefault</a>. Then they pass
--   the <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> to widgets such as <a>Image</a> to display
--   the icon. Themes can provide an icon with the same name (such as
--   "myapp-whatever-icon") to override your application’s default icons.
--   If an icon already existed in <i><tt>factory</tt></i> for
--   <i><tt>stockId</tt></i>, it is unreferenced and replaced with the new
--   <i><tt>iconSet</tt></i>.
iconFactoryAdd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconFactory a) => a -> Text -> IconSet -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>IconFactory</a>. An icon factory manages a collection
--   of <tt><i>GtkIconSets</i></tt>; a <a>IconSet</a> manages a set of
--   variants of a particular icon (i.e. a <a>IconSet</a> contains variants
--   for different sizes and widget states). Icons in an icon factory are
--   named by a stock ID, which is a simple string identifying the icon.
--   Each <a>Style</a> has a list of <tt><i>GtkIconFactorys</i></tt>
--   derived from the current theme; those icon factories are consulted
--   first when searching for an icon. If the theme doesn’t set a
--   particular icon, GTK+ looks for the icon in a list of default icon
--   factories, maintained by <a>iconFactoryAddDefault</a> and
--   <a>iconFactoryRemoveDefault</a>. Applications with icons should add a
--   default icon factory with their icons, which will allow themes to
--   override the icons for the application.
iconFactoryNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m IconFactory

-- | Cast to <a>IconFactory</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toIconFactory :: (MonadIO m, IsIconFactory o) => o -> m IconFactory

-- | Sets the pixel size to use for named icons. If the pixel size is set
--   to a value != -1, it is used instead of the icon size set by
--   <a>imageSetFromIconName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
imageSetPixelSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | See <a>imageNewFromSurface</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
imageSetFromSurface :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> Maybe Surface -> m ()

-- | See <a>imageNewFromStock</a> for details.
imageSetFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | See <a>imageNewFromResource</a> for details.
imageSetFromResource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | See <a>imageNewFromPixbuf</a> for details.
imageSetFromPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | See <a>imageNewFromIconSet</a> for details.
imageSetFromIconSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> IconSet -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | See <a>imageNewFromIconName</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
imageSetFromIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | See <a>imageNewFromGicon</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
imageSetFromGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a, IsIcon b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | See <a>imageNewFromFile</a> for details.
imageSetFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> Maybe [Char] -> m ()

-- | Causes the <a>Image</a> to display the given animation (or display
--   nothing, if you set the animation to <a>Nothing</a>).
imageSetFromAnimation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a, IsPixbufAnimation b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Gets the type of representation being used by the <a>Image</a> to
--   store image data. If the <a>Image</a> has no image data, the return
--   value will be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a>.
imageGetStorageType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m ImageType

-- | Gets the stock icon name and size being displayed by the <a>Image</a>.
--   The storage type of the image must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypeStock</a> (see <a>imageGetStorageType</a>). The returned
--   string is owned by the <a>Image</a> and should not be freed.
imageGetStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m (Text, Int32)

-- | Gets the pixel size used for named icons.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
imageGetPixelSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the <a>Pixbuf</a> being displayed by the <a>Image</a>. The
--   storage type of the image must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypePixbuf</a> (see <a>imageGetStorageType</a>). The caller of
--   this function does not own a reference to the returned pixbuf.
imageGetPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Gets the icon set and size being displayed by the <a>Image</a>. The
--   storage type of the image must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypeIconSet</a> (see <a>imageGetStorageType</a>).
imageGetIconSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m (IconSet, Int32)

-- | Gets the icon name and size being displayed by the <a>Image</a>. The
--   storage type of the image must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypeIconName</a> (see <a>imageGetStorageType</a>). The
--   returned string is owned by the <a>Image</a> and should not be freed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
imageGetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m (Text, Int32)

-- | Gets the <a>Icon</a> and size being displayed by the <a>Image</a>. The
--   storage type of the image must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypeGicon</a> (see <a>imageGetStorageType</a>). The caller of
--   this function does not own a reference to the returned <a>Icon</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
imageGetGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m (Icon, Int32)

-- | Gets the <a>PixbufAnimation</a> being displayed by the <a>Image</a>.
--   The storage type of the image must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypeAnimation</a> (see <a>imageGetStorageType</a>). The caller
--   of this function does not own a reference to the returned animation.
imageGetAnimation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m (Maybe PixbufAnimation)

-- | Resets the image to be empty.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
imageClear :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImage a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Image</a> displaying <i><tt>surface</tt></i>. The
--   <a>Image</a> does not assume a reference to the surface; you still
--   need to unref it if you own references. <a>Image</a> will add its own
--   reference rather than adopting yours.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
imageNewFromSurface :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Surface -> m Image

-- | Creates a <a>Image</a> displaying a stock icon. Sample stock icon
--   names are <a>STOCK_OPEN</a>, <a>STOCK_QUIT</a>. Sample stock sizes are
--   <tt><i>GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR</i></tt>. If the stock icon name
--   isn’t known, the image will be empty. You can register your own stock
--   icon names, see <a>iconFactoryAddDefault</a> and
--   <a>iconFactoryAdd</a>.
imageNewFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Int32 -> m Image

-- | Creates a new <a>Image</a> displaying the resource file
--   <i><tt>resourcePath</tt></i>. If the file isn’t found or can’t be
--   loaded, the resulting <a>Image</a> will display a “broken image” icon.
--   This function never returns <a>Nothing</a>, it always returns a valid
--   <a>Image</a> widget.
--   
--   If the file contains an animation, the image will contain an
--   animation.
--   
--   If you need to detect failures to load the file, use
--   <a>pixbufNewFromFile</a> to load the file yourself, then create the
--   <a>Image</a> from the pixbuf. (Or for animations, use
--   <a>pixbufAnimationNewFromFile</a>).
--   
--   The storage type (<a>imageGetStorageType</a>) of the returned image is
--   not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for displaying the
--   file.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
imageNewFromResource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m Image

-- | Creates a new <a>Image</a> displaying <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i>. The
--   <a>Image</a> does not assume a reference to the pixbuf; you still need
--   to unref it if you own references. <a>Image</a> will add its own
--   reference rather than adopting yours.
--   
--   Note that this function just creates an <a>Image</a> from the pixbuf.
--   The <a>Image</a> created will not react to state changes. Should you
--   want that, you should use <a>imageNewFromIconName</a>.
imageNewFromPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => Maybe a -> m Image

-- | Creates a <a>Image</a> displaying an icon set. Sample stock sizes are
--   <tt><i>GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>GTK_ICON_SIZE_SMALL_TOOLBAR</i></tt>. Instead of using this
--   function, usually it’s better to create a <a>IconFactory</a>, put your
--   icon sets in the icon factory, add the icon factory to the list of
--   default factories with <a>iconFactoryAddDefault</a>, and then use
--   <a>imageNewFromStock</a>. This will allow themes to override the icon
--   you ship with your application.
--   
--   The <a>Image</a> does not assume a reference to the icon set; you
--   still need to unref it if you own references. <a>Image</a> will add
--   its own reference rather than adopting yours.
imageNewFromIconSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => IconSet -> Int32 -> m Image

-- | Creates a <a>Image</a> displaying an icon from the current icon theme.
--   If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed
--   instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be
--   updated appropriately.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
imageNewFromIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> Int32 -> m Image

-- | Creates a <a>Image</a> displaying an icon from the current icon theme.
--   If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed
--   instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be
--   updated appropriately.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
imageNewFromGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> Int32 -> m Image

-- | Creates a new <a>Image</a> displaying the file
--   <i><tt>filename</tt></i>. If the file isn’t found or can’t be loaded,
--   the resulting <a>Image</a> will display a “broken image” icon. This
--   function never returns <a>Nothing</a>, it always returns a valid
--   <a>Image</a> widget.
--   
--   If the file contains an animation, the image will contain an
--   animation.
--   
--   If you need to detect failures to load the file, use
--   <a>pixbufNewFromFile</a> to load the file yourself, then create the
--   <a>Image</a> from the pixbuf. (Or for animations, use
--   <a>pixbufAnimationNewFromFile</a>).
--   
--   The storage type (<a>imageGetStorageType</a>) of the returned image is
--   not defined, it will be whatever is appropriate for displaying the
--   file.
imageNewFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Char] -> m Image

-- | Creates a <a>Image</a> displaying the given animation. The
--   <a>Image</a> does not assume a reference to the animation; you still
--   need to unref it if you own references. <a>Image</a> will add its own
--   reference rather than adopting yours.
--   
--   Note that the animation frames are shown using a timeout with
--   <a>PRIORITY_DEFAULT</a>. When using animations to indicate busyness,
--   keep in mind that the animation will only be shown if the main loop is
--   not busy with something that has a higher priority.
imageNewFromAnimation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbufAnimation a) => a -> m Image

-- | Creates a new empty <a>Image</a> widget.
imageNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Image

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-fallback</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageUseFallback :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-fallback</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #useFallback <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageUseFallback :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-fallback</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #useFallback
--   </pre>
getImageUseFallback :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>surface</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #surface
--   </pre>
clearImageSurface :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>surface</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageSurface :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => Surface -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>surface</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #surface <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageSurface :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> Surface -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>surface</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #surface
--   </pre>
getImageSurface :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe Surface)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>storage-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #storageType
--   </pre>
getImageStorageType :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ImageType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stock
--   </pre>
clearImageStock :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageStock :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #stock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageStock :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #stock
--   </pre>
getImageStock :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>resource</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #resource
--   </pre>
clearImageResource :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>resource</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageResource :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>resource</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #resource <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageResource :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>resource</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #resource
--   </pre>
getImageResource :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixel-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImagePixelSize :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixel-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #pixelSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImagePixelSize :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixel-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #pixelSize
--   </pre>
getImagePixelSize :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-animation</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #pixbufAnimation
--   </pre>
clearImagePixbufAnimation :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixbuf-animation</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImagePixbufAnimation :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m, IsPixbufAnimation a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-animation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #pixbufAnimation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImagePixbufAnimation :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o, IsPixbufAnimation a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-animation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #pixbufAnimation
--   </pre>
getImagePixbufAnimation :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe PixbufAnimation)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #pixbuf
--   </pre>
clearImagePixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructImagePixbuf :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #pixbuf <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImagePixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #pixbuf
--   </pre>
getImagePixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageIconSize :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #iconSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #iconSize
--   </pre>
getImageIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-set</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #iconSet
--   </pre>
clearImageIconSet :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageIconSet :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => IconSet -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #iconSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageIconSet :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> IconSet -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #iconSet
--   </pre>
getImageIconSet :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe IconSet)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #iconName
--   </pre>
clearImageIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageIconName :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #iconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #iconName
--   </pre>
getImageIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gicon
--   </pre>
clearImageGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageGicon :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #gicon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #gicon
--   </pre>
getImageGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>file</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #file
--   </pre>
clearImageFile :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>file</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageFile :: (IsImage o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>file</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> image [ #file <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageFile :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>file</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> image #file
--   </pre>
getImageFile :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>Image</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toImage :: (MonadIO m, IsImage o) => o -> m Image

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Image
Image :: ManagedPtr Image -> Image

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Image</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toImage</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Image o) => IsImage o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IconSet
IconSet :: ManagedPtr IconSet -> IconSet

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>default_locales</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #defaultLocales
--   </pre>
clearIMContextInfoDefaultLocales :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>default_locales</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iMContextInfo [ #defaultLocales <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIMContextInfoDefaultLocales :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>default_locales</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iMContextInfo #defaultLocales
--   </pre>
getIMContextInfoDefaultLocales :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>domain_dirname</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #domainDirname
--   </pre>
clearIMContextInfoDomainDirname :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>domain_dirname</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iMContextInfo [ #domainDirname <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIMContextInfoDomainDirname :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>domain_dirname</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iMContextInfo #domainDirname
--   </pre>
getIMContextInfoDomainDirname :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>domain</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #domain
--   </pre>
clearIMContextInfoDomain :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>domain</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iMContextInfo [ #domain <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIMContextInfoDomain :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>domain</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iMContextInfo #domain
--   </pre>
getIMContextInfoDomain :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>context_name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #contextName
--   </pre>
clearIMContextInfoContextName :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>context_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iMContextInfo [ #contextName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIMContextInfoContextName :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>context_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iMContextInfo #contextName
--   </pre>
getIMContextInfoContextName :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>context_id</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #contextId
--   </pre>
clearIMContextInfoContextId :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>context_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iMContextInfo [ #contextId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIMContextInfoContextId :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>context_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iMContextInfo #contextId
--   </pre>
getIMContextInfoContextId :: MonadIO m => IMContextInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>IMContextInfo</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroIMContextInfo :: MonadIO m => m IMContextInfo

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IMContextInfo
IMContextInfo :: ManagedPtr IMContextInfo -> IMContextInfo

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>y</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fixedChild [ #y <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFixedChildY :: MonadIO m => FixedChild -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>y</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fixedChild #y
--   </pre>
getFixedChildY :: MonadIO m => FixedChild -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>x</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fixedChild [ #x <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFixedChildX :: MonadIO m => FixedChild -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>x</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fixedChild #x
--   </pre>
getFixedChildX :: MonadIO m => FixedChild -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #widget
--   </pre>
clearFixedChildWidget :: MonadIO m => FixedChild -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fixedChild [ #widget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFixedChildWidget :: MonadIO m => FixedChild -> Ptr Widget -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fixedChild #widget
--   </pre>
getFixedChildWidget :: MonadIO m => FixedChild -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Construct a <a>FixedChild</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroFixedChild :: MonadIO m => m FixedChild

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FixedChild
FixedChild :: ManagedPtr FixedChild -> FixedChild

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #mimeType
--   </pre>
clearFileFilterInfoMimeType :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileFilterInfo [ #mimeType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileFilterInfoMimeType :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mime_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileFilterInfo #mimeType
--   </pre>
getFileFilterInfoMimeType :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #displayName
--   </pre>
clearFileFilterInfoDisplayName :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileFilterInfo [ #displayName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileFilterInfoDisplayName :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>display_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileFilterInfo #displayName
--   </pre>
getFileFilterInfoDisplayName :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>uri</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #uri
--   </pre>
clearFileFilterInfoUri :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>uri</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileFilterInfo [ #uri <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileFilterInfoUri :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>uri</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileFilterInfo #uri
--   </pre>
getFileFilterInfoUri :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>filename</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #filename
--   </pre>
clearFileFilterInfoFilename :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>filename</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileFilterInfo [ #filename <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileFilterInfoFilename :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>filename</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileFilterInfo #filename
--   </pre>
getFileFilterInfoFilename :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>contains</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileFilterInfo [ #contains <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileFilterInfoContains :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> [FileFilterFlags] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>contains</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileFilterInfo #contains
--   </pre>
getFileFilterInfoContains :: MonadIO m => FileFilterInfo -> m [FileFilterFlags]

-- | Construct a <a>FileFilterInfo</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroFileFilterInfo :: MonadIO m => m FileFilterInfo

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FileFilterInfo
FileFilterInfo :: ManagedPtr FileFilterInfo -> FileFilterInfo

-- | Decrements the reference count on <i><tt>section</tt></i>, freeing the
--   structure if the reference count reaches 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionUnref :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m ()

-- | Increments the reference count on <i><tt>section</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionRef :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m CssSection

-- | Returns the offset in bytes from the start of the current line
--   returned via <a>cssSectionGetStartLine</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionGetStartPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m Word32

-- | Returns the line in the CSS document where this section starts. The
--   line number is 0-indexed, so the first line of the document will
--   return 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionGetStartLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m Word32

-- | Gets the type of information that <i><tt>section</tt></i> describes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionGetSectionType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m CssSectionType

-- | Gets the parent section for the given <i><tt>section</tt></i>. The
--   parent section is the section that contains this
--   <i><tt>section</tt></i>. A special case are sections of type
--   <tt><i>GTK_CSS_SECTION_DOCUMENT</i></tt>. Their parent will either be
--   <a>Nothing</a> if they are the original CSS document that was loaded
--   by <a>cssProviderLoadFromFile</a> or a section of type
--   <tt><i>GTK_CSS_SECTION_IMPORT</i></tt> if it was loaded with an import
--   rule from a different file.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionGetParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m (Maybe CssSection)

-- | Gets the file that <i><tt>section</tt></i> was parsed from. If no such
--   file exists, for example because the CSS was loaded via
--   <i><tt>gtkCssProviderLoadFromData</tt></i>(), then <a>Nothing</a> is
--   returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionGetFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m File

-- | Returns the offset in bytes from the start of the current line
--   returned via <a>cssSectionGetEndLine</a>. This value may change in
--   future invocations of this function if <i><tt>section</tt></i> is not
--   yet parsed completely. This will for example happen in the
--   GtkCssProvider[parsingError](#g:signal:parsingError) signal. The end
--   position and line may be identical to the start position and line for
--   sections which failed to parse anything successfully.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionGetEndPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m Word32

-- | Returns the line in the CSS document where this section end. The line
--   number is 0-indexed, so the first line of the document will return 0.
--   This value may change in future invocations of this function if
--   <i><tt>section</tt></i> is not yet parsed completely. This will for
--   example happen in the
--   GtkCssProvider[parsingError](#g:signal:parsingError) signal. The end
--   position and line may be identical to the start position and line for
--   sections which failed to parse anything successfully.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssSectionGetEndLine :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CssSection -> m Word32

-- | Loads a theme from the usual theme paths
cssProviderGetNamed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Maybe Text -> m CssProvider

-- | Returns the provider containing the style settings used as a fallback
--   for all widgets.
cssProviderGetDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CssProvider

-- | Converts the <i><tt>provider</tt></i> into a string representation in
--   CSS format.
--   
--   Using <a>cssProviderLoadFromData</a> with the return value from this
--   function on a new provider created with <a>cssProviderNew</a> will
--   basically create a duplicate of this <i><tt>provider</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
cssProviderToString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCssProvider a) => a -> m Text

-- | Loads the data contained in the resource at
--   <i><tt>resourcePath</tt></i> into the <a>CssProvider</a>, clearing any
--   previously loaded information.
--   
--   To track errors while loading CSS, connect to the <a>parsingError</a>
--   signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
cssProviderLoadFromResource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCssProvider a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Loads the data contained in <i><tt>path</tt></i> into
--   <i><tt>cssProvider</tt></i>, making it clear any previously loaded
--   information.
cssProviderLoadFromPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCssProvider a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Loads the data contained in <i><tt>file</tt></i> into
--   <i><tt>cssProvider</tt></i>, making it clear any previously loaded
--   information.
cssProviderLoadFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCssProvider a, IsFile b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Loads <i><tt>data</tt></i> into <i><tt>cssProvider</tt></i>, and by
--   doing so clears any previously loaded information.
cssProviderLoadFromData :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCssProvider a) => a -> ByteString -> m ()

-- | Returns a newly created <a>CssProvider</a>.
cssProviderNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CssProvider

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>parsingError</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cssProvider #parsingError callback
--   </pre>
afterCssProviderParsingError :: (IsCssProvider a, MonadIO m) => a -> CssProviderParsingErrorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>parsingError</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cssProvider #parsingError callback
--   </pre>
onCssProviderParsingError :: (IsCssProvider a, MonadIO m) => a -> CssProviderParsingErrorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CssProviderParsingErrorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback</a>.
wrap_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback :: CssProviderParsingErrorCallback -> C_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CssProviderParsingError :: MonadIO m => CssProviderParsingErrorCallback -> m (GClosure C_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CssProviderParsingErrorCallback</a></tt>.
noCssProviderParsingErrorCallback :: Maybe CssProviderParsingErrorCallback

-- | Cast to <a>CssProvider</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCssProvider :: (MonadIO m, IsCssProvider o) => o -> m CssProvider

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback</a>.
mk_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback :: C_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CssProvider
CssProvider :: ManagedPtr CssProvider -> CssProvider

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CssProvider</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toCssProvider</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CssProvider o) => IsCssProvider o

-- | Signals that a parsing error occurred. the <i><tt>path</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>line</tt></i> and <i><tt>position</tt></i> describe the actual
--   location of the error as accurately as possible.
--   
--   Parsing errors are never fatal, so the parsing will resume after the
--   error. Errors may however cause parts of the given data or even all of
--   it to not be parsed at all. So it is a useful idea to check that the
--   parsing succeeds by connecting to this signal.
--   
--   Note that this signal may be emitted at any time as the css provider
--   may opt to defer parsing parts or all of the input to a later time
--   than when a loading function was called.
type CssProviderParsingErrorCallback = CssSection -> GError -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CssProviderParsingErrorCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr CssSection -> Ptr GError -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CssSection
CssSection :: ManagedPtr CssSection -> CssSection

-- | Frees a <a>Border</a>-struct.
borderFree :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Border -> m ()

-- | Copies a <a>Border</a>-struct.
borderCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Border -> m Border

-- | Allocates a new <a>Border</a>-struct and initializes its elements to
--   zero.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
borderNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Border

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>bottom</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> border [ #bottom <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBorderBottom :: MonadIO m => Border -> Int16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>bottom</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> border #bottom
--   </pre>
getBorderBottom :: MonadIO m => Border -> m Int16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>top</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> border [ #top <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBorderTop :: MonadIO m => Border -> Int16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>top</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> border #top
--   </pre>
getBorderTop :: MonadIO m => Border -> m Int16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>right</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> border [ #right <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBorderRight :: MonadIO m => Border -> Int16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>right</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> border #right
--   </pre>
getBorderRight :: MonadIO m => Border -> m Int16

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>left</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> border [ #left <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBorderLeft :: MonadIO m => Border -> Int16 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>left</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> border #left
--   </pre>
getBorderLeft :: MonadIO m => Border -> m Int16

-- | Construct a <a>Border</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroBorder :: MonadIO m => m Border

-- | Sets the <a>ScrollablePolicy</a> to determine whether vertical
--   scrolling should start below the minimum height or below the natural
--   height.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollableSetVscrollPolicy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a) => a -> ScrollablePolicy -> m ()

-- | Sets the vertical adjustment of the <a>Scrollable</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollableSetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>ScrollablePolicy</a> to determine whether horizontal
--   scrolling should start below the minimum width or below the natural
--   width.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollableSetHscrollPolicy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a) => a -> ScrollablePolicy -> m ()

-- | Sets the horizontal adjustment of the <a>Scrollable</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollableSetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Gets the vertical <a>ScrollablePolicy</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollableGetVscrollPolicy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a) => a -> m ScrollablePolicy

-- | Retrieves the <a>Adjustment</a> used for vertical scrolling.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollableGetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Gets the horizontal <a>ScrollablePolicy</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollableGetHscrollPolicy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a) => a -> m ScrollablePolicy

-- | Retrieves the <a>Adjustment</a> used for horizontal scrolling.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollableGetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Returns the size of a non-scrolling border around the outside of the
--   scrollable. An example for this would be treeview headers. GTK+ can
--   use this information to display overlayed graphics, like the overshoot
--   indication, at the right position.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
scrollableGetBorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrollable a) => a -> m (Bool, Border)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>vscroll-policy</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrollableVscrollPolicy :: (IsScrollable o, MonadIO m) => ScrollablePolicy -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vscroll-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrollable [ #vscrollPolicy <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrollableVscrollPolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> ScrollablePolicy -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>vscroll-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrollable #vscrollPolicy
--   </pre>
getScrollableVscrollPolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> m ScrollablePolicy

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vadjustment</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #vadjustment
--   </pre>
clearScrollableVadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>vadjustment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrollableVadjustment :: (IsScrollable o, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vadjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrollable [ #vadjustment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrollableVadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o, IsAdjustment a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>vadjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrollable #vadjustment
--   </pre>
getScrollableVadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> m Adjustment

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hscroll-policy</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrollableHscrollPolicy :: (IsScrollable o, MonadIO m) => ScrollablePolicy -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hscroll-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrollable [ #hscrollPolicy <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrollableHscrollPolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> ScrollablePolicy -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hscroll-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrollable #hscrollPolicy
--   </pre>
getScrollableHscrollPolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> m ScrollablePolicy

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hadjustment</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #hadjustment
--   </pre>
clearScrollableHadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hadjustment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrollableHadjustment :: (IsScrollable o, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hadjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrollable [ #hadjustment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrollableHadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o, IsAdjustment a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hadjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrollable #hadjustment
--   </pre>
getScrollableHadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> m Adjustment

-- | Cast to <a>Scrollable</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toScrollable :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollable o) => o -> m Scrollable

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Border
Border :: ManagedPtr Border -> Border

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>n_args</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSignal [ #nArgs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSignalNArgs :: MonadIO m => BindingSignal -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>n_args</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSignal #nArgs
--   </pre>
getBindingSignalNArgs :: MonadIO m => BindingSignal -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>signal_name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #signalName
--   </pre>
clearBindingSignalSignalName :: MonadIO m => BindingSignal -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>signal_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSignal [ #signalName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSignalSignalName :: MonadIO m => BindingSignal -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>signal_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSignal #signalName
--   </pre>
getBindingSignalSignalName :: MonadIO m => BindingSignal -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>next</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #next
--   </pre>
clearBindingSignalNext :: MonadIO m => BindingSignal -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>next</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSignal [ #next <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSignalNext :: MonadIO m => BindingSignal -> Ptr BindingSignal -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>next</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSignal #next
--   </pre>
getBindingSignalNext :: MonadIO m => BindingSignal -> m (Maybe BindingSignal)

-- | Construct a <a>BindingSignal</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroBindingSignal :: MonadIO m => m BindingSignal

-- | Install a binding on <i><tt>bindingSet</tt></i> which causes key
--   lookups to be aborted, to prevent bindings from lower priority sets to
--   be activated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
bindingEntrySkip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => BindingSet -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Remove a binding previously installed via
--   <tt><i>gtk_binding_entry_add_signal()</i></tt> on
--   <i><tt>bindingSet</tt></i>.
bindingEntryRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => BindingSet -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Override or install a new key binding for <i><tt>keyval</tt></i> with
--   <i><tt>modifiers</tt></i> on <i><tt>bindingSet</tt></i>.
bindingEntryAddSignall :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => BindingSet -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> Text -> [BindingArg] -> m ()

-- | Parses a signal description from <i><tt>signalDesc</tt></i> and
--   incorporates it into <i><tt>bindingSet</tt></i>.
--   
--   Signal descriptions may either bind a key combination to one or more
--   signals: &gt; &gt; bind "key" { &gt; "signalname" (param, ...) &gt;
--   ... &gt; }
--   
--   Or they may also unbind a key combination: &gt; &gt; unbind "key"
--   
--   Key combinations must be in a format that can be parsed by
--   <a>acceleratorParse</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
bindingEntryAddSignalFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => BindingSet -> Text -> m TokenType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>signals</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #signals
--   </pre>
clearBindingEntrySignals :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>signals</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #signals <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntrySignals :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> Ptr BindingSignal -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>signals</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #signals
--   </pre>
getBindingEntrySignals :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m (Maybe BindingSignal)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hash_next</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #hashNext
--   </pre>
clearBindingEntryHashNext :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hash_next</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #hashNext <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntryHashNext :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> Ptr BindingEntry -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hash_next</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #hashNext
--   </pre>
getBindingEntryHashNext :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m (Maybe BindingEntry)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>set_next</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #setNext
--   </pre>
clearBindingEntrySetNext :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>set_next</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #setNext <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntrySetNext :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> Ptr BindingEntry -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>set_next</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #setNext
--   </pre>
getBindingEntrySetNext :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m (Maybe BindingEntry)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>marks_unbound</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #marksUnbound <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntryMarksUnbound :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>marks_unbound</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #marksUnbound
--   </pre>
getBindingEntryMarksUnbound :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>in_emission</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #inEmission <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntryInEmission :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>in_emission</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #inEmission
--   </pre>
getBindingEntryInEmission :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>destroyed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #destroyed <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntryDestroyed :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>destroyed</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #destroyed
--   </pre>
getBindingEntryDestroyed :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>binding_set</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #bindingSet
--   </pre>
clearBindingEntryBindingSet :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>binding_set</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #bindingSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntryBindingSet :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> Ptr BindingSet -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>binding_set</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #bindingSet
--   </pre>
getBindingEntryBindingSet :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m (Maybe BindingSet)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>modifiers</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #modifiers <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntryModifiers :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>modifiers</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #modifiers
--   </pre>
getBindingEntryModifiers :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m [ModifierType]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>keyval</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingEntry [ #keyval <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingEntryKeyval :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>keyval</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingEntry #keyval
--   </pre>
getBindingEntryKeyval :: MonadIO m => BindingEntry -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>BindingEntry</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroBindingEntry :: MonadIO m => m BindingEntry

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype BindingSignal
BindingSignal :: ManagedPtr BindingSignal -> BindingSignal

-- | Find a binding set by its globally unique name.
--   
--   The <i><tt>setName</tt></i> can either be a name used for
--   <tt><i>gtk_binding_set_new()</i></tt> or the type name of a class used
--   in <tt><i>gtk_binding_set_by_class()</i></tt>.
bindingSetFind :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (Maybe BindingSet)

-- | This function was used internally by the GtkRC parsing mechanism to
--   assign match patterns to <a>BindingSet</a> structures.
--   
--   In GTK+ 3, these match patterns are unused.
bindingSetAddPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => BindingSet -> PathType -> Text -> PathPriorityType -> m ()

-- | Find a key binding matching <i><tt>keyval</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>modifiers</tt></i> within <i><tt>bindingSet</tt></i> and
--   activate the binding on <i><tt>object</tt></i>.
bindingSetActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsObject a) => BindingSet -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> a -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parsed</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSet [ #parsed <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSetParsed :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>parsed</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSet #parsed
--   </pre>
getBindingSetParsed :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>current</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #current
--   </pre>
clearBindingSetCurrent :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>current</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSet [ #current <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSetCurrent :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> Ptr BindingEntry -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>current</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSet #current
--   </pre>
getBindingSetCurrent :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m (Maybe BindingEntry)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>entries</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #entries
--   </pre>
clearBindingSetEntries :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>entries</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSet [ #entries <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSetEntries :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> Ptr BindingEntry -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>entries</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSet #entries
--   </pre>
getBindingSetEntries :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m (Maybe BindingEntry)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>class_branch_pspecs</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #classBranchPspecs
--   </pre>
clearBindingSetClassBranchPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>class_branch_pspecs</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSet [ #classBranchPspecs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSetClassBranchPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> Ptr (GSList (Ptr ())) -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>class_branch_pspecs</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSet #classBranchPspecs
--   </pre>
getBindingSetClassBranchPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m [Ptr ()]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget_class_pspecs</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #widgetClassPspecs
--   </pre>
clearBindingSetWidgetClassPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget_class_pspecs</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSet [ #widgetClassPspecs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSetWidgetClassPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> Ptr (GSList (Ptr ())) -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>widget_class_pspecs</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSet #widgetClassPspecs
--   </pre>
getBindingSetWidgetClassPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m [Ptr ()]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget_path_pspecs</tt>” field to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #widgetPathPspecs
--   </pre>
clearBindingSetWidgetPathPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget_path_pspecs</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSet [ #widgetPathPspecs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSetWidgetPathPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> Ptr (GSList (Ptr ())) -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>widget_path_pspecs</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSet #widgetPathPspecs
--   </pre>
getBindingSetWidgetPathPspecs :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m [Ptr ()]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>priority</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSet [ #priority <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSetPriority :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>priority</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSet #priority
--   </pre>
getBindingSetPriority :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>set_name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #setName
--   </pre>
clearBindingSetSetName :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>set_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingSet [ #setName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingSetSetName :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>set_name</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingSet #setName
--   </pre>
getBindingSetSetName :: MonadIO m => BindingSet -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>BindingSet</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroBindingSet :: MonadIO m => m BindingSet

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype BindingSet
BindingSet :: ManagedPtr BindingSet -> BindingSet

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype BindingEntry
BindingEntry :: ManagedPtr BindingEntry -> BindingEntry

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>arg_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> bindingArg [ #argType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBindingArgArgType :: MonadIO m => BindingArg -> GType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>arg_type</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> bindingArg #argType
--   </pre>
getBindingArgArgType :: MonadIO m => BindingArg -> m GType

-- | Construct a <a>BindingArg</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroBindingArg :: MonadIO m => m BindingArg

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype BindingArg
BindingArg :: ManagedPtr BindingArg -> BindingArg

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>callback</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #callback
--   </pre>
clearActionEntryCallback :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>callback</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionEntry [ #callback <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionEntryCallback :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> FunPtr C_Callback -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>callback</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionEntry #callback
--   </pre>
getActionEntryCallback :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m (Maybe Callback)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltip
--   </pre>
clearActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionEntry [ #tooltip <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionEntry #tooltip
--   </pre>
getActionEntryTooltip :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelerator
--   </pre>
clearActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionEntry [ #accelerator <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionEntry #accelerator
--   </pre>
getActionEntryAccelerator :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionEntry [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionEntry #label
--   </pre>
getActionEntryLabel :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stockId
--   </pre>
clearActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionEntry [ #stockId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock_id</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionEntry #stockId
--   </pre>
getActionEntryStockId :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #name
--   </pre>
clearActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionEntry [ #name <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> CString -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionEntry #name
--   </pre>
getActionEntryName :: MonadIO m => ActionEntry -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>ActionEntry</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroActionEntry :: MonadIO m => m ActionEntry

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ActionEntry
ActionEntry :: ManagedPtr ActionEntry -> ActionEntry

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel_flags</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> accelKey [ #accelFlags <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAccelKeyAccelFlags :: MonadIO m => AccelKey -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel_flags</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelKey #accelFlags
--   </pre>
getAccelKeyAccelFlags :: MonadIO m => AccelKey -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel_mods</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> accelKey [ #accelMods <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAccelKeyAccelMods :: MonadIO m => AccelKey -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel_mods</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelKey #accelMods
--   </pre>
getAccelKeyAccelMods :: MonadIO m => AccelKey -> m [ModifierType]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel_key</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> accelKey [ #accelKey <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAccelKeyAccelKey :: MonadIO m => AccelKey -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel_key</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelKey #accelKey
--   </pre>
getAccelKeyAccelKey :: MonadIO m => AccelKey -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>AccelKey</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroAccelKey :: MonadIO m => m AccelKey

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel_path_quark</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> accelGroupEntry [ #accelPathQuark <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAccelGroupEntryAccelPathQuark :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupEntry -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel_path_quark</tt>” field. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelGroupEntry #accelPathQuark
--   </pre>
getAccelGroupEntryAccelPathQuark :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupEntry -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>closure</tt>” field to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #closure
--   </pre>
clearAccelGroupEntryClosure :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupEntry -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>closure</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> accelGroupEntry [ #closure <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAccelGroupEntryClosure :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupEntry -> Ptr (GClosure ()) -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>closure</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelGroupEntry #closure
--   </pre>
getAccelGroupEntryClosure :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupEntry -> m (Maybe (GClosure ()))

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>key</tt>” field. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelGroupEntry #key
--   </pre>
getAccelGroupEntryKey :: MonadIO m => AccelGroupEntry -> m AccelKey

-- | Construct a <a>AccelGroupEntry</a> struct initialized to zero.
newZeroAccelGroupEntry :: MonadIO m => m AccelGroupEntry

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AccelKey
AccelKey :: ManagedPtr AccelKey -> AccelKey

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AccelGroupEntry
AccelGroupEntry :: ManagedPtr AccelGroupEntry -> AccelGroupEntry

-- | Removes a window from a <a>WindowGroup</a>.
windowGroupRemoveWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindowGroup a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns a list of the <tt><i>GtkWindows</i></tt> that belong to
--   <i><tt>windowGroup</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
windowGroupListWindows :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindowGroup a) => a -> m [Window]

-- | Gets the current grab widget of the given group, see
--   <a>widgetGrabAdd</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
windowGroupGetCurrentGrab :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindowGroup a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns the current grab widget for <i><tt>device</tt></i>, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if none.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowGroupGetCurrentDeviceGrab :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindowGroup a, IsDevice b) => a -> b -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Adds a window to a <a>WindowGroup</a>.
windowGroupAddWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindowGroup a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>WindowGroup</a> object. Grabs added with
--   <a>widgetGrabAdd</a> only affect windows within the same
--   <a>WindowGroup</a>.
windowGroupNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m WindowGroup

-- | Cast to <a>WindowGroup</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toWindowGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsWindowGroup o) => o -> m WindowGroup

-- | Opens or closes the [interactive debugger][interactive-debugging],
--   which offers access to the widget hierarchy of the application and to
--   useful debugging tools.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
windowSetInteractiveDebugging :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had
--   <a>windowSetIconList</a> called on them from a named themed icon, see
--   <a>windowSetIconName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
windowSetDefaultIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ()

-- | Sets an icon list to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had
--   <a>windowSetIconList</a> called on them to set up a window-specific
--   icon list. This function allows you to set up the icon for all windows
--   in your app at once.
--   
--   See <a>windowSetIconList</a> for more details.
windowSetDefaultIconList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => [a] -> m ()

-- | Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had
--   <a>windowSetIconList</a> called on them from a file on disk. Warns on
--   failure if <i><tt>err</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowSetDefaultIconFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Char] -> m ()

-- | Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't had
--   <a>windowSetIcon</a> called on them from a pixbuf.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowSetDefaultIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m ()

-- | By default, after showing the first <a>Window</a>, GTK+ calls
--   <a>notifyStartupComplete</a>. Call this function to disable the
--   automatic startup notification. You might do this if your first window
--   is a splash screen, and you want to delay notification until after
--   your real main window has been shown, for example.
--   
--   In that example, you would disable startup notification temporarily,
--   show your splash screen, then re-enable it so that showing the main
--   window would automatically result in notification.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowSetAutoStartupNotification :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns a list of all existing toplevel windows. The widgets in the
--   list are not individually referenced. If you want to iterate through
--   the list and perform actions involving callbacks that might destroy
--   the widgets, you must call <tt>g_list_foreach (result,
--   (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</tt> first, and then unref all the widgets
--   afterwards.
windowListToplevels :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m [Widget]

-- | Returns the fallback icon name for windows that has been set with
--   <a>windowSetDefaultIconName</a>. The returned string is owned by GTK+
--   and should not be modified. It is only valid until the next call to
--   <a>windowSetDefaultIconName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
windowGetDefaultIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Text

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetDefaultIconList</a>. The list is a
--   copy and should be freed with <tt><i>g_list_free()</i></tt>, but the
--   pixbufs in the list have not had their reference count incremented.
windowGetDefaultIconList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m [Pixbuf]

-- | Asks to unstick <i><tt>window</tt></i>, which means that it will
--   appear on only one of the user’s desktops. Note that you shouldn’t
--   assume the window is definitely unstuck afterward, because other
--   entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could stick
--   it again. But normally the window will end up stuck. Just don’t write
--   code that crashes if not.
--   
--   You can track stickiness via the “window-state-event” signal on
--   <a>Widget</a>.
windowUnstick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Asks to unmaximize <i><tt>window</tt></i>. Note that you shouldn’t
--   assume the window is definitely unmaximized afterward, because other
--   entities (e.g. the user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could
--   maximize it again, and not all window managers honor requests to
--   unmaximize. But normally the window will end up unmaximized. Just
--   don’t write code that crashes if not.
--   
--   You can track maximization via the “window-state-event” signal on
--   <a>Widget</a>.
windowUnmaximize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Asks to toggle off the fullscreen state for <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
--   Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely not full
--   screen afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could fullscreen it again, and not all window
--   managers honor requests to unfullscreen windows. But normally the
--   window will end up restored to its normal state. Just don’t write code
--   that crashes if not.
--   
--   You can track the fullscreen state via the “window-state-event” signal
--   on <a>Widget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowUnfullscreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Asks to stick <i><tt>window</tt></i>, which means that it will appear
--   on all user desktops. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is
--   definitely stuck afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or
--   [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] could unstick it again, and some window
--   managers do not support sticking windows. But normally the window will
--   end up stuck. Just don't write code that crashes if not.
--   
--   It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window.
--   
--   You can track stickiness via the “window-state-event” signal on
--   <a>Widget</a>.
windowStick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Don’t use this function. It sets the X Window System “class” and
--   “name” hints for a window. According to the ICCCM, you should always
--   set these to the same value for all windows in an application, and
--   GTK+ sets them to that value by default, so calling this function is
--   sort of pointless. However, you may want to call <a>windowSetRole</a>
--   on each window in your application, for the benefit of the session
--   manager. Setting the role allows the window manager to restore window
--   positions when loading a saved session.
windowSetWmclass :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Text -> Text -> m ()

-- | Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw the
--   users attention to the window. This function sets this hint.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
windowSetUrgencyHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | By setting the type hint for the window, you allow the window manager
--   to decorate and handle the window in a way which is suitable to the
--   function of the window in your application.
--   
--   This function should be called before the window becomes visible.
--   
--   <tt><i>gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons()</i></tt> and other convenience
--   functions in GTK+ will sometimes call <a>windowSetTypeHint</a> on your
--   behalf.
windowSetTypeHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> WindowTypeHint -> m ()

-- | Dialog windows should be set transient for the main application window
--   they were spawned from. This allows [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] to
--   e.g. keep the dialog on top of the main window, or center the dialog
--   over the main window. <tt><i>gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons()</i></tt>
--   and other convenience functions in GTK+ will sometimes call
--   <a>windowSetTransientFor</a> on your behalf.
--   
--   Passing <a>Nothing</a> for <i><tt>parent</tt></i> unsets the current
--   transient window.
--   
--   On Wayland, this function can also be used to attach a new
--   <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt> to a
--   <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</i></tt> parent already mapped on screen so
--   that the <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt> will be created as a
--   subsurface-based window <tt><i>GDK_WINDOW_SUBSURFACE</i></tt> which
--   can be positioned at will relatively to the
--   <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</i></tt> surface.
--   
--   On Windows, this function puts the child window on top of the parent,
--   much as the window manager would have done on X.
windowSetTransientFor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets a custom titlebar for <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
--   
--   A typical widget used here is <a>HeaderBar</a>, as it provides various
--   features expected of a titlebar while allowing the addition of child
--   widgets to it.
--   
--   If you set a custom titlebar, GTK+ will do its best to convince the
--   window manager not to put its own titlebar on the window. Depending on
--   the system, this function may not work for a window that is already
--   visible, so you set the titlebar before calling <a>widgetShow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
windowSetTitlebar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the title of the <a>Window</a>. The title of a window will be
--   displayed in its title bar; on the X Window System, the title bar is
--   rendered by the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch], so exactly how the
--   title appears to users may vary according to a user’s exact
--   configuration. The title should help a user distinguish this window
--   from other windows they may have open. A good title might include the
--   application name and current document filename, for example.
windowSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Startup notification identifiers are used by desktop environment to
--   track application startup, to provide user feedback and other
--   features. This function changes the corresponding property on the
--   underlying GdkWindow. Normally, startup identifier is managed
--   automatically and you should only use this function in special cases
--   like transferring focus from other processes. You should use this
--   function before calling <a>windowPresent</a> or any equivalent
--   function generating a window map event.
--   
--   This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
windowSetStartupId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display
--   the window in the task bar. This function sets this hint.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowSetSkipTaskbarHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display
--   the window in the pager. This function sets this hint. (A "pager" is
--   any desktop navigation tool such as a workspace switcher that displays
--   a thumbnail representation of the windows on the screen.)
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowSetSkipPagerHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Screen</a> where the <i><tt>window</tt></i> is displayed;
--   if the window is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and then
--   remapped on the new screen.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowSetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsScreen b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets.
--   
--   In combination with the window title, the window role allows a [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch] to identify "the same" window when an
--   application is restarted. So for example you might set the “toolbox”
--   role on your app’s toolbox window, so that when the user restarts
--   their session, the window manager can put the toolbox back in the same
--   place.
--   
--   If a window already has a unique title, you don’t need to set the
--   role, since the WM can use the title to identify the window when
--   restoring the session.
windowSetRole :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the user can resize a window. Windows are user resizable
--   by default.
windowSetResizable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets a position constraint for this window. If the old or new
--   constraint is <a>WindowPositionCenterAlways</a>, this will also cause
--   the window to be repositioned to satisfy the new constraint.
windowSetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> WindowPosition -> m ()

-- | Request the windowing system to make <i><tt>window</tt></i> partially
--   transparent, with opacity 0 being fully transparent and 1 fully
--   opaque. (Values of the opacity parameter are clamped to the [0,1]
--   range.) On X11 this has any effect only on X screens with a
--   compositing manager running. See <a>widgetIsComposited</a>. On Windows
--   it should work always.
--   
--   Note that setting a window’s opacity after the window has been shown
--   causes it to flicker once on Windows.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
windowSetOpacity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets a window modal or non-modal. Modal windows prevent interaction
--   with other windows in the same application. To keep modal dialogs on
--   top of main application windows, use <a>windowSetTransientFor</a> to
--   make the dialog transient for the parent; most [window
--   managers][gtk-X11-arch] will then disallow lowering the dialog below
--   the parent.
windowSetModal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Window</a>:<tt><i>mnemonics-visible</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
windowSetMnemonicsVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the mnemonic modifier for this window.
windowSetMnemonicModifier :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Asks to keep <i><tt>window</tt></i> below, so that it stays in bottom.
--   Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely below
--   afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could not keep it below, and not all window
--   managers support putting windows below. But normally the window will
--   be kept below. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.
--   
--   It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which
--   case the window will be kept below when it appears onscreen initially.
--   
--   You can track the below state via the “window-state-event” signal on
--   <a>Widget</a>.
--   
--   Note that, according to the <a>Extended Window Manager Hints
--   Specification</a>, the above state is mainly meant for user
--   preferences and should not be used by applications e.g. for drawing
--   attention to their dialogs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowSetKeepBelow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Asks to keep <i><tt>window</tt></i> above, so that it stays on top.
--   Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely above
--   afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could not keep it above, and not all window
--   managers support keeping windows above. But normally the window will
--   end kept above. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.
--   
--   It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which
--   case the window will be kept above when it appears onscreen initially.
--   
--   You can track the above state via the “window-state-event” signal on
--   <a>Widget</a>.
--   
--   Note that, according to the <a>Extended Window Manager Hints
--   Specification</a>, the above state is mainly meant for user
--   preferences and should not be used by applications e.g. for drawing
--   attention to their dialogs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowSetKeepAbove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon for the window from a named themed icon. See the docs
--   for <a>IconTheme</a> for more details. On some platforms, the window
--   icon is not used at all.
--   
--   Note that this has nothing to do with the WM_ICON_NAME property which
--   is mentioned in the ICCCM.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
windowSetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets up the icon representing a <a>Window</a>. The icon is used when
--   the window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window
--   managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window
--   frame, or display it in other contexts. On others, the icon is not
--   used at all, so your mileage may vary.
--   
--   <a>windowSetIconList</a> allows you to pass in the same icon in
--   several hand-drawn sizes. The list should contain the natural sizes
--   your icon is available in; that is, don’t scale the image before
--   passing it to GTK+. Scaling is postponed until the last minute, when
--   the desired final size is known, to allow best quality.
--   
--   By passing several sizes, you may improve the final image quality of
--   the icon, by reducing or eliminating automatic image scaling.
--   
--   Recommended sizes to provide: 16x16, 32x32, 48x48 at minimum, and
--   larger images (64x64, 128x128) if you have them.
--   
--   See also <a>windowSetDefaultIconList</a> to set the icon for all
--   windows in your application in one go.
--   
--   Note that transient windows (those who have been set transient for
--   another window using <a>windowSetTransientFor</a>) will inherit their
--   icon from their transient parent. So there’s no need to explicitly set
--   the icon on transient windows.
windowSetIconList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> [b] -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon for <i><tt>window</tt></i>. Warns on failure if
--   <i><tt>err</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   This function is equivalent to calling <a>windowSetIcon</a> with a
--   pixbuf created by loading the image from <i><tt>filename</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowSetIconFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Sets up the icon representing a <a>Window</a>. This icon is used when
--   the window is minimized (also known as iconified). Some window
--   managers or desktop environments may also place it in the window
--   frame, or display it in other contexts. On others, the icon is not
--   used at all, so your mileage may vary.
--   
--   The icon should be provided in whatever size it was naturally drawn;
--   that is, don’t scale the image before passing it to GTK+. Scaling is
--   postponed until the last minute, when the desired final size is known,
--   to allow best quality.
--   
--   If you have your icon hand-drawn in multiple sizes, use
--   <a>windowSetIconList</a>. Then the best size will be used.
--   
--   This function is equivalent to calling <a>windowSetIconList</a> with a
--   1-element list.
--   
--   See also <a>windowSetDefaultIconList</a> to set the icon for all
--   windows in your application in one go.
windowSetIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>setting</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then <i><tt>window</tt></i>
--   will request that it’s titlebar should be hidden when maximized. This
--   is useful for windows that don’t convey any information other than the
--   application name in the titlebar, to put the available screen space to
--   better use. If the underlying window system does not support the
--   request, the setting will not have any effect.
--   
--   Note that custom titlebars set with <a>windowSetTitlebar</a> are not
--   affected by this. The application is in full control of their content
--   and visibility anyway.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
windowSetHideTitlebarWhenMaximized :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Tells GTK+ whether to drop its extra reference to the window when
--   <a>widgetDestroy</a> is called.
--   
--   This function is only exported for the benefit of language bindings
--   which may need to keep the window alive until their wrapper object is
--   garbage collected. There is no justification for ever calling this
--   function in an application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowSetHasUserRefCount :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>window</tt></i> has a corner resize grip.
--   
--   Note that the resize grip is only shown if the window is actually
--   resizable and not maximized. Use <a>windowResizeGripIsVisible</a> to
--   find out if the resize grip is currently shown.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowSetHasResizeGrip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Window gravity defines the meaning of coordinates passed to
--   <a>windowMove</a>. See <a>windowMove</a> and <a>Gravity</a> for more
--   details.
--   
--   The default window gravity is <tt><i>GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST</i></tt>
--   which will typically “do what you mean.”
windowSetGravity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Gravity -> m ()

-- | This function sets up hints about how a window can be resized by the
--   user. You can set a minimum and maximum size; allowed resize
--   increments (e.g. for xterm, you can only resize by the size of a
--   character); aspect ratios; and more. See the <a>Geometry</a> struct.
windowSetGeometryHints :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> Maybe Geometry -> [WindowHints] -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Window</a>:<tt><i>focus-visible</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
windowSetFocusVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
--   the input focus when the window is mapped. This function sets this
--   hint.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
windowSetFocusOnMap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>focus</tt></i> is not the current focus widget, and is
--   focusable, sets it as the focus widget for the window. If
--   <i><tt>focus</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, unsets the focus widget for
--   this window. To set the focus to a particular widget in the toplevel,
--   it is usually more convenient to use <a>widgetGrabFocus</a> instead of
--   this function.
windowSetFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>setting</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, then destroying the
--   transient parent of <i><tt>window</tt></i> will also destroy
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i> itself. This is useful for dialogs that
--   shouldn’t persist beyond the lifetime of the main window they're
--   associated with, for example.
windowSetDestroyWithParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | By default, windows have a close button in the window frame. Some
--   [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] allow GTK+ to disable this button. If
--   you set the deletable property to <a>False</a> using this function,
--   GTK+ will do its best to convince the window manager not to show a
--   close button. Depending on the system, this function may not have any
--   effect when called on a window that is already visible, so you should
--   call it before calling <a>widgetShow</a>.
--   
--   On Windows, this function always works, since there’s no window
--   manager policy involved.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
windowSetDeletable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the default size of a window. If the window’s “natural” size (its
--   size request) is larger than the default, the default will be ignored.
--   More generally, if the default size does not obey the geometry hints
--   for the window (<a>windowSetGeometryHints</a> can be used to set these
--   explicitly), the default size will be clamped to the nearest permitted
--   size.
--   
--   Unlike <a>widgetSetSizeRequest</a>, which sets a size request for a
--   widget and thus would keep users from shrinking the window, this
--   function only sets the initial size, just as if the user had resized
--   the window themselves. Users can still shrink the window again as they
--   normally would. Setting a default size of -1 means to use the
--   “natural” default size (the size request of the window).
--   
--   For more control over a window’s initial size and how resizing works,
--   investigate <a>windowSetGeometryHints</a>.
--   
--   For some uses, <a>windowResize</a> is a more appropriate function.
--   <a>windowResize</a> changes the current size of the window, rather
--   than the size to be used on initial display. <a>windowResize</a>
--   always affects the window itself, not the geometry widget.
--   
--   The default size of a window only affects the first time a window is
--   shown; if a window is hidden and re-shown, it will remember the size
--   it had prior to hiding, rather than using the default size.
--   
--   Windows can’t actually be 0x0 in size, they must be at least 1x1, but
--   passing 0 for <i><tt>width</tt></i> and <i><tt>height</tt></i> is OK,
--   resulting in a 1x1 default size.
--   
--   If you use this function to reestablish a previously saved window
--   size, note that the appropriate size to save is the one returned by
--   <a>windowGetSize</a>. Using the window allocation directly will not
--   work in all circumstances and can lead to growing or shrinking
--   windows.
windowSetDefaultSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Like <a>windowSetDefaultSize</a>, but <i><tt>width</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i> are interpreted in terms of the base size and
--   increment set with gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowSetDefaultGeometry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | The default widget is the widget that’s activated when the user
--   presses Enter in a dialog (for example). This function sets or unsets
--   the default widget for a <a>Window</a>. When setting (rather than
--   unsetting) the default widget it’s generally easier to call
--   <a>widgetGrabDefault</a> on the widget. Before making a widget the
--   default widget, you must call <a>widgetSetCanDefault</a> on the widget
--   you’d like to make the default.
windowSetDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | By default, windows are decorated with a title bar, resize controls,
--   etc. Some [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] allow GTK+ to disable these
--   decorations, creating a borderless window. If you set the decorated
--   property to <a>False</a> using this function, GTK+ will do its best to
--   convince the window manager not to decorate the window. Depending on
--   the system, this function may not have any effect when called on a
--   window that is already visible, so you should call it before calling
--   <a>widgetShow</a>.
--   
--   On Windows, this function always works, since there’s no window
--   manager policy involved.
windowSetDecorated :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Marks <i><tt>window</tt></i> as attached to
--   <i><tt>attachWidget</tt></i>. This creates a logical binding between
--   the window and the widget it belongs to, which is used by GTK+ to
--   propagate information such as styling or accessibility to
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i> as if it was a children of
--   <i><tt>attachWidget</tt></i>.
--   
--   Examples of places where specifying this relation is useful are for
--   instance a <a>Menu</a> created by a <a>ComboBox</a>, a completion
--   popup window created by <a>Entry</a> or a typeahead search entry
--   created by <a>TreeView</a>.
--   
--   Note that this function should not be confused with
--   <a>windowSetTransientFor</a>, which specifies a window manager
--   relation between two toplevels instead.
--   
--   Passing <a>Nothing</a> for <i><tt>attachWidget</tt></i> detaches the
--   window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
windowSetAttachedTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets or unsets the <a>Application</a> associated with the window.
--   
--   The application will be kept alive for at least as long as it has any
--   windows associated with it (see <a>applicationHold</a> for a way to
--   keep it alive without windows).
--   
--   Normally, the connection between the application and the window will
--   remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly remove it
--   by setting the <i><tt>application</tt></i> to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   This is equivalent to calling <a>applicationRemoveWindow</a> and/or
--   <a>applicationAddWindow</a> on the old/new applications as relevant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowSetApplication :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsApplication b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive
--   the input focus. This function sets this hint.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowSetAcceptFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Like <a>windowResize</a>, but <i><tt>width</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i> are interpreted in terms of the base size and
--   increment set with gtk_window_set_geometry_hints.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowResizeToGeometry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Determines whether a resize grip is visible for the specified window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowResizeGripIsVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Resizes the window as if the user had done so, obeying geometry
--   constraints. The default geometry constraint is that windows may not
--   be smaller than their size request; to override this constraint, call
--   <a>widgetSetSizeRequest</a> to set the window's request to a smaller
--   value.
--   
--   If <a>windowResize</a> is called before showing a window for the first
--   time, it overrides any default size set with
--   <a>windowSetDefaultSize</a>.
--   
--   Windows may not be resized smaller than 1 by 1 pixels.
--   
--   When using client side decorations, GTK+ will do its best to adjust
--   the given size so that the resulting window size matches the requested
--   size without the title bar, borders and shadows added for the client
--   side decorations, but there is no guarantee that the result will be
--   totally accurate because these widgets added for client side
--   decorations depend on the theme and may not be realized or visible at
--   the time <a>windowResize</a> is issued.
--   
--   If the GtkWindow has a titlebar widget (see <a>windowSetTitlebar</a>),
--   then typically, <a>windowResize</a> will compensate for the height of
--   the titlebar widget only if the height is known when the resulting
--   GtkWindow configuration is issued. For example, if new widgets are
--   added after the GtkWindow configuration and cause the titlebar widget
--   to grow in height, this will result in a window content smaller that
--   specified by <a>windowResize</a> and not a larger window.
windowResize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Hides <i><tt>window</tt></i>, then reshows it, resetting the default
--   size and position of the window. Used by GUI builders only.
windowReshowWithInitialSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Removes a mnemonic from this window.
windowRemoveMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsWidget b) => a -> Word32 -> b -> m ()

-- | Reverses the effects of <a>windowAddAccelGroup</a>.
windowRemoveAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Propagate a key press or release event to the focus widget and up the
--   focus container chain until a widget handles <i><tt>event</tt></i>.
--   This is normally called by the default <a>key_press_event</a> and
--   <a>key_release_event</a> handlers for toplevel windows, however in
--   some cases it may be useful to call this directly when overriding the
--   standard key handling for a toplevel window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowPropagateKeyEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> EventKey -> m Bool

-- | Presents a window to the user. This may mean raising the window in the
--   stacking order, deiconifying it, moving it to the current desktop,
--   and/or giving it the keyboard focus, possibly dependent on the user’s
--   platform, window manager, and preferences.
--   
--   If <i><tt>window</tt></i> is hidden, this function calls
--   <a>widgetShow</a> as well.
--   
--   This function should be used when the user tries to open a window
--   that’s already open. Say for example the preferences dialog is
--   currently open, and the user chooses Preferences from the menu a
--   second time; use <a>windowPresent</a> to move the already-open dialog
--   where the user can see it.
--   
--   Presents a window to the user in response to a user interaction. The
--   timestamp should be gathered when the window was requested to be shown
--   (when clicking a link for example), rather than once the window is
--   ready to be shown.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
windowPresentWithTime :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Presents a window to the user. This function should not be used as
--   when it is called, it is too late to gather a valid timestamp to allow
--   focus stealing prevention to work correctly.
windowPresent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Parses a standard X Window System geometry string - see the manual
--   page for X (type “man X”) for details on this.
--   <a>windowParseGeometry</a> does work on all GTK+ ports including Win32
--   but is primarily intended for an X environment.
--   
--   If either a size or a position can be extracted from the geometry
--   string, <a>windowParseGeometry</a> returns <a>True</a> and calls
--   <a>windowSetDefaultSize</a> and/or <a>windowMove</a> to resize/move
--   the window.
--   
--   If <a>windowParseGeometry</a> returns <a>True</a>, it will also set
--   the <tt><i>GDK_HINT_USER_POS</i></tt> and/or
--   <tt><i>GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE</i></tt> hints indicating to the window
--   manager that the size/position of the window was user-specified. This
--   causes most window managers to honor the geometry.
--   
--   Note that for <a>windowParseGeometry</a> to work as expected, it has
--   to be called when the window has its “final” size, i.e. after calling
--   <a>widgetShowAll</a> on the contents and <a>windowSetGeometryHints</a>
--   on the window.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   #include &lt;gtk/gtk.h&gt;
--   
--   static void
--   fill_with_content (GtkWidget *vbox)
--   {
--     // fill with content...
--   }
--   
--   int
--   main (int argc, char *argv[])
--   {
--     GtkWidget *window, *vbox;
--     GdkGeometry size_hints = {
--       100, 50, 0, 0, 100, 50, 10,
--       10, 0.0, 0.0, GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST
--     };
--   
--     gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
--   
--     window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
--     vbox = gtk_box_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 0);
--   
--     gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
--     fill_with_content (vbox);
--     gtk_widget_show_all (vbox);
--   
--     gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (window),
--   	  			    NULL,
--   				    &amp;size_hints,
--   				    GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE |
--   				    GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE |
--   				    GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC);
--   
--     if (argc &gt; 1)
--       {
--         gboolean res;
--         res = gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (window),
--                                          argv[1]);
--         if (! res)
--           fprintf (stderr,
--                    "Failed to parse “%s”\n",
--                    argv[1]);
--       }
--   
--     gtk_widget_show_all (window);
--     gtk_main ();
--   
--     return 0;
--   }
--   </pre>
windowParseGeometry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Asks the [window manager][gtk-X11-arch] to move <i><tt>window</tt></i>
--   to the given position. Window managers are free to ignore this; most
--   window managers ignore requests for initial window positions (instead
--   using a user-defined placement algorithm) and honor requests after the
--   window has already been shown.
--   
--   Note: the position is the position of the gravity-determined reference
--   point for the window. The gravity determines two things: first, the
--   location of the reference point in root window coordinates; and
--   second, which point on the window is positioned at the reference
--   point.
--   
--   By default the gravity is <tt><i>GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST</i></tt>, so
--   the reference point is simply the <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>
--   supplied to <a>windowMove</a>. The top-left corner of the window
--   decorations (aka window frame or border) will be placed at
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i>, <i><tt>y</tt></i>. Therefore, to position a window
--   at the top left of the screen, you want to use the default gravity
--   (which is <tt><i>GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST</i></tt>) and move the window
--   to 0,0.
--   
--   To position a window at the bottom right corner of the screen, you
--   would set <tt><i>GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST</i></tt>, which means that the
--   reference point is at <i><tt>x</tt></i> + the window width and
--   <i><tt>y</tt></i> + the window height, and the bottom-right corner of
--   the window border will be placed at that reference point. So, to place
--   a window in the bottom right corner you would first set gravity to
--   south east, then write: <tt>gtk_window_move (window, gdk_screen_width
--   () - window_width, gdk_screen_height () - window_height)</tt> (note
--   that this example does not take multi-head scenarios into account).
--   
--   The <a>Extended Window Manager Hints Specification</a> has a nice
--   table of gravities in the “implementation notes” section.
--   
--   The <a>windowGetPosition</a> documentation may also be relevant.
windowMove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Activates the targets associated with the mnemonic.
windowMnemonicActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m Bool

-- | Asks to maximize <i><tt>window</tt></i>, so that it becomes
--   full-screen. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely
--   maximized afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could unmaximize it again, and not all window
--   managers support maximization. But normally the window will end up
--   maximized. Just don’t write code that crashes if not.
--   
--   It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which
--   case the window will be maximized when it appears onscreen initially.
--   
--   You can track maximization via the “window-state-event” signal on
--   <a>Widget</a>, or by listening to notifications on the
--   <a>Window</a>:<tt><i>is-maximized</i></tt> property.
windowMaximize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the current maximized state of <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that since maximization is ultimately handled by the window
--   manager and happens asynchronously to an application request, you
--   shouldn’t assume the return value of this function changing
--   immediately (or at all), as an effect of calling <a>windowMaximize</a>
--   or <a>windowUnmaximize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
windowIsMaximized :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the window is part of the current active toplevel.
--   (That is, the toplevel window receiving keystrokes.) The return value
--   is <a>True</a> if the window is active toplevel itself, but also if it
--   is, say, a <a>Plug</a> embedded in the active toplevel. You might use
--   this function if you wanted to draw a widget differently in an active
--   window from a widget in an inactive window. See
--   <a>windowHasToplevelFocus</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowIsActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Asks to iconify (i.e. minimize) the specified <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
--   Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely iconified
--   afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could deiconify it again, or there may not be
--   a window manager in which case iconification isn’t possible, etc. But
--   normally the window will end up iconified. Just don’t write code that
--   crashes if not.
--   
--   It’s permitted to call this function before showing a window, in which
--   case the window will be iconified before it ever appears onscreen.
--   
--   You can track iconification via the “window-state-event” signal on
--   <a>Widget</a>.
windowIconify :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow. For real
--   toplevel windows, this is identical to <a>windowIsActive</a>, but for
--   embedded windows, like <a>Plug</a>, the results will differ.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowHasToplevelFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>window</tt></i> has an explicit window group.
windowHasGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the type of the window. See <a>WindowType</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
windowGetWindowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m WindowType

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetUrgencyHint</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
windowGetUrgencyHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the type hint for this window. See <a>windowSetTypeHint</a>.
windowGetTypeHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m WindowTypeHint

-- | Fetches the transient parent for this window. See
--   <a>windowSetTransientFor</a>.
windowGetTransientFor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Returns the custom titlebar that has been set with
--   <a>windowSetTitlebar</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
windowGetTitlebar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Retrieves the title of the window. See <a>windowSetTitle</a>.
windowGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetSkipTaskbarHint</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowGetSkipTaskbarHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetSkipPagerHint</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowGetSkipPagerHint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the current size of <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>window</tt></i> is not visible on screen, this function
--   return the size GTK+ will suggest to the [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch] for the initial window size (but this is not
--   reliably the same as the size the window manager will actually
--   select). See: <a>windowSetDefaultSize</a>.
--   
--   Depending on the windowing system and the window manager constraints,
--   the size returned by this function may not match the size set using
--   <a>windowResize</a>; additionally, since <a>windowResize</a> may be
--   implemented as an asynchronous operation, GTK+ cannot guarantee in any
--   way that this code:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   // width and height are set elsewhere
--   gtk_window_resize (window, width, height);
--   
--   int new_width, new_height;
--   gtk_window_get_size (window, &amp;new_width, &amp;new_height);
--   </pre>
--   
--   will result in <tt>new_width</tt> and <tt>new_height</tt> matching
--   <tt>width</tt> and <tt>height</tt>, respectively.
--   
--   This function will return the logical size of the <a>Window</a>,
--   excluding the widgets used in client side decorations; there is,
--   however, no guarantee that the result will be completely accurate
--   because client side decoration may include widgets that depend on the
--   user preferences and that may not be visibile at the time you call
--   this function.
--   
--   The dimensions returned by this function are suitable for being stored
--   across sessions; use <a>windowSetDefaultSize</a> to restore them when
--   before showing the window.
--   
--   To avoid potential race conditions, you should only call this function
--   in response to a size change notification, for instance inside a
--   handler for the <a>sizeAllocate</a> signal, or inside a handler for
--   the <a>configureEvent</a> signal:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static void
--   on_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAllocation *allocation)
--   {
--     int new_width, new_height;
--   
--     gtk_window_get_size (GTK_WINDOW (widget), &amp;new_width, &amp;new_height);
--   
--     ...
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   Note that, if you connect to the <a>sizeAllocate</a> signal, you
--   should not use the dimensions of the <tt><i>GtkAllocation</i></tt>
--   passed to the signal handler, as the allocation may contain client
--   side decorations added by GTK+, depending on the windowing system in
--   use.
--   
--   If you are getting a window size in order to position the window on
--   the screen, you should, instead, simply set the window’s semantic type
--   with <a>windowSetTypeHint</a>, which allows the window manager to e.g.
--   center dialogs. Also, if you set the transient parent of dialogs with
--   <a>windowSetTransientFor</a> window managers will often center the
--   dialog over its parent window. It's much preferred to let the window
--   manager handle these cases rather than doing it yourself, because all
--   apps will behave consistently and according to user or system
--   preferences, if the window manager handles it. Also, the window
--   manager can take into account the size of the window decorations and
--   border that it may add, and of which GTK+ has no knowledge.
--   Additionally, positioning windows in global screen coordinates may not
--   be allowed by the windowing system. For more information, see:
--   <a>windowSetPosition</a>.
windowGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Returns the <a>Screen</a> associated with <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowGetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Screen

-- | Returns the role of the window. See <a>windowSetRole</a> for further
--   explanation.
windowGetRole :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | If a window has a resize grip, this will retrieve the grip position,
--   width and height into the specified <a>Rectangle</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowGetResizeGripArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Bool, Rectangle)

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetResizable</a>.
windowGetResizable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | This function returns the position you need to pass to
--   <a>windowMove</a> to keep <i><tt>window</tt></i> in its current
--   position. This means that the meaning of the returned value varies
--   with window gravity. See <a>windowMove</a> for more details.
--   
--   The reliability of this function depends on the windowing system
--   currently in use. Some windowing systems, such as Wayland, do not
--   support a global coordinate system, and thus the position of the
--   window will always be (0, 0). Others, like X11, do not have a reliable
--   way to obtain the geometry of the decorations of a window if they are
--   provided by the window manager. Additionally, on X11, window manager
--   have been known to mismanage window gravity, which result in windows
--   moving even if you use the coordinates of the current position as
--   returned by this function.
--   
--   If you haven’t changed the window gravity, its gravity will be
--   <tt><i>GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST</i></tt>. This means that
--   <a>windowGetPosition</a> gets the position of the top-left corner of
--   the window manager frame for the window. <a>windowMove</a> sets the
--   position of this same top-left corner.
--   
--   If a window has gravity <tt><i>GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC</i></tt> the window
--   manager frame is not relevant, and thus <a>windowGetPosition</a> will
--   always produce accurate results. However you can’t use static gravity
--   to do things like place a window in a corner of the screen, because
--   static gravity ignores the window manager decorations.
--   
--   Ideally, this function should return appropriate values if the window
--   has client side decorations, assuming that the windowing system
--   supports global coordinates.
--   
--   In practice, saving the window position should not be left to
--   applications, as they lack enough knowledge of the windowing system
--   and the window manager state to effectively do so. The appropriate way
--   to implement saving the window position is to use a platform-specific
--   protocol, wherever that is available.
windowGetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Fetches the requested opacity for this window. See
--   <a>windowSetOpacity</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
windowGetOpacity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Double

-- | Returns whether the window is modal. See <a>windowSetModal</a>.
windowGetModal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Window</a>:<tt><i>mnemonics-visible</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
windowGetMnemonicsVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the mnemonic modifier for this window. See
--   <a>windowSetMnemonicModifier</a>.
windowGetMnemonicModifier :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m [ModifierType]

-- | Returns the name of the themed icon for the window, see
--   <a>windowSetIconName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
windowGetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Retrieves the list of icons set by <a>windowSetIconList</a>. The list
--   is copied, but the reference count on each member won’t be
--   incremented.
windowGetIconList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m [Pixbuf]

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetIcon</a> (or if you've called
--   <a>windowSetIconList</a>, gets the first icon in the icon list).
windowGetIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Returns whether the window has requested to have its titlebar hidden
--   when maximized. See gtk_window_set_hide_titlebar_when_maximized ().
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
windowGetHideTitlebarWhenMaximized :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether the window may have a resize grip.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowGetHasResizeGrip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the group for <i><tt>window</tt></i> or the default group, if
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> or if <i><tt>window</tt></i>
--   does not have an explicit window group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
windowGetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m WindowGroup

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetGravity</a>.
windowGetGravity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Gravity

-- | Gets the value of the <a>Window</a>:<tt><i>focus-visible</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
windowGetFocusVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetFocusOnMap</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
windowGetFocusOnMap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the current focused widget within the window. Note that this
--   is the widget that would have the focus if the toplevel window
--   focused; if the toplevel window is not focused then
--   <tt>gtk_widget_has_focus (widget)</tt> will not be <a>True</a> for the
--   widget.
windowGetFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns whether the window will be destroyed with its transient
--   parent. See gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent ().
windowGetDestroyWithParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the window has been set to have a close button via
--   <a>windowSetDeletable</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
windowGetDeletable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the default widget for <i><tt>window</tt></i>. See
--   <a>windowSetDefault</a> for more details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
windowGetDefaultWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the default size of the window. A value of -1 for the width or
--   height indicates that a default size has not been explicitly set for
--   that dimension, so the “natural” size of the window will be used.
windowGetDefaultSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Returns whether the window has been set to have decorations such as a
--   title bar via <a>windowSetDecorated</a>.
windowGetDecorated :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Fetches the attach widget for this window. See
--   <a>windowSetAttachedTo</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
windowGetAttachedTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the <a>Application</a> associated with the window (if any).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
windowGetApplication :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Application)

-- | Gets the value set by <a>windowSetAcceptFocus</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowGetAcceptFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Asks to place <i><tt>window</tt></i> in the fullscreen state. Note
--   that you shouldn't assume the window is definitely full screen
--   afterward.
--   
--   You can track the fullscreen state via the "window-state-event" signal
--   on <a>Widget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
windowFullscreenOnMonitor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsScreen b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Asks to place <i><tt>window</tt></i> in the fullscreen state. Note
--   that you shouldn’t assume the window is definitely full screen
--   afterward, because other entities (e.g. the user or [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch]) could unfullscreen it again, and not all
--   window managers honor requests to fullscreen windows. But normally the
--   window will end up fullscreen. Just don’t write code that crashes if
--   not.
--   
--   You can track the fullscreen state via the “window-state-event” signal
--   on <a>Widget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
windowFullscreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Asks to deiconify (i.e. unminimize) the specified
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i>. Note that you shouldn’t assume the window is
--   definitely deiconified afterward, because other entities (e.g. the
--   user or [window manager][gtk-X11-arch])) could iconify it again before
--   your code which assumes deiconification gets to run.
--   
--   You can track iconification via the “window-state-event” signal on
--   <a>Widget</a>.
windowDeiconify :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Requests that the window is closed, similar to what happens when a
--   window manager close button is clicked.
--   
--   This function can be used with close buttons in custom titlebars.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
windowClose :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Starts resizing a window. This function is used if an application has
--   window resizing controls. When GDK can support it, the resize will be
--   done using the standard mechanism for the [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch] or windowing system. Otherwise, GDK will try to
--   emulate window resizing, potentially not all that well, depending on
--   the windowing system.
windowBeginResizeDrag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> WindowEdge -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Starts moving a window. This function is used if an application has
--   window movement grips. When GDK can support it, the window movement
--   will be done using the standard mechanism for the [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch] or windowing system. Otherwise, GDK will try to
--   emulate window movement, potentially not all that well, depending on
--   the windowing system.
windowBeginMoveDrag :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Adds a mnemonic to this window.
windowAddMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsWidget b) => a -> Word32 -> b -> m ()

-- | Associate <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i> with <i><tt>window</tt></i>, such
--   that calling <a>accelGroupsActivate</a> on <i><tt>window</tt></i> will
--   activate accelerators in <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i>.
windowAddAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Activates mnemonics and accelerators for this <a>Window</a>. This is
--   normally called by the default <a>key_press_event</a> handler for
--   toplevel windows, however in some cases it may be useful to call this
--   directly when overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel
--   window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
windowActivateKey :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> EventKey -> m Bool

-- | Activates the current focused widget within the window.
windowActivateFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Activates the default widget for the window, unless the current
--   focused widget has been configured to receive the default action (see
--   <a>widgetSetReceivesDefault</a>), in which case the focused widget is
--   activated.
windowActivateDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>Window</a>, which is a toplevel window that can
--   contain other widgets. Nearly always, the type of the window should be
--   <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</i></tt>. If you’re implementing something
--   like a popup menu from scratch (which is a bad idea, just use
--   <a>Menu</a>), you might use <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt>.
--   <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt> is not for dialogs, though in some
--   other toolkits dialogs are called “popups”. In GTK+,
--   <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt> means a pop-up menu or pop-up
--   tooltip. On X11, popup windows are not controlled by the [window
--   manager][gtk-X11-arch].
--   
--   If you simply want an undecorated window (no window borders), use
--   <a>windowSetDecorated</a>, don’t use <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt>.
--   
--   All top-level windows created by <a>windowNew</a> are stored in an
--   internal top-level window list. This list can be obtained from
--   <a>windowListToplevels</a>. Due to Gtk+ keeping a reference to the
--   window internally, <a>windowNew</a> does not return a reference to the
--   caller.
--   
--   To delete a <a>Window</a>, call <a>widgetDestroy</a>.
windowNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => WindowType -> m Window

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>window-position</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowWindowPosition :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => WindowPosition -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>window-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #windowPosition <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowWindowPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> WindowPosition -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>window-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #windowPosition
--   </pre>
getWindowWindowPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m WindowPosition

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>urgency-hint</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowUrgencyHint :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>urgency-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #urgencyHint <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowUrgencyHint :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>urgency-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #urgencyHint
--   </pre>
getWindowUrgencyHint :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>type-hint</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowTypeHint :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => WindowTypeHint -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>type-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #typeHint <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowTypeHint :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> WindowTypeHint -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>type-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #typeHint
--   </pre>
getWindowTypeHint :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m WindowTypeHint

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowType :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => WindowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>type</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #type
--   </pre>
getWindowType :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m WindowType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transient-for</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #transientFor
--   </pre>
clearWindowTransientFor :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>transient-for</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowTransientFor :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transient-for</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #transientFor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowTransientFor :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o, IsWindow a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>transient-for</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #transientFor
--   </pre>
getWindowTransientFor :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowTitle :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #title
--   </pre>
getWindowTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>startup-id</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowStartupId :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>startup-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #startupId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowStartupId :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>skip-taskbar-hint</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowSkipTaskbarHint :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>skip-taskbar-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #skipTaskbarHint <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowSkipTaskbarHint :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>skip-taskbar-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #skipTaskbarHint
--   </pre>
getWindowSkipTaskbarHint :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>skip-pager-hint</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowSkipPagerHint :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>skip-pager-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #skipPagerHint <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowSkipPagerHint :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>skip-pager-hint</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #skipPagerHint
--   </pre>
getWindowSkipPagerHint :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>screen</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowScreen :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #screen <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o, IsScreen a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #screen
--   </pre>
getWindowScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Screen

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>role</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowRole :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>role</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #role <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowRole :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>role</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #role
--   </pre>
getWindowRole :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>resize-grip-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #resizeGripVisible
--   </pre>
getWindowResizeGripVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>resizable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowResizable :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>resizable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #resizable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowResizable :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>resizable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #resizable
--   </pre>
getWindowResizable :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>modal</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowModal :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>modal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #modal <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowModal :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>modal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #modal
--   </pre>
getWindowModal :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>mnemonics-visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowMnemonicsVisible :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mnemonics-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #mnemonicsVisible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowMnemonicsVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mnemonics-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #mnemonicsVisible
--   </pre>
getWindowMnemonicsVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-maximized</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #isMaximized
--   </pre>
getWindowIsMaximized :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #isActive
--   </pre>
getWindowIsActive :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #iconName
--   </pre>
clearWindowIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowIconName :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #iconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #iconName
--   </pre>
getWindowIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #icon
--   </pre>
clearWindowIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowIcon :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #icon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #icon
--   </pre>
getWindowIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hide-titlebar-when-maximized</tt>” property. This is rarely
--   needed directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowHideTitlebarWhenMaximized :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hide-titlebar-when-maximized</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #hideTitlebarWhenMaximized <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowHideTitlebarWhenMaximized :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hide-titlebar-when-maximized</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #hideTitlebarWhenMaximized
--   </pre>
getWindowHideTitlebarWhenMaximized :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-toplevel-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #hasToplevelFocus
--   </pre>
getWindowHasToplevelFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-resize-grip</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowHasResizeGrip :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-resize-grip</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #hasResizeGrip <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowHasResizeGrip :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-resize-grip</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #hasResizeGrip
--   </pre>
getWindowHasResizeGrip :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gravity</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowGravity :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Gravity -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gravity</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #gravity <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowGravity :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Gravity -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gravity</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #gravity
--   </pre>
getWindowGravity :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Gravity

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>focus-visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowFocusVisible :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #focusVisible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowFocusVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>focus-visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #focusVisible
--   </pre>
getWindowFocusVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>focus-on-map</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowFocusOnMap :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>focus-on-map</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #focusOnMap <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowFocusOnMap :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>focus-on-map</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #focusOnMap
--   </pre>
getWindowFocusOnMap :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>destroy-with-parent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowDestroyWithParent :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>destroy-with-parent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #destroyWithParent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowDestroyWithParent :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>destroy-with-parent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #destroyWithParent
--   </pre>
getWindowDestroyWithParent :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>deletable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowDeletable :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>deletable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #deletable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowDeletable :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>deletable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #deletable
--   </pre>
getWindowDeletable :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>default-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowDefaultWidth :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>default-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #defaultWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowDefaultWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>default-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #defaultWidth
--   </pre>
getWindowDefaultWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>default-height</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowDefaultHeight :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>default-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #defaultHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowDefaultHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>default-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #defaultHeight
--   </pre>
getWindowDefaultHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>decorated</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowDecorated :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>decorated</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #decorated <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowDecorated :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>decorated</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #decorated
--   </pre>
getWindowDecorated :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attached-to</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #attachedTo
--   </pre>
clearWindowAttachedTo :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>attached-to</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowAttachedTo :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attached-to</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #attachedTo <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowAttachedTo :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>attached-to</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #attachedTo
--   </pre>
getWindowAttachedTo :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>application</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #application
--   </pre>
clearWindowApplication :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>application</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowApplication :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>application</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #application <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowApplication :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o, IsApplication a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>application</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #application
--   </pre>
getWindowApplication :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Application)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accept-focus</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructWindowAcceptFocus :: (IsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accept-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> window [ #acceptFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setWindowAcceptFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accept-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> window #acceptFocus
--   </pre>
getWindowAcceptFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>setFocus</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> window #setFocus callback
--   </pre>
afterWindowSetFocus :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowSetFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>setFocus</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> window #setFocus callback
--   </pre>
onWindowSetFocus :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowSetFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WindowSetFocusCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WindowSetFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_WindowSetFocusCallback :: WindowSetFocusCallback -> C_WindowSetFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WindowSetFocus :: MonadIO m => WindowSetFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_WindowSetFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WindowSetFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noWindowSetFocusCallback :: Maybe WindowSetFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keysChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> window #keysChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterWindowKeysChanged :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowKeysChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keysChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> window #keysChanged callback
--   </pre>
onWindowKeysChanged :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowKeysChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WindowKeysChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WindowKeysChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_WindowKeysChangedCallback :: WindowKeysChangedCallback -> C_WindowKeysChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WindowKeysChanged :: MonadIO m => WindowKeysChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_WindowKeysChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WindowKeysChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noWindowKeysChangedCallback :: Maybe WindowKeysChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>enableDebugging</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> window #enableDebugging callback
--   </pre>
afterWindowEnableDebugging :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowEnableDebuggingCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>enableDebugging</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> window #enableDebugging callback
--   </pre>
onWindowEnableDebugging :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowEnableDebuggingCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WindowEnableDebuggingCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback</a>.
wrap_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback :: WindowEnableDebuggingCallback -> C_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WindowEnableDebugging :: MonadIO m => WindowEnableDebuggingCallback -> m (GClosure C_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WindowEnableDebuggingCallback</a></tt>.
noWindowEnableDebuggingCallback :: Maybe WindowEnableDebuggingCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateFocus</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> window #activateFocus callback
--   </pre>
afterWindowActivateFocus :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowActivateFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateFocus</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> window #activateFocus callback
--   </pre>
onWindowActivateFocus :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowActivateFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WindowActivateFocusCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WindowActivateFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_WindowActivateFocusCallback :: WindowActivateFocusCallback -> C_WindowActivateFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WindowActivateFocus :: MonadIO m => WindowActivateFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_WindowActivateFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WindowActivateFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noWindowActivateFocusCallback :: Maybe WindowActivateFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateDefault</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> window #activateDefault callback
--   </pre>
afterWindowActivateDefault :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowActivateDefaultCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateDefault</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> window #activateDefault callback
--   </pre>
onWindowActivateDefault :: (IsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> WindowActivateDefaultCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>WindowActivateDefaultCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_WindowActivateDefaultCallback</a>.
wrap_WindowActivateDefaultCallback :: WindowActivateDefaultCallback -> C_WindowActivateDefaultCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_WindowActivateDefault :: MonadIO m => WindowActivateDefaultCallback -> m (GClosure C_WindowActivateDefaultCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>WindowActivateDefaultCallback</a></tt>.
noWindowActivateDefaultCallback :: Maybe WindowActivateDefaultCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Window</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsWindow o) => o -> m Window

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WindowActivateDefaultCallback</a>.
mk_WindowActivateDefaultCallback :: C_WindowActivateDefaultCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WindowActivateDefaultCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WindowActivateFocusCallback</a>.
mk_WindowActivateFocusCallback :: C_WindowActivateFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WindowActivateFocusCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback</a>.
mk_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback :: C_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WindowKeysChangedCallback</a>.
mk_WindowKeysChangedCallback :: C_WindowKeysChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WindowKeysChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_WindowSetFocusCallback</a>.
mk_WindowSetFocusCallback :: C_WindowSetFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_WindowSetFocusCallback)

-- | The <a>activateDefault</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user activates
--   the default widget of <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
type WindowActivateDefaultCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WindowActivateDefaultCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>activateFocus</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user activates
--   the currently focused widget of <i><tt>window</tt></i>.
type WindowActivateFocusCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WindowActivateFocusCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>enableDebugging</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user enables or
--   disables interactive debugging. When <i><tt>toggle</tt></i> is
--   <a>True</a>, interactive debugging is toggled on or off, when it is
--   <a>False</a>, the debugger will be pointed at the widget under the
--   pointer.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-Shift-I and
--   Ctrl-Shift-D.
type WindowEnableDebuggingCallback = Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WindowEnableDebuggingCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>keysChanged</a> signal gets emitted when the set of
--   accelerators or mnemonics that are associated with
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i> changes.
type WindowKeysChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WindowKeysChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever the currently focused widget in this
--   window changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
type WindowSetFocusCallback = Maybe Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_WindowSetFocusCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype WindowGroup
WindowGroup :: ManagedPtr WindowGroup -> WindowGroup

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>WindowGroup</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toWindowGroup</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf WindowGroup o) => IsWindowGroup o

-- | Cast to <a>WindowAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toWindowAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsWindowAccessible o) => o -> m WindowAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype WindowAccessible
WindowAccessible :: ManagedPtr WindowAccessible -> WindowAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>WindowAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toWindowAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf WindowAccessible o) => IsWindowAccessible o

-- | Sets whether the license text in <i><tt>about</tt></i> is
--   automatically wrapped.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
aboutDialogSetWrapLicense :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the label to be used for the website link.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetWebsiteLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the URL to use for the website link.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetWebsite :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the version string to display in the about dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetVersion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the translator credits string which is displayed in the
--   translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.
--   
--   The intended use for this string is to display the translator of the
--   language which is currently used in the user interface. Using
--   <tt><i>gettext()</i></tt>, a simple way to achieve that is to mark the
--   string for translation:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkWidget *about = gtk_about_dialog_new ();
--   gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GTK_ABOUT_DIALOG (about),
--                                            _("translator-credits"));
--   </pre>
--   
--   It is a good idea to use the customary msgid “translator-credits” for
--   this purpose, since translators will already know the purpose of that
--   msgid, and since <a>AboutDialog</a> will detect if
--   “translator-credits” is untranslated and hide the tab.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetTranslatorCredits :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the name to display in the about dialog. If this is not set, it
--   defaults to <a>getApplicationName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
aboutDialogSetProgramName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the pixbuf to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. If it is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, the default window icon set with
--   <a>windowSetDefaultIcon</a> will be used.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetLogoIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the pixbuf to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. If it is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, the default window icon set with
--   <a>windowSetDefaultIcon</a> will be used.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetLogo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the license of the application showing the <i><tt>about</tt></i>
--   dialog from a list of known licenses.
--   
--   This function overrides the license set using
--   <a>aboutDialogSetLicense</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
aboutDialogSetLicenseType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> License -> m ()

-- | Sets the license information to be displayed in the secondary license
--   dialog. If <i><tt>license</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the license
--   button is hidden.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetLicense :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the strings which are displayed in the documenters tab of the
--   secondary credits dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetDocumenters :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Sets the copyright string to display in the about dialog. This should
--   be a short string of one or two lines.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetCopyright :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the comments string to display in the about dialog. This should
--   be a short string of one or two lines.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetComments :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the strings which are displayed in the authors tab of the
--   secondary credits dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetAuthors :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Sets the strings which are displayed in the artists tab of the
--   secondary credits dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogSetArtists :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the license text in <i><tt>about</tt></i> is
--   automatically wrapped.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
aboutDialogGetWrapLicense :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the label used for the website link.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetWebsiteLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the website URL.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetWebsite :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the version string.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetVersion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the translator credits string which is displayed in the
--   translators tab of the secondary credits dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetTranslatorCredits :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the program name displayed in the about dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
aboutDialogGetProgramName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the icon name displayed as logo in the about dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetLogoIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the pixbuf displayed as logo in the about dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetLogo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Pixbuf

-- | Retrieves the license set using <a>aboutDialogSetLicenseType</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
aboutDialogGetLicenseType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m License

-- | Returns the license information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetLicense :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the string which are displayed in the documenters tab of the
--   secondary credits dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetDocumenters :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Returns the copyright string.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetCopyright :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the comments string.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetComments :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the string which are displayed in the authors tab of the
--   secondary credits dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetAuthors :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Returns the string which are displayed in the artists tab of the
--   secondary credits dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogGetArtists :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Creates a new section in the Credits page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
aboutDialogAddCreditSection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog a) => a -> Text -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>AboutDialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
aboutDialogNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m AboutDialog

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap-license</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogWrapLicense :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap-license</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #wrapLicense <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogWrapLicense :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap-license</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #wrapLicense
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogWrapLicense :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>website-label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogWebsiteLabel :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>website-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #websiteLabel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogWebsiteLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>website-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #websiteLabel
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogWebsiteLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>website</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #website
--   </pre>
clearAboutDialogWebsite :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>website</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogWebsite :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>website</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #website <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogWebsite :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>website</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #website
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogWebsite :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>version</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #version
--   </pre>
clearAboutDialogVersion :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>version</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogVersion :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>version</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #version <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogVersion :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>version</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #version
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogVersion :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>translator-credits</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #translatorCredits
--   </pre>
clearAboutDialogTranslatorCredits :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>translator-credits</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogTranslatorCredits :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>translator-credits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #translatorCredits <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogTranslatorCredits :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>translator-credits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #translatorCredits
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogTranslatorCredits :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>program-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogProgramName :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>program-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #programName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogProgramName :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>program-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #programName
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogProgramName :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>logo-icon-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #logoIconName
--   </pre>
clearAboutDialogLogoIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>logo-icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogLogoIconName :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>logo-icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #logoIconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogLogoIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>logo-icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #logoIconName
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogLogoIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>logo</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #logo
--   </pre>
clearAboutDialogLogo :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>logo</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogLogo :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>logo</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #logo <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogLogo :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>logo</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #logo
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogLogo :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Pixbuf

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>license-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogLicenseType :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => License -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>license-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #licenseType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogLicenseType :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> License -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>license-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #licenseType
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogLicenseType :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m License

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>license</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #license
--   </pre>
clearAboutDialogLicense :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>license</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogLicense :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>license</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #license <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogLicense :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>license</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #license
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogLicense :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>documenters</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogDocumenters :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => [Text] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>documenters</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #documenters <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogDocumenters :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>documenters</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #documenters
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogDocumenters :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m [Text]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>copyright</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #copyright
--   </pre>
clearAboutDialogCopyright :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>copyright</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogCopyright :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>copyright</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #copyright <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogCopyright :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>copyright</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #copyright
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogCopyright :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>comments</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #comments
--   </pre>
clearAboutDialogComments :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>comments</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogComments :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>comments</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #comments <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogComments :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>comments</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #comments
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogComments :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>authors</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogAuthors :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => [Text] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>authors</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #authors <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogAuthors :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>authors</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #authors
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogAuthors :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m [Text]

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>artists</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAboutDialogArtists :: (IsAboutDialog o, MonadIO m) => [Text] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>artists</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aboutDialog [ #artists <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAboutDialogArtists :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>artists</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aboutDialog #artists
--   </pre>
getAboutDialogArtists :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m [Text]

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateLink</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> aboutDialog #activateLink callback
--   </pre>
afterAboutDialogActivateLink :: (IsAboutDialog a, MonadIO m) => a -> AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateLink</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> aboutDialog #activateLink callback
--   </pre>
onAboutDialogActivateLink :: (IsAboutDialog a, MonadIO m) => a -> AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback</a>.
wrap_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback :: AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback -> C_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AboutDialogActivateLink :: MonadIO m => AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback -> m (GClosure C_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback</a></tt>.
noAboutDialogActivateLinkCallback :: Maybe AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback

-- | Cast to <a>AboutDialog</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAboutDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsAboutDialog o) => o -> m AboutDialog

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback</a>.
mk_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback :: C_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AboutDialog
AboutDialog :: ManagedPtr AboutDialog -> AboutDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>AboutDialog</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toAboutDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AboutDialog o) => IsAboutDialog o

-- | The signal which gets emitted to activate a URI. Applications may
--   connect to it to override the default behaviour, which is to call
--   <a>showUriOnWindow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
type AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback = Text -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AboutDialogActivateLinkCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog. If the heading is
--   not set, the dialog displays a default text.
appChooserDialogSetHeading :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserDialog a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Returns the <a>AppChooserWidget</a> of this dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserDialogGetWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserDialog a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog.
appChooserDialogGetHeading :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserDialog a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Creates a new <a>AppChooserDialog</a> for the provided content type,
--   to allow the user to select an application for it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserDialogNewForContentType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => Maybe a -> [DialogFlags] -> Text -> m AppChooserDialog

-- | Creates a new <a>AppChooserDialog</a> for the provided <a>File</a>, to
--   allow the user to select an application for it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserDialogNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a, IsFile b) => Maybe a -> [DialogFlags] -> b -> m AppChooserDialog

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>heading</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserDialogHeading :: (IsAppChooserDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>heading</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserDialog [ #heading <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserDialogHeading :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>heading</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserDialog #heading
--   </pre>
getAppChooserDialogHeading :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gfile</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserDialogGfile :: (IsAppChooserDialog o, MonadIO m, IsFile a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gfile</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserDialog #gfile
--   </pre>
getAppChooserDialogGfile :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe File)

-- | Cast to <a>AppChooserDialog</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAppChooserDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserDialog o) => o -> m AppChooserDialog

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AppChooserDialog
AppChooserDialog :: ManagedPtr AppChooserDialog -> AppChooserDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>AppChooserDialog</a>, for instance with <a>toAppChooserDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AppChooserDialog o) => IsAppChooserDialog o

-- | Removes an inhibitor that has been established with
--   <a>applicationInhibit</a>. Inhibitors are also cleared when the
--   application exits.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationUninhibit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets or unsets the menubar for windows of <i><tt>application</tt></i>.
--   
--   This is a menubar in the traditional sense.
--   
--   This can only be done in the primary instance of the application,
--   after it has been registered. <a>startup</a> is a good place to call
--   this.
--   
--   Depending on the desktop environment, this may appear at the top of
--   each window, or at the top of the screen. In some environments, if
--   both the application menu and the menubar are set, the application
--   menu will be presented as if it were the first item of the menubar.
--   Other environments treat the two as completely separate — for example,
--   the application menu may be rendered by the desktop shell while the
--   menubar (if set) remains in each individual window.
--   
--   Use the base <a>ActionMap</a> interface to add actions, to respond to
--   the user selecting these menu items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationSetMenubar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a, IsMenuModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets or unsets the application menu for <i><tt>application</tt></i>.
--   
--   This can only be done in the primary instance of the application,
--   after it has been registered. <a>startup</a> is a good place to call
--   this.
--   
--   The application menu is a single menu containing items that typically
--   impact the application as a whole, rather than acting on a specific
--   window or document. For example, you would expect to see “Preferences”
--   or “Quit” in an application menu, but not “Save” or “Print”.
--   
--   If supported, the application menu will be rendered by the desktop
--   environment.
--   
--   Use the base <a>ActionMap</a> interface to add actions, to respond to
--   the user selecting these menu items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationSetAppMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a, IsMenuModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets zero or more keyboard accelerators that will trigger the given
--   action. The first item in <i><tt>accels</tt></i> will be the primary
--   accelerator, which may be displayed in the UI.
--   
--   To remove all accelerators for an action, use an empty,
--   zero-terminated array for <i><tt>accels</tt></i>.
--   
--   For the <i><tt>detailedActionName</tt></i>, see
--   <a>actionParseDetailedName</a> and <a>actionPrintDetailedName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
applicationSetAccelsForAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> Text -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Remove a window from <i><tt>application</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>window</tt></i> belongs to <i><tt>application</tt></i> then
--   this call is equivalent to setting the
--   <a>Window</a>:<tt><i>application</i></tt> property of
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i> to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   The application may stop running as a result of a call to this
--   function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
applicationRemoveWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Removes an accelerator that has been previously added with
--   <a>applicationAddAccelerator</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationRemoveAccelerator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> Text -> Maybe GVariant -> m ()

-- | Determines if the desktop environment in which the application is
--   running would prefer an application menu be shown.
--   
--   If this function returns <a>True</a> then the application should call
--   <a>applicationSetAppMenu</a> with the contents of an application menu,
--   which will be shown by the desktop environment. If it returns
--   <a>False</a> then you should consider using an alternate approach,
--   such as a menubar.
--   
--   The value returned by this function is purely advisory and you are
--   free to ignore it. If you call <a>applicationSetAppMenu</a> even if
--   the desktop environment doesn't support app menus, then a fallback
--   will be provided.
--   
--   Applications are similarly free not to set an app menu even if the
--   desktop environment wants to show one. In that case, a fallback will
--   also be created by the desktop environment (GNOME, for example, uses a
--   menu with only a "Quit" item in it).
--   
--   The value returned by this function never changes. Once it returns a
--   particular value, it is guaranteed to always return the same value.
--   
--   You may only call this function after the application has been
--   registered and after the base startup handler has run. You're most
--   likely to want to use this from your own startup handler. It may also
--   make sense to consult this function while constructing UI (in
--   activate, open or an action activation handler) in order to determine
--   if you should show a gear menu or not.
--   
--   This function will return <a>False</a> on Mac OS and a default app
--   menu will be created automatically with the "usual" contents of that
--   menu typical to most Mac OS applications. If you call
--   <a>applicationSetAppMenu</a> anyway, then this menu will be replaced
--   with your own.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
applicationPrefersAppMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Lists the detailed action names which have associated accelerators.
--   See <a>applicationSetAccelsForAction</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
applicationListActionDescriptions :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Determines if any of the actions specified in <i><tt>flags</tt></i>
--   are currently inhibited (possibly by another application).
--   
--   Note that this information may not be available (for example when the
--   application is running in a sandbox).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationIsInhibited :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> [ApplicationInhibitFlags] -> m Bool

-- | Inform the session manager that certain types of actions should be
--   inhibited. This is not guaranteed to work on all platforms and for all
--   types of actions.
--   
--   Applications should invoke this method when they begin an operation
--   that should not be interrupted, such as creating a CD or DVD. The
--   types of actions that may be blocked are specified by the
--   <i><tt>flags</tt></i> parameter. When the application completes the
--   operation it should call <a>applicationUninhibit</a> to remove the
--   inhibitor. Note that an application can have multiple inhibitors, and
--   all of them must be individually removed. Inhibitors are also cleared
--   when the application exits.
--   
--   Applications should not expect that they will always be able to block
--   the action. In most cases, users will be given the option to force the
--   action to take place.
--   
--   Reasons should be short and to the point.
--   
--   If <i><tt>window</tt></i> is given, the session manager may point the
--   user to this window to find out more about why the action is
--   inhibited.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationInhibit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a, IsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> [ApplicationInhibitFlags] -> Maybe Text -> m Word32

-- | Gets a list of the <tt><i>GtkWindows</i></tt> associated with
--   <i><tt>application</tt></i>.
--   
--   The list is sorted by most recently focused window, such that the
--   first element is the currently focused window. (Useful for choosing a
--   parent for a transient window.)
--   
--   The list that is returned should not be modified in any way. It will
--   only remain valid until the next focus change or window creation or
--   deletion.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
applicationGetWindows :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> m [Window]

-- | Returns the <a>ApplicationWindow</a> with the given ID.
--   
--   The ID of a <a>ApplicationWindow</a> can be retrieved with
--   <a>applicationWindowGetId</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
applicationGetWindowById :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> Word32 -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Returns the menu model that has been set with
--   <a>applicationSetMenubar</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationGetMenubar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> m MenuModel

-- | Gets a menu from automatically loaded resources. See [Automatic
--   resources][automatic-resources] for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
applicationGetMenuById :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> Text -> m Menu

-- | Returns the menu model that has been set with
--   <a>applicationSetAppMenu</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationGetAppMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> m (Maybe MenuModel)

-- | Gets the “active” window for the application.
--   
--   The active window is the one that was most recently focused (within
--   the application). This window may not have the focus at the moment if
--   another application has it — this is just the most recently-focused
--   window within this application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
applicationGetActiveWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Returns the list of actions (possibly empty) that
--   <i><tt>accel</tt></i> maps to. Each item in the list is a detailed
--   action name in the usual form.
--   
--   This might be useful to discover if an accel already exists in order
--   to prevent installation of a conflicting accelerator (from an
--   accelerator editor or a plugin system, for example). Note that having
--   more than one action per accelerator may not be a bad thing and might
--   make sense in cases where the actions never appear in the same
--   context.
--   
--   In case there are no actions for a given accelerator, an empty array
--   is returned. <a>Nothing</a> is never returned.
--   
--   It is a programmer error to pass an invalid accelerator string. If you
--   are unsure, check it with <a>acceleratorParse</a> first.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
applicationGetActionsForAccel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> Text -> m [Text]

-- | Gets the accelerators that are currently associated with the given
--   action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
applicationGetAccelsForAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> Text -> m [Text]

-- | Adds a window to <i><tt>application</tt></i>.
--   
--   This call can only happen after the <i><tt>application</tt></i> has
--   started; typically, you should add new application windows in response
--   to the emission of the <a>activate</a> signal.
--   
--   This call is equivalent to setting the
--   <a>Window</a>:<tt><i>application</i></tt> property of
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i> to <i><tt>application</tt></i>.
--   
--   Normally, the connection between the application and the window will
--   remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly remove it
--   with <a>applicationRemoveWindow</a>.
--   
--   GTK+ will keep the <i><tt>application</tt></i> running as long as it
--   has any windows.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
applicationAddWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a, IsWindow b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Installs an accelerator that will cause the named action to be
--   activated when the key combination specificed by
--   <i><tt>accelerator</tt></i> is pressed.
--   
--   <i><tt>accelerator</tt></i> must be a string that can be parsed by
--   <a>acceleratorParse</a>, e.g. "&lt;Primary&gt;q" or
--   “&lt;Control&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;p”.
--   
--   <i><tt>actionName</tt></i> must be the name of an action as it would
--   be used in the app menu, i.e. actions that have been added to the
--   application are referred to with an “app.” prefix, and window-specific
--   actions with a “win.” prefix.
--   
--   GtkApplication also extracts accelerators out of “accel” attributes in
--   the <tt><i>GMenuModels</i></tt> passed to <a>applicationSetAppMenu</a>
--   and <a>applicationSetMenubar</a>, which is usually more convenient
--   than calling this function for each accelerator.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationAddAccelerator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> Text -> Text -> Maybe GVariant -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Application</a> instance.
--   
--   When using <a>Application</a>, it is not necessary to call <a>init</a>
--   manually. It is called as soon as the application gets registered as
--   the primary instance.
--   
--   Concretely, <a>init</a> is called in the default handler for the
--   <a>startup</a> signal. Therefore, <a>Application</a> subclasses should
--   chain up in their <a>startup</a> handler before using any GTK+ API.
--   
--   Note that commandline arguments are not passed to <a>init</a>. All
--   GTK+ functionality that is available via commandline arguments can
--   also be achieved by setting suitable environment variables such as
--   <tt>G_DEBUG</tt>, so this should not be a big problem. If you
--   absolutely must support GTK+ commandline arguments, you can explicitly
--   call <a>init</a> before creating the application instance.
--   
--   If non-<a>Nothing</a>, the application ID must be valid. See
--   <a>applicationIdIsValid</a>.
--   
--   If no application ID is given then some features (most notably
--   application uniqueness) will be disabled. A null application ID is
--   only allowed with GTK+ 3.6 or later.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
applicationNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> [ApplicationFlags] -> m (Maybe Application)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>screensaver-active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> application #screensaverActive
--   </pre>
getApplicationScreensaverActive :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>register-session</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructApplicationRegisterSession :: (IsApplication o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>register-session</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> application [ #registerSession <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setApplicationRegisterSession :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>register-session</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> application #registerSession
--   </pre>
getApplicationRegisterSession :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menubar</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #menubar
--   </pre>
clearApplicationMenubar :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>menubar</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructApplicationMenubar :: (IsApplication o, MonadIO m, IsMenuModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menubar</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> application [ #menubar <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setApplicationMenubar :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o, IsMenuModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>menubar</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> application #menubar
--   </pre>
getApplicationMenubar :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> m MenuModel

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>app-menu</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #appMenu
--   </pre>
clearApplicationAppMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>app-menu</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructApplicationAppMenu :: (IsApplication o, MonadIO m, IsMenuModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>app-menu</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> application [ #appMenu <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setApplicationAppMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o, IsMenuModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>app-menu</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> application #appMenu
--   </pre>
getApplicationAppMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> m (Maybe MenuModel)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active-window</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> application #activeWindow
--   </pre>
getApplicationActiveWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>windowRemoved</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> application #windowRemoved callback
--   </pre>
afterApplicationWindowRemoved :: (IsApplication a, MonadIO m) => a -> ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>windowRemoved</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> application #windowRemoved callback
--   </pre>
onApplicationWindowRemoved :: (IsApplication a, MonadIO m) => a -> ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback</a>.
wrap_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback :: ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback -> C_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ApplicationWindowRemoved :: MonadIO m => ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback</a></tt>.
noApplicationWindowRemovedCallback :: Maybe ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>windowAdded</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> application #windowAdded callback
--   </pre>
afterApplicationWindowAdded :: (IsApplication a, MonadIO m) => a -> ApplicationWindowAddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>windowAdded</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> application #windowAdded callback
--   </pre>
onApplicationWindowAdded :: (IsApplication a, MonadIO m) => a -> ApplicationWindowAddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ApplicationWindowAddedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback</a>.
wrap_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback :: ApplicationWindowAddedCallback -> C_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ApplicationWindowAdded :: MonadIO m => ApplicationWindowAddedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ApplicationWindowAddedCallback</a></tt>.
noApplicationWindowAddedCallback :: Maybe ApplicationWindowAddedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>queryEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> application #queryEnd callback
--   </pre>
afterApplicationQueryEnd :: (IsApplication a, MonadIO m) => a -> ApplicationQueryEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>queryEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> application #queryEnd callback
--   </pre>
onApplicationQueryEnd :: (IsApplication a, MonadIO m) => a -> ApplicationQueryEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ApplicationQueryEndCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ApplicationQueryEndCallback</a>.
wrap_ApplicationQueryEndCallback :: ApplicationQueryEndCallback -> C_ApplicationQueryEndCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ApplicationQueryEnd :: MonadIO m => ApplicationQueryEndCallback -> m (GClosure C_ApplicationQueryEndCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ApplicationQueryEndCallback</a></tt>.
noApplicationQueryEndCallback :: Maybe ApplicationQueryEndCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Application</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toApplication :: (MonadIO m, IsApplication o) => o -> m Application

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ApplicationQueryEndCallback</a>.
mk_ApplicationQueryEndCallback :: C_ApplicationQueryEndCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ApplicationQueryEndCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback</a>.
mk_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback :: C_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback</a>.
mk_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback :: C_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback)

-- | Emitted when the session manager is about to end the session, only if
--   <a>Application</a>::<tt><i>register-session</i></tt> is <a>True</a>.
--   Applications can connect to this signal and call
--   <a>applicationInhibit</a> with <a>ApplicationInhibitFlagsLogout</a> to
--   delay the end of the session until state has been saved.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24.8</i>
type ApplicationQueryEndCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ApplicationQueryEndCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when a <a>Window</a> is added to <i><tt>application</tt></i>
--   through <a>applicationAddWindow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
type ApplicationWindowAddedCallback = Window -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ApplicationWindowAddedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Window -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when a <a>Window</a> is removed from
--   <i><tt>application</tt></i>, either as a side-effect of being
--   destroyed or explicitly through <a>applicationRemoveWindow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
type ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback = Window -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ApplicationWindowRemovedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Window -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu and
--   menubar as needed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationWindowSetShowMenubar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplicationWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Associates a shortcuts window with the application window, and sets up
--   an action with the name win.show-help-overlay to present it.
--   
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i> takes resposibility for destroying
--   <i><tt>helpOverlay</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
applicationWindowSetHelpOverlay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplicationWindow a, IsShortcutsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu and
--   menubar as needed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationWindowGetShowMenubar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplicationWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the unique ID of the window. If the window has not yet been
--   added to a <a>Application</a>, returns <tt>0</tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
applicationWindowGetId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplicationWindow a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Gets the <a>ShortcutsWindow</a> that has been set up with a prior call
--   to <a>applicationWindowSetHelpOverlay</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
applicationWindowGetHelpOverlay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplicationWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe ShortcutsWindow)

-- | Creates a new <a>ApplicationWindow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
applicationWindowNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsApplication a) => a -> m ApplicationWindow

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-menubar</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructApplicationWindowShowMenubar :: (IsApplicationWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-menubar</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> applicationWindow [ #showMenubar <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setApplicationWindowShowMenubar :: (MonadIO m, IsApplicationWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-menubar</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> applicationWindow #showMenubar
--   </pre>
getApplicationWindowShowMenubar :: (MonadIO m, IsApplicationWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>ApplicationWindow</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toApplicationWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsApplicationWindow o) => o -> m ApplicationWindow

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ApplicationWindow
ApplicationWindow :: ManagedPtr ApplicationWindow -> ApplicationWindow

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ApplicationWindow</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toApplicationWindow</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ApplicationWindow o) => IsApplicationWindow o

-- | Creates a new <a>ColorChooserDialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
colorChooserDialogNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => Maybe Text -> Maybe a -> m ColorChooserDialog

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorChooserDialogShowEditor :: (IsColorChooserDialog o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorChooserDialog [ #showEditor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorChooserDialogShowEditor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooserDialog o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorChooserDialog #showEditor
--   </pre>
getColorChooserDialogShowEditor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooserDialog o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>ColorChooserDialog</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toColorChooserDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooserDialog o) => o -> m ColorChooserDialog

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ColorChooserDialog
ColorChooserDialog :: ManagedPtr ColorChooserDialog -> ColorChooserDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ColorChooserDialog</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toColorChooserDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ColorChooserDialog o) => IsColorChooserDialog o

-- | Retrieves the <a>ColorSelection</a> widget embedded in the dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
colorSelectionDialogGetColorSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelectionDialog a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Creates a new <a>ColorSelectionDialog</a>.
colorSelectionDialogNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ColorSelectionDialog

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ok-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelectionDialog #okButton
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionDialogOkButton :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelectionDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>help-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelectionDialog #helpButton
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionDialogHelpButton :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelectionDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>color-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelectionDialog #colorSelection
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionDialogColorSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelectionDialog o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cancel-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelectionDialog #cancelButton
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionDialogCancelButton :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelectionDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Cast to <a>ColorSelectionDialog</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toColorSelectionDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelectionDialog o) => o -> m ColorSelectionDialog

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ColorSelectionDialog
ColorSelectionDialog :: ManagedPtr ColorSelectionDialog -> ColorSelectionDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ColorSelectionDialog</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toColorSelectionDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ColorSelectionDialog o) => IsColorSelectionDialog o

-- | Calls <tt>gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, @setting)</tt> for each
--   widget in the dialog’s action area with the given
--   <i><tt>responseId</tt></i>. A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize
--   dialog buttons.
dialogSetResponseSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> Int32 -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the last widget in the dialog’s action area with the given
--   <i><tt>responseId</tt></i> as the default widget for the dialog.
--   Pressing “Enter” normally activates the default widget.
dialogSetDefaultResponse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets an alternative button order. If the
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-alternative-button-order</i></tt> setting
--   is set to <a>True</a>, the dialog buttons are reordered according to
--   the order of the response ids in <i><tt>newOrder</tt></i>.
--   
--   See <tt><i>gtk_dialog_set_alternative_button_order()</i></tt> for more
--   information.
--   
--   This function is for use by language bindings.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
dialogSetAlternativeButtonOrderFromArray :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> [Int32] -> m ()

-- | Blocks in a recursive main loop until the <i><tt>dialog</tt></i>
--   either emits the <a>response</a> signal, or is destroyed. If the
--   dialog is destroyed during the call to <a>dialogRun</a>,
--   <a>dialogRun</a> returns <tt><i>GTK_RESPONSE_NONE</i></tt>. Otherwise,
--   it returns the response ID from the <a>response</a> signal emission.
--   
--   Before entering the recursive main loop, <a>dialogRun</a> calls
--   <a>widgetShow</a> on the dialog for you. Note that you still need to
--   show any children of the dialog yourself.
--   
--   During <a>dialogRun</a>, the default behavior of <a>deleteEvent</a> is
--   disabled; if the dialog receives <a>delete_event</a>, it will not be
--   destroyed as windows usually are, and <a>dialogRun</a> will return
--   <tt><i>GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT</i></tt>. Also, during
--   <a>dialogRun</a> the dialog will be modal. You can force
--   <a>dialogRun</a> to return at any time by calling
--   <a>dialogResponse</a> to emit the <a>response</a> signal. Destroying
--   the dialog during <a>dialogRun</a> is a very bad idea, because your
--   post-run code won’t know whether the dialog was destroyed or not.
--   
--   After <a>dialogRun</a> returns, you are responsible for hiding or
--   destroying the dialog if you wish to do so.
--   
--   Typical usage of this function might be:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkWidget *dialog = gtk_dialog_new ();
--   // Set up dialog...
--   
--   int result = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
--   switch (result)
--     {
--       case GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT:
--          // do_application_specific_something ();
--          break;
--       default:
--          // do_nothing_since_dialog_was_cancelled ();
--          break;
--     }
--   gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
--   </pre>
--   
--   Note that even though the recursive main loop gives the effect of a
--   modal dialog (it prevents the user from interacting with other windows
--   in the same window group while the dialog is run), callbacks such as
--   timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops, etc, will be triggered during
--   a <a>dialogRun</a> call.
dialogRun :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Emits the <a>response</a> signal with the given response ID. Used to
--   indicate that the user has responded to the dialog in some way;
--   typically either you or <a>dialogRun</a> will be monitoring the
--   <a>response</a> signal and take appropriate action.
dialogResponse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the widget button that uses the given response ID in the action
--   area of a dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
dialogGetWidgetForResponse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the response id of a widget in the action area of a dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
dialogGetResponseForWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Returns the header bar of <i><tt>dialog</tt></i>. Note that the
--   headerbar is only used by the dialog if the
--   <a>Dialog</a>:<tt><i>use-header-bar</i></tt> property is <a>True</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
dialogGetHeaderBar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> m HeaderBar

-- | Returns the content area of <i><tt>dialog</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
dialogGetContentArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> m Box

-- | Returns the action area of <i><tt>dialog</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
dialogGetActionArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> m Box

-- | Adds a button with the given text and sets things up so that clicking
--   the button will emit the <a>response</a> signal with the given
--   <i><tt>responseId</tt></i>. The button is appended to the end of the
--   dialog’s action area. The button widget is returned, but usually you
--   don’t need it.
dialogAddButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m Widget

-- | Adds an activatable widget to the action area of a <a>Dialog</a>,
--   connecting a signal handler that will emit the <a>response</a> signal
--   on the dialog when the widget is activated. The widget is appended to
--   the end of the dialog’s action area. If you want to add a
--   non-activatable widget, simply pack it into the
--   <i><tt>actionArea</tt></i> field of the <a>Dialog</a> struct.
dialogAddActionWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new dialog box.
--   
--   Widgets should not be packed into this <a>Window</a> directly, but
--   into the <i><tt>vbox</tt></i> and <i><tt>actionArea</tt></i>, as
--   described above.
dialogNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Dialog

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-header-bar</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructDialogUseHeaderBar :: (IsDialog o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-header-bar</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> dialog #useHeaderBar
--   </pre>
getDialogUseHeaderBar :: (MonadIO m, IsDialog o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>response</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> dialog #response callback
--   </pre>
afterDialogResponse :: (IsDialog a, MonadIO m) => a -> DialogResponseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>response</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> dialog #response callback
--   </pre>
onDialogResponse :: (IsDialog a, MonadIO m) => a -> DialogResponseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>DialogResponseCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_DialogResponseCallback</a>.
wrap_DialogResponseCallback :: DialogResponseCallback -> C_DialogResponseCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_DialogResponse :: MonadIO m => DialogResponseCallback -> m (GClosure C_DialogResponseCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>DialogResponseCallback</a></tt>.
noDialogResponseCallback :: Maybe DialogResponseCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>close</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> dialog #close callback
--   </pre>
afterDialogClose :: (IsDialog a, MonadIO m) => a -> DialogCloseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>close</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> dialog #close callback
--   </pre>
onDialogClose :: (IsDialog a, MonadIO m) => a -> DialogCloseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>DialogCloseCallback</a> into a <a>C_DialogCloseCallback</a>.
wrap_DialogCloseCallback :: DialogCloseCallback -> C_DialogCloseCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_DialogClose :: MonadIO m => DialogCloseCallback -> m (GClosure C_DialogCloseCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>DialogCloseCallback</a></tt>.
noDialogCloseCallback :: Maybe DialogCloseCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Dialog</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsDialog o) => o -> m Dialog

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_DialogCloseCallback</a>.
mk_DialogCloseCallback :: C_DialogCloseCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_DialogCloseCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_DialogResponseCallback</a>.
mk_DialogResponseCallback :: C_DialogResponseCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_DialogResponseCallback)

-- | The <a>close</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user uses a keybinding to close the
--   dialog.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is the Escape key.
type DialogCloseCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_DialogCloseCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when an action widget is clicked, the dialog receives a delete
--   event, or the application programmer calls <a>dialogResponse</a>. On a
--   delete event, the response ID is
--   <tt><i>GTK_RESPONSE_DELETE_EVENT</i></tt>. Otherwise, it depends on
--   which action widget was clicked.
type DialogResponseCallback = Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_DialogResponseCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Cast to <a>FileChooserDialog</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFileChooserDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserDialog o) => o -> m FileChooserDialog

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FileChooserDialog
FileChooserDialog :: ManagedPtr FileChooserDialog -> FileChooserDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FileChooserDialog</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFileChooserDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FileChooserDialog o) => IsFileChooserDialog o

-- | Sets the custom label text for the cancel button.
--   
--   If characters in <i><tt>label</tt></i> are preceded by an underscore,
--   they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a
--   label, use “__” (two underscores). The first underlined character
--   represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and
--   that key activates the button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
fileChooserNativeSetCancelLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the custom label text for the accept button.
--   
--   If characters in <i><tt>label</tt></i> are preceded by an underscore,
--   they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a
--   label, use “__” (two underscores). The first underlined character
--   represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and
--   that key activates the button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
fileChooserNativeSetAcceptLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the custom label text for the cancel button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
fileChooserNativeGetCancelLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Retrieves the custom label text for the accept button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
fileChooserNativeGetAcceptLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Creates a new <a>FileChooserNative</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
fileChooserNativeNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => Maybe Text -> Maybe a -> FileChooserAction -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> m FileChooserNative

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cancel-label</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #cancelLabel
--   </pre>
clearFileChooserNativeCancelLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>cancel-label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserNativeCancelLabel :: (IsFileChooserNative o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>cancel-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooserNative [ #cancelLabel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserNativeCancelLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cancel-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooserNative #cancelLabel
--   </pre>
getFileChooserNativeCancelLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accept-label</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #acceptLabel
--   </pre>
clearFileChooserNativeAcceptLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accept-label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserNativeAcceptLabel :: (IsFileChooserNative o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accept-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooserNative [ #acceptLabel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserNativeAcceptLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accept-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooserNative #acceptLabel
--   </pre>
getFileChooserNativeAcceptLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>FileChooserNative</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFileChooserNative :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserNative o) => o -> m FileChooserNative

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FileChooserNative
FileChooserNative :: ManagedPtr FileChooserNative -> FileChooserNative

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FileChooserNative</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFileChooserNative</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FileChooserNative o) => IsFileChooserNative o

-- | Creates a new <a>FontChooserDialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserDialogNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => Maybe Text -> Maybe a -> m FontChooserDialog

-- | Cast to <a>FontChooserDialog</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFontChooserDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooserDialog o) => o -> m FontChooserDialog

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FontChooserDialog
FontChooserDialog :: ManagedPtr FontChooserDialog -> FontChooserDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FontChooserDialog</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFontChooserDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FontChooserDialog o) => IsFontChooserDialog o

-- | Sets the text displayed in the preview area.
fontSelectionDialogSetPreviewText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelectionDialog a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the currently selected font.
fontSelectionDialogSetFontName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelectionDialog a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
fontSelectionDialogGetPreviewText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelectionDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the “OK” button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionDialogGetOkButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelectionDialog a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Retrieves the <a>FontSelection</a> widget embedded in the dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
fontSelectionDialogGetFontSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelectionDialog a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Gets the currently-selected font name.
--   
--   Note that this can be a different string than what you set with
--   <a>fontSelectionDialogSetFontName</a>, as the font selection widget
--   may normalize font names and thus return a string with a different
--   structure. For example, “Helvetica Italic Bold 12” could be normalized
--   to “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”. Use <a>fontDescriptionEqual</a> if you
--   want to compare two font descriptions.
fontSelectionDialogGetFontName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelectionDialog a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the “Cancel” button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionDialogGetCancelButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelectionDialog a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Creates a new <a>FontSelectionDialog</a>.
fontSelectionDialogNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m FontSelectionDialog

-- | Cast to <a>FontSelectionDialog</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFontSelectionDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsFontSelectionDialog o) => o -> m FontSelectionDialog

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FontSelectionDialog
FontSelectionDialog :: ManagedPtr FontSelectionDialog -> FontSelectionDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FontSelectionDialog</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFontSelectionDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FontSelectionDialog o) => IsFontSelectionDialog o

-- | Sets the text of the message dialog to be <i><tt>str</tt></i>, which
--   is marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
messageDialogSetMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the dialog’s image to <i><tt>image</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
messageDialogSetImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns the message area of the dialog. This is the box where the
--   dialog’s primary and secondary labels are packed. You can add your own
--   extra content to that box and it will appear below those labels. See
--   <a>dialogGetContentArea</a> for the corresponding function in the
--   parent <a>Dialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
messageDialogGetMessageArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Gets the dialog’s image.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
messageDialogGetImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMessageDialogUseMarkup :: (IsMessageDialog o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> messageDialog [ #useMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMessageDialogUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> messageDialog #useMarkup
--   </pre>
getMessageDialogUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #text
--   </pre>
clearMessageDialogText :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMessageDialogText :: (IsMessageDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> messageDialog [ #text <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMessageDialogText :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> messageDialog #text
--   </pre>
getMessageDialogText :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-use-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMessageDialogSecondaryUseMarkup :: (IsMessageDialog o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> messageDialog [ #secondaryUseMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMessageDialogSecondaryUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> messageDialog #secondaryUseMarkup
--   </pre>
getMessageDialogSecondaryUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-text</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #secondaryText
--   </pre>
clearMessageDialogSecondaryText :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>secondary-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMessageDialogSecondaryText :: (IsMessageDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>secondary-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> messageDialog [ #secondaryText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMessageDialogSecondaryText :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>secondary-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> messageDialog #secondaryText
--   </pre>
getMessageDialogSecondaryText :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>message-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMessageDialogMessageType :: (IsMessageDialog o, MonadIO m) => MessageType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>message-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> messageDialog [ #messageType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMessageDialogMessageType :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> MessageType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>message-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> messageDialog #messageType
--   </pre>
getMessageDialogMessageType :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m MessageType

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>message-area</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> messageDialog #messageArea
--   </pre>
getMessageDialogMessageArea :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>image</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMessageDialogImage :: (IsMessageDialog o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> messageDialog [ #image <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMessageDialogImage :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> messageDialog #image
--   </pre>
getMessageDialogImage :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>buttons</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMessageDialogButtons :: (IsMessageDialog o, MonadIO m) => ButtonsType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Cast to <a>MessageDialog</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMessageDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsMessageDialog o) => o -> m MessageDialog

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MessageDialog
MessageDialog :: ManagedPtr MessageDialog -> MessageDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>MessageDialog</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toMessageDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MessageDialog o) => IsMessageDialog o

-- | Sets the screen to show windows of the <a>MountOperation</a> on.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
mountOperationSetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMountOperation a, IsScreen b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the transient parent for windows shown by the
--   <a>MountOperation</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
mountOperationSetParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMountOperation a, IsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the <a>MountOperation</a> is currently displaying a
--   window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
mountOperationIsShowing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMountOperation a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the screen on which windows of the <a>MountOperation</a> will be
--   shown.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
mountOperationGetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMountOperation a) => a -> m Screen

-- | Gets the transient parent used by the <a>MountOperation</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
mountOperationGetParent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMountOperation a) => a -> m Window

-- | Creates a new <a>MountOperation</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
mountOperationNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => Maybe a -> m MountOperation

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>screen</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMountOperationScreen :: (IsMountOperation o, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> mountOperation [ #screen <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMountOperationScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsMountOperation o, IsScreen a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> mountOperation #screen
--   </pre>
getMountOperationScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsMountOperation o) => o -> m Screen

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #parent
--   </pre>
clearMountOperationParent :: (MonadIO m, IsMountOperation o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>parent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMountOperationParent :: (IsMountOperation o, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> mountOperation [ #parent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMountOperationParent :: (MonadIO m, IsMountOperation o, IsWindow a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>parent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> mountOperation #parent
--   </pre>
getMountOperationParent :: (MonadIO m, IsMountOperation o) => o -> m Window

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-showing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> mountOperation #isShowing
--   </pre>
getMountOperationIsShowing :: (MonadIO m, IsMountOperation o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>MountOperation</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMountOperation :: (MonadIO m, IsMountOperation o) => o -> m MountOperation

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MountOperation
MountOperation :: ManagedPtr MountOperation -> MountOperation

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>MountOperation</a>, for instance with <a>toMountOperation</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MountOperation o) => IsMountOperation o

-- | Shows the dialog on the display, allowing the user to interact with
--   it. When the user accepts the state of the dialog the dialog will be
--   automatically hidden and the <a>response</a> signal will be emitted.
--   
--   Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogShow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> m ()

-- | Dialog windows should be set transient for the main application window
--   they were spawned from. This allows [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] to
--   e.g. keep the dialog on top of the main window, or center the dialog
--   over the main window.
--   
--   Passing <a>Nothing</a> for <i><tt>parent</tt></i> unsets the current
--   transient window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogSetTransientFor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a, IsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the title of the <a>NativeDialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets a dialog modal or non-modal. Modal dialogs prevent interaction
--   with other windows in the same application. To keep modal dialogs on
--   top of main application windows, use
--   <a>nativeDialogSetTransientFor</a> to make the dialog transient for
--   the parent; most [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] will then disallow
--   lowering the dialog below the parent.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogSetModal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Blocks in a recursive main loop until <i><tt>self</tt></i> emits the
--   <a>response</a> signal. It then returns the response ID from the
--   <a>response</a> signal emission.
--   
--   Before entering the recursive main loop, <a>nativeDialogRun</a> calls
--   <a>nativeDialogShow</a> on the dialog for you.
--   
--   After <a>nativeDialogRun</a> returns, then dialog will be hidden.
--   
--   Typical usage of this function might be:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   gint result = gtk_native_dialog_run (GTK_NATIVE_DIALOG (dialog));
--   switch (result)
--     {
--       case GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT:
--          do_application_specific_something ();
--          break;
--       default:
--          do_nothing_since_dialog_was_cancelled ();
--          break;
--     }
--   g_object_unref (dialog);
--   </pre>
--   
--   Note that even though the recursive main loop gives the effect of a
--   modal dialog (it prevents the user from interacting with other windows
--   in the same window group while the dialog is run), callbacks such as
--   timeouts, IO channel watches, DND drops, etc, will be triggered during
--   a <tt><i>gtk_nautilus_dialog_run()</i></tt> call.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogRun :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Hides the dialog if it is visilbe, aborting any interaction. Once this
--   is called the <a>response</a> signal will not be emitted until after
--   the next call to <a>nativeDialogShow</a>.
--   
--   If the dialog is not visible this does nothing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogHide :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> m ()

-- | Determines whether the dialog is visible.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogGetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Fetches the transient parent for this window. See
--   <a>nativeDialogSetTransientFor</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogGetTransientFor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Gets the title of the <a>NativeDialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns whether the dialog is modal. See <a>nativeDialogSetModal</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogGetModal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Destroys a dialog.
--   
--   When a dialog is destroyed, it will break any references it holds to
--   other objects. If it is visible it will be hidden and any underlying
--   window system resources will be destroyed.
--   
--   Note that this does not release any reference to the object (as
--   opposed to destroying a GtkWindow) because there is no reference from
--   the windowing system to the <a>NativeDialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
nativeDialogDestroy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog a) => a -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructNativeDialogVisible :: (IsNativeDialog o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> nativeDialog [ #visible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNativeDialogVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> nativeDialog #visible
--   </pre>
getNativeDialogVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transient-for</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #transientFor
--   </pre>
clearNativeDialogTransientFor :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>transient-for</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNativeDialogTransientFor :: (IsNativeDialog o, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transient-for</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> nativeDialog [ #transientFor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNativeDialogTransientFor :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o, IsWindow a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>transient-for</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> nativeDialog #transientFor
--   </pre>
getNativeDialogTransientFor :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructNativeDialogTitle :: (IsNativeDialog o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> nativeDialog [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNativeDialogTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> nativeDialog #title
--   </pre>
getNativeDialogTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>modal</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructNativeDialogModal :: (IsNativeDialog o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>modal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> nativeDialog [ #modal <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNativeDialogModal :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>modal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> nativeDialog #modal
--   </pre>
getNativeDialogModal :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>response</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> nativeDialog #response callback
--   </pre>
afterNativeDialogResponse :: (IsNativeDialog a, MonadIO m) => a -> NativeDialogResponseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>response</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> nativeDialog #response callback
--   </pre>
onNativeDialogResponse :: (IsNativeDialog a, MonadIO m) => a -> NativeDialogResponseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NativeDialogResponseCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NativeDialogResponseCallback</a>.
wrap_NativeDialogResponseCallback :: NativeDialogResponseCallback -> C_NativeDialogResponseCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NativeDialogResponse :: MonadIO m => NativeDialogResponseCallback -> m (GClosure C_NativeDialogResponseCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NativeDialogResponseCallback</a></tt>.
noNativeDialogResponseCallback :: Maybe NativeDialogResponseCallback

-- | Cast to <a>NativeDialog</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toNativeDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsNativeDialog o) => o -> m NativeDialog

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NativeDialogResponseCallback</a>.
mk_NativeDialogResponseCallback :: C_NativeDialogResponseCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NativeDialogResponseCallback)

-- | Emitted when the user responds to the dialog.
--   
--   When this is called the dialog has been hidden.
--   
--   If you call <a>nativeDialogHide</a> before the user responds to the
--   dialog this signal will not be emitted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
type NativeDialogResponseCallback = Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NativeDialogResponseCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Retrieves a snapshot of the contained widget in the form of a
--   <a>Surface</a>. If you need to keep this around over window resizes
--   then you should add a reference to it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
offscreenWindowGetSurface :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsOffscreenWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Surface)

-- | Retrieves a snapshot of the contained widget in the form of a
--   <a>Pixbuf</a>. This is a new pixbuf with a reference count of 1, and
--   the application should unreference it once it is no longer needed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
offscreenWindowGetPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsOffscreenWindow a) => a -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Creates a toplevel container widget that is used to retrieve snapshots
--   of widgets without showing them on the screen.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
offscreenWindowNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m OffscreenWindow

-- | Cast to <a>OffscreenWindow</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toOffscreenWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsOffscreenWindow o) => o -> m OffscreenWindow

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype OffscreenWindow
OffscreenWindow :: ManagedPtr OffscreenWindow -> OffscreenWindow

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>OffscreenWindow</a>, for instance with <a>toOffscreenWindow</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf OffscreenWindow o) => IsOffscreenWindow o

-- | Retrieves the socket the plug is embedded in.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
plugGetSocketWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlug a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Gets the window ID of a <a>Plug</a> widget, which can then be used to
--   embed this window inside another window, for instance with
--   <a>socketAddId</a>.
plugGetId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlug a) => a -> m CULong

-- | Determines whether the plug is embedded in a socket.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
plugGetEmbedded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlug a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Finish the initialization of <i><tt>plug</tt></i> for a given
--   <a>Socket</a> identified by <i><tt>socketId</tt></i> which is
--   currently displayed on <i><tt>display</tt></i>. This function will
--   generally only be used by classes deriving from <a>Plug</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
plugConstructForDisplay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlug a, IsDisplay b) => a -> b -> CULong -> m ()

-- | Finish the initialization of <i><tt>plug</tt></i> for a given
--   <a>Socket</a> identified by <i><tt>socketId</tt></i>. This function
--   will generally only be used by classes deriving from <a>Plug</a>.
plugConstruct :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlug a) => a -> CULong -> m ()

-- | Create a new plug widget inside the <a>Socket</a> identified by
--   socket_id.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
plugNewForDisplay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDisplay a) => a -> CULong -> m Plug

-- | Creates a new plug widget inside the <a>Socket</a> identified by
--   <i><tt>socketId</tt></i>. If <i><tt>socketId</tt></i> is 0, the plug
--   is left “unplugged” and can later be plugged into a <a>Socket</a> by
--   <a>socketAddId</a>.
plugNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => CULong -> m Plug

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>socket-window</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> plug #socketWindow
--   </pre>
getPlugSocketWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsPlug o) => o -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>embedded</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> plug #embedded
--   </pre>
getPlugEmbedded :: (MonadIO m, IsPlug o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>embedded</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> plug #embedded callback
--   </pre>
afterPlugEmbedded :: (IsPlug a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlugEmbeddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>embedded</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> plug #embedded callback
--   </pre>
onPlugEmbedded :: (IsPlug a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlugEmbeddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlugEmbeddedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlugEmbeddedCallback</a>.
wrap_PlugEmbeddedCallback :: PlugEmbeddedCallback -> C_PlugEmbeddedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlugEmbedded :: MonadIO m => PlugEmbeddedCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlugEmbeddedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlugEmbeddedCallback</a></tt>.
noPlugEmbeddedCallback :: Maybe PlugEmbeddedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Plug</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPlug :: (MonadIO m, IsPlug o) => o -> m Plug

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlugEmbeddedCallback</a>.
mk_PlugEmbeddedCallback :: C_PlugEmbeddedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlugEmbeddedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Plug
Plug :: ManagedPtr Plug -> Plug

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Plug</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toPlug</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Plug o) => IsPlug o

-- | Gets emitted when the plug becomes embedded in a socket.
type PlugEmbeddedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlugEmbeddedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If <i><tt>fullPage</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the transformation for the
--   cairo context obtained from <a>PrintContext</a> puts the origin at the
--   top left corner of the page (which may not be the top left corner of
--   the sheet, depending on page orientation and the number of pages per
--   sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the
--   imageable area (i.e. inside the margins).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetUseFullPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets up the transformation for the cairo context obtained from
--   <a>PrintContext</a> in such a way that distances are measured in units
--   of <i><tt>unit</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetUnit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Unit -> m ()

-- | If track_status is <a>True</a>, the print operation will try to
--   continue report on the status of the print job in the printer queues
--   and printer. This can allow your application to show things like “out
--   of paper” issues, and when the print job actually reaches the printer.
--   
--   This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it
--   should not be enabled unless needed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetTrackPrintStatus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether selection is supported by <a>PrintOperation</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
printOperationSetSupportSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>showProgress</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the print operation
--   will show a progress dialog during the print operation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetShowProgress :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the print settings for <i><tt>op</tt></i>. This is typically used
--   to re-establish print settings from a previous print operation, see
--   <a>printOperationRun</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetPrintSettings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a, IsPrintSettings b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the number of pages in the document.
--   
--   This must be set to a positive number before the rendering starts. It
--   may be set in a <a>beginPrint</a> signal hander.
--   
--   Note that the page numbers passed to the <a>requestPageSetup</a> and
--   <a>drawPage</a> signals are 0-based, i.e. if the user chooses to print
--   all pages, the last <a>drawPage</a> signal will be for page
--   <i><tt>nPages</tt></i> - 1.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetNPages :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the name of the print job. The name is used to identify the job
--   (e.g. in monitoring applications like eggcups).
--   
--   If you don’t set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one by numbering
--   successive print jobs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetJobName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets whether there is a selection to print.
--   
--   Application has to set number of pages to which the selection will
--   draw by <a>printOperationSetNPages</a> in a callback of
--   <a>beginPrint</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
printOperationSetHasSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets up the <a>PrintOperation</a> to generate a file instead of
--   showing the print dialog. The indended use of this function is for
--   implementing “Export to PDF” actions. Currently, PDF is the only
--   supported format.
--   
--   “Print to PDF” support is independent of this and is done by letting
--   the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the list of printers in the
--   print dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetExportFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup
--   page. Selected page setup is stored as default page setup in
--   <a>PrintOperation</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
printOperationSetEmbedPageSetup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets up the <a>PrintOperation</a> to wait for calling of
--   <a>printOperationDrawPageFinish</a> from application. It can be used
--   for drawing page in another thread.
--   
--   This function must be called in the callback of “draw-page” signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
printOperationSetDeferDrawing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m ()

-- | Makes <i><tt>defaultPageSetup</tt></i> the default page setup for
--   <i><tt>op</tt></i>.
--   
--   This page setup will be used by <a>printOperationRun</a>, but it can
--   be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting to the
--   <a>requestPageSetup</a> signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetDefaultPageSetup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a, IsPageSetup b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the label for the tab holding custom widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetCustomTabLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the current page.
--   
--   If this is called before <a>printOperationRun</a>, the user will be
--   able to select to print only the current page.
--   
--   Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetCurrentPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <a>printOperationRun</a> may return before the print
--   operation is completed. Note that some platforms may not allow
--   asynchronous operation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationSetAllowAsync :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Runs the print operation, by first letting the user modify print
--   settings in the print dialog, and then print the document.
--   
--   Normally that this function does not return until the rendering of all
--   pages is complete. You can connect to the <a>statusChanged</a> signal
--   on <i><tt>op</tt></i> to obtain some information about the progress of
--   the print operation. Furthermore, it may use a recursive mainloop to
--   show the print dialog.
--   
--   If you call <a>printOperationSetAllowAsync</a> or set the
--   <a>PrintOperation</a>:<tt><i>allow-async</i></tt> property the
--   operation will run asynchronously if this is supported on the
--   platform. The <a>done</a> signal will be emitted with the result of
--   the operation when the it is done (i.e. when the dialog is canceled,
--   or when the print succeeds or fails).
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   if (settings != NULL)
--     gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (print, settings);
--     
--   if (page_setup != NULL)
--     gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup (print, page_setup);
--     
--   g_signal_connect (print, "begin-print",
--                     G_CALLBACK (begin_print), &amp;data);
--   g_signal_connect (print, "draw-page",
--                     G_CALLBACK (draw_page), &amp;data);
--    
--   res = gtk_print_operation_run (print,
--                                  GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PRINT_DIALOG,
--                                  parent,
--                                  &amp;error);
--    
--   if (res == GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR)
--    {
--      error_dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (GTK_WINDOW (parent),
--     			                     GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
--   					     GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR,
--   					     GTK_BUTTONS_CLOSE,
--   					     "Error printing file:\n%s",
--   					     error-&gt;message);
--      g_signal_connect (error_dialog, "response",
--                        G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_destroy), NULL);
--      gtk_widget_show (error_dialog);
--      g_error_free (error);
--    }
--   else if (res == GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY)
--    {
--      if (settings != NULL)
--   g_object_unref (settings);
--      settings = g_object_ref (gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (print));
--    }
--   </pre>
--   
--   Note that <a>printOperationRun</a> can only be called once on a given
--   <a>PrintOperation</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationRun :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a, IsWindow b) => a -> PrintOperationAction -> Maybe b -> m PrintOperationResult

-- | A convenience function to find out if the print operation is finished,
--   either successfully (<a>PrintStatusFinished</a>) or unsuccessfully
--   (<a>PrintStatusFinishedAborted</a>).
--   
--   Note: when you enable print status tracking the print operation can be
--   in a non-finished state even after done has been called, as the
--   operation status then tracks the print job status on the printer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationIsFinished :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of
--   <a>PrintOperation</a>:<tt><i>support-selection</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
printOperationGetSupportSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns a string representation of the status of the print operation.
--   The string is translated and suitable for displaying the print status
--   e.g. in a <a>Statusbar</a>.
--   
--   Use <a>printOperationGetStatus</a> to obtain a status value that is
--   suitable for programmatic use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationGetStatusString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the status of the print operation. Also see
--   <a>printOperationGetStatusString</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationGetStatus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m PrintStatus

-- | Returns the current print settings.
--   
--   Note that the return value is <a>Nothing</a> until either
--   <a>printOperationSetPrintSettings</a> or <a>printOperationRun</a> have
--   been called.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationGetPrintSettings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m PrintSettings

-- | Returns the number of pages that will be printed.
--   
--   Note that this value is set during print preparation phase
--   (<a>PrintStatusPreparing</a>), so this function should never be called
--   before the data generation phase (<a>PrintStatusGeneratingData</a>).
--   You can connect to the <a>statusChanged</a> signal and call
--   <a>printOperationGetNPagesToPrint</a> when print status is
--   <a>PrintStatusGeneratingData</a>. This is typically used to track the
--   progress of print operation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
printOperationGetNPagesToPrint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the value of <a>PrintOperation</a>:<tt><i>has-selection</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
printOperationGetHasSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Call this when the result of a print operation is
--   <a>PrintOperationResultError</a>, either as returned by
--   <a>printOperationRun</a>, or in the <a>done</a> signal handler. The
--   returned <a>GError</a> will contain more details on what went wrong.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationGetError :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m ()

-- | Gets the value of
--   <a>PrintOperation</a>:<tt><i>embed-page-setup</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
printOperationGetEmbedPageSetup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the default page setup, see
--   <a>printOperationSetDefaultPageSetup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationGetDefaultPageSetup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m PageSetup

-- | Signalize that drawing of particular page is complete.
--   
--   It is called after completion of page drawing (e.g. drawing in another
--   thread). If <a>printOperationSetDeferDrawing</a> was called before,
--   then this function has to be called by application. In another case it
--   is called by the library itself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
printOperationDrawPageFinish :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m ()

-- | Cancels a running print operation. This function may be called from a
--   <a>beginPrint</a>, <a>paginate</a> or <a>drawPage</a> signal handler
--   to stop the currently running print operation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationCancel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>PrintOperation</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m PrintOperation

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-full-page</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationUseFullPage :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-full-page</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #useFullPage <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationUseFullPage :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-full-page</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #useFullPage
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationUseFullPage :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>unit</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationUnit :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Unit -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>unit</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #unit <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationUnit :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Unit -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>unit</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #unit
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationUnit :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Unit

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>track-print-status</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationTrackPrintStatus :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>track-print-status</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #trackPrintStatus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationTrackPrintStatus :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>track-print-status</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #trackPrintStatus
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationTrackPrintStatus :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>support-selection</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationSupportSelection :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>support-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #supportSelection <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationSupportSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>support-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #supportSelection
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationSupportSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>status-string</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #statusString
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationStatusString :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Text

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>status</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #status
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationStatus :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m PrintStatus

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-progress</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationShowProgress :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-progress</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #showProgress <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationShowProgress :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-progress</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #showProgress
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationShowProgress :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>print-settings</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #printSettings
--   </pre>
clearPrintOperationPrintSettings :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>print-settings</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationPrintSettings :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m, IsPrintSettings a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>print-settings</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #printSettings <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationPrintSettings :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o, IsPrintSettings a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>print-settings</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #printSettings
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationPrintSettings :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m PrintSettings

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>n-pages-to-print</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #nPagesToPrint
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationNPagesToPrint :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>n-pages</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationNPages :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>n-pages</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #nPages <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationNPages :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>n-pages</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #nPages
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationNPages :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>job-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationJobName :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>job-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #jobName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationJobName :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>job-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #jobName
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationJobName :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-selection</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationHasSelection :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #hasSelection <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationHasSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-selection</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #hasSelection
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationHasSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>export-filename</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #exportFilename
--   </pre>
clearPrintOperationExportFilename :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>export-filename</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationExportFilename :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>export-filename</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #exportFilename <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationExportFilename :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>export-filename</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #exportFilename
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationExportFilename :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>embed-page-setup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationEmbedPageSetup :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>embed-page-setup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #embedPageSetup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationEmbedPageSetup :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>embed-page-setup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #embedPageSetup
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationEmbedPageSetup :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>default-page-setup</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #defaultPageSetup
--   </pre>
clearPrintOperationDefaultPageSetup :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>default-page-setup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationDefaultPageSetup :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m, IsPageSetup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>default-page-setup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #defaultPageSetup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationDefaultPageSetup :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o, IsPageSetup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>default-page-setup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #defaultPageSetup
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationDefaultPageSetup :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m PageSetup

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>custom-tab-label</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #customTabLabel
--   </pre>
clearPrintOperationCustomTabLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>custom-tab-label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationCustomTabLabel :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>custom-tab-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #customTabLabel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationCustomTabLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>custom-tab-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #customTabLabel
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationCustomTabLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>current-page</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationCurrentPage :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>current-page</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #currentPage <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationCurrentPage :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>current-page</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #currentPage
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationCurrentPage :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>allow-async</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPrintOperationAllowAsync :: (IsPrintOperation o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>allow-async</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> printOperation [ #allowAsync <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPrintOperationAllowAsync :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>allow-async</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> printOperation #allowAsync
--   </pre>
getPrintOperationAllowAsync :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>updateCustomWidget</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #updateCustomWidget callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationUpdateCustomWidget :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>updateCustomWidget</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #updateCustomWidget callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationUpdateCustomWidget :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback :: PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback -> C_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidget :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>statusChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #statusChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationStatusChanged :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>statusChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #statusChanged callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationStatusChanged :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback :: PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback -> C_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationStatusChanged :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationStatusChangedCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>requestPageSetup</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #requestPageSetup callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationRequestPageSetup :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>requestPageSetup</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #requestPageSetup callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationRequestPageSetup :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback :: PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback -> C_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationRequestPageSetup :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preview</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #preview callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationPreview :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationPreviewCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preview</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #preview callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationPreview :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationPreviewCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationPreviewCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationPreviewCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationPreviewCallback :: PrintOperationPreviewCallback -> C_PrintOperationPreviewCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationPreview :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationPreviewCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationPreviewCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationPreviewCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationPreviewCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationPreviewCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>paginate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #paginate callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationPaginate :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationPaginateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>paginate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #paginate callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationPaginate :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationPaginateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationPaginateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationPaginateCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationPaginateCallback :: PrintOperationPaginateCallback -> C_PrintOperationPaginateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationPaginate :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationPaginateCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationPaginateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationPaginateCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationPaginateCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationPaginateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>endPrint</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #endPrint callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationEndPrint :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationEndPrintCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>endPrint</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #endPrint callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationEndPrint :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationEndPrintCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationEndPrintCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback :: PrintOperationEndPrintCallback -> C_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationEndPrint :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationEndPrintCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationEndPrintCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationEndPrintCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationEndPrintCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>drawPage</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #drawPage callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationDrawPage :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationDrawPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>drawPage</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #drawPage callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationDrawPage :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationDrawPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationDrawPageCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback :: PrintOperationDrawPageCallback -> C_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationDrawPage :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationDrawPageCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationDrawPageCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationDrawPageCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationDrawPageCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>done</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #done callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationDone :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationDoneCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>done</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #done callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationDone :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationDoneCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationDoneCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationDoneCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationDoneCallback :: PrintOperationDoneCallback -> C_PrintOperationDoneCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationDone :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationDoneCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationDoneCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationDoneCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationDoneCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationDoneCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>customWidgetApply</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #customWidgetApply callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationCustomWidgetApply :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>customWidgetApply</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #customWidgetApply callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationCustomWidgetApply :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback :: PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback -> C_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApply :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>createCustomWidget</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #createCustomWidget callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationCreateCustomWidget :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>createCustomWidget</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #createCustomWidget callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationCreateCustomWidget :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback :: PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback -> C_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidget :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>beginPrint</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperation #beginPrint callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationBeginPrint :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>beginPrint</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperation #beginPrint callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationBeginPrint :: (IsPrintOperation a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback :: PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback -> C_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationBeginPrint :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationBeginPrintCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback

-- | Cast to <a>PrintOperation</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPrintOperation :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperation o) => o -> m PrintOperation

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback :: C_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback :: C_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback :: C_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationDoneCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationDoneCallback :: C_PrintOperationDoneCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationDoneCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback :: C_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback :: C_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationPaginateCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationPaginateCallback :: C_PrintOperationPaginateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationPaginateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationPreviewCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationPreviewCallback :: C_PrintOperationPreviewCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationPreviewCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback :: C_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback :: C_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback :: C_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PrintOperation
PrintOperation :: ManagedPtr PrintOperation -> PrintOperation

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>PrintOperation</a>, for instance with <a>toPrintOperation</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PrintOperation o) => IsPrintOperation o

-- | Emitted after the user has finished changing print settings in the
--   dialog, before the actual rendering starts.
--   
--   A typical use for <a>beginPrint</a> is to use the parameters from the
--   <a>PrintContext</a> and paginate the document accordingly, and then
--   set the number of pages with <a>printOperationSetNPages</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback = PrintContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationBeginPrintCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr PrintContext -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when displaying the print dialog. If you return a widget in a
--   handler for this signal it will be added to a custom tab in the print
--   dialog. You typically return a container widget with multiple widgets
--   in it.
--   
--   The print dialog owns the returned widget, and its lifetime is not
--   controlled by the application. However, the widget is guaranteed to
--   stay around until the <a>customWidgetApply</a> signal is emitted on
--   the operation. Then you can read out any information you need from the
--   widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback = IO Object

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO Ptr Object

-- | Emitted right before <a>beginPrint</a> if you added a custom widget in
--   the <a>createCustomWidget</a> handler. When you get this signal you
--   should read the information from the custom widgets, as the widgets
--   are not guaraneed to be around at a later time.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the print operation run has finished doing everything
--   required for printing.
--   
--   <i><tt>result</tt></i> gives you information about what happened
--   during the run. If <i><tt>result</tt></i> is
--   <a>PrintOperationResultError</a> then you can call
--   <a>printOperationGetError</a> for more information.
--   
--   If you enabled print status tracking then
--   <a>printOperationIsFinished</a> may still return <a>False</a> after
--   <a>done</a> was emitted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationDoneCallback = PrintOperationResult -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationDoneCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted for every page that is printed. The signal handler must render
--   the <i><tt>pageNr</tt></i>'s page onto the cairo context obtained from
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i> using <a>printContextGetCairoContext</a>.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static void
--   draw_page (GtkPrintOperation *operation,
--              GtkPrintContext   *context,
--              gint               page_nr,
--              gpointer           user_data)
--   {
--     cairo_t *cr;
--     PangoLayout *layout;
--     gdouble width, text_height;
--     gint layout_height;
--     PangoFontDescription *desc;
--     
--     cr = gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (context);
--     width = gtk_print_context_get_width (context);
--     
--     cairo_rectangle (cr, 0, 0, width, HEADER_HEIGHT);
--     
--     cairo_set_source_rgb (cr, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8);
--     cairo_fill (cr);
--     
--     layout = gtk_print_context_create_pango_layout (context);
--     
--     desc = pango_font_description_from_string ("sans 14");
--     pango_layout_set_font_description (layout, desc);
--     pango_font_description_free (desc);
--     
--     pango_layout_set_text (layout, "some text", -1);
--     pango_layout_set_width (layout, width * PANGO_SCALE);
--     pango_layout_set_alignment (layout, PANGO_ALIGN_CENTER);
--        		      
--     pango_layout_get_size (layout, NULL, &amp;layout_height);
--     text_height = (gdouble)layout_height / PANGO_SCALE;
--     
--     cairo_move_to (cr, width / 2,  (HEADER_HEIGHT - text_height) / 2);
--     pango_cairo_show_layout (cr, layout);
--     
--     g_object_unref (layout);
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   Use <a>printOperationSetUseFullPage</a> and
--   <a>printOperationSetUnit</a> before starting the print operation to
--   set up the transformation of the cairo context according to your
--   needs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationDrawPageCallback = PrintContext -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationDrawPageCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr PrintContext -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted after all pages have been rendered. A handler for this signal
--   can clean up any resources that have been allocated in the
--   <a>beginPrint</a> handler.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationEndPrintCallback = PrintContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationEndPrintCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr PrintContext -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted after the <a>beginPrint</a> signal, but before the actual
--   rendering starts. It keeps getting emitted until a connected signal
--   handler returns <a>True</a>.
--   
--   The <a>paginate</a> signal is intended to be used for paginating a
--   document in small chunks, to avoid blocking the user interface for a
--   long time. The signal handler should update the number of pages using
--   <a>printOperationSetNPages</a>, and return <a>True</a> if the document
--   has been completely paginated.
--   
--   If you don't need to do pagination in chunks, you can simply do it all
--   in the <a>beginPrint</a> handler, and set the number of pages from
--   there.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationPaginateCallback = PrintContext -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationPaginateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr PrintContext -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Gets emitted when a preview is requested from the native dialog.
--   
--   The default handler for this signal uses an external viewer
--   application to preview.
--   
--   To implement a custom print preview, an application must return
--   <a>True</a> from its handler for this signal. In order to use the
--   provided <i><tt>context</tt></i> for the preview implementation, it
--   must be given a suitable cairo context with
--   <a>printContextSetCairoContext</a>.
--   
--   The custom preview implementation can use
--   <a>printOperationPreviewIsSelected</a> and
--   <a>printOperationPreviewRenderPage</a> to find pages which are
--   selected for print and render them. The preview must be finished by
--   calling <a>printOperationPreviewEndPreview</a> (typically in response
--   to the user clicking a close button).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationPreviewCallback = PrintOperationPreview -> PrintContext -> Maybe Window -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationPreviewCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr PrintOperationPreview -> Ptr PrintContext -> Ptr Window -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Emitted once for every page that is printed, to give the application a
--   chance to modify the page setup. Any changes done to
--   <i><tt>setup</tt></i> will be in force only for printing this page.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback = PrintContext -> Int32 -> PageSetup -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationRequestPageSetupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr PrintContext -> Int32 -> Ptr PageSetup -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted at between the various phases of the print operation. See
--   <a>PrintStatus</a> for the phases that are being discriminated. Use
--   <a>printOperationGetStatus</a> to find out the current status.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationStatusChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted after change of selected printer. The actual page setup and
--   print settings are passed to the custom widget, which can actualize
--   itself according to this change.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
type PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback = Widget -> PageSetup -> PrintSettings -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr PageSetup -> Ptr PrintSettings -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Cast to <a>RecentChooserDialog</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRecentChooserDialog :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooserDialog o) => o -> m RecentChooserDialog

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentChooserDialog
RecentChooserDialog :: ManagedPtr RecentChooserDialog -> RecentChooserDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>RecentChooserDialog</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toRecentChooserDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RecentChooserDialog o) => IsRecentChooserDialog o

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>view-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #viewName
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsWindowViewName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>view-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsWindowViewName :: (IsShortcutsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>view-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsWindow [ #viewName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsWindowViewName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsWindow o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>view-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsWindow #viewName
--   </pre>
getShortcutsWindowViewName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>section-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #sectionName
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsWindowSectionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>section-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsWindowSectionName :: (IsShortcutsWindow o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>section-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsWindow [ #sectionName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsWindowSectionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsWindow o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>section-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsWindow #sectionName
--   </pre>
getShortcutsWindowSectionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsWindow o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>search</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> shortcutsWindow #search callback
--   </pre>
afterShortcutsWindowSearch :: (IsShortcutsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>search</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> shortcutsWindow #search callback
--   </pre>
onShortcutsWindowSearch :: (IsShortcutsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback</a>.
wrap_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback :: ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback -> C_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ShortcutsWindowSearch :: MonadIO m => ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback -> m (GClosure C_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback</a></tt>.
noShortcutsWindowSearchCallback :: Maybe ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>close</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> shortcutsWindow #close callback
--   </pre>
afterShortcutsWindowClose :: (IsShortcutsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>close</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> shortcutsWindow #close callback
--   </pre>
onShortcutsWindowClose :: (IsShortcutsWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback</a>.
wrap_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback :: ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback -> C_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ShortcutsWindowClose :: MonadIO m => ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback -> m (GClosure C_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback</a></tt>.
noShortcutsWindowCloseCallback :: Maybe ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ShortcutsWindow</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toShortcutsWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsWindow o) => o -> m ShortcutsWindow

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback</a>.
mk_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback :: C_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback</a>.
mk_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback :: C_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback)

-- | The <a>close</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user uses a keybinding to close the
--   window.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is the Escape key.
type ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ShortcutsWindowCloseCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>search</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user uses a keybinding to start a search.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Control-F.
type ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ShortcutsWindowSearchCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
toplevelAccessibleGetChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToplevelAccessible a) => a -> m [Window]

-- | Cast to <a>ToplevelAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToplevelAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsToplevelAccessible o) => o -> m ToplevelAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToplevelAccessible
ToplevelAccessible :: ManagedPtr ToplevelAccessible -> ToplevelAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ToplevelAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toToplevelAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToplevelAccessible o) => IsToplevelAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Window
Window :: ManagedPtr Window -> Window

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Window</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toWindow</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Window o) => IsWindow o

-- | Cast to <a>WidgetAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toWidgetAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsWidgetAccessible o) => o -> m WidgetAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>ArrowAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toArrowAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsArrowAccessible o) => o -> m ArrowAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ArrowAccessible
ArrowAccessible :: ManagedPtr ArrowAccessible -> ArrowAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ArrowAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toArrowAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ArrowAccessible o) => IsArrowAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ButtonAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toButtonAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsButtonAccessible o) => o -> m ButtonAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>CheckMenuItemAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCheckMenuItemAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItemAccessible o) => o -> m CheckMenuItemAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>ComboBoxAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toComboBoxAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBoxAccessible o) => o -> m ComboBoxAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ComboBoxAccessible
ComboBoxAccessible :: ManagedPtr ComboBoxAccessible -> ComboBoxAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ComboBoxAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toComboBoxAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ComboBoxAccessible o) => IsComboBoxAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ContainerAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toContainerAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsContainerAccessible o) => o -> m ContainerAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>EntryAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEntryAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryAccessible o) => o -> m EntryAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>ExpanderAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toExpanderAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsExpanderAccessible o) => o -> m ExpanderAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ExpanderAccessible
ExpanderAccessible :: ManagedPtr ExpanderAccessible -> ExpanderAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ExpanderAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toExpanderAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ExpanderAccessible o) => IsExpanderAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>FlowBoxAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFlowBoxAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBoxAccessible o) => o -> m FlowBoxAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FlowBoxAccessible
FlowBoxAccessible :: ManagedPtr FlowBoxAccessible -> FlowBoxAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FlowBoxAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFlowBoxAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FlowBoxAccessible o) => IsFlowBoxAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>FlowBoxChildAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFlowBoxChildAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBoxChildAccessible o) => o -> m FlowBoxChildAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FlowBoxChildAccessible
FlowBoxChildAccessible :: ManagedPtr FlowBoxChildAccessible -> FlowBoxChildAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FlowBoxChildAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFlowBoxChildAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FlowBoxChildAccessible o) => IsFlowBoxChildAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>FrameAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFrameAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsFrameAccessible o) => o -> m FrameAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FrameAccessible
FrameAccessible :: ManagedPtr FrameAccessible -> FrameAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FrameAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toFrameAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FrameAccessible o) => IsFrameAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>HeaderBarAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHeaderBarAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBarAccessible o) => o -> m HeaderBarAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HeaderBarAccessible
HeaderBarAccessible :: ManagedPtr HeaderBarAccessible -> HeaderBarAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>HeaderBarAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toHeaderBarAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HeaderBarAccessible o) => IsHeaderBarAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>IconViewAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toIconViewAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsIconViewAccessible o) => o -> m IconViewAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IconViewAccessible
IconViewAccessible :: ManagedPtr IconViewAccessible -> IconViewAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>IconViewAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toIconViewAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf IconViewAccessible o) => IsIconViewAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ImageAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toImageAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsImageAccessible o) => o -> m ImageAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ImageAccessible
ImageAccessible :: ManagedPtr ImageAccessible -> ImageAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ImageAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toImageAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ImageAccessible o) => IsImageAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>LabelAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLabelAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsLabelAccessible o) => o -> m LabelAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype LabelAccessible
LabelAccessible :: ManagedPtr LabelAccessible -> LabelAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>LabelAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toLabelAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf LabelAccessible o) => IsLabelAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>LevelBarAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLevelBarAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBarAccessible o) => o -> m LevelBarAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype LevelBarAccessible
LevelBarAccessible :: ManagedPtr LevelBarAccessible -> LevelBarAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>LevelBarAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toLevelBarAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf LevelBarAccessible o) => IsLevelBarAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>LinkButtonAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLinkButtonAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsLinkButtonAccessible o) => o -> m LinkButtonAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype LinkButtonAccessible
LinkButtonAccessible :: ManagedPtr LinkButtonAccessible -> LinkButtonAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>LinkButtonAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toLinkButtonAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf LinkButtonAccessible o) => IsLinkButtonAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ListBoxAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toListBoxAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsListBoxAccessible o) => o -> m ListBoxAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ListBoxAccessible
ListBoxAccessible :: ManagedPtr ListBoxAccessible -> ListBoxAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ListBoxAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toListBoxAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ListBoxAccessible o) => IsListBoxAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ListBoxRowAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toListBoxRowAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsListBoxRowAccessible o) => o -> m ListBoxRowAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ListBoxRowAccessible
ListBoxRowAccessible :: ManagedPtr ListBoxRowAccessible -> ListBoxRowAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ListBoxRowAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toListBoxRowAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ListBoxRowAccessible o) => IsListBoxRowAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>LockButtonAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLockButtonAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButtonAccessible o) => o -> m LockButtonAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype LockButtonAccessible
LockButtonAccessible :: ManagedPtr LockButtonAccessible -> LockButtonAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>LockButtonAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toLockButtonAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf LockButtonAccessible o) => IsLockButtonAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>MenuAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuAccessible o) => o -> m MenuAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuAccessible
MenuAccessible :: ManagedPtr MenuAccessible -> MenuAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>MenuAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toMenuAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuAccessible o) => IsMenuAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>MenuButtonAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuButtonAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButtonAccessible o) => o -> m MenuButtonAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuButtonAccessible
MenuButtonAccessible :: ManagedPtr MenuButtonAccessible -> MenuButtonAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>MenuButtonAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toMenuButtonAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuButtonAccessible o) => IsMenuButtonAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>MenuItemAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuItemAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItemAccessible o) => o -> m MenuItemAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>MenuShellAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuShellAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuShellAccessible o) => o -> m MenuShellAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>NotebookAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toNotebookAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebookAccessible o) => o -> m NotebookAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>PanedAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPanedAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsPanedAccessible o) => o -> m PanedAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PanedAccessible
PanedAccessible :: ManagedPtr PanedAccessible -> PanedAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>PanedAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toPanedAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PanedAccessible o) => IsPanedAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>PopoverAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPopoverAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsPopoverAccessible o) => o -> m PopoverAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PopoverAccessible
PopoverAccessible :: ManagedPtr PopoverAccessible -> PopoverAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>PopoverAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toPopoverAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PopoverAccessible o) => IsPopoverAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ProgressBarAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toProgressBarAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBarAccessible o) => o -> m ProgressBarAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ProgressBarAccessible
ProgressBarAccessible :: ManagedPtr ProgressBarAccessible -> ProgressBarAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ProgressBarAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toProgressBarAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ProgressBarAccessible o) => IsProgressBarAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>RadioButtonAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRadioButtonAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioButtonAccessible o) => o -> m RadioButtonAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RadioButtonAccessible
RadioButtonAccessible :: ManagedPtr RadioButtonAccessible -> RadioButtonAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>RadioButtonAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toRadioButtonAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RadioButtonAccessible o) => IsRadioButtonAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>RadioMenuItemAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRadioMenuItemAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItemAccessible o) => o -> m RadioMenuItemAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RadioMenuItemAccessible
RadioMenuItemAccessible :: ManagedPtr RadioMenuItemAccessible -> RadioMenuItemAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>RadioMenuItemAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toRadioMenuItemAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RadioMenuItemAccessible o) => IsRadioMenuItemAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>RangeAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRangeAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsRangeAccessible o) => o -> m RangeAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>ScaleAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toScaleAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleAccessible o) => o -> m ScaleAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ScaleAccessible
ScaleAccessible :: ManagedPtr ScaleAccessible -> ScaleAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ScaleAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toScaleAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ScaleAccessible o) => IsScaleAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ScaleButtonAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toScaleButtonAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButtonAccessible o) => o -> m ScaleButtonAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ScaleButtonAccessible
ScaleButtonAccessible :: ManagedPtr ScaleButtonAccessible -> ScaleButtonAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ScaleButtonAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toScaleButtonAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ScaleButtonAccessible o) => IsScaleButtonAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ScrolledWindowAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toScrolledWindowAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindowAccessible o) => o -> m ScrolledWindowAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ScrolledWindowAccessible
ScrolledWindowAccessible :: ManagedPtr ScrolledWindowAccessible -> ScrolledWindowAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ScrolledWindowAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toScrolledWindowAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ScrolledWindowAccessible o) => IsScrolledWindowAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>SpinButtonAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSpinButtonAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButtonAccessible o) => o -> m SpinButtonAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SpinButtonAccessible
SpinButtonAccessible :: ManagedPtr SpinButtonAccessible -> SpinButtonAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>SpinButtonAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toSpinButtonAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SpinButtonAccessible o) => IsSpinButtonAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>SpinnerAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSpinnerAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinnerAccessible o) => o -> m SpinnerAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SpinnerAccessible
SpinnerAccessible :: ManagedPtr SpinnerAccessible -> SpinnerAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>SpinnerAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toSpinnerAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SpinnerAccessible o) => IsSpinnerAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>StackAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStackAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsStackAccessible o) => o -> m StackAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StackAccessible
StackAccessible :: ManagedPtr StackAccessible -> StackAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>StackAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toStackAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf StackAccessible o) => IsStackAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>StatusbarAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStatusbarAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusbarAccessible o) => o -> m StatusbarAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StatusbarAccessible
StatusbarAccessible :: ManagedPtr StatusbarAccessible -> StatusbarAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>StatusbarAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toStatusbarAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf StatusbarAccessible o) => IsStatusbarAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>SwitchAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSwitchAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsSwitchAccessible o) => o -> m SwitchAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SwitchAccessible
SwitchAccessible :: ManagedPtr SwitchAccessible -> SwitchAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>SwitchAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toSwitchAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SwitchAccessible o) => IsSwitchAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>TextViewAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTextViewAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsTextViewAccessible o) => o -> m TextViewAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextViewAccessible
TextViewAccessible :: ManagedPtr TextViewAccessible -> TextViewAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>TextViewAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toTextViewAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TextViewAccessible o) => IsTextViewAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ToggleButtonAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToggleButtonAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleButtonAccessible o) => o -> m ToggleButtonAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>TreeViewAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTreeViewAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsTreeViewAccessible o) => o -> m TreeViewAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeViewAccessible
TreeViewAccessible :: ManagedPtr TreeViewAccessible -> TreeViewAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>TreeViewAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toTreeViewAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeViewAccessible o) => IsTreeViewAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype WidgetAccessible
WidgetAccessible :: ManagedPtr WidgetAccessible -> WidgetAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>WidgetAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toWidgetAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf WidgetAccessible o) => IsWidgetAccessible o

-- | Sets the action-name and associated string target value of an
--   actionable widget.
--   
--   <i><tt>detailedActionName</tt></i> is a string in the format accepted
--   by <a>actionParseDetailedName</a>.
--   
--   (Note that prior to version 3.22.25, this function is only usable for
--   actions with a simple "s" target, and
--   <i><tt>detailedActionName</tt></i> must be of the form
--   <tt>"action::target"</tt> where <tt>action</tt> is the action name and
--   <tt>target</tt> is the string to use as the target.)
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
actionableSetDetailedActionName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionable a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the target value of an actionable widget.
--   
--   If <i><tt>targetValue</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> then the target value
--   is unset.
--   
--   The target value has two purposes. First, it is used as the parameter
--   to activation of the action associated with the <a>Actionable</a>
--   widget. Second, it is used to determine if the widget should be
--   rendered as “active” — the widget is active if the state is equal to
--   the given target.
--   
--   Consider the example of associating a set of buttons with a
--   <a>Action</a> with string state in a typical “radio button” situation.
--   Each button will be associated with the same action, but with a
--   different target value for that action. Clicking on a particular
--   button will activate the action with the target of that button, which
--   will typically cause the action’s state to change to that value. Since
--   the action’s state is now equal to the target value of the button, the
--   button will now be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with
--   different targets, rendered inactive).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
actionableSetActionTargetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionable a) => a -> Maybe GVariant -> m ()

-- | Specifies the name of the action with which this widget should be
--   associated. If <i><tt>actionName</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> then the
--   widget will be unassociated from any previous action.
--   
--   Usually this function is used when the widget is located (or will be
--   located) within the hierarchy of a <a>ApplicationWindow</a>.
--   
--   Names are of the form “win.save” or “app.quit” for actions on the
--   containing <a>ApplicationWindow</a> or its associated
--   <a>Application</a>, respectively. This is the same form used for
--   actions in the <a>Menu</a> associated with the window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
actionableSetActionName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionable a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Gets the current target value of <i><tt>actionable</tt></i>.
--   
--   See <a>actionableSetActionTargetValue</a> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
actionableGetActionTargetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionable a) => a -> m GVariant

-- | Gets the action name for <i><tt>actionable</tt></i>.
--   
--   See <a>actionableSetActionName</a> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
actionableGetActionName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionable a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action-target</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #actionTarget
--   </pre>
clearActionableActionTarget :: (MonadIO m, IsActionable o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>action-target</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionableActionTarget :: (IsActionable o, MonadIO m) => GVariant -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action-target</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionable [ #actionTarget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionableActionTarget :: (MonadIO m, IsActionable o) => o -> GVariant -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>action-target</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionable #actionTarget
--   </pre>
getActionableActionTarget :: (MonadIO m, IsActionable o) => o -> m (Maybe GVariant)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #actionName
--   </pre>
clearActionableActionName :: (MonadIO m, IsActionable o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>action-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionableActionName :: (IsActionable o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> actionable [ #actionName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionableActionName :: (MonadIO m, IsActionable o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>action-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> actionable #actionName
--   </pre>
getActionableActionName :: (MonadIO m, IsActionable o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>Actionable</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toActionable :: (MonadIO m, IsActionable o) => o -> m Actionable

-- | Reloads the list of applications.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserRefresh :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooser a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>AppChooser</a>:<tt><i>content-type</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserGetContentType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooser a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the currently selected application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserGetAppInfo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe AppInfo)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>content-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserContentType :: (IsAppChooser o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>content-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooser #contentType
--   </pre>
getAppChooserContentType :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>AppChooser</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAppChooser :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooser o) => o -> m AppChooser

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>removeWidget</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellEditable #removeWidget callback
--   </pre>
afterCellEditableRemoveWidget :: (IsCellEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>removeWidget</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellEditable #removeWidget callback
--   </pre>
onCellEditableRemoveWidget :: (IsCellEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback</a>.
wrap_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback :: CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback -> C_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellEditableRemoveWidget :: MonadIO m => CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback</a></tt>.
noCellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback :: Maybe CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>editingDone</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellEditable #editingDone callback
--   </pre>
afterCellEditableEditingDone :: (IsCellEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellEditableEditingDoneCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>editingDone</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellEditable #editingDone callback
--   </pre>
onCellEditableEditingDone :: (IsCellEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellEditableEditingDoneCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellEditableEditingDoneCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback</a>.
wrap_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback :: CellEditableEditingDoneCallback -> C_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellEditableEditingDone :: MonadIO m => CellEditableEditingDoneCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellEditableEditingDoneCallback</a></tt>.
noCellEditableEditingDoneCallback :: Maybe CellEditableEditingDoneCallback

-- | Begins editing on a <i><tt>cellEditable</tt></i>.
--   
--   The <a>CellRenderer</a> for the cell creates and returns a
--   <a>CellEditable</a> from <a>cellRendererStartEditing</a>, configured
--   for the <a>CellRenderer</a> type.
--   
--   <a>cellEditableStartEditing</a> can then set up
--   <i><tt>cellEditable</tt></i> suitably for editing a cell, e.g. making
--   the Esc key emit <a>editingDone</a>.
--   
--   Note that the <i><tt>cellEditable</tt></i> is created on-demand for
--   the current edit; its lifetime is temporary and does not persist
--   across other edits and/or cells.
cellEditableStartEditing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellEditable a) => a -> Maybe Event -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>removeWidget</a> signal.
cellEditableRemoveWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellEditable a) => a -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>editingDone</a> signal.
cellEditableEditingDone :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellEditable a) => a -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>editing-canceled</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellEditableEditingCanceled :: (IsCellEditable o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>editing-canceled</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellEditable [ #editingCanceled <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellEditableEditingCanceled :: (MonadIO m, IsCellEditable o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editing-canceled</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellEditable #editingCanceled
--   </pre>
getCellEditableEditingCanceled :: (MonadIO m, IsCellEditable o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>CellEditable</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsCellEditable o) => o -> m CellEditable

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback</a>.
mk_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback :: C_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback</a>.
mk_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback :: C_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback)

-- | This signal is a sign for the cell renderer to update its value from
--   the <i><tt>cellEditable</tt></i>.
--   
--   Implementations of <a>CellEditable</a> are responsible for emitting
--   this signal when they are done editing, e.g. <a>Entry</a> emits this
--   signal when the user presses Enter. Typical things to do in a handler
--   for <a>editingDone</a> are to capture the edited value, disconnect the
--   <i><tt>cellEditable</tt></i> from signals on the <a>CellRenderer</a>,
--   etc.
--   
--   <a>cellEditableEditingDone</a> is a convenience method for emitting
--   <a>editingDone</a>.
type CellEditableEditingDoneCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellEditableEditingDoneCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is meant to indicate that the cell is finished editing,
--   and the <i><tt>cellEditable</tt></i> widget is being removed and may
--   subsequently be destroyed.
--   
--   Implementations of <a>CellEditable</a> are responsible for emitting
--   this signal when they are done editing. It must be emitted after the
--   <a>editingDone</a> signal, to give the cell renderer a chance to
--   update the cell's value before the widget is removed.
--   
--   <a>cellEditableRemoveWidget</a> is a convenience method for emitting
--   <a>removeWidget</a>.
type CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellEditableRemoveWidgetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>updatePreview</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooser #updatePreview callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserUpdatePreview :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>updatePreview</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooser #updatePreview callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserUpdatePreview :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback :: FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback -> C_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserUpdatePreview :: MonadIO m => FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback :: Maybe FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooser #selectionChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserSelectionChanged :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooser #selectionChanged callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserSelectionChanged :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback :: FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> C_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserSelectionChanged :: MonadIO m => FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserSelectionChangedCallback :: Maybe FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>fileActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooser #fileActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserFileActivated :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserFileActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>fileActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooser #fileActivated callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserFileActivated :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserFileActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserFileActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback :: FileChooserFileActivatedCallback -> C_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserFileActivated :: MonadIO m => FileChooserFileActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserFileActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserFileActivatedCallback :: Maybe FileChooserFileActivatedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>currentFolderChanged</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooser #currentFolderChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserCurrentFolderChanged :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>currentFolderChanged</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooser #currentFolderChanged callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserCurrentFolderChanged :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback :: FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback -> C_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserCurrentFolderChanged :: MonadIO m => FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback :: Maybe FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>confirmOverwrite</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooser #confirmOverwrite callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserConfirmOverwrite :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>confirmOverwrite</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooser #confirmOverwrite callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserConfirmOverwrite :: (IsFileChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback :: FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback -> C_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserConfirmOverwrite :: MonadIO m => FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback :: Maybe FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback

-- | Unselects the file referred to by <i><tt>uri</tt></i>. If the file is
--   not in the current directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not
--   currently selected, does nothing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserUnselectUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Unselects a currently selected filename. If the filename is not in the
--   current directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently
--   selected, does nothing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserUnselectFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Unselects the file referred to by <i><tt>file</tt></i>. If the file is
--   not in the current directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not
--   currently selected, does nothing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fileChooserUnselectFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsFile b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Unselects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserUnselectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the file chooser should display a stock label with the
--   name of the file that is being previewed; the default is <a>True</a>.
--   Applications that want to draw the whole preview area themselves
--   should set this to <a>False</a> and display the name themselves in
--   their preview widget.
--   
--   See also: <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetUsePreviewLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the file referred to by <i><tt>uri</tt></i> as the current file
--   for the file chooser, by changing to the URI’s parent folder and
--   actually selecting the URI in the list. If the <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>
--   is <a>FileChooserActionSave</a> mode, the URI’s base name will also
--   appear in the dialog’s file name entry.
--   
--   Note that the URI must exist, or nothing will be done except for the
--   directory change.
--   
--   You should use this function only when implementing a save dialog for
--   which you already have a file name to which the user may save. For
--   example, when the user opens an existing file and then does Save As...
--   to save a copy or a modified version. If you don’t have a file name
--   already — for example, if the user just created a new file and is
--   saving it for the first time, do not call this function. Instead, use
--   something similar to this:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   if (document_is_new)
--     {
--       // the user just created a new document
--       gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (chooser, "Untitled document");
--     }
--   else
--     {
--       // the user edited an existing document
--       gtk_file_chooser_set_uri (chooser, existing_uri);
--     }
--   </pre>
--   
--   In the first case, the file chooser will present the user with useful
--   suggestions as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the
--   file’s existing location is already known, so the file chooser will
--   use it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Sets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file
--   selector.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileChooserSetShowHidden :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. This
--   is only relevant if the action is set to be
--   <a>FileChooserActionOpen</a> or <a>FileChooserActionSelectFolder</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetSelectMultiple :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the preview widget set by
--   <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a> should be shown for the current
--   filename. When <i><tt>active</tt></i> is set to false, the file
--   chooser may display an internally generated preview of the current
--   file or it may display no preview at all. See
--   <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a> for more details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetPreviewWidgetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets an application-supplied widget to use to display a custom preview
--   of the currently selected file. To implement a preview, after setting
--   the preview widget, you connect to the <a>updatePreview</a> signal,
--   and call <a>fileChooserGetPreviewFilename</a> or
--   <a>fileChooserGetPreviewUri</a> on each change. If you can display a
--   preview of the new file, update your widget and set the preview active
--   using <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidgetActive</a>. Otherwise, set the
--   preview inactive.
--   
--   When there is no application-supplied preview widget, or the
--   application-supplied preview widget is not active, the file chooser
--   will display no preview at all.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetPreviewWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether only local files can be selected in the file selector. If
--   <i><tt>localOnly</tt></i> is <a>True</a> (the default), then the
--   selected file or files are guaranteed to be accessible through the
--   operating systems native file system and therefore the application
--   only needs to worry about the filename functions in
--   <a>FileChooser</a>, like <a>fileChooserGetFilename</a>, rather than
--   the URI functions like <a>fileChooserGetUri</a>,
--   
--   On some systems non-native files may still be available using the
--   native filesystem via a userspace filesystem (FUSE).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetLocalOnly :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the current filter; only the files that pass the filter will be
--   displayed. If the user-selectable list of filters is non-empty, then
--   the filter should be one of the filters in that list. Setting the
--   current filter when the list of filters is empty is useful if you want
--   to restrict the displayed set of files without letting the user change
--   it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsFileFilter b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>filename</tt></i> as the current filename for the file
--   chooser, by changing to the file’s parent folder and actually
--   selecting the file in list; all other files will be unselected. If the
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> is in <a>FileChooserActionSave</a> mode, the
--   file’s base name will also appear in the dialog’s file name entry.
--   
--   Note that the file must exist, or nothing will be done except for the
--   directory change.
--   
--   You should use this function only when implementing a save dialog for
--   which you already have a file name to which the user may save. For
--   example, when the user opens an existing file and then does Save As...
--   to save a copy or a modified version. If you don’t have a file name
--   already — for example, if the user just created a new file and is
--   saving it for the first time, do not call this function. Instead, use
--   something similar to this:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   if (document_is_new)
--     {
--       // the user just created a new document
--       gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (chooser, "Untitled document");
--     }
--   else
--     {
--       // the user edited an existing document
--       gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (chooser, existing_filename);
--     }
--   </pre>
--   
--   In the first case, the file chooser will present the user with useful
--   suggestions as to where to save his new file. In the second case, the
--   file’s existing location is already known, so the file chooser will
--   use it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> [Char] -> m Bool

-- | Sets <i><tt>file</tt></i> as the current filename for the file
--   chooser, by changing to the file’s parent folder and actually
--   selecting the file in list. If the <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> is in
--   <a>FileChooserActionSave</a> mode, the file’s base name will also
--   appear in the dialog’s file name entry.
--   
--   If the file name isn’t in the current folder of
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>, then the current folder of
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> will be changed to the folder containing
--   <i><tt>filename</tt></i>. This is equivalent to a sequence of
--   <a>fileChooserUnselectAll</a> followed by
--   <a>fileChooserSelectFilename</a>.
--   
--   Note that the file must exist, or nothing will be done except for the
--   directory change.
--   
--   If you are implementing a save dialog, you should use this function if
--   you already have a file name to which the user may save; for example,
--   when the user opens an existing file and then does Save As... If you
--   don’t have a file name already — for example, if the user just created
--   a new file and is saving it for the first time, do not call this
--   function. Instead, use something similar to this:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   if (document_is_new)
--     {
--       // the user just created a new document
--       gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_file (chooser, default_file_for_saving);
--       gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (chooser, "Untitled document");
--     }
--   else
--     {
--       // the user edited an existing document
--       gtk_file_chooser_set_file (chooser, existing_file);
--     }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fileChooserSetFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsFile b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets an application-supplied widget to provide extra options to the
--   user.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetExtraWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether a file chooser in <a>FileChooserActionSave</a> mode will
--   present a confirmation dialog if the user types a file name that
--   already exists. This is <a>False</a> by default.
--   
--   If set to <a>True</a>, the <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> will emit the
--   <a>confirmOverwrite</a> signal when appropriate.
--   
--   If all you need is the stock confirmation dialog, set this property to
--   <a>True</a>. You can override the way confirmation is done by actually
--   handling the <a>confirmOverwrite</a> signal; please refer to its
--   documentation for the details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
fileChooserSetDoOverwriteConfirmation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the current name in the file selector, as if entered by the user.
--   Note that the name passed in here is a UTF-8 string rather than a
--   filename. This function is meant for such uses as a suggested name in
--   a “Save As...” dialog. You can pass “Untitled.doc” or a similarly
--   suitable suggestion for the <i><tt>name</tt></i>.
--   
--   If you want to preselect a particular existing file, you should use
--   <a>fileChooserSetFilename</a> or <a>fileChooserSetUri</a> instead.
--   Please see the documentation for those functions for an example of
--   using <a>fileChooserSetCurrentName</a> as well.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetCurrentName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the current folder for <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> from an URI. The
--   user will be shown the full contents of the current folder, plus user
--   interface elements for navigating to other folders.
--   
--   In general, you should not use this function. See the [section on
--   setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up] for
--   the rationale behind this.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetCurrentFolderUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Sets the current folder for <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> from a
--   <a>File</a>. Internal function, see
--   <a>fileChooserSetCurrentFolderUri</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fileChooserSetCurrentFolderFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsFile b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the current folder for <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> from a local
--   filename. The user will be shown the full contents of the current
--   folder, plus user interface elements for navigating to other folders.
--   
--   In general, you should not use this function. See the [section on
--   setting up a file chooser dialog][gtkfilechooserdialog-setting-up] for
--   the rationale behind this.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetCurrentFolder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> [Char] -> m Bool

-- | Sets whether file choser will offer to create new folders. This is
--   only relevant if the action is not set to be
--   <a>FileChooserActionOpen</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
fileChooserSetCreateFolders :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Selects an option in a 'choice' that has been added with
--   <a>fileChooserAddChoice</a>. For a boolean choice, the possible
--   options are "true" and "false".
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
fileChooserSetChoice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the type of operation that the chooser is performing; the user
--   interface is adapted to suit the selected action. For example, an
--   option to create a new folder might be shown if the action is
--   <a>FileChooserActionSave</a> but not if the action is
--   <a>FileChooserActionOpen</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSetAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> FileChooserAction -> m ()

-- | Selects the file to by <i><tt>uri</tt></i>. If the URI doesn’t refer
--   to a file in the current folder of <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>, then the
--   current folder of <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> will be changed to the
--   folder containing <i><tt>filename</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSelectUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Selects a filename. If the file name isn’t in the current folder of
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>, then the current folder of
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> will be changed to the folder containing
--   <i><tt>filename</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSelectFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> [Char] -> m Bool

-- | Selects the file referred to by <i><tt>file</tt></i>. An internal
--   function. See <tt><i>_gtk_file_chooser_select_uri()</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fileChooserSelectFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsFile b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Selects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserSelectAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m ()

-- | Removes a folder URI from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserRemoveShortcutFolderUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Removes a folder from a file chooser’s list of shortcut folders.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserRemoveShortcutFolder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Removes <i><tt>filter</tt></i> from the list of filters that the user
--   can select between.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserRemoveFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsFileFilter b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Removes a 'choice' that has been added with
--   <a>fileChooserAddChoice</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
fileChooserRemoveChoice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
--   <a>fileChooserAddShortcutFolder</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserListShortcutFolders :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m [[Char]]

-- | Queries the list of shortcut folders in the file chooser, as set by
--   <a>fileChooserAddShortcutFolderUri</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserListShortcutFolderUris :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Lists the current set of user-selectable filters; see
--   <a>fileChooserAddFilter</a>, <a>fileChooserRemoveFilter</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserListFilters :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m [FileFilter]

-- | Gets whether a stock label should be drawn with the name of the
--   previewed file. See <a>fileChooserSetUsePreviewLabel</a>.
fileChooserGetUsePreviewLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>. The returned names are full absolute URIs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetUris :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Gets the URI for the currently selected file in the file selector. If
--   multiple files are selected, one of the filenames will be returned at
--   random.
--   
--   If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the
--   selected folder.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file
--   selector. See <a>fileChooserSetShowHidden</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileChooserGetShowHidden :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. See
--   <a>fileChooserSetSelectMultiple</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetSelectMultiple :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether the preview widget set by
--   <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a> should be shown for the current
--   filename. See <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidgetActive</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetPreviewWidgetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current preview widget; see
--   <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetPreviewWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the URI that should be previewed in a custom preview widget. See
--   <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetPreviewUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the filename that should be previewed in a custom preview widget.
--   See <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetPreviewFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe [Char])

-- | Gets the <a>File</a> that should be previewed in a custom preview
--   Internal function, see <a>fileChooserGetPreviewUri</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fileChooserGetPreviewFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe File)

-- | Gets whether only local files can be selected in the file selector.
--   See <a>fileChooserSetLocalOnly</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetLocalOnly :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current filter; see <a>fileChooserSetFilter</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe FileFilter)

-- | Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> as <a>File</a>. An internal function, see
--   <a>fileChooserGetUris</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fileChooserGetFiles :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m [File]

-- | Lists all the selected files and subfolders in the current folder of
--   <i><tt>chooser</tt></i>. The returned names are full absolute paths.
--   If files in the current folder cannot be represented as local
--   filenames they will be ignored. (See <a>fileChooserGetUris</a>)
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetFilenames :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m [[Char]]

-- | Gets the filename for the currently selected file in the file
--   selector. The filename is returned as an absolute path. If multiple
--   files are selected, one of the filenames will be returned at random.
--   
--   If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the
--   selected folder.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe [Char])

-- | Gets the <a>File</a> for the currently selected file in the file
--   selector. If multiple files are selected, one of the files will be
--   returned at random.
--   
--   If the file chooser is in folder mode, this function returns the
--   selected folder.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fileChooserGetFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m File

-- | Gets the current extra widget; see <a>fileChooserSetExtraWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetExtraWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Queries whether a file chooser is set to confirm for overwriting when
--   the user types a file name that already exists.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
fileChooserGetDoOverwriteConfirmation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current name in the file selector, as entered by the user in
--   the text entry for “Name”.
--   
--   This is meant to be used in save dialogs, to get the currently typed
--   filename when the file itself does not exist yet. For example, an
--   application that adds a custom extra widget to the file chooser for
--   “file format” may want to change the extension of the typed filename
--   based on the chosen format, say, from “.jpg” to “.png”.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
fileChooserGetCurrentName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the current folder of <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> as an URI. See
--   <a>fileChooserSetCurrentFolderUri</a>.
--   
--   Note that this is the folder that the file chooser is currently
--   displaying (e.g. "file:///home/username/Documents"), which is not the
--   same as the currently-selected folder if the chooser is in
--   <a>FileChooserActionSelectFolder</a> mode (e.g.
--   "file:///home/username/Documents/selected-folder/". To get the
--   currently-selected folder in that mode, use <a>fileChooserGetUri</a>
--   as the usual way to get the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetCurrentFolderUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the current folder of <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> as <a>File</a>. See
--   <a>fileChooserGetCurrentFolderUri</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fileChooserGetCurrentFolderFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m File

-- | Gets the current folder of <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> as a local
--   filename. See <a>fileChooserSetCurrentFolder</a>.
--   
--   Note that this is the folder that the file chooser is currently
--   displaying (e.g. "/home/username/Documents"), which is not the same as
--   the currently-selected folder if the chooser is in
--   <a>FileChooserActionSelectFolder</a> mode (e.g.
--   "/home/username/Documents/selected-folder/". To get the
--   currently-selected folder in that mode, use <a>fileChooserGetUri</a>
--   as the usual way to get the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetCurrentFolder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (Maybe [Char])

-- | Gets whether file choser will offer to create new folders. See
--   <a>fileChooserSetCreateFolders</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
fileChooserGetCreateFolders :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the currently selected option in the 'choice' with the given ID.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
fileChooserGetChoice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m Text

-- | Gets the type of operation that the file chooser is performing; see
--   <a>fileChooserSetAction</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserGetAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m FileChooserAction

-- | Adds a folder URI to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file
--   chooser. Note that shortcut folders do not get saved, as they are
--   provided by the application. For example, you can use this to add a
--   “file:///usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserAddShortcutFolderUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds a folder to be displayed with the shortcut folders in a file
--   chooser. Note that shortcut folders do not get saved, as they are
--   provided by the application. For example, you can use this to add a
--   “/usr/share/mydrawprogram/Clipart” folder to the volume list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserAddShortcutFolder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>filter</tt></i> to the list of filters that the user can
--   select between. When a filter is selected, only files that are passed
--   by that filter are displayed.
--   
--   Note that the <i><tt>chooser</tt></i> takes ownership of the filter,
--   so you have to ref and sink it if you want to keep a reference.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserAddFilter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a, IsFileFilter b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Adds a 'choice' to the file chooser. This is typically implemented as
--   a combobox or, for boolean choices, as a checkbutton. You can select a
--   value using <a>fileChooserSetChoice</a> before the dialog is shown,
--   and you can obtain the user-selected value in the <a>response</a>
--   signal handler using <a>fileChooserGetChoice</a>.
--   
--   Compare <a>fileChooserSetExtraWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
fileChooserAddChoice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> Text -> Text -> Maybe [Text] -> Maybe [Text] -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-preview-label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserUsePreviewLabel :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-preview-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #usePreviewLabel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserUsePreviewLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-preview-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #usePreviewLabel
--   </pre>
getFileChooserUsePreviewLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-hidden</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserShowHidden :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-hidden</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #showHidden <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserShowHidden :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-hidden</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #showHidden
--   </pre>
getFileChooserShowHidden :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>select-multiple</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserSelectMultiple :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>select-multiple</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #selectMultiple <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserSelectMultiple :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>select-multiple</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #selectMultiple
--   </pre>
getFileChooserSelectMultiple :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>preview-widget-active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserPreviewWidgetActive :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>preview-widget-active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #previewWidgetActive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserPreviewWidgetActive :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>preview-widget-active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #previewWidgetActive
--   </pre>
getFileChooserPreviewWidgetActive :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>preview-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserPreviewWidget :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>preview-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #previewWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserPreviewWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>preview-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #previewWidget
--   </pre>
getFileChooserPreviewWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserLocalOnly :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #localOnly <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserLocalOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #localOnly
--   </pre>
getFileChooserLocalOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>filter</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserFilter :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m, IsFileFilter a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>filter</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #filter <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserFilter :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o, IsFileFilter a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>filter</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #filter
--   </pre>
getFileChooserFilter :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe FileFilter)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>extra-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserExtraWidget :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>extra-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #extraWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserExtraWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>extra-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #extraWidget
--   </pre>
getFileChooserExtraWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>do-overwrite-confirmation</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserDoOverwriteConfirmation :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>do-overwrite-confirmation</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #doOverwriteConfirmation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserDoOverwriteConfirmation :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>do-overwrite-confirmation</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #doOverwriteConfirmation
--   </pre>
getFileChooserDoOverwriteConfirmation :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>create-folders</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserCreateFolders :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>create-folders</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #createFolders <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserCreateFolders :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>create-folders</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #createFolders
--   </pre>
getFileChooserCreateFolders :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>action</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserAction :: (IsFileChooser o, MonadIO m) => FileChooserAction -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooser [ #action <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserAction :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> FileChooserAction -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>action</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooser #action
--   </pre>
getFileChooserAction :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m FileChooserAction

-- | Cast to <a>FileChooser</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFileChooser :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooser o) => o -> m FileChooser

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback :: C_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback :: C_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback :: C_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback :: C_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback :: C_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback)

-- | This signal gets emitted whenever it is appropriate to present a
--   confirmation dialog when the user has selected a file name that
--   already exists. The signal only gets emitted when the file chooser is
--   in <a>FileChooserActionSave</a> mode.
--   
--   Most applications just need to turn on the
--   <a>FileChooser</a>:<tt><i>do-overwrite-confirmation</i></tt> property
--   (or call the <a>fileChooserSetDoOverwriteConfirmation</a> function),
--   and they will automatically get a stock confirmation dialog.
--   Applications which need to customize this behavior should do that, and
--   also connect to the <a>confirmOverwrite</a> signal.
--   
--   A signal handler for this signal must return a
--   <a>FileChooserConfirmation</a> value, which indicates the action to
--   take. If the handler determines that the user wants to select a
--   different filename, it should return
--   <a>FileChooserConfirmationSelectAgain</a>. If it determines that the
--   user is satisfied with his choice of file name, it should return
--   <a>FileChooserConfirmationAcceptFilename</a>. On the other hand, if it
--   determines that the stock confirmation dialog should be used, it
--   should return <a>FileChooserConfirmationConfirm</a>. The following
--   example illustrates this.
--   
--   ## {<tt><i>gtkfilechooser</i></tt>-confirmation}
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static GtkFileChooserConfirmation
--   confirm_overwrite_callback (GtkFileChooser *chooser, gpointer data)
--   {
--     char *uri;
--   
--     uri = gtk_file_chooser_get_uri (chooser);
--   
--     if (is_uri_read_only (uri))
--       {
--         if (user_wants_to_replace_read_only_file (uri))
--           return GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_ACCEPT_FILENAME;
--         else
--           return GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_SELECT_AGAIN;
--       } else
--         return GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_CONFIRMATION_CONFIRM; // fall back to the default dialog
--   }
--   
--   ...
--   
--   chooser = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (...);
--   
--   gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (dialog), TRUE);
--   g_signal_connect (chooser, "confirm-overwrite",
--                     G_CALLBACK (confirm_overwrite_callback), NULL);
--   
--   if (gtk_dialog_run (chooser) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT)
--           save_to_file (gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (chooser));
--   
--   gtk_widget_destroy (chooser);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
type FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback = IO FileChooserConfirmation

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserConfirmOverwriteCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CUInt

-- | This signal is emitted when the current folder in a <a>FileChooser</a>
--   changes. This can happen due to the user performing some action that
--   changes folders, such as selecting a bookmark or visiting a folder on
--   the file list. It can also happen as a result of calling a function to
--   explicitly change the current folder in a file chooser.
--   
--   Normally you do not need to connect to this signal, unless you need to
--   keep track of which folder a file chooser is showing.
--   
--   See also: <a>fileChooserSetCurrentFolder</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserGetCurrentFolder</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserSetCurrentFolderUri</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserGetCurrentFolderUri</a>.
type FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when the user "activates" a file in the file
--   chooser. This can happen by double-clicking on a file in the file
--   list, or by pressing <tt>Enter</tt>.
--   
--   Normally you do not need to connect to this signal. It is used
--   internally by <a>FileChooserDialog</a> to know when to activate the
--   default button in the dialog.
--   
--   See also: <a>fileChooserGetFilename</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserGetFilenames</a>, <a>fileChooserGetUri</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserGetUris</a>.
type FileChooserFileActivatedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserFileActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when there is a change in the set of selected
--   files in a <a>FileChooser</a>. This can happen when the user modifies
--   the selection with the mouse or the keyboard, or when explicitly
--   calling functions to change the selection.
--   
--   Normally you do not need to connect to this signal, as it is easier to
--   wait for the file chooser to finish running, and then to get the list
--   of selected files using the functions mentioned below.
--   
--   See also: <a>fileChooserSelectFilename</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserUnselectFilename</a>, <a>fileChooserGetFilename</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserGetFilenames</a>, <a>fileChooserSelectUri</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserUnselectUri</a>, <a>fileChooserGetUri</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserGetUris</a>.
type FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserSelectionChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when the preview in a file chooser should be
--   regenerated. For example, this can happen when the currently selected
--   file changes. You should use this signal if you want your file chooser
--   to have a preview widget.
--   
--   Once you have installed a preview widget with
--   <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a>, you should update it when this
--   signal is emitted. You can use the functions
--   <a>fileChooserGetPreviewFilename</a> or
--   <a>fileChooserGetPreviewUri</a> to get the name of the file to
--   preview. Your widget may not be able to preview all kinds of files;
--   your callback must call <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidgetActive</a> to
--   inform the file chooser about whether the preview was generated
--   successfully or not.
--   
--   Please see the example code in [Using a Preview
--   Widget][gtkfilechooser-preview].
--   
--   See also: <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidget</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserSetPreviewWidgetActive</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserSetUsePreviewLabel</a>,
--   <a>fileChooserGetPreviewFilename</a>, <a>fileChooserGetPreviewUri</a>.
type FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserUpdatePreviewCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Calling this function signals the tool shell that the overflow menu
--   item for tool items have changed. If there is an overflow menu and if
--   it is visible when this function it called, the menu will be rebuilt.
--   
--   Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on
--   <a>toolItemRebuildMenu</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
toolShellRebuildMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the current text size group for the tool shell. Tool items
--   must not call this function directly, but rely on
--   <a>toolItemGetTextSizeGroup</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolShellGetTextSizeGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m SizeGroup

-- | Retrieves the current text orientation for the tool shell. Tool items
--   must not call this function directly, but rely on
--   <a>toolItemGetTextOrientation</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolShellGetTextOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m Orientation

-- | Retrieves the current text alignment for the tool shell. Tool items
--   must not call this function directly, but rely on
--   <a>toolItemGetTextAlignment</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolShellGetTextAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m Float

-- | Retrieves whether the tool shell has text, icons, or both. Tool items
--   must not call this function directly, but rely on
--   <a>toolItemGetToolbarStyle</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
toolShellGetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m ToolbarStyle

-- | Returns the relief style of buttons on <i><tt>shell</tt></i>. Tool
--   items must not call this function directly, but rely on
--   <a>toolItemGetReliefStyle</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
toolShellGetReliefStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m ReliefStyle

-- | Retrieves the current orientation for the tool shell. Tool items must
--   not call this function directly, but rely on
--   <a>toolItemGetOrientation</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
toolShellGetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m Orientation

-- | Retrieves the icon size for the tool shell. Tool items must not call
--   this function directly, but rely on <a>toolItemGetIconSize</a>
--   instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
toolShellGetIconSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the current ellipsize mode for the tool shell. Tool items
--   must not call this function directly, but rely on
--   <a>toolItemGetEllipsizeMode</a> instead.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolShellGetEllipsizeMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolShell a) => a -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Cast to <a>ToolShell</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToolShell :: (MonadIO m, IsToolShell o) => o -> m ToolShell

-- | Sets the widget to be monitored by this accelerator label. Passing
--   <a>Nothing</a> for <i><tt>accelWidget</tt></i> will dissociate
--   <i><tt>accelLabel</tt></i> from its current widget, if any.
accelLabelSetAccelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the closure to be monitored by this accelerator label. The
--   closure must be connected to an accelerator group; see
--   <a>accelGroupConnect</a>. Passing <a>Nothing</a> for
--   <i><tt>accelClosure</tt></i> will dissociate
--   <i><tt>accelLabel</tt></i> from its current closure, if any.
accelLabelSetAccelClosure :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel a) => a -> Maybe (GClosure b) -> m ()

-- | Manually sets a keyval and modifier mask as the accelerator rendered
--   by <i><tt>accelLabel</tt></i>.
--   
--   If a keyval and modifier are explicitly set then these values are used
--   regardless of any associated accel closure or widget.
--   
--   Providing an <i><tt>acceleratorKey</tt></i> of 0 removes the manual
--   setting.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
accelLabelSetAccel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel a) => a -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Recreates the string representing the accelerator keys. This should
--   not be needed since the string is automatically updated whenever
--   accelerators are added or removed from the associated widget.
accelLabelRefetch :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the width needed to display the accelerator key(s). This is
--   used by menus to align all of the <a>MenuItem</a> widgets, and
--   shouldn't be needed by applications.
accelLabelGetAccelWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Fetches the widget monitored by this accelerator label. See
--   <a>accelLabelSetAccelWidget</a>.
accelLabelGetAccelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the keyval and modifier mask set with <a>accelLabelSetAccel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
accelLabelGetAccel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel a) => a -> m (Word32, [ModifierType])

-- | Creates a new <a>AccelLabel</a>.
accelLabelNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m AccelLabel

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-widget</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelWidget
--   </pre>
clearAccelLabelAccelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAccelLabelAccelWidget :: (IsAccelLabel o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> accelLabel [ #accelWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAccelLabelAccelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelLabel #accelWidget
--   </pre>
getAccelLabelAccelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-closure</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelClosure
--   </pre>
clearAccelLabelAccelClosure :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-closure</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAccelLabelAccelClosure :: (IsAccelLabel o, MonadIO m) => GClosure a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-closure</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> accelLabel [ #accelClosure <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAccelLabelAccelClosure :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel o) => o -> GClosure a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-closure</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accelLabel #accelClosure
--   </pre>
getAccelLabelAccelClosure :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel o) => o -> m (Maybe (GClosure ()))

-- | Cast to <a>AccelLabel</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAccelLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsAccelLabel o) => o -> m AccelLabel

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AccelLabel
AccelLabel :: ManagedPtr AccelLabel -> AccelLabel

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>AccelLabel</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toAccelLabel</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AccelLabel o) => IsAccelLabel o

-- | Sets the <a>Widget</a> corresponding to the <a>Accessible</a>.
--   
--   <i><tt>accessible</tt></i> will not hold a reference to
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>. It is the caller’s responsibility to ensure
--   that when <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is destroyed, the widget is unset by
--   calling this function again with <i><tt>widget</tt></i> set to
--   <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
accessibleSetWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccessible a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Gets the <a>Widget</a> corresponding to the <a>Accessible</a>. The
--   returned widget does not have a reference added, so you do not need to
--   unref it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
accessibleGetWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccessible a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | This function specifies the callback function to be called when the
--   widget corresponding to a GtkAccessible is destroyed.
accessibleConnectWidgetDestroyed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccessible a) => a -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #widget
--   </pre>
clearAccessibleWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsAccessible o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAccessibleWidget :: (IsAccessible o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> accessible [ #widget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAccessibleWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsAccessible o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> accessible #widget
--   </pre>
getAccessibleWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsAccessible o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Cast to <a>Accessible</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsAccessible o) => o -> m Accessible

-- | Reenable activation signals from the action
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionUnblockActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>action</tt></i> is visible when vertical
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetVisibleVertical :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>action</tt></i> is visible when horizontal
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetVisibleHorizontal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the :visible property of the action to <i><tt>visible</tt></i>.
--   Note that this doesn’t necessarily mean effective visibility. See
--   <a>actionIsVisible</a> for that.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
actionSetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the tooltip text on <i><tt>action</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetTooltip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the stock id on <i><tt>action</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetStockId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets a shorter label text on <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetShortLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the :sensitive property of the action to
--   <i><tt>sensitive</tt></i>. Note that this doesn’t necessarily mean
--   effective sensitivity. See <a>actionIsSensitive</a> for that.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
actionSetSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the label of <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the action is important, this attribute is used primarily
--   by toolbar items to decide whether to show a label or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetIsImportant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon name on <i><tt>action</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon of <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionSetGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a, IsIcon b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>action</tt></i>'s menu item proxies will ignore
--   the <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-menu-images</i></tt> setting and always
--   show their image, if available.
--   
--   Use this if the menu item would be useless or hard to use without
--   their image.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
actionSetAlwaysShowImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the accel path for this action. All proxy widgets associated with
--   the action will have this accel path, so that their accelerators are
--   consistent.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> string will be stored in a
--   <tt><i>GQuark</i></tt>. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you
--   can save some memory by interning it first with
--   <a>internStaticString</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionSetAccelPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>AccelGroup</a> in which the accelerator for this action
--   will be installed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionSetAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the action is effectively visible.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionIsVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the action is effectively sensitive.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionIsSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Checks whether <i><tt>action</tt></i> is visible when horizontal
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetVisibleVertical :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Checks whether <i><tt>action</tt></i> is visible when horizontal
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetVisibleHorizontal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the action itself is visible. Note that this doesn’t
--   necessarily mean effective visibility. See <a>actionIsSensitive</a>
--   for that.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the tooltip text of <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetTooltip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the stock id of <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetStockId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the short label text of <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetShortLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns whether the action itself is sensitive. Note that this doesn’t
--   necessarily mean effective sensitivity. See <a>actionIsSensitive</a>
--   for that.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGetSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the proxy widgets for an action. See also
--   <a>activatableGetRelatedAction</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGetProxies :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m [Widget]

-- | Returns the name of the action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the label text of <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Text

-- | Checks whether <i><tt>action</tt></i> is important or not
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetIsImportant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the icon name of <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the gicon of <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionGetGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Icon

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>action</tt></i>'s menu item proxies will always
--   show their image, if available.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
actionGetAlwaysShowImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the accel path for this action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
actionGetAccelPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the accel closure for this action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
actionGetAccelClosure :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m (GClosure b)

-- | Undoes the effect of one call to <a>actionConnectAccelerator</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionDisconnectAccelerator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a toolbar item widget that proxies for the given action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionCreateToolItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Creates a menu item widget that proxies for the given action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionCreateMenuItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Widget

-- | If <i><tt>action</tt></i> provides a <a>Menu</a> widget as a submenu
--   for the menu item or the toolbar item it creates, this function
--   returns an instance of that menu.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
actionCreateMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m Widget

-- | This function is intended for use by action implementations to create
--   icons displayed in the proxy widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionCreateIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> Int32 -> m Widget

-- | Installs the accelerator for <i><tt>action</tt></i> if
--   <i><tt>action</tt></i> has an accel path and group. See
--   <a>actionSetAccelPath</a> and <a>actionSetAccelGroup</a>
--   
--   Since multiple proxies may independently trigger the installation of
--   the accelerator, the <i><tt>action</tt></i> counts the number of times
--   this function has been called and doesn’t remove the accelerator until
--   <a>actionDisconnectAccelerator</a> has been called as many times.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionConnectAccelerator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m ()

-- | Disable activation signals from the action
--   
--   This is needed when updating the state of your proxy
--   <a>Activatable</a> widget could result in calling
--   <a>actionActivate</a>, this is a convenience function to avoid
--   recursing in those cases (updating toggle state for instance).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
actionBlockActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m ()

-- | Emits the “activate” signal on the specified action, if it isn't
--   insensitive. This gets called by the proxy widgets when they get
--   activated.
--   
--   It can also be used to manually activate an action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Action</a> object. To add the action to a
--   <a>ActionGroup</a> and set the accelerator for the action, call
--   <a>actionGroupAddActionWithAccel</a>. See the [UI Definition
--   section][XML-UI] for information on allowed action names.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
actionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> m Action

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-vertical</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionVisibleVertical :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-vertical</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #visibleVertical <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionVisibleVertical :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-vertical</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #visibleVertical
--   </pre>
getActionVisibleVertical :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-overflown</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionVisibleOverflown :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-overflown</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #visibleOverflown <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionVisibleOverflown :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-overflown</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #visibleOverflown
--   </pre>
getActionVisibleOverflown :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-horizontal</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionVisibleHorizontal :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-horizontal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #visibleHorizontal <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionVisibleHorizontal :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-horizontal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #visibleHorizontal
--   </pre>
getActionVisibleHorizontal :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionVisible :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #visible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #visible
--   </pre>
getActionVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionTooltip :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #tooltip <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionTooltip :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #tooltip
--   </pre>
getActionTooltip :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionStockId :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #stockId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionStockId :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #stockId
--   </pre>
getActionStockId :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>short-label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionShortLabel :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>short-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #shortLabel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionShortLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>short-label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #shortLabel
--   </pre>
getActionShortLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionSensitive :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #sensitive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>sensitive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #sensitive
--   </pre>
getActionSensitive :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionName :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #name
--   </pre>
getActionName :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionLabel :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #label
--   </pre>
getActionLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>is-important</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionIsImportant :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>is-important</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #isImportant <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionIsImportant :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-important</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #isImportant
--   </pre>
getActionIsImportant :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionIconName :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #iconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #iconName
--   </pre>
getActionIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hide-if-empty</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionHideIfEmpty :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hide-if-empty</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #hideIfEmpty <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionHideIfEmpty :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hide-if-empty</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #hideIfEmpty
--   </pre>
getActionHideIfEmpty :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionGicon :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #gicon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #gicon
--   </pre>
getActionGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Icon

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionAlwaysShowImage :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #alwaysShowImage <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionAlwaysShowImage :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #alwaysShowImage
--   </pre>
getActionAlwaysShowImage :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action-group</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #actionGroup
--   </pre>
clearActionActionGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>action-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActionActionGroup :: (IsAction o, MonadIO m, IsActionGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> action [ #actionGroup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActionActionGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o, IsActionGroup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>action-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> action #actionGroup
--   </pre>
getActionActionGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m (Maybe ActionGroup)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> action #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterActionActivate :: (IsAction a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> action #activate callback
--   </pre>
onActionActivate :: (IsAction a, MonadIO m) => a -> ActionActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ActionActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ActionActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_ActionActivateCallback :: ActionActivateCallback -> C_ActionActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ActionActivate :: MonadIO m => ActionActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_ActionActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ActionActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noActionActivateCallback :: Maybe ActionActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Action</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAction :: (MonadIO m, IsAction o) => o -> m Action

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ActionActivateCallback</a>.
mk_ActionActivateCallback :: C_ActionActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ActionActivateCallback)

-- | The "activate" signal is emitted when the action is activated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ActionActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ActionActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the center widget for the <a>ActionBar</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
actionBarSetCenterWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionBar a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>child</tt></i> to <i><tt>actionBar</tt></i>, packed with
--   reference to the start of the <i><tt>actionBar</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
actionBarPackStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionBar a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>child</tt></i> to <i><tt>actionBar</tt></i>, packed with
--   reference to the end of the <i><tt>actionBar</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
actionBarPackEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionBar a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the center bar widget of the bar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
actionBarGetCenterWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActionBar a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Creates a new <a>ActionBar</a> widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
actionBarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ActionBar

-- | Cast to <a>ActionBar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toActionBar :: (MonadIO m, IsActionBar o) => o -> m ActionBar

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ActionBar
ActionBar :: ManagedPtr ActionBar -> ActionBar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ActionBar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toActionBar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ActionBar o) => IsActionBar o

-- | Sets the padding on the different sides of the widget. The padding
--   adds blank space to the sides of the widget. For instance, this can be
--   used to indent the child widget towards the right by adding padding on
--   the left.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
alignmentSetPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAlignment a) => a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Alignment</a> values.
alignmentSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAlignment a) => a -> Float -> Float -> Float -> Float -> m ()

-- | Gets the padding on the different sides of the widget. See
--   gtk_alignment_set_padding ().
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
alignmentGetPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAlignment a) => a -> m (Word32, Word32, Word32, Word32)

-- | Creates a new <a>Alignment</a>.
alignmentNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Float -> Float -> Float -> Float -> m Alignment

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>yscale</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAlignmentYscale :: (IsAlignment o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yscale</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> alignment [ #yscale <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAlignmentYscale :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yscale</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> alignment #yscale
--   </pre>
getAlignmentYscale :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAlignmentYalign :: (IsAlignment o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> alignment [ #yalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAlignmentYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> alignment #yalign
--   </pre>
getAlignmentYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xscale</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAlignmentXscale :: (IsAlignment o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xscale</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> alignment [ #xscale <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAlignmentXscale :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xscale</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> alignment #xscale
--   </pre>
getAlignmentXscale :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAlignmentXalign :: (IsAlignment o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> alignment [ #xalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAlignmentXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> alignment #xalign
--   </pre>
getAlignmentXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>top-padding</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAlignmentTopPadding :: (IsAlignment o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>top-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> alignment [ #topPadding <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAlignmentTopPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>top-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> alignment #topPadding
--   </pre>
getAlignmentTopPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>right-padding</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAlignmentRightPadding :: (IsAlignment o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>right-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> alignment [ #rightPadding <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAlignmentRightPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>right-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> alignment #rightPadding
--   </pre>
getAlignmentRightPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>left-padding</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAlignmentLeftPadding :: (IsAlignment o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>left-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> alignment [ #leftPadding <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAlignmentLeftPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>left-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> alignment #leftPadding
--   </pre>
getAlignmentLeftPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>bottom-padding</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAlignmentBottomPadding :: (IsAlignment o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>bottom-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> alignment [ #bottomPadding <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAlignmentBottomPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>bottom-padding</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> alignment #bottomPadding
--   </pre>
getAlignmentBottomPadding :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Cast to <a>Alignment</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAlignment :: (MonadIO m, IsAlignment o) => o -> m Alignment

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Alignment
Alignment :: ManagedPtr Alignment -> Alignment

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Alignment</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toAlignment</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Alignment o) => IsAlignment o

-- | Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show an entry to
--   trigger a <a>AppChooserDialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserButtonSetShowDialogItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show the default
--   application for the given content type at top.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
appChooserButtonSetShowDefaultItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the text to display at the top of the dialog. If the heading is
--   not set, the dialog displays a default text.
appChooserButtonSetHeading :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Selects a custom item previously added with
--   <a>appChooserButtonAppendCustomItem</a>.
--   
--   Use <a>appChooserRefresh</a> to bring the selection to its initial
--   state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserButtonSetActiveCustomItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>AppChooserButton</a>:<tt><i>show-dialog-item</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserButtonGetShowDialogItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>AppChooserButton</a>:<tt><i>show-default-item</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
appChooserButtonGetShowDefaultItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the text to display at the top of the dialog.
appChooserButtonGetHeading :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Appends a separator to the list of applications that is shown in the
--   popup.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserButtonAppendSeparator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a) => a -> m ()

-- | Appends a custom item to the list of applications that is shown in the
--   popup; the item name must be unique per-widget. Clients can use the
--   provided name as a detail for the <a>customItemActivated</a> signal,
--   to add a callback for the activation of a particular custom item in
--   the list. See also <a>appChooserButtonAppendSeparator</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserButtonAppendCustomItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton a, IsIcon b) => a -> Text -> Text -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>AppChooserButton</a> for applications that can handle
--   content of the given type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m AppChooserButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-dialog-item</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserButtonShowDialogItem :: (IsAppChooserButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-dialog-item</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserButton [ #showDialogItem <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserButtonShowDialogItem :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-dialog-item</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserButton #showDialogItem
--   </pre>
getAppChooserButtonShowDialogItem :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-default-item</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserButtonShowDefaultItem :: (IsAppChooserButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-default-item</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserButton [ #showDefaultItem <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserButtonShowDefaultItem :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-default-item</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserButton #showDefaultItem
--   </pre>
getAppChooserButtonShowDefaultItem :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>heading</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserButtonHeading :: (IsAppChooserButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>heading</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserButton [ #heading <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserButtonHeading :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>heading</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserButton #heading
--   </pre>
getAppChooserButtonHeading :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>customItemActivated</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> appChooserButton #customItemActivated callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to
--   “<tt>custom-item-activated::detail</tt>” instead.
afterAppChooserButtonCustomItemActivated :: (IsAppChooserButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>customItemActivated</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> appChooserButton #customItemActivated callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to
--   “<tt>custom-item-activated::detail</tt>” instead.
onAppChooserButtonCustomItemActivated :: (IsAppChooserButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback :: AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback -> C_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivated :: MonadIO m => AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noAppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback :: Maybe AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>AppChooserButton</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAppChooserButton :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserButton o) => o -> m AppChooserButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback :: C_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AppChooserButton
AppChooserButton :: ManagedPtr AppChooserButton -> AppChooserButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>AppChooserButton</a>, for instance with <a>toAppChooserButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AppChooserButton o) => IsAppChooserButton o

-- | Emitted when a custom item, previously added with
--   <a>appChooserButtonAppendCustomItem</a>, is activated from the
--   dropdown menu.
type AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets whether the app chooser should show recommended applications for
--   the content type in a separate section.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetSetShowRecommended :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the app chooser should show applications which are
--   unrelated to the content type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetSetShowOther :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the app chooser should show related applications for the
--   content type in a separate section.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetSetShowFallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the app chooser should show the default handler for the
--   content type in a separate section.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetSetShowDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the app chooser should show all applications in a flat
--   list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetSetShowAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the text that is shown if there are not applications that can
--   handle the content type.
appChooserWidgetSetDefaultText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>AppChooserWidget</a>:<tt><i>show-recommended</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetGetShowRecommended :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>AppChooserWidget</a>:<tt><i>show-other</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetGetShowOther :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>AppChooserWidget</a>:<tt><i>show-fallback</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetGetShowFallback :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>AppChooserWidget</a>:<tt><i>show-default</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetGetShowDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current value of the
--   <a>AppChooserWidget</a>:<tt><i>show-all</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetGetShowAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the text that is shown if there are not applications that can
--   handle the content type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetGetDefaultText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget a) => a -> m Text

-- | Creates a new <a>AppChooserWidget</a> for applications that can handle
--   content of the given type.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
appChooserWidgetNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m AppChooserWidget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-recommended</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserWidgetShowRecommended :: (IsAppChooserWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-recommended</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserWidget [ #showRecommended <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserWidgetShowRecommended :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-recommended</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserWidget #showRecommended
--   </pre>
getAppChooserWidgetShowRecommended :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-other</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserWidgetShowOther :: (IsAppChooserWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-other</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserWidget [ #showOther <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserWidgetShowOther :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-other</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserWidget #showOther
--   </pre>
getAppChooserWidgetShowOther :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-fallback</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserWidgetShowFallback :: (IsAppChooserWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-fallback</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserWidget [ #showFallback <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserWidgetShowFallback :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-fallback</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserWidget #showFallback
--   </pre>
getAppChooserWidgetShowFallback :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-default</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserWidgetShowDefault :: (IsAppChooserWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserWidget [ #showDefault <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserWidgetShowDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-default</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserWidget #showDefault
--   </pre>
getAppChooserWidgetShowDefault :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-all</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserWidgetShowAll :: (IsAppChooserWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserWidget [ #showAll <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserWidgetShowAll :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserWidget #showAll
--   </pre>
getAppChooserWidgetShowAll :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>default-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAppChooserWidgetDefaultText :: (IsAppChooserWidget o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>default-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> appChooserWidget [ #defaultText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAppChooserWidgetDefaultText :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>default-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> appChooserWidget #defaultText
--   </pre>
getAppChooserWidgetDefaultText :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> m Text

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> appChooserWidget #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
afterAppChooserWidgetPopulatePopup :: (IsAppChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> appChooserWidget #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
onAppChooserWidgetPopulatePopup :: (IsAppChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
wrap_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback :: AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback -> C_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopup :: MonadIO m => AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback</a></tt>.
noAppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback :: Maybe AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>applicationSelected</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> appChooserWidget #applicationSelected callback
--   </pre>
afterAppChooserWidgetApplicationSelected :: (IsAppChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>applicationSelected</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> appChooserWidget #applicationSelected callback
--   </pre>
onAppChooserWidgetApplicationSelected :: (IsAppChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback</a>.
wrap_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback :: AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback -> C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelected :: MonadIO m => AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback -> m (GClosure C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback</a></tt>.
noAppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback :: Maybe AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>applicationActivated</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> appChooserWidget #applicationActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterAppChooserWidgetApplicationActivated :: (IsAppChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>applicationActivated</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> appChooserWidget #applicationActivated callback
--   </pre>
onAppChooserWidgetApplicationActivated :: (IsAppChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback :: AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback -> C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivated :: MonadIO m => AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noAppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback :: Maybe AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>AppChooserWidget</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAppChooserWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsAppChooserWidget o) => o -> m AppChooserWidget

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback :: C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback</a>.
mk_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback :: C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
mk_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback :: C_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AppChooserWidget
AppChooserWidget :: ManagedPtr AppChooserWidget -> AppChooserWidget

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>AppChooserWidget</a>, for instance with <a>toAppChooserWidget</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AppChooserWidget o) => IsAppChooserWidget o

-- | Emitted when an application item is activated from the widget's list.
--   
--   This usually happens when the user double clicks an item, or an item
--   is selected and the user presses one of the keys Space, Shift+Space,
--   Return or Enter.
type AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback = AppInfo -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr AppInfo -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when an application item is selected from the widget's list.
type AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback = AppInfo -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr AppInfo -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when a context menu is about to popup over an application
--   item. Clients can insert menu items into the provided <a>Menu</a>
--   object in the callback of this signal; the context menu will be shown
--   over the item if at least one item has been added to the menu.
type AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback = Menu -> AppInfo -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Menu -> Ptr AppInfo -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the direction and style of the <a>Arrow</a>,
--   <i><tt>arrow</tt></i>.
arrowSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsArrow a) => a -> ArrowType -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Arrow</a> widget.
arrowNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => ArrowType -> ShadowType -> m Arrow

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructArrowShadowType :: (IsArrow o, MonadIO m) => ShadowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> arrow [ #shadowType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setArrowShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsArrow o) => o -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> arrow #shadowType
--   </pre>
getArrowShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsArrow o) => o -> m ShadowType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>arrow-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructArrowArrowType :: (IsArrow o, MonadIO m) => ArrowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>arrow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> arrow [ #arrowType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setArrowArrowType :: (MonadIO m, IsArrow o) => o -> ArrowType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>arrow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> arrow #arrowType
--   </pre>
getArrowArrowType :: (MonadIO m, IsArrow o) => o -> m ArrowType

-- | Cast to <a>Arrow</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toArrow :: (MonadIO m, IsArrow o) => o -> m Arrow

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Arrow
Arrow :: ManagedPtr Arrow -> Arrow

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Arrow</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toArrow</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Arrow o) => IsArrow o

-- | Set parameters for an existing <a>AspectFrame</a>.
aspectFrameSet :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame a) => a -> Float -> Float -> Float -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Create a new <a>AspectFrame</a>.
aspectFrameNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> Float -> Float -> Float -> Bool -> m AspectFrame

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAspectFrameYalign :: (IsAspectFrame o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aspectFrame [ #yalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAspectFrameYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aspectFrame #yalign
--   </pre>
getAspectFrameYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAspectFrameXalign :: (IsAspectFrame o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aspectFrame [ #xalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAspectFrameXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aspectFrame #xalign
--   </pre>
getAspectFrameXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ratio</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAspectFrameRatio :: (IsAspectFrame o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ratio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aspectFrame [ #ratio <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAspectFrameRatio :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ratio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aspectFrame #ratio
--   </pre>
getAspectFrameRatio :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>obey-child</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAspectFrameObeyChild :: (IsAspectFrame o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>obey-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> aspectFrame [ #obeyChild <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAspectFrameObeyChild :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>obey-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> aspectFrame #obeyChild
--   </pre>
getAspectFrameObeyChild :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>AspectFrame</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAspectFrame :: (MonadIO m, IsAspectFrame o) => o -> m AspectFrame

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AspectFrame
AspectFrame :: ManagedPtr AspectFrame -> AspectFrame

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>AspectFrame</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toAspectFrame</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AspectFrame o) => IsAspectFrame o

-- | Gets the child of the <a>Bin</a>, or <a>Nothing</a> if the bin
--   contains no child widget. The returned widget does not have a
--   reference added, so you do not need to unref it.
binGetChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBin a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Cast to <a>Bin</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toBin :: (MonadIO m, IsBin o) => o -> m Bin

-- | Sets the <a>Box</a>:<tt><i>spacing</i></tt> property of
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i>, which is the number of pixels to place between
--   children of <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
boxSetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Box</a>:<tt><i>homogeneous</i></tt> property of
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i>, controlling whether or not all children of
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i> are given equal space in the box.
boxSetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the way <i><tt>child</tt></i> is packed into <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
boxSetChildPacking :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> Bool -> Word32 -> PackType -> m ()

-- | Sets a center widget; that is a child widget that will be centered
--   with respect to the full width of the box, even if the children at
--   either side take up different amounts of space.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
boxSetCenterWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the baseline position of a box. This affects only horizontal
--   boxes with at least one baseline aligned child. If there is more
--   vertical space available than requested, and the baseline is not
--   allocated by the parent then <i><tt>position</tt></i> is used to
--   allocate the baseline wrt the extra space available.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
boxSetBaselinePosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a) => a -> BaselinePosition -> m ()

-- | Moves <i><tt>child</tt></i> to a new <i><tt>position</tt></i> in the
--   list of <i><tt>box</tt></i> children. The list contains widgets packed
--   <tt><i>GTK_PACK_START</i></tt> as well as widgets packed
--   <tt><i>GTK_PACK_END</i></tt>, in the order that these widgets were
--   added to <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   A widget’s position in the <i><tt>box</tt></i> children list
--   determines where the widget is packed into <i><tt>box</tt></i>. A
--   child widget at some position in the list will be packed just after
--   all other widgets of the same packing type that appear earlier in the
--   list.
boxReorderChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Obtains information about how <i><tt>child</tt></i> is packed into
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
boxQueryChildPacking :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m (Bool, Bool, Word32, PackType)

-- | Adds <i><tt>child</tt></i> to <i><tt>box</tt></i>, packed with
--   reference to the start of <i><tt>box</tt></i>. The
--   <i><tt>child</tt></i> is packed after any other child packed with
--   reference to the start of <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
boxPackStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> Bool -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>child</tt></i> to <i><tt>box</tt></i>, packed with
--   reference to the end of <i><tt>box</tt></i>. The <i><tt>child</tt></i>
--   is packed after (away from end of) any other child packed with
--   reference to the end of <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
boxPackEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> Bool -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the value set by <a>boxSetSpacing</a>.
boxGetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether the box is homogeneous (all children are the same
--   size). See <a>boxSetHomogeneous</a>.
boxGetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the center widget of the box.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
boxGetCenterWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the value set by <a>boxSetBaselinePosition</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
boxGetBaselinePosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBox a) => a -> m BaselinePosition

-- | Creates a new <a>Box</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
boxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Orientation -> Int32 -> m Box

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructBoxSpacing :: (IsBox o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> box [ #spacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBoxSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsBox o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> box #spacing
--   </pre>
getBoxSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsBox o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructBoxHomogeneous :: (IsBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> box [ #homogeneous <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBoxHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> box #homogeneous
--   </pre>
getBoxHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>baseline-position</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructBoxBaselinePosition :: (IsBox o, MonadIO m) => BaselinePosition -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>baseline-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> box [ #baselinePosition <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setBoxBaselinePosition :: (MonadIO m, IsBox o) => o -> BaselinePosition -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>baseline-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> box #baselinePosition
--   </pre>
getBoxBaselinePosition :: (MonadIO m, IsBox o) => o -> m BaselinePosition

-- | Cast to <a>Box</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toBox :: (MonadIO m, IsBox o) => o -> m Box

-- | If true, an underline in the text of the button label indicates the
--   next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
buttonSetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <a>True</a>, the label set on the button is used as a stock id to
--   select the stock item for the button.
buttonSetUseStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the relief style of the edges of the given <a>Button</a> widget.
--   Two styles exist, <a>ReliefStyleNormal</a> and <a>ReliefStyleNone</a>.
--   The default style is, as one can guess, <a>ReliefStyleNormal</a>. The
--   deprecated value <a>ReliefStyleHalf</a> behaves the same as
--   <a>ReliefStyleNormal</a>.
buttonSetRelief :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> ReliefStyle -> m ()

-- | Sets the text of the label of the button to <i><tt>str</tt></i>. This
--   text is also used to select the stock item if <a>buttonSetUseStock</a>
--   is used.
--   
--   This will also clear any previously set labels.
buttonSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the position of the image relative to the text inside the button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
buttonSetImagePosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Set the image of <i><tt>button</tt></i> to the given widget. The image
--   will be displayed if the label text is <a>Nothing</a> or if
--   <a>Button</a>:<tt><i>always-show-image</i></tt> is <a>True</a>. You
--   don’t have to call <a>widgetShow</a> on <i><tt>image</tt></i>
--   yourself.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
buttonSetImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the button will grab focus when it is clicked with the
--   mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like
--   toolbars where you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main
--   area of the application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
buttonSetFocusOnClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <a>True</a>, the button will ignore the
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-button-images</i></tt> setting and always
--   show the image, if available.
--   
--   Use this property if the button would be useless or hard to use
--   without the image.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
buttonSetAlwaysShowImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the alignment of the child. This property has no effect unless
--   the child is a <a>Misc</a> or a <a>Alignment</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
buttonSetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> Float -> Float -> m ()

-- | Emits a <a>released</a> signal to the given <a>Button</a>.
buttonReleased :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m ()

-- | Emits a <a>pressed</a> signal to the given <a>Button</a>.
buttonPressed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m ()

-- | Emits a <a>leave</a> signal to the given <a>Button</a>.
buttonLeave :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns whether an embedded underline in the button label indicates a
--   mnemonic. See gtk_button_set_use_underline ().
buttonGetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the button label is a stock item.
buttonGetUseStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current relief style of the given <a>Button</a>.
buttonGetRelief :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m ReliefStyle

-- | Fetches the text from the label of the button, as set by
--   <a>buttonSetLabel</a>. If the label text has not been set the return
--   value will be <a>Nothing</a>. This will be the case if you create an
--   empty button with <a>buttonNew</a> to use as a container.
buttonGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the position of the image relative to the text inside the button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
buttonGetImagePosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m PositionType

-- | Gets the widget that is currenty set as the image of
--   <i><tt>button</tt></i>. This may have been explicitly set by
--   <a>buttonSetImage</a> or constructed by <a>buttonNewFromStock</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
buttonGetImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the
--   mouse. See <a>buttonSetFocusOnClick</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
buttonGetFocusOnClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the button’s event window if it is realized, <a>Nothing</a>
--   otherwise. This function should be rarely needed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
buttonGetEventWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m Window

-- | Returns whether the button will ignore the
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-button-images</i></tt> setting and always
--   show the image, if available.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
buttonGetAlwaysShowImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the alignment of the child in the button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
buttonGetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m (Float, Float)

-- | Emits a <a>enter</a> signal to the given <a>Button</a>.
buttonEnter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m ()

-- | Emits a <a>clicked</a> signal to the given <a>Button</a>.
buttonClicked :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButton a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Button</a> containing a label. If characters in
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> are preceded by an underscore, they are
--   underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a label, use
--   “__” (two underscores). The first underlined character represents a
--   keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. Pressing Alt and that key
--   activates the button.
buttonNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m Button

-- | Creates a <a>Button</a> widget with a <a>Label</a> child containing
--   the given text.
buttonNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m Button

-- | Creates a new <a>Button</a> containing the image and text from a
--   [stock item][gtkstock]. Some stock ids have preprocessor macros like
--   <a>STOCK_OK</a> and <a>STOCK_APPLY</a>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> is unknown, then it will be treated as a
--   mnemonic label (as for <a>buttonNewWithMnemonic</a>).
buttonNewFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m Button

-- | Creates a new button containing an icon from the current icon theme.
--   
--   If the icon name isn’t known, a “broken image” icon will be displayed
--   instead. If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be
--   updated appropriately.
--   
--   This function is a convenience wrapper around <a>buttonNew</a> and
--   <a>buttonSetImage</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
buttonNewFromIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> Int32 -> m Button

-- | Creates a new <a>Button</a> widget. To add a child widget to the
--   button, use <a>containerAdd</a>.
buttonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Button

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonYalign :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #yalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #yalign
--   </pre>
getButtonYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonXalign :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #xalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #xalign
--   </pre>
getButtonXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonUseUnderline :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #useUnderline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #useUnderline
--   </pre>
getButtonUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-stock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonUseStock :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #useStock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonUseStock :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #useStock
--   </pre>
getButtonUseStock :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>relief</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonRelief :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m) => ReliefStyle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>relief</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #relief <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonRelief :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> ReliefStyle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>relief</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #relief
--   </pre>
getButtonRelief :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m ReliefStyle

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonLabel :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #label
--   </pre>
getButtonLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>image-position</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonImagePosition :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m) => PositionType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>image-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #imagePosition <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonImagePosition :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>image-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #imagePosition
--   </pre>
getButtonImagePosition :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m PositionType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>image</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #image
--   </pre>
clearButtonImage :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>image</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonImage :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #image <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonImage :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #image
--   </pre>
getButtonImage :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonAlwaysShowImage :: (IsButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> button [ #alwaysShowImage <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonAlwaysShowImage :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> button #alwaysShowImage
--   </pre>
getButtonAlwaysShowImage :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>released</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> button #released callback
--   </pre>
afterButtonReleased :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonReleasedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>released</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> button #released callback
--   </pre>
onButtonReleased :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonReleasedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ButtonReleasedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ButtonReleasedCallback</a>.
wrap_ButtonReleasedCallback :: ButtonReleasedCallback -> C_ButtonReleasedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ButtonReleased :: MonadIO m => ButtonReleasedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ButtonReleasedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ButtonReleasedCallback</a></tt>.
noButtonReleasedCallback :: Maybe ButtonReleasedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pressed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> button #pressed callback
--   </pre>
afterButtonPressed :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonPressedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pressed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> button #pressed callback
--   </pre>
onButtonPressed :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonPressedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ButtonPressedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ButtonPressedCallback</a>.
wrap_ButtonPressedCallback :: ButtonPressedCallback -> C_ButtonPressedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ButtonPressed :: MonadIO m => ButtonPressedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ButtonPressedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ButtonPressedCallback</a></tt>.
noButtonPressedCallback :: Maybe ButtonPressedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>leave</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> button #leave callback
--   </pre>
afterButtonLeave :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonLeaveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>leave</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> button #leave callback
--   </pre>
onButtonLeave :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonLeaveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ButtonLeaveCallback</a> into a <a>C_ButtonLeaveCallback</a>.
wrap_ButtonLeaveCallback :: ButtonLeaveCallback -> C_ButtonLeaveCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ButtonLeave :: MonadIO m => ButtonLeaveCallback -> m (GClosure C_ButtonLeaveCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ButtonLeaveCallback</a></tt>.
noButtonLeaveCallback :: Maybe ButtonLeaveCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>enter</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> button #enter callback
--   </pre>
afterButtonEnter :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonEnterCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>enter</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> button #enter callback
--   </pre>
onButtonEnter :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonEnterCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ButtonEnterCallback</a> into a <a>C_ButtonEnterCallback</a>.
wrap_ButtonEnterCallback :: ButtonEnterCallback -> C_ButtonEnterCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ButtonEnter :: MonadIO m => ButtonEnterCallback -> m (GClosure C_ButtonEnterCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ButtonEnterCallback</a></tt>.
noButtonEnterCallback :: Maybe ButtonEnterCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>clicked</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> button #clicked callback
--   </pre>
afterButtonClicked :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonClickedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>clicked</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> button #clicked callback
--   </pre>
onButtonClicked :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonClickedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ButtonClickedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ButtonClickedCallback</a>.
wrap_ButtonClickedCallback :: ButtonClickedCallback -> C_ButtonClickedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ButtonClicked :: MonadIO m => ButtonClickedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ButtonClickedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ButtonClickedCallback</a></tt>.
noButtonClickedCallback :: Maybe ButtonClickedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> button #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterButtonActivate :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> button #activate callback
--   </pre>
onButtonActivate :: (IsButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ButtonActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ButtonActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ButtonActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_ButtonActivateCallback :: ButtonActivateCallback -> C_ButtonActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ButtonActivate :: MonadIO m => ButtonActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_ButtonActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ButtonActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noButtonActivateCallback :: Maybe ButtonActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Button</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toButton :: (MonadIO m, IsButton o) => o -> m Button

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ButtonActivateCallback</a>.
mk_ButtonActivateCallback :: C_ButtonActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ButtonActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ButtonClickedCallback</a>.
mk_ButtonClickedCallback :: C_ButtonClickedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ButtonClickedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ButtonEnterCallback</a>.
mk_ButtonEnterCallback :: C_ButtonEnterCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ButtonEnterCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ButtonLeaveCallback</a>.
mk_ButtonLeaveCallback :: C_ButtonLeaveCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ButtonLeaveCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ButtonPressedCallback</a>.
mk_ButtonPressedCallback :: C_ButtonPressedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ButtonPressedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ButtonReleasedCallback</a>.
mk_ButtonReleasedCallback :: C_ButtonReleasedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ButtonReleasedCallback)

-- | The <a>activate</a> signal on GtkButton is an action signal and
--   emitting it causes the button to animate press then release.
--   Applications should never connect to this signal, but use the
--   <a>clicked</a> signal.
type ButtonActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ButtonActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the button has been activated (pressed and released).
type ButtonClickedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ButtonClickedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the pointer enters the button.
type ButtonEnterCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ButtonEnterCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the pointer leaves the button.
type ButtonLeaveCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ButtonLeaveCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the button is pressed.
type ButtonPressedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ButtonPressedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the button is released.
type ButtonReleasedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ButtonReleasedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Changes the way buttons are arranged in their container.
buttonBoxSetLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButtonBox a) => a -> ButtonBoxStyle -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>child</tt></i> should appear in a secondary group
--   of children. A typical use of a secondary child is the help button in
--   a dialog.
--   
--   This group appears after the other children if the style is
--   <a>ButtonBoxStyleStart</a>, <a>ButtonBoxStyleSpread</a> or
--   <a>ButtonBoxStyleEdge</a>, and before the other children if the style
--   is <a>ButtonBoxStyleEnd</a>. For horizontal button boxes, the
--   definition of before/after depends on direction of the widget (see
--   <a>widgetSetDirection</a>). If the style is <a>ButtonBoxStyleStart</a>
--   or <a>ButtonBoxStyleEnd</a>, then the secondary children are aligned
--   at the other end of the button box from the main children. For the
--   other styles, they appear immediately next to the main children.
buttonBoxSetChildSecondary :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButtonBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the child is exempted from homogeous sizing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
buttonBoxSetChildNonHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButtonBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the method being used to arrange the buttons in a button
--   box.
buttonBoxGetLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButtonBox a) => a -> m ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>child</tt></i> should appear in a secondary
--   group of children.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
buttonBoxGetChildSecondary :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButtonBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the child is exempted from homogenous sizing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
buttonBoxGetChildNonHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsButtonBox a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>ButtonBox</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
buttonBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Orientation -> m ButtonBox

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>layout-style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructButtonBoxLayoutStyle :: (IsButtonBox o, MonadIO m) => ButtonBoxStyle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>layout-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> buttonBox [ #layoutStyle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setButtonBoxLayoutStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsButtonBox o) => o -> ButtonBoxStyle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>layout-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> buttonBox #layoutStyle
--   </pre>
getButtonBoxLayoutStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsButtonBox o) => o -> m ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Cast to <a>ButtonBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toButtonBox :: (MonadIO m, IsButtonBox o) => o -> m ButtonBox

-- | Creates a new <a>CheckButton</a> containing a label. The label will be
--   created using <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so underscores in
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> indicate the mnemonic for the check button.
checkButtonNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m CheckButton

-- | Creates a new <a>CheckButton</a> with a <a>Label</a> to the right of
--   it.
checkButtonNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m CheckButton

-- | Creates a new <a>CheckButton</a>.
checkButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CheckButton

-- | Cast to <a>CheckButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCheckButton :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckButton o) => o -> m CheckButton

-- | Emits the <a>toggled</a> signal.
checkMenuItemToggled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem a) => a -> m ()

-- | If the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or
--   spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a boolean setting, and the
--   current values in that range are inconsistent, you may want to display
--   the check in an “in between” state. This function turns on “in
--   between” display. Normally you would turn off the inconsistent state
--   again if the user explicitly selects a setting. This has to be done
--   manually, <a>checkMenuItemSetInconsistent</a> only affects visual
--   appearance, it doesn’t affect the semantics of the widget.
checkMenuItemSetInconsistent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>checkMenuItem</tt></i> is drawn like a
--   <a>RadioMenuItem</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
checkMenuItemSetDrawAsRadio :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the active state of the menu item’s check box.
checkMenuItemSetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the value set by <a>checkMenuItemSetInconsistent</a>.
checkMenuItemGetInconsistent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>checkMenuItem</tt></i> looks like a
--   <a>RadioMenuItem</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
checkMenuItemGetDrawAsRadio :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the check menu item is active. See
--   gtk_check_menu_item_set_active ().
checkMenuItemGetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>CheckMenuItem</a> containing a label. The label will
--   be created using <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so underscores in
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.
checkMenuItemNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m CheckMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>CheckMenuItem</a> with a label.
checkMenuItemNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m CheckMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>CheckMenuItem</a>.
checkMenuItemNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CheckMenuItem

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCheckMenuItemInconsistent :: (IsCheckMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> checkMenuItem [ #inconsistent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCheckMenuItemInconsistent :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> checkMenuItem #inconsistent
--   </pre>
getCheckMenuItemInconsistent :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>draw-as-radio</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCheckMenuItemDrawAsRadio :: (IsCheckMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw-as-radio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> checkMenuItem [ #drawAsRadio <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCheckMenuItemDrawAsRadio :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>draw-as-radio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> checkMenuItem #drawAsRadio
--   </pre>
getCheckMenuItemDrawAsRadio :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCheckMenuItemActive :: (IsCheckMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> checkMenuItem [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCheckMenuItemActive :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> checkMenuItem #active
--   </pre>
getCheckMenuItemActive :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> checkMenuItem #toggled callback
--   </pre>
afterCheckMenuItemToggled :: (IsCheckMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> CheckMenuItemToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> checkMenuItem #toggled callback
--   </pre>
onCheckMenuItemToggled :: (IsCheckMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> CheckMenuItemToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CheckMenuItemToggledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback</a>.
wrap_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback :: CheckMenuItemToggledCallback -> C_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CheckMenuItemToggled :: MonadIO m => CheckMenuItemToggledCallback -> m (GClosure C_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CheckMenuItemToggledCallback</a></tt>.
noCheckMenuItemToggledCallback :: Maybe CheckMenuItemToggledCallback

-- | Cast to <a>CheckMenuItem</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCheckMenuItem :: (MonadIO m, IsCheckMenuItem o) => o -> m CheckMenuItem

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback</a>.
mk_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback :: C_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted when the state of the check box is changed.
--   
--   A signal handler can use <a>checkMenuItemGetActive</a> to discover the
--   new state.
type CheckMenuItemToggledCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CheckMenuItemToggledCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets whether or not the color button should use the alpha channel.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonSetUseAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the title for the color selection dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the current color to be <i><tt>color</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonSetColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorButton a) => a -> Color -> m ()

-- | Sets the current opacity to be <i><tt>alpha</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonSetAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorButton a) => a -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Does the color selection dialog use the alpha channel ?
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonGetUseAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the title of the color selection dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorButton a) => a -> m Text

-- | Sets <i><tt>color</tt></i> to be the current color in the
--   <a>ColorButton</a> widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonGetColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorButton a) => a -> m Color

-- | Returns the current alpha value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonGetAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorButton a) => a -> m Word16

-- | Creates a new color button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
colorButtonNewWithRgba :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m ColorButton

-- | Creates a new color button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonNewWithColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Color -> m ColorButton

-- | Creates a new color button.
--   
--   This returns a widget in the form of a small button containing a
--   swatch representing the current selected color. When the button is
--   clicked, a color-selection dialog will open, allowing the user to
--   select a color. The swatch will be updated to reflect the new color
--   when the user finishes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
colorButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ColorButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-alpha</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorButtonUseAlpha :: (IsColorButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorButton [ #useAlpha <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorButtonUseAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorButton #useAlpha
--   </pre>
getColorButtonUseAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorButtonTitle :: (IsColorButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorButton [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorButtonTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorButton #title
--   </pre>
getColorButtonTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorButtonShowEditor :: (IsColorButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorButton [ #showEditor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorButtonShowEditor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorButton #showEditor
--   </pre>
getColorButtonShowEditor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rgba</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #rgba
--   </pre>
clearColorButtonRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorButtonRgba :: (IsColorButton o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rgba</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorButton [ #rgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorButtonRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rgba</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorButton #rgba
--   </pre>
getColorButtonRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>color</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorButtonColor :: (IsColorButton o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>color</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorButton [ #color <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorButtonColor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>color</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorButton #color
--   </pre>
getColorButtonColor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>alpha</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorButtonAlpha :: (IsColorButton o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorButton [ #alpha <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorButtonAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorButton #alpha
--   </pre>
getColorButtonAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>colorSet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> colorButton #colorSet callback
--   </pre>
afterColorButtonColorSet :: (IsColorButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ColorButtonColorSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>colorSet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> colorButton #colorSet callback
--   </pre>
onColorButtonColorSet :: (IsColorButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ColorButtonColorSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ColorButtonColorSetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ColorButtonColorSetCallback</a>.
wrap_ColorButtonColorSetCallback :: ColorButtonColorSetCallback -> C_ColorButtonColorSetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ColorButtonColorSet :: MonadIO m => ColorButtonColorSetCallback -> m (GClosure C_ColorButtonColorSetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ColorButtonColorSetCallback</a></tt>.
noColorButtonColorSetCallback :: Maybe ColorButtonColorSetCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ColorButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toColorButton :: (MonadIO m, IsColorButton o) => o -> m ColorButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ColorButtonColorSetCallback</a>.
mk_ColorButtonColorSetCallback :: C_ColorButtonColorSetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ColorButtonColorSetCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ColorButton
ColorButton :: ManagedPtr ColorButton -> ColorButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ColorButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toColorButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ColorButton o) => IsColorButton o

-- | The <a>colorSet</a> signal is emitted when the user selects a color.
--   When handling this signal, use
--   <tt><i>gtk_color_button_get_rgba()</i></tt> to find out which color
--   was just selected.
--   
--   Note that this signal is only emitted when the user changes the color.
--   If you need to react to programmatic color changes as well, use the
--   notify[color](#g:signal:color) signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type ColorButtonColorSetCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ColorButtonColorSetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new <a>ColorChooserWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
colorChooserWidgetNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ColorChooserWidget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorChooserWidgetShowEditor :: (IsColorChooserWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorChooserWidget [ #showEditor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorChooserWidgetShowEditor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooserWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-editor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorChooserWidget #showEditor
--   </pre>
getColorChooserWidgetShowEditor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooserWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>ColorChooserWidget</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toColorChooserWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooserWidget o) => o -> m ColorChooserWidget

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ColorChooserWidget
ColorChooserWidget :: ManagedPtr ColorChooserWidget -> ColorChooserWidget

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ColorChooserWidget</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toColorChooserWidget</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ColorChooserWidget o) => IsColorChooserWidget o

-- | Encodes a palette as a string, useful for persistent storage.
colorSelectionPaletteToString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Color] -> m Text

-- | Parses a color palette string; the string is a colon-separated list of
--   color names readable by <a>colorParse</a>.
colorSelectionPaletteFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (Bool, [Color])

-- | Sets the “previous” color to be <i><tt>rgba</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function should be called with some hesitations, as it might seem
--   confusing to have that color change. Calling
--   <a>colorSelectionSetCurrentRgba</a> will also set this color the first
--   time it is called.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
colorSelectionSetPreviousRgba :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Sets the “previous” color to be <i><tt>color</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function should be called with some hesitations, as it might seem
--   confusing to have that color change. Calling
--   <a>colorSelectionSetCurrentColor</a> will also set this color the
--   first time it is called.
colorSelectionSetPreviousColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> Color -> m ()

-- | Sets the “previous” alpha to be <i><tt>alpha</tt></i>.
--   
--   This function should be called with some hesitations, as it might seem
--   confusing to have that alpha change.
colorSelectionSetPreviousAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Shows and hides the palette based upon the value of
--   <i><tt>hasPalette</tt></i>.
colorSelectionSetHasPalette :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <i><tt>colorsel</tt></i> to use or not use opacity.
colorSelectionSetHasOpacityControl :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the current color to be <i><tt>rgba</tt></i>.
--   
--   The first time this is called, it will also set the original color to
--   be <i><tt>rgba</tt></i> too.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
colorSelectionSetCurrentRgba :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Sets the current color to be <i><tt>color</tt></i>.
--   
--   The first time this is called, it will also set the original color to
--   be <i><tt>color</tt></i> too.
colorSelectionSetCurrentColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> Color -> m ()

-- | Sets the current opacity to be <i><tt>alpha</tt></i>.
--   
--   The first time this is called, it will also set the original opacity
--   to be <i><tt>alpha</tt></i> too.
colorSelectionSetCurrentAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> Word16 -> m ()

-- | Gets the current state of the <i><tt>colorsel</tt></i>.
colorSelectionIsAdjusting :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Fills <i><tt>rgba</tt></i> in with the original color value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
colorSelectionGetPreviousRgba :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m RGBA

-- | Fills <i><tt>color</tt></i> in with the original color value.
colorSelectionGetPreviousColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m Color

-- | Returns the previous alpha value.
colorSelectionGetPreviousAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m Word16

-- | Determines whether the color selector has a color palette.
colorSelectionGetHasPalette :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Determines whether the colorsel has an opacity control.
colorSelectionGetHasOpacityControl :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Sets <i><tt>rgba</tt></i> to be the current color in the
--   GtkColorSelection widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
colorSelectionGetCurrentRgba :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m RGBA

-- | Sets <i><tt>color</tt></i> to be the current color in the
--   GtkColorSelection widget.
colorSelectionGetCurrentColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m Color

-- | Returns the current alpha value.
colorSelectionGetCurrentAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorSelection a) => a -> m Word16

-- | Creates a new GtkColorSelection.
colorSelectionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ColorSelection

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-palette</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorSelectionHasPalette :: (IsColorSelection o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-palette</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorSelection [ #hasPalette <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorSelectionHasPalette :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-palette</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelection #hasPalette
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionHasPalette :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-opacity-control</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorSelectionHasOpacityControl :: (IsColorSelection o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-opacity-control</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorSelection [ #hasOpacityControl <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorSelectionHasOpacityControl :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-opacity-control</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelection #hasOpacityControl
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionHasOpacityControl :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>current-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorSelectionCurrentRgba :: (IsColorSelection o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>current-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorSelection [ #currentRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorSelectionCurrentRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>current-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelection #currentRgba
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionCurrentRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>current-color</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorSelectionCurrentColor :: (IsColorSelection o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>current-color</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorSelection [ #currentColor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorSelectionCurrentColor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>current-color</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelection #currentColor
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionCurrentColor :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>current-alpha</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorSelectionCurrentAlpha :: (IsColorSelection o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>current-alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorSelection [ #currentAlpha <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorSelectionCurrentAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>current-alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorSelection #currentAlpha
--   </pre>
getColorSelectionCurrentAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>colorChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> colorSelection #colorChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterColorSelectionColorChanged :: (IsColorSelection a, MonadIO m) => a -> ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>colorChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> colorSelection #colorChanged callback
--   </pre>
onColorSelectionColorChanged :: (IsColorSelection a, MonadIO m) => a -> ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback :: ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback -> C_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ColorSelectionColorChanged :: MonadIO m => ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noColorSelectionColorChangedCallback :: Maybe ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ColorSelection</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toColorSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsColorSelection o) => o -> m ColorSelection

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback</a>.
mk_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback :: C_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ColorSelection
ColorSelection :: ManagedPtr ColorSelection -> ColorSelection

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ColorSelection</a>, for instance with <a>toColorSelection</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ColorSelection o) => IsColorSelection o

-- | This signal is emitted when the color changes in the
--   <a>ColorSelection</a> according to its update policy.
type ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ColorSelectionColorChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Removes all the text entries from the combo box.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxTextRemoveAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> m ()

-- | Removes the string at <i><tt>position</tt></i> from
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Prepends <i><tt>text</tt></i> to the list of strings stored in
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   This is the same as calling <a>comboBoxTextInsertText</a> with a
--   position of 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextPrependText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Prepends <i><tt>text</tt></i> to the list of strings stored in
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>. If <i><tt>id</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a>
--   then it is used as the ID of the row.
--   
--   This is the same as calling <a>comboBoxTextInsert</a> with a position
--   of 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextPrepend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> Maybe Text -> Text -> m ()

-- | Inserts <i><tt>text</tt></i> at <i><tt>position</tt></i> in the list
--   of strings stored in <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>position</tt></i> is negative then <i><tt>text</tt></i> is
--   appended.
--   
--   This is the same as calling <a>comboBoxTextInsert</a> with a
--   <a>Nothing</a> ID string.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextInsertText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> Int32 -> Text -> m ()

-- | Inserts <i><tt>text</tt></i> at <i><tt>position</tt></i> in the list
--   of strings stored in <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>. If <i><tt>id</tt></i>
--   is non-<a>Nothing</a> then it is used as the ID of the row. See
--   <a>ComboBox</a>:<tt><i>id-column</i></tt>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>position</tt></i> is negative then <i><tt>text</tt></i> is
--   appended.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
comboBoxTextInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> Int32 -> Maybe Text -> Text -> m ()

-- | Returns the currently active string in <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if none is selected. If <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>
--   contains an entry, this function will return its contents (which will
--   not necessarily be an item from the list).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextGetActiveText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Appends <i><tt>text</tt></i> to the list of strings stored in
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>.
--   
--   This is the same as calling <a>comboBoxTextInsertText</a> with a
--   position of -1.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextAppendText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Appends <i><tt>text</tt></i> to the list of strings stored in
--   <i><tt>comboBox</tt></i>. If <i><tt>id</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a>
--   then it is used as the ID of the row.
--   
--   This is the same as calling <a>comboBoxTextInsert</a> with a position
--   of -1.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextAppend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText a) => a -> Maybe Text -> Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>ComboBoxText</a>, which is a <a>ComboBox</a> just
--   displaying strings. The combo box created by this function has an
--   entry.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextNewWithEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ComboBoxText

-- | Creates a new <a>ComboBoxText</a>, which is a <a>ComboBox</a> just
--   displaying strings.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
comboBoxTextNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ComboBoxText

-- | Cast to <a>ComboBoxText</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toComboBoxText :: (MonadIO m, IsComboBoxText o) => o -> m ComboBoxText

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ComboBoxText
ComboBoxText :: ManagedPtr ComboBoxText -> ComboBoxText

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ComboBoxText</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toComboBoxText</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ComboBoxText o) => IsComboBoxText o

-- | Creates a new drawing area.
drawingAreaNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m DrawingArea

-- | Cast to <a>DrawingArea</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toDrawingArea :: (MonadIO m, IsDrawingArea o) => o -> m DrawingArea

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype DrawingArea
DrawingArea :: ManagedPtr DrawingArea -> DrawingArea

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>DrawingArea</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toDrawingArea</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf DrawingArea o) => IsDrawingArea o

-- | Set whether the event box uses a visible or invisible child window.
--   The default is to use visible windows.
--   
--   In an invisible window event box, the window that the event box
--   creates is a <a>WindowWindowClassInputOnly</a> window, which means
--   that it is invisible and only serves to receive events.
--   
--   A visible window event box creates a visible
--   (<a>WindowWindowClassInputOutput</a>) window that acts as the parent
--   window for all the widgets contained in the event box.
--   
--   You should generally make your event box invisible if you just want to
--   trap events. Creating a visible window may cause artifacts that are
--   visible to the user, especially if the user is using a theme with
--   gradients or pixmaps.
--   
--   The main reason to create a non input-only event box is if you want to
--   set the background to a different color or draw on it.
--   
--   There is one unexpected issue for an invisible event box that has its
--   window below the child. (See <a>eventBoxSetAboveChild</a>.) Since the
--   input-only window is not an ancestor window of any windows that
--   descendent widgets of the event box create, events on these windows
--   aren’t propagated up by the windowing system, but only by GTK+. The
--   practical effect of this is if an event isn’t in the event mask for
--   the descendant window (see <a>widgetAddEvents</a>), it won’t be
--   received by the event box.
--   
--   This problem doesn’t occur for visible event boxes, because in that
--   case, the event box window is actually the ancestor of the descendant
--   windows, not just at the same place on the screen.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
eventBoxSetVisibleWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Set whether the event box window is positioned above the windows of
--   its child, as opposed to below it. If the window is above, all events
--   inside the event box will go to the event box. If the window is below,
--   events in windows of child widgets will first got to that widget, and
--   then to its parents.
--   
--   The default is to keep the window below the child.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
eventBoxSetAboveChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventBox a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the event box has a visible window. See
--   <a>eventBoxSetVisibleWindow</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
eventBoxGetVisibleWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the event box window is above or below the windows of
--   its child. See <a>eventBoxSetAboveChild</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
eventBoxGetAboveChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>EventBox</a>.
eventBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m EventBox

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-window</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEventBoxVisibleWindow :: (IsEventBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-window</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> eventBox [ #visibleWindow <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEventBoxVisibleWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsEventBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-window</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> eventBox #visibleWindow
--   </pre>
getEventBoxVisibleWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsEventBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>above-child</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEventBoxAboveChild :: (IsEventBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>above-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> eventBox [ #aboveChild <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEventBoxAboveChild :: (MonadIO m, IsEventBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>above-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> eventBox #aboveChild
--   </pre>
getEventBoxAboveChild :: (MonadIO m, IsEventBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>EventBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEventBox :: (MonadIO m, IsEventBox o) => o -> m EventBox

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EventBox
EventBox :: ManagedPtr EventBox -> EventBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>EventBox</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toEventBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EventBox o) => IsEventBox o

-- | Sets the propagation phase at which a controller handles events.
--   
--   If <i><tt>phase</tt></i> is <a>PropagationPhaseNone</a>, no automatic
--   event handling will be performed, but other additional gesture
--   maintenance will. In that phase, the events can be managed by calling
--   <a>eventControllerHandleEvent</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
eventControllerSetPropagationPhase :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventController a) => a -> PropagationPhase -> m ()

-- | Resets the <i><tt>controller</tt></i> to a clean state. Every
--   interaction the controller did through
--   <a>EventController</a>::<tt><i>handle-event</i></tt> will be dropped
--   at this point.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
eventControllerReset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventController a) => a -> m ()

-- | Feeds an events into <i><tt>controller</tt></i>, so it can be
--   interpreted and the controller actions triggered.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
eventControllerHandleEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventController a) => a -> Event -> m Bool

-- | Returns the <a>Widget</a> this controller relates to.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
eventControllerGetWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventController a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Gets the propagation phase at which <i><tt>controller</tt></i> handles
--   events.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
eventControllerGetPropagationPhase :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventController a) => a -> m PropagationPhase

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructEventControllerWidget :: (IsEventController o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> eventController #widget
--   </pre>
getEventControllerWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsEventController o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>propagation-phase</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEventControllerPropagationPhase :: (IsEventController o, MonadIO m) => PropagationPhase -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>propagation-phase</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> eventController [ #propagationPhase <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEventControllerPropagationPhase :: (MonadIO m, IsEventController o) => o -> PropagationPhase -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>propagation-phase</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> eventController #propagationPhase
--   </pre>
getEventControllerPropagationPhase :: (MonadIO m, IsEventController o) => o -> m PropagationPhase

-- | Cast to <a>EventController</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEventController :: (MonadIO m, IsEventController o) => o -> m EventController

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
eventControllerKeySetImContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventControllerKey a, IsIMContext b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Gets the IM context of a key controller.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
eventControllerKeyGetImContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventControllerKey a) => a -> m IMContext

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
eventControllerKeyGetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventControllerKey a) => a -> m Word32

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
eventControllerKeyForward :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventControllerKey a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
eventControllerKeyNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m EventControllerKey

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>modifiers</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerKey #modifiers callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerKeyModifiers :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>modifiers</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerKey #modifiers callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerKeyModifiers :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback :: EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback -> C_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerKeyModifiers :: MonadIO m => EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerKeyModifiersCallback :: Maybe EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keyReleased</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerKey #keyReleased callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerKeyKeyReleased :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keyReleased</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerKey #keyReleased callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerKeyKeyReleased :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback :: EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback -> C_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerKeyKeyReleased :: MonadIO m => EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback :: Maybe EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keyPressed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerKey #keyPressed callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerKeyKeyPressed :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>keyPressed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerKey #keyPressed callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerKeyKeyPressed :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback :: EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback -> C_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerKeyKeyPressed :: MonadIO m => EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback :: Maybe EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>imUpdate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerKey #imUpdate callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerKeyImUpdate :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>imUpdate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerKey #imUpdate callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerKeyImUpdate :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback :: EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback -> C_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerKeyImUpdate :: MonadIO m => EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback :: Maybe EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusOut</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerKey #focusOut callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerKeyFocusOut :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusOut</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerKey #focusOut callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerKeyFocusOut :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback :: EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback -> C_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerKeyFocusOut :: MonadIO m => EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback :: Maybe EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusIn</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerKey #focusIn callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerKeyFocusIn :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusIn</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerKey #focusIn callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerKeyFocusIn :: (IsEventControllerKey a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback :: EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback -> C_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerKeyFocusIn :: MonadIO m => EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerKeyFocusInCallback :: Maybe EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback

-- | Cast to <a>EventControllerKey</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEventControllerKey :: (MonadIO m, IsEventControllerKey o) => o -> m EventControllerKey

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback :: C_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback :: C_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback :: C_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback :: C_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback :: C_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback :: C_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EventControllerKey
EventControllerKey :: ManagedPtr EventControllerKey -> EventControllerKey

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>EventControllerKey</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toEventControllerKey</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EventControllerKey o) => IsEventControllerKey o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerKeyFocusInCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerKeyFocusOutCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerKeyImUpdateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever a key is pressed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
type EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback = Word32 -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerKeyKeyPressedCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> Word32 -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | This signal is emitted whenever a key is released.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
type EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback = Word32 -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> Word32 -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback = [ModifierType] -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerKeyModifiersCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Creates a new event controller that will handle motion events for the
--   given <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
eventControllerMotionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m EventControllerMotion

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>motion</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerMotion #motion callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerMotionMotion :: (IsEventControllerMotion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerMotionMotionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>motion</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerMotion #motion callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerMotionMotion :: (IsEventControllerMotion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerMotionMotionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerMotionMotionCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback :: EventControllerMotionMotionCallback -> C_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerMotionMotion :: MonadIO m => EventControllerMotionMotionCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerMotionMotionCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerMotionMotionCallback :: Maybe EventControllerMotionMotionCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>leave</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerMotion #leave callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerMotionLeave :: (IsEventControllerMotion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>leave</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerMotion #leave callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerMotionLeave :: (IsEventControllerMotion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback :: EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback -> C_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerMotionLeave :: MonadIO m => EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerMotionLeaveCallback :: Maybe EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>enter</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerMotion #enter callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerMotionEnter :: (IsEventControllerMotion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerMotionEnterCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>enter</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerMotion #enter callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerMotionEnter :: (IsEventControllerMotion a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerMotionEnterCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerMotionEnterCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback :: EventControllerMotionEnterCallback -> C_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerMotionEnter :: MonadIO m => EventControllerMotionEnterCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerMotionEnterCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerMotionEnterCallback :: Maybe EventControllerMotionEnterCallback

-- | Cast to <a>EventControllerMotion</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEventControllerMotion :: (MonadIO m, IsEventControllerMotion o) => o -> m EventControllerMotion

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback :: C_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback :: C_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback :: C_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EventControllerMotion
EventControllerMotion :: ManagedPtr EventControllerMotion -> EventControllerMotion

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>EventControllerMotion</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toEventControllerMotion</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EventControllerMotion o) => IsEventControllerMotion o

-- | Signals that the pointer has entered the widget.
type EventControllerMotionEnterCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerMotionEnterCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Signals that pointer has left the widget.
type EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerMotionLeaveCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the pointer moves inside the widget.
type EventControllerMotionMotionCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerMotionMotionCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the flags conditioning scroll controller behavior.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
eventControllerScrollSetFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventControllerScroll a) => a -> [EventControllerScrollFlags] -> m ()

-- | Gets the flags conditioning the scroll controller behavior.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
eventControllerScrollGetFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEventControllerScroll a) => a -> m [EventControllerScrollFlags]

-- | Creates a new event controller that will handle scroll events for the
--   given <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
eventControllerScrollNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> [EventControllerScrollFlags] -> m EventControllerScroll

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>flags</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructEventControllerScrollFlags :: (IsEventControllerScroll o, MonadIO m) => [EventControllerScrollFlags] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>flags</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> eventControllerScroll [ #flags <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEventControllerScrollFlags :: (MonadIO m, IsEventControllerScroll o) => o -> [EventControllerScrollFlags] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>flags</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> eventControllerScroll #flags
--   </pre>
getEventControllerScrollFlags :: (MonadIO m, IsEventControllerScroll o) => o -> m [EventControllerScrollFlags]

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerScroll #scrollEnd callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerScrollScrollEnd :: (IsEventControllerScroll a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerScroll #scrollEnd callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerScrollScrollEnd :: (IsEventControllerScroll a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback :: EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback -> C_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerScrollScrollEnd :: MonadIO m => EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback :: Maybe EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollBegin</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerScroll #scrollBegin callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerScrollScrollBegin :: (IsEventControllerScroll a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollBegin</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerScroll #scrollBegin callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerScrollScrollBegin :: (IsEventControllerScroll a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback :: EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback -> C_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerScrollScrollBegin :: MonadIO m => EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback :: Maybe EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scroll</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerScroll #scroll callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerScrollScroll :: (IsEventControllerScroll a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerScrollScrollCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scroll</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerScroll #scroll callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerScrollScroll :: (IsEventControllerScroll a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerScrollScrollCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerScrollScrollCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback :: EventControllerScrollScrollCallback -> C_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerScrollScroll :: MonadIO m => EventControllerScrollScrollCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerScrollScrollCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerScrollScrollCallback :: Maybe EventControllerScrollScrollCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>decelerate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> eventControllerScroll #decelerate callback
--   </pre>
afterEventControllerScrollDecelerate :: (IsEventControllerScroll a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>decelerate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> eventControllerScroll #decelerate callback
--   </pre>
onEventControllerScrollDecelerate :: (IsEventControllerScroll a, MonadIO m) => a -> EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback</a>.
wrap_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback :: EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback -> C_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EventControllerScrollDecelerate :: MonadIO m => EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback -> m (GClosure C_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback</a></tt>.
noEventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback :: Maybe EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>EventControllerScroll</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEventControllerScroll :: (MonadIO m, IsEventControllerScroll o) => o -> m EventControllerScroll

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback :: C_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback :: C_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback :: C_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback</a>.
mk_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback :: C_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EventControllerScroll
EventControllerScroll :: ManagedPtr EventControllerScroll -> EventControllerScroll

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>EventControllerScroll</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toEventControllerScroll</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EventControllerScroll o) => IsEventControllerScroll o

-- | Emitted after scroll is finished if the
--   <tt><i>GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_KINETIC</i></tt> flag is set.
--   <i><tt>velX</tt></i> and <i><tt>velY</tt></i> express the initial
--   velocity that was imprinted by the scroll events. <i><tt>velX</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>velY</tt></i> are expressed in pixels/ms.
type EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerScrollDecelerateCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Signals that the widget should scroll by the amount specified by
--   <i><tt>dx</tt></i> and <i><tt>dy</tt></i>.
type EventControllerScrollScrollCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerScrollScrollCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Signals that a new scrolling operation has begun. It will only be
--   emitted on devices capable of it.
type EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerScrollScrollBeginCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Signals that a new scrolling operation has finished. It will only be
--   emitted on devices capable of it.
type EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EventControllerScrollScrollEndCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates the
--   next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderSetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in [Pango’s text
--   markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. See <a>labelSetMarkup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderSetUseMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the spacing field of <i><tt>expander</tt></i>, which is the
--   number of pixels to place between expander and the child.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderSetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget containing
--   the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
expanderSetResizeToplevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Set the label widget for the expander. This is the widget that will
--   appear embedded alongside the expander arrow.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderSetLabelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal
--   space allocated to <i><tt>expander</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
expanderSetLabelFill :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the text of the label of the expander to <i><tt>label</tt></i>.
--   
--   This will also clear any previously set labels.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the state of the expander. Set to <a>True</a>, if you want the
--   child widget to be revealed, and <a>False</a> if you want the child
--   widget to be hidden.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderSetExpanded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns whether an embedded underline in the expander label indicates
--   a mnemonic. See <a>expanderSetUseUnderline</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderGetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with the
--   [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. See
--   <a>expanderSetUseMarkup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderGetUseMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value set by <a>expanderSetSpacing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderGetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget
--   containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
expanderGetResizeToplevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
--   <a>expanderSetLabelWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderGetLabelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns whether the label widget will fill all available horizontal
--   space allocated to <i><tt>expander</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
expanderGetLabelFill :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded underlines
--   indicating mnemonics and Pango markup, as set by
--   <a>expanderSetLabel</a>. If the label text has not been set the return
--   value will be <a>Nothing</a>. This will be the case if you create an
--   empty button with <a>buttonNew</a> to use as a container.
--   
--   Note that this function behaved differently in versions prior to 2.14
--   and used to return the label text stripped of embedded underlines
--   indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. This problem can be avoided by
--   fetching the label text directly from the label widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Queries a <a>Expander</a> and returns its current state. Returns
--   <a>True</a> if the child widget is revealed.
--   
--   See <a>expanderSetExpanded</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderGetExpanded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsExpander a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new expander using <i><tt>label</tt></i> as the text of the
--   label. If characters in <i><tt>label</tt></i> are preceded by an
--   underscore, they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore
--   character in a label, use “__” (two underscores). The first underlined
--   character represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic.
--   Pressing Alt and that key activates the button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> m Expander

-- | Creates a new expander using <i><tt>label</tt></i> as the text of the
--   label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
expanderNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> m Expander

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructExpanderUseUnderline :: (IsExpander o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> expander [ #useUnderline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setExpanderUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> expander #useUnderline
--   </pre>
getExpanderUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructExpanderUseMarkup :: (IsExpander o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> expander [ #useMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setExpanderUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> expander #useMarkup
--   </pre>
getExpanderUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructExpanderSpacing :: (IsExpander o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> expander [ #spacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setExpanderSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> expander #spacing
--   </pre>
getExpanderSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>resize-toplevel</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructExpanderResizeToplevel :: (IsExpander o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>resize-toplevel</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> expander [ #resizeToplevel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setExpanderResizeToplevel :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>resize-toplevel</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> expander #resizeToplevel
--   </pre>
getExpanderResizeToplevel :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #labelWidget
--   </pre>
clearExpanderLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructExpanderLabelWidget :: (IsExpander o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> expander [ #labelWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setExpanderLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> expander #labelWidget
--   </pre>
getExpanderLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label-fill</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructExpanderLabelFill :: (IsExpander o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-fill</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> expander [ #labelFill <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setExpanderLabelFill :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label-fill</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> expander #labelFill
--   </pre>
getExpanderLabelFill :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearExpanderLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructExpanderLabel :: (IsExpander o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> expander [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setExpanderLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> expander #label
--   </pre>
getExpanderLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>expanded</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructExpanderExpanded :: (IsExpander o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>expanded</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> expander [ #expanded <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setExpanderExpanded :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>expanded</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> expander #expanded
--   </pre>
getExpanderExpanded :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> expander #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterExpanderActivate :: (IsExpander a, MonadIO m) => a -> ExpanderActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> expander #activate callback
--   </pre>
onExpanderActivate :: (IsExpander a, MonadIO m) => a -> ExpanderActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ExpanderActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ExpanderActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_ExpanderActivateCallback :: ExpanderActivateCallback -> C_ExpanderActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ExpanderActivate :: MonadIO m => ExpanderActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_ExpanderActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ExpanderActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noExpanderActivateCallback :: Maybe ExpanderActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Expander</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toExpander :: (MonadIO m, IsExpander o) => o -> m Expander

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ExpanderActivateCallback</a>.
mk_ExpanderActivateCallback :: C_ExpanderActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ExpanderActivateCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Expander
Expander :: ManagedPtr Expander -> Expander

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Expander</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toExpander</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Expander o) => IsExpander o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ExpanderActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ExpanderActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the width (in characters) that <i><tt>button</tt></i> will use to
--   <i><tt>nChars</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileChooserButtonSetWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Modifies the <i><tt>title</tt></i> of the browse dialog used by
--   <i><tt>button</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileChooserButtonSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the button will grab focus when it is clicked with the
--   mouse. Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like
--   toolbars where you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main
--   area of the application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
fileChooserButtonSetFocusOnClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the width in characters of the <i><tt>button</tt></i>
--   widget’s entry and/or label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileChooserButtonGetWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the title of the browse dialog used by
--   <i><tt>button</tt></i>. The returned value should not be modified or
--   freed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileChooserButtonGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the
--   mouse. See <a>fileChooserButtonSetFocusOnClick</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
fileChooserButtonGetFocusOnClick :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a <a>FileChooserButton</a> widget which uses
--   <i><tt>dialog</tt></i> as its file-picking window.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>dialog</tt></i> must be a <a>Dialog</a> (or subclass)
--   which implements the <a>FileChooser</a> interface and must not have
--   <a>DialogFlagsDestroyWithParent</a> set.
--   
--   Also note that the dialog needs to have its confirmative button added
--   with response <a>ResponseTypeAccept</a> or <a>ResponseTypeOk</a> in
--   order for the button to take over the file selected in the dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileChooserButtonNewWithDialog :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDialog a) => a -> m FileChooserButton

-- | Creates a new file-selecting button widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
fileChooserButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> FileChooserAction -> m FileChooserButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserButtonWidthChars :: (IsFileChooserButton o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooserButton [ #widthChars <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserButtonWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooserButton #widthChars
--   </pre>
getFileChooserButtonWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserButtonTitle :: (IsFileChooserButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooserButton [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserButtonTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooserButton #title
--   </pre>
getFileChooserButtonTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>dialog</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserButtonDialog :: (IsFileChooserButton o, MonadIO m, IsFileChooser a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>fileSet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserButton #fileSet callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserButtonFileSet :: (IsFileChooserButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>fileSet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserButton #fileSet callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserButtonFileSet :: (IsFileChooserButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback :: FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback -> C_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserButtonFileSet :: MonadIO m => FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserButtonFileSetCallback :: Maybe FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback

-- | Cast to <a>FileChooserButton</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFileChooserButton :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserButton o) => o -> m FileChooserButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback :: C_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FileChooserButton
FileChooserButton :: ManagedPtr FileChooserButton -> FileChooserButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FileChooserButton</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFileChooserButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FileChooserButton o) => IsFileChooserButton o

-- | The <a>fileSet</a> signal is emitted when the user selects a file.
--   
--   Note that this signal is only emitted when the user changes the file.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserButtonFileSetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new <a>FileChooserWidget</a>. This is a file chooser widget
--   that can be embedded in custom windows, and it is the same widget that
--   is used by <a>FileChooserDialog</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fileChooserWidgetNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => FileChooserAction -> m FileChooserWidget

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooserWidget #subtitle
--   </pre>
getFileChooserWidgetSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserWidget o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>search-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFileChooserWidgetSearchMode :: (IsFileChooserWidget o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>search-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fileChooserWidget [ #searchMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFileChooserWidgetSearchMode :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserWidget o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>search-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fileChooserWidget #searchMode
--   </pre>
getFileChooserWidgetSearchMode :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserWidget o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>upFolder</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #upFolder callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetUpFolder :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>upFolder</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #upFolder callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetUpFolder :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback :: FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetUpFolder :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showHidden</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #showHidden callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetShowHidden :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showHidden</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #showHidden callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetShowHidden :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback :: FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetShowHidden :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>searchShortcut</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #searchShortcut callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetSearchShortcut :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>searchShortcut</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #searchShortcut callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetSearchShortcut :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback :: FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcut :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>recentShortcut</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #recentShortcut callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetRecentShortcut :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>recentShortcut</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #recentShortcut callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetRecentShortcut :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback :: FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcut :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>quickBookmark</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #quickBookmark callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetQuickBookmark :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>quickBookmark</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #quickBookmark callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetQuickBookmark :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback :: FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmark :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>placesShortcut</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #placesShortcut callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcut :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>placesShortcut</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #placesShortcut callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcut :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback :: FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcut :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>locationTogglePopup</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #locationTogglePopup callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopup :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>locationTogglePopup</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #locationTogglePopup callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopup :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback :: FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopup :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>locationPopupOnPaste</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #locationPopupOnPaste callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPaste :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>locationPopupOnPaste</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #locationPopupOnPaste callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPaste :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback :: FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPaste :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>locationPopup</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #locationPopup callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetLocationPopup :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>locationPopup</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #locationPopup callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetLocationPopup :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback :: FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopup :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>homeFolder</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #homeFolder callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetHomeFolder :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>homeFolder</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #homeFolder callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetHomeFolder :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback :: FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolder :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>downFolder</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #downFolder callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetDownFolder :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>downFolder</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #downFolder callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetDownFolder :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback :: FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetDownFolder :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>desktopFolder</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fileChooserWidget #desktopFolder callback
--   </pre>
afterFileChooserWidgetDesktopFolder :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>desktopFolder</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fileChooserWidget #desktopFolder callback
--   </pre>
onFileChooserWidgetDesktopFolder :: (IsFileChooserWidget a, MonadIO m) => a -> FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback</a>.
wrap_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback :: FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback -> C_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolder :: MonadIO m => FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback -> m (GClosure C_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback</a></tt>.
noFileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback :: Maybe FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback

-- | Cast to <a>FileChooserWidget</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFileChooserWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFileChooserWidget o) => o -> m FileChooserWidget

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback</a>.
mk_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback :: C_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FileChooserWidget
FileChooserWidget :: ManagedPtr FileChooserWidget -> FileChooserWidget

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FileChooserWidget</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFileChooserWidget</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FileChooserWidget o) => IsFileChooserWidget o

-- | The <a>desktopFolder</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser show the user's Desktop folder
--   in the file list.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Alt + D</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>downFolder</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser go to a child of the current
--   folder in the file hierarchy. The subfolder that will be used is
--   displayed in the path bar widget of the file chooser. For example, if
--   the path bar is showing "/foo/bar/baz", with bar currently displayed,
--   then this will cause the file chooser to switch to the "baz"
--   subfolder.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Alt + Down</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetDownFolderCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>homeFolder</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser show the user's home folder in
--   the file list.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Alt + Home</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>locationPopup</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser show a "Location" prompt which
--   the user can use to manually type the name of the file he wishes to
--   select.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are <tt>Control + L</tt> with a
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i> string of "" (the empty string). It is also bound
--   to <tt>/</tt> with a <i><tt>path</tt></i> string of "<tt>/</tt>" (a
--   slash): this lets you type <tt>/</tt> and immediately type a path
--   name. On Unix systems, this is bound to <tt>~</tt> (tilde) with a
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i> string of "~" itself for access to home
--   directories.
type FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>locationPopupOnPaste</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser show a "Location" prompt when
--   the user pastes into a <a>FileChooserWidget</a>.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Control + V</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>locationTogglePopup</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to toggle the visibility of a "Location" prompt which the
--   user can use to manually type the name of the file he wishes to
--   select.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Control + L</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>placesShortcut</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to move the focus to the places sidebar.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Alt + P</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>quickBookmark</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser switch to the bookmark specified
--   in the <i><tt>bookmarkIndex</tt></i> parameter. For example, if you
--   have three bookmarks, you can pass 0, 1, 2 to this signal to switch to
--   each of them, respectively.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Alt + 1</tt>, <tt>Alt +
--   2</tt>, etc. until <tt>Alt + 0</tt>. Note that in the default binding,
--   that <tt>Alt + 1</tt> is actually defined to switch to the bookmark at
--   index 0, and so on successively; <tt>Alt + 0</tt> is defined to switch
--   to the bookmark at index 10.
type FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback = Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>recentShortcut</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser show the Recent location.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Alt + R</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>searchShortcut</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser show the search entry.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Alt + S</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>showHidden</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user asks for
--   it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser display hidden files.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Control + H</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>upFolder</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user asks for it.
--   
--   This is used to make the file chooser go to the parent of the current
--   folder in the file hierarchy.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is <tt>Alt + Up</tt>.
type FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FileChooserWidgetUpFolderCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Adds a widget to a <a>Fixed</a> container at the given position.
fixedPut :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFixed a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Moves a child of a <a>Fixed</a> container to the given position.
fixedMove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFixed a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Fixed</a>.
fixedNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Fixed

-- | Cast to <a>Fixed</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFixed :: (MonadIO m, IsFixed o) => o -> m Fixed

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Fixed
Fixed :: ManagedPtr Fixed -> Fixed

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Fixed</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toFixed</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Fixed o) => IsFixed o

-- | Returns whether the <i><tt>child</tt></i> is currently selected in its
--   <a>FlowBox</a> container.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxChildIsSelected :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBoxChild a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current index of the <i><tt>child</tt></i> in its
--   <a>FlowBox</a> container.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxChildGetIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBoxChild a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Marks <i><tt>child</tt></i> as changed, causing any state that depends
--   on this to be updated. This affects sorting and filtering.
--   
--   Note that calls to this method must be in sync with the data used for
--   the sorting and filtering functions. For instance, if the list is
--   mirroring some external data set, and *two* children changed in the
--   external data set when you call <a>flowBoxChildChanged</a> on the
--   first child, the sort function must only read the new data for the
--   first of the two changed children, otherwise the resorting of the
--   children will be wrong.
--   
--   This generally means that if you don’t fully control the data model,
--   you have to duplicate the data that affects the sorting and filtering
--   functions into the widgets themselves. Another alternative is to call
--   <a>flowBoxInvalidateSort</a> on any model change, but that is more
--   expensive.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxChildChanged :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFlowBoxChild a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>FlowBoxChild</a>, to be used as a child of a
--   <a>FlowBox</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
flowBoxChildNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m FlowBoxChild

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> flowBoxChild #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterFlowBoxChildActivate :: (IsFlowBoxChild a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxChildActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> flowBoxChild #activate callback
--   </pre>
onFlowBoxChildActivate :: (IsFlowBoxChild a, MonadIO m) => a -> FlowBoxChildActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FlowBoxChildActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback :: FlowBoxChildActivateCallback -> C_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FlowBoxChildActivate :: MonadIO m => FlowBoxChildActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FlowBoxChildActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noFlowBoxChildActivateCallback :: Maybe FlowBoxChildActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>FlowBoxChild</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFlowBoxChild :: (MonadIO m, IsFlowBoxChild o) => o -> m FlowBoxChild

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback</a>.
mk_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback :: C_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback)

-- | The <a>activate</a> signal is emitted when the user activates a child
--   widget in a <a>FlowBox</a>, either by clicking or double-clicking, or
--   by using the Space or Enter key.
--   
--   While this signal is used as a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal],
--   it can be used by applications for their own purposes.
type FlowBoxChildActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FlowBoxChildActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If <i><tt>useSize</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the font name will be
--   written using the selected size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonSetUseSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>useFont</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the font name will be
--   written using the selected font.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonSetUseFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the title for the font chooser dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>showStyle</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the font style will be
--   displayed along with name of the selected font.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonSetShowStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>showSize</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the font size will be
--   displayed along with the name of the selected font.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonSetShowSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets or updates the currently-displayed font in font picker dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonSetFontName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the selected size is used in the label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonGetUseSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the selected font is used in the label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonGetUseFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the title of the font chooser dialog.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns whether the name of the font style will be shown in the label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonGetShowStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the font size will be shown in the label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonGetShowSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the name of the currently selected font. This name includes
--   style and size information as well. If you want to render something
--   with the font, use this string with <a>fontDescriptionFromString</a> .
--   If you’re interested in peeking certain values (family name, style,
--   size, weight) just query these properties from the
--   <a>FontDescription</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonGetFontName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontButton a) => a -> m Text

-- | Creates a new font picker widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonNewWithFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m FontButton

-- | Creates a new font picker widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
fontButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m FontButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontButtonUseSize :: (IsFontButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontButton [ #useSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontButtonUseSize :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontButton #useSize
--   </pre>
getFontButtonUseSize :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-font</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontButtonUseFont :: (IsFontButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-font</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontButton [ #useFont <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontButtonUseFont :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-font</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontButton #useFont
--   </pre>
getFontButtonUseFont :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontButtonTitle :: (IsFontButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontButton [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontButtonTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontButton #title
--   </pre>
getFontButtonTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontButtonShowStyle :: (IsFontButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontButton [ #showStyle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontButtonShowStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontButton #showStyle
--   </pre>
getFontButtonShowStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontButtonShowSize :: (IsFontButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontButton [ #showSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontButtonShowSize :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontButton #showSize
--   </pre>
getFontButtonShowSize :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #fontName
--   </pre>
clearFontButtonFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontButtonFontName :: (IsFontButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontButton [ #fontName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontButtonFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontButton #fontName
--   </pre>
getFontButtonFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> m Text

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>fontSet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> fontButton #fontSet callback
--   </pre>
afterFontButtonFontSet :: (IsFontButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> FontButtonFontSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>fontSet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> fontButton #fontSet callback
--   </pre>
onFontButtonFontSet :: (IsFontButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> FontButtonFontSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>FontButtonFontSetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_FontButtonFontSetCallback</a>.
wrap_FontButtonFontSetCallback :: FontButtonFontSetCallback -> C_FontButtonFontSetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_FontButtonFontSet :: MonadIO m => FontButtonFontSetCallback -> m (GClosure C_FontButtonFontSetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>FontButtonFontSetCallback</a></tt>.
noFontButtonFontSetCallback :: Maybe FontButtonFontSetCallback

-- | Cast to <a>FontButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFontButton :: (MonadIO m, IsFontButton o) => o -> m FontButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_FontButtonFontSetCallback</a>.
mk_FontButtonFontSetCallback :: C_FontButtonFontSetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_FontButtonFontSetCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FontButton
FontButton :: ManagedPtr FontButton -> FontButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>FontButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toFontButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FontButton o) => IsFontButton o

-- | The <a>fontSet</a> signal is emitted when the user selects a font.
--   When handling this signal, use <a>fontChooserGetFont</a> to find out
--   which font was just selected.
--   
--   Note that this signal is only emitted when the user changes the font.
--   If you need to react to programmatic font changes as well, use the
--   notify[font](#g:signal:font) signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type FontButtonFontSetCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_FontButtonFontSetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new <a>FontChooserWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
fontChooserWidgetNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m FontChooserWidget

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tweak-action</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontChooserWidget #tweakAction
--   </pre>
getFontChooserWidgetTweakAction :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooserWidget o) => o -> m (Maybe Action)

-- | Cast to <a>FontChooserWidget</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFontChooserWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFontChooserWidget o) => o -> m FontChooserWidget

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FontChooserWidget
FontChooserWidget :: ManagedPtr FontChooserWidget -> FontChooserWidget

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>FontChooserWidget</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toFontChooserWidget</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FontChooserWidget o) => IsFontChooserWidget o

-- | Sets the text displayed in the preview area. The <i><tt>text</tt></i>
--   is used to show how the selected font looks.
fontSelectionSetPreviewText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the currently-selected font.
--   
--   Note that the <i><tt>fontsel</tt></i> needs to know the screen in
--   which it will appear for this to work; this can be guaranteed by
--   simply making sure that the <i><tt>fontsel</tt></i> is inserted in a
--   toplevel window before you call this function.
fontSelectionSetFontName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | This returns the <a>TreeView</a> used to list font sizes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionGetSizeList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m Widget

-- | This returns the <a>Entry</a> used to allow the user to edit the font
--   number manually instead of selecting it from the list of font sizes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionGetSizeEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m Widget

-- | The selected font size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the text displayed in the preview area.
fontSelectionGetPreviewText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m Text

-- | This returns the <a>Entry</a> used to display the font as a preview.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionGetPreviewEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Gets the currently-selected font name.
--   
--   Note that this can be a different string than what you set with
--   <a>fontSelectionSetFontName</a>, as the font selection widget may
--   normalize font names and thus return a string with a different
--   structure. For example, “Helvetica Italic Bold 12” could be normalized
--   to “Helvetica Bold Italic 12”. Use <a>fontDescriptionEqual</a> if you
--   want to compare two font descriptions.
fontSelectionGetFontName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m Text

-- | This returns the <a>TreeView</a> that lists font families, for
--   example, “Sans”, “Serif”, etc.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionGetFamilyList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Gets the <a>FontFamily</a> representing the selected font family.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionGetFamily :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m FontFamily

-- | This returns the <a>TreeView</a> which lists all styles available for
--   the selected font. For example, “Regular”, “Bold”, etc.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionGetFaceList :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Gets the <a>FontFace</a> representing the selected font group details
--   (i.e. family, slant, weight, width, etc).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
fontSelectionGetFace :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFontSelection a) => a -> m FontFace

-- | Creates a new <a>FontSelection</a>.
fontSelectionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m FontSelection

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>preview-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontSelectionPreviewText :: (IsFontSelection o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>preview-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontSelection [ #previewText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontSelectionPreviewText :: (MonadIO m, IsFontSelection o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>preview-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontSelection #previewText
--   </pre>
getFontSelectionPreviewText :: (MonadIO m, IsFontSelection o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #fontName
--   </pre>
clearFontSelectionFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsFontSelection o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFontSelectionFontName :: (IsFontSelection o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> fontSelection [ #fontName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFontSelectionFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsFontSelection o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> fontSelection #fontName
--   </pre>
getFontSelectionFontName :: (MonadIO m, IsFontSelection o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>FontSelection</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFontSelection :: (MonadIO m, IsFontSelection o) => o -> m FontSelection

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FontSelection
FontSelection :: ManagedPtr FontSelection -> FontSelection

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>FontSelection</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toFontSelection</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FontSelection o) => IsFontSelection o

-- | Sets the <a>Frame</a>:<tt><i>shadow-type</i></tt> for
--   <i><tt>frame</tt></i>, i.e. whether it is drawn without
--   (<a>ShadowTypeNone</a>) or with (other values) a visible border.
--   Values other than <a>ShadowTypeNone</a> are treated identically by
--   GtkFrame. The chosen type is applied by removing or adding the .flat
--   class to the CSS node named border.
frameSetShadowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFrame a) => a -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Frame</a>:<tt><i>label-widget</i></tt> for the frame. This
--   is the widget that will appear embedded in the top edge of the frame
--   as a title.
frameSetLabelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFrame a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the alignment of the frame widget’s label. The default values for
--   a newly created frame are 0.0 and 0.5.
frameSetLabelAlign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFrame a) => a -> Float -> Float -> m ()

-- | Removes the current <a>Frame</a>:<tt><i>label-widget</i></tt>. If
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> is not <a>Nothing</a>, creates a new
--   <a>Label</a> with that text and adds it as the
--   <a>Frame</a>:<tt><i>label-widget</i></tt>.
frameSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFrame a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the shadow type of the frame. See <a>frameSetShadowType</a>.
frameGetShadowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFrame a) => a -> m ShadowType

-- | Retrieves the label widget for the frame. See
--   <a>frameSetLabelWidget</a>.
frameGetLabelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFrame a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Retrieves the X and Y alignment of the frame’s label. See
--   <a>frameSetLabelAlign</a>.
frameGetLabelAlign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFrame a) => a -> m (Float, Float)

-- | If the frame’s label widget is a <a>Label</a>, returns the text in the
--   label widget. (The frame will have a <a>Label</a> for the label widget
--   if a non-<a>Nothing</a> argument was passed to <a>frameNew</a>.)
frameGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsFrame a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Creates a new <a>Frame</a>, with optional label <i><tt>label</tt></i>.
--   If <i><tt>label</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the label is omitted.
frameNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> m Frame

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFrameShadowType :: (IsFrame o, MonadIO m) => ShadowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> frame [ #shadowType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFrameShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> frame #shadowType
--   </pre>
getFrameShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> m ShadowType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label-yalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFrameLabelYalign :: (IsFrame o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> frame [ #labelYalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFrameLabelYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label-yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> frame #labelYalign
--   </pre>
getFrameLabelYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label-xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFrameLabelXalign :: (IsFrame o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> frame [ #labelXalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFrameLabelXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label-xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> frame #labelXalign
--   </pre>
getFrameLabelXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> m Float

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #labelWidget
--   </pre>
clearFrameLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructFrameLabelWidget :: (IsFrame o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> frame [ #labelWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFrameLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> frame #labelWidget
--   </pre>
getFrameLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearFrameLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructFrameLabel :: (IsFrame o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> frame [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setFrameLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> frame #label
--   </pre>
getFrameLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>Frame</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toFrame :: (MonadIO m, IsFrame o) => o -> m Frame

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>area</tt></i> should create an OpenGL or an
--   OpenGL ES context.
--   
--   You should check the capabilities of the <a>GLContext</a> before
--   drawing with either API.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
gLAreaSetUseEs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the required version of OpenGL to be used when creating the
--   context for the widget.
--   
--   This function must be called before the area has been realized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaSetRequiredVersion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>hasStencilBuffer</tt></i> is <a>True</a> the widget will
--   allocate and enable a stencil buffer for the target framebuffer.
--   Otherwise there will be none.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaSetHasStencilBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>hasDepthBuffer</tt></i> is <a>True</a> the widget will
--   allocate and enable a depth buffer for the target framebuffer.
--   Otherwise there will be none.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaSetHasDepthBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>hasAlpha</tt></i> is <a>True</a> the buffer allocated by the
--   widget will have an alpha channel component, and when rendering to the
--   window the result will be composited over whatever is below the
--   widget.
--   
--   If <i><tt>hasAlpha</tt></i> is <a>False</a> there will be no alpha
--   channel, and the buffer will fully replace anything below the widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaSetHasAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets an error on the area which will be shown instead of the GL
--   rendering. This is useful in the <a>createContext</a> signal if GL
--   context creation fails.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaSetError :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> Maybe GError -> m ()

-- | If <i><tt>autoRender</tt></i> is <a>True</a> the <a>render</a> signal
--   will be emitted every time the widget draws. This is the default and
--   is useful if drawing the widget is faster.
--   
--   If <i><tt>autoRender</tt></i> is <a>False</a> the data from previous
--   rendering is kept around and will be used for drawing the widget the
--   next time, unless the window is resized. In order to force a rendering
--   <a>gLAreaQueueRender</a> must be called. This mode is useful when the
--   scene changes seldomly, but takes a long time to redraw.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaSetAutoRender :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Marks the currently rendered data (if any) as invalid, and queues a
--   redraw of the widget, ensuring that the <a>render</a> signal is
--   emitted during the draw.
--   
--   This is only needed when the <a>gLAreaSetAutoRender</a> has been
--   called with a <a>False</a> value. The default behaviour is to emit
--   <a>render</a> on each draw.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaQueueRender :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m ()

-- | Ensures that the <a>GLContext</a> used by <i><tt>area</tt></i> is
--   associated with the <a>GLArea</a>.
--   
--   This function is automatically called before emitting the
--   <a>render</a> signal, and doesn't normally need to be called by
--   application code.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaMakeCurrent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the value set by <a>gLAreaSetUseEs</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
gLAreaGetUseEs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the required version of OpenGL set using
--   <a>gLAreaSetRequiredVersion</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaGetRequiredVersion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Returns whether the area has a stencil buffer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaGetHasStencilBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the area has a depth buffer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaGetHasDepthBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the area has an alpha component.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaGetHasAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current error set on the <i><tt>area</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaGetError :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m (Maybe GError)

-- | Retrieves the <a>GLContext</a> used by <i><tt>area</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaGetContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m GLContext

-- | Returns whether the area is in auto render mode or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaGetAutoRender :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Ensures that the <i><tt>area</tt></i> framebuffer object is made the
--   current draw and read target, and that all the required buffers for
--   the <i><tt>area</tt></i> are created and bound to the frambuffer.
--   
--   This function is automatically called before emitting the
--   <a>render</a> signal, and doesn't normally need to be called by
--   application code.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaAttachBuffers :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGLArea a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>GLArea</a> widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
gLAreaNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m GLArea

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-es</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructGLAreaUseEs :: (IsGLArea o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-es</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gLArea [ #useEs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGLAreaUseEs :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-es</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gLArea #useEs
--   </pre>
getGLAreaUseEs :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-stencil-buffer</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGLAreaHasStencilBuffer :: (IsGLArea o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-stencil-buffer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gLArea [ #hasStencilBuffer <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGLAreaHasStencilBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-stencil-buffer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gLArea #hasStencilBuffer
--   </pre>
getGLAreaHasStencilBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-depth-buffer</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGLAreaHasDepthBuffer :: (IsGLArea o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-depth-buffer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gLArea [ #hasDepthBuffer <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGLAreaHasDepthBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-depth-buffer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gLArea #hasDepthBuffer
--   </pre>
getGLAreaHasDepthBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-alpha</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGLAreaHasAlpha :: (IsGLArea o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gLArea [ #hasAlpha <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGLAreaHasAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gLArea #hasAlpha
--   </pre>
getGLAreaHasAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>context</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gLArea #context
--   </pre>
getGLAreaContext :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> m GLContext

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>auto-render</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGLAreaAutoRender :: (IsGLArea o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>auto-render</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gLArea [ #autoRender <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGLAreaAutoRender :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>auto-render</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gLArea #autoRender
--   </pre>
getGLAreaAutoRender :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>resize</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gLArea #resize callback
--   </pre>
afterGLAreaResize :: (IsGLArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> GLAreaResizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>resize</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gLArea #resize callback
--   </pre>
onGLAreaResize :: (IsGLArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> GLAreaResizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GLAreaResizeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GLAreaResizeCallback</a>.
wrap_GLAreaResizeCallback :: GLAreaResizeCallback -> C_GLAreaResizeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GLAreaResize :: MonadIO m => GLAreaResizeCallback -> m (GClosure C_GLAreaResizeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GLAreaResizeCallback</a></tt>.
noGLAreaResizeCallback :: Maybe GLAreaResizeCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>render</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gLArea #render callback
--   </pre>
afterGLAreaRender :: (IsGLArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> GLAreaRenderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>render</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gLArea #render callback
--   </pre>
onGLAreaRender :: (IsGLArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> GLAreaRenderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GLAreaRenderCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GLAreaRenderCallback</a>.
wrap_GLAreaRenderCallback :: GLAreaRenderCallback -> C_GLAreaRenderCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GLAreaRender :: MonadIO m => GLAreaRenderCallback -> m (GClosure C_GLAreaRenderCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GLAreaRenderCallback</a></tt>.
noGLAreaRenderCallback :: Maybe GLAreaRenderCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>createContext</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gLArea #createContext callback
--   </pre>
afterGLAreaCreateContext :: (IsGLArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> GLAreaCreateContextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>createContext</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gLArea #createContext callback
--   </pre>
onGLAreaCreateContext :: (IsGLArea a, MonadIO m) => a -> GLAreaCreateContextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GLAreaCreateContextCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GLAreaCreateContextCallback</a>.
wrap_GLAreaCreateContextCallback :: GLAreaCreateContextCallback -> C_GLAreaCreateContextCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GLAreaCreateContext :: MonadIO m => GLAreaCreateContextCallback -> m (GClosure C_GLAreaCreateContextCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GLAreaCreateContextCallback</a></tt>.
noGLAreaCreateContextCallback :: Maybe GLAreaCreateContextCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GLArea</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGLArea :: (MonadIO m, IsGLArea o) => o -> m GLArea

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GLAreaCreateContextCallback</a>.
mk_GLAreaCreateContextCallback :: C_GLAreaCreateContextCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GLAreaCreateContextCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GLAreaRenderCallback</a>.
mk_GLAreaRenderCallback :: C_GLAreaRenderCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GLAreaRenderCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GLAreaResizeCallback</a>.
mk_GLAreaResizeCallback :: C_GLAreaResizeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GLAreaResizeCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GLArea
GLArea :: ManagedPtr GLArea -> GLArea

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>GLArea</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toGLArea</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GLArea o) => IsGLArea o

-- | The <a>createContext</a> signal is emitted when the widget is being
--   realized, and allows you to override how the GL context is created.
--   This is useful when you want to reuse an existing GL context, or if
--   you want to try creating different kinds of GL options.
--   
--   If context creation fails then the signal handler can use
--   <a>gLAreaSetError</a> to register a more detailed error of how the
--   construction failed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type GLAreaCreateContextCallback = IO GLContext

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GLAreaCreateContextCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO Ptr GLContext

-- | The <a>render</a> signal is emitted every time the contents of the
--   <a>GLArea</a> should be redrawn.
--   
--   The <i><tt>context</tt></i> is bound to the <i><tt>area</tt></i> prior
--   to emitting this function, and the buffers are painted to the window
--   once the emission terminates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type GLAreaRenderCallback = GLContext -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GLAreaRenderCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr GLContext -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>resize</a> signal is emitted once when the widget is realized,
--   and then each time the widget is changed while realized. This is
--   useful in order to keep GL state up to date with the widget size, like
--   for instance camera properties which may depend on the width/height
--   ratio.
--   
--   The GL context for the area is guaranteed to be current when this
--   signal is emitted.
--   
--   The default handler sets up the GL viewport.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type GLAreaResizeCallback = Int32 -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GLAreaResizeCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If the <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is active, this function returns
--   <a>True</a> and fills in <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> with
--   the drag start coordinates, in window-relative coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureDragGetStartPoint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureDrag a) => a -> m (Bool, Double, Double)

-- | If the <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is active, this function returns
--   <a>True</a> and fills in <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> with
--   the coordinates of the current point, as an offset to the starting
--   drag point.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureDragGetOffset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureDrag a) => a -> m (Bool, Double, Double)

-- | Returns a newly created <a>Gesture</a> that recognizes drags.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureDragNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m GestureDrag

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragUpdate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureDrag #dragUpdate callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureDragDragUpdate :: (IsGestureDrag a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureDragDragUpdateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragUpdate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureDrag #dragUpdate callback
--   </pre>
onGestureDragDragUpdate :: (IsGestureDrag a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureDragDragUpdateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureDragDragUpdateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback :: GestureDragDragUpdateCallback -> C_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureDragDragUpdate :: MonadIO m => GestureDragDragUpdateCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureDragDragUpdateCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureDragDragUpdateCallback :: Maybe GestureDragDragUpdateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureDrag #dragEnd callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureDragDragEnd :: (IsGestureDrag a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureDragDragEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureDrag #dragEnd callback
--   </pre>
onGestureDragDragEnd :: (IsGestureDrag a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureDragDragEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureDragDragEndCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureDragDragEndCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureDragDragEndCallback :: GestureDragDragEndCallback -> C_GestureDragDragEndCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureDragDragEnd :: MonadIO m => GestureDragDragEndCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureDragDragEndCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureDragDragEndCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureDragDragEndCallback :: Maybe GestureDragDragEndCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragBegin</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureDrag #dragBegin callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureDragDragBegin :: (IsGestureDrag a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureDragDragBeginCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragBegin</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureDrag #dragBegin callback
--   </pre>
onGestureDragDragBegin :: (IsGestureDrag a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureDragDragBeginCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureDragDragBeginCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureDragDragBeginCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureDragDragBeginCallback :: GestureDragDragBeginCallback -> C_GestureDragDragBeginCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureDragDragBegin :: MonadIO m => GestureDragDragBeginCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureDragDragBeginCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureDragDragBeginCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureDragDragBeginCallback :: Maybe GestureDragDragBeginCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GestureDrag</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGestureDrag :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureDrag o) => o -> m GestureDrag

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureDragDragBeginCallback</a>.
mk_GestureDragDragBeginCallback :: C_GestureDragDragBeginCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureDragDragBeginCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureDragDragEndCallback</a>.
mk_GestureDragDragEndCallback :: C_GestureDragDragEndCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureDragDragEndCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback</a>.
mk_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback :: C_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted whenever dragging starts.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureDragDragBeginCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureDragDragBeginCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever the dragging is finished.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureDragDragEndCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureDragDragEndCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever the dragging point moves.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureDragDragUpdateCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureDragDragUpdateCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Returns a newly created <a>Gesture</a> that recognizes long presses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureLongPressNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m GestureLongPress

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>delay-factor</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGestureLongPressDelayFactor :: (IsGestureLongPress o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>delay-factor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gestureLongPress [ #delayFactor <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGestureLongPressDelayFactor :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureLongPress o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>delay-factor</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gestureLongPress #delayFactor
--   </pre>
getGestureLongPressDelayFactor :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureLongPress o) => o -> m Double

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pressed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureLongPress #pressed callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureLongPressPressed :: (IsGestureLongPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureLongPressPressedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pressed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureLongPress #pressed callback
--   </pre>
onGestureLongPressPressed :: (IsGestureLongPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureLongPressPressedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureLongPressPressedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureLongPressPressedCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureLongPressPressedCallback :: GestureLongPressPressedCallback -> C_GestureLongPressPressedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureLongPressPressed :: MonadIO m => GestureLongPressPressedCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureLongPressPressedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureLongPressPressedCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureLongPressPressedCallback :: Maybe GestureLongPressPressedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancelled</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureLongPress #cancelled callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureLongPressCancelled :: (IsGestureLongPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureLongPressCancelledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancelled</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureLongPress #cancelled callback
--   </pre>
onGestureLongPressCancelled :: (IsGestureLongPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureLongPressCancelledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureLongPressCancelledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback :: GestureLongPressCancelledCallback -> C_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureLongPressCancelled :: MonadIO m => GestureLongPressCancelledCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureLongPressCancelledCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureLongPressCancelledCallback :: Maybe GestureLongPressCancelledCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GestureLongPress</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGestureLongPress :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureLongPress o) => o -> m GestureLongPress

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback</a>.
mk_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback :: C_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureLongPressPressedCallback</a>.
mk_GestureLongPressPressedCallback :: C_GestureLongPressPressedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureLongPressPressedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GestureLongPress
GestureLongPress :: ManagedPtr GestureLongPress -> GestureLongPress

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>GestureLongPress</a>, for instance with <a>toGestureLongPress</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GestureLongPress o) => IsGestureLongPress o

-- | This signal is emitted whenever a press moved too far, or was released
--   before <a>pressed</a> happened.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureLongPressCancelledCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureLongPressCancelledCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever a press goes unmoved/unreleased longer
--   than what the GTK+ defaults tell.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureLongPressPressedCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureLongPressPressedCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If <i><tt>rect</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a>, the press area will be
--   checked to be confined within the rectangle, otherwise the button
--   count will be reset so the press is seen as being the first one. If
--   <i><tt>rect</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the area will be reset to an
--   unrestricted state.
--   
--   Note: The rectangle is only used to determine whether any non-first
--   click falls within the expected area. This is not akin to an input
--   shape.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureMultiPressSetArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureMultiPress a) => a -> Maybe Rectangle -> m ()

-- | If an area was set through <a>gestureMultiPressSetArea</a>, this
--   function will return <a>True</a> and fill in <i><tt>rect</tt></i> with
--   the press area. See <a>gestureMultiPressSetArea</a> for more details
--   on what the press area represents.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureMultiPressGetArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureMultiPress a) => a -> m (Bool, Rectangle)

-- | Returns a newly created <a>Gesture</a> that recognizes single and
--   multiple presses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureMultiPressNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m GestureMultiPress

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stopped</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureMultiPress #stopped callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureMultiPressStopped :: (IsGestureMultiPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stopped</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureMultiPress #stopped callback
--   </pre>
onGestureMultiPressStopped :: (IsGestureMultiPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback :: GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback -> C_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureMultiPressStopped :: MonadIO m => GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureMultiPressStoppedCallback :: Maybe GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>released</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureMultiPress #released callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureMultiPressReleased :: (IsGestureMultiPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>released</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureMultiPress #released callback
--   </pre>
onGestureMultiPressReleased :: (IsGestureMultiPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback :: GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback -> C_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureMultiPressReleased :: MonadIO m => GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureMultiPressReleasedCallback :: Maybe GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pressed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureMultiPress #pressed callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureMultiPressPressed :: (IsGestureMultiPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureMultiPressPressedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pressed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureMultiPress #pressed callback
--   </pre>
onGestureMultiPressPressed :: (IsGestureMultiPress a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureMultiPressPressedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureMultiPressPressedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback :: GestureMultiPressPressedCallback -> C_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureMultiPressPressed :: MonadIO m => GestureMultiPressPressedCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureMultiPressPressedCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureMultiPressPressedCallback :: Maybe GestureMultiPressPressedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GestureMultiPress</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGestureMultiPress :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureMultiPress o) => o -> m GestureMultiPress

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback</a>.
mk_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback :: C_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback</a>.
mk_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback :: C_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback</a>.
mk_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback :: C_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GestureMultiPress
GestureMultiPress :: ManagedPtr GestureMultiPress -> GestureMultiPress

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>GestureMultiPress</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toGestureMultiPress</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GestureMultiPress o) => IsGestureMultiPress o

-- | This signal is emitted whenever a button or touch press happens.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureMultiPressPressedCallback = Int32 -> Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureMultiPressPressedCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a button or touch is released.
--   <i><tt>nPress</tt></i> will report the number of press that is paired
--   to this event, note that <a>stopped</a> may have been emitted between
--   the press and its release, <i><tt>nPress</tt></i> will only start over
--   at the next press.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback = Int32 -> Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureMultiPressReleasedCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever any time/distance threshold has been
--   exceeded.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureMultiPressStoppedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the orientation to be expected on pan gestures.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gesturePanSetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesturePan a) => a -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Returns the orientation of the pan gestures that this
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> expects.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gesturePanGetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesturePan a) => a -> m Orientation

-- | Returns a newly created <a>Gesture</a> that recognizes pan gestures.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gesturePanNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> Orientation -> m GesturePan

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>orientation</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGesturePanOrientation :: (IsGesturePan o, MonadIO m) => Orientation -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>orientation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gesturePan [ #orientation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGesturePanOrientation :: (MonadIO m, IsGesturePan o) => o -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>orientation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gesturePan #orientation
--   </pre>
getGesturePanOrientation :: (MonadIO m, IsGesturePan o) => o -> m Orientation

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pan</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gesturePan #pan callback
--   </pre>
afterGesturePanPan :: (IsGesturePan a, MonadIO m) => a -> GesturePanPanCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pan</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gesturePan #pan callback
--   </pre>
onGesturePanPan :: (IsGesturePan a, MonadIO m) => a -> GesturePanPanCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GesturePanPanCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GesturePanPanCallback</a>.
wrap_GesturePanPanCallback :: GesturePanPanCallback -> C_GesturePanPanCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GesturePanPan :: MonadIO m => GesturePanPanCallback -> m (GClosure C_GesturePanPanCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GesturePanPanCallback</a></tt>.
noGesturePanPanCallback :: Maybe GesturePanPanCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GesturePan</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGesturePan :: (MonadIO m, IsGesturePan o) => o -> m GesturePan

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GesturePanPanCallback</a>.
mk_GesturePanPanCallback :: C_GesturePanPanCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GesturePanPanCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GesturePan
GesturePan :: ManagedPtr GesturePan -> GesturePan

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>GesturePan</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toGesturePan</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GesturePan o) => IsGesturePan o

-- | This signal is emitted once a panning gesture along the expected axis
--   is detected.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GesturePanPanCallback = PanDirection -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GesturePanPanCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is active, this function returns the angle
--   difference in radians since the gesture was first recognized. If
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is not active, 0 is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureRotateGetAngleDelta :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureRotate a) => a -> m Double

-- | Returns a newly created <a>Gesture</a> that recognizes 2-touch
--   rotation gestures.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureRotateNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m GestureRotate

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>angleChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureRotate #angleChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureRotateAngleChanged :: (IsGestureRotate a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>angleChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureRotate #angleChanged callback
--   </pre>
onGestureRotateAngleChanged :: (IsGestureRotate a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback :: GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback -> C_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureRotateAngleChanged :: MonadIO m => GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureRotateAngleChangedCallback :: Maybe GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GestureRotate</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGestureRotate :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureRotate o) => o -> m GestureRotate

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback</a>.
mk_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback :: C_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GestureRotate
GestureRotate :: ManagedPtr GestureRotate -> GestureRotate

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>GestureRotate</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toGestureRotate</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GestureRotate o) => IsGestureRotate o

-- | This signal is emitted when the angle between both tracked points
--   changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureRotateAngleChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Returns the <a>DeviceTool</a> currently driving input through this
--   gesture. This function must be called from either the <a>down</a>,
--   <a>motion</a>, <a>up</a> or <a>proximity</a> signal handlers.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
gestureStylusGetDeviceTool :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureStylus a) => a -> m (Maybe DeviceTool)

-- | Returns the current value for the requested <i><tt>axis</tt></i>. This
--   function must be called from either the
--   <a>GestureStylus</a>:<tt><i>down</i></tt>,
--   <a>GestureStylus</a>:<tt><i>motion</i></tt>,
--   <a>GestureStylus</a>:<tt><i>up</i></tt> or
--   <a>GestureStylus</a>:<tt><i>proximity</i></tt> signals.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
gestureStylusGetAxis :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureStylus a) => a -> AxisUse -> m (Bool, Double)

-- | Creates a new <a>GestureStylus</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
gestureStylusNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m GestureStylus

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>up</a> signal, to be run after the
--   default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureStylus #up callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureStylusUp :: (IsGestureStylus a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureStylusUpCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>up</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureStylus #up callback
--   </pre>
onGestureStylusUp :: (IsGestureStylus a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureStylusUpCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureStylusUpCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureStylusUpCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureStylusUpCallback :: GestureStylusUpCallback -> C_GestureStylusUpCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureStylusUp :: MonadIO m => GestureStylusUpCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureStylusUpCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureStylusUpCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureStylusUpCallback :: Maybe GestureStylusUpCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>proximity</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureStylus #proximity callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureStylusProximity :: (IsGestureStylus a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureStylusProximityCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>proximity</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureStylus #proximity callback
--   </pre>
onGestureStylusProximity :: (IsGestureStylus a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureStylusProximityCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureStylusProximityCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureStylusProximityCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureStylusProximityCallback :: GestureStylusProximityCallback -> C_GestureStylusProximityCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureStylusProximity :: MonadIO m => GestureStylusProximityCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureStylusProximityCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureStylusProximityCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureStylusProximityCallback :: Maybe GestureStylusProximityCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>motion</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureStylus #motion callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureStylusMotion :: (IsGestureStylus a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureStylusMotionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>motion</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureStylus #motion callback
--   </pre>
onGestureStylusMotion :: (IsGestureStylus a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureStylusMotionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureStylusMotionCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureStylusMotionCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureStylusMotionCallback :: GestureStylusMotionCallback -> C_GestureStylusMotionCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureStylusMotion :: MonadIO m => GestureStylusMotionCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureStylusMotionCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureStylusMotionCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureStylusMotionCallback :: Maybe GestureStylusMotionCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>down</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureStylus #down callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureStylusDown :: (IsGestureStylus a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureStylusDownCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>down</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureStylus #down callback
--   </pre>
onGestureStylusDown :: (IsGestureStylus a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureStylusDownCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureStylusDownCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureStylusDownCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureStylusDownCallback :: GestureStylusDownCallback -> C_GestureStylusDownCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureStylusDown :: MonadIO m => GestureStylusDownCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureStylusDownCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureStylusDownCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureStylusDownCallback :: Maybe GestureStylusDownCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GestureStylus</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGestureStylus :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureStylus o) => o -> m GestureStylus

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureStylusDownCallback</a>.
mk_GestureStylusDownCallback :: C_GestureStylusDownCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureStylusDownCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureStylusMotionCallback</a>.
mk_GestureStylusMotionCallback :: C_GestureStylusMotionCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureStylusMotionCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureStylusProximityCallback</a>.
mk_GestureStylusProximityCallback :: C_GestureStylusProximityCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureStylusProximityCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureStylusUpCallback</a>.
mk_GestureStylusUpCallback :: C_GestureStylusUpCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureStylusUpCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GestureStylus
GestureStylus :: ManagedPtr GestureStylus -> GestureStylus

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>GestureStylus</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toGestureStylus</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GestureStylus o) => IsGestureStylus o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type GestureStylusDownCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureStylusDownCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type GestureStylusMotionCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureStylusMotionCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type GestureStylusProximityCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureStylusProximityCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type GestureStylusUpCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureStylusUpCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If the gesture is recognized, this function returns <a>True</a> and
--   fill in <i><tt>velocityX</tt></i> and <i><tt>velocityY</tt></i> with
--   the recorded velocity, as per the last event(s) processed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSwipeGetVelocity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSwipe a) => a -> m (Bool, Double, Double)

-- | Returns a newly created <a>Gesture</a> that recognizes swipes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSwipeNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m GestureSwipe

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>swipe</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureSwipe #swipe callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureSwipeSwipe :: (IsGestureSwipe a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureSwipeSwipeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>swipe</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureSwipe #swipe callback
--   </pre>
onGestureSwipeSwipe :: (IsGestureSwipe a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureSwipeSwipeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureSwipeSwipeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback :: GestureSwipeSwipeCallback -> C_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureSwipeSwipe :: MonadIO m => GestureSwipeSwipeCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureSwipeSwipeCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureSwipeSwipeCallback :: Maybe GestureSwipeSwipeCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GestureSwipe</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGestureSwipe :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureSwipe o) => o -> m GestureSwipe

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback</a>.
mk_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback :: C_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GestureSwipe
GestureSwipe :: ManagedPtr GestureSwipe -> GestureSwipe

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>GestureSwipe</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toGestureSwipe</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GestureSwipe o) => IsGestureSwipe o

-- | This signal is emitted when the recognized gesture is finished,
--   velocity and direction are a product of previously recorded events.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureSwipeSwipeCallback = Double -> Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureSwipeSwipeCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is active, this function returns the
--   zooming difference since the gesture was recognized (hence the
--   starting point is considered 1:1). If <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is not
--   active, 1 is returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureZoomGetScaleDelta :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureZoom a) => a -> m Double

-- | Returns a newly created <a>Gesture</a> that recognizes zoom in/out
--   gestures (usually known as pinch/zoom).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureZoomNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m GestureZoom

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scaleChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gestureZoom #scaleChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureZoomScaleChanged :: (IsGestureZoom a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scaleChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gestureZoom #scaleChanged callback
--   </pre>
onGestureZoomScaleChanged :: (IsGestureZoom a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback :: GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback -> C_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureZoomScaleChanged :: MonadIO m => GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureZoomScaleChangedCallback :: Maybe GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>GestureZoom</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGestureZoom :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureZoom o) => o -> m GestureZoom

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback</a>.
mk_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback :: C_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GestureZoom
GestureZoom :: ManagedPtr GestureZoom -> GestureZoom

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>GestureZoom</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toGestureZoom</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GestureZoom o) => IsGestureZoom o

-- | This signal is emitted whenever the distance between both tracked
--   sequences changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback = Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureZoomScaleChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the amount of space between rows of <i><tt>grid</tt></i>.
gridSetRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether all rows of <i><tt>grid</tt></i> will have the same
--   height.
gridSetRowHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets how the baseline should be positioned on <i><tt>row</tt></i> of
--   the grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
gridSetRowBaselinePosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Int32 -> BaselinePosition -> m ()

-- | Sets the amount of space between columns of <i><tt>grid</tt></i>.
gridSetColumnSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether all columns of <i><tt>grid</tt></i> will have the same
--   width.
gridSetColumnHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets which row defines the global baseline for the entire grid. Each
--   row in the grid can have its own local baseline, but only one of those
--   is global, meaning it will be the baseline in the parent of the
--   <i><tt>grid</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
gridSetBaselineRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Removes a row from the grid.
--   
--   Children that are placed in this row are removed, spanning children
--   that overlap this row have their height reduced by one, and children
--   below the row are moved up.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
gridRemoveRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Removes a column from the grid.
--   
--   Children that are placed in this column are removed, spanning children
--   that overlap this column have their width reduced by one, and children
--   after the column are moved to the left.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
gridRemoveColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Inserts a row at the specified position.
--   
--   Children which are attached at or below this position are moved one
--   row down. Children which span across this position are grown to span
--   the new row.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
gridInsertRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Inserts a row or column at the specified position.
--   
--   The new row or column is placed next to <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>, on
--   the side determined by <i><tt>side</tt></i>. If <i><tt>side</tt></i>
--   is <a>PositionTypeTop</a> or <a>PositionTypeBottom</a>, a row is
--   inserted. If <i><tt>side</tt></i> is <a>PositionTypeLeft</a> of
--   <a>PositionTypeRight</a>, a column is inserted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
gridInsertNextTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Inserts a column at the specified position.
--   
--   Children which are attached at or to the right of this position are
--   moved one column to the right. Children which span across this
--   position are grown to span the new column.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
gridInsertColumn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Returns the amount of space between the rows of <i><tt>grid</tt></i>.
gridGetRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Returns whether all rows of <i><tt>grid</tt></i> have the same height.
gridGetRowHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the baseline position of <i><tt>row</tt></i> as set by
--   <a>gridSetRowBaselinePosition</a> or the default value
--   <a>BaselinePositionCenter</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
gridGetRowBaselinePosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Int32 -> m BaselinePosition

-- | Returns the amount of space between the columns of
--   <i><tt>grid</tt></i>.
gridGetColumnSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Returns whether all columns of <i><tt>grid</tt></i> have the same
--   width.
gridGetColumnHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the child of <i><tt>grid</tt></i> whose area covers the grid cell
--   whose upper left corner is at <i><tt>left</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>top</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
gridGetChildAt :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns which row defines the global baseline of <i><tt>grid</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
gridGetBaselineRow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Adds a widget to the grid.
--   
--   The widget is placed next to <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>, on the side
--   determined by <i><tt>side</tt></i>. When <i><tt>sibling</tt></i> is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, the widget is placed in row (for left or right
--   placement) or column 0 (for top or bottom placement), at the end
--   indicated by <i><tt>side</tt></i>.
--   
--   Attaching widgets labeled [1], [2], [3] with <i><tt>sibling</tt></i>
--   == <a>Nothing</a> and <i><tt>side</tt></i> == <a>PositionTypeLeft</a>
--   yields a layout of [3][2][1].
gridAttachNextTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> PositionType -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Adds a widget to the grid.
--   
--   The position of <i><tt>child</tt></i> is determined by
--   <i><tt>left</tt></i> and <i><tt>top</tt></i>. The number of “cells”
--   that <i><tt>child</tt></i> will occupy is determined by
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> and <i><tt>height</tt></i>.
gridAttach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGrid a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new grid widget.
gridNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Grid

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGridRowSpacing :: (IsGrid o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> grid [ #rowSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGridRowSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> grid #rowSpacing
--   </pre>
getGridRowSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>row-homogeneous</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGridRowHomogeneous :: (IsGrid o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>row-homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> grid [ #rowHomogeneous <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGridRowHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>row-homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> grid #rowHomogeneous
--   </pre>
getGridRowHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGridColumnSpacing :: (IsGrid o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> grid [ #columnSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGridColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> grid #columnSpacing
--   </pre>
getGridColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>column-homogeneous</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGridColumnHomogeneous :: (IsGrid o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>column-homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> grid [ #columnHomogeneous <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGridColumnHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>column-homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> grid #columnHomogeneous
--   </pre>
getGridColumnHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>baseline-row</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGridBaselineRow :: (IsGrid o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>baseline-row</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> grid [ #baselineRow <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGridBaselineRow :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>baseline-row</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> grid #baselineRow
--   </pre>
getGridBaselineRow :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Cast to <a>Grid</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGrid :: (MonadIO m, IsGrid o) => o -> m Grid

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Grid
Grid :: ManagedPtr Grid -> Grid

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Grid</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toGrid</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Grid o) => IsGrid o

-- | Creates a new <a>HBox</a>.
hBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Bool -> Int32 -> m HBox

-- | Cast to <a>HBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHBox :: (MonadIO m, IsHBox o) => o -> m HBox

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HBox
HBox :: ManagedPtr HBox -> HBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HBox</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toHBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HBox o) => IsHBox o

-- | Creates a new horizontal button box.
hButtonBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m HButtonBox

-- | Cast to <a>HButtonBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHButtonBox :: (MonadIO m, IsHButtonBox o) => o -> m HButtonBox

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HButtonBox
HButtonBox :: ManagedPtr HButtonBox -> HButtonBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HButtonBox</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toHButtonBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HButtonBox o) => IsHButtonBox o

-- | Create a new <a>HPaned</a>
hPanedNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m HPaned

-- | Cast to <a>HPaned</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHPaned :: (MonadIO m, IsHPaned o) => o -> m HPaned

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HPaned
HPaned :: ManagedPtr HPaned -> HPaned

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HPaned</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toHPaned</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HPaned o) => IsHPaned o

-- | Converts a color from HSV space to RGB.
--   
--   Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range; output values will be in
--   the same range.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
hSVToRgb :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> Double -> m (Double, Double, Double)

-- | Sets the size and ring width of an HSV color selector.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
hSVSetMetrics :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHSV a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the current color in an HSV color selector. Color component
--   values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
hSVSetColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHSV a) => a -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | An HSV color selector can be said to be adjusting if multiple rapid
--   changes are being made to its value, for example, when the user is
--   adjusting the value with the mouse. This function queries whether the
--   HSV color selector is being adjusted or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
hSVIsAdjusting :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHSV a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Queries the size and ring width of an HSV color selector.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
hSVGetMetrics :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHSV a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Queries the current color in an HSV color selector. Returned values
--   will be in the [0.0, 1.0] range.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
hSVGetColor :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHSV a) => a -> m (Double, Double, Double)

-- | Creates a new HSV color selector.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
hSVNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m HSV

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>move</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> hSV #move callback
--   </pre>
afterHSVMove :: (IsHSV a, MonadIO m) => a -> HSVMoveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>move</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> hSV #move callback
--   </pre>
onHSVMove :: (IsHSV a, MonadIO m) => a -> HSVMoveCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>HSVMoveCallback</a> into a <a>C_HSVMoveCallback</a>.
wrap_HSVMoveCallback :: HSVMoveCallback -> C_HSVMoveCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_HSVMove :: MonadIO m => HSVMoveCallback -> m (GClosure C_HSVMoveCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>HSVMoveCallback</a></tt>.
noHSVMoveCallback :: Maybe HSVMoveCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> hSV #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterHSVChanged :: (IsHSV a, MonadIO m) => a -> HSVChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> hSV #changed callback
--   </pre>
onHSVChanged :: (IsHSV a, MonadIO m) => a -> HSVChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>HSVChangedCallback</a> into a <a>C_HSVChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_HSVChangedCallback :: HSVChangedCallback -> C_HSVChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_HSVChanged :: MonadIO m => HSVChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_HSVChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>HSVChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noHSVChangedCallback :: Maybe HSVChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>HSV</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHSV :: (MonadIO m, IsHSV o) => o -> m HSV

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_HSVChangedCallback</a>.
mk_HSVChangedCallback :: C_HSVChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_HSVChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_HSVMoveCallback</a>.
mk_HSVMoveCallback :: C_HSVMoveCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_HSVMoveCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HSV
HSV :: ManagedPtr HSV -> HSV

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HSV</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toHSV</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HSV o) => IsHSV o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type HSVChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_HSVChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type HSVMoveCallback = DirectionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_HSVMoveCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new horizontal scale widget that lets the user input a
--   number between <i><tt>min</tt></i> and <i><tt>max</tt></i> (including
--   <i><tt>min</tt></i> and <i><tt>max</tt></i>) with the increment
--   <i><tt>step</tt></i>. <i><tt>step</tt></i> must be nonzero; it’s the
--   distance the slider moves when using the arrow keys to adjust the
--   scale value.
--   
--   Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if
--   <i><tt>step</tt></i> is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is
--   not suitable for your needs, use <a>scaleSetDigits</a> to correct it.
hScaleNewWithRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> Double -> m HScale

-- | Creates a new <a>HScale</a>.
hScaleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => Maybe a -> m HScale

-- | Cast to <a>HScale</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHScale :: (MonadIO m, IsHScale o) => o -> m HScale

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HScale
HScale :: ManagedPtr HScale -> HScale

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HScale</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toHScale</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HScale o) => IsHScale o

-- | Creates a new horizontal scrollbar.
hScrollbarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => Maybe a -> m HScrollbar

-- | Cast to <a>HScrollbar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHScrollbar :: (MonadIO m, IsHScrollbar o) => o -> m HScrollbar

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HScrollbar
HScrollbar :: ManagedPtr HScrollbar -> HScrollbar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HScrollbar</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toHScrollbar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HScrollbar o) => IsHScrollbar o

-- | Creates a new <a>HSeparator</a>.
hSeparatorNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m HSeparator

-- | Cast to <a>HSeparator</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHSeparator :: (MonadIO m, IsHSeparator o) => o -> m HSeparator

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HSeparator
HSeparator :: ManagedPtr HSeparator -> HSeparator

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HSeparator</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toHSeparator</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HSeparator o) => IsHSeparator o

-- | Sets the snap edge of a handlebox. The snap edge is the edge of the
--   detached child that must be aligned with the corresponding edge of the
--   “ghost” left behind when the child was detached to reattach the
--   torn-off window. Usually, the snap edge should be chosen so that it
--   stays in the same place on the screen when the handlebox is torn off.
--   
--   If the snap edge is not set, then an appropriate value will be guessed
--   from the handle position. If the handle position is
--   <a>PositionTypeRight</a> or <a>PositionTypeLeft</a>, then the snap
--   edge will be <a>PositionTypeTop</a>, otherwise it will be
--   <a>PositionTypeLeft</a>.
handleBoxSetSnapEdge :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHandleBox a) => a -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Sets the type of shadow to be drawn around the border of the handle
--   box.
handleBoxSetShadowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHandleBox a) => a -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Sets the side of the handlebox where the handle is drawn.
handleBoxSetHandlePosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHandleBox a) => a -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Gets the edge used for determining reattachment of the handle box. See
--   <a>handleBoxSetSnapEdge</a>.
handleBoxGetSnapEdge :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHandleBox a) => a -> m PositionType

-- | Gets the type of shadow drawn around the handle box. See
--   <a>handleBoxSetShadowType</a>.
handleBoxGetShadowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHandleBox a) => a -> m ShadowType

-- | Gets the handle position of the handle box. See
--   <a>handleBoxSetHandlePosition</a>.
handleBoxGetHandlePosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHandleBox a) => a -> m PositionType

-- | Whether the handlebox’s child is currently detached.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
handleBoxGetChildDetached :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHandleBox a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Create a new handle box.
handleBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m HandleBox

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>snap-edge-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHandleBoxSnapEdgeSet :: (IsHandleBox o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>snap-edge-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> handleBox [ #snapEdgeSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHandleBoxSnapEdgeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>snap-edge-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> handleBox #snapEdgeSet
--   </pre>
getHandleBoxSnapEdgeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>snap-edge</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHandleBoxSnapEdge :: (IsHandleBox o, MonadIO m) => PositionType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>snap-edge</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> handleBox [ #snapEdge <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHandleBoxSnapEdge :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>snap-edge</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> handleBox #snapEdge
--   </pre>
getHandleBoxSnapEdge :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> m PositionType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHandleBoxShadowType :: (IsHandleBox o, MonadIO m) => ShadowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> handleBox [ #shadowType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHandleBoxShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> handleBox #shadowType
--   </pre>
getHandleBoxShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> m ShadowType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>handle-position</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHandleBoxHandlePosition :: (IsHandleBox o, MonadIO m) => PositionType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>handle-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> handleBox [ #handlePosition <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHandleBoxHandlePosition :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>handle-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> handleBox #handlePosition
--   </pre>
getHandleBoxHandlePosition :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> m PositionType

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>child-detached</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> handleBox #childDetached
--   </pre>
getHandleBoxChildDetached :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>childDetached</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> handleBox #childDetached callback
--   </pre>
afterHandleBoxChildDetached :: (IsHandleBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>childDetached</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> handleBox #childDetached callback
--   </pre>
onHandleBoxChildDetached :: (IsHandleBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback</a>.
wrap_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback :: HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback -> C_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_HandleBoxChildDetached :: MonadIO m => HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback -> m (GClosure C_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback</a></tt>.
noHandleBoxChildDetachedCallback :: Maybe HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>childAttached</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> handleBox #childAttached callback
--   </pre>
afterHandleBoxChildAttached :: (IsHandleBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>childAttached</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> handleBox #childAttached callback
--   </pre>
onHandleBoxChildAttached :: (IsHandleBox a, MonadIO m) => a -> HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback</a>.
wrap_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback :: HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback -> C_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_HandleBoxChildAttached :: MonadIO m => HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback -> m (GClosure C_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback</a></tt>.
noHandleBoxChildAttachedCallback :: Maybe HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>HandleBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHandleBox :: (MonadIO m, IsHandleBox o) => o -> m HandleBox

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback</a>.
mk_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback :: C_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback</a>.
mk_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback :: C_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HandleBox
HandleBox :: ManagedPtr HandleBox -> HandleBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HandleBox</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toHandleBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HandleBox o) => IsHandleBox o

-- | This signal is emitted when the contents of the handlebox are
--   reattached to the main window.
type HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_HandleBoxChildAttachedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when the contents of the handlebox are detached
--   from the main window.
type HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_HandleBoxChildDetachedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the title of the <a>HeaderBar</a>. The title should help a user
--   identify the current view. A good title should not include the
--   application name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the subtitle of the <a>HeaderBar</a>. The title should give a
--   user an additional detail to help him identify the current view.
--   
--   Note that GtkHeaderBar by default reserves room for the subtitle, even
--   if none is currently set. If this is not desired, set the
--   <a>HeaderBar</a>:<tt><i>has-subtitle</i></tt> property to
--   <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarSetSubtitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets whether this header bar shows the standard window decorations,
--   including close, maximize, and minimize.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarSetShowCloseButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the header bar should reserve space for a subtitle, even
--   if none is currently set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
headerBarSetHasSubtitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the decoration layout for this header bar, overriding the
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-decoration-layout</i></tt> setting.
--   
--   There can be valid reasons for overriding the setting, such as a
--   header bar design that does not allow for buttons to take room on the
--   right, or only offers room for a single close button. Split header
--   bars are another example for overriding the setting.
--   
--   The format of the string is button names, separated by commas. A colon
--   separates the buttons that should appear on the left from those on the
--   right. Recognized button names are minimize, maximize, close, icon
--   (the window icon) and menu (a menu button for the fallback app menu).
--   
--   For example, “menu:minimize,maximize,close” specifies a menu on the
--   left, and minimize, maximize and close buttons on the right.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
headerBarSetDecorationLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets a custom title for the <a>HeaderBar</a>.
--   
--   The title should help a user identify the current view. This
--   supersedes any title set by <a>headerBarSetTitle</a> or
--   <a>headerBarSetSubtitle</a>. To achieve the same style as the builtin
--   title and subtitle, use the “title” and “subtitle” style classes.
--   
--   You should set the custom title to <a>Nothing</a>, for the header
--   title label to be visible again.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarSetCustomTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>child</tt></i> to <i><tt>bar</tt></i>, packed with
--   reference to the start of the <i><tt>bar</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarPackStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>child</tt></i> to <i><tt>bar</tt></i>, packed with
--   reference to the end of the <i><tt>bar</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarPackEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the title of the header. See <a>headerBarSetTitle</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Retrieves the subtitle of the header. See <a>headerBarSetSubtitle</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarGetSubtitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns whether this header bar shows the standard window decorations.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarGetShowCloseButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves whether the header bar reserves space for a subtitle,
--   regardless if one is currently set or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
headerBarGetHasSubtitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the decoration layout set with
--   <a>headerBarSetDecorationLayout</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
headerBarGetDecorationLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> m Text

-- | Retrieves the custom title widget of the header. See
--   <a>headerBarSetCustomTitle</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarGetCustomTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Creates a new <a>HeaderBar</a> widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
headerBarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m HeaderBar

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #title
--   </pre>
clearHeaderBarTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructHeaderBarTitle :: (IsHeaderBar o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> headerBar [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHeaderBarTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> headerBar #title
--   </pre>
getHeaderBarTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #subtitle
--   </pre>
clearHeaderBarSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHeaderBarSubtitle :: (IsHeaderBar o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> headerBar [ #subtitle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHeaderBarSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> headerBar #subtitle
--   </pre>
getHeaderBarSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructHeaderBarSpacing :: (IsHeaderBar o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> headerBar [ #spacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHeaderBarSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> headerBar #spacing
--   </pre>
getHeaderBarSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHeaderBarShowCloseButton :: (IsHeaderBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> headerBar [ #showCloseButton <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHeaderBarShowCloseButton :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> headerBar #showCloseButton
--   </pre>
getHeaderBarShowCloseButton :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-subtitle</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHeaderBarHasSubtitle :: (IsHeaderBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-subtitle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> headerBar [ #hasSubtitle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHeaderBarHasSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-subtitle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> headerBar #hasSubtitle
--   </pre>
getHeaderBarHasSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>decoration-layout-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHeaderBarDecorationLayoutSet :: (IsHeaderBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>decoration-layout-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> headerBar [ #decorationLayoutSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHeaderBarDecorationLayoutSet :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>decoration-layout-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> headerBar #decorationLayoutSet
--   </pre>
getHeaderBarDecorationLayoutSet :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>decoration-layout</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #decorationLayout
--   </pre>
clearHeaderBarDecorationLayout :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>decoration-layout</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHeaderBarDecorationLayout :: (IsHeaderBar o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>decoration-layout</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> headerBar [ #decorationLayout <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHeaderBarDecorationLayout :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>decoration-layout</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> headerBar #decorationLayout
--   </pre>
getHeaderBarDecorationLayout :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>custom-title</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #customTitle
--   </pre>
clearHeaderBarCustomTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>custom-title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructHeaderBarCustomTitle :: (IsHeaderBar o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>custom-title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> headerBar [ #customTitle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setHeaderBarCustomTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>custom-title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> headerBar #customTitle
--   </pre>
getHeaderBarCustomTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Cast to <a>HeaderBar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toHeaderBar :: (MonadIO m, IsHeaderBar o) => o -> m HeaderBar

-- | If <a>True</a>, the label set in the menuitem is used as a stock id to
--   select the stock item for the item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
imageMenuItemSetUseStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the image of <i><tt>imageMenuItem</tt></i> to the given widget.
--   Note that it depends on the show-menu-images setting whether the image
--   will be displayed or not.
imageMenuItemSetImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | If <a>True</a>, the menu item will ignore the
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-menu-images</i></tt> setting and always
--   show the image, if available.
--   
--   Use this property if the menuitem would be useless or hard to use
--   without the image.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
imageMenuItemSetAlwaysShowImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Specifies an <i><tt>accelGroup</tt></i> to add the menu items
--   accelerator to (this only applies to stock items so a stock item must
--   already be set, make sure to call <a>imageMenuItemSetUseStock</a> and
--   <a>menuItemSetLabel</a> with a valid stock item first).
--   
--   If you want this menu item to have changeable accelerators then you
--   shouldnt need this (see <a>imageMenuItemNewFromStock</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
imageMenuItemSetAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem a, IsAccelGroup b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Checks whether the label set in the menuitem is used as a stock id to
--   select the stock item for the item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
imageMenuItemGetUseStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the widget that is currently set as the image of
--   <i><tt>imageMenuItem</tt></i>. See <a>imageMenuItemSetImage</a>.
imageMenuItemGetImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns whether the menu item will ignore the
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-menu-images</i></tt> setting and always
--   show the image, if available.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
imageMenuItemGetAlwaysShowImage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>ImageMenuItem</a> containing a label. The label will
--   be created using <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so underscores in
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.
imageMenuItemNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ImageMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>ImageMenuItem</a> containing a label.
imageMenuItemNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ImageMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>ImageMenuItem</a> containing the image and text from
--   a stock item. Some stock ids have preprocessor macros like
--   <a>STOCK_OK</a> and <a>STOCK_APPLY</a>.
--   
--   If you want this menu item to have changeable accelerators, then pass
--   in <a>Nothing</a> for accel_group. Next call
--   <a>menuItemSetAccelPath</a> with an appropriate path for the menu
--   item, use <a>stockLookup</a> to look up the standard accelerator for
--   the stock item, and if one is found, call <a>accelMapAddEntry</a> to
--   register it.
imageMenuItemNewFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => Text -> Maybe a -> m ImageMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>ImageMenuItem</a> with an empty label.
imageMenuItemNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ImageMenuItem

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-stock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageMenuItemUseStock :: (IsImageMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> imageMenuItem [ #useStock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageMenuItemUseStock :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> imageMenuItem #useStock
--   </pre>
getImageMenuItemUseStock :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>image</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #image
--   </pre>
clearImageMenuItemImage :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>image</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageMenuItemImage :: (IsImageMenuItem o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> imageMenuItem [ #image <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageMenuItemImage :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> imageMenuItem #image
--   </pre>
getImageMenuItemImage :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageMenuItemAlwaysShowImage :: (IsImageMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> imageMenuItem [ #alwaysShowImage <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageMenuItemAlwaysShowImage :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>always-show-image</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> imageMenuItem #alwaysShowImage
--   </pre>
getImageMenuItemAlwaysShowImage :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructImageMenuItemAccelGroup :: (IsImageMenuItem o, MonadIO m, IsAccelGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> imageMenuItem [ #accelGroup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setImageMenuItemAccelGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o, IsAccelGroup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>ImageMenuItem</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toImageMenuItem :: (MonadIO m, IsImageMenuItem o) => o -> m ImageMenuItem

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ImageMenuItem
ImageMenuItem :: ManagedPtr ImageMenuItem -> ImageMenuItem

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ImageMenuItem</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toImageMenuItem</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ImageMenuItem o) => IsImageMenuItem o

-- | If true, a standard close button is shown. When clicked it emits the
--   response <a>ResponseTypeClose</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
infoBarSetShowCloseButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the GtkInfoBar:revealed property to <i><tt>revealed</tt></i>.
--   This will cause <i><tt>infoBar</tt></i> to show up with a slide-in
--   transition.
--   
--   Note that this property does not automatically show
--   <i><tt>infoBar</tt></i> and thus won’t have any effect if it is
--   invisible.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22.29</i>
infoBarSetRevealed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Calls gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, setting) for each widget in
--   the info bars’s action area with the given response_id. A convenient
--   way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarSetResponseSensitive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> Int32 -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the message type of the message area.
--   
--   GTK+ uses this type to determine how the message is displayed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarSetMessageType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> MessageType -> m ()

-- | Sets the last widget in the info bar’s action area with the given
--   response_id as the default widget for the dialog. Pressing “Enter”
--   normally activates the default widget.
--   
--   Note that this function currently requires <i><tt>infoBar</tt></i> to
--   be added to a widget hierarchy.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarSetDefaultResponse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Emits the “response” signal with the given <i><tt>responseId</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarResponse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the widget will display a standard close button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
infoBarGetShowCloseButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22.29</i>
infoBarGetRevealed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the message type of the message area.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarGetMessageType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> m MessageType

-- | Returns the content area of <i><tt>infoBar</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarGetContentArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> m Box

-- | Returns the action area of <i><tt>infoBar</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarGetActionArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> m Box

-- | Adds a button with the given text and sets things up so that clicking
--   the button will emit the “response” signal with the given response_id.
--   The button is appended to the end of the info bars's action area. The
--   button widget is returned, but usually you don't need it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarAddButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m Button

-- | Add an activatable widget to the action area of a <a>InfoBar</a>,
--   connecting a signal handler that will emit the <a>response</a> signal
--   on the message area when the widget is activated. The widget is
--   appended to the end of the message areas action area.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarAddActionWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInfoBar a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>InfoBar</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
infoBarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m InfoBar

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructInfoBarShowCloseButton :: (IsInfoBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> infoBar [ #showCloseButton <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setInfoBarShowCloseButton :: (MonadIO m, IsInfoBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> infoBar #showCloseButton
--   </pre>
getInfoBarShowCloseButton :: (MonadIO m, IsInfoBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>revealed</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructInfoBarRevealed :: (IsInfoBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>revealed</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> infoBar [ #revealed <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setInfoBarRevealed :: (MonadIO m, IsInfoBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>revealed</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> infoBar #revealed
--   </pre>
getInfoBarRevealed :: (MonadIO m, IsInfoBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>message-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructInfoBarMessageType :: (IsInfoBar o, MonadIO m) => MessageType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>message-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> infoBar [ #messageType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setInfoBarMessageType :: (MonadIO m, IsInfoBar o) => o -> MessageType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>message-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> infoBar #messageType
--   </pre>
getInfoBarMessageType :: (MonadIO m, IsInfoBar o) => o -> m MessageType

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>response</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> infoBar #response callback
--   </pre>
afterInfoBarResponse :: (IsInfoBar a, MonadIO m) => a -> InfoBarResponseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>response</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> infoBar #response callback
--   </pre>
onInfoBarResponse :: (IsInfoBar a, MonadIO m) => a -> InfoBarResponseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>InfoBarResponseCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_InfoBarResponseCallback</a>.
wrap_InfoBarResponseCallback :: InfoBarResponseCallback -> C_InfoBarResponseCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_InfoBarResponse :: MonadIO m => InfoBarResponseCallback -> m (GClosure C_InfoBarResponseCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>InfoBarResponseCallback</a></tt>.
noInfoBarResponseCallback :: Maybe InfoBarResponseCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>close</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> infoBar #close callback
--   </pre>
afterInfoBarClose :: (IsInfoBar a, MonadIO m) => a -> InfoBarCloseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>close</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> infoBar #close callback
--   </pre>
onInfoBarClose :: (IsInfoBar a, MonadIO m) => a -> InfoBarCloseCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>InfoBarCloseCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_InfoBarCloseCallback</a>.
wrap_InfoBarCloseCallback :: InfoBarCloseCallback -> C_InfoBarCloseCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_InfoBarClose :: MonadIO m => InfoBarCloseCallback -> m (GClosure C_InfoBarCloseCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>InfoBarCloseCallback</a></tt>.
noInfoBarCloseCallback :: Maybe InfoBarCloseCallback

-- | Cast to <a>InfoBar</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toInfoBar :: (MonadIO m, IsInfoBar o) => o -> m InfoBar

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_InfoBarCloseCallback</a>.
mk_InfoBarCloseCallback :: C_InfoBarCloseCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_InfoBarCloseCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_InfoBarResponseCallback</a>.
mk_InfoBarResponseCallback :: C_InfoBarResponseCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_InfoBarResponseCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype InfoBar
InfoBar :: ManagedPtr InfoBar -> InfoBar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>InfoBar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toInfoBar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf InfoBar o) => IsInfoBar o

-- | The <a>close</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user uses a keybinding to dismiss the info
--   bar.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is the Escape key.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
type InfoBarCloseCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_InfoBarCloseCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when an action widget is clicked or the application programmer
--   calls <a>dialogResponse</a>. The <i><tt>responseId</tt></i> depends on
--   which action widget was clicked.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
type InfoBarResponseCallback = Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_InfoBarResponseCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the <a>Screen</a> where the <a>Invisible</a> object will be
--   displayed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
invisibleSetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInvisible a, IsScreen b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns the <a>Screen</a> object associated with
--   <i><tt>invisible</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
invisibleGetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsInvisible a) => a -> m Screen

-- | Creates a new <a>Invisible</a> object for a specified screen
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
invisibleNewForScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m Invisible

-- | Creates a new <a>Invisible</a>.
invisibleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Invisible

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>screen</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructInvisibleScreen :: (IsInvisible o, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> invisible [ #screen <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setInvisibleScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsInvisible o, IsScreen a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> invisible #screen
--   </pre>
getInvisibleScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsInvisible o) => o -> m Screen

-- | Cast to <a>Invisible</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toInvisible :: (MonadIO m, IsInvisible o) => o -> m Invisible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Invisible
Invisible :: ManagedPtr Invisible -> Invisible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Invisible</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toInvisible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Invisible o) => IsInvisible o

-- | Sets the <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>yalign</i></tt> property for
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
labelSetYalign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Float -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>xalign</i></tt> property for
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
labelSetXalign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Float -> m ()

-- | Sets the desired width in characters of <i><tt>label</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>nChars</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelSetWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character should
--   be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
labelSetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in [Pango’s text
--   markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. See <a>labelSetMarkup</a>.
labelSetUseMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the label should keep track of clicked links (and use a
--   different color for them).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
labelSetTrackVisitedLinks :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the label’s text from the string <i><tt>str</tt></i>. If
--   characters in <i><tt>str</tt></i> are preceded by an underscore, they
--   are underlined indicating that they represent a keyboard accelerator
--   called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key can be used to activate another
--   widget, chosen automatically, or explicitly using
--   <a>labelSetMnemonicWidget</a>.
labelSetTextWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the text within the <a>Label</a> widget. It overwrites any text
--   that was there before.
--   
--   This function will clear any previously set mnemonic accelerators, and
--   set the <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>use-underline</i></tt> property to
--   <a>False</a> as a side effect.
--   
--   This function will set the <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>use-markup</i></tt>
--   property to <a>False</a> as a side effect.
--   
--   See also: <a>labelSetMarkup</a>
labelSetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the label is in single line mode.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelSetSingleLineMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Selectable labels allow the user to select text from the label, for
--   copy-and-paste.
labelSetSelectable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | The pattern of underlines you want under the existing text within the
--   <a>Label</a> widget. For example if the current text of the label says
--   “FooBarBaz” passing a pattern of “<b>_ </b>_” will underline “Foo” and
--   “Baz” but not “Bar”.
labelSetPattern :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key (using i.e.
--   <a>labelSetMarkupWithMnemonic</a>, <a>labelSetTextWithMnemonic</a>,
--   <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a> or the “use_underline” property) the label
--   can be associated with a widget that is the target of the mnemonic.
--   When the label is inside a widget (like a <a>Button</a> or a
--   <a>Notebook</a> tab) it is automatically associated with the correct
--   widget, but sometimes (i.e. when the target is a <a>Entry</a> next to
--   the label) you need to set it explicitly using this function.
--   
--   The target widget will be accelerated by emitting the
--   GtkWidget[mnemonicActivate](#g:signal:mnemonicActivate) signal on it.
--   The default handler for this signal will activate the widget if there
--   are no mnemonic collisions and toggle focus between the colliding
--   widgets otherwise.
labelSetMnemonicWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the desired maximum width in characters of <i><tt>label</tt></i>
--   to <i><tt>nChars</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelSetMaxWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Parses <i><tt>str</tt></i> which is marked up with the [Pango text
--   markup language][PangoMarkupFormat], setting the label’s text and
--   attribute list based on the parse results. If characters in
--   <i><tt>str</tt></i> are preceded by an underscore, they are underlined
--   indicating that they represent a keyboard accelerator called a
--   mnemonic.
--   
--   The mnemonic key can be used to activate another widget, chosen
--   automatically, or explicitly using <a>labelSetMnemonicWidget</a>.
labelSetMarkupWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Parses <i><tt>str</tt></i> which is marked up with the [Pango text
--   markup language][PangoMarkupFormat], setting the label’s text and
--   attribute list based on the parse results.
--   
--   If the <i><tt>str</tt></i> is external data, you may need to escape it
--   with <a>markupEscapeText</a> or
--   <tt><i>g_markup_printf_escaped()</i></tt>:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkWidget *label = gtk_label_new (NULL);
--   const char *str = "some text";
--   const char *format = "&lt;span style=\"italic\"&gt;\%s&lt;/span&gt;";
--   char *markup;
--   
--   markup = g_markup_printf_escaped (format, str);
--   gtk_label_set_markup (GTK_LABEL (label), markup);
--   g_free (markup);
--   </pre>
--   
--   This function will set the <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>use-markup</i></tt>
--   property to <a>True</a> as a side effect.
--   
--   If you set the label contents using the
--   <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>label</i></tt> property you should also ensure
--   that you set the <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>use-markup</i></tt> property
--   accordingly.
--   
--   See also: <a>labelSetText</a>
labelSetMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label should
--   be limited. This has no effect if the label is not wrapping or
--   ellipsized. Set this to -1 if you don’t want to limit the number of
--   lines.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
labelSetLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | If line wrapping is on (see <a>labelSetLineWrap</a>) this controls how
--   the line wrapping is done. The default is <a>WrapModeWord</a> which
--   means wrap on word boundaries.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
labelSetLineWrapMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> WrapMode -> m ()

-- | Toggles line wrapping within the <a>Label</a> widget. <a>True</a>
--   makes it break lines if text exceeds the widget’s size. <a>False</a>
--   lets the text get cut off by the edge of the widget if it exceeds the
--   widget size.
--   
--   Note that setting line wrapping to <a>True</a> does not make the label
--   wrap at its parent container’s width, because GTK+ widgets
--   conceptually can’t make their requisition depend on the parent
--   container’s size. For a label that wraps at a specific position, set
--   the label’s width using <a>widgetSetSizeRequest</a>.
labelSetLineWrap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the text of the label. The label is interpreted as including
--   embedded underlines and/or Pango markup depending on the values of the
--   <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>use-underline</i></tt> and
--   <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>use-markup</i></tt> properties.
labelSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to
--   each other. <a>JustificationLeft</a> is the default value when the
--   widget is first created with <a>labelNew</a>. If you instead want to
--   set the alignment of the label as a whole, use <a>widgetSetHalign</a>
--   instead. <a>labelSetJustify</a> has no effect on labels containing
--   only a single line.
labelSetJustify :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Justification -> m ()

-- | Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text
--   if there is not enough space to render the entire string.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelSetEllipsize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> EllipsizeMode -> m ()

-- | Sets a <a>AttrList</a>; the attributes in the list are applied to the
--   label text.
--   
--   The attributes set with this function will be applied and merged with
--   any other attributes previously effected by way of the
--   <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>use-underline</i></tt> or
--   <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>use-markup</i></tt> properties. While it is not
--   recommended to mix markup strings with manually set attributes, if you
--   must; know that the attributes will be applied to the label after the
--   markup string is parsed.
labelSetAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Maybe AttrList -> m ()

-- | Sets the angle of rotation for the label. An angle of 90 reads from
--   from bottom to top, an angle of 270, from top to bottom. The angle
--   setting for the label is ignored if the label is selectable, wrapped,
--   or ellipsized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelSetAngle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Selects a range of characters in the label, if the label is
--   selectable. See <a>labelSetSelectable</a>. If the label is not
--   selectable, this function has no effect. If
--   <i><tt>startOffset</tt></i> or <i><tt>endOffset</tt></i> are -1, then
--   the end of the label will be substituted.
labelSelectRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>yalign</i></tt> property for
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
labelGetYalign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Float

-- | Gets the <a>Label</a>:<tt><i>xalign</i></tt> property for
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
labelGetXalign :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Float

-- | Retrieves the desired width of <i><tt>label</tt></i>, in characters.
--   See <a>labelSetWidthChars</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelGetWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether an embedded underline in the label indicates a
--   mnemonic. See <a>labelSetUseUnderline</a>.
labelGetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the label’s text is interpreted as marked up with the
--   [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. See
--   gtk_label_set_use_markup ().
labelGetUseMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the label is currently keeping track of clicked links.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
labelGetTrackVisitedLinks :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Fetches the text from a label widget, as displayed on the screen. This
--   does not include any embedded underlines indicating mnemonics or Pango
--   markup. (See <a>labelGetLabel</a>)
labelGetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns whether the label is in single line mode.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelGetSingleLineMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the selected range of characters in the label, returning
--   <a>True</a> if there’s a selection.
labelGetSelectionBounds :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m (Bool, Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the value set by <a>labelSetSelectable</a>.
labelGetSelectable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the target of the mnemonic (keyboard shortcut) of this
--   label. See <a>labelSetMnemonicWidget</a>.
labelGetMnemonicWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | If the label has been set so that it has an mnemonic key this function
--   returns the keyval used for the mnemonic accelerator. If there is no
--   mnemonic set up it returns <a>KEY_VoidSymbol</a>.
labelGetMnemonicKeyval :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Retrieves the desired maximum width of <i><tt>label</tt></i>, in
--   characters. See <a>labelSetWidthChars</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelGetMaxWidthChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the number of lines to which an ellipsized, wrapping label should
--   be limited. See <a>labelSetLines</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
labelGetLines :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See
--   <a>labelSetLineWrapMode</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
labelGetLineWrapMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m WrapMode

-- | Returns whether lines in the label are automatically wrapped. See
--   <a>labelSetLineWrap</a>.
labelGetLineWrap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the coordinates where the label will draw the <a>Layout</a>
--   representing the text in the label; useful to convert mouse events
--   into coordinates inside the <a>Layout</a>, e.g. to take some action if
--   some part of the label is clicked. Of course you will need to create a
--   <a>EventBox</a> to receive the events, and pack the label inside it,
--   since labels are windowless (they return <a>False</a> from
--   <a>widgetGetHasWindow</a>). Remember when using the <a>Layout</a>
--   functions you need to convert to and from pixels using
--   <tt><i>PANGO_PIXELS()</i></tt> or <a>SCALE</a>.
labelGetLayoutOffsets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the <a>Layout</a> used to display the label. The layout is useful
--   to e.g. convert text positions to pixel positions, in combination with
--   <a>labelGetLayoutOffsets</a>. The returned layout is owned by the
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> so need not be freed by the caller. The
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> is free to recreate its layout at any time, so
--   it should be considered read-only.
labelGetLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Layout

-- | Fetches the text from a label widget including any embedded underlines
--   indicating mnemonics and Pango markup. (See <a>labelGetText</a>).
labelGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the justification of the label. See <a>labelSetJustify</a>.
labelGetJustify :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Justification

-- | Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See
--   <a>labelSetEllipsize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelGetEllipsize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Returns the URI for the currently active link in the label. The active
--   link is the one under the mouse pointer or, in a selectable label, the
--   link in which the text cursor is currently positioned.
--   
--   This function is intended for use in a <a>activateLink</a> handler or
--   for use in a <a>queryTooltip</a> handler.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
labelGetCurrentUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the attribute list that was set on the label using
--   <a>labelSetAttributes</a>, if any. This function does not reflect
--   attributes that come from the labels markup (see
--   <a>labelSetMarkup</a>). If you want to get the effective attributes
--   for the label, use pango_layout_get_attribute (gtk_label_get_layout
--   (label)).
labelGetAttributes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m (Maybe AttrList)

-- | Gets the angle of rotation for the label. See <a>labelSetAngle</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
labelGetAngle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLabel a) => a -> m Double

-- | Creates a new <a>Label</a>, containing the text in
--   <i><tt>str</tt></i>.
--   
--   If characters in <i><tt>str</tt></i> are preceded by an underscore,
--   they are underlined. If you need a literal underscore character in a
--   label, use '__' (two underscores). The first underlined character
--   represents a keyboard accelerator called a mnemonic. The mnemonic key
--   can be used to activate another widget, chosen automatically, or
--   explicitly using <a>labelSetMnemonicWidget</a>.
--   
--   If <a>labelSetMnemonicWidget</a> is not called, then the first
--   activatable ancestor of the <a>Label</a> will be chosen as the
--   mnemonic widget. For instance, if the label is inside a button or menu
--   item, the button or menu item will automatically become the mnemonic
--   widget and be activated by the mnemonic.
labelNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> m Label

-- | Creates a new label with the given text inside it. You can pass
--   <a>Nothing</a> to get an empty label widget.
labelNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> m Label

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelYalign :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #yalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #yalign
--   </pre>
getLabelYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelXalign :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #xalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #xalign
--   </pre>
getLabelXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelWrapMode :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => WrapMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #wrapMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelWrapMode :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> WrapMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #wrapMode
--   </pre>
getLabelWrapMode :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m WrapMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelWrap :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #wrap <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelWrap :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #wrap
--   </pre>
getLabelWrap :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelWidthChars :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #widthChars <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #widthChars
--   </pre>
getLabelWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelUseUnderline :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #useUnderline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #useUnderline
--   </pre>
getLabelUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelUseMarkup :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #useMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #useMarkup
--   </pre>
getLabelUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>track-visited-links</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelTrackVisitedLinks :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>track-visited-links</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #trackVisitedLinks <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelTrackVisitedLinks :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>track-visited-links</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #trackVisitedLinks
--   </pre>
getLabelTrackVisitedLinks :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>single-line-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelSingleLineMode :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>single-line-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #singleLineMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelSingleLineMode :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>single-line-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #singleLineMode
--   </pre>
getLabelSingleLineMode :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selection-bound</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #selectionBound
--   </pre>
getLabelSelectionBound :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>selectable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelSelectable :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selectable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #selectable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelSelectable :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selectable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #selectable
--   </pre>
getLabelSelectable :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pattern</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelPattern :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pattern</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #pattern <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelPattern :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mnemonic-widget</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #mnemonicWidget
--   </pre>
clearLabelMnemonicWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>mnemonic-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelMnemonicWidget :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mnemonic-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #mnemonicWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelMnemonicWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mnemonic-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #mnemonicWidget
--   </pre>
getLabelMnemonicWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mnemonic-keyval</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #mnemonicKeyval
--   </pre>
getLabelMnemonicKeyval :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelMaxWidthChars :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #maxWidthChars <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelMaxWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #maxWidthChars
--   </pre>
getLabelMaxWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>lines</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelLines :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #lines <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelLines :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>lines</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #lines
--   </pre>
getLabelLines :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelLabel :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #label
--   </pre>
getLabelLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>justify</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelJustify :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Justification -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>justify</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #justify <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelJustify :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Justification -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>justify</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #justify
--   </pre>
getLabelJustify :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Justification

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelEllipsize :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => EllipsizeMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #ellipsize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelEllipsize :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> EllipsizeMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #ellipsize
--   </pre>
getLabelEllipsize :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>cursor-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #cursorPosition
--   </pre>
getLabelCursorPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attributes</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #attributes
--   </pre>
clearLabelAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelAttributes :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => AttrList -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #attributes <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> AttrList -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #attributes
--   </pre>
getLabelAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m (Maybe AttrList)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>angle</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLabelAngle :: (IsLabel o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>angle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> label [ #angle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLabelAngle :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>angle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> label #angle
--   </pre>
getLabelAngle :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Double

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> label #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
afterLabelPopulatePopup :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> label #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
onLabelPopulatePopup :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>LabelPopulatePopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_LabelPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
wrap_LabelPopulatePopupCallback :: LabelPopulatePopupCallback -> C_LabelPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_LabelPopulatePopup :: MonadIO m => LabelPopulatePopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_LabelPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>LabelPopulatePopupCallback</a></tt>.
noLabelPopulatePopupCallback :: Maybe LabelPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> label #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
afterLabelMoveCursor :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCursor</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> label #moveCursor callback
--   </pre>
onLabelMoveCursor :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelMoveCursorCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>LabelMoveCursorCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_LabelMoveCursorCallback</a>.
wrap_LabelMoveCursorCallback :: LabelMoveCursorCallback -> C_LabelMoveCursorCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_LabelMoveCursor :: MonadIO m => LabelMoveCursorCallback -> m (GClosure C_LabelMoveCursorCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>LabelMoveCursorCallback</a></tt>.
noLabelMoveCursorCallback :: Maybe LabelMoveCursorCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>copyClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> label #copyClipboard callback
--   </pre>
afterLabelCopyClipboard :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelCopyClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>copyClipboard</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> label #copyClipboard callback
--   </pre>
onLabelCopyClipboard :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelCopyClipboardCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>LabelCopyClipboardCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_LabelCopyClipboardCallback</a>.
wrap_LabelCopyClipboardCallback :: LabelCopyClipboardCallback -> C_LabelCopyClipboardCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_LabelCopyClipboard :: MonadIO m => LabelCopyClipboardCallback -> m (GClosure C_LabelCopyClipboardCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>LabelCopyClipboardCallback</a></tt>.
noLabelCopyClipboardCallback :: Maybe LabelCopyClipboardCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateLink</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> label #activateLink callback
--   </pre>
afterLabelActivateLink :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelActivateLinkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateLink</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> label #activateLink callback
--   </pre>
onLabelActivateLink :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelActivateLinkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>LabelActivateLinkCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_LabelActivateLinkCallback</a>.
wrap_LabelActivateLinkCallback :: LabelActivateLinkCallback -> C_LabelActivateLinkCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_LabelActivateLink :: MonadIO m => LabelActivateLinkCallback -> m (GClosure C_LabelActivateLinkCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>LabelActivateLinkCallback</a></tt>.
noLabelActivateLinkCallback :: Maybe LabelActivateLinkCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCurrentLink</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> label #activateCurrentLink callback
--   </pre>
afterLabelActivateCurrentLink :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCurrentLink</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> label #activateCurrentLink callback
--   </pre>
onLabelActivateCurrentLink :: (IsLabel a, MonadIO m) => a -> LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback</a>.
wrap_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback :: LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback -> C_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_LabelActivateCurrentLink :: MonadIO m => LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback -> m (GClosure C_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback</a></tt>.
noLabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback :: Maybe LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Label</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsLabel o) => o -> m Label

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback</a>.
mk_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback :: C_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_LabelActivateLinkCallback</a>.
mk_LabelActivateLinkCallback :: C_LabelActivateLinkCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_LabelActivateLinkCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_LabelCopyClipboardCallback</a>.
mk_LabelCopyClipboardCallback :: C_LabelCopyClipboardCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_LabelCopyClipboardCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_LabelMoveCursorCallback</a>.
mk_LabelMoveCursorCallback :: C_LabelMoveCursorCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_LabelMoveCursorCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_LabelPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
mk_LabelPopulatePopupCallback :: C_LabelPopulatePopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_LabelPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | A [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the
--   user activates a link in the label.
--   
--   Applications may also emit the signal with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control
--   activation of URIs programmatically.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the Enter key.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
type LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_LabelActivateCurrentLinkCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The signal which gets emitted to activate a URI. Applications may
--   connect to it to override the default behaviour, which is to call
--   <a>showUriOnWindow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
type LabelActivateLinkCallback = Text -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_LabelActivateLinkCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>copyClipboard</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to copy the selection to
--   the clipboard.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Ctrl-c.
type LabelCopyClipboardCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_LabelCopyClipboardCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>moveCursor</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   cursor movement. If the cursor is not visible in
--   <i><tt>entry</tt></i>, this signal causes the viewport to be moved
--   instead.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control the
--   cursor programmatically.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal come in two variants, the variant
--   with the Shift modifier extends the selection, the variant without the
--   Shift modifer does not. There are too many key combinations to list
--   them all here.
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>Arrow keys move by individual characters/lines</li>
--   <li>Ctrl-arrow key combinations move by words/paragraphs</li>
--   <li>Home/End keys move to the ends of the buffer</li>
--   </ul>
type LabelMoveCursorCallback = MovementStep -> Int32 -> Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_LabelMoveCursorCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Int32 -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>populatePopup</a> signal gets emitted before showing the
--   context menu of the label. Note that only selectable labels have
--   context menus.
--   
--   If you need to add items to the context menu, connect to this signal
--   and append your menuitems to the <i><tt>menu</tt></i>.
type LabelPopulatePopupCallback = Menu -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_LabelPopulatePopupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Menu -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the vertical scroll adjustment for the layout.
--   
--   See <a>ScrolledWindow</a>, <a>Scrollbar</a>, <a>Adjustment</a> for
--   details.
layoutSetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the size of the scrollable area of the layout.
layoutSetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a) => a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the horizontal scroll adjustment for the layout.
--   
--   See <a>ScrolledWindow</a>, <a>Scrollbar</a>, <a>Adjustment</a> for
--   details.
layoutSetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>childWidget</tt></i> to <i><tt>layout</tt></i>, at
--   position (<i><tt>x</tt></i>,<i><tt>y</tt></i>). <i><tt>layout</tt></i>
--   becomes the new parent container of <i><tt>childWidget</tt></i>.
layoutPut :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Moves a current child of <i><tt>layout</tt></i> to a new position.
layoutMove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | This function should only be called after the layout has been placed
--   in a <a>ScrolledWindow</a> or otherwise configured for scrolling. It
--   returns the <a>Adjustment</a> used for communication between the
--   vertical scrollbar and <i><tt>layout</tt></i>.
--   
--   See <a>ScrolledWindow</a>, <a>Scrollbar</a>, <a>Adjustment</a> for
--   details.
layoutGetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Gets the size that has been set on the layout, and that determines the
--   total extents of the layout’s scrollbar area. See gtk_layout_set_size
--   ().
layoutGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a) => a -> m (Word32, Word32)

-- | This function should only be called after the layout has been placed
--   in a <a>ScrolledWindow</a> or otherwise configured for scrolling. It
--   returns the <a>Adjustment</a> used for communication between the
--   horizontal scrollbar and <i><tt>layout</tt></i>.
--   
--   See <a>ScrolledWindow</a>, <a>Scrollbar</a>, <a>Adjustment</a> for
--   details.
layoutGetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Retrieve the bin window of the layout used for drawing operations.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
layoutGetBinWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLayout a) => a -> m Window

-- | Creates a new <a>Layout</a>. Unless you have a specific adjustment
--   you’d like the layout to use for scrolling, pass <a>Nothing</a> for
--   <i><tt>hadjustment</tt></i> and <i><tt>vadjustment</tt></i>.
layoutNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a, IsAdjustment b) => Maybe a -> Maybe b -> m Layout

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLayoutWidth :: (IsLayout o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> layout [ #width <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLayoutWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsLayout o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> layout #width
--   </pre>
getLayoutWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsLayout o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>height</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLayoutHeight :: (IsLayout o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> layout [ #height <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLayoutHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsLayout o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> layout #height
--   </pre>
getLayoutHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsLayout o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Cast to <a>Layout</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLayout :: (MonadIO m, IsLayout o) => o -> m Layout

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Layout
Layout :: ManagedPtr Layout -> Layout

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Layout</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toLayout</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Layout o) => IsLayout o

-- | Sets the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>value</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarSetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>mode</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarSetMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> LevelBarMode -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>min-value</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   You probably want to update preexisting level offsets after calling
--   this function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarSetMinValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>max-value</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   You probably want to update preexisting level offsets after calling
--   this function.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarSetMaxValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>inverted</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
levelBarSetInverted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Removes an offset marker previously added with
--   <a>levelBarAddOffsetValue</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarRemoveOffsetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Returns the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>value</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarGetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> m Double

-- | Fetches the value specified for the offset marker <i><tt>name</tt></i>
--   in <i><tt>self</tt></i>, returning <a>True</a> in case an offset named
--   <i><tt>name</tt></i> was found.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarGetOffsetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m (Bool, Double)

-- | Returns the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>mode</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarGetMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> m LevelBarMode

-- | Returns the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>min-value</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarGetMinValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> m Double

-- | Returns the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>max-value</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarGetMaxValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> m Double

-- | Return the value of the <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>inverted</i></tt>
--   property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
levelBarGetInverted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Adds a new offset marker on <i><tt>self</tt></i> at the position
--   specified by <i><tt>value</tt></i>. When the bar value is in the
--   interval topped by <i><tt>value</tt></i> (or between
--   <i><tt>value</tt></i> and <a>LevelBar</a>:<tt><i>max-value</i></tt> in
--   case the offset is the last one on the bar) a style class named
--   <tt>level-</tt><i><tt>name</tt></i> will be applied when rendering the
--   level bar fill. If another offset marker named <i><tt>name</tt></i>
--   exists, its value will be replaced by <i><tt>value</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarAddOffsetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLevelBar a) => a -> Text -> Double -> m ()

-- | Utility constructor that creates a new <a>LevelBar</a> for the
--   specified interval.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarNewForInterval :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> m LevelBar

-- | Creates a new <a>LevelBar</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
levelBarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m LevelBar

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLevelBarValue :: (IsLevelBar o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> levelBar [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLevelBarValue :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> levelBar #value
--   </pre>
getLevelBarValue :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLevelBarMode :: (IsLevelBar o, MonadIO m) => LevelBarMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> levelBar [ #mode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLevelBarMode :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> LevelBarMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> levelBar #mode
--   </pre>
getLevelBarMode :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> m LevelBarMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>min-value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLevelBarMinValue :: (IsLevelBar o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>min-value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> levelBar [ #minValue <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLevelBarMinValue :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>min-value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> levelBar #minValue
--   </pre>
getLevelBarMinValue :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLevelBarMaxValue :: (IsLevelBar o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> levelBar [ #maxValue <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLevelBarMaxValue :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> levelBar #maxValue
--   </pre>
getLevelBarMaxValue :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLevelBarInverted :: (IsLevelBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> levelBar [ #inverted <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLevelBarInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> levelBar #inverted
--   </pre>
getLevelBarInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>offsetChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> levelBar #offsetChanged callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>offset-changed::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
afterLevelBarOffsetChanged :: (IsLevelBar a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>offsetChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> levelBar #offsetChanged callback
--   </pre>
--   
--   This signal admits a optional parameter <tt>detail</tt>. If it's not
--   <tt>Nothing</tt>, we will connect to “<tt>offset-changed::detail</tt>”
--   instead.
onLevelBarOffsetChanged :: (IsLevelBar a, MonadIO m) => a -> Maybe Text -> LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback :: LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback -> C_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_LevelBarOffsetChanged :: MonadIO m => LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noLevelBarOffsetChangedCallback :: Maybe LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>LevelBar</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLevelBar :: (MonadIO m, IsLevelBar o) => o -> m LevelBar

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback</a>.
mk_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback :: C_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype LevelBar
LevelBar :: ManagedPtr LevelBar -> LevelBar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>LevelBar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toLevelBar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf LevelBar o) => IsLevelBar o

-- | Emitted when an offset specified on the bar changes value as an effect
--   to <a>levelBarAddOffsetValue</a> being called.
--   
--   The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the
--   detailed signal "changed[x](#g:signal:x)" in order to only receive
--   callbacks when the value of offset "x" changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
type LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_LevelBarOffsetChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the “visited” state of the URI where the <a>LinkButton</a>
--   points. See <a>linkButtonGetVisited</a> for more details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
linkButtonSetVisited :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLinkButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>uri</tt></i> as the URI where the <a>LinkButton</a>
--   points. As a side-effect this unsets the “visited” state of the
--   button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
linkButtonSetUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLinkButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the “visited” state of the URI where the <a>LinkButton</a>
--   points. The button becomes visited when it is clicked. If the URI is
--   changed on the button, the “visited” state is unset again.
--   
--   The state may also be changed using <a>linkButtonSetVisited</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
linkButtonGetVisited :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLinkButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the URI set using <a>linkButtonSetUri</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
linkButtonGetUri :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLinkButton a) => a -> m Text

-- | Creates a new <a>LinkButton</a> containing a label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
linkButtonNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Maybe Text -> m LinkButton

-- | Creates a new <a>LinkButton</a> with the URI as its text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
linkButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m LinkButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visited</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLinkButtonVisited :: (IsLinkButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visited</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> linkButton [ #visited <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLinkButtonVisited :: (MonadIO m, IsLinkButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visited</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> linkButton #visited
--   </pre>
getLinkButtonVisited :: (MonadIO m, IsLinkButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>uri</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructLinkButtonUri :: (IsLinkButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>uri</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> linkButton [ #uri <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLinkButtonUri :: (MonadIO m, IsLinkButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>uri</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> linkButton #uri
--   </pre>
getLinkButtonUri :: (MonadIO m, IsLinkButton o) => o -> m Text

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateLink</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> linkButton #activateLink callback
--   </pre>
afterLinkButtonActivateLink :: (IsLinkButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateLink</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> linkButton #activateLink callback
--   </pre>
onLinkButtonActivateLink :: (IsLinkButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback</a>.
wrap_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback :: LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback -> C_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_LinkButtonActivateLink :: MonadIO m => LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback -> m (GClosure C_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback</a></tt>.
noLinkButtonActivateLinkCallback :: Maybe LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback

-- | Cast to <a>LinkButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLinkButton :: (MonadIO m, IsLinkButton o) => o -> m LinkButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback</a>.
mk_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback :: C_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype LinkButton
LinkButton :: ManagedPtr LinkButton -> LinkButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>LinkButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toLinkButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf LinkButton o) => IsLinkButton o

-- | The <a>activateLink</a> signal is emitted each time the
--   <a>LinkButton</a> has been clicked.
--   
--   The default handler will call <a>showUriOnWindow</a> with the URI
--   stored inside the <a>LinkButton</a>:<tt><i>uri</i></tt> property.
--   
--   To override the default behavior, you can connect to the
--   <a>activateLink</a> signal and stop the propagation of the signal by
--   returning <a>True</a> from your handler.
type LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_LinkButtonActivateLinkCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Set the <a>ListBoxRow</a>:<tt><i>selectable</i></tt> property for this
--   row.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxRowSetSelectable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the current header of the <i><tt>row</tt></i>. This is only
--   allowed to be called from a <a>ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc</a>. It will
--   replace any existing header in the row, and be shown in front of the
--   row in the listbox.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxRowSetHeader :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Set the <a>ListBoxRow</a>:<tt><i>activatable</i></tt> property for
--   this row.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxRowSetActivatable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the child is currently selected in its <a>ListBox</a>
--   container.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxRowIsSelected :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value of the <a>ListBoxRow</a>:<tt><i>selectable</i></tt>
--   property for this row.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxRowGetSelectable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current index of the <i><tt>row</tt></i> in its
--   <a>ListBox</a> container.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxRowGetIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the current header of the <i><tt>row</tt></i>. This can be
--   used in a <a>ListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc</a> to see if there is a header
--   set already, and if so to update the state of it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxRowGetHeader :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the value of the <a>ListBoxRow</a>:<tt><i>activatable</i></tt>
--   property for this row.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
listBoxRowGetActivatable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Marks <i><tt>row</tt></i> as changed, causing any state that depends
--   on this to be updated. This affects sorting, filtering and headers.
--   
--   Note that calls to this method must be in sync with the data used for
--   the row functions. For instance, if the list is mirroring some
--   external data set, and *two* rows changed in the external data set
--   then when you call <a>listBoxRowChanged</a> on the first row the sort
--   function must only read the new data for the first of the two changed
--   rows, otherwise the resorting of the rows will be wrong.
--   
--   This generally means that if you don’t fully control the data model
--   you have to duplicate the data that affects the listbox row functions
--   into the row widgets themselves. Another alternative is to call
--   <a>listBoxInvalidateSort</a> on any model change, but that is more
--   expensive.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxRowChanged :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>ListBoxRow</a>, to be used as a child of a
--   <a>ListBox</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
listBoxRowNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ListBoxRow

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>selectable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructListBoxRowSelectable :: (IsListBoxRow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>selectable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> listBoxRow [ #selectable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setListBoxRowSelectable :: (MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>selectable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> listBoxRow #selectable
--   </pre>
getListBoxRowSelectable :: (MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>activatable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructListBoxRowActivatable :: (IsListBoxRow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>activatable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> listBoxRow [ #activatable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setListBoxRowActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>activatable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> listBoxRow #activatable
--   </pre>
getListBoxRowActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> listBoxRow #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterListBoxRowActivate :: (IsListBoxRow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxRowActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> listBoxRow #activate callback
--   </pre>
onListBoxRowActivate :: (IsListBoxRow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ListBoxRowActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ListBoxRowActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ListBoxRowActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_ListBoxRowActivateCallback :: ListBoxRowActivateCallback -> C_ListBoxRowActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ListBoxRowActivate :: MonadIO m => ListBoxRowActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_ListBoxRowActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ListBoxRowActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noListBoxRowActivateCallback :: Maybe ListBoxRowActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ListBoxRow</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toListBoxRow :: (MonadIO m, IsListBoxRow o) => o -> m ListBoxRow

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ListBoxRowActivateCallback</a>.
mk_ListBoxRowActivateCallback :: C_ListBoxRowActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ListBoxRowActivateCallback)

-- | This is a keybinding signal, which will cause this row to be
--   activated.
--   
--   If you want to be notified when the user activates a row (by key or
--   not), use the <a>rowActivated</a> signal on the row’s parent
--   <a>ListBox</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type ListBoxRowActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ListBoxRowActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the <a>Permission</a> object that controls
--   <i><tt>button</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
lockButtonSetPermission :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLockButton a, IsPermission b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Obtains the <a>Permission</a> object that controls
--   <i><tt>button</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
lockButtonGetPermission :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsLockButton a) => a -> m Permission

-- | Creates a new lock button which reflects the
--   <i><tt>permission</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
lockButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPermission a) => Maybe a -> m LockButton

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-unlock</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltipUnlock
--   </pre>
clearLockButtonTooltipUnlock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-unlock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLockButtonTooltipUnlock :: (IsLockButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-unlock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> lockButton [ #tooltipUnlock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLockButtonTooltipUnlock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-unlock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> lockButton #tooltipUnlock
--   </pre>
getLockButtonTooltipUnlock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-not-authorized</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltipNotAuthorized
--   </pre>
clearLockButtonTooltipNotAuthorized :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-not-authorized</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLockButtonTooltipNotAuthorized :: (IsLockButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-not-authorized</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> lockButton [ #tooltipNotAuthorized <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLockButtonTooltipNotAuthorized :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-not-authorized</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> lockButton #tooltipNotAuthorized
--   </pre>
getLockButtonTooltipNotAuthorized :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-lock</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltipLock
--   </pre>
clearLockButtonTooltipLock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-lock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLockButtonTooltipLock :: (IsLockButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-lock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> lockButton [ #tooltipLock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLockButtonTooltipLock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-lock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> lockButton #tooltipLock
--   </pre>
getLockButtonTooltipLock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-unlock</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #textUnlock
--   </pre>
clearLockButtonTextUnlock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text-unlock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLockButtonTextUnlock :: (IsLockButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-unlock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> lockButton [ #textUnlock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLockButtonTextUnlock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text-unlock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> lockButton #textUnlock
--   </pre>
getLockButtonTextUnlock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-lock</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #textLock
--   </pre>
clearLockButtonTextLock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text-lock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLockButtonTextLock :: (IsLockButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-lock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> lockButton [ #textLock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLockButtonTextLock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text-lock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> lockButton #textLock
--   </pre>
getLockButtonTextLock :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>permission</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #permission
--   </pre>
clearLockButtonPermission :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>permission</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructLockButtonPermission :: (IsLockButton o, MonadIO m, IsPermission a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>permission</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> lockButton [ #permission <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setLockButtonPermission :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o, IsPermission a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>permission</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> lockButton #permission
--   </pre>
getLockButtonPermission :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m Permission

-- | Cast to <a>LockButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toLockButton :: (MonadIO m, IsLockButton o) => o -> m LockButton

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype LockButton
LockButton :: ManagedPtr LockButton -> LockButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>LockButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toLockButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf LockButton o) => IsLockButton o

-- | Sets how items should be packed inside a menubar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
menuBarSetPackDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuBar a) => a -> PackDirection -> m ()

-- | Sets how widgets should be packed inside the children of a menubar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
menuBarSetChildPackDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuBar a) => a -> PackDirection -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the current pack direction of the menubar. See
--   <a>menuBarSetPackDirection</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
menuBarGetPackDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuBar a) => a -> m PackDirection

-- | Retrieves the current child pack direction of the menubar. See
--   <a>menuBarSetChildPackDirection</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
menuBarGetChildPackDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuBar a) => a -> m PackDirection

-- | Creates a new <a>MenuBar</a> and populates it with menu items and
--   submenus according to <i><tt>model</tt></i>.
--   
--   The created menu items are connected to actions found in the
--   <a>ApplicationWindow</a> to which the menu bar belongs - typically by
--   means of being contained within the
--   <tt><i>GtkApplicationWindows</i></tt> widget hierarchy.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
menuBarNewFromModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuModel a) => a -> m MenuBar

-- | Creates a new <a>MenuBar</a>
menuBarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m MenuBar

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pack-direction</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuBarPackDirection :: (IsMenuBar o, MonadIO m) => PackDirection -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pack-direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuBar [ #packDirection <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuBarPackDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuBar o) => o -> PackDirection -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pack-direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuBar #packDirection
--   </pre>
getMenuBarPackDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuBar o) => o -> m PackDirection

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>child-pack-direction</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuBarChildPackDirection :: (IsMenuBar o, MonadIO m) => PackDirection -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>child-pack-direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuBar [ #childPackDirection <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuBarChildPackDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuBar o) => o -> PackDirection -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>child-pack-direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuBar #childPackDirection
--   </pre>
getMenuBarChildPackDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuBar o) => o -> m PackDirection

-- | Cast to <a>MenuBar</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuBar :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuBar o) => o -> m MenuBar

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuBar
MenuBar :: ManagedPtr MenuBar -> MenuBar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>MenuBar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toMenuBar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuBar o) => IsMenuBar o

-- | Sets whether to construct a <a>Popover</a> instead of <a>Menu</a> when
--   <a>menuButtonSetMenuModel</a> is called. Note that this property is
--   only consulted when a new menu model is set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
menuButtonSetUsePopover :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Menu</a> that will be popped up when the
--   <i><tt>menuButton</tt></i> is clicked, or <a>Nothing</a> to dissociate
--   any existing menu and disable the button.
--   
--   If <a>MenuButton</a>:<tt><i>menu-model</i></tt> or
--   <a>MenuButton</a>:<tt><i>popover</i></tt> are set, those objects are
--   dissociated from the <i><tt>menuButton</tt></i>, and those properties
--   are set to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonSetPopup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Popover</a> that will be popped up when the
--   <i><tt>menuButton</tt></i> is clicked, or <a>Nothing</a> to dissociate
--   any existing popover and disable the button.
--   
--   If <a>MenuButton</a>:<tt><i>menu-model</i></tt> or
--   <a>MenuButton</a>:<tt><i>popup</i></tt> are set, those objects are
--   dissociated from the <i><tt>menuButton</tt></i>, and those properties
--   are set to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
menuButtonSetPopover :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>MenuModel</a> from which the popup will be constructed, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> to dissociate any existing menu model and disable the
--   button.
--   
--   Depending on the value of
--   <a>MenuButton</a>:<tt><i>use-popover</i></tt>, either a <a>Menu</a>
--   will be created with <a>menuNewFromModel</a>, or a <a>Popover</a> with
--   <a>popoverNewFromModel</a>. In either case, actions will be connected
--   as documented for these functions.
--   
--   If <a>MenuButton</a>:<tt><i>popup</i></tt> or
--   <a>MenuButton</a>:<tt><i>popover</i></tt> are already set, those
--   widgets are dissociated from the <i><tt>menuButton</tt></i>, and those
--   properties are set to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonSetMenuModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a, IsMenuModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the direction in which the popup will be popped up, as well as
--   changing the arrow’s direction. The child will not be changed to an
--   arrow if it was customized.
--   
--   If the does not fit in the available space in the given direction,
--   GTK+ will its best to keep it inside the screen and fully visible.
--   
--   If you pass <a>ArrowTypeNone</a> for a <i><tt>direction</tt></i>, the
--   popup will behave as if you passed <a>ArrowTypeDown</a> (although you
--   won’t see any arrows).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonSetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a) => a -> ArrowType -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Widget</a> to use to line the menu with when popped up.
--   Note that the <i><tt>alignWidget</tt></i> must contain the
--   <a>MenuButton</a> itself.
--   
--   Setting it to <a>Nothing</a> means that the menu will be aligned with
--   the button itself.
--   
--   Note that this property is only used with menus currently, and not for
--   popovers.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonSetAlignWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Returns whether a <a>Popover</a> or a <a>Menu</a> will be constructed
--   from the menu model.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
menuButtonGetUsePopover :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the <a>Menu</a> that pops out of the button. If the button
--   does not use a <a>Menu</a>, this function returns <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonGetPopup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Menu)

-- | Returns the <a>Popover</a> that pops out of the button. If the button
--   is not using a <a>Popover</a>, this function returns <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
menuButtonGetPopover :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Popover)

-- | Returns the <a>MenuModel</a> used to generate the popup.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonGetMenuModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a) => a -> m (Maybe MenuModel)

-- | Returns the direction the popup will be pointing at when popped up.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonGetDirection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a) => a -> m ArrowType

-- | Returns the parent <a>Widget</a> to use to line up with menu.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonGetAlignWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Creates a new <a>MenuButton</a> widget with downwards-pointing arrow
--   as the only child. You can replace the child widget with another
--   <a>Widget</a> should you wish to.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m MenuButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-popover</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuButtonUsePopover :: (IsMenuButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-popover</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuButton [ #usePopover <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuButtonUsePopover :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-popover</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuButton #usePopover
--   </pre>
getMenuButtonUsePopover :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popup</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #popup
--   </pre>
clearMenuButtonPopup :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>popup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuButtonPopup :: (IsMenuButton o, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuButton [ #popup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuButtonPopup :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o, IsMenu a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>popup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuButton #popup
--   </pre>
getMenuButtonPopup :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Menu)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popover</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #popover
--   </pre>
clearMenuButtonPopover :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>popover</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuButtonPopover :: (IsMenuButton o, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>popover</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuButton [ #popover <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuButtonPopover :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o, IsPopover a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>popover</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuButton #popover
--   </pre>
getMenuButtonPopover :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Popover)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menu-model</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #menuModel
--   </pre>
clearMenuButtonMenuModel :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>menu-model</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuButtonMenuModel :: (IsMenuButton o, MonadIO m, IsMenuModel a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menu-model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuButton [ #menuModel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuButtonMenuModel :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o, IsMenuModel a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>menu-model</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuButton #menuModel
--   </pre>
getMenuButtonMenuModel :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m (Maybe MenuModel)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>direction</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuButtonDirection :: (IsMenuButton o, MonadIO m) => ArrowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuButton [ #direction <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuButtonDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> ArrowType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuButton #direction
--   </pre>
getMenuButtonDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m ArrowType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>align-widget</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #alignWidget
--   </pre>
clearMenuButtonAlignWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>align-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuButtonAlignWidget :: (IsMenuButton o, MonadIO m, IsContainer a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>align-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuButton [ #alignWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuButtonAlignWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o, IsContainer a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>align-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuButton #alignWidget
--   </pre>
getMenuButtonAlignWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Container)

-- | Cast to <a>MenuButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuButton :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuButton o) => o -> m MenuButton

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuButton
MenuButton :: ManagedPtr MenuButton -> MenuButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>MenuButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toMenuButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuButton o) => IsMenuButton o

-- | Emits the <a>toggleSizeRequest</a> signal on the given item.
menuItemToggleSizeRequest :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Emits the <a>toggleSizeAllocate</a> signal on the given item.
menuItemToggleSizeAllocate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character should
--   be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
menuItemSetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets or replaces the menu item’s submenu, or removes it when a
--   <a>Nothing</a> submenu is passed.
menuItemSetSubmenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a, IsMenu b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a
--   menu bar. This was traditionally done for “Help” menu items, but is
--   now considered a bad idea. (If the widget layout is reversed for a
--   right-to-left language like Hebrew or Arabic,
--   right-justified-menu-items appear at the left.)
menuItemSetRightJustified :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>menuItem</tt></i> should reserve space for the
--   submenu indicator, regardless if it actually has a submenu or not.
--   
--   There should be little need for applications to call this functions.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
menuItemSetReserveIndicator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>text</tt></i> on the <i><tt>menuItem</tt></i> label
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
menuItemSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Set the accelerator path on <i><tt>menuItem</tt></i>, through which
--   runtime changes of the menu item’s accelerator caused by the user can
--   be identified and saved to persistent storage (see <a>accelMapSave</a>
--   on this). To set up a default accelerator for this menu item, call
--   <a>accelMapAddEntry</a> with the same <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i>. See
--   also <a>accelMapAddEntry</a> on the specifics of accelerator paths,
--   and <a>menuSetAccelPath</a> for a more convenient variant of this
--   function.
--   
--   This function is basically a convenience wrapper that handles calling
--   <a>widgetSetAccelPath</a> with the appropriate accelerator group for
--   the menu item.
--   
--   Note that you do need to set an accelerator on the parent menu with
--   <a>menuSetAccelGroup</a> for this to work.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>accelPath</tt></i> string will be stored in a
--   <tt><i>GQuark</i></tt>. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you
--   can save some memory by interning it first with
--   <a>internStaticString</a>.
menuItemSetAccelPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>select</a> signal on the given item.
menuItemSelect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m ()

-- | Checks if an underline in the text indicates the next character should
--   be used for the mnemonic accelerator key.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
menuItemGetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the submenu underneath this menu item, if any. See
--   <a>menuItemSetSubmenu</a>.
menuItemGetSubmenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of the
--   menu bar.
menuItemGetRightJustified :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the <i><tt>menuItem</tt></i> reserves space for the
--   submenu indicator, regardless if it has a submenu or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
menuItemGetReserveIndicator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Sets <i><tt>text</tt></i> on the <i><tt>menuItem</tt></i> label
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
menuItemGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m Text

-- | Retrieve the accelerator path that was previously set on
--   <i><tt>menuItem</tt></i>.
--   
--   See <a>menuItemSetAccelPath</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
menuItemGetAccelPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Emits the <a>deselect</a> signal on the given item.
menuItemDeselect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m ()

-- | Emits the <a>activate</a> signal on the given item
menuItemActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuItem a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>MenuItem</a> containing a label.
--   
--   The label will be created using <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so
--   underscores in <i><tt>label</tt></i> indicate the mnemonic for the
--   menu item.
menuItemNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m MenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>MenuItem</a> whose child is a <a>Label</a>.
menuItemNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m MenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>MenuItem</a>.
menuItemNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m MenuItem

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuItemUseUnderline :: (IsMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuItem [ #useUnderline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuItemUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuItem #useUnderline
--   </pre>
getMenuItemUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>submenu</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #submenu
--   </pre>
clearMenuItemSubmenu :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>submenu</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuItemSubmenu :: (IsMenuItem o, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>submenu</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuItem [ #submenu <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuItemSubmenu :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o, IsMenu a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>submenu</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuItem #submenu
--   </pre>
getMenuItemSubmenu :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> m (Maybe Menu)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>right-justified</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuItemRightJustified :: (IsMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>right-justified</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuItem [ #rightJustified <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuItemRightJustified :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>right-justified</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuItem #rightJustified
--   </pre>
getMenuItemRightJustified :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuItemLabel :: (IsMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuItem [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuItemLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuItem #label
--   </pre>
getMenuItemLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-path</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelPath
--   </pre>
clearMenuItemAccelPath :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-path</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuItemAccelPath :: (IsMenuItem o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-path</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuItem [ #accelPath <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuItemAccelPath :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-path</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuItem #accelPath
--   </pre>
getMenuItemAccelPath :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleSizeRequest</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuItem #toggleSizeRequest callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuItemToggleSizeRequest :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleSizeRequest</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuItem #toggleSizeRequest callback
--   </pre>
onMenuItemToggleSizeRequest :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback :: MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback -> C_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuItemToggleSizeRequest :: MonadIO m => MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback :: Maybe MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleSizeAllocate</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuItem #toggleSizeAllocate callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuItemToggleSizeAllocate :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleSizeAllocate</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuItem #toggleSizeAllocate callback
--   </pre>
onMenuItemToggleSizeAllocate :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback :: MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback -> C_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocate :: MonadIO m => MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback :: Maybe MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>select</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuItem #select callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuItemSelect :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemSelectCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>select</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuItem #select callback
--   </pre>
onMenuItemSelect :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemSelectCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuItemSelectCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuItemSelectCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuItemSelectCallback :: MenuItemSelectCallback -> C_MenuItemSelectCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuItemSelect :: MonadIO m => MenuItemSelectCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuItemSelectCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuItemSelectCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuItemSelectCallback :: Maybe MenuItemSelectCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deselect</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuItem #deselect callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuItemDeselect :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemDeselectCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deselect</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuItem #deselect callback
--   </pre>
onMenuItemDeselect :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemDeselectCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuItemDeselectCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuItemDeselectCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuItemDeselectCallback :: MenuItemDeselectCallback -> C_MenuItemDeselectCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuItemDeselect :: MonadIO m => MenuItemDeselectCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuItemDeselectCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuItemDeselectCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuItemDeselectCallback :: Maybe MenuItemDeselectCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateItem</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuItem #activateItem callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuItemActivateItem :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemActivateItemCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateItem</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuItem #activateItem callback
--   </pre>
onMenuItemActivateItem :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemActivateItemCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuItemActivateItemCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuItemActivateItemCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuItemActivateItemCallback :: MenuItemActivateItemCallback -> C_MenuItemActivateItemCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuItemActivateItem :: MonadIO m => MenuItemActivateItemCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuItemActivateItemCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuItemActivateItemCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuItemActivateItemCallback :: Maybe MenuItemActivateItemCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuItem #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuItemActivate :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuItem #activate callback
--   </pre>
onMenuItemActivate :: (IsMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuItemActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuItemActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuItemActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuItemActivateCallback :: MenuItemActivateCallback -> C_MenuItemActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuItemActivate :: MonadIO m => MenuItemActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuItemActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuItemActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuItemActivateCallback :: Maybe MenuItemActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>MenuItem</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuItem :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuItem o) => o -> m MenuItem

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuItemActivateCallback</a>.
mk_MenuItemActivateCallback :: C_MenuItemActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuItemActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuItemActivateItemCallback</a>.
mk_MenuItemActivateItemCallback :: C_MenuItemActivateItemCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuItemActivateItemCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuItemDeselectCallback</a>.
mk_MenuItemDeselectCallback :: C_MenuItemDeselectCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuItemDeselectCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuItemSelectCallback</a>.
mk_MenuItemSelectCallback :: C_MenuItemSelectCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuItemSelectCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback</a>.
mk_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback :: C_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback</a>.
mk_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback :: C_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback)

-- | Emitted when the item is activated.
type MenuItemActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuItemActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the item is activated, but also if the menu item has a
--   submenu. For normal applications, the relevant signal is
--   <a>activate</a>.
type MenuItemActivateItemCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuItemActivateItemCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type MenuItemDeselectCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuItemDeselectCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type MenuItemSelectCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuItemSelectCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback = Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback = Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuItemToggleSizeRequestCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If <i><tt>takeFocus</tt></i> is <a>True</a> (the default) the menu
--   shell will take the keyboard focus so that it will receive all
--   keyboard events which is needed to enable keyboard navigation in
--   menus.
--   
--   Setting <i><tt>takeFocus</tt></i> to <a>False</a> is useful only for
--   special applications like virtual keyboard implementations which
--   should not take keyboard focus.
--   
--   The <i><tt>takeFocus</tt></i> state of a menu or menu bar is
--   automatically propagated to submenus whenever a submenu is popped up,
--   so you don’t have to worry about recursively setting it for your
--   entire menu hierarchy. Only when programmatically picking a submenu
--   and popping it up manually, the <i><tt>takeFocus</tt></i> property of
--   the submenu needs to be set explicitly.
--   
--   Note that setting it to <a>False</a> has side-effects:
--   
--   If the focus is in some other app, it keeps the focus and keynav in
--   the menu doesn’t work. Consequently, keynav on the menu will only work
--   if the focus is on some toplevel owned by the onscreen keyboard.
--   
--   To avoid confusing the user, menus with <i><tt>takeFocus</tt></i> set
--   to <a>False</a> should not display mnemonics or accelerators, since it
--   cannot be guaranteed that they will work.
--   
--   See also <a>keyboardGrab</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
menuShellSetTakeFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Selects the menu item from the menu shell.
menuShellSelectItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Select the first visible or selectable child of the menu shell; don’t
--   select tearoff items unless the only item is a tearoff item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
menuShellSelectFirst :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Adds a new <a>MenuItem</a> to the beginning of the menu shell's item
--   list.
menuShellPrepend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Adds a new <a>MenuItem</a> to the menu shell’s item list at the
--   position indicated by <i><tt>position</tt></i>.
menuShellInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on
--   popup.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
menuShellGetTakeFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the currently selected item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
menuShellGetSelectedItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Gets the parent menu shell.
--   
--   The parent menu shell of a submenu is the <a>Menu</a> or
--   <a>MenuBar</a> from which it was opened up.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
menuShellGetParentShell :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Deselects the currently selected item from the menu shell, if any.
menuShellDeselect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a) => a -> m ()

-- | Deactivates the menu shell.
--   
--   Typically this results in the menu shell being erased from the screen.
menuShellDeactivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a) => a -> m ()

-- | Cancels the selection within the menu shell.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
menuShellCancel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a) => a -> m ()

-- | Establishes a binding between a <a>MenuShell</a> and a
--   <a>MenuModel</a>.
--   
--   The contents of <i><tt>shell</tt></i> are removed and then refilled
--   with menu items according to <i><tt>model</tt></i>. When
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i> changes, <i><tt>shell</tt></i> is updated.
--   Calling this function twice on <i><tt>shell</tt></i> with different
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i> will cause the first binding to be replaced with
--   a binding to the new model. If <i><tt>model</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>
--   then any previous binding is undone and all children are removed.
--   
--   <i><tt>withSeparators</tt></i> determines if toplevel items (eg:
--   sections) have separators inserted between them. This is typically
--   desired for menus but doesn’t make sense for menubars.
--   
--   If <i><tt>actionNamespace</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a> then the
--   effect is as if all actions mentioned in the <i><tt>model</tt></i>
--   have their names prefixed with the namespace, plus a dot. For example,
--   if the action “quit” is mentioned and <i><tt>actionNamespace</tt></i>
--   is “app” then the effective action name is “app.quit”.
--   
--   This function uses <a>Actionable</a> to define the action name and
--   target values on the created menu items. If you want to use an action
--   group other than “app” and “win”, or if you want to use a
--   <a>MenuShell</a> outside of a <a>ApplicationWindow</a>, then you will
--   need to attach your own action group to the widget hierarchy using
--   <a>widgetInsertActionGroup</a>. As an example, if you created a group
--   with a “quit” action and inserted it with the name “mygroup” then you
--   would use the action name “mygroup.quit” in your <a>MenuModel</a>.
--   
--   For most cases you are probably better off using
--   <a>menuNewFromModel</a> or <a>menuBarNewFromModel</a> or just directly
--   passing the <a>MenuModel</a> to <a>applicationSetAppMenu</a> or
--   <a>applicationSetMenubar</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
menuShellBindModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a, IsMenuModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Adds a new <a>MenuItem</a> to the end of the menu shell's item list.
menuShellAppend :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a, IsMenuItem b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Activates the menu item within the menu shell.
menuShellActivateItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuShell a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>take-focus</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuShellTakeFocus :: (IsMenuShell o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>take-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuShell [ #takeFocus <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuShellTakeFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuShell o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>take-focus</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuShell #takeFocus
--   </pre>
getMenuShellTakeFocus :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuShell o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionDone</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuShell #selectionDone callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuShellSelectionDone :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectionDone</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuShell #selectionDone callback
--   </pre>
onMenuShellSelectionDone :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback :: MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback -> C_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuShellSelectionDone :: MonadIO m => MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuShellSelectionDoneCallback :: Maybe MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveSelected</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuShell #moveSelected callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuShellMoveSelected :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveSelected</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuShell #moveSelected callback
--   </pre>
onMenuShellMoveSelected :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback :: MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback -> C_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuShellMoveSelected :: MonadIO m => MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuShellMoveSelectedCallback :: Maybe MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCurrent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuShell #moveCurrent callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuShellMoveCurrent :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveCurrent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuShell #moveCurrent callback
--   </pre>
onMenuShellMoveCurrent :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback :: MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback -> C_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuShellMoveCurrent :: MonadIO m => MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuShellMoveCurrentCallback :: Maybe MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insert</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuShell #insert callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuShellInsert :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellInsertCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insert</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuShell #insert callback
--   </pre>
onMenuShellInsert :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellInsertCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuShellInsertCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuShellInsertCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuShellInsertCallback :: MenuShellInsertCallback -> C_MenuShellInsertCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuShellInsert :: MonadIO m => MenuShellInsertCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuShellInsertCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuShellInsertCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuShellInsertCallback :: Maybe MenuShellInsertCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deactivate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuShell #deactivate callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuShellDeactivate :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellDeactivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deactivate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuShell #deactivate callback
--   </pre>
onMenuShellDeactivate :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellDeactivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuShellDeactivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuShellDeactivateCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuShellDeactivateCallback :: MenuShellDeactivateCallback -> C_MenuShellDeactivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuShellDeactivate :: MonadIO m => MenuShellDeactivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuShellDeactivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuShellDeactivateCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuShellDeactivateCallback :: Maybe MenuShellDeactivateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cycleFocus</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuShell #cycleFocus callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuShellCycleFocus :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellCycleFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cycleFocus</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuShell #cycleFocus callback
--   </pre>
onMenuShellCycleFocus :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellCycleFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuShellCycleFocusCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback :: MenuShellCycleFocusCallback -> C_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuShellCycleFocus :: MonadIO m => MenuShellCycleFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuShellCycleFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuShellCycleFocusCallback :: Maybe MenuShellCycleFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancel</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuShell #cancel callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuShellCancel :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellCancelCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancel</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuShell #cancel callback
--   </pre>
onMenuShellCancel :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellCancelCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuShellCancelCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuShellCancelCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuShellCancelCallback :: MenuShellCancelCallback -> C_MenuShellCancelCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuShellCancel :: MonadIO m => MenuShellCancelCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuShellCancelCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuShellCancelCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuShellCancelCallback :: Maybe MenuShellCancelCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCurrent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuShell #activateCurrent callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuShellActivateCurrent :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activateCurrent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuShell #activateCurrent callback
--   </pre>
onMenuShellActivateCurrent :: (IsMenuShell a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback :: MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback -> C_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuShellActivateCurrent :: MonadIO m => MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuShellActivateCurrentCallback :: Maybe MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback

-- | Cast to <a>MenuShell</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuShell :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuShell o) => o -> m MenuShell

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback</a>.
mk_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback :: C_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuShellCancelCallback</a>.
mk_MenuShellCancelCallback :: C_MenuShellCancelCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuShellCancelCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback</a>.
mk_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback :: C_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuShellDeactivateCallback</a>.
mk_MenuShellDeactivateCallback :: C_MenuShellDeactivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuShellDeactivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuShellInsertCallback</a>.
mk_MenuShellInsertCallback :: C_MenuShellInsertCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuShellInsertCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback</a>.
mk_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback :: C_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback</a>.
mk_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback :: C_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback</a>.
mk_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback :: C_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback)

-- | An action signal that activates the current menu item within the menu
--   shell.
type MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback = Bool -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuShellActivateCurrentCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | An action signal which cancels the selection within the menu shell.
--   Causes the <a>selectionDone</a> signal to be emitted.
type MenuShellCancelCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuShellCancelCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | A keybinding signal which moves the focus in the given
--   <i><tt>direction</tt></i>.
type MenuShellCycleFocusCallback = DirectionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuShellCycleFocusCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a menu shell is deactivated.
type MenuShellDeactivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuShellDeactivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>insert</a> signal is emitted when a new <a>MenuItem</a> is
--   added to a <a>MenuShell</a>. A separate signal is used instead of
--   GtkContainer[add](#g:signal:add) because of the need for an additional
--   position parameter.
--   
--   The inverse of this signal is the
--   GtkContainer[removed](#g:signal:removed) signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
type MenuShellInsertCallback = Widget -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuShellInsertCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | An keybinding signal which moves the current menu item in the
--   direction specified by <i><tt>direction</tt></i>.
type MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback = MenuDirectionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuShellMoveCurrentCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>moveSelected</a> signal is emitted to move the selection to
--   another item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback = Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuShellMoveSelectedCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | This signal is emitted when a selection has been completed within a
--   menu shell.
type MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuShellSelectionDoneCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the <a>Menu</a> that is popped up when the user clicks on the
--   arrow. If <i><tt>menu</tt></i> is NULL, the arrow button becomes
--   insensitive.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
menuToolButtonSetMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuToolButton a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which
--   pops up the menu. See <a>toolItemSetTooltipText</a> for setting a
--   tooltip on the whole <a>MenuToolButton</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
menuToolButtonSetArrowTooltipText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuToolButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow
--   button which pops up the menu. See <a>toolItemSetTooltipText</a> for
--   setting a tooltip on the whole <a>MenuToolButton</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
menuToolButtonSetArrowTooltipMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuToolButton a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Gets the <a>Menu</a> associated with <a>MenuToolButton</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
menuToolButtonGetMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenuToolButton a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Creates a new <a>MenuToolButton</a>. The new <a>MenuToolButton</a>
--   will contain an icon and label from the stock item indicated by
--   <i><tt>stockId</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
menuToolButtonNewFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m MenuToolButton

-- | Creates a new <a>MenuToolButton</a> using <i><tt>iconWidget</tt></i>
--   as icon and <i><tt>label</tt></i> as label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
menuToolButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => Maybe a -> Maybe Text -> m MenuToolButton

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menu</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #menu
--   </pre>
clearMenuToolButtonMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuToolButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>menu</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMenuToolButtonMenu :: (IsMenuToolButton o, MonadIO m, IsMenu a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menu</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> menuToolButton [ #menu <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMenuToolButtonMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuToolButton o, IsMenu a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>menu</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> menuToolButton #menu
--   </pre>
getMenuToolButtonMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuToolButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Menu)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showMenu</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> menuToolButton #showMenu callback
--   </pre>
afterMenuToolButtonShowMenu :: (IsMenuToolButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showMenu</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> menuToolButton #showMenu callback
--   </pre>
onMenuToolButtonShowMenu :: (IsMenuToolButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback</a>.
wrap_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback :: MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback -> C_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_MenuToolButtonShowMenu :: MonadIO m => MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback -> m (GClosure C_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback</a></tt>.
noMenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback :: Maybe MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback

-- | Cast to <a>MenuToolButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMenuToolButton :: (MonadIO m, IsMenuToolButton o) => o -> m MenuToolButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback</a>.
mk_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback :: C_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuToolButton
MenuToolButton :: ManagedPtr MenuToolButton -> MenuToolButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>MenuToolButton</a>, for instance with <a>toMenuToolButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuToolButton o) => IsMenuToolButton o

-- | The <a>showMenu</a> signal is emitted before the menu is shown.
--   
--   It can be used to populate the menu on demand, using
--   <a>menuToolButtonSetMenu</a>.
--   
--   Note that even if you populate the menu dynamically in this way, you
--   must set an empty menu on the <a>MenuToolButton</a> beforehand, since
--   the arrow is made insensitive if the menu is not set.
type MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_MenuToolButtonShowMenuCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the amount of space to add around the widget.
miscSetPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMisc a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the alignment of the widget.
miscSetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMisc a) => a -> Float -> Float -> m ()

-- | Gets the padding in the X and Y directions of the widget. See
--   <a>miscSetPadding</a>.
miscGetPadding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMisc a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the X and Y alignment of the widget within its allocation. See
--   <a>miscSetAlignment</a>.
miscGetAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMisc a) => a -> m (Float, Float)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ypad</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMiscYpad :: (IsMisc o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ypad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> misc [ #ypad <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMiscYpad :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ypad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> misc #ypad
--   </pre>
getMiscYpad :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMiscYalign :: (IsMisc o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> misc [ #yalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMiscYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> misc #yalign
--   </pre>
getMiscYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xpad</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMiscXpad :: (IsMisc o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xpad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> misc [ #xpad <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMiscXpad :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xpad</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> misc #xpad
--   </pre>
getMiscXpad :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructMiscXalign :: (IsMisc o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> misc [ #xalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setMiscXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> misc #xalign
--   </pre>
getMiscXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> m Float

-- | Cast to <a>Misc</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toMisc :: (MonadIO m, IsMisc o) => o -> m Misc

-- | Creates a new GtkModelButton.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
modelButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ModelButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonUseMarkup :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #useMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #useMarkup
--   </pre>
getModelButtonUseMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #text
--   </pre>
clearModelButtonText :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonText :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #text <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonText :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #text
--   </pre>
getModelButtonText :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>role</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonRole :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m) => ButtonRole -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>role</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #role <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonRole :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> ButtonRole -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>role</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #role
--   </pre>
getModelButtonRole :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m ButtonRole

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menu-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #menuName
--   </pre>
clearModelButtonMenuName :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>menu-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonMenuName :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>menu-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #menuName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonMenuName :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>menu-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #menuName
--   </pre>
getModelButtonMenuName :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonInverted :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #inverted <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #inverted
--   </pre>
getModelButtonInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>iconic</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonIconic :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>iconic</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #iconic <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonIconic :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>iconic</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #iconic
--   </pre>
getModelButtonIconic :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #icon
--   </pre>
clearModelButtonIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonIcon :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #icon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #icon
--   </pre>
getModelButtonIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>centered</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonCentered :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>centered</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #centered <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonCentered :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>centered</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #centered
--   </pre>
getModelButtonCentered :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructModelButtonActive :: (IsModelButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> modelButton [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setModelButtonActive :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> modelButton #active
--   </pre>
getModelButtonActive :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>ModelButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toModelButton :: (MonadIO m, IsModelButton o) => o -> m ModelButton

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ModelButton
ModelButton :: ManagedPtr ModelButton -> ModelButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ModelButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toModelButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ModelButton o) => IsModelButton o

-- | Sets whether the notebook tab can be reordered via drag and drop or
--   not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
notebookSetTabReorderable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the notebook
--   are drawn.
notebookSetTabPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Creates a new label and sets it as the tab label for the page
--   containing <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
notebookSetTabLabelText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Text -> m ()

-- | Changes the tab label for <i><tt>child</tt></i>. If <a>Nothing</a> is
--   specified for <i><tt>tabLabel</tt></i>, then the page will have the
--   label “page N”.
notebookSetTabLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the tab can be detached from <i><tt>notebook</tt></i> to
--   another notebook or widget.
--   
--   Note that 2 notebooks must share a common group identificator (see
--   <a>notebookSetGroupName</a>) to allow automatic tabs interchange
--   between them.
--   
--   If you want a widget to interact with a notebook through DnD (i.e.:
--   accept dragged tabs from it) it must be set as a drop destination and
--   accept the target “GTK_NOTEBOOK_TAB”. The notebook will fill the
--   selection with a GtkWidget** pointing to the child widget that
--   corresponds to the dropped tab.
--   
--   Note that you should use <a>notebookDetachTab</a> instead of
--   <a>containerRemove</a> if you want to remove the tab from the source
--   notebook as part of accepting a drop. Otherwise, the source notebook
--   will think that the dragged tab was removed from underneath the
--   ongoing drag operation, and will initiate a drag cancel animation.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static void
--   on_drag_data_received (GtkWidget        *widget,
--                          GdkDragContext   *context,
--                          gint              x,
--                          gint              y,
--                          GtkSelectionData *data,
--                          guint             info,
--                          guint             time,
--                          gpointer          user_data)
--   {
--     GtkWidget *notebook;
--     GtkWidget **child;
--   
--     notebook = gtk_drag_get_source_widget (context);
--     child = (void*) gtk_selection_data_get_data (data);
--   
--     // process_widget (*child);
--   
--     gtk_notebook_detach_tab (GTK_NOTEBOOK (notebook), *child);
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   If you want a notebook to accept drags from other widgets, you will
--   have to set your own DnD code to do it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
notebookSetTabDetachable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether to show the tabs for the notebook or not.
notebookSetShowTabs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. This
--   only has a visual effect when the tabs are not shown. See
--   <a>notebookSetShowTabs</a>.
notebookSetShowBorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the tab label area will have arrows for scrolling if
--   there are too many tabs to fit in the area.
notebookSetScrollable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Creates a new label and sets it as the menu label of
--   <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
notebookSetMenuLabelText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Text -> m ()

-- | Changes the menu label for the page containing <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
notebookSetMenuLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> m ()

-- | Sets a group name for <i><tt>notebook</tt></i>.
--   
--   Notebooks with the same name will be able to exchange tabs via drag
--   and drop. A notebook with a <a>Nothing</a> group name will not be able
--   to exchange tabs with any other notebook.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
notebookSetGroupName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Switches to the page number <i><tt>pageNum</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that due to historical reasons, GtkNotebook refuses to switch to
--   a page unless the child widget is visible. Therefore, it is
--   recommended to show child widgets before adding them to a notebook.
notebookSetCurrentPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>widget</tt></i> as one of the action widgets. Depending on
--   the pack type the widget will be placed before or after the tabs. You
--   can use a <a>Box</a> if you need to pack more than one widget on the
--   same side.
--   
--   Note that action widgets are “internal” children of the notebook and
--   thus not included in the list returned from <a>containerForeach</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
notebookSetActionWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> PackType -> m ()

-- | Reorders the page containing <i><tt>child</tt></i>, so that it appears
--   in position <i><tt>position</tt></i>. If <i><tt>position</tt></i> is
--   greater than or equal to the number of children in the list or
--   negative, <i><tt>child</tt></i> will be moved to the end of the list.
notebookReorderChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Removes a page from the notebook given its index in the notebook.
notebookRemovePage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Switches to the previous page. Nothing happens if the current page is
--   the first page.
notebookPrevPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m ()

-- | Prepends a page to <i><tt>notebook</tt></i>, specifying the widget to
--   use as the label in the popup menu.
notebookPrependPageMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c, IsWidget d) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> Maybe d -> m Int32

-- | Prepends a page to <i><tt>notebook</tt></i>.
notebookPrependPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> m Int32

-- | Enables the popup menu: if the user clicks with the right mouse button
--   on the tab labels, a menu with all the pages will be popped up.
notebookPopupEnable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m ()

-- | Disables the popup menu.
notebookPopupDisable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m ()

-- | Finds the index of the page which contains the given child widget.
notebookPageNum :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Switches to the next page. Nothing happens if the current page is the
--   last page.
notebookNextPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m ()

-- | Insert a page into <i><tt>notebook</tt></i> at the given position,
--   specifying the widget to use as the label in the popup menu.
notebookInsertPageMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c, IsWidget d) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> Maybe d -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Insert a page into <i><tt>notebook</tt></i> at the given position.
notebookInsertPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Returns the vertical width of a tab border.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
notebookGetTabVborder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m Word16

-- | Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
notebookGetTabReorderable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Gets the edge at which the tabs for switching pages in the notebook
--   are drawn.
notebookGetTabPos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m PositionType

-- | Retrieves the text of the tab label for the page containing
--   <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
notebookGetTabLabelText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns the tab label widget for the page <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
--   <a>Nothing</a> is returned if <i><tt>child</tt></i> is not in
--   <i><tt>notebook</tt></i> or if no tab label has specifically been set
--   for <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
notebookGetTabLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns the horizontal width of a tab border.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
notebookGetTabHborder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m Word16

-- | Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from
--   <i><tt>notebook</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
notebookGetTabDetachable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the tabs of the notebook are shown. See
--   <a>notebookSetShowTabs</a>.
notebookGetShowTabs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether a bevel will be drawn around the notebook pages. See
--   <a>notebookSetShowBorder</a>.
notebookGetShowBorder :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the tab label area has arrows for scrolling. See
--   <a>notebookSetScrollable</a>.
notebookGetScrollable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the child widget contained in page number
--   <i><tt>pageNum</tt></i>.
notebookGetNthPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the number of pages in a notebook.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
notebookGetNPages :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the text of the menu label for the page containing
--   <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
notebookGetMenuLabelText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Retrieves the menu label widget of the page containing
--   <i><tt>child</tt></i>.
notebookGetMenuLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets the current group name for <i><tt>notebook</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
notebookGetGroupName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns the page number of the current page.
notebookGetCurrentPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets one of the action widgets. See <a>notebookSetActionWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
notebookGetActionWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a) => a -> PackType -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Removes the child from the notebook.
--   
--   This function is very similar to <a>containerRemove</a>, but
--   additionally informs the notebook that the removal is happening as
--   part of a tab DND operation, which should not be cancelled.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
notebookDetachTab :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Appends a page to <i><tt>notebook</tt></i>, specifying the widget to
--   use as the label in the popup menu.
notebookAppendPageMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c, IsWidget d) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> Maybe d -> m Int32

-- | Appends a page to <i><tt>notebook</tt></i>.
notebookAppendPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebook a, IsWidget b, IsWidget c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> m Int32

-- | Creates a new <a>Notebook</a> widget with no pages.
notebookNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Notebook

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tab-pos</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructNotebookTabPos :: (IsNotebook o, MonadIO m) => PositionType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tab-pos</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> notebook [ #tabPos <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNotebookTabPos :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tab-pos</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> notebook #tabPos
--   </pre>
getNotebookTabPos :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m PositionType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-tabs</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNotebookShowTabs :: (IsNotebook o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-tabs</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> notebook [ #showTabs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNotebookShowTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-tabs</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> notebook #showTabs
--   </pre>
getNotebookShowTabs :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-border</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNotebookShowBorder :: (IsNotebook o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-border</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> notebook [ #showBorder <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNotebookShowBorder :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-border</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> notebook #showBorder
--   </pre>
getNotebookShowBorder :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>scrollable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNotebookScrollable :: (IsNotebook o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>scrollable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> notebook [ #scrollable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNotebookScrollable :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>scrollable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> notebook #scrollable
--   </pre>
getNotebookScrollable :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>page</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructNotebookPage :: (IsNotebook o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>page</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> notebook [ #page <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNotebookPage :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>page</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> notebook #page
--   </pre>
getNotebookPage :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #groupName
--   </pre>
clearNotebookGroupName :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>group-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNotebookGroupName :: (IsNotebook o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> notebook [ #groupName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNotebookGroupName :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>group-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> notebook #groupName
--   </pre>
getNotebookGroupName :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>enable-popup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNotebookEnablePopup :: (IsNotebook o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>enable-popup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> notebook [ #enablePopup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNotebookEnablePopup :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>enable-popup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> notebook #enablePopup
--   </pre>
getNotebookEnablePopup :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>switchPage</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #switchPage callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookSwitchPage :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookSwitchPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>switchPage</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #switchPage callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookSwitchPage :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookSwitchPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookSwitchPageCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookSwitchPageCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookSwitchPageCallback :: NotebookSwitchPageCallback -> C_NotebookSwitchPageCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookSwitchPage :: MonadIO m => NotebookSwitchPageCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookSwitchPageCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookSwitchPageCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookSwitchPageCallback :: Maybe NotebookSwitchPageCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectPage</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #selectPage callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookSelectPage :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookSelectPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>selectPage</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #selectPage callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookSelectPage :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookSelectPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookSelectPageCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookSelectPageCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookSelectPageCallback :: NotebookSelectPageCallback -> C_NotebookSelectPageCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookSelectPage :: MonadIO m => NotebookSelectPageCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookSelectPageCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookSelectPageCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookSelectPageCallback :: Maybe NotebookSelectPageCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>reorderTab</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #reorderTab callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookReorderTab :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookReorderTabCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>reorderTab</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #reorderTab callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookReorderTab :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookReorderTabCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookReorderTabCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookReorderTabCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookReorderTabCallback :: NotebookReorderTabCallback -> C_NotebookReorderTabCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookReorderTab :: MonadIO m => NotebookReorderTabCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookReorderTabCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookReorderTabCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookReorderTabCallback :: Maybe NotebookReorderTabCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pageReordered</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #pageReordered callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookPageReordered :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookPageReorderedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pageReordered</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #pageReordered callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookPageReordered :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookPageReorderedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookPageReorderedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookPageReorderedCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookPageReorderedCallback :: NotebookPageReorderedCallback -> C_NotebookPageReorderedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookPageReordered :: MonadIO m => NotebookPageReorderedCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookPageReorderedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookPageReorderedCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookPageReorderedCallback :: Maybe NotebookPageReorderedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pageRemoved</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #pageRemoved callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookPageRemoved :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookPageRemovedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pageRemoved</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #pageRemoved callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookPageRemoved :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookPageRemovedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookPageRemovedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookPageRemovedCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookPageRemovedCallback :: NotebookPageRemovedCallback -> C_NotebookPageRemovedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookPageRemoved :: MonadIO m => NotebookPageRemovedCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookPageRemovedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookPageRemovedCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookPageRemovedCallback :: Maybe NotebookPageRemovedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pageAdded</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #pageAdded callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookPageAdded :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookPageAddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>pageAdded</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #pageAdded callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookPageAdded :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookPageAddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookPageAddedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookPageAddedCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookPageAddedCallback :: NotebookPageAddedCallback -> C_NotebookPageAddedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookPageAdded :: MonadIO m => NotebookPageAddedCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookPageAddedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookPageAddedCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookPageAddedCallback :: Maybe NotebookPageAddedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveFocusOut</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #moveFocusOut callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookMoveFocusOut :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveFocusOut</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #moveFocusOut callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookMoveFocusOut :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback :: NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback -> C_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookMoveFocusOut :: MonadIO m => NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookMoveFocusOutCallback :: Maybe NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusTab</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #focusTab callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookFocusTab :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookFocusTabCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusTab</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #focusTab callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookFocusTab :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookFocusTabCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookFocusTabCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookFocusTabCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookFocusTabCallback :: NotebookFocusTabCallback -> C_NotebookFocusTabCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookFocusTab :: MonadIO m => NotebookFocusTabCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookFocusTabCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookFocusTabCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookFocusTabCallback :: Maybe NotebookFocusTabCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>createWindow</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #createWindow callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookCreateWindow :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookCreateWindowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>createWindow</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #createWindow callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookCreateWindow :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookCreateWindowCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookCreateWindowCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookCreateWindowCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookCreateWindowCallback :: NotebookCreateWindowCallback -> C_NotebookCreateWindowCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookCreateWindow :: MonadIO m => NotebookCreateWindowCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookCreateWindowCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookCreateWindowCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookCreateWindowCallback :: Maybe NotebookCreateWindowCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changeCurrentPage</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> notebook #changeCurrentPage callback
--   </pre>
afterNotebookChangeCurrentPage :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changeCurrentPage</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> notebook #changeCurrentPage callback
--   </pre>
onNotebookChangeCurrentPage :: (IsNotebook a, MonadIO m) => a -> NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback</a>.
wrap_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback :: NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback -> C_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_NotebookChangeCurrentPage :: MonadIO m => NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback -> m (GClosure C_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback</a></tt>.
noNotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback :: Maybe NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Notebook</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toNotebook :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebook o) => o -> m Notebook

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback :: C_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookCreateWindowCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookCreateWindowCallback :: C_NotebookCreateWindowCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookCreateWindowCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookFocusTabCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookFocusTabCallback :: C_NotebookFocusTabCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookFocusTabCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback :: C_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookPageAddedCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookPageAddedCallback :: C_NotebookPageAddedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookPageAddedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookPageRemovedCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookPageRemovedCallback :: C_NotebookPageRemovedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookPageRemovedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookPageReorderedCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookPageReorderedCallback :: C_NotebookPageReorderedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookPageReorderedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookReorderTabCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookReorderTabCallback :: C_NotebookReorderTabCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookReorderTabCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookSelectPageCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookSelectPageCallback :: C_NotebookSelectPageCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookSelectPageCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_NotebookSwitchPageCallback</a>.
mk_NotebookSwitchPageCallback :: C_NotebookSwitchPageCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_NotebookSwitchPageCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Notebook
Notebook :: ManagedPtr Notebook -> Notebook

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Notebook</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toNotebook</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Notebook o) => IsNotebook o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback = Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookChangeCurrentPageCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>createWindow</a> signal is emitted when a detachable tab is
--   dropped on the root window.
--   
--   A handler for this signal can create a window containing a notebook
--   where the tab will be attached. It is also responsible for
--   moving/resizing the window and adding the necessary properties to the
--   notebook (e.g. the <a>Notebook</a>:<tt><i>group-name</i></tt> ).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type NotebookCreateWindowCallback = Widget -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO Notebook

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookCreateWindowCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO Ptr Notebook

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type NotebookFocusTabCallback = NotebookTab -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookFocusTabCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback = DirectionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookMoveFocusOutCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | the <a>pageAdded</a> signal is emitted in the notebook right after a
--   page is added to the notebook.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type NotebookPageAddedCallback = Widget -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookPageAddedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | the <a>pageRemoved</a> signal is emitted in the notebook right after a
--   page is removed from the notebook.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type NotebookPageRemovedCallback = Widget -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookPageRemovedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | the <a>pageReordered</a> signal is emitted in the notebook right after
--   a page has been reordered.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type NotebookPageReorderedCallback = Widget -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookPageReorderedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type NotebookReorderTabCallback = DirectionType -> Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookReorderTabCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type NotebookSelectPageCallback = Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookSelectPageCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Emitted when the user or a function changes the current page.
type NotebookSwitchPageCallback = Widget -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_NotebookSwitchPageCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
notebookPageAccessibleInvalidate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebookPageAccessible a) => a -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
notebookPageAccessibleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNotebookAccessible a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m NotebookPageAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>NotebookPageAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toNotebookPageAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsNotebookPageAccessible o) => o -> m NotebookPageAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype NotebookPageAccessible
NotebookPageAccessible :: ManagedPtr NotebookPageAccessible -> NotebookPageAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>NotebookPageAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toNotebookPageAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf NotebookPageAccessible o) => IsNotebookPageAccessible o

-- | Convenience function to set the value of the
--   <a>Overlay</a>:<tt><i>pass-through</i></tt> child property for
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
overlaySetOverlayPassThrough :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsOverlay a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Moves <i><tt>child</tt></i> to a new <i><tt>index</tt></i> in the list
--   of <i><tt>overlay</tt></i> children. The list contains overlays in the
--   order that these were added to <i><tt>overlay</tt></i> by default. See
--   also <a>Overlay</a>:<tt><i>index</i></tt>.
--   
--   A widget’s index in the <i><tt>overlay</tt></i> children list
--   determines which order the children are drawn if they overlap. The
--   first child is drawn at the bottom. It also affects the default focus
--   chain order.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
overlayReorderOverlay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsOverlay a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Convenience function to get the value of the
--   <a>Overlay</a>:<tt><i>pass-through</i></tt> child property for
--   <i><tt>widget</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
overlayGetOverlayPassThrough :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsOverlay a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Adds <i><tt>widget</tt></i> to <i><tt>overlay</tt></i>.
--   
--   The widget will be stacked on top of the main widget added with
--   <a>containerAdd</a>.
--   
--   The position at which <i><tt>widget</tt></i> is placed is determined
--   from its <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>halign</i></tt> and
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>valign</i></tt> properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
overlayAddOverlay :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsOverlay a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Overlay</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
overlayNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Overlay

-- | Cast to <a>Overlay</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toOverlay :: (MonadIO m, IsOverlay o) => o -> m Overlay

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Overlay
Overlay :: ManagedPtr Overlay -> Overlay

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Overlay</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toOverlay</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Overlay o) => IsOverlay o

-- | Sets the <a>Paned</a>:<tt><i>wide-handle</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
panedSetWideHandle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the position of the divider between the two panes.
panedSetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Adds a child to the bottom or right pane.
panedPack2 :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Adds a child to the top or left pane.
panedPack1 :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Bool -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Gets the <a>Paned</a>:<tt><i>wide-handle</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
panedGetWideHandle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Obtains the position of the divider between the two panes.
panedGetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the <a>Window</a> of the handle. This function is useful when
--   handling button or motion events because it enables the callback to
--   distinguish between the window of the paned, a child and the handle.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
panedGetHandleWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a) => a -> m Window

-- | Obtains the second child of the paned widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
panedGetChild2 :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Obtains the first child of the paned widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
panedGetChild1 :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Adds a child to the bottom or right pane with default parameters. This
--   is equivalent to <tt>gtk_paned_pack2 (paned, child, TRUE, TRUE)</tt>.
panedAdd2 :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Adds a child to the top or left pane with default parameters. This is
--   equivalent to <tt>gtk_paned_pack1 (paned, child, FALSE, TRUE)</tt>.
panedAdd1 :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPaned a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Paned</a> widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
panedNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Orientation -> m Paned

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wide-handle</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPanedWideHandle :: (IsPaned o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wide-handle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> paned [ #wideHandle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPanedWideHandle :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wide-handle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> paned #wideHandle
--   </pre>
getPanedWideHandle :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>position-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPanedPositionSet :: (IsPaned o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>position-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> paned [ #positionSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPanedPositionSet :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>position-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> paned #positionSet
--   </pre>
getPanedPositionSet :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>position</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPanedPosition :: (IsPaned o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> paned [ #position <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPanedPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> paned #position
--   </pre>
getPanedPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>min-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> paned #minPosition
--   </pre>
getPanedMinPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> paned #maxPosition
--   </pre>
getPanedMaxPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleHandleFocus</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> paned #toggleHandleFocus callback
--   </pre>
afterPanedToggleHandleFocus :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggleHandleFocus</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> paned #toggleHandleFocus callback
--   </pre>
onPanedToggleHandleFocus :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback :: PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback -> C_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PanedToggleHandleFocus :: MonadIO m => PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noPanedToggleHandleFocusCallback :: Maybe PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveHandle</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> paned #moveHandle callback
--   </pre>
afterPanedMoveHandle :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedMoveHandleCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveHandle</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> paned #moveHandle callback
--   </pre>
onPanedMoveHandle :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedMoveHandleCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PanedMoveHandleCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PanedMoveHandleCallback</a>.
wrap_PanedMoveHandleCallback :: PanedMoveHandleCallback -> C_PanedMoveHandleCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PanedMoveHandle :: MonadIO m => PanedMoveHandleCallback -> m (GClosure C_PanedMoveHandleCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PanedMoveHandleCallback</a></tt>.
noPanedMoveHandleCallback :: Maybe PanedMoveHandleCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cycleHandleFocus</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> paned #cycleHandleFocus callback
--   </pre>
afterPanedCycleHandleFocus :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cycleHandleFocus</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> paned #cycleHandleFocus callback
--   </pre>
onPanedCycleHandleFocus :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback :: PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback -> C_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PanedCycleHandleFocus :: MonadIO m => PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noPanedCycleHandleFocusCallback :: Maybe PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cycleChildFocus</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> paned #cycleChildFocus callback
--   </pre>
afterPanedCycleChildFocus :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedCycleChildFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cycleChildFocus</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> paned #cycleChildFocus callback
--   </pre>
onPanedCycleChildFocus :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedCycleChildFocusCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PanedCycleChildFocusCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback</a>.
wrap_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback :: PanedCycleChildFocusCallback -> C_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PanedCycleChildFocus :: MonadIO m => PanedCycleChildFocusCallback -> m (GClosure C_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PanedCycleChildFocusCallback</a></tt>.
noPanedCycleChildFocusCallback :: Maybe PanedCycleChildFocusCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancelPosition</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> paned #cancelPosition callback
--   </pre>
afterPanedCancelPosition :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedCancelPositionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancelPosition</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> paned #cancelPosition callback
--   </pre>
onPanedCancelPosition :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedCancelPositionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PanedCancelPositionCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PanedCancelPositionCallback</a>.
wrap_PanedCancelPositionCallback :: PanedCancelPositionCallback -> C_PanedCancelPositionCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PanedCancelPosition :: MonadIO m => PanedCancelPositionCallback -> m (GClosure C_PanedCancelPositionCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PanedCancelPositionCallback</a></tt>.
noPanedCancelPositionCallback :: Maybe PanedCancelPositionCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>acceptPosition</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> paned #acceptPosition callback
--   </pre>
afterPanedAcceptPosition :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedAcceptPositionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>acceptPosition</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> paned #acceptPosition callback
--   </pre>
onPanedAcceptPosition :: (IsPaned a, MonadIO m) => a -> PanedAcceptPositionCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PanedAcceptPositionCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PanedAcceptPositionCallback</a>.
wrap_PanedAcceptPositionCallback :: PanedAcceptPositionCallback -> C_PanedAcceptPositionCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PanedAcceptPosition :: MonadIO m => PanedAcceptPositionCallback -> m (GClosure C_PanedAcceptPositionCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PanedAcceptPositionCallback</a></tt>.
noPanedAcceptPositionCallback :: Maybe PanedAcceptPositionCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Paned</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPaned :: (MonadIO m, IsPaned o) => o -> m Paned

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PanedAcceptPositionCallback</a>.
mk_PanedAcceptPositionCallback :: C_PanedAcceptPositionCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PanedAcceptPositionCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PanedCancelPositionCallback</a>.
mk_PanedCancelPositionCallback :: C_PanedCancelPositionCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PanedCancelPositionCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback</a>.
mk_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback :: C_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback</a>.
mk_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback :: C_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PanedMoveHandleCallback</a>.
mk_PanedMoveHandleCallback :: C_PanedMoveHandleCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PanedMoveHandleCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback</a>.
mk_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback :: C_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback)

-- | The <a>acceptPosition</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to accept the current
--   position of the handle when moving it using key bindings.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Return or Space.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.0</i>
type PanedAcceptPositionCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PanedAcceptPositionCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>cancelPosition</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to cancel moving the
--   position of the handle using key bindings. The position of the handle
--   will be reset to the value prior to moving it.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Escape.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.0</i>
type PanedCancelPositionCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PanedCancelPositionCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>cycleChildFocus</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to cycle the focus
--   between the children of the paned.
--   
--   The default binding is f6.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.0</i>
type PanedCycleChildFocusCallback = Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PanedCycleChildFocusCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>cycleHandleFocus</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to cycle whether the
--   paned should grab focus to allow the user to change position of the
--   handle by using key bindings.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is f8.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.0</i>
type PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback = Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PanedCycleHandleFocusCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>moveHandle</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to move the handle when
--   the user is using key bindings to move it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.0</i>
type PanedMoveHandleCallback = ScrollType -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PanedMoveHandleCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>toggleHandleFocus</a> is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted to accept the current
--   position of the handle and then move focus to the next widget in the
--   focus chain.
--   
--   The default binding is Tab.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.0</i>
type PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PanedToggleHandleFocusCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> should show an item for the
--   Trash location.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
placesSidebarSetShowTrash :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If you enable this, you should connect to the
--   <a>showStarredLocation</a> signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22.26</i>
placesSidebarSetShowStarredLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> should show an item for
--   recent files. The default value for this option is determined by the
--   desktop environment, but this function can be used to override it on a
--   per-application basis.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
placesSidebarSetShowRecent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> should show an item for the
--   application to show an Other Locations view; this is off by default.
--   When set to <a>True</a>, persistent devices such as hard drives are
--   hidden, otherwise they are shown in the sidebar. An application may
--   want to turn this on if it implements a way for the user to see and
--   interact with drives and network servers directly.
--   
--   If you enable this, you should connect to the
--   <a>showOtherLocations</a> signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
placesSidebarSetShowOtherLocations :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> should show an item for
--   entering a location; this is off by default. An application may want
--   to turn this on if manually entering URLs is an expected user action.
--   
--   If you enable this, you should connect to the <a>showEnterLocation</a>
--   signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
placesSidebarSetShowEnterLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> should show an item for the
--   Desktop folder. The default value for this option is determined by the
--   desktop environment and the user’s configuration, but this function
--   can be used to override it on a per-application basis.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarSetShowDesktop :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> should show an item for
--   connecting to a network server; this is off by default. An application
--   may want to turn this on if it implements a way for the user to
--   connect to network servers directly.
--   
--   If you enable this, you should connect to the
--   <a>showConnectToServer</a> signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarSetShowConnectToServer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the way in which the calling application can open new locations
--   from the places sidebar. For example, some applications only open
--   locations “directly” into their main view, while others may support
--   opening locations in a new notebook tab or a new window.
--   
--   This function is used to tell the places <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> about
--   the ways in which the application can open new locations, so that the
--   sidebar can display (or not) the “Open in new tab” and “Open in new
--   window” menu items as appropriate.
--   
--   When the <a>openLocation</a> signal is emitted, its flags argument
--   will be set to one of the <i><tt>flags</tt></i> that was passed in
--   <a>placesSidebarSetOpenFlags</a>.
--   
--   Passing 0 for <i><tt>flags</tt></i> will cause
--   <tt><i>GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL</i></tt> to always be sent to callbacks
--   for the “open-location” signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarSetOpenFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> [PlacesOpenFlags] -> m ()

-- | Sets the location that is being shown in the widgets surrounding the
--   <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i>, for example, in a folder view in a file
--   manager. In turn, the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> will highlight that
--   location if it is being shown in the list of places, or it will
--   unhighlight everything if the <i><tt>location</tt></i> is not among
--   the places in the list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarSetLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a, IsFile b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i> should only show local files.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
placesSidebarSetLocalOnly :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Make the GtkPlacesSidebar show drop targets, so it can show the
--   available drop targets and a "new bookmark" row. This improves the
--   Drag-and-Drop experience of the user and allows applications to show
--   all available drop targets at once.
--   
--   This needs to be called when the application is aware of an ongoing
--   drag that might target the sidebar. The drop-targets-visible state
--   will be unset automatically if the drag finishes in the
--   GtkPlacesSidebar. You only need to unset the state when the drag ends
--   on some other widget on your application.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
placesSidebarSetDropTargetsVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a, IsDragContext b) => a -> Bool -> b -> m ()

-- | Removes an application-specific shortcut that has been previously been
--   inserted with <a>placesSidebarAddShortcut</a>. If the
--   <i><tt>location</tt></i> is not a shortcut in the sidebar, then
--   nothing is done.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarRemoveShortcut :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a, IsFile b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Gets the list of shortcuts.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarListShortcuts :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m [File]

-- | Returns the value previously set with <a>placesSidebarSetShowTrash</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
placesSidebarGetShowTrash :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the value previously set with
--   <a>placesSidebarSetShowStarredLocation</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22.26</i>
placesSidebarGetShowStarredLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the value previously set with
--   <a>placesSidebarSetShowRecent</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
placesSidebarGetShowRecent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the value previously set with
--   <a>placesSidebarSetShowOtherLocations</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
placesSidebarGetShowOtherLocations :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the value previously set with
--   <a>placesSidebarSetShowEnterLocation</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
placesSidebarGetShowEnterLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the value previously set with
--   <a>placesSidebarSetShowDesktop</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarGetShowDesktop :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the value previously set with
--   <a>placesSidebarSetShowConnectToServer</a>
placesSidebarGetShowConnectToServer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the open flags.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarGetOpenFlags :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m [PlacesOpenFlags]

-- | This function queries the bookmarks added by the user to the places
--   sidebar, and returns one of them. This function is used by
--   <a>FileChooser</a> to implement the “Alt-1”, “Alt-2”, etc. shortcuts,
--   which activate the cooresponding bookmark.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarGetNthBookmark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe File)

-- | Gets the currently selected location in the <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i>.
--   This can be <a>Nothing</a> when nothing is selected, for example, when
--   <a>placesSidebarSetLocation</a> has been called with a location that
--   is not among the sidebar’s list of places to show.
--   
--   You can use this function to get the selection in the
--   <i><tt>sidebar</tt></i>. Also, if you connect to the
--   <a>populatePopup</a> signal, you can use this function to get the
--   location that is being referred to during the callbacks for your menu
--   items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarGetLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m (Maybe File)

-- | Returns the value previously set with
--   <a>placesSidebarSetLocalOnly</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
placesSidebarGetLocalOnly :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Applications may want to present some folders in the places sidebar if
--   they could be immediately useful to users. For example, a drawing
--   program could add a “/usr/share/clipart” location when the sidebar is
--   being used in an “Insert Clipart” dialog box.
--   
--   This function adds the specified <i><tt>location</tt></i> to a special
--   place for immutable shortcuts. The shortcuts are application-specific;
--   they are not shared across applications, and they are not persistent.
--   If this function is called multiple times with different locations,
--   then they are added to the sidebar’s list in the same order as the
--   function is called.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarAddShortcut :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar a, IsFile b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>PlacesSidebar</a> widget.
--   
--   The application should connect to at least the <a>openLocation</a>
--   signal to be notified when the user makes a selection in the sidebar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
placesSidebarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m PlacesSidebar

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-trash</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarShowTrash :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-trash</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #showTrash <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarShowTrash :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-trash</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #showTrash
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarShowTrash :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-starred-location</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarShowStarredLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-starred-location</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #showStarredLocation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarShowStarredLocation :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-starred-location</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #showStarredLocation
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarShowStarredLocation :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-recent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarShowRecent :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-recent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #showRecent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarShowRecent :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-recent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #showRecent
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarShowRecent :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-other-locations</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocations :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-other-locations</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #showOtherLocations <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocations :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-other-locations</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #showOtherLocations
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocations :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-enter-location</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarShowEnterLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-enter-location</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #showEnterLocation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarShowEnterLocation :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-enter-location</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #showEnterLocation
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarShowEnterLocation :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-desktop</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarShowDesktop :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-desktop</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #showDesktop <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarShowDesktop :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-desktop</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #showDesktop
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarShowDesktop :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-connect-to-server</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarShowConnectToServer :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-connect-to-server</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #showConnectToServer <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarShowConnectToServer :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-connect-to-server</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #showConnectToServer
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarShowConnectToServer :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarPopulateAll :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #populateAll <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarPopulateAll :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>populate-all</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #populateAll
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarPopulateAll :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>open-flags</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarOpenFlags :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => [PlacesOpenFlags] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>open-flags</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #openFlags <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarOpenFlags :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> [PlacesOpenFlags] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>open-flags</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #openFlags
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarOpenFlags :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m [PlacesOpenFlags]

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>location</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #location
--   </pre>
clearPlacesSidebarLocation :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>location</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m, IsFile a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>location</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #location <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarLocation :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o, IsFile a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>location</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #location
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarLocation :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m (Maybe File)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPlacesSidebarLocalOnly :: (IsPlacesSidebar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> placesSidebar [ #localOnly <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPlacesSidebarLocalOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>local-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> placesSidebar #localOnly
--   </pre>
getPlacesSidebarLocalOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unmount</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #unmount callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarUnmount :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>unmount</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #unmount callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarUnmount :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback :: PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarUnmount :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarUnmountCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showStarredLocation</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #showStarredLocation callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarShowStarredLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showStarredLocation</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #showStarredLocation callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarShowStarredLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback :: PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocation :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showOtherLocationsWithFlags</a>
--   signal, to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #showOtherLocationsWithFlags callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlags :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showOtherLocationsWithFlags</a>
--   signal, to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #showOtherLocationsWithFlags callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlags :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback :: PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlags :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showOtherLocations</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #showOtherLocations callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocations :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showOtherLocations</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #showOtherLocations callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocations :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback :: PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocations :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showErrorMessage</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #showErrorMessage callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarShowErrorMessage :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showErrorMessage</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #showErrorMessage callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarShowErrorMessage :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback :: PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessage :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showEnterLocation</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #showEnterLocation callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarShowEnterLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showEnterLocation</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #showEnterLocation callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarShowEnterLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback :: PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocation :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showConnectToServer</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #showConnectToServer callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarShowConnectToServer :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>showConnectToServer</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #showConnectToServer callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarShowConnectToServer :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback :: PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServer :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarPopulatePopup :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>populatePopup</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #populatePopup callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarPopulatePopup :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback :: PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopup :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>openLocation</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #openLocation callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarOpenLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>openLocation</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #openLocation callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarOpenLocation :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback :: PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarOpenLocation :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>mount</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #mount callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarMount :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarMountCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>mount</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #mount callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarMount :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarMountCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarMountCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarMountCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarMountCallback :: PlacesSidebarMountCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarMountCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarMount :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarMountCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarMountCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarMountCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarMountCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarMountCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragPerformDrop</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #dragPerformDrop callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarDragPerformDrop :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragPerformDrop</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #dragPerformDrop callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarDragPerformDrop :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback :: PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDrop :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragActionRequested</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #dragActionRequested callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarDragActionRequested :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragActionRequested</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #dragActionRequested callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarDragActionRequested :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback :: PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequested :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragActionAsk</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> placesSidebar #dragActionAsk callback
--   </pre>
afterPlacesSidebarDragActionAsk :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>dragActionAsk</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> placesSidebar #dragActionAsk callback
--   </pre>
onPlacesSidebarDragActionAsk :: (IsPlacesSidebar a, MonadIO m) => a -> PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback</a>.
wrap_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback :: PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback -> C_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PlacesSidebarDragActionAsk :: MonadIO m => PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback -> m (GClosure C_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback</a></tt>.
noPlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback :: Maybe PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback

-- | Cast to <a>PlacesSidebar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPlacesSidebar :: (MonadIO m, IsPlacesSidebar o) => o -> m PlacesSidebar

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarMountCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarMountCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarMountCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarMountCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback</a>.
mk_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback :: C_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PlacesSidebar
PlacesSidebar :: ManagedPtr PlacesSidebar -> PlacesSidebar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>PlacesSidebar</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toPlacesSidebar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PlacesSidebar o) => IsPlacesSidebar o

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs to ask the
--   application to pop up a menu to ask the user for which drag action to
--   perform.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback = Int32 -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarDragActionAskCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | When the user starts a drag-and-drop operation and the sidebar needs
--   to ask the application for which drag action to perform, then the
--   sidebar will emit this signal.
--   
--   The application can evaluate the <i><tt>context</tt></i> for customary
--   actions, or it can check the type of the files indicated by
--   <i><tt>sourceFileList</tt></i> against the possible actions for the
--   destination <i><tt>destFile</tt></i>.
--   
--   The drag action to use must be the return value of the signal handler.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback = DragContext -> File -> [File] -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr DragContext -> Ptr File -> Ptr GList Ptr File -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when the user completes a
--   drag-and-drop operation and one of the sidebar's items is the
--   destination. This item is in the <i><tt>destFile</tt></i>, and the
--   <i><tt>sourceFileList</tt></i> has the list of files that are dropped
--   into it and which should be copied/moved/etc. based on the specified
--   <i><tt>action</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback = File -> [File] -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr File -> Ptr GList Ptr File -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it starts a new operation
--   because the user clicked on some location that needs mounting. In this
--   way the application using the <a>PlacesSidebar</a> can track the
--   progress of the operation and, for example, show a notification.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
type PlacesSidebarMountCallback = MountOperation -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarMountCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr MountOperation -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when the user selects a location
--   in it. The calling application should display the contents of that
--   location; for example, a file manager should show a list of files in
--   the specified location.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback = File -> [PlacesOpenFlags] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarOpenLocationCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr File -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when the user invokes a
--   contextual popup on one of its items. In the signal handler, the
--   application may add extra items to the menu as appropriate. For
--   example, a file manager may want to add a "Properties" command to the
--   menu.
--   
--   It is not necessary to store the <i><tt>selectedItem</tt></i> for each
--   menu item; during their callbacks, the application can use
--   <a>placesSidebarGetLocation</a> to get the file to which the item
--   refers.
--   
--   The <i><tt>selectedItem</tt></i> argument may be <a>Nothing</a> in
--   case the selection refers to a volume. In this case,
--   <i><tt>selectedVolume</tt></i> will be non-<a>Nothing</a>. In this
--   case, the calling application will have to <a>objectRef</a> the
--   <i><tt>selectedVolume</tt></i> and keep it around to use it in the
--   callback.
--   
--   The <i><tt>container</tt></i> and all its contents are destroyed after
--   the user dismisses the popup. The popup is re-created (and thus, this
--   signal is emitted) every time the user activates the contextual menu.
--   
--   Before 3.18, the <i><tt>container</tt></i> always was a <a>Menu</a>,
--   and you were expected to add your items as
--   <tt><i>GtkMenuItems</i></tt>. Since 3.18, the popup may be implemented
--   as a <a>Popover</a>, in which case <i><tt>container</tt></i> will be
--   something else, e.g. a <a>Box</a>, to which you may add
--   <tt><i>GtkModelButtons</i></tt> or other widgets, such as
--   <tt><i>GtkEntries</i></tt>, <tt><i>GtkSpinButtons</i></tt>, etc. If
--   your application can deal with this situation, you can set
--   <a>PlacesSidebar</a>::<tt><i>populate-all</i></tt> to <a>True</a> to
--   request that this signal is emitted for populating popovers as well.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback = Widget -> Maybe File -> Maybe Volume -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr File -> Ptr Volume -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs the calling
--   application to present an way to connect directly to a network server.
--   For example, the application may bring up a dialog box asking for a
--   URL like "sftp://ftp.example.com". It is up to the application to
--   create the corresponding mount by using, for example,
--   <a>fileMountEnclosingVolume</a>.
type PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs the calling
--   application to present an way to directly enter a location. For
--   example, the application may bring up a dialog box asking for a URL
--   like "http://http.example.com".
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs the calling
--   application to present an error message. Most of these messages refer
--   to mounting or unmounting media, for example, when a drive cannot be
--   started for some reason.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback = Text -> Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs the calling
--   application to present a way to show other locations e.g. drives and
--   network access points. For example, the application may bring up a
--   page showing persistent volumes and discovered network addresses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
type PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs the calling
--   application to present a way to show other locations e.g. drives and
--   network access points. For example, the application may bring up a
--   page showing persistent volumes and discovered network addresses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
type PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback = [PlacesOpenFlags] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it needs the calling
--   application to present a way to show the starred files. In GNOME,
--   starred files are implemented by setting the
--   nao:predefined-tag-favorite tag in the tracker database.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22.26</i>
type PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback = [PlacesOpenFlags] -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The places sidebar emits this signal when it starts a new operation
--   because the user for example ejected some drive or unmounted a mount.
--   In this way the application using the <a>PlacesSidebar</a> can track
--   the progress of the operation and, for example, show a notification.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
type PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback = MountOperation -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PlacesSidebarUnmountCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr MountOperation -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets whether show/hide transitions are enabled on this popover
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
popoverSetTransitionsEnabled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets a new widget to be attached to <i><tt>popover</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>popover</tt></i> is visible, the position will be updated.
--   
--   Note: the ownership of popovers is always given to their
--   <i><tt>relativeTo</tt></i> widget, so if <i><tt>relativeTo</tt></i> is
--   set to <a>Nothing</a> on an attached <i><tt>popover</tt></i>, it will
--   be detached from its previous widget, and consequently destroyed
--   unless extra references are kept.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverSetRelativeTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the preferred position for <i><tt>popover</tt></i> to appear. If
--   the <i><tt>popover</tt></i> is currently visible, it will be
--   immediately updated.
--   
--   This preference will be respected where possible, although on lack of
--   space (eg. if close to the window edges), the <a>Popover</a> may
--   choose to appear on the opposite side
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverSetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Sets the rectangle that <i><tt>popover</tt></i> will point to, in the
--   coordinate space of the widget <i><tt>popover</tt></i> is attached to,
--   see <a>popoverSetRelativeTo</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverSetPointingTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> Rectangle -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>popover</tt></i> is modal, a modal popover will
--   grab all input within the toplevel and grab the keyboard focus on it
--   when being displayed. Clicking outside the popover area or pressing
--   Esc will dismiss the popover and ungrab input.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverSetModal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the widget that should be set as default widget while the popover
--   is shown (see <a>windowSetDefault</a>). <a>Popover</a> remembers the
--   previous default widget and reestablishes it when the popover is
--   dismissed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
popoverSetDefaultWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets a constraint for positioning this popover.
--   
--   Note that not all platforms support placing popovers freely, and may
--   already impose constraints.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
popoverSetConstrainTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> PopoverConstraint -> m ()

-- | Pops <i><tt>popover</tt></i> up. This is different than a
--   <a>widgetShow</a> call in that it shows the popover with a transition.
--   If you want to show the popover without a transition, use
--   <a>widgetShow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
popoverPopup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m ()

-- | Pops <i><tt>popover</tt></i> down.This is different than a
--   <a>widgetHide</a> call in that it shows the popover with a transition.
--   If you want to hide the popover without a transition, use
--   <a>widgetHide</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
popoverPopdown :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns whether show/hide transitions are enabled on this popover.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
popoverGetTransitionsEnabled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the widget <i><tt>popover</tt></i> is currently attached to
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverGetRelativeTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns the preferred position of <i><tt>popover</tt></i>.
popoverGetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m PositionType

-- | If a rectangle to point to has been set, this function will return
--   <a>True</a> and fill in <i><tt>rect</tt></i> with such rectangle,
--   otherwise it will return <a>False</a> and fill in <i><tt>rect</tt></i>
--   with the attached widget coordinates.
popoverGetPointingTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m (Bool, Rectangle)

-- | Returns whether the popover is modal, see gtk_popover_set_modal to see
--   the implications of this.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverGetModal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the widget that should be set as the default while the popover is
--   shown.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
popoverGetDefaultWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns the constraint for placing this popover. See
--   <a>popoverSetConstrainTo</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
popoverGetConstrainTo :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a) => a -> m PopoverConstraint

-- | Establishes a binding between a <a>Popover</a> and a <a>MenuModel</a>.
--   
--   The contents of <i><tt>popover</tt></i> are removed and then refilled
--   with menu items according to <i><tt>model</tt></i>. When
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i> changes, <i><tt>popover</tt></i> is updated.
--   Calling this function twice on <i><tt>popover</tt></i> with different
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i> will cause the first binding to be replaced with
--   a binding to the new model. If <i><tt>model</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>
--   then any previous binding is undone and all children are removed.
--   
--   If <i><tt>actionNamespace</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a> then the
--   effect is as if all actions mentioned in the <i><tt>model</tt></i>
--   have their names prefixed with the namespace, plus a dot. For example,
--   if the action “quit” is mentioned and <i><tt>actionNamespace</tt></i>
--   is “app” then the effective action name is “app.quit”.
--   
--   This function uses <a>Actionable</a> to define the action name and
--   target values on the created menu items. If you want to use an action
--   group other than “app” and “win”, or if you want to use a
--   <a>MenuShell</a> outside of a <a>ApplicationWindow</a>, then you will
--   need to attach your own action group to the widget hierarchy using
--   <a>widgetInsertActionGroup</a>. As an example, if you created a group
--   with a “quit” action and inserted it with the name “mygroup” then you
--   would use the action name “mygroup.quit” in your <a>MenuModel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverBindModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopover a, IsMenuModel b) => a -> Maybe b -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a <a>Popover</a> and populates it according to
--   <i><tt>model</tt></i>. The popover is pointed to the
--   <i><tt>relativeTo</tt></i> widget.
--   
--   The created buttons are connected to actions found in the
--   <a>ApplicationWindow</a> to which the popover belongs - typically by
--   means of being attached to a widget that is contained within the
--   <tt><i>GtkApplicationWindows</i></tt> widget hierarchy.
--   
--   Actions can also be added using <a>widgetInsertActionGroup</a> on the
--   menus attach widget or on any of its parent widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverNewFromModel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a, IsMenuModel b) => Maybe a -> b -> m Popover

-- | Creates a new popover to point to <i><tt>relativeTo</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
popoverNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => Maybe a -> m Popover

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>transitions-enabled</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPopoverTransitionsEnabled :: (IsPopover o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transitions-enabled</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> popover [ #transitionsEnabled <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPopoverTransitionsEnabled :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>transitions-enabled</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> popover #transitionsEnabled
--   </pre>
getPopoverTransitionsEnabled :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>relative-to</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #relativeTo
--   </pre>
clearPopoverRelativeTo :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>relative-to</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPopoverRelativeTo :: (IsPopover o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>relative-to</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> popover [ #relativeTo <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPopoverRelativeTo :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>relative-to</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> popover #relativeTo
--   </pre>
getPopoverRelativeTo :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>position</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPopoverPosition :: (IsPopover o, MonadIO m) => PositionType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> popover [ #position <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPopoverPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>position</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> popover #position
--   </pre>
getPopoverPosition :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> m PositionType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pointing-to</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPopoverPointingTo :: (IsPopover o, MonadIO m) => Rectangle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pointing-to</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> popover [ #pointingTo <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPopoverPointingTo :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> Rectangle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pointing-to</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> popover #pointingTo
--   </pre>
getPopoverPointingTo :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> m (Maybe Rectangle)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>modal</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructPopoverModal :: (IsPopover o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>modal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> popover [ #modal <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPopoverModal :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>modal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> popover #modal
--   </pre>
getPopoverModal :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>constrain-to</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPopoverConstrainTo :: (IsPopover o, MonadIO m) => PopoverConstraint -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>constrain-to</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> popover [ #constrainTo <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPopoverConstrainTo :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> PopoverConstraint -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>constrain-to</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> popover #constrainTo
--   </pre>
getPopoverConstrainTo :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> m PopoverConstraint

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>closed</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> popover #closed callback
--   </pre>
afterPopoverClosed :: (IsPopover a, MonadIO m) => a -> PopoverClosedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>closed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> popover #closed callback
--   </pre>
onPopoverClosed :: (IsPopover a, MonadIO m) => a -> PopoverClosedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PopoverClosedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PopoverClosedCallback</a>.
wrap_PopoverClosedCallback :: PopoverClosedCallback -> C_PopoverClosedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PopoverClosed :: MonadIO m => PopoverClosedCallback -> m (GClosure C_PopoverClosedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PopoverClosedCallback</a></tt>.
noPopoverClosedCallback :: Maybe PopoverClosedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Popover</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPopover :: (MonadIO m, IsPopover o) => o -> m Popover

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PopoverClosedCallback</a>.
mk_PopoverClosedCallback :: C_PopoverClosedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PopoverClosedCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted when the popover is dismissed either through
--   API or user interaction.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
type PopoverClosedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PopoverClosedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Opens a submenu of the <i><tt>popover</tt></i>. The
--   <i><tt>name</tt></i> must be one of the names given to the submenus of
--   <i><tt>popover</tt></i> with
--   <a>PopoverMenu</a>:<tt><i>submenu</i></tt>, or "main" to switch back
--   to the main menu.
--   
--   <a>ModelButton</a> will open submenus automatically when the
--   <a>ModelButton</a>:<tt><i>menu-name</i></tt> property is set, so this
--   function is only needed when you are using other kinds of widgets to
--   initiate menu changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
popoverMenuOpenSubmenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPopoverMenu a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a new popover menu.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
popoverMenuNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m PopoverMenu

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-submenu</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #visibleSubmenu
--   </pre>
clearPopoverMenuVisibleSubmenu :: (MonadIO m, IsPopoverMenu o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-submenu</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructPopoverMenuVisibleSubmenu :: (IsPopoverMenu o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-submenu</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> popoverMenu [ #visibleSubmenu <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setPopoverMenuVisibleSubmenu :: (MonadIO m, IsPopoverMenu o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-submenu</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> popoverMenu #visibleSubmenu
--   </pre>
getPopoverMenuVisibleSubmenu :: (MonadIO m, IsPopoverMenu o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>PopoverMenu</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPopoverMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsPopoverMenu o) => o -> m PopoverMenu

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PopoverMenu
PopoverMenu :: ManagedPtr PopoverMenu -> PopoverMenu

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>PopoverMenu</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toPopoverMenu</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PopoverMenu o) => IsPopoverMenu o

-- | Causes the given <i><tt>text</tt></i> to appear next to the progress
--   bar.
--   
--   If <i><tt>text</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a> and
--   <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>show-text</i></tt> is <a>True</a>, the
--   current value of <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>fraction</i></tt> will be
--   displayed as a percentage.
--   
--   If <i><tt>text</tt></i> is non-<a>Nothing</a> and
--   <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>show-text</i></tt> is <a>True</a>, the text
--   will be displayed. In this case, it will not display the progress
--   percentage. If <i><tt>text</tt></i> is the empty string, the progress
--   bar will still be styled and sized suitably for containing text, as
--   long as <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>show-text</i></tt> is <a>True</a>.
progressBarSetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the progress bar will show text next to the bar. The
--   shown text is either the value of the
--   <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>text</i></tt> property or, if that is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, the <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>fraction</i></tt> value,
--   as a percentage.
--   
--   To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for
--   containing text (even if the actual text is blank), set
--   <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>show-text</i></tt> to <a>True</a> and
--   <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>text</i></tt> to the empty string (not
--   <a>Nothing</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
progressBarSetShowText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the fraction of total progress bar length to move the bouncing
--   block for each call to <a>progressBarPulse</a>.
progressBarSetPulseStep :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Progress bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right.
--   Inverted progress bars grow in the opposite direction.
progressBarSetInverted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Causes the progress bar to “fill in” the given fraction of the bar.
--   The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive.
progressBarSetFraction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") the text if
--   there is not enough space to render the entire string.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
progressBarSetEllipsize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> EllipsizeMode -> m ()

-- | Indicates that some progress has been made, but you don’t know how
--   much. Causes the progress bar to enter “activity mode,” where a block
--   bounces back and forth. Each call to <a>progressBarPulse</a> causes
--   the block to move by a little bit (the amount of movement per pulse is
--   determined by <a>progressBarSetPulseStep</a>).
progressBarPulse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the text that is displayed with the progress bar, if any,
--   otherwise <a>Nothing</a>. The return value is a reference to the text,
--   not a copy of it, so will become invalid if you change the text in the
--   progress bar.
progressBarGetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the value of the <a>ProgressBar</a>:<tt><i>show-text</i></tt>
--   property. See <a>progressBarSetShowText</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
progressBarGetShowText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the pulse step set with <a>progressBarSetPulseStep</a>.
progressBarGetPulseStep :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> m Double

-- | Gets the value set by <a>progressBarSetInverted</a>.
progressBarGetInverted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the current fraction of the task that’s been completed.
progressBarGetFraction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> m Double

-- | Returns the ellipsizing position of the progress bar. See
--   <a>progressBarSetEllipsize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
progressBarGetEllipsize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsProgressBar a) => a -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Creates a new <a>ProgressBar</a>.
progressBarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ProgressBar

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #text
--   </pre>
clearProgressBarText :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructProgressBarText :: (IsProgressBar o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> progressBar [ #text <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setProgressBarText :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> progressBar #text
--   </pre>
getProgressBarText :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructProgressBarShowText :: (IsProgressBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> progressBar [ #showText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setProgressBarShowText :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> progressBar #showText
--   </pre>
getProgressBarShowText :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pulse-step</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructProgressBarPulseStep :: (IsProgressBar o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pulse-step</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> progressBar [ #pulseStep <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setProgressBarPulseStep :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pulse-step</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> progressBar #pulseStep
--   </pre>
getProgressBarPulseStep :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructProgressBarInverted :: (IsProgressBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> progressBar [ #inverted <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setProgressBarInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> progressBar #inverted
--   </pre>
getProgressBarInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>fraction</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructProgressBarFraction :: (IsProgressBar o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>fraction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> progressBar [ #fraction <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setProgressBarFraction :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>fraction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> progressBar #fraction
--   </pre>
getProgressBarFraction :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructProgressBarEllipsize :: (IsProgressBar o, MonadIO m) => EllipsizeMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> progressBar [ #ellipsize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setProgressBarEllipsize :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> EllipsizeMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> progressBar #ellipsize
--   </pre>
getProgressBarEllipsize :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Cast to <a>ProgressBar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toProgressBar :: (MonadIO m, IsProgressBar o) => o -> m ProgressBar

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ProgressBar
ProgressBar :: ManagedPtr ProgressBar -> ProgressBar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ProgressBar</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toProgressBar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ProgressBar o) => IsProgressBar o

-- | Sets a <a>RadioButton</a>’s group. It should be noted that this does
--   not change the layout of your interface in any way, so if you are
--   changing the group, it is likely you will need to re-arrange the user
--   interface to reflect these changes.
radioButtonSetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a, IsRadioButton b) => a -> [b] -> m ()

-- | Joins a <a>RadioButton</a> object to the group of another
--   <a>RadioButton</a> object
--   
--   Use this in language bindings instead of the
--   <a>radioButtonGetGroup</a> and <a>radioButtonSetGroup</a> methods
--   
--   A common way to set up a group of radio buttons is the following:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkRadioButton *radio_button;
--   GtkRadioButton *last_button;
--   
--   while (some_condition)
--     {
--        radio_button = gtk_radio_button_new (NULL);
--   
--        gtk_radio_button_join_group (radio_button, last_button);
--        last_button = radio_button;
--     }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
radioButtonJoinGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a, IsRadioButton b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the group assigned to a radio button.
radioButtonGetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => a -> m [RadioButton]

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioButton</a> containing a label. The label will be
--   created using <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so underscores in
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> indicate the mnemonic for the button.
radioButtonNewWithMnemonicFromWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => Maybe a -> Text -> m RadioButton

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioButton</a> containing a label, adding it to the
--   same group as <i><tt>group</tt></i>. The label will be created using
--   <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so underscores in <i><tt>label</tt></i>
--   indicate the mnemonic for the button.
radioButtonNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => [a] -> Text -> m RadioButton

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioButton</a> with a text label, adding it to the
--   same group as <i><tt>radioGroupMember</tt></i>.
radioButtonNewWithLabelFromWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => Maybe a -> Text -> m RadioButton

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioButton</a> with a text label.
radioButtonNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => [a] -> Text -> m RadioButton

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioButton</a>, adding it to the same group as
--   <i><tt>radioGroupMember</tt></i>. As with <a>radioButtonNew</a>, a
--   widget should be packed into the radio button.
radioButtonNewFromWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => Maybe a -> m RadioButton

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioButton</a>. To be of any practical value, a
--   widget should then be packed into the radio button.
radioButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => [a] -> m RadioButton

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #group
--   </pre>
clearRadioButtonGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructRadioButtonGroup :: (IsRadioButton o, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioButton [ #group <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioButtonGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioButton o, IsRadioButton a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>groupChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> radioButton #groupChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterRadioButtonGroupChanged :: (IsRadioButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>groupChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> radioButton #groupChanged callback
--   </pre>
onRadioButtonGroupChanged :: (IsRadioButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback :: RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback -> C_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RadioButtonGroupChanged :: MonadIO m => RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noRadioButtonGroupChangedCallback :: Maybe RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>RadioButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRadioButton :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioButton o) => o -> m RadioButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback</a>.
mk_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback :: C_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback)

-- | Emitted when the group of radio buttons that a radio button belongs to
--   changes. This is emitted when a radio button switches from being alone
--   to being part of a group of 2 or more buttons, or vice-versa, and when
--   a button is moved from one group of 2 or more buttons to a different
--   one, but not when the composition of the group that a button belongs
--   to changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RadioButtonGroupChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the group of a radio menu item, or changes it.
radioMenuItemSetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a, IsRadioMenuItem b) => a -> [b] -> m ()

-- | Joins a <a>RadioMenuItem</a> object to the group of another
--   <a>RadioMenuItem</a> object.
--   
--   This function should be used by language bindings to avoid the memory
--   manangement of the opaque <a>SList</a> of <a>radioMenuItemGetGroup</a>
--   and <a>radioMenuItemSetGroup</a>.
--   
--   A common way to set up a group of <a>RadioMenuItem</a> instances is:
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkRadioMenuItem *last_item = NULL;
--   
--   while ( ...more items to add... )
--     {
--       GtkRadioMenuItem *radio_item;
--   
--       radio_item = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (...);
--   
--       gtk_radio_menu_item_join_group (radio_item, last_item);
--       last_item = radio_item;
--     }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
radioMenuItemJoinGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a, IsRadioMenuItem b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Returns the group to which the radio menu item belongs, as a
--   <a>List</a> of <a>RadioMenuItem</a>. The list belongs to GTK+ and
--   should not be freed.
radioMenuItemGetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a) => a -> m [RadioMenuItem]

-- | Creates a new GtkRadioMenuItem containing a label. The label will be
--   created using <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so underscores in label
--   indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.
--   
--   The new <a>RadioMenuItem</a> is added to the same group as
--   <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioMenuItemNewWithMnemonicFromWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a) => Maybe a -> Maybe Text -> m RadioMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioMenuItem</a> containing a label. The label will
--   be created using <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so underscores in
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> indicate the mnemonic for the menu item.
radioMenuItemNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a) => [a] -> Text -> m RadioMenuItem

-- | Creates a new GtkRadioMenuItem whose child is a simple GtkLabel. The
--   new <a>RadioMenuItem</a> is added to the same group as
--   <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioMenuItemNewWithLabelFromWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a) => Maybe a -> Maybe Text -> m RadioMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioMenuItem</a> whose child is a simple
--   <a>Label</a>.
radioMenuItemNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a) => [a] -> Text -> m RadioMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioMenuItem</a> adding it to the same group as
--   <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioMenuItemNewFromWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a) => Maybe a -> m RadioMenuItem

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioMenuItem</a>.
radioMenuItemNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a) => [a] -> m RadioMenuItem

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #group
--   </pre>
clearRadioMenuItemGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructRadioMenuItemGroup :: (IsRadioMenuItem o, MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioMenuItem [ #group <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioMenuItemGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem o, IsRadioMenuItem a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>groupChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> radioMenuItem #groupChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterRadioMenuItemGroupChanged :: (IsRadioMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>groupChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> radioMenuItem #groupChanged callback
--   </pre>
onRadioMenuItemGroupChanged :: (IsRadioMenuItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback :: RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback -> C_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RadioMenuItemGroupChanged :: MonadIO m => RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noRadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback :: Maybe RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>RadioMenuItem</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRadioMenuItem :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioMenuItem o) => o -> m RadioMenuItem

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback</a>.
mk_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback :: C_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RadioMenuItem
RadioMenuItem :: ManagedPtr RadioMenuItem -> RadioMenuItem

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>RadioMenuItem</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toRadioMenuItem</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RadioMenuItem o) => IsRadioMenuItem o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RadioMenuItemGroupChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>button</tt></i> to <i><tt>group</tt></i>, removing it from
--   the group it belonged to before.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioToolButtonSetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioToolButton a, IsRadioButton b) => a -> [b] -> m ()

-- | Returns the radio button group <i><tt>button</tt></i> belongs to.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioToolButtonGetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioToolButton a) => a -> m [RadioButton]

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioToolButton</a> adding it to the same group as
--   <i><tt>group</tt></i>. The new <a>RadioToolButton</a> will contain an
--   icon and label from the stock item indicated by
--   <i><tt>stockId</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioToolButtonNewWithStockFromWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioToolButton a) => Maybe a -> Text -> m RadioToolButton

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioToolButton</a> adding it to the same group as
--   <i><tt>gruup</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioToolButtonNewFromWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioToolButton a) => Maybe a -> m RadioToolButton

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioToolButton</a>, adding it to
--   <i><tt>group</tt></i>. The new <a>RadioToolButton</a> will contain an
--   icon and label from the stock item indicated by
--   <i><tt>stockId</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioToolButtonNewFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => [a] -> Text -> m RadioToolButton

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioToolButton</a>, adding it to
--   <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioToolButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioButton a) => [a] -> m RadioToolButton

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #group
--   </pre>
clearRadioToolButtonGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioToolButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructRadioToolButtonGroup :: (IsRadioToolButton o, MonadIO m, IsRadioToolButton a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioToolButton [ #group <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioToolButtonGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioToolButton o, IsRadioToolButton a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>RadioToolButton</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRadioToolButton :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioToolButton o) => o -> m RadioToolButton

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RadioToolButton
RadioToolButton :: ManagedPtr RadioToolButton -> RadioToolButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>RadioToolButton</a>, for instance with <a>toRadioToolButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RadioToolButton o) => IsRadioToolButton o

-- | Sets the current value of the range; if the value is outside the
--   minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit inside
--   them. The range emits the <a>valueChanged</a> signal if the value
--   changes.
rangeSetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'upper'
--   end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
rangeSetUpperStepperSensitivity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> SensitivityType -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the range’s slider has a fixed size, or a size that
--   depends on its adjustment’s page size.
--   
--   This function is useful mainly for <a>Range</a> subclasses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
rangeSetSliderSizeFixed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether a graphical fill level is show on the trough. See
--   <a>rangeSetFillLevel</a> for a general description of the fill level
--   concept.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
rangeSetShowFillLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the number of digits to round the value to when it changes. See
--   <a>changeValue</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
rangeSetRoundDigits :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the slider is restricted to the fill level. See
--   <a>rangeSetFillLevel</a> for a general description of the fill level
--   concept.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
rangeSetRestrictToFillLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the allowable values in the <a>Range</a>, and clamps the range
--   value to be between <i><tt>min</tt></i> and <i><tt>max</tt></i>. (If
--   the range has a non-zero page size, it is clamped between
--   <i><tt>min</tt></i> and <i><tt>max</tt></i> - page-size.)
rangeSetRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the minimum size of the range’s slider.
--   
--   This function is useful mainly for <a>Range</a> subclasses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
rangeSetMinSliderSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'lower'
--   end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
rangeSetLowerStepperSensitivity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> SensitivityType -> m ()

-- | Ranges normally move from lower to higher values as the slider moves
--   from top to bottom or left to right. Inverted ranges have higher
--   values at the top or on the right rather than on the bottom or left.
rangeSetInverted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the step and page sizes for the range. The step size is used when
--   the user clicks the <a>Scrollbar</a> arrows or moves <a>Scale</a> via
--   arrow keys. The page size is used for example when moving via Page Up
--   or Page Down keys.
rangeSetIncrements :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | If a range is flippable, it will switch its direction if it is
--   horizontal and its direction is <a>TextDirectionRtl</a>.
--   
--   See <a>widgetGetDirection</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
rangeSetFlippable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Set the new position of the fill level indicator.
--   
--   The “fill level” is probably best described by its most prominent use
--   case, which is an indicator for the amount of pre-buffering in a
--   streaming media player. In that use case, the value of the range would
--   indicate the current play position, and the fill level would be the
--   position up to which the file/stream has been downloaded.
--   
--   This amount of prebuffering can be displayed on the range’s trough and
--   is themeable separately from the trough. To enable fill level display,
--   use <a>rangeSetShowFillLevel</a>. The range defaults to not showing
--   the fill level.
--   
--   Additionally, it’s possible to restrict the range’s slider position to
--   values which are smaller than the fill level. This is controller by
--   <a>rangeSetRestrictToFillLevel</a> and is by default enabled.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
rangeSetFillLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the adjustment to be used as the “model” object for this range
--   widget. The adjustment indicates the current range value, the minimum
--   and maximum range values, the step/page increments used for
--   keybindings and scrolling, and the page size. The page size is
--   normally 0 for <a>Scale</a> and nonzero for <a>Scrollbar</a>, and
--   indicates the size of the visible area of the widget being scrolled.
--   The page size affects the size of the scrollbar slider.
rangeSetAdjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Gets the current value of the range.
rangeGetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Double

-- | Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'upper'
--   end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
rangeGetUpperStepperSensitivity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m SensitivityType

-- | This function is useful mainly for <a>Range</a> subclasses.
--   
--   See <a>rangeSetSliderSizeFixed</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
rangeGetSliderSizeFixed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Bool

-- | This function returns sliders range along the long dimension, in
--   widget-&gt;window coordinates.
--   
--   This function is useful mainly for <a>Range</a> subclasses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
rangeGetSliderRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets whether the range displays the fill level graphically.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
rangeGetShowFillLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the number of digits to round the value to when it changes. See
--   <a>changeValue</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.24</i>
rangeGetRoundDigits :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets whether the range is restricted to the fill level.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
rangeGetRestrictToFillLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Bool

-- | This function returns the area that contains the range’s trough and
--   its steppers, in widget-&gt;window coordinates.
--   
--   This function is useful mainly for <a>Range</a> subclasses.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
rangeGetRangeRect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Rectangle

-- | This function is useful mainly for <a>Range</a> subclasses.
--   
--   See <a>rangeSetMinSliderSize</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
rangeGetMinSliderSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the 'lower'
--   end of the GtkRange’s adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
rangeGetLowerStepperSensitivity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m SensitivityType

-- | Gets the value set by <a>rangeSetInverted</a>.
rangeGetInverted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value set by <a>rangeSetFlippable</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
rangeGetFlippable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current position of the fill level indicator.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
rangeGetFillLevel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Double

-- | Get the <a>Adjustment</a> which is the “model” object for
--   <a>Range</a>. See <a>rangeSetAdjustment</a> for details. The return
--   value does not have a reference added, so should not be unreferenced.
rangeGetAdjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRange a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>upper-stepper-sensitivity</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRangeUpperStepperSensitivity :: (IsRange o, MonadIO m) => SensitivityType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>upper-stepper-sensitivity</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> range [ #upperStepperSensitivity <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRangeUpperStepperSensitivity :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> SensitivityType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>upper-stepper-sensitivity</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> range #upperStepperSensitivity
--   </pre>
getRangeUpperStepperSensitivity :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m SensitivityType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-fill-level</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRangeShowFillLevel :: (IsRange o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-fill-level</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> range [ #showFillLevel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRangeShowFillLevel :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-fill-level</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> range #showFillLevel
--   </pre>
getRangeShowFillLevel :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>round-digits</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRangeRoundDigits :: (IsRange o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>round-digits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> range [ #roundDigits <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRangeRoundDigits :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>round-digits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> range #roundDigits
--   </pre>
getRangeRoundDigits :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>restrict-to-fill-level</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRangeRestrictToFillLevel :: (IsRange o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>restrict-to-fill-level</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> range [ #restrictToFillLevel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRangeRestrictToFillLevel :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>restrict-to-fill-level</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> range #restrictToFillLevel
--   </pre>
getRangeRestrictToFillLevel :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>lower-stepper-sensitivity</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRangeLowerStepperSensitivity :: (IsRange o, MonadIO m) => SensitivityType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>lower-stepper-sensitivity</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> range [ #lowerStepperSensitivity <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRangeLowerStepperSensitivity :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> SensitivityType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>lower-stepper-sensitivity</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> range #lowerStepperSensitivity
--   </pre>
getRangeLowerStepperSensitivity :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m SensitivityType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRangeInverted :: (IsRange o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> range [ #inverted <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRangeInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> range #inverted
--   </pre>
getRangeInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>fill-level</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRangeFillLevel :: (IsRange o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>fill-level</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> range [ #fillLevel <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRangeFillLevel :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>fill-level</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> range #fillLevel
--   </pre>
getRangeFillLevel :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRangeAdjustment :: (IsRange o, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> range [ #adjustment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRangeAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o, IsAdjustment a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> range #adjustment
--   </pre>
getRangeAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m Adjustment

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>valueChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> range #valueChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterRangeValueChanged :: (IsRange a, MonadIO m) => a -> RangeValueChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>valueChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> range #valueChanged callback
--   </pre>
onRangeValueChanged :: (IsRange a, MonadIO m) => a -> RangeValueChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RangeValueChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RangeValueChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_RangeValueChangedCallback :: RangeValueChangedCallback -> C_RangeValueChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RangeValueChanged :: MonadIO m => RangeValueChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_RangeValueChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RangeValueChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noRangeValueChangedCallback :: Maybe RangeValueChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveSlider</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> range #moveSlider callback
--   </pre>
afterRangeMoveSlider :: (IsRange a, MonadIO m) => a -> RangeMoveSliderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveSlider</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> range #moveSlider callback
--   </pre>
onRangeMoveSlider :: (IsRange a, MonadIO m) => a -> RangeMoveSliderCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RangeMoveSliderCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RangeMoveSliderCallback</a>.
wrap_RangeMoveSliderCallback :: RangeMoveSliderCallback -> C_RangeMoveSliderCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RangeMoveSlider :: MonadIO m => RangeMoveSliderCallback -> m (GClosure C_RangeMoveSliderCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RangeMoveSliderCallback</a></tt>.
noRangeMoveSliderCallback :: Maybe RangeMoveSliderCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changeValue</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> range #changeValue callback
--   </pre>
afterRangeChangeValue :: (IsRange a, MonadIO m) => a -> RangeChangeValueCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changeValue</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> range #changeValue callback
--   </pre>
onRangeChangeValue :: (IsRange a, MonadIO m) => a -> RangeChangeValueCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RangeChangeValueCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RangeChangeValueCallback</a>.
wrap_RangeChangeValueCallback :: RangeChangeValueCallback -> C_RangeChangeValueCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RangeChangeValue :: MonadIO m => RangeChangeValueCallback -> m (GClosure C_RangeChangeValueCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RangeChangeValueCallback</a></tt>.
noRangeChangeValueCallback :: Maybe RangeChangeValueCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>adjustBounds</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> range #adjustBounds callback
--   </pre>
afterRangeAdjustBounds :: (IsRange a, MonadIO m) => a -> RangeAdjustBoundsCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>adjustBounds</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> range #adjustBounds callback
--   </pre>
onRangeAdjustBounds :: (IsRange a, MonadIO m) => a -> RangeAdjustBoundsCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RangeAdjustBoundsCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback</a>.
wrap_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback :: RangeAdjustBoundsCallback -> C_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RangeAdjustBounds :: MonadIO m => RangeAdjustBoundsCallback -> m (GClosure C_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RangeAdjustBoundsCallback</a></tt>.
noRangeAdjustBoundsCallback :: Maybe RangeAdjustBoundsCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Range</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRange :: (MonadIO m, IsRange o) => o -> m Range

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback</a>.
mk_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback :: C_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RangeChangeValueCallback</a>.
mk_RangeChangeValueCallback :: C_RangeChangeValueCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RangeChangeValueCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RangeMoveSliderCallback</a>.
mk_RangeMoveSliderCallback :: C_RangeMoveSliderCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RangeMoveSliderCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RangeValueChangedCallback</a>.
mk_RangeValueChangedCallback :: C_RangeValueChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RangeValueChangedCallback)

-- | Emitted before clamping a value, to give the application a chance to
--   adjust the bounds.
type RangeAdjustBoundsCallback = Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RangeAdjustBoundsCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>changeValue</a> signal is emitted when a scroll action is
--   performed on a range. It allows an application to determine the type
--   of scroll event that occurred and the resultant new value. The
--   application can handle the event itself and return <a>True</a> to
--   prevent further processing. Or, by returning <a>False</a>, it can pass
--   the event to other handlers until the default GTK+ handler is reached.
--   
--   The value parameter is unrounded. An application that overrides the
--   GtkRange[changeValue](#g:signal:changeValue) signal is responsible for
--   clamping the value to the desired number of decimal digits; the
--   default GTK+ handler clamps the value based on
--   <a>Range</a>:<tt><i>round-digits</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
type RangeChangeValueCallback = ScrollType -> Double -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RangeChangeValueCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Virtual function that moves the slider. Used for keybindings.
type RangeMoveSliderCallback = ScrollType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RangeMoveSliderCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the range value changes.
type RangeValueChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RangeValueChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets whether a number should be added to the items of
--   <i><tt>menu</tt></i>. The numbers are shown to provide a unique
--   character for a mnemonic to be used inside ten menu item’s label. Only
--   the first the items get a number to avoid clashes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserMenuSetShowNumbers :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooserMenu a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns the value set by <a>recentChooserMenuSetShowNumbers</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserMenuGetShowNumbers :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentChooserMenu a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>RecentChooserMenu</a> widget using
--   <i><tt>manager</tt></i> as the underlying recently used resources
--   manager.
--   
--   This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if
--   you have a customized instance of a <a>RecentManager</a> object or if
--   you wish to share a common <a>RecentManager</a> object among multiple
--   <a>RecentChooser</a> widgets.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserMenuNewForManager :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> m RecentChooserMenu

-- | Creates a new <a>RecentChooserMenu</a> widget.
--   
--   This kind of widget shows the list of recently used resources as a
--   menu, each item as a menu item. Each item inside the menu might have
--   an icon, representing its MIME type, and a number, for mnemonic
--   access.
--   
--   This widget implements the <a>RecentChooser</a> interface.
--   
--   This widget creates its own <a>RecentManager</a> object. See the
--   <a>recentChooserMenuNewForManager</a> function to know how to create a
--   <a>RecentChooserMenu</a> widget bound to another <a>RecentManager</a>
--   object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserMenuNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m RecentChooserMenu

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-numbers</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentChooserMenuShowNumbers :: (IsRecentChooserMenu o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-numbers</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentChooserMenu [ #showNumbers <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentChooserMenuShowNumbers :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooserMenu o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-numbers</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentChooserMenu #showNumbers
--   </pre>
getRecentChooserMenuShowNumbers :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooserMenu o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>RecentChooserMenu</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRecentChooserMenu :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooserMenu o) => o -> m RecentChooserMenu

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentChooserMenu
RecentChooserMenu :: ManagedPtr RecentChooserMenu -> RecentChooserMenu

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>RecentChooserMenu</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toRecentChooserMenu</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RecentChooserMenu o) => IsRecentChooserMenu o

-- | Creates a new <a>RecentChooserWidget</a> with a specified recent
--   manager.
--   
--   This is useful if you have implemented your own recent manager, or if
--   you have a customized instance of a <a>RecentManager</a> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserWidgetNewForManager :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => a -> m RecentChooserWidget

-- | Creates a new <a>RecentChooserWidget</a> object. This is an embeddable
--   widget used to access the recently used resources list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
recentChooserWidgetNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m RecentChooserWidget

-- | Cast to <a>RecentChooserWidget</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRecentChooserWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentChooserWidget o) => o -> m RecentChooserWidget

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentChooserWidget
RecentChooserWidget :: ManagedPtr RecentChooserWidget -> RecentChooserWidget

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>RecentChooserWidget</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toRecentChooserWidget</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RecentChooserWidget o) => IsRecentChooserWidget o

-- | Sets the type of animation that will be used for transitions in
--   <i><tt>revealer</tt></i>. Available types include various kinds of
--   fades and slides.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
revealerSetTransitionType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRevealer a) => a -> RevealerTransitionType -> m ()

-- | Sets the duration that transitions will take.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
revealerSetTransitionDuration :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRevealer a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Tells the <a>Revealer</a> to reveal or conceal its child.
--   
--   The transition will be animated with the current transition type of
--   <i><tt>revealer</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
revealerSetRevealChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRevealer a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Gets the type of animation that will be used for transitions in
--   <i><tt>revealer</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
revealerGetTransitionType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRevealer a) => a -> m RevealerTransitionType

-- | Returns the amount of time (in milliseconds) that transitions will
--   take.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
revealerGetTransitionDuration :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRevealer a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Returns whether the child is currently revealed. See
--   <a>revealerSetRevealChild</a>.
--   
--   This function returns <a>True</a> as soon as the transition is to the
--   revealed state is started. To learn whether the child is fully
--   revealed (ie the transition is completed), use
--   <a>revealerGetChildRevealed</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
revealerGetRevealChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRevealer a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the child is fully revealed, in other words whether
--   the transition to the revealed state is completed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
revealerGetChildRevealed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRevealer a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>Revealer</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
revealerNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Revealer

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>transition-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRevealerTransitionType :: (IsRevealer o, MonadIO m) => RevealerTransitionType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transition-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> revealer [ #transitionType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRevealerTransitionType :: (MonadIO m, IsRevealer o) => o -> RevealerTransitionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>transition-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> revealer #transitionType
--   </pre>
getRevealerTransitionType :: (MonadIO m, IsRevealer o) => o -> m RevealerTransitionType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>transition-duration</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRevealerTransitionDuration :: (IsRevealer o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transition-duration</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> revealer [ #transitionDuration <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRevealerTransitionDuration :: (MonadIO m, IsRevealer o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>transition-duration</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> revealer #transitionDuration
--   </pre>
getRevealerTransitionDuration :: (MonadIO m, IsRevealer o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>reveal-child</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRevealerRevealChild :: (IsRevealer o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>reveal-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> revealer [ #revealChild <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRevealerRevealChild :: (MonadIO m, IsRevealer o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>reveal-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> revealer #revealChild
--   </pre>
getRevealerRevealChild :: (MonadIO m, IsRevealer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>child-revealed</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> revealer #childRevealed
--   </pre>
getRevealerChildRevealed :: (MonadIO m, IsRevealer o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>Revealer</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRevealer :: (MonadIO m, IsRevealer o) => o -> m Revealer

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Revealer
Revealer :: ManagedPtr Revealer -> Revealer

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Revealer</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toRevealer</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Revealer o) => IsRevealer o

-- | Sets the position in which the current value is displayed.
scaleSetValuePos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | If <a>Scale</a>:<tt><i>has-origin</i></tt> is set to <a>True</a> (the
--   default), the scale will highlight the part of the trough between the
--   origin (bottom or left side) and the current value.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
scaleSetHasOrigin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Specifies whether the current value is displayed as a string next to
--   the slider.
scaleSetDrawValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value.
--   Also causes the value of the adjustment to be rounded to this number
--   of digits, so the retrieved value matches the displayed one, if
--   <a>Scale</a>:<tt><i>draw-value</i></tt> is <a>True</a> when the value
--   changes. If you want to enforce rounding the value when
--   <a>Scale</a>:<tt><i>draw-value</i></tt> is <a>False</a>, you can set
--   <a>Range</a>:<tt><i>round-digits</i></tt> instead.
--   
--   Note that rounding to a small number of digits can interfere with the
--   smooth autoscrolling that is built into <a>Scale</a>. As an
--   alternative, you can use the <a>formatValue</a> signal to format the
--   displayed value yourself.
scaleSetDigits :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the position in which the current value is displayed.
scaleGetValuePos :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> m PositionType

-- | Obtains the coordinates where the scale will draw the <a>Layout</a>
--   representing the text in the scale. Remember when using the
--   <a>Layout</a> function you need to convert to and from pixels using
--   <tt><i>PANGO_PIXELS()</i></tt> or <a>SCALE</a>.
--   
--   If the <a>Scale</a>:<tt><i>draw-value</i></tt> property is
--   <a>False</a>, the return values are undefined.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
scaleGetLayoutOffsets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the <a>Layout</a> used to display the scale. The returned object
--   is owned by the scale so does not need to be freed by the caller.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
scaleGetLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> m (Maybe Layout)

-- | Returns whether the scale has an origin.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
scaleGetHasOrigin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the
--   slider.
scaleGetDrawValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the number of decimal places that are displayed in the value.
scaleGetDigits :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Removes any marks that have been added with <a>scaleAddMark</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
scaleClearMarks :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> m ()

-- | Adds a mark at <i><tt>value</tt></i>.
--   
--   A mark is indicated visually by drawing a tick mark next to the scale,
--   and GTK+ makes it easy for the user to position the scale exactly at
--   the marks value.
--   
--   If <i><tt>markup</tt></i> is not <a>Nothing</a>, text is shown next to
--   the tick mark.
--   
--   To remove marks from a scale, use <a>scaleClearMarks</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
scaleAddMark :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScale a) => a -> Double -> PositionType -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a new scale widget with the given orientation that lets the
--   user input a number between <i><tt>min</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>max</tt></i> (including <i><tt>min</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>max</tt></i>) with the increment <i><tt>step</tt></i>.
--   <i><tt>step</tt></i> must be nonzero; it’s the distance the slider
--   moves when using the arrow keys to adjust the scale value.
--   
--   Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if
--   <i><tt>step</tt></i> is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is
--   not suitable for your needs, use <a>scaleSetDigits</a> to correct it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scaleNewWithRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Orientation -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m Scale

-- | Creates a new <a>Scale</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scaleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => Orientation -> Maybe a -> m Scale

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>value-pos</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScaleValuePos :: (IsScale o, MonadIO m) => PositionType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value-pos</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scale [ #valuePos <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScaleValuePos :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> PositionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value-pos</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scale #valuePos
--   </pre>
getScaleValuePos :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> m PositionType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-origin</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScaleHasOrigin :: (IsScale o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-origin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scale [ #hasOrigin <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScaleHasOrigin :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-origin</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scale #hasOrigin
--   </pre>
getScaleHasOrigin :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>draw-value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScaleDrawValue :: (IsScale o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw-value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scale [ #drawValue <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScaleDrawValue :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>draw-value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scale #drawValue
--   </pre>
getScaleDrawValue :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>digits</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructScaleDigits :: (IsScale o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>digits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scale [ #digits <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScaleDigits :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>digits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scale #digits
--   </pre>
getScaleDigits :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>formatValue</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> scale #formatValue callback
--   </pre>
afterScaleFormatValue :: (IsScale a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScaleFormatValueCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>formatValue</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> scale #formatValue callback
--   </pre>
onScaleFormatValue :: (IsScale a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScaleFormatValueCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ScaleFormatValueCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ScaleFormatValueCallback</a>.
wrap_ScaleFormatValueCallback :: ScaleFormatValueCallback -> C_ScaleFormatValueCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ScaleFormatValue :: MonadIO m => ScaleFormatValueCallback -> m (GClosure C_ScaleFormatValueCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ScaleFormatValueCallback</a></tt>.
noScaleFormatValueCallback :: Maybe ScaleFormatValueCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Scale</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toScale :: (MonadIO m, IsScale o) => o -> m Scale

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ScaleFormatValueCallback</a>.
mk_ScaleFormatValueCallback :: C_ScaleFormatValueCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ScaleFormatValueCallback)

-- | Signal which allows you to change how the scale value is displayed.
--   Connect a signal handler which returns an allocated string
--   representing <i><tt>value</tt></i>. That string will then be used to
--   display the scale's value.
--   
--   If no user-provided handlers are installed, the value will be
--   displayed on its own, rounded according to the value of the
--   <a>Scale</a>:<tt><i>digits</i></tt> property.
--   
--   Here's an example signal handler which displays a value 1.0 as with
--   "--&gt;1.0&lt;--".
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static gchar*
--   format_value_callback (GtkScale *scale,
--                          gdouble   value)
--   {
--     return g_strdup_printf ("--&gt;\%0.*g&lt;--",
--                             gtk_scale_get_digits (scale), value);
--    }
--   </pre>
type ScaleFormatValueCallback = Double -> IO Text

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ScaleFormatValueCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO CString

-- | Sets the current value of the scale; if the value is outside the
--   minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit inside
--   them. The scale button emits the <a>valueChanged</a> signal if the
--   value changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
scaleButtonSetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScaleButton a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the icons to be used by the scale button. For details, see the
--   <a>ScaleButton</a>:<tt><i>icons</i></tt> property.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
scaleButtonSetIcons :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScaleButton a) => a -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Adjustment</a> to be used as a model for the
--   <a>ScaleButton</a>’s scale. See <a>rangeSetAdjustment</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
scaleButtonSetAdjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScaleButton a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Gets the current value of the scale button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
scaleButtonGetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScaleButton a) => a -> m Double

-- | Retrieves the popup of the <a>ScaleButton</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
scaleButtonGetPopup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScaleButton a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Retrieves the plus button of the <a>ScaleButton</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
scaleButtonGetPlusButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScaleButton a) => a -> m Button

-- | Retrieves the minus button of the <a>ScaleButton</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
scaleButtonGetMinusButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScaleButton a) => a -> m Button

-- | Gets the <a>Adjustment</a> associated with the <a>ScaleButton</a>’s
--   scale. See <a>rangeGetAdjustment</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
scaleButtonGetAdjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScaleButton a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Creates a <a>ScaleButton</a>, with a range between <i><tt>min</tt></i>
--   and <i><tt>max</tt></i>, with a stepping of <i><tt>step</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
scaleButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Maybe [Text] -> m ScaleButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructScaleButtonValue :: (IsScaleButton o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scaleButton [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScaleButtonValue :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scaleButton #value
--   </pre>
getScaleButtonValue :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructScaleButtonSize :: (IsScaleButton o, MonadIO m) => IconSize -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scaleButton [ #size <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScaleButtonSize :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o) => o -> IconSize -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scaleButton #size
--   </pre>
getScaleButtonSize :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o) => o -> m IconSize

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icons</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructScaleButtonIcons :: (IsScaleButton o, MonadIO m) => [Text] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icons</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scaleButton [ #icons <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScaleButtonIcons :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o) => o -> [Text] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icons</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scaleButton #icons
--   </pre>
getScaleButtonIcons :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o) => o -> m (Maybe [Text])

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScaleButtonAdjustment :: (IsScaleButton o, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scaleButton [ #adjustment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScaleButtonAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o, IsAdjustment a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scaleButton #adjustment
--   </pre>
getScaleButtonAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o) => o -> m Adjustment

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>valueChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> scaleButton #valueChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterScaleButtonValueChanged :: (IsScaleButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>valueChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> scaleButton #valueChanged callback
--   </pre>
onScaleButtonValueChanged :: (IsScaleButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback :: ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback -> C_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ScaleButtonValueChanged :: MonadIO m => ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noScaleButtonValueChangedCallback :: Maybe ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popup</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> scaleButton #popup callback
--   </pre>
afterScaleButtonPopup :: (IsScaleButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScaleButtonPopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popup</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> scaleButton #popup callback
--   </pre>
onScaleButtonPopup :: (IsScaleButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScaleButtonPopupCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ScaleButtonPopupCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ScaleButtonPopupCallback</a>.
wrap_ScaleButtonPopupCallback :: ScaleButtonPopupCallback -> C_ScaleButtonPopupCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ScaleButtonPopup :: MonadIO m => ScaleButtonPopupCallback -> m (GClosure C_ScaleButtonPopupCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ScaleButtonPopupCallback</a></tt>.
noScaleButtonPopupCallback :: Maybe ScaleButtonPopupCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popdown</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> scaleButton #popdown callback
--   </pre>
afterScaleButtonPopdown :: (IsScaleButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScaleButtonPopdownCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popdown</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> scaleButton #popdown callback
--   </pre>
onScaleButtonPopdown :: (IsScaleButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScaleButtonPopdownCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ScaleButtonPopdownCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback</a>.
wrap_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback :: ScaleButtonPopdownCallback -> C_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ScaleButtonPopdown :: MonadIO m => ScaleButtonPopdownCallback -> m (GClosure C_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ScaleButtonPopdownCallback</a></tt>.
noScaleButtonPopdownCallback :: Maybe ScaleButtonPopdownCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ScaleButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toScaleButton :: (MonadIO m, IsScaleButton o) => o -> m ScaleButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback</a>.
mk_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback :: C_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ScaleButtonPopupCallback</a>.
mk_ScaleButtonPopupCallback :: C_ScaleButtonPopupCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ScaleButtonPopupCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback</a>.
mk_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback :: C_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback)

-- | The <a>popdown</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted to popdown the scale widget.
--   
--   The default binding for this signal is Escape.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type ScaleButtonPopdownCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ScaleButtonPopdownCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>popup</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted to popup the scale widget.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Space, Enter and Return.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type ScaleButtonPopupCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ScaleButtonPopupCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>valueChanged</a> signal is emitted when the value field has
--   changed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
type ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback = Double -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ScaleButtonValueChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new scrollbar with the given orientation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrollbarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => Orientation -> Maybe a -> m Scrollbar

-- | Cast to <a>Scrollbar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toScrollbar :: (MonadIO m, IsScrollbar o) => o -> m Scrollbar

-- | Unsets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars
--   for the scrolled window. If no window placement is set for a scrolled
--   window, it defaults to <a>CornerTypeTopLeft</a>.
--   
--   See also <a>scrolledWindowSetPlacement</a> and
--   <a>scrolledWindowGetPlacement</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
scrolledWindowUnsetPlacement :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Adjustment</a> for the vertical scrollbar.
scrolledWindowSetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Changes the type of shadow drawn around the contents of
--   <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i>.
scrolledWindowSetShadowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and
--   propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural width.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
scrolledWindowSetPropagateNaturalWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and
--   propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural height.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
scrolledWindowSetPropagateNaturalHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the scrollbar policy for the horizontal and vertical scrollbars.
--   
--   The policy determines when the scrollbar should appear; it is a value
--   from the <a>PolicyType</a> enumeration. If <a>PolicyTypeAlways</a>,
--   the scrollbar is always present; if <a>PolicyTypeNever</a>, the
--   scrollbar is never present; if <a>PolicyTypeAutomatic</a>, the
--   scrollbar is present only if needed (that is, if the slider part of
--   the bar would be smaller than the trough — the display is larger than
--   the page size).
scrolledWindowSetPolicy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> PolicyType -> PolicyType -> m ()

-- | Sets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars for
--   the scrolled window.
--   
--   The default is <a>CornerTypeTopLeft</a>, meaning the child is in the
--   top left, with the scrollbars underneath and to the right. Other
--   values in <a>CornerType</a> are <a>CornerTypeTopRight</a>,
--   <a>CornerTypeBottomLeft</a>, and <a>CornerTypeBottomRight</a>.
--   
--   See also <a>scrolledWindowGetPlacement</a> and
--   <a>scrolledWindowUnsetPlacement</a>.
scrolledWindowSetPlacement :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> CornerType -> m ()

-- | Enables or disables overlay scrolling for this scrolled window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
scrolledWindowSetOverlayScrolling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the minimum width that <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i> should keep
--   visible. Note that this can and (usually will) be smaller than the
--   minimum size of the content.
--   
--   It is a programming error to set the minimum content width to a value
--   greater than <a>ScrolledWindow</a>:<tt><i>max-content-width</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrolledWindowSetMinContentWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the minimum height that <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i> should
--   keep visible. Note that this can and (usually will) be smaller than
--   the minimum size of the content.
--   
--   It is a programming error to set the minimum content height to a value
--   greater than <a>ScrolledWindow</a>:<tt><i>max-content-height</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrolledWindowSetMinContentHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the maximum width that <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i> should keep
--   visible. The <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i> will grow up to this width
--   before it starts scrolling the content.
--   
--   It is a programming error to set the maximum content width to a value
--   smaller than <a>ScrolledWindow</a>:<tt><i>min-content-width</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
scrolledWindowSetMaxContentWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the maximum height that <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i> should
--   keep visible. The <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i> will grow up to this
--   height before it starts scrolling the content.
--   
--   It is a programming error to set the maximum content height to a value
--   smaller than <a>ScrolledWindow</a>:<tt><i>min-content-height</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
scrolledWindowSetMaxContentHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Turns kinetic scrolling on or off. Kinetic scrolling only applies to
--   devices with source <a>InputSourceTouchscreen</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
scrolledWindowSetKineticScrolling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Adjustment</a> for the horizontal scrollbar.
scrolledWindowSetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Changes the behaviour of <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i> with regard to
--   the initial event that possibly starts kinetic scrolling. When
--   <i><tt>captureButtonPress</tt></i> is set to <a>True</a>, the event is
--   captured by the scrolled window, and then later replayed if it is
--   meant to go to the child widget.
--   
--   This should be enabled if any child widgets perform non-reversible
--   actions on <a>buttonPressEvent</a>. If they don't, and handle
--   additionally handle <a>grabBrokenEvent</a>, it might be better to set
--   <i><tt>captureButtonPress</tt></i> to <a>False</a>.
--   
--   This setting only has an effect if kinetic scrolling is enabled.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
scrolledWindowSetCaptureButtonPress :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns the vertical scrollbar of <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
scrolledWindowGetVscrollbar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns the vertical scrollbar’s adjustment, used to connect the
--   vertical scrollbar to the child widget’s vertical scroll
--   functionality.
scrolledWindowGetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Gets the shadow type of the scrolled window. See
--   <a>scrolledWindowSetShadowType</a>.
scrolledWindowGetShadowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m ShadowType

-- | Reports whether the natural width of the child will be calculated and
--   propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural width.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
scrolledWindowGetPropagateNaturalWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Reports whether the natural height of the child will be calculated and
--   propagated through the scrolled window’s requested natural height.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
scrolledWindowGetPropagateNaturalHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the current policy values for the horizontal and vertical
--   scrollbars. See <a>scrolledWindowSetPolicy</a>.
scrolledWindowGetPolicy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m (PolicyType, PolicyType)

-- | Gets the placement of the contents with respect to the scrollbars for
--   the scrolled window. See <a>scrolledWindowSetPlacement</a>.
scrolledWindowGetPlacement :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m CornerType

-- | Returns whether overlay scrolling is enabled for this scrolled window.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
scrolledWindowGetOverlayScrolling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the minimum content width of <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i>, or
--   -1 if not set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrolledWindowGetMinContentWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the minimal content height of <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i>, or
--   -1 if not set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
scrolledWindowGetMinContentHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the maximum content width set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
scrolledWindowGetMaxContentWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the maximum content height set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
scrolledWindowGetMaxContentHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the specified kinetic scrolling behavior.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
scrolledWindowGetKineticScrolling :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the horizontal scrollbar of <i><tt>scrolledWindow</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
scrolledWindowGetHscrollbar :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Returns the horizontal scrollbar’s adjustment, used to connect the
--   horizontal scrollbar to the child widget’s horizontal scroll
--   functionality.
scrolledWindowGetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Return whether button presses are captured during kinetic scrolling.
--   See <a>scrolledWindowSetCaptureButtonPress</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
scrolledWindowGetCaptureButtonPress :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Used to add children without native scrolling capabilities. This is
--   simply a convenience function; it is equivalent to adding the
--   unscrollable child to a viewport, then adding the viewport to the
--   scrolled window. If a child has native scrolling, use
--   <a>containerAdd</a> instead of this function.
--   
--   The viewport scrolls the child by moving its <a>Window</a>, and takes
--   the size of the child to be the size of its toplevel <a>Window</a>.
--   This will be very wrong for most widgets that support native
--   scrolling; for example, if you add a widget such as <a>TreeView</a>
--   with a viewport, the whole widget will scroll, including the column
--   headings. Thus, widgets with native scrolling support should not be
--   used with the <a>Viewport</a> proxy.
--   
--   A widget supports scrolling natively if it implements the
--   <a>Scrollable</a> interface.
scrolledWindowAddWithViewport :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new scrolled window.
--   
--   The two arguments are the scrolled window’s adjustments; these will be
--   shared with the scrollbars and the child widget to keep the bars in
--   sync with the child. Usually you want to pass <a>Nothing</a> for the
--   adjustments, which will cause the scrolled window to create them for
--   you.
scrolledWindowNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a, IsAdjustment b) => Maybe a -> Maybe b -> m ScrolledWindow

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>window-placement-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowWindowPlacementSet :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>window-placement-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #windowPlacementSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowWindowPlacementSet :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>window-placement-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #windowPlacementSet
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowWindowPlacementSet :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>window-placement</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowWindowPlacement :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => CornerType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>window-placement</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #windowPlacement <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowWindowPlacement :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> CornerType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>window-placement</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #windowPlacement
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowWindowPlacement :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m CornerType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>vscrollbar-policy</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowVscrollbarPolicy :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => PolicyType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vscrollbar-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #vscrollbarPolicy <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowVscrollbarPolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> PolicyType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>vscrollbar-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #vscrollbarPolicy
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowVscrollbarPolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m PolicyType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vadjustment</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #vadjustment
--   </pre>
clearScrolledWindowVadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>vadjustment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowVadjustment :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vadjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #vadjustment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowVadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o, IsAdjustment a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>vadjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #vadjustment
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowVadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Adjustment

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowShadowType :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => ShadowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #shadowType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #shadowType
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m ShadowType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>propagate-natural-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowPropagateNaturalWidth :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>propagate-natural-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #propagateNaturalWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowPropagateNaturalWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>propagate-natural-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #propagateNaturalWidth
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowPropagateNaturalWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>propagate-natural-height</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowPropagateNaturalHeight :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>propagate-natural-height</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #propagateNaturalHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowPropagateNaturalHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>propagate-natural-height</tt>” property.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #propagateNaturalHeight
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowPropagateNaturalHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>overlay-scrolling</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowOverlayScrolling :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>overlay-scrolling</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #overlayScrolling <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowOverlayScrolling :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>overlay-scrolling</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #overlayScrolling
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowOverlayScrolling :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>min-content-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowMinContentWidth :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>min-content-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #minContentWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowMinContentWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>min-content-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #minContentWidth
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowMinContentWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>min-content-height</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowMinContentHeight :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>min-content-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #minContentHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowMinContentHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>min-content-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #minContentHeight
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowMinContentHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-content-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowMaxContentWidth :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-content-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #maxContentWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowMaxContentWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-content-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #maxContentWidth
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowMaxContentWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-content-height</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowMaxContentHeight :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-content-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #maxContentHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowMaxContentHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-content-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #maxContentHeight
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowMaxContentHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>kinetic-scrolling</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowKineticScrolling :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>kinetic-scrolling</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #kineticScrolling <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowKineticScrolling :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>kinetic-scrolling</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #kineticScrolling
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowKineticScrolling :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hscrollbar-policy</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowHscrollbarPolicy :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m) => PolicyType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hscrollbar-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #hscrollbarPolicy <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowHscrollbarPolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> PolicyType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hscrollbar-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #hscrollbarPolicy
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowHscrollbarPolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m PolicyType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hadjustment</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #hadjustment
--   </pre>
clearScrolledWindowHadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hadjustment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructScrolledWindowHadjustment :: (IsScrolledWindow o, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hadjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> scrolledWindow [ #hadjustment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setScrolledWindowHadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o, IsAdjustment a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hadjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> scrolledWindow #hadjustment
--   </pre>
getScrolledWindowHadjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m Adjustment

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollChild</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> scrolledWindow #scrollChild callback
--   </pre>
afterScrolledWindowScrollChild :: (IsScrolledWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollChild</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> scrolledWindow #scrollChild callback
--   </pre>
onScrolledWindowScrollChild :: (IsScrolledWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback</a>.
wrap_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback :: ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback -> C_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ScrolledWindowScrollChild :: MonadIO m => ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback -> m (GClosure C_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback</a></tt>.
noScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback :: Maybe ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveFocusOut</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> scrolledWindow #moveFocusOut callback
--   </pre>
afterScrolledWindowMoveFocusOut :: (IsScrolledWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>moveFocusOut</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> scrolledWindow #moveFocusOut callback
--   </pre>
onScrolledWindowMoveFocusOut :: (IsScrolledWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback</a>.
wrap_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback :: ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback -> C_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOut :: MonadIO m => ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback -> m (GClosure C_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback</a></tt>.
noScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback :: Maybe ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>edgeReached</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> scrolledWindow #edgeReached callback
--   </pre>
afterScrolledWindowEdgeReached :: (IsScrolledWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>edgeReached</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> scrolledWindow #edgeReached callback
--   </pre>
onScrolledWindowEdgeReached :: (IsScrolledWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback</a>.
wrap_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback :: ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback -> C_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ScrolledWindowEdgeReached :: MonadIO m => ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback</a></tt>.
noScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback :: Maybe ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>edgeOvershot</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> scrolledWindow #edgeOvershot callback
--   </pre>
afterScrolledWindowEdgeOvershot :: (IsScrolledWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>edgeOvershot</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> scrolledWindow #edgeOvershot callback
--   </pre>
onScrolledWindowEdgeOvershot :: (IsScrolledWindow a, MonadIO m) => a -> ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback</a>.
wrap_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback :: ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback -> C_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershot :: MonadIO m => ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback -> m (GClosure C_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback</a></tt>.
noScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback :: Maybe ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ScrolledWindow</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toScrolledWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsScrolledWindow o) => o -> m ScrolledWindow

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback</a>.
mk_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback :: C_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback</a>.
mk_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback :: C_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback</a>.
mk_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback :: C_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback</a>.
mk_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback :: C_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback)

-- | The <a>edgeOvershot</a> signal is emitted whenever user initiated
--   scrolling makes the scrolled window firmly surpass (i.e. with some
--   edge resistance) the lower or upper limits defined by the adjustment
--   in that orientation.
--   
--   A similar behavior without edge resistance is provided by the
--   <a>edgeReached</a> signal.
--   
--   Note: The <i><tt>pos</tt></i> argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers
--   should be aware too if intending to provide behavior on horizontal
--   edges.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback = PositionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>edgeReached</a> signal is emitted whenever user-initiated
--   scrolling makes the scrolled window exactly reach the lower or upper
--   limits defined by the adjustment in that orientation.
--   
--   A similar behavior with edge resistance is provided by the
--   <a>edgeOvershot</a> signal.
--   
--   Note: The <i><tt>pos</tt></i> argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers
--   should be aware too if intending to provide behavior on horizontal
--   edges.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback = PositionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>moveFocusOut</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when focus is moved away
--   from the scrolled window by a keybinding. The <a>moveFocus</a> signal
--   is emitted with <i><tt>directionType</tt></i> on this scrolled
--   window’s toplevel parent in the container hierarchy. The default
--   bindings for this signal are <tt>Ctrl + Tab</tt> to move forward and
--   <tt>Ctrl + Shift + Tab</tt> to move backward.
type ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback = DirectionType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>scrollChild</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when a keybinding that
--   scrolls is pressed. The horizontal or vertical adjustment is updated
--   which triggers a signal that the scrolled window’s child may listen to
--   and scroll itself.
type ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback = ScrollType -> Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ScrolledWindowScrollChildCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Shows or hides the close button. Applications that already have a
--   “search” toggle button should not show a close button in their search
--   bar, as it duplicates the role of the toggle button.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
searchBarSetShowCloseButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSearchBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Switches the search mode on or off.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
searchBarSetSearchMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSearchBar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | This function should be called when the top-level window which
--   contains the search bar received a key event.
--   
--   If the key event is handled by the search bar, the bar will be shown,
--   the entry populated with the entered text and <a>EVENT_STOP</a> will
--   be returned. The caller should ensure that events are not propagated
--   further.
--   
--   If no entry has been connected to the search bar, using
--   <a>searchBarConnectEntry</a>, this function will return immediately
--   with a warning.
--   
--   <h2>Showing the search bar on key presses</h2>
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   static gboolean
--   on_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
--                       GdkEvent  *event,
--                       gpointer   user_data)
--   {
--     GtkSearchBar *bar = GTK_SEARCH_BAR (user_data);
--     return gtk_search_bar_handle_event (bar, event);
--   }
--   
--   static void
--   create_toplevel (void)
--   {
--     GtkWidget *window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
--     GtkWindow *search_bar = gtk_search_bar_new ();
--   
--    // Add more widgets to the window...
--   
--     g_signal_connect (window,
--                      "key-press-event",
--                       G_CALLBACK (on_key_press_event),
--                       search_bar);
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
searchBarHandleEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSearchBar a) => a -> Event -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the close button is shown.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
searchBarGetShowCloseButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSearchBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the search mode is on or off.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
searchBarGetSearchMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSearchBar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Connects the <a>Entry</a> widget passed as the one to be used in this
--   search bar. The entry should be a descendant of the search bar. This
--   is only required if the entry isn’t the direct child of the search bar
--   (as in our main example).
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
searchBarConnectEntry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSearchBar a, IsEntry b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a <a>SearchBar</a>. You will need to tell it about which
--   widget is going to be your text entry using
--   <a>searchBarConnectEntry</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
searchBarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m SearchBar

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSearchBarShowCloseButton :: (IsSearchBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> searchBar [ #showCloseButton <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSearchBarShowCloseButton :: (MonadIO m, IsSearchBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-close-button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> searchBar #showCloseButton
--   </pre>
getSearchBarShowCloseButton :: (MonadIO m, IsSearchBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>search-mode-enabled</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSearchBarSearchModeEnabled :: (IsSearchBar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>search-mode-enabled</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> searchBar [ #searchModeEnabled <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSearchBarSearchModeEnabled :: (MonadIO m, IsSearchBar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>search-mode-enabled</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> searchBar #searchModeEnabled
--   </pre>
getSearchBarSearchModeEnabled :: (MonadIO m, IsSearchBar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>SearchBar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSearchBar :: (MonadIO m, IsSearchBar o) => o -> m SearchBar

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SearchBar
SearchBar :: ManagedPtr SearchBar -> SearchBar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>SearchBar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toSearchBar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SearchBar o) => IsSearchBar o

-- | This function should be called when the top-level window which
--   contains the search entry received a key event. If the entry is part
--   of a <a>SearchBar</a>, it is preferable to call
--   <a>searchBarHandleEvent</a> instead, which will reveal the entry in
--   addition to passing the event to this function.
--   
--   If the key event is handled by the search entry and starts or
--   continues a search, <a>EVENT_STOP</a> will be returned. The caller
--   should ensure that the entry is shown in this case, and not propagate
--   the event further.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
searchEntryHandleEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSearchEntry a) => a -> Event -> m Bool

-- | Creates a <a>SearchEntry</a>, with a find icon when the search field
--   is empty, and a clear icon when it isn't.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
searchEntryNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m SearchEntry

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stopSearch</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> searchEntry #stopSearch callback
--   </pre>
afterSearchEntryStopSearch :: (IsSearchEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> SearchEntryStopSearchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stopSearch</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> searchEntry #stopSearch callback
--   </pre>
onSearchEntryStopSearch :: (IsSearchEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> SearchEntryStopSearchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SearchEntryStopSearchCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback</a>.
wrap_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback :: SearchEntryStopSearchCallback -> C_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SearchEntryStopSearch :: MonadIO m => SearchEntryStopSearchCallback -> m (GClosure C_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SearchEntryStopSearchCallback</a></tt>.
noSearchEntryStopSearchCallback :: Maybe SearchEntryStopSearchCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>searchChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> searchEntry #searchChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterSearchEntrySearchChanged :: (IsSearchEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>searchChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> searchEntry #searchChanged callback
--   </pre>
onSearchEntrySearchChanged :: (IsSearchEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback :: SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback -> C_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SearchEntrySearchChanged :: MonadIO m => SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noSearchEntrySearchChangedCallback :: Maybe SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>previousMatch</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> searchEntry #previousMatch callback
--   </pre>
afterSearchEntryPreviousMatch :: (IsSearchEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>previousMatch</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> searchEntry #previousMatch callback
--   </pre>
onSearchEntryPreviousMatch :: (IsSearchEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback</a>.
wrap_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback :: SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback -> C_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SearchEntryPreviousMatch :: MonadIO m => SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback -> m (GClosure C_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback</a></tt>.
noSearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback :: Maybe SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>nextMatch</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> searchEntry #nextMatch callback
--   </pre>
afterSearchEntryNextMatch :: (IsSearchEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> SearchEntryNextMatchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>nextMatch</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> searchEntry #nextMatch callback
--   </pre>
onSearchEntryNextMatch :: (IsSearchEntry a, MonadIO m) => a -> SearchEntryNextMatchCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SearchEntryNextMatchCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback</a>.
wrap_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback :: SearchEntryNextMatchCallback -> C_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SearchEntryNextMatch :: MonadIO m => SearchEntryNextMatchCallback -> m (GClosure C_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SearchEntryNextMatchCallback</a></tt>.
noSearchEntryNextMatchCallback :: Maybe SearchEntryNextMatchCallback

-- | Cast to <a>SearchEntry</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSearchEntry :: (MonadIO m, IsSearchEntry o) => o -> m SearchEntry

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback</a>.
mk_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback :: C_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback</a>.
mk_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback :: C_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback</a>.
mk_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback :: C_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback</a>.
mk_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback :: C_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SearchEntry
SearchEntry :: ManagedPtr SearchEntry -> SearchEntry

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>SearchEntry</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toSearchEntry</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SearchEntry o) => IsSearchEntry o

-- | The <a>nextMatch</a> signal is a [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal]
--   which gets emitted when the user initiates a move to the next match
--   for the current search string.
--   
--   Applications should connect to it, to implement moving between
--   matches.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-g.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type SearchEntryNextMatchCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SearchEntryNextMatchCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>previousMatch</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   move to the previous match for the current search string.
--   
--   Applications should connect to it, to implement moving between
--   matches.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-g.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SearchEntryPreviousMatchCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>searchChanged</a> signal is emitted with a short delay of 150
--   milliseconds after the last change to the entry text.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
type SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SearchEntrySearchChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>stopSearch</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user stops a
--   search via keyboard input.
--   
--   Applications should connect to it, to implement hiding the search
--   entry in this case.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal is Escape.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
type SearchEntryStopSearchCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SearchEntryStopSearchCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Separator</a> with the given orientation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
separatorNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Orientation -> m Separator

-- | Cast to <a>Separator</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSeparator :: (MonadIO m, IsSeparator o) => o -> m Separator

-- | Creates a new <a>SeparatorMenuItem</a>.
separatorMenuItemNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m SeparatorMenuItem

-- | Cast to <a>SeparatorMenuItem</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSeparatorMenuItem :: (MonadIO m, IsSeparatorMenuItem o) => o -> m SeparatorMenuItem

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SeparatorMenuItem
SeparatorMenuItem :: ManagedPtr SeparatorMenuItem -> SeparatorMenuItem

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>SeparatorMenuItem</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toSeparatorMenuItem</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SeparatorMenuItem o) => IsSeparatorMenuItem o

-- | Whether <i><tt>item</tt></i> is drawn as a vertical line, or just
--   blank. Setting this to <a>False</a> along with
--   <a>toolItemSetExpand</a> is useful to create an item that forces
--   following items to the end of the toolbar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
separatorToolItemSetDraw :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSeparatorToolItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>item</tt></i> is drawn as a line, or just
--   blank. See <a>separatorToolItemSetDraw</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
separatorToolItemGetDraw :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSeparatorToolItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Create a new <a>SeparatorToolItem</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
separatorToolItemNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m SeparatorToolItem

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>draw</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSeparatorToolItemDraw :: (IsSeparatorToolItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> separatorToolItem [ #draw <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSeparatorToolItemDraw :: (MonadIO m, IsSeparatorToolItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>draw</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> separatorToolItem #draw
--   </pre>
getSeparatorToolItemDraw :: (MonadIO m, IsSeparatorToolItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>SeparatorToolItem</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSeparatorToolItem :: (MonadIO m, IsSeparatorToolItem o) => o -> m SeparatorToolItem

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SeparatorToolItem
SeparatorToolItem :: ManagedPtr SeparatorToolItem -> SeparatorToolItem

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>SeparatorToolItem</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toSeparatorToolItem</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SeparatorToolItem o) => IsSeparatorToolItem o

-- | Sets the text to be displayed by <i><tt>self</tt></i> when no
--   accelerator is set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
shortcutLabelSetDisabledText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the accelerator to be displayed by <i><tt>self</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
shortcutLabelSetAccelerator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the text that is displayed when no accelerator is set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
shortcutLabelGetDisabledText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Retrieves the current accelerator of <i><tt>self</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
shortcutLabelGetAccelerator :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Creates a new <a>ShortcutLabel</a> with <i><tt>accelerator</tt></i>
--   set.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.22</i>
shortcutLabelNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ShortcutLabel

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>disabled-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutLabelDisabledText :: (IsShortcutLabel o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>disabled-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutLabel [ #disabledText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutLabelDisabledText :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>disabled-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutLabel #disabledText
--   </pre>
getShortcutLabelDisabledText :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accelerator</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutLabelAccelerator :: (IsShortcutLabel o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutLabel [ #accelerator <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutLabelAccelerator :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutLabel #accelerator
--   </pre>
getShortcutLabelAccelerator :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Cast to <a>ShortcutLabel</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toShortcutLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutLabel o) => o -> m ShortcutLabel

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ShortcutLabel
ShortcutLabel :: ManagedPtr ShortcutLabel -> ShortcutLabel

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ShortcutLabel</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toShortcutLabel</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ShortcutLabel o) => IsShortcutLabel o

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>view</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #view
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsGroupView :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>view</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsGroupView :: (IsShortcutsGroup o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>view</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsGroup [ #view <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsGroupView :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>view</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsGroup #view
--   </pre>
getShortcutsGroupView :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title-size-group</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #titleSizeGroup
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsGroupTitleSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title-size-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsGroupTitleSizeGroup :: (IsShortcutsGroup o, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title-size-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsGroup [ #titleSizeGroup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsGroupTitleSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o, IsSizeGroup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #title
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsGroupTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsGroupTitle :: (IsShortcutsGroup o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsGroup [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsGroupTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsGroup #title
--   </pre>
getShortcutsGroupTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsGroup #height
--   </pre>
getShortcutsGroupHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-size-group</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelSizeGroup
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsGroupAccelSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-size-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsGroupAccelSizeGroup :: (IsShortcutsGroup o, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-size-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsGroup [ #accelSizeGroup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsGroupAccelSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o, IsSizeGroup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>ShortcutsGroup</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toShortcutsGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsGroup o) => o -> m ShortcutsGroup

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ShortcutsGroup
ShortcutsGroup :: ManagedPtr ShortcutsGroup -> ShortcutsGroup

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ShortcutsGroup</a>, for instance with <a>toShortcutsGroup</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ShortcutsGroup o) => IsShortcutsGroup o

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>view-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #viewName
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsSectionViewName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>view-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsSectionViewName :: (IsShortcutsSection o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>view-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsSection [ #viewName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsSectionViewName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>view-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsSection #viewName
--   </pre>
getShortcutsSectionViewName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #title
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsSectionTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsSectionTitle :: (IsShortcutsSection o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsSection [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsSectionTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsSection #title
--   </pre>
getShortcutsSectionTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>section-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #sectionName
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsSectionSectionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>section-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsSectionSectionName :: (IsShortcutsSection o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>section-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsSection [ #sectionName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsSectionSectionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>section-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsSection #sectionName
--   </pre>
getShortcutsSectionSectionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-height</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsSectionMaxHeight :: (IsShortcutsSection o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsSection [ #maxHeight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsSectionMaxHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsSection #maxHeight
--   </pre>
getShortcutsSectionMaxHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changeCurrentPage</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> shortcutsSection #changeCurrentPage callback
--   </pre>
afterShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPage :: (IsShortcutsSection a, MonadIO m) => a -> ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changeCurrentPage</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> shortcutsSection #changeCurrentPage callback
--   </pre>
onShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPage :: (IsShortcutsSection a, MonadIO m) => a -> ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback</a>.
wrap_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback :: ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback -> C_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPage :: MonadIO m => ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback -> m (GClosure C_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback</a></tt>.
noShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback :: Maybe ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ShortcutsSection</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toShortcutsSection :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsSection o) => o -> m ShortcutsSection

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback</a>.
mk_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback :: C_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ShortcutsSection
ShortcutsSection :: ManagedPtr ShortcutsSection -> ShortcutsSection

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ShortcutsSection</a>, for instance with <a>toShortcutsSection</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ShortcutsSection o) => IsShortcutsSection o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
type ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback = Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title-size-group</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #titleSizeGroup
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsShortcutTitleSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title-size-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutTitleSizeGroup :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title-size-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #titleSizeGroup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutTitleSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o, IsSizeGroup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #title
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsShortcutTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutTitle :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #title
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>subtitle-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutSubtitleSet :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>subtitle-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #subtitleSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutSubtitleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>subtitle-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #subtitleSet
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutSubtitleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #subtitle
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsShortcutSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutSubtitle :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #subtitle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>subtitle</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #subtitle
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutSubtitle :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>shortcut-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutShortcutType :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m) => ShortcutType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>shortcut-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #shortcutType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutShortcutType :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> ShortcutType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>shortcut-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #shortcutType
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutShortcutType :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ShortcutType

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutIconSet :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #iconSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutIconSet :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #iconSet
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutIconSet :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #icon
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsShortcutIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutIcon :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #icon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #icon
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>direction</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutDirection :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m) => TextDirection -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #direction <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> TextDirection -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>direction</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #direction
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutDirection :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m TextDirection

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #actionName
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsShortcutActionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>action-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutActionName :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>action-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #actionName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutActionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>action-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #actionName
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutActionName :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelerator
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsShortcutAccelerator :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accelerator</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutAccelerator :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #accelerator <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutAccelerator :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accelerator</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> shortcutsShortcut #accelerator
--   </pre>
getShortcutsShortcutAccelerator :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-size-group</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #accelSizeGroup
--   </pre>
clearShortcutsShortcutAccelSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-size-group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructShortcutsShortcutAccelSizeGroup :: (IsShortcutsShortcut o, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-size-group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> shortcutsShortcut [ #accelSizeGroup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setShortcutsShortcutAccelSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o, IsSizeGroup a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>ShortcutsShortcut</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toShortcutsShortcut :: (MonadIO m, IsShortcutsShortcut o) => o -> m ShortcutsShortcut

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ShortcutsShortcut
ShortcutsShortcut :: ManagedPtr ShortcutsShortcut -> ShortcutsShortcut

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ShortcutsShortcut</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toShortcutsShortcut</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ShortcutsShortcut o) => IsShortcutsShortcut o

-- | Sets the <a>SizeGroupMode</a> of the size group. The mode of the size
--   group determines whether the widgets in the size group should all have
--   the same horizontal requisition (<a>SizeGroupModeHorizontal</a>) all
--   have the same vertical requisition (<a>SizeGroupModeVertical</a>), or
--   should all have the same requisition in both directions
--   (<a>SizeGroupModeBoth</a>).
sizeGroupSetMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> SizeGroupMode -> m ()

-- | Sets whether unmapped widgets should be ignored when calculating the
--   size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
sizeGroupSetIgnoreHidden :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Removes a widget from a <a>SizeGroup</a>.
sizeGroupRemoveWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns the list of widgets associated with <i><tt>sizeGroup</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
sizeGroupGetWidgets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> m [Widget]

-- | Gets the current mode of the size group. See <a>sizeGroupSetMode</a>.
sizeGroupGetMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> m SizeGroupMode

-- | Returns if invisible widgets are ignored when calculating the size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
sizeGroupGetIgnoreHidden :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Adds a widget to a <a>SizeGroup</a>. In the future, the requisition of
--   the widget will be determined as the maximum of its requisition and
--   the requisition of the other widgets in the size group. Whether this
--   applies horizontally, vertically, or in both directions depends on the
--   mode of the size group. See <a>sizeGroupSetMode</a>.
--   
--   When the widget is destroyed or no longer referenced elsewhere, it
--   will be removed from the size group.
sizeGroupAddWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Create a new <a>SizeGroup</a>.
sizeGroupNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => SizeGroupMode -> m SizeGroup

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSizeGroupMode :: (IsSizeGroup o, MonadIO m) => SizeGroupMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> sizeGroup [ #mode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSizeGroupMode :: (MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup o) => o -> SizeGroupMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>mode</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> sizeGroup #mode
--   </pre>
getSizeGroupMode :: (MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup o) => o -> m SizeGroupMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ignore-hidden</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSizeGroupIgnoreHidden :: (IsSizeGroup o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ignore-hidden</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> sizeGroup [ #ignoreHidden <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSizeGroupIgnoreHidden :: (MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ignore-hidden</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> sizeGroup #ignoreHidden
--   </pre>
getSizeGroupIgnoreHidden :: (MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>SizeGroup</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSizeGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsSizeGroup o) => o -> m SizeGroup

-- | Retrieves the window of the plug. Use this to check if the plug has
--   been created inside of the socket.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
socketGetPlugWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSocket a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Gets the window ID of a <a>Socket</a> widget, which can then be used
--   to create a client embedded inside the socket, for instance with
--   <a>plugNew</a>.
--   
--   The <a>Socket</a> must have already be added into a toplevel window
--   before you can make this call.
socketGetId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSocket a) => a -> m CULong

-- | Adds an XEMBED client, such as a <a>Plug</a>, to the <a>Socket</a>.
--   The client may be in the same process or in a different process.
--   
--   To embed a <a>Plug</a> in a <a>Socket</a>, you can either create the
--   <a>Plug</a> with <tt>gtk_plug_new (0)</tt>, call <a>plugGetId</a> to
--   get the window ID of the plug, and then pass that to the
--   <a>socketAddId</a>, or you can call <a>socketGetId</a> to get the
--   window ID for the socket, and call <a>plugNew</a> passing in that ID.
--   
--   The <a>Socket</a> must have already be added into a toplevel window
--   before you can make this call.
socketAddId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSocket a) => a -> CULong -> m ()

-- | Create a new empty <a>Socket</a>.
socketNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Socket

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>plugRemoved</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> socket #plugRemoved callback
--   </pre>
afterSocketPlugRemoved :: (IsSocket a, MonadIO m) => a -> SocketPlugRemovedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>plugRemoved</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> socket #plugRemoved callback
--   </pre>
onSocketPlugRemoved :: (IsSocket a, MonadIO m) => a -> SocketPlugRemovedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SocketPlugRemovedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SocketPlugRemovedCallback</a>.
wrap_SocketPlugRemovedCallback :: SocketPlugRemovedCallback -> C_SocketPlugRemovedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SocketPlugRemoved :: MonadIO m => SocketPlugRemovedCallback -> m (GClosure C_SocketPlugRemovedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SocketPlugRemovedCallback</a></tt>.
noSocketPlugRemovedCallback :: Maybe SocketPlugRemovedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>plugAdded</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> socket #plugAdded callback
--   </pre>
afterSocketPlugAdded :: (IsSocket a, MonadIO m) => a -> SocketPlugAddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>plugAdded</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> socket #plugAdded callback
--   </pre>
onSocketPlugAdded :: (IsSocket a, MonadIO m) => a -> SocketPlugAddedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SocketPlugAddedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SocketPlugAddedCallback</a>.
wrap_SocketPlugAddedCallback :: SocketPlugAddedCallback -> C_SocketPlugAddedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SocketPlugAdded :: MonadIO m => SocketPlugAddedCallback -> m (GClosure C_SocketPlugAddedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SocketPlugAddedCallback</a></tt>.
noSocketPlugAddedCallback :: Maybe SocketPlugAddedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Socket</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSocket :: (MonadIO m, IsSocket o) => o -> m Socket

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SocketPlugAddedCallback</a>.
mk_SocketPlugAddedCallback :: C_SocketPlugAddedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SocketPlugAddedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SocketPlugRemovedCallback</a>.
mk_SocketPlugRemovedCallback :: C_SocketPlugRemovedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SocketPlugRemovedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Socket
Socket :: ManagedPtr Socket -> Socket

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Socket</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toSocket</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Socket o) => IsSocket o

-- | This signal is emitted when a client is successfully added to the
--   socket.
type SocketPlugAddedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SocketPlugAddedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when a client is removed from the socket. The
--   default action is to destroy the <a>Socket</a> widget, so if you want
--   to reuse it you must add a signal handler that returns <a>True</a>.
type SocketPlugRemovedCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SocketPlugRemovedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Manually force an update of the spin button.
spinButtonUpdate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m ()

-- | Increment or decrement a spin button’s value in a specified direction
--   by a specified amount.
spinButtonSpin :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> SpinType -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the flag that determines if a spin button value wraps around to
--   the opposite limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is
--   exceeded.
spinButtonSetWrap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the value of <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i>.
spinButtonSetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the update behavior of a spin button. This determines whether the
--   spin button is always updated or only when a valid value is set.
spinButtonSetUpdatePolicy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> SpinButtonUpdatePolicy -> m ()

-- | Sets the policy as to whether values are corrected to the nearest step
--   increment when a spin button is activated after providing an invalid
--   value.
spinButtonSetSnapToTicks :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the minimum and maximum allowable values for
--   <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i>.
--   
--   If the current value is outside this range, it will be adjusted to fit
--   within the range, otherwise it will remain unchanged.
spinButtonSetRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the flag that determines if non-numeric text can be typed into
--   the spin button.
spinButtonSetNumeric :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the step and page increments for spin_button. This affects how
--   quickly the value changes when the spin button’s arrows are activated.
spinButtonSetIncrements :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Set the precision to be displayed by <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i>. Up to
--   20 digit precision is allowed.
spinButtonSetDigits :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Replaces the <a>Adjustment</a> associated with
--   <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i>.
spinButtonSetAdjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the spin button’s value wraps around to the opposite
--   limit when the upper or lower limit of the range is exceeded. See
--   <a>spinButtonSetWrap</a>.
spinButtonGetWrap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Get the value <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i> represented as an integer.
spinButtonGetValueAsInt :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Get the value in the <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i>.
spinButtonGetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m Double

-- | Gets the update behavior of a spin button. See
--   <a>spinButtonSetUpdatePolicy</a>.
spinButtonGetUpdatePolicy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m SpinButtonUpdatePolicy

-- | Returns whether the values are corrected to the nearest step. See
--   <a>spinButtonSetSnapToTicks</a>.
spinButtonGetSnapToTicks :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the range allowed for <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i>. See
--   <a>spinButtonSetRange</a>.
spinButtonGetRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m (Double, Double)

-- | Returns whether non-numeric text can be typed into the spin button.
--   See <a>spinButtonSetNumeric</a>.
spinButtonGetNumeric :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current step and page the increments used by
--   <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i>. See <a>spinButtonSetIncrements</a>.
spinButtonGetIncrements :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m (Double, Double)

-- | Fetches the precision of <i><tt>spinButton</tt></i>. See
--   <a>spinButtonSetDigits</a>.
spinButtonGetDigits :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Get the adjustment associated with a <a>SpinButton</a>
spinButtonGetAdjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Changes the properties of an existing spin button. The adjustment,
--   climb rate, and number of decimal places are updated accordingly.
spinButtonConfigure :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinButton a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> Double -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | This is a convenience constructor that allows creation of a numeric
--   <a>SpinButton</a> without manually creating an adjustment. The value
--   is initially set to the minimum value and a page increment of 10 *
--   <i><tt>step</tt></i> is the default. The precision of the spin button
--   is equivalent to the precision of <i><tt>step</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if
--   <i><tt>step</tt></i> is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is
--   not suitable for your needs, use <a>spinButtonSetDigits</a> to correct
--   it.
spinButtonNewWithRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> Double -> m SpinButton

-- | Creates a new <a>SpinButton</a>.
spinButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => Maybe a -> Double -> Word32 -> m SpinButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinButtonWrap :: (IsSpinButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinButton [ #wrap <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinButtonWrap :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinButton #wrap
--   </pre>
getSpinButtonWrap :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinButtonValue :: (IsSpinButton o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinButton [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinButtonValue :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinButton #value
--   </pre>
getSpinButtonValue :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>update-policy</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinButtonUpdatePolicy :: (IsSpinButton o, MonadIO m) => SpinButtonUpdatePolicy -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>update-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinButton [ #updatePolicy <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinButtonUpdatePolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> SpinButtonUpdatePolicy -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>update-policy</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinButton #updatePolicy
--   </pre>
getSpinButtonUpdatePolicy :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m SpinButtonUpdatePolicy

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>snap-to-ticks</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinButtonSnapToTicks :: (IsSpinButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>snap-to-ticks</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinButton [ #snapToTicks <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinButtonSnapToTicks :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>snap-to-ticks</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinButton #snapToTicks
--   </pre>
getSpinButtonSnapToTicks :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>numeric</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinButtonNumeric :: (IsSpinButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>numeric</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinButton [ #numeric <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinButtonNumeric :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>numeric</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinButton #numeric
--   </pre>
getSpinButtonNumeric :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>digits</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinButtonDigits :: (IsSpinButton o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>digits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinButton [ #digits <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinButtonDigits :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>digits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinButton #digits
--   </pre>
getSpinButtonDigits :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>climb-rate</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinButtonClimbRate :: (IsSpinButton o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>climb-rate</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinButton [ #climbRate <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinButtonClimbRate :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>climb-rate</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinButton #climbRate
--   </pre>
getSpinButtonClimbRate :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinButtonAdjustment :: (IsSpinButton o, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinButton [ #adjustment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinButtonAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o, IsAdjustment a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinButton #adjustment
--   </pre>
getSpinButtonAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m Adjustment

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>wrapped</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> spinButton #wrapped callback
--   </pre>
afterSpinButtonWrapped :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonWrappedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>wrapped</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> spinButton #wrapped callback
--   </pre>
onSpinButtonWrapped :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonWrappedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SpinButtonWrappedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonWrappedCallback</a>.
wrap_SpinButtonWrappedCallback :: SpinButtonWrappedCallback -> C_SpinButtonWrappedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SpinButtonWrapped :: MonadIO m => SpinButtonWrappedCallback -> m (GClosure C_SpinButtonWrappedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SpinButtonWrappedCallback</a></tt>.
noSpinButtonWrappedCallback :: Maybe SpinButtonWrappedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>valueChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> spinButton #valueChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterSpinButtonValueChanged :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonValueChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>valueChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> spinButton #valueChanged callback
--   </pre>
onSpinButtonValueChanged :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonValueChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SpinButtonValueChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback :: SpinButtonValueChangedCallback -> C_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SpinButtonValueChanged :: MonadIO m => SpinButtonValueChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SpinButtonValueChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noSpinButtonValueChangedCallback :: Maybe SpinButtonValueChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>output</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> spinButton #output callback
--   </pre>
afterSpinButtonOutput :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonOutputCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>output</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> spinButton #output callback
--   </pre>
onSpinButtonOutput :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonOutputCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SpinButtonOutputCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonOutputCallback</a>.
wrap_SpinButtonOutputCallback :: SpinButtonOutputCallback -> C_SpinButtonOutputCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SpinButtonOutput :: MonadIO m => SpinButtonOutputCallback -> m (GClosure C_SpinButtonOutputCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SpinButtonOutputCallback</a></tt>.
noSpinButtonOutputCallback :: Maybe SpinButtonOutputCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>input</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> spinButton #input callback
--   </pre>
afterSpinButtonInput :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonInputCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>input</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> spinButton #input callback
--   </pre>
onSpinButtonInput :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonInputCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SpinButtonInputCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonInputCallback</a>.
wrap_SpinButtonInputCallback :: SpinButtonInputCallback -> C_SpinButtonInputCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SpinButtonInput :: MonadIO m => SpinButtonInputCallback -> m (GClosure C_SpinButtonInputCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SpinButtonInputCallback</a></tt>.
noSpinButtonInputCallback :: Maybe SpinButtonInputCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changeValue</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> spinButton #changeValue callback
--   </pre>
afterSpinButtonChangeValue :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonChangeValueCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changeValue</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> spinButton #changeValue callback
--   </pre>
onSpinButtonChangeValue :: (IsSpinButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> SpinButtonChangeValueCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SpinButtonChangeValueCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback</a>.
wrap_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback :: SpinButtonChangeValueCallback -> C_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SpinButtonChangeValue :: MonadIO m => SpinButtonChangeValueCallback -> m (GClosure C_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SpinButtonChangeValueCallback</a></tt>.
noSpinButtonChangeValueCallback :: Maybe SpinButtonChangeValueCallback

-- | Cast to <a>SpinButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSpinButton :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinButton o) => o -> m SpinButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback</a>.
mk_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback :: C_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonInputCallback</a>.
mk_SpinButtonInputCallback :: C_SpinButtonInputCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SpinButtonInputCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonOutputCallback</a>.
mk_SpinButtonOutputCallback :: C_SpinButtonOutputCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SpinButtonOutputCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback</a>.
mk_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback :: C_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SpinButtonWrappedCallback</a>.
mk_SpinButtonWrappedCallback :: C_SpinButtonWrappedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SpinButtonWrappedCallback)

-- | The <a>changeValue</a> signal is a [keybinding
--   signal][GtkBindingSignal] which gets emitted when the user initiates a
--   value change.
--   
--   Applications should not connect to it, but may emit it with
--   <tt><i>g_signal_emit_by_name()</i></tt> if they need to control the
--   cursor programmatically.
--   
--   The default bindings for this signal are Up/Down and PageUp
--   and/PageDown.
type SpinButtonChangeValueCallback = ScrollType -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SpinButtonChangeValueCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>input</a> signal can be used to influence the conversion of the
--   users input into a double value. The signal handler is expected to use
--   <a>entryGetText</a> to retrieve the text of the entry and set
--   <i><tt>newValue</tt></i> to the new value.
--   
--   The default conversion uses <a>strtod</a>.
type SpinButtonInputCallback = IO (Int32, Double)

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SpinButtonInputCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr CDouble -> Ptr () -> IO Int32

-- | The <a>output</a> signal can be used to change to formatting of the
--   value that is displayed in the spin buttons entry.
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   // show leading zeros
--   static gboolean
--   on_output (GtkSpinButton *spin,
--              gpointer       data)
--   {
--      GtkAdjustment *adjustment;
--      gchar *text;
--      int value;
--   
--      adjustment = gtk_spin_button_get_adjustment (spin);
--      value = (int)gtk_adjustment_get_value (adjustment);
--      text = g_strdup_printf ("%02d", value);
--      gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (spin), text);
--      g_free (text);
--   
--      return TRUE;
--   }
--   </pre>
type SpinButtonOutputCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SpinButtonOutputCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>valueChanged</a> signal is emitted when the value represented
--   by <i><tt>spinbutton</tt></i> changes. Also see the <a>output</a>
--   signal.
type SpinButtonValueChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SpinButtonValueChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>wrapped</a> signal is emitted right after the spinbutton wraps
--   from its maximum to minimum value or vice-versa.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type SpinButtonWrappedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SpinButtonWrappedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Stops the animation of the spinner.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
spinnerStop :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinner a) => a -> m ()

-- | Starts the animation of the spinner.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
spinnerStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSpinner a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns a new spinner widget. Not yet started.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
spinnerNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Spinner

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSpinnerActive :: (IsSpinner o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> spinner [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSpinnerActive :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinner o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> spinner #active
--   </pre>
getSpinnerActive :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinner o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>Spinner</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSpinner :: (MonadIO m, IsSpinner o) => o -> m Spinner

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Spinner
Spinner :: ManagedPtr Spinner -> Spinner

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Spinner</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toSpinner</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Spinner o) => IsSpinner o

-- | Makes the child with the given name visible.
--   
--   If <i><tt>child</tt></i> is different from the currently visible
--   child, the transition between the two will be animated with the
--   current transition type of <i><tt>stack</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that the child widget has to be visible itself (see
--   <a>widgetShow</a>) in order to become the visible child of
--   <i><tt>stack</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSetVisibleChildName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Makes the child with the given name visible.
--   
--   Note that the child widget has to be visible itself (see
--   <a>widgetShow</a>) in order to become the visible child of
--   <i><tt>stack</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSetVisibleChildFull :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> Text -> StackTransitionType -> m ()

-- | Makes <i><tt>child</tt></i> the visible child of
--   <i><tt>stack</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>child</tt></i> is different from the currently visible
--   child, the transition between the two will be animated with the
--   current transition type of <i><tt>stack</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that the <i><tt>child</tt></i> widget has to be visible itself
--   (see <a>widgetShow</a>) in order to become the visible child of
--   <i><tt>stack</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSetVisibleChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Stack</a> to be vertically homogeneous or not. If it is
--   homogeneous, the <a>Stack</a> will request the same height for all its
--   children. If it isn't, the stack may change height when a different
--   child becomes visible.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
stackSetVhomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the type of animation that will be used for transitions between
--   pages in <i><tt>stack</tt></i>. Available types include various kinds
--   of fades and slides.
--   
--   The transition type can be changed without problems at runtime, so it
--   is possible to change the animation based on the page that is about to
--   become current.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSetTransitionType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> StackTransitionType -> m ()

-- | Sets the duration that transitions between pages in
--   <i><tt>stack</tt></i> will take.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSetTransitionDuration :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Sets whether or not <i><tt>stack</tt></i> will interpolate its size
--   when changing the visible child. If the
--   <a>Stack</a>:<tt><i>interpolate-size</i></tt> property is set to
--   <a>True</a>, <i><tt>stack</tt></i> will interpolate its size between
--   the current one and the one it'll take after changing the visible
--   child, according to the set transition duration.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
stackSetInterpolateSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Stack</a> to be homogeneous or not. If it is homogeneous,
--   the <a>Stack</a> will request the same size for all its children. If
--   it isn't, the stack may change size when a different child becomes
--   visible.
--   
--   Since 3.16, homogeneity can be controlled separately for horizontal
--   and vertical size, with the <a>Stack</a>:<tt><i>hhomogeneous</i></tt>
--   and <a>Stack</a>:<tt><i>vhomogeneous</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Stack</a> to be horizontally homogeneous or not. If it is
--   homogeneous, the <a>Stack</a> will request the same width for all its
--   children. If it isn't, the stack may change width when a different
--   child becomes visible.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
stackSetHhomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns the name of the currently visible child of
--   <i><tt>stack</tt></i>, or <a>Nothing</a> if there is no visible child.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackGetVisibleChildName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the currently visible child of <i><tt>stack</tt></i>, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if there are no visible children.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackGetVisibleChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>stack</tt></i> is vertically homogeneous. See
--   <a>stackSetVhomogeneous</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
stackGetVhomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the type of animation that will be used for transitions between
--   pages in <i><tt>stack</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackGetTransitionType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m StackTransitionType

-- | Returns whether the <i><tt>stack</tt></i> is currently in a transition
--   from one page to another.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
stackGetTransitionRunning :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the amount of time (in milliseconds) that transitions between
--   pages in <i><tt>stack</tt></i> will take.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackGetTransitionDuration :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Returns wether the <a>Stack</a> is set up to interpolate between the
--   sizes of children on page switch.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.18</i>
stackGetInterpolateSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>stack</tt></i> is homogeneous. See
--   <a>stackSetHomogeneous</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackGetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>stack</tt></i> is horizontally homogeneous. See
--   <a>stackSetHhomogeneous</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
stackGetHhomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Finds the child of the <a>Stack</a> with the name given as the
--   argument. Returns <a>Nothing</a> if there is no child with this name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
stackGetChildByName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Adds a child to <i><tt>stack</tt></i>. The child is identified by the
--   <i><tt>name</tt></i>. The <i><tt>title</tt></i> will be used by
--   <a>StackSwitcher</a> to represent <i><tt>child</tt></i> in a tab bar,
--   so it should be short.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackAddTitled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Text -> Text -> m ()

-- | Adds a child to <i><tt>stack</tt></i>. The child is identified by the
--   <i><tt>name</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackAddNamed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStack a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Stack</a> container.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Stack

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-child-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackVisibleChildName :: (IsStack o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-child-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stack [ #visibleChildName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackVisibleChildName :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-child-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #visibleChildName
--   </pre>
getStackVisibleChildName :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-child</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackVisibleChild :: (IsStack o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stack [ #visibleChild <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackVisibleChild :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-child</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #visibleChild
--   </pre>
getStackVisibleChild :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>vhomogeneous</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackVhomogeneous :: (IsStack o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>vhomogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stack [ #vhomogeneous <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackVhomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>vhomogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #vhomogeneous
--   </pre>
getStackVhomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>transition-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackTransitionType :: (IsStack o, MonadIO m) => StackTransitionType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transition-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stack [ #transitionType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackTransitionType :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> StackTransitionType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>transition-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #transitionType
--   </pre>
getStackTransitionType :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m StackTransitionType

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>transition-running</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #transitionRunning
--   </pre>
getStackTransitionRunning :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>transition-duration</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackTransitionDuration :: (IsStack o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>transition-duration</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stack [ #transitionDuration <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackTransitionDuration :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>transition-duration</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #transitionDuration
--   </pre>
getStackTransitionDuration :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>interpolate-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackInterpolateSize :: (IsStack o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>interpolate-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stack [ #interpolateSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackInterpolateSize :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>interpolate-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #interpolateSize
--   </pre>
getStackInterpolateSize :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackHomogeneous :: (IsStack o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stack [ #homogeneous <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #homogeneous
--   </pre>
getStackHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>hhomogeneous</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackHhomogeneous :: (IsStack o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>hhomogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stack [ #hhomogeneous <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackHhomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>hhomogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stack #hhomogeneous
--   </pre>
getStackHhomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>Stack</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStack :: (MonadIO m, IsStack o) => o -> m Stack

-- | Set the <a>Stack</a> associated with this <a>StackSidebar</a>.
--   
--   The sidebar widget will automatically update according to the order
--   (packing) and items within the given <a>Stack</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
stackSidebarSetStack :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStackSidebar a, IsStack b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the stack. See <a>stackSidebarSetStack</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
stackSidebarGetStack :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStackSidebar a) => a -> m (Maybe Stack)

-- | Creates a new sidebar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
stackSidebarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m StackSidebar

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stack</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackSidebarStack :: (IsStackSidebar o, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stack</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stackSidebar [ #stack <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackSidebarStack :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSidebar o, IsStack a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stack</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stackSidebar #stack
--   </pre>
getStackSidebarStack :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSidebar o) => o -> m (Maybe Stack)

-- | Cast to <a>StackSidebar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStackSidebar :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSidebar o) => o -> m StackSidebar

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StackSidebar
StackSidebar :: ManagedPtr StackSidebar -> StackSidebar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>StackSidebar</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toStackSidebar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf StackSidebar o) => IsStackSidebar o

-- | Sets the stack to control.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSwitcherSetStack :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStackSwitcher a, IsStack b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the stack. See <a>stackSwitcherSetStack</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSwitcherGetStack :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStackSwitcher a) => a -> m (Maybe Stack)

-- | Create a new <a>StackSwitcher</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
stackSwitcherNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m StackSwitcher

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stack</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stack
--   </pre>
clearStackSwitcherStack :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSwitcher o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stack</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackSwitcherStack :: (IsStackSwitcher o, MonadIO m, IsStack a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stack</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stackSwitcher [ #stack <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackSwitcherStack :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSwitcher o, IsStack a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stack</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stackSwitcher #stack
--   </pre>
getStackSwitcherStack :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSwitcher o) => o -> m (Maybe Stack)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStackSwitcherIconSize :: (IsStackSwitcher o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> stackSwitcher [ #iconSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStackSwitcherIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSwitcher o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> stackSwitcher #iconSize
--   </pre>
getStackSwitcherIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSwitcher o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Cast to <a>StackSwitcher</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStackSwitcher :: (MonadIO m, IsStackSwitcher o) => o -> m StackSwitcher

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StackSwitcher
StackSwitcher :: ManagedPtr StackSwitcher -> StackSwitcher

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>StackSwitcher</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toStackSwitcher</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf StackSwitcher o) => IsStackSwitcher o

-- | Forces the removal of all messages from a statusbar's stack with the
--   exact <i><tt>contextId</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
statusbarRemoveAll :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusbar a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Forces the removal of a message from a statusbar’s stack. The exact
--   <i><tt>contextId</tt></i> and <i><tt>messageId</tt></i> must be
--   specified.
statusbarRemove :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusbar a) => a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Pushes a new message onto a statusbar’s stack.
statusbarPush :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusbar a) => a -> Word32 -> Text -> m Word32

-- | Removes the first message in the <a>Statusbar</a>’s stack with the
--   given context id.
--   
--   Note that this may not change the displayed message, if the message at
--   the top of the stack has a different context id.
statusbarPop :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusbar a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the box containing the label widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
statusbarGetMessageArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusbar a) => a -> m Box

-- | Returns a new context identifier, given a description of the actual
--   context. Note that the description is not shown in the UI.
statusbarGetContextId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusbar a) => a -> Text -> m Word32

-- | Creates a new <a>Statusbar</a> ready for messages.
statusbarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Statusbar

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>textPushed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusbar #textPushed callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusbarTextPushed :: (IsStatusbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusbarTextPushedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>textPushed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusbar #textPushed callback
--   </pre>
onStatusbarTextPushed :: (IsStatusbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusbarTextPushedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusbarTextPushedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusbarTextPushedCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusbarTextPushedCallback :: StatusbarTextPushedCallback -> C_StatusbarTextPushedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusbarTextPushed :: MonadIO m => StatusbarTextPushedCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusbarTextPushedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusbarTextPushedCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusbarTextPushedCallback :: Maybe StatusbarTextPushedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>textPopped</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusbar #textPopped callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusbarTextPopped :: (IsStatusbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusbarTextPoppedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>textPopped</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusbar #textPopped callback
--   </pre>
onStatusbarTextPopped :: (IsStatusbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusbarTextPoppedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusbarTextPoppedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback :: StatusbarTextPoppedCallback -> C_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusbarTextPopped :: MonadIO m => StatusbarTextPoppedCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusbarTextPoppedCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusbarTextPoppedCallback :: Maybe StatusbarTextPoppedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Statusbar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStatusbar :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusbar o) => o -> m Statusbar

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback</a>.
mk_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback :: C_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusbarTextPushedCallback</a>.
mk_StatusbarTextPushedCallback :: C_StatusbarTextPushedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusbarTextPushedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Statusbar
Statusbar :: ManagedPtr Statusbar -> Statusbar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Statusbar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toStatusbar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Statusbar o) => IsStatusbar o

-- | Is emitted whenever a new message is popped off a statusbar's stack.
type StatusbarTextPoppedCallback = Word32 -> Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusbarTextPoppedCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Is emitted whenever a new message gets pushed onto a statusbar's
--   stack.
type StatusbarTextPushedCallback = Word32 -> Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusbarTextPushedCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the underlying state of the <a>Switch</a>.
--   
--   Normally, this is the same as <a>Switch</a>:<tt><i>active</i></tt>,
--   unless the switch is set up for delayed state changes. This function
--   is typically called from a <a>stateSet</a> signal handler.
--   
--   See <a>stateSet</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
switchSetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSwitch a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Changes the state of <i><tt>sw</tt></i> to the desired one.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
switchSetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSwitch a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Gets the underlying state of the <a>Switch</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
switchGetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSwitch a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether the <a>Switch</a> is in its “on” or “off” state.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
switchGetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsSwitch a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>Switch</a> widget.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
switchNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Switch

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>state</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSwitchState :: (IsSwitch o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>state</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> switch [ #state <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSwitchState :: (MonadIO m, IsSwitch o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>state</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> switch #state
--   </pre>
getSwitchState :: (MonadIO m, IsSwitch o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructSwitchActive :: (IsSwitch o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> switch [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setSwitchActive :: (MonadIO m, IsSwitch o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> switch #active
--   </pre>
getSwitchActive :: (MonadIO m, IsSwitch o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stateSet</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> switch #stateSet callback
--   </pre>
afterSwitchStateSet :: (IsSwitch a, MonadIO m) => a -> SwitchStateSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>stateSet</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> switch #stateSet callback
--   </pre>
onSwitchStateSet :: (IsSwitch a, MonadIO m) => a -> SwitchStateSetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SwitchStateSetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SwitchStateSetCallback</a>.
wrap_SwitchStateSetCallback :: SwitchStateSetCallback -> C_SwitchStateSetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SwitchStateSet :: MonadIO m => SwitchStateSetCallback -> m (GClosure C_SwitchStateSetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SwitchStateSetCallback</a></tt>.
noSwitchStateSetCallback :: Maybe SwitchStateSetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> switch #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterSwitchActivate :: (IsSwitch a, MonadIO m) => a -> SwitchActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> switch #activate callback
--   </pre>
onSwitchActivate :: (IsSwitch a, MonadIO m) => a -> SwitchActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>SwitchActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_SwitchActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_SwitchActivateCallback :: SwitchActivateCallback -> C_SwitchActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_SwitchActivate :: MonadIO m => SwitchActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_SwitchActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>SwitchActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noSwitchActivateCallback :: Maybe SwitchActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Switch</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toSwitch :: (MonadIO m, IsSwitch o) => o -> m Switch

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SwitchActivateCallback</a>.
mk_SwitchActivateCallback :: C_SwitchActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SwitchActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_SwitchStateSetCallback</a>.
mk_SwitchStateSetCallback :: C_SwitchStateSetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_SwitchStateSetCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Switch
Switch :: ManagedPtr Switch -> Switch

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Switch</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toSwitch</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Switch o) => IsSwitch o

-- | The <a>activate</a> signal on GtkSwitch is an action signal and
--   emitting it causes the switch to animate. Applications should never
--   connect to this signal, but use the notify[active](#g:signal:active)
--   signal.
type SwitchActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SwitchActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>stateSet</a> signal on GtkSwitch is emitted to change the
--   underlying state. It is emitted when the user changes the switch
--   position. The default handler keeps the state in sync with the
--   <a>Switch</a>:<tt><i>active</i></tt> property.
--   
--   To implement delayed state change, applications can connect to this
--   signal, initiate the change of the underlying state, and call
--   <a>switchSetState</a> when the underlying state change is complete.
--   The signal handler should return <a>True</a> to prevent the default
--   handler from running.
--   
--   Visually, the underlying state is represented by the trough color of
--   the switch, while the <a>Switch</a>:<tt><i>active</i></tt> property is
--   represented by the position of the switch.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type SwitchStateSetCallback = Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_SwitchStateSetCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Sets the space between every row in <i><tt>table</tt></i> equal to
--   <i><tt>spacing</tt></i>.
tableSetRowSpacings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Changes the space between a given table row and the subsequent row.
tableSetRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Changes the homogenous property of table cells, ie. whether all cells
--   are an equal size or not.
tableSetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the space between every column in <i><tt>table</tt></i> equal to
--   <i><tt>spacing</tt></i>.
tableSetColSpacings :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Alters the amount of space between a given table column and the
--   following column.
tableSetColSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | If you need to change a table’s size after it has been created, this
--   function allows you to do so.
tableResize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the number of rows and columns in the table.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
tableGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> m (Word32, Word32)

-- | Gets the amount of space between row <i><tt>row</tt></i>, and row
--   <i><tt>row</tt></i> + 1. See <a>tableSetRowSpacing</a>.
tableGetRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> Word32 -> m Word32

-- | Returns whether the table cells are all constrained to the same width
--   and height. (See gtk_table_set_homogeneous ())
tableGetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the default row spacing for the table. This is the spacing that
--   will be used for newly added rows. (See <a>tableSetRowSpacings</a>)
tableGetDefaultRowSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Gets the default column spacing for the table. This is the spacing
--   that will be used for newly added columns. (See
--   <a>tableSetColSpacings</a>)
tableGetDefaultColSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Gets the amount of space between column <i><tt>col</tt></i>, and
--   column <i><tt>col</tt></i> + 1. See <a>tableSetColSpacing</a>.
tableGetColSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a) => a -> Word32 -> m Word32

-- | As there are many options associated with <a>tableAttach</a>, this
--   convenience function provides the programmer with a means to add
--   children to a table with identical padding and expansion options. The
--   values used for the <a>AttachOptions</a> are <tt>GTK_EXPAND |
--   GTK_FILL</tt>, and the padding is set to 0.
tableAttachDefaults :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Adds a widget to a table. The number of “cells” that a widget will
--   occupy is specified by <i><tt>leftAttach</tt></i>,
--   <i><tt>rightAttach</tt></i>, <i><tt>topAttach</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>bottomAttach</tt></i>. These each represent the leftmost,
--   rightmost, uppermost and lowest column and row numbers of the table.
--   (Columns and rows are indexed from zero).
--   
--   To make a button occupy the lower right cell of a 2x2 table, use &gt;
--   &gt;gtk_table_attach (table, button, &gt; 1, 2, // left, right attach
--   &gt; 1, 2, // top, bottom attach &gt; xoptions, yoptions, &gt;
--   xpadding, ypadding);
--   
--   If you want to make the button span the entire bottom row, use
--   <i><tt>leftAttach</tt></i> == 0 and <i><tt>rightAttach</tt></i> = 2
--   instead.
tableAttach :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTable a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Word32 -> [AttachOptions] -> [AttachOptions] -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Used to create a new table widget. An initial size must be given by
--   specifying how many rows and columns the table should have, although
--   this can be changed later with <a>tableResize</a>.
--   <i><tt>rows</tt></i> and <i><tt>columns</tt></i> must both be in the
--   range 1 .. 65535. For historical reasons, 0 is accepted as well and is
--   silently interpreted as 1.
tableNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> Word32 -> Bool -> m Table

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTableRowSpacing :: (IsTable o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> table [ #rowSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableRowSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>row-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> table #rowSpacing
--   </pre>
getTableRowSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>n-rows</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTableNRows :: (IsTable o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>n-rows</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> table [ #nRows <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableNRows :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>n-rows</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> table #nRows
--   </pre>
getTableNRows :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>n-columns</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTableNColumns :: (IsTable o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>n-columns</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> table [ #nColumns <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableNColumns :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>n-columns</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> table #nColumns
--   </pre>
getTableNColumns :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTableHomogeneous :: (IsTable o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> table [ #homogeneous <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>homogeneous</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> table #homogeneous
--   </pre>
getTableHomogeneous :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTableColumnSpacing :: (IsTable o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> table [ #columnSpacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setTableColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>column-spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> table #columnSpacing
--   </pre>
getTableColumnSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Cast to <a>Table</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTable :: (MonadIO m, IsTable o) => o -> m Table

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Table
Table :: ManagedPtr Table -> Table

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Table</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Table o) => IsTable o

-- | Creates a new <a>TearoffMenuItem</a>.
tearoffMenuItemNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TearoffMenuItem

-- | Cast to <a>TearoffMenuItem</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTearoffMenuItem :: (MonadIO m, IsTearoffMenuItem o) => o -> m TearoffMenuItem

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TearoffMenuItem
TearoffMenuItem :: ManagedPtr TearoffMenuItem -> TearoffMenuItem

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>TearoffMenuItem</a>, for instance with <a>toTearoffMenuItem</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TearoffMenuItem o) => IsTearoffMenuItem o

-- | Gets a list of all widgets anchored at this child anchor. The returned
--   list should be freed with <tt><i>g_list_free()</i></tt>.
textChildAnchorGetWidgets :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextChildAnchor a) => a -> m [Widget]

-- | Determines whether a child anchor has been deleted from the buffer.
--   Keep in mind that the child anchor will be unreferenced when removed
--   from the buffer, so you need to hold your own reference (with
--   <a>objectRef</a>) if you plan to use this function — otherwise all
--   deleted child anchors will also be finalized.
textChildAnchorGetDeleted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextChildAnchor a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>TextChildAnchor</a>. Usually you would then insert it
--   into a <a>TextBuffer</a> with <a>textBufferInsertChildAnchor</a>. To
--   perform the creation and insertion in one step, use the convenience
--   function <a>textBufferCreateChildAnchor</a>.
textChildAnchorNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m TextChildAnchor

-- | Cast to <a>TextChildAnchor</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTextChildAnchor :: (MonadIO m, IsTextChildAnchor o) => o -> m TextChildAnchor

-- | Emits the <a>toggled</a> signal on the <a>ToggleButton</a>. There is
--   no good reason for an application ever to call this function.
toggleButtonToggled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleButton a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator and
--   label. You can call this function on a checkbutton or a radiobutton
--   with <i><tt>drawIndicator</tt></i> = <a>False</a> to make the button
--   look like a normal button.
--   
--   This can be used to create linked strip of buttons that work like a
--   <a>StackSwitcher</a>.
--   
--   This function only affects instances of classes like
--   <a>CheckButton</a> and <a>RadioButton</a> that derive from
--   <a>ToggleButton</a>, not instances of <a>ToggleButton</a> itself.
toggleButtonSetMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | If the user has selected a range of elements (such as some text or
--   spreadsheet cells) that are affected by a toggle button, and the
--   current values in that range are inconsistent, you may want to display
--   the toggle in an “in between” state. This function turns on “in
--   between” display. Normally you would turn off the inconsistent state
--   again if the user toggles the toggle button. This has to be done
--   manually, <a>toggleButtonSetInconsistent</a> only affects visual
--   appearance, it doesn’t affect the semantics of the button.
toggleButtonSetInconsistent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the status of the toggle button. Set to <a>True</a> if you want
--   the GtkToggleButton to be “pressed in”, and <a>False</a> to raise it.
--   This action causes the <a>toggled</a> signal and the <a>clicked</a>
--   signal to be emitted.
toggleButtonSetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Retrieves whether the button is displayed as a separate indicator and
--   label. See <a>toggleButtonSetMode</a>.
toggleButtonGetMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the value set by <a>toggleButtonSetInconsistent</a>.
toggleButtonGetInconsistent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Queries a <a>ToggleButton</a> and returns its current state. Returns
--   <a>True</a> if the toggle button is pressed in and <a>False</a> if it
--   is raised.
toggleButtonGetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>ToggleButton</a> containing a label. The label will
--   be created using <a>labelNewWithMnemonic</a>, so underscores in
--   <i><tt>label</tt></i> indicate the mnemonic for the button.
toggleButtonNewWithMnemonic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ToggleButton

-- | Creates a new toggle button with a text label.
toggleButtonNewWithLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ToggleButton

-- | Creates a new toggle button. A widget should be packed into the
--   button, as in <a>buttonNew</a>.
toggleButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ToggleButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToggleButtonInconsistent :: (IsToggleButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleButton [ #inconsistent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleButtonInconsistent :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleButton #inconsistent
--   </pre>
getToggleButtonInconsistent :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>draw-indicator</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToggleButtonDrawIndicator :: (IsToggleButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw-indicator</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleButton [ #drawIndicator <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleButtonDrawIndicator :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>draw-indicator</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleButton #drawIndicator
--   </pre>
getToggleButtonDrawIndicator :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructToggleButtonActive :: (IsToggleButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleButton [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleButtonActive :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleButton #active
--   </pre>
getToggleButtonActive :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toggleButton #toggled callback
--   </pre>
afterToggleButtonToggled :: (IsToggleButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToggleButtonToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toggleButton #toggled callback
--   </pre>
onToggleButtonToggled :: (IsToggleButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToggleButtonToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToggleButtonToggledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToggleButtonToggledCallback</a>.
wrap_ToggleButtonToggledCallback :: ToggleButtonToggledCallback -> C_ToggleButtonToggledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToggleButtonToggled :: MonadIO m => ToggleButtonToggledCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToggleButtonToggledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToggleButtonToggledCallback</a></tt>.
noToggleButtonToggledCallback :: Maybe ToggleButtonToggledCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ToggleButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToggleButton :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleButton o) => o -> m ToggleButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToggleButtonToggledCallback</a>.
mk_ToggleButtonToggledCallback :: C_ToggleButtonToggledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToggleButtonToggledCallback)

-- | Should be connected if you wish to perform an action whenever the
--   <a>ToggleButton</a>'s state is changed.
type ToggleButtonToggledCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToggleButtonToggledCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the status of the toggle tool button. Set to <a>True</a> if you
--   want the GtkToggleButton to be “pressed in”, and <a>False</a> to raise
--   it. This action causes the toggled signal to be emitted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleToolButtonSetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleToolButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Queries a <a>ToggleToolButton</a> and returns its current state.
--   Returns <a>True</a> if the toggle button is pressed in and
--   <a>False</a> if it is raised.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleToolButtonGetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleToolButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>ToggleToolButton</a> containing the image and text
--   from a stock item. Some stock ids have preprocessor macros like
--   <a>STOCK_OK</a> and <a>STOCK_APPLY</a>.
--   
--   It is an error if <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> is not a name of a stock
--   item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleToolButtonNewFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ToggleToolButton

-- | Returns a new <a>ToggleToolButton</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleToolButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ToggleToolButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructToggleToolButtonActive :: (IsToggleToolButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleToolButton [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleToolButtonActive :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleToolButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleToolButton #active
--   </pre>
getToggleToolButtonActive :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleToolButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toggleToolButton #toggled callback
--   </pre>
afterToggleToolButtonToggled :: (IsToggleToolButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toggleToolButton #toggled callback
--   </pre>
onToggleToolButtonToggled :: (IsToggleToolButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback</a>.
wrap_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback :: ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback -> C_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToggleToolButtonToggled :: MonadIO m => ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback</a></tt>.
noToggleToolButtonToggledCallback :: Maybe ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ToggleToolButton</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToggleToolButton :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleToolButton o) => o -> m ToggleToolButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback</a>.
mk_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback :: C_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback)

-- | Emitted whenever the toggle tool button changes state.
type ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToggleToolButtonToggledCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next
--   character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the
--   overflow menu. For example, if the label property is “_Open” and
--   <i><tt>useUnderline</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the label on the tool
--   button will be “Open” and the item on the overflow menu will have an
--   underlined “O”.
--   
--   Labels shown on tool buttons never have mnemonics on them; this
--   property only affects the menu item on the overflow menu.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonSetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the name of the stock item. See <a>toolButtonNewFromStock</a>.
--   The stock_id property only has an effect if not overridden by
--   non-<a>Nothing</a> <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>label-widget</i></tt> and
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>icon-widget</i></tt> properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonSetStockId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>labelWidget</tt></i> as the widget that will be used as
--   the label for <i><tt>button</tt></i>. If <i><tt>labelWidget</tt></i>
--   is <a>Nothing</a> the <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>label</i></tt> property
--   is used as label. If <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>label</i></tt> is also
--   <a>Nothing</a>, the label in the stock item determined by the
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>stock-id</i></tt> property is used as label.
--   If <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>stock-id</i></tt> is also <a>Nothing</a>,
--   <i><tt>button</tt></i> does not have a label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonSetLabelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>label</tt></i> as the label used for the tool button. The
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>label</i></tt> property only has an effect if
--   not overridden by a non-<a>Nothing</a>
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>label-widget</i></tt> property. If both the
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>label-widget</i></tt> and
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>label</i></tt> properties are <a>Nothing</a>,
--   the label is determined by the
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>stock-id</i></tt> property. If the
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>stock-id</i></tt> property is also
--   <a>Nothing</a>, <i><tt>button</tt></i> will not have a label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>icon</tt></i> as the widget used as icon on
--   <i><tt>button</tt></i>. If <i><tt>iconWidget</tt></i> is
--   <a>Nothing</a> the icon is determined by the
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>stock-id</i></tt> property. If the
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>stock-id</i></tt> property is also
--   <a>Nothing</a>, <i><tt>button</tt></i> will not have an icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonSetIconWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon for the tool button from a named themed icon. See the
--   docs for <a>IconTheme</a> for more details. The
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>icon-name</i></tt> property only has an
--   effect if not overridden by non-<a>Nothing</a>
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>label-widget</i></tt>,
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>icon-widget</i></tt> and
--   <a>ToolButton</a>:<tt><i>stock-id</i></tt> properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
toolButtonSetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Returns whether underscores in the label property are used as
--   mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu. See
--   <a>toolButtonSetUseUnderline</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonGetUseUnderline :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the name of the stock item. See <a>toolButtonSetStockId</a>.
--   The returned string is owned by GTK+ and must not be freed or modifed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonGetStockId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> m Text

-- | Returns the widget used as label on <i><tt>button</tt></i>. See
--   <a>toolButtonSetLabelWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonGetLabelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns the label used by the tool button, or <a>Nothing</a> if the
--   tool button doesn’t have a label. or uses a the label from a stock
--   item. The returned string is owned by GTK+, and must not be modified
--   or freed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Return the widget used as icon widget on <i><tt>button</tt></i>. See
--   <a>toolButtonSetIconWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonGetIconWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns the name of the themed icon for the tool button, see
--   <a>toolButtonSetIconName</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
toolButtonGetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolButton a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Creates a new <a>ToolButton</a> containing the image and text from a
--   stock item. Some stock ids have preprocessor macros like
--   <a>STOCK_OK</a> and <a>STOCK_APPLY</a>.
--   
--   It is an error if <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> is not a name of a stock
--   item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonNewFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ToolButton

-- | Creates a new <a>ToolButton</a> using <i><tt>iconWidget</tt></i> as
--   contents and <i><tt>label</tt></i> as label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => Maybe a -> Maybe Text -> m ToolButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolButtonUseUnderline :: (IsToolButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolButton [ #useUnderline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolButtonUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolButton #useUnderline
--   </pre>
getToolButtonUseUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stockId
--   </pre>
clearToolButtonStockId :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolButtonStockId :: (IsToolButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolButton [ #stockId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolButtonStockId :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolButton #stockId
--   </pre>
getToolButtonStockId :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m Text

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #labelWidget
--   </pre>
clearToolButtonLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolButtonLabelWidget :: (IsToolButton o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolButton [ #labelWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolButtonLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolButton #labelWidget
--   </pre>
getToolButtonLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearToolButtonLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolButtonLabel :: (IsToolButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolButton [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolButtonLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolButton #label
--   </pre>
getToolButtonLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-widget</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #iconWidget
--   </pre>
clearToolButtonIconWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolButtonIconWidget :: (IsToolButton o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolButton [ #iconWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolButtonIconWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolButton #iconWidget
--   </pre>
getToolButtonIconWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #iconName
--   </pre>
clearToolButtonIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolButtonIconName :: (IsToolButton o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolButton [ #iconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolButtonIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolButton #iconName
--   </pre>
getToolButtonIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>clicked</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toolButton #clicked callback
--   </pre>
afterToolButtonClicked :: (IsToolButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolButtonClickedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>clicked</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toolButton #clicked callback
--   </pre>
onToolButtonClicked :: (IsToolButton a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolButtonClickedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToolButtonClickedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToolButtonClickedCallback</a>.
wrap_ToolButtonClickedCallback :: ToolButtonClickedCallback -> C_ToolButtonClickedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToolButtonClicked :: MonadIO m => ToolButtonClickedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToolButtonClickedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToolButtonClickedCallback</a></tt>.
noToolButtonClickedCallback :: Maybe ToolButtonClickedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ToolButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToolButton :: (MonadIO m, IsToolButton o) => o -> m ToolButton

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToolButtonClickedCallback</a>.
mk_ToolButtonClickedCallback :: C_ToolButtonClickedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToolButtonClickedCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted when the tool button is clicked with the mouse
--   or activated with the keyboard.
type ToolButtonClickedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToolButtonClickedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emits the signal <a>ToolItem</a>::<tt><i>toolbar_reconfigured</i></tt>
--   on <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>. <a>Toolbar</a> and other <a>ToolShell</a>
--   implementations use this function to notify children, when some aspect
--   of their configuration changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
toolItemToolbarReconfigured :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is visible when the toolbar is
--   docked vertically. Some tool items, such as text entries, are too wide
--   to be useful on a vertically docked toolbar. If
--   <i><tt>visibleVertical</tt></i> is <a>False</a>
--   <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> will not appear on toolbars that are docked
--   vertically.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemSetVisibleVertical :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is visible when the toolbar is
--   docked horizontally.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemSetVisibleHorizontal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> has a drag window. When
--   <a>True</a> the toolitem can be used as a drag source through
--   <a>widgetDragSourceSet</a>. When <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> has a drag
--   window it will intercept all events, even those that would otherwise
--   be sent to a child of <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemSetUseDragWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the text to be displayed as tooltip on the item. See
--   <a>widgetSetTooltipText</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
toolItemSetTooltipText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the markup text to be displayed as tooltip on the item. See
--   <a>widgetSetTooltipMarkup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
toolItemSetTooltipMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>MenuItem</a> used in the toolbar overflow menu. The
--   <i><tt>menuItemId</tt></i> is used to identify the caller of this
--   function and should also be used with <a>toolItemGetProxyMenuItem</a>.
--   
--   See also <a>createMenuProxy</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemSetProxyMenuItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a, IsWidget b) => a -> Text -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> should be considered important.
--   The <a>ToolButton</a> class uses this property to determine whether to
--   show or hide its label when the toolbar style is
--   <a>ToolbarStyleBothHoriz</a>. The result is that only tool buttons
--   with the “is_important” property set have labels, an effect known as
--   “priority text”
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemSetIsImportant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is to be allocated the same size
--   as other homogeneous items. The effect is that all homogeneous items
--   will have the same width as the widest of the items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemSetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is allocated extra space when
--   there is more room on the toolbar then needed for the items. The
--   effect is that the item gets bigger when the toolbar gets bigger and
--   smaller when the toolbar gets smaller.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemSetExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns the <a>MenuItem</a> that was last set by
--   <a>toolItemSetProxyMenuItem</a>, ie. the <a>MenuItem</a> that is going
--   to appear in the overflow menu.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemRetrieveProxyMenuItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Calling this function signals to the toolbar that the overflow menu
--   item for <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> has changed. If the overflow menu is
--   visible when this function it called, the menu will be rebuilt.
--   
--   The function must be called when the tool item changes what it will do
--   in response to the <a>createMenuProxy</a> signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
toolItemRebuildMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m ()

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is visible when the toolbar
--   is docked vertically. See <a>toolItemSetVisibleVertical</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetVisibleVertical :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is visible on toolbars
--   that are docked horizontally.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetVisibleHorizontal :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> has a drag window. See
--   <a>toolItemSetUseDragWindow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetUseDragWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the toolbar style used for <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>. Custom
--   subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should call this function in the handler
--   of the
--   GtkToolItem[toolbar_reconfigured](#g:signal:toolbar_reconfigured)
--   signal to find out in what style the toolbar is displayed and change
--   themselves accordingly
--   
--   Possibilities are:
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li><a>ToolbarStyleBoth</a>, meaning the tool item should show both an
--   icon and a label, stacked vertically</li>
--   <li><a>ToolbarStyleIcons</a>, meaning the toolbar shows only
--   icons</li>
--   <li><a>ToolbarStyleText</a>, meaning the tool item should only show
--   text</li>
--   <li><a>ToolbarStyleBothHoriz</a>, meaning the tool item should show
--   both an icon and a label, arranged horizontally</li>
--   </ul>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetToolbarStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m ToolbarStyle

-- | Returns the size group used for labels in <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>.
--   Custom subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should call this function and use
--   the size group for labels.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGetTextSizeGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m SizeGroup

-- | Returns the text orientation used for <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>. Custom
--   subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should call this function to find out
--   how text should be orientated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGetTextOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Orientation

-- | Returns the text alignment used for <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>. Custom
--   subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should call this function to find out
--   how text should be aligned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGetTextAlignment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Float

-- | Returns the relief style of <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>. See
--   <a>buttonSetRelief</a>. Custom subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should
--   call this function in the handler of the
--   <a>ToolItem</a>::<tt><i>toolbar_reconfigured</i></tt> signal to find
--   out the relief style of buttons.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetReliefStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m ReliefStyle

-- | If <i><tt>menuItemId</tt></i> matches the string passed to
--   <a>toolItemSetProxyMenuItem</a> return the corresponding
--   <a>MenuItem</a>.
--   
--   Custom subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should use this function to
--   update their menu item when the <a>ToolItem</a> changes. That the
--   <i><tt>menuItemIds</tt></i> must match ensures that a <a>ToolItem</a>
--   will not inadvertently change a menu item that they did not create.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetProxyMenuItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Returns the orientation used for <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>. Custom
--   subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should call this function to find out
--   what size icons they should use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Orientation

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is considered important. See
--   <a>toolItemSetIsImportant</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetIsImportant :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the icon size used for <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>. Custom
--   subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should call this function to find out
--   what size icons they should use.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetIconSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is the same size as other
--   homogeneous items. See <a>toolItemSetHomogeneous</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetHomogeneous :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> is allocated extra space. See
--   <a>toolItemSetExpand</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemGetExpand :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the ellipsize mode used for <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i>. Custom
--   subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a> should call this function to find out
--   how text should be ellipsized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGetEllipsizeMode :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItem a) => a -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Creates a new <a>ToolItem</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolItemNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ToolItem

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-vertical</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolItemVisibleVertical :: (IsToolItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-vertical</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolItem [ #visibleVertical <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolItemVisibleVertical :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-vertical</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolItem #visibleVertical
--   </pre>
getToolItemVisibleVertical :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible-horizontal</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolItemVisibleHorizontal :: (IsToolItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible-horizontal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolItem [ #visibleHorizontal <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolItemVisibleHorizontal :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible-horizontal</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolItem #visibleHorizontal
--   </pre>
getToolItemVisibleHorizontal :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>is-important</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolItemIsImportant :: (IsToolItem o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>is-important</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolItem [ #isImportant <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolItemIsImportant :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItem o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>is-important</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolItem #isImportant
--   </pre>
getToolItemIsImportant :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItem o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toolbarReconfigured</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toolItem #toolbarReconfigured callback
--   </pre>
afterToolItemToolbarReconfigured :: (IsToolItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toolbarReconfigured</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toolItem #toolbarReconfigured callback
--   </pre>
onToolItemToolbarReconfigured :: (IsToolItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback</a>.
wrap_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback :: ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback -> C_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToolItemToolbarReconfigured :: MonadIO m => ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback</a></tt>.
noToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback :: Maybe ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>createMenuProxy</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toolItem #createMenuProxy callback
--   </pre>
afterToolItemCreateMenuProxy :: (IsToolItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>createMenuProxy</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toolItem #createMenuProxy callback
--   </pre>
onToolItemCreateMenuProxy :: (IsToolItem a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback</a>.
wrap_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback :: ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback -> C_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToolItemCreateMenuProxy :: MonadIO m => ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback</a></tt>.
noToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback :: Maybe ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ToolItem</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToolItem :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItem o) => o -> m ToolItem

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback</a>.
mk_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback :: C_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback</a>.
mk_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback :: C_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted when the toolbar needs information from
--   <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> about whether the item should appear in the
--   toolbar overflow menu. In response the tool item should either
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>call <a>toolItemSetProxyMenuItem</a> with a <a>Nothing</a> pointer
--   and return <a>True</a> to indicate that the item should not appear in
--   the overflow menu</li>
--   <li>call <a>toolItemSetProxyMenuItem</a> with a new menu item and
--   return <a>True</a>, or</li>
--   <li>return <a>False</a> to indicate that the signal was not handled by
--   the item. This means that the item will not appear in the overflow
--   menu unless a later handler installs a menu item.</li>
--   </ul>
--   
--   The toolbar may cache the result of this signal. When the tool item
--   changes how it will respond to this signal it must call
--   <a>toolItemRebuildMenu</a> to invalidate the cache and ensure that the
--   toolbar rebuilds its overflow menu.
type ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToolItemCreateMenuProxyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | This signal is emitted when some property of the toolbar that the item
--   is a child of changes. For custom subclasses of <a>ToolItem</a>, the
--   default handler of this signal use the functions
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li><a>toolShellGetOrientation</a></li>
--   <li><a>toolShellGetStyle</a></li>
--   <li><a>toolShellGetIconSize</a></li>
--   <li><a>toolShellGetReliefStyle</a></li>
--   </ul>
--   
--   to find out what the toolbar should look like and change themselves
--   accordingly.
type ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the label of the tool item group. The label widget is displayed
--   in the header of the group, in place of the usual label.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupSetLabelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a, IsWidget b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the label of the tool item group. The label is displayed in the
--   header of the group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the position of <i><tt>item</tt></i> in the list of children of
--   <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupSetItemPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a, IsToolItem b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Set the button relief of the group header. See <a>buttonSetRelief</a>
--   for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupSetHeaderRelief :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> ReliefStyle -> m ()

-- | Sets the ellipsization mode which should be used by labels in
--   <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupSetEllipsize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> EllipsizeMode -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the <i><tt>group</tt></i> should be collapsed or
--   expanded.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupSetCollapsed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Inserts <i><tt>item</tt></i> at <i><tt>position</tt></i> in the list
--   of children of <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a, IsToolItem b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the tool item at <i><tt>index</tt></i> in group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetNthItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> Word32 -> m ToolItem

-- | Gets the number of tool items in <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetNItems :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Gets the label widget of <i><tt>group</tt></i>. See
--   <a>toolItemGroupSetLabelWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetLabelWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> m Widget

-- | Gets the label of <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the position of <i><tt>item</tt></i> in <i><tt>group</tt></i> as
--   index.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetItemPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a, IsToolItem b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Gets the relief mode of the header button of <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetHeaderRelief :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> m ReliefStyle

-- | Gets the ellipsization mode of <i><tt>group</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetEllipsize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Gets the tool item at position (x, y).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetDropItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ToolItem

-- | Gets whether <i><tt>group</tt></i> is collapsed or expanded.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupGetCollapsed :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new tool item group with label <i><tt>label</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
toolItemGroupNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m ToolItemGroup

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolItemGroupLabelWidget :: (IsToolItemGroup o, MonadIO m, IsWidget a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolItemGroup [ #labelWidget <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolItemGroupLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o, IsWidget a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label-widget</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolItemGroup #labelWidget
--   </pre>
getToolItemGroupLabelWidget :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> m Widget

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolItemGroupLabel :: (IsToolItemGroup o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolItemGroup [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolItemGroupLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolItemGroup #label
--   </pre>
getToolItemGroupLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>header-relief</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolItemGroupHeaderRelief :: (IsToolItemGroup o, MonadIO m) => ReliefStyle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>header-relief</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolItemGroup [ #headerRelief <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolItemGroupHeaderRelief :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> ReliefStyle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>header-relief</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolItemGroup #headerRelief
--   </pre>
getToolItemGroupHeaderRelief :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> m ReliefStyle

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolItemGroupEllipsize :: (IsToolItemGroup o, MonadIO m) => EllipsizeMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolItemGroup [ #ellipsize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolItemGroupEllipsize :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> EllipsizeMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolItemGroup #ellipsize
--   </pre>
getToolItemGroupEllipsize :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>collapsed</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolItemGroupCollapsed :: (IsToolItemGroup o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>collapsed</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolItemGroup [ #collapsed <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolItemGroupCollapsed :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>collapsed</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolItemGroup #collapsed
--   </pre>
getToolItemGroupCollapsed :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>ToolItemGroup</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToolItemGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsToolItemGroup o) => o -> m ToolItemGroup

-- | Unsets a toolbar style set with <a>toolbarSetStyle</a>, so that user
--   preferences will be used to determine the toolbar style.
toolbarUnsetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> m ()

-- | Unsets toolbar icon size set with <a>toolbarSetIconSize</a>, so that
--   user preferences will be used to determine the icon size.
toolbarUnsetIconSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> m ()

-- | Alters the view of <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i> to display either icons
--   only, text only, or both.
toolbarSetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> ToolbarStyle -> m ()

-- | Sets whether to show an overflow menu when <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i>
--   isn’t allocated enough size to show all of its items. If <a>True</a>,
--   items which can’t fit in <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i>, and which have a
--   proxy menu item set by <a>toolItemSetProxyMenuItem</a> or
--   <a>createMenuProxy</a>, will be available in an overflow menu, which
--   can be opened by an added arrow button. If <a>False</a>,
--   <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i> will request enough size to fit all of its
--   child items without any overflow.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarSetShowArrow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | This function sets the size of stock icons in the toolbar. You can
--   call it both before you add the icons and after they’ve been added.
--   The size you set will override user preferences for the default icon
--   size.
--   
--   This should only be used for special-purpose toolbars, normal
--   application toolbars should respect the user preferences for the size
--   of icons.
toolbarSetIconSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> IconSize -> m ()

-- | Highlights <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i> to give an idea of what it would
--   look like if <i><tt>item</tt></i> was added to <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i>
--   at the position indicated by <i><tt>index_</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>item</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, highlighting is turned off. In
--   that case <i><tt>index_</tt></i> is ignored.
--   
--   The <i><tt>toolItem</tt></i> passed to this function must not be part
--   of any widget hierarchy. When an item is set as drop highlight item it
--   can not added to any widget hierarchy or used as highlight item for
--   another toolbar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarSetDropHighlightItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a, IsToolItem b) => a -> Maybe b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Insert a <a>ToolItem</a> into the toolbar at position
--   <i><tt>pos</tt></i>. If <i><tt>pos</tt></i> is 0 the item is prepended
--   to the start of the toolbar. If <i><tt>pos</tt></i> is negative, the
--   item is appended to the end of the toolbar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarInsert :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a, IsToolItem b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Retrieves whether the toolbar has text, icons, or both . See
--   <a>toolbarSetStyle</a>.
toolbarGetStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> m ToolbarStyle

-- | Returns whether the toolbar has an overflow menu. See
--   <a>toolbarSetShowArrow</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarGetShowArrow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the relief style of buttons on <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i>. See
--   <a>buttonSetRelief</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarGetReliefStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> m ReliefStyle

-- | Returns the <i><tt>n</tt></i>'th item on <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i>, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if the toolbar does not contain an <i><tt>n</tt></i>'th
--   item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarGetNthItem :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Maybe ToolItem)

-- | Returns the number of items on the toolbar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarGetNItems :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the position of <i><tt>item</tt></i> on the toolbar, starting
--   from 0. It is an error if <i><tt>item</tt></i> is not a child of the
--   toolbar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarGetItemIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a, IsToolItem b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the icon size for the toolbar. See
--   <a>toolbarSetIconSize</a>.
toolbarGetIconSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> m IconSize

-- | Returns the position corresponding to the indicated point on
--   <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i>. This is useful when dragging items to the
--   toolbar: this function returns the position a new item should be
--   inserted.
--   
--   <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> are in <i><tt>toolbar</tt></i>
--   coordinates.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toolbarGetDropIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToolbar a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Creates a new toolbar.
toolbarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Toolbar

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>toolbar-style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolbarToolbarStyle :: (IsToolbar o, MonadIO m) => ToolbarStyle -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>toolbar-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolbar [ #toolbarStyle <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolbarToolbarStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> ToolbarStyle -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>toolbar-style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolbar #toolbarStyle
--   </pre>
getToolbarToolbarStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> m ToolbarStyle

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-arrow</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolbarShowArrow :: (IsToolbar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-arrow</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolbar [ #showArrow <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolbarShowArrow :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-arrow</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolbar #showArrow
--   </pre>
getToolbarShowArrow :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-size-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolbarIconSizeSet :: (IsToolbar o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-size-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolbar [ #iconSizeSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolbarIconSizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-size-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolbar #iconSizeSet
--   </pre>
getToolbarIconSizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToolbarIconSize :: (IsToolbar o, MonadIO m) => IconSize -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toolbar [ #iconSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToolbarIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> IconSize -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toolbar #iconSize
--   </pre>
getToolbarIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> m IconSize

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>styleChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toolbar #styleChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterToolbarStyleChanged :: (IsToolbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolbarStyleChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>styleChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toolbar #styleChanged callback
--   </pre>
onToolbarStyleChanged :: (IsToolbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolbarStyleChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToolbarStyleChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback :: ToolbarStyleChangedCallback -> C_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToolbarStyleChanged :: MonadIO m => ToolbarStyleChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToolbarStyleChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noToolbarStyleChangedCallback :: Maybe ToolbarStyleChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popupContextMenu</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toolbar #popupContextMenu callback
--   </pre>
afterToolbarPopupContextMenu :: (IsToolbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popupContextMenu</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toolbar #popupContextMenu callback
--   </pre>
onToolbarPopupContextMenu :: (IsToolbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback</a>.
wrap_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback :: ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback -> C_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToolbarPopupContextMenu :: MonadIO m => ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback</a></tt>.
noToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback :: Maybe ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>orientationChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toolbar #orientationChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterToolbarOrientationChanged :: (IsToolbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>orientationChanged</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toolbar #orientationChanged callback
--   </pre>
onToolbarOrientationChanged :: (IsToolbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback :: ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback -> C_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToolbarOrientationChanged :: MonadIO m => ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noToolbarOrientationChangedCallback :: Maybe ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusHomeOrEnd</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toolbar #focusHomeOrEnd callback
--   </pre>
afterToolbarFocusHomeOrEnd :: (IsToolbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>focusHomeOrEnd</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toolbar #focusHomeOrEnd callback
--   </pre>
onToolbarFocusHomeOrEnd :: (IsToolbar a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback</a>.
wrap_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback :: ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback -> C_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEnd :: MonadIO m => ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback</a></tt>.
noToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback :: Maybe ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Toolbar</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToolbar :: (MonadIO m, IsToolbar o) => o -> m Toolbar

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback</a>.
mk_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback :: C_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback</a>.
mk_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback :: C_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback</a>.
mk_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback :: C_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback</a>.
mk_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback :: C_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Toolbar
Toolbar :: ManagedPtr Toolbar -> Toolbar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Toolbar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toToolbar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Toolbar o) => IsToolbar o

-- | A keybinding signal used internally by GTK+. This signal can't be used
--   in application code
type ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback = Bool -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndCallback = Ptr () -> CInt -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Emitted when the orientation of the toolbar changes.
type ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback = Orientation -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToolbarOrientationChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the user right-clicks the toolbar or uses the keybinding
--   to display a popup menu.
--   
--   Application developers should handle this signal if they want to
--   display a context menu on the toolbar. The context-menu should appear
--   at the coordinates given by <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i>.
--   The mouse button number is given by the <i><tt>button</tt></i>
--   parameter. If the menu was popped up using the keybaord,
--   <i><tt>button</tt></i> is -1.
type ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback = Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToolbarPopupContextMenuCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Emitted when the style of the toolbar changes.
type ToolbarStyleChangedCallback = ToolbarStyle -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToolbarStyleChangedCallback = Ptr () -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Triggers a new tooltip query on <i><tt>display</tt></i>, in order to
--   update the current visible tooltip, or to show/hide the current
--   tooltip. This function is useful to call when, for example, the state
--   of the widget changed by a key press.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
tooltipTriggerTooltipQuery :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsDisplay a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the area of the widget, where the contents of this tooltip apply,
--   to be <i><tt>rect</tt></i> (in widget coordinates). This is especially
--   useful for properly setting tooltips on <a>TreeView</a> rows and
--   cells, <tt><i>GtkIconViews</i></tt>, etc.
--   
--   For setting tooltips on <a>TreeView</a>, please refer to the
--   convenience functions for this: <a>treeViewSetTooltipRow</a> and
--   <a>treeViewSetTooltipCell</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
tooltipSetTipArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTooltip a) => a -> Rectangle -> m ()

-- | Sets the text of the tooltip to be <i><tt>text</tt></i>. If
--   <i><tt>text</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the label will be hidden. See
--   also <a>tooltipSetMarkup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
tooltipSetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTooltip a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the text of the tooltip to be <i><tt>markup</tt></i>, which is
--   marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. If
--   <i><tt>markup</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the label will be hidden.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
tooltipSetMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTooltip a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the
--   stock item indicated by <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> with the size
--   indicated by <i><tt>size</tt></i>. If <i><tt>stockId</tt></i> is
--   <a>Nothing</a>, the image will be hidden.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
tooltipSetIconFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTooltip a) => a -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the
--   icon indicated by <i><tt>iconName</tt></i> with the size indicated by
--   <i><tt>size</tt></i>. If <i><tt>iconName</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>,
--   the image will be hidden.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
tooltipSetIconFromIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTooltip a) => a -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be the
--   icon indicated by <i><tt>gicon</tt></i> with the size indicated by
--   <i><tt>size</tt></i>. If <i><tt>gicon</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, the
--   image will be hidden.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
tooltipSetIconFromGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTooltip a, IsIcon b) => a -> Maybe b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be
--   <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i>. If <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>,
--   the image will be hidden.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
tooltipSetIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTooltip a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Replaces the widget packed into the tooltip with
--   <i><tt>customWidget</tt></i>. <i><tt>customWidget</tt></i> does not
--   get destroyed when the tooltip goes away. By default a box with a
--   <a>Image</a> and <a>Label</a> is embedded in the tooltip, which can be
--   configured using <a>tooltipSetMarkup</a> and <a>tooltipSetIcon</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
tooltipSetCustom :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTooltip a, IsWidget b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>Tooltip</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTooltip :: (MonadIO m, IsTooltip o) => o -> m Tooltip

-- | Sets the “add_tearoffs” property, which controls whether menus
--   generated by this <a>UIManager</a> will have tearoff menu items.
--   
--   Note that this only affects regular menus. Generated popup menus never
--   have tearoff menu items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerSetAddTearoffs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Unmerges the part of <i><tt>manager</tt></i>'s content identified by
--   <i><tt>mergeId</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerRemoveUi :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Removes an action group from the list of action groups associated with
--   <i><tt>manager</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerRemoveActionGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a, IsActionGroup b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns an unused merge id, suitable for use with
--   <a>uIManagerAddUi</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerNewMergeId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Inserts an action group into the list of action groups associated with
--   <i><tt>manager</tt></i>. Actions in earlier groups hide actions with
--   the same name in later groups.
--   
--   If <i><tt>pos</tt></i> is larger than the number of action groups in
--   <i><tt>manager</tt></i>, or negative, <i><tt>actionGroup</tt></i> will
--   be inserted at the end of the internal list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerInsertActionGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a, IsActionGroup b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Looks up a widget by following a path. The path consists of the names
--   specified in the XML description of the UI. separated by “/”. Elements
--   which don’t have a name or action attribute in the XML (e.g.
--   &lt;popup&gt;) can be addressed by their XML element name (e.g.
--   "popup"). The root element ("/ui") can be omitted in the path.
--   
--   Note that the widget found by following a path that ends in a
--   &lt;menu&gt;; element is the menuitem to which the menu is attached,
--   not the menu it manages.
--   
--   Also note that the widgets constructed by a ui manager are not tied to
--   the lifecycle of the ui manager. If you add the widgets returned by
--   this function to some container or explicitly ref them, they will
--   survive the destruction of the ui manager.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerGetWidget :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe Widget)

-- | Creates a [UI definition][XML-UI] of the merged UI.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerGetUi :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> m Text

-- | Obtains a list of all toplevel widgets of the requested types.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerGetToplevels :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> [UIManagerItemType] -> m [Widget]

-- | Returns whether menus generated by this <a>UIManager</a> will have
--   tearoff menu items.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerGetAddTearoffs :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the list of action groups associated with
--   <i><tt>manager</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerGetActionGroups :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> m [ActionGroup]

-- | Looks up an action by following a path. See <a>uIManagerGetWidget</a>
--   for more information about paths.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerGetAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> Text -> m (Maybe Action)

-- | Returns the <a>AccelGroup</a> associated with <i><tt>manager</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerGetAccelGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> m AccelGroup

-- | Makes sure that all pending updates to the UI have been completed.
--   
--   This may occasionally be necessary, since <a>UIManager</a> updates the
--   UI in an idle function. A typical example where this function is
--   useful is to enforce that the menubar and toolbar have been added to
--   the main window before showing it:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
--   g_signal_connect (merge, "add-widget",
--                     G_CALLBACK (add_widget), vbox);
--   gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file (merge, "my-menus");
--   gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_file (merge, "my-toolbars");
--   gtk_ui_manager_ensure_update (merge);
--   gtk_widget_show (window);
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerEnsureUpdate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> m ()

-- | Parses a string containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and merges it
--   with the current contents of <i><tt>manager</tt></i>. An enclosing
--   &lt;ui&gt; element is added if it is missing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerAddUiFromString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> Text -> Int64 -> m Word32

-- | Parses a resource file containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and merges
--   it with the current contents of <i><tt>manager</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
uIManagerAddUiFromResource :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> Text -> m Word32

-- | Parses a file containing a [UI definition][XML-UI] and merges it with
--   the current contents of <i><tt>manager</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerAddUiFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> [Char] -> m Word32

-- | Adds a UI element to the current contents of <i><tt>manager</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>type</tt></i> is <a>UIManagerItemTypeAuto</a>, GTK+ inserts
--   a menuitem, toolitem or separator if such an element can be inserted
--   at the place determined by <i><tt>path</tt></i>. Otherwise
--   <i><tt>type</tt></i> must indicate an element that can be inserted at
--   the place determined by <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>path</tt></i> points to a menuitem or toolitem, the new
--   element will be inserted before or after this item, depending on
--   <i><tt>top</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerAddUi :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsUIManager a) => a -> Word32 -> Text -> Text -> Maybe Text -> [UIManagerItemType] -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Creates a new ui manager object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
uIManagerNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m UIManager

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ui</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> uIManager #ui
--   </pre>
getUIManagerUi :: (MonadIO m, IsUIManager o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>add-tearoffs</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructUIManagerAddTearoffs :: (IsUIManager o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>add-tearoffs</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> uIManager [ #addTearoffs <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setUIManagerAddTearoffs :: (MonadIO m, IsUIManager o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>add-tearoffs</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> uIManager #addTearoffs
--   </pre>
getUIManagerAddTearoffs :: (MonadIO m, IsUIManager o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preActivate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> uIManager #preActivate callback
--   </pre>
afterUIManagerPreActivate :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerPreActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preActivate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> uIManager #preActivate callback
--   </pre>
onUIManagerPreActivate :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerPreActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>UIManagerPreActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_UIManagerPreActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_UIManagerPreActivateCallback :: UIManagerPreActivateCallback -> C_UIManagerPreActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_UIManagerPreActivate :: MonadIO m => UIManagerPreActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_UIManagerPreActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>UIManagerPreActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noUIManagerPreActivateCallback :: Maybe UIManagerPreActivateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>postActivate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> uIManager #postActivate callback
--   </pre>
afterUIManagerPostActivate :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerPostActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>postActivate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> uIManager #postActivate callback
--   </pre>
onUIManagerPostActivate :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerPostActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>UIManagerPostActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_UIManagerPostActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_UIManagerPostActivateCallback :: UIManagerPostActivateCallback -> C_UIManagerPostActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_UIManagerPostActivate :: MonadIO m => UIManagerPostActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_UIManagerPostActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>UIManagerPostActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noUIManagerPostActivateCallback :: Maybe UIManagerPostActivateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>disconnectProxy</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> uIManager #disconnectProxy callback
--   </pre>
afterUIManagerDisconnectProxy :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>disconnectProxy</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> uIManager #disconnectProxy callback
--   </pre>
onUIManagerDisconnectProxy :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback</a>.
wrap_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback :: UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback -> C_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_UIManagerDisconnectProxy :: MonadIO m => UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback -> m (GClosure C_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback</a></tt>.
noUIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback :: Maybe UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>connectProxy</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> uIManager #connectProxy callback
--   </pre>
afterUIManagerConnectProxy :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerConnectProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>connectProxy</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> uIManager #connectProxy callback
--   </pre>
onUIManagerConnectProxy :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerConnectProxyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>UIManagerConnectProxyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback</a>.
wrap_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback :: UIManagerConnectProxyCallback -> C_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_UIManagerConnectProxy :: MonadIO m => UIManagerConnectProxyCallback -> m (GClosure C_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>UIManagerConnectProxyCallback</a></tt>.
noUIManagerConnectProxyCallback :: Maybe UIManagerConnectProxyCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>addWidget</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> uIManager #addWidget callback
--   </pre>
afterUIManagerAddWidget :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerAddWidgetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>addWidget</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> uIManager #addWidget callback
--   </pre>
onUIManagerAddWidget :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerAddWidgetCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>UIManagerAddWidgetCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback</a>.
wrap_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback :: UIManagerAddWidgetCallback -> C_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_UIManagerAddWidget :: MonadIO m => UIManagerAddWidgetCallback -> m (GClosure C_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>UIManagerAddWidgetCallback</a></tt>.
noUIManagerAddWidgetCallback :: Maybe UIManagerAddWidgetCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>actionsChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> uIManager #actionsChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterUIManagerActionsChanged :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerActionsChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>actionsChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> uIManager #actionsChanged callback
--   </pre>
onUIManagerActionsChanged :: (IsUIManager a, MonadIO m) => a -> UIManagerActionsChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>UIManagerActionsChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback :: UIManagerActionsChangedCallback -> C_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_UIManagerActionsChanged :: MonadIO m => UIManagerActionsChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>UIManagerActionsChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noUIManagerActionsChangedCallback :: Maybe UIManagerActionsChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>UIManager</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toUIManager :: (MonadIO m, IsUIManager o) => o -> m UIManager

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback</a>.
mk_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback :: C_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback</a>.
mk_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback :: C_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback</a>.
mk_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback :: C_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback</a>.
mk_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback :: C_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_UIManagerPostActivateCallback</a>.
mk_UIManagerPostActivateCallback :: C_UIManagerPostActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_UIManagerPostActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_UIManagerPreActivateCallback</a>.
mk_UIManagerPreActivateCallback :: C_UIManagerPreActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_UIManagerPreActivateCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype UIManager
UIManager :: ManagedPtr UIManager -> UIManager

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>UIManager</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toUIManager</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf UIManager o) => IsUIManager o

-- | The <a>actionsChanged</a> signal is emitted whenever the set of
--   actions changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type UIManagerActionsChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_UIManagerActionsChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>addWidget</a> signal is emitted for each generated menubar and
--   toolbar. It is not emitted for generated popup menus, which can be
--   obtained by <a>uIManagerGetWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type UIManagerAddWidgetCallback = Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_UIManagerAddWidgetCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>connectProxy</a> signal is emitted after connecting a proxy to
--   an action in the group.
--   
--   This is intended for simple customizations for which a custom action
--   class would be too clumsy, e.g. showing tooltips for menuitems in the
--   statusbar.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type UIManagerConnectProxyCallback = Action -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_UIManagerConnectProxyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Action -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>disconnectProxy</a> signal is emitted after disconnecting a
--   proxy from an action in the group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback = Action -> Widget -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_UIManagerDisconnectProxyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Action -> Ptr Widget -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>postActivate</a> signal is emitted just after the
--   <i><tt>action</tt></i> is activated.
--   
--   This is intended for applications to get notification just after any
--   action is activated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type UIManagerPostActivateCallback = Action -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_UIManagerPostActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Action -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>preActivate</a> signal is emitted just before the
--   <i><tt>action</tt></i> is activated.
--   
--   This is intended for applications to get notification just before any
--   action is activated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type UIManagerPreActivateCallback = Action -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_UIManagerPreActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr Action -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new <a>VBox</a>.
vBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Bool -> Int32 -> m VBox

-- | Cast to <a>VBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe. For
--   general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toVBox :: (MonadIO m, IsVBox o) => o -> m VBox

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype VBox
VBox :: ManagedPtr VBox -> VBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>VBox</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toVBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf VBox o) => IsVBox o

-- | Creates a new vertical button box.
vButtonBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m VButtonBox

-- | Cast to <a>VButtonBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toVButtonBox :: (MonadIO m, IsVButtonBox o) => o -> m VButtonBox

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype VButtonBox
VButtonBox :: ManagedPtr VButtonBox -> VButtonBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>VButtonBox</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toVButtonBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf VButtonBox o) => IsVButtonBox o

-- | Create a new <a>VPaned</a>
vPanedNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m VPaned

-- | Cast to <a>VPaned</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toVPaned :: (MonadIO m, IsVPaned o) => o -> m VPaned

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype VPaned
VPaned :: ManagedPtr VPaned -> VPaned

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>VPaned</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toVPaned</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf VPaned o) => IsVPaned o

-- | Creates a new vertical scale widget that lets the user input a number
--   between <i><tt>min</tt></i> and <i><tt>max</tt></i> (including
--   <i><tt>min</tt></i> and <i><tt>max</tt></i>) with the increment
--   <i><tt>step</tt></i>. <i><tt>step</tt></i> must be nonzero; it’s the
--   distance the slider moves when using the arrow keys to adjust the
--   scale value.
--   
--   Note that the way in which the precision is derived works best if
--   <i><tt>step</tt></i> is a power of ten. If the resulting precision is
--   not suitable for your needs, use <a>scaleSetDigits</a> to correct it.
vScaleNewWithRange :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> Double -> m VScale

-- | Creates a new <a>VScale</a>.
vScaleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m VScale

-- | Cast to <a>VScale</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toVScale :: (MonadIO m, IsVScale o) => o -> m VScale

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype VScale
VScale :: ManagedPtr VScale -> VScale

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>VScale</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toVScale</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf VScale o) => IsVScale o

-- | Creates a new vertical scrollbar.
vScrollbarNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => Maybe a -> m VScrollbar

-- | Cast to <a>VScrollbar</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toVScrollbar :: (MonadIO m, IsVScrollbar o) => o -> m VScrollbar

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype VScrollbar
VScrollbar :: ManagedPtr VScrollbar -> VScrollbar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>VScrollbar</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toVScrollbar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf VScrollbar o) => IsVScrollbar o

-- | Creates a new <a>VSeparator</a>.
vSeparatorNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m VSeparator

-- | Cast to <a>VSeparator</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toVSeparator :: (MonadIO m, IsVSeparator o) => o -> m VSeparator

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype VSeparator
VSeparator :: ManagedPtr VSeparator -> VSeparator

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>VSeparator</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toVSeparator</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf VSeparator o) => IsVSeparator o

-- | Sets the vertical adjustment of the viewport.
viewportSetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsViewport a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the shadow type of the viewport.
viewportSetShadowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsViewport a) => a -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Sets the horizontal adjustment of the viewport.
viewportSetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsViewport a, IsAdjustment b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Gets the view window of the <a>Viewport</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.22</i>
viewportGetViewWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsViewport a) => a -> m Window

-- | Returns the vertical adjustment of the viewport.
viewportGetVadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsViewport a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Gets the shadow type of the <a>Viewport</a>. See
--   <a>viewportSetShadowType</a>.
viewportGetShadowType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsViewport a) => a -> m ShadowType

-- | Returns the horizontal adjustment of the viewport.
viewportGetHadjustment :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsViewport a) => a -> m Adjustment

-- | Gets the bin window of the <a>Viewport</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
viewportGetBinWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsViewport a) => a -> m Window

-- | Creates a new <a>Viewport</a> with the given adjustments, or with
--   default adjustments if none are given.
viewportNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a, IsAdjustment b) => Maybe a -> Maybe b -> m Viewport

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructViewportShadowType :: (IsViewport o, MonadIO m) => ShadowType -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> viewport [ #shadowType <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setViewportShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsViewport o) => o -> ShadowType -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>shadow-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> viewport #shadowType
--   </pre>
getViewportShadowType :: (MonadIO m, IsViewport o) => o -> m ShadowType

-- | Cast to <a>Viewport</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toViewport :: (MonadIO m, IsViewport o) => o -> m Viewport

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Viewport
Viewport :: ManagedPtr Viewport -> Viewport

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Viewport</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toViewport</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Viewport o) => IsViewport o

-- | Creates a <a>VolumeButton</a>, with a range between 0.0 and 1.0, with
--   a stepping of 0.02. Volume values can be obtained and modified using
--   the functions from <a>ScaleButton</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
volumeButtonNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m VolumeButton

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-symbolic</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructVolumeButtonUseSymbolic :: (IsVolumeButton o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-symbolic</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> volumeButton [ #useSymbolic <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setVolumeButtonUseSymbolic :: (MonadIO m, IsVolumeButton o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-symbolic</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> volumeButton #useSymbolic
--   </pre>
getVolumeButtonUseSymbolic :: (MonadIO m, IsVolumeButton o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>VolumeButton</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toVolumeButton :: (MonadIO m, IsVolumeButton o) => o -> m VolumeButton

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype VolumeButton
VolumeButton :: ManagedPtr VolumeButton -> VolumeButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>VolumeButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toVolumeButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf VolumeButton o) => IsVolumeButton o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Widget
Widget :: ManagedPtr Widget -> Widget

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Widget</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toWidget</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Widget o) => IsWidget o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeViewColumn
TreeViewColumn :: ManagedPtr TreeViewColumn -> TreeViewColumn

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>TreeViewColumn</a>, for instance with <a>toTreeViewColumn</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeViewColumn o) => IsTreeViewColumn o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeView
TreeView :: ManagedPtr TreeView -> TreeView

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TreeView</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTreeView</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeView o) => IsTreeView o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeSelection
TreeSelection :: ManagedPtr TreeSelection -> TreeSelection

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TreeSelection</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toTreeSelection</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeSelection o) => IsTreeSelection o

-- | Menu positioning function to use with <a>menuPopup</a> to position
--   <i><tt>menu</tt></i> aligned to the status icon
--   <i><tt>userData</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconPositionMenu :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsMenu a, IsStatusIcon b) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> b -> m (Int32, Int32, Bool)

-- | Shows or hides a status icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconSetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>text</tt></i> as the contents of the tooltip.
--   
--   This function will take care of setting
--   <a>StatusIcon</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> to <a>True</a> and of
--   the default handler for the <a>queryTooltip</a> signal.
--   
--   See also the <a>StatusIcon</a>:<tt><i>tooltip-text</i></tt> property
--   and <a>tooltipSetText</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
statusIconSetTooltipText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets <i><tt>markup</tt></i> as the contents of the tooltip, which is
--   marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat].
--   
--   This function will take care of setting
--   <a>StatusIcon</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> to <a>True</a> and of
--   the default handler for the <a>queryTooltip</a> signal.
--   
--   See also the <a>StatusIcon</a>:<tt><i>tooltip-markup</i></tt> property
--   and <a>tooltipSetMarkup</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
statusIconSetTooltipMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the title of this tray icon. This should be a short,
--   human-readable, localized string describing the tray icon. It may be
--   used by tools like screen readers to render the tray icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
statusIconSetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Screen</a> where <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i> is displayed;
--   if the icon is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and then remapped
--   on the new screen.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
statusIconSetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a, IsScreen b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the name of this tray icon. This should be a string identifying
--   this icon. It is may be used for sorting the icons in the tray and
--   will not be shown to the user.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
statusIconSetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the has-tooltip property on <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>hasTooltip</tt></i>. See
--   <a>StatusIcon</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
statusIconSetHasTooltip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Makes <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i> display the stock icon with the id
--   <i><tt>stockId</tt></i>. See <a>statusIconNewFromStock</a> for
--   details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconSetFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Makes <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i> display <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i>. See
--   <a>statusIconNewFromPixbuf</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconSetFromPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Makes <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i> display the icon named
--   <i><tt>iconName</tt></i> from the current icon theme. See
--   <a>statusIconNewFromIconName</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconSetFromIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Makes <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i> display the <a>Icon</a>. See
--   <a>statusIconNewFromGicon</a> for details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
statusIconSetFromGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a, IsIcon b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Makes <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i> display the file
--   <i><tt>filename</tt></i>. See <a>statusIconNewFromFile</a> for
--   details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconSetFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the status icon is embedded in a notification area.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconIsEmbedded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m Bool

-- | This function is only useful on the X11/freedesktop.org platform.
--   
--   It returns a window ID for the widget in the underlying status icon
--   implementation. This is useful for the Galago notification service,
--   which can send a window ID in the protocol in order for the server to
--   position notification windows pointing to a status icon reliably.
--   
--   This function is not intended for other use cases which are more
--   likely to be met by one of the non-X11 specific methods, such as
--   <a>statusIconPositionMenu</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
statusIconGetX11WindowId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Returns whether the status icon is visible or not. Note that being
--   visible does not guarantee that the user can actually see the icon,
--   see also <a>statusIconIsEmbedded</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconGetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the contents of the tooltip for <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
statusIconGetTooltipText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the contents of the tooltip for <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
statusIconGetTooltipMarkup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the title of this tray icon. See <a>statusIconSetTitle</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
statusIconGetTitle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the type of representation being used by the <a>StatusIcon</a> to
--   store image data. If the <a>StatusIcon</a> has no image data, the
--   return value will be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconGetStorageType :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m ImageType

-- | Gets the id of the stock icon being displayed by the
--   <a>StatusIcon</a>. The storage type of the status icon must be
--   <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or <a>ImageTypeStock</a> (see
--   <a>statusIconGetStorageType</a>). The returned string is owned by the
--   <a>StatusIcon</a> and should not be freed or modified.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconGetStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Gets the size in pixels that is available for the image. Stock icons
--   and named icons adapt their size automatically if the size of the
--   notification area changes. For other storage types, the size-changed
--   signal can be used to react to size changes.
--   
--   Note that the returned size is only meaningful while the status icon
--   is embedded (see <a>statusIconIsEmbedded</a>).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconGetSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the <a>Screen</a> associated with <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
statusIconGetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m Screen

-- | Gets the <a>Pixbuf</a> being displayed by the <a>StatusIcon</a>. The
--   storage type of the status icon must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypePixbuf</a> (see <a>statusIconGetStorageType</a>). The
--   caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned
--   pixbuf.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconGetPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Gets the name of the icon being displayed by the <a>StatusIcon</a>.
--   The storage type of the status icon must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypeIconName</a> (see <a>statusIconGetStorageType</a>). The
--   returned string is owned by the <a>StatusIcon</a> and should not be
--   freed or modified.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconGetIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
--   <a>StatusIcon</a>:<tt><i>has-tooltip</i></tt> for more information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
statusIconGetHasTooltip :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves the <a>Icon</a> being displayed by the <a>StatusIcon</a>.
--   The storage type of the status icon must be <a>ImageTypeEmpty</a> or
--   <a>ImageTypeGicon</a> (see <a>statusIconGetStorageType</a>). The
--   caller of this function does not own a reference to the returned
--   <a>Icon</a>.
--   
--   If this function fails, <i><tt>icon</tt></i> is left unchanged;
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
statusIconGetGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Obtains information about the location of the status icon on screen.
--   This information can be used to e.g. position popups like notification
--   bubbles.
--   
--   See <a>statusIconPositionMenu</a> for a more convenient alternative
--   for positioning menus.
--   
--   Note that some platforms do not allow GTK+ to provide this
--   information, and even on platforms that do allow it, the information
--   is not reliable unless the status icon is embedded in a notification
--   area, see <a>statusIconIsEmbedded</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconGetGeometry :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon a) => a -> m (Bool, Screen, Rectangle, Orientation)

-- | Creates a status icon displaying a stock icon. Sample stock icon names
--   are <a>STOCK_OPEN</a>, <a>STOCK_QUIT</a>. You can register your own
--   stock icon names, see <a>iconFactoryAddDefault</a> and
--   <a>iconFactoryAdd</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconNewFromStock :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m StatusIcon

-- | Creates a status icon displaying <i><tt>pixbuf</tt></i>.
--   
--   The image will be scaled down to fit in the available space in the
--   notification area, if necessary.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconNewFromPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m StatusIcon

-- | Creates a status icon displaying an icon from the current icon theme.
--   If the current icon theme is changed, the icon will be updated
--   appropriately.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconNewFromIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> m StatusIcon

-- | Creates a status icon displaying a <a>Icon</a>. If the icon is a
--   themed icon, it will be updated when the theme changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
statusIconNewFromGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m StatusIcon

-- | Creates a status icon displaying the file <i><tt>filename</tt></i>.
--   
--   The image will be scaled down to fit in the available space in the
--   notification area, if necessary.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconNewFromFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => [Char] -> m StatusIcon

-- | Creates an empty status icon object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
statusIconNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m StatusIcon

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>visible</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconVisible :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #visible <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>visible</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #visible
--   </pre>
getStatusIconVisible :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconTooltipText :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #tooltipText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #tooltipText
--   </pre>
getStatusIconTooltipText :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-markup</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #tooltipMarkup
--   </pre>
clearStatusIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>tooltip-markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconTooltipMarkup :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>tooltip-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #tooltipMarkup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>tooltip-markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #tooltipMarkup
--   </pre>
getStatusIconTooltipMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>title</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconTitle :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #title <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>title</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #title
--   </pre>
getStatusIconTitle :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m Text

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>storage-type</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #storageType
--   </pre>
getStatusIconStorageType :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m ImageType

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stock
--   </pre>
clearStatusIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stock</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconStock :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #stock <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #stock
--   </pre>
getStatusIconStock :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #size
--   </pre>
getStatusIconSize :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>screen</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconScreen :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #screen <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o, IsScreen a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>screen</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #screen
--   </pre>
getStatusIconScreen :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m Screen

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #pixbuf
--   </pre>
clearStatusIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconPixbuf :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #pixbuf <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #pixbuf
--   </pre>
getStatusIconPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>orientation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #orientation
--   </pre>
getStatusIconOrientation :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m Orientation

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #iconName
--   </pre>
clearStatusIconIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconIconName :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #iconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #iconName
--   </pre>
getStatusIconIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>has-tooltip</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconHasTooltip :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>has-tooltip</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #hasTooltip <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconHasTooltip :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>has-tooltip</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #hasTooltip
--   </pre>
getStatusIconHasTooltip :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gicon
--   </pre>
clearStatusIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconGicon :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #gicon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #gicon
--   </pre>
getStatusIconGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>file</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #file
--   </pre>
clearStatusIconFile :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>file</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructStatusIconFile :: (IsStatusIcon o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>file</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> statusIcon [ #file <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setStatusIconFile :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>embedded</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> statusIcon #embedded
--   </pre>
getStatusIconEmbedded :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>sizeChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusIcon #sizeChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusIconSizeChanged :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconSizeChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>sizeChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusIcon #sizeChanged callback
--   </pre>
onStatusIconSizeChanged :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconSizeChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusIconSizeChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback :: StatusIconSizeChangedCallback -> C_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusIconSizeChanged :: MonadIO m => StatusIconSizeChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusIconSizeChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusIconSizeChangedCallback :: Maybe StatusIconSizeChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusIcon #scrollEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusIconScrollEvent :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconScrollEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>scrollEvent</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusIcon #scrollEvent callback
--   </pre>
onStatusIconScrollEvent :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconScrollEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusIconScrollEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusIconScrollEventCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusIconScrollEventCallback :: StatusIconScrollEventCallback -> C_StatusIconScrollEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusIconScrollEvent :: MonadIO m => StatusIconScrollEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusIconScrollEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusIconScrollEventCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusIconScrollEventCallback :: Maybe StatusIconScrollEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>queryTooltip</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusIcon #queryTooltip callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusIconQueryTooltip :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>queryTooltip</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusIcon #queryTooltip callback
--   </pre>
onStatusIconQueryTooltip :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback :: StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback -> C_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusIconQueryTooltip :: MonadIO m => StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusIconQueryTooltipCallback :: Maybe StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popupMenu</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusIcon #popupMenu callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusIconPopupMenu :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconPopupMenuCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>popupMenu</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusIcon #popupMenu callback
--   </pre>
onStatusIconPopupMenu :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconPopupMenuCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusIconPopupMenuCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback :: StatusIconPopupMenuCallback -> C_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusIconPopupMenu :: MonadIO m => StatusIconPopupMenuCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusIconPopupMenuCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusIconPopupMenuCallback :: Maybe StatusIconPopupMenuCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>buttonReleaseEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusIcon #buttonReleaseEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusIconButtonReleaseEvent :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>buttonReleaseEvent</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusIcon #buttonReleaseEvent callback
--   </pre>
onStatusIconButtonReleaseEvent :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback :: StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback -> C_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusIconButtonReleaseEvent :: MonadIO m => StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback :: Maybe StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>buttonPressEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusIcon #buttonPressEvent callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusIconButtonPressEvent :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>buttonPressEvent</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusIcon #buttonPressEvent callback
--   </pre>
onStatusIconButtonPressEvent :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback :: StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback -> C_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusIconButtonPressEvent :: MonadIO m => StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusIconButtonPressEventCallback :: Maybe StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> statusIcon #activate callback
--   </pre>
afterStatusIconActivate :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>activate</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> statusIcon #activate callback
--   </pre>
onStatusIconActivate :: (IsStatusIcon a, MonadIO m) => a -> StatusIconActivateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>StatusIconActivateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_StatusIconActivateCallback</a>.
wrap_StatusIconActivateCallback :: StatusIconActivateCallback -> C_StatusIconActivateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_StatusIconActivate :: MonadIO m => StatusIconActivateCallback -> m (GClosure C_StatusIconActivateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>StatusIconActivateCallback</a></tt>.
noStatusIconActivateCallback :: Maybe StatusIconActivateCallback

-- | Cast to <a>StatusIcon</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toStatusIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsStatusIcon o) => o -> m StatusIcon

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusIconActivateCallback</a>.
mk_StatusIconActivateCallback :: C_StatusIconActivateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusIconActivateCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback</a>.
mk_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback :: C_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback</a>.
mk_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback :: C_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback</a>.
mk_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback :: C_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback</a>.
mk_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback :: C_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusIconScrollEventCallback</a>.
mk_StatusIconScrollEventCallback :: C_StatusIconScrollEventCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusIconScrollEventCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback</a>.
mk_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback :: C_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StatusIcon
StatusIcon :: ManagedPtr StatusIcon -> StatusIcon

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>StatusIcon</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toStatusIcon</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf StatusIcon o) => IsStatusIcon o

-- | Gets emitted when the user activates the status icon. If and how
--   status icons can activated is platform-dependent.
--   
--   Unlike most G_SIGNAL_ACTION signals, this signal is meant to be used
--   by applications and should be wrapped by language bindings.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type StatusIconActivateCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusIconActivateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>buttonPressEvent</a> signal will be emitted when a button
--   (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
--   
--   Whether this event is emitted is platform-dependent. Use the
--   <a>activate</a> and <a>popupMenu</a> signals in preference.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
type StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback = EventButton -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusIconButtonPressEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventButton -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>buttonReleaseEvent</a> signal will be emitted when a button
--   (typically from a mouse) is released.
--   
--   Whether this event is emitted is platform-dependent. Use the
--   <a>activate</a> and <a>popupMenu</a> signals in preference.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
type StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback = EventButton -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusIconButtonReleaseEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventButton -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Gets emitted when the user brings up the context menu of the status
--   icon. Whether status icons can have context menus and how these are
--   activated is platform-dependent.
--   
--   The <i><tt>button</tt></i> and <i><tt>activateTime</tt></i> parameters
--   should be passed as the last to arguments to <a>menuPopup</a>.
--   
--   Unlike most G_SIGNAL_ACTION signals, this signal is meant to be used
--   by applications and should be wrapped by language bindings.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type StatusIconPopupMenuCallback = Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusIconPopupMenuCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the hover timeout has expired with the cursor hovering
--   above <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i>; or emitted when
--   <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i> got focus in keyboard mode.
--   
--   Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
--   whether a tooltip should be shown for <i><tt>statusIcon</tt></i>. If
--   this is the case <a>True</a> should be returned, <a>False</a>
--   otherwise. Note that if <i><tt>keyboardMode</tt></i> is <a>True</a>,
--   the values of <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> are undefined
--   and should not be used.
--   
--   The signal handler is free to manipulate <i><tt>tooltip</tt></i> with
--   the therefore destined function calls.
--   
--   Whether this signal is emitted is platform-dependent. For plain text
--   tooltips, use <a>StatusIcon</a>:<tt><i>tooltip-text</i></tt> in
--   preference.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
type StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback = Int32 -> Int32 -> Bool -> Tooltip -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusIconQueryTooltipCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Int32 -> CInt -> Ptr Tooltip -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>scrollEvent</a> signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
--   range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate button
--   press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
--   
--   Whether this event is emitted is platform-dependent.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
type StatusIconScrollEventCallback = EventScroll -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusIconScrollEventCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventScroll -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Gets emitted when the size available for the image changes, e.g.
--   because the notification area got resized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type StatusIconSizeChangedCallback = Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_StatusIconSizeChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Tooltip
Tooltip :: ManagedPtr Tooltip -> Tooltip

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Tooltip</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTooltip</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Tooltip o) => IsTooltip o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToolItemGroup
ToolItemGroup :: ManagedPtr ToolItemGroup -> ToolItemGroup

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ToolItemGroup</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toToolItemGroup</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToolItemGroup o) => IsToolItemGroup o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToolItem
ToolItem :: ManagedPtr ToolItem -> ToolItem

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ToolItem</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toToolItem</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToolItem o) => IsToolItem o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToolButton
ToolButton :: ManagedPtr ToolButton -> ToolButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ToolButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toToolButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToolButton o) => IsToolButton o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToggleToolButton
ToggleToolButton :: ManagedPtr ToggleToolButton -> ToggleToolButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ToggleToolButton</a>, for instance with <a>toToggleToolButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToggleToolButton o) => IsToggleToolButton o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToggleButtonAccessible
ToggleButtonAccessible :: ManagedPtr ToggleButtonAccessible -> ToggleButtonAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ToggleButtonAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toToggleButtonAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToggleButtonAccessible o) => IsToggleButtonAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToggleButton
ToggleButton :: ManagedPtr ToggleButton -> ToggleButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ToggleButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toToggleButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToggleButton o) => IsToggleButton o

-- | Emits the “toggled” signal on the toggle action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleActionToggled :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleAction a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets whether the action should have proxies like a radio action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleActionSetDrawAsRadio :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the checked state on the toggle action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleActionSetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the action should have proxies like a radio action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleActionGetDrawAsRadio :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the checked state of the toggle action.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleActionGetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsToggleAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>ToggleAction</a> object. To add the action to a
--   <a>ActionGroup</a> and set the accelerator for the action, call
--   <a>actionGroupAddActionWithAccel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
toggleActionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> m ToggleAction

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>draw-as-radio</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructToggleActionDrawAsRadio :: (IsToggleAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>draw-as-radio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleAction [ #drawAsRadio <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionDrawAsRadio :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>draw-as-radio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleAction #drawAsRadio
--   </pre>
getToggleActionDrawAsRadio :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructToggleActionActive :: (IsToggleAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> toggleAction [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setToggleActionActive :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> toggleAction #active
--   </pre>
getToggleActionActive :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> toggleAction #toggled callback
--   </pre>
afterToggleActionToggled :: (IsToggleAction a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToggleActionToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> toggleAction #toggled callback
--   </pre>
onToggleActionToggled :: (IsToggleAction a, MonadIO m) => a -> ToggleActionToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ToggleActionToggledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ToggleActionToggledCallback</a>.
wrap_ToggleActionToggledCallback :: ToggleActionToggledCallback -> C_ToggleActionToggledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ToggleActionToggled :: MonadIO m => ToggleActionToggledCallback -> m (GClosure C_ToggleActionToggledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ToggleActionToggledCallback</a></tt>.
noToggleActionToggledCallback :: Maybe ToggleActionToggledCallback

-- | Cast to <a>ToggleAction</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toToggleAction :: (MonadIO m, IsToggleAction o) => o -> m ToggleAction

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ToggleActionToggledCallback</a>.
mk_ToggleActionToggledCallback :: C_ToggleActionToggledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ToggleActionToggledCallback)

-- | Should be connected if you wish to perform an action whenever the
--   <a>ToggleAction</a> state is changed.
type ToggleActionToggledCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ToggleActionToggledCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the radio group for the radio action object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioActionSetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioAction a, IsRadioAction b) => a -> [b] -> m ()

-- | Sets the currently active group member to the member with value
--   property <i><tt>currentValue</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
radioActionSetCurrentValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioAction a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Joins a radio action object to the group of another radio action
--   object.
--   
--   Use this in language bindings instead of the
--   <a>radioActionGetGroup</a> and <a>radioActionSetGroup</a> methods
--   
--   A common way to set up a group of radio actions is the following:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GtkRadioAction *action;
--   GtkRadioAction *last_action;
--   
--   while ( ...more actions to add... /)
--     {
--        action = gtk_radio_action_new (...);
--        
--        gtk_radio_action_join_group (action, last_action);
--        last_action = action;
--     }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
radioActionJoinGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioAction a, IsRadioAction b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Returns the list representing the radio group for this object. Note
--   that the returned list is only valid until the next change to the
--   group.
--   
--   A common way to set up a group of radio group is the following:
--   
--   <h3><i>C code</i></h3>
--   
--   <pre>
--   GSList *group = NULL;
--   GtkRadioAction *action;
--   
--   while ( ...more actions to add... /)
--     {
--        action = gtk_radio_action_new (...);
--        
--        gtk_radio_action_set_group (action, group);
--        group = gtk_radio_action_get_group (action);
--     }
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioActionGetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioAction a) => a -> m [RadioAction]

-- | Obtains the value property of the currently active member of the group
--   to which <i><tt>action</tt></i> belongs.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioActionGetCurrentValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRadioAction a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Creates a new <a>RadioAction</a> object. To add the action to a
--   <a>ActionGroup</a> and set the accelerator for the action, call
--   <a>actionGroupAddActionWithAccel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
radioActionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> Int32 -> m RadioAction

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructRadioActionValue :: (IsRadioAction o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioAction [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionValue :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioAction o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> radioAction #value
--   </pre>
getRadioActionValue :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioAction o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #group
--   </pre>
clearRadioActionGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioAction o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>group</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructRadioActionGroup :: (IsRadioAction o, MonadIO m, IsRadioAction a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>group</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioAction [ #group <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionGroup :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioAction o, IsRadioAction a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>current-value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRadioActionCurrentValue :: (IsRadioAction o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>current-value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> radioAction [ #currentValue <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRadioActionCurrentValue :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioAction o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>current-value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> radioAction #currentValue
--   </pre>
getRadioActionCurrentValue :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioAction o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> radioAction #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterRadioActionChanged :: (IsRadioAction a, MonadIO m) => a -> RadioActionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> radioAction #changed callback
--   </pre>
onRadioActionChanged :: (IsRadioAction a, MonadIO m) => a -> RadioActionChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>RadioActionChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_RadioActionChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_RadioActionChangedCallback :: RadioActionChangedCallback -> C_RadioActionChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_RadioActionChanged :: MonadIO m => RadioActionChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_RadioActionChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>RadioActionChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noRadioActionChangedCallback :: Maybe RadioActionChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>RadioAction</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRadioAction :: (MonadIO m, IsRadioAction o) => o -> m RadioAction

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_RadioActionChangedCallback</a>.
mk_RadioActionChangedCallback :: C_RadioActionChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_RadioActionChangedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RadioAction
RadioAction :: ManagedPtr RadioAction -> RadioAction

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>RadioAction</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toRadioAction</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RadioAction o) => IsRadioAction o

-- | The <a>changed</a> signal is emitted on every member of a radio group
--   when the active member is changed. The signal gets emitted after the
--   <a>activate</a> signals for the previous and current active members.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
type RadioActionChangedCallback = RadioAction -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_RadioActionChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr RadioAction -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToggleAction
ToggleAction :: ManagedPtr ToggleAction -> ToggleAction

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ToggleAction</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toToggleAction</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToggleAction o) => IsToggleAction o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextTagTable
TextTagTable :: ManagedPtr TextTagTable -> TextTagTable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TextTagTable</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toTextTagTable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TextTagTable o) => IsTextTagTable o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextTag
TextTag :: ManagedPtr TextTag -> TextTag

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TextTag</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTextTag</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TextTag o) => IsTextTag o

-- | Sets the visibility of <i><tt>mark</tt></i>; the insertion point is
--   normally visible, i.e. you can see it as a vertical bar. Also, the
--   text widget uses a visible mark to indicate where a drop will occur
--   when dragging-and-dropping text. Most other marks are not visible.
--   Marks are not visible by default.
textMarkSetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextMark a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the mark is visible (i.e. a cursor is displayed
--   for it).
textMarkGetVisible :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextMark a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the mark name; returns NULL for anonymous marks.
textMarkGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextMark a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Determines whether the mark has left gravity.
textMarkGetLeftGravity :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextMark a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the mark has been removed from its buffer with
--   <a>textBufferDeleteMark</a>. See <a>textBufferAddMark</a> for a way to
--   add it to a buffer again.
textMarkGetDeleted :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextMark a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the buffer this mark is located inside, or <a>Nothing</a> if the
--   mark is deleted.
textMarkGetBuffer :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsTextMark a) => a -> m TextBuffer

-- | Creates a text mark. Add it to a buffer using
--   <a>textBufferAddMark</a>. If <i><tt>name</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>,
--   the mark is anonymous; otherwise, the mark can be retrieved by name
--   using <a>textBufferGetMark</a>. If a mark has left gravity, and text
--   is inserted at the mark’s current location, the mark will be moved to
--   the left of the newly-inserted text. If the mark has right gravity
--   (<i><tt>leftGravity</tt></i> = <a>False</a>), the mark will end up on
--   the right of newly-inserted text. The standard left-to-right cursor is
--   a mark with right gravity (when you type, the cursor stays on the
--   right side of the text you’re typing).
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
textMarkNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> Bool -> m TextMark

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextMarkName :: (IsTextMark o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>name</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textMark #name
--   </pre>
getTextMarkName :: (MonadIO m, IsTextMark o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>left-gravity</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructTextMarkLeftGravity :: (IsTextMark o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>left-gravity</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> textMark #leftGravity
--   </pre>
getTextMarkLeftGravity :: (MonadIO m, IsTextMark o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>TextMark</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTextMark :: (MonadIO m, IsTextMark o) => o -> m TextMark

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextMark
TextMark :: ManagedPtr TextMark -> TextMark

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TextMark</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTextMark</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TextMark o) => IsTextMark o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextChildAnchor
TextChildAnchor :: ManagedPtr TextChildAnchor -> TextChildAnchor

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>TextChildAnchor</a>, for instance with <a>toTextChildAnchor</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TextChildAnchor o) => IsTextChildAnchor o

-- | Cast to <a>TextCellAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toTextCellAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsTextCellAccessible o) => o -> m TextCellAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextCellAccessible
TextCellAccessible :: ManagedPtr TextCellAccessible -> TextCellAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>TextCellAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toTextCellAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TextCellAccessible o) => IsTextCellAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TextBuffer
TextBuffer :: ManagedPtr TextBuffer -> TextBuffer

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TextBuffer</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toTextBuffer</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TextBuffer o) => IsTextBuffer o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StyleProperties
StyleProperties :: ManagedPtr StyleProperties -> StyleProperties

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>StyleProperties</a>, for instance with <a>toStyleProperties</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf StyleProperties o) => IsStyleProperties o

-- | Sets whether the coordinates returned by
--   <a>iconInfoGetEmbeddedRect</a> and <a>iconInfoGetAttachPoints</a>
--   should be returned in their original form as specified in the icon
--   theme, instead of scaled appropriately for the pixbuf returned by
--   <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   
--   Raw coordinates are somewhat strange; they are specified to be with
--   respect to the unscaled pixmap for PNG and XPM icons, but for SVG
--   icons, they are in a 1000x1000 coordinate space that is scaled to the
--   final size of the icon. You can determine if the icon is an SVG icon
--   by using <a>iconInfoGetFilename</a>, and seeing if it is
--   non-<a>Nothing</a> and ends in “.svg”.
--   
--   This function is provided primarily to allow compatibility wrappers
--   for older API's, and is not expected to be useful for applications.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconInfoSetRawCoordinates :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colours for the
--   foreground, success, warning and error colors provided. If the icon is
--   not a symbolic one, the function will return the result from
--   <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   
--   This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme.
--   
--   See <a>iconInfoLoadSymbolic</a> for more details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
iconInfoLoadSymbolicForStyle :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsStyle b) => a -> b -> StateType -> m (Pixbuf, Bool)

-- | Finishes an async icon load, see
--   <a>iconInfoLoadSymbolicForContextAsync</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
iconInfoLoadSymbolicForContextFinish :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsAsyncResult b) => a -> b -> m (Pixbuf, Bool)

-- | Asynchronously load, render and scale a symbolic icon previously
--   looked up from the icon theme using <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>.
--   
--   For more details, see <a>iconInfoLoadSymbolicForContext</a> which is
--   the synchronous version of this call.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
iconInfoLoadSymbolicForContextAsync :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsStyleContext b, IsCancellable c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> Maybe AsyncReadyCallback -> m ()

-- | Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colors for the
--   foreground, success, warning and error colors provided. If the icon is
--   not a symbolic one, the function will return the result from
--   <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>. This function uses the regular foreground
--   color and the symbolic colors with the names “success_color”,
--   “warning_color” and “error_color” from the context.
--   
--   This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme.
--   
--   See <a>iconInfoLoadSymbolic</a> for more details.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
iconInfoLoadSymbolicForContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsStyleContext b) => a -> b -> m (Pixbuf, Bool)

-- | Finishes an async icon load, see <a>iconInfoLoadSymbolicAsync</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
iconInfoLoadSymbolicFinish :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsAsyncResult b) => a -> b -> m (Pixbuf, Bool)

-- | Asynchronously load, render and scale a symbolic icon previously
--   looked up from the icon theme using <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>.
--   
--   For more details, see <a>iconInfoLoadSymbolic</a> which is the
--   synchronous version of this call.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
iconInfoLoadSymbolicAsync :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsCancellable b) => a -> RGBA -> Maybe RGBA -> Maybe RGBA -> Maybe RGBA -> Maybe b -> Maybe AsyncReadyCallback -> m ()

-- | Loads an icon, modifying it to match the system colours for the
--   foreground, success, warning and error colors provided. If the icon is
--   not a symbolic one, the function will return the result from
--   <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   
--   This allows loading symbolic icons that will match the system theme.
--   
--   Unless you are implementing a widget, you will want to use
--   <a>themedIconNewWithDefaultFallbacks</a> to load the icon.
--   
--   As implementation details, the icon loaded needs to be of SVG type,
--   contain the “symbolic” term as the last component of the icon name,
--   and use the “fg”, “success”, “warning” and “error” CSS styles in the
--   SVG file itself.
--   
--   See the <a>Symbolic Icons Specification</a> for more information about
--   symbolic icons.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
iconInfoLoadSymbolic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> RGBA -> Maybe RGBA -> Maybe RGBA -> Maybe RGBA -> m (Pixbuf, Bool)

-- | Renders an icon previously looked up in an icon theme using
--   <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>; the size will be based on the size passed
--   to <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>. Note that the resulting surface may not
--   be exactly this size; an icon theme may have icons that differ
--   slightly from their nominal sizes, and in addition GTK+ will avoid
--   scaling icons that it considers sufficiently close to the requested
--   size or for which the source image would have to be scaled up too far.
--   (This maintains sharpness.). This behaviour can be changed by passing
--   the <a>IconLookupFlagsForceSize</a> flag when obtaining the
--   <a>IconInfo</a>. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf returned
--   by this function will be scaled to the exact size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
iconInfoLoadSurface :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m Surface

-- | Finishes an async icon load, see <a>iconInfoLoadIconAsync</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
iconInfoLoadIconFinish :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsAsyncResult b) => a -> b -> m Pixbuf

-- | Asynchronously load, render and scale an icon previously looked up
--   from the icon theme using <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>.
--   
--   For more details, see <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a> which is the synchronous
--   version of this call.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.8</i>
iconInfoLoadIconAsync :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a, IsCancellable b) => a -> Maybe b -> Maybe AsyncReadyCallback -> m ()

-- | Renders an icon previously looked up in an icon theme using
--   <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>; the size will be based on the size passed
--   to <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>. Note that the resulting pixbuf may not
--   be exactly this size; an icon theme may have icons that differ
--   slightly from their nominal sizes, and in addition GTK+ will avoid
--   scaling icons that it considers sufficiently close to the requested
--   size or for which the source image would have to be scaled up too far.
--   (This maintains sharpness.). This behaviour can be changed by passing
--   the <a>IconLookupFlagsForceSize</a> flag when obtaining the
--   <a>IconInfo</a>. If this flag has been specified, the pixbuf returned
--   by this function will be scaled to the exact size.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconInfoLoadIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m Pixbuf

-- | Checks if the icon is symbolic or not. This currently uses only the
--   file name and not the file contents for determining this. This
--   behaviour may change in the future.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
iconInfoIsSymbolic :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the filename for the icon. If the
--   <a>IconLookupFlagsUseBuiltin</a> flag was passed to
--   <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>, there may be no filename if a builtin icon
--   is returned; in this case, you should use
--   <a>iconInfoGetBuiltinPixbuf</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconInfoGetFilename :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m (Maybe [Char])

-- | This function is deprecated and always returns <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconInfoGetEmbeddedRect :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m (Bool, Rectangle)

-- | This function is deprecated and always returns <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconInfoGetDisplayName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m Text

-- | Gets the built-in image for this icon, if any. To allow GTK+ to use
--   built in icon images, you must pass the
--   <a>IconLookupFlagsUseBuiltin</a> to <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconInfoGetBuiltinPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Gets the base size for the icon. The base size is a size for the icon
--   that was specified by the icon theme creator. This may be different
--   than the actual size of image; an example of this is small emblem
--   icons that can be attached to a larger icon. These icons will be given
--   the same base size as the larger icons to which they are attached.
--   
--   Note that for scaled icons the base size does not include the base
--   scale.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconInfoGetBaseSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Gets the base scale for the icon. The base scale is a scale for the
--   icon that was specified by the icon theme creator. For instance an
--   icon drawn for a high-dpi screen with window scale 2 for a base size
--   of 32 will be 64 pixels tall and have a base scale of 2.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
iconInfoGetBaseScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m Int32

-- | This function is deprecated and always returns <a>False</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconInfoGetAttachPoints :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconInfo a) => a -> m (Bool, [Point])

-- | Creates a <a>IconInfo</a> for a <a>Pixbuf</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
iconInfoNewForPixbuf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a, IsPixbuf b) => a -> b -> m IconInfo

-- | Cast to <a>IconInfo</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toIconInfo :: (MonadIO m, IsIconInfo o) => o -> m IconInfo

-- | Creates a new <a>NumerableIcon</a> which will themed according to the
--   passed <a>StyleContext</a>. This is a convenience constructor that
--   calls <a>numerableIconSetStyleContext</a> internally.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconNewWithStyleContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIcon a, IsStyleContext b) => a -> b -> m Icon

-- | Creates a new unthemed <a>NumerableIcon</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m Icon

-- | Updates the icon to fetch theme information from the given
--   <a>StyleContext</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconSetStyleContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a, IsStyleContext b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the currently displayed value of <i><tt>self</tt></i> to the
--   string in <i><tt>label</tt></i>. Setting an empty label removes the
--   emblem.
--   
--   Note that this is meant for displaying short labels, such as roman
--   numbers, or single letters. For roman numbers, consider using the
--   Unicode characters U+2160 - U+217F. Strings longer than two characters
--   will likely not be rendered very well.
--   
--   If this method is called, and a number was already set on the icon, it
--   will automatically be reset to zero before rendering the label, i.e.
--   the last method called between <a>numerableIconSetLabel</a> and
--   <a>numerableIconSetCount</a> has always priority.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconSetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the currently displayed value of <i><tt>self</tt></i> to
--   <i><tt>count</tt></i>.
--   
--   The numeric value is always clamped to make it two digits, i.e.
--   between -99 and 99. Setting a count of zero removes the emblem. If
--   this method is called, and a label was already set on the icon, it
--   will automatically be reset to <a>Nothing</a> before rendering the
--   number, i.e. the last method called between
--   <a>numerableIconSetCount</a> and <a>numerableIconSetLabel</a> has
--   always priority.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconSetCount :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Updates the icon to use the icon named <i><tt>iconName</tt></i> from
--   the current icon theme as the base background image. If
--   <i><tt>iconName</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, <i><tt>self</tt></i> will
--   go back using style information or default theming for its background
--   image.
--   
--   If this method is called and a <a>Icon</a> was already set as
--   background for the icon, <i><tt>iconName</tt></i> will be used, i.e.
--   the last method called between
--   <a>numerableIconSetBackgroundIconName</a> and
--   <a>numerableIconSetBackgroundGicon</a> has always priority.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconSetBackgroundIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Updates the icon to use <i><tt>icon</tt></i> as the base background
--   image. If <i><tt>icon</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, <i><tt>self</tt></i>
--   will go back using style information or default theming for its
--   background image.
--   
--   If this method is called and an icon name was already set as
--   background for the icon, <i><tt>icon</tt></i> will be used, i.e. the
--   last method called between <a>numerableIconSetBackgroundGicon</a> and
--   <a>numerableIconSetBackgroundIconName</a> has always priority.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconSetBackgroundGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a, IsIcon b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Returns the <a>StyleContext</a> used by the icon for theming, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if there’s none.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconGetStyleContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe StyleContext)

-- | Returns the currently displayed label of the icon, or <a>Nothing</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconGetLabel :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns the value currently displayed by <i><tt>self</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconGetCount :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Returns the icon name used as the base background image, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if there’s none.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconGetBackgroundIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Returns the <a>Icon</a> that was set as the base background image, or
--   <a>Nothing</a> if there’s none. The caller of this function does not
--   own a reference to the returned <a>Icon</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
numerableIconGetBackgroundGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon a) => a -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>style-context</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNumerableIconStyleContext :: (IsNumerableIcon o, MonadIO m, IsStyleContext a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style-context</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> numerableIcon [ #styleContext <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNumerableIconStyleContext :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o, IsStyleContext a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>style-context</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> numerableIcon #styleContext
--   </pre>
getNumerableIconStyleContext :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe StyleContext)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #label
--   </pre>
clearNumerableIconLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>label</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructNumerableIconLabel :: (IsNumerableIcon o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> numerableIcon [ #label <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNumerableIconLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>label</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> numerableIcon #label
--   </pre>
getNumerableIconLabel :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>count</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructNumerableIconCount :: (IsNumerableIcon o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>count</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> numerableIcon [ #count <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNumerableIconCount :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>count</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> numerableIcon #count
--   </pre>
getNumerableIconCount :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-icon-name</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #backgroundIconName
--   </pre>
clearNumerableIconBackgroundIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNumerableIconBackgroundIconName :: (IsNumerableIcon o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> numerableIcon [ #backgroundIconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNumerableIconBackgroundIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> numerableIcon #backgroundIconName
--   </pre>
getNumerableIconBackgroundIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-icon</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #backgroundIcon
--   </pre>
clearNumerableIconBackgroundIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-icon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructNumerableIconBackgroundIcon :: (IsNumerableIcon o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-icon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> numerableIcon [ #backgroundIcon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setNumerableIconBackgroundIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-icon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> numerableIcon #backgroundIcon
--   </pre>
getNumerableIconBackgroundIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Cast to <a>NumerableIcon</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toNumerableIcon :: (MonadIO m, IsNumerableIcon o) => o -> m NumerableIcon

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype NumerableIcon
NumerableIcon :: ManagedPtr NumerableIcon -> NumerableIcon

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>NumerableIcon</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toNumerableIcon</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf NumerableIcon o) => IsNumerableIcon o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StyleContext
StyleContext :: ManagedPtr StyleContext -> StyleContext

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>StyleContext</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toStyleContext</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf StyleContext o) => IsStyleContext o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Style
Style :: ManagedPtr Style -> Style

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Style</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toStyle</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Style o) => IsStyle o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Stack
Stack :: ManagedPtr Stack -> Stack

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Stack</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toStack</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Stack o) => IsStack o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SpinButton
SpinButton :: ManagedPtr SpinButton -> SpinButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>SpinButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toSpinButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SpinButton o) => IsSpinButton o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype SizeGroup
SizeGroup :: ManagedPtr SizeGroup -> SizeGroup

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>SizeGroup</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toSizeGroup</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf SizeGroup o) => IsSizeGroup o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ShortcutsWindow
ShortcutsWindow :: ManagedPtr ShortcutsWindow -> ShortcutsWindow

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ShortcutsWindow</a>, for instance with <a>toShortcutsWindow</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ShortcutsWindow o) => IsShortcutsWindow o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Settings
Settings :: ManagedPtr Settings -> Settings

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Settings</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toSettings</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Settings o) => IsSettings o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Separator
Separator :: ManagedPtr Separator -> Separator

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Separator</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toSeparator</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Separator o) => IsSeparator o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ScrolledWindow
ScrolledWindow :: ManagedPtr ScrolledWindow -> ScrolledWindow

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ScrolledWindow</a>, for instance with <a>toScrolledWindow</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ScrolledWindow o) => IsScrolledWindow o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Scrollbar
Scrollbar :: ManagedPtr Scrollbar -> Scrollbar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Scrollbar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toScrollbar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Scrollbar o) => IsScrollbar o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ScaleButton
ScaleButton :: ManagedPtr ScaleButton -> ScaleButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ScaleButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toScaleButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ScaleButton o) => IsScaleButton o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Scale
Scale :: ManagedPtr Scale -> Scale

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Scale</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toScale</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Scale o) => IsScale o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
rendererCellAccessibleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m RendererCellAccessible

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>renderer</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRendererCellAccessibleRenderer :: (IsRendererCellAccessible o, MonadIO m, IsCellRenderer a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>renderer</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> rendererCellAccessible #renderer
--   </pre>
getRendererCellAccessibleRenderer :: (MonadIO m, IsRendererCellAccessible o) => o -> m (Maybe CellRenderer)

-- | Cast to <a>RendererCellAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRendererCellAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsRendererCellAccessible o) => o -> m RendererCellAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>BooleanCellAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toBooleanCellAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsBooleanCellAccessible o) => o -> m BooleanCellAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype BooleanCellAccessible
BooleanCellAccessible :: ManagedPtr BooleanCellAccessible -> BooleanCellAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>BooleanCellAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toBooleanCellAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf BooleanCellAccessible o) => IsBooleanCellAccessible o

-- | Cast to <a>ImageCellAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toImageCellAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsImageCellAccessible o) => o -> m ImageCellAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ImageCellAccessible
ImageCellAccessible :: ManagedPtr ImageCellAccessible -> ImageCellAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ImageCellAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toImageCellAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ImageCellAccessible o) => IsImageCellAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RendererCellAccessible
RendererCellAccessible :: ManagedPtr RendererCellAccessible -> RendererCellAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>RendererCellAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toRendererCellAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RendererCellAccessible o) => IsRendererCellAccessible o

-- | Sets whether a number should be added to the items shown by the
--   widgets representing <i><tt>action</tt></i>. The numbers are shown to
--   provide a unique character for a mnemonic to be used inside the menu
--   item's label. Only the first ten items get a number to avoid clashes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
recentActionSetShowNumbers :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentAction a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns the value set by <a>recentChooserMenuSetShowNumbers</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
recentActionGetShowNumbers :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentAction a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>RecentAction</a> object. To add the action to a
--   <a>ActionGroup</a> and set the accelerator for the action, call
--   <a>actionGroupAddActionWithAccel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
recentActionNewForManager :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRecentManager a) => Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe a -> m RecentAction

-- | Creates a new <a>RecentAction</a> object. To add the action to a
--   <a>ActionGroup</a> and set the accelerator for the action, call
--   <a>actionGroupAddActionWithAccel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
recentActionNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> Maybe Text -> m RecentAction

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>show-numbers</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructRecentActionShowNumbers :: (IsRecentAction o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>show-numbers</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> recentAction [ #showNumbers <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setRecentActionShowNumbers :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentAction o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>show-numbers</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> recentAction #showNumbers
--   </pre>
getRecentActionShowNumbers :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentAction o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>RecentAction</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRecentAction :: (MonadIO m, IsRecentAction o) => o -> m RecentAction

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentAction
RecentAction :: ManagedPtr RecentAction -> RecentAction

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>RecentAction</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toRecentAction</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RecentAction o) => IsRecentAction o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentManager
RecentManager :: ManagedPtr RecentManager -> RecentManager

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>RecentManager</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toRecentManager</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RecentManager o) => IsRecentManager o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentFilter
RecentFilter :: ManagedPtr RecentFilter -> RecentFilter

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>RecentFilter</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toRecentFilter</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RecentFilter o) => IsRecentFilter o

-- | Makes a copy of the specified <a>RcStyle</a>. This function will
--   correctly copy an RC style that is a member of a class derived from
--   <a>RcStyle</a>.
rcStyleCopy :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsRcStyle a) => a -> m RcStyle

-- | Creates a new <a>RcStyle</a> with no fields set and a reference count
--   of 1.
rcStyleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m RcStyle

-- | Cast to <a>RcStyle</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toRcStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsRcStyle o) => o -> m RcStyle

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RcStyle
RcStyle :: ManagedPtr RcStyle -> RcStyle

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>RcStyle</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toRcStyle</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RcStyle o) => IsRcStyle o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RangeAccessible
RangeAccessible :: ManagedPtr RangeAccessible -> RangeAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>RangeAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toRangeAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RangeAccessible o) => IsRangeAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Range
Range :: ManagedPtr Range -> Range

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Range</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toRange</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Range o) => IsRange o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RadioButton
RadioButton :: ManagedPtr RadioButton -> RadioButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>RadioButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toRadioButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RadioButton o) => IsRadioButton o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PrintSettings
PrintSettings :: ManagedPtr PrintSettings -> PrintSettings

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>PrintSettings</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toPrintSettings</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PrintSettings o) => IsPrintSettings o

-- | Sets a new cairo context on a print context.
--   
--   This function is intended to be used when implementing an internal
--   print preview, it is not needed for printing, since GTK+ itself
--   creates a suitable cairo context in that case.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextSetCairoContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> Context -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Obtains the width of the <a>PrintContext</a>, in pixels.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextGetWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m Double

-- | Returns a <a>FontMap</a> that is suitable for use with the
--   <a>PrintContext</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextGetPangoFontmap :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m FontMap

-- | Obtains the <a>PageSetup</a> that determines the page dimensions of
--   the <a>PrintContext</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextGetPageSetup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m PageSetup

-- | Obtains the height of the <a>PrintContext</a>, in pixels.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextGetHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m Double

-- | Obtains the hardware printer margins of the <a>PrintContext</a>, in
--   units.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
printContextGetHardMargins :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m (Bool, Double, Double, Double, Double)

-- | Obtains the vertical resolution of the <a>PrintContext</a>, in dots
--   per inch.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextGetDpiY :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m Double

-- | Obtains the horizontal resolution of the <a>PrintContext</a>, in dots
--   per inch.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextGetDpiX :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m Double

-- | Obtains the cairo context that is associated with the
--   <a>PrintContext</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextGetCairoContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m Context

-- | Creates a new <a>Layout</a> that is suitable for use with the
--   <a>PrintContext</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextCreatePangoLayout :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m Layout

-- | Creates a new <a>Context</a> that can be used with the
--   <a>PrintContext</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printContextCreatePangoContext :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintContext a) => a -> m Context

-- | Cast to <a>PrintContext</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPrintContext :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintContext o) => o -> m PrintContext

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>ready</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperationPreview #ready callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationPreviewReady :: (IsPrintOperationPreview a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>ready</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperationPreview #ready callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationPreviewReady :: (IsPrintOperationPreview a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback :: PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback -> C_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationPreviewReady :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>gotPageSize</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> printOperationPreview #gotPageSize callback
--   </pre>
afterPrintOperationPreviewGotPageSize :: (IsPrintOperationPreview a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>gotPageSize</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> printOperationPreview #gotPageSize callback
--   </pre>
onPrintOperationPreviewGotPageSize :: (IsPrintOperationPreview a, MonadIO m) => a -> PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback</a>.
wrap_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback :: PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback -> C_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSize :: MonadIO m => PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback -> m (GClosure C_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback</a></tt>.
noPrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback :: Maybe PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback

-- | Renders a page to the preview, using the print context that was passed
--   to the <a>preview</a> handler together with <i><tt>preview</tt></i>.
--   
--   A custom iprint preview should use this function in its <a>expose</a>
--   handler to render the currently selected page.
--   
--   Note that this function requires a suitable cairo context to be
--   associated with the print context.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationPreviewRenderPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperationPreview a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the given page is included in the set of pages that
--   have been selected for printing.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationPreviewIsSelected :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperationPreview a) => a -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Ends a preview.
--   
--   This function must be called to finish a custom print preview.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
printOperationPreviewEndPreview :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPrintOperationPreview a) => a -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>PrintOperationPreview</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toPrintOperationPreview :: (MonadIO m, IsPrintOperationPreview o) => o -> m PrintOperationPreview

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback :: C_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback</a>.
mk_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback :: C_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback)

-- | The <a>gotPageSize</a> signal is emitted once for each page that gets
--   rendered to the preview.
--   
--   A handler for this signal should update the <i><tt>context</tt></i>
--   according to <i><tt>pageSetup</tt></i> and set up a suitable cairo
--   context, using <a>printContextSetCairoContext</a>.
type PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback = PrintContext -> PageSetup -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr PrintContext -> Ptr PageSetup -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>ready</a> signal gets emitted once per preview operation,
--   before the first page is rendered.
--   
--   A handler for this signal can be used for setup tasks.
type PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback = PrintContext -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_PrintOperationPreviewReadyCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr PrintContext -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PrintContext
PrintContext :: ManagedPtr PrintContext -> PrintContext

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>PrintContext</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toPrintContext</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PrintContext o) => IsPrintContext o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Popover
Popover :: ManagedPtr Popover -> Popover

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Popover</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toPopover</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Popover o) => IsPopover o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Paned
Paned :: ManagedPtr Paned -> Paned

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Paned</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toPaned</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Paned o) => IsPaned o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PageSetup
PageSetup :: ManagedPtr PageSetup -> PageSetup

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>PageSetup</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toPageSetup</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PageSetup o) => IsPageSetup o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype NotebookAccessible
NotebookAccessible :: ManagedPtr NotebookAccessible -> NotebookAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>NotebookAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toNotebookAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf NotebookAccessible o) => IsNotebookAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype NativeDialog
NativeDialog :: ManagedPtr NativeDialog -> NativeDialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>NativeDialog</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toNativeDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf NativeDialog o) => IsNativeDialog o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Misc
Misc :: ManagedPtr Misc -> Misc

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Misc</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toMisc</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Misc o) => IsMisc o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuShellAccessible
MenuShellAccessible :: ManagedPtr MenuShellAccessible -> MenuShellAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>MenuShellAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toMenuShellAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuShellAccessible o) => IsMenuShellAccessible o

-- | Sets the context id for <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   This causes the currently active slave of <i><tt>context</tt></i> to
--   be replaced by the slave corresponding to the new context id.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
iMMulticontextSetContextId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMMulticontext a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Gets the id of the currently active slave of the
--   <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
iMMulticontextGetContextId :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMMulticontext a) => a -> m Text

-- | Add menuitems for various available input methods to a menu; the
--   menuitems, when selected, will switch the input method for the context
--   and the global default input method.
iMMulticontextAppendMenuitems :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMMulticontext a, IsMenuShell b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>IMMulticontext</a>.
iMMulticontextNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m IMMulticontext

-- | Cast to <a>IMMulticontext</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toIMMulticontext :: (MonadIO m, IsIMMulticontext o) => o -> m IMMulticontext

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IMMulticontext
IMMulticontext :: ManagedPtr IMMulticontext -> IMMulticontext

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>IMMulticontext</a>, for instance with <a>toIMMulticontext</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf IMMulticontext o) => IsIMMulticontext o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuShell
MenuShell :: ManagedPtr MenuShell -> MenuShell

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>MenuShell</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toMenuShell</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuShell o) => IsMenuShell o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuItemAccessible
MenuItemAccessible :: ManagedPtr MenuItemAccessible -> MenuItemAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>MenuItemAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toMenuItemAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuItemAccessible o) => IsMenuItemAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype MenuItem
MenuItem :: ManagedPtr MenuItem -> MenuItem

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>MenuItem</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toMenuItem</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf MenuItem o) => IsMenuItem o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Menu
Menu :: ManagedPtr Menu -> Menu

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Menu</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toMenu</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Menu o) => IsMenu o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ListBoxRow
ListBoxRow :: ManagedPtr ListBoxRow -> ListBoxRow

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ListBoxRow</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toListBoxRow</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ListBoxRow o) => IsListBoxRow o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ListBox
ListBox :: ManagedPtr ListBox -> ListBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ListBox</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toListBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ListBox o) => IsListBox o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Label
Label :: ManagedPtr Label -> Label

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Label</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toLabel</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Label o) => IsLabel o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IconView
IconView :: ManagedPtr IconView -> IconView

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>IconView</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toIconView</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf IconView o) => IsIconView o

-- | Gets the icon theme object associated with <i><tt>screen</tt></i>; if
--   this function has not previously been called for the given screen, a
--   new icon theme object will be created and associated with the screen.
--   Icon theme objects are fairly expensive to create, so using this
--   function is usually a better choice than calling than
--   <a>iconThemeNew</a> and setting the screen yourself; by using this
--   function a single icon theme object will be shared between users.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeGetForScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsScreen a) => a -> m IconTheme

-- | Gets the icon theme for the default screen. See
--   <a>iconThemeGetForScreen</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeGetDefault :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m IconTheme

-- | Registers a built-in icon for icon theme lookups. The idea of built-in
--   icons is to allow an application or library that uses themed icons to
--   function requiring files to be present in the file system. For
--   instance, the default images for all of GTK+’s stock icons are
--   registered as built-icons.
--   
--   In general, if you use <a>iconThemeAddBuiltinIcon</a> you should also
--   install the icon in the icon theme, so that the icon is generally
--   available.
--   
--   This function will generally be used with pixbufs loaded via
--   <a>pixbufNewFromInline</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeAddBuiltinIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => Text -> Int32 -> a -> m ()

-- | Sets the search path for the icon theme object. When looking for an
--   icon theme, GTK+ will search for a subdirectory of one or more of the
--   directories in <i><tt>path</tt></i> with the same name as the icon
--   theme containing an index.theme file. (Themes from multiple of the
--   path elements are combined to allow themes to be extended by adding
--   icons in the user’s home directory.)
--   
--   In addition if an icon found isn’t found either in the current icon
--   theme or the default icon theme, and an image file with the right name
--   is found directly in one of the elements of <i><tt>path</tt></i>, then
--   that image will be used for the icon name. (This is legacy feature,
--   and new icons should be put into the fallback icon theme, which is
--   called hicolor, rather than directly on the icon path.)
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeSetSearchPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> [[Char]] -> m ()

-- | Sets the screen for an icon theme; the screen is used to track the
--   user’s currently configured icon theme, which might be different for
--   different screens.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeSetScreen :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a, IsScreen b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Sets the name of the icon theme that the <a>IconTheme</a> object uses
--   overriding system configuration. This function cannot be called on the
--   icon theme objects returned from <a>iconThemeGetDefault</a> and
--   <a>iconThemeGetForScreen</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeSetCustomTheme :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Checks to see if the icon theme has changed; if it has, any currently
--   cached information is discarded and will be reloaded next time
--   <i><tt>iconTheme</tt></i> is accessed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeRescanIfNeeded :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Prepends a directory to the search path. See
--   <a>iconThemeSetSearchPath</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemePrependSearchPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Looks up a named icon for a particular window scale and returns a
--   <a>IconInfo</a> containing information such as the filename of the
--   icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using
--   <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>. (<a>iconThemeLoadIcon</a> combines these two
--   steps if all you need is the pixbuf.)
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
iconThemeLookupIconForScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe IconInfo)

-- | Looks up a named icon and returns a <a>IconInfo</a> containing
--   information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be
--   rendered into a pixbuf using <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   (<a>iconThemeLoadIcon</a> combines these two steps if all you need is
--   the pixbuf.)
--   
--   When rendering on displays with high pixel densities you should not
--   use a <i><tt>size</tt></i> multiplied by the scaling factor returned
--   by functions like <a>windowGetScaleFactor</a>. Instead, you should use
--   <a>iconThemeLookupIconForScale</a>, as the assets loaded for a given
--   scaling factor may be different.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeLookupIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe IconInfo)

-- | Looks up an icon and returns a <a>IconInfo</a> containing information
--   such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a
--   pixbuf using <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
iconThemeLookupByGiconForScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a, IsIcon b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> Int32 -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe IconInfo)

-- | Looks up an icon and returns a <a>IconInfo</a> containing information
--   such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be rendered into a
--   pixbuf using <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   
--   When rendering on displays with high pixel densities you should not
--   use a <i><tt>size</tt></i> multiplied by the scaling factor returned
--   by functions like <a>windowGetScaleFactor</a>. Instead, you should use
--   <a>iconThemeLookupByGiconForScale</a>, as the assets loaded for a
--   given scaling factor may be different.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
iconThemeLookupByGicon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a, IsIcon b) => a -> b -> Int32 -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe IconInfo)

-- | Looks up an icon in an icon theme for a particular window scale,
--   scales it to the given size and renders it into a cairo surface. This
--   is a convenience function; if more details about the icon are needed,
--   use <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a> followed by <a>iconInfoLoadSurface</a>.
--   
--   Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and
--   update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the
--   GtkWidget[styleSet](#g:signal:styleSet) signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
iconThemeLoadSurface :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a, IsWindow b) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Maybe b -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe Surface)

-- | Looks up an icon in an icon theme for a particular window scale,
--   scales it to the given size and renders it into a pixbuf. This is a
--   convenience function; if more details about the icon are needed, use
--   <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a> followed by <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   
--   Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and
--   update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the
--   GtkWidget[styleSet](#g:signal:styleSet) signal. If for some reason you
--   do not want to update the icon when the icon theme changes, you should
--   consider using <a>pixbufCopy</a> to make a private copy of the pixbuf
--   returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old
--   icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
iconThemeLoadIconForScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Looks up an icon in an icon theme, scales it to the given size and
--   renders it into a pixbuf. This is a convenience function; if more
--   details about the icon are needed, use <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>
--   followed by <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   
--   Note that you probably want to listen for icon theme changes and
--   update the icon. This is usually done by connecting to the
--   GtkWidget[styleSet](#g:signal:styleSet) signal. If for some reason you
--   do not want to update the icon when the icon theme changes, you should
--   consider using <a>pixbufCopy</a> to make a private copy of the pixbuf
--   returned by this function. Otherwise GTK+ may need to keep the old
--   icon theme loaded, which would be a waste of memory.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeLoadIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Lists the icons in the current icon theme. Only a subset of the icons
--   can be listed by providing a context string. The set of values for the
--   context string is system dependent, but will typically include such
--   values as “Applications” and “MimeTypes”. Contexts are explained in
--   the <a>Icon Theme Specification</a>. The standard contexts are listed
--   in the <a>Icon Naming Specification</a>. Also see
--   <a>iconThemeListContexts</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeListIcons :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Maybe Text -> m [Text]

-- | Gets the list of contexts available within the current hierarchy of
--   icon themes. See <a>iconThemeListIcons</a> for details about contexts.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
iconThemeListContexts :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> m [Text]

-- | Checks whether an icon theme includes an icon for a particular name.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeHasIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Text -> m Bool

-- | Gets the current search path. See <a>iconThemeSetSearchPath</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeGetSearchPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> m [[Char]]

-- | Returns an array of integers describing the sizes at which the icon is
--   available without scaling. A size of -1 means that the icon is
--   available in a scalable format. The array is zero-terminated.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
iconThemeGetIconSizes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Text -> m [Int32]

-- | Gets the name of an icon that is representative of the current theme
--   (for instance, to use when presenting a list of themes to the user.)
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeGetExampleIconName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Looks up a named icon for a particular window scale and returns a
--   <a>IconInfo</a> containing information such as the filename of the
--   icon. The icon can then be rendered into a pixbuf using
--   <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>. (<a>iconThemeLoadIcon</a> combines these two
--   steps if all you need is the pixbuf.)
--   
--   If <i><tt>iconNames</tt></i> contains more than one name, this
--   function tries them all in the given order before falling back to
--   inherited icon themes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
iconThemeChooseIconForScale :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> [Text] -> Int32 -> Int32 -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe IconInfo)

-- | Looks up a named icon and returns a <a>IconInfo</a> containing
--   information such as the filename of the icon. The icon can then be
--   rendered into a pixbuf using <a>iconInfoLoadIcon</a>.
--   (<a>iconThemeLoadIcon</a> combines these two steps if all you need is
--   the pixbuf.)
--   
--   If <i><tt>iconNames</tt></i> contains more than one name, this
--   function tries them all in the given order before falling back to
--   inherited icon themes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
iconThemeChooseIcon :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> [Text] -> Int32 -> [IconLookupFlags] -> m (Maybe IconInfo)

-- | Appends a directory to the search path. See
--   <a>iconThemeSetSearchPath</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeAppendSearchPath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> [Char] -> m ()

-- | Adds a resource path that will be looked at when looking for icons,
--   similar to search paths.
--   
--   This function should be used to make application-specific icons
--   available as part of the icon theme.
--   
--   The resources are considered as part of the hicolor icon theme and
--   must be located in subdirectories that are defined in the hicolor icon
--   theme, such as <tt>@path/16x16/actions/run.png</tt>. Icons that are
--   directly placed in the resource path instead of a subdirectory are
--   also considered as ultimate fallback.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
iconThemeAddResourcePath :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIconTheme a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a new icon theme object. Icon theme objects are used to lookup
--   up an icon by name in a particular icon theme. Usually, you’ll want to
--   use <a>iconThemeGetDefault</a> or <a>iconThemeGetForScreen</a> rather
--   than creating a new icon theme object for scratch.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
iconThemeNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m IconTheme

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iconTheme #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterIconThemeChanged :: (IsIconTheme a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconThemeChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iconTheme #changed callback
--   </pre>
onIconThemeChanged :: (IsIconTheme a, MonadIO m) => a -> IconThemeChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IconThemeChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IconThemeChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_IconThemeChangedCallback :: IconThemeChangedCallback -> C_IconThemeChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IconThemeChanged :: MonadIO m => IconThemeChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_IconThemeChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IconThemeChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noIconThemeChangedCallback :: Maybe IconThemeChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>IconTheme</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toIconTheme :: (MonadIO m, IsIconTheme o) => o -> m IconTheme

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IconThemeChangedCallback</a>.
mk_IconThemeChangedCallback :: C_IconThemeChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IconThemeChangedCallback)

-- | Emitted when the current icon theme is switched or GTK+ detects that a
--   change has occurred in the contents of the current icon theme.
type IconThemeChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IconThemeChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IconTheme
IconTheme :: ManagedPtr IconTheme -> IconTheme

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>IconTheme</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toIconTheme</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf IconTheme o) => IsIconTheme o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IconInfo
IconInfo :: ManagedPtr IconInfo -> IconInfo

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>IconInfo</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toIconInfo</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf IconInfo o) => IsIconInfo o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IconFactory
IconFactory :: ManagedPtr IconFactory -> IconFactory

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>IconFactory</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toIconFactory</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf IconFactory o) => IsIconFactory o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
iMContextSimpleAddComposeFile :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContextSimple a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>IMContextSimple</a>.
iMContextSimpleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m IMContextSimple

-- | Cast to <a>IMContextSimple</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toIMContextSimple :: (MonadIO m, IsIMContextSimple o) => o -> m IMContextSimple

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IMContextSimple
IMContextSimple :: ManagedPtr IMContextSimple -> IMContextSimple

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>IMContextSimple</a>, for instance with <a>toIMContextSimple</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf IMContextSimple o) => IsIMContextSimple o

-- | Sets whether the IM context should use the preedit string to display
--   feedback. If <i><tt>usePreedit</tt></i> is FALSE (default is TRUE),
--   then the IM context may use some other method to display feedback,
--   such as displaying it in a child of the root window.
iMContextSetUsePreedit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets surrounding context around the insertion point and preedit
--   string. This function is expected to be called in response to the
--   GtkIMContext[retrieve_surrounding](#g:signal:retrieve_surrounding)
--   signal, and will likely have no effect if called at other times.
iMContextSetSurrounding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Notify the input method that a change in cursor position has been
--   made. The location is relative to the client window.
iMContextSetCursorLocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> Rectangle -> m ()

-- | Set the client window for the input context; this is the <a>Window</a>
--   in which the input appears. This window is used in order to correctly
--   position status windows, and may also be used for purposes internal to
--   the input method.
iMContextSetClientWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a, IsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Notify the input method that a change such as a change in cursor
--   position has been made. This will typically cause the input method to
--   clear the preedit state.
iMContextReset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Retrieves context around the insertion point. Input methods typically
--   want context in order to constrain input text based on existing text;
--   this is important for languages such as Thai where only some sequences
--   of characters are allowed.
--   
--   This function is implemented by emitting the
--   GtkIMContext[retrieve_surrounding](#g:signal:retrieve_surrounding)
--   signal on the input method; in response to this signal, a widget
--   should provide as much context as is available, up to an entire
--   paragraph, by calling <a>iMContextSetSurrounding</a>. Note that there
--   is no obligation for a widget to respond to the
--   <a>retrieve_surrounding</a> signal, so input methods must be prepared
--   to function without context.
iMContextGetSurrounding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> m (Bool, Text, Int32)

-- | Retrieve the current preedit string for the input context, and a list
--   of attributes to apply to the string. This string should be displayed
--   inserted at the insertion point.
iMContextGetPreeditString :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> m (Text, AttrList, Int32)

-- | Notify the input method that the widget to which this input context
--   corresponds has lost focus. The input method may, for example, change
--   the displayed feedback or reset the contexts state to reflect this
--   change.
iMContextFocusOut :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Notify the input method that the widget to which this input context
--   corresponds has gained focus. The input method may, for example,
--   change the displayed feedback to reflect this change.
iMContextFocusIn :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Allow an input method to internally handle key press and release
--   events. If this function returns <a>True</a>, then no further
--   processing should be done for this key event.
iMContextFilterKeypress :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> EventKey -> m Bool

-- | Asks the widget that the input context is attached to to delete
--   characters around the cursor position by emitting the
--   GtkIMContext[delete_surrounding](#g:signal:delete_surrounding) signal.
--   Note that <i><tt>offset</tt></i> and <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> are in
--   characters not in bytes which differs from the usage other places in
--   <a>IMContext</a>.
--   
--   In order to use this function, you should first call
--   <a>iMContextGetSurrounding</a> to get the current context, and call
--   this function immediately afterwards to make sure that you know what
--   you are deleting. You should also account for the fact that even if
--   the signal was handled, the input context might not have deleted all
--   the characters that were requested to be deleted.
--   
--   This function is used by an input method that wants to make
--   subsitutions in the existing text in response to new input. It is not
--   useful for applications.
iMContextDeleteSurrounding :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsIMContext a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIMContextInputPurpose :: (IsIMContext o, MonadIO m) => InputPurpose -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iMContext [ #inputPurpose <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIMContextInputPurpose :: (MonadIO m, IsIMContext o) => o -> InputPurpose -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>input-purpose</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iMContext #inputPurpose
--   </pre>
getIMContextInputPurpose :: (MonadIO m, IsIMContext o) => o -> m InputPurpose

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructIMContextInputHints :: (IsIMContext o, MonadIO m) => [InputHints] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> iMContext [ #inputHints <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setIMContextInputHints :: (MonadIO m, IsIMContext o) => o -> [InputHints] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>input-hints</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> iMContext #inputHints
--   </pre>
getIMContextInputHints :: (MonadIO m, IsIMContext o) => o -> m [InputHints]

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>retrieveSurrounding</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iMContext #retrieveSurrounding callback
--   </pre>
afterIMContextRetrieveSurrounding :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>retrieveSurrounding</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iMContext #retrieveSurrounding callback
--   </pre>
onIMContextRetrieveSurrounding :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback</a>.
wrap_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback :: IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback -> C_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IMContextRetrieveSurrounding :: MonadIO m => IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback -> m (GClosure C_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback</a></tt>.
noIMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback :: Maybe IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditStart</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iMContext #preeditStart callback
--   </pre>
afterIMContextPreeditStart :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextPreeditStartCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditStart</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iMContext #preeditStart callback
--   </pre>
onIMContextPreeditStart :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextPreeditStartCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IMContextPreeditStartCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IMContextPreeditStartCallback</a>.
wrap_IMContextPreeditStartCallback :: IMContextPreeditStartCallback -> C_IMContextPreeditStartCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IMContextPreeditStart :: MonadIO m => IMContextPreeditStartCallback -> m (GClosure C_IMContextPreeditStartCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IMContextPreeditStartCallback</a></tt>.
noIMContextPreeditStartCallback :: Maybe IMContextPreeditStartCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iMContext #preeditEnd callback
--   </pre>
afterIMContextPreeditEnd :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextPreeditEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditEnd</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iMContext #preeditEnd callback
--   </pre>
onIMContextPreeditEnd :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextPreeditEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IMContextPreeditEndCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IMContextPreeditEndCallback</a>.
wrap_IMContextPreeditEndCallback :: IMContextPreeditEndCallback -> C_IMContextPreeditEndCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IMContextPreeditEnd :: MonadIO m => IMContextPreeditEndCallback -> m (GClosure C_IMContextPreeditEndCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IMContextPreeditEndCallback</a></tt>.
noIMContextPreeditEndCallback :: Maybe IMContextPreeditEndCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iMContext #preeditChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterIMContextPreeditChanged :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextPreeditChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>preeditChanged</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iMContext #preeditChanged callback
--   </pre>
onIMContextPreeditChanged :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextPreeditChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IMContextPreeditChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback :: IMContextPreeditChangedCallback -> C_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IMContextPreeditChanged :: MonadIO m => IMContextPreeditChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IMContextPreeditChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noIMContextPreeditChangedCallback :: Maybe IMContextPreeditChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteSurrounding</a> signal, to
--   be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iMContext #deleteSurrounding callback
--   </pre>
afterIMContextDeleteSurrounding :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteSurrounding</a> signal, to
--   be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iMContext #deleteSurrounding callback
--   </pre>
onIMContextDeleteSurrounding :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback</a>.
wrap_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback :: IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback -> C_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IMContextDeleteSurrounding :: MonadIO m => IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback -> m (GClosure C_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback</a></tt>.
noIMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback :: Maybe IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>commit</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> iMContext #commit callback
--   </pre>
afterIMContextCommit :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextCommitCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>commit</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> iMContext #commit callback
--   </pre>
onIMContextCommit :: (IsIMContext a, MonadIO m) => a -> IMContextCommitCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>IMContextCommitCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_IMContextCommitCallback</a>.
wrap_IMContextCommitCallback :: IMContextCommitCallback -> C_IMContextCommitCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_IMContextCommit :: MonadIO m => IMContextCommitCallback -> m (GClosure C_IMContextCommitCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>IMContextCommitCallback</a></tt>.
noIMContextCommitCallback :: Maybe IMContextCommitCallback

-- | Cast to <a>IMContext</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toIMContext :: (MonadIO m, IsIMContext o) => o -> m IMContext

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IMContextCommitCallback</a>.
mk_IMContextCommitCallback :: C_IMContextCommitCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IMContextCommitCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback</a>.
mk_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback :: C_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback</a>.
mk_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback :: C_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IMContextPreeditEndCallback</a>.
mk_IMContextPreeditEndCallback :: C_IMContextPreeditEndCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IMContextPreeditEndCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IMContextPreeditStartCallback</a>.
mk_IMContextPreeditStartCallback :: C_IMContextPreeditStartCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IMContextPreeditStartCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback</a>.
mk_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback :: C_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback)

-- | The <a>commit</a> signal is emitted when a complete input sequence has
--   been entered by the user. This can be a single character immediately
--   after a key press or the final result of preediting.
type IMContextCommitCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IMContextCommitCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>deleteSurrounding</a> signal is emitted when the input method
--   needs to delete all or part of the context surrounding the cursor.
type IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback = Int32 -> Int32 -> IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IMContextDeleteSurroundingCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | The <a>preeditChanged</a> signal is emitted whenever the preedit
--   sequence currently being entered has changed. It is also emitted at
--   the end of a preedit sequence, in which case
--   <a>iMContextGetPreeditString</a> returns the empty string.
type IMContextPreeditChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IMContextPreeditChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>preeditEnd</a> signal is emitted when a preediting sequence has
--   been completed or canceled.
type IMContextPreeditEndCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IMContextPreeditEndCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>preeditStart</a> signal is emitted when a new preediting
--   sequence starts.
type IMContextPreeditStartCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IMContextPreeditStartCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | The <a>retrieveSurrounding</a> signal is emitted when the input method
--   requires the context surrounding the cursor. The callback should set
--   the input method surrounding context by calling the
--   <a>iMContextSetSurrounding</a> method.
type IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback = IO Bool

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_IMContextRetrieveSurroundingCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO CInt

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype IMContext
IMContext :: ManagedPtr IMContext -> IMContext

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>IMContext</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toIMContext</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf IMContext o) => IsIMContext o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype HeaderBar
HeaderBar :: ManagedPtr HeaderBar -> HeaderBar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>HeaderBar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toHeaderBar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf HeaderBar o) => IsHeaderBar o

-- | If <i><tt>touchOnly</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>
--   will only handle events of type <tt><i>GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN</i></tt>,
--   <tt><i>GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE</i></tt> or <tt><i>GDK_TOUCH_END</i></tt>. If
--   <a>False</a>, mouse events will be handled too.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSingleSetTouchOnly :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets whether <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is exclusive. An exclusive
--   gesture will only handle pointer and "pointer emulated" touch events,
--   so at any given time, there is only one sequence able to interact with
--   those.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSingleSetExclusive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the button number <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> listens to. If non-0,
--   every button press from a different button number will be ignored.
--   Touch events implicitly match with button 1.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSingleSetButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle a) => a -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the gesture is only triggered by touch events.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSingleGetTouchOnly :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets whether a gesture is exclusive. For more information, see
--   <a>gestureSingleSetExclusive</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSingleGetExclusive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns the event sequence currently interacting with
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>. This is only meaningful if
--   <a>gestureIsActive</a> returns <a>True</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSingleGetCurrentSequence :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle a) => a -> m (Maybe EventSequence)

-- | Returns the button number currently interacting with
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>, or 0 if there is none.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSingleGetCurrentButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Returns the button number <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> listens for, or 0 if
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> reacts to any button press.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSingleGetButton :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>touch-only</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGestureSingleTouchOnly :: (IsGestureSingle o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>touch-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gestureSingle [ #touchOnly <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGestureSingleTouchOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>touch-only</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gestureSingle #touchOnly
--   </pre>
getGestureSingleTouchOnly :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>exclusive</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGestureSingleExclusive :: (IsGestureSingle o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>exclusive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gestureSingle [ #exclusive <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGestureSingleExclusive :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>exclusive</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gestureSingle #exclusive
--   </pre>
getGestureSingleExclusive :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>button</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructGestureSingleButton :: (IsGestureSingle o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gestureSingle [ #button <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGestureSingleButton :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>button</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gestureSingle #button
--   </pre>
getGestureSingleButton :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Cast to <a>GestureSingle</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGestureSingle :: (MonadIO m, IsGestureSingle o) => o -> m GestureSingle

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GestureSingle
GestureSingle :: ManagedPtr GestureSingle -> GestureSingle

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>GestureSingle</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toGestureSingle</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GestureSingle o) => IsGestureSingle o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype GestureDrag
GestureDrag :: ManagedPtr GestureDrag -> GestureDrag

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>GestureDrag</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toGestureDrag</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf GestureDrag o) => IsGestureDrag o

-- | Separates <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> into an isolated group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureUngroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets a specific window to receive events about, so
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> will effectively handle only events targeting
--   <i><tt>window</tt></i>, or a child of it. <i><tt>window</tt></i> must
--   pertain to <a>eventControllerGetWidget</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSetWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a, IsWindow b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets the state of all sequences that <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is
--   currently interacting with. See <a>gestureSetSequenceState</a> for
--   more details on sequence states.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSetState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> EventSequenceState -> m Bool

-- | Sets the state of <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> in <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>.
--   Sequences start in state <tt><i>GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_NONE</i></tt>, and
--   whenever they change state, they can never go back to that state.
--   Likewise, sequences in state <tt><i>GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED</i></tt>
--   cannot turn back to a not denied state. With these rules, the lifetime
--   of an event sequence is constrained to the next four:
--   
--   <ul>
--   <li>None</li>
--   <li>None → Denied</li>
--   <li>None → Claimed</li>
--   <li>None → Claimed → Denied</li>
--   </ul>
--   
--   Note: Due to event handling ordering, it may be unsafe to set the
--   state on another gesture within a <a>begin</a> signal handler, as the
--   callback might be executed before the other gesture knows about the
--   sequence. A safe way to perform this could be:
--   
--   <pre>
--   static void
--   first_gesture_begin_cb (GtkGesture       *first_gesture,
--                           GdkEventSequence *sequence,
--                           gpointer          user_data)
--   {
--     gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (first_gesture, sequence, GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED);
--     gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (second_gesture, sequence, GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED);
--   }
--   
--   static void
--   second_gesture_begin_cb (GtkGesture       *second_gesture,
--                            GdkEventSequence *sequence,
--                            gpointer          user_data)
--   {
--     if (gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (first_gesture, sequence) == GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED)
--       gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (second_gesture, sequence, GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED);
--   }
--   </pre>
--   
--   If both gestures are in the same group, just set the state on the
--   gesture emitting the event, the sequence will be already be
--   initialized to the group's global state when the second gesture
--   processes the event.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureSetSequenceState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> EventSequence -> EventSequenceState -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the gesture is currently recognized. A gesture
--   is recognized if there are as many interacting touch sequences as
--   required by <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>, and
--   <a>Gesture</a>::<tt><i>check</i></tt> returned <a>True</a> for the
--   sequences being currently interpreted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureIsRecognized :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if both gestures pertain to the same group.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureIsGroupedWith :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a, IsGesture b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if the gesture is currently active. A gesture is
--   active meanwhile there are touch sequences interacting with it.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureIsActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns <a>True</a> if <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> is currently handling
--   events corresponding to <i><tt>sequence</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureHandlesSequence :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> Maybe EventSequence -> m Bool

-- | Adds <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> to the same group than
--   <i><tt>groupGesture</tt></i>. Gestures are by default isolated in
--   their own groups.
--   
--   When gestures are grouped, the state of
--   <tt><i>GdkEventSequences</i></tt> is kept in sync for all of those, so
--   calling <a>gestureSetSequenceState</a>, on one will transfer the same
--   value to the others.
--   
--   Groups also perform an "implicit grabbing" of sequences, if a
--   <a>EventSequence</a> state is set to
--   <tt><i>GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED</i></tt> on one group, every other
--   gesture group attached to the same <a>Widget</a> will switch the state
--   for that sequence to <tt><i>GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED</i></tt>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a, IsGesture b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Returns the user-defined window that receives the events handled by
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>. See <a>gestureSetWindow</a> for more
--   information.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetWindow :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Returns the list of <tt><i>GdkEventSequences</i></tt> currently being
--   interpreted by <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetSequences :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m [EventSequence]

-- | Returns the <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> state, as seen by
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetSequenceState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> EventSequence -> m EventSequenceState

-- | If <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> is currently being interpreted by
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>, this function returns <a>True</a> and fills
--   in <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> with the last coordinates
--   stored for that event sequence. The coordinates are always relative to
--   the widget allocation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetPoint :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> Maybe EventSequence -> m (Bool, Double, Double)

-- | Returns the <a>EventSequence</a> that was last updated on
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetLastUpdatedSequence :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m (Maybe EventSequence)

-- | Returns the last event that was processed for
--   <i><tt>sequence</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that the returned pointer is only valid as long as the
--   <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> is still interpreted by the
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>. If in doubt, you should make a copy of the
--   event.
gestureGetLastEvent :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> Maybe EventSequence -> m (Maybe Event)

-- | Returns all gestures in the group of <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetGroup :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m [Gesture]

-- | Returns the master <a>Device</a> that is currently operating on
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>, or <a>Nothing</a> if the gesture is not being
--   interacted.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetDevice :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m (Maybe Device)

-- | If there are touch sequences being currently handled by
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>, this function returns <a>True</a> and fills
--   in <i><tt>x</tt></i> and <i><tt>y</tt></i> with the center of the
--   bounding box containing all active touches. Otherwise, <a>False</a>
--   will be returned.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetBoundingBoxCenter :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m (Bool, Double, Double)

-- | If there are touch sequences being currently handled by
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i>, this function returns <a>True</a> and fills
--   in <i><tt>rect</tt></i> with the bounding box containing all active
--   touches. Otherwise, <a>False</a> will be returned.
--   
--   Note: This function will yield unexpected results on touchpad
--   gestures. Since there is no correlation between physical and pixel
--   distances, these will look as if constrained in an infinitely small
--   area, <i><tt>rect</tt></i> width and height will thus be 0 regardless
--   of the number of touchpoints.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
gestureGetBoundingBox :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsGesture a) => a -> m (Bool, Rectangle)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>window</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #window
--   </pre>
clearGestureWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsGesture o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>window</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructGestureWindow :: (IsGesture o, MonadIO m, IsWindow a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>window</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> gesture [ #window <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setGestureWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsGesture o, IsWindow a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>window</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gesture #window
--   </pre>
getGestureWindow :: (MonadIO m, IsGesture o) => o -> m (Maybe Window)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>n-points</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructGestureNPoints :: (IsGesture o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>n-points</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> gesture #nPoints
--   </pre>
getGestureNPoints :: (MonadIO m, IsGesture o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>update</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gesture #update callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureUpdate :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureUpdateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>update</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gesture #update callback
--   </pre>
onGestureUpdate :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureUpdateCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureUpdateCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureUpdateCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureUpdateCallback :: GestureUpdateCallback -> C_GestureUpdateCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureUpdate :: MonadIO m => GestureUpdateCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureUpdateCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureUpdateCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureUpdateCallback :: Maybe GestureUpdateCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>sequenceStateChanged</a> signal,
--   to be run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gesture #sequenceStateChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureSequenceStateChanged :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>sequenceStateChanged</a> signal,
--   to be run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is
--   enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gesture #sequenceStateChanged callback
--   </pre>
onGestureSequenceStateChanged :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback :: GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback -> C_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureSequenceStateChanged :: MonadIO m => GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureSequenceStateChangedCallback :: Maybe GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>end</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gesture #end callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureEnd :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>end</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gesture #end callback
--   </pre>
onGestureEnd :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureEndCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureEndCallback</a> into a <a>C_GestureEndCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureEndCallback :: GestureEndCallback -> C_GestureEndCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureEnd :: MonadIO m => GestureEndCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureEndCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureEndCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureEndCallback :: Maybe GestureEndCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancel</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gesture #cancel callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureCancel :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureCancelCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>cancel</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gesture #cancel callback
--   </pre>
onGestureCancel :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureCancelCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureCancelCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureCancelCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureCancelCallback :: GestureCancelCallback -> C_GestureCancelCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureCancel :: MonadIO m => GestureCancelCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureCancelCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureCancelCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureCancelCallback :: Maybe GestureCancelCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>begin</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> gesture #begin callback
--   </pre>
afterGestureBegin :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureBeginCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>begin</a> signal, to be run before
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> gesture #begin callback
--   </pre>
onGestureBegin :: (IsGesture a, MonadIO m) => a -> GestureBeginCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>GestureBeginCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_GestureBeginCallback</a>.
wrap_GestureBeginCallback :: GestureBeginCallback -> C_GestureBeginCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_GestureBegin :: MonadIO m => GestureBeginCallback -> m (GClosure C_GestureBeginCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>GestureBeginCallback</a></tt>.
noGestureBeginCallback :: Maybe GestureBeginCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Gesture</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toGesture :: (MonadIO m, IsGesture o) => o -> m Gesture

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureBeginCallback</a>.
mk_GestureBeginCallback :: C_GestureBeginCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureBeginCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureCancelCallback</a>.
mk_GestureCancelCallback :: C_GestureCancelCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureCancelCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureEndCallback</a>.
mk_GestureEndCallback :: C_GestureEndCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureEndCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback</a>.
mk_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback :: C_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_GestureUpdateCallback</a>.
mk_GestureUpdateCallback :: C_GestureUpdateCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_GestureUpdateCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted when the gesture is recognized. This means the
--   number of touch sequences matches
--   <a>Gesture</a>:<tt><i>n-points</i></tt>, and the
--   <a>Gesture</a>::<tt><i>check</i></tt> handler(s) returned
--   <tt><i>TRUE</i></tt>.
--   
--   Note: These conditions may also happen when an extra touch (eg. a
--   third touch on a 2-touches gesture) is lifted, in that situation
--   <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> won't pertain to the current set of active
--   touches, so don't rely on this being true.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureBeginCallback = EventSequence -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureBeginCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventSequence -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever a sequence is cancelled. This usually
--   happens on active touches when <a>eventControllerReset</a> is called
--   on <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> (manually, due to grabs...), or the
--   individual <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> was claimed by parent widgets'
--   controllers (see <a>gestureSetSequenceState</a>).
--   
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> must forget everything about
--   <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> as a reaction to this signal.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureCancelCallback = EventSequence -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureCancelCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventSequence -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> either stopped
--   recognizing the event sequences as something to be handled (the
--   <a>Gesture</a>::<tt><i>check</i></tt> handler returned <a>False</a>),
--   or the number of touch sequences became higher or lower than
--   <a>Gesture</a>:<tt><i>n-points</i></tt>.
--   
--   Note: <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> might not pertain to the group of
--   sequences that were previously triggering recognition on
--   <i><tt>gesture</tt></i> (ie. a just pressed touch sequence that
--   exceeds <a>Gesture</a>:<tt><i>n-points</i></tt>). This situation may
--   be detected by checking through <a>gestureHandlesSequence</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureEndCallback = EventSequence -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureEndCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventSequence -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever a sequence state changes. See
--   <a>gestureSetSequenceState</a> to know more about the expectable
--   sequence lifetimes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback = EventSequence -> EventSequenceState -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureSequenceStateChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventSequence -> CUInt -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted whenever an event is handled while the gesture
--   is recognized. <i><tt>sequence</tt></i> is guaranteed to pertain to
--   the set of active touches.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
type GestureUpdateCallback = EventSequence -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_GestureUpdateCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr EventSequence -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Gesture
Gesture :: ManagedPtr Gesture -> Gesture

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Gesture</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toGesture</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Gesture o) => IsGesture o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Frame
Frame :: ManagedPtr Frame -> Frame

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Frame</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toFrame</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Frame o) => IsFrame o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FlowBoxChild
FlowBoxChild :: ManagedPtr FlowBoxChild -> FlowBoxChild

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>FlowBoxChild</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toFlowBoxChild</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FlowBoxChild o) => IsFlowBoxChild o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FlowBox
FlowBox :: ManagedPtr FlowBox -> FlowBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>FlowBox</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toFlowBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FlowBox o) => IsFlowBox o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FileFilter
FileFilter :: ManagedPtr FileFilter -> FileFilter

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>FileFilter</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toFileFilter</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FileFilter o) => IsFileFilter o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EventController
EventController :: ManagedPtr EventController -> EventController

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>EventController</a>, for instance with <a>toEventController</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EventController o) => IsEventController o

-- | Cast to <a>EntryIconAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEntryIconAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryIconAccessible o) => o -> m EntryIconAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EntryIconAccessible
EntryIconAccessible :: ManagedPtr EntryIconAccessible -> EntryIconAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>EntryIconAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toEntryIconAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EntryIconAccessible o) => IsEntryIconAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EntryCompletion
EntryCompletion :: ManagedPtr EntryCompletion -> EntryCompletion

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>EntryCompletion</a>, for instance with <a>toEntryCompletion</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EntryCompletion o) => IsEntryCompletion o

-- | Sets the text in the buffer.
--   
--   This is roughly equivalent to calling <a>entryBufferDeleteText</a> and
--   <a>entryBufferInsertText</a>.
--   
--   Note that <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> is in characters, not in bytes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferSetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the buffer. If the
--   current contents are longer than the given length, then they will be
--   truncated to fit.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferSetMaxLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Inserts <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> characters of <i><tt>chars</tt></i>
--   into the contents of the buffer, at position <i><tt>position</tt></i>.
--   
--   If <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> is negative, then characters from chars will
--   be inserted until a null-terminator is found. If
--   <i><tt>position</tt></i> or <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> are out of bounds,
--   or the maximum buffer text length is exceeded, then they are coerced
--   to sane values.
--   
--   Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferInsertText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> Word32 -> Text -> Int32 -> m Word32

-- | Retrieves the contents of the buffer.
--   
--   The memory pointer returned by this call will not change unless this
--   object emits a signal, or is finalized.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferGetText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> m Text

-- | Retrieves the maximum allowed length of the text in
--   <i><tt>buffer</tt></i>. See <a>entryBufferSetMaxLength</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferGetMaxLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferGetLength :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> m Word32

-- | Retrieves the length in bytes of the buffer. See
--   <a>entryBufferGetLength</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferGetBytes :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> m Word64

-- | Used when subclassing <a>EntryBuffer</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferEmitInsertedText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> Word32 -> Text -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Used when subclassing <a>EntryBuffer</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferEmitDeletedText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> Word32 -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Deletes a sequence of characters from the buffer.
--   <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> characters are deleted starting at
--   <i><tt>position</tt></i>. If <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> is negative, then
--   all characters until the end of the text are deleted.
--   
--   If <i><tt>position</tt></i> or <i><tt>nChars</tt></i> are out of
--   bounds, then they are coerced to sane values.
--   
--   Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferDeleteText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer a) => a -> Word32 -> Int32 -> m Word32

-- | Create a new GtkEntryBuffer object.
--   
--   Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
entryBufferNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Maybe Text -> Int32 -> m EntryBuffer

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #text
--   </pre>
clearEntryBufferText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryBufferText :: (IsEntryBuffer o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryBuffer [ #text <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryBufferText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryBuffer #text
--   </pre>
getEntryBufferText :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer o) => o -> m Text

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-length</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructEntryBufferMaxLength :: (IsEntryBuffer o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-length</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> entryBuffer [ #maxLength <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setEntryBufferMaxLength :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-length</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryBuffer #maxLength
--   </pre>
getEntryBufferMaxLength :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>length</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> entryBuffer #length
--   </pre>
getEntryBufferLength :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertedText</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entryBuffer #insertedText callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryBufferInsertedText :: (IsEntryBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertedText</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entryBuffer #insertedText callback
--   </pre>
onEntryBufferInsertedText :: (IsEntryBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback :: EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback -> C_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryBufferInsertedText :: MonadIO m => EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryBufferInsertedTextCallback :: Maybe EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deletedText</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> entryBuffer #deletedText callback
--   </pre>
afterEntryBufferDeletedText :: (IsEntryBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deletedText</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> entryBuffer #deletedText callback
--   </pre>
onEntryBufferDeletedText :: (IsEntryBuffer a, MonadIO m) => a -> EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback</a>.
wrap_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback :: EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback -> C_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EntryBufferDeletedText :: MonadIO m => EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback -> m (GClosure C_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback</a></tt>.
noEntryBufferDeletedTextCallback :: Maybe EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback

-- | Cast to <a>EntryBuffer</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEntryBuffer :: (MonadIO m, IsEntryBuffer o) => o -> m EntryBuffer

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback</a>.
mk_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback :: C_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback</a>.
mk_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback :: C_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted after text is deleted from the buffer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
type EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback = Word32 -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryBufferDeletedTextCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted after text is inserted into the buffer.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
type EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback = Word32 -> Text -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EntryBufferInsertedTextCallback = Ptr () -> Word32 -> CString -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EntryBuffer
EntryBuffer :: ManagedPtr EntryBuffer -> EntryBuffer

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>EntryBuffer</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toEntryBuffer</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EntryBuffer o) => IsEntryBuffer o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype EntryAccessible
EntryAccessible :: ManagedPtr EntryAccessible -> EntryAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>EntryAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toEntryAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf EntryAccessible o) => IsEntryAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Entry
Entry :: ManagedPtr Entry -> Entry

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Entry</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toEntry</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Entry o) => IsEntry o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Dialog
Dialog :: ManagedPtr Dialog -> Dialog

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Dialog</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toDialog</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Dialog o) => IsDialog o

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
containerCellAccessibleRemoveChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainerCellAccessible a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Get a list of children.
containerCellAccessibleGetChildren :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainerCellAccessible a) => a -> m [CellAccessible]

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
containerCellAccessibleAddChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsContainerCellAccessible a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
containerCellAccessibleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m ContainerCellAccessible

-- | Cast to <a>ContainerCellAccessible</a>, for types for which this is
--   known to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toContainerCellAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsContainerCellAccessible o) => o -> m ContainerCellAccessible

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ContainerCellAccessible
ContainerCellAccessible :: ManagedPtr ContainerCellAccessible -> ContainerCellAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ContainerCellAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toContainerCellAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ContainerCellAccessible o) => IsContainerCellAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ContainerAccessible
ContainerAccessible :: ManagedPtr ContainerAccessible -> ContainerAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ContainerAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toContainerAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ContainerAccessible o) => IsContainerAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Container
Container :: ManagedPtr Container -> Container

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Container</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toContainer</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Container o) => IsContainer o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ComboBox
ComboBox :: ManagedPtr ComboBox -> ComboBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ComboBox</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toComboBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ComboBox o) => IsComboBox o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Clipboard
Clipboard :: ManagedPtr Clipboard -> Clipboard

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Clipboard</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toClipboard</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Clipboard o) => IsClipboard o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CheckMenuItemAccessible
CheckMenuItemAccessible :: ManagedPtr CheckMenuItemAccessible -> CheckMenuItemAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CheckMenuItemAccessible</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toCheckMenuItemAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CheckMenuItemAccessible o) => IsCheckMenuItemAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CheckMenuItem
CheckMenuItem :: ManagedPtr CheckMenuItem -> CheckMenuItem

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CheckMenuItem</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toCheckMenuItem</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CheckMenuItem o) => IsCheckMenuItem o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CheckButton
CheckButton :: ManagedPtr CheckButton -> CheckButton

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CheckButton</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toCheckButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CheckButton o) => IsCheckButton o

-- | If <i><tt>radio</tt></i> is <a>True</a>, the cell renderer renders a
--   radio toggle (i.e. a toggle in a group of mutually-exclusive toggles).
--   If <a>False</a>, it renders a check toggle (a standalone boolean
--   option). This can be set globally for the cell renderer, or changed
--   just before rendering each cell in the model (for <a>TreeView</a>, you
--   set up a per-row setting using <a>TreeViewColumn</a> to associate
--   model columns with cell renderer properties).
cellRendererToggleSetRadio :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Activates or deactivates a cell renderer.
cellRendererToggleSetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Makes the cell renderer activatable.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererToggleSetActivatable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Returns whether we’re rendering radio toggles rather than checkboxes.
cellRendererToggleGetRadio :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the cell renderer is active. See
--   <a>cellRendererToggleSetActive</a>.
cellRendererToggleGetActive :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Returns whether the cell renderer is activatable. See
--   <a>cellRendererToggleSetActivatable</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.18</i>
cellRendererToggleGetActivatable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Creates a new <a>CellRendererToggle</a>. Adjust rendering parameters
--   using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with
--   <tt><i>g_object_set()</i></tt>). Also, with <a>TreeViewColumn</a>, you
--   can bind a property to a value in a <a>TreeModel</a>. For example, you
--   can bind the “active” property on the cell renderer to a boolean value
--   in the model, thus causing the check button to reflect the state of
--   the model.
cellRendererToggleNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellRendererToggle

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>radio</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererToggleRadio :: (IsCellRendererToggle o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>radio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererToggle [ #radio <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererToggleRadio :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>radio</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererToggle #radio
--   </pre>
getCellRendererToggleRadio :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>indicator-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererToggleIndicatorSize :: (IsCellRendererToggle o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>indicator-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererToggle [ #indicatorSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererToggleIndicatorSize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>indicator-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererToggle #indicatorSize
--   </pre>
getCellRendererToggleIndicatorSize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererToggleInconsistent :: (IsCellRendererToggle o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererToggle [ #inconsistent <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererToggleInconsistent :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inconsistent</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererToggle #inconsistent
--   </pre>
getCellRendererToggleInconsistent :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererToggleActive :: (IsCellRendererToggle o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererToggle [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererToggleActive :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererToggle #active
--   </pre>
getCellRendererToggleActive :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>activatable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererToggleActivatable :: (IsCellRendererToggle o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>activatable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererToggle [ #activatable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererToggleActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>activatable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererToggle #activatable
--   </pre>
getCellRendererToggleActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellRendererToggle #toggled callback
--   </pre>
afterCellRendererToggleToggled :: (IsCellRendererToggle a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererToggleToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>toggled</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellRendererToggle #toggled callback
--   </pre>
onCellRendererToggleToggled :: (IsCellRendererToggle a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererToggleToggledCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellRendererToggleToggledCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback</a>.
wrap_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback :: CellRendererToggleToggledCallback -> C_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellRendererToggleToggled :: MonadIO m => CellRendererToggleToggledCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellRendererToggleToggledCallback</a></tt>.
noCellRendererToggleToggledCallback :: Maybe CellRendererToggleToggledCallback

-- | Cast to <a>CellRendererToggle</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRendererToggle :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererToggle o) => o -> m CellRendererToggle

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback</a>.
mk_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback :: C_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRendererToggle
CellRendererToggle :: ManagedPtr CellRendererToggle -> CellRendererToggle

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellRendererToggle</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toCellRendererToggle</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRendererToggle o) => IsCellRendererToggle o

-- | The <a>toggled</a> signal is emitted when the cell is toggled.
--   
--   It is the responsibility of the application to update the model with
--   the correct value to store at <i><tt>path</tt></i>. Often this is
--   simply the opposite of the value currently stored at
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
type CellRendererToggleToggledCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellRendererToggleToggledCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Sets the height of a renderer to explicitly be determined by the
--   “font” and “y_pad” property set on it. Further changes in these
--   properties do not affect the height, so they must be accompanied by a
--   subsequent call to this function. Using this function is unflexible,
--   and should really only be used if calculating the size of a cell is
--   too slow (ie, a massive number of cells displayed). If
--   <i><tt>numberOfRows</tt></i> is -1, then the fixed height is unset,
--   and the height is determined by the properties again.
cellRendererTextSetFixedHeightFromFont :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>CellRendererText</a>. Adjust how text is drawn using
--   object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with
--   <tt><i>g_object_set()</i></tt>). Also, with <a>TreeViewColumn</a>, you
--   can bind a property to a value in a <a>TreeModel</a>. For example, you
--   can bind the “text” property on the cell renderer to a string value in
--   the model, thus rendering a different string in each row of the
--   <a>TreeView</a>
cellRendererTextNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellRendererText

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap-width</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextWrapWidth :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #wrapWidth <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextWrapWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #wrapWidth
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextWrapWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextWrapMode :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => WrapMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #wrapMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextWrapMode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> WrapMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>wrap-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #wrapMode
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextWrapMode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m WrapMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextWidthChars :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #widthChars <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #widthChars
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>weight-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextWeightSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>weight-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #weightSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextWeightSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>weight-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #weightSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextWeightSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>weight</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextWeight :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>weight</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #weight <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextWeight :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>weight</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #weight
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextWeight :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>variant-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextVariantSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>variant-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #variantSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextVariantSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>variant-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #variantSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextVariantSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>variant</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextVariant :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Variant -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>variant</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #variant <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextVariant :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Variant -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>variant</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #variant
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextVariant :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Variant

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>underline-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextUnderlineSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>underline-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #underlineSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextUnderlineSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>underline-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #underlineSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextUnderlineSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>underline</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextUnderline :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Underline -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #underline <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Underline -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>underline</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #underline
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextUnderline :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Underline

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #text
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextText :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #text <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #text
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>style-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextStyleSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #styleSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextStyleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>style-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #styleSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextStyleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>style</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextStyle :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Style -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #style <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Style -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>style</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #style
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextStyle :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Style

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>strikethrough-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextStrikethroughSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #strikethroughSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextStrikethroughSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>strikethrough-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #strikethroughSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextStrikethroughSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>strikethrough</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextStrikethrough :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>strikethrough</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #strikethrough <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextStrikethrough :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>strikethrough</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #strikethrough
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextStrikethrough :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stretch-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextStretchSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stretch-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #stretchSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextStretchSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stretch-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #stretchSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextStretchSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stretch</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextStretch :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Stretch -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stretch</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #stretch <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextStretch :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Stretch -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stretch</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #stretch
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextStretch :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Stretch

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>size-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextSizeSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #sizeSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextSizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #sizeSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextSizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>size-points</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextSizePoints :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size-points</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #sizePoints <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextSizePoints :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size-points</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #sizePoints
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextSizePoints :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextSize :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #size <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextSize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #size
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextSize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>single-paragraph-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextSingleParagraphMode :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>single-paragraph-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #singleParagraphMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextSingleParagraphMode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>single-paragraph-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #singleParagraphMode
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextSingleParagraphMode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>scale-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextScaleSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>scale-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #scaleSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextScaleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>scale-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #scaleSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextScaleSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>scale</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextScale :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>scale</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #scale <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextScale :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>scale</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #scale
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextScale :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rise-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextRiseSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rise-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #riseSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextRiseSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rise-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #riseSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextRiseSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rise</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextRise :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rise</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #rise <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextRise :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rise</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #rise
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextRise :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>placeholder-text</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #placeholderText
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextPlaceholderText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>placeholder-text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextPlaceholderText :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>placeholder-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #placeholderText <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextPlaceholderText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>placeholder-text</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #placeholderText
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextPlaceholderText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextMaxWidthChars :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #maxWidthChars <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextMaxWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>max-width-chars</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #maxWidthChars
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextMaxWidthChars :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>markup</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #markup
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>markup</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextMarkup :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>markup</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #markup <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextMarkup :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>language-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextLanguageSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #languageSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextLanguageSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>language-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #languageSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextLanguageSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #language
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextLanguage :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>language</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextLanguage :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #language <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextLanguage :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>language</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #language
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextLanguage :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>foreground-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextForegroundSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #foregroundSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextForegroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>foreground-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #foregroundSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextForegroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #foregroundRgba
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextForegroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>foreground-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextForegroundRgba :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #foregroundRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextForegroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>foreground-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #foregroundRgba
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextForegroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-gdk</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #foregroundGdk
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextForegroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>foreground-gdk</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextForegroundGdk :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #foregroundGdk <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextForegroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>foreground-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #foregroundGdk
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextForegroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #foreground
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextForeground :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>foreground</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextForeground :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>foreground</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #foreground <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextForeground :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #fontDesc
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextFontDesc :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextFontDesc :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => FontDescription -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #fontDesc <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextFontDesc :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> FontDescription -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font-desc</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #fontDesc
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextFontDesc :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe FontDescription)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #font
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextFont :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>font</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextFont :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #font <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextFont :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>font</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #font
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextFont :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>family-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextFamilySet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>family-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #familySet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextFamilySet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>family-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #familySet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextFamilySet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>family</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #family
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextFamily :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>family</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextFamily :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>family</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #family <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextFamily :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>family</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #family
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextFamily :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ellipsize-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextEllipsizeSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ellipsize-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #ellipsizeSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextEllipsizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ellipsize-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #ellipsizeSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextEllipsizeSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextEllipsize :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => EllipsizeMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #ellipsize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextEllipsize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> EllipsizeMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>ellipsize</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #ellipsize
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextEllipsize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m EllipsizeMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>editable-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextEditableSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>editable-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #editableSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextEditableSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editable-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #editableSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextEditableSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>editable</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextEditable :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #editable <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>editable</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #editable
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextBackgroundSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #backgroundSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #backgroundSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextBackgroundSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #backgroundRgba
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextBackgroundRgba :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #backgroundRgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-rgba</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #backgroundRgba
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextBackgroundRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #backgroundGdk
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextBackgroundGdk :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Color -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #backgroundGdk <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Color -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>background-gdk</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #backgroundGdk
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextBackgroundGdk :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe Color)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #background
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>background</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextBackground :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>background</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #background <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextBackground :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attributes</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #attributes
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererTextAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextAttributes :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => AttrList -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #attributes <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> AttrList -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>attributes</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #attributes
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextAttributes :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m (Maybe AttrList)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>alignment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextAlignment :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Alignment -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>alignment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #alignment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextAlignment :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Alignment -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>alignment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #alignment
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextAlignment :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Alignment

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>align-set</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererTextAlignSet :: (IsCellRendererText o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>align-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererText [ #alignSet <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererTextAlignSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>align-set</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererText #alignSet
--   </pre>
getCellRendererTextAlignSet :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>edited</a> signal, to be run after
--   the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellRendererText #edited callback
--   </pre>
afterCellRendererTextEdited :: (IsCellRendererText a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererTextEditedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>edited</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellRendererText #edited callback
--   </pre>
onCellRendererTextEdited :: (IsCellRendererText a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererTextEditedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellRendererTextEditedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellRendererTextEditedCallback</a>.
wrap_CellRendererTextEditedCallback :: CellRendererTextEditedCallback -> C_CellRendererTextEditedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellRendererTextEdited :: MonadIO m => CellRendererTextEditedCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellRendererTextEditedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellRendererTextEditedCallback</a></tt>.
noCellRendererTextEditedCallback :: Maybe CellRendererTextEditedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>CellRendererText</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRendererText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererText o) => o -> m CellRendererText

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellRendererTextEditedCallback</a>.
mk_CellRendererTextEditedCallback :: C_CellRendererTextEditedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellRendererTextEditedCallback)

-- | This signal is emitted after <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> has been edited.
--   
--   It is the responsibility of the application to update the model and
--   store <i><tt>newText</tt></i> at the position indicated by
--   <i><tt>path</tt></i>.
type CellRendererTextEditedCallback = Text -> Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellRendererTextEditedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new <a>CellRendererAccel</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
cellRendererAccelNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellRendererAccel

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>keycode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererAccelKeycode :: (IsCellRendererAccel o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>keycode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererAccel [ #keycode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererAccelKeycode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>keycode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererAccel #keycode
--   </pre>
getCellRendererAccelKeycode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-mods</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererAccelAccelMods :: (IsCellRendererAccel o, MonadIO m) => [ModifierType] -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-mods</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererAccel [ #accelMods <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererAccelAccelMods :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> [ModifierType] -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-mods</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererAccel #accelMods
--   </pre>
getCellRendererAccelAccelMods :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> m [ModifierType]

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-mode</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererAccelAccelMode :: (IsCellRendererAccel o, MonadIO m) => CellRendererAccelMode -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererAccel [ #accelMode <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererAccelAccelMode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> CellRendererAccelMode -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-mode</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererAccel #accelMode
--   </pre>
getCellRendererAccelAccelMode :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> m CellRendererAccelMode

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>accel-key</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererAccelAccelKey :: (IsCellRendererAccel o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>accel-key</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererAccel [ #accelKey <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererAccelAccelKey :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>accel-key</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererAccel #accelKey
--   </pre>
getCellRendererAccelAccelKey :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelEdited</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellRendererAccel #accelEdited callback
--   </pre>
afterCellRendererAccelAccelEdited :: (IsCellRendererAccel a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelEdited</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellRendererAccel #accelEdited callback
--   </pre>
onCellRendererAccelAccelEdited :: (IsCellRendererAccel a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback</a>.
wrap_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback :: CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback -> C_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellRendererAccelAccelEdited :: MonadIO m => CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback</a></tt>.
noCellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback :: Maybe CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelCleared</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> cellRendererAccel #accelCleared callback
--   </pre>
afterCellRendererAccelAccelCleared :: (IsCellRendererAccel a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>accelCleared</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> cellRendererAccel #accelCleared callback
--   </pre>
onCellRendererAccelAccelCleared :: (IsCellRendererAccel a, MonadIO m) => a -> CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback</a>.
wrap_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback :: CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback -> C_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_CellRendererAccelAccelCleared :: MonadIO m => CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback -> m (GClosure C_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback</a></tt>.
noCellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback :: Maybe CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>CellRendererAccel</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRendererAccel :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererAccel o) => o -> m CellRendererAccel

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback</a>.
mk_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback :: C_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback</a>.
mk_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback :: C_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback)

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRendererAccel
CellRendererAccel :: ManagedPtr CellRendererAccel -> CellRendererAccel

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellRendererAccel</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toCellRendererAccel</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRendererAccel o) => IsCellRendererAccel o

-- | Gets emitted when the user has removed the accelerator.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback = Text -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellRendererAccelAccelClearedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Gets emitted when the user has selected a new accelerator.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
type CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback = Text -> Word32 -> [ModifierType] -> Word32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_CellRendererAccelAccelEditedCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Word32 -> CUInt -> Word32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Creates a new <a>CellRendererSpin</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
cellRendererSpinNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellRendererSpin

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>digits</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererSpinDigits :: (IsCellRendererSpin o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>digits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererSpin [ #digits <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererSpinDigits :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpin o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>digits</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererSpin #digits
--   </pre>
getCellRendererSpinDigits :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpin o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>climb-rate</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererSpinClimbRate :: (IsCellRendererSpin o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>climb-rate</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererSpin [ #climbRate <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererSpinClimbRate :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpin o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>climb-rate</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererSpin #climbRate
--   </pre>
getCellRendererSpinClimbRate :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpin o) => o -> m Double

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #adjustment
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererSpinAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpin o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererSpinAdjustment :: (IsCellRendererSpin o, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererSpin [ #adjustment <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererSpinAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpin o, IsAdjustment a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>adjustment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererSpin #adjustment
--   </pre>
getCellRendererSpinAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpin o) => o -> m (Maybe Adjustment)

-- | Cast to <a>CellRendererSpin</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRendererSpin :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpin o) => o -> m CellRendererSpin

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRendererSpin
CellRendererSpin :: ManagedPtr CellRendererSpin -> CellRendererSpin

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellRendererSpin</a>, for instance with <a>toCellRendererSpin</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRendererSpin o) => IsCellRendererSpin o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRendererText
CellRendererText :: ManagedPtr CellRendererText -> CellRendererText

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellRendererText</a>, for instance with <a>toCellRendererText</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRendererText o) => IsCellRendererText o

-- | Returns a new cell renderer which will show a spinner to indicate
--   activity.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.20</i>
cellRendererSpinnerNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellRendererSpinner

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererSpinnerSize :: (IsCellRendererSpinner o, MonadIO m) => IconSize -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererSpinner [ #size <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererSpinnerSize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpinner o) => o -> IconSize -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>size</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererSpinner #size
--   </pre>
getCellRendererSpinnerSize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpinner o) => o -> m IconSize

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pulse</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererSpinnerPulse :: (IsCellRendererSpinner o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pulse</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererSpinner [ #pulse <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererSpinnerPulse :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpinner o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pulse</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererSpinner #pulse
--   </pre>
getCellRendererSpinnerPulse :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpinner o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>active</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererSpinnerActive :: (IsCellRendererSpinner o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererSpinner [ #active <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererSpinnerActive :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpinner o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>active</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererSpinner #active
--   </pre>
getCellRendererSpinnerActive :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpinner o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>CellRendererSpinner</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRendererSpinner :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererSpinner o) => o -> m CellRendererSpinner

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRendererSpinner
CellRendererSpinner :: ManagedPtr CellRendererSpinner -> CellRendererSpinner

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellRendererSpinner</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toCellRendererSpinner</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRendererSpinner o) => IsCellRendererSpinner o

-- | Creates a new <a>CellRendererProgress</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
cellRendererProgressNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellRendererProgress

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererProgressValue :: (IsCellRendererProgress o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererProgress [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererProgressValue :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererProgress #value
--   </pre>
getCellRendererProgressValue :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text-yalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererProgressTextYalign :: (IsCellRendererProgress o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererProgress [ #textYalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererProgressTextYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text-yalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererProgress #textYalign
--   </pre>
getCellRendererProgressTextYalign :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> m Float

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text-xalign</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererProgressTextXalign :: (IsCellRendererProgress o, MonadIO m) => Float -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text-xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererProgress [ #textXalign <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererProgressTextXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> Float -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text-xalign</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererProgress #textXalign
--   </pre>
getCellRendererProgressTextXalign :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> m Float

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #text
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererProgressText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>text</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererProgressText :: (IsCellRendererProgress o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererProgress [ #text <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererProgressText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>text</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererProgress #text
--   </pre>
getCellRendererProgressText :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pulse</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererProgressPulse :: (IsCellRendererProgress o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pulse</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererProgress [ #pulse <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererProgressPulse :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pulse</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererProgress #pulse
--   </pre>
getCellRendererProgressPulse :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererProgressInverted :: (IsCellRendererProgress o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererProgress [ #inverted <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererProgressInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>inverted</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererProgress #inverted
--   </pre>
getCellRendererProgressInverted :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>CellRendererProgress</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRendererProgress :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererProgress o) => o -> m CellRendererProgress

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRendererProgress
CellRendererProgress :: ManagedPtr CellRendererProgress -> CellRendererProgress

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellRendererProgress</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toCellRendererProgress</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRendererProgress o) => IsCellRendererProgress o

-- | Creates a new <a>CellRendererPixbuf</a>. Adjust rendering parameters
--   using object properties. Object properties can be set globally (with
--   <tt><i>g_object_set()</i></tt>). Also, with <a>TreeViewColumn</a>, you
--   can bind a property to a value in a <a>TreeModel</a>. For example, you
--   can bind the “pixbuf” property on the cell renderer to a pixbuf value
--   in the model, thus rendering a different image in each row of the
--   <a>TreeView</a>.
cellRendererPixbufNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellRendererPixbuf

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>surface</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #surface
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererPixbufSurface :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>surface</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufSurface :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m) => Surface -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>surface</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #surface <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufSurface :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> Surface -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>surface</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #surface
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufSurface :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m (Maybe Surface)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stock-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufStockSize :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m) => Word32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #stockSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufStockSize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> Word32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #stockSize
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufStockSize :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m Word32

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stockId
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererPixbufStockId :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufStockId :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #stockId <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufStockId :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock-id</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #stockId
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufStockId :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock-detail</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #stockDetail
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererPixbufStockDetail :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>stock-detail</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufStockDetail :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>stock-detail</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #stockDetail <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufStockDetail :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>stock-detail</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #stockDetail
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufStockDetail :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-expander-open</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #pixbufExpanderOpen
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderOpen :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixbuf-expander-open</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderOpen :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-expander-open</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #pixbufExpanderOpen <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderOpen :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-expander-open</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #pixbufExpanderOpen
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderOpen :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-expander-closed</tt>” property to
--   <a>Nothing</a>. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent
--   to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #pixbufExpanderClosed
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderClosed :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixbuf-expander-closed</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderClosed :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-expander-closed</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #pixbufExpanderClosed <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderClosed :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixbuf-expander-closed</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #pixbufExpanderClosed
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderClosed :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #pixbuf
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererPixbufPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufPixbuf :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m, IsPixbuf a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #pixbuf <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o, IsPixbuf a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>pixbuf</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #pixbuf
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m (Maybe Pixbuf)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>.
--   When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #iconName
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererPixbufIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufIconName :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m) => Text -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #iconName <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> Text -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>icon-name</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #iconName
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufIconName :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m (Maybe Text)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property to <a>Nothing</a>. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>clear</a> #gicon
--   </pre>
clearCellRendererPixbufGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufGicon :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m, IsIcon a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #gicon <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o, IsIcon a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>gicon</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #gicon
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufGicon :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m (Maybe Icon)

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>follow-state</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellRendererPixbufFollowState :: (IsCellRendererPixbuf o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>follow-state</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellRendererPixbuf [ #followState <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellRendererPixbufFollowState :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>follow-state</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellRendererPixbuf #followState
--   </pre>
getCellRendererPixbufFollowState :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Cast to <a>CellRendererPixbuf</a>, for types for which this is known
--   to be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellRendererPixbuf :: (MonadIO m, IsCellRendererPixbuf o) => o -> m CellRendererPixbuf

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRendererPixbuf
CellRendererPixbuf :: ManagedPtr CellRendererPixbuf -> CellRendererPixbuf

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellRendererPixbuf</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toCellRendererPixbuf</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRendererPixbuf o) => IsCellRendererPixbuf o

-- | Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaBoxSetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaBox a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> to <i><tt>box</tt></i>, packed with
--   reference to the start of <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   The <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> is packed after any other
--   <a>CellRenderer</a> packed with reference to the start of
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaBoxPackStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaBox a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Bool -> Bool -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Adds <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> to <i><tt>box</tt></i>, packed with
--   reference to the end of <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   The <i><tt>renderer</tt></i> is packed after (away from end of) any
--   other <a>CellRenderer</a> packed with reference to the end of
--   <i><tt>box</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaBoxPackEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaBox a, IsCellRenderer b) => a -> b -> Bool -> Bool -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Gets the spacing added between cell renderers.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaBoxGetSpacing :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaBox a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Creates a new <a>CellAreaBox</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaBoxNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m CellAreaBox

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellAreaBoxSpacing :: (IsCellAreaBox o, MonadIO m) => Int32 -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> cellAreaBox [ #spacing <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setCellAreaBoxSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaBox o) => o -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>spacing</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellAreaBox #spacing
--   </pre>
getCellAreaBoxSpacing :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaBox o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Cast to <a>CellAreaBox</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellAreaBox :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaBox o) => o -> m CellAreaBox

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellAreaBox
CellAreaBox :: ManagedPtr CellAreaBox -> CellAreaBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CellAreaBox</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toCellAreaBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellAreaBox o) => IsCellAreaBox o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellRenderer
CellRenderer :: ManagedPtr CellRenderer -> CellRenderer

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CellRenderer</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toCellRenderer</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellRenderer o) => IsCellRenderer o

-- | Resets any previously cached request and allocation data.
--   
--   When underlying <a>TreeModel</a> data changes its important to reset
--   the context if the content size is allowed to shrink. If the content
--   size is only allowed to grow (this is usually an option for views
--   rendering large data stores as a measure of optimization), then only
--   the row that changed or was inserted needs to be (re)requested with
--   <a>cellAreaGetPreferredWidth</a>.
--   
--   When the new overall size of the context requires that the allocated
--   size changes (or whenever this allocation changes at all), the
--   variable row sizes need to be re-requested for every row.
--   
--   For instance, if the rows are displayed all with the same width from
--   top to bottom then a change in the allocated width necessitates a
--   recalculation of all the displayed row heights using
--   <a>cellAreaGetPreferredHeightForWidth</a>.
--   
--   Since 3.0
cellAreaContextReset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> m ()

-- | Causes the minimum and/or natural width to grow if the new proposed
--   sizes exceed the current minimum and natural width.
--   
--   This is used by <a>CellAreaContext</a> implementations during the
--   request process over a series of <a>TreeModel</a> rows to
--   progressively push the requested width over a series of
--   <a>cellAreaGetPreferredWidth</a> requests.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaContextPushPreferredWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Causes the minimum and/or natural height to grow if the new proposed
--   sizes exceed the current minimum and natural height.
--   
--   This is used by <a>CellAreaContext</a> implementations during the
--   request process over a series of <a>TreeModel</a> rows to
--   progressively push the requested height over a series of
--   <a>cellAreaGetPreferredHeight</a> requests.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaContextPushPreferredHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Gets the accumulative preferred width for <i><tt>height</tt></i> for
--   all rows which have been requested for the same said
--   <i><tt>height</tt></i> with this context.
--   
--   After <a>cellAreaContextReset</a> is called and/or before ever
--   requesting the size of a <a>CellArea</a>, the returned values are -1.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaContextGetPreferredWidthForHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the accumulative preferred width for all rows which have been
--   requested with this context.
--   
--   After <a>cellAreaContextReset</a> is called and/or before ever
--   requesting the size of a <a>CellArea</a>, the returned values are 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaContextGetPreferredWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the accumulative preferred height for <i><tt>width</tt></i> for
--   all rows which have been requested for the same said
--   <i><tt>width</tt></i> with this context.
--   
--   After <a>cellAreaContextReset</a> is called and/or before ever
--   requesting the size of a <a>CellArea</a>, the returned values are -1.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaContextGetPreferredHeightForWidth :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> Int32 -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Gets the accumulative preferred height for all rows which have been
--   requested with this context.
--   
--   After <a>cellAreaContextReset</a> is called and/or before ever
--   requesting the size of a <a>CellArea</a>, the returned values are 0.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaContextGetPreferredHeight :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Fetches the <a>CellArea</a> this <i><tt>context</tt></i> was created
--   by.
--   
--   This is generally unneeded by layouting widgets; however, it is
--   important for the context implementation itself to fetch information
--   about the area it is being used for.
--   
--   For instance at <a>CellAreaContextClass</a>.<tt><i>allocate</i></tt>()
--   time it’s important to know details about any cell spacing that the
--   <a>CellArea</a> is configured with in order to compute a proper
--   allocation.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaContextGetArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> m CellArea

-- | Fetches the current allocation size for <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   If the context was not allocated in width or height, or if the context
--   was recently reset with <a>cellAreaContextReset</a>, the returned
--   value will be -1.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
cellAreaContextGetAllocation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | Allocates a width and/or a height for all rows which are to be
--   rendered with <i><tt>context</tt></i>.
--   
--   Usually allocation is performed only horizontally or sometimes
--   vertically since a group of rows are usually rendered side by side
--   vertically or horizontally and share either the same width or the same
--   height. Sometimes they are allocated in both horizontal and vertical
--   orientations producing a homogeneous effect of the rows. This is
--   generally the case for <a>TreeView</a> when
--   <a>TreeView</a>:<tt><i>fixed-height-mode</i></tt> is enabled.
--   
--   Since 3.0
cellAreaContextAllocate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>natural-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellAreaContext #naturalWidth
--   </pre>
getCellAreaContextNaturalWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>natural-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellAreaContext #naturalHeight
--   </pre>
getCellAreaContextNaturalHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>minimum-width</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellAreaContext #minimumWidth
--   </pre>
getCellAreaContextMinimumWidth :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>minimum-height</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellAreaContext #minimumHeight
--   </pre>
getCellAreaContextMinimumHeight :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext o) => o -> m Int32

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>area</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructCellAreaContextArea :: (IsCellAreaContext o, MonadIO m, IsCellArea a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>area</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> cellAreaContext #area
--   </pre>
getCellAreaContextArea :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext o) => o -> m CellArea

-- | Cast to <a>CellAreaContext</a>, for types for which this is known to
--   be safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellAreaContext :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAreaContext o) => o -> m CellAreaContext

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellAreaContext
CellAreaContext :: ManagedPtr CellAreaContext -> CellAreaContext

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellAreaContext</a>, for instance with <a>toCellAreaContext</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellAreaContext o) => IsCellAreaContext o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellArea
CellArea :: ManagedPtr CellArea -> CellArea

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CellArea</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toCellArea</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellArea o) => IsCellArea o

-- | Cast to <a>CellAccessible</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toCellAccessible :: (MonadIO m, IsCellAccessible o) => o -> m CellAccessible

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentUpdateRelationset :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b, IsRelationSet c) => a -> b -> c -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentGrabFocus :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m Bool

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentGetRowHeaderCells :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m [Object]

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentGetRendererState :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m [CellRendererState]

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentGetColumnHeaderCells :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m [Object]

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentGetChildIndex :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m Int32

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentGetCellPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m (Int32, Int32)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentGetCellExtents :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> CoordType -> m (Int32, Int32, Int32, Int32)

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentGetCellArea :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m Rectangle

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentExpandCollapse :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentEdit :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
cellAccessibleParentActivate :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsCellAccessibleParent a, IsCellAccessible b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellAccessible
CellAccessible :: ManagedPtr CellAccessible -> CellAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>CellAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toCellAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellAccessible o) => IsCellAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Calendar
Calendar :: ManagedPtr Calendar -> Calendar

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Calendar</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toCalendar</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Calendar o) => IsCalendar o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ButtonBox
ButtonBox :: ManagedPtr ButtonBox -> ButtonBox

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ButtonBox</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toButtonBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ButtonBox o) => IsButtonBox o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ButtonAccessible
ButtonAccessible :: ManagedPtr ButtonAccessible -> ButtonAccessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>ButtonAccessible</a>, for instance with <a>toButtonAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ButtonAccessible o) => IsButtonAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Button
Button :: ManagedPtr Button -> Button

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Button</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toButton</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Button o) => IsButton o

-- | Sets the name of the <i><tt>buildable</tt></i> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableSetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a) => a -> Text -> m ()

-- | Sets the property name <i><tt>name</tt></i> to <i><tt>value</tt></i>
--   on the <i><tt>buildable</tt></i> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableSetBuildableProperty :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a, IsBuilder b) => a -> b -> Text -> GValue -> m ()

-- | Called when the builder finishes the parsing of a [GtkBuilder UI
--   definition][BUILDER-UI]. Note that this will be called once for each
--   time <a>builderAddFromFile</a> or <a>builderAddFromString</a> is
--   called on a builder.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableParserFinished :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a, IsBuilder b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Gets the name of the <i><tt>buildable</tt></i> object.
--   
--   <a>Builder</a> sets the name based on the [GtkBuilder UI
--   definition][BUILDER-UI] used to construct the
--   <i><tt>buildable</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableGetName :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a) => a -> m Text

-- | Get the internal child called <i><tt>childname</tt></i> of the
--   <i><tt>buildable</tt></i> object.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableGetInternalChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a, IsBuilder b) => a -> b -> Text -> m Object

-- | This is called for each unknown element under &lt;child&gt;.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableCustomTagStart :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a, IsBuilder b, IsObject c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> Text -> m (Bool, MarkupParser, Ptr ())

-- | This is called at the end of each custom element handled by the
--   buildable.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableCustomTagEnd :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a, IsBuilder b, IsObject c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> Text -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | This is similar to <a>buildableParserFinished</a> but is called once
--   for each custom tag handled by the <i><tt>buildable</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableCustomFinished :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a, IsBuilder b, IsObject c) => a -> b -> Maybe c -> Text -> Ptr () -> m ()

-- | Constructs a child of <i><tt>buildable</tt></i> with the name
--   <i><tt>name</tt></i>.
--   
--   <a>Builder</a> calls this function if a “constructor” has been
--   specified in the UI definition.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableConstructChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a, IsBuilder b) => a -> b -> Text -> m Object

-- | Adds a child to <i><tt>buildable</tt></i>. <i><tt>type</tt></i> is an
--   optional string describing how the child should be added.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
buildableAddChild :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsBuildable a, IsBuilder b, IsObject c) => a -> b -> c -> Maybe Text -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>Buildable</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toBuildable :: (MonadIO m, IsBuildable o) => o -> m Buildable

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Builder
Builder :: ManagedPtr Builder -> Builder

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Builder</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toBuilder</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Builder o) => IsBuilder o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Box
Box :: ManagedPtr Box -> Box

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Box</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toBox</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Box o) => IsBox o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Bin
Bin :: ManagedPtr Bin -> Bin

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Bin</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toBin</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Bin o) => IsBin o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Application
Application :: ManagedPtr Application -> Application

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Application</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toApplication</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Application o) => IsApplication o

-- | Emits a <a>valueChanged</a> signal from the <a>Adjustment</a>. This is
--   typically called by the owner of the <a>Adjustment</a> after it has
--   changed the <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>value</i></tt> property.
adjustmentValueChanged :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m ()

-- | Sets the <a>Adjustment</a> value. The value is clamped to lie between
--   <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>lower</i></tt> and
--   <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>upper</i></tt>.
--   
--   Note that for adjustments which are used in a <a>Scrollbar</a>, the
--   effective range of allowed values goes from
--   <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>lower</i></tt> to
--   <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>upper</i></tt> -
--   <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>page-size</i></tt>.
adjustmentSetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the maximum value of the adjustment.
--   
--   Note that values will be restricted by <tt>upper - page-size</tt> if
--   the page-size property is nonzero.
--   
--   See <a>adjustmentSetLower</a> about how to compress multiple emissions
--   of the <a>changed</a> signal when setting multiple adjustment
--   properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentSetUpper :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the step increment of the adjustment.
--   
--   See <a>adjustmentSetLower</a> about how to compress multiple emissions
--   of the <a>changed</a> signal when setting multiple adjustment
--   properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentSetStepIncrement :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the page size of the adjustment.
--   
--   See <a>adjustmentSetLower</a> about how to compress multiple emissions
--   of the GtkAdjustment[changed](#g:signal:changed) signal when setting
--   multiple adjustment properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentSetPageSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the page increment of the adjustment.
--   
--   See <a>adjustmentSetLower</a> about how to compress multiple emissions
--   of the <a>changed</a> signal when setting multiple adjustment
--   properties.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentSetPageIncrement :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Sets the minimum value of the adjustment.
--   
--   When setting multiple adjustment properties via their individual
--   setters, multiple <a>changed</a> signals will be emitted. However,
--   since the emission of the <a>changed</a> signal is tied to the
--   emission of the <a>notify</a> signals of the changed properties, it’s
--   possible to compress the <a>changed</a> signals into one by calling
--   <a>objectFreezeNotify</a> and <a>objectThawNotify</a> around the calls
--   to the individual setters.
--   
--   Alternatively, using a single <tt><i>g_object_set()</i></tt> for all
--   the properties to change, or using <a>adjustmentConfigure</a> has the
--   same effect of compressing <a>changed</a> emissions.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentSetLower :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> Double -> m ()

-- | Gets the current value of the adjustment. See
--   <a>adjustmentSetValue</a>.
adjustmentGetValue :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m Double

-- | Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentGetUpper :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m Double

-- | Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentGetStepIncrement :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m Double

-- | Retrieves the page size of the adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentGetPageSize :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m Double

-- | Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentGetPageIncrement :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m Double

-- | Gets the smaller of step increment and page increment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
adjustmentGetMinimumIncrement :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m Double

-- | Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentGetLower :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m Double

-- | Sets all properties of the adjustment at once.
--   
--   Use this function to avoid multiple emissions of the <a>changed</a>
--   signal. See <a>adjustmentSetLower</a> for an alternative way of
--   compressing multiple emissions of <a>changed</a> into one.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
adjustmentConfigure :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Updates the <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>value</i></tt> property to ensure
--   that the range between <i><tt>lower</tt></i> and <i><tt>upper</tt></i>
--   is in the current page (i.e. between
--   <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>value</i></tt> and
--   <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>value</i></tt> +
--   <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>page-size</i></tt>). If the range is larger
--   than the page size, then only the start of it will be in the current
--   page.
--   
--   A <a>valueChanged</a> signal will be emitted if the value is changed.
adjustmentClampPage :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> Double -> Double -> m ()

-- | Emits a <a>changed</a> signal from the <a>Adjustment</a>. This is
--   typically called by the owner of the <a>Adjustment</a> after it has
--   changed any of the <a>Adjustment</a> properties other than the value.
adjustmentChanged :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsAdjustment a) => a -> m ()

-- | Creates a new <a>Adjustment</a>.
adjustmentNew :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> Double -> m Adjustment

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>value</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAdjustmentValue :: (IsAdjustment o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> adjustment [ #value <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAdjustmentValue :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>value</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> adjustment #value
--   </pre>
getAdjustmentValue :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>upper</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAdjustmentUpper :: (IsAdjustment o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>upper</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> adjustment [ #upper <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAdjustmentUpper :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>upper</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> adjustment #upper
--   </pre>
getAdjustmentUpper :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>step-increment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAdjustmentStepIncrement :: (IsAdjustment o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>step-increment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> adjustment [ #stepIncrement <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAdjustmentStepIncrement :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>step-increment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> adjustment #stepIncrement
--   </pre>
getAdjustmentStepIncrement :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>page-size</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAdjustmentPageSize :: (IsAdjustment o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>page-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> adjustment [ #pageSize <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAdjustmentPageSize :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>page-size</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> adjustment #pageSize
--   </pre>
getAdjustmentPageSize :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>page-increment</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructAdjustmentPageIncrement :: (IsAdjustment o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>page-increment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> adjustment [ #pageIncrement <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAdjustmentPageIncrement :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>page-increment</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> adjustment #pageIncrement
--   </pre>
getAdjustmentPageIncrement :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> m Double

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>lower</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructAdjustmentLower :: (IsAdjustment o, MonadIO m) => Double -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>lower</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> adjustment [ #lower <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setAdjustmentLower :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> Double -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>lower</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> adjustment #lower
--   </pre>
getAdjustmentLower :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> m Double

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>valueChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> adjustment #valueChanged callback
--   </pre>
afterAdjustmentValueChanged :: (IsAdjustment a, MonadIO m) => a -> AdjustmentValueChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>valueChanged</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> adjustment #valueChanged callback
--   </pre>
onAdjustmentValueChanged :: (IsAdjustment a, MonadIO m) => a -> AdjustmentValueChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AdjustmentValueChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback :: AdjustmentValueChangedCallback -> C_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AdjustmentValueChanged :: MonadIO m => AdjustmentValueChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AdjustmentValueChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noAdjustmentValueChangedCallback :: Maybe AdjustmentValueChangedCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> adjustment #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterAdjustmentChanged :: (IsAdjustment a, MonadIO m) => a -> AdjustmentChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> adjustment #changed callback
--   </pre>
onAdjustmentChanged :: (IsAdjustment a, MonadIO m) => a -> AdjustmentChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>AdjustmentChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_AdjustmentChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_AdjustmentChangedCallback :: AdjustmentChangedCallback -> C_AdjustmentChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_AdjustmentChanged :: MonadIO m => AdjustmentChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_AdjustmentChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>AdjustmentChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noAdjustmentChangedCallback :: Maybe AdjustmentChangedCallback

-- | Cast to <a>Adjustment</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toAdjustment :: (MonadIO m, IsAdjustment o) => o -> m Adjustment

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AdjustmentChangedCallback</a>.
mk_AdjustmentChangedCallback :: C_AdjustmentChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AdjustmentChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback</a>.
mk_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback :: C_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback)

-- | Emitted when one or more of the <a>Adjustment</a> properties have been
--   changed, other than the <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>value</i></tt>
--   property.
type AdjustmentChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AdjustmentChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Emitted when the <a>Adjustment</a>:<tt><i>value</i></tt> property has
--   been changed.
type AdjustmentValueChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_AdjustmentValueChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Adjustment
Adjustment :: ManagedPtr Adjustment -> Adjustment

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Adjustment</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toAdjustment</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Adjustment o) => IsAdjustment o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ActionGroup
ActionGroup :: ManagedPtr ActionGroup -> ActionGroup

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ActionGroup</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toActionGroup</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ActionGroup o) => IsActionGroup o

-- | This is called to update the activatable completely, this is called
--   internally when the <a>Activatable</a>:<tt><i>related-action</i></tt>
--   property is set or unset and by the implementing class when
--   <a>Activatable</a>:<tt><i>use-action-appearance</i></tt> changes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
activatableSyncActionProperties :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActivatable a, IsAction b) => a -> Maybe b -> m ()

-- | Sets whether this activatable should reset its layout and appearance
--   when setting the related action or when the action changes appearance
--   
--   <pre>
--   t'GI.Gtk.Interfaces.Activatable.Activatable' implementors need to handle the
--   t'GI.Gtk.Interfaces.Activatable.Activatable':@/use-action-appearance/@ property and call
--   'GI.Gtk.Interfaces.Activatable.activatableSyncActionProperties' to update /@activatable@/
--   if needed.
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
activatableSetUseActionAppearance :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActivatable a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the related action on the <i><tt>activatable</tt></i> object.
--   
--   <pre>
--   t'GI.Gtk.Interfaces.Activatable.Activatable' implementors need to handle the t'GI.Gtk.Interfaces.Activatable.Activatable':@/related-action/@
--   property and call 'GI.Gtk.Interfaces.Activatable.activatableDoSetRelatedAction' when it changes.
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
activatableSetRelatedAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActivatable a, IsAction b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Gets whether this activatable should reset its layout and appearance
--   when setting the related action or when the action changes appearance.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
activatableGetUseActionAppearance :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActivatable a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the related <a>Action</a> for <i><tt>activatable</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
activatableGetRelatedAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActivatable a) => a -> m Action

-- | This is a utility function for <a>Activatable</a> implementors.
--   
--   When implementing <a>Activatable</a> you must call this when handling
--   changes of the <a>Activatable</a>:<tt><i>related-action</i></tt>, and
--   you must also use this to break references in
--   <a>Object</a>-&gt;<tt><i>dispose()</i></tt>.
--   
--   This function adds a reference to the currently set related action for
--   you, it also makes sure the
--   <a>Activatable</a>-&gt;<tt><i>update()</i></tt> method is called when
--   the related <a>Action</a> properties change and registers to the
--   action’s proxy list.
--   
--   <pre>
--   Be careful to call this before setting the local
--   copy of the t'GI.Gtk.Objects.Action.Action' property, since this function uses
--   'GI.Gtk.Interfaces.Activatable.activatableGetRelatedAction' to retrieve the
--   previous action.
--   </pre>
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
activatableDoSetRelatedAction :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsActivatable a, IsAction b) => a -> b -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-action-appearance</tt>” property. This is rarely needed
--   directly, but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActivatableUseActionAppearance :: (IsActivatable o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-action-appearance</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> activatable [ #useActionAppearance <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActivatableUseActionAppearance :: (MonadIO m, IsActivatable o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-action-appearance</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> activatable #useActionAppearance
--   </pre>
getActivatableUseActionAppearance :: (MonadIO m, IsActivatable o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>related-action</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly,
--   but it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructActivatableRelatedAction :: (IsActivatable o, MonadIO m, IsAction a) => a -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>related-action</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> activatable [ #relatedAction <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setActivatableRelatedAction :: (MonadIO m, IsActivatable o, IsAction a) => o -> a -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>related-action</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> activatable #relatedAction
--   </pre>
getActivatableRelatedAction :: (MonadIO m, IsActivatable o) => o -> m Action

-- | Cast to <a>Activatable</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toActivatable :: (MonadIO m, IsActivatable o) => o -> m Activatable

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Action
Action :: ManagedPtr Action -> Action

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Action</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toAction</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Action o) => IsAction o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Accessible
Accessible :: ManagedPtr Accessible -> Accessible

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Accessible</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toAccessible</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Accessible o) => IsAccessible o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AccelGroup
AccelGroup :: ManagedPtr AccelGroup -> AccelGroup

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>AccelGroup</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toAccelGroup</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AccelGroup o) => IsAccelGroup o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeSortable
TreeSortable :: ManagedPtr TreeSortable -> TreeSortable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TreeSortable</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toTreeSortable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeSortable o) => IsTreeSortable o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeModel
TreeModel :: ManagedPtr TreeModel -> TreeModel

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>TreeModel</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toTreeModel</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf TreeModel o) => IsTreeModel o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeDragSource
TreeDragSource :: ManagedPtr TreeDragSource -> TreeDragSource

-- | Type class for types which implement <a>TreeDragSource</a>.
class (ManagedPtrNewtype o, IsDescendantOf TreeDragSource o) => IsTreeDragSource o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype TreeDragDest
TreeDragDest :: ManagedPtr TreeDragDest -> TreeDragDest

-- | Type class for types which implement <a>TreeDragDest</a>.
class (ManagedPtrNewtype o, IsDescendantOf TreeDragDest o) => IsTreeDragDest o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ToolShell
ToolShell :: ManagedPtr ToolShell -> ToolShell

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ToolShell</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toToolShell</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ToolShell o) => IsToolShell o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype StyleProvider
StyleProvider :: ManagedPtr StyleProvider -> StyleProvider

-- | Type class for types which implement <a>StyleProvider</a>.
class (ManagedPtrNewtype o, IsDescendantOf StyleProvider o) => IsStyleProvider o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Scrollable
Scrollable :: ManagedPtr Scrollable -> Scrollable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Scrollable</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toScrollable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Scrollable o) => IsScrollable o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype RecentChooser
RecentChooser :: ManagedPtr RecentChooser -> RecentChooser

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>RecentChooser</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toRecentChooser</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf RecentChooser o) => IsRecentChooser o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype PrintOperationPreview
PrintOperationPreview :: ManagedPtr PrintOperationPreview -> PrintOperationPreview

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to
--   <a>PrintOperationPreview</a>, for instance with
--   <a>toPrintOperationPreview</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf PrintOperationPreview o) => IsPrintOperationPreview o

-- | Sets the orientation of the <i><tt>orientable</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
orientableSetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsOrientable a) => a -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Retrieves the orientation of the <i><tt>orientable</tt></i>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
orientableGetOrientation :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsOrientable a) => a -> m Orientation

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>orientation</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but
--   it is used by <a>new</a>.
constructOrientableOrientation :: (IsOrientable o, MonadIO m) => Orientation -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>orientation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> orientable [ #orientation <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setOrientableOrientation :: (MonadIO m, IsOrientable o) => o -> Orientation -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>orientation</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> orientable #orientation
--   </pre>
getOrientableOrientation :: (MonadIO m, IsOrientable o) => o -> m Orientation

-- | Cast to <a>Orientable</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toOrientable :: (MonadIO m, IsOrientable o) => o -> m Orientable

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Orientable
Orientable :: ManagedPtr Orientable -> Orientable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Orientable</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toOrientable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Orientable o) => IsOrientable o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FontChooser
FontChooser :: ManagedPtr FontChooser -> FontChooser

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>FontChooser</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toFontChooser</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FontChooser o) => IsFontChooser o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype FileChooser
FileChooser :: ManagedPtr FileChooser -> FileChooser

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>FileChooser</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toFileChooser</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf FileChooser o) => IsFileChooser o

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertText</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> editable #insertText callback
--   </pre>
afterEditableInsertText :: (IsEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> EditableInsertTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>insertText</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> editable #insertText callback
--   </pre>
onEditableInsertText :: (IsEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> EditableInsertTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EditableInsertTextCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EditableInsertTextCallback</a>.
wrap_EditableInsertTextCallback :: EditableInsertTextCallback -> C_EditableInsertTextCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EditableInsertText :: MonadIO m => EditableInsertTextCallback -> m (GClosure C_EditableInsertTextCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EditableInsertTextCallback</a></tt>.
noEditableInsertTextCallback :: Maybe EditableInsertTextCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteText</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> editable #deleteText callback
--   </pre>
afterEditableDeleteText :: (IsEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> EditableDeleteTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>deleteText</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> editable #deleteText callback
--   </pre>
onEditableDeleteText :: (IsEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> EditableDeleteTextCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EditableDeleteTextCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EditableDeleteTextCallback</a>.
wrap_EditableDeleteTextCallback :: EditableDeleteTextCallback -> C_EditableDeleteTextCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EditableDeleteText :: MonadIO m => EditableDeleteTextCallback -> m (GClosure C_EditableDeleteTextCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EditableDeleteTextCallback</a></tt>.
noEditableDeleteTextCallback :: Maybe EditableDeleteTextCallback

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is
--   equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> editable #changed callback
--   </pre>
afterEditableChanged :: (IsEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> EditableChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>changed</a> signal, to be run
--   before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this
--   is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> editable #changed callback
--   </pre>
onEditableChanged :: (IsEditable a, MonadIO m) => a -> EditableChangedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>EditableChangedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_EditableChangedCallback</a>.
wrap_EditableChangedCallback :: EditableChangedCallback -> C_EditableChangedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_EditableChanged :: MonadIO m => EditableChangedCallback -> m (GClosure C_EditableChangedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>EditableChangedCallback</a></tt>.
noEditableChangedCallback :: Maybe EditableChangedCallback

-- | Sets the cursor position in the editable to the given value.
--   
--   The cursor is displayed before the character with the given (base 0)
--   index in the contents of the editable. The value must be less than or
--   equal to the number of characters in the editable. A value of -1
--   indicates that the position should be set after the last character of
--   the editable. Note that <i><tt>position</tt></i> is in characters, not
--   in bytes.
editableSetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Determines if the user can edit the text in the editable widget or
--   not.
editableSetEditable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Selects a region of text. The characters that are selected are those
--   characters at positions from <i><tt>startPos</tt></i> up to, but not
--   including <i><tt>endPos</tt></i>. If <i><tt>endPos</tt></i> is
--   negative, then the characters selected are those characters from
--   <i><tt>startPos</tt></i> to the end of the text.
--   
--   Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
editableSelectRegion :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Pastes the content of the clipboard to the current position of the
--   cursor in the editable.
editablePasteClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> m ()

-- | Inserts <i><tt>newTextLength</tt></i> bytes of <i><tt>newText</tt></i>
--   into the contents of the widget, at position <i><tt>position</tt></i>.
--   
--   Note that the position is in characters, not in bytes. The function
--   updates <i><tt>position</tt></i> to point after the newly inserted
--   text.
editableInsertText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves the selection bound of the editable. start_pos will be
--   filled with the start of the selection and <i><tt>endPos</tt></i> with
--   end. If no text was selected both will be identical and <a>False</a>
--   will be returned.
--   
--   Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
editableGetSelectionBounds :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> m (Bool, Int32, Int32)

-- | Retrieves the current position of the cursor relative to the start of
--   the content of the editable.
--   
--   Note that this position is in characters, not in bytes.
editableGetPosition :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> m Int32

-- | Retrieves whether <i><tt>editable</tt></i> is editable. See
--   <a>editableSetEditable</a>.
editableGetEditable :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Retrieves a sequence of characters. The characters that are retrieved
--   are those characters at positions from <i><tt>startPos</tt></i> up to,
--   but not including <i><tt>endPos</tt></i>. If <i><tt>endPos</tt></i> is
--   negative, then the characters retrieved are those characters from
--   <i><tt>startPos</tt></i> to the end of the text.
--   
--   Note that positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
editableGetChars :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m Text

-- | Deletes a sequence of characters. The characters that are deleted are
--   those characters at positions from <i><tt>startPos</tt></i> up to, but
--   not including <i><tt>endPos</tt></i>. If <i><tt>endPos</tt></i> is
--   negative, then the characters deleted are those from
--   <i><tt>startPos</tt></i> to the end of the text.
--   
--   Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes.
editableDeleteText :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> Int32 -> Int32 -> m ()

-- | Deletes the currently selected text of the editable. This call doesn’t
--   do anything if there is no selected text.
editableDeleteSelection :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> m ()

-- | Removes the contents of the currently selected content in the editable
--   and puts it on the clipboard.
editableCutClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> m ()

-- | Copies the contents of the currently selected content in the editable
--   and puts it on the clipboard.
editableCopyClipboard :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsEditable a) => a -> m ()

-- | Cast to <a>Editable</a>, for types for which this is known to be safe.
--   For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toEditable :: (MonadIO m, IsEditable o) => o -> m Editable

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EditableChangedCallback</a>.
mk_EditableChangedCallback :: C_EditableChangedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EditableChangedCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EditableDeleteTextCallback</a>.
mk_EditableDeleteTextCallback :: C_EditableDeleteTextCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EditableDeleteTextCallback)

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_EditableInsertTextCallback</a>.
mk_EditableInsertTextCallback :: C_EditableInsertTextCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_EditableInsertTextCallback)

-- | The <a>changed</a> signal is emitted at the end of a single
--   user-visible operation on the contents of the <a>Editable</a>.
--   
--   E.g., a paste operation that replaces the contents of the selection
--   will cause only one signal emission (even though it is implemented by
--   first deleting the selection, then inserting the new content, and may
--   cause multiple <a>notify</a><a>text</a> signals to be emitted).
type EditableChangedCallback = IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EditableChangedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when text is deleted from the widget by the
--   user. The default handler for this signal will normally be responsible
--   for deleting the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
--   stopping the signal with <a>signalStopEmission</a>, it is possible to
--   modify the range of deleted text, or prevent it from being deleted
--   entirely. The <i><tt>startPos</tt></i> and <i><tt>endPos</tt></i>
--   parameters are interpreted as for <a>editableDeleteText</a>.
type EditableDeleteTextCallback = Int32 -> Int32 -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EditableDeleteTextCallback = Ptr () -> Int32 -> Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | This signal is emitted when text is inserted into the widget by the
--   user. The default handler for this signal will normally be responsible
--   for inserting the text, so by connecting to this signal and then
--   stopping the signal with <a>signalStopEmission</a>, it is possible to
--   modify the inserted text, or prevent it from being inserted entirely.
type EditableInsertTextCallback = Text -> Int32 -> Int32 -> IO Int32

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_EditableInsertTextCallback = Ptr () -> CString -> Int32 -> Ptr Int32 -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Editable
Editable :: ManagedPtr Editable -> Editable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Editable</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toEditable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Editable o) => IsEditable o

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>colorActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run after the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>after</a> colorChooser #colorActivated callback
--   </pre>
afterColorChooserColorActivated :: (IsColorChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Connect a signal handler for the <a>colorActivated</a> signal, to be
--   run before the default handler. When <a>overloading</a> is enabled,
--   this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>on</a> colorChooser #colorActivated callback
--   </pre>
onColorChooserColorActivated :: (IsColorChooser a, MonadIO m) => a -> ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback -> m SignalHandlerId

-- | Wrap a <a>ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback</a> into a
--   <a>C_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback</a>.
wrap_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback :: ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback -> C_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback

-- | Wrap the callback into a <a>GClosure</a>.
genClosure_ColorChooserColorActivated :: MonadIO m => ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback -> m (GClosure C_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback)

-- | A convenience synonym for <tt><a>Nothing</a> :: <a>Maybe</a>
--   <a>ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback</a></tt>.
noColorChooserColorActivatedCallback :: Maybe ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback

-- | Sets whether or not the color chooser should use the alpha channel.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
colorChooserSetUseAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorChooser a) => a -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Sets the color.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
colorChooserSetRgba :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorChooser a) => a -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Returns whether the color chooser shows the alpha channel.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
colorChooserGetUseAlpha :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorChooser a) => a -> m Bool

-- | Gets the currently-selected color.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
colorChooserGetRgba :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorChooser a) => a -> m RGBA

-- | Adds a palette to the color chooser. If <i><tt>orientation</tt></i> is
--   horizontal, the colors are grouped in rows, with
--   <i><tt>colorsPerLine</tt></i> colors in each row. If
--   <i><tt>horizontal</tt></i> is <a>False</a>, the colors are grouped in
--   columns instead.
--   
--   The default color palette of <a>ColorChooserWidget</a> has 27 colors,
--   organized in columns of 3 colors. The default gray palette has 9 grays
--   in a single row.
--   
--   The layout of the color chooser widget works best when the palettes
--   have 9-10 columns.
--   
--   Calling this function for the first time has the side effect of
--   removing the default color and gray palettes from the color chooser.
--   
--   If <i><tt>colors</tt></i> is <a>Nothing</a>, removes all previously
--   added palettes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
colorChooserAddPalette :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m, IsColorChooser a) => a -> Orientation -> Int32 -> Maybe [RGBA] -> m ()

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>use-alpha</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it
--   is used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorChooserUseAlpha :: (IsColorChooser o, MonadIO m) => Bool -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>use-alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorChooser [ #useAlpha <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorChooserUseAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooser o) => o -> Bool -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>use-alpha</tt>” property. When
--   <a>overloading</a> is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorChooser #useAlpha
--   </pre>
getColorChooserUseAlpha :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooser o) => o -> m Bool

-- | Construct a <a>GValueConstruct</a> with valid value for the
--   “<tt>rgba</tt>” property. This is rarely needed directly, but it is
--   used by <a>new</a>.
constructColorChooserRgba :: (IsColorChooser o, MonadIO m) => RGBA -> m (GValueConstruct o)

-- | Set the value of the “<tt>rgba</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>set</a> colorChooser [ #rgba <a>:=</a> value ]
--   </pre>
setColorChooserRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooser o) => o -> RGBA -> m ()

-- | Get the value of the “<tt>rgba</tt>” property. When <a>overloading</a>
--   is enabled, this is equivalent to
--   
--   <pre>
--   <a>get</a> colorChooser #rgba
--   </pre>
getColorChooserRgba :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooser o) => o -> m (Maybe RGBA)

-- | Cast to <a>ColorChooser</a>, for types for which this is known to be
--   safe. For general casts, use <a>castTo</a>.
toColorChooser :: (MonadIO m, IsColorChooser o) => o -> m ColorChooser

-- | Generate a function pointer callable from C code, from a
--   <a>C_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback</a>.
mk_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback :: C_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback -> IO (FunPtr C_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback)

-- | Emitted when a color is activated from the color chooser. This usually
--   happens when the user clicks a color swatch, or a color is selected
--   and the user presses one of the keys Space, Shift+Space, Return or
--   Enter.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
type ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback = RGBA -> IO ()

-- | Type for the callback on the (unwrapped) C side.
type C_ColorChooserColorActivatedCallback = Ptr () -> Ptr RGBA -> Ptr () -> IO ()

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype ColorChooser
ColorChooser :: ManagedPtr ColorChooser -> ColorChooser

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>ColorChooser</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toColorChooser</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf ColorChooser o) => IsColorChooser o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellLayout
CellLayout :: ManagedPtr CellLayout -> CellLayout

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CellLayout</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toCellLayout</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellLayout o) => IsCellLayout o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellEditable
CellEditable :: ManagedPtr CellEditable -> CellEditable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>CellEditable</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toCellEditable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf CellEditable o) => IsCellEditable o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype CellAccessibleParent
CellAccessibleParent :: ManagedPtr CellAccessibleParent -> CellAccessibleParent

-- | Type class for types which implement <a>CellAccessibleParent</a>.
class (ManagedPtrNewtype o, IsDescendantOf CellAccessibleParent o) => IsCellAccessibleParent o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Buildable
Buildable :: ManagedPtr Buildable -> Buildable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Buildable</a>, for
--   instance with <a>toBuildable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Buildable o) => IsBuildable o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype AppChooser
AppChooser :: ManagedPtr AppChooser -> AppChooser

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>AppChooser</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toAppChooser</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf AppChooser o) => IsAppChooser o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Activatable
Activatable :: ManagedPtr Activatable -> Activatable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Activatable</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toActivatable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Activatable o) => IsActivatable o

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Actionable
Actionable :: ManagedPtr Actionable -> Actionable

-- | Type class for types which can be safely cast to <a>Actionable</a>,
--   for instance with <a>toActionable</a>.
class (GObject o, IsDescendantOf Actionable o) => IsActionable o

-- | These enumeration values are used by <a>uIManagerAddUi</a> to
--   determine what UI element to create.
data UIManagerItemType

-- | Pick the type of the UI element according to context.
UIManagerItemTypeAuto :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Create a menubar.
UIManagerItemTypeMenubar :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Create a menu.
UIManagerItemTypeMenu :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Create a toolbar.
UIManagerItemTypeToolbar :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Insert a placeholder.
UIManagerItemTypePlaceholder :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Create a popup menu.
UIManagerItemTypePopup :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Create a menuitem.
UIManagerItemTypeMenuitem :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Create a toolitem.
UIManagerItemTypeToolitem :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Create a separator.
UIManagerItemTypeSeparator :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Install an accelerator.
UIManagerItemTypeAccelerator :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Same as <a>UIManagerItemTypePopup</a>, but the actions’ accelerators
--   are shown.
UIManagerItemTypePopupWithAccels :: UIManagerItemType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherUIManagerItemType :: Int -> UIManagerItemType

-- | These flags indicate various properties of a <a>TreeModel</a>.
--   
--   They are returned by <a>treeModelGetFlags</a>, and must be static for
--   the lifetime of the object. A more complete description of
--   <tt><i>GTK_TREE_MODEL_ITERS_PERSIST</i></tt> can be found in the
--   overview of this section.
data TreeModelFlags

-- | iterators survive all signals emitted by the tree
TreeModelFlagsItersPersist :: TreeModelFlags

-- | the model is a list only, and never has children
TreeModelFlagsListOnly :: TreeModelFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTreeModelFlags :: Int -> TreeModelFlags

-- | Flags used to specify the supported drag targets.
data ToolPaletteDragTargets

-- | Support drag of items.
ToolPaletteDragTargetsItems :: ToolPaletteDragTargets

-- | Support drag of groups.
ToolPaletteDragTargetsGroups :: ToolPaletteDragTargets

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherToolPaletteDragTargets :: Int -> ToolPaletteDragTargets

-- | Flags affecting how a search is done.
--   
--   If neither <tt><i>GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_VISIBLE_ONLY</i></tt> nor
--   <tt><i>GTK_TEXT_SEARCH_TEXT_ONLY</i></tt> are enabled, the match must
--   be exact; the special 0xFFFC character will match embedded pixbufs or
--   child widgets.
data TextSearchFlags

-- | Search only visible data. A search match may have invisible text
--   interspersed.
TextSearchFlagsVisibleOnly :: TextSearchFlags

-- | Search only text. A match may have pixbufs or child widgets mixed
--   inside the matched range.
TextSearchFlagsTextOnly :: TextSearchFlags

-- | The text will be matched regardless of what case it is in.
TextSearchFlagsCaseInsensitive :: TextSearchFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTextSearchFlags :: Int -> TextSearchFlags

-- | The <a>TargetFlags</a> enumeration is used to specify constraints on a
--   <a>TargetEntry</a>.
data TargetFlags

-- | If this is set, the target will only be selected for drags within a
--   single application.
TargetFlagsSameApp :: TargetFlags

-- | If this is set, the target will only be selected for drags within a
--   single widget.
TargetFlagsSameWidget :: TargetFlags

-- | If this is set, the target will not be selected for drags within a
--   single application.
TargetFlagsOtherApp :: TargetFlags

-- | If this is set, the target will not be selected for drags withing a
--   single widget.
TargetFlagsOtherWidget :: TargetFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTargetFlags :: Int -> TargetFlags

-- | Flags that modify the behavior of <a>styleContextToString</a>. New
--   values may be added to this enumeration.
data StyleContextPrintFlags

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
StyleContextPrintFlagsNone :: StyleContextPrintFlags

-- | Print the entire tree of CSS nodes starting at the style context's
--   node
StyleContextPrintFlagsRecurse :: StyleContextPrintFlags

-- | Show the values of the CSS properties for each node
StyleContextPrintFlagsShowStyle :: StyleContextPrintFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherStyleContextPrintFlags :: Int -> StyleContextPrintFlags

-- | Describes a widget state. Widget states are used to match the widget
--   against CSS pseudo-classes. Note that GTK extends the regular CSS
--   classes and sometimes uses different names.
data StateFlags

-- | State during normal operation.
StateFlagsNormal :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is active.
StateFlagsActive :: StateFlags

-- | Widget has a mouse pointer over it.
StateFlagsPrelight :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is selected.
StateFlagsSelected :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is insensitive.
StateFlagsInsensitive :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is inconsistent.
StateFlagsInconsistent :: StateFlags

-- | Widget has the keyboard focus.
StateFlagsFocused :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is in a background toplevel window.
StateFlagsBackdrop :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is in left-to-right text direction. Since 3.8
StateFlagsDirLtr :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is in right-to-left text direction. Since 3.8
StateFlagsDirRtl :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is a link. Since 3.12
StateFlagsLink :: StateFlags

-- | The location the widget points to has already been visited. Since 3.12
StateFlagsVisited :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is checked. Since 3.14
StateFlagsChecked :: StateFlags

-- | Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND. Since 3.20
StateFlagsDropActive :: StateFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherStateFlags :: Int -> StateFlags

-- | Describes a region within a widget.
data RegionFlags

-- | Region has an even number within a set.
RegionFlagsEven :: RegionFlags

-- | Region has an odd number within a set.
RegionFlagsOdd :: RegionFlags

-- | Region is the first one within a set.
RegionFlagsFirst :: RegionFlags

-- | Region is the last one within a set.
RegionFlagsLast :: RegionFlags

-- | Region is the only one within a set.
RegionFlagsOnly :: RegionFlags

-- | Region is part of a sorted area.
RegionFlagsSorted :: RegionFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherRegionFlags :: Int -> RegionFlags

-- | These flags indicate what parts of a <a>RecentFilterInfo</a> struct
--   are filled or need to be filled.
data RecentFilterFlags

-- | the URI of the file being tested
RecentFilterFlagsUri :: RecentFilterFlags

-- | the string that will be used to display the file in the recent chooser
RecentFilterFlagsDisplayName :: RecentFilterFlags

-- | the mime type of the file
RecentFilterFlagsMimeType :: RecentFilterFlags

-- | the list of applications that have registered the file
RecentFilterFlagsApplication :: RecentFilterFlags

-- | the groups to which the file belongs to
RecentFilterFlagsGroup :: RecentFilterFlags

-- | the number of days elapsed since the file has been registered
RecentFilterFlagsAge :: RecentFilterFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherRecentFilterFlags :: Int -> RecentFilterFlags

-- | Deprecated
data RcFlags

-- | Deprecated
RcFlagsFg :: RcFlags

-- | Deprecated
RcFlagsBg :: RcFlags

-- | Deprecated
RcFlagsText :: RcFlags

-- | Deprecated
RcFlagsBase :: RcFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherRcFlags :: Int -> RcFlags

-- | These flags serve two purposes. First, the application can call
--   <a>placesSidebarSetOpenFlags</a> using these flags as a bitmask. This
--   tells the sidebar that the application is able to open folders
--   selected from the sidebar in various ways, for example, in new tabs or
--   in new windows in addition to the normal mode.
--   
--   Second, when one of these values gets passed back to the application
--   in the <a>openLocation</a> signal, it means that the application
--   should open the selected location in the normal way, in a new tab, or
--   in a new window. The sidebar takes care of determining the desired way
--   to open the location, based on the modifier keys that the user is
--   pressing at the time the selection is made.
--   
--   If the application never calls <a>placesSidebarSetOpenFlags</a>, then
--   the sidebar will only use <tt><i>GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL</i></tt> in
--   the <a>openLocation</a> signal. This is the default mode of operation.
data PlacesOpenFlags

-- | This is the default mode that <a>PlacesSidebar</a> uses if no other
--   flags are specified. It indicates that the calling application should
--   open the selected location in the normal way, for example, in the
--   folder view beside the sidebar.
PlacesOpenFlagsNormal :: PlacesOpenFlags

-- | When passed to <a>placesSidebarSetOpenFlags</a>, this indicates that
--   the application can open folders selected from the sidebar in new
--   tabs. This value will be passed to the <a>openLocation</a> signal when
--   the user selects that a location be opened in a new tab instead of in
--   the standard fashion.
PlacesOpenFlagsNewTab :: PlacesOpenFlags

-- | Similar to <i><tt>gTKPLACESOPENNEWTAB</tt></i>, but indicates that the
--   application can open folders in new windows.
PlacesOpenFlagsNewWindow :: PlacesOpenFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPlacesOpenFlags :: Int -> PlacesOpenFlags

-- | Describes how a rendered element connects to adjacent elements.
data JunctionSides

-- | No junctions.
JunctionSidesNone :: JunctionSides

-- | Element connects on the top-left corner.
JunctionSidesCornerTopleft :: JunctionSides

-- | Element connects on the top-right corner.
JunctionSidesCornerTopright :: JunctionSides

-- | Element connects on the bottom-left corner.
JunctionSidesCornerBottomleft :: JunctionSides

-- | Element connects on the bottom-right corner.
JunctionSidesCornerBottomright :: JunctionSides

-- | Element connects on the top side.
JunctionSidesTop :: JunctionSides

-- | Element connects on the bottom side.
JunctionSidesBottom :: JunctionSides

-- | Element connects on the left side.
JunctionSidesLeft :: JunctionSides

-- | Element connects on the right side.
JunctionSidesRight :: JunctionSides

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherJunctionSides :: Int -> JunctionSides

-- | Describes hints that might be taken into account by input methods or
--   applications. Note that input methods may already tailor their
--   behaviour according to the <a>InputPurpose</a> of the entry.
--   
--   Some common sense is expected when using these flags - mixing
--   <i><tt>gTKINPUTHINTLOWERCASE</tt></i> with any of the uppercase hints
--   makes no sense.
--   
--   This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should
--   ignore unknown values.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
data InputHints

-- | No special behaviour suggested
InputHintsNone :: InputHints

-- | Suggest checking for typos
InputHintsSpellcheck :: InputHints

-- | Suggest not checking for typos
InputHintsNoSpellcheck :: InputHints

-- | Suggest word completion
InputHintsWordCompletion :: InputHints

-- | Suggest to convert all text to lowercase
InputHintsLowercase :: InputHints

-- | Suggest to capitalize all text
InputHintsUppercaseChars :: InputHints

-- | Suggest to capitalize the first character of each word
InputHintsUppercaseWords :: InputHints

-- | Suggest to capitalize the first word of each sentence
InputHintsUppercaseSentences :: InputHints

-- | Suggest to not show an onscreen keyboard (e.g for a calculator that
--   already has all the keys).
InputHintsInhibitOsk :: InputHints

-- | The text is vertical. Since 3.18
InputHintsVerticalWriting :: InputHints

-- | Suggest offering Emoji support. Since 3.22.20
InputHintsEmoji :: InputHints

-- | Suggest not offering Emoji support. Since 3.22.20
InputHintsNoEmoji :: InputHints

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherInputHints :: Int -> InputHints

-- | Used to specify options for <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a>
data IconLookupFlags

-- | Never get SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf supports them. Cannot be used
--   together with <a>IconLookupFlagsForceSvg</a>.
IconLookupFlagsNoSvg :: IconLookupFlags

-- | Get SVG icons, even if gdk-pixbuf doesn’t support them. Cannot be used
--   together with <a>IconLookupFlagsNoSvg</a>.
IconLookupFlagsForceSvg :: IconLookupFlags

-- | When passed to <a>iconThemeLookupIcon</a> includes builtin icons as
--   well as files. For a builtin icon, <a>iconInfoGetFilename</a> is
--   <a>Nothing</a> and you need to call <a>iconInfoGetBuiltinPixbuf</a>.
IconLookupFlagsUseBuiltin :: IconLookupFlags

-- | Try to shorten icon name at '-' characters before looking at inherited
--   themes. This flag is only supported in functions that take a single
--   icon name. For more general fallback, see <a>iconThemeChooseIcon</a>.
--   Since 2.12.
IconLookupFlagsGenericFallback :: IconLookupFlags

-- | Always get the icon scaled to the requested size. Since 2.14.
IconLookupFlagsForceSize :: IconLookupFlags

-- | Try to always load regular icons, even when symbolic icon names are
--   given. Since 3.14.
IconLookupFlagsForceRegular :: IconLookupFlags

-- | Try to always load symbolic icons, even when regular icon names are
--   given. Since 3.14.
IconLookupFlagsForceSymbolic :: IconLookupFlags

-- | Try to load a variant of the icon for left-to-right text direction.
--   Since 3.14.
IconLookupFlagsDirLtr :: IconLookupFlags

-- | Try to load a variant of the icon for right-to-left text direction.
--   Since 3.14.
IconLookupFlagsDirRtl :: IconLookupFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherIconLookupFlags :: Int -> IconLookupFlags

-- | This enumeration specifies the granularity of font selection that is
--   desired in a font chooser.
--   
--   This enumeration may be extended in the future; applications should
--   ignore unknown values.
data FontChooserLevel

-- | Allow selecting a font family
FontChooserLevelFamily :: FontChooserLevel

-- | Allow selecting a specific font face
FontChooserLevelStyle :: FontChooserLevel

-- | Allow selecting a specific font size
FontChooserLevelSize :: FontChooserLevel

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
FontChooserLevelVariations :: FontChooserLevel

-- | Allow selecting specific OpenType font features
FontChooserLevelFeatures :: FontChooserLevel

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherFontChooserLevel :: Int -> FontChooserLevel

-- | These flags indicate what parts of a <a>FileFilterInfo</a> struct are
--   filled or need to be filled.
data FileFilterFlags

-- | the filename of the file being tested
FileFilterFlagsFilename :: FileFilterFlags

-- | the URI for the file being tested
FileFilterFlagsUri :: FileFilterFlags

-- | the string that will be used to display the file in the file chooser
FileFilterFlagsDisplayName :: FileFilterFlags

-- | the mime type of the file
FileFilterFlagsMimeType :: FileFilterFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherFileFilterFlags :: Int -> FileFilterFlags

-- | Describes the behavior of a <a>EventControllerScroll</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.24</i>
data EventControllerScrollFlags

-- | Don't emit scroll.
EventControllerScrollFlagsNone :: EventControllerScrollFlags

-- | Emit scroll with vertical deltas.
EventControllerScrollFlagsVertical :: EventControllerScrollFlags

-- | Emit scroll with horizontal deltas.
EventControllerScrollFlagsHorizontal :: EventControllerScrollFlags

-- | Only emit deltas that are multiples of 1.
EventControllerScrollFlagsDiscrete :: EventControllerScrollFlags

-- | Emit <a>decelerate</a> after continuous scroll finishes.
EventControllerScrollFlagsKinetic :: EventControllerScrollFlags

-- | Emit scroll on both axes.
EventControllerScrollFlagsBothAxes :: EventControllerScrollFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherEventControllerScrollFlags :: Int -> EventControllerScrollFlags

-- | Flags used to influence dialog construction.
data DialogFlags

-- | Make the constructed dialog modal, see <a>windowSetModal</a>
DialogFlagsModal :: DialogFlags

-- | Destroy the dialog when its parent is destroyed, see
--   <a>windowSetDestroyWithParent</a>
DialogFlagsDestroyWithParent :: DialogFlags

-- | Create dialog with actions in header bar instead of action area. Since
--   3.12.
DialogFlagsUseHeaderBar :: DialogFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherDialogFlags :: Int -> DialogFlags

-- | The <a>DestDefaults</a> enumeration specifies the various types of
--   action that will be taken on behalf of the user for a drag destination
--   site.
data DestDefaults

-- | If set for a widget, GTK+, during a drag over this widget will check
--   if the drag matches this widget’s list of possible targets and
--   actions. GTK+ will then call <a>dragStatus</a> as appropriate.
DestDefaultsMotion :: DestDefaults

-- | If set for a widget, GTK+ will draw a highlight on this widget as long
--   as a drag is over this widget and the widget drag format and action
--   are acceptable.
DestDefaultsHighlight :: DestDefaults

-- | If set for a widget, when a drop occurs, GTK+ will will check if the
--   drag matches this widget’s list of possible targets and actions. If
--   so, GTK+ will call <a>widgetDragGetData</a> on behalf of the widget.
--   Whether or not the drop is successful, GTK+ will call
--   <a>dragFinish</a>. If the action was a move, then if the drag was
--   successful, then <a>True</a> will be passed for the
--   <i><tt>delete</tt></i> parameter to <a>dragFinish</a>.
DestDefaultsDrop :: DestDefaults

-- | If set, specifies that all default actions should be taken.
DestDefaultsAll :: DestDefaults

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherDestDefaults :: Int -> DestDefaults

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
data DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagMisc :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagPlugsocket :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagText :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagTree :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagUpdates :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagKeybindings :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagMultihead :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagModules :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagGeometry :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagIcontheme :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagPrinting :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagBuilder :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagSizeRequest :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagNoCssCache :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagBaselines :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagPixelCache :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagNoPixelCache :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagInteractive :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagTouchscreen :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagActions :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagResize :: DebugFlag

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
DebugFlagLayout :: DebugFlag

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherDebugFlag :: Int -> DebugFlag

-- | Tells how a cell is to be rendered.
data CellRendererState

-- | The cell is currently selected, and probably has a selection colored
--   background to render to.
CellRendererStateSelected :: CellRendererState

-- | The mouse is hovering over the cell.
CellRendererStatePrelit :: CellRendererState

-- | The cell is drawn in an insensitive manner
CellRendererStateInsensitive :: CellRendererState

-- | The cell is in a sorted row
CellRendererStateSorted :: CellRendererState

-- | The cell is in the focus row.
CellRendererStateFocused :: CellRendererState

-- | The cell is in a row that can be expanded. Since 3.4
CellRendererStateExpandable :: CellRendererState

-- | The cell is in a row that is expanded. Since 3.4
CellRendererStateExpanded :: CellRendererState

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherCellRendererState :: Int -> CellRendererState

-- | These options can be used to influence the display and behaviour of a
--   <a>Calendar</a>.
data CalendarDisplayOptions

-- | Specifies that the month and year should be displayed.
CalendarDisplayOptionsShowHeading :: CalendarDisplayOptions

-- | Specifies that three letter day descriptions should be present.
CalendarDisplayOptionsShowDayNames :: CalendarDisplayOptions

-- | Prevents the user from switching months with the calendar.
CalendarDisplayOptionsNoMonthChange :: CalendarDisplayOptions

-- | Displays each week numbers of the current year, down the left side of
--   the calendar.
CalendarDisplayOptionsShowWeekNumbers :: CalendarDisplayOptions

-- | Just show an indicator, not the full details text when details are
--   provided. See <a>calendarSetDetailFunc</a>.
CalendarDisplayOptionsShowDetails :: CalendarDisplayOptions

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherCalendarDisplayOptions :: Int -> CalendarDisplayOptions

-- | Denotes the expansion properties that a widget will have when it (or
--   its parent) is resized.
data AttachOptions

-- | the widget should expand to take up any extra space in its container
--   that has been allocated.
AttachOptionsExpand :: AttachOptions

-- | the widget should shrink as and when possible.
AttachOptionsShrink :: AttachOptions

-- | the widget should fill the space allocated to it.
AttachOptionsFill :: AttachOptions

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherAttachOptions :: Int -> AttachOptions

-- | Types of user actions that may be blocked by
--   <a>applicationInhibit</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.4</i>
data ApplicationInhibitFlags

-- | Inhibit ending the user session by logging out or by shutting down the
--   computer
ApplicationInhibitFlagsLogout :: ApplicationInhibitFlags

-- | Inhibit user switching
ApplicationInhibitFlagsSwitch :: ApplicationInhibitFlags

-- | Inhibit suspending the session or computer
ApplicationInhibitFlagsSuspend :: ApplicationInhibitFlags

-- | Inhibit the session being marked as idle (and possibly locked)
ApplicationInhibitFlagsIdle :: ApplicationInhibitFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherApplicationInhibitFlags :: Int -> ApplicationInhibitFlags

-- | Accelerator flags used with <a>accelGroupConnect</a>.
data AccelFlags

-- | Accelerator is visible
AccelFlagsVisible :: AccelFlags

-- | Accelerator not removable
AccelFlagsLocked :: AccelFlags

-- | Mask
AccelFlagsMask :: AccelFlags

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherAccelFlags :: Int -> AccelFlags

-- | Handle exceptions of type <a>BuilderError</a>. This is a specialized
--   version of <a>handleGErrorJustDomain</a>.
handleBuilderError :: (BuilderError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Catch exceptions of type <a>BuilderError</a>. This is a specialized
--   version of <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a>.
catchBuilderError :: IO a -> (BuilderError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Handle exceptions of type <a>CssProviderError</a>. This is a
--   specialized version of <a>handleGErrorJustDomain</a>.
handleCssProviderError :: (CssProviderError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Catch exceptions of type <a>CssProviderError</a>. This is a
--   specialized version of <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a>.
catchCssProviderError :: IO a -> (CssProviderError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Handle exceptions of type <a>FileChooserError</a>. This is a
--   specialized version of <a>handleGErrorJustDomain</a>.
handleFileChooserError :: (FileChooserError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Catch exceptions of type <a>FileChooserError</a>. This is a
--   specialized version of <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a>.
catchFileChooserError :: IO a -> (FileChooserError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Handle exceptions of type <a>IconThemeError</a>. This is a specialized
--   version of <a>handleGErrorJustDomain</a>.
handleIconThemeError :: (IconThemeError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Catch exceptions of type <a>IconThemeError</a>. This is a specialized
--   version of <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a>.
catchIconThemeError :: IO a -> (IconThemeError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Handle exceptions of type <a>PrintError</a>. This is a specialized
--   version of <a>handleGErrorJustDomain</a>.
handlePrintError :: (PrintError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Catch exceptions of type <a>PrintError</a>. This is a specialized
--   version of <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a>.
catchPrintError :: IO a -> (PrintError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Handle exceptions of type <a>RecentChooserError</a>. This is a
--   specialized version of <a>handleGErrorJustDomain</a>.
handleRecentChooserError :: (RecentChooserError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Catch exceptions of type <a>RecentChooserError</a>. This is a
--   specialized version of <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a>.
catchRecentChooserError :: IO a -> (RecentChooserError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Handle exceptions of type <a>RecentManagerError</a>. This is a
--   specialized version of <a>handleGErrorJustDomain</a>.
handleRecentManagerError :: (RecentManagerError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Catch exceptions of type <a>RecentManagerError</a>. This is a
--   specialized version of <a>catchGErrorJustDomain</a>.
catchRecentManagerError :: IO a -> (RecentManagerError -> GErrorMessage -> IO a) -> IO a

-- | Describes a type of line wrapping.
data WrapMode

-- | do not wrap lines; just make the text area wider
WrapModeNone :: WrapMode

-- | wrap text, breaking lines anywhere the cursor can appear (between
--   characters, usually - if you want to be technical, between graphemes,
--   see <a>getLogAttrs</a>)
WrapModeChar :: WrapMode

-- | wrap text, breaking lines in between words
WrapModeWord :: WrapMode

-- | wrap text, breaking lines in between words, or if that is not enough,
--   also between graphemes
WrapModeWordChar :: WrapMode

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherWrapMode :: Int -> WrapMode

-- | A <a>Window</a> can be one of these types. Most things you’d consider
--   a “window” should have type <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</i></tt>;
--   windows with this type are managed by the window manager and have a
--   frame by default (call <a>windowSetDecorated</a> to toggle the frame).
--   Windows with type <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt> are ignored by the
--   window manager; window manager keybindings won’t work on them, the
--   window manager won’t decorate the window with a frame, many GTK+
--   features that rely on the window manager will not work (e.g. resize
--   grips and maximization/minimization). <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt>
--   is used to implement widgets such as <a>Menu</a> or tooltips that you
--   normally don’t think of as windows per se. Nearly all windows should
--   be <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL</i></tt>. In particular, do not use
--   <tt><i>GTK_WINDOW_POPUP</i></tt> just to turn off the window borders;
--   use <a>windowSetDecorated</a> for that.
data WindowType

-- | A regular window, such as a dialog.
WindowTypeToplevel :: WindowType

-- | A special window such as a tooltip.
WindowTypePopup :: WindowType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherWindowType :: Int -> WindowType

-- | Window placement can be influenced using this enumeration. Note that
--   using <tt><i>GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS</i></tt> is almost always a bad
--   idea. It won’t necessarily work well with all window managers or on
--   all windowing systems.
data WindowPosition

-- | No influence is made on placement.
WindowPositionNone :: WindowPosition

-- | Windows should be placed in the center of the screen.
WindowPositionCenter :: WindowPosition

-- | Windows should be placed at the current mouse position.
WindowPositionMouse :: WindowPosition

-- | Keep window centered as it changes size, etc.
WindowPositionCenterAlways :: WindowPosition

-- | Center the window on its transient parent (see
--   <a>windowSetTransientFor</a>).
WindowPositionCenterOnParent :: WindowPosition

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherWindowPosition :: Int -> WindowPosition

-- | Kinds of widget-specific help. Used by the <a>showHelp</a> signal.
data WidgetHelpType

-- | Tooltip.
WidgetHelpTypeTooltip :: WidgetHelpType

-- | What’s this.
WidgetHelpTypeWhatsThis :: WidgetHelpType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherWidgetHelpType :: Int -> WidgetHelpType

-- | See also <a>printSettingsSetPaperWidth</a>.
data Unit

-- | No units.
UnitNone :: Unit

-- | Dimensions in points.
UnitPoints :: Unit

-- | Dimensions in inches.
UnitInch :: Unit

-- | Dimensions in millimeters
UnitMm :: Unit

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherUnit :: Int -> Unit

-- | Used to indicate which grid lines to draw in a tree view.
data TreeViewGridLines

-- | No grid lines.
TreeViewGridLinesNone :: TreeViewGridLines

-- | Horizontal grid lines.
TreeViewGridLinesHorizontal :: TreeViewGridLines

-- | Vertical grid lines.
TreeViewGridLinesVertical :: TreeViewGridLines

-- | Horizontal and vertical grid lines.
TreeViewGridLinesBoth :: TreeViewGridLines

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTreeViewGridLines :: Int -> TreeViewGridLines

-- | An enum for determining where a dropped row goes.
data TreeViewDropPosition

-- | dropped row is inserted before
TreeViewDropPositionBefore :: TreeViewDropPosition

-- | dropped row is inserted after
TreeViewDropPositionAfter :: TreeViewDropPosition

-- | dropped row becomes a child or is inserted before
TreeViewDropPositionIntoOrBefore :: TreeViewDropPosition

-- | dropped row becomes a child or is inserted after
TreeViewDropPositionIntoOrAfter :: TreeViewDropPosition

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTreeViewDropPosition :: Int -> TreeViewDropPosition

-- | The sizing method the column uses to determine its width. Please note
--   that <i><tt>gTKTREEVIEWCOLUMNAUTOSIZE</tt></i> are inefficient for
--   large views, and can make columns appear choppy.
data TreeViewColumnSizing

-- | Columns only get bigger in reaction to changes in the model
TreeViewColumnSizingGrowOnly :: TreeViewColumnSizing

-- | Columns resize to be the optimal size everytime the model changes.
TreeViewColumnSizingAutosize :: TreeViewColumnSizing

-- | Columns are a fixed numbers of pixels wide.
TreeViewColumnSizingFixed :: TreeViewColumnSizing

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTreeViewColumnSizing :: Int -> TreeViewColumnSizing

-- | Used to customize the appearance of a <a>Toolbar</a>. Note that
--   setting the toolbar style overrides the user’s preferences for the
--   default toolbar style. Note that if the button has only a label set
--   and GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS is used, the label will be visible, and vice
--   versa.
data ToolbarStyle

-- | Buttons display only icons in the toolbar.
ToolbarStyleIcons :: ToolbarStyle

-- | Buttons display only text labels in the toolbar.
ToolbarStyleText :: ToolbarStyle

-- | Buttons display text and icons in the toolbar.
ToolbarStyleBoth :: ToolbarStyle

-- | Buttons display icons and text alongside each other, rather than
--   vertically stacked
ToolbarStyleBothHoriz :: ToolbarStyle

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherToolbarStyle :: Int -> ToolbarStyle

-- | Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank.
data ToolbarSpaceStyle

-- | Use blank spacers.
ToolbarSpaceStyleEmpty :: ToolbarSpaceStyle

-- | Use vertical lines for spacers.
ToolbarSpaceStyleLine :: ToolbarSpaceStyle

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherToolbarSpaceStyle :: Int -> ToolbarSpaceStyle

-- | Used to reference the parts of <a>TextView</a>.
data TextWindowType

-- | Invalid value, used as a marker
TextWindowTypePrivate :: TextWindowType

-- | Window that floats over scrolling areas.
TextWindowTypeWidget :: TextWindowType

-- | Scrollable text window.
TextWindowTypeText :: TextWindowType

-- | Left side border window.
TextWindowTypeLeft :: TextWindowType

-- | Right side border window.
TextWindowTypeRight :: TextWindowType

-- | Top border window.
TextWindowTypeTop :: TextWindowType

-- | Bottom border window.
TextWindowTypeBottom :: TextWindowType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTextWindowType :: Int -> TextWindowType

-- | Used to reference the layers of <a>TextView</a> for the purpose of
--   customized drawing with the <a>draw_layer</a> vfunc.
data TextViewLayer

-- | Old deprecated layer, use <a>TextViewLayerBelowText</a> instead
TextViewLayerBelow :: TextViewLayer

-- | Old deprecated layer, use <a>TextViewLayerAboveText</a> instead
TextViewLayerAbove :: TextViewLayer

-- | The layer rendered below the text (but above the background). Since:
--   3.20
TextViewLayerBelowText :: TextViewLayer

-- | The layer rendered above the text. Since: 3.20
TextViewLayerAboveText :: TextViewLayer

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTextViewLayer :: Int -> TextViewLayer

-- | Granularity types that extend the text selection. Use the
--   <a>extendSelection</a> signal to customize the selection.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
data TextExtendSelection

-- | Selects the current word. It is triggered by a double-click for
--   example.
TextExtendSelectionWord :: TextExtendSelection

-- | Selects the current line. It is triggered by a triple-click for
--   example.
TextExtendSelectionLine :: TextExtendSelection

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTextExtendSelection :: Int -> TextExtendSelection

-- | Reading directions for text.
data TextDirection

-- | No direction.
TextDirectionNone :: TextDirection

-- | Left to right text direction.
TextDirectionLtr :: TextDirection

-- | Right to left text direction.
TextDirectionRtl :: TextDirection

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTextDirection :: Int -> TextDirection

-- | These values are used as “info” for the targets contained in the lists
--   returned by <a>textBufferGetCopyTargetList</a> and
--   <a>textBufferGetPasteTargetList</a>.
--   
--   The values counts down from <tt>-1</tt> to avoid clashes with
--   application added drag destinations which usually start at 0.
data TextBufferTargetInfo

-- | Buffer contents
TextBufferTargetInfoBufferContents :: TextBufferTargetInfo

-- | Rich text
TextBufferTargetInfoRichText :: TextBufferTargetInfo

-- | Text
TextBufferTargetInfoText :: TextBufferTargetInfo

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherTextBufferTargetInfo :: Int -> TextBufferTargetInfo

-- | This type indicates the current state of a widget; the state
--   determines how the widget is drawn. The <a>StateType</a> enumeration
--   is also used to identify different colors in a <a>Style</a> for
--   drawing, so states can be used for subparts of a widget as well as
--   entire widgets.
data StateType

-- | State during normal operation.
StateTypeNormal :: StateType

-- | State of a currently active widget, such as a depressed button.
StateTypeActive :: StateType

-- | State indicating that the mouse pointer is over the widget and the
--   widget will respond to mouse clicks.
StateTypePrelight :: StateType

-- | State of a selected item, such the selected row in a list.
StateTypeSelected :: StateType

-- | State indicating that the widget is unresponsive to user actions.
StateTypeInsensitive :: StateType

-- | The widget is inconsistent, such as checkbuttons or radiobuttons that
--   aren’t either set to <a>True</a> nor <a>False</a>, or buttons
--   requiring the user attention.
StateTypeInconsistent :: StateType

-- | The widget has the keyboard focus.
StateTypeFocused :: StateType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherStateType :: Int -> StateType

-- | These enumeration values describe the possible transitions between
--   pages in a <a>Stack</a> widget.
--   
--   New values may be added to this enumeration over time.
data StackTransitionType

-- | No transition
StackTransitionTypeNone :: StackTransitionType

-- | A cross-fade
StackTransitionTypeCrossfade :: StackTransitionType

-- | Slide from left to right
StackTransitionTypeSlideRight :: StackTransitionType

-- | Slide from right to left
StackTransitionTypeSlideLeft :: StackTransitionType

-- | Slide from bottom up
StackTransitionTypeSlideUp :: StackTransitionType

-- | Slide from top down
StackTransitionTypeSlideDown :: StackTransitionType

-- | Slide from left or right according to the children order
StackTransitionTypeSlideLeftRight :: StackTransitionType

-- | Slide from top down or bottom up according to the order
StackTransitionTypeSlideUpDown :: StackTransitionType

-- | Cover the old page by sliding up. Since 3.12
StackTransitionTypeOverUp :: StackTransitionType

-- | Cover the old page by sliding down. Since: 3.12
StackTransitionTypeOverDown :: StackTransitionType

-- | Cover the old page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12
StackTransitionTypeOverLeft :: StackTransitionType

-- | Cover the old page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12
StackTransitionTypeOverRight :: StackTransitionType

-- | Uncover the new page by sliding up. Since 3.12
StackTransitionTypeUnderUp :: StackTransitionType

-- | Uncover the new page by sliding down. Since: 3.12
StackTransitionTypeUnderDown :: StackTransitionType

-- | Uncover the new page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12
StackTransitionTypeUnderLeft :: StackTransitionType

-- | Uncover the new page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12
StackTransitionTypeUnderRight :: StackTransitionType

-- | Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding down,
--   according to order. Since: 3.12
StackTransitionTypeOverUpDown :: StackTransitionType

-- | Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding up,
--   according to order. Since: 3.14
StackTransitionTypeOverDownUp :: StackTransitionType

-- | Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page sliding right,
--   according to order. Since: 3.14
StackTransitionTypeOverLeftRight :: StackTransitionType

-- | Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page sliding left,
--   according to order. Since: 3.14
StackTransitionTypeOverRightLeft :: StackTransitionType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherStackTransitionType :: Int -> StackTransitionType

-- | The values of the GtkSpinType enumeration are used to specify the
--   change to make in <a>spinButtonSpin</a>.
data SpinType

-- | Increment by the adjustments step increment.
SpinTypeStepForward :: SpinType

-- | Decrement by the adjustments step increment.
SpinTypeStepBackward :: SpinType

-- | Increment by the adjustments page increment.
SpinTypePageForward :: SpinType

-- | Decrement by the adjustments page increment.
SpinTypePageBackward :: SpinType

-- | Go to the adjustments lower bound.
SpinTypeHome :: SpinType

-- | Go to the adjustments upper bound.
SpinTypeEnd :: SpinType

-- | Change by a specified amount.
SpinTypeUserDefined :: SpinType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherSpinType :: Int -> SpinType

-- | The spin button update policy determines whether the spin button
--   displays values even if they are outside the bounds of its adjustment.
--   See <a>spinButtonSetUpdatePolicy</a>.
data SpinButtonUpdatePolicy

-- | When refreshing your <a>SpinButton</a>, the value is always displayed
SpinButtonUpdatePolicyAlways :: SpinButtonUpdatePolicy

-- | When refreshing your <a>SpinButton</a>, the value is only displayed if
--   it is valid within the bounds of the spin button's adjustment
SpinButtonUpdatePolicyIfValid :: SpinButtonUpdatePolicy

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherSpinButtonUpdatePolicy :: Int -> SpinButtonUpdatePolicy

-- | Determines the direction of a sort.
data SortType

-- | Sorting is in ascending order.
SortTypeAscending :: SortType

-- | Sorting is in descending order.
SortTypeDescending :: SortType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherSortType :: Int -> SortType

-- | Specifies a preference for height-for-width or width-for-height
--   geometry management.
data SizeRequestMode

-- | Prefer height-for-width geometry management
SizeRequestModeHeightForWidth :: SizeRequestMode

-- | Prefer width-for-height geometry management
SizeRequestModeWidthForHeight :: SizeRequestMode

-- | Don’t trade height-for-width or width-for-height
SizeRequestModeConstantSize :: SizeRequestMode

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherSizeRequestMode :: Int -> SizeRequestMode

-- | The mode of the size group determines the directions in which the size
--   group affects the requested sizes of its component widgets.
data SizeGroupMode

-- | group has no effect
SizeGroupModeNone :: SizeGroupMode

-- | group affects horizontal requisition
SizeGroupModeHorizontal :: SizeGroupMode

-- | group affects vertical requisition
SizeGroupModeVertical :: SizeGroupMode

-- | group affects both horizontal and vertical requisition
SizeGroupModeBoth :: SizeGroupMode

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherSizeGroupMode :: Int -> SizeGroupMode

-- | GtkShortcutType specifies the kind of shortcut that is being
--   described. More values may be added to this enumeration over time.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
data ShortcutType

-- | The shortcut is a keyboard accelerator. The
--   <a>ShortcutsShortcut</a>:<tt><i>accelerator</i></tt> property will be
--   used.
ShortcutTypeAccelerator :: ShortcutType

-- | The shortcut is a pinch gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle.
ShortcutTypeGesturePinch :: ShortcutType

-- | The shortcut is a stretch gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle.
ShortcutTypeGestureStretch :: ShortcutType

-- | The shortcut is a clockwise rotation gesture. GTK+ provides an icon
--   and subtitle.
ShortcutTypeGestureRotateClockwise :: ShortcutType

-- | The shortcut is a counterclockwise rotation gesture. GTK+ provides an
--   icon and subtitle.
ShortcutTypeGestureRotateCounterclockwise :: ShortcutType

-- | The shortcut is a two-finger swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and
--   subtitle.
ShortcutTypeGestureTwoFingerSwipeLeft :: ShortcutType

-- | The shortcut is a two-finger swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and
--   subtitle.
ShortcutTypeGestureTwoFingerSwipeRight :: ShortcutType

-- | The shortcut is a gesture. The
--   <a>ShortcutsShortcut</a>:<tt><i>icon</i></tt> property will be used.
ShortcutTypeGesture :: ShortcutType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherShortcutType :: Int -> ShortcutType

-- | Used to change the appearance of an outline typically provided by a
--   <a>Frame</a>.
--   
--   Note that many themes do not differentiate the appearance of the
--   various shadow types: Either their is no visible shadow
--   (<i><tt>gTKSHADOWNONE</tt></i>), or there is (any other value).
data ShadowType

-- | No outline.
ShadowTypeNone :: ShadowType

-- | The outline is bevelled inwards.
ShadowTypeIn :: ShadowType

-- | The outline is bevelled outwards like a button.
ShadowTypeOut :: ShadowType

-- | The outline has a sunken 3d appearance.
ShadowTypeEtchedIn :: ShadowType

-- | The outline has a raised 3d appearance.
ShadowTypeEtchedOut :: ShadowType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherShadowType :: Int -> ShadowType

-- | Determines how GTK+ handles the sensitivity of stepper arrows at the
--   end of range widgets.
data SensitivityType

-- | The arrow is made insensitive if the thumb is at the end
SensitivityTypeAuto :: SensitivityType

-- | The arrow is always sensitive
SensitivityTypeOn :: SensitivityType

-- | The arrow is always insensitive
SensitivityTypeOff :: SensitivityType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherSensitivityType :: Int -> SensitivityType

-- | Used to control what selections users are allowed to make.
data SelectionMode

-- | No selection is possible.
SelectionModeNone :: SelectionMode

-- | Zero or one element may be selected.
SelectionModeSingle :: SelectionMode

-- | Exactly one element is selected. In some circumstances, such as
--   initially or during a search operation, it’s possible for no element
--   to be selected with <a>SelectionModeBrowse</a>. What is really
--   enforced is that the user can’t deselect a currently selected element
--   except by selecting another element.
SelectionModeBrowse :: SelectionMode

-- | Any number of elements may be selected. The Ctrl key may be used to
--   enlarge the selection, and Shift key to select between the focus and
--   the child pointed to. Some widgets may also allow Click-drag to select
--   a range of elements.
SelectionModeMultiple :: SelectionMode

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherSelectionMode :: Int -> SelectionMode

-- | Defines the policy to be used in a scrollable widget when updating the
--   scrolled window adjustments in a given orientation.
data ScrollablePolicy

-- | Scrollable adjustments are based on the minimum size
ScrollablePolicyMinimum :: ScrollablePolicy

-- | Scrollable adjustments are based on the natural size
ScrollablePolicyNatural :: ScrollablePolicy

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherScrollablePolicy :: Int -> ScrollablePolicy

-- | Scrolling types.
data ScrollType

-- | No scrolling.
ScrollTypeNone :: ScrollType

-- | Jump to new location.
ScrollTypeJump :: ScrollType

-- | Step backward.
ScrollTypeStepBackward :: ScrollType

-- | Step forward.
ScrollTypeStepForward :: ScrollType

-- | Page backward.
ScrollTypePageBackward :: ScrollType

-- | Page forward.
ScrollTypePageForward :: ScrollType

-- | Step up.
ScrollTypeStepUp :: ScrollType

-- | Step down.
ScrollTypeStepDown :: ScrollType

-- | Page up.
ScrollTypePageUp :: ScrollType

-- | Page down.
ScrollTypePageDown :: ScrollType

-- | Step to the left.
ScrollTypeStepLeft :: ScrollType

-- | Step to the right.
ScrollTypeStepRight :: ScrollType

-- | Page to the left.
ScrollTypePageLeft :: ScrollType

-- | Page to the right.
ScrollTypePageRight :: ScrollType

-- | Scroll to start.
ScrollTypeStart :: ScrollType

-- | Scroll to end.
ScrollTypeEnd :: ScrollType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherScrollType :: Int -> ScrollType

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
data ScrollStep

-- | Scroll in steps.
ScrollStepSteps :: ScrollStep

-- | Scroll by pages.
ScrollStepPages :: ScrollStep

-- | Scroll to ends.
ScrollStepEnds :: ScrollStep

-- | Scroll in horizontal steps.
ScrollStepHorizontalSteps :: ScrollStep

-- | Scroll by horizontal pages.
ScrollStepHorizontalPages :: ScrollStep

-- | Scroll to the horizontal ends.
ScrollStepHorizontalEnds :: ScrollStep

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherScrollStep :: Int -> ScrollStep

-- | These enumeration values describe the possible transitions when the
--   child of a <a>Revealer</a> widget is shown or hidden.
data RevealerTransitionType

-- | No transition
RevealerTransitionTypeNone :: RevealerTransitionType

-- | Fade in
RevealerTransitionTypeCrossfade :: RevealerTransitionType

-- | Slide in from the left
RevealerTransitionTypeSlideRight :: RevealerTransitionType

-- | Slide in from the right
RevealerTransitionTypeSlideLeft :: RevealerTransitionType

-- | Slide in from the bottom
RevealerTransitionTypeSlideUp :: RevealerTransitionType

-- | Slide in from the top
RevealerTransitionTypeSlideDown :: RevealerTransitionType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherRevealerTransitionType :: Int -> RevealerTransitionType

-- | Predefined values for use as response ids in <a>dialogAddButton</a>.
--   All predefined values are negative; GTK+ leaves values of 0 or greater
--   for application-defined response ids.
data ResponseType

-- | Returned if an action widget has no response id, or if the dialog gets
--   programmatically hidden or destroyed
ResponseTypeNone :: ResponseType

-- | Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeReject :: ResponseType

-- | Generic response id, not used by GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeAccept :: ResponseType

-- | Returned if the dialog is deleted
ResponseTypeDeleteEvent :: ResponseType

-- | Returned by OK buttons in GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeOk :: ResponseType

-- | Returned by Cancel buttons in GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeCancel :: ResponseType

-- | Returned by Close buttons in GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeClose :: ResponseType

-- | Returned by Yes buttons in GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeYes :: ResponseType

-- | Returned by No buttons in GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeNo :: ResponseType

-- | Returned by Apply buttons in GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeApply :: ResponseType

-- | Returned by Help buttons in GTK+ dialogs
ResponseTypeHelp :: ResponseType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherResponseType :: Int -> ResponseType

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
data ResizeMode

-- | Pass resize request to the parent
ResizeModeParent :: ResizeMode

-- | Queue resizes on this widget
ResizeModeQueue :: ResizeMode

-- | Resize immediately. Deprecated.
ResizeModeImmediate :: ResizeMode

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherResizeMode :: Int -> ResizeMode

-- | Indicated the relief to be drawn around a <a>Button</a>.
data ReliefStyle

-- | Draw a normal relief.
ReliefStyleNormal :: ReliefStyle

-- | A half relief. Deprecated in 3.14, does the same as
--   <i><tt>gTKRELIEFNORMAL</tt></i>
ReliefStyleHalf :: ReliefStyle

-- | No relief.
ReliefStyleNone :: ReliefStyle

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherReliefStyle :: Int -> ReliefStyle

-- | Used to specify the sorting method to be applyed to the recently used
--   resource list.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
data RecentSortType

-- | Do not sort the returned list of recently used resources.
RecentSortTypeNone :: RecentSortType

-- | Sort the returned list with the most recently used items first.
RecentSortTypeMru :: RecentSortType

-- | Sort the returned list with the least recently used items first.
RecentSortTypeLru :: RecentSortType

-- | Sort the returned list using a custom sorting function passed using
--   <a>recentChooserSetSortFunc</a>.
RecentSortTypeCustom :: RecentSortType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherRecentSortType :: Int -> RecentSortType

-- | Error codes for <a>RecentManager</a> operations
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
data RecentManagerError

-- | the URI specified does not exists in the recently used resources list.
RecentManagerErrorNotFound :: RecentManagerError

-- | the URI specified is not valid.
RecentManagerErrorInvalidUri :: RecentManagerError

-- | the supplied string is not UTF-8 encoded.
RecentManagerErrorInvalidEncoding :: RecentManagerError

-- | no application has registered the specified item.
RecentManagerErrorNotRegistered :: RecentManagerError

-- | failure while reading the recently used resources file.
RecentManagerErrorRead :: RecentManagerError

-- | failure while writing the recently used resources file.
RecentManagerErrorWrite :: RecentManagerError

-- | unspecified error.
RecentManagerErrorUnknown :: RecentManagerError

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherRecentManagerError :: Int -> RecentManagerError

-- | These identify the various errors that can occur while calling
--   <a>RecentChooser</a> functions.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
data RecentChooserError

-- | Indicates that a file does not exist
RecentChooserErrorNotFound :: RecentChooserError

-- | Indicates a malformed URI
RecentChooserErrorInvalidUri :: RecentChooserError

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherRecentChooserError :: Int -> RecentChooserError

-- | The <a>RcTokenType</a> enumeration represents the tokens in the RC
--   file. It is exposed so that theme engines can reuse these tokens when
--   parsing the theme-engine specific portions of a RC file.
data RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeInvalid :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeInclude :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeNormal :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeActive :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypePrelight :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeSelected :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeInsensitive :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeFg :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeBg :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeText :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeBase :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeXthickness :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeYthickness :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeFont :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeFontset :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeFontName :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeBgPixmap :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypePixmapPath :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeStyle :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeBinding :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeBind :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeWidget :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeWidgetClass :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeClass :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeLowest :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeGtk :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeApplication :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeTheme :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeRc :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeHighest :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeEngine :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeModulePath :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeImModulePath :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeImModuleFile :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeStock :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeLtr :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeRtl :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeColor :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeUnbind :: RcTokenType

-- | Deprecated
RcTokenTypeLast :: RcTokenType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherRcTokenType :: Int -> RcTokenType

-- | Describes the stage at which events are fed into a
--   <a>EventController</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
data PropagationPhase

-- | Events are not delivered automatically. Those can be manually fed
--   through <a>eventControllerHandleEvent</a>. This should only be used
--   when full control about when, or whether the controller handles the
--   event is needed.
PropagationPhaseNone :: PropagationPhase

-- | Events are delivered in the capture phase. The capture phase happens
--   before the bubble phase, runs from the toplevel down to the event
--   widget. This option should only be used on containers that might
--   possibly handle events before their children do.
PropagationPhaseCapture :: PropagationPhase

-- | Events are delivered in the bubble phase. The bubble phase happens
--   after the capture phase, and before the default handlers are run. This
--   phase runs from the event widget, up to the toplevel.
PropagationPhaseBubble :: PropagationPhase

-- | Events are delivered in the default widget event handlers, note that
--   widget implementations must chain up on button, motion, touch and grab
--   broken handlers for controllers in this phase to be run.
PropagationPhaseTarget :: PropagationPhase

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPropagationPhase :: Int -> PropagationPhase

-- | The status gives a rough indication of the completion of a running
--   print operation.
data PrintStatus

-- | The printing has not started yet; this status is set initially, and
--   while the print dialog is shown.
PrintStatusInitial :: PrintStatus

-- | This status is set while the begin-print signal is emitted and during
--   pagination.
PrintStatusPreparing :: PrintStatus

-- | This status is set while the pages are being rendered.
PrintStatusGeneratingData :: PrintStatus

-- | The print job is being sent off to the printer.
PrintStatusSendingData :: PrintStatus

-- | The print job has been sent to the printer, but is not printed for
--   some reason, e.g. the printer may be stopped.
PrintStatusPending :: PrintStatus

-- | Some problem has occurred during printing, e.g. a paper jam.
PrintStatusPendingIssue :: PrintStatus

-- | The printer is processing the print job.
PrintStatusPrinting :: PrintStatus

-- | The printing has been completed successfully.
PrintStatusFinished :: PrintStatus

-- | The printing has been aborted.
PrintStatusFinishedAborted :: PrintStatus

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPrintStatus :: Int -> PrintStatus

-- | See also <a>printSettingsSetQuality</a>.
data PrintQuality

-- | Low quality.
PrintQualityLow :: PrintQuality

-- | Normal quality.
PrintQualityNormal :: PrintQuality

-- | High quality.
PrintQualityHigh :: PrintQuality

-- | Draft quality.
PrintQualityDraft :: PrintQuality

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPrintQuality :: Int -> PrintQuality

-- | See also <tt><i>gtk_print_job_set_pages()</i></tt>
data PrintPages

-- | All pages.
PrintPagesAll :: PrintPages

-- | Current page.
PrintPagesCurrent :: PrintPages

-- | Range of pages.
PrintPagesRanges :: PrintPages

-- | Selected pages.
PrintPagesSelection :: PrintPages

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPrintPages :: Int -> PrintPages

-- | A value of this type is returned by <a>printOperationRun</a>.
data PrintOperationResult

-- | An error has occurred.
PrintOperationResultError :: PrintOperationResult

-- | The print settings should be stored.
PrintOperationResultApply :: PrintOperationResult

-- | The print operation has been canceled, the print settings should not
--   be stored.
PrintOperationResultCancel :: PrintOperationResult

-- | The print operation is not complete yet. This value will only be
--   returned when running asynchronously.
PrintOperationResultInProgress :: PrintOperationResult

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPrintOperationResult :: Int -> PrintOperationResult

-- | The <i><tt>action</tt></i> parameter to <a>printOperationRun</a>
--   determines what action the print operation should perform.
data PrintOperationAction

-- | Show the print dialog.
PrintOperationActionPrintDialog :: PrintOperationAction

-- | Start to print without showing the print dialog, based on the current
--   print settings.
PrintOperationActionPrint :: PrintOperationAction

-- | Show the print preview.
PrintOperationActionPreview :: PrintOperationAction

-- | Export to a file. This requires the export-filename property to be
--   set.
PrintOperationActionExport :: PrintOperationAction

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPrintOperationAction :: Int -> PrintOperationAction

-- | Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using
--   the GTK+ printing support.
data PrintError

-- | An unspecified error occurred.
PrintErrorGeneral :: PrintError

-- | An internal error occurred.
PrintErrorInternalError :: PrintError

-- | A memory allocation failed.
PrintErrorNomem :: PrintError

-- | An error occurred while loading a page setup or paper size from a key
--   file.
PrintErrorInvalidFile :: PrintError

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPrintError :: Int -> PrintError

-- | See also <a>printSettingsSetDuplex</a>.
data PrintDuplex

-- | No duplex.
PrintDuplexSimplex :: PrintDuplex

-- | Horizontal duplex.
PrintDuplexHorizontal :: PrintDuplex

-- | Vertical duplex.
PrintDuplexVertical :: PrintDuplex

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPrintDuplex :: Int -> PrintDuplex

-- | Describes which edge of a widget a certain feature is positioned at,
--   e.g. the tabs of a <a>Notebook</a>, the handle of a <a>HandleBox</a>
--   or the label of a <a>Scale</a>.
data PositionType

-- | The feature is at the left edge.
PositionTypeLeft :: PositionType

-- | The feature is at the right edge.
PositionTypeRight :: PositionType

-- | The feature is at the top edge.
PositionTypeTop :: PositionType

-- | The feature is at the bottom edge.
PositionTypeBottom :: PositionType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPositionType :: Int -> PositionType

-- | Describes constraints to positioning of popovers. More values may be
--   added to this enumeration in the future.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
data PopoverConstraint

-- | Don't constrain the popover position beyond what is imposed by the
--   implementation
PopoverConstraintNone :: PopoverConstraint

-- | Constrain the popover to the boundaries of the window that it is
--   attached to
PopoverConstraintWindow :: PopoverConstraint

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPopoverConstraint :: Int -> PopoverConstraint

-- | Determines how the size should be computed to achieve the one of the
--   visibility mode for the scrollbars.
data PolicyType

-- | The scrollbar is always visible. The view size is independent of the
--   content.
PolicyTypeAlways :: PolicyType

-- | The scrollbar will appear and disappear as necessary. For example,
--   when all of a <a>TreeView</a> can not be seen.
PolicyTypeAutomatic :: PolicyType

-- | The scrollbar should never appear. In this mode the content determines
--   the size.
PolicyTypeNever :: PolicyType

-- | Don't show a scrollbar, but don't force the size to follow the
--   content. This can be used e.g. to make multiple scrolled windows share
--   a scrollbar. Since: 3.16
PolicyTypeExternal :: PolicyType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPolicyType :: Int -> PolicyType

-- | Widget path types. See also <a>bindingSetAddPath</a>.
data PathType

-- | Deprecated
PathTypeWidget :: PathType

-- | Deprecated
PathTypeWidgetClass :: PathType

-- | Deprecated
PathTypeClass :: PathType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPathType :: Int -> PathType

-- | Priorities for path lookups. See also <a>bindingSetAddPath</a>.
data PathPriorityType

-- | Deprecated
PathPriorityTypeLowest :: PathPriorityType

-- | Deprecated
PathPriorityTypeGtk :: PathPriorityType

-- | Deprecated
PathPriorityTypeApplication :: PathPriorityType

-- | Deprecated
PathPriorityTypeTheme :: PathPriorityType

-- | Deprecated
PathPriorityTypeRc :: PathPriorityType

-- | Deprecated
PathPriorityTypeHighest :: PathPriorityType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPathPriorityType :: Int -> PathPriorityType

-- | Describes the panning direction of a <a>GesturePan</a>
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
data PanDirection

-- | panned towards the left
PanDirectionLeft :: PanDirection

-- | panned towards the right
PanDirectionRight :: PanDirection

-- | panned upwards
PanDirectionUp :: PanDirection

-- | panned downwards
PanDirectionDown :: PanDirection

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPanDirection :: Int -> PanDirection

-- | See also <tt><i>gtk_print_job_set_page_set()</i></tt>.
data PageSet

-- | All pages.
PageSetAll :: PageSet

-- | Even pages.
PageSetEven :: PageSet

-- | Odd pages.
PageSetOdd :: PageSet

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPageSet :: Int -> PageSet

-- | See also <a>printSettingsSetOrientation</a>.
data PageOrientation

-- | Portrait mode.
PageOrientationPortrait :: PageOrientation

-- | Landscape mode.
PageOrientationLandscape :: PageOrientation

-- | Reverse portrait mode.
PageOrientationReversePortrait :: PageOrientation

-- | Reverse landscape mode.
PageOrientationReverseLandscape :: PageOrientation

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPageOrientation :: Int -> PageOrientation

-- | The type of a pad action.
data PadActionType

-- | Action is triggered by a pad button
PadActionTypeButton :: PadActionType

-- | Action is triggered by a pad ring
PadActionTypeRing :: PadActionType

-- | Action is triggered by a pad strip
PadActionTypeStrip :: PadActionType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPadActionType :: Int -> PadActionType

-- | Represents the packing location <a>Box</a> children. (See:
--   <a>VBox</a>, <a>HBox</a>, and <a>ButtonBox</a>).
data PackType

-- | The child is packed into the start of the box
PackTypeStart :: PackType

-- | The child is packed into the end of the box
PackTypeEnd :: PackType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPackType :: Int -> PackType

-- | Determines how widgets should be packed inside menubars and menuitems
--   contained in menubars.
data PackDirection

-- | Widgets are packed left-to-right
PackDirectionLtr :: PackDirection

-- | Widgets are packed right-to-left
PackDirectionRtl :: PackDirection

-- | Widgets are packed top-to-bottom
PackDirectionTtb :: PackDirection

-- | Widgets are packed bottom-to-top
PackDirectionBtt :: PackDirection

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherPackDirection :: Int -> PackDirection

-- | Represents the orientation of widgets and other objects which can be
--   switched between horizontal and vertical orientation on the fly, like
--   <a>Toolbar</a> or <a>GesturePan</a>.
data Orientation

-- | The element is in horizontal orientation.
OrientationHorizontal :: Orientation

-- | The element is in vertical orientation.
OrientationVertical :: Orientation

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherOrientation :: Int -> Orientation

-- | Used to determine the layout of pages on a sheet when printing
--   multiple pages per sheet.
data NumberUpLayout

NumberUpLayoutLrtb :: NumberUpLayout

NumberUpLayoutLrbt :: NumberUpLayout

NumberUpLayoutRltb :: NumberUpLayout

NumberUpLayoutRlbt :: NumberUpLayout

NumberUpLayoutTblr :: NumberUpLayout

NumberUpLayoutTbrl :: NumberUpLayout

NumberUpLayoutBtlr :: NumberUpLayout

NumberUpLayoutBtrl :: NumberUpLayout

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherNumberUpLayout :: Int -> NumberUpLayout

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
data NotebookTab

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
NotebookTabFirst :: NotebookTab

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
NotebookTabLast :: NotebookTab

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherNotebookTab :: Int -> NotebookTab

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
data MovementStep

-- | Move forward or back by graphemes
MovementStepLogicalPositions :: MovementStep

-- | Move left or right by graphemes
MovementStepVisualPositions :: MovementStep

-- | Move forward or back by words
MovementStepWords :: MovementStep

-- | Move up or down lines (wrapped lines)
MovementStepDisplayLines :: MovementStep

-- | Move to either end of a line
MovementStepDisplayLineEnds :: MovementStep

-- | Move up or down paragraphs (newline-ended lines)
MovementStepParagraphs :: MovementStep

-- | Move to either end of a paragraph
MovementStepParagraphEnds :: MovementStep

-- | Move by pages
MovementStepPages :: MovementStep

-- | Move to ends of the buffer
MovementStepBufferEnds :: MovementStep

-- | Move horizontally by pages
MovementStepHorizontalPages :: MovementStep

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherMovementStep :: Int -> MovementStep

-- | The type of message being displayed in the dialog.
data MessageType

-- | Informational message
MessageTypeInfo :: MessageType

-- | Non-fatal warning message
MessageTypeWarning :: MessageType

-- | Question requiring a choice
MessageTypeQuestion :: MessageType

-- | Fatal error message
MessageTypeError :: MessageType

-- | None of the above
MessageTypeOther :: MessageType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherMessageType :: Int -> MessageType

-- | An enumeration representing directional movements within a menu.
data MenuDirectionType

-- | To the parent menu shell
MenuDirectionTypeParent :: MenuDirectionType

-- | To the submenu, if any, associated with the item
MenuDirectionTypeChild :: MenuDirectionType

-- | To the next menu item
MenuDirectionTypeNext :: MenuDirectionType

-- | To the previous menu item
MenuDirectionTypePrev :: MenuDirectionType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherMenuDirectionType :: Int -> MenuDirectionType

-- | The type of license for an application.
--   
--   This enumeration can be expanded at later date.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.0</i>
data License

-- | No license specified
LicenseUnknown :: License

-- | A license text is going to be specified by the developer
LicenseCustom :: License

-- | The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 or later
LicenseGpl20 :: License

-- | The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 or later
LicenseGpl30 :: License

-- | The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 or later
LicenseLgpl21 :: License

-- | The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 or later
LicenseLgpl30 :: License

-- | The BSD standard license
LicenseBsd :: License

-- | The MIT/X11 standard license
LicenseMitX11 :: License

-- | The Artistic License, version 2.0
LicenseArtistic :: License

-- | The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only. Since 3.12.
LicenseGpl20Only :: License

-- | The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12.
LicenseGpl30Only :: License

-- | The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only. Since 3.12.
LicenseLgpl21Only :: License

-- | The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12.
LicenseLgpl30Only :: License

-- | The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later. Since:
--   3.22.
LicenseAgpl30 :: License

-- | The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since:
--   3.22.27.
LicenseAgpl30Only :: License

-- | The 3-clause BSD licence. Since: 3.24.20.
LicenseBsd3 :: License

-- | The Apache License, version 2.0. Since: 3.24.20.
LicenseApache20 :: License

-- | The Mozilla Public License, version 2.0. Since: 3.24.20.
LicenseMpl20 :: License

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherLicense :: Int -> License

-- | Describes how <a>LevelBar</a> contents should be rendered. Note that
--   this enumeration could be extended with additional modes in the
--   future.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
data LevelBarMode

-- | the bar has a continuous mode
LevelBarModeContinuous :: LevelBarMode

-- | the bar has a discrete mode
LevelBarModeDiscrete :: LevelBarMode

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherLevelBarMode :: Int -> LevelBarMode

-- | Used for justifying the text inside a <a>Label</a> widget. (See also
--   <a>Alignment</a>).
data Justification

-- | The text is placed at the left edge of the label.
JustificationLeft :: Justification

-- | The text is placed at the right edge of the label.
JustificationRight :: Justification

-- | The text is placed in the center of the label.
JustificationCenter :: Justification

-- | The text is placed is distributed across the label.
JustificationFill :: Justification

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherJustification :: Int -> Justification

-- | Describes primary purpose of the input widget. This information is
--   useful for on-screen keyboards and similar input methods to decide
--   which keys should be presented to the user.
--   
--   Note that the purpose is not meant to impose a totally strict rule
--   about allowed characters, and does not replace input validation. It is
--   fine for an on-screen keyboard to let the user override the character
--   set restriction that is expressed by the purpose. The application is
--   expected to validate the entry contents, even if it specified a
--   purpose.
--   
--   The difference between <i><tt>gTKINPUTPURPOSEDIGITS</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>gTKINPUTPURPOSENUMBER</tt></i> is that the former accepts only
--   digits while the latter also some punctuation (like commas or points,
--   plus, minus) and “e” or “E” as in 3.14E+000.
--   
--   This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should
--   interpret unknown values as “free form”.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
data InputPurpose

-- | Allow any character
InputPurposeFreeForm :: InputPurpose

-- | Allow only alphabetic characters
InputPurposeAlpha :: InputPurpose

-- | Allow only digits
InputPurposeDigits :: InputPurpose

-- | Edited field expects numbers
InputPurposeNumber :: InputPurpose

-- | Edited field expects phone number
InputPurposePhone :: InputPurpose

-- | Edited field expects URL
InputPurposeUrl :: InputPurpose

-- | Edited field expects email address
InputPurposeEmail :: InputPurpose

-- | Edited field expects the name of a person
InputPurposeName :: InputPurpose

-- | Like <i><tt>gTKINPUTPURPOSEFREEFORM</tt></i>, but characters are
--   hidden
InputPurposePassword :: InputPurpose

-- | Like <i><tt>gTKINPUTPURPOSEDIGITS</tt></i>, but characters are hidden
InputPurposePin :: InputPurpose

-- | Allow any character, in addition to control codes
InputPurposeTerminal :: InputPurpose

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherInputPurpose :: Int -> InputPurpose

-- | Describes the image data representation used by a <a>Image</a>. If you
--   want to get the image from the widget, you can only get the
--   currently-stored representation. e.g. if the
--   <a>imageGetStorageType</a> returns <tt><i>GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF</i></tt>,
--   then you can call <a>imageGetPixbuf</a> but not <a>imageGetStock</a>.
--   For empty images, you can request any storage type (call any of the
--   "get" functions), but they will all return <a>Nothing</a> values.
data ImageType

-- | there is no image displayed by the widget
ImageTypeEmpty :: ImageType

-- | the widget contains a <a>Pixbuf</a>
ImageTypePixbuf :: ImageType

-- | the widget contains a [stock item name][gtkstock]
ImageTypeStock :: ImageType

-- | the widget contains a <a>IconSet</a>
ImageTypeIconSet :: ImageType

-- | the widget contains a <a>PixbufAnimation</a>
ImageTypeAnimation :: ImageType

-- | the widget contains a named icon. This image type was added in GTK+
--   2.6
ImageTypeIconName :: ImageType

-- | the widget contains a <a>Icon</a>. This image type was added in GTK+
--   2.14
ImageTypeGicon :: ImageType

-- | the widget contains a <a>Surface</a>. This image type was added in
--   GTK+ 3.10
ImageTypeSurface :: ImageType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherImageType :: Int -> ImageType

-- | An enum for determining where a dropped item goes.
data IconViewDropPosition

-- | no drop possible
IconViewDropPositionNoDrop :: IconViewDropPosition

-- | dropped item replaces the item
IconViewDropPositionDropInto :: IconViewDropPosition

-- | droppped item is inserted to the left
IconViewDropPositionDropLeft :: IconViewDropPosition

-- | dropped item is inserted to the right
IconViewDropPositionDropRight :: IconViewDropPosition

-- | dropped item is inserted above
IconViewDropPositionDropAbove :: IconViewDropPosition

-- | dropped item is inserted below
IconViewDropPositionDropBelow :: IconViewDropPosition

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherIconViewDropPosition :: Int -> IconViewDropPosition

-- | Error codes for GtkIconTheme operations.
data IconThemeError

-- | The icon specified does not exist in the theme
IconThemeErrorNotFound :: IconThemeError

-- | An unspecified error occurred.
IconThemeErrorFailed :: IconThemeError

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherIconThemeError :: Int -> IconThemeError

-- | Built-in stock icon sizes.
data IconSize

-- | Invalid size.
IconSizeInvalid :: IconSize

-- | Size appropriate for menus (16px).
IconSizeMenu :: IconSize

-- | Size appropriate for small toolbars (16px).
IconSizeSmallToolbar :: IconSize

-- | Size appropriate for large toolbars (24px)
IconSizeLargeToolbar :: IconSize

-- | Size appropriate for buttons (16px)
IconSizeButton :: IconSize

-- | Size appropriate for drag and drop (32px)
IconSizeDnd :: IconSize

-- | Size appropriate for dialogs (48px)
IconSizeDialog :: IconSize

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherIconSize :: Int -> IconSize

-- | Style for input method status. See also
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-im-status-style</i></tt>
data IMStatusStyle

-- | Deprecated
IMStatusStyleNothing :: IMStatusStyle

-- | Deprecated
IMStatusStyleCallback :: IMStatusStyle

-- | Deprecated
IMStatusStyleNone :: IMStatusStyle

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherIMStatusStyle :: Int -> IMStatusStyle

-- | Style for input method preedit. See also
--   <a>Settings</a>:<tt><i>gtk-im-preedit-style</i></tt>
data IMPreeditStyle

-- | Deprecated
IMPreeditStyleNothing :: IMPreeditStyle

-- | Deprecated
IMPreeditStyleCallback :: IMPreeditStyle

-- | Deprecated
IMPreeditStyleNone :: IMPreeditStyle

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherIMPreeditStyle :: Int -> IMPreeditStyle

-- | These identify the various errors that can occur while calling
--   <a>FileChooser</a> functions.
data FileChooserError

-- | Indicates that a file does not exist.
FileChooserErrorNonexistent :: FileChooserError

-- | Indicates a malformed filename.
FileChooserErrorBadFilename :: FileChooserError

-- | Indicates a duplicate path (e.g. when adding a bookmark).
FileChooserErrorAlreadyExists :: FileChooserError

-- | Indicates an incomplete hostname (e.g. "http://foo" without a slash
--   after that).
FileChooserErrorIncompleteHostname :: FileChooserError

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherFileChooserError :: Int -> FileChooserError

-- | Used as a return value of handlers for the <a>confirmOverwrite</a>
--   signal of a <a>FileChooser</a>. This value determines whether the file
--   chooser will present the stock confirmation dialog, accept the user’s
--   choice of a filename, or let the user choose another filename.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
data FileChooserConfirmation

-- | The file chooser will present its stock dialog to confirm about
--   overwriting an existing file.
FileChooserConfirmationConfirm :: FileChooserConfirmation

-- | The file chooser will terminate and accept the user’s choice of a file
--   name.
FileChooserConfirmationAcceptFilename :: FileChooserConfirmation

-- | The file chooser will continue running, so as to let the user select
--   another file name.
FileChooserConfirmationSelectAgain :: FileChooserConfirmation

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherFileChooserConfirmation :: Int -> FileChooserConfirmation

-- | Describes whether a <a>FileChooser</a> is being used to open existing
--   files or to save to a possibly new file.
data FileChooserAction

-- | Indicates open mode. The file chooser will only let the user pick an
--   existing file.
FileChooserActionOpen :: FileChooserAction

-- | Indicates save mode. The file chooser will let the user pick an
--   existing file, or type in a new filename.
FileChooserActionSave :: FileChooserAction

-- | Indicates an Open mode for selecting folders. The file chooser will
--   let the user pick an existing folder.
FileChooserActionSelectFolder :: FileChooserAction

-- | Indicates a mode for creating a new folder. The file chooser will let
--   the user name an existing or new folder.
FileChooserActionCreateFolder :: FileChooserAction

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherFileChooserAction :: Int -> FileChooserAction

-- | Used to specify the style of the expanders drawn by a <a>TreeView</a>.
data ExpanderStyle

-- | The style used for a collapsed subtree.
ExpanderStyleCollapsed :: ExpanderStyle

-- | Intermediate style used during animation.
ExpanderStyleSemiCollapsed :: ExpanderStyle

-- | Intermediate style used during animation.
ExpanderStyleSemiExpanded :: ExpanderStyle

-- | The style used for an expanded subtree.
ExpanderStyleExpanded :: ExpanderStyle

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherExpanderStyle :: Int -> ExpanderStyle

-- | Describes the state of a <a>EventSequence</a> in a <a>Gesture</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
data EventSequenceState

-- | The sequence is handled, but not grabbed.
EventSequenceStateNone :: EventSequenceState

-- | The sequence is handled and grabbed.
EventSequenceStateClaimed :: EventSequenceState

-- | The sequence is denied.
EventSequenceStateDenied :: EventSequenceState

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherEventSequenceState :: Int -> EventSequenceState

-- | Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
data EntryIconPosition

-- | At the beginning of the entry (depending on the text direction).
EntryIconPositionPrimary :: EntryIconPosition

-- | At the end of the entry (depending on the text direction).
EntryIconPositionSecondary :: EntryIconPosition

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherEntryIconPosition :: Int -> EntryIconPosition

-- | Gives an indication why a drag operation failed. The value can by
--   obtained by connecting to the <a>dragFailed</a> signal.
data DragResult

-- | The drag operation was successful.
DragResultSuccess :: DragResult

-- | No suitable drag target.
DragResultNoTarget :: DragResult

-- | The user cancelled the drag operation.
DragResultUserCancelled :: DragResult

-- | The drag operation timed out.
DragResultTimeoutExpired :: DragResult

-- | The pointer or keyboard grab used for the drag operation was broken.
DragResultGrabBroken :: DragResult

-- | The drag operation failed due to some unspecified error.
DragResultError :: DragResult

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherDragResult :: Int -> DragResult

-- | Focus movement types.
data DirectionType

-- | Move forward.
DirectionTypeTabForward :: DirectionType

-- | Move backward.
DirectionTypeTabBackward :: DirectionType

-- | Move up.
DirectionTypeUp :: DirectionType

-- | Move down.
DirectionTypeDown :: DirectionType

-- | Move left.
DirectionTypeLeft :: DirectionType

-- | Move right.
DirectionTypeRight :: DirectionType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherDirectionType :: Int -> DirectionType

-- | See also: <a>deleteFromCursor</a>.
data DeleteType

-- | Delete characters.
DeleteTypeChars :: DeleteType

-- | Delete only the portion of the word to the left/right of cursor if
--   we’re in the middle of a word.
DeleteTypeWordEnds :: DeleteType

-- | Delete words.
DeleteTypeWords :: DeleteType

-- | Delete display-lines. Display-lines refers to the visible lines, with
--   respect to to the current line breaks. As opposed to paragraphs, which
--   are defined by line breaks in the input.
DeleteTypeDisplayLines :: DeleteType

-- | Delete only the portion of the display-line to the left/right of
--   cursor.
DeleteTypeDisplayLineEnds :: DeleteType

-- | Delete to the end of the paragraph. Like C-k in Emacs (or its
--   reverse).
DeleteTypeParagraphEnds :: DeleteType

-- | Delete entire line. Like C-k in pico.
DeleteTypeParagraphs :: DeleteType

-- | Delete only whitespace. Like M-\ in Emacs.
DeleteTypeWhitespace :: DeleteType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherDeleteType :: Int -> DeleteType

-- | The different types of sections indicate parts of a CSS document as
--   parsed by GTK’s CSS parser. They are oriented towards the <a>CSS
--   Grammar</a>, but may contain extensions.
--   
--   More types might be added in the future as the parser incorporates
--   more features.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.2</i>
data CssSectionType

-- | The section describes a complete document. This section time is the
--   only one where <a>cssSectionGetParent</a> might return <a>Nothing</a>.
CssSectionTypeDocument :: CssSectionType

-- | The section defines an import rule.
CssSectionTypeImport :: CssSectionType

-- | The section defines a color. This is a GTK extension to CSS.
CssSectionTypeColorDefinition :: CssSectionType

-- | The section defines a binding set. This is a GTK extension to CSS.
CssSectionTypeBindingSet :: CssSectionType

-- | The section defines a CSS ruleset.
CssSectionTypeRuleset :: CssSectionType

-- | The section defines a CSS selector.
CssSectionTypeSelector :: CssSectionType

-- | The section defines the declaration of a CSS variable.
CssSectionTypeDeclaration :: CssSectionType

-- | The section defines the value of a CSS declaration.
CssSectionTypeValue :: CssSectionType

-- | The section defines keyframes. See
--   &lt;<a>http://dev.w3.org/csswg/css3-animations/#keyframes</a> CSS
--   Animations&gt; for details. Since 3.6
CssSectionTypeKeyframes :: CssSectionType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherCssSectionType :: Int -> CssSectionType

-- | Error codes for <tt><i>GTK_CSS_PROVIDER_ERROR</i></tt>.
data CssProviderError

-- | Failed.
CssProviderErrorFailed :: CssProviderError

-- | Syntax error.
CssProviderErrorSyntax :: CssProviderError

-- | Import error.
CssProviderErrorImport :: CssProviderError

-- | Name error.
CssProviderErrorName :: CssProviderError

-- | Deprecation error.
CssProviderErrorDeprecated :: CssProviderError

-- | Unknown value.
CssProviderErrorUnknownValue :: CssProviderError

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherCssProviderError :: Int -> CssProviderError

-- | Specifies which corner a child widget should be placed in when packed
--   into a <a>ScrolledWindow</a>. This is effectively the opposite of
--   where the scroll bars are placed.
data CornerType

-- | Place the scrollbars on the right and bottom of the widget (default
--   behaviour).
CornerTypeTopLeft :: CornerType

-- | Place the scrollbars on the top and right of the widget.
CornerTypeBottomLeft :: CornerType

-- | Place the scrollbars on the left and bottom of the widget.
CornerTypeTopRight :: CornerType

-- | Place the scrollbars on the top and left of the widget.
CornerTypeBottomRight :: CornerType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherCornerType :: Int -> CornerType

-- | Identifies how the user can interact with a particular cell.
data CellRendererMode

-- | The cell is just for display and cannot be interacted with. Note that
--   this doesn’t mean that eg. the row being drawn can’t be selected --
--   just that a particular element of it cannot be individually modified.
CellRendererModeInert :: CellRendererMode

-- | The cell can be clicked.
CellRendererModeActivatable :: CellRendererMode

-- | The cell can be edited or otherwise modified.
CellRendererModeEditable :: CellRendererMode

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherCellRendererMode :: Int -> CellRendererMode

-- | Determines if the edited accelerators are GTK+ accelerators. If they
--   are, consumed modifiers are suppressed, only accelerators accepted by
--   GTK+ are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered in the same way as
--   they are in menus.
data CellRendererAccelMode

-- | GTK+ accelerators mode
CellRendererAccelModeGtk :: CellRendererAccelMode

-- | Other accelerator mode
CellRendererAccelModeOther :: CellRendererAccelMode

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherCellRendererAccelMode :: Int -> CellRendererAccelMode

-- | Prebuilt sets of buttons for the dialog. If none of these choices are
--   appropriate, simply use <a>ButtonsTypeNone</a> then call
--   <tt><i>gtk_dialog_add_buttons()</i></tt>.
--   
--   <pre>
--   Please note that 'GI.Gtk.Enums.ButtonsTypeOk', 'GI.Gtk.Enums.ButtonsTypeYesNo'
--   and 'GI.Gtk.Enums.ButtonsTypeOkCancel' are discouraged by the
--   &lt;http://library.gnome.org/devel/hig-book/stable/ GNOME Human Interface Guidelines&gt;.
--   </pre>
data ButtonsType

-- | no buttons at all
ButtonsTypeNone :: ButtonsType

-- | an OK button
ButtonsTypeOk :: ButtonsType

-- | a Close button
ButtonsTypeClose :: ButtonsType

-- | a Cancel button
ButtonsTypeCancel :: ButtonsType

-- | Yes and No buttons
ButtonsTypeYesNo :: ButtonsType

-- | OK and Cancel buttons
ButtonsTypeOkCancel :: ButtonsType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherButtonsType :: Int -> ButtonsType

-- | The role specifies the desired appearance of a <a>ModelButton</a>.
data ButtonRole

-- | A plain button
ButtonRoleNormal :: ButtonRole

-- | A check button
ButtonRoleCheck :: ButtonRole

-- | A radio button
ButtonRoleRadio :: ButtonRole

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherButtonRole :: Int -> ButtonRole

-- | Used to dictate the style that a <a>ButtonBox</a> uses to layout the
--   buttons it contains.
data ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Buttons are evenly spread across the box.
ButtonBoxStyleSpread :: ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Buttons are placed at the edges of the box.
ButtonBoxStyleEdge :: ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Buttons are grouped towards the start of the box, (on the left for a
--   HBox, or the top for a VBox).
ButtonBoxStyleStart :: ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Buttons are grouped towards the end of the box, (on the right for a
--   HBox, or the bottom for a VBox).
ButtonBoxStyleEnd :: ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Buttons are centered in the box. Since 2.12.
ButtonBoxStyleCenter :: ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Buttons expand to fill the box. This entails giving buttons a "linked"
--   appearance, making button sizes homogeneous, and setting spacing to 0
--   (same as calling <a>boxSetHomogeneous</a> and <a>boxSetSpacing</a>
--   manually). Since 3.12.
ButtonBoxStyleExpand :: ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherButtonBoxStyle :: Int -> ButtonBoxStyle

-- | Error codes that identify various errors that can occur while using
--   <a>Builder</a>.
data BuilderError

-- | A type-func attribute didn’t name a function that returns a
--   <a>GType</a>.
BuilderErrorInvalidTypeFunction :: BuilderError

-- | The input contained a tag that <a>Builder</a> can’t handle.
BuilderErrorUnhandledTag :: BuilderError

-- | An attribute that is required by <a>Builder</a> was missing.
BuilderErrorMissingAttribute :: BuilderError

-- | <a>Builder</a> found an attribute that it doesn’t understand.
BuilderErrorInvalidAttribute :: BuilderError

-- | <a>Builder</a> found a tag that it doesn’t understand.
BuilderErrorInvalidTag :: BuilderError

-- | A required property value was missing.
BuilderErrorMissingPropertyValue :: BuilderError

-- | <a>Builder</a> couldn’t parse some attribute value.
BuilderErrorInvalidValue :: BuilderError

-- | The input file requires a newer version of GTK+.
BuilderErrorVersionMismatch :: BuilderError

-- | An object id occurred twice.
BuilderErrorDuplicateId :: BuilderError

-- | A specified object type is of the same type or derived from the type
--   of the composite class being extended with builder XML.
BuilderErrorObjectTypeRefused :: BuilderError

-- | The wrong type was specified in a composite class’s template XML
BuilderErrorTemplateMismatch :: BuilderError

-- | The specified property is unknown for the object class.
BuilderErrorInvalidProperty :: BuilderError

-- | The specified signal is unknown for the object class.
BuilderErrorInvalidSignal :: BuilderError

-- | An object id is unknown
BuilderErrorInvalidId :: BuilderError

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherBuilderError :: Int -> BuilderError

-- | Describes how the border of a UI element should be rendered.
data BorderStyle

-- | No visible border
BorderStyleNone :: BorderStyle

-- | A single line segment
BorderStyleSolid :: BorderStyle

-- | Looks as if the content is sunken into the canvas
BorderStyleInset :: BorderStyle

-- | Looks as if the content is coming out of the canvas
BorderStyleOutset :: BorderStyle

-- | Same as <i><tt>gTKBORDERSTYLENONE</tt></i>
BorderStyleHidden :: BorderStyle

-- | A series of round dots
BorderStyleDotted :: BorderStyle

-- | A series of square-ended dashes
BorderStyleDashed :: BorderStyle

-- | Two parallel lines with some space between them
BorderStyleDouble :: BorderStyle

-- | Looks as if it were carved in the canvas
BorderStyleGroove :: BorderStyle

-- | Looks as if it were coming out of the canvas
BorderStyleRidge :: BorderStyle

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherBorderStyle :: Int -> BorderStyle

-- | Whenever a container has some form of natural row it may align
--   children in that row along a common typographical baseline. If the
--   amount of verical space in the row is taller than the total requested
--   height of the baseline-aligned children then it can use a
--   <a>BaselinePosition</a> to select where to put the baseline inside the
--   extra availible space.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.10</i>
data BaselinePosition

-- | Align the baseline at the top
BaselinePositionTop :: BaselinePosition

-- | Center the baseline
BaselinePositionCenter :: BaselinePosition

-- | Align the baseline at the bottom
BaselinePositionBottom :: BaselinePosition

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherBaselinePosition :: Int -> BaselinePosition

-- | An enum for determining the page role inside the <a>Assistant</a>.
--   It's used to handle buttons sensitivity and visibility.
--   
--   Note that an assistant needs to end its page flow with a page of type
--   <a>AssistantPageTypeConfirm</a>, <a>AssistantPageTypeSummary</a> or
--   <a>AssistantPageTypeProgress</a> to be correct.
--   
--   The Cancel button will only be shown if the page isn’t “committed”.
--   See <a>assistantCommit</a> for details.
data AssistantPageType

-- | The page has regular contents. Both the Back and forward buttons will
--   be shown.
AssistantPageTypeContent :: AssistantPageType

-- | The page contains an introduction to the assistant task. Only the
--   Forward button will be shown if there is a next page.
AssistantPageTypeIntro :: AssistantPageType

-- | The page lets the user confirm or deny the changes. The Back and Apply
--   buttons will be shown.
AssistantPageTypeConfirm :: AssistantPageType

-- | The page informs the user of the changes done. Only the Close button
--   will be shown.
AssistantPageTypeSummary :: AssistantPageType

-- | Used for tasks that take a long time to complete, blocks the assistant
--   until the page is marked as complete. Only the back button will be
--   shown.
AssistantPageTypeProgress :: AssistantPageType

-- | Used for when other page types are not appropriate. No buttons will be
--   shown, and the application must add its own buttons through
--   <a>assistantAddActionWidget</a>.
AssistantPageTypeCustom :: AssistantPageType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherAssistantPageType :: Int -> AssistantPageType

-- | Used to indicate the direction in which an arrow should point.
data ArrowType

-- | Represents an upward pointing arrow.
ArrowTypeUp :: ArrowType

-- | Represents a downward pointing arrow.
ArrowTypeDown :: ArrowType

-- | Represents a left pointing arrow.
ArrowTypeLeft :: ArrowType

-- | Represents a right pointing arrow.
ArrowTypeRight :: ArrowType

-- | No arrow. Since 2.10.
ArrowTypeNone :: ArrowType

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherArrowType :: Int -> ArrowType

-- | Used to specify the placement of scroll arrows in scrolling menus.
data ArrowPlacement

-- | Place one arrow on each end of the menu.
ArrowPlacementBoth :: ArrowPlacement

-- | Place both arrows at the top of the menu.
ArrowPlacementStart :: ArrowPlacement

-- | Place both arrows at the bottom of the menu.
ArrowPlacementEnd :: ArrowPlacement

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherArrowPlacement :: Int -> ArrowPlacement

-- | Controls how a widget deals with extra space in a single (x or y)
--   dimension.
--   
--   Alignment only matters if the widget receives a “too large”
--   allocation, for example if you packed the widget with the
--   <a>Widget</a>:<tt><i>expand</i></tt> flag inside a <a>Box</a>, then
--   the widget might get extra space. If you have for example a 16x16 icon
--   inside a 32x32 space, the icon could be scaled and stretched, it could
--   be centered, or it could be positioned to one side of the space.
--   
--   Note that in horizontal context <i><tt>gTKALIGNSTART</tt></i> and
--   <i><tt>gTKALIGNEND</tt></i> are interpreted relative to text
--   direction.
--   
--   GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE support for it is optional for containers and
--   widgets, and it is only supported for vertical alignment. When its not
--   supported by a child or a container it is treated as
--   <i><tt>gTKALIGNFILL</tt></i>.
data Align

-- | stretch to fill all space if possible, center if no meaningful way to
--   stretch
AlignFill :: Align

-- | snap to left or top side, leaving space on right or bottom
AlignStart :: Align

-- | snap to right or bottom side, leaving space on left or top
AlignEnd :: Align

-- | center natural width of widget inside the allocation
AlignCenter :: Align

-- | align the widget according to the baseline. Since 3.10.
AlignBaseline :: Align

-- | Catch-all for unknown values
AnotherAlign :: Int -> Align

-- | The GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID can be used to make a
--   <a>TreeSortable</a> use no sorting.
--   
--   See also <a>treeSortableSetSortColumnId</a>
pattern TREE_SORTABLE_UNSORTED_SORT_COLUMN_ID :: Int32

-- | The GTK_TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID can be used to make a
--   <a>TreeSortable</a> use the default sort function.
--   
--   See also <a>treeSortableSetSortColumnId</a>
pattern TREE_SORTABLE_DEFAULT_SORT_COLUMN_ID :: Int32

-- | The priority at which the text view validates onscreen lines in an
--   idle job in the background.
pattern TEXT_VIEW_PRIORITY_VALIDATE :: Int32

-- | A widget region name to define a notebook tab.
pattern STYLE_REGION_TAB :: Text

-- | A widget region name to define a treeview row.
pattern STYLE_REGION_ROW :: Text

-- | A widget region name to define a treeview column header.
pattern STYLE_REGION_COLUMN_HEADER :: Text

-- | A widget region name to define a treeview column.
pattern STYLE_REGION_COLUMN :: Text

-- | The priority used for the style information from
--   <tt>XDG_CONFIG_HOME/gtk-3.0/gtk.css</tt>.
--   
--   You should not use priorities higher than this, to give the user the
--   last word.
pattern STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_USER :: Int32

-- | The priority used for style information provided by themes.
pattern STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME :: Int32

-- | The priority used for style information provided via <a>Settings</a>.
--   
--   This priority is higher than <a>STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_THEME</a> to
--   let settings override themes.
pattern STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_SETTINGS :: Int32

-- | The priority used for default style information that is used in the
--   absence of themes.
--   
--   Note that this is not very useful for providing default styling for
--   custom style classes - themes are likely to override styling provided
--   at this priority with catch-all <tt>* {...}</tt> rules.
pattern STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK :: Int32

-- | A priority that can be used when adding a <a>StyleProvider</a> for
--   application-specific style information.
pattern STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION :: Int32

-- | A property holding the rendered element’s padding as a <a>Border</a>.
--   The padding is defined as the spacing between the inner part of the
--   element border and its child. It’s the innermost spacing property of
--   the padding/border/margin series.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING :: Text

-- | A property holding the rendered element’s margin as a <a>Border</a>.
--   The margin is defined as the spacing between the border of the element
--   and its surrounding elements. It is external to <a>Widget</a>'s size
--   allocations, and the most external spacing property of the
--   padding/border/margin series.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN :: Text

-- | A property holding the font properties used when rendering text as a
--   <a>FontDescription</a>.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_FONT :: Text

-- | A property holding the foreground color of rendered elements as a
--   <a>RGBA</a>.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_COLOR :: Text

-- | A property holding the rendered element’s border width in pixels as a
--   <a>Border</a>. The border is the intermediary spacing property of the
--   padding/border/margin series.
--   
--   <a>renderFrame</a> uses this property to find out the frame line
--   width, so <tt><i>GtkWidgets</i></tt> rendering frames may need to add
--   up this padding when requesting size
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH :: Text

-- | A property holding the element’s border style as a <a>BorderStyle</a>.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_STYLE :: Text

-- | A property holding the rendered element’s border radius in pixels as a
--   <tt><i>gint</i></tt>.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_RADIUS :: Text

-- | A property holding the element’s border color as a <a>RGBA</a>.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_COLOR :: Text

-- | A property holding the element’s background as a <a>Pattern</a>.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_BACKGROUND_IMAGE :: Text

-- | A property holding the background color of rendered elements as a
--   <a>RGBA</a>.
pattern STYLE_PROPERTY_BACKGROUND_COLOR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to indicate that a UI element should be 'wide'. Used by
--   <a>Paned</a>.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_WIDE :: Text

-- | A CSS class for an area displaying a warning message, such as those in
--   infobars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_WARNING :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining a view, such as iconviews or treeviews.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_VIEW :: Text

-- | A CSS class for vertically layered widgets.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_VERTICAL :: Text

-- | A CSS class that is added on the visual hints that happen where
--   content is 'scrolled off' and can be made visible by scrolling.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_UNDERSHOOT :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match troughs, as in scrollbars and progressbars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_TROUGH :: Text

-- | A CSS class for touch selection popups on entries and text views.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_TOUCH_SELECTION :: Text

-- | A CSS class to indicate an area at the top of a widget.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_TOP :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match tooltip windows.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_TOOLTIP :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match toolbars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_TOOLBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when rendering a titlebar in a toplevel window.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_TITLEBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class used for the title label in a titlebar in a toplevel
--   window.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_TITLE :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when an action (usually a button) is the primary
--   suggested action in a specific context.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SUGGESTED_ACTION :: Text

-- | A CSS class used for the subtitle label in a titlebar in a toplevel
--   window.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SUBTITLE :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match statusbars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_STATUSBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to use when rendering activity as a “spinner”.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SPINNER :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining an spinbutton.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SPINBUTTON :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match sliders.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SLIDER :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining a sidebar, such as the left side in a file
--   chooser.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SIDEBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class for a separator.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SEPARATOR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match the junction area between an horizontal and
--   vertical scrollbar, when they’re both shown.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SCROLLBARS_JUNCTION :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match scrollbars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SCROLLBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match scale widgets with marks attached, all the marks
--   are below for horizontal <a>Scale</a>, right for vertical
--   <a>Scale</a>.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SCALE_HAS_MARKS_BELOW :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match scale widgets with marks attached, all the marks
--   are above for horizontal <a>Scale</a>. left for vertical <a>Scale</a>.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SCALE_HAS_MARKS_ABOVE :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match scale widgets.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_SCALE :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match the rubberband selection rectangle.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_RUBBERBAND :: Text

-- | A CSS class to indicate an area at the right of a widget.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_RIGHT :: Text

-- | A CSS class used to indicate a read-only state.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_READ_ONLY :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match a raised control, such as a raised button on a
--   toolbar.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_RAISED :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match radio buttons.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_RADIO :: Text

-- | A CSS class for an area displaying a question to the user, such as
--   those in infobars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_QUESTION :: Text

-- | A CSS class to use when rendering a pulse in an indeterminate progress
--   bar.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_PULSE :: Text

-- | A CSS class to use when rendering activity as a progressbar.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_PROGRESSBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match primary toolbars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_PRIMARY_TOOLBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class that is added to the toplevel windows used for menus.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_POPUP :: Text

-- | A CSS class that matches popovers.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_POPOVER :: Text

-- | A CSS class that is added to areas that should look like paper.
--   
--   This is used in print previews and themes are encouraged to style it
--   as black text on white background.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_PAPER :: Text

-- | A CSS class for a pane separator, such as those in <a>Paned</a>.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_PANE_SEPARATOR :: Text

-- | A CSS class that is added on the visual hints that happen when
--   scrolling is attempted past the limits of a scrollable area.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_OVERSHOOT :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when rendering an OSD (On Screen Display) element, on
--   top of another container.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_OSD :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining a notebook.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_NOTEBOOK :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when an element needs the user attention, for
--   instance a button in a stack switcher corresponding to a hidden page
--   that changed state.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_NEEDS_ATTENTION :: Text

-- | A CSS class that is added to text view that should use a monospace
--   font.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_MONOSPACE :: Text

-- | A CSS class that is added to message dialogs.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_MESSAGE_DIALOG :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match menu items.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_MENUITEM :: Text

-- | A CSS class to menubars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_MENUBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match menus.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_MENU :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining marks in a widget, such as in scales.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_MARK :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match list rows.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_LIST_ROW :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match lists.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_LIST :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match a linked area, such as a box containing buttons
--   belonging to the same control.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_LINKED :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when rendering a level indicator, such as a battery
--   charge level, or a password strength.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_LEVEL_BAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to indicate an area at the left of a widget.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_LEFT :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match labels.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.16</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_LABEL :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when rendering a drag handle for the insertion cursor
--   position.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_INSERTION_CURSOR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match inline toolbars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_INLINE_TOOLBAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class for an area displaying an informational message, such as
--   those in infobars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_INFO :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining an image, such as the icon in an entry.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_IMAGE :: Text

-- | A CSS class for horizontally layered widgets.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_HORIZONTAL :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining a highlighted area, such as headings in
--   assistants and calendars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_HIGHLIGHT :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match a header element.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_HEADER :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining a resize grip.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_GRIP :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining a frame delimiting content, such as <a>Frame</a>
--   or the scrolled window frame around the scrollable area.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_FRAME :: Text

-- | A CSS class that is added when widgets that usually have a frame or
--   border (like buttons or entries) should appear without it.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_FLAT :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining an expander, such as those in treeviews.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_EXPANDER :: Text

-- | A CSS class for an area displaying an error message, such as those in
--   infobars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_ERROR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match text entries.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_ENTRY :: Text

-- | A CSS class defining a dock area.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_DOCK :: Text

-- | A CSS class for a drag-and-drop indicator.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_DND :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match dimmed labels.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_DIM_LABEL :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when an action (usually a button) is one that is
--   expected to remove or destroy something visible to the user.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.12</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_DESTRUCTIVE_ACTION :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match the default widget.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when rendering a drag handle for text selection.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_CURSOR_HANDLE :: Text

-- | A CSS class that gets added to windows which have client-side
--   decorations.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.14</i>
pattern STYLE_CLASS_CSD :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match context menus.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_CONTEXT_MENU :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match combobox entries.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_COMBOBOX_ENTRY :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match check boxes.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_CHECK :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match content rendered in cell views.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_CELL :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match calendars.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_CALENDAR :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match buttons.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_BUTTON :: Text

-- | A CSS class to indicate an area at the bottom of a widget.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_BOTTOM :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match the window background.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_BACKGROUND :: Text

-- | A CSS class used when rendering an arrow element.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_ARROW :: Text

-- | A CSS class to match an accelerator.
--   
--   Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes.
pattern STYLE_CLASS_ACCELERATOR :: Text

-- | The “Zoom Out” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_ZOOM_OUT :: Text

-- | The “Zoom In” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_ZOOM_IN :: Text

-- | The “Zoom to Fit” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_ZOOM_FIT :: Text

-- | The “Zoom 100%” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_ZOOM_100 :: Text

-- | The “Yes” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_YES :: Text

-- | The “Unindent” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
pattern STOCK_UNINDENT :: Text

-- | The “Undo” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_UNDO :: Text

-- | The “Underline” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_UNDERLINE :: Text

-- | The “Undelete” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_UNDELETE :: Text

-- | The “Strikethrough” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_STRIKETHROUGH :: Text

-- | The “Stop” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_STOP :: Text

-- | The “Spell Check” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_SPELL_CHECK :: Text

-- | The “Descending” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_SORT_DESCENDING :: Text

-- | The “Ascending” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_SORT_ASCENDING :: Text

-- | The “Font” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_SELECT_FONT :: Text

-- | The “Color” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_SELECT_COLOR :: Text

-- | The “Select All” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pattern STOCK_SELECT_ALL :: Text

-- | The “Save As” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_SAVE_AS :: Text

-- | The “Save” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_SAVE :: Text

-- | The “Revert” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_REVERT_TO_SAVED :: Text

-- | The “Remove” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_REMOVE :: Text

-- | The “Refresh” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_REFRESH :: Text

-- | The “Redo” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_REDO :: Text

-- | The “Quit” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_QUIT :: Text

-- | The “Properties” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_PROPERTIES :: Text

-- | The “Print Warning” icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
pattern STOCK_PRINT_WARNING :: Text

-- | The “Print Report” icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
pattern STOCK_PRINT_REPORT :: Text

-- | The “Print Preview” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_PRINT_PREVIEW :: Text

-- | The “Print Paused” icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
pattern STOCK_PRINT_PAUSED :: Text

-- | The “Print Error” icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
pattern STOCK_PRINT_ERROR :: Text

-- | The “Print” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_PRINT :: Text

-- | The “Preferences” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_PREFERENCES :: Text

-- | The “Paste” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_PASTE :: Text

-- | The “Page Setup” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.14</i>
pattern STOCK_PAGE_SETUP :: Text

-- | The “Reverse Portrait Orientation” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pattern STOCK_ORIENTATION_REVERSE_PORTRAIT :: Text

-- | The “Reverse Landscape Orientation” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pattern STOCK_ORIENTATION_REVERSE_LANDSCAPE :: Text

-- | The “Portrait Orientation” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pattern STOCK_ORIENTATION_PORTRAIT :: Text

-- | The “Landscape Orientation” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.10</i>
pattern STOCK_ORIENTATION_LANDSCAPE :: Text

-- | The “Open” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_OPEN :: Text

-- | The “OK” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_OK :: Text

-- | The “No” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_NO :: Text

-- | The “New” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_NEW :: Text

-- | The “Network” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
pattern STOCK_NETWORK :: Text

-- | The “Missing image” icon.
pattern STOCK_MISSING_IMAGE :: Text

-- | The “Media Stop” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_MEDIA_STOP :: Text

-- | The “Media Rewind” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_MEDIA_REWIND :: Text

-- | The “Media Record” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_MEDIA_RECORD :: Text

-- | The “Media Previous” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_MEDIA_PREVIOUS :: Text

-- | The “Media Play” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_MEDIA_PLAY :: Text

-- | The “Media Pause” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_MEDIA_PAUSE :: Text

-- | The “Media Next” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_MEDIA_NEXT :: Text

-- | The “Media Forward” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_MEDIA_FORWARD :: Text

-- | The “Leave Fullscreen” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
pattern STOCK_LEAVE_FULLSCREEN :: Text

-- | The “Right” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_JUSTIFY_RIGHT :: Text

-- | The “Left” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_JUSTIFY_LEFT :: Text

-- | The “Fill” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_JUSTIFY_FILL :: Text

-- | The “Center” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_JUSTIFY_CENTER :: Text

-- | The “Jump to” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_JUMP_TO :: Text

-- | The “Italic” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_ITALIC :: Text

-- | The “Info” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
pattern STOCK_INFO :: Text

-- | The “Index” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_INDEX :: Text

-- | The “Indent” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
pattern STOCK_INDENT :: Text

-- | The “Home” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_HOME :: Text

-- | The “Help” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_HELP :: Text

-- | The “Harddisk” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
pattern STOCK_HARDDISK :: Text

-- | The “Up” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_GO_UP :: Text

-- | The “Forward” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_GO_FORWARD :: Text

-- | The “Down” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_GO_DOWN :: Text

-- | The “Back” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_GO_BACK :: Text

-- | The “Top” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_GOTO_TOP :: Text

-- | The “Last” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_GOTO_LAST :: Text

-- | The “First” item and icon. The icon has an RTL variant.
pattern STOCK_GOTO_FIRST :: Text

-- | The “Bottom” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_GOTO_BOTTOM :: Text

-- | The “Fullscreen” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.8</i>
pattern STOCK_FULLSCREEN :: Text

-- | The “Floppy” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_FLOPPY :: Text

-- | The “Find and Replace” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_FIND_AND_REPLACE :: Text

-- | The “Find” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_FIND :: Text

-- | The “File” item and icon.
--   
--   Since 3.0, this item has a label, before it only had an icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_FILE :: Text

-- | The “Execute” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_EXECUTE :: Text

-- | The “Edit” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_EDIT :: Text

-- | The “Drag-And-Drop multiple” icon.
pattern STOCK_DND_MULTIPLE :: Text

-- | The “Drag-And-Drop” icon.
pattern STOCK_DND :: Text

-- | The “Disconnect” icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_DISCONNECT :: Text

-- | The “Discard” item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.12</i>
pattern STOCK_DISCARD :: Text

-- | The “Directory” icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_DIRECTORY :: Text

-- | The “Warning” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_DIALOG_WARNING :: Text

-- | The “Question” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_DIALOG_QUESTION :: Text

-- | The “Information” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_DIALOG_INFO :: Text

-- | The “Error” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_DIALOG_ERROR :: Text

-- | The “Authentication” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.4</i>
pattern STOCK_DIALOG_AUTHENTICATION :: Text

-- | The “Delete” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_DELETE :: Text

-- | The “Cut” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_CUT :: Text

-- | The “Copy” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_COPY :: Text

-- | The “Convert” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_CONVERT :: Text

-- | The “Connect” icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_CONNECT :: Text

-- | The “Color Picker” item and icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.2</i>
pattern STOCK_COLOR_PICKER :: Text

-- | The “Close” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_CLOSE :: Text

-- | The “Clear” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_CLEAR :: Text

-- | The “CD-Rom” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_CDROM :: Text

-- | The “Caps Lock Warning” icon.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.16</i>
pattern STOCK_CAPS_LOCK_WARNING :: Text

-- | The “Cancel” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_CANCEL :: Text

-- | The “Bold” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_BOLD :: Text

-- | The “Apply” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_APPLY :: Text

-- | The “Add” item and icon.
pattern STOCK_ADD :: Text

-- | The “About” item.
--   
--   <i>Since: 2.6</i>
pattern STOCK_ABOUT :: Text

-- | Use this priority for functionality related to size allocation.
--   
--   It is used internally by GTK+ to compute the sizes of widgets. This
--   priority is higher than <a>PRIORITY_REDRAW</a> to avoid resizing a
--   widget which was just redrawn.
pattern PRIORITY_RESIZE :: Int32

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_WIN32_DRIVER_VERSION :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_WIN32_DRIVER_EXTRA :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES :: Text

-- | The key used by the “Print to file” printer to store the URI to which
--   the output should be written. GTK+ itself supports only “file://”
--   URIs.
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_URI :: Text

-- | The key used by the “Print to file” printer to store the format of the
--   output. The supported values are “PS” and “PDF”.
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_FILE_FORMAT :: Text

-- | The key used by the “Print to file” printer to store the directory to
--   which the output should be written.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_DIR :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN :: Text

-- | The key used by the “Print to file” printer to store the file name of
--   the output without the path to the directory and the file extension.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BASENAME :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE :: Text

-- | <i>No description available in the introspection data.</i>
pattern PATH_PRIO_MASK :: Int32

-- | Name for the Letter paper size.
pattern PAPER_NAME_LETTER :: Text

-- | Name for the Legal paper size.
pattern PAPER_NAME_LEGAL :: Text

-- | Name for the Executive paper size.
pattern PAPER_NAME_EXECUTIVE :: Text

-- | Name for the B5 paper size.
pattern PAPER_NAME_B5 :: Text

-- | Name for the A5 paper size.
pattern PAPER_NAME_A5 :: Text

-- | Name for the A4 paper size.
pattern PAPER_NAME_A4 :: Text

-- | Name for the A3 paper size.
pattern PAPER_NAME_A3 :: Text

-- | Like <a>getMinorVersion</a>, but from the headers used at application
--   compile time, rather than from the library linked against at
--   application run time.
pattern MINOR_VERSION :: Int32

-- | Like <a>getMicroVersion</a>, but from the headers used at application
--   compile time, rather than from the library linked against at
--   application run time.
pattern MICRO_VERSION :: Int32

-- | The maximum length of sequences in compose tables.
pattern MAX_COMPOSE_LEN :: Int32

-- | Like <a>getMajorVersion</a>, but from the headers used at application
--   compile time, rather than from the library linked against at
--   application run time.
pattern MAJOR_VERSION :: Int32

-- | The name used for the stock low offset included by <a>LevelBar</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
pattern LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW :: Text

-- | The name used for the stock high offset included by <a>LevelBar</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.6</i>
pattern LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH :: Text

-- | The name used for the stock full offset included by <a>LevelBar</a>.
--   
--   <i>Since: 3.20</i>
pattern LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL :: Text

-- | Like <a>getInterfaceAge</a>, but from the headers used at application
--   compile time, rather than from the library linked against at
--   application run time.
pattern INTERFACE_AGE :: Int32

-- | Constant to return from a signal handler for the <a>input</a> signal
--   in case of conversion failure.
pattern INPUT_ERROR :: Int32

-- | Like <a>getBinaryAge</a>, but from the headers used at application
--   compile time, rather than from the library linked against at
--   application run time.
pattern BINARY_AGE :: Int32

-- | Allocate a new instance of the given type, with the given attributes.
new :: (Constructible a tag, MonadIO m) => (ManagedPtr a -> a) -> [AttrOp a tag] -> m a
actionableActionName :: AttrLabelProxy "actionName"
actionableActionTarget :: AttrLabelProxy "actionTarget"
activatableRelatedAction :: AttrLabelProxy "relatedAction"
activatableUseActionAppearance :: AttrLabelProxy "useActionAppearance"
appChooserContentType :: AttrLabelProxy "contentType"
cellEditableEditingCanceled :: AttrLabelProxy "editingCanceled"
colorChooserRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "rgba"
colorChooserUseAlpha :: AttrLabelProxy "useAlpha"
fileChooserAction :: AttrLabelProxy "action"
fileChooserCreateFolders :: AttrLabelProxy "createFolders"
fileChooserDoOverwriteConfirmation :: AttrLabelProxy "doOverwriteConfirmation"
fileChooserExtraWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "extraWidget"
fileChooserFilter :: AttrLabelProxy "filter"
fileChooserLocalOnly :: AttrLabelProxy "localOnly"
fileChooserPreviewWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "previewWidget"
fileChooserPreviewWidgetActive :: AttrLabelProxy "previewWidgetActive"
fileChooserSelectMultiple :: AttrLabelProxy "selectMultiple"
fileChooserShowHidden :: AttrLabelProxy "showHidden"
fileChooserUsePreviewLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "usePreviewLabel"
fontChooserFont :: AttrLabelProxy "font"
fontChooserFontDesc :: AttrLabelProxy "fontDesc"
fontChooserFontFeatures :: AttrLabelProxy "fontFeatures"
fontChooserLanguage :: AttrLabelProxy "language"
fontChooserLevel :: AttrLabelProxy "level"
fontChooserPreviewText :: AttrLabelProxy "previewText"
fontChooserShowPreviewEntry :: AttrLabelProxy "showPreviewEntry"
orientableOrientation :: AttrLabelProxy "orientation"
recentChooserFilter :: AttrLabelProxy "filter"
recentChooserLimit :: AttrLabelProxy "limit"
recentChooserLocalOnly :: AttrLabelProxy "localOnly"
recentChooserRecentManager :: AttrLabelProxy "recentManager"
recentChooserSelectMultiple :: AttrLabelProxy "selectMultiple"
recentChooserShowIcons :: AttrLabelProxy "showIcons"
recentChooserShowNotFound :: AttrLabelProxy "showNotFound"
recentChooserShowPrivate :: AttrLabelProxy "showPrivate"
recentChooserShowTips :: AttrLabelProxy "showTips"
recentChooserSortType :: AttrLabelProxy "sortType"
scrollableHadjustment :: AttrLabelProxy "hadjustment"
scrollableHscrollPolicy :: AttrLabelProxy "hscrollPolicy"
scrollableVadjustment :: AttrLabelProxy "vadjustment"
scrollableVscrollPolicy :: AttrLabelProxy "vscrollPolicy"
aboutDialogArtists :: AttrLabelProxy "artists"
aboutDialogAuthors :: AttrLabelProxy "authors"
aboutDialogComments :: AttrLabelProxy "comments"
aboutDialogCopyright :: AttrLabelProxy "copyright"
aboutDialogDocumenters :: AttrLabelProxy "documenters"
aboutDialogLicense :: AttrLabelProxy "license"
aboutDialogLicenseType :: AttrLabelProxy "licenseType"
aboutDialogLogo :: AttrLabelProxy "logo"
aboutDialogLogoIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "logoIconName"
aboutDialogProgramName :: AttrLabelProxy "programName"
aboutDialogTranslatorCredits :: AttrLabelProxy "translatorCredits"
aboutDialogVersion :: AttrLabelProxy "version"
aboutDialogWebsite :: AttrLabelProxy "website"
aboutDialogWebsiteLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "websiteLabel"
aboutDialogWrapLicense :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapLicense"
accelGroupIsLocked :: AttrLabelProxy "isLocked"
accelGroupModifierMask :: AttrLabelProxy "modifierMask"
accelLabelAccelClosure :: AttrLabelProxy "accelClosure"
accelLabelAccelWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "accelWidget"
accessibleWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "widget"
actionActionGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "actionGroup"
actionAlwaysShowImage :: AttrLabelProxy "alwaysShowImage"
actionGicon :: AttrLabelProxy "gicon"
actionHideIfEmpty :: AttrLabelProxy "hideIfEmpty"
actionIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "iconName"
actionIsImportant :: AttrLabelProxy "isImportant"
actionLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
actionName :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
actionSensitive :: AttrLabelProxy "sensitive"
actionShortLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "shortLabel"
actionStockId :: AttrLabelProxy "stockId"
actionTooltip :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltip"
actionVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "visible"
actionVisibleHorizontal :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleHorizontal"
actionVisibleOverflown :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleOverflown"
actionVisibleVertical :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleVertical"
actionGroupAccelGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "accelGroup"
actionGroupName :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
actionGroupSensitive :: AttrLabelProxy "sensitive"
actionGroupVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "visible"
adjustmentLower :: AttrLabelProxy "lower"
adjustmentPageIncrement :: AttrLabelProxy "pageIncrement"
adjustmentPageSize :: AttrLabelProxy "pageSize"
adjustmentStepIncrement :: AttrLabelProxy "stepIncrement"
adjustmentUpper :: AttrLabelProxy "upper"
adjustmentValue :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
alignmentBottomPadding :: AttrLabelProxy "bottomPadding"
alignmentLeftPadding :: AttrLabelProxy "leftPadding"
alignmentRightPadding :: AttrLabelProxy "rightPadding"
alignmentTopPadding :: AttrLabelProxy "topPadding"
alignmentXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "xalign"
alignmentXscale :: AttrLabelProxy "xscale"
alignmentYalign :: AttrLabelProxy "yalign"
alignmentYscale :: AttrLabelProxy "yscale"
appChooserButtonHeading :: AttrLabelProxy "heading"
appChooserButtonShowDefaultItem :: AttrLabelProxy "showDefaultItem"
appChooserButtonShowDialogItem :: AttrLabelProxy "showDialogItem"
appChooserDialogGfile :: AttrLabelProxy "gfile"
appChooserDialogHeading :: AttrLabelProxy "heading"
appChooserWidgetDefaultText :: AttrLabelProxy "defaultText"
appChooserWidgetShowAll :: AttrLabelProxy "showAll"
appChooserWidgetShowDefault :: AttrLabelProxy "showDefault"
appChooserWidgetShowFallback :: AttrLabelProxy "showFallback"
appChooserWidgetShowOther :: AttrLabelProxy "showOther"
appChooserWidgetShowRecommended :: AttrLabelProxy "showRecommended"
applicationActiveWindow :: AttrLabelProxy "activeWindow"
applicationAppMenu :: AttrLabelProxy "appMenu"
applicationMenubar :: AttrLabelProxy "menubar"
applicationRegisterSession :: AttrLabelProxy "registerSession"
applicationScreensaverActive :: AttrLabelProxy "screensaverActive"
applicationWindowShowMenubar :: AttrLabelProxy "showMenubar"
arrowArrowType :: AttrLabelProxy "arrowType"
arrowShadowType :: AttrLabelProxy "shadowType"
aspectFrameObeyChild :: AttrLabelProxy "obeyChild"
aspectFrameRatio :: AttrLabelProxy "ratio"
aspectFrameXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "xalign"
aspectFrameYalign :: AttrLabelProxy "yalign"
assistantUseHeaderBar :: AttrLabelProxy "useHeaderBar"
boxBaselinePosition :: AttrLabelProxy "baselinePosition"
boxHomogeneous :: AttrLabelProxy "homogeneous"
boxSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "spacing"
builderTranslationDomain :: AttrLabelProxy "translationDomain"
buttonAlwaysShowImage :: AttrLabelProxy "alwaysShowImage"
buttonImage :: AttrLabelProxy "image"
buttonImagePosition :: AttrLabelProxy "imagePosition"
buttonLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
buttonRelief :: AttrLabelProxy "relief"
buttonUseStock :: AttrLabelProxy "useStock"
buttonUseUnderline :: AttrLabelProxy "useUnderline"
buttonXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "xalign"
buttonYalign :: AttrLabelProxy "yalign"
buttonBoxLayoutStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "layoutStyle"
calendarDay :: AttrLabelProxy "day"
calendarDetailHeightRows :: AttrLabelProxy "detailHeightRows"
calendarDetailWidthChars :: AttrLabelProxy "detailWidthChars"
calendarMonth :: AttrLabelProxy "month"
calendarNoMonthChange :: AttrLabelProxy "noMonthChange"
calendarShowDayNames :: AttrLabelProxy "showDayNames"
calendarShowDetails :: AttrLabelProxy "showDetails"
calendarShowHeading :: AttrLabelProxy "showHeading"
calendarShowWeekNumbers :: AttrLabelProxy "showWeekNumbers"
calendarYear :: AttrLabelProxy "year"
cellAreaEditWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "editWidget"
cellAreaEditedCell :: AttrLabelProxy "editedCell"
cellAreaFocusCell :: AttrLabelProxy "focusCell"
cellAreaBoxSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "spacing"
cellAreaContextArea :: AttrLabelProxy "area"
cellAreaContextMinimumHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "minimumHeight"
cellAreaContextMinimumWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "minimumWidth"
cellAreaContextNaturalHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "naturalHeight"
cellAreaContextNaturalWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "naturalWidth"
cellRendererCellBackground :: AttrLabelProxy "cellBackground"
cellRendererCellBackgroundGdk :: AttrLabelProxy "cellBackgroundGdk"
cellRendererCellBackgroundRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "cellBackgroundRgba"
cellRendererCellBackgroundSet :: AttrLabelProxy "cellBackgroundSet"
cellRendererEditing :: AttrLabelProxy "editing"
cellRendererHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "height"
cellRendererIsExpanded :: AttrLabelProxy "isExpanded"
cellRendererIsExpander :: AttrLabelProxy "isExpander"
cellRendererMode :: AttrLabelProxy "mode"
cellRendererSensitive :: AttrLabelProxy "sensitive"
cellRendererVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "visible"
cellRendererWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "width"
cellRendererXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "xalign"
cellRendererXpad :: AttrLabelProxy "xpad"
cellRendererYalign :: AttrLabelProxy "yalign"
cellRendererYpad :: AttrLabelProxy "ypad"
cellRendererAccelAccelKey :: AttrLabelProxy "accelKey"
cellRendererAccelAccelMode :: AttrLabelProxy "accelMode"
cellRendererAccelAccelMods :: AttrLabelProxy "accelMods"
cellRendererAccelKeycode :: AttrLabelProxy "keycode"
cellRendererComboHasEntry :: AttrLabelProxy "hasEntry"
cellRendererComboModel :: AttrLabelProxy "model"
cellRendererComboTextColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "textColumn"
cellRendererPixbufFollowState :: AttrLabelProxy "followState"
cellRendererPixbufGicon :: AttrLabelProxy "gicon"
cellRendererPixbufIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "iconName"
cellRendererPixbufPixbuf :: AttrLabelProxy "pixbuf"
cellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderClosed :: AttrLabelProxy "pixbufExpanderClosed"
cellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderOpen :: AttrLabelProxy "pixbufExpanderOpen"
cellRendererPixbufStockDetail :: AttrLabelProxy "stockDetail"
cellRendererPixbufStockId :: AttrLabelProxy "stockId"
cellRendererPixbufStockSize :: AttrLabelProxy "stockSize"
cellRendererPixbufSurface :: AttrLabelProxy "surface"
cellRendererProgressInverted :: AttrLabelProxy "inverted"
cellRendererProgressPulse :: AttrLabelProxy "pulse"
cellRendererProgressText :: AttrLabelProxy "text"
cellRendererProgressTextXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "textXalign"
cellRendererProgressTextYalign :: AttrLabelProxy "textYalign"
cellRendererProgressValue :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
cellRendererSpinAdjustment :: AttrLabelProxy "adjustment"
cellRendererSpinClimbRate :: AttrLabelProxy "climbRate"
cellRendererSpinDigits :: AttrLabelProxy "digits"
cellRendererSpinnerActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
cellRendererSpinnerPulse :: AttrLabelProxy "pulse"
cellRendererSpinnerSize :: AttrLabelProxy "size"
cellRendererTextAlignSet :: AttrLabelProxy "alignSet"
cellRendererTextAlignment :: AttrLabelProxy "alignment"
cellRendererTextAttributes :: AttrLabelProxy "attributes"
cellRendererTextBackground :: AttrLabelProxy "background"
cellRendererTextBackgroundGdk :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundGdk"
cellRendererTextBackgroundRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundRgba"
cellRendererTextBackgroundSet :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundSet"
cellRendererTextEditable :: AttrLabelProxy "editable"
cellRendererTextEditableSet :: AttrLabelProxy "editableSet"
cellRendererTextEllipsize :: AttrLabelProxy "ellipsize"
cellRendererTextEllipsizeSet :: AttrLabelProxy "ellipsizeSet"
cellRendererTextFamily :: AttrLabelProxy "family"
cellRendererTextFamilySet :: AttrLabelProxy "familySet"
cellRendererTextFont :: AttrLabelProxy "font"
cellRendererTextFontDesc :: AttrLabelProxy "fontDesc"
cellRendererTextForeground :: AttrLabelProxy "foreground"
cellRendererTextForegroundGdk :: AttrLabelProxy "foregroundGdk"
cellRendererTextForegroundRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "foregroundRgba"
cellRendererTextForegroundSet :: AttrLabelProxy "foregroundSet"
cellRendererTextLanguage :: AttrLabelProxy "language"
cellRendererTextLanguageSet :: AttrLabelProxy "languageSet"
cellRendererTextMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "markup"
cellRendererTextMaxWidthChars :: AttrLabelProxy "maxWidthChars"
cellRendererTextPlaceholderText :: AttrLabelProxy "placeholderText"
cellRendererTextRise :: AttrLabelProxy "rise"
cellRendererTextRiseSet :: AttrLabelProxy "riseSet"
cellRendererTextScale :: AttrLabelProxy "scale"
cellRendererTextScaleSet :: AttrLabelProxy "scaleSet"
cellRendererTextSingleParagraphMode :: AttrLabelProxy "singleParagraphMode"
cellRendererTextSize :: AttrLabelProxy "size"
cellRendererTextSizePoints :: AttrLabelProxy "sizePoints"
cellRendererTextSizeSet :: AttrLabelProxy "sizeSet"
cellRendererTextStretch :: AttrLabelProxy "stretch"
cellRendererTextStretchSet :: AttrLabelProxy "stretchSet"
cellRendererTextStrikethrough :: AttrLabelProxy "strikethrough"
cellRendererTextStrikethroughSet :: AttrLabelProxy "strikethroughSet"
cellRendererTextStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "style"
cellRendererTextStyleSet :: AttrLabelProxy "styleSet"
cellRendererTextText :: AttrLabelProxy "text"
cellRendererTextUnderline :: AttrLabelProxy "underline"
cellRendererTextUnderlineSet :: AttrLabelProxy "underlineSet"
cellRendererTextVariant :: AttrLabelProxy "variant"
cellRendererTextVariantSet :: AttrLabelProxy "variantSet"
cellRendererTextWeight :: AttrLabelProxy "weight"
cellRendererTextWeightSet :: AttrLabelProxy "weightSet"
cellRendererTextWidthChars :: AttrLabelProxy "widthChars"
cellRendererTextWrapMode :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapMode"
cellRendererTextWrapWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapWidth"
cellRendererToggleActivatable :: AttrLabelProxy "activatable"
cellRendererToggleActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
cellRendererToggleInconsistent :: AttrLabelProxy "inconsistent"
cellRendererToggleIndicatorSize :: AttrLabelProxy "indicatorSize"
cellRendererToggleRadio :: AttrLabelProxy "radio"
cellViewBackground :: AttrLabelProxy "background"
cellViewBackgroundGdk :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundGdk"
cellViewBackgroundRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundRgba"
cellViewBackgroundSet :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundSet"
cellViewCellArea :: AttrLabelProxy "cellArea"
cellViewCellAreaContext :: AttrLabelProxy "cellAreaContext"
cellViewDrawSensitive :: AttrLabelProxy "drawSensitive"
cellViewFitModel :: AttrLabelProxy "fitModel"
cellViewModel :: AttrLabelProxy "model"
checkMenuItemActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
checkMenuItemDrawAsRadio :: AttrLabelProxy "drawAsRadio"
checkMenuItemInconsistent :: AttrLabelProxy "inconsistent"
colorButtonAlpha :: AttrLabelProxy "alpha"
colorButtonColor :: AttrLabelProxy "color"
colorButtonRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "rgba"
colorButtonShowEditor :: AttrLabelProxy "showEditor"
colorButtonTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
colorButtonUseAlpha :: AttrLabelProxy "useAlpha"
colorChooserDialogShowEditor :: AttrLabelProxy "showEditor"
colorChooserWidgetShowEditor :: AttrLabelProxy "showEditor"
colorSelectionCurrentAlpha :: AttrLabelProxy "currentAlpha"
colorSelectionCurrentColor :: AttrLabelProxy "currentColor"
colorSelectionCurrentRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "currentRgba"
colorSelectionHasOpacityControl :: AttrLabelProxy "hasOpacityControl"
colorSelectionHasPalette :: AttrLabelProxy "hasPalette"
colorSelectionDialogCancelButton :: AttrLabelProxy "cancelButton"
colorSelectionDialogColorSelection :: AttrLabelProxy "colorSelection"
colorSelectionDialogHelpButton :: AttrLabelProxy "helpButton"
colorSelectionDialogOkButton :: AttrLabelProxy "okButton"
comboBoxActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
comboBoxActiveId :: AttrLabelProxy "activeId"
comboBoxAddTearoffs :: AttrLabelProxy "addTearoffs"
comboBoxButtonSensitivity :: AttrLabelProxy "buttonSensitivity"
comboBoxCellArea :: AttrLabelProxy "cellArea"
comboBoxColumnSpanColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "columnSpanColumn"
comboBoxEntryTextColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "entryTextColumn"
comboBoxHasEntry :: AttrLabelProxy "hasEntry"
comboBoxHasFrame :: AttrLabelProxy "hasFrame"
comboBoxIdColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "idColumn"
comboBoxModel :: AttrLabelProxy "model"
comboBoxPopupFixedWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "popupFixedWidth"
comboBoxPopupShown :: AttrLabelProxy "popupShown"
comboBoxRowSpanColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "rowSpanColumn"
comboBoxTearoffTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "tearoffTitle"
comboBoxWrapWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapWidth"
containerBorderWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "borderWidth"
containerChild :: AttrLabelProxy "child"
containerResizeMode :: AttrLabelProxy "resizeMode"
dialogUseHeaderBar :: AttrLabelProxy "useHeaderBar"
entryActivatesDefault :: AttrLabelProxy "activatesDefault"
entryAttributes :: AttrLabelProxy "attributes"
entryBuffer :: AttrLabelProxy "buffer"
entryCapsLockWarning :: AttrLabelProxy "capsLockWarning"
entryCompletion :: AttrLabelProxy "completion"
entryCursorPosition :: AttrLabelProxy "cursorPosition"
entryEditable :: AttrLabelProxy "editable"
entryEnableEmojiCompletion :: AttrLabelProxy "enableEmojiCompletion"
entryHasFrame :: AttrLabelProxy "hasFrame"
entryImModule :: AttrLabelProxy "imModule"
entryInnerBorder :: AttrLabelProxy "innerBorder"
entryInputHints :: AttrLabelProxy "inputHints"
entryInputPurpose :: AttrLabelProxy "inputPurpose"
entryInvisibleChar :: AttrLabelProxy "invisibleChar"
entryInvisibleCharSet :: AttrLabelProxy "invisibleCharSet"
entryMaxLength :: AttrLabelProxy "maxLength"
entryMaxWidthChars :: AttrLabelProxy "maxWidthChars"
entryOverwriteMode :: AttrLabelProxy "overwriteMode"
entryPlaceholderText :: AttrLabelProxy "placeholderText"
entryPopulateAll :: AttrLabelProxy "populateAll"
entryPrimaryIconActivatable :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconActivatable"
entryPrimaryIconGicon :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconGicon"
entryPrimaryIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconName"
entryPrimaryIconPixbuf :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconPixbuf"
entryPrimaryIconSensitive :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconSensitive"
entryPrimaryIconStock :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconStock"
entryPrimaryIconStorageType :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconStorageType"
entryPrimaryIconTooltipMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconTooltipMarkup"
entryPrimaryIconTooltipText :: AttrLabelProxy "primaryIconTooltipText"
entryProgressFraction :: AttrLabelProxy "progressFraction"
entryProgressPulseStep :: AttrLabelProxy "progressPulseStep"
entryScrollOffset :: AttrLabelProxy "scrollOffset"
entrySecondaryIconActivatable :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconActivatable"
entrySecondaryIconGicon :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconGicon"
entrySecondaryIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconName"
entrySecondaryIconPixbuf :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconPixbuf"
entrySecondaryIconSensitive :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconSensitive"
entrySecondaryIconStock :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconStock"
entrySecondaryIconStorageType :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconStorageType"
entrySecondaryIconTooltipMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconTooltipMarkup"
entrySecondaryIconTooltipText :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryIconTooltipText"
entrySelectionBound :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionBound"
entryShadowType :: AttrLabelProxy "shadowType"
entryShowEmojiIcon :: AttrLabelProxy "showEmojiIcon"
entryTabs :: AttrLabelProxy "tabs"
entryText :: AttrLabelProxy "text"
entryTextLength :: AttrLabelProxy "textLength"
entryTruncateMultiline :: AttrLabelProxy "truncateMultiline"
entryVisibility :: AttrLabelProxy "visibility"
entryWidthChars :: AttrLabelProxy "widthChars"
entryXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "xalign"
entryBufferLength :: AttrLabelProxy "length"
entryBufferMaxLength :: AttrLabelProxy "maxLength"
entryBufferText :: AttrLabelProxy "text"
entryCompletionCellArea :: AttrLabelProxy "cellArea"
entryCompletionInlineCompletion :: AttrLabelProxy "inlineCompletion"
entryCompletionInlineSelection :: AttrLabelProxy "inlineSelection"
entryCompletionMinimumKeyLength :: AttrLabelProxy "minimumKeyLength"
entryCompletionModel :: AttrLabelProxy "model"
entryCompletionPopupCompletion :: AttrLabelProxy "popupCompletion"
entryCompletionPopupSetWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "popupSetWidth"
entryCompletionPopupSingleMatch :: AttrLabelProxy "popupSingleMatch"
entryCompletionTextColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "textColumn"
eventBoxAboveChild :: AttrLabelProxy "aboveChild"
eventBoxVisibleWindow :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleWindow"
eventControllerPropagationPhase :: AttrLabelProxy "propagationPhase"
eventControllerWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "widget"
eventControllerScrollFlags :: AttrLabelProxy "flags"
expanderExpanded :: AttrLabelProxy "expanded"
expanderLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
expanderLabelFill :: AttrLabelProxy "labelFill"
expanderLabelWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "labelWidget"
expanderResizeToplevel :: AttrLabelProxy "resizeToplevel"
expanderSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "spacing"
expanderUseMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "useMarkup"
expanderUseUnderline :: AttrLabelProxy "useUnderline"
fileChooserButtonDialog :: AttrLabelProxy "dialog"
fileChooserButtonTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
fileChooserButtonWidthChars :: AttrLabelProxy "widthChars"
fileChooserNativeAcceptLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "acceptLabel"
fileChooserNativeCancelLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "cancelLabel"
fileChooserWidgetSearchMode :: AttrLabelProxy "searchMode"
fileChooserWidgetSubtitle :: AttrLabelProxy "subtitle"
flowBoxActivateOnSingleClick :: AttrLabelProxy "activateOnSingleClick"
flowBoxColumnSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "columnSpacing"
flowBoxHomogeneous :: AttrLabelProxy "homogeneous"
flowBoxMaxChildrenPerLine :: AttrLabelProxy "maxChildrenPerLine"
flowBoxMinChildrenPerLine :: AttrLabelProxy "minChildrenPerLine"
flowBoxRowSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "rowSpacing"
flowBoxSelectionMode :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionMode"
fontButtonFontName :: AttrLabelProxy "fontName"
fontButtonShowSize :: AttrLabelProxy "showSize"
fontButtonShowStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "showStyle"
fontButtonTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
fontButtonUseFont :: AttrLabelProxy "useFont"
fontButtonUseSize :: AttrLabelProxy "useSize"
fontChooserWidgetTweakAction :: AttrLabelProxy "tweakAction"
fontSelectionFontName :: AttrLabelProxy "fontName"
fontSelectionPreviewText :: AttrLabelProxy "previewText"
frameLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
frameLabelWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "labelWidget"
frameLabelXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "labelXalign"
frameLabelYalign :: AttrLabelProxy "labelYalign"
frameShadowType :: AttrLabelProxy "shadowType"
gLAreaAutoRender :: AttrLabelProxy "autoRender"
gLAreaContext :: AttrLabelProxy "context"
gLAreaHasAlpha :: AttrLabelProxy "hasAlpha"
gLAreaHasDepthBuffer :: AttrLabelProxy "hasDepthBuffer"
gLAreaHasStencilBuffer :: AttrLabelProxy "hasStencilBuffer"
gLAreaUseEs :: AttrLabelProxy "useEs"
gestureNPoints :: AttrLabelProxy "nPoints"
gestureWindow :: AttrLabelProxy "window"
gestureLongPressDelayFactor :: AttrLabelProxy "delayFactor"
gesturePanOrientation :: AttrLabelProxy "orientation"
gestureSingleButton :: AttrLabelProxy "button"
gestureSingleExclusive :: AttrLabelProxy "exclusive"
gestureSingleTouchOnly :: AttrLabelProxy "touchOnly"
gridBaselineRow :: AttrLabelProxy "baselineRow"
gridColumnHomogeneous :: AttrLabelProxy "columnHomogeneous"
gridColumnSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "columnSpacing"
gridRowHomogeneous :: AttrLabelProxy "rowHomogeneous"
gridRowSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "rowSpacing"
handleBoxChildDetached :: AttrLabelProxy "childDetached"
handleBoxHandlePosition :: AttrLabelProxy "handlePosition"
handleBoxShadowType :: AttrLabelProxy "shadowType"
handleBoxSnapEdge :: AttrLabelProxy "snapEdge"
handleBoxSnapEdgeSet :: AttrLabelProxy "snapEdgeSet"
headerBarCustomTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "customTitle"
headerBarDecorationLayout :: AttrLabelProxy "decorationLayout"
headerBarDecorationLayoutSet :: AttrLabelProxy "decorationLayoutSet"
headerBarHasSubtitle :: AttrLabelProxy "hasSubtitle"
headerBarShowCloseButton :: AttrLabelProxy "showCloseButton"
headerBarSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "spacing"
headerBarSubtitle :: AttrLabelProxy "subtitle"
headerBarTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
iMContextInputHints :: AttrLabelProxy "inputHints"
iMContextInputPurpose :: AttrLabelProxy "inputPurpose"
iconViewActivateOnSingleClick :: AttrLabelProxy "activateOnSingleClick"
iconViewCellArea :: AttrLabelProxy "cellArea"
iconViewColumnSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "columnSpacing"
iconViewColumns :: AttrLabelProxy "columns"
iconViewItemOrientation :: AttrLabelProxy "itemOrientation"
iconViewItemPadding :: AttrLabelProxy "itemPadding"
iconViewItemWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "itemWidth"
iconViewMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "margin"
iconViewMarkupColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "markupColumn"
iconViewModel :: AttrLabelProxy "model"
iconViewPixbufColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "pixbufColumn"
iconViewReorderable :: AttrLabelProxy "reorderable"
iconViewRowSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "rowSpacing"
iconViewSelectionMode :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionMode"
iconViewSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "spacing"
iconViewTextColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "textColumn"
iconViewTooltipColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipColumn"
imageFile :: AttrLabelProxy "file"
imageGicon :: AttrLabelProxy "gicon"
imageIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "iconName"
imageIconSet :: AttrLabelProxy "iconSet"
imageIconSize :: AttrLabelProxy "iconSize"
imagePixbuf :: AttrLabelProxy "pixbuf"
imagePixbufAnimation :: AttrLabelProxy "pixbufAnimation"
imagePixelSize :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelSize"
imageResource :: AttrLabelProxy "resource"
imageStock :: AttrLabelProxy "stock"
imageStorageType :: AttrLabelProxy "storageType"
imageSurface :: AttrLabelProxy "surface"
imageUseFallback :: AttrLabelProxy "useFallback"
imageMenuItemAccelGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "accelGroup"
imageMenuItemAlwaysShowImage :: AttrLabelProxy "alwaysShowImage"
imageMenuItemImage :: AttrLabelProxy "image"
imageMenuItemUseStock :: AttrLabelProxy "useStock"
infoBarMessageType :: AttrLabelProxy "messageType"
infoBarRevealed :: AttrLabelProxy "revealed"
infoBarShowCloseButton :: AttrLabelProxy "showCloseButton"
invisibleScreen :: AttrLabelProxy "screen"
labelAngle :: AttrLabelProxy "angle"
labelAttributes :: AttrLabelProxy "attributes"
labelCursorPosition :: AttrLabelProxy "cursorPosition"
labelEllipsize :: AttrLabelProxy "ellipsize"
labelJustify :: AttrLabelProxy "justify"
labelLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
labelLines :: AttrLabelProxy "lines"
labelMaxWidthChars :: AttrLabelProxy "maxWidthChars"
labelMnemonicKeyval :: AttrLabelProxy "mnemonicKeyval"
labelMnemonicWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "mnemonicWidget"
labelPattern :: AttrLabelProxy "pattern"
labelSelectable :: AttrLabelProxy "selectable"
labelSelectionBound :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionBound"
labelSingleLineMode :: AttrLabelProxy "singleLineMode"
labelTrackVisitedLinks :: AttrLabelProxy "trackVisitedLinks"
labelUseMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "useMarkup"
labelUseUnderline :: AttrLabelProxy "useUnderline"
labelWidthChars :: AttrLabelProxy "widthChars"
labelWrap :: AttrLabelProxy "wrap"
labelWrapMode :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapMode"
labelXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "xalign"
labelYalign :: AttrLabelProxy "yalign"
layoutHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "height"
layoutWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "width"
levelBarInverted :: AttrLabelProxy "inverted"
levelBarMaxValue :: AttrLabelProxy "maxValue"
levelBarMinValue :: AttrLabelProxy "minValue"
levelBarMode :: AttrLabelProxy "mode"
levelBarValue :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
linkButtonUri :: AttrLabelProxy "uri"
linkButtonVisited :: AttrLabelProxy "visited"
listBoxActivateOnSingleClick :: AttrLabelProxy "activateOnSingleClick"
listBoxSelectionMode :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionMode"
listBoxRowActivatable :: AttrLabelProxy "activatable"
listBoxRowSelectable :: AttrLabelProxy "selectable"
lockButtonPermission :: AttrLabelProxy "permission"
lockButtonTextLock :: AttrLabelProxy "textLock"
lockButtonTextUnlock :: AttrLabelProxy "textUnlock"
lockButtonTooltipLock :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipLock"
lockButtonTooltipNotAuthorized :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipNotAuthorized"
lockButtonTooltipUnlock :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipUnlock"
menuAccelGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "accelGroup"
menuAccelPath :: AttrLabelProxy "accelPath"
menuActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
menuAnchorHints :: AttrLabelProxy "anchorHints"
menuAttachWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "attachWidget"
menuMenuTypeHint :: AttrLabelProxy "menuTypeHint"
menuMonitor :: AttrLabelProxy "monitor"
menuRectAnchorDx :: AttrLabelProxy "rectAnchorDx"
menuRectAnchorDy :: AttrLabelProxy "rectAnchorDy"
menuReserveToggleSize :: AttrLabelProxy "reserveToggleSize"
menuTearoffState :: AttrLabelProxy "tearoffState"
menuTearoffTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "tearoffTitle"
menuBarChildPackDirection :: AttrLabelProxy "childPackDirection"
menuBarPackDirection :: AttrLabelProxy "packDirection"
menuButtonAlignWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "alignWidget"
menuButtonDirection :: AttrLabelProxy "direction"
menuButtonMenuModel :: AttrLabelProxy "menuModel"
menuButtonPopover :: AttrLabelProxy "popover"
menuButtonPopup :: AttrLabelProxy "popup"
menuButtonUsePopover :: AttrLabelProxy "usePopover"
menuItemAccelPath :: AttrLabelProxy "accelPath"
menuItemLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
menuItemRightJustified :: AttrLabelProxy "rightJustified"
menuItemSubmenu :: AttrLabelProxy "submenu"
menuItemUseUnderline :: AttrLabelProxy "useUnderline"
menuShellTakeFocus :: AttrLabelProxy "takeFocus"
menuToolButtonMenu :: AttrLabelProxy "menu"
messageDialogButtons :: AttrLabelProxy "buttons"
messageDialogImage :: AttrLabelProxy "image"
messageDialogMessageArea :: AttrLabelProxy "messageArea"
messageDialogMessageType :: AttrLabelProxy "messageType"
messageDialogSecondaryText :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryText"
messageDialogSecondaryUseMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "secondaryUseMarkup"
messageDialogText :: AttrLabelProxy "text"
messageDialogUseMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "useMarkup"
miscXalign :: AttrLabelProxy "xalign"
miscXpad :: AttrLabelProxy "xpad"
miscYalign :: AttrLabelProxy "yalign"
miscYpad :: AttrLabelProxy "ypad"
modelButtonActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
modelButtonCentered :: AttrLabelProxy "centered"
modelButtonIcon :: AttrLabelProxy "icon"
modelButtonIconic :: AttrLabelProxy "iconic"
modelButtonInverted :: AttrLabelProxy "inverted"
modelButtonMenuName :: AttrLabelProxy "menuName"
modelButtonRole :: AttrLabelProxy "role"
modelButtonText :: AttrLabelProxy "text"
modelButtonUseMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "useMarkup"
mountOperationParent :: AttrLabelProxy "parent"
mountOperationScreen :: AttrLabelProxy "screen"
nativeDialogModal :: AttrLabelProxy "modal"
nativeDialogTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
nativeDialogTransientFor :: AttrLabelProxy "transientFor"
nativeDialogVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "visible"
notebookEnablePopup :: AttrLabelProxy "enablePopup"
notebookGroupName :: AttrLabelProxy "groupName"
notebookPage :: AttrLabelProxy "page"
notebookScrollable :: AttrLabelProxy "scrollable"
notebookShowBorder :: AttrLabelProxy "showBorder"
notebookShowTabs :: AttrLabelProxy "showTabs"
notebookTabPos :: AttrLabelProxy "tabPos"
numerableIconBackgroundIcon :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundIcon"
numerableIconBackgroundIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundIconName"
numerableIconCount :: AttrLabelProxy "count"
numerableIconLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
numerableIconStyleContext :: AttrLabelProxy "styleContext"
padControllerActionGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "actionGroup"
padControllerPad :: AttrLabelProxy "pad"
panedMaxPosition :: AttrLabelProxy "maxPosition"
panedMinPosition :: AttrLabelProxy "minPosition"
panedPosition :: AttrLabelProxy "position"
panedPositionSet :: AttrLabelProxy "positionSet"
panedWideHandle :: AttrLabelProxy "wideHandle"
placesSidebarLocalOnly :: AttrLabelProxy "localOnly"
placesSidebarLocation :: AttrLabelProxy "location"
placesSidebarOpenFlags :: AttrLabelProxy "openFlags"
placesSidebarPopulateAll :: AttrLabelProxy "populateAll"
placesSidebarShowConnectToServer :: AttrLabelProxy "showConnectToServer"
placesSidebarShowDesktop :: AttrLabelProxy "showDesktop"
placesSidebarShowEnterLocation :: AttrLabelProxy "showEnterLocation"
placesSidebarShowOtherLocations :: AttrLabelProxy "showOtherLocations"
placesSidebarShowRecent :: AttrLabelProxy "showRecent"
placesSidebarShowStarredLocation :: AttrLabelProxy "showStarredLocation"
placesSidebarShowTrash :: AttrLabelProxy "showTrash"
plugEmbedded :: AttrLabelProxy "embedded"
plugSocketWindow :: AttrLabelProxy "socketWindow"
popoverConstrainTo :: AttrLabelProxy "constrainTo"
popoverModal :: AttrLabelProxy "modal"
popoverPointingTo :: AttrLabelProxy "pointingTo"
popoverPosition :: AttrLabelProxy "position"
popoverRelativeTo :: AttrLabelProxy "relativeTo"
popoverTransitionsEnabled :: AttrLabelProxy "transitionsEnabled"
popoverMenuVisibleSubmenu :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleSubmenu"
printOperationAllowAsync :: AttrLabelProxy "allowAsync"
printOperationCurrentPage :: AttrLabelProxy "currentPage"
printOperationCustomTabLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "customTabLabel"
printOperationDefaultPageSetup :: AttrLabelProxy "defaultPageSetup"
printOperationEmbedPageSetup :: AttrLabelProxy "embedPageSetup"
printOperationExportFilename :: AttrLabelProxy "exportFilename"
printOperationHasSelection :: AttrLabelProxy "hasSelection"
printOperationJobName :: AttrLabelProxy "jobName"
printOperationNPages :: AttrLabelProxy "nPages"
printOperationNPagesToPrint :: AttrLabelProxy "nPagesToPrint"
printOperationPrintSettings :: AttrLabelProxy "printSettings"
printOperationShowProgress :: AttrLabelProxy "showProgress"
printOperationStatus :: AttrLabelProxy "status"
printOperationStatusString :: AttrLabelProxy "statusString"
printOperationSupportSelection :: AttrLabelProxy "supportSelection"
printOperationTrackPrintStatus :: AttrLabelProxy "trackPrintStatus"
printOperationUnit :: AttrLabelProxy "unit"
printOperationUseFullPage :: AttrLabelProxy "useFullPage"
progressBarEllipsize :: AttrLabelProxy "ellipsize"
progressBarFraction :: AttrLabelProxy "fraction"
progressBarInverted :: AttrLabelProxy "inverted"
progressBarPulseStep :: AttrLabelProxy "pulseStep"
progressBarShowText :: AttrLabelProxy "showText"
progressBarText :: AttrLabelProxy "text"
radioActionCurrentValue :: AttrLabelProxy "currentValue"
radioActionGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "group"
radioActionValue :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
radioButtonGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "group"
radioMenuItemGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "group"
radioToolButtonGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "group"
rangeAdjustment :: AttrLabelProxy "adjustment"
rangeFillLevel :: AttrLabelProxy "fillLevel"
rangeInverted :: AttrLabelProxy "inverted"
rangeLowerStepperSensitivity :: AttrLabelProxy "lowerStepperSensitivity"
rangeRestrictToFillLevel :: AttrLabelProxy "restrictToFillLevel"
rangeRoundDigits :: AttrLabelProxy "roundDigits"
rangeShowFillLevel :: AttrLabelProxy "showFillLevel"
rangeUpperStepperSensitivity :: AttrLabelProxy "upperStepperSensitivity"
recentActionShowNumbers :: AttrLabelProxy "showNumbers"
recentChooserMenuShowNumbers :: AttrLabelProxy "showNumbers"
recentManagerFilename :: AttrLabelProxy "filename"
recentManagerSize :: AttrLabelProxy "size"
rendererCellAccessibleRenderer :: AttrLabelProxy "renderer"
revealerChildRevealed :: AttrLabelProxy "childRevealed"
revealerRevealChild :: AttrLabelProxy "revealChild"
revealerTransitionDuration :: AttrLabelProxy "transitionDuration"
revealerTransitionType :: AttrLabelProxy "transitionType"
scaleDigits :: AttrLabelProxy "digits"
scaleDrawValue :: AttrLabelProxy "drawValue"
scaleHasOrigin :: AttrLabelProxy "hasOrigin"
scaleValuePos :: AttrLabelProxy "valuePos"
scaleButtonAdjustment :: AttrLabelProxy "adjustment"
scaleButtonIcons :: AttrLabelProxy "icons"
scaleButtonSize :: AttrLabelProxy "size"
scaleButtonValue :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
scrolledWindowHadjustment :: AttrLabelProxy "hadjustment"
scrolledWindowHscrollbarPolicy :: AttrLabelProxy "hscrollbarPolicy"
scrolledWindowKineticScrolling :: AttrLabelProxy "kineticScrolling"
scrolledWindowMaxContentHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "maxContentHeight"
scrolledWindowMaxContentWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "maxContentWidth"
scrolledWindowMinContentHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "minContentHeight"
scrolledWindowMinContentWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "minContentWidth"
scrolledWindowOverlayScrolling :: AttrLabelProxy "overlayScrolling"
scrolledWindowPropagateNaturalHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "propagateNaturalHeight"
scrolledWindowPropagateNaturalWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "propagateNaturalWidth"
scrolledWindowShadowType :: AttrLabelProxy "shadowType"
scrolledWindowVadjustment :: AttrLabelProxy "vadjustment"
scrolledWindowVscrollbarPolicy :: AttrLabelProxy "vscrollbarPolicy"
scrolledWindowWindowPlacement :: AttrLabelProxy "windowPlacement"
scrolledWindowWindowPlacementSet :: AttrLabelProxy "windowPlacementSet"
searchBarSearchModeEnabled :: AttrLabelProxy "searchModeEnabled"
searchBarShowCloseButton :: AttrLabelProxy "showCloseButton"
separatorToolItemDraw :: AttrLabelProxy "draw"
settingsColorHash :: AttrLabelProxy "colorHash"
settingsGtkAlternativeButtonOrder :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkAlternativeButtonOrder"
settingsGtkAlternativeSortArrows :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkAlternativeSortArrows"
settingsGtkApplicationPreferDarkTheme :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkApplicationPreferDarkTheme"
settingsGtkAutoMnemonics :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkAutoMnemonics"
settingsGtkButtonImages :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkButtonImages"
settingsGtkCanChangeAccels :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkCanChangeAccels"
settingsGtkColorPalette :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkColorPalette"
settingsGtkColorScheme :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkColorScheme"
settingsGtkCursorAspectRatio :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkCursorAspectRatio"
settingsGtkCursorBlink :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkCursorBlink"
settingsGtkCursorBlinkTime :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkCursorBlinkTime"
settingsGtkCursorBlinkTimeout :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkCursorBlinkTimeout"
settingsGtkCursorThemeName :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkCursorThemeName"
settingsGtkCursorThemeSize :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkCursorThemeSize"
settingsGtkDecorationLayout :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkDecorationLayout"
settingsGtkDialogsUseHeader :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkDialogsUseHeader"
settingsGtkDndDragThreshold :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkDndDragThreshold"
settingsGtkDoubleClickDistance :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkDoubleClickDistance"
settingsGtkDoubleClickTime :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkDoubleClickTime"
settingsGtkEnableAccels :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEnableAccels"
settingsGtkEnableAnimations :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEnableAnimations"
settingsGtkEnableEventSounds :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEnableEventSounds"
settingsGtkEnableInputFeedbackSounds :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEnableInputFeedbackSounds"
settingsGtkEnableMnemonics :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEnableMnemonics"
settingsGtkEnablePrimaryPaste :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEnablePrimaryPaste"
settingsGtkEnableTooltips :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEnableTooltips"
settingsGtkEntryPasswordHintTimeout :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEntryPasswordHintTimeout"
settingsGtkEntrySelectOnFocus :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkEntrySelectOnFocus"
settingsGtkErrorBell :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkErrorBell"
settingsGtkFallbackIconTheme :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkFallbackIconTheme"
settingsGtkFileChooserBackend :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkFileChooserBackend"
settingsGtkFontName :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkFontName"
settingsGtkFontconfigTimestamp :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkFontconfigTimestamp"
settingsGtkIconSizes :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkIconSizes"
settingsGtkIconThemeName :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkIconThemeName"
settingsGtkImModule :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkImModule"
settingsGtkImPreeditStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkImPreeditStyle"
settingsGtkImStatusStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkImStatusStyle"
settingsGtkKeyThemeName :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkKeyThemeName"
settingsGtkKeynavCursorOnly :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkKeynavCursorOnly"
settingsGtkKeynavUseCaret :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkKeynavUseCaret"
settingsGtkKeynavWrapAround :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkKeynavWrapAround"
settingsGtkLabelSelectOnFocus :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkLabelSelectOnFocus"
settingsGtkLongPressTime :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkLongPressTime"
settingsGtkMenuBarAccel :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkMenuBarAccel"
settingsGtkMenuBarPopupDelay :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkMenuBarPopupDelay"
settingsGtkMenuImages :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkMenuImages"
settingsGtkMenuPopdownDelay :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkMenuPopdownDelay"
settingsGtkMenuPopupDelay :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkMenuPopupDelay"
settingsGtkModules :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkModules"
settingsGtkOverlayScrolling :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkOverlayScrolling"
settingsGtkPrimaryButtonWarpsSlider :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkPrimaryButtonWarpsSlider"
settingsGtkPrintBackends :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkPrintBackends"
settingsGtkPrintPreviewCommand :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkPrintPreviewCommand"
settingsGtkRecentFilesEnabled :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkRecentFilesEnabled"
settingsGtkRecentFilesLimit :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkRecentFilesLimit"
settingsGtkRecentFilesMaxAge :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkRecentFilesMaxAge"
settingsGtkScrolledWindowPlacement :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkScrolledWindowPlacement"
settingsGtkShellShowsAppMenu :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkShellShowsAppMenu"
settingsGtkShellShowsDesktop :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkShellShowsDesktop"
settingsGtkShellShowsMenubar :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkShellShowsMenubar"
settingsGtkShowInputMethodMenu :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkShowInputMethodMenu"
settingsGtkShowUnicodeMenu :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkShowUnicodeMenu"
settingsGtkSoundThemeName :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkSoundThemeName"
settingsGtkSplitCursor :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkSplitCursor"
settingsGtkThemeName :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkThemeName"
settingsGtkTimeoutExpand :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTimeoutExpand"
settingsGtkTimeoutInitial :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTimeoutInitial"
settingsGtkTimeoutRepeat :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTimeoutRepeat"
settingsGtkTitlebarDoubleClick :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTitlebarDoubleClick"
settingsGtkTitlebarMiddleClick :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTitlebarMiddleClick"
settingsGtkTitlebarRightClick :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTitlebarRightClick"
settingsGtkToolbarIconSize :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkToolbarIconSize"
settingsGtkToolbarStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkToolbarStyle"
settingsGtkTooltipBrowseModeTimeout :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTooltipBrowseModeTimeout"
settingsGtkTooltipBrowseTimeout :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTooltipBrowseTimeout"
settingsGtkTooltipTimeout :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTooltipTimeout"
settingsGtkTouchscreenMode :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkTouchscreenMode"
settingsGtkVisibleFocus :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkVisibleFocus"
settingsGtkXftAntialias :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkXftAntialias"
settingsGtkXftDpi :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkXftDpi"
settingsGtkXftHinting :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkXftHinting"
settingsGtkXftHintstyle :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkXftHintstyle"
settingsGtkXftRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "gtkXftRgba"
shortcutLabelAccelerator :: AttrLabelProxy "accelerator"
shortcutLabelDisabledText :: AttrLabelProxy "disabledText"
shortcutsGroupAccelSizeGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "accelSizeGroup"
shortcutsGroupHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "height"
shortcutsGroupTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
shortcutsGroupTitleSizeGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "titleSizeGroup"
shortcutsGroupView :: AttrLabelProxy "view"
shortcutsSectionMaxHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "maxHeight"
shortcutsSectionSectionName :: AttrLabelProxy "sectionName"
shortcutsSectionTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
shortcutsSectionViewName :: AttrLabelProxy "viewName"
shortcutsShortcutAccelSizeGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "accelSizeGroup"
shortcutsShortcutAccelerator :: AttrLabelProxy "accelerator"
shortcutsShortcutActionName :: AttrLabelProxy "actionName"
shortcutsShortcutDirection :: AttrLabelProxy "direction"
shortcutsShortcutIcon :: AttrLabelProxy "icon"
shortcutsShortcutIconSet :: AttrLabelProxy "iconSet"
shortcutsShortcutShortcutType :: AttrLabelProxy "shortcutType"
shortcutsShortcutSubtitle :: AttrLabelProxy "subtitle"
shortcutsShortcutSubtitleSet :: AttrLabelProxy "subtitleSet"
shortcutsShortcutTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
shortcutsShortcutTitleSizeGroup :: AttrLabelProxy "titleSizeGroup"
shortcutsWindowSectionName :: AttrLabelProxy "sectionName"
shortcutsWindowViewName :: AttrLabelProxy "viewName"
sizeGroupIgnoreHidden :: AttrLabelProxy "ignoreHidden"
sizeGroupMode :: AttrLabelProxy "mode"
spinButtonAdjustment :: AttrLabelProxy "adjustment"
spinButtonClimbRate :: AttrLabelProxy "climbRate"
spinButtonDigits :: AttrLabelProxy "digits"
spinButtonNumeric :: AttrLabelProxy "numeric"
spinButtonSnapToTicks :: AttrLabelProxy "snapToTicks"
spinButtonUpdatePolicy :: AttrLabelProxy "updatePolicy"
spinButtonValue :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
spinButtonWrap :: AttrLabelProxy "wrap"
spinnerActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
stackHhomogeneous :: AttrLabelProxy "hhomogeneous"
stackHomogeneous :: AttrLabelProxy "homogeneous"
stackInterpolateSize :: AttrLabelProxy "interpolateSize"
stackTransitionDuration :: AttrLabelProxy "transitionDuration"
stackTransitionRunning :: AttrLabelProxy "transitionRunning"
stackTransitionType :: AttrLabelProxy "transitionType"
stackVhomogeneous :: AttrLabelProxy "vhomogeneous"
stackVisibleChild :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleChild"
stackVisibleChildName :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleChildName"
stackSidebarStack :: AttrLabelProxy "stack"
stackSwitcherIconSize :: AttrLabelProxy "iconSize"
stackSwitcherStack :: AttrLabelProxy "stack"
statusIconEmbedded :: AttrLabelProxy "embedded"
statusIconFile :: AttrLabelProxy "file"
statusIconGicon :: AttrLabelProxy "gicon"
statusIconHasTooltip :: AttrLabelProxy "hasTooltip"
statusIconIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "iconName"
statusIconOrientation :: AttrLabelProxy "orientation"
statusIconPixbuf :: AttrLabelProxy "pixbuf"
statusIconScreen :: AttrLabelProxy "screen"
statusIconSize :: AttrLabelProxy "size"
statusIconStock :: AttrLabelProxy "stock"
statusIconStorageType :: AttrLabelProxy "storageType"
statusIconTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
statusIconTooltipMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipMarkup"
statusIconTooltipText :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipText"
statusIconVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "visible"
styleContext :: AttrLabelProxy "context"
styleContextDirection :: AttrLabelProxy "direction"
styleContextPaintClock :: AttrLabelProxy "paintClock"
styleContextParent :: AttrLabelProxy "parent"
styleContextScreen :: AttrLabelProxy "screen"
switchActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
switchState :: AttrLabelProxy "state"
tableColumnSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "columnSpacing"
tableHomogeneous :: AttrLabelProxy "homogeneous"
tableNColumns :: AttrLabelProxy "nColumns"
tableNRows :: AttrLabelProxy "nRows"
tableRowSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "rowSpacing"
textBufferCopyTargetList :: AttrLabelProxy "copyTargetList"
textBufferCursorPosition :: AttrLabelProxy "cursorPosition"
textBufferHasSelection :: AttrLabelProxy "hasSelection"
textBufferPasteTargetList :: AttrLabelProxy "pasteTargetList"
textBufferTagTable :: AttrLabelProxy "tagTable"
textBufferText :: AttrLabelProxy "text"
textMarkLeftGravity :: AttrLabelProxy "leftGravity"
textMarkName :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
textTagAccumulativeMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "accumulativeMargin"
textTagBackground :: AttrLabelProxy "background"
textTagBackgroundFullHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundFullHeight"
textTagBackgroundFullHeightSet :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundFullHeightSet"
textTagBackgroundGdk :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundGdk"
textTagBackgroundRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundRgba"
textTagBackgroundSet :: AttrLabelProxy "backgroundSet"
textTagDirection :: AttrLabelProxy "direction"
textTagEditable :: AttrLabelProxy "editable"
textTagEditableSet :: AttrLabelProxy "editableSet"
textTagFallback :: AttrLabelProxy "fallback"
textTagFallbackSet :: AttrLabelProxy "fallbackSet"
textTagFamily :: AttrLabelProxy "family"
textTagFamilySet :: AttrLabelProxy "familySet"
textTagFont :: AttrLabelProxy "font"
textTagFontDesc :: AttrLabelProxy "fontDesc"
textTagFontFeatures :: AttrLabelProxy "fontFeatures"
textTagFontFeaturesSet :: AttrLabelProxy "fontFeaturesSet"
textTagForeground :: AttrLabelProxy "foreground"
textTagForegroundGdk :: AttrLabelProxy "foregroundGdk"
textTagForegroundRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "foregroundRgba"
textTagForegroundSet :: AttrLabelProxy "foregroundSet"
textTagIndent :: AttrLabelProxy "indent"
textTagIndentSet :: AttrLabelProxy "indentSet"
textTagInvisible :: AttrLabelProxy "invisible"
textTagInvisibleSet :: AttrLabelProxy "invisibleSet"
textTagJustification :: AttrLabelProxy "justification"
textTagJustificationSet :: AttrLabelProxy "justificationSet"
textTagLanguage :: AttrLabelProxy "language"
textTagLanguageSet :: AttrLabelProxy "languageSet"
textTagLeftMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "leftMargin"
textTagLeftMarginSet :: AttrLabelProxy "leftMarginSet"
textTagLetterSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "letterSpacing"
textTagLetterSpacingSet :: AttrLabelProxy "letterSpacingSet"
textTagName :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
textTagParagraphBackground :: AttrLabelProxy "paragraphBackground"
textTagParagraphBackgroundGdk :: AttrLabelProxy "paragraphBackgroundGdk"
textTagParagraphBackgroundRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "paragraphBackgroundRgba"
textTagParagraphBackgroundSet :: AttrLabelProxy "paragraphBackgroundSet"
textTagPixelsAboveLines :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsAboveLines"
textTagPixelsAboveLinesSet :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsAboveLinesSet"
textTagPixelsBelowLines :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsBelowLines"
textTagPixelsBelowLinesSet :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsBelowLinesSet"
textTagPixelsInsideWrap :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsInsideWrap"
textTagPixelsInsideWrapSet :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsInsideWrapSet"
textTagRightMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "rightMargin"
textTagRightMarginSet :: AttrLabelProxy "rightMarginSet"
textTagRise :: AttrLabelProxy "rise"
textTagRiseSet :: AttrLabelProxy "riseSet"
textTagScale :: AttrLabelProxy "scale"
textTagScaleSet :: AttrLabelProxy "scaleSet"
textTagSize :: AttrLabelProxy "size"
textTagSizePoints :: AttrLabelProxy "sizePoints"
textTagSizeSet :: AttrLabelProxy "sizeSet"
textTagStretch :: AttrLabelProxy "stretch"
textTagStretchSet :: AttrLabelProxy "stretchSet"
textTagStrikethrough :: AttrLabelProxy "strikethrough"
textTagStrikethroughRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "strikethroughRgba"
textTagStrikethroughRgbaSet :: AttrLabelProxy "strikethroughRgbaSet"
textTagStrikethroughSet :: AttrLabelProxy "strikethroughSet"
textTagStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "style"
textTagStyleSet :: AttrLabelProxy "styleSet"
textTagTabs :: AttrLabelProxy "tabs"
textTagTabsSet :: AttrLabelProxy "tabsSet"
textTagUnderline :: AttrLabelProxy "underline"
textTagUnderlineRgba :: AttrLabelProxy "underlineRgba"
textTagUnderlineRgbaSet :: AttrLabelProxy "underlineRgbaSet"
textTagUnderlineSet :: AttrLabelProxy "underlineSet"
textTagVariant :: AttrLabelProxy "variant"
textTagVariantSet :: AttrLabelProxy "variantSet"
textTagWeight :: AttrLabelProxy "weight"
textTagWeightSet :: AttrLabelProxy "weightSet"
textTagWrapMode :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapMode"
textTagWrapModeSet :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapModeSet"
textViewAcceptsTab :: AttrLabelProxy "acceptsTab"
textViewBottomMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "bottomMargin"
textViewBuffer :: AttrLabelProxy "buffer"
textViewCursorVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "cursorVisible"
textViewEditable :: AttrLabelProxy "editable"
textViewImModule :: AttrLabelProxy "imModule"
textViewIndent :: AttrLabelProxy "indent"
textViewInputHints :: AttrLabelProxy "inputHints"
textViewInputPurpose :: AttrLabelProxy "inputPurpose"
textViewJustification :: AttrLabelProxy "justification"
textViewLeftMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "leftMargin"
textViewMonospace :: AttrLabelProxy "monospace"
textViewOverwrite :: AttrLabelProxy "overwrite"
textViewPixelsAboveLines :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsAboveLines"
textViewPixelsBelowLines :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsBelowLines"
textViewPixelsInsideWrap :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsInsideWrap"
textViewPopulateAll :: AttrLabelProxy "populateAll"
textViewRightMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "rightMargin"
textViewTabs :: AttrLabelProxy "tabs"
textViewTopMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "topMargin"
textViewWrapMode :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapMode"
themingEngineName :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
toggleActionActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
toggleActionDrawAsRadio :: AttrLabelProxy "drawAsRadio"
toggleButtonActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
toggleButtonDrawIndicator :: AttrLabelProxy "drawIndicator"
toggleButtonInconsistent :: AttrLabelProxy "inconsistent"
toggleToolButtonActive :: AttrLabelProxy "active"
toolButtonIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "iconName"
toolButtonIconWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "iconWidget"
toolButtonLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
toolButtonLabelWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "labelWidget"
toolButtonStockId :: AttrLabelProxy "stockId"
toolButtonUseUnderline :: AttrLabelProxy "useUnderline"
toolItemIsImportant :: AttrLabelProxy "isImportant"
toolItemVisibleHorizontal :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleHorizontal"
toolItemVisibleVertical :: AttrLabelProxy "visibleVertical"
toolItemGroupCollapsed :: AttrLabelProxy "collapsed"
toolItemGroupEllipsize :: AttrLabelProxy "ellipsize"
toolItemGroupHeaderRelief :: AttrLabelProxy "headerRelief"
toolItemGroupLabel :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
toolItemGroupLabelWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "labelWidget"
toolPaletteIconSize :: AttrLabelProxy "iconSize"
toolPaletteIconSizeSet :: AttrLabelProxy "iconSizeSet"
toolPaletteToolbarStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "toolbarStyle"
toolbarIconSize :: AttrLabelProxy "iconSize"
toolbarIconSizeSet :: AttrLabelProxy "iconSizeSet"
toolbarShowArrow :: AttrLabelProxy "showArrow"
toolbarToolbarStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "toolbarStyle"
treeModelFilterChildModel :: AttrLabelProxy "childModel"
treeModelFilterVirtualRoot :: AttrLabelProxy "virtualRoot"
treeModelSortModel :: AttrLabelProxy "model"
treeSelectionMode :: AttrLabelProxy "mode"
treeViewActivateOnSingleClick :: AttrLabelProxy "activateOnSingleClick"
treeViewEnableGridLines :: AttrLabelProxy "enableGridLines"
treeViewEnableSearch :: AttrLabelProxy "enableSearch"
treeViewEnableTreeLines :: AttrLabelProxy "enableTreeLines"
treeViewExpanderColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "expanderColumn"
treeViewFixedHeightMode :: AttrLabelProxy "fixedHeightMode"
treeViewHeadersClickable :: AttrLabelProxy "headersClickable"
treeViewHeadersVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "headersVisible"
treeViewHoverExpand :: AttrLabelProxy "hoverExpand"
treeViewHoverSelection :: AttrLabelProxy "hoverSelection"
treeViewLevelIndentation :: AttrLabelProxy "levelIndentation"
treeViewModel :: AttrLabelProxy "model"
treeViewReorderable :: AttrLabelProxy "reorderable"
treeViewRubberBanding :: AttrLabelProxy "rubberBanding"
treeViewRulesHint :: AttrLabelProxy "rulesHint"
treeViewSearchColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "searchColumn"
treeViewShowExpanders :: AttrLabelProxy "showExpanders"
treeViewTooltipColumn :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipColumn"
treeViewColumnAlignment :: AttrLabelProxy "alignment"
treeViewColumnCellArea :: AttrLabelProxy "cellArea"
treeViewColumnClickable :: AttrLabelProxy "clickable"
treeViewColumnExpand :: AttrLabelProxy "expand"
treeViewColumnFixedWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "fixedWidth"
treeViewColumnMaxWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "maxWidth"
treeViewColumnMinWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "minWidth"
treeViewColumnReorderable :: AttrLabelProxy "reorderable"
treeViewColumnResizable :: AttrLabelProxy "resizable"
treeViewColumnSizing :: AttrLabelProxy "sizing"
treeViewColumnSortColumnId :: AttrLabelProxy "sortColumnId"
treeViewColumnSortIndicator :: AttrLabelProxy "sortIndicator"
treeViewColumnSortOrder :: AttrLabelProxy "sortOrder"
treeViewColumnSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "spacing"
treeViewColumnTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
treeViewColumnVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "visible"
treeViewColumnWidget :: AttrLabelProxy "widget"
treeViewColumnWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "width"
treeViewColumnXOffset :: AttrLabelProxy "xOffset"
uIManagerAddTearoffs :: AttrLabelProxy "addTearoffs"
uIManagerUi :: AttrLabelProxy "ui"
viewportShadowType :: AttrLabelProxy "shadowType"
volumeButtonUseSymbolic :: AttrLabelProxy "useSymbolic"
widgetAppPaintable :: AttrLabelProxy "appPaintable"
widgetCanDefault :: AttrLabelProxy "canDefault"
widgetCanFocus :: AttrLabelProxy "canFocus"
widgetCompositeChild :: AttrLabelProxy "compositeChild"
widgetDoubleBuffered :: AttrLabelProxy "doubleBuffered"
widgetEvents :: AttrLabelProxy "events"
widgetExpand :: AttrLabelProxy "expand"
widgetFocusOnClick :: AttrLabelProxy "focusOnClick"
widgetHalign :: AttrLabelProxy "halign"
widgetHasTooltip :: AttrLabelProxy "hasTooltip"
widgetHeightRequest :: AttrLabelProxy "heightRequest"
widgetHexpand :: AttrLabelProxy "hexpand"
widgetHexpandSet :: AttrLabelProxy "hexpandSet"
widgetMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "margin"
widgetMarginBottom :: AttrLabelProxy "marginBottom"
widgetMarginEnd :: AttrLabelProxy "marginEnd"
widgetMarginLeft :: AttrLabelProxy "marginLeft"
widgetMarginRight :: AttrLabelProxy "marginRight"
widgetMarginStart :: AttrLabelProxy "marginStart"
widgetMarginTop :: AttrLabelProxy "marginTop"
widgetName :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
widgetNoShowAll :: AttrLabelProxy "noShowAll"
widgetOpacity :: AttrLabelProxy "opacity"
widgetParent :: AttrLabelProxy "parent"
widgetReceivesDefault :: AttrLabelProxy "receivesDefault"
widgetScaleFactor :: AttrLabelProxy "scaleFactor"
widgetSensitive :: AttrLabelProxy "sensitive"
widgetStyle :: AttrLabelProxy "style"
widgetTooltipMarkup :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipMarkup"
widgetTooltipText :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltipText"
widgetValign :: AttrLabelProxy "valign"
widgetVexpand :: AttrLabelProxy "vexpand"
widgetVexpandSet :: AttrLabelProxy "vexpandSet"
widgetVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "visible"
widgetWidthRequest :: AttrLabelProxy "widthRequest"
widgetWindow :: AttrLabelProxy "window"
windowAcceptFocus :: AttrLabelProxy "acceptFocus"
windowApplication :: AttrLabelProxy "application"
windowAttachedTo :: AttrLabelProxy "attachedTo"
windowDecorated :: AttrLabelProxy "decorated"
windowDefaultHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "defaultHeight"
windowDefaultWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "defaultWidth"
windowDeletable :: AttrLabelProxy "deletable"
windowDestroyWithParent :: AttrLabelProxy "destroyWithParent"
windowFocusOnMap :: AttrLabelProxy "focusOnMap"
windowFocusVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "focusVisible"
windowGravity :: AttrLabelProxy "gravity"
windowHasResizeGrip :: AttrLabelProxy "hasResizeGrip"
windowHideTitlebarWhenMaximized :: AttrLabelProxy "hideTitlebarWhenMaximized"
windowIcon :: AttrLabelProxy "icon"
windowIconName :: AttrLabelProxy "iconName"
windowMnemonicsVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "mnemonicsVisible"
windowModal :: AttrLabelProxy "modal"
windowResizable :: AttrLabelProxy "resizable"
windowResizeGripVisible :: AttrLabelProxy "resizeGripVisible"
windowRole :: AttrLabelProxy "role"
windowScreen :: AttrLabelProxy "screen"
windowSkipPagerHint :: AttrLabelProxy "skipPagerHint"
windowSkipTaskbarHint :: AttrLabelProxy "skipTaskbarHint"
windowStartupId :: AttrLabelProxy "startupId"
windowTitle :: AttrLabelProxy "title"
windowTransientFor :: AttrLabelProxy "transientFor"
windowType :: AttrLabelProxy "type"
windowTypeHint :: AttrLabelProxy "typeHint"
windowUrgencyHint :: AttrLabelProxy "urgencyHint"
windowWindowPosition :: AttrLabelProxy "windowPosition"
accelGroupEntry_accelPathQuark :: AttrLabelProxy "accelPathQuark"
accelGroupEntry_closure :: AttrLabelProxy "closure"
accelGroupEntry_key :: AttrLabelProxy "key"
accelKey_accelFlags :: AttrLabelProxy "accelFlags"
accelKey_accelKey :: AttrLabelProxy "accelKey"
accelKey_accelMods :: AttrLabelProxy "accelMods"
actionEntry_accelerator :: AttrLabelProxy "accelerator"
actionEntry_callback :: AttrLabelProxy "callback"
actionEntry_label :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
actionEntry_name :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
actionEntry_stockId :: AttrLabelProxy "stockId"
actionEntry_tooltip :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltip"
bindingArg_argType :: AttrLabelProxy "argType"
bindingEntry_bindingSet :: AttrLabelProxy "bindingSet"
bindingEntry_destroyed :: AttrLabelProxy "destroyed"
bindingEntry_hashNext :: AttrLabelProxy "hashNext"
bindingEntry_inEmission :: AttrLabelProxy "inEmission"
bindingEntry_keyval :: AttrLabelProxy "keyval"
bindingEntry_marksUnbound :: AttrLabelProxy "marksUnbound"
bindingEntry_modifiers :: AttrLabelProxy "modifiers"
bindingEntry_setNext :: AttrLabelProxy "setNext"
bindingEntry_signals :: AttrLabelProxy "signals"
bindingSet_classBranchPspecs :: AttrLabelProxy "classBranchPspecs"
bindingSet_current :: AttrLabelProxy "current"
bindingSet_entries :: AttrLabelProxy "entries"
bindingSet_parsed :: AttrLabelProxy "parsed"
bindingSet_priority :: AttrLabelProxy "priority"
bindingSet_setName :: AttrLabelProxy "setName"
bindingSet_widgetClassPspecs :: AttrLabelProxy "widgetClassPspecs"
bindingSet_widgetPathPspecs :: AttrLabelProxy "widgetPathPspecs"
bindingSignal_nArgs :: AttrLabelProxy "nArgs"
bindingSignal_next :: AttrLabelProxy "next"
bindingSignal_signalName :: AttrLabelProxy "signalName"
border_bottom :: AttrLabelProxy "bottom"
border_left :: AttrLabelProxy "left"
border_right :: AttrLabelProxy "right"
border_top :: AttrLabelProxy "top"
containerClass_add :: AttrLabelProxy "add"
containerClass_checkResize :: AttrLabelProxy "checkResize"
containerClass_childType :: AttrLabelProxy "childType"
containerClass_compositeName :: AttrLabelProxy "compositeName"
containerClass_forall :: AttrLabelProxy "forall"
containerClass_getChildProperty :: AttrLabelProxy "getChildProperty"
containerClass_getPathForChild :: AttrLabelProxy "getPathForChild"
containerClass_parentClass :: AttrLabelProxy "parentClass"
containerClass_remove :: AttrLabelProxy "remove"
containerClass_setChildProperty :: AttrLabelProxy "setChildProperty"
containerClass_setFocusChild :: AttrLabelProxy "setFocusChild"
fileFilterInfo_contains :: AttrLabelProxy "contains"
fileFilterInfo_displayName :: AttrLabelProxy "displayName"
fileFilterInfo_filename :: AttrLabelProxy "filename"
fileFilterInfo_mimeType :: AttrLabelProxy "mimeType"
fileFilterInfo_uri :: AttrLabelProxy "uri"
fixedChild_widget :: AttrLabelProxy "widget"
fixedChild_x :: AttrLabelProxy "x"
fixedChild_y :: AttrLabelProxy "y"
iMContextInfo_contextId :: AttrLabelProxy "contextId"
iMContextInfo_contextName :: AttrLabelProxy "contextName"
iMContextInfo_defaultLocales :: AttrLabelProxy "defaultLocales"
iMContextInfo_domain :: AttrLabelProxy "domain"
iMContextInfo_domainDirname :: AttrLabelProxy "domainDirname"
padActionEntry_actionName :: AttrLabelProxy "actionName"
padActionEntry_index :: AttrLabelProxy "index"
padActionEntry_label :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
padActionEntry_mode :: AttrLabelProxy "mode"
padActionEntry_type :: AttrLabelProxy "type"
pageRange_end :: AttrLabelProxy "end"
pageRange_start :: AttrLabelProxy "start"
radioActionEntry_accelerator :: AttrLabelProxy "accelerator"
radioActionEntry_label :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
radioActionEntry_name :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
radioActionEntry_stockId :: AttrLabelProxy "stockId"
radioActionEntry_tooltip :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltip"
radioActionEntry_value :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
rcProperty_origin :: AttrLabelProxy "origin"
rcProperty_propertyName :: AttrLabelProxy "propertyName"
rcProperty_typeName :: AttrLabelProxy "typeName"
rcProperty_value :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
recentData_appExec :: AttrLabelProxy "appExec"
recentData_appName :: AttrLabelProxy "appName"
recentData_description :: AttrLabelProxy "description"
recentData_displayName :: AttrLabelProxy "displayName"
recentData_groups :: AttrLabelProxy "groups"
recentData_isPrivate :: AttrLabelProxy "isPrivate"
recentData_mimeType :: AttrLabelProxy "mimeType"
recentFilterInfo_age :: AttrLabelProxy "age"
recentFilterInfo_applications :: AttrLabelProxy "applications"
recentFilterInfo_contains :: AttrLabelProxy "contains"
recentFilterInfo_displayName :: AttrLabelProxy "displayName"
recentFilterInfo_groups :: AttrLabelProxy "groups"
recentFilterInfo_mimeType :: AttrLabelProxy "mimeType"
recentFilterInfo_uri :: AttrLabelProxy "uri"
requestedSize_data :: AttrLabelProxy "data"
requestedSize_minimumSize :: AttrLabelProxy "minimumSize"
requestedSize_naturalSize :: AttrLabelProxy "naturalSize"
requisition_height :: AttrLabelProxy "height"
requisition_width :: AttrLabelProxy "width"
settingsValue_origin :: AttrLabelProxy "origin"
settingsValue_value :: AttrLabelProxy "value"
stockItem_keyval :: AttrLabelProxy "keyval"
stockItem_label :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
stockItem_modifier :: AttrLabelProxy "modifier"
stockItem_stockId :: AttrLabelProxy "stockId"
stockItem_translationDomain :: AttrLabelProxy "translationDomain"
tableChild_bottomAttach :: AttrLabelProxy "bottomAttach"
tableChild_leftAttach :: AttrLabelProxy "leftAttach"
tableChild_rightAttach :: AttrLabelProxy "rightAttach"
tableChild_topAttach :: AttrLabelProxy "topAttach"
tableChild_widget :: AttrLabelProxy "widget"
tableChild_xexpand :: AttrLabelProxy "xexpand"
tableChild_xfill :: AttrLabelProxy "xfill"
tableChild_xpadding :: AttrLabelProxy "xpadding"
tableChild_xshrink :: AttrLabelProxy "xshrink"
tableChild_yexpand :: AttrLabelProxy "yexpand"
tableChild_yfill :: AttrLabelProxy "yfill"
tableChild_ypadding :: AttrLabelProxy "ypadding"
tableChild_yshrink :: AttrLabelProxy "yshrink"
tableRowCol_allocation :: AttrLabelProxy "allocation"
tableRowCol_empty :: AttrLabelProxy "empty"
tableRowCol_expand :: AttrLabelProxy "expand"
tableRowCol_needExpand :: AttrLabelProxy "needExpand"
tableRowCol_needShrink :: AttrLabelProxy "needShrink"
tableRowCol_requisition :: AttrLabelProxy "requisition"
tableRowCol_shrink :: AttrLabelProxy "shrink"
tableRowCol_spacing :: AttrLabelProxy "spacing"
targetEntry_flags :: AttrLabelProxy "flags"
targetEntry_info :: AttrLabelProxy "info"
targetEntry_target :: AttrLabelProxy "target"
targetPair_flags :: AttrLabelProxy "flags"
targetPair_info :: AttrLabelProxy "info"
targetPair_target :: AttrLabelProxy "target"
textAppearance_bgColor :: AttrLabelProxy "bgColor"
textAppearance_drawBg :: AttrLabelProxy "drawBg"
textAppearance_fgColor :: AttrLabelProxy "fgColor"
textAppearance_insideSelection :: AttrLabelProxy "insideSelection"
textAppearance_isText :: AttrLabelProxy "isText"
textAppearance_rise :: AttrLabelProxy "rise"
textAppearance_strikethrough :: AttrLabelProxy "strikethrough"
textAppearance_underline :: AttrLabelProxy "underline"
textAttributes_appearance :: AttrLabelProxy "appearance"
textAttributes_bgFullHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "bgFullHeight"
textAttributes_direction :: AttrLabelProxy "direction"
textAttributes_editable :: AttrLabelProxy "editable"
textAttributes_font :: AttrLabelProxy "font"
textAttributes_fontScale :: AttrLabelProxy "fontScale"
textAttributes_indent :: AttrLabelProxy "indent"
textAttributes_invisible :: AttrLabelProxy "invisible"
textAttributes_justification :: AttrLabelProxy "justification"
textAttributes_language :: AttrLabelProxy "language"
textAttributes_leftMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "leftMargin"
textAttributes_letterSpacing :: AttrLabelProxy "letterSpacing"
textAttributes_noFallback :: AttrLabelProxy "noFallback"
textAttributes_pixelsAboveLines :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsAboveLines"
textAttributes_pixelsBelowLines :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsBelowLines"
textAttributes_pixelsInsideWrap :: AttrLabelProxy "pixelsInsideWrap"
textAttributes_rightMargin :: AttrLabelProxy "rightMargin"
textAttributes_tabs :: AttrLabelProxy "tabs"
textAttributes_wrapMode :: AttrLabelProxy "wrapMode"
toggleActionEntry_accelerator :: AttrLabelProxy "accelerator"
toggleActionEntry_callback :: AttrLabelProxy "callback"
toggleActionEntry_isActive :: AttrLabelProxy "isActive"
toggleActionEntry_label :: AttrLabelProxy "label"
toggleActionEntry_name :: AttrLabelProxy "name"
toggleActionEntry_stockId :: AttrLabelProxy "stockId"
toggleActionEntry_tooltip :: AttrLabelProxy "tooltip"
treeIter_stamp :: AttrLabelProxy "stamp"
treeIter_userData :: AttrLabelProxy "userData"
treeIter_userData2 :: AttrLabelProxy "userData2"
treeIter_userData3 :: AttrLabelProxy "userData3"
widgetClass_activateSignal :: AttrLabelProxy "activateSignal"
widgetClass_adjustBaselineAllocation :: AttrLabelProxy "adjustBaselineAllocation"
widgetClass_adjustBaselineRequest :: AttrLabelProxy "adjustBaselineRequest"
widgetClass_adjustSizeAllocation :: AttrLabelProxy "adjustSizeAllocation"
widgetClass_adjustSizeRequest :: AttrLabelProxy "adjustSizeRequest"
widgetClass_buttonPressEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "buttonPressEvent"
widgetClass_buttonReleaseEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "buttonReleaseEvent"
widgetClass_canActivateAccel :: AttrLabelProxy "canActivateAccel"
widgetClass_childNotify :: AttrLabelProxy "childNotify"
widgetClass_compositedChanged :: AttrLabelProxy "compositedChanged"
widgetClass_computeExpand :: AttrLabelProxy "computeExpand"
widgetClass_configureEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "configureEvent"
widgetClass_damageEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "damageEvent"
widgetClass_deleteEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "deleteEvent"
widgetClass_destroy :: AttrLabelProxy "destroy"
widgetClass_destroyEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "destroyEvent"
widgetClass_directionChanged :: AttrLabelProxy "directionChanged"
widgetClass_dispatchChildPropertiesChanged :: AttrLabelProxy "dispatchChildPropertiesChanged"
widgetClass_dragBegin :: AttrLabelProxy "dragBegin"
widgetClass_dragDataDelete :: AttrLabelProxy "dragDataDelete"
widgetClass_dragDataGet :: AttrLabelProxy "dragDataGet"
widgetClass_dragDataReceived :: AttrLabelProxy "dragDataReceived"
widgetClass_dragDrop :: AttrLabelProxy "dragDrop"
widgetClass_dragEnd :: AttrLabelProxy "dragEnd"
widgetClass_dragFailed :: AttrLabelProxy "dragFailed"
widgetClass_dragLeave :: AttrLabelProxy "dragLeave"
widgetClass_dragMotion :: AttrLabelProxy "dragMotion"
widgetClass_draw :: AttrLabelProxy "draw"
widgetClass_enterNotifyEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "enterNotifyEvent"
widgetClass_event :: AttrLabelProxy "event"
widgetClass_focus :: AttrLabelProxy "focus"
widgetClass_focusInEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "focusInEvent"
widgetClass_focusOutEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "focusOutEvent"
widgetClass_getAccessible :: AttrLabelProxy "getAccessible"
widgetClass_getPreferredHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "getPreferredHeight"
widgetClass_getPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "getPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidth"
widgetClass_getPreferredHeightForWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "getPreferredHeightForWidth"
widgetClass_getPreferredWidth :: AttrLabelProxy "getPreferredWidth"
widgetClass_getPreferredWidthForHeight :: AttrLabelProxy "getPreferredWidthForHeight"
widgetClass_getRequestMode :: AttrLabelProxy "getRequestMode"
widgetClass_grabBrokenEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "grabBrokenEvent"
widgetClass_grabFocus :: AttrLabelProxy "grabFocus"
widgetClass_grabNotify :: AttrLabelProxy "grabNotify"
widgetClass_hide :: AttrLabelProxy "hide"
widgetClass_hierarchyChanged :: AttrLabelProxy "hierarchyChanged"
widgetClass_keyPressEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "keyPressEvent"
widgetClass_keyReleaseEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "keyReleaseEvent"
widgetClass_keynavFailed :: AttrLabelProxy "keynavFailed"
widgetClass_leaveNotifyEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "leaveNotifyEvent"
widgetClass_map :: AttrLabelProxy "map"
widgetClass_mapEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "mapEvent"
widgetClass_mnemonicActivate :: AttrLabelProxy "mnemonicActivate"
widgetClass_motionNotifyEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "motionNotifyEvent"
widgetClass_moveFocus :: AttrLabelProxy "moveFocus"
widgetClass_parentClass :: AttrLabelProxy "parentClass"
widgetClass_parentSet :: AttrLabelProxy "parentSet"
widgetClass_popupMenu :: AttrLabelProxy "popupMenu"
widgetClass_propertyNotifyEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "propertyNotifyEvent"
widgetClass_proximityInEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "proximityInEvent"
widgetClass_proximityOutEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "proximityOutEvent"
widgetClass_queryTooltip :: AttrLabelProxy "queryTooltip"
widgetClass_queueDrawRegion :: AttrLabelProxy "queueDrawRegion"
widgetClass_realize :: AttrLabelProxy "realize"
widgetClass_screenChanged :: AttrLabelProxy "screenChanged"
widgetClass_scrollEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "scrollEvent"
widgetClass_selectionClearEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionClearEvent"
widgetClass_selectionGet :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionGet"
widgetClass_selectionNotifyEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionNotifyEvent"
widgetClass_selectionReceived :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionReceived"
widgetClass_selectionRequestEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "selectionRequestEvent"
widgetClass_show :: AttrLabelProxy "show"
widgetClass_showAll :: AttrLabelProxy "showAll"
widgetClass_showHelp :: AttrLabelProxy "showHelp"
widgetClass_sizeAllocate :: AttrLabelProxy "sizeAllocate"
widgetClass_stateChanged :: AttrLabelProxy "stateChanged"
widgetClass_stateFlagsChanged :: AttrLabelProxy "stateFlagsChanged"
widgetClass_styleSet :: AttrLabelProxy "styleSet"
widgetClass_styleUpdated :: AttrLabelProxy "styleUpdated"
widgetClass_touchEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "touchEvent"
widgetClass_unmap :: AttrLabelProxy "unmap"
widgetClass_unmapEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "unmapEvent"
widgetClass_unrealize :: AttrLabelProxy "unrealize"
widgetClass_visibilityNotifyEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "visibilityNotifyEvent"
widgetClass_windowStateEvent :: AttrLabelProxy "windowStateEvent"
data ActionableActionNamePropertyInfo
data ActionableActionTargetPropertyInfo
data ActionableGetActionNameMethodInfo
data ActionableGetActionTargetValueMethodInfo
data ActionableSetActionNameMethodInfo
data ActionableSetActionTargetValueMethodInfo
data ActionableSetDetailedActionNameMethodInfo
type family ResolveActionableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ActivatableDoSetRelatedActionMethodInfo
data ActivatableGetRelatedActionMethodInfo
data ActivatableGetUseActionAppearanceMethodInfo
data ActivatableRelatedActionPropertyInfo
data ActivatableSetRelatedActionMethodInfo
data ActivatableSetUseActionAppearanceMethodInfo
data ActivatableSyncActionPropertiesMethodInfo
data ActivatableUseActionAppearancePropertyInfo
type family ResolveActivatableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AppChooserContentTypePropertyInfo
data AppChooserGetAppInfoMethodInfo
data AppChooserGetContentTypeMethodInfo
data AppChooserRefreshMethodInfo
type family ResolveAppChooserMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data BuildableAddChildMethodInfo
data BuildableConstructChildMethodInfo
data BuildableCustomFinishedMethodInfo
data BuildableCustomTagEndMethodInfo
data BuildableCustomTagStartMethodInfo
data BuildableGetInternalChildMethodInfo
data BuildableGetNameMethodInfo
data BuildableParserFinishedMethodInfo
data BuildableSetBuildablePropertyMethodInfo
data BuildableSetNameMethodInfo
type family ResolveBuildableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellAccessibleParentActivateMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentEditMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentExpandCollapseMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentGetCellAreaMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentGetCellExtentsMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentGetCellPositionMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentGetChildIndexMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentGetColumnHeaderCellsMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentGetRendererStateMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentGetRowHeaderCellsMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentGrabFocusMethodInfo
data CellAccessibleParentUpdateRelationsetMethodInfo
type family ResolveCellAccessibleParentMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellEditableEditingCanceledPropertyInfo
data CellEditableEditingDoneMethodInfo
data CellEditableEditingDoneSignalInfo
data CellEditableRemoveWidgetMethodInfo
data CellEditableRemoveWidgetSignalInfo
data CellEditableStartEditingMethodInfo
type family ResolveCellEditableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellLayoutAddAttributeMethodInfo
data CellLayoutClearAttributesMethodInfo
data CellLayoutClearMethodInfo
data CellLayoutGetAreaMethodInfo
data CellLayoutGetCellsMethodInfo
data CellLayoutPackEndMethodInfo
data CellLayoutPackStartMethodInfo
data CellLayoutReorderMethodInfo
data CellLayoutSetCellDataFuncMethodInfo
type family ResolveCellLayoutMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ColorChooserAddPaletteMethodInfo
data ColorChooserColorActivatedSignalInfo
data ColorChooserGetRgbaMethodInfo
data ColorChooserGetUseAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorChooserRgbaPropertyInfo
data ColorChooserSetRgbaMethodInfo
data ColorChooserSetUseAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorChooserUseAlphaPropertyInfo
type family ResolveColorChooserMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EditableChangedSignalInfo
data EditableCopyClipboardMethodInfo
data EditableCutClipboardMethodInfo
data EditableDeleteSelectionMethodInfo
data EditableDeleteTextMethodInfo
data EditableDeleteTextSignalInfo
data EditableGetCharsMethodInfo
data EditableGetEditableMethodInfo
data EditableGetPositionMethodInfo
data EditableGetSelectionBoundsMethodInfo
data EditableInsertTextMethodInfo
data EditableInsertTextSignalInfo
data EditablePasteClipboardMethodInfo
data EditableSelectRegionMethodInfo
data EditableSetEditableMethodInfo
data EditableSetPositionMethodInfo
type family ResolveEditableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FileChooserActionPropertyInfo
data FileChooserAddChoiceMethodInfo
data FileChooserAddFilterMethodInfo
data FileChooserAddShortcutFolderMethodInfo
data FileChooserAddShortcutFolderUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserConfirmOverwriteSignalInfo
data FileChooserCreateFoldersPropertyInfo
data FileChooserCurrentFolderChangedSignalInfo
data FileChooserDoOverwriteConfirmationPropertyInfo
data FileChooserExtraWidgetPropertyInfo
data FileChooserFileActivatedSignalInfo
data FileChooserFilterPropertyInfo
data FileChooserGetActionMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetChoiceMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetCreateFoldersMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetCurrentFolderFileMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetCurrentFolderMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetCurrentFolderUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetCurrentNameMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetDoOverwriteConfirmationMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetExtraWidgetMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetFileMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetFilenameMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetFilenamesMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetFilesMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetFilterMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetLocalOnlyMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetPreviewFileMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetPreviewFilenameMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetPreviewUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetPreviewWidgetActiveMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetPreviewWidgetMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetSelectMultipleMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetShowHiddenMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetUrisMethodInfo
data FileChooserGetUsePreviewLabelMethodInfo
data FileChooserListFiltersMethodInfo
data FileChooserListShortcutFolderUrisMethodInfo
data FileChooserListShortcutFoldersMethodInfo
data FileChooserLocalOnlyPropertyInfo
data FileChooserPreviewWidgetActivePropertyInfo
data FileChooserPreviewWidgetPropertyInfo
data FileChooserRemoveChoiceMethodInfo
data FileChooserRemoveFilterMethodInfo
data FileChooserRemoveShortcutFolderMethodInfo
data FileChooserRemoveShortcutFolderUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserSelectAllMethodInfo
data FileChooserSelectFileMethodInfo
data FileChooserSelectFilenameMethodInfo
data FileChooserSelectMultiplePropertyInfo
data FileChooserSelectUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserSelectionChangedSignalInfo
data FileChooserSetActionMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetChoiceMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetCreateFoldersMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetCurrentFolderFileMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetCurrentFolderMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetCurrentFolderUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetCurrentNameMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetDoOverwriteConfirmationMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetExtraWidgetMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetFileMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetFilenameMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetFilterMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetLocalOnlyMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetPreviewWidgetActiveMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetPreviewWidgetMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetSelectMultipleMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetShowHiddenMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserSetUsePreviewLabelMethodInfo
data FileChooserShowHiddenPropertyInfo
data FileChooserUnselectAllMethodInfo
data FileChooserUnselectFileMethodInfo
data FileChooserUnselectFilenameMethodInfo
data FileChooserUnselectUriMethodInfo
data FileChooserUpdatePreviewSignalInfo
data FileChooserUsePreviewLabelPropertyInfo
type family ResolveFileChooserMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FontChooserFontActivatedSignalInfo
data FontChooserFontDescPropertyInfo
data FontChooserFontFeaturesPropertyInfo
data FontChooserFontPropertyInfo
data FontChooserGetFontDescMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetFontFaceMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetFontFamilyMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetFontFeaturesMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetFontMapMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetFontMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetFontSizeMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetLanguageMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetLevelMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetPreviewTextMethodInfo
data FontChooserGetShowPreviewEntryMethodInfo
data FontChooserLanguagePropertyInfo
data FontChooserLevelPropertyInfo
data FontChooserPreviewTextPropertyInfo
data FontChooserSetFilterFuncMethodInfo
data FontChooserSetFontDescMethodInfo
data FontChooserSetFontMapMethodInfo
data FontChooserSetFontMethodInfo
data FontChooserSetLanguageMethodInfo
data FontChooserSetLevelMethodInfo
data FontChooserSetPreviewTextMethodInfo
data FontChooserSetShowPreviewEntryMethodInfo
data FontChooserShowPreviewEntryPropertyInfo
type family ResolveFontChooserMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data OrientableGetOrientationMethodInfo
data OrientableOrientationPropertyInfo
data OrientableSetOrientationMethodInfo
type family ResolveOrientableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PrintOperationPreviewEndPreviewMethodInfo
data PrintOperationPreviewGotPageSizeSignalInfo
data PrintOperationPreviewIsSelectedMethodInfo
data PrintOperationPreviewReadySignalInfo
data PrintOperationPreviewRenderPageMethodInfo
type family ResolvePrintOperationPreviewMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RecentChooserAddFilterMethodInfo
data RecentChooserFilterPropertyInfo
data RecentChooserGetCurrentItemMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetCurrentUriMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetFilterMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetItemsMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetLimitMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetLocalOnlyMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetSelectMultipleMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetShowIconsMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetShowNotFoundMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetShowPrivateMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetShowTipsMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetSortTypeMethodInfo
data RecentChooserGetUrisMethodInfo
data RecentChooserItemActivatedSignalInfo
data RecentChooserLimitPropertyInfo
data RecentChooserListFiltersMethodInfo
data RecentChooserLocalOnlyPropertyInfo
data RecentChooserRecentManagerPropertyInfo
data RecentChooserRemoveFilterMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSelectAllMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSelectMultiplePropertyInfo
data RecentChooserSelectUriMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSelectionChangedSignalInfo
data RecentChooserSetCurrentUriMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetFilterMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetLimitMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetLocalOnlyMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetSelectMultipleMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetShowIconsMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetShowNotFoundMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetShowPrivateMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetShowTipsMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetSortFuncMethodInfo
data RecentChooserSetSortTypeMethodInfo
data RecentChooserShowIconsPropertyInfo
data RecentChooserShowNotFoundPropertyInfo
data RecentChooserShowPrivatePropertyInfo
data RecentChooserShowTipsPropertyInfo
data RecentChooserSortTypePropertyInfo
data RecentChooserUnselectAllMethodInfo
data RecentChooserUnselectUriMethodInfo
type family ResolveRecentChooserMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveScrollableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ScrollableGetBorderMethodInfo
data ScrollableGetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ScrollableGetHscrollPolicyMethodInfo
data ScrollableGetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ScrollableGetVscrollPolicyMethodInfo
data ScrollableHadjustmentPropertyInfo
data ScrollableHscrollPolicyPropertyInfo
data ScrollableSetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ScrollableSetHscrollPolicyMethodInfo
data ScrollableSetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ScrollableSetVscrollPolicyMethodInfo
data ScrollableVadjustmentPropertyInfo
data ScrollableVscrollPolicyPropertyInfo
type family ResolveStyleProviderMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StyleProviderGetIconFactoryMethodInfo
data StyleProviderGetStyleMethodInfo
data StyleProviderGetStylePropertyMethodInfo
type family ResolveToolShellMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToolShellGetEllipsizeModeMethodInfo
data ToolShellGetIconSizeMethodInfo
data ToolShellGetOrientationMethodInfo
data ToolShellGetReliefStyleMethodInfo
data ToolShellGetStyleMethodInfo
data ToolShellGetTextAlignmentMethodInfo
data ToolShellGetTextOrientationMethodInfo
data ToolShellGetTextSizeGroupMethodInfo
data ToolShellRebuildMenuMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeDragDestMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeDragDestDragDataReceivedMethodInfo
data TreeDragDestRowDropPossibleMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeDragSourceMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeDragSourceDragDataDeleteMethodInfo
data TreeDragSourceDragDataGetMethodInfo
data TreeDragSourceRowDraggableMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeModelMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeModelFilterNewMethodInfo
data TreeModelForeachMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetColumnTypeMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetFlagsMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetIterFirstMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetIterFromStringMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetIterMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetNColumnsMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetPathMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetStringFromIterMethodInfo
data TreeModelGetValueMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterChildrenMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterHasChildMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterNChildrenMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterNextMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterNthChildMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterParentMethodInfo
data TreeModelIterPreviousMethodInfo
data TreeModelRefNodeMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowChangedMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowChangedSignalInfo
data TreeModelRowDeletedMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowDeletedSignalInfo
data TreeModelRowHasChildToggledMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowHasChildToggledSignalInfo
data TreeModelRowInsertedMethodInfo
data TreeModelRowInsertedSignalInfo
data TreeModelRowsReorderedMethodInfo
data TreeModelUnrefNodeMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeSortableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeSortableGetSortColumnIdMethodInfo
data TreeSortableHasDefaultSortFuncMethodInfo
data TreeSortableSetDefaultSortFuncMethodInfo
data TreeSortableSetSortColumnIdMethodInfo
data TreeSortableSetSortFuncMethodInfo
data TreeSortableSortColumnChangedMethodInfo
data TreeSortableSortColumnChangedSignalInfo
data AboutDialogActivateLinkSignalInfo
data AboutDialogAddCreditSectionMethodInfo
data AboutDialogArtistsPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogAuthorsPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogCommentsPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogCopyrightPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogDocumentersPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogGetArtistsMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetAuthorsMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetCommentsMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetCopyrightMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetDocumentersMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetLicenseMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetLicenseTypeMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetLogoIconNameMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetLogoMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetProgramNameMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetTranslatorCreditsMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetVersionMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetWebsiteLabelMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetWebsiteMethodInfo
data AboutDialogGetWrapLicenseMethodInfo
data AboutDialogLicensePropertyInfo
data AboutDialogLicenseTypePropertyInfo
data AboutDialogLogoIconNamePropertyInfo
data AboutDialogLogoPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogProgramNamePropertyInfo
data AboutDialogSetArtistsMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetAuthorsMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetCommentsMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetCopyrightMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetDocumentersMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetLicenseMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetLicenseTypeMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetLogoIconNameMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetLogoMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetProgramNameMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetTranslatorCreditsMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetVersionMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetWebsiteLabelMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetWebsiteMethodInfo
data AboutDialogSetWrapLicenseMethodInfo
data AboutDialogTranslatorCreditsPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogVersionPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogWebsiteLabelPropertyInfo
data AboutDialogWebsitePropertyInfo
data AboutDialogWrapLicensePropertyInfo
type family ResolveAboutDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AccelGroupAccelActivateSignalInfo
data AccelGroupAccelChangedSignalInfo
data AccelGroupActivateMethodInfo
data AccelGroupConnectByPathMethodInfo
data AccelGroupConnectMethodInfo
data AccelGroupDisconnectKeyMethodInfo
data AccelGroupDisconnectMethodInfo
data AccelGroupFindMethodInfo
data AccelGroupGetIsLockedMethodInfo
data AccelGroupGetModifierMaskMethodInfo
data AccelGroupIsLockedPropertyInfo
data AccelGroupLockMethodInfo
data AccelGroupModifierMaskPropertyInfo
data AccelGroupQueryMethodInfo
data AccelGroupUnlockMethodInfo
type family ResolveAccelGroupMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AccelLabelAccelClosurePropertyInfo
data AccelLabelAccelWidgetPropertyInfo
data AccelLabelGetAccelMethodInfo
data AccelLabelGetAccelWidgetMethodInfo
data AccelLabelGetAccelWidthMethodInfo
data AccelLabelRefetchMethodInfo
data AccelLabelSetAccelClosureMethodInfo
data AccelLabelSetAccelMethodInfo
data AccelLabelSetAccelWidgetMethodInfo
type family ResolveAccelLabelMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AccelMapChangedSignalInfo
type family ResolveAccelMapMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AccessibleConnectWidgetDestroyedMethodInfo
data AccessibleGetWidgetMethodInfo
data AccessibleSetWidgetMethodInfo
data AccessibleWidgetPropertyInfo
type family ResolveAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ActionActionGroupPropertyInfo
data ActionActivateMethodInfo
data ActionActivateSignalInfo
data ActionAlwaysShowImagePropertyInfo
data ActionBlockActivateMethodInfo
data ActionConnectAcceleratorMethodInfo
data ActionCreateIconMethodInfo
data ActionCreateMenuItemMethodInfo
data ActionCreateMenuMethodInfo
data ActionCreateToolItemMethodInfo
data ActionDisconnectAcceleratorMethodInfo
data ActionGetAccelClosureMethodInfo
data ActionGetAccelPathMethodInfo
data ActionGetAlwaysShowImageMethodInfo
data ActionGetGiconMethodInfo
data ActionGetIconNameMethodInfo
data ActionGetIsImportantMethodInfo
data ActionGetLabelMethodInfo
data ActionGetNameMethodInfo
data ActionGetProxiesMethodInfo
data ActionGetSensitiveMethodInfo
data ActionGetShortLabelMethodInfo
data ActionGetStockIdMethodInfo
data ActionGetTooltipMethodInfo
data ActionGetVisibleHorizontalMethodInfo
data ActionGetVisibleMethodInfo
data ActionGetVisibleVerticalMethodInfo
data ActionGiconPropertyInfo
data ActionHideIfEmptyPropertyInfo
data ActionIconNamePropertyInfo
data ActionIsImportantPropertyInfo
data ActionIsSensitiveMethodInfo
data ActionIsVisibleMethodInfo
data ActionLabelPropertyInfo
data ActionNamePropertyInfo
data ActionSensitivePropertyInfo
data ActionSetAccelGroupMethodInfo
data ActionSetAccelPathMethodInfo
data ActionSetAlwaysShowImageMethodInfo
data ActionSetGiconMethodInfo
data ActionSetIconNameMethodInfo
data ActionSetIsImportantMethodInfo
data ActionSetLabelMethodInfo
data ActionSetSensitiveMethodInfo
data ActionSetShortLabelMethodInfo
data ActionSetStockIdMethodInfo
data ActionSetTooltipMethodInfo
data ActionSetVisibleHorizontalMethodInfo
data ActionSetVisibleMethodInfo
data ActionSetVisibleVerticalMethodInfo
data ActionShortLabelPropertyInfo
data ActionStockIdPropertyInfo
data ActionTooltipPropertyInfo
data ActionUnblockActivateMethodInfo
data ActionVisibleHorizontalPropertyInfo
data ActionVisibleOverflownPropertyInfo
data ActionVisiblePropertyInfo
data ActionVisibleVerticalPropertyInfo
type family ResolveActionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ActionBarGetCenterWidgetMethodInfo
data ActionBarPackEndMethodInfo
data ActionBarPackStartMethodInfo
data ActionBarSetCenterWidgetMethodInfo
type family ResolveActionBarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ActionGroupAccelGroupPropertyInfo
data ActionGroupAddActionMethodInfo
data ActionGroupAddActionWithAccelMethodInfo
data ActionGroupConnectProxySignalInfo
data ActionGroupDisconnectProxySignalInfo
data ActionGroupGetAccelGroupMethodInfo
data ActionGroupGetActionMethodInfo
data ActionGroupGetNameMethodInfo
data ActionGroupGetSensitiveMethodInfo
data ActionGroupGetVisibleMethodInfo
data ActionGroupListActionsMethodInfo
data ActionGroupNamePropertyInfo
data ActionGroupPostActivateSignalInfo
data ActionGroupPreActivateSignalInfo
data ActionGroupRemoveActionMethodInfo
data ActionGroupSensitivePropertyInfo
data ActionGroupSetAccelGroupMethodInfo
data ActionGroupSetSensitiveMethodInfo
data ActionGroupSetTranslateFuncMethodInfo
data ActionGroupSetTranslationDomainMethodInfo
data ActionGroupSetVisibleMethodInfo
data ActionGroupTranslateStringMethodInfo
data ActionGroupVisiblePropertyInfo
type family ResolveActionGroupMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AdjustmentChangedMethodInfo
data AdjustmentChangedSignalInfo
data AdjustmentClampPageMethodInfo
data AdjustmentConfigureMethodInfo
data AdjustmentGetLowerMethodInfo
data AdjustmentGetMinimumIncrementMethodInfo
data AdjustmentGetPageIncrementMethodInfo
data AdjustmentGetPageSizeMethodInfo
data AdjustmentGetStepIncrementMethodInfo
data AdjustmentGetUpperMethodInfo
data AdjustmentGetValueMethodInfo
data AdjustmentLowerPropertyInfo
data AdjustmentPageIncrementPropertyInfo
data AdjustmentPageSizePropertyInfo
data AdjustmentSetLowerMethodInfo
data AdjustmentSetPageIncrementMethodInfo
data AdjustmentSetPageSizeMethodInfo
data AdjustmentSetStepIncrementMethodInfo
data AdjustmentSetUpperMethodInfo
data AdjustmentSetValueMethodInfo
data AdjustmentStepIncrementPropertyInfo
data AdjustmentUpperPropertyInfo
data AdjustmentValueChangedMethodInfo
data AdjustmentValueChangedSignalInfo
data AdjustmentValuePropertyInfo
type family ResolveAdjustmentMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AlignmentBottomPaddingPropertyInfo
data AlignmentGetPaddingMethodInfo
data AlignmentLeftPaddingPropertyInfo
data AlignmentRightPaddingPropertyInfo
data AlignmentSetMethodInfo
data AlignmentSetPaddingMethodInfo
data AlignmentTopPaddingPropertyInfo
data AlignmentXalignPropertyInfo
data AlignmentXscalePropertyInfo
data AlignmentYalignPropertyInfo
data AlignmentYscalePropertyInfo
type family ResolveAlignmentMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AppChooserButtonAppendCustomItemMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonAppendSeparatorMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonCustomItemActivatedSignalInfo
data AppChooserButtonGetHeadingMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonGetShowDefaultItemMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonGetShowDialogItemMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonHeadingPropertyInfo
data AppChooserButtonSetActiveCustomItemMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonSetHeadingMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonSetShowDefaultItemMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonSetShowDialogItemMethodInfo
data AppChooserButtonShowDefaultItemPropertyInfo
data AppChooserButtonShowDialogItemPropertyInfo
type family ResolveAppChooserButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AppChooserDialogGetHeadingMethodInfo
data AppChooserDialogGetWidgetMethodInfo
data AppChooserDialogGfilePropertyInfo
data AppChooserDialogHeadingPropertyInfo
data AppChooserDialogSetHeadingMethodInfo
type family ResolveAppChooserDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AppChooserWidgetApplicationActivatedSignalInfo
data AppChooserWidgetApplicationSelectedSignalInfo
data AppChooserWidgetDefaultTextPropertyInfo
data AppChooserWidgetGetDefaultTextMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetGetShowAllMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetGetShowDefaultMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetGetShowFallbackMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetGetShowOtherMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetGetShowRecommendedMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetPopulatePopupSignalInfo
data AppChooserWidgetSetDefaultTextMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetSetShowAllMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetSetShowDefaultMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetSetShowFallbackMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetSetShowOtherMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetSetShowRecommendedMethodInfo
data AppChooserWidgetShowAllPropertyInfo
data AppChooserWidgetShowDefaultPropertyInfo
data AppChooserWidgetShowFallbackPropertyInfo
data AppChooserWidgetShowOtherPropertyInfo
data AppChooserWidgetShowRecommendedPropertyInfo
type family ResolveAppChooserWidgetMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ApplicationActiveWindowPropertyInfo
data ApplicationAddAcceleratorMethodInfo
data ApplicationAddWindowMethodInfo
data ApplicationAppMenuPropertyInfo
data ApplicationGetAccelsForActionMethodInfo
data ApplicationGetActionsForAccelMethodInfo
data ApplicationGetActiveWindowMethodInfo
data ApplicationGetAppMenuMethodInfo
data ApplicationGetMenuByIdMethodInfo
data ApplicationGetMenubarMethodInfo
data ApplicationGetWindowByIdMethodInfo
data ApplicationGetWindowsMethodInfo
data ApplicationInhibitMethodInfo
data ApplicationIsInhibitedMethodInfo
data ApplicationListActionDescriptionsMethodInfo
data ApplicationMenubarPropertyInfo
data ApplicationPrefersAppMenuMethodInfo
data ApplicationQueryEndSignalInfo
data ApplicationRegisterSessionPropertyInfo
data ApplicationRemoveAcceleratorMethodInfo
data ApplicationRemoveWindowMethodInfo
data ApplicationScreensaverActivePropertyInfo
data ApplicationSetAccelsForActionMethodInfo
data ApplicationSetAppMenuMethodInfo
data ApplicationSetMenubarMethodInfo
data ApplicationUninhibitMethodInfo
data ApplicationWindowAddedSignalInfo
data ApplicationWindowRemovedSignalInfo
type family ResolveApplicationMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ApplicationWindowGetHelpOverlayMethodInfo
data ApplicationWindowGetIdMethodInfo
data ApplicationWindowGetShowMenubarMethodInfo
data ApplicationWindowSetHelpOverlayMethodInfo
data ApplicationWindowSetShowMenubarMethodInfo
data ApplicationWindowShowMenubarPropertyInfo
type family ResolveApplicationWindowMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ArrowArrowTypePropertyInfo
data ArrowSetMethodInfo
data ArrowShadowTypePropertyInfo
type family ResolveArrowMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveArrowAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AspectFrameObeyChildPropertyInfo
data AspectFrameRatioPropertyInfo
data AspectFrameSetMethodInfo
data AspectFrameXalignPropertyInfo
data AspectFrameYalignPropertyInfo
type family ResolveAspectFrameMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data AssistantAddActionWidgetMethodInfo
data AssistantAppendPageMethodInfo
data AssistantApplySignalInfo
data AssistantCancelSignalInfo
data AssistantCloseSignalInfo
data AssistantCommitMethodInfo
data AssistantEscapeSignalInfo
data AssistantGetCurrentPageMethodInfo
data AssistantGetNPagesMethodInfo
data AssistantGetNthPageMethodInfo
data AssistantGetPageCompleteMethodInfo
data AssistantGetPageHasPaddingMethodInfo
data AssistantGetPageHeaderImageMethodInfo
data AssistantGetPageSideImageMethodInfo
data AssistantGetPageTitleMethodInfo
data AssistantGetPageTypeMethodInfo
data AssistantInsertPageMethodInfo
data AssistantNextPageMethodInfo
data AssistantPrepareSignalInfo
data AssistantPrependPageMethodInfo
data AssistantPreviousPageMethodInfo
data AssistantRemoveActionWidgetMethodInfo
data AssistantRemovePageMethodInfo
data AssistantSetCurrentPageMethodInfo
data AssistantSetForwardPageFuncMethodInfo
data AssistantSetPageCompleteMethodInfo
data AssistantSetPageHasPaddingMethodInfo
data AssistantSetPageHeaderImageMethodInfo
data AssistantSetPageSideImageMethodInfo
data AssistantSetPageTitleMethodInfo
data AssistantSetPageTypeMethodInfo
data AssistantUpdateButtonsStateMethodInfo
data AssistantUseHeaderBarPropertyInfo
type family ResolveAssistantMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data BinGetChildMethodInfo
type family ResolveBinMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveBooleanCellAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data BoxBaselinePositionPropertyInfo
data BoxGetBaselinePositionMethodInfo
data BoxGetCenterWidgetMethodInfo
data BoxGetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data BoxGetSpacingMethodInfo
data BoxHomogeneousPropertyInfo
data BoxPackEndMethodInfo
data BoxPackStartMethodInfo
data BoxQueryChildPackingMethodInfo
data BoxReorderChildMethodInfo
data BoxSetBaselinePositionMethodInfo
data BoxSetCenterWidgetMethodInfo
data BoxSetChildPackingMethodInfo
data BoxSetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data BoxSetSpacingMethodInfo
data BoxSpacingPropertyInfo
type family ResolveBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data BuilderAddCallbackSymbolMethodInfo
data BuilderAddFromFileMethodInfo
data BuilderAddFromResourceMethodInfo
data BuilderAddFromStringMethodInfo
data BuilderAddObjectsFromFileMethodInfo
data BuilderAddObjectsFromResourceMethodInfo
data BuilderAddObjectsFromStringMethodInfo
data BuilderConnectSignalsFullMethodInfo
data BuilderConnectSignalsMethodInfo
data BuilderExposeObjectMethodInfo
data BuilderExtendWithTemplateMethodInfo
data BuilderGetApplicationMethodInfo
data BuilderGetObjectMethodInfo
data BuilderGetObjectsMethodInfo
data BuilderGetTranslationDomainMethodInfo
data BuilderGetTypeFromNameMethodInfo
data BuilderSetApplicationMethodInfo
data BuilderSetTranslationDomainMethodInfo
data BuilderTranslationDomainPropertyInfo
data BuilderValueFromStringMethodInfo
data BuilderValueFromStringTypeMethodInfo
type family ResolveBuilderMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ButtonActivateSignalInfo
data ButtonAlwaysShowImagePropertyInfo
data ButtonClickedMethodInfo
data ButtonClickedSignalInfo
data ButtonEnterMethodInfo
data ButtonEnterSignalInfo
data ButtonGetAlignmentMethodInfo
data ButtonGetAlwaysShowImageMethodInfo
data ButtonGetEventWindowMethodInfo
data ButtonGetFocusOnClickMethodInfo
data ButtonGetImageMethodInfo
data ButtonGetImagePositionMethodInfo
data ButtonGetLabelMethodInfo
data ButtonGetReliefMethodInfo
data ButtonGetUseStockMethodInfo
data ButtonGetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data ButtonImagePositionPropertyInfo
data ButtonImagePropertyInfo
data ButtonLabelPropertyInfo
data ButtonLeaveMethodInfo
data ButtonLeaveSignalInfo
data ButtonPressedMethodInfo
data ButtonPressedSignalInfo
data ButtonReleasedMethodInfo
data ButtonReleasedSignalInfo
data ButtonReliefPropertyInfo
data ButtonSetAlignmentMethodInfo
data ButtonSetAlwaysShowImageMethodInfo
data ButtonSetFocusOnClickMethodInfo
data ButtonSetImageMethodInfo
data ButtonSetImagePositionMethodInfo
data ButtonSetLabelMethodInfo
data ButtonSetReliefMethodInfo
data ButtonSetUseStockMethodInfo
data ButtonSetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data ButtonUseStockPropertyInfo
data ButtonUseUnderlinePropertyInfo
data ButtonXalignPropertyInfo
data ButtonYalignPropertyInfo
type family ResolveButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveButtonAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ButtonBoxGetChildNonHomogeneousMethodInfo
data ButtonBoxGetChildSecondaryMethodInfo
data ButtonBoxGetLayoutMethodInfo
data ButtonBoxLayoutStylePropertyInfo
data ButtonBoxSetChildNonHomogeneousMethodInfo
data ButtonBoxSetChildSecondaryMethodInfo
data ButtonBoxSetLayoutMethodInfo
type family ResolveButtonBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CalendarClearMarksMethodInfo
data CalendarDayPropertyInfo
data CalendarDaySelectedDoubleClickSignalInfo
data CalendarDaySelectedSignalInfo
data CalendarDetailHeightRowsPropertyInfo
data CalendarDetailWidthCharsPropertyInfo
data CalendarGetDateMethodInfo
data CalendarGetDayIsMarkedMethodInfo
data CalendarGetDetailHeightRowsMethodInfo
data CalendarGetDetailWidthCharsMethodInfo
data CalendarGetDisplayOptionsMethodInfo
data CalendarMarkDayMethodInfo
data CalendarMonthChangedSignalInfo
data CalendarMonthPropertyInfo
data CalendarNextMonthSignalInfo
data CalendarNextYearSignalInfo
data CalendarNoMonthChangePropertyInfo
data CalendarPrevMonthSignalInfo
data CalendarPrevYearSignalInfo
data CalendarSelectDayMethodInfo
data CalendarSelectMonthMethodInfo
data CalendarSetDetailFuncMethodInfo
data CalendarSetDetailHeightRowsMethodInfo
data CalendarSetDetailWidthCharsMethodInfo
data CalendarSetDisplayOptionsMethodInfo
data CalendarShowDayNamesPropertyInfo
data CalendarShowDetailsPropertyInfo
data CalendarShowHeadingPropertyInfo
data CalendarShowWeekNumbersPropertyInfo
data CalendarUnmarkDayMethodInfo
data CalendarYearPropertyInfo
type family ResolveCalendarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveCellAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellAreaActivateCellMethodInfo
data CellAreaActivateMethodInfo
data CellAreaAddEditableSignalInfo
data CellAreaAddFocusSiblingMethodInfo
data CellAreaAddMethodInfo
data CellAreaApplyAttributesMethodInfo
data CellAreaApplyAttributesSignalInfo
data CellAreaAttributeConnectMethodInfo
data CellAreaAttributeDisconnectMethodInfo
data CellAreaAttributeGetColumnMethodInfo
data CellAreaCellGetPropertyMethodInfo
data CellAreaCellSetPropertyMethodInfo
data CellAreaCopyContextMethodInfo
data CellAreaCreateContextMethodInfo
data CellAreaEditWidgetPropertyInfo
data CellAreaEditedCellPropertyInfo
data CellAreaEventMethodInfo
data CellAreaFocusCellPropertyInfo
data CellAreaFocusChangedSignalInfo
data CellAreaFocusMethodInfo
data CellAreaForeachAllocMethodInfo
data CellAreaForeachMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetCellAllocationMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetCellAtPositionMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetCurrentPathStringMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetEditWidgetMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetEditedCellMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetFocusCellMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetFocusFromSiblingMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetFocusSiblingsMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetPreferredHeightForWidthMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetPreferredHeightMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetPreferredWidthForHeightMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetPreferredWidthMethodInfo
data CellAreaGetRequestModeMethodInfo
data CellAreaHasRendererMethodInfo
data CellAreaInnerCellAreaMethodInfo
data CellAreaIsActivatableMethodInfo
data CellAreaIsFocusSiblingMethodInfo
data CellAreaRemoveEditableSignalInfo
data CellAreaRemoveFocusSiblingMethodInfo
data CellAreaRemoveMethodInfo
data CellAreaRenderMethodInfo
data CellAreaRequestRendererMethodInfo
data CellAreaSetFocusCellMethodInfo
data CellAreaStopEditingMethodInfo
type family ResolveCellAreaMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellAreaBoxGetSpacingMethodInfo
data CellAreaBoxPackEndMethodInfo
data CellAreaBoxPackStartMethodInfo
data CellAreaBoxSetSpacingMethodInfo
data CellAreaBoxSpacingPropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellAreaBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellAreaContextAllocateMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextAreaPropertyInfo
data CellAreaContextGetAllocationMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextGetAreaMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextGetPreferredHeightForWidthMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextGetPreferredHeightMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextGetPreferredWidthForHeightMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextGetPreferredWidthMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextMinimumHeightPropertyInfo
data CellAreaContextMinimumWidthPropertyInfo
data CellAreaContextNaturalHeightPropertyInfo
data CellAreaContextNaturalWidthPropertyInfo
data CellAreaContextPushPreferredHeightMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextPushPreferredWidthMethodInfo
data CellAreaContextResetMethodInfo
type family ResolveCellAreaContextMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererActivateMethodInfo
data CellRendererCellBackgroundGdkPropertyInfo
data CellRendererCellBackgroundPropertyInfo
data CellRendererCellBackgroundRgbaPropertyInfo
data CellRendererCellBackgroundSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererEditingCanceledSignalInfo
data CellRendererEditingPropertyInfo
data CellRendererEditingStartedSignalInfo
data CellRendererGetAlignedAreaMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetAlignmentMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetFixedSizeMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetPaddingMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetPreferredHeightForWidthMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetPreferredHeightMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetPreferredSizeMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetPreferredWidthForHeightMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetPreferredWidthMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetRequestModeMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetSensitiveMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetSizeMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetStateMethodInfo
data CellRendererGetVisibleMethodInfo
data CellRendererHeightPropertyInfo
data CellRendererIsActivatableMethodInfo
data CellRendererIsExpandedPropertyInfo
data CellRendererIsExpanderPropertyInfo
data CellRendererModePropertyInfo
data CellRendererRenderMethodInfo
data CellRendererSensitivePropertyInfo
data CellRendererSetAlignmentMethodInfo
data CellRendererSetFixedSizeMethodInfo
data CellRendererSetPaddingMethodInfo
data CellRendererSetSensitiveMethodInfo
data CellRendererSetVisibleMethodInfo
data CellRendererStartEditingMethodInfo
data CellRendererStopEditingMethodInfo
data CellRendererVisiblePropertyInfo
data CellRendererWidthPropertyInfo
data CellRendererXalignPropertyInfo
data CellRendererXpadPropertyInfo
data CellRendererYalignPropertyInfo
data CellRendererYpadPropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererAccelAccelClearedSignalInfo
data CellRendererAccelAccelEditedSignalInfo
data CellRendererAccelAccelKeyPropertyInfo
data CellRendererAccelAccelModePropertyInfo
data CellRendererAccelAccelModsPropertyInfo
data CellRendererAccelKeycodePropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererAccelMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererComboChangedSignalInfo
data CellRendererComboHasEntryPropertyInfo
data CellRendererComboModelPropertyInfo
data CellRendererComboTextColumnPropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererComboMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererPixbufFollowStatePropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufGiconPropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufIconNamePropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderClosedPropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufPixbufExpanderOpenPropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufPixbufPropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufStockDetailPropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufStockIdPropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufStockSizePropertyInfo
data CellRendererPixbufSurfacePropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererPixbufMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererProgressInvertedPropertyInfo
data CellRendererProgressPulsePropertyInfo
data CellRendererProgressTextPropertyInfo
data CellRendererProgressTextXalignPropertyInfo
data CellRendererProgressTextYalignPropertyInfo
data CellRendererProgressValuePropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererProgressMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererSpinAdjustmentPropertyInfo
data CellRendererSpinClimbRatePropertyInfo
data CellRendererSpinDigitsPropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererSpinMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererSpinnerActivePropertyInfo
data CellRendererSpinnerPulsePropertyInfo
data CellRendererSpinnerSizePropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererSpinnerMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererTextAlignSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextAlignmentPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextAttributesPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextBackgroundGdkPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextBackgroundPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextBackgroundRgbaPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextBackgroundSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextEditablePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextEditableSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextEditedSignalInfo
data CellRendererTextEllipsizePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextEllipsizeSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextFamilyPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextFamilySetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextFontDescPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextFontPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextForegroundGdkPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextForegroundPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextForegroundRgbaPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextForegroundSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextLanguagePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextLanguageSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextMarkupPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextMaxWidthCharsPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextPlaceholderTextPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextRisePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextRiseSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextScalePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextScaleSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextSetFixedHeightFromFontMethodInfo
data CellRendererTextSingleParagraphModePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextSizePointsPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextSizePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextSizeSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextStretchPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextStretchSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextStrikethroughPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextStrikethroughSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextStylePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextStyleSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextTextPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextUnderlinePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextUnderlineSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextVariantPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextVariantSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextWeightPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextWeightSetPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextWidthCharsPropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextWrapModePropertyInfo
data CellRendererTextWrapWidthPropertyInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererTextMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellRendererToggleActivatablePropertyInfo
data CellRendererToggleActivePropertyInfo
data CellRendererToggleGetActivatableMethodInfo
data CellRendererToggleGetActiveMethodInfo
data CellRendererToggleGetRadioMethodInfo
data CellRendererToggleInconsistentPropertyInfo
data CellRendererToggleIndicatorSizePropertyInfo
data CellRendererToggleRadioPropertyInfo
data CellRendererToggleSetActivatableMethodInfo
data CellRendererToggleSetActiveMethodInfo
data CellRendererToggleSetRadioMethodInfo
data CellRendererToggleToggledSignalInfo
type family ResolveCellRendererToggleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CellViewBackgroundGdkPropertyInfo
data CellViewBackgroundPropertyInfo
data CellViewBackgroundRgbaPropertyInfo
data CellViewBackgroundSetPropertyInfo
data CellViewCellAreaContextPropertyInfo
data CellViewCellAreaPropertyInfo
data CellViewDrawSensitivePropertyInfo
data CellViewFitModelPropertyInfo
data CellViewGetDisplayedRowMethodInfo
data CellViewGetDrawSensitiveMethodInfo
data CellViewGetFitModelMethodInfo
data CellViewGetModelMethodInfo
data CellViewGetSizeOfRowMethodInfo
data CellViewModelPropertyInfo
data CellViewSetBackgroundColorMethodInfo
data CellViewSetBackgroundRgbaMethodInfo
data CellViewSetDisplayedRowMethodInfo
data CellViewSetDrawSensitiveMethodInfo
data CellViewSetFitModelMethodInfo
data CellViewSetModelMethodInfo
type family ResolveCellViewMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveCheckButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CheckMenuItemActivePropertyInfo
data CheckMenuItemDrawAsRadioPropertyInfo
data CheckMenuItemGetActiveMethodInfo
data CheckMenuItemGetDrawAsRadioMethodInfo
data CheckMenuItemGetInconsistentMethodInfo
data CheckMenuItemInconsistentPropertyInfo
data CheckMenuItemSetActiveMethodInfo
data CheckMenuItemSetDrawAsRadioMethodInfo
data CheckMenuItemSetInconsistentMethodInfo
data CheckMenuItemToggledMethodInfo
data CheckMenuItemToggledSignalInfo
type family ResolveCheckMenuItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveCheckMenuItemAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ClipboardClearMethodInfo
data ClipboardGetDisplayMethodInfo
data ClipboardGetOwnerMethodInfo
data ClipboardOwnerChangeSignalInfo
data ClipboardRequestContentsMethodInfo
data ClipboardRequestImageMethodInfo
data ClipboardRequestRichTextMethodInfo
data ClipboardRequestTargetsMethodInfo
data ClipboardRequestTextMethodInfo
data ClipboardRequestUrisMethodInfo
data ClipboardSetCanStoreMethodInfo
data ClipboardSetImageMethodInfo
data ClipboardSetTextMethodInfo
data ClipboardStoreMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitForContentsMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitForImageMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitForRichTextMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitForTargetsMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitForTextMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitForUrisMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitIsImageAvailableMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitIsRichTextAvailableMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitIsTargetAvailableMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitIsTextAvailableMethodInfo
data ClipboardWaitIsUrisAvailableMethodInfo
type family ResolveClipboardMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ColorButtonAlphaPropertyInfo
data ColorButtonColorPropertyInfo
data ColorButtonColorSetSignalInfo
data ColorButtonGetAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorButtonGetColorMethodInfo
data ColorButtonGetTitleMethodInfo
data ColorButtonGetUseAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorButtonRgbaPropertyInfo
data ColorButtonSetAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorButtonSetColorMethodInfo
data ColorButtonSetTitleMethodInfo
data ColorButtonSetUseAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorButtonShowEditorPropertyInfo
data ColorButtonTitlePropertyInfo
data ColorButtonUseAlphaPropertyInfo
type family ResolveColorButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ColorChooserDialogShowEditorPropertyInfo
type family ResolveColorChooserDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ColorChooserWidgetShowEditorPropertyInfo
type family ResolveColorChooserWidgetMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ColorSelectionColorChangedSignalInfo
data ColorSelectionCurrentAlphaPropertyInfo
data ColorSelectionCurrentColorPropertyInfo
data ColorSelectionCurrentRgbaPropertyInfo
data ColorSelectionGetCurrentAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionGetCurrentColorMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionGetCurrentRgbaMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionGetHasOpacityControlMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionGetHasPaletteMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionGetPreviousAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionGetPreviousColorMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionGetPreviousRgbaMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionHasOpacityControlPropertyInfo
data ColorSelectionHasPalettePropertyInfo
data ColorSelectionIsAdjustingMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionSetCurrentAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionSetCurrentColorMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionSetCurrentRgbaMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionSetHasOpacityControlMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionSetHasPaletteMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionSetPreviousAlphaMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionSetPreviousColorMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionSetPreviousRgbaMethodInfo
type family ResolveColorSelectionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ColorSelectionDialogCancelButtonPropertyInfo
data ColorSelectionDialogColorSelectionPropertyInfo
data ColorSelectionDialogGetColorSelectionMethodInfo
data ColorSelectionDialogHelpButtonPropertyInfo
data ColorSelectionDialogOkButtonPropertyInfo
type family ResolveColorSelectionDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ComboBoxActiveIdPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxActivePropertyInfo
data ComboBoxAddTearoffsPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxButtonSensitivityPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxCellAreaPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxChangedSignalInfo
data ComboBoxColumnSpanColumnPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxEntryTextColumnPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxFormatEntryTextSignalInfo
data ComboBoxGetActiveIdMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetActiveIterMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetActiveMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetAddTearoffsMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetButtonSensitivityMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetColumnSpanColumnMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetEntryTextColumnMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetFocusOnClickMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetHasEntryMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetIdColumnMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetModelMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetPopupAccessibleMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetPopupFixedWidthMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetRowSpanColumnMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetTitleMethodInfo
data ComboBoxGetWrapWidthMethodInfo
data ComboBoxHasEntryPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxHasFramePropertyInfo
data ComboBoxIdColumnPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxModelPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxMoveActiveSignalInfo
data ComboBoxPopdownMethodInfo
data ComboBoxPopdownSignalInfo
data ComboBoxPopupFixedWidthPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxPopupForDeviceMethodInfo
data ComboBoxPopupMethodInfo
data ComboBoxPopupShownPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxPopupSignalInfo
data ComboBoxRowSpanColumnPropertyInfo
data ComboBoxSetActiveIdMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetActiveIterMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetActiveMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetAddTearoffsMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetButtonSensitivityMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetColumnSpanColumnMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetEntryTextColumnMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetFocusOnClickMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetIdColumnMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetModelMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetPopupFixedWidthMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetRowSeparatorFuncMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetRowSpanColumnMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetTitleMethodInfo
data ComboBoxSetWrapWidthMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTearoffTitlePropertyInfo
data ComboBoxWrapWidthPropertyInfo
type family ResolveComboBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveComboBoxAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ComboBoxTextAppendMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTextAppendTextMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTextGetActiveTextMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTextInsertMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTextInsertTextMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTextPrependMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTextPrependTextMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTextRemoveAllMethodInfo
data ComboBoxTextRemoveMethodInfo
type family ResolveComboBoxTextMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ContainerAddMethodInfo
data ContainerAddSignalInfo
data ContainerBorderWidthPropertyInfo
data ContainerCheckResizeMethodInfo
data ContainerCheckResizeSignalInfo
data ContainerChildGetPropertyMethodInfo
data ContainerChildNotifyByPspecMethodInfo
data ContainerChildNotifyMethodInfo
data ContainerChildPropertyInfo
data ContainerChildSetPropertyMethodInfo
data ContainerChildTypeMethodInfo
data ContainerForallMethodInfo
data ContainerForeachMethodInfo
data ContainerGetBorderWidthMethodInfo
data ContainerGetChildrenMethodInfo
data ContainerGetFocusChainMethodInfo
data ContainerGetFocusChildMethodInfo
data ContainerGetFocusHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ContainerGetFocusVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ContainerGetPathForChildMethodInfo
data ContainerGetResizeModeMethodInfo
data ContainerPropagateDrawMethodInfo
data ContainerRemoveMethodInfo
data ContainerRemoveSignalInfo
data ContainerResizeChildrenMethodInfo
data ContainerResizeModePropertyInfo
data ContainerSetBorderWidthMethodInfo
data ContainerSetFocusChainMethodInfo
data ContainerSetFocusChildMethodInfo
data ContainerSetFocusChildSignalInfo
data ContainerSetFocusHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ContainerSetFocusVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ContainerSetReallocateRedrawsMethodInfo
data ContainerSetResizeModeMethodInfo
data ContainerUnsetFocusChainMethodInfo
type family ResolveContainerMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveContainerAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ContainerCellAccessibleAddChildMethodInfo
data ContainerCellAccessibleGetChildrenMethodInfo
data ContainerCellAccessibleRemoveChildMethodInfo
type family ResolveContainerCellAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CssProviderLoadFromDataMethodInfo
data CssProviderLoadFromFileMethodInfo
data CssProviderLoadFromPathMethodInfo
data CssProviderLoadFromResourceMethodInfo
data CssProviderParsingErrorSignalInfo
data CssProviderToStringMethodInfo
type family ResolveCssProviderMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data DialogAddActionWidgetMethodInfo
data DialogAddButtonMethodInfo
data DialogCloseSignalInfo
data DialogGetActionAreaMethodInfo
data DialogGetContentAreaMethodInfo
data DialogGetHeaderBarMethodInfo
data DialogGetResponseForWidgetMethodInfo
data DialogGetWidgetForResponseMethodInfo
data DialogResponseMethodInfo
data DialogResponseSignalInfo
data DialogRunMethodInfo
data DialogSetAlternativeButtonOrderFromArrayMethodInfo
data DialogSetDefaultResponseMethodInfo
data DialogSetResponseSensitiveMethodInfo
data DialogUseHeaderBarPropertyInfo
type family ResolveDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveDrawingAreaMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EntryActivateSignalInfo
data EntryActivatesDefaultPropertyInfo
data EntryAttributesPropertyInfo
data EntryBackspaceSignalInfo
data EntryBufferPropertyInfo
data EntryCapsLockWarningPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionPropertyInfo
data EntryCopyClipboardSignalInfo
data EntryCursorPositionPropertyInfo
data EntryCutClipboardSignalInfo
data EntryDeleteFromCursorSignalInfo
data EntryEditablePropertyInfo
data EntryEnableEmojiCompletionPropertyInfo
data EntryGetActivatesDefaultMethodInfo
data EntryGetAlignmentMethodInfo
data EntryGetAttributesMethodInfo
data EntryGetBufferMethodInfo
data EntryGetCompletionMethodInfo
data EntryGetCurrentIconDragSourceMethodInfo
data EntryGetCursorHadjustmentMethodInfo
data EntryGetHasFrameMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconActivatableMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconAreaMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconAtPosMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconGiconMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconNameMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconPixbufMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconSensitiveMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconStockMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconStorageTypeMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconTooltipMarkupMethodInfo
data EntryGetIconTooltipTextMethodInfo
data EntryGetInnerBorderMethodInfo
data EntryGetInputHintsMethodInfo
data EntryGetInputPurposeMethodInfo
data EntryGetInvisibleCharMethodInfo
data EntryGetLayoutMethodInfo
data EntryGetLayoutOffsetsMethodInfo
data EntryGetMaxLengthMethodInfo
data EntryGetMaxWidthCharsMethodInfo
data EntryGetOverwriteModeMethodInfo
data EntryGetPlaceholderTextMethodInfo
data EntryGetProgressFractionMethodInfo
data EntryGetProgressPulseStepMethodInfo
data EntryGetTabsMethodInfo
data EntryGetTextAreaMethodInfo
data EntryGetTextLengthMethodInfo
data EntryGetTextMethodInfo
data EntryGetVisibilityMethodInfo
data EntryGetWidthCharsMethodInfo
data EntryGrabFocusWithoutSelectingMethodInfo
data EntryHasFramePropertyInfo
data EntryIconPressSignalInfo
data EntryIconReleaseSignalInfo
data EntryImContextFilterKeypressMethodInfo
data EntryImModulePropertyInfo
data EntryInnerBorderPropertyInfo
data EntryInputHintsPropertyInfo
data EntryInputPurposePropertyInfo
data EntryInsertAtCursorSignalInfo
data EntryInsertEmojiSignalInfo
data EntryInvisibleCharPropertyInfo
data EntryInvisibleCharSetPropertyInfo
data EntryLayoutIndexToTextIndexMethodInfo
data EntryMaxLengthPropertyInfo
data EntryMaxWidthCharsPropertyInfo
data EntryMoveCursorSignalInfo
data EntryOverwriteModePropertyInfo
data EntryPasteClipboardSignalInfo
data EntryPlaceholderTextPropertyInfo
data EntryPopulateAllPropertyInfo
data EntryPopulatePopupSignalInfo
data EntryPreeditChangedSignalInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconActivatablePropertyInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconGiconPropertyInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconNamePropertyInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconPixbufPropertyInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconSensitivePropertyInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconStockPropertyInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconStorageTypePropertyInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconTooltipMarkupPropertyInfo
data EntryPrimaryIconTooltipTextPropertyInfo
data EntryProgressFractionPropertyInfo
data EntryProgressPulseMethodInfo
data EntryProgressPulseStepPropertyInfo
data EntryResetImContextMethodInfo
data EntryScrollOffsetPropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconActivatablePropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconGiconPropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconNamePropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconPixbufPropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconSensitivePropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconStockPropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconStorageTypePropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconTooltipMarkupPropertyInfo
data EntrySecondaryIconTooltipTextPropertyInfo
data EntrySelectionBoundPropertyInfo
data EntrySetActivatesDefaultMethodInfo
data EntrySetAlignmentMethodInfo
data EntrySetAttributesMethodInfo
data EntrySetBufferMethodInfo
data EntrySetCompletionMethodInfo
data EntrySetCursorHadjustmentMethodInfo
data EntrySetHasFrameMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconActivatableMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconDragSourceMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconFromGiconMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconFromIconNameMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconFromPixbufMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconFromStockMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconSensitiveMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconTooltipMarkupMethodInfo
data EntrySetIconTooltipTextMethodInfo
data EntrySetInnerBorderMethodInfo
data EntrySetInputHintsMethodInfo
data EntrySetInputPurposeMethodInfo
data EntrySetInvisibleCharMethodInfo
data EntrySetMaxLengthMethodInfo
data EntrySetMaxWidthCharsMethodInfo
data EntrySetOverwriteModeMethodInfo
data EntrySetPlaceholderTextMethodInfo
data EntrySetProgressFractionMethodInfo
data EntrySetProgressPulseStepMethodInfo
data EntrySetTabsMethodInfo
data EntrySetTextMethodInfo
data EntrySetVisibilityMethodInfo
data EntrySetWidthCharsMethodInfo
data EntryShadowTypePropertyInfo
data EntryShowEmojiIconPropertyInfo
data EntryTabsPropertyInfo
data EntryTextIndexToLayoutIndexMethodInfo
data EntryTextLengthPropertyInfo
data EntryTextPropertyInfo
data EntryToggleOverwriteSignalInfo
data EntryTruncateMultilinePropertyInfo
data EntryUnsetInvisibleCharMethodInfo
data EntryVisibilityPropertyInfo
data EntryWidthCharsPropertyInfo
data EntryXalignPropertyInfo
type family ResolveEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveEntryAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EntryBufferDeleteTextMethodInfo
data EntryBufferDeletedTextSignalInfo
data EntryBufferEmitDeletedTextMethodInfo
data EntryBufferEmitInsertedTextMethodInfo
data EntryBufferGetBytesMethodInfo
data EntryBufferGetLengthMethodInfo
data EntryBufferGetMaxLengthMethodInfo
data EntryBufferGetTextMethodInfo
data EntryBufferInsertTextMethodInfo
data EntryBufferInsertedTextSignalInfo
data EntryBufferLengthPropertyInfo
data EntryBufferMaxLengthPropertyInfo
data EntryBufferSetMaxLengthMethodInfo
data EntryBufferSetTextMethodInfo
data EntryBufferTextPropertyInfo
type family ResolveEntryBufferMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EntryCompletionActionActivatedSignalInfo
data EntryCompletionCellAreaPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionCompleteMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionComputePrefixMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionCursorOnMatchSignalInfo
data EntryCompletionDeleteActionMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetCompletionPrefixMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetEntryMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetInlineCompletionMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetInlineSelectionMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetMinimumKeyLengthMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetModelMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetPopupCompletionMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetPopupSetWidthMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetPopupSingleMatchMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionGetTextColumnMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionInlineCompletionPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionInlineSelectionPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionInsertActionMarkupMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionInsertActionTextMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionInsertPrefixMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionInsertPrefixSignalInfo
data EntryCompletionMatchSelectedSignalInfo
data EntryCompletionMinimumKeyLengthPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionModelPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionNoMatchesSignalInfo
data EntryCompletionPopupCompletionPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionPopupSetWidthPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionPopupSingleMatchPropertyInfo
data EntryCompletionSetInlineCompletionMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionSetInlineSelectionMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionSetMatchFuncMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionSetMinimumKeyLengthMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionSetModelMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionSetPopupCompletionMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionSetPopupSetWidthMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionSetPopupSingleMatchMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionSetTextColumnMethodInfo
data EntryCompletionTextColumnPropertyInfo
type family ResolveEntryCompletionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveEntryIconAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EventBoxAboveChildPropertyInfo
data EventBoxGetAboveChildMethodInfo
data EventBoxGetVisibleWindowMethodInfo
data EventBoxSetAboveChildMethodInfo
data EventBoxSetVisibleWindowMethodInfo
data EventBoxVisibleWindowPropertyInfo
type family ResolveEventBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EventControllerGetPropagationPhaseMethodInfo
data EventControllerGetWidgetMethodInfo
data EventControllerHandleEventMethodInfo
data EventControllerPropagationPhasePropertyInfo
data EventControllerResetMethodInfo
data EventControllerSetPropagationPhaseMethodInfo
data EventControllerWidgetPropertyInfo
type family ResolveEventControllerMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EventControllerKeyFocusInSignalInfo
data EventControllerKeyFocusOutSignalInfo
data EventControllerKeyForwardMethodInfo
data EventControllerKeyGetGroupMethodInfo
data EventControllerKeyGetImContextMethodInfo
data EventControllerKeyImUpdateSignalInfo
data EventControllerKeyKeyPressedSignalInfo
data EventControllerKeyKeyReleasedSignalInfo
data EventControllerKeyModifiersSignalInfo
data EventControllerKeySetImContextMethodInfo
type family ResolveEventControllerKeyMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EventControllerMotionEnterSignalInfo
data EventControllerMotionLeaveSignalInfo
data EventControllerMotionMotionSignalInfo
type family ResolveEventControllerMotionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data EventControllerScrollDecelerateSignalInfo
data EventControllerScrollFlagsPropertyInfo
data EventControllerScrollGetFlagsMethodInfo
data EventControllerScrollScrollBeginSignalInfo
data EventControllerScrollScrollEndSignalInfo
data EventControllerScrollScrollSignalInfo
data EventControllerScrollSetFlagsMethodInfo
type family ResolveEventControllerScrollMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ExpanderActivateSignalInfo
data ExpanderExpandedPropertyInfo
data ExpanderGetExpandedMethodInfo
data ExpanderGetLabelFillMethodInfo
data ExpanderGetLabelMethodInfo
data ExpanderGetLabelWidgetMethodInfo
data ExpanderGetResizeToplevelMethodInfo
data ExpanderGetSpacingMethodInfo
data ExpanderGetUseMarkupMethodInfo
data ExpanderGetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data ExpanderLabelFillPropertyInfo
data ExpanderLabelPropertyInfo
data ExpanderLabelWidgetPropertyInfo
data ExpanderResizeToplevelPropertyInfo
data ExpanderSetExpandedMethodInfo
data ExpanderSetLabelFillMethodInfo
data ExpanderSetLabelMethodInfo
data ExpanderSetLabelWidgetMethodInfo
data ExpanderSetResizeToplevelMethodInfo
data ExpanderSetSpacingMethodInfo
data ExpanderSetUseMarkupMethodInfo
data ExpanderSetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data ExpanderSpacingPropertyInfo
data ExpanderUseMarkupPropertyInfo
data ExpanderUseUnderlinePropertyInfo
type family ResolveExpanderMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveExpanderAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FileChooserButtonDialogPropertyInfo
data FileChooserButtonFileSetSignalInfo
data FileChooserButtonGetFocusOnClickMethodInfo
data FileChooserButtonGetTitleMethodInfo
data FileChooserButtonGetWidthCharsMethodInfo
data FileChooserButtonSetFocusOnClickMethodInfo
data FileChooserButtonSetTitleMethodInfo
data FileChooserButtonSetWidthCharsMethodInfo
data FileChooserButtonTitlePropertyInfo
data FileChooserButtonWidthCharsPropertyInfo
type family ResolveFileChooserButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveFileChooserDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FileChooserNativeAcceptLabelPropertyInfo
data FileChooserNativeCancelLabelPropertyInfo
data FileChooserNativeGetAcceptLabelMethodInfo
data FileChooserNativeGetCancelLabelMethodInfo
data FileChooserNativeSetAcceptLabelMethodInfo
data FileChooserNativeSetCancelLabelMethodInfo
type family ResolveFileChooserNativeMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FileChooserWidgetDesktopFolderSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetDownFolderSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetHomeFolderSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupOnPasteSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetLocationPopupSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetLocationTogglePopupSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetPlacesShortcutSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetQuickBookmarkSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetRecentShortcutSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetSearchModePropertyInfo
data FileChooserWidgetSearchShortcutSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetShowHiddenSignalInfo
data FileChooserWidgetSubtitlePropertyInfo
data FileChooserWidgetUpFolderSignalInfo
type family ResolveFileChooserWidgetMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FileFilterAddCustomMethodInfo
data FileFilterAddMimeTypeMethodInfo
data FileFilterAddPatternMethodInfo
data FileFilterAddPixbufFormatsMethodInfo
data FileFilterFilterMethodInfo
data FileFilterGetNameMethodInfo
data FileFilterGetNeededMethodInfo
data FileFilterSetNameMethodInfo
data FileFilterToGvariantMethodInfo
type family ResolveFileFilterMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FixedMoveMethodInfo
data FixedPutMethodInfo
type family ResolveFixedMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FlowBoxActivateCursorChildSignalInfo
data FlowBoxActivateOnSingleClickPropertyInfo
data FlowBoxBindModelMethodInfo
data FlowBoxChildActivatedSignalInfo
data FlowBoxColumnSpacingPropertyInfo
data FlowBoxGetActivateOnSingleClickMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetChildAtIndexMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetChildAtPosMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetColumnSpacingMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetMaxChildrenPerLineMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetMinChildrenPerLineMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetRowSpacingMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetSelectedChildrenMethodInfo
data FlowBoxGetSelectionModeMethodInfo
data FlowBoxHomogeneousPropertyInfo
data FlowBoxInsertMethodInfo
data FlowBoxInvalidateFilterMethodInfo
data FlowBoxInvalidateSortMethodInfo
data FlowBoxMaxChildrenPerLinePropertyInfo
data FlowBoxMinChildrenPerLinePropertyInfo
data FlowBoxMoveCursorSignalInfo
data FlowBoxRowSpacingPropertyInfo
data FlowBoxSelectAllMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSelectAllSignalInfo
data FlowBoxSelectChildMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSelectedChildrenChangedSignalInfo
data FlowBoxSelectedForeachMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSelectionModePropertyInfo
data FlowBoxSetActivateOnSingleClickMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetColumnSpacingMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetFilterFuncMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetMaxChildrenPerLineMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetMinChildrenPerLineMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetRowSpacingMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetSelectionModeMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetSortFuncMethodInfo
data FlowBoxSetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data FlowBoxToggleCursorChildSignalInfo
data FlowBoxUnselectAllMethodInfo
data FlowBoxUnselectAllSignalInfo
data FlowBoxUnselectChildMethodInfo
type family ResolveFlowBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveFlowBoxAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FlowBoxChildActivateSignalInfo
data FlowBoxChildChangedMethodInfo
data FlowBoxChildGetIndexMethodInfo
data FlowBoxChildIsSelectedMethodInfo
type family ResolveFlowBoxChildMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveFlowBoxChildAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FontButtonFontNamePropertyInfo
data FontButtonFontSetSignalInfo
data FontButtonGetFontNameMethodInfo
data FontButtonGetShowSizeMethodInfo
data FontButtonGetShowStyleMethodInfo
data FontButtonGetTitleMethodInfo
data FontButtonGetUseFontMethodInfo
data FontButtonGetUseSizeMethodInfo
data FontButtonSetFontNameMethodInfo
data FontButtonSetShowSizeMethodInfo
data FontButtonSetShowStyleMethodInfo
data FontButtonSetTitleMethodInfo
data FontButtonSetUseFontMethodInfo
data FontButtonSetUseSizeMethodInfo
data FontButtonShowSizePropertyInfo
data FontButtonShowStylePropertyInfo
data FontButtonTitlePropertyInfo
data FontButtonUseFontPropertyInfo
data FontButtonUseSizePropertyInfo
type family ResolveFontButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveFontChooserDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FontChooserWidgetTweakActionPropertyInfo
type family ResolveFontChooserWidgetMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FontSelectionFontNamePropertyInfo
data FontSelectionGetFaceListMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetFaceMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetFamilyListMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetFamilyMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetFontNameMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetPreviewEntryMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetPreviewTextMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetSizeEntryMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetSizeListMethodInfo
data FontSelectionGetSizeMethodInfo
data FontSelectionPreviewTextPropertyInfo
data FontSelectionSetFontNameMethodInfo
data FontSelectionSetPreviewTextMethodInfo
type family ResolveFontSelectionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FontSelectionDialogGetCancelButtonMethodInfo
data FontSelectionDialogGetFontNameMethodInfo
data FontSelectionDialogGetFontSelectionMethodInfo
data FontSelectionDialogGetOkButtonMethodInfo
data FontSelectionDialogGetPreviewTextMethodInfo
data FontSelectionDialogSetFontNameMethodInfo
data FontSelectionDialogSetPreviewTextMethodInfo
type family ResolveFontSelectionDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data FrameGetLabelAlignMethodInfo
data FrameGetLabelMethodInfo
data FrameGetLabelWidgetMethodInfo
data FrameGetShadowTypeMethodInfo
data FrameLabelPropertyInfo
data FrameLabelWidgetPropertyInfo
data FrameLabelXalignPropertyInfo
data FrameLabelYalignPropertyInfo
data FrameSetLabelAlignMethodInfo
data FrameSetLabelMethodInfo
data FrameSetLabelWidgetMethodInfo
data FrameSetShadowTypeMethodInfo
data FrameShadowTypePropertyInfo
type family ResolveFrameMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveFrameAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GLAreaAttachBuffersMethodInfo
data GLAreaAutoRenderPropertyInfo
data GLAreaContextPropertyInfo
data GLAreaCreateContextSignalInfo
data GLAreaGetAutoRenderMethodInfo
data GLAreaGetContextMethodInfo
data GLAreaGetErrorMethodInfo
data GLAreaGetHasAlphaMethodInfo
data GLAreaGetHasDepthBufferMethodInfo
data GLAreaGetHasStencilBufferMethodInfo
data GLAreaGetRequiredVersionMethodInfo
data GLAreaGetUseEsMethodInfo
data GLAreaHasAlphaPropertyInfo
data GLAreaHasDepthBufferPropertyInfo
data GLAreaHasStencilBufferPropertyInfo
data GLAreaMakeCurrentMethodInfo
data GLAreaQueueRenderMethodInfo
data GLAreaRenderSignalInfo
data GLAreaResizeSignalInfo
data GLAreaSetAutoRenderMethodInfo
data GLAreaSetErrorMethodInfo
data GLAreaSetHasAlphaMethodInfo
data GLAreaSetHasDepthBufferMethodInfo
data GLAreaSetHasStencilBufferMethodInfo
data GLAreaSetRequiredVersionMethodInfo
data GLAreaSetUseEsMethodInfo
data GLAreaUseEsPropertyInfo
type family ResolveGLAreaMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureBeginSignalInfo
data GestureCancelSignalInfo
data GestureEndSignalInfo
data GestureGetBoundingBoxCenterMethodInfo
data GestureGetBoundingBoxMethodInfo
data GestureGetDeviceMethodInfo
data GestureGetGroupMethodInfo
data GestureGetLastEventMethodInfo
data GestureGetLastUpdatedSequenceMethodInfo
data GestureGetPointMethodInfo
data GestureGetSequenceStateMethodInfo
data GestureGetSequencesMethodInfo
data GestureGetWindowMethodInfo
data GestureGroupMethodInfo
data GestureHandlesSequenceMethodInfo
data GestureIsActiveMethodInfo
data GestureIsGroupedWithMethodInfo
data GestureIsRecognizedMethodInfo
data GestureNPointsPropertyInfo
data GestureSequenceStateChangedSignalInfo
data GestureSetSequenceStateMethodInfo
data GestureSetStateMethodInfo
data GestureSetWindowMethodInfo
data GestureUngroupMethodInfo
data GestureUpdateSignalInfo
data GestureWindowPropertyInfo
type family ResolveGestureMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureDragDragBeginSignalInfo
data GestureDragDragEndSignalInfo
data GestureDragDragUpdateSignalInfo
data GestureDragGetOffsetMethodInfo
data GestureDragGetStartPointMethodInfo
type family ResolveGestureDragMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureLongPressCancelledSignalInfo
data GestureLongPressDelayFactorPropertyInfo
data GestureLongPressPressedSignalInfo
type family ResolveGestureLongPressMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureMultiPressGetAreaMethodInfo
data GestureMultiPressPressedSignalInfo
data GestureMultiPressReleasedSignalInfo
data GestureMultiPressSetAreaMethodInfo
data GestureMultiPressStoppedSignalInfo
type family ResolveGestureMultiPressMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GesturePanGetOrientationMethodInfo
data GesturePanOrientationPropertyInfo
data GesturePanPanSignalInfo
data GesturePanSetOrientationMethodInfo
type family ResolveGesturePanMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureRotateAngleChangedSignalInfo
data GestureRotateGetAngleDeltaMethodInfo
type family ResolveGestureRotateMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureSingleButtonPropertyInfo
data GestureSingleExclusivePropertyInfo
data GestureSingleGetButtonMethodInfo
data GestureSingleGetCurrentButtonMethodInfo
data GestureSingleGetCurrentSequenceMethodInfo
data GestureSingleGetExclusiveMethodInfo
data GestureSingleGetTouchOnlyMethodInfo
data GestureSingleSetButtonMethodInfo
data GestureSingleSetExclusiveMethodInfo
data GestureSingleSetTouchOnlyMethodInfo
data GestureSingleTouchOnlyPropertyInfo
type family ResolveGestureSingleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureStylusDownSignalInfo
data GestureStylusGetAxesMethodInfo
data GestureStylusGetAxisMethodInfo
data GestureStylusGetDeviceToolMethodInfo
data GestureStylusMotionSignalInfo
data GestureStylusProximitySignalInfo
data GestureStylusUpSignalInfo
type family ResolveGestureStylusMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureSwipeGetVelocityMethodInfo
data GestureSwipeSwipeSignalInfo
type family ResolveGestureSwipeMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GestureZoomGetScaleDeltaMethodInfo
data GestureZoomScaleChangedSignalInfo
type family ResolveGestureZoomMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GridAttachMethodInfo
data GridAttachNextToMethodInfo
data GridBaselineRowPropertyInfo
data GridColumnHomogeneousPropertyInfo
data GridColumnSpacingPropertyInfo
data GridGetBaselineRowMethodInfo
data GridGetChildAtMethodInfo
data GridGetColumnHomogeneousMethodInfo
data GridGetColumnSpacingMethodInfo
data GridGetRowBaselinePositionMethodInfo
data GridGetRowHomogeneousMethodInfo
data GridGetRowSpacingMethodInfo
data GridInsertColumnMethodInfo
data GridInsertNextToMethodInfo
data GridInsertRowMethodInfo
data GridRemoveColumnMethodInfo
data GridRemoveRowMethodInfo
data GridRowHomogeneousPropertyInfo
data GridRowSpacingPropertyInfo
data GridSetBaselineRowMethodInfo
data GridSetColumnHomogeneousMethodInfo
data GridSetColumnSpacingMethodInfo
data GridSetRowBaselinePositionMethodInfo
data GridSetRowHomogeneousMethodInfo
data GridSetRowSpacingMethodInfo
type family ResolveGridMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveHBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveHButtonBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveHPanedMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data HSVChangedSignalInfo
data HSVGetColorMethodInfo
data HSVGetMetricsMethodInfo
data HSVIsAdjustingMethodInfo
data HSVMoveSignalInfo
data HSVSetColorMethodInfo
data HSVSetMetricsMethodInfo
type family ResolveHSVMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveHScaleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveHScrollbarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveHSeparatorMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data HandleBoxChildAttachedSignalInfo
data HandleBoxChildDetachedPropertyInfo
data HandleBoxChildDetachedSignalInfo
data HandleBoxGetChildDetachedMethodInfo
data HandleBoxGetHandlePositionMethodInfo
data HandleBoxGetShadowTypeMethodInfo
data HandleBoxGetSnapEdgeMethodInfo
data HandleBoxHandlePositionPropertyInfo
data HandleBoxSetHandlePositionMethodInfo
data HandleBoxSetShadowTypeMethodInfo
data HandleBoxSetSnapEdgeMethodInfo
data HandleBoxShadowTypePropertyInfo
data HandleBoxSnapEdgePropertyInfo
data HandleBoxSnapEdgeSetPropertyInfo
type family ResolveHandleBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data HeaderBarCustomTitlePropertyInfo
data HeaderBarDecorationLayoutPropertyInfo
data HeaderBarDecorationLayoutSetPropertyInfo
data HeaderBarGetCustomTitleMethodInfo
data HeaderBarGetDecorationLayoutMethodInfo
data HeaderBarGetHasSubtitleMethodInfo
data HeaderBarGetShowCloseButtonMethodInfo
data HeaderBarGetSubtitleMethodInfo
data HeaderBarGetTitleMethodInfo
data HeaderBarHasSubtitlePropertyInfo
data HeaderBarPackEndMethodInfo
data HeaderBarPackStartMethodInfo
data HeaderBarSetCustomTitleMethodInfo
data HeaderBarSetDecorationLayoutMethodInfo
data HeaderBarSetHasSubtitleMethodInfo
data HeaderBarSetShowCloseButtonMethodInfo
data HeaderBarSetSubtitleMethodInfo
data HeaderBarSetTitleMethodInfo
data HeaderBarShowCloseButtonPropertyInfo
data HeaderBarSpacingPropertyInfo
data HeaderBarSubtitlePropertyInfo
data HeaderBarTitlePropertyInfo
type family ResolveHeaderBarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveHeaderBarAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IMContextCommitSignalInfo
data IMContextDeleteSurroundingMethodInfo
data IMContextDeleteSurroundingSignalInfo
data IMContextFilterKeypressMethodInfo
data IMContextFocusInMethodInfo
data IMContextFocusOutMethodInfo
data IMContextGetPreeditStringMethodInfo
data IMContextGetSurroundingMethodInfo
data IMContextInputHintsPropertyInfo
data IMContextInputPurposePropertyInfo
data IMContextPreeditChangedSignalInfo
data IMContextPreeditEndSignalInfo
data IMContextPreeditStartSignalInfo
data IMContextResetMethodInfo
data IMContextRetrieveSurroundingSignalInfo
data IMContextSetClientWindowMethodInfo
data IMContextSetCursorLocationMethodInfo
data IMContextSetSurroundingMethodInfo
data IMContextSetUsePreeditMethodInfo
type family ResolveIMContextMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IMContextSimpleAddComposeFileMethodInfo
type family ResolveIMContextSimpleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IMMulticontextAppendMenuitemsMethodInfo
data IMMulticontextGetContextIdMethodInfo
data IMMulticontextSetContextIdMethodInfo
type family ResolveIMMulticontextMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IconFactoryAddDefaultMethodInfo
data IconFactoryAddMethodInfo
data IconFactoryLookupMethodInfo
data IconFactoryRemoveDefaultMethodInfo
type family ResolveIconFactoryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IconInfoGetAttachPointsMethodInfo
data IconInfoGetBaseScaleMethodInfo
data IconInfoGetBaseSizeMethodInfo
data IconInfoGetBuiltinPixbufMethodInfo
data IconInfoGetDisplayNameMethodInfo
data IconInfoGetEmbeddedRectMethodInfo
data IconInfoGetFilenameMethodInfo
data IconInfoIsSymbolicMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadIconAsyncMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadIconFinishMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadIconMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadSurfaceMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadSymbolicAsyncMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadSymbolicFinishMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadSymbolicForContextAsyncMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadSymbolicForContextFinishMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadSymbolicForContextMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadSymbolicForStyleMethodInfo
data IconInfoLoadSymbolicMethodInfo
data IconInfoSetRawCoordinatesMethodInfo
type family ResolveIconInfoMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IconThemeAddResourcePathMethodInfo
data IconThemeAppendSearchPathMethodInfo
data IconThemeChangedSignalInfo
data IconThemeChooseIconForScaleMethodInfo
data IconThemeChooseIconMethodInfo
data IconThemeGetExampleIconNameMethodInfo
data IconThemeGetIconSizesMethodInfo
data IconThemeGetSearchPathMethodInfo
data IconThemeHasIconMethodInfo
data IconThemeListContextsMethodInfo
data IconThemeListIconsMethodInfo
data IconThemeLoadIconForScaleMethodInfo
data IconThemeLoadIconMethodInfo
data IconThemeLoadSurfaceMethodInfo
data IconThemeLookupByGiconForScaleMethodInfo
data IconThemeLookupByGiconMethodInfo
data IconThemeLookupIconForScaleMethodInfo
data IconThemeLookupIconMethodInfo
data IconThemePrependSearchPathMethodInfo
data IconThemeRescanIfNeededMethodInfo
data IconThemeSetCustomThemeMethodInfo
data IconThemeSetScreenMethodInfo
data IconThemeSetSearchPathMethodInfo
type family ResolveIconThemeMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IconViewActivateCursorItemSignalInfo
data IconViewActivateOnSingleClickPropertyInfo
data IconViewCellAreaPropertyInfo
data IconViewColumnSpacingPropertyInfo
data IconViewColumnsPropertyInfo
data IconViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoordsMethodInfo
data IconViewCreateDragIconMethodInfo
data IconViewEnableModelDragDestMethodInfo
data IconViewEnableModelDragSourceMethodInfo
data IconViewGetActivateOnSingleClickMethodInfo
data IconViewGetCellRectMethodInfo
data IconViewGetColumnSpacingMethodInfo
data IconViewGetColumnsMethodInfo
data IconViewGetCursorMethodInfo
data IconViewGetDestItemAtPosMethodInfo
data IconViewGetDragDestItemMethodInfo
data IconViewGetItemAtPosMethodInfo
data IconViewGetItemColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewGetItemOrientationMethodInfo
data IconViewGetItemPaddingMethodInfo
data IconViewGetItemRowMethodInfo
data IconViewGetItemWidthMethodInfo
data IconViewGetMarginMethodInfo
data IconViewGetMarkupColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewGetModelMethodInfo
data IconViewGetPathAtPosMethodInfo
data IconViewGetPixbufColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewGetReorderableMethodInfo
data IconViewGetRowSpacingMethodInfo
data IconViewGetSelectedItemsMethodInfo
data IconViewGetSelectionModeMethodInfo
data IconViewGetSpacingMethodInfo
data IconViewGetTextColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewGetTooltipColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewGetTooltipContextMethodInfo
data IconViewGetVisibleRangeMethodInfo
data IconViewItemActivatedMethodInfo
data IconViewItemActivatedSignalInfo
data IconViewItemOrientationPropertyInfo
data IconViewItemPaddingPropertyInfo
data IconViewItemWidthPropertyInfo
data IconViewMarginPropertyInfo
data IconViewMarkupColumnPropertyInfo
data IconViewModelPropertyInfo
data IconViewMoveCursorSignalInfo
data IconViewPathIsSelectedMethodInfo
data IconViewPixbufColumnPropertyInfo
data IconViewReorderablePropertyInfo
data IconViewRowSpacingPropertyInfo
data IconViewScrollToPathMethodInfo
data IconViewSelectAllMethodInfo
data IconViewSelectAllSignalInfo
data IconViewSelectCursorItemSignalInfo
data IconViewSelectPathMethodInfo
data IconViewSelectedForeachMethodInfo
data IconViewSelectionChangedSignalInfo
data IconViewSelectionModePropertyInfo
data IconViewSetActivateOnSingleClickMethodInfo
data IconViewSetColumnSpacingMethodInfo
data IconViewSetColumnsMethodInfo
data IconViewSetCursorMethodInfo
data IconViewSetDragDestItemMethodInfo
data IconViewSetItemOrientationMethodInfo
data IconViewSetItemPaddingMethodInfo
data IconViewSetItemWidthMethodInfo
data IconViewSetMarginMethodInfo
data IconViewSetMarkupColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewSetModelMethodInfo
data IconViewSetPixbufColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewSetReorderableMethodInfo
data IconViewSetRowSpacingMethodInfo
data IconViewSetSelectionModeMethodInfo
data IconViewSetSpacingMethodInfo
data IconViewSetTextColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewSetTooltipCellMethodInfo
data IconViewSetTooltipColumnMethodInfo
data IconViewSetTooltipItemMethodInfo
data IconViewSpacingPropertyInfo
data IconViewTextColumnPropertyInfo
data IconViewToggleCursorItemSignalInfo
data IconViewTooltipColumnPropertyInfo
data IconViewUnselectAllMethodInfo
data IconViewUnselectAllSignalInfo
data IconViewUnselectPathMethodInfo
data IconViewUnsetModelDragDestMethodInfo
data IconViewUnsetModelDragSourceMethodInfo
type family ResolveIconViewMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveIconViewAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ImageClearMethodInfo
data ImageFilePropertyInfo
data ImageGetAnimationMethodInfo
data ImageGetGiconMethodInfo
data ImageGetIconNameMethodInfo
data ImageGetIconSetMethodInfo
data ImageGetPixbufMethodInfo
data ImageGetPixelSizeMethodInfo
data ImageGetStockMethodInfo
data ImageGetStorageTypeMethodInfo
data ImageGiconPropertyInfo
data ImageIconNamePropertyInfo
data ImageIconSetPropertyInfo
data ImageIconSizePropertyInfo
data ImagePixbufAnimationPropertyInfo
data ImagePixbufPropertyInfo
data ImagePixelSizePropertyInfo
data ImageResourcePropertyInfo
data ImageSetFromAnimationMethodInfo
data ImageSetFromFileMethodInfo
data ImageSetFromGiconMethodInfo
data ImageSetFromIconNameMethodInfo
data ImageSetFromIconSetMethodInfo
data ImageSetFromPixbufMethodInfo
data ImageSetFromResourceMethodInfo
data ImageSetFromStockMethodInfo
data ImageSetFromSurfaceMethodInfo
data ImageSetPixelSizeMethodInfo
data ImageStockPropertyInfo
data ImageStorageTypePropertyInfo
data ImageSurfacePropertyInfo
data ImageUseFallbackPropertyInfo
type family ResolveImageMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveImageAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveImageCellAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ImageMenuItemAccelGroupPropertyInfo
data ImageMenuItemAlwaysShowImagePropertyInfo
data ImageMenuItemGetAlwaysShowImageMethodInfo
data ImageMenuItemGetImageMethodInfo
data ImageMenuItemGetUseStockMethodInfo
data ImageMenuItemImagePropertyInfo
data ImageMenuItemSetAccelGroupMethodInfo
data ImageMenuItemSetAlwaysShowImageMethodInfo
data ImageMenuItemSetImageMethodInfo
data ImageMenuItemSetUseStockMethodInfo
data ImageMenuItemUseStockPropertyInfo
type family ResolveImageMenuItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data InfoBarAddActionWidgetMethodInfo
data InfoBarAddButtonMethodInfo
data InfoBarCloseSignalInfo
data InfoBarGetActionAreaMethodInfo
data InfoBarGetContentAreaMethodInfo
data InfoBarGetMessageTypeMethodInfo
data InfoBarGetRevealedMethodInfo
data InfoBarGetShowCloseButtonMethodInfo
data InfoBarMessageTypePropertyInfo
data InfoBarResponseMethodInfo
data InfoBarResponseSignalInfo
data InfoBarRevealedPropertyInfo
data InfoBarSetDefaultResponseMethodInfo
data InfoBarSetMessageTypeMethodInfo
data InfoBarSetResponseSensitiveMethodInfo
data InfoBarSetRevealedMethodInfo
data InfoBarSetShowCloseButtonMethodInfo
data InfoBarShowCloseButtonPropertyInfo
type family ResolveInfoBarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data InvisibleGetScreenMethodInfo
data InvisibleScreenPropertyInfo
data InvisibleSetScreenMethodInfo
type family ResolveInvisibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data LabelActivateCurrentLinkSignalInfo
data LabelActivateLinkSignalInfo
data LabelAnglePropertyInfo
data LabelAttributesPropertyInfo
data LabelCopyClipboardSignalInfo
data LabelCursorPositionPropertyInfo
data LabelEllipsizePropertyInfo
data LabelGetAngleMethodInfo
data LabelGetAttributesMethodInfo
data LabelGetCurrentUriMethodInfo
data LabelGetEllipsizeMethodInfo
data LabelGetJustifyMethodInfo
data LabelGetLabelMethodInfo
data LabelGetLayoutMethodInfo
data LabelGetLayoutOffsetsMethodInfo
data LabelGetLineWrapMethodInfo
data LabelGetLineWrapModeMethodInfo
data LabelGetLinesMethodInfo
data LabelGetMaxWidthCharsMethodInfo
data LabelGetMnemonicKeyvalMethodInfo
data LabelGetMnemonicWidgetMethodInfo
data LabelGetSelectableMethodInfo
data LabelGetSelectionBoundsMethodInfo
data LabelGetSingleLineModeMethodInfo
data LabelGetTextMethodInfo
data LabelGetTrackVisitedLinksMethodInfo
data LabelGetUseMarkupMethodInfo
data LabelGetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data LabelGetWidthCharsMethodInfo
data LabelGetXalignMethodInfo
data LabelGetYalignMethodInfo
data LabelJustifyPropertyInfo
data LabelLabelPropertyInfo
data LabelLinesPropertyInfo
data LabelMaxWidthCharsPropertyInfo
data LabelMnemonicKeyvalPropertyInfo
data LabelMnemonicWidgetPropertyInfo
data LabelMoveCursorSignalInfo
data LabelPatternPropertyInfo
data LabelPopulatePopupSignalInfo
data LabelSelectRegionMethodInfo
data LabelSelectablePropertyInfo
data LabelSelectionBoundPropertyInfo
data LabelSetAngleMethodInfo
data LabelSetAttributesMethodInfo
data LabelSetEllipsizeMethodInfo
data LabelSetJustifyMethodInfo
data LabelSetLabelMethodInfo
data LabelSetLineWrapMethodInfo
data LabelSetLineWrapModeMethodInfo
data LabelSetLinesMethodInfo
data LabelSetMarkupMethodInfo
data LabelSetMarkupWithMnemonicMethodInfo
data LabelSetMaxWidthCharsMethodInfo
data LabelSetMnemonicWidgetMethodInfo
data LabelSetPatternMethodInfo
data LabelSetSelectableMethodInfo
data LabelSetSingleLineModeMethodInfo
data LabelSetTextMethodInfo
data LabelSetTextWithMnemonicMethodInfo
data LabelSetTrackVisitedLinksMethodInfo
data LabelSetUseMarkupMethodInfo
data LabelSetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data LabelSetWidthCharsMethodInfo
data LabelSetXalignMethodInfo
data LabelSetYalignMethodInfo
data LabelSingleLineModePropertyInfo
data LabelTrackVisitedLinksPropertyInfo
data LabelUseMarkupPropertyInfo
data LabelUseUnderlinePropertyInfo
data LabelWidthCharsPropertyInfo
data LabelWrapModePropertyInfo
data LabelWrapPropertyInfo
data LabelXalignPropertyInfo
data LabelYalignPropertyInfo
type family ResolveLabelMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveLabelAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data LayoutGetBinWindowMethodInfo
data LayoutGetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data LayoutGetSizeMethodInfo
data LayoutGetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data LayoutHeightPropertyInfo
data LayoutMoveMethodInfo
data LayoutPutMethodInfo
data LayoutSetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data LayoutSetSizeMethodInfo
data LayoutSetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data LayoutWidthPropertyInfo
type family ResolveLayoutMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data LevelBarAddOffsetValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarGetInvertedMethodInfo
data LevelBarGetMaxValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarGetMinValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarGetModeMethodInfo
data LevelBarGetOffsetValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarGetValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarInvertedPropertyInfo
data LevelBarMaxValuePropertyInfo
data LevelBarMinValuePropertyInfo
data LevelBarModePropertyInfo
data LevelBarOffsetChangedSignalInfo
data LevelBarRemoveOffsetValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarSetInvertedMethodInfo
data LevelBarSetMaxValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarSetMinValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarSetModeMethodInfo
data LevelBarSetValueMethodInfo
data LevelBarValuePropertyInfo
type family ResolveLevelBarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveLevelBarAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data LinkButtonActivateLinkSignalInfo
data LinkButtonGetUriMethodInfo
data LinkButtonGetVisitedMethodInfo
data LinkButtonSetUriMethodInfo
data LinkButtonSetVisitedMethodInfo
data LinkButtonUriPropertyInfo
data LinkButtonVisitedPropertyInfo
type family ResolveLinkButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveLinkButtonAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ListBoxActivateCursorRowSignalInfo
data ListBoxActivateOnSingleClickPropertyInfo
data ListBoxBindModelMethodInfo
data ListBoxDragHighlightRowMethodInfo
data ListBoxDragUnhighlightRowMethodInfo
data ListBoxGetActivateOnSingleClickMethodInfo
data ListBoxGetAdjustmentMethodInfo
data ListBoxGetRowAtIndexMethodInfo
data ListBoxGetRowAtYMethodInfo
data ListBoxGetSelectedRowMethodInfo
data ListBoxGetSelectedRowsMethodInfo
data ListBoxGetSelectionModeMethodInfo
data ListBoxInsertMethodInfo
data ListBoxInvalidateFilterMethodInfo
data ListBoxInvalidateHeadersMethodInfo
data ListBoxInvalidateSortMethodInfo
data ListBoxMoveCursorSignalInfo
data ListBoxPrependMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowActivatedSignalInfo
data ListBoxRowSelectedSignalInfo
data ListBoxSelectAllMethodInfo
data ListBoxSelectAllSignalInfo
data ListBoxSelectRowMethodInfo
data ListBoxSelectedForeachMethodInfo
data ListBoxSelectedRowsChangedSignalInfo
data ListBoxSelectionModePropertyInfo
data ListBoxSetActivateOnSingleClickMethodInfo
data ListBoxSetAdjustmentMethodInfo
data ListBoxSetFilterFuncMethodInfo
data ListBoxSetHeaderFuncMethodInfo
data ListBoxSetPlaceholderMethodInfo
data ListBoxSetSelectionModeMethodInfo
data ListBoxSetSortFuncMethodInfo
data ListBoxToggleCursorRowSignalInfo
data ListBoxUnselectAllMethodInfo
data ListBoxUnselectAllSignalInfo
data ListBoxUnselectRowMethodInfo
type family ResolveListBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveListBoxAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ListBoxRowActivatablePropertyInfo
data ListBoxRowActivateSignalInfo
data ListBoxRowChangedMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowGetActivatableMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowGetHeaderMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowGetIndexMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowGetSelectableMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowIsSelectedMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowSelectablePropertyInfo
data ListBoxRowSetActivatableMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowSetHeaderMethodInfo
data ListBoxRowSetSelectableMethodInfo
type family ResolveListBoxRowMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveListBoxRowAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ListStoreAppendMethodInfo
data ListStoreClearMethodInfo
data ListStoreInsertAfterMethodInfo
data ListStoreInsertBeforeMethodInfo
data ListStoreInsertMethodInfo
data ListStoreInsertWithValuesvMethodInfo
data ListStoreIterIsValidMethodInfo
data ListStoreMoveAfterMethodInfo
data ListStoreMoveBeforeMethodInfo
data ListStorePrependMethodInfo
data ListStoreRemoveMethodInfo
data ListStoreReorderMethodInfo
data ListStoreSetColumnTypesMethodInfo
data ListStoreSetMethodInfo
data ListStoreSetValueMethodInfo
data ListStoreSwapMethodInfo
type family ResolveListStoreMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data LockButtonGetPermissionMethodInfo
data LockButtonPermissionPropertyInfo
data LockButtonSetPermissionMethodInfo
data LockButtonTextLockPropertyInfo
data LockButtonTextUnlockPropertyInfo
data LockButtonTooltipLockPropertyInfo
data LockButtonTooltipNotAuthorizedPropertyInfo
data LockButtonTooltipUnlockPropertyInfo
type family ResolveLockButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveLockButtonAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MenuAccelGroupPropertyInfo
data MenuAccelPathPropertyInfo
data MenuActivePropertyInfo
data MenuAnchorHintsPropertyInfo
data MenuAttachMethodInfo
data MenuAttachToWidgetMethodInfo
data MenuAttachWidgetPropertyInfo
data MenuDetachMethodInfo
data MenuGetAccelGroupMethodInfo
data MenuGetAccelPathMethodInfo
data MenuGetActiveMethodInfo
data MenuGetAttachWidgetMethodInfo
data MenuGetMonitorMethodInfo
data MenuGetReserveToggleSizeMethodInfo
data MenuGetTearoffStateMethodInfo
data MenuGetTitleMethodInfo
data MenuMenuTypeHintPropertyInfo
data MenuMonitorPropertyInfo
data MenuMoveScrollSignalInfo
data MenuPlaceOnMonitorMethodInfo
data MenuPopdownMethodInfo
data MenuPoppedUpSignalInfo
data MenuPopupAtPointerMethodInfo
data MenuPopupAtRectMethodInfo
data MenuPopupAtWidgetMethodInfo
data MenuPopupForDeviceMethodInfo
data MenuPopupMethodInfo
data MenuRectAnchorDxPropertyInfo
data MenuRectAnchorDyPropertyInfo
data MenuReorderChildMethodInfo
data MenuRepositionMethodInfo
data MenuReserveToggleSizePropertyInfo
data MenuSetAccelGroupMethodInfo
data MenuSetAccelPathMethodInfo
data MenuSetActiveMethodInfo
data MenuSetMonitorMethodInfo
data MenuSetReserveToggleSizeMethodInfo
data MenuSetScreenMethodInfo
data MenuSetTearoffStateMethodInfo
data MenuSetTitleMethodInfo
data MenuTearoffStatePropertyInfo
data MenuTearoffTitlePropertyInfo
type family ResolveMenuMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveMenuAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MenuBarChildPackDirectionPropertyInfo
data MenuBarGetChildPackDirectionMethodInfo
data MenuBarGetPackDirectionMethodInfo
data MenuBarPackDirectionPropertyInfo
data MenuBarSetChildPackDirectionMethodInfo
data MenuBarSetPackDirectionMethodInfo
type family ResolveMenuBarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MenuButtonAlignWidgetPropertyInfo
data MenuButtonDirectionPropertyInfo
data MenuButtonGetAlignWidgetMethodInfo
data MenuButtonGetDirectionMethodInfo
data MenuButtonGetMenuModelMethodInfo
data MenuButtonGetPopoverMethodInfo
data MenuButtonGetPopupMethodInfo
data MenuButtonGetUsePopoverMethodInfo
data MenuButtonMenuModelPropertyInfo
data MenuButtonPopoverPropertyInfo
data MenuButtonPopupPropertyInfo
data MenuButtonSetAlignWidgetMethodInfo
data MenuButtonSetDirectionMethodInfo
data MenuButtonSetMenuModelMethodInfo
data MenuButtonSetPopoverMethodInfo
data MenuButtonSetPopupMethodInfo
data MenuButtonSetUsePopoverMethodInfo
data MenuButtonUsePopoverPropertyInfo
type family ResolveMenuButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveMenuButtonAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MenuItemAccelPathPropertyInfo
data MenuItemActivateItemSignalInfo
data MenuItemActivateMethodInfo
data MenuItemActivateSignalInfo
data MenuItemDeselectMethodInfo
data MenuItemDeselectSignalInfo
data MenuItemGetAccelPathMethodInfo
data MenuItemGetLabelMethodInfo
data MenuItemGetReserveIndicatorMethodInfo
data MenuItemGetRightJustifiedMethodInfo
data MenuItemGetSubmenuMethodInfo
data MenuItemGetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data MenuItemLabelPropertyInfo
data MenuItemRightJustifiedPropertyInfo
data MenuItemSelectMethodInfo
data MenuItemSelectSignalInfo
data MenuItemSetAccelPathMethodInfo
data MenuItemSetLabelMethodInfo
data MenuItemSetReserveIndicatorMethodInfo
data MenuItemSetRightJustifiedMethodInfo
data MenuItemSetSubmenuMethodInfo
data MenuItemSetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data MenuItemSubmenuPropertyInfo
data MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateMethodInfo
data MenuItemToggleSizeAllocateSignalInfo
data MenuItemToggleSizeRequestMethodInfo
data MenuItemToggleSizeRequestSignalInfo
data MenuItemUseUnderlinePropertyInfo
type family ResolveMenuItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveMenuItemAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MenuShellActivateCurrentSignalInfo
data MenuShellActivateItemMethodInfo
data MenuShellAppendMethodInfo
data MenuShellBindModelMethodInfo
data MenuShellCancelMethodInfo
data MenuShellCancelSignalInfo
data MenuShellCycleFocusSignalInfo
data MenuShellDeactivateMethodInfo
data MenuShellDeactivateSignalInfo
data MenuShellDeselectMethodInfo
data MenuShellGetParentShellMethodInfo
data MenuShellGetSelectedItemMethodInfo
data MenuShellGetTakeFocusMethodInfo
data MenuShellInsertMethodInfo
data MenuShellInsertSignalInfo
data MenuShellMoveCurrentSignalInfo
data MenuShellMoveSelectedSignalInfo
data MenuShellPrependMethodInfo
data MenuShellSelectFirstMethodInfo
data MenuShellSelectItemMethodInfo
data MenuShellSelectionDoneSignalInfo
data MenuShellSetTakeFocusMethodInfo
data MenuShellTakeFocusPropertyInfo
type family ResolveMenuShellMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveMenuShellAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MenuToolButtonGetMenuMethodInfo
data MenuToolButtonMenuPropertyInfo
data MenuToolButtonSetArrowTooltipMarkupMethodInfo
data MenuToolButtonSetArrowTooltipTextMethodInfo
data MenuToolButtonSetMenuMethodInfo
data MenuToolButtonShowMenuSignalInfo
type family ResolveMenuToolButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MessageDialogButtonsPropertyInfo
data MessageDialogGetImageMethodInfo
data MessageDialogGetMessageAreaMethodInfo
data MessageDialogImagePropertyInfo
data MessageDialogMessageAreaPropertyInfo
data MessageDialogMessageTypePropertyInfo
data MessageDialogSecondaryTextPropertyInfo
data MessageDialogSecondaryUseMarkupPropertyInfo
data MessageDialogSetImageMethodInfo
data MessageDialogSetMarkupMethodInfo
data MessageDialogTextPropertyInfo
data MessageDialogUseMarkupPropertyInfo
type family ResolveMessageDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MiscGetAlignmentMethodInfo
data MiscGetPaddingMethodInfo
data MiscSetAlignmentMethodInfo
data MiscSetPaddingMethodInfo
data MiscXalignPropertyInfo
data MiscXpadPropertyInfo
data MiscYalignPropertyInfo
data MiscYpadPropertyInfo
type family ResolveMiscMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ModelButtonActivePropertyInfo
data ModelButtonCenteredPropertyInfo
data ModelButtonIconPropertyInfo
data ModelButtonIconicPropertyInfo
data ModelButtonInvertedPropertyInfo
data ModelButtonMenuNamePropertyInfo
data ModelButtonRolePropertyInfo
data ModelButtonTextPropertyInfo
data ModelButtonUseMarkupPropertyInfo
type family ResolveModelButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data MountOperationGetParentMethodInfo
data MountOperationGetScreenMethodInfo
data MountOperationIsShowingMethodInfo
data MountOperationIsShowingPropertyInfo
data MountOperationParentPropertyInfo
data MountOperationScreenPropertyInfo
data MountOperationSetParentMethodInfo
data MountOperationSetScreenMethodInfo
type family ResolveMountOperationMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data NativeDialogDestroyMethodInfo
data NativeDialogGetModalMethodInfo
data NativeDialogGetTitleMethodInfo
data NativeDialogGetTransientForMethodInfo
data NativeDialogGetVisibleMethodInfo
data NativeDialogHideMethodInfo
data NativeDialogModalPropertyInfo
data NativeDialogResponseSignalInfo
data NativeDialogRunMethodInfo
data NativeDialogSetModalMethodInfo
data NativeDialogSetTitleMethodInfo
data NativeDialogSetTransientForMethodInfo
data NativeDialogShowMethodInfo
data NativeDialogTitlePropertyInfo
data NativeDialogTransientForPropertyInfo
data NativeDialogVisiblePropertyInfo
type family ResolveNativeDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data NotebookAppendPageMenuMethodInfo
data NotebookAppendPageMethodInfo
data NotebookChangeCurrentPageSignalInfo
data NotebookCreateWindowSignalInfo
data NotebookDetachTabMethodInfo
data NotebookEnablePopupPropertyInfo
data NotebookFocusTabSignalInfo
data NotebookGetActionWidgetMethodInfo
data NotebookGetCurrentPageMethodInfo
data NotebookGetGroupNameMethodInfo
data NotebookGetMenuLabelMethodInfo
data NotebookGetMenuLabelTextMethodInfo
data NotebookGetNPagesMethodInfo
data NotebookGetNthPageMethodInfo
data NotebookGetScrollableMethodInfo
data NotebookGetShowBorderMethodInfo
data NotebookGetShowTabsMethodInfo
data NotebookGetTabDetachableMethodInfo
data NotebookGetTabHborderMethodInfo
data NotebookGetTabLabelMethodInfo
data NotebookGetTabLabelTextMethodInfo
data NotebookGetTabPosMethodInfo
data NotebookGetTabReorderableMethodInfo
data NotebookGetTabVborderMethodInfo
data NotebookGroupNamePropertyInfo
data NotebookInsertPageMenuMethodInfo
data NotebookInsertPageMethodInfo
data NotebookMoveFocusOutSignalInfo
data NotebookNextPageMethodInfo
data NotebookPageAddedSignalInfo
data NotebookPageNumMethodInfo
data NotebookPagePropertyInfo
data NotebookPageRemovedSignalInfo
data NotebookPageReorderedSignalInfo
data NotebookPopupDisableMethodInfo
data NotebookPopupEnableMethodInfo
data NotebookPrependPageMenuMethodInfo
data NotebookPrependPageMethodInfo
data NotebookPrevPageMethodInfo
data NotebookRemovePageMethodInfo
data NotebookReorderChildMethodInfo
data NotebookReorderTabSignalInfo
data NotebookScrollablePropertyInfo
data NotebookSelectPageSignalInfo
data NotebookSetActionWidgetMethodInfo
data NotebookSetCurrentPageMethodInfo
data NotebookSetGroupNameMethodInfo
data NotebookSetMenuLabelMethodInfo
data NotebookSetMenuLabelTextMethodInfo
data NotebookSetScrollableMethodInfo
data NotebookSetShowBorderMethodInfo
data NotebookSetShowTabsMethodInfo
data NotebookSetTabDetachableMethodInfo
data NotebookSetTabLabelMethodInfo
data NotebookSetTabLabelTextMethodInfo
data NotebookSetTabPosMethodInfo
data NotebookSetTabReorderableMethodInfo
data NotebookShowBorderPropertyInfo
data NotebookShowTabsPropertyInfo
data NotebookSwitchPageSignalInfo
data NotebookTabPosPropertyInfo
type family ResolveNotebookMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveNotebookAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data NotebookPageAccessibleInvalidateMethodInfo
type family ResolveNotebookPageAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data NumerableIconBackgroundIconNamePropertyInfo
data NumerableIconBackgroundIconPropertyInfo
data NumerableIconCountPropertyInfo
data NumerableIconGetBackgroundGiconMethodInfo
data NumerableIconGetBackgroundIconNameMethodInfo
data NumerableIconGetCountMethodInfo
data NumerableIconGetLabelMethodInfo
data NumerableIconGetStyleContextMethodInfo
data NumerableIconLabelPropertyInfo
data NumerableIconSetBackgroundGiconMethodInfo
data NumerableIconSetBackgroundIconNameMethodInfo
data NumerableIconSetCountMethodInfo
data NumerableIconSetLabelMethodInfo
data NumerableIconSetStyleContextMethodInfo
data NumerableIconStyleContextPropertyInfo
type family ResolveNumerableIconMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data OffscreenWindowGetPixbufMethodInfo
data OffscreenWindowGetSurfaceMethodInfo
type family ResolveOffscreenWindowMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data OverlayAddOverlayMethodInfo
data OverlayGetOverlayPassThroughMethodInfo
data OverlayReorderOverlayMethodInfo
data OverlaySetOverlayPassThroughMethodInfo
type family ResolveOverlayMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PadControllerActionGroupPropertyInfo
data PadControllerPadPropertyInfo
data PadControllerSetActionEntriesMethodInfo
data PadControllerSetActionMethodInfo
type family ResolvePadControllerMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PageSetupCopyMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetBottomMarginMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetLeftMarginMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetOrientationMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetPageHeightMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetPageWidthMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetPaperHeightMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetPaperSizeMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetPaperWidthMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetRightMarginMethodInfo
data PageSetupGetTopMarginMethodInfo
data PageSetupLoadFileMethodInfo
data PageSetupLoadKeyFileMethodInfo
data PageSetupSetBottomMarginMethodInfo
data PageSetupSetLeftMarginMethodInfo
data PageSetupSetOrientationMethodInfo
data PageSetupSetPaperSizeAndDefaultMarginsMethodInfo
data PageSetupSetPaperSizeMethodInfo
data PageSetupSetRightMarginMethodInfo
data PageSetupSetTopMarginMethodInfo
data PageSetupToFileMethodInfo
data PageSetupToGvariantMethodInfo
data PageSetupToKeyFileMethodInfo
type family ResolvePageSetupMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PanedAcceptPositionSignalInfo
data PanedAdd1MethodInfo
data PanedAdd2MethodInfo
data PanedCancelPositionSignalInfo
data PanedCycleChildFocusSignalInfo
data PanedCycleHandleFocusSignalInfo
data PanedGetChild1MethodInfo
data PanedGetChild2MethodInfo
data PanedGetHandleWindowMethodInfo
data PanedGetPositionMethodInfo
data PanedGetWideHandleMethodInfo
data PanedMaxPositionPropertyInfo
data PanedMinPositionPropertyInfo
data PanedMoveHandleSignalInfo
data PanedPack1MethodInfo
data PanedPack2MethodInfo
data PanedPositionPropertyInfo
data PanedPositionSetPropertyInfo
data PanedSetPositionMethodInfo
data PanedSetWideHandleMethodInfo
data PanedToggleHandleFocusSignalInfo
data PanedWideHandlePropertyInfo
type family ResolvePanedMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolvePanedAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PlacesSidebarAddShortcutMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarDragActionAskSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarDragActionRequestedSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarDragPerformDropSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetLocalOnlyMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetLocationMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetNthBookmarkMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetOpenFlagsMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetShowConnectToServerMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetShowDesktopMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetShowEnterLocationMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetShowOtherLocationsMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetShowRecentMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetShowStarredLocationMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarGetShowTrashMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarListShortcutsMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarLocalOnlyPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarLocationPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarMountSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarOpenFlagsPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarOpenLocationSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarPopulateAllPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarPopulatePopupSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarRemoveShortcutMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetDropTargetsVisibleMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetLocalOnlyMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetLocationMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetOpenFlagsMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetShowConnectToServerMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetShowDesktopMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetShowEnterLocationMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetShowOtherLocationsMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetShowRecentMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetShowStarredLocationMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarSetShowTrashMethodInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowConnectToServerSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowDesktopPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowEnterLocationSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowErrorMessageSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowOtherLocationsWithFlagsSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowRecentPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowStarredLocationSignalInfo
data PlacesSidebarShowTrashPropertyInfo
data PlacesSidebarUnmountSignalInfo
type family ResolvePlacesSidebarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PlugConstructForDisplayMethodInfo
data PlugConstructMethodInfo
data PlugEmbeddedPropertyInfo
data PlugEmbeddedSignalInfo
data PlugGetEmbeddedMethodInfo
data PlugGetIdMethodInfo
data PlugGetSocketWindowMethodInfo
data PlugSocketWindowPropertyInfo
type family ResolvePlugMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PopoverBindModelMethodInfo
data PopoverClosedSignalInfo
data PopoverConstrainToPropertyInfo
data PopoverGetConstrainToMethodInfo
data PopoverGetDefaultWidgetMethodInfo
data PopoverGetModalMethodInfo
data PopoverGetPointingToMethodInfo
data PopoverGetPositionMethodInfo
data PopoverGetRelativeToMethodInfo
data PopoverGetTransitionsEnabledMethodInfo
data PopoverModalPropertyInfo
data PopoverPointingToPropertyInfo
data PopoverPopdownMethodInfo
data PopoverPopupMethodInfo
data PopoverPositionPropertyInfo
data PopoverRelativeToPropertyInfo
data PopoverSetConstrainToMethodInfo
data PopoverSetDefaultWidgetMethodInfo
data PopoverSetModalMethodInfo
data PopoverSetPointingToMethodInfo
data PopoverSetPositionMethodInfo
data PopoverSetRelativeToMethodInfo
data PopoverSetTransitionsEnabledMethodInfo
data PopoverTransitionsEnabledPropertyInfo
type family ResolvePopoverMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolvePopoverAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PopoverMenuOpenSubmenuMethodInfo
data PopoverMenuVisibleSubmenuPropertyInfo
type family ResolvePopoverMenuMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PrintContextCreatePangoContextMethodInfo
data PrintContextCreatePangoLayoutMethodInfo
data PrintContextGetCairoContextMethodInfo
data PrintContextGetDpiXMethodInfo
data PrintContextGetDpiYMethodInfo
data PrintContextGetHardMarginsMethodInfo
data PrintContextGetHeightMethodInfo
data PrintContextGetPageSetupMethodInfo
data PrintContextGetPangoFontmapMethodInfo
data PrintContextGetWidthMethodInfo
data PrintContextSetCairoContextMethodInfo
type family ResolvePrintContextMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PrintOperationAllowAsyncPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationBeginPrintSignalInfo
data PrintOperationCancelMethodInfo
data PrintOperationCreateCustomWidgetSignalInfo
data PrintOperationCurrentPagePropertyInfo
data PrintOperationCustomTabLabelPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationCustomWidgetApplySignalInfo
data PrintOperationDefaultPageSetupPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationDoneSignalInfo
data PrintOperationDrawPageFinishMethodInfo
data PrintOperationDrawPageSignalInfo
data PrintOperationEmbedPageSetupPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationEndPrintSignalInfo
data PrintOperationExportFilenamePropertyInfo
data PrintOperationGetDefaultPageSetupMethodInfo
data PrintOperationGetEmbedPageSetupMethodInfo
data PrintOperationGetErrorMethodInfo
data PrintOperationGetHasSelectionMethodInfo
data PrintOperationGetNPagesToPrintMethodInfo
data PrintOperationGetPrintSettingsMethodInfo
data PrintOperationGetStatusMethodInfo
data PrintOperationGetStatusStringMethodInfo
data PrintOperationGetSupportSelectionMethodInfo
data PrintOperationHasSelectionPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationIsFinishedMethodInfo
data PrintOperationJobNamePropertyInfo
data PrintOperationNPagesPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationNPagesToPrintPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationPaginateSignalInfo
data PrintOperationPreviewSignalInfo
data PrintOperationPrintSettingsPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationRequestPageSetupSignalInfo
data PrintOperationRunMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetAllowAsyncMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetCurrentPageMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetCustomTabLabelMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetDefaultPageSetupMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetDeferDrawingMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetEmbedPageSetupMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetExportFilenameMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetHasSelectionMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetJobNameMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetNPagesMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetPrintSettingsMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetShowProgressMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetSupportSelectionMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetTrackPrintStatusMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetUnitMethodInfo
data PrintOperationSetUseFullPageMethodInfo
data PrintOperationShowProgressPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationStatusChangedSignalInfo
data PrintOperationStatusPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationStatusStringPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationSupportSelectionPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationTrackPrintStatusPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationUnitPropertyInfo
data PrintOperationUpdateCustomWidgetSignalInfo
data PrintOperationUseFullPagePropertyInfo
type family ResolvePrintOperationMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PrintSettingsCopyMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsForeachMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetBoolMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetCollateMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetDefaultSourceMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetDitherMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetDoubleMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetDoubleWithDefaultMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetDuplexMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetFinishingsMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetIntMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetIntWithDefaultMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetLengthMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetMediaTypeMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetNCopiesMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetNumberUpLayoutMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetNumberUpMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetOrientationMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetOutputBinMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetPageRangesMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetPageSetMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetPaperHeightMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetPaperSizeMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetPaperWidthMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetPrintPagesMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetPrinterLpiMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetPrinterMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetQualityMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetResolutionMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetResolutionXMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetResolutionYMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetReverseMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetScaleMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsGetUseColorMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsHasKeyMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsLoadFileMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsLoadKeyFileMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetBoolMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetCollateMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetDefaultSourceMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetDitherMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetDoubleMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetDuplexMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetFinishingsMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetIntMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetLengthMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetMediaTypeMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetNCopiesMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetNumberUpLayoutMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetNumberUpMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetOrientationMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetOutputBinMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetPageRangesMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetPageSetMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetPaperHeightMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetPaperSizeMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetPaperWidthMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetPrintPagesMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetPrinterLpiMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetPrinterMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetQualityMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetResolutionMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetResolutionXyMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetReverseMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetScaleMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsSetUseColorMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsToFileMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsToGvariantMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsToKeyFileMethodInfo
data PrintSettingsUnsetMethodInfo
type family ResolvePrintSettingsMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ProgressBarEllipsizePropertyInfo
data ProgressBarFractionPropertyInfo
data ProgressBarGetEllipsizeMethodInfo
data ProgressBarGetFractionMethodInfo
data ProgressBarGetInvertedMethodInfo
data ProgressBarGetPulseStepMethodInfo
data ProgressBarGetShowTextMethodInfo
data ProgressBarGetTextMethodInfo
data ProgressBarInvertedPropertyInfo
data ProgressBarPulseMethodInfo
data ProgressBarPulseStepPropertyInfo
data ProgressBarSetEllipsizeMethodInfo
data ProgressBarSetFractionMethodInfo
data ProgressBarSetInvertedMethodInfo
data ProgressBarSetPulseStepMethodInfo
data ProgressBarSetShowTextMethodInfo
data ProgressBarSetTextMethodInfo
data ProgressBarShowTextPropertyInfo
data ProgressBarTextPropertyInfo
type family ResolveProgressBarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveProgressBarAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RadioActionChangedSignalInfo
data RadioActionCurrentValuePropertyInfo
data RadioActionGetCurrentValueMethodInfo
data RadioActionGetGroupMethodInfo
data RadioActionGroupPropertyInfo
data RadioActionJoinGroupMethodInfo
data RadioActionSetCurrentValueMethodInfo
data RadioActionSetGroupMethodInfo
data RadioActionValuePropertyInfo
type family ResolveRadioActionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RadioButtonGetGroupMethodInfo
data RadioButtonGroupChangedSignalInfo
data RadioButtonGroupPropertyInfo
data RadioButtonJoinGroupMethodInfo
data RadioButtonSetGroupMethodInfo
type family ResolveRadioButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRadioButtonAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RadioMenuItemGetGroupMethodInfo
data RadioMenuItemGroupChangedSignalInfo
data RadioMenuItemGroupPropertyInfo
data RadioMenuItemJoinGroupMethodInfo
data RadioMenuItemSetGroupMethodInfo
type family ResolveRadioMenuItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRadioMenuItemAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RadioToolButtonGetGroupMethodInfo
data RadioToolButtonGroupPropertyInfo
data RadioToolButtonSetGroupMethodInfo
type family ResolveRadioToolButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RangeAdjustBoundsSignalInfo
data RangeAdjustmentPropertyInfo
data RangeChangeValueSignalInfo
data RangeFillLevelPropertyInfo
data RangeGetAdjustmentMethodInfo
data RangeGetFillLevelMethodInfo
data RangeGetFlippableMethodInfo
data RangeGetInvertedMethodInfo
data RangeGetLowerStepperSensitivityMethodInfo
data RangeGetMinSliderSizeMethodInfo
data RangeGetRangeRectMethodInfo
data RangeGetRestrictToFillLevelMethodInfo
data RangeGetRoundDigitsMethodInfo
data RangeGetShowFillLevelMethodInfo
data RangeGetSliderRangeMethodInfo
data RangeGetSliderSizeFixedMethodInfo
data RangeGetUpperStepperSensitivityMethodInfo
data RangeGetValueMethodInfo
data RangeInvertedPropertyInfo
data RangeLowerStepperSensitivityPropertyInfo
data RangeMoveSliderSignalInfo
data RangeRestrictToFillLevelPropertyInfo
data RangeRoundDigitsPropertyInfo
data RangeSetAdjustmentMethodInfo
data RangeSetFillLevelMethodInfo
data RangeSetFlippableMethodInfo
data RangeSetIncrementsMethodInfo
data RangeSetInvertedMethodInfo
data RangeSetLowerStepperSensitivityMethodInfo
data RangeSetMinSliderSizeMethodInfo
data RangeSetRangeMethodInfo
data RangeSetRestrictToFillLevelMethodInfo
data RangeSetRoundDigitsMethodInfo
data RangeSetShowFillLevelMethodInfo
data RangeSetSliderSizeFixedMethodInfo
data RangeSetUpperStepperSensitivityMethodInfo
data RangeSetValueMethodInfo
data RangeShowFillLevelPropertyInfo
data RangeUpperStepperSensitivityPropertyInfo
data RangeValueChangedSignalInfo
type family ResolveRangeMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRangeAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RcStyleCopyMethodInfo
type family ResolveRcStyleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RecentActionGetShowNumbersMethodInfo
data RecentActionSetShowNumbersMethodInfo
data RecentActionShowNumbersPropertyInfo
type family ResolveRecentActionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRecentChooserDialogMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RecentChooserMenuGetShowNumbersMethodInfo
data RecentChooserMenuSetShowNumbersMethodInfo
data RecentChooserMenuShowNumbersPropertyInfo
type family ResolveRecentChooserMenuMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRecentChooserWidgetMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RecentFilterAddAgeMethodInfo
data RecentFilterAddApplicationMethodInfo
data RecentFilterAddCustomMethodInfo
data RecentFilterAddGroupMethodInfo
data RecentFilterAddMimeTypeMethodInfo
data RecentFilterAddPatternMethodInfo
data RecentFilterAddPixbufFormatsMethodInfo
data RecentFilterFilterMethodInfo
data RecentFilterGetNameMethodInfo
data RecentFilterGetNeededMethodInfo
data RecentFilterSetNameMethodInfo
type family ResolveRecentFilterMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RecentManagerAddFullMethodInfo
data RecentManagerAddItemMethodInfo
data RecentManagerChangedSignalInfo
data RecentManagerFilenamePropertyInfo
data RecentManagerGetItemsMethodInfo
data RecentManagerHasItemMethodInfo
data RecentManagerLookupItemMethodInfo
data RecentManagerMoveItemMethodInfo
data RecentManagerPurgeItemsMethodInfo
data RecentManagerRemoveItemMethodInfo
data RecentManagerSizePropertyInfo
type family ResolveRecentManagerMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RendererCellAccessibleRendererPropertyInfo
type family ResolveRendererCellAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRevealerMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RevealerChildRevealedPropertyInfo
data RevealerGetChildRevealedMethodInfo
data RevealerGetRevealChildMethodInfo
data RevealerGetTransitionDurationMethodInfo
data RevealerGetTransitionTypeMethodInfo
data RevealerRevealChildPropertyInfo
data RevealerSetRevealChildMethodInfo
data RevealerSetTransitionDurationMethodInfo
data RevealerSetTransitionTypeMethodInfo
data RevealerTransitionDurationPropertyInfo
data RevealerTransitionTypePropertyInfo
type family ResolveScaleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ScaleAddMarkMethodInfo
data ScaleClearMarksMethodInfo
data ScaleDigitsPropertyInfo
data ScaleDrawValuePropertyInfo
data ScaleFormatValueSignalInfo
data ScaleGetDigitsMethodInfo
data ScaleGetDrawValueMethodInfo
data ScaleGetHasOriginMethodInfo
data ScaleGetLayoutMethodInfo
data ScaleGetLayoutOffsetsMethodInfo
data ScaleGetValuePosMethodInfo
data ScaleHasOriginPropertyInfo
data ScaleSetDigitsMethodInfo
data ScaleSetDrawValueMethodInfo
data ScaleSetHasOriginMethodInfo
data ScaleSetValuePosMethodInfo
data ScaleValuePosPropertyInfo
type family ResolveScaleAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveScaleButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ScaleButtonAdjustmentPropertyInfo
data ScaleButtonGetAdjustmentMethodInfo
data ScaleButtonGetMinusButtonMethodInfo
data ScaleButtonGetPlusButtonMethodInfo
data ScaleButtonGetPopupMethodInfo
data ScaleButtonGetValueMethodInfo
data ScaleButtonIconsPropertyInfo
data ScaleButtonPopdownSignalInfo
data ScaleButtonPopupSignalInfo
data ScaleButtonSetAdjustmentMethodInfo
data ScaleButtonSetIconsMethodInfo
data ScaleButtonSetValueMethodInfo
data ScaleButtonSizePropertyInfo
data ScaleButtonValueChangedSignalInfo
data ScaleButtonValuePropertyInfo
type family ResolveScaleButtonAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveScrollbarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveScrolledWindowMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ScrolledWindowAddWithViewportMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowEdgeOvershotSignalInfo
data ScrolledWindowEdgeReachedSignalInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetCaptureButtonPressMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetHscrollbarMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetKineticScrollingMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetMaxContentHeightMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetMaxContentWidthMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetMinContentHeightMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetMinContentWidthMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetOverlayScrollingMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetPlacementMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetPolicyMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetPropagateNaturalHeightMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetPropagateNaturalWidthMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetShadowTypeMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowGetVscrollbarMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowHadjustmentPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowHscrollbarPolicyPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowKineticScrollingPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowMaxContentHeightPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowMaxContentWidthPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowMinContentHeightPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowMinContentWidthPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowMoveFocusOutSignalInfo
data ScrolledWindowOverlayScrollingPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowPropagateNaturalHeightPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowPropagateNaturalWidthPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowScrollChildSignalInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetCaptureButtonPressMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetKineticScrollingMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetMaxContentHeightMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetMaxContentWidthMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetMinContentHeightMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetMinContentWidthMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetOverlayScrollingMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetPlacementMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetPolicyMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetPropagateNaturalHeightMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetPropagateNaturalWidthMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetShadowTypeMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowSetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowShadowTypePropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowUnsetPlacementMethodInfo
data ScrolledWindowVadjustmentPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowVscrollbarPolicyPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowWindowPlacementPropertyInfo
data ScrolledWindowWindowPlacementSetPropertyInfo
type family ResolveScrolledWindowAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveSearchBarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SearchBarConnectEntryMethodInfo
data SearchBarGetSearchModeMethodInfo
data SearchBarGetShowCloseButtonMethodInfo
data SearchBarHandleEventMethodInfo
data SearchBarSearchModeEnabledPropertyInfo
data SearchBarSetSearchModeMethodInfo
data SearchBarSetShowCloseButtonMethodInfo
data SearchBarShowCloseButtonPropertyInfo
type family ResolveSearchEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SearchEntryHandleEventMethodInfo
data SearchEntryNextMatchSignalInfo
data SearchEntryPreviousMatchSignalInfo
data SearchEntrySearchChangedSignalInfo
data SearchEntryStopSearchSignalInfo
type family ResolveSeparatorMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveSeparatorMenuItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveSeparatorToolItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SeparatorToolItemDrawPropertyInfo
data SeparatorToolItemGetDrawMethodInfo
data SeparatorToolItemSetDrawMethodInfo
type family ResolveSettingsMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SettingsColorHashPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkAlternativeButtonOrderPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkAlternativeSortArrowsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkApplicationPreferDarkThemePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkAutoMnemonicsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkButtonImagesPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkCanChangeAccelsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkColorPalettePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkColorSchemePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkCursorAspectRatioPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkCursorBlinkPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkCursorBlinkTimePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkCursorBlinkTimeoutPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkCursorThemeNamePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkCursorThemeSizePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkDecorationLayoutPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkDialogsUseHeaderPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkDndDragThresholdPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkDoubleClickDistancePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkDoubleClickTimePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEnableAccelsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEnableAnimationsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEnableEventSoundsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEnableInputFeedbackSoundsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEnableMnemonicsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEnablePrimaryPastePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEnableTooltipsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEntryPasswordHintTimeoutPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkEntrySelectOnFocusPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkErrorBellPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkFallbackIconThemePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkFileChooserBackendPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkFontNamePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkFontconfigTimestampPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkIconSizesPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkIconThemeNamePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkImModulePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkImPreeditStylePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkImStatusStylePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkKeyThemeNamePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkKeynavCursorOnlyPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkKeynavUseCaretPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkKeynavWrapAroundPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkLabelSelectOnFocusPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkLongPressTimePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkMenuBarAccelPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkMenuBarPopupDelayPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkMenuImagesPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkMenuPopdownDelayPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkMenuPopupDelayPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkModulesPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkOverlayScrollingPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkPrimaryButtonWarpsSliderPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkPrintBackendsPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkPrintPreviewCommandPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkRecentFilesEnabledPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkRecentFilesLimitPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkRecentFilesMaxAgePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkScrolledWindowPlacementPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkShellShowsAppMenuPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkShellShowsDesktopPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkShellShowsMenubarPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkShowInputMethodMenuPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkShowUnicodeMenuPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkSoundThemeNamePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkSplitCursorPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkThemeNamePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTimeoutExpandPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTimeoutInitialPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTimeoutRepeatPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTitlebarDoubleClickPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTitlebarMiddleClickPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTitlebarRightClickPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkToolbarIconSizePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkToolbarStylePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTooltipBrowseModeTimeoutPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTooltipBrowseTimeoutPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTooltipTimeoutPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkTouchscreenModePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkVisibleFocusPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkXftAntialiasPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkXftDpiPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkXftHintingPropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkXftHintstylePropertyInfo
data SettingsGtkXftRgbaPropertyInfo
data SettingsResetPropertyMethodInfo
data SettingsSetDoublePropertyMethodInfo
data SettingsSetLongPropertyMethodInfo
data SettingsSetPropertyValueMethodInfo
data SettingsSetStringPropertyMethodInfo
type family ResolveShortcutLabelMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ShortcutLabelAcceleratorPropertyInfo
data ShortcutLabelDisabledTextPropertyInfo
data ShortcutLabelGetAcceleratorMethodInfo
data ShortcutLabelGetDisabledTextMethodInfo
data ShortcutLabelSetAcceleratorMethodInfo
data ShortcutLabelSetDisabledTextMethodInfo
type family ResolveShortcutsGroupMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ShortcutsGroupAccelSizeGroupPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsGroupHeightPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsGroupTitlePropertyInfo
data ShortcutsGroupTitleSizeGroupPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsGroupViewPropertyInfo
type family ResolveShortcutsSectionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ShortcutsSectionChangeCurrentPageSignalInfo
data ShortcutsSectionMaxHeightPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsSectionSectionNamePropertyInfo
data ShortcutsSectionTitlePropertyInfo
data ShortcutsSectionViewNamePropertyInfo
type family ResolveShortcutsShortcutMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ShortcutsShortcutAccelSizeGroupPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutAcceleratorPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutActionNamePropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutDirectionPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutIconPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutIconSetPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutShortcutTypePropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutSubtitlePropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutSubtitleSetPropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutTitlePropertyInfo
data ShortcutsShortcutTitleSizeGroupPropertyInfo
type family ResolveShortcutsWindowMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ShortcutsWindowCloseSignalInfo
data ShortcutsWindowSearchSignalInfo
data ShortcutsWindowSectionNamePropertyInfo
data ShortcutsWindowViewNamePropertyInfo
type family ResolveSizeGroupMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SizeGroupAddWidgetMethodInfo
data SizeGroupGetIgnoreHiddenMethodInfo
data SizeGroupGetModeMethodInfo
data SizeGroupGetWidgetsMethodInfo
data SizeGroupIgnoreHiddenPropertyInfo
data SizeGroupModePropertyInfo
data SizeGroupRemoveWidgetMethodInfo
data SizeGroupSetIgnoreHiddenMethodInfo
data SizeGroupSetModeMethodInfo
type family ResolveSocketMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SocketAddIdMethodInfo
data SocketGetIdMethodInfo
data SocketGetPlugWindowMethodInfo
data SocketPlugAddedSignalInfo
data SocketPlugRemovedSignalInfo
type family ResolveSpinButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SpinButtonAdjustmentPropertyInfo
data SpinButtonChangeValueSignalInfo
data SpinButtonClimbRatePropertyInfo
data SpinButtonConfigureMethodInfo
data SpinButtonDigitsPropertyInfo
data SpinButtonGetAdjustmentMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetDigitsMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetIncrementsMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetNumericMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetRangeMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetSnapToTicksMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetUpdatePolicyMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetValueAsIntMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetValueMethodInfo
data SpinButtonGetWrapMethodInfo
data SpinButtonInputSignalInfo
data SpinButtonNumericPropertyInfo
data SpinButtonOutputSignalInfo
data SpinButtonSetAdjustmentMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSetDigitsMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSetIncrementsMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSetNumericMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSetRangeMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSetSnapToTicksMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSetUpdatePolicyMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSetValueMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSetWrapMethodInfo
data SpinButtonSnapToTicksPropertyInfo
data SpinButtonSpinMethodInfo
data SpinButtonUpdateMethodInfo
data SpinButtonUpdatePolicyPropertyInfo
data SpinButtonValueChangedSignalInfo
data SpinButtonValuePropertyInfo
data SpinButtonWrapPropertyInfo
data SpinButtonWrappedSignalInfo
type family ResolveSpinButtonAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveSpinnerMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SpinnerActivePropertyInfo
data SpinnerStartMethodInfo
data SpinnerStopMethodInfo
type family ResolveSpinnerAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveStackMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StackAddNamedMethodInfo
data StackAddTitledMethodInfo
data StackGetChildByNameMethodInfo
data StackGetHhomogeneousMethodInfo
data StackGetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data StackGetInterpolateSizeMethodInfo
data StackGetTransitionDurationMethodInfo
data StackGetTransitionRunningMethodInfo
data StackGetTransitionTypeMethodInfo
data StackGetVhomogeneousMethodInfo
data StackGetVisibleChildMethodInfo
data StackGetVisibleChildNameMethodInfo
data StackHhomogeneousPropertyInfo
data StackHomogeneousPropertyInfo
data StackInterpolateSizePropertyInfo
data StackSetHhomogeneousMethodInfo
data StackSetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data StackSetInterpolateSizeMethodInfo
data StackSetTransitionDurationMethodInfo
data StackSetTransitionTypeMethodInfo
data StackSetVhomogeneousMethodInfo
data StackSetVisibleChildFullMethodInfo
data StackSetVisibleChildMethodInfo
data StackSetVisibleChildNameMethodInfo
data StackTransitionDurationPropertyInfo
data StackTransitionRunningPropertyInfo
data StackTransitionTypePropertyInfo
data StackVhomogeneousPropertyInfo
data StackVisibleChildNamePropertyInfo
data StackVisibleChildPropertyInfo
type family ResolveStackAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveStackSidebarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StackSidebarGetStackMethodInfo
data StackSidebarSetStackMethodInfo
data StackSidebarStackPropertyInfo
type family ResolveStackSwitcherMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StackSwitcherGetStackMethodInfo
data StackSwitcherIconSizePropertyInfo
data StackSwitcherSetStackMethodInfo
data StackSwitcherStackPropertyInfo
type family ResolveStatusIconMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StatusIconActivateSignalInfo
data StatusIconButtonPressEventSignalInfo
data StatusIconButtonReleaseEventSignalInfo
data StatusIconEmbeddedPropertyInfo
data StatusIconFilePropertyInfo
data StatusIconGetGeometryMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetGiconMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetHasTooltipMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetIconNameMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetPixbufMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetScreenMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetSizeMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetStockMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetStorageTypeMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetTitleMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetTooltipMarkupMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetTooltipTextMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetVisibleMethodInfo
data StatusIconGetX11WindowIdMethodInfo
data StatusIconGiconPropertyInfo
data StatusIconHasTooltipPropertyInfo
data StatusIconIconNamePropertyInfo
data StatusIconIsEmbeddedMethodInfo
data StatusIconOrientationPropertyInfo
data StatusIconPixbufPropertyInfo
data StatusIconPopupMenuSignalInfo
data StatusIconQueryTooltipSignalInfo
data StatusIconScreenPropertyInfo
data StatusIconScrollEventSignalInfo
data StatusIconSetFromFileMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetFromGiconMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetFromIconNameMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetFromPixbufMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetFromStockMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetHasTooltipMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetNameMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetScreenMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetTitleMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetTooltipMarkupMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetTooltipTextMethodInfo
data StatusIconSetVisibleMethodInfo
data StatusIconSizeChangedSignalInfo
data StatusIconSizePropertyInfo
data StatusIconStockPropertyInfo
data StatusIconStorageTypePropertyInfo
data StatusIconTitlePropertyInfo
data StatusIconTooltipMarkupPropertyInfo
data StatusIconTooltipTextPropertyInfo
data StatusIconVisiblePropertyInfo
type family ResolveStatusbarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StatusbarGetContextIdMethodInfo
data StatusbarGetMessageAreaMethodInfo
data StatusbarPopMethodInfo
data StatusbarPushMethodInfo
data StatusbarRemoveAllMethodInfo
data StatusbarRemoveMethodInfo
data StatusbarTextPoppedSignalInfo
data StatusbarTextPushedSignalInfo
type family ResolveStatusbarAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveStyleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StyleApplyDefaultBackgroundMethodInfo
data StyleContextPropertyInfo
data StyleCopyMethodInfo
data StyleDetachMethodInfo
data StyleGetStylePropertyMethodInfo
data StyleHasContextMethodInfo
data StyleLookupColorMethodInfo
data StyleLookupIconSetMethodInfo
data StyleRealizeSignalInfo
data StyleRenderIconMethodInfo
data StyleSetBackgroundMethodInfo
data StyleUnrealizeSignalInfo
type family ResolveStyleContextMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StyleContextAddClassMethodInfo
data StyleContextAddProviderMethodInfo
data StyleContextAddRegionMethodInfo
data StyleContextCancelAnimationsMethodInfo
data StyleContextChangedSignalInfo
data StyleContextDirectionPropertyInfo
data StyleContextGetBackgroundColorMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetBorderColorMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetBorderMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetColorMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetDirectionMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetFontMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetFrameClockMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetJunctionSidesMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetMarginMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetPaddingMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetParentMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetPathMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetPropertyMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetScaleMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetScreenMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetSectionMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetStateMethodInfo
data StyleContextGetStylePropertyMethodInfo
data StyleContextHasClassMethodInfo
data StyleContextHasRegionMethodInfo
data StyleContextInvalidateMethodInfo
data StyleContextListClassesMethodInfo
data StyleContextListRegionsMethodInfo
data StyleContextLookupColorMethodInfo
data StyleContextLookupIconSetMethodInfo
data StyleContextNotifyStateChangeMethodInfo
data StyleContextPaintClockPropertyInfo
data StyleContextParentPropertyInfo
data StyleContextPopAnimatableRegionMethodInfo
data StyleContextPushAnimatableRegionMethodInfo
data StyleContextRemoveClassMethodInfo
data StyleContextRemoveProviderMethodInfo
data StyleContextRemoveRegionMethodInfo
data StyleContextRestoreMethodInfo
data StyleContextSaveMethodInfo
data StyleContextScreenPropertyInfo
data StyleContextScrollAnimationsMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetBackgroundMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetDirectionMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetFrameClockMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetJunctionSidesMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetParentMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetPathMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetScaleMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetScreenMethodInfo
data StyleContextSetStateMethodInfo
data StyleContextStateIsRunningMethodInfo
data StyleContextToStringMethodInfo
type family ResolveStylePropertiesMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StylePropertiesClearMethodInfo
data StylePropertiesGetPropertyMethodInfo
data StylePropertiesLookupColorMethodInfo
data StylePropertiesMapColorMethodInfo
data StylePropertiesMergeMethodInfo
data StylePropertiesSetPropertyMethodInfo
data StylePropertiesUnsetPropertyMethodInfo
type family ResolveSwitchMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SwitchActivateSignalInfo
data SwitchActivePropertyInfo
data SwitchGetActiveMethodInfo
data SwitchGetStateMethodInfo
data SwitchSetActiveMethodInfo
data SwitchSetStateMethodInfo
data SwitchStatePropertyInfo
data SwitchStateSetSignalInfo
type family ResolveSwitchAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TableAttachDefaultsMethodInfo
data TableAttachMethodInfo
data TableColumnSpacingPropertyInfo
data TableGetColSpacingMethodInfo
data TableGetDefaultColSpacingMethodInfo
data TableGetDefaultRowSpacingMethodInfo
data TableGetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data TableGetRowSpacingMethodInfo
data TableGetSizeMethodInfo
data TableHomogeneousPropertyInfo
data TableNColumnsPropertyInfo
data TableNRowsPropertyInfo
data TableResizeMethodInfo
data TableRowSpacingPropertyInfo
data TableSetColSpacingMethodInfo
data TableSetColSpacingsMethodInfo
data TableSetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data TableSetRowSpacingMethodInfo
data TableSetRowSpacingsMethodInfo
type family ResolveTearoffMenuItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTextBufferMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TextBufferAddMarkMethodInfo
data TextBufferAddSelectionClipboardMethodInfo
data TextBufferApplyTagByNameMethodInfo
data TextBufferApplyTagMethodInfo
data TextBufferApplyTagSignalInfo
data TextBufferBackspaceMethodInfo
data TextBufferBeginUserActionMethodInfo
data TextBufferBeginUserActionSignalInfo
data TextBufferChangedSignalInfo
data TextBufferCopyClipboardMethodInfo
data TextBufferCopyTargetListPropertyInfo
data TextBufferCreateChildAnchorMethodInfo
data TextBufferCreateMarkMethodInfo
data TextBufferCursorPositionPropertyInfo
data TextBufferCutClipboardMethodInfo
data TextBufferDeleteInteractiveMethodInfo
data TextBufferDeleteMarkByNameMethodInfo
data TextBufferDeleteMarkMethodInfo
data TextBufferDeleteMethodInfo
data TextBufferDeleteRangeSignalInfo
data TextBufferDeleteSelectionMethodInfo
data TextBufferDeserializeGetCanCreateTagsMethodInfo
data TextBufferDeserializeMethodInfo
data TextBufferDeserializeSetCanCreateTagsMethodInfo
data TextBufferEndUserActionMethodInfo
data TextBufferEndUserActionSignalInfo
data TextBufferGetBoundsMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetCharCountMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetCopyTargetListMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetDeserializeFormatsMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetEndIterMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetHasSelectionMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetInsertMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetIterAtChildAnchorMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetIterAtLineIndexMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetIterAtLineMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetIterAtLineOffsetMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetIterAtMarkMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetIterAtOffsetMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetLineCountMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetMarkMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetModifiedMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetPasteTargetListMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetSelectionBoundMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetSelectionBoundsMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetSerializeFormatsMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetSliceMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetStartIterMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetTagTableMethodInfo
data TextBufferGetTextMethodInfo
data TextBufferHasSelectionPropertyInfo
data TextBufferInsertAtCursorMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertChildAnchorMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertChildAnchorSignalInfo
data TextBufferInsertInteractiveAtCursorMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertInteractiveMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertMarkupMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertPixbufMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertPixbufSignalInfo
data TextBufferInsertRangeInteractiveMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertRangeMethodInfo
data TextBufferInsertTextSignalInfo
data TextBufferMarkDeletedSignalInfo
data TextBufferMarkSetSignalInfo
data TextBufferModifiedChangedSignalInfo
data TextBufferMoveMarkByNameMethodInfo
data TextBufferMoveMarkMethodInfo
data TextBufferPasteClipboardMethodInfo
data TextBufferPasteDoneSignalInfo
data TextBufferPasteTargetListPropertyInfo
data TextBufferPlaceCursorMethodInfo
data TextBufferRegisterDeserializeFormatMethodInfo
data TextBufferRegisterDeserializeTagsetMethodInfo
data TextBufferRegisterSerializeFormatMethodInfo
data TextBufferRegisterSerializeTagsetMethodInfo
data TextBufferRemoveAllTagsMethodInfo
data TextBufferRemoveSelectionClipboardMethodInfo
data TextBufferRemoveTagByNameMethodInfo
data TextBufferRemoveTagMethodInfo
data TextBufferRemoveTagSignalInfo
data TextBufferSelectRangeMethodInfo
data TextBufferSerializeMethodInfo
data TextBufferSetModifiedMethodInfo
data TextBufferSetTextMethodInfo
data TextBufferTagTablePropertyInfo
data TextBufferTextPropertyInfo
data TextBufferUnregisterDeserializeFormatMethodInfo
data TextBufferUnregisterSerializeFormatMethodInfo
type family ResolveTextCellAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTextChildAnchorMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TextChildAnchorGetDeletedMethodInfo
data TextChildAnchorGetWidgetsMethodInfo
type family ResolveTextMarkMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TextMarkGetBufferMethodInfo
data TextMarkGetDeletedMethodInfo
data TextMarkGetLeftGravityMethodInfo
data TextMarkGetNameMethodInfo
data TextMarkGetVisibleMethodInfo
data TextMarkLeftGravityPropertyInfo
data TextMarkNamePropertyInfo
data TextMarkSetVisibleMethodInfo
type family ResolveTextTagMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TextTagAccumulativeMarginPropertyInfo
data TextTagBackgroundFullHeightPropertyInfo
data TextTagBackgroundFullHeightSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagBackgroundGdkPropertyInfo
data TextTagBackgroundPropertyInfo
data TextTagBackgroundRgbaPropertyInfo
data TextTagBackgroundSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagChangedMethodInfo
data TextTagDirectionPropertyInfo
data TextTagEditablePropertyInfo
data TextTagEditableSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagEventMethodInfo
data TextTagEventSignalInfo
data TextTagFallbackPropertyInfo
data TextTagFallbackSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagFamilyPropertyInfo
data TextTagFamilySetPropertyInfo
data TextTagFontDescPropertyInfo
data TextTagFontFeaturesPropertyInfo
data TextTagFontFeaturesSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagFontPropertyInfo
data TextTagForegroundGdkPropertyInfo
data TextTagForegroundPropertyInfo
data TextTagForegroundRgbaPropertyInfo
data TextTagForegroundSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagGetPriorityMethodInfo
data TextTagIndentPropertyInfo
data TextTagIndentSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagInvisiblePropertyInfo
data TextTagInvisibleSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagJustificationPropertyInfo
data TextTagJustificationSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagLanguagePropertyInfo
data TextTagLanguageSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagLeftMarginPropertyInfo
data TextTagLeftMarginSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagLetterSpacingPropertyInfo
data TextTagLetterSpacingSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagNamePropertyInfo
data TextTagParagraphBackgroundGdkPropertyInfo
data TextTagParagraphBackgroundPropertyInfo
data TextTagParagraphBackgroundRgbaPropertyInfo
data TextTagParagraphBackgroundSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagPixelsAboveLinesPropertyInfo
data TextTagPixelsAboveLinesSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagPixelsBelowLinesPropertyInfo
data TextTagPixelsBelowLinesSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagPixelsInsideWrapPropertyInfo
data TextTagPixelsInsideWrapSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagRightMarginPropertyInfo
data TextTagRightMarginSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagRisePropertyInfo
data TextTagRiseSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagScalePropertyInfo
data TextTagScaleSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagSetPriorityMethodInfo
data TextTagSizePointsPropertyInfo
data TextTagSizePropertyInfo
data TextTagSizeSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagStretchPropertyInfo
data TextTagStretchSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagStrikethroughPropertyInfo
data TextTagStrikethroughRgbaPropertyInfo
data TextTagStrikethroughRgbaSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagStrikethroughSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagStylePropertyInfo
data TextTagStyleSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagTabsPropertyInfo
data TextTagTabsSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagUnderlinePropertyInfo
data TextTagUnderlineRgbaPropertyInfo
data TextTagUnderlineRgbaSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagUnderlineSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagVariantPropertyInfo
data TextTagVariantSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagWeightPropertyInfo
data TextTagWeightSetPropertyInfo
data TextTagWrapModePropertyInfo
data TextTagWrapModeSetPropertyInfo
type family ResolveTextTagTableMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TextTagTableAddMethodInfo
data TextTagTableForeachMethodInfo
data TextTagTableGetSizeMethodInfo
data TextTagTableLookupMethodInfo
data TextTagTableRemoveMethodInfo
data TextTagTableTagAddedSignalInfo
data TextTagTableTagChangedSignalInfo
data TextTagTableTagRemovedSignalInfo
type family ResolveTextViewMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TextViewAcceptsTabPropertyInfo
data TextViewAddChildAtAnchorMethodInfo
data TextViewAddChildInWindowMethodInfo
data TextViewBackspaceSignalInfo
data TextViewBackwardDisplayLineMethodInfo
data TextViewBackwardDisplayLineStartMethodInfo
data TextViewBottomMarginPropertyInfo
data TextViewBufferPropertyInfo
data TextViewBufferToWindowCoordsMethodInfo
data TextViewCopyClipboardSignalInfo
data TextViewCursorVisiblePropertyInfo
data TextViewCutClipboardSignalInfo
data TextViewDeleteFromCursorSignalInfo
data TextViewEditablePropertyInfo
data TextViewExtendSelectionSignalInfo
data TextViewForwardDisplayLineEndMethodInfo
data TextViewForwardDisplayLineMethodInfo
data TextViewGetAcceptsTabMethodInfo
data TextViewGetBorderWindowSizeMethodInfo
data TextViewGetBottomMarginMethodInfo
data TextViewGetBufferMethodInfo
data TextViewGetCursorLocationsMethodInfo
data TextViewGetCursorVisibleMethodInfo
data TextViewGetDefaultAttributesMethodInfo
data TextViewGetEditableMethodInfo
data TextViewGetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data TextViewGetIndentMethodInfo
data TextViewGetInputHintsMethodInfo
data TextViewGetInputPurposeMethodInfo
data TextViewGetIterAtLocationMethodInfo
data TextViewGetIterAtPositionMethodInfo
data TextViewGetIterLocationMethodInfo
data TextViewGetJustificationMethodInfo
data TextViewGetLeftMarginMethodInfo
data TextViewGetLineAtYMethodInfo
data TextViewGetLineYrangeMethodInfo
data TextViewGetMonospaceMethodInfo
data TextViewGetOverwriteMethodInfo
data TextViewGetPixelsAboveLinesMethodInfo
data TextViewGetPixelsBelowLinesMethodInfo
data TextViewGetPixelsInsideWrapMethodInfo
data TextViewGetRightMarginMethodInfo
data TextViewGetTabsMethodInfo
data TextViewGetTopMarginMethodInfo
data TextViewGetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data TextViewGetVisibleRectMethodInfo
data TextViewGetWindowMethodInfo
data TextViewGetWindowTypeMethodInfo
data TextViewGetWrapModeMethodInfo
data TextViewImContextFilterKeypressMethodInfo
data TextViewImModulePropertyInfo
data TextViewIndentPropertyInfo
data TextViewInputHintsPropertyInfo
data TextViewInputPurposePropertyInfo
data TextViewInsertAtCursorSignalInfo
data TextViewInsertEmojiSignalInfo
data TextViewJustificationPropertyInfo
data TextViewLeftMarginPropertyInfo
data TextViewMonospacePropertyInfo
data TextViewMoveChildMethodInfo
data TextViewMoveCursorSignalInfo
data TextViewMoveMarkOnscreenMethodInfo
data TextViewMoveViewportSignalInfo
data TextViewMoveVisuallyMethodInfo
data TextViewOverwritePropertyInfo
data TextViewPasteClipboardSignalInfo
data TextViewPixelsAboveLinesPropertyInfo
data TextViewPixelsBelowLinesPropertyInfo
data TextViewPixelsInsideWrapPropertyInfo
data TextViewPlaceCursorOnscreenMethodInfo
data TextViewPopulateAllPropertyInfo
data TextViewPopulatePopupSignalInfo
data TextViewPreeditChangedSignalInfo
data TextViewResetCursorBlinkMethodInfo
data TextViewResetImContextMethodInfo
data TextViewRightMarginPropertyInfo
data TextViewScrollMarkOnscreenMethodInfo
data TextViewScrollToIterMethodInfo
data TextViewScrollToMarkMethodInfo
data TextViewSelectAllSignalInfo
data TextViewSetAcceptsTabMethodInfo
data TextViewSetAnchorSignalInfo
data TextViewSetBorderWindowSizeMethodInfo
data TextViewSetBottomMarginMethodInfo
data TextViewSetBufferMethodInfo
data TextViewSetCursorVisibleMethodInfo
data TextViewSetEditableMethodInfo
data TextViewSetIndentMethodInfo
data TextViewSetInputHintsMethodInfo
data TextViewSetInputPurposeMethodInfo
data TextViewSetJustificationMethodInfo
data TextViewSetLeftMarginMethodInfo
data TextViewSetMonospaceMethodInfo
data TextViewSetOverwriteMethodInfo
data TextViewSetPixelsAboveLinesMethodInfo
data TextViewSetPixelsBelowLinesMethodInfo
data TextViewSetPixelsInsideWrapMethodInfo
data TextViewSetRightMarginMethodInfo
data TextViewSetTabsMethodInfo
data TextViewSetTopMarginMethodInfo
data TextViewSetWrapModeMethodInfo
data TextViewStartsDisplayLineMethodInfo
data TextViewTabsPropertyInfo
data TextViewToggleCursorVisibleSignalInfo
data TextViewToggleOverwriteSignalInfo
data TextViewTopMarginPropertyInfo
data TextViewWindowToBufferCoordsMethodInfo
data TextViewWrapModePropertyInfo
type family ResolveTextViewAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveThemingEngineMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ThemingEngineGetBackgroundColorMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetBorderColorMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetBorderMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetColorMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetDirectionMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetFontMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetJunctionSidesMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetMarginMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetPaddingMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetPathMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetPropertyMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetScreenMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetStateMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineGetStylePropertyMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineHasClassMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineHasRegionMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineLookupColorMethodInfo
data ThemingEngineNamePropertyInfo
data ThemingEngineStateIsRunningMethodInfo
type family ResolveToggleActionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToggleActionActivePropertyInfo
data ToggleActionDrawAsRadioPropertyInfo
data ToggleActionGetActiveMethodInfo
data ToggleActionGetDrawAsRadioMethodInfo
data ToggleActionSetActiveMethodInfo
data ToggleActionSetDrawAsRadioMethodInfo
data ToggleActionToggledMethodInfo
data ToggleActionToggledSignalInfo
type family ResolveToggleButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToggleButtonActivePropertyInfo
data ToggleButtonDrawIndicatorPropertyInfo
data ToggleButtonGetActiveMethodInfo
data ToggleButtonGetInconsistentMethodInfo
data ToggleButtonGetModeMethodInfo
data ToggleButtonInconsistentPropertyInfo
data ToggleButtonSetActiveMethodInfo
data ToggleButtonSetInconsistentMethodInfo
data ToggleButtonSetModeMethodInfo
data ToggleButtonToggledMethodInfo
data ToggleButtonToggledSignalInfo
type family ResolveToggleButtonAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveToggleToolButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToggleToolButtonActivePropertyInfo
data ToggleToolButtonGetActiveMethodInfo
data ToggleToolButtonSetActiveMethodInfo
data ToggleToolButtonToggledSignalInfo
type family ResolveToolButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToolButtonClickedSignalInfo
data ToolButtonGetIconNameMethodInfo
data ToolButtonGetIconWidgetMethodInfo
data ToolButtonGetLabelMethodInfo
data ToolButtonGetLabelWidgetMethodInfo
data ToolButtonGetStockIdMethodInfo
data ToolButtonGetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data ToolButtonIconNamePropertyInfo
data ToolButtonIconWidgetPropertyInfo
data ToolButtonLabelPropertyInfo
data ToolButtonLabelWidgetPropertyInfo
data ToolButtonSetIconNameMethodInfo
data ToolButtonSetIconWidgetMethodInfo
data ToolButtonSetLabelMethodInfo
data ToolButtonSetLabelWidgetMethodInfo
data ToolButtonSetStockIdMethodInfo
data ToolButtonSetUseUnderlineMethodInfo
data ToolButtonStockIdPropertyInfo
data ToolButtonUseUnderlinePropertyInfo
type family ResolveToolItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToolItemCreateMenuProxySignalInfo
data ToolItemGetEllipsizeModeMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetExpandMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetIconSizeMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetIsImportantMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetOrientationMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetProxyMenuItemMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetReliefStyleMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetTextAlignmentMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetTextOrientationMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetTextSizeGroupMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetToolbarStyleMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetUseDragWindowMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetVisibleHorizontalMethodInfo
data ToolItemGetVisibleVerticalMethodInfo
data ToolItemIsImportantPropertyInfo
data ToolItemRebuildMenuMethodInfo
data ToolItemRetrieveProxyMenuItemMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetExpandMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetHomogeneousMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetIsImportantMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetProxyMenuItemMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetTooltipMarkupMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetTooltipTextMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetUseDragWindowMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetVisibleHorizontalMethodInfo
data ToolItemSetVisibleVerticalMethodInfo
data ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredMethodInfo
data ToolItemToolbarReconfiguredSignalInfo
data ToolItemVisibleHorizontalPropertyInfo
data ToolItemVisibleVerticalPropertyInfo
type family ResolveToolItemGroupMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToolItemGroupCollapsedPropertyInfo
data ToolItemGroupEllipsizePropertyInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetCollapsedMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetDropItemMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetEllipsizeMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetHeaderReliefMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetItemPositionMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetLabelMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetLabelWidgetMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetNItemsMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupGetNthItemMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupHeaderReliefPropertyInfo
data ToolItemGroupInsertMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupLabelPropertyInfo
data ToolItemGroupLabelWidgetPropertyInfo
data ToolItemGroupSetCollapsedMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupSetEllipsizeMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupSetHeaderReliefMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupSetItemPositionMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupSetLabelMethodInfo
data ToolItemGroupSetLabelWidgetMethodInfo
type family ResolveToolPaletteMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToolPaletteAddDragDestMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetDragItemMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetDropGroupMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetDropItemMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetExclusiveMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetExpandMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetGroupPositionMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetIconSizeMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetStyleMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteGetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteIconSizePropertyInfo
data ToolPaletteIconSizeSetPropertyInfo
data ToolPaletteSetDragSourceMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteSetExclusiveMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteSetExpandMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteSetGroupPositionMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteSetIconSizeMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteSetStyleMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteToolbarStylePropertyInfo
data ToolPaletteUnsetIconSizeMethodInfo
data ToolPaletteUnsetStyleMethodInfo
type family ResolveToolbarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToolbarFocusHomeOrEndSignalInfo
data ToolbarGetDropIndexMethodInfo
data ToolbarGetIconSizeMethodInfo
data ToolbarGetItemIndexMethodInfo
data ToolbarGetNItemsMethodInfo
data ToolbarGetNthItemMethodInfo
data ToolbarGetReliefStyleMethodInfo
data ToolbarGetShowArrowMethodInfo
data ToolbarGetStyleMethodInfo
data ToolbarIconSizePropertyInfo
data ToolbarIconSizeSetPropertyInfo
data ToolbarInsertMethodInfo
data ToolbarOrientationChangedSignalInfo
data ToolbarPopupContextMenuSignalInfo
data ToolbarSetDropHighlightItemMethodInfo
data ToolbarSetIconSizeMethodInfo
data ToolbarSetShowArrowMethodInfo
data ToolbarSetStyleMethodInfo
data ToolbarShowArrowPropertyInfo
data ToolbarStyleChangedSignalInfo
data ToolbarToolbarStylePropertyInfo
data ToolbarUnsetIconSizeMethodInfo
data ToolbarUnsetStyleMethodInfo
type family ResolveTooltipMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TooltipSetCustomMethodInfo
data TooltipSetIconFromGiconMethodInfo
data TooltipSetIconFromIconNameMethodInfo
data TooltipSetIconFromStockMethodInfo
data TooltipSetIconMethodInfo
data TooltipSetMarkupMethodInfo
data TooltipSetTextMethodInfo
data TooltipSetTipAreaMethodInfo
type family ResolveToplevelAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ToplevelAccessibleGetChildrenMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeModelFilterMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeModelFilterChildModelPropertyInfo
data TreeModelFilterClearCacheMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterConvertChildIterToIterMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterConvertChildPathToPathMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterConvertIterToChildIterMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterConvertPathToChildPathMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterGetModelMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterRefilterMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterSetVisibleColumnMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterSetVisibleFuncMethodInfo
data TreeModelFilterVirtualRootPropertyInfo
type family ResolveTreeModelSortMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeModelSortClearCacheMethodInfo
data TreeModelSortConvertChildIterToIterMethodInfo
data TreeModelSortConvertChildPathToPathMethodInfo
data TreeModelSortConvertIterToChildIterMethodInfo
data TreeModelSortConvertPathToChildPathMethodInfo
data TreeModelSortGetModelMethodInfo
data TreeModelSortIterIsValidMethodInfo
data TreeModelSortModelPropertyInfo
data TreeModelSortResetDefaultSortFuncMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeSelectionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeSelectionChangedSignalInfo
data TreeSelectionCountSelectedRowsMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionGetModeMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionGetSelectedMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionGetSelectedRowsMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionGetTreeViewMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionIterIsSelectedMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionModePropertyInfo
data TreeSelectionPathIsSelectedMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionSelectAllMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionSelectIterMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionSelectPathMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionSelectRangeMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionSelectedForeachMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionSetModeMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionSetSelectFunctionMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionUnselectAllMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionUnselectIterMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionUnselectPathMethodInfo
data TreeSelectionUnselectRangeMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeStoreMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeStoreAppendMethodInfo
data TreeStoreClearMethodInfo
data TreeStoreInsertAfterMethodInfo
data TreeStoreInsertBeforeMethodInfo
data TreeStoreInsertMethodInfo
data TreeStoreInsertWithValuesMethodInfo
data TreeStoreIsAncestorMethodInfo
data TreeStoreIterDepthMethodInfo
data TreeStoreIterIsValidMethodInfo
data TreeStoreMoveAfterMethodInfo
data TreeStoreMoveBeforeMethodInfo
data TreeStorePrependMethodInfo
data TreeStoreRemoveMethodInfo
data TreeStoreSetColumnTypesMethodInfo
data TreeStoreSetMethodInfo
data TreeStoreSetValueMethodInfo
data TreeStoreSwapMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeViewMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeViewActivateOnSingleClickPropertyInfo
data TreeViewAppendColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewCollapseAllMethodInfo
data TreeViewCollapseRowMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnsAutosizeMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnsChangedSignalInfo
data TreeViewConvertBinWindowToTreeCoordsMethodInfo
data TreeViewConvertBinWindowToWidgetCoordsMethodInfo
data TreeViewConvertTreeToBinWindowCoordsMethodInfo
data TreeViewConvertTreeToWidgetCoordsMethodInfo
data TreeViewConvertWidgetToBinWindowCoordsMethodInfo
data TreeViewConvertWidgetToTreeCoordsMethodInfo
data TreeViewCreateRowDragIconMethodInfo
data TreeViewCursorChangedSignalInfo
data TreeViewEnableGridLinesPropertyInfo
data TreeViewEnableModelDragDestMethodInfo
data TreeViewEnableModelDragSourceMethodInfo
data TreeViewEnableSearchPropertyInfo
data TreeViewEnableTreeLinesPropertyInfo
data TreeViewExpandAllMethodInfo
data TreeViewExpandCollapseCursorRowSignalInfo
data TreeViewExpandRowMethodInfo
data TreeViewExpandToPathMethodInfo
data TreeViewExpanderColumnPropertyInfo
data TreeViewFixedHeightModePropertyInfo
data TreeViewGetActivateOnSingleClickMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetBackgroundAreaMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetBinWindowMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetCellAreaMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetColumnsMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetCursorMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetDestRowAtPosMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetDragDestRowMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetEnableSearchMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetEnableTreeLinesMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetExpanderColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetFixedHeightModeMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetGridLinesMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetHeadersClickableMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetHeadersVisibleMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetHoverExpandMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetHoverSelectionMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetLevelIndentationMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetModelMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetNColumnsMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetPathAtPosMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetReorderableMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetRubberBandingMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetRulesHintMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetSearchColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetSearchEntryMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetSelectionMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetShowExpandersMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetTooltipColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetTooltipContextMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetVisibleRangeMethodInfo
data TreeViewGetVisibleRectMethodInfo
data TreeViewHeadersClickablePropertyInfo
data TreeViewHeadersVisiblePropertyInfo
data TreeViewHoverExpandPropertyInfo
data TreeViewHoverSelectionPropertyInfo
data TreeViewInsertColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewInsertColumnWithDataFuncMethodInfo
data TreeViewIsBlankAtPosMethodInfo
data TreeViewIsRubberBandingActiveMethodInfo
data TreeViewLevelIndentationPropertyInfo
data TreeViewMapExpandedRowsMethodInfo
data TreeViewModelPropertyInfo
data TreeViewMoveColumnAfterMethodInfo
data TreeViewMoveCursorSignalInfo
data TreeViewRemoveColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewReorderablePropertyInfo
data TreeViewRowActivatedMethodInfo
data TreeViewRowActivatedSignalInfo
data TreeViewRowCollapsedSignalInfo
data TreeViewRowExpandedMethodInfo
data TreeViewRowExpandedSignalInfo
data TreeViewRubberBandingPropertyInfo
data TreeViewRulesHintPropertyInfo
data TreeViewScrollToCellMethodInfo
data TreeViewScrollToPointMethodInfo
data TreeViewSearchColumnPropertyInfo
data TreeViewSelectAllSignalInfo
data TreeViewSelectCursorParentSignalInfo
data TreeViewSelectCursorRowSignalInfo
data TreeViewSetActivateOnSingleClickMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetColumnDragFunctionMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetCursorMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetCursorOnCellMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetDestroyCountFuncMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetDragDestRowMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetEnableSearchMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetEnableTreeLinesMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetExpanderColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetFixedHeightModeMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetGridLinesMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetHeadersClickableMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetHeadersVisibleMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetHoverExpandMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetHoverSelectionMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetLevelIndentationMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetModelMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetReorderableMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetRowSeparatorFuncMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetRubberBandingMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetRulesHintMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetSearchColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetSearchEntryMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetSearchEqualFuncMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetSearchPositionFuncMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetShowExpandersMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetTooltipCellMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetTooltipColumnMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetTooltipRowMethodInfo
data TreeViewSetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data TreeViewShowExpandersPropertyInfo
data TreeViewStartInteractiveSearchSignalInfo
data TreeViewTestCollapseRowSignalInfo
data TreeViewTestExpandRowSignalInfo
data TreeViewToggleCursorRowSignalInfo
data TreeViewTooltipColumnPropertyInfo
data TreeViewUnselectAllSignalInfo
data TreeViewUnsetRowsDragDestMethodInfo
data TreeViewUnsetRowsDragSourceMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeViewAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTreeViewColumnMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeViewColumnAddAttributeMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnAlignmentPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnCellAreaPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnCellGetPositionMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnCellGetSizeMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnCellIsVisibleMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnCellSetCellDataMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnClearAttributesMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnClearMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnClickablePropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnClickedMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnClickedSignalInfo
data TreeViewColumnExpandPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnFixedWidthPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnFocusCellMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetAlignmentMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetButtonMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetClickableMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetExpandMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetFixedWidthMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetMaxWidthMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetMinWidthMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetReorderableMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetResizableMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetSizingMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetSortColumnIdMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetSortIndicatorMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetSortOrderMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetSpacingMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetTitleMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetTreeViewMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetVisibleMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetWidgetMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetWidthMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnGetXOffsetMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnMaxWidthPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnMinWidthPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnPackEndMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnPackStartMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnQueueResizeMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnReorderablePropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnResizablePropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetAlignmentMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetCellDataFuncMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetClickableMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetExpandMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetFixedWidthMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetMaxWidthMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetMinWidthMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetReorderableMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetResizableMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetSizingMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetSortColumnIdMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetSortIndicatorMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetSortOrderMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetSpacingMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetTitleMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetVisibleMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSetWidgetMethodInfo
data TreeViewColumnSizingPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnSortColumnIdPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnSortIndicatorPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnSortOrderPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnSpacingPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnTitlePropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnVisiblePropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnWidgetPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnWidthPropertyInfo
data TreeViewColumnXOffsetPropertyInfo
type family ResolveUIManagerMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data UIManagerActionsChangedSignalInfo
data UIManagerAddTearoffsPropertyInfo
data UIManagerAddUiFromFileMethodInfo
data UIManagerAddUiFromResourceMethodInfo
data UIManagerAddUiFromStringMethodInfo
data UIManagerAddUiMethodInfo
data UIManagerAddWidgetSignalInfo
data UIManagerConnectProxySignalInfo
data UIManagerDisconnectProxySignalInfo
data UIManagerEnsureUpdateMethodInfo
data UIManagerGetAccelGroupMethodInfo
data UIManagerGetActionGroupsMethodInfo
data UIManagerGetActionMethodInfo
data UIManagerGetAddTearoffsMethodInfo
data UIManagerGetToplevelsMethodInfo
data UIManagerGetUiMethodInfo
data UIManagerGetWidgetMethodInfo
data UIManagerInsertActionGroupMethodInfo
data UIManagerNewMergeIdMethodInfo
data UIManagerPostActivateSignalInfo
data UIManagerPreActivateSignalInfo
data UIManagerRemoveActionGroupMethodInfo
data UIManagerRemoveUiMethodInfo
data UIManagerSetAddTearoffsMethodInfo
data UIManagerUiPropertyInfo
type family ResolveVBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveVButtonBoxMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveVPanedMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveVScaleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveVScrollbarMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveVSeparatorMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveViewportMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ViewportGetBinWindowMethodInfo
data ViewportGetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ViewportGetShadowTypeMethodInfo
data ViewportGetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ViewportGetViewWindowMethodInfo
data ViewportSetHadjustmentMethodInfo
data ViewportSetShadowTypeMethodInfo
data ViewportSetVadjustmentMethodInfo
data ViewportShadowTypePropertyInfo
type family ResolveVolumeButtonMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data VolumeButtonUseSymbolicPropertyInfo
type family ResolveWidgetMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data WidgetAccelClosuresChangedSignalInfo
data WidgetActivateMethodInfo
data WidgetAddAcceleratorMethodInfo
data WidgetAddDeviceEventsMethodInfo
data WidgetAddEventsMethodInfo
data WidgetAddMnemonicLabelMethodInfo
data WidgetAddTickCallbackMethodInfo
data WidgetAppPaintablePropertyInfo
data WidgetButtonPressEventSignalInfo
data WidgetButtonReleaseEventSignalInfo
data WidgetCanActivateAccelMethodInfo
data WidgetCanActivateAccelSignalInfo
data WidgetCanDefaultPropertyInfo
data WidgetCanFocusPropertyInfo
data WidgetChildFocusMethodInfo
data WidgetChildNotifyMethodInfo
data WidgetChildNotifySignalInfo
data WidgetClassPathMethodInfo
data WidgetCompositeChildPropertyInfo
data WidgetCompositedChangedSignalInfo
data WidgetComputeExpandMethodInfo
data WidgetConfigureEventSignalInfo
data WidgetCreatePangoContextMethodInfo
data WidgetCreatePangoLayoutMethodInfo
data WidgetDamageEventSignalInfo
data WidgetDeleteEventSignalInfo
data WidgetDestroyEventSignalInfo
data WidgetDestroyMethodInfo
data WidgetDestroySignalInfo
data WidgetDestroyedMethodInfo
data WidgetDeviceIsShadowedMethodInfo
data WidgetDirectionChangedSignalInfo
data WidgetDoubleBufferedPropertyInfo
data WidgetDragBeginMethodInfo
data WidgetDragBeginSignalInfo
data WidgetDragBeginWithCoordinatesMethodInfo
data WidgetDragCheckThresholdMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDataDeleteSignalInfo
data WidgetDragDataGetSignalInfo
data WidgetDragDataReceivedSignalInfo
data WidgetDragDestAddImageTargetsMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestAddTextTargetsMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestAddUriTargetsMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestFindTargetMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestGetTargetListMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestGetTrackMotionMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestSetMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestSetProxyMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestSetTargetListMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestSetTrackMotionMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDestUnsetMethodInfo
data WidgetDragDropSignalInfo
data WidgetDragEndSignalInfo
data WidgetDragFailedSignalInfo
data WidgetDragGetDataMethodInfo
data WidgetDragHighlightMethodInfo
data WidgetDragLeaveSignalInfo
data WidgetDragMotionSignalInfo
data WidgetDragSourceAddImageTargetsMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceAddTextTargetsMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceAddUriTargetsMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceGetTargetListMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceSetIconGiconMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceSetIconNameMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceSetIconPixbufMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceSetIconStockMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceSetMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceSetTargetListMethodInfo
data WidgetDragSourceUnsetMethodInfo
data WidgetDragUnhighlightMethodInfo
data WidgetDrawMethodInfo
data WidgetDrawSignalInfo
data WidgetEnsureStyleMethodInfo
data WidgetEnterNotifyEventSignalInfo
data WidgetErrorBellMethodInfo
data WidgetEventAfterSignalInfo
data WidgetEventMethodInfo
data WidgetEventSignalInfo
data WidgetEventsPropertyInfo
data WidgetExpandPropertyInfo
data WidgetFocusInEventSignalInfo
data WidgetFocusOnClickPropertyInfo
data WidgetFocusOutEventSignalInfo
data WidgetFocusSignalInfo
data WidgetFreezeChildNotifyMethodInfo
data WidgetGetAccessibleMethodInfo
data WidgetGetActionGroupMethodInfo
data WidgetGetAllocatedBaselineMethodInfo
data WidgetGetAllocatedHeightMethodInfo
data WidgetGetAllocatedSizeMethodInfo
data WidgetGetAllocatedWidthMethodInfo
data WidgetGetAllocationMethodInfo
data WidgetGetAncestorMethodInfo
data WidgetGetAppPaintableMethodInfo
data WidgetGetCanDefaultMethodInfo
data WidgetGetCanFocusMethodInfo
data WidgetGetChildRequisitionMethodInfo
data WidgetGetChildVisibleMethodInfo
data WidgetGetClipMethodInfo
data WidgetGetClipboardMethodInfo
data WidgetGetCompositeNameMethodInfo
data WidgetGetDeviceEnabledMethodInfo
data WidgetGetDeviceEventsMethodInfo
data WidgetGetDirectionMethodInfo
data WidgetGetDisplayMethodInfo
data WidgetGetDoubleBufferedMethodInfo
data WidgetGetEventsMethodInfo
data WidgetGetFocusOnClickMethodInfo
data WidgetGetFontMapMethodInfo
data WidgetGetFontOptionsMethodInfo
data WidgetGetFrameClockMethodInfo
data WidgetGetHalignMethodInfo
data WidgetGetHasTooltipMethodInfo
data WidgetGetHasWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetGetHexpandMethodInfo
data WidgetGetHexpandSetMethodInfo
data WidgetGetMappedMethodInfo
data WidgetGetMarginBottomMethodInfo
data WidgetGetMarginEndMethodInfo
data WidgetGetMarginLeftMethodInfo
data WidgetGetMarginRightMethodInfo
data WidgetGetMarginStartMethodInfo
data WidgetGetMarginTopMethodInfo
data WidgetGetModifierMaskMethodInfo
data WidgetGetModifierStyleMethodInfo
data WidgetGetNameMethodInfo
data WidgetGetNoShowAllMethodInfo
data WidgetGetOpacityMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPangoContextMethodInfo
data WidgetGetParentMethodInfo
data WidgetGetParentWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPathMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPointerMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPreferredHeightAndBaselineForWidthMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPreferredHeightForWidthMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPreferredHeightMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPreferredSizeMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPreferredWidthForHeightMethodInfo
data WidgetGetPreferredWidthMethodInfo
data WidgetGetRealizedMethodInfo
data WidgetGetReceivesDefaultMethodInfo
data WidgetGetRequestModeMethodInfo
data WidgetGetRequisitionMethodInfo
data WidgetGetRootWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetGetScaleFactorMethodInfo
data WidgetGetScreenMethodInfo
data WidgetGetSensitiveMethodInfo
data WidgetGetSettingsMethodInfo
data WidgetGetSizeRequestMethodInfo
data WidgetGetStateFlagsMethodInfo
data WidgetGetStateMethodInfo
data WidgetGetStyleContextMethodInfo
data WidgetGetStyleMethodInfo
data WidgetGetSupportMultideviceMethodInfo
data WidgetGetTemplateChildMethodInfo
data WidgetGetTooltipMarkupMethodInfo
data WidgetGetTooltipTextMethodInfo
data WidgetGetTooltipWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetGetToplevelMethodInfo
data WidgetGetValignMethodInfo
data WidgetGetValignWithBaselineMethodInfo
data WidgetGetVexpandMethodInfo
data WidgetGetVexpandSetMethodInfo
data WidgetGetVisibleMethodInfo
data WidgetGetVisualMethodInfo
data WidgetGetWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetGrabAddMethodInfo
data WidgetGrabBrokenEventSignalInfo
data WidgetGrabDefaultMethodInfo
data WidgetGrabFocusMethodInfo
data WidgetGrabFocusSignalInfo
data WidgetGrabNotifySignalInfo
data WidgetGrabRemoveMethodInfo
data WidgetHalignPropertyInfo
data WidgetHasDefaultMethodInfo
data WidgetHasDefaultPropertyInfo
data WidgetHasFocusMethodInfo
data WidgetHasFocusPropertyInfo
data WidgetHasGrabMethodInfo
data WidgetHasRcStyleMethodInfo
data WidgetHasScreenMethodInfo
data WidgetHasTooltipPropertyInfo
data WidgetHasVisibleFocusMethodInfo
data WidgetHeightRequestPropertyInfo
data WidgetHexpandPropertyInfo
data WidgetHexpandSetPropertyInfo
data WidgetHideMethodInfo
data WidgetHideOnDeleteMethodInfo
data WidgetHideSignalInfo
data WidgetHierarchyChangedSignalInfo
data WidgetInDestructionMethodInfo
data WidgetInitTemplateMethodInfo
data WidgetInputShapeCombineRegionMethodInfo
data WidgetInsertActionGroupMethodInfo
data WidgetIntersectMethodInfo
data WidgetIsAncestorMethodInfo
data WidgetIsCompositedMethodInfo
data WidgetIsDrawableMethodInfo
data WidgetIsFocusMethodInfo
data WidgetIsFocusPropertyInfo
data WidgetIsSensitiveMethodInfo
data WidgetIsToplevelMethodInfo
data WidgetIsVisibleMethodInfo
data WidgetKeyPressEventSignalInfo
data WidgetKeyReleaseEventSignalInfo
data WidgetKeynavFailedMethodInfo
data WidgetKeynavFailedSignalInfo
data WidgetLeaveNotifyEventSignalInfo
data WidgetListAccelClosuresMethodInfo
data WidgetListActionPrefixesMethodInfo
data WidgetListMnemonicLabelsMethodInfo
data WidgetMapEventSignalInfo
data WidgetMapMethodInfo
data WidgetMapSignalInfo
data WidgetMarginBottomPropertyInfo
data WidgetMarginEndPropertyInfo
data WidgetMarginLeftPropertyInfo
data WidgetMarginPropertyInfo
data WidgetMarginRightPropertyInfo
data WidgetMarginStartPropertyInfo
data WidgetMarginTopPropertyInfo
data WidgetMnemonicActivateMethodInfo
data WidgetMnemonicActivateSignalInfo
data WidgetModifyBaseMethodInfo
data WidgetModifyBgMethodInfo
data WidgetModifyCursorMethodInfo
data WidgetModifyFgMethodInfo
data WidgetModifyFontMethodInfo
data WidgetModifyStyleMethodInfo
data WidgetModifyTextMethodInfo
data WidgetMotionNotifyEventSignalInfo
data WidgetMoveFocusSignalInfo
data WidgetNamePropertyInfo
data WidgetNoShowAllPropertyInfo
data WidgetOpacityPropertyInfo
data WidgetOverrideBackgroundColorMethodInfo
data WidgetOverrideColorMethodInfo
data WidgetOverrideCursorMethodInfo
data WidgetOverrideFontMethodInfo
data WidgetOverrideSymbolicColorMethodInfo
data WidgetParentPropertyInfo
data WidgetParentSetSignalInfo
data WidgetPathMethodInfo
data WidgetPopupMenuSignalInfo
data WidgetPropertyNotifyEventSignalInfo
data WidgetProximityInEventSignalInfo
data WidgetProximityOutEventSignalInfo
data WidgetQueryTooltipSignalInfo
data WidgetQueueAllocateMethodInfo
data WidgetQueueComputeExpandMethodInfo
data WidgetQueueDrawAreaMethodInfo
data WidgetQueueDrawMethodInfo
data WidgetQueueDrawRegionMethodInfo
data WidgetQueueResizeMethodInfo
data WidgetQueueResizeNoRedrawMethodInfo
data WidgetRealizeMethodInfo
data WidgetRealizeSignalInfo
data WidgetReceivesDefaultPropertyInfo
data WidgetRegionIntersectMethodInfo
data WidgetRegisterWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetRemoveAcceleratorMethodInfo
data WidgetRemoveMnemonicLabelMethodInfo
data WidgetRemoveTickCallbackMethodInfo
data WidgetRenderIconMethodInfo
data WidgetRenderIconPixbufMethodInfo
data WidgetReparentMethodInfo
data WidgetResetRcStylesMethodInfo
data WidgetResetStyleMethodInfo
data WidgetScaleFactorPropertyInfo
data WidgetScreenChangedSignalInfo
data WidgetScrollEventSignalInfo
data WidgetSelectionClearEventSignalInfo
data WidgetSelectionGetSignalInfo
data WidgetSelectionNotifyEventSignalInfo
data WidgetSelectionReceivedSignalInfo
data WidgetSelectionRequestEventSignalInfo
data WidgetSendExposeMethodInfo
data WidgetSendFocusChangeMethodInfo
data WidgetSensitivePropertyInfo
data WidgetSetAccelPathMethodInfo
data WidgetSetAllocationMethodInfo
data WidgetSetAppPaintableMethodInfo
data WidgetSetCanDefaultMethodInfo
data WidgetSetCanFocusMethodInfo
data WidgetSetChildVisibleMethodInfo
data WidgetSetClipMethodInfo
data WidgetSetCompositeNameMethodInfo
data WidgetSetDeviceEnabledMethodInfo
data WidgetSetDeviceEventsMethodInfo
data WidgetSetDirectionMethodInfo
data WidgetSetDoubleBufferedMethodInfo
data WidgetSetEventsMethodInfo
data WidgetSetFocusOnClickMethodInfo
data WidgetSetFontMapMethodInfo
data WidgetSetFontOptionsMethodInfo
data WidgetSetHalignMethodInfo
data WidgetSetHasTooltipMethodInfo
data WidgetSetHasWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetSetHexpandMethodInfo
data WidgetSetHexpandSetMethodInfo
data WidgetSetMappedMethodInfo
data WidgetSetMarginBottomMethodInfo
data WidgetSetMarginEndMethodInfo
data WidgetSetMarginLeftMethodInfo
data WidgetSetMarginRightMethodInfo
data WidgetSetMarginStartMethodInfo
data WidgetSetMarginTopMethodInfo
data WidgetSetNameMethodInfo
data WidgetSetNoShowAllMethodInfo
data WidgetSetOpacityMethodInfo
data WidgetSetParentMethodInfo
data WidgetSetParentWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetSetRealizedMethodInfo
data WidgetSetReceivesDefaultMethodInfo
data WidgetSetRedrawOnAllocateMethodInfo
data WidgetSetSensitiveMethodInfo
data WidgetSetSizeRequestMethodInfo
data WidgetSetStateFlagsMethodInfo
data WidgetSetStateMethodInfo
data WidgetSetStyleMethodInfo
data WidgetSetSupportMultideviceMethodInfo
data WidgetSetTooltipMarkupMethodInfo
data WidgetSetTooltipTextMethodInfo
data WidgetSetTooltipWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetSetValignMethodInfo
data WidgetSetVexpandMethodInfo
data WidgetSetVexpandSetMethodInfo
data WidgetSetVisibleMethodInfo
data WidgetSetVisualMethodInfo
data WidgetSetWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetShapeCombineRegionMethodInfo
data WidgetShowAllMethodInfo
data WidgetShowHelpSignalInfo
data WidgetShowMethodInfo
data WidgetShowNowMethodInfo
data WidgetShowSignalInfo
data WidgetSizeAllocateMethodInfo
data WidgetSizeAllocateSignalInfo
data WidgetSizeAllocateWithBaselineMethodInfo
data WidgetSizeRequestMethodInfo
data WidgetStateChangedSignalInfo
data WidgetStateFlagsChangedSignalInfo
data WidgetStyleAttachMethodInfo
data WidgetStyleGetPropertyMethodInfo
data WidgetStylePropertyInfo
data WidgetStyleSetSignalInfo
data WidgetStyleUpdatedSignalInfo
data WidgetThawChildNotifyMethodInfo
data WidgetTooltipMarkupPropertyInfo
data WidgetTooltipTextPropertyInfo
data WidgetTouchEventSignalInfo
data WidgetTranslateCoordinatesMethodInfo
data WidgetTriggerTooltipQueryMethodInfo
data WidgetUnmapEventSignalInfo
data WidgetUnmapMethodInfo
data WidgetUnmapSignalInfo
data WidgetUnparentMethodInfo
data WidgetUnrealizeMethodInfo
data WidgetUnrealizeSignalInfo
data WidgetUnregisterWindowMethodInfo
data WidgetUnsetStateFlagsMethodInfo
data WidgetValignPropertyInfo
data WidgetVexpandPropertyInfo
data WidgetVexpandSetPropertyInfo
data WidgetVisibilityNotifyEventSignalInfo
data WidgetVisiblePropertyInfo
data WidgetWidthRequestPropertyInfo
data WidgetWindowPropertyInfo
data WidgetWindowStateEventSignalInfo
type family ResolveWidgetAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveWindowMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data WindowAcceptFocusPropertyInfo
data WindowActivateDefaultMethodInfo
data WindowActivateDefaultSignalInfo
data WindowActivateFocusMethodInfo
data WindowActivateFocusSignalInfo
data WindowActivateKeyMethodInfo
data WindowAddAccelGroupMethodInfo
data WindowAddMnemonicMethodInfo
data WindowApplicationPropertyInfo
data WindowAttachedToPropertyInfo
data WindowBeginMoveDragMethodInfo
data WindowBeginResizeDragMethodInfo
data WindowCloseMethodInfo
data WindowDecoratedPropertyInfo
data WindowDefaultHeightPropertyInfo
data WindowDefaultWidthPropertyInfo
data WindowDeiconifyMethodInfo
data WindowDeletablePropertyInfo
data WindowDestroyWithParentPropertyInfo
data WindowEnableDebuggingSignalInfo
data WindowFocusOnMapPropertyInfo
data WindowFocusVisiblePropertyInfo
data WindowFullscreenMethodInfo
data WindowFullscreenOnMonitorMethodInfo
data WindowGetAcceptFocusMethodInfo
data WindowGetApplicationMethodInfo
data WindowGetAttachedToMethodInfo
data WindowGetDecoratedMethodInfo
data WindowGetDefaultSizeMethodInfo
data WindowGetDefaultWidgetMethodInfo
data WindowGetDeletableMethodInfo
data WindowGetDestroyWithParentMethodInfo
data WindowGetFocusMethodInfo
data WindowGetFocusOnMapMethodInfo
data WindowGetFocusVisibleMethodInfo
data WindowGetGravityMethodInfo
data WindowGetGroupMethodInfo
data WindowGetHasResizeGripMethodInfo
data WindowGetHideTitlebarWhenMaximizedMethodInfo
data WindowGetIconListMethodInfo
data WindowGetIconMethodInfo
data WindowGetIconNameMethodInfo
data WindowGetMnemonicModifierMethodInfo
data WindowGetMnemonicsVisibleMethodInfo
data WindowGetModalMethodInfo
data WindowGetOpacityMethodInfo
data WindowGetPositionMethodInfo
data WindowGetResizableMethodInfo
data WindowGetResizeGripAreaMethodInfo
data WindowGetRoleMethodInfo
data WindowGetScreenMethodInfo
data WindowGetSizeMethodInfo
data WindowGetSkipPagerHintMethodInfo
data WindowGetSkipTaskbarHintMethodInfo
data WindowGetTitleMethodInfo
data WindowGetTitlebarMethodInfo
data WindowGetTransientForMethodInfo
data WindowGetTypeHintMethodInfo
data WindowGetUrgencyHintMethodInfo
data WindowGetWindowTypeMethodInfo
data WindowGravityPropertyInfo
data WindowHasGroupMethodInfo
data WindowHasResizeGripPropertyInfo
data WindowHasToplevelFocusMethodInfo
data WindowHasToplevelFocusPropertyInfo
data WindowHideTitlebarWhenMaximizedPropertyInfo
data WindowIconNamePropertyInfo
data WindowIconPropertyInfo
data WindowIconifyMethodInfo
data WindowIsActiveMethodInfo
data WindowIsActivePropertyInfo
data WindowIsMaximizedMethodInfo
data WindowIsMaximizedPropertyInfo
data WindowKeysChangedSignalInfo
data WindowMaximizeMethodInfo
data WindowMnemonicActivateMethodInfo
data WindowMnemonicsVisiblePropertyInfo
data WindowModalPropertyInfo
data WindowMoveMethodInfo
data WindowParseGeometryMethodInfo
data WindowPresentMethodInfo
data WindowPresentWithTimeMethodInfo
data WindowPropagateKeyEventMethodInfo
data WindowRemoveAccelGroupMethodInfo
data WindowRemoveMnemonicMethodInfo
data WindowReshowWithInitialSizeMethodInfo
data WindowResizablePropertyInfo
data WindowResizeGripIsVisibleMethodInfo
data WindowResizeGripVisiblePropertyInfo
data WindowResizeMethodInfo
data WindowResizeToGeometryMethodInfo
data WindowRolePropertyInfo
data WindowScreenPropertyInfo
data WindowSetAcceptFocusMethodInfo
data WindowSetApplicationMethodInfo
data WindowSetAttachedToMethodInfo
data WindowSetDecoratedMethodInfo
data WindowSetDefaultGeometryMethodInfo
data WindowSetDefaultMethodInfo
data WindowSetDefaultSizeMethodInfo
data WindowSetDeletableMethodInfo
data WindowSetDestroyWithParentMethodInfo
data WindowSetFocusMethodInfo
data WindowSetFocusOnMapMethodInfo
data WindowSetFocusSignalInfo
data WindowSetFocusVisibleMethodInfo
data WindowSetGeometryHintsMethodInfo
data WindowSetGravityMethodInfo
data WindowSetHasResizeGripMethodInfo
data WindowSetHasUserRefCountMethodInfo
data WindowSetHideTitlebarWhenMaximizedMethodInfo
data WindowSetIconFromFileMethodInfo
data WindowSetIconListMethodInfo
data WindowSetIconMethodInfo
data WindowSetIconNameMethodInfo
data WindowSetKeepAboveMethodInfo
data WindowSetKeepBelowMethodInfo
data WindowSetMnemonicModifierMethodInfo
data WindowSetMnemonicsVisibleMethodInfo
data WindowSetModalMethodInfo
data WindowSetOpacityMethodInfo
data WindowSetPositionMethodInfo
data WindowSetResizableMethodInfo
data WindowSetRoleMethodInfo
data WindowSetScreenMethodInfo
data WindowSetSkipPagerHintMethodInfo
data WindowSetSkipTaskbarHintMethodInfo
data WindowSetStartupIdMethodInfo
data WindowSetTitleMethodInfo
data WindowSetTitlebarMethodInfo
data WindowSetTransientForMethodInfo
data WindowSetTypeHintMethodInfo
data WindowSetUrgencyHintMethodInfo
data WindowSetWmclassMethodInfo
data WindowSkipPagerHintPropertyInfo
data WindowSkipTaskbarHintPropertyInfo
data WindowStartupIdPropertyInfo
data WindowStickMethodInfo
data WindowTitlePropertyInfo
data WindowTransientForPropertyInfo
data WindowTypeHintPropertyInfo
data WindowTypePropertyInfo
data WindowUnfullscreenMethodInfo
data WindowUnmaximizeMethodInfo
data WindowUnstickMethodInfo
data WindowUrgencyHintPropertyInfo
data WindowWindowPositionPropertyInfo
type family ResolveWindowAccessibleMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveWindowGroupMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data WindowGroupAddWindowMethodInfo
data WindowGroupGetCurrentDeviceGrabMethodInfo
data WindowGroupGetCurrentGrabMethodInfo
data WindowGroupListWindowsMethodInfo
data WindowGroupRemoveWindowMethodInfo
type family ResolveAccelGroupEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveAccelKeyMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveActionEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveBindingArgMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveBindingEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data BindingSetActivateMethodInfo
data BindingSetAddPathMethodInfo
type family ResolveBindingSetMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveBindingSignalMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data BorderCopyMethodInfo
data BorderFreeMethodInfo
type family ResolveBorderMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data ContainerClassFindChildPropertyMethodInfo
data ContainerClassHandleBorderWidthMethodInfo
data ContainerClassInstallChildPropertyMethodInfo
type family ResolveContainerClassMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data CssSectionGetEndLineMethodInfo
data CssSectionGetEndPositionMethodInfo
data CssSectionGetFileMethodInfo
data CssSectionGetParentMethodInfo
data CssSectionGetSectionTypeMethodInfo
data CssSectionGetStartLineMethodInfo
data CssSectionGetStartPositionMethodInfo
data CssSectionRefMethodInfo
data CssSectionUnrefMethodInfo
type family ResolveCssSectionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveFileFilterInfoMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveFixedChildMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data GradientAddColorStopMethodInfo
data GradientRefMethodInfo
data GradientResolveForContextMethodInfo
data GradientResolveMethodInfo
data GradientToStringMethodInfo
data GradientUnrefMethodInfo
type family ResolveGradientMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveIMContextInfoMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IconSetAddSourceMethodInfo
data IconSetCopyMethodInfo
data IconSetGetSizesMethodInfo
data IconSetRefMethodInfo
data IconSetRenderIconMethodInfo
data IconSetRenderIconPixbufMethodInfo
data IconSetRenderIconSurfaceMethodInfo
data IconSetUnrefMethodInfo
type family ResolveIconSetMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data IconSourceCopyMethodInfo
data IconSourceFreeMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetDirectionMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetDirectionWildcardedMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetFilenameMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetIconNameMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetPixbufMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetSizeMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetSizeWildcardedMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetStateMethodInfo
data IconSourceGetStateWildcardedMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetDirectionMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetDirectionWildcardedMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetFilenameMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetIconNameMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetPixbufMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetSizeMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetSizeWildcardedMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetStateMethodInfo
data IconSourceSetStateWildcardedMethodInfo
type family ResolveIconSourceMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveLabelSelectionInfoMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolvePadActionEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolvePageRangeMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data PaperSizeCopyMethodInfo
data PaperSizeFreeMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetDefaultBottomMarginMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetDefaultLeftMarginMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetDefaultRightMarginMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetDefaultTopMarginMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetDisplayNameMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetHeightMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetNameMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetPpdNameMethodInfo
data PaperSizeGetWidthMethodInfo
data PaperSizeIsCustomMethodInfo
data PaperSizeIsEqualMethodInfo
data PaperSizeIsIppMethodInfo
data PaperSizeSetSizeMethodInfo
data PaperSizeToGvariantMethodInfo
data PaperSizeToKeyFileMethodInfo
type family ResolvePaperSizeMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRadioActionEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRcContextMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRcPropertyMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRecentDataMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRecentFilterInfoMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RecentInfoCreateAppInfoMethodInfo
data RecentInfoExistsMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetAddedMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetAgeMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetApplicationInfoMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetApplicationsMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetDescriptionMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetDisplayNameMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetGiconMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetGroupsMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetIconMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetMimeTypeMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetModifiedMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetPrivateHintMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetShortNameMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetUriDisplayMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetUriMethodInfo
data RecentInfoGetVisitedMethodInfo
data RecentInfoHasApplicationMethodInfo
data RecentInfoHasGroupMethodInfo
data RecentInfoIsLocalMethodInfo
data RecentInfoLastApplicationMethodInfo
data RecentInfoMatchMethodInfo
data RecentInfoRefMethodInfo
data RecentInfoUnrefMethodInfo
type family ResolveRecentInfoMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveRequestedSizeMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data RequisitionCopyMethodInfo
data RequisitionFreeMethodInfo
type family ResolveRequisitionMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveSelectionDataMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SelectionDataCopyMethodInfo
data SelectionDataFreeMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetDataMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetDataTypeMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetDisplayMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetFormatMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetLengthMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetPixbufMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetSelectionMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetTargetMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetTargetsMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetTextMethodInfo
data SelectionDataGetUrisMethodInfo
data SelectionDataSetMethodInfo
data SelectionDataSetPixbufMethodInfo
data SelectionDataSetTextMethodInfo
data SelectionDataSetUrisMethodInfo
data SelectionDataTargetsIncludeImageMethodInfo
data SelectionDataTargetsIncludeRichTextMethodInfo
data SelectionDataTargetsIncludeTextMethodInfo
data SelectionDataTargetsIncludeUriMethodInfo
type family ResolveSettingsValueMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveStockItemMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data StockItemFreeMethodInfo
type family ResolveSymbolicColorMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data SymbolicColorRefMethodInfo
data SymbolicColorResolveMethodInfo
data SymbolicColorToStringMethodInfo
data SymbolicColorUnrefMethodInfo
type family ResolveTableChildMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTableRowColMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTargetEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TargetEntryCopyMethodInfo
data TargetEntryFreeMethodInfo
type family ResolveTargetListMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TargetListAddImageTargetsMethodInfo
data TargetListAddMethodInfo
data TargetListAddRichTextTargetsMethodInfo
data TargetListAddTableMethodInfo
data TargetListAddTextTargetsMethodInfo
data TargetListAddUriTargetsMethodInfo
data TargetListFindMethodInfo
data TargetListRefMethodInfo
data TargetListRemoveMethodInfo
data TargetListUnrefMethodInfo
type family ResolveTargetPairMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTextAppearanceMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTextAttributesMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TextAttributesCopyMethodInfo
data TextAttributesCopyValuesMethodInfo
data TextAttributesRefMethodInfo
data TextAttributesUnrefMethodInfo
type family ResolveTextBTreeMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTextIterMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TextIterAssignMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardCharMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardCharsMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardCursorPositionMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardCursorPositionsMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardFindCharMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardLineMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardLinesMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardSearchMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardSentenceStartMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardSentenceStartsMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardToTagToggleMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardVisibleCursorPositionMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardVisibleCursorPositionsMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardVisibleLineMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardVisibleLinesMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardVisibleWordStartMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardVisibleWordStartsMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardWordStartMethodInfo
data TextIterBackwardWordStartsMethodInfo
data TextIterBeginsTagMethodInfo
data TextIterCanInsertMethodInfo
data TextIterCompareMethodInfo
data TextIterCopyMethodInfo
data TextIterEditableMethodInfo
data TextIterEndsLineMethodInfo
data TextIterEndsSentenceMethodInfo
data TextIterEndsTagMethodInfo
data TextIterEndsWordMethodInfo
data TextIterEqualMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardCharMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardCharsMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardCursorPositionMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardCursorPositionsMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardFindCharMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardLineMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardLinesMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardSearchMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardSentenceEndMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardSentenceEndsMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardToEndMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardToLineEndMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardToTagToggleMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardVisibleCursorPositionMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardVisibleCursorPositionsMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardVisibleLineMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardVisibleLinesMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardVisibleWordEndMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardVisibleWordEndsMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardWordEndMethodInfo
data TextIterForwardWordEndsMethodInfo
data TextIterFreeMethodInfo
data TextIterGetAttributesMethodInfo
data TextIterGetBufferMethodInfo
data TextIterGetBytesInLineMethodInfo
data TextIterGetCharMethodInfo
data TextIterGetCharsInLineMethodInfo
data TextIterGetChildAnchorMethodInfo
data TextIterGetLanguageMethodInfo
data TextIterGetLineIndexMethodInfo
data TextIterGetLineMethodInfo
data TextIterGetLineOffsetMethodInfo
data TextIterGetMarksMethodInfo
data TextIterGetOffsetMethodInfo
data TextIterGetPixbufMethodInfo
data TextIterGetSliceMethodInfo
data TextIterGetTagsMethodInfo
data TextIterGetTextMethodInfo
data TextIterGetToggledTagsMethodInfo
data TextIterGetVisibleLineIndexMethodInfo
data TextIterGetVisibleLineOffsetMethodInfo
data TextIterGetVisibleSliceMethodInfo
data TextIterGetVisibleTextMethodInfo
data TextIterHasTagMethodInfo
data TextIterInRangeMethodInfo
data TextIterInsideSentenceMethodInfo
data TextIterInsideWordMethodInfo
data TextIterIsCursorPositionMethodInfo
data TextIterIsEndMethodInfo
data TextIterIsStartMethodInfo
data TextIterOrderMethodInfo
data TextIterSetLineIndexMethodInfo
data TextIterSetLineMethodInfo
data TextIterSetLineOffsetMethodInfo
data TextIterSetOffsetMethodInfo
data TextIterSetVisibleLineIndexMethodInfo
data TextIterSetVisibleLineOffsetMethodInfo
data TextIterStartsLineMethodInfo
data TextIterStartsSentenceMethodInfo
data TextIterStartsTagMethodInfo
data TextIterStartsWordMethodInfo
data TextIterTogglesTagMethodInfo
type family ResolveThemeEngineMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveToggleActionEntryMethod (t :: Symbol) o
type family ResolveTreeIterMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeIterCopyMethodInfo
data TreeIterFreeMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreePathMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreePathAppendIndexMethodInfo
data TreePathCompareMethodInfo
data TreePathCopyMethodInfo
data TreePathDownMethodInfo
data TreePathFreeMethodInfo
data TreePathGetDepthMethodInfo
data TreePathGetIndicesMethodInfo
data TreePathIsAncestorMethodInfo
data TreePathIsDescendantMethodInfo
data TreePathNextMethodInfo
data TreePathPrependIndexMethodInfo
data TreePathPrevMethodInfo
data TreePathToStringMethodInfo
data TreePathUpMethodInfo
type family ResolveTreeRowReferenceMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data TreeRowReferenceCopyMethodInfo
data TreeRowReferenceFreeMethodInfo
data TreeRowReferenceGetModelMethodInfo
data TreeRowReferenceGetPathMethodInfo
data TreeRowReferenceValidMethodInfo
type family ResolveWidgetClassMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data WidgetClassBindTemplateCallbackFullMethodInfo
data WidgetClassBindTemplateChildFullMethodInfo
data WidgetClassFindStylePropertyMethodInfo
data WidgetClassGetCssNameMethodInfo
data WidgetClassInstallStylePropertyMethodInfo
data WidgetClassSetAccessibleRoleMethodInfo
data WidgetClassSetAccessibleTypeMethodInfo
data WidgetClassSetConnectFuncMethodInfo
data WidgetClassSetCssNameMethodInfo
data WidgetClassSetTemplateFromResourceMethodInfo
data WidgetClassSetTemplateMethodInfo
type family ResolveWidgetPathMethod (t :: Symbol) o
data WidgetPathAppendForWidgetMethodInfo
data WidgetPathAppendTypeMethodInfo
data WidgetPathAppendWithSiblingsMethodInfo
data WidgetPathCopyMethodInfo
data WidgetPathFreeMethodInfo
data WidgetPathGetObjectTypeMethodInfo
data WidgetPathHasParentMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIsTypeMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterAddClassMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterAddRegionMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterClearClassesMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterClearRegionsMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterGetNameMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterGetObjectNameMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterGetObjectTypeMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterGetSiblingIndexMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterGetSiblingsMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterGetStateMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterHasClassMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterHasNameMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterHasQclassMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterHasQnameMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterHasQregionMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterHasRegionMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterListClassesMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterListRegionsMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterRemoveClassMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterRemoveRegionMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterSetNameMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterSetObjectNameMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterSetObjectTypeMethodInfo
data WidgetPathIterSetStateMethodInfo
data WidgetPathLengthMethodInfo
data WidgetPathPrependTypeMethodInfo
data WidgetPathRefMethodInfo
data WidgetPathToStringMethodInfo
data WidgetPathUnrefMethodInfo
type family ResolveWindowGeometryInfoMethod (t :: Symbol) o


-- | Utility functions for threading
module Data.GI.Gtk.Threading

-- | Inform gi-gtk-hs what thread is running the gtk main loop.
setGUIThread :: Thread -> IO ()

-- | Get the Thread that is running the Gtk main loop, if it has been set.
getGUIThread :: IO (Maybe Thread)

-- | Inform gi-gtk-hs that the current thread is, or will be, running the
--   gtk main loop.
--   
--   Equivalent to <tt><a>threadSelf</a> &gt;&gt;= <a>setGUIThread</a></tt>
setCurrentThreadAsGUIThread :: IO ()

-- | Queue an action to be run in the GTK event loop. If called from the
--   same process as the event loop, this runs the action directly.
--   Otherwise, this queues it in GTK's event loop and blocks until the
--   action is complete
--   
--   You must call <a>setGUIThread</a> or
--   <a>setCurrentThreadAsGUIThread</a> before this.
--   
--   Priority is typically between <a>PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE</a> (100) and
--   <a>PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE</a> (200)
postGUISyncWithPriority :: Int32 -> IO a -> IO a

-- | Queue an action to be run in the GTK event loop. If called from the
--   same process as the event loop, this runs the action directly.
--   Otherwise, this queues it in GTK's event loop and blocks until the
--   action is complete
--   
--   You must call <a>setGUIThread</a> or
--   <a>setCurrentThreadAsGUIThread</a> before this.
--   
--   Equivalent to <tt><a>postGUISyncWithPriority</a>
--   <a>PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE</a></tt>
postGUISync :: IO a -> IO a

-- | Queue an action to be run in the GTK event loop. This function queues
--   the event regardless of what process it is called from, and returns
--   immidietly.
--   
--   Priority is typically between <a>PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE</a> (100) and
--   <a>PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE</a> (200)
postGUIASyncWithPriority :: Int32 -> IO () -> IO ()

-- | Queue an action to be run in the GTK event loop. This function queues
--   the event regardless of what process it is called from, and returns
--   immidietly.
--   
--   Equivalent to <tt><a>postGUIASyncWithPriority</a>
--   <a>PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE</a></tt>
postGUIASync :: IO () -> IO ()

-- | Test if two <a>Thread</a>s refer to the same OS thread. A
--   <a>Thread</a> can be gotten from <a>threadSelf</a>. Note that
--   <a>threadSelf</a> only makes sense from a bound thread.
compareThreads :: Thread -> Thread -> IO Bool

-- | Check if the current thread is the Gtk gui thread.
--   
--   You must call <a>setGUIThread</a> or
--   <a>setCurrentThreadAsGUIThread</a> before this. This only makes sense
--   when called from a bound thread.
isGUIThread :: IO Bool

-- | This function returns the <a>Thread</a> corresponding to the current
--   thread. Note that this function does not increase the reference count
--   of the returned struct.
--   
--   This function will return a <a>Thread</a> even for threads that were
--   not created by GLib (i.e. those created by other threading APIs). This
--   may be useful for thread identification purposes (i.e. comparisons)
--   but you must not use GLib functions (such as <a>threadJoin</a>) on
--   these threads.
threadSelf :: (HasCallStack, MonadIO m) => m Thread

-- | Memory-managed wrapper type.
newtype Thread
Thread :: ManagedPtr Thread -> Thread
